Syllabus

General Guideline
Under Graduate Syllabus under Bodoland University

___________________________________________________________________
1. Candidate having English Honours must opt either Hindi or MIL communication subject as AECC-1
(can’t opt English Communication as AECC-1). Similarly, candidate having Honours in MIL/Hindi
must opt English communication subject as AECC-1 (can’t opt MIL/Hindi as AECC-1).
2. Student of Regular course are not allowed to opt more than one Language subject as DSC.
3. GE-1 and GE-2 and SEC-1 and SEC-2 for Arts and Commerce streams in both Honours and Regular
are same courses.
4. SEC-1 and SEC-2 for Science stream (both Physical and Life Sciences) in both Honours and Regular
are same courses.
5. Students of B.Sc, B.A and B.Com honours courses will have four Generic Elective (GE) subjects.
Students will be allowed to choose GE course of any discipline.
6. The students of Honours will be allowed to opt GE courses from two different disciplines, in each
discipline students will have to study two Semesters continuously or all four GE courses can be
opted by the students in one single discipline continuously.
7. The students of regular course will study one single Discipline GE course in the 5 th & 6th Semester.
8. Students of Regular Course will study same syllabus of SEC- I & SEC- II course offer to the
Honours students. In the V & VI Semester Regular Course students will study SEC- III & SEC- IV
courses separately.
9. The students of Honours will not be allowed to study GE courses in its Core subject.
10. The marks distribution of Science subjects are Theory- 60 + Practical-20+Internal Assessment-20
total 100 marks and for Arts and Commerce courses it will be Theory 80+ Internal Assessment-20
total 100 marks in each paper except AECC.
11. Where there is a practical there will not be tutorial and vice-versa.
12. Institute should evolve a system/policy about ECA/ General Interest/Hobby/Sports/NCC/NSS/related
courses by their own.
13. Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC): These courses are to be chosen from a pool of courses designed
to provide value-based and/or skill-based knowledge and should contain both theory and lab/hands-
on/training/field work. The main purpose of these courses is to provide students life-skills in hands-
on mode so as to increase their employability. The list provided under this category are suggestive in
nature and each Institution/College has complete freedom to suggest their own papers under this
category based on their expertise, specialization, requirements, scope and need. However, in this case
approval of Academic Council of the University is mandatory.
Disclaimer: The CBCS syllabus is uploaded as given by the Faculty concerned to the under
graduate Board with pending approval of Academic Council, Bodoland University. Any query may
kindly be addressed to the concerned Faculty.
Department of Assamese
Bodoland University
Course Structure of BA in Assamese under Choice Based Credit System (CBCS) and Continuous Assessment and
Grading pattern(CACP)
Syllabus in Assamese for BA Honours
Sl.no Core (14) AECC (2) SEC (2) DSE (4) GE (4)
.
I C-1- History of Assamese (English/Hindi/ GE-1- Introduction to
Literature MIL/ Assamese Literature
C-2- History of Assamese Communication)
Language
II C-3- Cultural behavior of Environmental GE-2- Introduction to

Assam Science Assamese Language and
C-4- Functional Grammar Literature
of Assamese
III C-5- Study on Assamese SEC-1- GE-3- Introduction to
Folk Literature Folklore and Culture of Assam
C-6- Study on Assamese Tourism of
Drama Assam
C-7- Introduction to
Assamese Prose and
Criticism
IV C-8- Study on Literary SEC-2- Uses GE-4- Introduction to
Criticism: East and West of Language Assamese Language
in Computer
C-9- Language Varieties

C-10- Study on Assamese
Language
V C-11- Study on General DSE-1-
Linguistic Introduction to
Assamese
Romantic and
Modern Poetry
C-12- Introduction to DSE-2-
Literary Trends: Introductions to
Assamese
Grammar
VI C-13- Introduction to DSE-3-

Assamese Biography and Assamese Short
Auto Biography Story and
Novel
1
C-14- Introduction to DSE-4- Study
Indian Literature on Special
(Bengali and Hindi) Author
Abbreviation Terms:
ASH=Assamese Honours
C=Core
AECC=Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course
SEC=Skill Enhancement Course
DSC=Discipline Specific Core Course
DSE=Discipline Specific Elective
GE=Generic Elective
Semester-I
ASH 1.01 C- History of Assamese Literature
ASH 1.02 C- History of Assamese Language
ASH 1.03 GE 1- Introduction to Assamese Literature
ASH 1.04AECC-1 Functional Assamese (Communicative)
Semester-II
ASH 2.01 C- Cultural behavior of Assam
ASH 2.02 C- Functional Grammar of Assamese
ASH 2.03 GE 2- Introduction to Assamese Language and Literature
ASH 2.04AECC-2 Environmental Science
Semester-III
ASH 3.01 C- Study on Assamese Folk Literature
ASH 3.02 C- Study on Assamese Drama
ASH 3.03 C- Introduction to Assamese Prose and Criticism
ASH 3.04 SEC 1- Folklore and Tourism of Assam
ASH 3.05 GE 3- Introduction to Culture of Assam
Semester-IV
ASH 4.01 C- Study on Literary Criticism: East and West
ASH 4.02 C- Language Varieties
ASH 4.03 C- Study on Assamese Language
ASH 4.04 SEC2- Uses of Language in Computer
ASH 4.05 GE 4- Introduction to Assamese Language
Semester-V
ASH 5.01 C- Study on General Linguistic
ASH 5.02 C- Introduction to Literary Trends:
ASH 5.03 DSE 1- Introduction to Assamese Romantic and Modern Poetry
ASH 5.04 DSE 2-Introductions to Assamese Grammar
Semester-VI
ASH 6.01 C- Introduction to Assamese Biography and Auto Biography
ASH 6.02 C- Introduction to Indian Literature (Bengali and Hindi)
ASH 6.03 DSE 3- Assamese Short Story and Novel
ASH 6.04 DSE 4- Study on Special Author
2
Semester-I
BA. Honours (Assamese)
C-1: History of Assamese Literature
Total Credit: 5+1=6
Unit -1: Assamese Oral Literature : Introduction, Concepts , Characteristics and its Development. Mark -16
Unit- II: Assamese Classical Literature: Pre –sankari, Sankari,and Post Sankari Age Mark-16
Unit-III: Assamese Missionary Literature ( 1836-1846) Mark-16
Unit- IV: Assamese Romantic Literature ( 1846 1940) Mark-16
Unit- V: Post war Assamese Literature Since (1940) Mark-16
Reference:
Satyendra Nath Sarma: Asamiya Sahityar Samikhatmak Itibritta
Maheswar Neog : Asamiya Sahityar Ruprekha
Hemanta Kr . Sarma : Asamiya Sahityat Dristipat
ABILAC : Sivanath Barman (ed) Asmiya Sahityar Buranji Part-II:
,, Homen Borgohain( ed) Asmiya Sahityar Buranji Part-IV
C-2: History of Assamese Language
Total Credit: 5+1=6
Unit-I: Origin and Development of Assamese Language 5th Century-13 Century) Mark-16
Unit –II: Early Assamese Language (13th Century-16th Century) Mark- 16
( Purani Asamiya Bhasa)
Unit-III: Medieval Assamese Language (17th Century-1800 AD)
( Madhyajugar Asamiya Bhasa)
Mark-16
Unit-IV: Modern Assamese Language of Missionary Period ( 1800AD-1850AD)
3
(Arunodai jugar Bhasa) Mark-16
Unit-V: Modern Assamese Language (AdhuniK Asamiya Bhasa) Since 1850 Mark -16
Reference:
B. K. Kakati : Assamese its formation and Development
Upendra nath Goswami: Asamiya Bhasar Udbhav Samridhi Aru Vikash
,, Asamiya Lipi
,, Bhasa Vjnan
Narayan ch. Das : Biswalipir Bhumika
GE-1: Introduction to Assamese Literature
Total Credit- 5+1= 6
Unit- I: A brief history Assamese Classical Literature( Pre Sankari, Sanskri and Post Sankari age) Mark-16
Unit -II: A brief history Assamese Missionary and Romantic Literature Mark-16
Unit-III: Assamese Poetry: (Old & Romantic ) Mark-16
Selected Pieces: Madhav Kandali : Chitrakutar Chitra
Sankar Deva: Sarat Barnana
Chandra Kr. Agarwala : Madhuri
Raghunath Choudhury :Giri Malli
Unit-IV: Assamese Poetry: (Modern) Mark- 16
Selected Pieces: Nabakanta Baruah : Palash
Ajit Baruah : Dhukhar Kabita
Nirmal Prava Bordolai : Daupradi
Hiren Bhattacharya : Mordesh
Unit-V: Assamese Drama: (Old) Mark-16
Sankardeva: Kaliya Daman
Recommended Text:
Gauhati University: Kabita Manjari
Maheswar Neog (ed) : Sanchayana
Reference:
Karabi Deka Hazarika : Asamiya Kabita
Archana Pujari ( ed): Asamiya Kabitar Bichar –Bisleshan
4
Malini Goswami&
Kamaluddin Ahmed( ed): Asamiya Kabitar Tinita Parva
Ramesh Pathak: Natak Aru Asamiya Natak
Satyendra nath Sarma: Asamiya Natya Sahitya
SEMESTER-II
Paper code: ASH2
C-3: Cultural Behavior of Assam
Total Credit: 5+1=6
Unit-I: Definition, Classification, Scope and Importance Culture with Special reference to
Folk- Culture. Mark- 16
Unit-II: Behavioral Pattern of society:
Material Culture, (Folk craft, Folk art, Folk Architecture, Folk costume
and Folk Cookery, Folk music, Folk dance. Mark-16
Unit- III: Festivals and Rituals:
Folk Festival and celebration, Recreation and games, Folk medicine, and folk religion Mark-16
Unit- IV: Cultural Issues :

Tribal culture of Assam with Special reference to Boro , Rabha and Karbi. Mark-16
Unit –V: Origin names of Assam , Origin People of Assam and their contribution . Marks-16
Reference:
Asamiya Lok Sanskritir abhas: Nabin Ch. Sarma
Uttar Purbanchalar Lok Sanskriti: Nabin ch. Sarma
Asamar Sanskriti : Leela Gogai
Asamar Lok NatyaParampara : Sailen Bharali
Asama Lok Natya; Ram gogai
5
Natakar Bybaharik Dish: Jagadish Patgiri
Lok Natya Parampara Aru Paribartan: Edt :Paramananda Rajbonshi
Kamrupi Lokgitee Sangrah : Hemanta kr. Sarma
Gowal pariya Lokgitee Sangrah ; Dwijen Das
Darangi Lok gitee sangrah: Kanak Saharia
www.enajori.com
C-4: Functional Grammar of Assamese
Total Credit: 5+1=6
Unit -1: History of Assamese Grammar, Classification of Assamese Grammar, Necessity of
Assamese Grammar.- Mark-16
Unit-II: Definition, Classification of parts of speech, Noun , Pronoun, Adjective, Verb and Case
. Mark-16
Unit- III: Semantic Properties:
Definition of word, formation of word , Classification of word, Spelling , Antonyms,
Synonyms Mark-
16
Unit –IV: Sentence Structure:
Definition, Formation, And Classification of Sentence, Transformation of Sentence. Mark-16
Unit –V: Assamese Vocabulary. Mark-16
Reference:
Presently, Latest Edition of the following Books are recommended.
Bahal Byakaran : Satyanath Bora.
Bhasar Byakaran aru Bhashatatva: Kali Ram Medhi.
Asamia Bhasar Moulic Bichar : Golok ch. Goswami
AECC: Environmental Science
GE-2: Introduction to Assamese Language and Literature
Total Credit-5+1= 6
Unit –I: Origin and Development of Assamese Language Script and their different stages Mark-16
Unit-II: The Post war Assamese Literature (Since1940) Mark-16
6
Unit –III: Assamese Modern Poetry: Mark-16
Selected Pieces:
DebaKanta Baruah : Asarthak
Nabakanta baruah: Palash
Nirmal Prava Bordolai : droupadi
Hiren Bhattacharya: Mor Desh
Unit –IV: Assamese Prose Mark -16
Selected Pieces:
Bhattadeva :Katha Gita : (1st & 2nd Chapter))
Birendra kr. Bhattacharya: Dharma
Unit-V: Assamese Short Story Mark-16
Selected Pieces:
Laxminath Bezbaruah : Dhowa Khowa
Sayed Abdul Malik: Laif to meen
Recommended Text: Gauhati University: Kabita Manjari
Galpa Manjari
Homen Borgohain(ed): Sreshtsha asamiya nirbachita prabandha- Part-II
Reference:
Sri Sri Bhattadeva Kristi Bikash Samiti(Guwahiti): Sri Sri Bhattadeva
Satyendra Nath Sarma: Asamiya Sahityar Samikshyatmak Itivritta
Hemanta Kumar Sarma : Asamiya Sahityat Dristipat
Chandra Kataki : Adhunik Asamiya Kabita
Trailokya Nath Goswami : Sahitya Alochana
7
SEMESTER -III
Paper Code: ASH 3

C-5: Study on Assamese Folk Literature
Credit: 5+1=6
Total Mark=100 (External -80 +Internal- 20)
Unit I : Introduction, Definition and Classification of Folk Literature Mark-16

Unit II : Folk Song and its Varieties Mark-16
Unit III : Folk Tales and its varieties Mark-16
Unit IV : Assamese Phrases and Idioms, Proverbs and Riddles Mark-16
Unit V : Folk Drama and its varieties and its elements in Assamese Literature Mark-16
Reference Books :
Audrey Cahtiey : The Assamese
Prafulla Dutta Goswami : Bihu: Spring Time Festival of Assam

: Folk Literature of Assam
Nagen Saikiya : Asamiya Manuhar Itihas
Nabin Chandra Sarma : Asamiya Loka Sanskritir Abhas
: Janakristir Ruprekha
: Loka Sanskriti
Birinchi Kumar Barua : Asamar Loka Sanskriti
: Asamiya Bhasa aru Sanskriti
Pramod Chandra Bhattacharya : Asamar Loka Utsav
: Asamar Janajati(Ed.)
Nirmal Prabha Bardaloi : Asamar Loka Sanskriti
Leela Gogoi : Asamiya Lokasanskriir Ruprekha
Jogesh Das : Asamar Janakristi
Abdus Chattar : Sangmisranat Asamiya Sanskriti
Narayan Das & Paramananda
Rajbangshi(Ed.) : Asamiya Sanskriti Kosh
Upen Rabha Hakasam : Asamar Janajatiya Sanskriti
Prahlad Kumar Baruah(Ed.) : Asamiya Loka Sahitya
Paper Code: ASH 3
C-6: Study on Assamese Drama
Credit: 5+1=6
8
Unit I : Origin and Development of Assamese Drama, Introduction, form and features of Ankia
Nat and trends of Modern Assamese Drama Mark-16
Unit II : Sankardeva : Rukmini Haran Nat Mark-16
Unit III : Shriram Ata : Kansha Badh Mark-16
Unit IV : Jyoti Prasad Agarawala: Rupalim Mark-16
Unit V : Arun Sarma : Nibaran Bhattacharya Mark-16
Reference Books :
Kaliram Medhi : Ankawali
Keshabananda Deva Goswami : Ankamala
Birinchi Kumar Barua : Ankia Nat
Satyendra Nath Sarma : Asamiya Natya Sahitya
Harichandra Bhattacharya : Asamiya Natya Sahityar Jilikani
Chailen Bharali : Asamiya Lokanatya Parampara
Ram Goswami : Asamar Lokanatya
Harinatha Sarma Daloi : Sankardevar Sahitya Pratibha
Paramananda Rajbangshi : Asamiya Natak: Parampara aru Parivartan
Navajyoti Sarmah : Asamiya Natak aru Angik
Satya Prasad Barua : Natak aru Abhinay Prasanga
Lilabati Saikia Bora(Ed.) : Prabandhawali
Namita Deka and Lilabati
Saikia Bora(Ed.) : Jyoti anvenshan
Prafulla Kumar Barua Jyoti Prasadar Natak
C-7: Introduction to Assamese Prose and Criticism

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Sankardeva : Srikrishnar Purvarag

: Bhattadeva : Katha Gita(1st and 2nd Chapter)
: Gopal Chandra Dwij : Gurusewa Mahatmya Mark-16
Unit II : Nathan Brawn :Sri jut Brawn Chahabar Patra

: Laxminath Bejbaruah : Gita Tattva
:Banikanta Kakati : Sahityat Karun Rasa Mark-16
Unit III :Hem Barua : Bharatiya Sanskriti

:Birendra Kumar Bhattacharya: :Dharma
: Nagen saikia : Unavimsha Satikar Navajagaran aru Adhunik
Asamiya Man Mark-16
Unit IV : History of Assamese Criticism.

Introduction, development and major critics. Mark-16
Unit V : Selected Critical pieces-

:Maheswar Neog: :Banikanta kakatir Rachana
:Mahendra bara : Biswa Sahityar Pariprekshitat Asamiya Upanyas
:Hiren Gohain : Jyotiprasad Silpi aru Sanskriti Mark-16
9
Recommended Text :
Birinchi Kumar Baruah : Asamiya Katha Sahitya(Purani Bhag)
Laxminath Bejbaruah : Tattva Katha
Banikanta Kakati : Sahitya aru Prem
Homen Bargohain(Ed.) : Sreshtha Asamiya, Nirbacita Prabandha Part-II
Homen Bargohain(Ed.) : Sreshtha Asamiya Samalochana Sahitya
Gauhati University : Snatakar Kathabandha
Reference Books:
Sri Sri Bhattadeva Kristi Bikash Samiti(Guwahiti) : Sri Sri Bhattadeva
Satyendra Nath Sarma : Asamiya Sahityar Samikshyatmak Itivritta
Narayan Das : Bhattadevar Jivan aru Sahitya
Prafulla Kakati : Kramabikasat Asamiya Kathasaili
Harinath Sarma Daloi : Asamiya Gadya sahityar Gatipath
Harichandra Bhattacharya : Bejbaruar Sahitya Pratibha
Maheshwar Neog :Banikanta Chayanika
Sumi Kalita : Asamiya manansil gadya
SEC-1: Folklore and Tourism of Assam

Credit: 2
Total Mark -50
Unit I : Introduction, Definition, Classification and Scope of Folklore Mark-20
Unit II : Introduction to Tourism of Assam, Tourism Management, Project on Tourism Mark-30
Reference Books and Website
Nabin Chandra Sarma : Asamiya Lokasanskritir Abhas
: Uttar Purbanchalar Lokasamskriti
Ministry of Tourism:
tourism.gov.in
www.assamtourism.gov.in
Paper Code: ASH 3.05 GE 3

GE-3: Introduction to Culture of Assam
Credit: 5+1=6
Folk culture. Mark-
16
Unit –II: Origin names of Assam, Origin People of Assam and their contribution.
Marks-16
Unit- III: Tribal culture of Assam with Special reference to Boro , Rabha and Karbi. Mark-16
Unit- IV: Traditional Folk Life and Folk Art of Assam:
Material Culture, Fair and Festivals, Folk Custom, Folk Believes and Practices,
Games, Mark-16
10
Unit- V: Folk Performing art of Assam Mark-16
Reference Book:
SEMESTER-IV
C-8: Study on Literary Criticism (East and West)

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Definition and Importance of Criticism Mark-16

Unit II : Dhvni and Rasa (Definition and Characteristics) Mark-16 :
Unit III : Guna, Vakrokti,and Riti(Definition and Characteristics) Mark-16
Unit IV : Poetry and Drama (Definition and Characteristics) Mark-16
Unit V : Short Story and Novel (Definition and Characteristics) Mark-16
Reference Books:
Monoranjan Sastri : Sahitya Darsan
Trailokyanath Goswami :Sahitya Alochana: Nandan Tattva: Prachya aru Prachatya
Makunda Madhab Sarma :Dhvni aru Rasatattva
Narendra Nath Sarma : Sanskrit Samalochan Sastrar Bibartan aru Dhara
Harinath Sarma Daloi : Sahitya Prabesh
Mahendra Bara : Sahitya Upakramanika
Biren Barkataki :Sahityar Patabhumi
Rammal Thakuria : Sahitya Bichar
Hiren Gohain : Upanyasar Adhunik Samalochana
Nagen Saikia : Sahityar Bad Bad-Baichitra
Sailen Bharali : Natak aru Asamiya Natak
Uday Dutta : Chuti Galpa
Prahlad Kumar Baruah : Upanyas
C-9: Language Varieties

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Definition of Language, Idiolect, First Language, State Language, National Language,
Regional Language, Slandered Language, Dialect, and Lingua Franka
Mark-16
Unit II : Language Varieties of Assam Mark-16:
Unit III : Grammar and Vocabulary of the Language Varieties of Assam Mark-16
11
Unit IV : Use of Language Varieties in Modern Assamese Language Mark-16
Unit V : Use of Language Varieties in audio-visual Media Mark-16
Reference Books:
Edward Spair : Language
Upendra NAth Goswai : Bhasa Bijnan,
:Bhasa Samaj aru Sahitya
Ramesh Pathak : Bhasa Bijnanar Bhumika
Dipti Phukan Patgiri : Bhasa Tattva
:Upabhasa aru Assamar Upabhasa
Basanta Kumar Bhattacharya : Bahasa Bijnanar Prabaha
Dipankar Maral : Upabhasa Bijnan
Upen Rabha Hakasam : Asamiya aru Asamar Upabhasa
Bhimkanta Baruah : Asamar Bahasa
Nagen Thakur and
Khagen Sen Deka(Ed.) : Bhasa Chinta Bichitra
Pranita Devi : Bhasabijnanar Jilikani
Phukan Basumatari(Ed.) : Asamiya aru Asamiya Bhasa
C-10: Study on Assamese Language

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Brief introduction to Indo-European Language Mark-16

Unit II : Origin and development of Assamese Language Mark-16
Unit III : Relation between Assamese and Pali-Prakrit-Apabhramsa Mark-16

Unit IV : Brief introduction and impact of non-Aryan Language on Assamese Language. Mark-16
Unit V : Major Dialect of Assamese Language and Characteristics Mark-16
Reference Books:
Banikanta Kakati : Assamese ; Its Formation and Development
Dimbeswar Neog : The origin and growth of the Assamese Language
Kaliram Medhi : Asamiya Byakaran aru Bhasatattva
Golok Chandra Goswami : Bhasa Bigyan
: Asamiya Bhasar Upabhasa
: Asamiya Bhasar Udvab, Samriddhi aru Bikash
Nagen Thakur : Prithivir Bibhinna Bhasa
: Pali-Prakrit-Apabhramsha Bhasa aru Sahitya
Ramesh Pathak : Asamiya bhasar Itihas
Upen Rabha Hakasam : Asamiya aru Asamar Tibbat-Barmia Bhasa
Lilabati Saikiya Bora : Sanskrit Pali-Prakrit aru Assamiya Byakaran
: Asamiya Bhasar Rupatattva
Bhimkanta Barua : Asamiya Bhasa
Dipti Phukan Patgiri : Madhya jugar Asamiya bhasar Byakaran
Lilabati Saikiya Bora and
Diptiphukan Patgiri(Ed.) : Bhasa –Jigyasa
Bibha Bharali : Kamrupi Upabhasa: Eti Adhyan
Bibha Bharali and
12
Kalpana Talukdar : Goalparia Upabhasa: Rupa-Baichitra
Paper Code: ASH 4.04SEC-2
C-11: Uses of language in Computer
Credit: 2
Total Mark= 50
Unit I : Computer: An Introduction, Functions and Uses. Mark-20
Unit II : Assamese language use in Computer. Assamese fonts-Assamese key-boards-Assamese
Software-Word processors in Assamese: Spell checkers and Grammar checkers Mark-30
Recommended Text:
P.K. Sinha: Computer Fundamentals
Reference:
1.www.xahitya.org; 2.www.enajori.com
GE-4: Introduction to Assamese Language
Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Brief introduction to Indo-European Language Mark-16
Unit II :Brief introduction to Tibeto- Barman Languages of Assam Mark-16

:
Unit III :Brief Introduction to Sino –Tibetan Languages of Assam. Mark-16
Unit IV : Brief introduction and impact of non-Aryan Language on Assamese Language. Mark-16
Unit V : Major Dialect of Assamese Language and Characteristics Mark-16
Reference Books:
Banikanta Kakati: Assamese ; Its Formation and Development

Dimbeswar Neog : The origin and growth of the Assamese Language
Golok Chandra Goswami : Bhasa Bigyan
: Asamiya Bhasar Upabhasa
: Asamiya Bhasar Udvab, Samriddhi aru Bikash
Nagen Thakur : Prithivir Bibhinna Bhasa
: Pali-Prakrit-Apabhramsha Bhasa aru Sahitya
Ramesh Pathak : Asamiya bhasar Itihas
Upen Rabha Hakasam : Asamiya aru Asamar Tibbat-Barmia Bhasa
Lilabati Saikiya Bora : Sanskrit Pali-Prakrit aru Assamiya Byakaran
: Asamiya Bhasar Rupatattva
Bhimkanta Barua : Asamiya Bhasa
Dipti Phukan Patgiri : Madhya jugar Asamiya bhasar Byakaran
Lilabati Saikiya Bora and
Diptiphukan Patgiri(Ed.) : Bhasa –Jigyasa
Bibha Bharali : Kamrupi Upabhasa: Eti Adhyan
Bibha Bharali and
Kalpana Talukdar : Goalparia Upabhasa: Rupa-Baichitra
13
SEMESTER-V
C-11: Study on General Linguistics
Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Introduction to Linguistics-

Descriptive, Historical, Comparative, Constructive Mark-16
Unit II : Phonetics-General Introduction Mark-16

:
Unit III : Morphology-General Introduction Mark-16
Unit IV : Semantics and Syntax- General Introduction Mark-16
Unit V : Dialectology and Sociolinguistics- General Introduction Mark-16
Reference Books:
H.A. Gleason : An Introduction to Descriptive Linguistics
C.A. Hocket : A Course in Modern Linguistics
Upendra Nath Goswami : Bhasa-Bigyan
: Bhasa, Samaj aru Sahitya
Golak Chandra Goswami : Dhvani Bigyanar Bhumika
Dipti Phukan PAtgiri : Bhasatattva
Ramesh Pathak : Bhasa Bigyanar Bhumika
: Byakaran aru Prakriti Bigyan
Basanta Kumar Bhattacharya : Bhasa Bigyan Prabesh
Dipankar Maral : Upabhasa Bigyan
Nagen Thakur and
Khagesh Sen Deka(Ed.) : Bhasa Chinta Bichitra
Bhagaban Maral : Bhartha Bigyan
Nahendra Padun(Ed.) :Bhasar Tattva Katha
Phanindra Narayan Dutta Chaudhury Adhunik Bhasabigyan Parichay
C-12: Introduction to Literary Trends

Credit: 5+1=6
14
Unit I : Classicism-Introduction, Characteristics, and Brief History Mark-16
Unit II : Romanticism- Introduction, Characteristics, and Brief History Mark-16

:
Unit III : Modernism- Introduction, Characteristics, and Brief History Mark-16
Unit IV : Realism- Introduction, Characteristics, and Brief History Mark-16
Unit V : Post-Modernism- Introduction, Characteristics, and Brief History. Mark-16

Reference Books:
Manoranjan Sastri : Sahitya Darshan
Trailokyanath Goswami : Sahitya Alochana aru Prachatya
Harinath Sarma Daloi : Sahitya Prabesh
Rammal Thakuria : Sahitya Bichar
Biren Barkataki : Sahitya Patabhumi
Mahendra Bora : Sahitya Upakramanika
: RamanyasbadMaheswar Neog and
Hemanta Kumar Sarma(Ed.) : Sahitya Samiksha
Nagen Saikia : Sahityar Bad-Baichitra
DSE-1: Introduction to Assamese Romantic and Modern Poetry

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Laxminath Bejbarua : Bin Baragi

: Raghunath Chaudhury : Keteki(Pratham Taranga)
: Jatindra Nath Duarah : Atitak nejaba pahari Mark-16
Unit II : Ambikagiri Raychaudhury : Biswadolan

: Nalinibala Devi : Nat Ghar
: Binandachandra Barua : Gargaon Mark-16
Unit III : Debakanta Barua : Asarthak
:Hem Barua : Mamatar Chithi
: Nabakanta Barua : Palas Mark-16
Unit IV : Nimal Prabha Bardaloi : Draupadi

: Nilamani Phukan : Golapi Jamur Lagan
: Ram Gogoi : Pathar Mark-16
Unit V : Hiren Bhattacharya : Cat Phura Gaan
: Mahendra Bara :Sap
:Samir Tanti : Ai Usupanibor Kan Pati Suniba Mark-16
Recommended Text:
Maheswar Neog(Ed.) : Sanchayan

15
Gauhati University : Kabita Manjari
Hiren Bhattacharya : Hiren Bhattacharyar Kabita
Samir Tanti : Ananda aru Bedanar Baibhav
Reference Books:
Bhabendra Dutta : Asamiya Kabitar Kahini

Nirmal Prabha Bardoloi : Kabitar Katha
Parikshit Hajarika : Sahitya Jeoti
Leela Gogoi(Ed.) : Adhunik Asamiya Sahityar Parichay
Kameleswar Sarma : Kabi Chaudhari aru Chaudhary Devar Kabita
Purna Bhattacharya : Kabita aru Adhunik Kabita
Nagen Saikiya :Asamiya Kabita aru Anyanya Bisay
Prahlad Kumar Barua : Adhunik Asamiya Kabitar Gati Baichitra
Archana Pujari(Ed.) : Asamiya Kabitar Bichar Bisleshan
Kamaluddin Ahmed : Adhunik Asamiya Kabita
Upendra Nath Sarma : Kabitar Bhasa aru Anyanya Prabandha
Lopa BArua : Adhunik Asamiya Kabitar Pratik aru Chitrakalpa
DSE-2: Introduction to Assamese Grammar

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Introduction to Grammar, Classification of Grammar, History of Grammar Mark-16
Unit II : Elements of Assamese Grammar-Phonetics Mark-16
Unit III : Elements of Assamese Grammar-Morphology Mark-16
Unit IV : Elements of Assamese Grammar-Syntax Mark-16
Unit V : Elements of Assamese Grammar-Formation of Vocabulary Mark-16
Reference Books:
Hem Chandra Barua : Asamiya Byakaran
Satyanath Bara : Bahal Byakaran
Golak Chandra Goswami : Asamiya Byakaranr Maulik Bichar
Upendranath Goswami : Asamiya Bhasar Byakaran
Khagesh Sen Deka : Byakaran : Prachya aru Pachatya
16
SEMESTER-VI
C-13: Introduction to Assamese Biography and Auto-Biography

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Introduction, Definition, and Characteristics of Biography and Assamese Biography. Mark-16
Unit II : Introduction, Definition, and Characteristics of Auto-Biography and Assamese Auto-Biography

.
Mark-16
Unit III : Biography-
Benudhar Sarma : Maniram Dewan
Jogendra Narayan Bhuyan : Gunabhiram Baruah Mark-16
Unit IV : Auto-Biography-
Laxminath Bejbaruah : Mor Jivan Sowaran(4th & 6th Chapter) Mark-16
Unit V : Auto-Biography-
Homen Bargohain : Atmanusandhan(1st and 2nd Chapter ) Mark-16
Recommended Text :
Benudhar Sarmah : Maniram Dewan
Jogendra Narayan Bhuyan : Gunabhiram Baruah
Laxminath Bejbaruah : Mor Jivan Sowaran
Homen Bargohain : Atmanusandhan
Reference Books
Dimbeswar Neog : Asamiya Sahityar Buranji
Satyendra Nath Sarma : Asamiya Sahityar Samikshatmak Itibritta
Sibanath Barman(Ed.) : Asamiya Sahityar Buranji(Part-II)
Gobinda Prasad Sarma : Jibani aru Asamiya Jibani
17
: Jibani aru Atmajibani
Literature (Bengali and Hindi)

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Introduction to Modern Indian Literature, New trends in Modern Indian Literature, with
Special reference to Assamese, Bengali and Mark-16
Unit II : Theory of Comparative Literature- Methods and Schools Mark-16
Unit III : Poetry- Mark-16

A. Bengali-
Selected Piece- Bharat Tirtha
Recommended Text:
Rabindranath Tagore : Sanchayita
B. Hindi
Selected Piece- Sumitra Nandan Pant : Maun Nimantra
Recommended Text:Vijayendra Snatak(Ed.) : Adhunik Kavya Samgrah
Unit IV : Short Story- Mark-16

A. Bengali
Rabindra Nath Tegor : Post Master
B. Hindi
Premchand : Kaphan
Unit V : Novel- Mark-16

A. Bengali
Manik Bandopadhya : Padma Nadir Majhi
B. Hindi
Phaniswar Nath Renu : Maila Achal
Reference Books:
K.M George(Ed.) : Modern Indian Literature

Maheswar Neog : Asamiya Sahityar Ruprekha
Satyendra Nath Sarma : Asamiya Sahityar Samikshatmak Itibritta
Sukumar Sen : Bangla Sahityar Itihas.
Sailen Bharali : Adhunik Bharatiya Sahitya
Rambilash Sarma : Premchand aur Unka yug
18
Sibnarayan Sribastav : Hindi Upanyas
Sri Kumar Benarjee : Bangla Upanyaser Kalantar
Parag Kumar Bhattacharya : Rabindranath aru Asamiya-Chutigalpa
Nirajana Mahanta Bejbarua : Tulanamulak Bharatiya Sahitya
Paramananda Rajbangshi
And Parag Kumar Bhattacharya(Ed.) : Bharatiya Sahityar Adhyan
DSE-3: Assamese Short Story and Novel

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Origin and Development of Assamese Short Story and Novel. Mark-16
Unit II : Various Trends, Techniques, and Characteristics of Assamese Short Story and Novel.
Mark-16
Unit III : Short Story- Mark-16
Laxminath Bejbaruah : Patmugi

Laxmidhar Sarma : Byarthatar Dan
Birendra Kumar Bhattacharya : Makanar Goshai
Mamani Raisam Goswami : Riniki Riniki Dekhichu Jamuna
Manikuntala bhattacharya : Kabi-Ganga
Unit IV : Novel- Mark-16

Bhabendra Nath saikiya : Antareep

Arupa Patangiya Kalita : Phelani
Recommended Text:
Homen Bargohain(Ed.) : Asamiya Galpar sankalan(Part I & Part II)
Gauhati University : Galpa Guchcha
: Galpa Manjari
Sonit Bijay Das and Munin Bhuyan(Ed.) : Birendra Kumar Bhattacharyar Rachanawali(Part-I)
Hemanta Kumar Bharali(Ed.) : Mamani Raisam Goswamir Galpa Samagra
Sanit Bijay Das and Munin Bayan(Ed.) : Saurabh Kumar Chaliha Rachanawali
Reference Books:
Satyendra Nath Sarma : Asamiya Sahityar samikshatmak Itibritta
Hemanta Kumar sarma : Asamiya Sahityat Dristipat
Trailokyanath Goswami : Adhunik Galpa Sahitya
Prahlad Kumar Barua : Asamiya Chutigalpar Adhyan
Parag Kumar Bhattacharya : Galpa Prasanga aru Asamiya Galpa Sahitya
Gobinda Prasad Sarnma : Upanyas aru Asamiya Upanyas
Nagen Talukder(Ed.) : Esa Bacharar Asamiya Upanyas
19
DSE-4: Study on Special Author (Madhab Kandali/ Laxminath Bezbaruah)
Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Life and works of the Author Mark-16
Unit II : Literary Contribution of the Author Mark-16
Unit III : Narrative Style of the Author Mark-16
Unit IV : Significance of the Author in present day of Assam Mark-16
Unit V : Significance of the Author in Assamese Literature Mark-16
Recommended Text:
Madhab Kandali : AyodhyaKanda, Sundarakanda, Kiskindha Kanda

Laxminath Bezbaruah : Mor jivan Sowaran(Part-I)
Poem- Binbaragi
Short Story- Kasibasi
Drama- Chakradhaj Singha
Reference Books
Madhab Kandali : Saptakanda Ramayan

Sasi Sarma : Madhab Kandali
Satyendra Nath Asrma : Ramayanar Itibrittva
Nagen Saikiya(Ed.) : Laxminath Bejbaruah Rachana Samagra(Part-I and III)
20
B.A. Regular Course for Assamese
Department of Assamese
Bodoland University
Course Structure of BA in Assamese (Regular) under Chaise Based Credit System (CBCS) and Continuous
Assessment and Grading pattern (CAGP)
SEME CORE COURSE (12) Ability Skill Elective Generic

STER enhancement enhancement Discipline Elective
compulsory Course (SEC) Specific- GE-(2)
course (2) (2) DSE (4)
English-I English
I DSC-1(A) Introduction to Communication
Assamese Folk Literature (AECC-I)
(DSC-2) from other (Compulsory)
Subject
MIL-I: Introduction to Environmental
Assamese Poetry and Drama Science
II DSC-1(B) Functional (AECC-2)
Grammar of Assamese (compulsory)
(DSC-2 B) Other subject
English-2 (SEC-1)
III DSC-1C Study on Folklore and
Assamese Prose and Biography Tourism of Assam
(DSC-2 C Other subject
IV MIL-2 Introduction to SEC-2
Assamese Prose, Short- story Uses of Language
and Novel in Computer
DSC-1D: Study on Cultural of
Assam
DSC-2 D: Other Subject
(SEC-3 ) Study (DSE-1) GE-1)

V on Folk Medicine Study on
of Assam General Introduction
Linguistics to Assamese
(DSE-2): literature
Other
Subject
(SEC-4) DSE-1 (GE-2)
VI Language of Assamese Introduction
Printing and Short Story to Assamese
Publishing and Novel Language
(DSE-2 ): and
Other Literature
1
Subject
Abbreviation Terms:
C=Core
GE=Generic Elective
Semester-I
Paper Code: 1.01R - English-1
Paper Code: AS1.02R- DSC-1(A) Introduction to Assamese Folk Literature
Paper Code: 1.03R-DSC-2(A)
Paper Code: AS 1.04R-AECC-1 Functional Assamese (Communicative)
Semester-II
Paper Code: AS 2.01R-MIL-1 Introduction to Assamese Poetry and Drama
Paper Code: AS2.02R-DSC-1(B) Functional Grammar of Assamese
Paper Code: 2.03R-DSC-2(B)
Paper Code: 2.04R-AECC-2 Environmental Science
Semester-III
Paper Code: 3.01R English-2
Paper Code: AS 3.02R DSC-1C Study on Assamese Prose and Biography
Paper Code: 3.03R DSC-2C-
Paper Code: AS 3.04R SEC-1 Folklore and Tourism of Assam
Semester-1V
Paper Code: AS 4.01R MIL-2- Introduction to Assamese Prose, Short- story and Novel
Paper Code: AS 4.02R DSC-1(D) Study on Cultural of Assam
Paper Code: 4.03R DSC-2(D)-
Paper Code: AS 4.04R SEC-2- Uses of Language in Computer
Semester-V
Paper Code : AS 5.01R DSE-1(A) Study on General Linguistics
Paper Code: 5.02R DSE -2(A)
Paper Code: AS 5.03R GE1- Introduction to Assamese literature
Paper Code: AS 5.04R SEC-3 Study on Folk Medicine of Assam
Semester-VI
Paper Code: AS 6.01R DSE-1(B) Assamese Short Story and Novel
Paper Code: 6.02R DSE-2(B)
Paper Code: AS 6.03R-GE-2 Introduction to Assamese Language and Literature
Paper Code: AS 6.04R SEC-4 Language of Printing and Publishing
Syllabus for BA Regular Course

2
Sub: Assamese
Semester-I
DSC-1(A): Introduction to Assamese Folk Literature
Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Introduction, Definition and Classification of Folk Literature Mark-16
Unit II : Folk Song and its Varieties Mark-16
Unit III : Folk Tales and its varieties Mark-16
Unit IV : Assamese Phrases and Idioms, Proverbs and Riddles Mark-16
Unit V : Folk Drama and its varieties and its elements in Assamese Literature Mark-16
Reference Books :
Audrey Cahtiey : The Assamese
Prafulla Dutta Goswami : Bihu: Spring Time Festival of Assam
: Folk Literature of Assam
Nagen Saikiya : Asamiya Manuhar Itihas
Nabin Chandra Sarma : Asamiya Loka Sanskritir Abhas
: Janakristir Ruprekha
: Loka Sanskriti
Birinchi Kumar Barua : Asamar Loka Sanskriti
: Asamiya Bhasa aru Sanskriti
Pramod Chandra Bhattacharya : Asamar Loka Utsav
: Asamar Janajati(Ed.)
Nirmal Prabha Bardaloi : Asamar Loka Sanskriti
Leela Gogoi : Asamiya Lokasanskriir Ruprekha
Jogesh Das : Asamar Janakristi
Abdus Chattar : Sangmisranat Asamiya Sanskriti

3
Narayan Das & Paramananda
Rajbangshi(Ed.) : Asamiya Sanskriti Kosh
Upen Rabha Hakasam : Asamar Janajatiya Sanskriti
Prahlad Kumar Baruah(Ed.) : Asamiya Loka Sahitya
Semester -II
MIL-1: Introduction to Assamese Poetry and Drama
4
Credit: 5+1=6
Unit-I: A brief introduction to Assamese Poetry and Assamese Drama.Mark-16
Unit- II: Assamese Poetry : Mark-16
Selected Pieces: (Old & Romantic Trend):
Madhab Dev :Khed ( Namghosar Para)
Sridhar Kandali : ghomuti jayo Re ( Kankhowar para)
Laxminath Bezbaruah : Malati
Mafijuddin Ahmad Hazarika : Dinkana
Unit III: Assamese Poetry : (Modern) Mark-16
Selected pieces :
Nabakanta Baruah : Palash
Unit- IV: Assamese Drama ( Modern) : Mark-16
Selected Piece: Jyoti Prasad Agarwala : Labhita
Unit- V: Assamese Drama ( Contemporary) Mark-16
Selected Piece: Karuna Deka : Luit kanya
Recommended Text: Gauhati University : Kabita Manjari
Maheswar Neog (ed) : Sanchayan
Jagadish Patgiri( ed) : Adhunik Asamiya Natya Sambhar
Reference:
Bhabendra Dutta : Asamiya Kabitar Kahini
Nirmal Prabha Bardoloi : Kabitar Katha

5
Parikshit Hajarika : Sahitya Jeoti
Leela Gogoi(Ed.) : Adhunik Asamiya Sahityar Parichay
Kameleswar Sarma : Kabi Chaudhari aru Chaudhary Devar Kabita
Purna Bhattacharya : Kabita aru Adhunik Kabita
Nagen Saikiya :Asamiya Kabita aru Anyanya Bisay
Prahlad Kumar Barua : Adhunik Asamiya Kabitar Gati Baichitra
Archana Pujari(Ed.) : Asamiya Kabitar Bichar Bisleshan
Kamaluddin Ahmed : Adhunik Asamiya Kabita
Satyendra Nath Sarma : Asamiya Natya Sahitya
Harichandra Bhattacharya : Asamiya Natya Sahityar Jilikani
Chailen Bharali : Asamiya Lokanatya Parampara
Ram Goswami : Asamar Lokanatya
Harinatha Sarma Daloi : Sankardevar Sahitya Pratibha
Paramananda Rajbangshi : Asamiya Natak: Parampara aru Parivartan
Satya Prasad Barua : Natak aru Abhinay Prasanga
Navajyoti Sarmah : Asamiya natak aru Angik
Lilabati Saikia Bora(Ed.) : Prabandhawali
Namita Deka and Lilabati
Saikia Bora(Ed.) : Jyoti anvenshan
Prafulla Kumar Barua Jyoti Prasadar Natak
DSC-1(B): Functional Grammar of Assamese
Credit: 5+1=6
Unit -1: History of Assamese Grammar, Classification of Assamese Grammar, Necessity

6
of Assamese Grammar.- Mark-16
Unit-II: Definition, Classification of patrs of speech, Noun , Pronoun, Adjective,
Verb and Case. Mark-16
Unit- III: Semantic Properties :
Definition of word, formation of word , Classification of word, Spelling ,
Antonyms ,Synonyms. Mark-16
Unit –IV: Sentence Structure: Mark-16
Definition, Formation, and Classification of Sentence, Transformation of
Sentence.
Unit –V: Assamese Vocabulary. Mark-16
Reference:
Presently, Latest Edition of the following Book are recommended.
Asamia Bhasar Byakaran aru Bhashatatva: Kali Ram Medhi.
Semester -III
DSC 1(C) : Study on Assamese Prose and Biography

Credit: 5+1=6
7
Unit I : Bhattadeva :Katha Bhagawata(Skandha-3, Chp.1)
:Maheswar Neog(Ed) :Gurucharit Katha(Section-100-140)
:Raghunath Mahanta : Ramar Ban Gaman Mark-16
Unit II : Arunodayar Dhalfat : Kalikatar Para Guwahatiloi Bhapar Nao aha jowar
katha
:Laxminath Bezbaruah : Sankari Dharmar Pratistha
:Nalinidhar Bhattacharya : Faust : Adhunik Jivanar Eliyad Mark-16
Unit III :Syad Abdul Malik : Jikir aru Jari Geet

: Rupnath Brahma : Bodokachari Jatir Sanskriti
: Hiren Gohain : Manuh Sankardev Mark-16
Unit IV : Assamese Biography Mark-16

: Benudhar Sarma : Maniram Dewan(Chp.3rd ,8th & 12th )
Unit V :Assamese Autobiography Mark-16

: Mahendra Bara :Upala Nadir dare(Chp-1929-1947,1947-1953,1973-
1987)
Recommended Text :
Sahitya Akademi : Nirbacita Prabandha
Benudhar Sarma : MAniram Dewan
Mahendra Bara : Upala Nadira Dare
Reference Books:

SEC 1: Folklore and Tourism of Assam

Credit: 2
Unit I : Introduction, Definition, Classification and Scope of Folklore Mark-20
Unit II : Introduction to Tourism of Assam, Tourism Management, Project on Tourism Mark-30
Reference Books and Website
Nabin Chandra Sarma : Asamiya Loka sanskritir Abhas

8
: Uttar Purbanchalar Lokasamskriti
Ministry of Tourism:
tourism.gov.in
www.assamtourism.gov.in
Semester IV
MIL-2: Introduction to Assamese Prose, Short Story and Novel
Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Assamese Prose (Old Trend): Mark-16
Selected Pieces:
: Bhattadeva: Katha Bhagawata(Skandha-3, Chp.1)
:Maheswar Neog(Ed):Gurucharit Katha(Section-100-140)
9
:Raghunath Mahanta: Ramar Ban Gaman
Unit II : Assamese Prose (New Trend): Mark-16
Selected pieces:
Arunodayar Dhalfat: Kalikatar Para Guwahatiloi Bhapar Nao aha jowar

katha
:Syad Abdul Malik : Jikir aru Jari Geet
: Rupnath Brahma : Bodokachari Jatir Sanskriti
: Hiren Gohain : Manuh Sankardev
Unit III: Assamese Biography: Mark -16
: Benudhar Sarma : Maniram Dewan(Chp.3rd ,8th & 12th )
Unit IV: Assamese Short Story: Mark-16
Selected pieces:
Laxminath Bej Baruah: Bhadari
Mahim Bora: Chakrabat
Silabhadra : Madhupur Bahu Dur
Unit V: Assamese Novel: Mark-16
Mamani Roysom Goswami : Mamre dhara Tarowal
Recommended Text :
: Galpa Manjari
Nagen Saikia (ed) : Laxminath Rachanawali
Sahitya Akademi : Nirbacita Prabandha
10
Benudhar Sarma : MAniram Dewan
Reference Books:
Sumi kalita : Asamiya manansil gadya
DSC1 (D) : Study on culture of Assam
Credit: 5+1=6
Folk culture. Mark- 16
Unit- II: Material Culture, (Folk craft, Folk art, Folk Architecture, Folk costume
11
and Folk Cookery, Folk music, Folk dance. Mark-16
Unit- III: Folk Festival and celebration, Recreation and games, Folk medicine, and folk religion
Mark-16
Unit- IV Tribal culture of Assam with Special reference to Boro , Rabha and Karbi. Mark-16
Unit –V: Origin names of Assam , Origin People of Assam and their contribution . Marks-16
Reference:
www.enajori.com
SEC-2: Uses of language in Computer

Credit: 2
Unit I : Computer: An Introduction, Functions and Uses. Mark-20
Unit II : Assamese language use in Computer. Assamese fonts-Assamese key-boards-Assamese

Software-Word processors in Assamese: Spell checkers and Grammar checkers Mark-30
Reference
1.www.xahitya.org
2.www.enajori.com
12
Recommended Text
P.K. Sinha: Computer Fundamentals
Semester –V
DSE-1(A) : Study on General Linguistics
Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Introduction to Linguistics- Mark-16

Descriptive, Historical, Comparative, Constructive
Unit II : Phonetics-General Introduction Mark-16
Unit III : Morphology-General Introduction Mark-1
Unit IV : Semantics and Syntax- General Introduction Mark-16

Unit V : Dialectology and Sociolinguistics- General Introduction Mark-16
Reference Books:
H.A. Gleason : An Introduction to Descriptive Linguistics
C.A. Hocket : A Course in Modern Linguistics
Upendra Nath Goswami : Bhasa-Bigyan
: Bhasa, Samaj aru Sahitya
Golak Chandra Goswami : Dhvani Bigyanar Bhumika
Dipti Phukan PAtgiri : Bhasatattva
Ramesh Pathak : Bhasa Bigyanar Bhumika
13
: Byakaran aru Prakriti Bigyan
Basanta Kumar Bhattacharya : Bhasa Bigyan Prabesh
Dipankar Maral : Upabhasa Bigyan
Nagen Thakur and
Khagesh Sen Deka(Ed.) : Bhasa Chinta Bichitra
Bhagaban Maral : Bhartha Bigyan
Nahendra Padun(Ed.) :Bhasar Tattva Katha
Phanindra Narayan Dutta Chaudhury Adhunik Bhasabigyan Parichay
GE-1 : Introduction to Assamese Literature

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit-I: Assamese Classical Literature (Pre Sankari, Sanskri and Post Sankari) Mark-16
Unit –II: Assamese Missionary and Romantic Literature Mark-16
Unit-III: Assamese Poetry: Mark-16
Selected Pieces: Madhav Kandali : Chitrakutar Chitra
Sankar Deva: Sarat Barnana
Bishwar Baidya dhip: Rangpur Nagarar barnana
Chandra Kr. Agarwala : Madhuri
Raghunath Choudhury :Giri Mallika
Nilinibala Devi: Paramtrishna
Unit-IV: Assamese Poetry: (Modern) Mark- 16

Selected Pieces: Nabakanta Baruah : Palash
Unit-V: Assamese Drama Mark-16
Sankardeva: Kaliya Daman
Recommended Text:
Gauhati University: Kabita Manjari
Maheswar Neog (ed) : Sanchayana
14
Referance :
Karabi Deka Hazarika :Asamiya Kabita
Archana Pujari ( ed): Asamiya Kabitar Bichar –Bisleshan
Malini Goswami& Kamaluddin Ahmed( ed): Asamiya Kabitar Tinita Parva
Ramesh Pathak: Natak Aru Asamiya Natak
Satyendra nath Sarma: Asamiya Natya Sahitya
SEC-3 : Study on folk Medicine of Assam

Credit: 2
Unit- I: Introduction , Definition, Scope of folk Medicine Mark-20
Unit- II: Uses of Folk Medicine in Assamese society Mark-30
Reference:
Gunaram Khanikar : Asmar Banou Shadh
Semester VI
DSE-1 (B) : Assamese short Story and Novel

Credit: 5+1=6
Unit I : Origin and Development of Assamese Short Story and Novel Mark-16
Unit II : Various Trends, Techniques, and Characteristics of Assamese Short

Story and Novel.
Mark-16
Unit III : Short Story- Mark-16
Laxminath Bezbaruah : Patmugi

Laxmidhar Sarma : Byarthatar Dan
Birendra Kumar Bhattacharya : Makanar Goshai
Saurabh Kumar Chaliha : Golam
Mamani Raisam Goswami : Riniki Riniki Dekhichu Jamuna
Manikuntala bhattacharya : Kabi-Ganga
Unit IV : Novel Mark-16
Bhabendra Nath saikiya : Antareep

15
Arupa Patangiya Kalita : Phelani
Recommended Text
Homen Bargohain(Ed.) : Asamiya Galpar sankalan(Part I & Part II)
Gauhati University : Galpa Guchcha
Sonit Bijay Das and Munin Bhuyan(Ed.) : Birendra Kumar Bhattacharyar Rachanawali(Part-I)
Hemanta Kumar Bharali(Ed.) : Mamani Raisam Goswamir Galpa Samagra
Sanit Bijay Das and Munin Bayan(Ed.) : Saurabh Kumar Chaliha Rachanawali
Reference Books
GE-2: Introduction to Assamese Language and Literature

Total Credit- 6
Unit –I: Origin and Development of Assamese Language Script and their different stages
Mark-16
Unit-II: The Post war Assamese Literature ( Since1940) Mark-16
Unit-III: Modern Assamese Poetry: Mark-16
Selected Pieces:
DebaKanta Baruah : Asarthak
Nabakanta baruah: Palash
Nirmal Prava Bordolai : droupadi
Hiren Bhattacharya ; Mor Desh
Unit –IV: Assamese Prose Mark-16
Selected Pieces:
Bhattadeva :Katha Gita : (1st & 2nd Chapter))
Birendra kr. Bhattacharya: Dharma
Unit-V: Assamese Short Story Mark-16
16
Selected Pieces: Laxminath Bezbaruah : Dhowa Khowa
Sayed Abdul : Malik:Laif to meen
Recommended Text: Gauhati University: Kabita Manjari, Galpa Manjari
Homen Borgohain(ed) Sreshtsha asamiya nirbachita prabandha- Part-II
Reference:
Satyendra Nath Sarma: Asamiya Sahityar Samikshyatmak Itivritta
Chandra Kataki : Adhunik Asamiya Kabita
SEC-4 : Language of Printing and Publishing

Credit: 2
Unit- I: Introduction: Publication Information –reputed Publication- Journals/ Magazine/

Periodical- Contribution of publishing house and Publication: Drafting- Editing-
Proof Reading- Captioning. Mark-20
Unit-II: Computer Typing: Use of fonts ( fonts available) Typing- Type Setting/ DTP – Formatting
and making print copy ready. Mark-30
17
UG LEVEL SYLLABUS FOR HONOURS COURSE IN BODO
Under CBCS (Choice Based Credit System) and Continuous Assessment
& Grading Pattern (CAGP)
SEM Core Course (14) Ability Skill Elective Elective Generic

Enhancement Enhancement Discipline (GE) (4)
Compulsory Course (SEC) (2) Specific DSE (4)
Course (AECC) (2)
C-1: History of Bodo AECC-1 GE-1: Review of
Literature Eng/Hind/MIL Bodo and
I Communication Assamese
Literature
C-2:Early and Modern
Bodo Poetry
II C-3:Western Literary AECC-2 GE-2:Theoretical
Criticism Environmental Perspective of
C-4:Eastern Literary Science Language and
Criticism Linguistics
III C-5: Theoretical Concept SEC1: GE-3:General
of Culture Composition, Introduction to
C-6: Introduction to Bodo Editing and Bodo Language
Folklore Proofreading
C-7: Bodo Novel
IV C-8: Bodo Drama SEC-2: Costume GE-4: Introduction
Designing and to Bodo Culture
C-9:Bodo Short Story Bodo Costume
C-10: Bodo Prose
Literature
V C-11: Introduction to DSE-1: Bodo
Language and Linguistics Language and
Linguistics
C-12: Introduction to DSE-2:Cultural
Bodo Group of Ecology of the
Languages Bodos
VI C-13: Sociolinguistics DSE-3: Folklore
and Dialectology and Traditional
Music of the
Bodos
DSE-4:
C-14: Study of Special Project/Dissertati
Author on work
1
ABBREVIATIONS
BOD= BODO
C=Core
GE=Generic Elective
UG SYLLABUS STRUCTURE FOR HONOURS IN BODO

SEMESTER-1
BOD1.01C: History of Bodo Literature

BOD 1.02C: Early and Modern Bodo Poetry
BOD 1.03GE-1: Review of Bodo and Assamese Literature
BOD 1.04AECC: Functional Bodo
SEMESTER-2
BOD2.01C: Literary Criticism

BOD 2.02C: Eastern Literary Criticism
BOD 2.03GE-2: Theoretical perspective of Language and Linguistics
BOD 2.04AECC-2 Environmental Science
SEMESTER-3
BOD 3.01C: Theoretical Concept of Culture

BOD 3.02C: Introduction to Bodo Folklore
BOD3.03C: Bodo Novel
BOD 3.04SEC-1: Composition, editing and Proo-freading
BOD 3.05GE-3: General Introduction to Bodo Language
SEMESTER-4
BOD 4.01C: Bodo Drama

BOD 4.02C: Bodo Short Story
BOD 4.03C: Bodo Prose Literature
BOD 4.04 SEC-2: Costume Designing and Bodo Costume
BOD 4.05 GE-4: Introduction to Bodo Culture
SEMESTER-5
BOD 5.01 C: Introduction to Language and Linguistics

BOD 5.02C: Introduction to Bodo Group of Languages
BOD 5.03DSE-1: Bodo Language and Linguistics
BOD 5.04 DSE-2: Cultural Ecology of the Bodos
SEMESTER-6
BOD 6.01C: Sociolinguistics and Dialectology

BOD6.02C: Study of Special Author
BOD 6.03DSE-3: DSE-3: Folklore and Traditional Music of the Bodos
BOD 6.04DSE-4: Project/Dissertation work
2
SYLLABUS IN DETAIL
SEMESTER-1
Paper Code: BOD1.01C

Paper Title: History of Bodo Literature
Credit:6 (Lecture-5, Tutorial-2)
External marks: 80, Internal marks-20
Unit-1: Missionary contribution to the Bodo Literature =20

Unit-2: Literature of Bibar and Hathorkhi-Hala Age =20
Unit-3: Bodo Literature from 1951-1990 =20
Unit-4: Bodo Literature from 1991-till date =20
Suggested readings:
1. Boro Thunlaini Jarimin--Manoranjan Lahary
2. The History of Bodo Literature--Madhuram Baro
3. Thunlai Bijirnay--Guneswar Muchahary
4. Boro Thunlaini Jarimin Arw Thunlai Bijirnay--Rijukumar Brahma
5. Gwdan Boro Thunlai--Anil Baro
6. Thunlai Arw Sansri--Brajendra Kumar Brahma
7. Nwjwr--Manoranjan Lahary
8. Boro Thunlaini Mohor--Dharanidhar Wary
9. Thunlai Bijirnay (ed.) --Anil Kumar Brahma
10. Saorainay Thunlai --Adaram Basumatary
11. Nwijijwuthaini Boro Khonthai--Phukan Ch. Basumatary
12. Bhaothina Santhwu--Manoranjan Lahary
13. Gwdan Nwjwr Arw Gwdan Mwndangthi--Uthrisar Khunggur Basumatary
Paper Code: BOD 1.02C

Paper Title: Early and Modern Bodo Poetry
Credits:6 (Lecture-5, Tutorial-1)
External marks:80, Internal marks-20
Early Bodo Poetry:
Unit-1: Angni Dabung Apha (by Rupnath Brahma), Swr Nwng (by Madaram Brahma), Ja Habap (by
Satish Ch. Basumatary), Okhanaisi (by Kshitish Brahma), Dwibajrum (Pramod Ch. Brahma), =20
Unit-2: Hajw (by Ishan Ch. Muchahary), Udang Bwthwr (by Jagat Basumatary), Binay (by Jaladhar
Brahma), Sadu Sikhao (by Kalikumar Lahary), Gwdwni Gwjam methai (by Nileswar Brahma)=20
Modern Bodo Poetry: =20
Unit-3: Gwsw (by Nandeswar Baro), Limarik Makhase (by Bikram), Ai Bima (by Prasenjit Brahma),
Jiuni Ikebana (by Brajendra Kumar Brahma), Gibi Mungkhlong (by Surath Narzary)
Unit-4: Guphur Dauthua Dabw Gabw (by Anju), Swdwbni Swler (by Aurabinda Uzir), Dabi San:Jutani
(by Manoranjan Lahari), Iligi (by Bijay Baglary), Sangrema jiu(by Bishnujyoti Kachari) =20
3
Suggested readings:

2. The History of Bodo Literature--Madhuram Baro
4. Boro Thunlaini Jarimin Arw Thunlai Bijirnay--Rijukumar Brahma
5. Gwdan Boro Thunlai--Anil Baro
6. Thunlai Arw Sansri--Brajendra Kumar Brahma
8. Boro Thunlaini Mohor--Dharanidhar Wary
9. Thunlai Bijirnay (ed.) --Anil Kumar Brahma
10. Saorainay Thunlai --Adaram Basumatary
11. Nwijijwuthaini Boro Khonthai--Phukan Ch. Basumatary
12. Bhaothina Santhwu--Manoranjan Lahary
13. Gwdan Nwjwr Arw Gwdan Mwndangthi--Uthrisar Khunggur Basumatary
Paper Code: BOD 1.03GE-1

Paper Title: Review of Bodo and Assamese Literature
Credit:6 (Lectuer-5, Tutorial-1)
External marks-80, Internal marks-20
Unit-1: Bodo Novel (Mwihur by Dharanidhar Wary): Either Bodo version or translated into Assamese
and English version may be taken for study
Unit-2: Short stories =40
Bodo: (Srimati Durlai by Haribhushan Brahma, Mansi Geder by Janil Kr. Brahma, Sarwn by Nilkamal
Brahma, ) : Either Bodo or Assamese version may be taken for study =20
Assamese: Jayanti by Lakshminath Bezbaruah, Kherai by Prafulla Dutta Goswami, Sringkhal by
Bhabendra Nath Saikia): Either Bodo or Assamese version may be taken for study =20
Suggested readings:
1 Boro Thunlaini Jarimin: Manoranjan Lahary

2 The History of Bodo Literature: Madhuram Baro
3 Thunlai Bijirnay: Guneswar Muchahary
4 Boro Thunlaini Jarimin Arw Thunlai Bijirnay: Rijukumar Brahma
5 Gwdan Boro Thunlai: Anil Baro
6 Thunlai Arw Sansri: Brajendra Kumar Brahma
7 Nwjwr--Manoranjan Lahary
8 Boro Thunlaini Mohor: Dharanidhar Wary
9 Thunlai Bijirnay (ed.): Anil Kumar Brahma
10 Axamiya Sahityar Samikshatmak Itibritta: Satyendra Natha Sarma
SEMESTER-2
4
Paper Title: Western Literary Criticism
Credit:6( Lecture-5, Tutirial-1)
Unit-1: Concept of Literary Criticism =20

Unit-2: Theoretical concept of Poetry and Drama =20
Unit-3: Concept of Novel and Short Story =20
Unit-4: Concept of Classicism and Romanticism and Modernism =20
Suggested readings:
2. Theory of Drama--Allardyce Nicoll
3. Aspects of Novel--E.M. Foster
4. An Introduction to the Study of Literature--W.H.Hudson
5. Alankar Sastra--Manoranjan Sastri
6. Sahityar Saj--Sonapati Devasarma
7. Thunlai Arw Gohena--Manoranjan Lahary
8. Boro Khonthaini Khobam Gohena Arw Bidwi--Phukan Ch. Basumatary
9. Poetics--Aristotle
10. Thunlaini Bidwi Arw Gohena--Indramalati Narzaree
11. Romanticism--C.M.Bowra
12. Romanyasbad--Mohendra Bora
13. Sahitya Bichar--Rammal Thakuria
14. Nwjwr--Monoranjan Lahary

Paper Title: Eastern Literary Criticism
Unit-1: Concept of Eastern Literary Criticism =20

Unit-2: Rasa and its elements =20
Unit-3: Chanda and its basic structure =20
Unit-4: The Alankara theory =20
Suggested readings:
1. Sahityar Saj--Sonapati Devasarma
2. Thunlai Arw Gohena--Manoranjan Lahary
3. Boro Khonthaini Khobam Gohena Arw Bidwi--Phukan Ch. Basumatary
4. Poetics--Aristotle
5. Thunlaini Bidwi Arw Gohena--Indramalati Narzaree
6. Romanticism--C.M.Bowra
7. Romanyasbad--Mohendra Bora
8. Sahitya Bichar--Rammal Thakuria
9. Nwjwr--Monoranjan Lahary
5
Paper Title: Theoretical perspective of Language and Linguistics
Unit-1: Definition of Language, its characteristics, Linguistics as a science, language and society, variety
of language=20
Unit-2: What is Phonology, phone, phoneme, allophone, stress, syllable, juncture, pitch=20
Unit-3: What is Morphology, morpheme, morph and allomorph, division of morpheme, bound base and
root, compoundisation=20
Unit-4: Syntax: Syntactic analysis, IC analysis, Phrase structure=20
Suggested readings:
1. A Course in Modern Linguistics: C.F. Hockett
2. An Introductory Text Book of Linguistics & Phonetics: R.L.Varshney
3. Elements of General Linguistics (Vol.1): Sharad Rajimwale
4. Language: Leonard Bloomfield
5. Modern Linguistics: S.K.Verma & N.Krishnaswami
6. Semantics: Fr. Palmer
7. Linguistics: David Crystal
SEMESTER-3

Paper title: Theoretical Concept of Culture
Credit: 6 (Lecture-5, Tutorial-1)
Unit-1: Concept of Culture-its defining features, society and culture, culture change-its defining causes,
adaptation, reception and changes =20
Unit-2: Basic concept of Folklore-its social functions, folklore and traditional knowledge system =20
Unit-3: Concept of Folk-literature, its aestheticism =20
Unit-4: Concept of Social Folk-customs, rituals and folk-life =20
Suggested Readings:
1. Boro-Kocharini Somaj Arw Harimu (Translated): Bhaben Narzee
2. Boro harimu Arw Thunlai Bijirnay: Indramalati Narzaree
3. Aspects of Social Folk-Customs of the Bodos: Kameswar Brahma
4. Folk-literature of the Boros: Anil Baro
5. Festival of the Bodos: Mangalshing Hazowary
6. Comparative Literature: A Critical Introduction: Susan Bassnett, Blackwell

Paper Title: Introduction to Bodo Folklore
Credit:6, Lecture-5, Tutorial-1
6
Unit-1: Material culture of the Bodos =20
Unit-2: Folk-festivals of the Bodos =20
Unit-3: Folk-literature of the Bodos =20
Unit-4: Social Folk-customs of the Bodos =20
Suggested readings:
1. Asamni Somaj Harimuao Subung Phwthainay-- Binay Kumar Brahma
2. Boro Somajari Swdwmsri--Meghnath Mwsahari
3. Tribal Customary Law of North-East India – Sibani Roy & S.H.M Rijvi
4. Boro Kocharini Somaj Arw Harimu (Trans.)-- Bhaben Narzi
5. Asomar Janajati (ed.)--Pramod Ch. Bhattacharya
6. Aspects of Social folk-custom of the Bodos –-Kameswar Brahma
7. Subung Harimuni Riphinay--Dhireswar Boronarzi
8. Backgroud of Assamese Culture--Rajmohan Nath
9. Mising Sanskritir Alekhya--Bhrigumoni Kagyung
10. Folk-literature of the Boros--Anil Kr. Baro
11. Tribes of Assam (Part-1,2,3)--(ed) B.N. Bardoloi
12. Kirata Jana-kriti-S.K.Chatterjee
13. The Kacharis-Rev.S.Endle
14. Koch-Bodo and Dhimal Tribes—B.H.Hodgson
15. History and Civilization of the People of Assam –- P.C. Chaudhury

Paper Title: Bodo Novel
Total Credit: 6 (Lecture-5, Tutorial-1)
Unit-1: Inception Bodo novel and contemporary trends =20

Unit-2: Mwihur by Dharani Dhar Wary =20
Unit-3: Khasphurni Hangma by Bidya Sagar Narzary =20
Unit-4: Jujaini Or by Chittaranjan Muchahary =20
N.B:(Course teachers are asked to review the novel based on story-telling, characterization, stylistics and
linguistic aspects of the novel.)
Suggested readings:
1. Boro Solomani Bijirnay-- Swarna Prabha Chainary
2. Boro Thunlaini Mohor Musri: Anil Baro
3. History of Boro Literature: Madhuram Baro
4. Boro Thunlaini Zarimin: Manoranjan Lahary
Paper Code: BOD 3.04SEC-1

Paper title: Composition editing, and Proofreading
Total Credit-2
Total marks: 50
7
Unit-1: Definition of composition and editing, writing process and art of writing, What is editing?
Purpose of editing, benefits of editing, drafting in writing, difference between editing and proofreading,
difference between writing and editing, ways to edit, importance of copy editing (Theoretical
perspectives)=25
Unit-2: What is proofreading? Why proofread ?, importance of proofreading, proofreading symbols, proof
reader, the proofreading process (on the basis of practical and exercise)=25
Suggested Readings:
1. Strunk,William Jr. and E.B. White, “The Elements of Style” (Third Edition). Macmillan,
New York, 1979.
2. Plotnik, Arthur, “The Elements of Editing: A Guide for Editors and Journalists.”
Collier/Macmillan, New York, 1984
3. Comprehend and Compose, Part-1 &II: Geetha Nagarjun
4. Effective Writing: Christopher Turk & John Kirkman
5. Doing Creative Writing: Steve May

Paper Title: General Introduction to Bodo Language
External matks-80, Internal marks-20
Unit-1: Historical source of Bodo language and its typology =20

Unit-2: Phonemic features (phonemes, syllable, intonation, tone, diphthong, vowel and consonant
sequence) =20
Unit-3: Some morphological features and typology (word formation, methods of number distinction,
gender distinction, relationship between case and case-marker, classifiers and quantifiers) =20
Unit-4: Syntactic features and typology =20
Suggested Readings:
1. Structure of Boro Language: Madhuram Baro
2. Boro Rao: Bhaben Narzi
3. Tibeto-Burman Languages of North-East India: Swarna Prabha Chainary
4. A Descriptive Analysis of the Boro Language: P.C.Bhattacharya
5. Boro Raokhanthi: Swarna Prabha Chainary
SEMESTER-4
8
Paper Title: Bodo Drama
Total Credit: 6(Lecture-5, Tutorial-1)
Unit-1: Dwrswn Jwhwlao by Satish Ch. Basumatary =20

Unit-2: Horbadi Khwmsi by Kamal Kr. Brahma =20
Unit-3: Jaikhlongao Bemaje by Jatindra Nath Baro =20
Unit-4: Mimangni Simang: Kamal Kr. Brahma =20
Suggested Readings:
1. Boro Phaothai Thunlai Bijirnay: Bhoumik Ch. Baro

2. Boro Phaothaini Bijirnay: Swarna Prabha Chainary
4. Boro Thunlaini Jarimin: Manoranjan Lahary
5. Thunlai Bijirnay: Guneswar Muchahary

Paper title: Bodo Short Story
Total Credit:6 (Lecture-5, Tutorial-1)
Unit-1: Abari by Ishan Ch.Muchahary, Phagli by Pramod Ch. Brahma, Gwmanai Dairi by Chattaranjan
Muchahary =20
Unit-2: Buthua Thungri by Nimkamal Brahma, Honglani Saori by Haribhusan Brahma, Gangse Phali by
Manoranjan Lahari =20
Unit-3: Dumphaoni Phitha by Janil Kumar Brahma, Mistar Haibridni Gwlwmdwi Arw Mwdwi by
Z.D.Basumatary, Gabda Daina by U.G.Brahma, Hadan by Nabin Malla Baro, Haraoni Saikhel by
Gobinda Basumatary =40
Suggested Readings:

4. Boro Sungdosoloni Jarimin: Rakhao Basumatary
5. Boro Sungdosoloni Bwhwithi Dahar (ed.): Swarna Prabha Chainary

Paper Title: Bodo Prose Literature
Total Credit: 6(Lecture-5, Tutorial-1)
9
Unit-1: = 20
Aglani Bathra: Anandaram Muchahary
Bwisagu: Pramod Ch. Brahma
Bwirathi : Bishnu Prasad Rabha
Unit-2: = 20
Gwmwhwnay Noni Bathra: Rongdini Phagli
Kinchit Nibedan (Trans. in Boro: ese phwrmainai): Rupnath Brahma
Boro Mwsanay: Girindra Kr. Daimary
Unit-3: = 20
1.Udangsri Swmaosarnayao Borophwr: Jogendra Kr. Basumatary
2.Endel Mugani Boro Thunlai: Bihu Ram Baro
3.Platoni Nwjwrao Thunlai: Surath Narzary
Unit:4 = 20
1.Swithw Arw Phwthainay: Brajendra Kumar Brahma
2. Subung Swdwmsriyao Bigiyanni Gwhwm: Nagen Baro
3.Dinwini Mulug Arw Narsebjanay Sinaithi: Urkhao Gwra Brahma
Suggested Readings:
1. Boro Thunlaini Jarimin: Maniranjan Lahary
Paper Code: BOD 4.04 SEC-2

Paper Title: Costume Designing and Bodo Costume
Total Credit: 2
Total marks-50
Unit-1: Theoretical perspective of the term of costume and designing, need of in present day global
perspective, ethnic costume and designing, as traditional knowledge and community property, as
resources of culture and market economy, revitalization and commercialization of ethnic costume design
(Theoretical perspectives)=25
Unit-2: Practical and exercise for acquiring skill of Bodo costume designing and floral design (on the
basis of skill enhancement activities) =25
Suggested Readings:
1. Anthropology: Carol R. Ember & Melvin Ember
2. Folklore and Folk life: R.M.Dorson
3. Boro Kochariri Somaj Aru Sanskriti: Bhaben Narzi
Paper Code: BOD 4.05 GE-4

Paper Title: Introduction to Bodo Culture
Unit-1: General introduction to cultural features and traits of the traditional Bodo society and social
structure =20
Unit-2: Introduction to Bodo Folk literature and its social function =20
Unit-3: Traditional festivals and ritualistic ceremonies =20
Unit-4: Traditional beliefs and the nature, traditional food habits and knowledge system, ethno-plants and
traditional medicine, traditional costume and adornment =20
10
Suggested Readings:
1. Folk-literature of the Boros; Anil Kr. Baro
2. Boro-Kacharir Somaj Aru Sanskriti: Bhaben Narzi
3. Aspects of Social folk-custom of the Bodos : Kameswar Brahma
4. Subung Harimuni Riphinay-: Dhireswar Boronarzi
5. Backgroud of Assamese Culture: Rajmohan Nath
6. Kirata Jana-kriti: S.K.Chatterjee
7. The Kacharis: Rev.S.Endle
8. Koch-Bodo and Dhimal Tribes: B.H.Hodgson
SEMESTER-5
Paper Code: BOD 5.01 C

Paper title: Introduction to Language and Linguistics
Unit-1: Definition of Language, its characteristics, Linguistics as a science, language and society, variety
of language =20
Unit-2: What is Phonology, phone, phoneme, allophone, stress, syllable, juncture, pitch =20
Unit-3: What is Morphology, morpheme, morph and allomorph, division of morpheme, bound base and
root, compoundisation =20
Unit-4: Syntax: Syntactic analysis, IC analysis, Phrase structure =20
Suggested Readings:
5. Raobigianni Phora: Phukan Ch. Basumatary
6. Bhasa Bijnan: Upendra Nath Goswami
7. The Cambridge Encyclopaedia of Language: David Crystals

Paper title: Introduction to Bodo Group of Languages
Unit-1: History of Tibeto-Burman Languages, classification geographical concentration, genetic

relationship among the Tibeto-Burman Languages of North-East India and abroad. =20
Unit-2: Linguistic features of Tibeto-Burman languages (references may be cited from cognate languages
of Bodo in case of phonology, morphology, lexis etc.) =20
Unit-: 3: Grammar (Introduction to structure of noun, pronoun and adjectives, number distinction, gender
distinction, use of case and case-marker, tense and aspects, use of classifiers and quantifiers.=20
Unit-4: Affinities in vocabulary and its composition, word typology =20
11
Suggested Readings:
1. Sino-Tibetan A Conspectus: P.K.Benedict
2. Gwjwu Raokhanthi: Kamal Kumar Brahma
3. The Historical Development of Boro Language: Madhuram Baro
5. Jwuga Boro Raokhanthi-(ed.): Published by Bodo Sahitya Sabha
6. Raoni Mohor (Vol-I,II,III): S.P. Chainary & P.C.Basumatary
7. Khurangnala: U.V.Jose
8. Rabha Raothap: Rabha Bhasa Parishad
9. Kokborok Bhasa Siksha Asar: Kumud Kundu Chaudhury
10. Kak-Kuthumma (ed): Prabhas Ch.Dhar
11. Madhupuri Mandi (vol.1): Robins Burling
Paper Code: BOD 5.03DSE-1

Paper title: Bodo Language and Linguistics
Total Credits:6 (Lecture-5, Tutorial-1)
Unit-1: Scientific articulation of Bodo phonemes, use of Segmental and Supra-segmental, syllable
structure, phonemic cluster and sequence, use of diphthongs =20
Unit-2 Use of case-markers, use of numeral classifiers and quantifiers, use of plural suffix, gender
variation, comparison of adjectives. =20
Unit-3: Use of Bodo phrase and idioms, proverbial sayings, word formation: coinage, borrowings,
eponym, clipping etc. =20
Unit-4: Bodo syntactic structure, application in different situations =20
Suggested Readings:
1. Structure of Boro Language: Madhuram Baro
2. An Introduction to the Boro Language: Phukan Basumatary
4. Jwuga Bororaokhanthi: Bodo Sahitya Sabha
Paper Code:BOD 5.04 DSE-2

Paper title: Cultural Ecology of the Bodos
External marks:80, Internal marks:20
Unit-1: Definition of culture (past and recent concept), defining the ecology of culture, relationship
between culture and bio-diversity =20
Unit-2: Ecology and life style of the Bodos (ecological knowledge and survival of the Bodo people,
costume and adornment, ecology and aestheticism in folk literature) =20
Unit-3: Cultural and linguistic value of ethno-plants, ethno-plants and traditional medicines, ecology and
believes =20
Unit-4: Applied ecology (ecology and domestication of animals, agriculture , ecology and traditional food
habits, ecology and religious practices, ecology and festival and ceremonies) =20
Suggested Readings:
1. Folklore and Folklife-An Introduction (ed.): Richard M.Dorson
12
2. Boro-Kocharir Somaj Aru Sanskriti: Bhaben Narzi
3. Aspects of social Folk-customs of the Bodos: Kameswar Brahma
4. Dictionary of Sociology: Gordon Marshall, New Dehli: Oxford University Press
SEMESTER-6

Paper Title: Sociolinguistics and Dialectology
External marks: 80, Internal marks: 20
Unit-1: Meaning of Sociolinguistics, the study of language in different contexts of the society, variation of
language in different context, gender variation and language =20
Unit-2: Relationship between language and culture, language and politics, languages and philosophy,
language and science, language and para-language, language and signs =20
Unit-3: Language and dialect, dialect and geography, dialect and idiolect, register and dialect =20
Unit-4: Sociology of language: Society and language, Caste, class and language =20
Suggested Readings:
1. Dialectology: J.K Chambers & Peter Trudgill
2. Dialectology: An Introduction: W.N.Francis
3. Sociolinguistics: R.A.Hudson
4. A Course in Modern Linguistics: C.F.Hockett

Paper Title: Study of Special Author
(Students are asked to discuss in details on the literary creations of the Author as suggested below)
1. Nilkamal Brahma as short story writer =40
2. Ishan Chandra Muchahary and his romantic poems from the anthology of “Sonani Mala” and
“Phami” =40
Suggested Readings:
3. The History of Boro Literature--Madhuram Baro
4. Boro Sungdo Soloni Jarimin: Rakhao Basumatary
5. Boro Sungdo Soloni Bwhwithi Dahar (ed.): Swarna Prabha Chainary, published by Sahitya
Akademi
6. Nwiji Jwuthaini Boro Khonthai: Phukan Ch. Basumatary

Paper title: Folklore and traditional Music of the Bodos
External marks: 80, Internal marks:20
13
Unit-1: Theoretical perspective: Folklore and its definition, social function, material and non-material =20
Unit-2: Folklore and Folk-life: Tradition to transition =20
Unit-3: Traditional musical instruments of the Bodos, transition in the face of globalization, measure for
safeguarding =20
Unit-4: Folk-songs and lyrical appeal, stylistics =20
Suggested Readings:
1. Boro-Kocharir Geet-Mat: Bhaben Narzari
2. Boro Kocharir Somaj Aru Sanskriti: Bhaben Narzi
3. Folk literature of the Boros: Anil Baro
4. Folk-Songs of the Bodos: Mahini Mahan Brahma
5. Folklore and Folklife-An Introduction (ed.): Richard M.Dorson

Paper title: Project/Dissertation work
Total Credit: 6
Total marks: 100 (Project/Dissertation work-70, Viva Voce-30)
• Students are advised to choose any one of the topics related to his/her Core subject. Course
Teachers shall be the Supervisor of Project/Dissertation.
• Orientation class for preparation of project report/ dissertation may be arranged by the
department.
• There shall be two parts- Project/Dissertation preparation and Viva- Voce
• Viva-voce shall be arranged in presence of an expert from outside the institution.
Suggested Readings:
1. Research Design: John W. Creswell
2. Research Methodology: Ram Ahuja
3. Research Methodology : Methods and techniques: C.R.Kothari
4. Doing Your Masters Dissertation: Chris Hart
5. Research Methodology in Applied Linguistics: Zoltan Dornyei
14
UG SYLLABUS FOR REGULAR COURSE IN BODO
Sl.No. Core Course (12) Ability Skill Elective Generic Elective

Enhancement Enhancement Discipline GE-(2)
Compulsory Course (SEC) Specific DSE
Course (AECC) (2) (4)
(2)
I English-I AECC-1
DSC-1 A English/Hindi/MI
Study of Bodo Poetry L Communication
DSC-2(A) Other subject
II Bodo (MIL-1) AECC-2
Environmental
DSC-1 B Science
Study of Bodo Drama
DSC-2B: Other subject
III English-II SEC-1
DSC-1 C Art of
(Study of Prose Composition,
Literature) Editing and
DSC-2 C Other subject Proofreading
IV Bodo (MIL-2) SEC-2
DSC-1D Costume
Literary Criticism Designing and
Bodo Costume
DSC-2D: Other subject
V SEC-3 DSE-1 A GE-1:Review of
Eco-Tourism Early History of Bodo and
and Bodo Literature Assamese
Management Literature
502R
DSE-2 A
Other Subject
VI SEC-4: DSE-1 B GE-2:
Language, Comparative Theoretical
computer and Culture Perspective of
Skill DSE-2 B Language and
Development Other Subject Linguistics
1
ABBREVIATIONS
BOD=Bodo
GE=Generic Elective
SEMESTER-1
Paper Code: BOD1.02R- DSC-1(A) = Study of Bodo Poetry
Paper Code: 1.03R-DSC-2(A): Other subject
Paper Code: BOD1.04R-AECC-1- Functional Bodo (Communicative)
SEMESTER-2
Paper Code: BOD 2.01R-MIL-1: Bodo poetry prose and composition
Paper Code: BOD2.02R-DSC-1(B): Study of Bodo Drama
Paper Code: 2.03R-DSC-2(B): Other subject
Paper Code: 2.04R-AECC-2: Environmental Science
SEMESTER-3
Paper Code: BOD3.02R DSC-1C: Study of Prose Literature
Paper Code: 3.03P DSC-2C: Other subject
Paper Code: BOD 3.4R SEC-1: Composition editing, and Proofreading
SEMESTER-4
Paper Code: BOD 4.01R MIL-2: Bodo drama novel and composition
Paper Code: 4.02R DSC-1(D): Literary Criticism
Paper Code 4.03R DSC-2(D): Other subject
Paper Code: BOD 4.04R SEC-2: Costume Designing and Bodo Costume
SEMESTER-5
Paper Code: BOD 5.01R DSE-1(A) : Early History of Bodo Literature
Paper Code: 5.02R DSE -2(A): Other subject
Paper Code: BOD 5.03R GE-1: Review of Bodo and Assamese literature
Paper Code: BOD 5.04R SEC-3: Eco-Tourism and Management
SEMESTER-6
Paper Code: BOD 6.01R DSE-1(B): Comparative Culture
Paper: Code 6.02R DSE-2(B): Other subject
Paper Code: BOD 6.03R-GE-2: Theoretical Perspective of Language and Linguistics
Paper Code: BOD 6.04R SEC-4: Language, computer and Skill Enhancement
2
SYLLABUS IN DETAIL
SEMESTER-1
Paper Code: BOD 102R, DSC-1A

Paper Title: Study of Bodo Poetry
External Marks: 80, Internal marks: 20
Credit: 6 (Lecture=5, Tutorial=1)
Unit-1: Trends of Bodo Poetry=20 marks

Unit-2: Textual criticism of early Bodo poetry from Bibar Age to Olongba Age=20 marks
Unit-3: Analysis of Text of Modern poetry (poetry pieces to be analysis: Dubri Hagra by Brajendra Kumar Brahma,
Thwsam by Dharani Dhar Wary, Swdwbni Swler by Aurabinda Uzir, Phasini Doulengao Okhaphwr by Anju, Jatayu
by Surath Narzary, =20 marks
Unit-4: Stylistics of Bodo poetry=20 marks
Suggested Readings:

2. The History of Boro Literature: Madhuram Baro
3. Nwjwr: Manoranjan Lahary
4. Thunlai Arw Sansri: Brajendra Kr. Brahma
7. Boro Sungdo Soloni Bwhwithi Dahar: Swarna Prabha Chainary
8. Boro Sungdo Soloni Jarimin: Rakhao Basumatary
3
SEMESTER-2
Paper Code: BOD2.01R-MIL-1

Paper Title: Bodo poetry prose and composition
Unit-1: Poetry Text =20
Khwdwm Biphang (by Madaram Brahma)
Badari (by Ishan ch. Muchahary)
Mithingga (by Manoranjan Lahary)
Gibi Mungkhlong (by Surath Narzary)
Unit-2: Short Story Text =20
Sirinay Mandar by Nilkamal Brahma
Hraoni Saikel by Gobinda Basumatary
Koling Bel by Manoranjan Lahary
Unit-3:Prose =30
Borophwrni Mwigong-Thaigong by Maneswari Brahma
Ingraji 1987 Maithaisim Boro Harini Agor-Akhai by Rubeswari Brahma
Boroni Asarkhanthi Arw Harimu by Kameswar Brahma
Bibar Mugani Boro Phoraisa Afad by Brajendra Kr. Brahma
Unit-4: Bodo Grammar =10
(Use of Number, Classifiers, Gender, Case-marker)
Suggested Readings:
1. History of Bodo Literature: Madhuram Baro
4. Jwuga Boro Raokhanthi: Bodo Publication Board
Paper Code: BOD2.02R-DSC-1(B)

Paper Title: Study of Bodo Drama
Unit-1: Historical and Legendary drama, source and historical resources, plot construction and innovation in Bodo
literature =20
Unit-2: Trends of social drama in modern period of literature (since 1940 to till date) =20
Unit-3: Textual analysis of Drama (Anari by Manoranjan Lahary, Swmdwn by Mangalsing Hazowary =20
Unit-4: Bodo drama: impact and translation from other languages, stylistics of Bodo drama =20
Suggested Readings:
3. Boro Phaothai Thunlai Bizirnay: Bhoumik Ch. Baro
4. Serja Siphung: Anil Baro
5. Boro Thunlaini Mohor Musri: Anil Boro
6. Boro Thunlaini Mohor: Dharani Dhar Wary
7. Jariminni Nwjwrao Boro Thunlai (ed.): Madhuram Baro
8. Boro Thunlaini Jarimin Arw Thunlai Bijirnay: Riju Kr. Brahma
SEMESTER-3
4
Paper Code: BOD 3.02R, DSC-1C
Paper Title: Study of Prose Literature
Unit-1: Prose Literature published in Bibar Magazine =20

Unit-2: Prose literature published in Hathorkhi-Hala Magazine =20
Unit-3: Prose Literature on Culture: (ii) Bagurumba Mwsanai: Mwnse Bijirthi( Liladhar Brahma) (iii) Boro Harimu
(Anil Baro), (iii) Subung Harimuao Khana Phwthainai (Brajendra Kr. Brahma) =20
Unit-4: Prose Literature on Ethnology: (i) Mongolianni Gwgw Thwi Boro Phisa (Manoranjan Lahary), Habraghat
Boro Sanmilani (Praban Bargoyary) =20
Suggested Readings:
3. Nwjwr: Manoranjan Lahari
Paper Code: BOD 3.04R, SEC-1

Paper Title: Composition editing and Proof-reading
Credit: Lecture-2
Total marks: 50
Unit-1: Definition of composition and editing, writing process and art of writing, What is editing?
Purpose of editing, benefits of editing, drafting in writing, difference between editing and proofreading,
difference between writing and editing, ways to edit, importance of copy editing (Theoretical
perspectives)=25
Unit-2: What is proofreading? Why proofread ?, importance of proofreading, proofreading symbols, proof
reader, the proofreading process (on the basis of practical and exercise)=25
Suggested Reading:
1. Strunk,William Jr. and E.B. White, “The Elements of Style” (Third Edition). Macmillan, New
York, 1979.
2. Plotnik, Arthur, “The Elements of Editing: A Guide for Editors and Journalists.”
Collier/Macmillan, New York, 1984
3. Comprehend and Compose, Part-1 &II: Geetha Nagarjun
4. Effective Writing: Christopher Turk & John Kirkman
5. Doing Creative Writing: Steve May
5
SEMESTER-4
Paper Code: BOD 4.01R MIL-2
Paper Title: Bodo drama novel and composition
Unit-I: Bodo Drama=25
(Raja Iragdao by Kamal Kr. Brahma)
Unit-II: Bodo Novel=25
(Hayna Muli by Manoranjan Lahary)
Unit-III: Literary Criticism=20
(Drama and Novel)
Unit-IV: Essay Writing=10
(on Present socio-political Issue, Environmental and Bio-diversity)
Suggested Readings:
4. Jwuga Boro Raokhanthi: Bodo Publication Board
6. Boro Thunlaini Mohor: Dharani Dhar Wary
Paper Code: BOD 4.02R DSC-1(D)

Paper Title: Literary Criticism
Credit: 6 (Lecture-5, Tutorial-1
Unit-1: What is short story, characteristics, elements of short story=20

Unit-2: Define drama, Aristotelian concept, elements of drama, tragedy, comedy, Humor=20
Unit-3: Define novel, elements of novel, novel and drama, classification of novel=20
Unit-4: Poetry: define poetry, elements of poetry, classification of poetry, epic and drama, elegy, ballad, sonnet=20
Suggested Readings:
1. An Introduction to the Study of Literature: H. Hudson
2. Poetics: Aristotle
3. Theory of Drama: Allardyce Nicoll
4. Aspects of Novel: E.M.Foster
5. Boro Solomani Bijirnay: Swarna Prabha Chainary
6. Boro Thunlaini Mohor Musri: Anil Baro
9. Thunlai Bijirnay: Rakhao Basumatary
10. Romanticism: C.M.Bowra
6
Paper Title: Costume Designing and Bodo Costume
Credit: Lecture-2
Total marks: 50
Unit-1: Theoretical perspective of the term of costume and designing, need of in present day global perspective,
ethnic costume and designing, as traditional knowledge and community property, as resources of culture and market
economy, revitalization and commercialization of ethnic costume design (Theoretical perspectives)=25
Unit-2: Practical and exercise for acquiring skill of Bodo costume designing and floral design (on the basis of skill
enhancement activities) =25
Suggested readings:
1. Anthropology: Carol R. Ember & Melvin Ember

2. Folklore and Folk life: R.M.Dorson
3. Boro Kochariri Somaj Aru Sanskriti: Bhaben Narzi
SEMESTER-5
Paper: BOD 5.01R, DSE-1(A)

Paper Title: Early History of Bodo Literature
Unit-1: Missionary contribution=20

Unit-2: Review of poetry published in Bibar Magazine=20
Unit-3: Discussion of prose published in Bibar magazine=20
Unit-4: Poetry in Hathorkhi-Hala=20
Suggested readings:

2. Boro Thunlaini Jarimin: Manoranjan Lahari
3. Thunlai Arw Sansri: Brajendra Kumar Brahma
4. Nwjwr: Manoranjan Lahari
5. Boro Sungdosoloni Jarimin: Rakhao Basumatary
7. Boro Phaothaini Bijirnay: Swarna Prabha Chainary
8. Boro Solomani Bijirnay: Swarna Prabha Chainary
7
Paper Code: BOD 5.03R, GE-1
Paper Title: Review of Bodo and Assamese literature
Credit: 6 (Lecture-5, Toturial-1)
Unit-1: Bodo Novel (Mwihur by Dharanidhar Wary): Either Bodo version or translated into Assamese and English
version may be taken for study
Unit-2: Short stories =40
Bodo: (Srimati Durlai by Haribhushan Brahma, Mansi Geder by Janil Kr. Brahma, Sarwn by Nilkamal Brahma, ) :
Either Bodo or Assamese version may be taken for study =20
Assamese: Jayanti by Lakshminath Bezbaruah, Kherai by Prafulla Dutta Goswami, Sringkhal by Bhabendra Nath
Saikia): Either Bodo or Assamese version may be taken for study =20
Suggested readings:

2. The History of Bodo Literature: Madhuram Baro
4. Boro Thunlaini Jarimin Arw Thunlai Bijirnay: Rijukumar Brahma
5. Gwdan Boro Thunlai: Anil Baro
6. Thunlai Arw Sansri: Brajendra Kumar Brahma
8. Boro Thunlaini Mohor: Dharanidhar Wary
9. Thunlai Bijirnay (ed.): Anil Kumar Brahma
10. Axamiya Sahityar Samikshatmak Itibritta: Satyendra Natha Sarma

Paper Title: Eco-Tourism and Management
Credit: 2
External marks: 50
Unit-1: Meaning and aims of Eco-Tourism, types of Eco-Tourism, nature friendly tourism, activities of eco-
Tourism, scope of self-employability, advantages, management and eco-tourism guide, sustainable eco-tourism,
principle of eco-tourism (Theoretical perspectives)=25marks
Unit-2: Practical and field report submission =25
SEMESTER-6
Paper Code: 6.01R, DSE-1(B)

Paper Title: Comparative Culture
Unit-1: Definition of Culture and comparative culture, =20
8
Unit-2: Comparison of social folk-customs among the tribes of North-East India (relating to life cycles among the
Bodos, Rabhas and Dimasa, Agricultural festivals of the Bodos, Rabhas and Mising=20
Unit-3: Comparison of Costumes of the Bodos, Rabhas and Mising=20
Unit-4: Comparison of Dances of the Bodos, Rabhas and Mising=20
Suggested readings:
1. Translation Studies: Susan Bassnett
2. Translation: Its Theory and Practice (ed): Avadhesh K.Singh
3. A Text Book of Translation: Peter Newmark
4. Boro Kocharir Somaj Aru Sanskriti: Bhaben Narzi
5. Aspects of Social Folk-customs of the Bodos: Kameswar Brahma
6. Rabha Janajati: Rajen Rabha
7. Rabha Sanskritir Dhara: Rajen Rabhaahitya: Prafulla Kotaki
8. Tulonamulak Sahitya: Nirajana Mahanta Bezbora
9. Rujuthayari Thunlai: Indira Boro
10. Comparative Literature: A Critical Introduction: Susan Bassnet
11. Theory and Practice of Comparative Literature (ed.): A.K.Dev & A.K.Das
Paper Code: BOD 6.03R,-GE-2

Paper Title: Theoretical Perspective of Language and Linguistics
Unit-1: Definition of Language, its characteristics, Linguistics as a science, language and society, variety of
language=20
Unit-2: What is Phonology, phone, phoneme, allophone, stress, syllable, juncture, pitch=20
Unit-3: What is Morphology, morpheme, morph and allomorph, division of morpheme, bound base and root,
compoundisation=20
Unit-4: Syntax: Syntactic analysis, IC analysis, Phrase structure=20
Suggested readings:
1. A Course in Modern Linguistics: C.F. Hockett
4. Language: Leonard Bloomfield
6. Semantics: Fr. Palmer

Paper Title: Language, computer and Skill Enhancement
Credit-2
Total marks: 50
Unit-1: Concept of computation of language, process of documentation, processing of natural language, digitations
and animation, Choreography and photo editing (Theory and practical)=25
Unit-2: Typing in UCS (Unicode) Font like Hindi, Bodo, Assamese and Bengali or Ramdhenu font, page setting
editing, formatting, layout (Practical) =25
9
UG SYLLABUS FOR REGULAR COURSE IN ECONOMICS
Sl.No Core Course (12) Ability Skill Elective Generic Elective

. Enhancement Enhancement Discipline GE-(2)
Compulsory Course (SEC) Specific DSE
Course (AECC) (2) (4)
(2)
I English-I AECC-1:
DSC-1 A: English/Hindi/MI
Principle of L Communication
Microeconomics-I
DSC-2(A) Other
subject
II Bodo (MIL-1 AECC-2:
Environmental
DSC-1 B:
Principle of
Microeconomics-II/
Principle of
Macroeconomics –I
DSC-2B: Other
subject
III English-II SEC-1: Data
DSC-2 C: Analysis
Development
Economics
DSC-2 C Other subject
IV Bodo (MIL-2) SEC-2:
DSC-1D: Extension
International Education
Economics
DSC-2D: Other
subject
V SEC-3: DSE-1 A: GE-1: Principle
Economics of Indian of
Sericulture Economy Microeconomics
-I
DSE-2 A
Other Subject
VI SEC-4: DSE-1 B GE-2: Principle
Tourism : Public of
Economics Finance Macroeconomics
DSE-2 B -I
Other Subject
1
UG Syllabus Structure for Regular Course (Pass Course)
Department of Economics: Bodoland University
SEMESTER-I
Course Course Title Remarks
Code
English-1 Contents will be done by English
Department
DSC-1A Principle of
Microeconomics-I
DSC-2A ---- Contents will be done by respective
Department
(AECC-I) English Communication Contents will be done by English
Department
SEMESTER-II
---- MIL-1 Contents will be done by MIL
Departments
DSC-1B Principle of Principle of Microeconomics-II
Microeconomics-II/ meant for 2015-16 batch only
Principle of
Macroeconomics -I
DSC-2B ---- Contents will be done by respective
Department
(AECC-2) Environmental Science Contents will be done by Academic
Branch
SEMESTER-III
---- English-2 Contents will be done by English
Department
DSC-1C Development Economics
DSC-2C ---- Contents will be done by respective
Department
SEC-1 Data Analysis
SEMESTER-IV
---- MIL-2 Contents will be done by MIL
Departments
DSC-1D International Economics
DSC-2D ---- Contents will be done by respective
Department
SEC-2 Extension Education
2
SEMESTER-V
SEC-3 Economics of Sericulture
DSE-1A Indian Economy
DSE-2A ---- Contents will be done by respective
Department
GE-1 Principle of For the students of other
Microeconomics-I disciplines
SEMESTER-VI
SEC-4 Tourism Economics
DSE-1B Public Finance
DSE-2B ---- Contents will be done by respective

Department
GE-2 Principle of For the students of other
Macroeconomics-I disciplines
Course Outline
Course Course Title Credit Remarks
Code Points
Dicipline Spicipic Course (DSC) 6
DSC-1A Principle of Microeconomics-I 6
DSC-1B Principle of Microeconomics-II / Principle 6
of Macroeconomics –I
DSC-1C Development Economics 6
DSC-1D International Economics 6
Skill Enhancement Course (SEC)
SEC-1 Data Analysis 2
SEC-2 Extension Education 2
SEC-3 Economics of Sericulture 2
SEC-4 Tourism Economics 2
Discipline Specific Elective (DSE)
DSE-1A Indian Economy 6
DSE-1B Public Finance 6
Generic Elective (GE)
GE-1 Principle of Microeconomics-I 6
GE-2 Principle of Macroeconomics-I 6
3
SEMESTER-I
DSC-1A: Principle of Microeconomics-I
Unit 1: INTRODUCTION
Basic concepts- dependent and independent variables- exogenous and endogenous variable - The Economic
Problem- Scarcity and Choice; Concepts of Equilibrium - Stable and Unstable, Static, Comparative Static,
Dynamic, The Basic Market Model.
Unit 2: CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR AND DEMAND

Utility: Cardinal versus Ordinal; Indifference Curve - Assumptions and Properties; optimal choice Consumer’s
Equilibrium; Price Effect-Income Effect, Substitution Effect; Engel’s Curve; Derivation of the Demand Curve;
Giffen Paradox; Merits and Limitations of Indifference Curve Analysis; Consumer’s Surplus and Applications
and Limitations of the Concept
.Unit 3: THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COST

Organisation of Production; Production Function and its related concepts; Total, Average and Marginal Products
and the Law of Variable Proportions; Production with two variable inputs- Isoquant; Factor Elasticity of
Substitution; Returns to Scale; Least cost input combination; Expansion Path; Contract Curve and the derivation
of Production Possibility Curve; Cost of Production; Types of Costs- Money Cost, Real Cost, Explicit Cost,
Implicit Cost, Sunk Cost, Opportunity Cost, Average and Marginal Cost Curves.
Recommended books:
1. Karl E. Case, Ray C. Fair, Principles of Economics, Pearson Education Asia
2. Dominick Salvatore, Micro Economics- Theory and Applications, Oxford University
Press
3. Koutsoyiannis. A, Modern Micro Economics, ELBS/ Macmillan
4. Sampat Mukherjee, Modern Economic Theory, New Age International Publishers
5. Rahul A. Shastri, Micro Economic Theory, University Press (India) Limited
6. D. N. Dwivedi, Micro Economic Theory and Applications, Pearson Education
7. R. K. Sharma and Shashi K. Gupta, Management Accounting- Principles and
Practice, Kalyani Publishers
8. G S Maddala and Ellen Miller, Micro Economic Theory and Application, Tata
Mc Graw- HillM
9. N. Gregory Mankiw (2007), Principal of Economics 6th Edn.thompson
4
10.Hall R. Varian (2010). Intermediate Micro Economics: A Modern Approach.
SEMESTER-II
DSC-1C: Principle of Macroeconomics-1
Unit 1: Macroeconomics and National Income Accounting

Basic issues studied in Macroeconomics; Definitions of related aggregates of National Income; Methods of
estimating National Income; real versus nominal GDP; Circular flow in a two sector economy; GNP as a
measure of Economic Welfare and Quality of Life.
Unit 2: The Classical System

Classical Theory and Say’s Law of Market; Classicalists Quantity Theory of Money; The Classical Full
Employment Model. Keynes’ objections to classical theory, Simple Keynesian model of Income Determination
Unit 3: The Simple Keynesian Model in a Closed Economy

Keyne’s Effective Demand; Keynesian Consumption Function; Technical Attributes of Consumption function;
Simple Keynesian model of Income determination.
Recommended Books:
1. Dornbusch, Fisher, Startz (2005): Macroeconomics, Tata Mcgraw-Hill; Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
2.Suraj B.Gupta: Monetary Economics, S.Chand and Company Ltd.
3. W.Beckerman: An Introduction to National Income Analysis, Universal Book Stall, New
Delhi,
4.Raghabendra Jha : Contemporary Macroeconomic Theory and Policy, Wiley Eastern Ltd.,
5. Dudley Dillard: The Economics of John Maynard Keynes,Vikas Publishing House Ltd.
6. Eugene A. Diulio: Theory and Problems of Macroeconomics, Schaum's Outline Series,
Mcgraw Hill Book Company, 1983
7. Rana and Verma: Macroeconomic Analysis, Vishal Publications, Jalandhar, 1998
5
SEMESTER-III
DSC-1C: Development Economics

Unit 1:
Economic Growth and Development: Concept. Indicators of Economic Development

Unit-2
Vicious circle of poverty-Lewis theory of unlimited supplies of labour-Theory of Big Push, Theories of
Balanced and Unbalanced Growth
Unit-3:
External resources-Foreign AID-types of Foreign AID, importance of foreign AID-Its danger, FDI-meaning-
advantages-disadvantages
Unit-4:
Rostow’s stages of economic growth and Harrod-Domar growth model
Readings
1. Debraj Ray, Development Economics, Oxford University Press, 2009.
2. Partha Dasgupta, Economics, A Very Short Introduction, Oxford University Press, 2007.
3. M Todaro. Development Economics-Oxford university press
4. Development Economics-Misra & Puri, Himalaya Publishing House, Delhi
SEC-1: Data Analysis
Unit-1: Collection of Data, secondary data and primary data, different sources of secondary data, different
methods of primary data collection, preparation of questionnaire and schedule.
Unit-2: Measure of central tendency-mean, median, mode; measure of dispersion-range, quartile deviation,
standard deviation, measurement of growth rate.
6
Unit-3: Correlation, Coefficient of Correlation, Rank correlation, Regression analysis.
Unit-4: Data entry and analysis in SPSS and Excel; diagrammatic presentation.
Reference Books:
Gupta, SP Statistical Methods¸ Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
Gujrati, D. N. (2004), Basic Econometrics, Fourth Edition, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing Company Limited,
New Delhi.
Gupta, S.C. and Kapoor, VK , Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
Gupta, S.C. and Kapoor, VK , Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
SEMESTER-IV
DSC-1D: International Economics
1. Introduction
What is international economics about? An overview of world trade.
2. Theories of International Trade
The Ricardian, specific factors, and Heckscher-Ohlin models; new trade theories; the
international location of production; firms in the global economy — outsourcing and multinational enterprises.
3. Trade Policy
Instruments of trade policy; political economy of trade policy; controversies in trade
policy.
4. International Macroeconomic Policy
Fixed versus flexible exchange rates; international monetary systems; financial
globalization and financial crises.
Readings:
1. Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld, and Marc Melitz, International Economics: Theory and Policy, Addison-
Wesley (Pearson Education Indian Edition), 9th edition, 2012.
2. Dominick Salvatore, International Economics: Trade and Finance, John Wiley
International Student Edition, 10th edition, 2011.
SEC-2: Extension Education
Unit-1
Teaching-meaning, objective of teaching, methods of teaching-lecture method-discussion

method, seminar method-factor affecting in selection of teaching methods
Unit-2
Formal and informal Education-meaning-purpose, importance, NGOs-meaning-

characters, function, different objectives, purpose, role played in society.
Unit-3
7
Data collection-field survey, pilot survey, complete enumeration (census) and sample
survey, making of questionnaire, schedules etc.
Reference book:
1. Elements of Statistics by Das & Hazorika, Ashok Publication, Guwahati

2. Methods & technique of Teaching by S.K Kochhar, sterling publishers, Delhi
Informal Education by Mark K Smith
SEMESTER-V
SEC-3: Economics of Sericulture
Unit-1: Meaning of sericulture, Types of sericulture, Importance of sericulture as a source of employment and
income; demand and supply of silk.
Unit-2: Investment analysis in sericulture, cost-fixed cost and variable cost in three cultures, return from
sericulture; profit from sericulture.
Unit-3: Silk Industry, spinning, reeling and weaving. Cost, revenue and profit.
Unit-4: Various government schemes for sericulturalist, bank loan and subsidy.
Reference Books:
Chowdhury, S.N., Eri Silk Industry, Directorate of Sericulture and Weaving, Government of Assam.
Chowdhury, S.N., Muga Silk Industry, Directorate of Sericulture and Weaving, Govt. of Assam, Guwahati.
Das, Manjit, Sericulture and Sericulture in Assam: An Economic Analysis, Tushar Publishing House, Ghy
Sengupta, K. Tasar Silk Industry in India, CTR& TI, CSB, Ranchi
Sarkar, D.C., Ericulture in India, Central Silk Board, Ministry of Textile, Govt. of India.
Thangavelu, K. and Borah, H., Ericulture, Central Silk Board, Ministry of Textile, Bangalore, Govt. of India.
Ullal, S.R. and Narasimhannan, Hand book of Practical Sericulture, Central Silk Board, Ministry of Textile,
Govt. of India.
8
Ullal, S.R. and Narasimhana, M.N., Handbook of Practical Sericulture, Central Silk Board,
Bangalore.
DSE-1A: Indian Economy

1. Economic Development since Independence
Major features of the economy at independence-growth and development under different policy regimes-goals,
constraints, institutions and policy framework
2. Population and Economic Development
Population- birth rate-death rate-sex composition-causes of population growth-migration-causes off migration
in and out-impact on economic development, fertility –mortality-occupational distribution-Literacy Trends and
policies.
3. Policies and Performance in Agriculture
Growth; productivity; agrarian structure and technology; capital formation; trade; pricing and procurement
4. Policies and Performance in Industry
Growth; productivity; diversification; small scale industries; public sector; foreign investment
Readings:
1. Jean Dreze and Amartya Sen, Jean Dreze and Amartya Sen, 2013. An Uncertain Glory: India and its
Contradictions, Princeton University Press.
2. Indian Economy- Misra & Puri-Himalaya publishing House, New Delhi
3. Indian Economy-P.K Dhar, Ashok book seller and Publication, Guwahati
4. Rakesh Mohan, 2008, ―Growth Record of Indian Economy: 1950-2008. A Story of Sustained Savings
and Investment, Economic and Political Weekly, May.
5. Himanshu, 2010, Towards New Poverty Lines for India, Economic and Political Weekly, January.
6. Jean Dreze and Angus Deaton, 2009, Food and Nutrition in India: Facts and Interpretations, Economic
and Political Weekly, February.
7. Himanshu. 2011, ―Employment Trends in India: A Re-examination, Economic and Political Weekly,
and September
GE-1: Principle of Microeconomics-I

Basic concepts- dependent and independent variables- exogenous and endogenous variable - The Economic
Problem- Scarcity and Choice; Concepts of Equilibrium - Stable and Unstable, Static, Comparative Static,
Dynamic, The Basic Market Model.

Utility: Cardinal versus Ordinal; Indifference Curve - Assumptions and Properties; optimal choice Consumer’s
Equilibrium; Price Effect-Income Effect, Substitution Effect; Engel’s Curve; Derivation of the Demand Curve;
Giffen Paradox; Merits and Limitations of Indifference Curve Analysis; Consumer’s Surplus and Applications
and Limitations of the Concept
Unit 3: THEORY OF PRODUCTION AND COST
9
Organisation of Production; Production Function and its related concepts; Total, Average and Marginal Products
and the Law of Variable Proportions; Production with two variable inputs- Isoquant; Factor Elasticity of
Substitution; Returns to Scale; Least cost input combination; Expansion Path; Contract Curve and the derivation
of Production Possibility Curve; Cost of Production; Types of Costs- Money Cost, Real Cost, Explicit Cost,
Implicit Cost, Sunk Cost, Opportunity Cost, Average and Marginal Cost Curves.
Recommended books:
Press
Mc Graw- HillM
10
SEMESTER-VI
SEC-4: Tourism Economics
Unit-1
Tour-meaning-nature-objectives-purpose, Economics of tourism-meaning, characters, nature, and
social relation
Unit-2
Cost-benefits from tourism, income, knowledge, experience, hardship and economy
Unit-3
Tourism places in BTAD, their importance, need and problems.
Unit-1
Tourism-meaning-nature-objectives-purpose, Economics of tourism-meaning, characters, nature,
and social relation
Unit-2
Cost-benefits from tourism, income, knowledge, experience, hardship and economy
Unit-3
Tourism places in BTAD, their importance, and problems.
Reading Book:
1. Tourism : principles and practices by SK swain and J. M. Mishra

2. Tourism : operation and management by S Roday and A Biwal
3. Tourism and Travel Management by B Ghosh
4. Tourism Marketing by M Choudhury
5. International Tourism management by A K. Bhatia
DSE-1B: Public Finance
. Public Economic Theory

a. Fiscal functions: an overview.
11
b. Public Goods: definition, models of efficient allocation, pure and impure public goods, free riding.
c. Externalities: the problem and its solutions, taxes versus regulation, property rights, the Coase theorem.
d. Taxation: its economic effects; dead weight loss and distortion, efficiency and equity considerations, tax
incidence, optimal taxation.
2. Indian Public Finances
a. Tax System: structure and reforms b. Budget, deficits and public debt
c. Fiscal federalism in India
Readings:
1. J. Hindriks, G. Myles: Intermediate Public Economics, MIT Press, 2006.
2. H. Rosen, T. Gayer: Public Finance, 9th ed., McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2009.
3. Joseph E. Stiglitz, Economics of the Public Sector, W.W. Norton & Company, 3rd edition, 2000.
4. R.A. Musgrave and P.B. Musgrave, Public Finance in Theory & Practice, McGraw Hill Publications, 5th
edition, 1989.
5. John Cullis and Philip Jones, Public Finance and Public Choice, Oxford University Press, 1st edition, 1998.
6. Harvey Rosen, Public Finance, McGraw Hill Publications, 7th edition, 2005
7. Mahesh Purohit, Value Added Tax: Experiences of India and Other Countries,
2007.
8. Kaushik Basu and A. Maertens (ed.), The New Oxford Companion to Economics in India, Oxford University
Press, 2013.
9. M.M. Sury, Government Budgeting in India, 1990.
GE-2: Principle of Macroeconomics-1

Basic issues studied in Macroeconomics; Definitions of related aggregates of National Income; Methods of
estimating National Income; real versus nominal GDP; Circular flow in a two sector economy; GNP as a
measure of Economic Welfare and Quality of Life.
Classical Theory and Say’s Law of Market; Classicalists Quantity Theory of Money; The Classical Full
Employment Model. Keynes’ objections to classical theory, Simple Keynesian model of Income Determination
Keyne’s Effective Demand; Keynesian Consumption Function; Technical Attributes of Consumption function;
Simple Keynesian model of Income determination.
Recommended Books:
1. Dornbusch, Fisher, Startz (2005): Macroeconomics, Tata Mcgraw-Hill; Publishing Company Ltd New Delhi
12
Delhi,
13
UG LEVEL SYLLABUS FOR HONOURS COURSE IN ECONOMICS
SE Core Course (14) Ability Skill Elective Discipline Elective Generic

M Enhancement Enhanceme Specific DSE (4) (GE) (4)
Compulsory nt Course
Course (AECC) (SEC) (2)
(2)
C-1: Introductory AECC-1: GE-1: Principle
Microeconomics Eng/Hind/MIL of
I Communication Microeconomics-I
C-2: Introductory
Macroeconomics
II C-3: Intermediate AECC-2: GE-2: Principle
Microeconomics-I Environmental of
C-4: Mathematical Science Microeconomics-I
Methods for Economics-I I/ Principle of
Macroeconomics-I
III C-5: Intermediate Macro SEC1: Data GE-3: Principle
Economics-I Analysis of
C-6: Mathematical Microeconomics-I
Methods for Economics-II I
C-7: Statistical Methods
for Economics
IV C-8: Intermediate SEC-2: GE-4: Principle
Microeconomics-II Extension of
C-9: Intermediate Macro Education Macroeconomics-I
Economics-II I
C-10: Introductory
Econometrics
V C-11: Indian Economy-I DSE-1: Public
Finance
C-12: Development DSE-2: Applied
Economics-I Econometrics/
Money and Financial
Markets
VI C-13: Indian Economy-II DSE-3: International
Economics
DSE-4:
C-14: Development Environmental
Economics-II Economics/
Comparative
Economic
Development (1850-
1950)
1
UG Syllabus Structure for B.A. Honours Course
Department of Economics: Bodoland University
SEMESTER-I
Course Course Title Respective Course
Code Designing/Remarks
AECC-1 English-I Contents will be done by English
(Communication) department
CC-1 Introductory
Microeconomics
CC-2 Introductory
Macroeconomics
GE-1 Principle of For the major students of other
Microeconomics-I disciplines
SEMESTER-II
AECC-2 Environmental Science Contents will be done by
Academic Branch
CC-3 Intermediate
Microeconomics-I
CC-4 Mathematical Methods
for Economics-I
GE-2 Principle of 1. For the major students of other
Microeconomics-I I/ disciplines
Principle of 2. The paper Principle of
Macroeconomics-I Microeconomics-II meant for
2015-16 batch only
SEMESTER-III
SEC-1 Data Analysis
CC-5 Intermediate Macro
Economics-I
CC-6 Mathematical Methods
for Economics-II
CC-7 Statistical Methods for
Economics
Microeconomics-I I disciplines
SEMESTER-IV
SEC-2 Extension Education
CC-8 Intermediate
Microeconomics-II
CC-9 Intermediate Macro
Economics-II
CC-10 Introductory
Econometrics
Macroeconomics-I I disciplines
2
SEMESTER-V
CC-11 Indian Economy-I
CC-12 Development Economics-
I
DSE-1 Public Finance
DSE-2 Applied Econometrics/ Students need to choose any one
Money and Financial of the give two papers
Markets
SEMESTER-VI
CC-13 Indian Economy-II
CC-1 4 Development Economics-
II
DSE-3 International Economics
DSE-4 Environmental Students need to choose any one
Economics/ Comparative of the give two papers
Economic Development
(1850-1950)
Outline of the Courses

Course Course Title Credit Remarks
Code Points
Core Courses
CC-1 Introductory Microeconomics 6
CC-2 Introductory Macroeconomics 6
CC-3 Intermediate Microeconomics-I 6
CC-4 Mathematical Methods for Economics-I 6
CC-5 Intermediate Macro Economics-I 6
CC-6 Mathematical Methods for Economics-II 6
CC-7 Statistical Methods for Economics 6
CC-8 Intermediate Microeconomics-II 6
CC-9 Intermediate Macro Economics-II 6
CC-10 Introductory Econometrics 6
CC-11 Indian Economy-I 6
CC-12 Development Economics-I 6
CC-13 Indian Economy-II 6
CC-14 Development Economics-II 6
Generic Elective (GE)
GE-1 Principle of Microeconomics-I 6
GE-2 Principle of Microeconomics-II / 6
Principle of Macroeconomics-I
GE-3 Principle of Microeconomics-II 6
3
GE-4 Principle of Macroeconomics-II 6
Skill Enhancement Course
(SEC)
SEC-1 Data Analysis 2
SEC-2 Extension Education 2
Dicipline Spicipic Elective

(DSE)
DSE-1 Public Finance 6
DSE-2 Applied Econometrics/ Money and 6
Financial Markets
DSE-3 International Economics 6
DSE-4 Environmental Economics/ 6
Comparative Economic Development
(1850-1950)
SEMESTER-I
C-I: Introductory Microeconomics
Basic concepts- dependent and independent variables- exogenous and endogenous variable -
The Economic Problem- Scarcity and Choice; Concepts of Equilibrium - Stable and Unstable,
Static, Comparative Static, Dynamic, The Basic Market Model.

Utility: Cardinal versus Ordinal; Indifference Curve - Assumptions and Properties; optimal
choice Consumer’s Equilibrium; Price Effect-Income Effect, Substitution Effect; Engel’s Curve;
Derivation of the Demand Curve; Giffen Paradox; Merits and Limitations of Indifference Curve
Analysis; Consumer’s Surplus and Applications and Limitations of the Concept

Organisation of Production; Production Function and its related concepts; Total, Average and
Marginal Products and the Law of Variable Proportions; Production with two variable inputs-
Isoquant; Factor Elasticity of Substitution; Returns to Scale; Least cost input combination;
Expansion Path; Contract Curve and the derivation of Production Possibility Curve; Cost of
Production; Types of Costs- Money Cost, Real Cost, Explicit Cost, Implicit Cost, Sunk Cost,
Opportunity Cost, Private Cost, Social Cost
4
Unit 4: OUTPUT DECISIONS AND PROFIT MAXIMIZATION
Revenue: TR, AR, MR; Relation between AR, MR, Elasticity of Demand; Comparing Costs and
Revenues to maximize Profit
Recommended books:
Press
Mc Graw- HillM
C-2: Introductory Macroeconomics

Basic issues studied in Macroeconomics; Definitions of related aggregates of National Income;
Methods of estimating National Income; real versus nominal GDP; Circular flow in a two sector
economy; GNP as a measure of Economic Welfare and Quality of Life.

Classical Theory and Say’s Law of Market; Classicalists Quantity Theory of Money; The
Classical Full Employment Model. Keynes’ objections to classical theory, Simple Keynesian
model of Income Determination

Keyne’s Effective Demand; Keynesian Consumption Function; Technical Attributes of
Consumption function; Simple Keynesian model of Income determination.
Unit 4: Liquidity Preference

Liquidity Preference; Classicalist’s view on the Demand for Money; Keyne’s Motive of the
Demand for Money; Liquidity Trap situation
Recommended Books:
5
1. Dornbusch, Fisher, Startz (2005) : Macroeconomics, Tata Mcgraw-Hill; Publishing Company
Ltd New Delhi
Delhi,
GE-I: Principle of Microeconomics-I

Basic concepts- dependent and independent variables- exogenous and endogenous variable -
The Economic Problem- Scarcity and Choice; Concepts of Equilibrium - Stable and Unstable,
Static, Comparative Static, Dynamic, The Basic Market Model.

Utility: Cardinal versus Ordinal; Indifference Curve - Assumptions and Properties; optimal
choice Consumer’s Equilibrium; Price Effect-Income Effect, Substitution Effect; Engel’s Curve;
Derivation of the Demand Curve; Giffen Paradox; Merits and Limitations of Indifference Curve
Analysis; Consumer’s Surplus and Applications and Limitations of the Concept

Organisation of Production; Production Function and its related concepts; Total, Average and
Marginal Products and the Law of Variable Proportions; Production with two variable inputs-
Isoquant; Factor Elasticity of Substitution; Returns to Scale; Least cost input combination;
Expansion Path; Contract Curve and the derivation of Production Possibility Curve; Cost of
Production; Types of Costs- Money Cost, Real Cost, Explicit Cost, Implicit Cost, Sunk Cost,
Opportunity Cost, Average and Marginal Cost Curves.
Recommended books:
Press
Mc Graw- HillM
6
SEMESTER-II
C-3: Intermediate Microeconomics-I

Unit-1: Consumer Theory
Preference; utility; budget constraint; choice; demand; Slutsky equation; buying and selling; choice
under risk and intertemporal choice; revealed preference
Unit-2: Production, Costs and Perfect Competition
Technology; isoquants; production with one and more variable inputs; returns to scale; short run and
long run costs; cost curves in the short run and long run; review of perfect competition.
Unit-3: Determination of Factor Pricing
Pricing of Factors under Perfect Competition–Factor Share and Technical Progress- Backward
Bending Supply Curve of Labour–Monopsony. Principal agent problem-Monopoly &
Competitive solution. Hidden action & hidden information and monopoly solution. Signaling
Readings:
1. Hal R. Varian, Intermediate Microeconomics, a Modern Approach, W.W. Norton and
Company/Affiliated East-West Press (India), 8 th edition, 2010. The workbook by Varian and
Bergstrom may be used for problems.
7
2. C. Snyder and W. Nicholson, Fundamentals of Microeconomics, Cengage
Learning (India), 2010.
1. B. Douglas Bernheim and Michael D. Whinston, Microeconomics, Tata
McGraw- Hill (India), 2009.
C-4: MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN ECONOMICS-I

1. Preliminaries
Logic and proof techniques; sets and set operations; relations; functions and their properties; number
systems.
2. Functions of one real variable
Graphs; elementary types of functions: quadratic, polynomial, power, exponential, logarithmic;
sequences and series: convergence, algebraic properties and applications; continuous functions:
characterizations, properties with respect to various operations and applications; differentiable
functions: characterizations, properties with respect to various operations and applications; second
and higher order derivatives: properties and applications.
3. Single-variable optimization
Geometric properties of functions: convex functions, their characterizations and applications; local
and global optima: geometric characterizations, characterizations using calculus and applications.
4. Integration of functions
5. Difference equations
Readings:
K. Sydsaeter and P. Hammond, Mathematics for Economic Analysis, Pearson Educational Asia:
Delhi, 2002.
GE-2: Principle of Macroeconomics-1

Basic issues studied in Macroeconomics; Definitions of related aggregates of National Income;
Methods of estimating National Income; real versus nominal GDP; Circular flow in a two sector
economy; GNP as a measure of Economic Welfare and Quality of Life.

Classical Theory and Say’s Law of Market; Classicalists Quantity Theory of Money; The
Classical Full Employment Model. Keynes’ objections to classical theory, Simple Keynesian
model of Income Determination

Keyne’s Effective Demand; Keynesian Consumption Function; Technical Attributes of
Consumption function; Simple Keynesian model of Income determination.
Recommended Books:
1. Dornbusch, Fisher, Startz (2005): Macroeconomics, Tata Mcgraw-Hill; Publishing Company
Ltd New Delhi
8
Delhi,
SEMESTER-III
C-5:Intermediate Macroeconomics-I
1. Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply Curves

Derivation of aggregate demand and aggregate and supply curves; interaction of aggregate
demand and supply.
2. Inflation, Unemployment and Expectations
Phillips curve; adaptive and rational expectations; policy ineffectiveness debate
3. Open Economy Models
Short-run open economy models; Mundell-Fleming model; exchange rate determination
purchasing power parity; asset market approach; Dornbusch's overshooting model; monetary
approach to balance of payments; international financial markets.
Readings:
Dornbusch, Fischer and Startz, Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, 11th edition, 2010
9
N. Gregory Mankiw. Macroeconomics, Worth Publishers, 7th edition, 2010
Olivier Blanchard, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, Inc., 5th edition, 2009.
Steven M. Sheffrin, Rational Expectations, Cambridge University Press, 2nd edition, 1996
Andrew B. Abel and Ben S. Bernanke, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, 7th edition, 2011
Errol D‘Souza, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, 2009
Paul R. Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, International Economics, Pearson
Education Asia, 9th edition, 2012.
C-6: MATHEMATICAL METHODS IN ECONOMICS-II
Unit-1: Differential equations
Unit-2: Linear algebra

Vector spaces: algebraic and geometric properties, scalar products, norms, orthogonality; linear
transformations: properties, matrix representations and elementary operations; systems of linear
equations: properties of their solution sets; determinants: characterization, properties and
applications.
Unit-3: Functions of several real variables
Geometric representations: graphs and level curves; differentiable functions: characterizations,
properties with respect to various operations and applications; second order derivatives: properties
and applications; the implicit function theorem, and application to comparative statics problems;
homogeneous and homothetic functions: characterizations and applications.
Unit-4: Multi-variable optimization
Convex sets; geometric properties of functions: convex functions, their characterizations, properties
and applications; further geometric properties of functions: quasiconvex functions, their
characterizations, properties and applications; unconstrained optimization: geometric
characterizations, characterizations using calculus and applications; constrained optimization with
equality constraints: geometric characterizations, lagrange characterization using calculus and
applications; properties of value function: envelope theorem and applications.
Readings:
1. K. Sydsaeter and P. Hammond, Mathematics for Economic Analysis, Pearson Educational
Asia: Delhi, 2002.
2. Mathematics for economist: Srinath Baruah
C-7:Statistical Methods for Economics

1. Introduction and Overview
The distinction between populations and samples and between population parameters and
sample statistics; the use of measures of location and variation to describe and summarize data;
10
2. Elementary Probability Theory
Sample spaces and events; probability axioms and properties; counting techniques; conditional
probability and Bayes’ rule; independence.
3. Random Variables and Probability Distributions

Defining random variables; probability distributions; expected values of random variables and of
functions of random variables; properties of commonly used discrete and continuous
distributions (uniform, binomial, normal, poisson and exponential random variables).
4. Random Sampling and Jointly Distributed Random Variables
Density and distribution functions for jointly distributed random variables; computing expected
values; covariance and correlation coefficients
5. Sampling
Principal steps in a sample survey; methods of sampling; the role of sampling theory; properties
of random samples.
6. Point and Interval Estimation
Estimation of population parameters using methods of moments and maximum likelihood
procedures; properties of estimators; confidence intervals for population parameters
Readings:
1. Jay L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Cengage Learning, 2010.
2. John E. Freund, Mathematical Statistics, Prentice Hall, 1992.
3. Richard J. Larsen and Morris L. Marx, an Introduction to Mathematical Statistics and its
Applications, Prentice Hall, 2011.
4. William G. Cochran, Sampling Techniques, John Wiley, 2007.
SEC-1:Data Analysis
Unit-1: Collection of Data, secondary data and primary data, different sources of
secondary data, different methods of primary data collection, preparation of
questionnaire and schedule.
Unit-2: Measure of central tendency-mean, median, mode; measure of dispersion-

range, quartile deviation, standard deviation, measurement of growth rate.
11
Unit-3: Correlation, Coefficient of Correlation, Rank correlation, Regression
analysis.
Unit-4: Data entry and analysis in SPSS and Excel; diagrammatic presentation.
Reference Books:
Gupta, SP Statistical Methods¸ Sultan Chand and Sons, New Delhi.
Gujrati, D. N. (2004), Basic Econometrics, Fourth Edition, Tata Mc Graw-Hill Publishing

Company Limited, New Delhi.
Gupta, S.C. and Kapoor, VK , Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan Chand and Sons,
New Delhi.
Gupta, S.C. and Kapoor, VK , Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, Sultan Chand and Sons, New
Delhi.
GE-3:Principle of Microeconomics-II
Unit-1: Consumer Theory
Preference; utility; budget constraint; choice; demand; Slutsky equation; buying and selling; choice
under risk and intertemporal choice; revealed preference
Unit-2: Production, Costs and Perfect Competition
Technology; isoquants; production with one and more variable inputs; returns to scale; short run and
long run costs; cost curves in the short run and long run; review of perfect competition.
Unit-3: Determination of Factor Pricing
Pricing of Factors under Perfect Competition–Factor Share and Technical Progress- Backward
Bending Supply Curve of Labour–Monopsony
Readings:
1. Hal R. Varian, Intermediate Microeconomics, a Modern Approach, W.W. Norton and
Company/Affiliated East-West Press (India), 8 th edition, 2010. The workbook by Varian and
Bergstrom may be used for problems.
12
2. C. Snyder and W. Nicholson, Fundamentals of Microeconomics, Cengage
Learning (India), 2010.
3. Douglas Bernheim and Michael D. Whinston, Microeconomics, Tata McGraw-
Hill (India), 2009
SEMESTER-IV
C-8:Intermediate Microeconomics-II
1. General Equilibrium, Efficiency and Welfare

Equilibrium and efficiency under pure exchange and production; overall efficiency and welfare
economics.
2. Market Structure and Game Theory
Monopoly; pricing with market power; price discrimination; peak-load pricing; two-part tariff;
monopolistic competition and oligopoly; game theory and competitive strategy.
3. Market Failure
Externalities; public goods and markets with asymmetric information
Readings:
13
1. Hal R. Varian, Intermediate Microeconomics, a Modern Approach, 8th edition, W.W. Norton
and Company/Affiliated East-West Press (India), 2010.The workbook by Varian and Bergstrom
could be used for problems.
2. C. Snyder and W. Nicholson, Fundamentals of Microeconomics, Cengage Learning
(India), 2010
C-9:Intermediate Macroeconomics-II
1. Economic Growth
Harrod-Domar model; Solow model; golden rule; technological progress and elements of
endogenous growth.
2. Microeconomic Foundations
a. Consumption: Keynesian consumption function; Fisher‘s theory of optimal intertemporal
choice; life-cycle and permanent income hypotheses; rational expectations and random-walk of
consumption expenditure.
b. Investment: determinants of business fixed investment; residential investment and inventory
investment.
c. Demand for money.
3. Fiscal and Monetary Policy
Active or passive; monetary policy objectives and targets; rules versus discretion: time
consistency; the government budget constraint; government debt and Ricardian equivalence.
4. Schools of Macroeconomic Thoughts
Classical; Keynesians; New-Classical and New-Keynesians
Readings:
1. Dornbusch, Fischer and Startz, Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, 11th edition, 2010.
2. N. Gregory Mankiw. Macroeconomics, Worth Publishers, 7th edition, 2010.
3. Olivier Blanchard, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, Inc., 5th edition, 2009.
4. Charles I. Jones, Introduction to Economic Growth, W.W. Norton & Company, 2nd edition,
2002.
5. Andrew B. Abel and Ben S. Bernanke, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, 7th edition, 2011.
6. Errol. D‘Souza, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, 2009.
7. Robert J. Gordon, Macroeconomics, Prentice-Hall India Limited, 2011.
14
C-10:Introductory Econometrics
1. Nature and Scope of Econometrics

2. Statistical Concepts
Normal distribution; chi-sq, t- and F-distributions; estimation of parameters; properties of
estimators; testing of hypotheses: defining statistical hypotheses; distributions of test statistics;
testing hypotheses related to population parameters; Type I and Type II errors; power of a test;
tests for comparing parameters from two samples.
3. Simple Linear Regression Model: Two Variable Case:
Estimation of model by method of ordinary least squares; properties of estimators; goodness of
fit; tests of hypotheses; scaling and units of measurement; confidence intervals; Gauss-Markov
theorem; forecasting.
4. Multiple Linear Regression Model
Estimation of parameters; properties of OLS estimators; goodness of fit - R2 and adjusted R2;
partial regression coefficients; testing hypotheses – individual and joint; functional forms of
regression models; qualitative (dummy) independent variables
Readings
1. Jay L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Cengage Learning, 2010
3. Richard J. Larsen and Morris L. Marx, An Introduction to Mathematical Statistics and its
4. D. N. Gujarati and D.C. Porter, Essentials of Econometrics, McGraw Hill, 4th edition,
International Edition, 2009.
5. Christopher Dougherty, Introduction to Econometrics, Oxford University Press, 3rd edition,
Indian edition, 2007
SEC-2:Extension Education
Unit-1
Teaching-meaning, objective of teaching, methods of teaching-lecture method-

discussion method, seminar method-factor affecting in selection of teaching
methods
15
Unit-2
Formal and informal Education-meaning-purpose, importance, NGOs-meaning-

characters, function, different objectives, purpose, role played in society.
Unit-3
Data collection-field survey, pilot survey, complete enumeration (census) and

sample survey, making of questionnaire, schedules etc.
Reference book:
1. Elements of Statistics by Das & Hazorika, Ashok Publication, Guwahati

2. Methods & technique of Teaching by S.K Kochhar, sterling publishers, Delhi
Informal Education by Mark K Smith
GE-4: Principle of Macroeconomics-II
1. Aggregate Demand and Aggregate Supply Curves

Derivation of aggregate demand and aggregate and supply curves; interaction of aggregate
demand and supply
2. Inflation, Unemployment and Expectations
Phillips curve; adaptive and rational expectations; policy ineffectiveness debate
3. Open Economy Models
Short-run open economy models; Mundell-Fleming model; exchange rate determination
purchasing power parity; asset market approach; Dornbusch's overshooting model; monetary
approach to balance of payments; international financial markets.
Readings:
Dornbusch, Fischer and Startz, Macroeconomics, McGraw Hill, 11th edition, 2010
N. Gregory Mankiw. Macroeconomics, Worth Publishers, 7th edition, 2010
Olivier Blanchard, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, Inc., 5th edition, 2009.
Steven M. Sheffrin, Rational Expectations, Cambridge University Press, 2nd edition, 1996
Andrew B. Abel and Ben S. Bernanke, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, 7th edition, 2011
Errol D‘Souza, Macroeconomics, Pearson Education, 2009
16
Paul R. Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld and Marc Melitz, International Economics, Pearson
Education Asia, 9th edition, 2012
SEMESTER-V
C-11: Indian Economy-I
1. Economic Development since Independence

Major features of the economy at independence; growth and development under different policy
regimes—goals, constraints, institutions and policy framework; an assessment of performance—
sustainability and regional contrasts; structural change, savings and investment.
2. Population and Human Development
Demographic trends and issues; education; health and malnutrition
3. Growth and Distribution

Trends and policies in poverty; inequality and unemployment
17
4. International Comparisons
Readings:
1. Jean Dreze and Amartya Sen, Jean Dreze and Amartya Sen, 2013. An Uncertain Glory: India
and its Contradictions, Princeton University Press.
2. Pulapre Balakrishnan, 2007, The Recovery of India: Economic Growth in the Nehru Era,
Economic and Political Weekly, November.
3. Rakesh Mohan, 2008, ―Growth Record of Indian Economy: 1950-2008. A Story of Sustained
Savings and Investment, Economic and Political Weekly, May.
4. S.L. Shetty, 2007, ―India‘s Savings Performance since the Advent of Planning, in K.L.
Krishna and A. Vaidyanathan, editors, Institutions and Markets in India’s Development.
5. Himanshu, 2010, Towards New Poverty Lines for India, Economic and Political Weekly,
January.
6. Jean Dreze and Angus Deaton, 2009, Food and Nutrition in India: Facts and Interpretations,
Economic and Political Weekly, February.
7. Himanshu. 2011, ―Employment Trends in India: A Re-examination, Economic and Political
Weekly, and September
C-12:Development Economics-I
Unit 1:
Economic Growth and Development: Concept. Indicators of Economic Development
Unit 2:
Capital- meaning-characters and role. Labour-meaning-characters and technology in

Economic Development
Unit 3:
Population, population composition, Human Capital and its formation and Economic
Development
Unit4:
Vicious circle of poverty-Lewis theory of unlimited supplies of labour-Theory of Big

Push, Theories of Balanced and Unbalanced Growth
Recommended Readings:
18
1. Todaro, MP, Development Economics, Pearson.
2. R.K Lekhi: Development & Environmental Economics
3. Thirlwal, AP, Growth & Development, Palgrave.
5. World Bank, World Development Reports, OUP. UNDP, Human

Development Reports. OUP 7. Robert Putnam, Making Democracy Work:
Civic Traditions in Modern Italy, Princeton University Press, 1994
DSE-1:Public Finance
1. Public Economic Theory

a. Fiscal functions: an overview.
b. Public Goods: definition, models of efficient allocation, pure and impure public goods, free
riding.
c. Externalities: the problem and its solutions, taxes versus regulation, property rights, the Coase
theorem.
d. Taxation: its economic effects; dead weight loss and distortion, efficiency and equity
considerations, tax incidence, optimal taxation.
2. Indian Public Finances
a. Tax System: structure and reforms b. Budget, deficits and public debt
c. Fiscal federalism in India
Readings:
1. J. Hindriks, G. Myles: Intermediate Public Economics, MIT Press, 2006.
2. H. Rosen, T. Gayer: Public Finance, 9th ed., McGraw-Hill/Irwin, 2009.
3. Joseph E. Stiglitz, Economics of the Public Sector, W.W. Norton & Company, 3rd edition,
2000.
4. R.A. Musgrave and P.B. Musgrave, Public Finance in Theory & Practice, McGraw Hill
Publications, 5th edition, 1989.
5. John Cullis and Philip Jones, Public Finance and Public Choice, Oxford University Press, 1st
edition, 1998.
6. Harvey Rosen, Public Finance, McGraw Hill Publications, 7th edition, 2005
7. Mahesh Purohit, Value Added Tax: Experiences of India and Other Countries,
2007.
8. Kaushik Basu and A. Maertens (ed.), The New Oxford Companion to Economics in India,
Oxford University Press, 2013.
9. M.M. Sury, Government Budgeting in India, 1990.
19
DSE-2: APPLIED ECONOMETRICS
1. Stages in Empirical Econometric Research

2. Regression Diagnostics and Specification
Misspecification; functional forms; model selection.
3. Advanced Topics in Regression Analysis
Selected Topics:
Dynamic Econometric Models: distributed lag models; autoregressive models;
instrumental variable estimation; simultaneous equation models.
4. Panel Data Models
Methods of estimation; fixed effects model; random effects model.
5. Introduction to Econometric Software Package
GRETL; E-VIEWS; STATA (any one).
Readings:
1. Jeffrey M. Wooldridge, Econometrics, CENGAGE learning, India Edition, 2009.
2. Dimitrios Asteriou and Stephen Hall, Applied Econometrics: A Modern
Approach, Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.
3. Damodar Gujarati, Econometrics by Example, Palgrave Macmillan, 2011.
SEMESTER-VI
C-13:Indian Economy-II
1. Macroeconomic Policies and Their Impact
Fiscal Policy; trade and investment policy; financial and monetary policies; labour regulation
2. Policies and Performance in Agriculture
Growth; productivity; agrarian structure and technology; capital formation; trade; pricing and
procurement
3. Policies and Performance in Industry
Growth; productivity; diversification; small scale industries; public sector; competition policy;
foreign investment.
4. Trends and Performance in Services
Readings:
20
1. Shankar Acharya, 2010, ―Macroeconomic Performance and Policies 2000-8,‖ in Shankar
Acharya and Rakesh Mohan, editors, India’s Economy: Performances and Challenges:
Development and Participation, Oxford University Press.
2. Rakesh Mohan, 2010, ―India‘s Financial Sector and Monetary Policy Reforms,‖ in Shankar
Acharya and Rakesh Mohan, editors, India’s Economy: Performances and Challenges:
Development and Participation, Oxford University Press.
3. Pulapre Balakrishnan, Ramesh Golait and Pankaj Kumar, 2008, ―Agricultural
Growth in India Since 1991, RBI DEAP Study no. 27.
4. B.N. Goldar and S.C. Aggarwal, 2005, ―Trade Liberalisation and Price-Cost
Margin in Indian Industries, The Developing Economics, September.
1. P. Goldberg, A. Khandelwal, N. Pavcnik and P. Topalova, 2009, ―Trade Liberalisation
and New Imported Inputs, American Economic Review, Papers and Proceedings, May.
C-14: Development Economics-II

Unit- : I
Introduction to planning: types of planning, rationale/objectives of economic

planning in a developing economy, planning process.
Unit-2:
External resources-Foreign AID-types of Foreign AID, importance of foreign AID-Its

danger, FDI-meaning-advantages-disadvantages.
Unit-3:
Rostow’s stages of economic growth and Harrod-Domar growth model
Unit-4:
Concept and Measurement of human Development –Human development Index

(HDI) for various states in India
Selected Readings:
1. Todaro, M.P, : Development Economics, McGraw Hill

2. Thirlwal, A.P, : Development Economics, Pearson
3. Misrha & Puri, : Economics of Development & Planning, HPH
4. Lekhi, R, K. : The Economics of Development & Planning
21
DSE-3: International Economics
1. Introduction
What is international economics about? An overview of world trade.
2. Theories of International Trade
The Ricardian, specific factors, and Heckscher-Ohlin models; new trade theories; the
international location of production; firms in the global economy — outsourcing and multinational
enterprises.
3. Trade Policy
Instruments of trade policy; political economy of trade policy; controversies in trade
policy.
4. International Macroeconomic Policy
Fixed versus flexible exchange rates; international monetary systems; financial
globalization and financial crises.
Readings:
1. Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld, and Marc Melitz, International Economics: Theory and Policy,
Addison-Wesley (Pearson Education Indian Edition), 9 th edition, 2012.
2. Dominick Salvatore, International Economics: Trade and Finance, John Wiley
International Student Edition, 10 th edition, 2011.
DSE-4:Environmental Economics
1. Introduction
What is environmental economics; review of microeconomics and welfare economics.
2. The Theory of Externalities
Pareto optimality and market failure in the presence of externalities; property rights and the
coase theorem
3. The Design and Implementation of Environmental Policy
Overview; pigouvian taxes and effluent fees; tradable permits; choice between taxes and quotas
under uncertainty; implementation of environmental policy
4. International Environmental Problems
Trans-boundary environmental problems; economics of climate change; trade and environment
5. Measuring the Benefits of Environmental Improvements
Non-Market values and measurement methods; risk assessment and perception
22
6. Sustainable Development
Concepts; component, measurement
Readings:
1. Charles Kolstad, Intermediate Environmental Economics, Oxford University Press, 2nd
edition, 2010
2. Robert N. Stavins (ed.), Economics of the Environment: Selected Readings, W.W. Norton, 5th
edition 2005.
3. Roger Perman, Yue Ma, James Mc Gilvray and Michael Common, Natural Resource and
Environmental Economics, Pearson Education/Addison Wesley, 3rd edition, 2003.
4. Maureen L. Cropper and Wallace E. Oates, 1992, ―Environmental Economics: A Survey,
Journal of Economic Literature, Volume 30:675-740.
23
Bodoland University, Kokrajhar
New Syllabus
B.A. Honors Course (Education)
Semeste Core Course (14) Ability Skill Elective: Elective:
r Enhancement Enhanceme Discipline Generic (GE)
Compulsory nt Course Specific (4)
Course (AECC) (SEC) (2) DSE(4)
(2)
C-1:Introduction to (English/Hindi/MIL GE-1:
Education Communication) Introduction to
I C-2:Philosophical and Education
Sociological Foundation of
Education
C-3:Development of GE-2:
II Education in India Environmental Development
Science of Education
C-4:Issues and Trends in in India
Contemporary Indian
Education
C-5:Teacher Education SEC-1: GE-3:
III Value Teacher
C-6:Educational Education Education
Measurement &
Educational Statistics
C-7:Educational Guidance
and Counseling
C-8:Educational SEC-2 GE-4

IV Technology Method and Environmental
C-9:Educational Techniques and Population
Psychology of Teaching Education
C-10:Educational Thoughts
and Practices
C-11:Educational DSE-1:Child
V Management and psychology
Administration
C-12: DSE-2
Psychological Practical Continuing
Education
and Distance
Education(Gr
oup-A,B)
C-13:Environmental and DSE-3
VI Population Education Special
Education
C-14:Project Work DSE-4
Abnormal
Psychology
SEMESTER- I
1
C-1: INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION
Objectives:
1. To understand the meaning, scope and aim of education.
2. To acquaint students with constitutional provision of education and role of empowerment of women.
3. To familiarized students with modern trends of education and human rights education. Knowledge about
the concept of freedom and discipline.
UNIT I: CONCEPT OF EDUCATION
1. Education- Meaning, definition, functions and scope
2. Aims of Education- Individual, Social, Vocational and Culture
3. Aims of Education in Democratic country
4. Objectives of Education- Learning to know, Learning to do, Learning to live together, learning to be
UNIT II: COMPONENTS OF EDUCATION
1. Components of Education and their mutual relationship
- Pupils
- Teacher
- Curriculum
- Educational Institution
2. Curriculum- Meaning and concept, needs and importance
3. Principles of curriculum construction
4. Co-curricular activities- definition, types & importance
UNIT III: FORMS OF EDUCATION
1. Formal Education: School – Meaning and characteristics, functions and responsibility of school,
relationship between school and society
2. Informal Education: Meaning and characteristics, Educational role of family, social institutions- state
and religious institutions
3. Non-formal Education: Meaning and characteristics, Agencies of non-formal education
UNIT IV: FREEDOM AND DISCIPLINE
1. The concept of freedom and discipline
2. Discipline and Order
3. The interrelation between discipline, liberty and democracy
4. Importance of discipline in social life
REFERENCE
1. Bhatia, K & Bhatia, B. The philosophical and Sociological foundations of Education
2. Das, B.N. Principles of Education and Education in Emerging Indian Society.
3. Das, P & Goswami. Theories and Principles of Education.
C-2: PHILOSOPHICAL AND SOCIOLOGICAL FOUNDATION OF EDUCATION

Objectives:
1. To develop understand the meaning, aims, objectives, and functions of education.
2. To develop understanding of the roles of philosophy and sociology of education.
3. To develop an understanding of the attempts of some great educators for the evolution of sound
philosophy of education and better understanding of the process of education
4. To develop understanding of major components in education and their interrelationship.
2
5. To develop knowledge of the structure and functions of the society and the process of social
interaction for a change towards better
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION
1. Concept of education
- Education as a Science.
- Education as a social process
- Education as human resource development
2. Aims of education
- Purpose, goals, aims and objectives of education at different levels starting from primary to higher
education
3. The functions of Education
- Individual development (Development of skill, basic knowledge, interest and appreciation)
- Acquaintance with heritage, (preservation and transmission)
- Development of human values, (Social, moral and Aesthetic)
- Acquisition of skills leading to self-actualization and successful living
- Social cohesion and social progress
UNIT II: PHILOSOPHY AND EDUCATION
1. Meaning, nature & scope of philosophy
2. Relationship between education and philosophy
3. Some major schools of Philosophy: Idealism, Naturalism, Realism, and Pragmatism - their contribution
to present day education
4. Emergence of educational thoughts through the works of great educators like Rousseau, Froebel,
Dewey, Tagore and Gandhi
UNIT III: EDUCATION AND SOCIOLOGY
1. Nature and scope of educational Sociology
2. Need for sociological approach in Education
3. Education as social heritage; education as an instrument of social change, education as a factor of social
change, education as a reflection of social change.
UNIT VI: SOCIAL GROUPS
1. Primary and Secondary groups: meaning, characteristics, types and their differences
2. Social Interaction and Social Stratification
REFERENCE
2. Elias, J.L., Marriam, S.B., Philosophical Foundation of Adult Education. Second Edition.
3. Pathak, R.P., Philosophical and Sociological foundations of Education, Published by Kanishka
Publishers.
4. Singh, Y.K., Sociological foundations of Education. APH Publishing.
GE- 1: INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION

Objectives:
3. To familiarized students with modern trends of education and human rights education.
3
2. Aims of education- Individual, Social, Vocational and Culture
- Pupils
- Teacher
- Curriculum
REFERENCE
4
SEMESTER- II
C-3: DEVELOPMENT OF EDUCATION IN INDIA
Objectives:
1. To help students understand the development of education in India in historical perspective.
2. To understand the salient features of education in ancient, medieval and British India.
3. To acquaint wit significant points of elected educational documents and reports of these periods.
4. To have an adequate knowledge of the recommendations of various commissions and committees on
Indian Education.
5. To compare the different features of education systems of ancient Indian with those present system of
education.
GROUP- A
EDUCATION IN ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL INDIA
UNIT I: EDUCATION IN ANCIENT INDIA
1. Vedic Education: Aims of Education, process of education, curriculum and organization
2. Buddhist Education: Aims of Education, curriculum, Relevance of concepts like Madhyama Pratipada,
Pratityasumutpad, the four eternal truth
UNIT II: EDUCATION IN MEDIEVAL INDIA
- Medieval education: Types of Educational Institutions, State patronage in Educational
Endeavour, Islamic education, its salient features, objectives and curriculum
GROUP- B
EDUCATION DURING BRITISH INDIA AND POST-INDEPENDENCE PERIOD
UNIT III: EDUCATION DURING BRITISH PERIOD
1. Indigenous Education in India at the beginning of the 18th century
2. Growth of modern system of education upto 1947 A.D
3. Charter Act, Adam”s Report, Macaulay’s Minutes, Wood’s Education Despatch, Report of Hunter’s
Commission, Movement for Compulsory Education, Gokhale’s Bill, University Education Commission
1902, Calcutta University Commission 1917, Hartog Committee Report 1929, National Education
Movements towards development of a national system of education, Gurukul Kangri, Jamia Milla
Islamia, National Council of Education, Gujarat Vidyapith, Basic Education, Visva-Bharati
UNIT IV: EDUCATION DURING POST-INDEPENDENCE PERIOD
1. Development of Indian education during the post-independence period with special reference to
secondary education commission 1952. Kothari commission report- 1964-66, National Policy on
Education 1986 and its revised formulation of 1992
2. Comparative study with education during Ancient period
REFERENCE
1. Aggarwal, J.C. Development of Education in India, Shirpa Publication.
5
2. Aggarwal, S.P. Development of Education in India: A Historical Survey of Educational Documents
Before & After Independence.
C-4: ISSUES AND TRENDS IN CONTEMPORARY INDIAN EDUCATION

Objectives:
1. To develop understanding of significant trends in contemporary education.
2. To develop awareness of various organizations and their role in the implementation of policies and
programmes.
3. To focus attentions on certain major national and social issues and role of education in relation to them.
4. To acquaint with the role of technology/mass media in spreading education among the masses.
5. To develop understanding of the alternative systems/modes of education and their implications in the
Indian scenario.
GROUP – A
CONVENTIONAL MODE
UNIT I: ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
1. Elementary Education – Aims and objectives, Universalisation of elementary education, girls’ education,
problems of non-involvement and non-retention
2. Functions of DIET, NCERT, SCERT, Operation Blackboard, District Primary Education Programme
3. Reports of Committee/Commissions since independence. National policies of Education- their
implications.
UNIT II: SECONDARY EDUCATION
1. Secondary Education – Aims and objectives of general and vocational education, role of NCERT,
SCERT, NIEPA, CBSE
2. Reports of Committees/Commissions since independence. – National policies of education – their
implications
3. Higher education – General and Technical. Role of UGC, AIU, AICTE, ICSSR, CSIR, ICA. Types of
universities and equivalent Institutes of Higher learning
GROUP - B
ALTERNATIVE SCHOOLINGS
UNIT III: ELEMENTARY
1. Elementary – Non-formal, National Adult Education Programme (NAEP), National Literary Mission
(NLM), TLC, PLC, JSN, Sarva Shiksha Abhiyan
2. Adult Education – Literacy Education and Further Education (Global and Indian context)
3. Continuing Education
- General/Liberal Education through open learning system
- Technical/Vocational Education
4. Life Long Education
- Re-channeling to Formal Education
6
- Liberal Education through enrichment and informal exposure of all sorts for all clientele
UNIT IV: ISSUES IN EDUCATION
1. Educational finances in Grant-in-aid system
2. Population education, family life and sex education
3. Value oriented education, work experience & SUPW
4. Environmental education
5. Education of Women
6. Education of Minority Community with reference to their aims and objectives, method and problems
REFERENCE
1. Bhattacharya Srinivibas. Foundation of Education.
2. R.N. Safaya. Development, Planning & Problems of Indian Education
3. V.K. Kohli. Indian Education & its Problems
4. Ram Ahuja. Social Problems of India Today
GE- 2: DEVELOPMENT OF EDUCATION IN INDIA
Objectives:
Indian Education.
education.
GROUP- A
4. Buddhist Education: Aims of Education, curriculum, Relevance of concepts like Madhyama Pratipada,
Pratityasumutpad, the four eternal truth
GROUP- B
3. Charter Act1813, Macaulay’s Minutes, Wood’s Education Despatch, Report of Hunter’s Commission,
Movement for Compulsory Education, Gokhale’s Bill, University Education Commission 1902, Calcutta
University Commission 1917, Hartog Committee Report 1929, National Education Movements towards
development of a national system of education, Gurukul Kangri, Jamia Milla Islamia, National Council
of Education, Gujarat Vidyapith, Basic Education, Visva-Bharati
7
REFERENCE
1. Aggarwal, J.C. Development of Education in India, Shirpa Publication.
2. Aggarwal, S.P. Development of Education in India: A Historical Survey of Educational Documents
SEMESTER- III
C-5: TEACHER EDUCATION
Objectives:
1. To acquaint the learner with the concept, aims, scope and development of teacher education in India.
2. To develop understanding about the different policies and practices and quality assurance in Teacher
education along with the needs and importance of in-service training programmes.
3. To acquaint the learner with skilled based and competency based teacher education.
4. To develop understanding about professional ethics and accountability of teacher.
5. To acquaint the learner with different organizations involved in teacher education.
UNIT I: CONCEPT OF TEACHER EDUCATION
1. Teacher education – concept, aims and scope
2. Objectives of teacher education
3. History and development of teacher education in India
UNIT II: PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHER EDUCATION
1. Concept of pre-service and in- service teacher education
2. Need and importance of in-service teacher education
3. Teacher education for different levels of education- pre-primary, primary and secondary
UNIT III: PROBLEMS OF TEACHER EDUCATION
1. A critical appraisal of the present system of teacher education in India a study of the various Policies and
practices in teacher education in post-independence era
2. Present causes and problems of teacher education and suggestions for solution
UNIT IV: TEACHER EDUCATION AND EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
1. Skill-based and Competency based teacher education
2. Interaction analysis – Flanders interaction analysis
3. Simulated Social Skill Training (SSST)
UNIT V: ORGANISATIONS FOR TEACHER EDUCATION
1. District education for Education and Training (DIET)
8
2. State Council for Educational Research and Training ( SCERT)
3. National Council for Educational Research and Training (NCERT)
4. National Council for Teacher Education ( NCTE)
5. Central Institution of Educational Technology (CIET)
6. National University of Educational Planning and Administration (NUEPA)
7. Regional College of education in India and their functions
REFERENCE
1. Sharma, Sashi Prabha. Teacher Education, Principles, Theories and Practices, New Delhi, Kaniska
Publishers.
2. Fhanders, Ned, A. Analysing Teacher Bahaviour London, Wesly Publishing Company.
3. Gurry, P. Education and the training of Teachers, London Longmans, Green and Company.
4. Mukherjee, S.N. Education of Teachers in India Vol. I and II, New Delhi S. Chand and Company.
5. Bhargava, M. and Saikia, L. Rasul—Teacher in 21st Century
Challenges, Responsibilities, Creditability, Agra, Rakhi Prakashan.
______________________________________________________________________________
C-6: EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENT AND EDUCATIONAL STATISTICS

Objectives:
1. To help the students to acquire knowledge of the concept of measurement and evaluation in education.
2. To develop an understanding of different types of educational tests and their uses.
3. To acquaint the students with the characteristics of a good measuring instrument and the procedure of
constructing educational and psychological tests
4. To help the students to be acquainted with the concept and application of statistics in Education.
UNIT I: CONCEPT OF MEASUREMENT AND EVALUATION
1. Meaning, Nature and Needs of Measurement in Education
2. Concept of Evaluation in Education
3. Relation between Measurement and Evaluation, Norm Referenced and Criterion Referenced Tests
UNIT II: TOOLS OF MEASUREMENT
1. Measuring Instruments and their Classification; Errors in Measurement; Types of Scales in Educational
Measurement
2. Characteristics of a Good Measuring Instrument – Validity, Reliability and Objectivity and their
Methods of Determination
3. General principles of test Construction and Standardization.
4. Scoring of student Achievement, Methods of Interpreting Test scores. Reporting test results –
Cumulative Record card.
UNIT III: MEASURING HUMAN ABILITIES AND POTENTIALITIES
1. Intelligence Test- Meaning, Classification, Uses
2. Educational Achievement Test- Meaning, Classification, Uses
9
3. Personality Test-Meaning, Classification
4. Aptitude Test -Meaning, Type, Uses
5. Attitude Scale and Interest Inventory – Meaning.
UNIT IV: EDUCATIONAL STATISTICS
1. Meaning, Nature and Scope and Use of Educational Statistics. Sources of educational Data and
Difference between Statistic and Parameter
2. Measures of Central Tendency – Its uses and limitations–Mean from ungrouped data and grouped data
(Long and Short method)
3. Measures of variability – its use and limitations
4. Concept of Normal Distribution – Properties and uses of Normal Probability curve in Interpretation of
Test scores. Divergence from normality – Skewness and Kurtosis, Derived scores: Linear and
Normalized – their uses
UNIT V: GRAPH & VARIABLE DISTRIBUTION
1. Concept of Variable. Types of data– Grouped and Ungrouped data
2. Graphical Representation of data– Pie-diagram, Histogram, Frequency polygon, Cumulative Frequency
Graph – Ogive and their uses
3. Bivariate distribution: Scatter gram, Correlation, computation of Coefficients of Correlation by Rank
difference, Product moment method, interpretation of coefficients of Correlations
4. Application of Computer in Data processing
REFERENCE
1. Binod, K. Sahu – Statistics in Psychology and Education, New Delhi – Kalyani Publishers.
2. Garrett, H.E. – Statistics in Psychology and Education, Mumbai – Vakils, Feffer and Simons Pvt. Ltd.
3. Mangal, S.K. – Statistics in Psychology and Education, New Delhi – Prentice Hall of India.
4. Asthana, Bipin – Measurement and Evaluation in Psychology and Education, Agra – Vinod Pustak
Mandir.
5. Ebel, L. Robert and David, A Frisline – Essentials of Educational Measurement, New Delhi– Prentice
Hall of India Private Limited.
6. Goswami, Marami – Measurement and Evaluation in Psychology and Education, Hyderabad,Neel
Kamal Publications.
C-7: EDUCATIONAL GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING

Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the concept, nature, scope, need and importance of guidance.
2. To enable the students to understand the meaning, purpose and functions of different types of guidance.
10
3. To enable the students to understand about the different types of guidance programmes and their
organization.
4. To enable the students to understand the meaning, nature, objectives, need and importance, types, steps,
and techniques to counseling.
5. To enable the students to understand the relationship of guidance and counseling, their problems and
ways for improvement.
UNIT I: CONCEPT OF GUIDANCE

1. Meaning, nature & scope of guidance
2. Philosophical, psychological and sociological bases of guidance
3. Need and importance of educational guidance services in schools
UNIT II: CONCEPT OF VOCATIONAL GUIDANCE
1. Vocational guidance: Meaning, nature and scope
2. Purpose and functions of vocational guidance
3. Relationship between educational and vocational guidance, relationship between vocational guidance
and work education
4. Job analysis and occupational information services
UNIT III: EDUCATIONAL GUIDANCE
1. Educational Guidance Meaning purpose and functions
2. Guidance in Elementary School
3. Guidance in Secondary School
4. Basic data necessary for educational guidance – pupils’ abilities, aptitudes, interests and attitudes,
educational attainments and personality traits
5. Construction, administration and interpretations of- cumulative record cards, individual inventories.
UNIT IV: CONCEPT OF COUNSELING
1. Meaning, nature and scope, needs and importance, different type of counseling
2. Various steps and techniques of counseling
3. Necessary qualities (personal and professional) of a good counselor. Role of the counselor in secondary
schools. Relationship between guidance, counseling and teaching
4. Diagnostic and remedial measures: Special provisions for deviant children to enable them face problems
of the daily life. Gifted and creative children
UNIT V: Organization of Guidance Programmes
1. Principles of organization
2. Group guidance
3. Individual inventory
4. Information orientation service
5. Placement services and
6. Follow up services
REFERENCE
11
1. Crow, L.D.I., Crow, A — An Introduction to Guidance.
2. Bhatia, K.K. — Principles of Guidance and Counselling, Kalyani Publishers, 2009.
3. Agarwal, Rashmi — Educational Vocational Guidance and Counselling; Principles, Techniques and
Programmes, Shipra Publication, 2010.
4. Charles Kiruba & Jyothsna, N.G. — Guidance and Counselling, Neelkamal, Publication Pvt. Ltd. First
Edition, 2011
5. Madhukar, I — Guidance and Counselling, New Delhi, Authors Press.
6. Mc. Daniel, H.B. — Guidance in the Modern School. New York, Rinechart and Winston.
7. Traxler, A.E. and North, R.D. — Techniques of Guidance, New York, Harper and R.W.
8. Gururani, G.D — Guidance and Counselling, Educational, Vocational and Career Planning, New Delhi,
Akansha Publishing House.
GE- 3: TEACHER EDUCATION

Objectives:
1. To acquaint the learner with the concept, aims, scope and development of teacher education in India.
2. To develop understanding about the different policies and practices and quality assurance in Teacher
education along with the needs and importance of in-service training programmes.
3. To acquaint the learner with skilled based and competency based teacher education.
4. To develop understanding about professional ethics and accountability of teacher.
5. To acquainted the learner with different organizations involved in teacher education.
UNIT I: CONCEPT OF TEACHER EDUCATION

1. Teacher education – concept, aims and scope
2. Objective of teacher education
3. History and development of teacher education in India
UNIT II: PRE-SERVICE AND IN-SERVICE TEACHER EDUCATION.
1. Concept of pre-service and in- service teacher education
2. Need and importance of in-service teacher education
3. Teacher education for different levels of education- pre-primary, primary and secondary
UNIT III: TEACHER EDUCATION AND EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
1. Skill-based and Competency based teacher education
2. Interaction analysis – Flanders interaction analysis
3. Simulated Social Skill Training (SSST)
UNIT IV: ORGANISATIONS FOR TEACHER EDUCATION
1. District education for Education and Training (DIET)
2. State Council for Educational Research and Training ( SCERT)
3. National Council for Educational Research and Training (NCERT)
4. National Council for Teacher Education ( NCTE)
5. Central Institution of Educational Technology (CIET)
12
6. National University of Educational Planning and Administration (NUEPA)
7. Regional College of education in India and their functions
REFERENCE
1. Sharma, Sashi Prabha — Teacher Education, Principles, Theories and Practices, New Delhi, Kaniska
Publishers.
2. Fhanders, Ned, A — Analysing Teacher Bahaviour London, Wesly Publishing Company.
3. Gurry, P — Education and the training of Teachers, London Longmans, Green and Company.
4. Mukherjee, S.N. — Education of Teachers in India Vol. I and II, New Delhi S. Chand and Company.
5. Bhargava, M. and Saikia, L. Rasul — Teacher in 21st Century
Challenges,Responsibilities,Creditability, Agra, Rakhi Prakashan.
SEC- 1: VALUE EDUCATION

UNIT I: CONCEPTS AND APPROACHES
1. Meaning, needs, importance & types of value education
2. Development of value education
3. Value of education for human development
4. Approaches to value education
UNIT II: IMPARTING VALUES INTO THE CURRICULUM
1. Value-oriented education
2. Teaching value through core subject
3. Value development through co-curricular/co-scholarstic activities
4. Methods of imparting value education at primary & secondary education
5. Teacher as value facilitator
UNIT III: SCHOOL SPACES AND ENVIRONMENT
1. Value and the school environment
2. Home-school-community partnerships
3. Values through partnership
4. Learning from people, events and stories prayer and songs in value education
REFERENCE:
1. Bhatia, K.K., Principles and Practice of Education
2. Raymot, T. The Principles of Education
3. Agarwalla, S. Foundation of Educational Theories and Principles
__________________________________________________________________________
13
SEMESTER- IV
C-8: EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the concept, scope and objectives of Educational Technology.
2. To acquaint the students about teaching technology, behavioural technology and instructional
technology.
3. To make the students understand about communication, process, teaching aids, system approach and use
of computer and internet in educational technology.
4. To acquaint the students with innovations in Education through Educational Technology Team Teaching,
E-Learning and E-Library
UNIT I: CONCEPT OF EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
1. Meaning, Nature and, Scope of Educational Technology.
2. Objectives of educational technology at macro level
3. Importance and needs of educational technology
4. Types of Educational technology
UNIT II: COMMUNICATION AND INTERACTION
1. Meaning, Nature and purpose of Communication
2. Types of Communication: Verbal and Non-Verbal
3. Class Room Communication its barriers and solutions
UNIT III: TEACHING TECHNOLOGY
1. Meaning and nature of teaching technology
2. Operation of teaching phases - pre-active, interactive and post active phases
UNIT IV: BEHAVIOURAL TECHNOLOGY
1. Behavioural technology- meaning and nature
2. Micro teaching-meaning and objectives
3. Different phases of micro-teaching
4. Merits and demerits of micro-teaching
UNIT V: INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY
1. Instructional technology– meaning and nature
2. Programmed instruction – meaning, nature and principles
14
3. Types of Programmed instruction – Linear Branching, mathetics and others
4. Merits and demerits of Programmed instruction
5. Personalized system of instruction, computer assisted instruction, simulated teaching team-teaching
UNIT VI: TEACHING AIDS
1. Educational Technology and Teaching aids, importance and classification of Teaching aids
2. Principles of Selection and uses of teaching aids
3. Multimedia in education - approach in education
UNIT VII: SYSTEM APPROACH
1. System approach in educational technology – meaning and definition
2. Procedural steps in the system approach in educational technology
UNIT VII: COMPUTER IN EDUCATION
1. Meaning and history of computer
2. Different types of computer
3. Role of computer in modern education
4. Advantages and disadvantages of Computer, Computer Assisted Instruction
5. Internet-its role in education
REFERENCE
1. Kulkarni, S.S. Introduction to Educational Technology, New Delhi – Oxford and IBH Publishers Co.
2. Das, R.C. Educational Technology, New Delhi Sterling Publishers.
3. Sharma, R.A. Technology of Teaching, Meerut – International Publishing House
4. Skinner, B.F. The Technology of Teaching, New York – Appleton
5. Barbora, R.D. & Goswami, Deepali. Educational Technology
6. Goswami Meena, Kumari. Educational Technology
C-9: EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY

Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the relation between education and psychology and different
methods of educational psychology.
2. To enable the students to understand learning, process, memory, attention, instinct and emotion.
3. To acquaint the students with the concept of personality, type and trait theories.
4. To understand the concept of intelligence - nature and different theories.
5. To understand the nature of creative talent and processes and of creative individuals and the implication
for indentifying and nurturing such talent.
6. To enable the students to understand the concept of mental health and hygiene for
promotion of mental health.
UNIT I: PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION
1. Concept of psychology and its nature
2. Schools of psychology: Functionalism, Behaviorism, Gestaltism, Psycho-Analysis
3. Importance of Psychological thinking in Education
15
4. Educational Psychology: Meaning and Definition, Nature and Scope
5. Relation between Education and Psychology
6. Application of Educational Psychology in classroom teaching
UNIT II: DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
1. Physical, Mental, Social and Emotional Development at various stages: Infancy, Childhood,
Adolescence
2. Factors affecting development: Home, School, Society
3. Role of Heredity and Environment and its developmental implications
UNIT III: LEARNING
1. Meaning and nature of learning
2. Learning and Maturation
3. Factors Affecting Learning: Home, School, Mass Media, Intelligence
4. Domains of Learning: Cognitive, Affective, Psycho- motor
5. Motivation and Learning
6. Role of Attention and Interest in learning
UNIT IV: MEMORY AND FORGETTING
1. Meaning, Factors &Types of Memory
2. Meaning & Causes of Forgetting
3. Measures to improve Memory
UNIT V: PERSONALITY
1. Meaning, Definition and Characteristics of personality
2. Theories of Personality: Type Theory- Seldon and Jung, Trait Theory- Adler and Roger, Psycho-Analytic
Theory- Freud
3. Concept of balanced mature personality
4. Instincts and Emotions: Meaning and Characteristics
5. Relation between Instinct and Emotion
REFERENCE
1. Skinner, Charles E. – Educational Psychology
2. Hunt, M.P. – Psychological Foundations of Education
3. Whittakar. Introduction to Psychology
4. Safaya, R.N, Shukla, C.S and Bhatia, B.D. Modern Educational Psychology
______________________________________________________________________________
C-10: EDUCATIONAL THOUGHTS AND PRACTICES

Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the philosophy of life of different educational thinkers and their
contribution to present day educational thought.
2. To enable the students to learn about the views of the Western and Indian thinkers on aim, curriculum,
method of teaching, discipline and role of teacher
16
UNIT I: ROUSSEAU
1. Philosophy of life
2. Educational philosophy and his views with special reference to aims, curriculum, Role of teacher,
Method of teaching and Discipline
3. Significant contribution to present day educational thought - an appraisal
UNIT II: JOHN DEWEY
Method of teaching and discipline
UNIT III: JOHN HENRICH PESTALOZZI
method of teaching and Discipline
UNIT IV: MAHATMA GANDHI
UNIT V: SWAMI VIVEKANANDA
UNIT VI: RABINDRANATH TAGORE
Method of teaching and discipline
REFERENCE
1. Mukherjee, K.K. – Some Great Educators
2. Rusk, R – Doctrines of the Great Educators, Mc Millian
3. Chaube, S.P. – Ideals of the Great Western Educators, Neelkamal Publications.
4. Goswami, M.K. — Educational thoughts and Essays, New Delhi, Asian Book Pvt. Ltd
GE-4: ENVIRONMENTAL AND POPULATION EDUCATION
17
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the concept, scope and importance of environmental education.
2. To enable the students to understand the programmes of environmental education at different levels of
education.
3. To make the students aware of environmental stressors and knowledge on disaster management
education.
4. To enable the students to understand the effect of population growth on poverty, health and hygiene
5. To enable the students to understand the importance of population education in school levels
UNIT I: ENVIRONMENT AND ITS DEGRADATION
1. Concept and Definition of Environment
2. Components of the Environment and their Importance on Human Life
3. Environmental Degradation and its Consequences
UNIT II: ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION
1. Nature, Scope and Objectives of Environmental Education
2. Importance of Environmental Education and Sustainable Development
3. Environmental Education at Different Levels—Primary, Secondary and Higher
4. Role of Informal Education Agencies in Environment Protection
UNIT III: ENVIRONMENTAL AWARENESS
1. Awareness and attitude change through formal education
2. Role of Formal and Non-Formal education
3. Role of NGO
UNIT IV: CONCEPT OF POPULATION EDUCATION
1. Population Education—Meaning, Objectives, Scope of population education
2. Importance of Population Education
3. Causes and Consequences of High Population Growth in India
4. Policies and Programme of Government of India Regarding Population Control
5. Population in Relation to Socio-economic Development, Health Status, Health Services, Nutrition
6. Effect of Population Growth on Natural Resources and Environment
REFERENCE
1. Sharma, R.A. – Environmental Education, Meerut – Surya Publications
2. Mahapatra, D – Environmental Education – Kalyani Publishers
3. Rao, D.G. – Population Education, Sterling Publishers
4. Kuppuswami B, Population Education, Asia Publishing House
5. Baldev, K.P. – Population Crisis in India, National
SEC - 2: METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING

Objectives:
18
1. To acquaint the students with the teaching and learning process, factors of learning and marks of good
teaching.
2. To develop an understanding of the principles of teaching, various devices and styles of teaching.
3. To understand about teaching effectiveness and classroom management.
4. To acquaint with the lesson planned preparation.
UNIT I: FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF TEACHING AND LEARNING
1. Meaning and nature of teaching
2. Marks of good teaching
3. Nature of teaching
4. Maxims of teaching
UNIT II: METHODS OF TEACHING
1. Effectives teaching methods for classrooms: Lecture method, Demonstration, Group discussion,
Conference, Seminar, Symposium, Workshop, Brainstorming
2. Needs of evaluations, continuous and comprehension
UNIT III: USES OF TEACHING AIDS
1. Importance of teaching aids in classroom
2. Use of videotape, CCTV, EDUSAT, E-learning, Virtual classroom, Tele-conferencing, Internet,
Projector
UNIT IV: LESSON PLANNING
1. Meaning and characteristics of a good lesson plan
2. Knowledge lesson, skill lesson and appreciation lesson
3. Preparation of a lesson plan (any method subject)
REFERENCE
1. Adam, J. Modern developments in educational practices. London: University of London press
2. Bhatia & Bhatia: The principles and methods of teaching, Doaba House, Delhi
3. Kocchar, S.K. Methods and Techniques of teaching, Sterling publishers Pvt. Ltd
4. Panton, J.H. Modern teaching; Practice and Techinques, London, Longmans.
19
SEMESTER- V
C-11: EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND ADIMINISTRATION

Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the basic concepts of management, organization and administration
2. To provide knowledge on Types, Principles and Functions of Educational Management
3. To infuse knowledge on educational supervision, institutional planning and educational administrative
structure of India in general and Assam in particular.
UNIT I: EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT
1. Concept of Educational Management: Meaning, Nature, Need and Scope
2. Difference between educational management, administration and school organization
3. Educational administration vs. school administration
4. Characteristics of successful Educational management
5. Types of Educational Management: Centralized and Decentralized, External and Internal.
Authoritarian/Autocratic and Democratic, Dynamic/Creative and Laissez-faire.
UNIT II: FUNCTIONS OF EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT
1. Functions of Educational Management- Planning, Organization, Directing and Controlling
2. Role of Head of the institution and teacher in Management
UNIT III: EDUCATIONAL SUPERVISION
1. Meaning and Definitions of Educational Supervision
2. Features of Educational Supervision
3. Objectives and Principles of Educational Supervision
4. Functions of Educational Supervision.
UNIT IV: INSTITUTIONAL PLANNING
1. Institutional Planning – meaning, nature and characteristics
2. Types of Institutional Planning
3. Steps in Institutional Planning
4. Importance of Institutional Planning
5. Educational planning – School Time table and co-curricular activities
UNIT V: ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE OF EDUCATION IN INDIA AND ASSAM
1. Educational structure of education in the Central Government- role of MHRD
20
2. Central –State relation in Education in India Statutory/Autonomous Organization
3. Some problems of Educational Administration
4. Administration of School Education in Assam
REFERENCE
1. Krishnamacharyulu, V. School Management and System of Education, Neelkamal Publication PVT.

LTD. Hyderabad
2. Sharma, R.A. Educational Administration and Management Meerut, Surya Publication
3. Aggarwal, J.C. Educational Technology and Management, Agra, Vinod Pustak Mandir
4. Harold, J & Elsabree Willard, S. Elementary School Administration and Supervision, Eurasia
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd
5. Mukherji, S.N. Administration, Planning and Finance (Theory & Practices) Acharya Book Depot,
Baroda
C-12: PSYCHOLOGICAL PRACTICAL

The candidates will be required to perform at least 12 laboratory experiments. Marks for practical examination
will be distributed as:
A. Psychological practical without apparatus = 20
B. Psychological practical with apparatus = 20
C. Continuous evaluation = 20
D. Viva-voce = 20
E. Note Book (2x 10) = 20
----------------------------------------------------------------
Total 100
(Persons involved in evaluation: 1. External examiner 2. Internal examiner
A. (PSYCHOLOGICAL PRACTICAL WITHOUT APPARATUS)
UNIT I: MEMORY- Immediate memory span
UNIT II: ATTENTION- Division of attention
UNIT III: LEARNING- Whole versus Part Leaning
UNIT IV: IMAGINATION- Ink Blot Test
UNIT V: ASSOCIATION- Free Association Test, Controlled Association test, Free Vs
Controlled Association Test
UNIT VI: MOTIVATION- Knowledge of result on performance
21
UNIT VII: FATIGUE- Mental work and fatigue
UNIT VIII: PERSONALITY- Personality test for introversion and extroversion
B. (PSYCHOLOGICAL PRACTICAL WITH APPARATUS)
UNIT XI: MIRROR DRAWING APPARATUS- Trial and Error learning and Bilateral transfer
UNIT X: PUNCH BOARD MAZE OR OTHER MAZE- Maze learning
UNIT XI: TACHISTOSCOPE- Spans of Attention, Span of Apprehension
UNIT XII: MEMORY DRUM- Memorization between meaningful materials and nonsense materials
REFERENCE
1. Woods Worth R.S. and Schlosberg, H. Experimental Psychology, London, Methuen
2. Postman, L and Egan, J.P. Experimental Psychology, Ludhiana, Harper and Row, Kalyani Publishers
3. Postman Egan. Experimental Psychology – An Introduction Ludhiana, Kalyani Publishers
4. Das, P.C. Experiment and Measurement in Education and Psychology, Guwahati, ABD
5. Saikia, L.R. Psychological and Statistical Experiment in Education, Guwahati
6. Meguigam, F.J. Experimental Psychology, New Delhi, Prentice Hall of India
7. Fox, Charles. A Text Book of Practical Psychology, New Dehli, Akansha publishing house
8. Nataraj, P. Manuals of Experiments in Psychology, Mysore, Srinivasa Publications
DSE-1: CHILD PSYCHOLOGY (OPTIONAL)

Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the importance of child psychology and the need of guidance for
child development.
2. To have an understanding about children and new insight about them.
3. To develop a sensitively towards the needs and rights of children.
4. To understand the importance of play in child development.
UNIT I: HISTORICAL DEVELOPMENT OF CHILD PSYCHOLOGY

1. Meaning, Nature and Scope of Child Psychology
2. Historical perspective of development of knowledge of child Psychology
3. Methods used in Child Psychology
4. Significance of Child Psychology
UNIT II: GROWTH & DEVELOPMENT DURING EARLY CHILDHOOD
1. Pre-natal, Neo-natal & Post-natal
2. Development Patterns during early childhood
- Physical
- Emotional
- Social
- Language
3. Early Socialization Process
22
4. Role of Play in early childhood
UNIT III: SOME COMMON CHILDHOOD PROBLEMS
1. Problems of discipline
- Behaviours and adjustment problems (anger, aggression, truancy)
2. Deficiency & deprivations during childhood
- Natural
- Physiological
- Socio-economic
- Social adjustment problem (shyness, hesitation, jealousy)
3. Prevention & correction of these problems, Role of Education.
UNIT IV: FACTORS AFFECTING CHILD DEVELOPMENT
1. Home/family: parental attitude towards a child: Acceptance & Rejection Problems of children of
working mothers
2. School: Peer-group influences, Teacher-and-taught relations, School environment, Effects of reward and
punishment
3. Society: Influence of mass media: Radio, TV, Computer, Internet
REFERENCE
1. Chaube, S.P. Child psychology, Lakshmi Narayan Agarwal, Educational Publishers Agra
2. Chauhan, S.S. Advanced Educational Psychology, Vikash Publishing House, New Delhi
3. Goswami, G. Child Development and Child Care, Arun Prakashan, Guwahati
4. Kale, S.V. Child Psychology & child Guidance, Himalaya Publishing House,Mumbai
5. Kumar, L.N. Development Psychology, Agarwal Educational Publishers,Agra-
6. Thompson, G. Child Psychology, 2nd Edition, Surajeet Publication, 1981
DSE-2: CONTINUING EDUCATION AND DISTANCE EDUCATION (OPTIONAL)

GROUP- A
(CONTINUING EDUCATION)
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the concept of continuing education and its relevance to
the changing society
2. To acquaint the students with methods and techniques of continuing education
3. To make the students understand the development of Adult Education in India, Kinds of Adult
Education Programme in India and the major problems conformating adult education
4. To enable the students to understand the meaning, characteristics, merits and demerits of distance
education and its growth in India
23
5. To acquaint the students with the different forms of instructional strategies in distance education
along with the distance mode of learning
UNIT 1: CONTINUING EDUCATION

1. Continuing Education- its meaning and scope
2. Different aspects of continuing Education – Fundamental Education, Adult Education, Social
Education and Extension Education – their meaning and nature.
3. Agencies of Continuing Education
4. Role of University in adult/continuing education
5. Significance / importance of Continuing Education
UNIT II: CONTINUING EDUCATION METHODOLOGIES

1. Different methods of Continuing Education
2. Role of Mass Media in Continuing Education
3. Strategies and devices of Continuing Education
4. Methods of Teaching Adults
UNIT III: ADULT EDUCATION

1. Development of Adult Education in India
2. Kinds of adult education programme in India
3. Functional Literacy programme — Role of National Literacy Mission (NLM) Total Literacy Programme
/ Campaign
4. Planning adult education programme in India for rural women
5. Problems of Adult Education in post independent India and their solutions
GROUP-B
(DISTANCE EDUCATION)
UNIT IV: DISTANCE EDUCATION AND ITS DEVELOPMENT

1. Distance Education-meaning, Characteristics and teaching –learning components
2. Distinction Education open learning and distance education.
3. Need and importance of distance education
4. Structures of IGNOU’s distance learning programmes
5. Growth of distance education Distance teaching- learning system in India
6. Distance education and the goals of equality of opportunity
7. Merits and demerits of distance education
UNIT V: INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES IN EDUCATION
1. Different forms of instructional materials in Distance Education
2. Non print media- Radio and Television
3. Information and Communication Technology (ICT) and their application in Distance Education
UNIT VI: DISTANCE MODE OF LEARNING
1. The content, methodology of design of student support services in distance education and their
management
24
2. Distance Education and rural development
3. Role of distance education in teacher training programme
4. Role of distance Education in the promotion of women education.
REFERENCE
1. Styler, W.E. — Adult Education in India, London Oxford University Press
2. Rogers, Alam — Teaching Adults, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
3. Thakur, Devendra — Adult Education and Mass Literacy, New Delhi, Deep and Deep
Publications
4. Sharma, Madhulika — Distance Education, Concepts and Principles, New Delhi, Kanishka
Publishers
5. Pramji, S — Distance Education, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers Pvt. Ltd.
6. Ansari, N.A — Adult Education in India, New Delhi, S. Chand and Company Ltd.
7. Saiyadin, M.S. – Challenges in Adult Educations, New Delhi, Macmillian India Ltd.
8. Mohanty, S.B. — Life Long and Adult Education, New Delhi, Ashish Publishing House
9. S Goswami, D — Literacy and Development, Guwahati, DVS Publishers
SEMESTER-VI
C-13: ENVIRONMENTAL AND POPULATION EDUCATION
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the meaning of environment.
2. To enable the students to understand the components of environment and the effects of its degradation,
the importance of environmental education and sustainable development.
3. To enable the students to know about population growth and its adverse effects.
4. To enable the students to realize the importance of population education in different level at school.
3. Role of NGO
25
UNIT V: POPULATION AND QUALITY OF LIFE
UNIT VI: POPULATION EDUCATION IN SCHOOL
1. Population Education in Different Levels—Primary, Secondary and Higher
2. Teacher Role in Creating Awareness of Population Problems
3. Government Efforts in Controlling High Population Growth in India
REFERENCE
C-14: PROJECT WORK

Each student has to complete one project related to any area having educational significance to be evaluated by-
Head or nominee of HoD, External examiner and Supervisor jointly through viva-voice test).
The project work will have to be completed according to following steps :
• Selection of the Topic
• Introduction
• Educational importance of the selected topic
• Location of the selected topic
• Delimitation of the study
• Objectives of the study
• Collection of data with proper tools
• Organization of data, analysis and drawing conclusions with findings
• Writing the report
..............................................................................................................................................
MARKS DISTRIBUTION
• PROJECT REPORT: 40 ( EXTERNAL ONLY)
• VIVA-VOCE ON THE PROJECT REPORT: 20 ( EXTERNAL EXAMINER )
• CONTINUOUS EVALUATION: 20 (SUPERVISOR ONLY)
• PROJECT REPORT : 20 ( Head or Nominee of HoD & supervisor)
26
DSE-3: SPECIAL EDUCATION (OPTIONAL)
OBJECTIVES:
1. To help the students to understand the meaning and importance of special education.
2. To acquaint the students with the different government policies and legislations regarding persons
with disabilities
3. To familiarise the students with the different types of special children with their behavioural
characteristics.
4. To enable the students to know about the different issues, education provisions and support services of
special children.
UNIT I: SPECIAL EDUCATION
1. Special Education-Meaning, scope and objectives
2. Basic principles of Special Education
3. Importance of Special Education
4. Special Education Services
5. Development of Special Education with reference to India
UNIT II: GOVERNMENT POLICIES AND PROGRAMMES AND SPECIAL EDUCATION
1. Objectives of education for challenged children in the International year of Disabled
Persons,1981 with specific reference to India
2. National Policy on Education 1986
3. The Integrated Education Scheme 1992 for the Mildly Challenged
4. Human Rights as per the UN Standard Rules 1994
5. The Persons with Disabilities (PWD) Act 1995
UNIT III: PHYSICALLY CHALLENGED CHILD
1. Physically Challenged Child-Definitions and types
2. Psychological and Behavioural Characteristics
3. Educational programmes
UNIT IV: MENTALLY RETARDED AND EMOTIONALLY DISTURBED CHILD
1. Mentally Retarded-Definitions and types
2. Psychological and Behavioural Characteristics
3. Educational Programmes
4. Emotionally Disturbed Child-Definitions and Types
UNIT V: CHILD WITH LEARNING DISABILITY
27
1. Child with learning Disability-- Definitions and types
2. Psychological and behavioural characteristics
3. Educational programmes
UNIT VI: EDUCATIONAL INTERVENTION AND ISSUES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION

1. Nature and objectives of special schools
2. Support services provided in these schools
3. Concept of remedial teaching (for LD children)
4. Role of school, family and community in educating exceptional child
5. Teacher Education for special schools
6. Concept of mainstreaming, Labeling Integrated schools, inclusive education, De-institutionalization
REFERENCE
1. Bhargava, M — Exceptional Children, Agra H.P. Bhargava Book House
2. Chapman, E.K. — Visually Handicapped Children and Young People, London, Routhedga and Kegan
Paul.
3. Kotwal, P. — Special Education, Delhi – Authors Press.
4. Mangal, S.K. — Educating Exceptional Children – An Introduction to Special Education, New
Delhi, PHI Pvt. Ltd.
5. Kar, Chintamani — Exceptional Children – Their Psychology and Education, New Delhi, Sterling
Publishing Pvt. Ltd.
_______________________________________________________________________
DSE-4: ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (OPTIONAL)
OBJECTIVES:
1. To enable students to know about Meaning and Concept of abnormal psychology
2. To enable to know about the process of adjustment and mental health
3. To provide knowledge about incidence and hospitalization
UNIT I: ABNORMAL BEHAVIOUR
1. Meaning of abnormal behaviour
2. Popular beliefs and misconception of abnormal behaviour
3. Concept of abnormality
4. Classification of the abnormal behaviours
5. General causes of abnormal behaviour
UNIT II: ADJUSTMENT PROCESS
1. Meaning of adjustment process
2. Concept of frustration and conflict
28
3. Reaction to frustration
4. Problems of personal adjustment
5. Adjustment with self and situations prevailing at home, school and environment
UNIT III: MENTAL HEALTH AND HYGIENE
1. Concept of mental health and hygiene
2. Scope of mental hygiene
3. Mental health and hygiene
4. Mental deficiency
5. Anti social activity
UNIT IV: PSYCHONEUROSIS AND PSYCHOSES
1. Meaning of psychoneurosis and psychoses
2. Hysteria
3. Anxiety
4. Obsessive compulsive neurosis
5. Phobias
6. Manic depressive psychoses
UNIT V: INCIDENCE AND CARE OF MENTAL PATIENT
1. Hospitalisation and treatment
2. Psycho theraphy hypnosis and psycho analysis
REFERENCE
1. S.K. Mangal: Abnormal psychology
2. S.P. Chaube: Abnormal psychology
______________________________________________________________________________
29
New Syllabus
B.A. Regular Course (Education)
Semeste Core Course (12) Ability Skill Elective: Generic

r Enhancement Enhancemen Discipline Elective
Compulsory t Course Specific GE-(2)
Course (AECC) (2) (SEC) (2) DSE(4)
English/Hindi/ (English/Hindi/MIL
MIL-I Communication)
I DSC-1 A: Introduction
to Education
DSC- 2 A: Other subject
Hindi/MIL/
English-I
DSC- 1B Philosophical
and Sociological Environmental
II foundation of Education Science
DSC-2 B: Other subject
English/Hindi/ SEC-1
III MIL-2 Value
DSC-1 C Education
Educational Psychology
DSC-2 C
Other subject
Hindi/MIL/ SEC-2
IV English-2 Method and
DSC-1 D Techniques of
Environmental and Teaching
Population Education
DSC-2 D
Other subject
SEC-3 DSE-1 A GE-1
V Life Skill Educational Introduction
Education Guidance and to Education
Counseling
DSE-2
SEC- 4 DSE-1 B GE-2
VI Education and Educational Developmen
Human Rights Management t of
and Education in
Administration India
DSE-2 B
1
SEMESTER- I
DSC- 1 A: INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION
Objectives:
3. To familiarized students with modern trends of education and human rights education. Knowledge
about the concept of freedom and discipline.
2. Aims of Education- Individual, Social, Vocational and Culture
3. Aims of Education in Democratic country
- Pupils
- Teacher
- Curriculum
2. Discipline and Order
REFERENCE
2
SEMESTER - II
DSC- 1B: PHILOSOPHICAL AND SOCIOLOGICAL FOUNDATION OF EDUCATION
Objectives:
1. To develop understand the meaning, aims, objectives, and functions of education.
2. To develop understanding of the roles of philosophy and sociology of education.
3. To develop an understanding of the attempts of some great educators for the evolution of sound
philosophy of education and better understanding of the process of education
4. To develop understanding of major components in education and their interrelationship.
5. To develop knowledge of the structure and functions of the society and the process of social
interaction for a change towards better
UNIT I: INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION
1. Concept of education
- Education as a Science.
- Education as a social process
- Education as human resource development
2. Aims of education
- Purpose, goals, aims and objectives of education at different levels starting from primary to
higher education
3. The functions of Education
- Individual development (Development of skill, basic knowledge, interest and appreciation)
- Acquaintance with heritage, (preservation and transmission)
- Development of human values, (Social, moral and Aesthetic)
- Acquisition of skills leading to self-actualization and successful living
- Social cohesion and social progress
UNIT II: PHILOSOPHY AND EDUCATION
1. Meaning, nature & scope of philosophy
2. Relationship between education and philosophy
3. Some major schools of Philosophy: Idealism, Naturalism, Realism, and Pragmatism - their
contribution to present day education
4. Emergence of educational thoughts through the works of great educators like Rousseau, Froebel,
Dewey, Tagore and Gandhi
UNIT III: EDUCATION AND SOCIOLOGY
1. Nature and scope of educational Sociology
2. Need for sociological approach in Education
3
3. Education as social heritage; education as an instrument of social change, education as a factor of
social change, education as a reflection of social change.
UNIT VI: SOCIAL GROUPS
1. Primary and Secondary groups: meaning, characteristics, types and their differences
2. Social Interaction and Social Stratification
REFERENCE
1. Bhatia, K & Bhatia, B. The Philosophical and Sociological foundations of Education
2. Elias, J.L., Marriam, S.B., Philosophical Foundation of Adult Education. Second Edition.
3. Pathak, R.P., Philosophical and Sociological foundations of Education, Published by Kanishka
Publishers.
4. Singh, Y.K., Sociological foundations of Education. APH Publishing.
4
SEMESTER- III
DSC-1 C: EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the relation between education and psychology and different
methods of educational psychology.
2. To enable the students to understand learning, process, memory, attention, instinct and emotion.
3. To acquaint the students with the concept of personality, type and trait theories.
4. To understand the concept of intelligence - nature and different theories.
5. To understand the nature of creative talent and processes and of creative individuals and the
implication for indentifying and nurturing such talent.
6. To enable the students to understand the concept of mental health and hygiene for promotion of
mental health
UNIT I: PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION
1. Concept of psychology and its nature
2. Schools of psychology: Functionalism, Behaviorism, Gestaltism, Psycho-Analysis
3. Importance of Psychological thinking in Education
4. Educational Psychology: Meaning and Definition, Nature and Scope
5. Relation between Education and Psychology
6. Application of Educational Psychology in classroom teaching.
UNIT II: DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
1. Physical, Mental, Social and Emotional Development at various stages: Infancy, Childhood,
Adolescence
2. Factors affecting development: Home, School, Society
3. Role of Heredity and Environment and its developmental implications
UNIT III: LEARNING
1. Meaning and nature of learning
2. Learning and Maturation
3. Factors Affecting Learning: Home, School, Mass Media, Intelligence
4. Domains of Learning: Cognitive, Affective, Psycho- motor
5. Motivation and Learning
6. Role of Attention and Interest in learning
UNIT IV: MEMORY AND FORGETTING
1. Meaning, Factors &Types of Memory
2. Meaning & Causes of Forgetting
3. Measures to improve Memory
UNIT V: PERSONALITY
5
1. Meaning, Definition and Characteristics of personality
2. Theories of Personality: Type Theory- Seldon and Jung, Trait Theory- Adler and Roger, Psycho-
Analytic Theory- Freud
3. Concept of balanced mature personality
4. Instincts and Emotions: Meaning and Characteristics
5. Relation between Instinct and Emotion.
REFERENCE
1. Skinner, Charles E. – Educational Psychology

2. Hunt, M.P. – Psychological Foundations of Education.
3. Whittakar – Introduction to Psychology.
4. Safaya, R.N, Shukla, C.S and Bhatia, B.D. – Modern Educational Psychology
SEC- 1: VALUE EDUCATION

UNIT I: CONCEPTS AND APPROACHES
1. Meaning, needs, importance & types of value education
2. Development of value education
3. Value of education for human development
4. Approaches to value education
UNIT II: IMPARTING VALUES INTO THE CURRICULUM
1. Value-oriented education
2. Teaching value through core subject
3. Value development through co-curricular/co-scholarstic activities
4. Methods of imparting value education at primary & secondary education
5. Teacher as value facilitator
UNIT III: SCHOOL SPACES AND ENVIRONMENT
1. Value and the school environment
2. Home-school-community partnerships
3. Values through partnership
4. Learning from people, events and stories prayer and songs in value education
REFERENCE
1. Bhatia, K.K., Principles and Practice of Education
2. Raymot, T. The Principles of Education
3. Agarwalla, S. Foundation of Educational Theories and Principles
__________________________________________________________________________
6
SEMESTER- IV
DSC-1 D: ENVIRONMENTAL AND POPULATION EDUCATION
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the concept, scope and importance of environmental education.
2. To enable the students to understand the programmes of environmental education at different levels
of education.
3. To make the students aware of environmental stressors and knowledge on disaster management
education.
4. To enable the students to understand the effect of population growth on poverty, health and hygiene
5. To enable the students to understand the importance of population education in school levels
3. Role of NGO
UNIT V: POPULATION AND QUALITY OF LIFE
UNIT VI: POPULATION EDUCATION IN SCHOOL
1. Population Education in Different Levels—Primary, Secondary and Higher
2. Teacher Role in Creating Awareness of Population Problems
3. Government Efforts in Controlling High Population Growth in India
7
REFERENCE
SEC - 2: METHODS AND TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING

Objectives:
1. To acquaint the students with the teaching and learning process, factors of learning and marks of
good teaching.
2. To develop an understanding of the principles of teaching, various devices and styles of teaching.
3. To understand about teaching effectiveness and classroom management.
4. To acquaint with the lesson planned preparation.
UNIT I: FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF TEACHING AND LEARNING
a. Meaning and nature of teaching
b. Marks of good teaching
c. Nature of teaching
d. Maxims of teaching
UNIT II: METHODS OF TEACHING
1. Effectives teaching methods for classrooms: Lecture method, Demonstration, Group discussion,
Conference, Seminar, Symposium, Workshop, Brainstorming
2. Needs of evaluations, continuous and comprehension
UNIT III: USES OF TEACHING AIDS
1. Importance of teaching aids in classroom
2. Use of videotape, CCTV, EDUSAT, E-learning, Virtual classroom, Tele-conferencing, Internet,
Projector
UNIT IV: LESSON PLANNING
1. Meaning and characteristics of a good lesson plan
2. Knowledge lesson, skill lesson and appreciation lesson
3. Preparation of a lesson plan (any method subject)
REFERENCE
1. Adam, J. Modern developments in educational practices. London: University of London press
2. Bhatia & Bhatia: The principles and methods of teaching, Doaba House, Delhi
3. Kocchar, S.K. Methods and Techniques of teaching, Sterling publishers Pvt. Ltd
8
4. Panton, J.H. Modern teaching; Practice and Techinques, London, Longmans.
SEMESTER- V
9
SEC- 3: LIFE SKILL EDUCATION
UNIT I: CONCEPT OF SKILL

1. Meaning, importance & needs of life skill
2. Types of skills- Literacy skills, Vocational skills, Language skills, Functional skills, Sports skills,
Cultural skills, Recreation skill, Life skills- their importance
UNIT II: LIFE SKILL EDUCATION
1. Meaning and needs of life skill education
2. Types of life skills- Decision making, Problem solving, Creative Thinking, Critical thinking,
Effective communication, Interpersonal relationship skills, Self awareness skill, skill of Empathy,
Skill of coping with emotions, skill of coping with stress
3. Methods of life skills education imparted in schools
4. Role of teachers in life skill education
5. Development of life skills and professional practice
REFERENCE
1. Dash, B.N. Foundation of Education
2. Verma, S. Development of life skills and professional practice, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd
3. Thomas, G. Life Skill Education, Shirpa Publisher
DSE-1A: EDUCATIONAL GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING
Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the concept, nature, scope, need and importance of guidance.
2. To enable the students to understand the meaning, purpose and functions of different types of
guidance.
3. To enable the students to understand about the different types of guidance programmes and their
organization.
4. To enable the students to understand the meaning, nature, objectives, need and importance, types,
steps, and techniques to counselling.
5. To enable the students to understand the relationship of guidance and counseling, their problems and
ways for improvement.
UNIT I: CONCEPT OF GUIDANCE
1 Meaning, nature & scope of guidance
2 Philosophical, psychological and sociological bases of guidance
10
3 Need and importance of educational guidance services in schools
UNIT II: CONCEPT OF VOCATIONAL GUIDANCE
1 Vocational guidance: Meaning, nature and scope
2 Purpose and functions of vocational guidance
3 Relationship between educational and vocational guidance, relationship between vocational guidance
and work education
4 Job analysis and occupational information services
UNIT III: EDUCATIONAL GUIDANCE
1 Educational Guidance Meaning purpose and functions
2 Guidance in Elementary School
3 Guidance in Secondary School
4 Basic data necessary for educational guidance – pupils’ abilities, aptitudes, interests and attitudes,
educational attainments and personality traits
5 Construction, administration and interpretations of- cumulative record cards, individual inventories.
UNIT IV: CONCEPT OF COUNSELLING
1 Meaning, nature and scope, needs and importance, different type of counseling
2 Various steps and techniques of counseling
3 Necessary qualities (personal and professional) of a good counselor. Role of the counselor in
secondary schools. Relationship between guidance, counseling and teaching
4 Diagnostic and remedial measures: Special provisions for deviant children to enable them face
problems of the daily life. Gifted and creative children
UNIT V: ORGANISATION OF GUIDANCE PROGRAMME
1. Principles of organization
2. Group guidance
3. Individual inventory
4. Information orientation service
5. Placement services and
6. Follow up services
REFERENCE
1 Crow, L.D.I., Crow, A — An Introduction to Guidance.

2 Bhatia, K.K. — Principles of Guidance and Counselling, Kalyani Publishers, 2009.
3 Agarwal, Rashmi — Educational Vocational Guidance and Counselling;Principles, Techniques
and Programmes, Shipra Publication, 2010.
4 Charles Kiruba & Jyothsna, N.G. — Guidance and Counselling, Neelkamal, Publication Pvt. Ltd.
First Edition, 2011
5 Madhukar, I — Guidance and Counselling, New Delhi, Authors Press.
11
6 Mc. Daniel, H.B. — Guidance in the Modern School. New York, Rinechart and
Winston.
7 Traxler, A.E. and North, R.D. — Techniques of Guidance, New York, Harper and R.W.
8 Gururani, G.D — Guidance and Counselling, Educational, Vocational and Career
Planning, New Delhi, Akansha Publishing House.
GE- 1: INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION
Objectives:
3. To familiarized students with modern trends of education and human rights education.
2. Aims of education- Individual, Social, Vocational and Culture
- Pupils
- Teacher
- Curriculum
12
REFERENCE
SEMESTER- VI
SEC- 4: EDUCATION AND HUMAN RIGHTS
UNIT I: CONCEPT OF HUMAN RIGHT

1 Concept, Meaning & Characteristics of Human Rights
13
2 Brief history of Human Rights
3 Universal Declaration of Human Rights
4 Human Rights and Indian Constitution
5 National Development of Human Rights
6 Assam State Human Rights Commission
UNIT II: EDUCATION AND HUMAN RIGHTS
1 Aims & objectives of education for Human Rights
2 Child Rights and Democratic Education
3 Methods of teaching Human Rights
4 Role of educational institutions in promoting Human Rights
UNIT III: EDUCATION AND WOMEN EMPOWERMENT
1. Needs and significance of women empowerment
2. Role of education in women empowerment
3. Government efforts for achieving quality life
4. Equality of opportunities and social justice in relation to Education
REFERENCE
1 Aggarwal, J.C., Education in the Emerging Indian Society. Shipra Publications
2 Aggarwal, S. Development of Education in India. Distributors bookland.
DSE 1 B: EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT AND ADIMINSTRATION

Objectives:
1. To enable the students to understand the basic concepts of management, organization and
administration
2. To provide knowledge on Types, Principles and Functions of Educational Management
3. To infuse knowledge on educational supervision, institutional planning and educational
administrative structure of India in general and Assam in particular.
UNIT I: EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT

1 Concept of Educational Management: Meaning, Nature, Need and Scope
2 Difference between educational management, administration and school organization
3 Educational administration vs. school administration
4 Characteristics of successful Educational management
5 Types of Educational Management: Centralized and Decentralized, External and Internal.
Authoritarian/Autocratic and Democratic, Dynamic/Creative and Laissez-faire.
14
UNIT II: FUNCTIONS OF EDUCATIONAL MANAGEMENT
1 Functions of Educational Management- Planning, Organization, Directing and Controlling
2 Role of Head of the institution and teacher in Management
UNIT III: EDUCATIONAL SUPERVISION
1 Meaning and Definitions of Educational Supervision
2 Features of Educational Supervision
3 Objectives and Principles of Educational Supervision
4 Functions of Educational Supervision.
UNIT IV: INSTITUTIONAL PLANNING
1 Institutional Planning – meaning, nature and characteristics
2 Types of Institutional Planning
3 Steps in Institutional Planning
4 Importance of Institutional Planning
5 Educational planning – School Time table and co-curricular activities
UNIT V: ADMINISTRATIVE STRUCTURE OF EDUCATION IN INDIA AND ASSAM
1 Educational structure of education in the Central Government- role of MHRD
2 Central –State relation in Education in India Statutory/Autonomous Organization
3 Some problems of Educational Administration
4 Administration of School Education in Assam
REFERENCE
1. Krishnamacharyulu, V. - School Management and System of Education, Neelkamal
Publication PVT. LTD. Hyderabad
2. Sharma, R.A. — Educational Administration and Management Meerut, Surya Publication.
3. Aggarwal, J.C. — Educational Technology and Management, Agra, Vinod Pustak Mandir
4. Harold, J & Elsabree Willard, S — Elementary School Administration and Supervision, Eurasia
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
5. Mukherji, S.N. — Administration, Planning and Finance (Theory & Practices) Acharya Book
Depot, Baroda.
GE-2: DEVELOPMENT OF EDUCATION IN INDIA
Objectives:
15
Indian Education.
education.
GROUP- A
2. Buddhist Education: Aims of Education, curriculum, Relevance of concepts like Madhyama
Pratipada, Pratityasumutpad, the four eternal truth
GROUP- B
3. Charter Act1813, Macaulay’s Minutes, Wood’s Education Despatch, Report of Hunter’s
Commission, Movement for Compulsory Education, Gokhale’s Bill, University Education
Commission 1902, Calcutta University Commission 1917, Hartog Committee Report 1929, National
Education Movements towards development of a national system of education, Gurukul Kangri,
Jamia Milla Islamia, National Council of Education, Gujarat Vidyapith, Basic Education, Visva-
Bharati
REFERENCE
1 Aggarwal, J.C. Development of Education in India, Shirpa Publication.
2 Aggarwal, S.P. Development of Education in India: A Historical Survey of Educational Documents
16
17
B. A. Honours in English (CBCS)
Complete Course Structure
Semesters CORE COURSE (14) Ability Skill Elective: Elective: Generic
Enhancement Enhancement Discipline (GE) (4)
Compulsory Course Specific DSE (4)
Course (SEC) (2)
(AECC) (2)
C-1: Indian Classical English GE-1: Language

Literature Communicatio and Linguistics
I n
C -2 European Classical
Literature
C -3 Indian Writing in Environmental GE-

English Science 2:Contemporary
II India: Women
C -4 British Poetry
and
&Drama:14thto17th
Empowerment
Centuries
C -5 American Literature SEC- GE-3:Academic

1:English Writing
III C -6 Popular Literature
Language &Composition
C -7 British Poetry Teaching
&Drama:17th and18th
Centuries
C -8 British Literature: SEC-2: GE-4: Media &

18th Century Communication
IV Translation Skills
C -9 British Romantic Studies
Literature
C -10 British Literature:

19th Century
C-11 Women’s Writing DSE-1: Literary

Theory
V
C-12: British Literature: DSE-2: Literary
The Early 20th Century Criticism
C-13: Modern European DSE-3: World

Drama Literatures
VI
C-14: Postcolonial DSE-4: Modern
Literatures Indian Writing in
English Translation
Abbreviation Terms:
1
C=Core
ENG=English
GE=Generic Elective
H= Honours
Summary:
Semester-I
ENG-101H, C-1: Indian Classical Literature

ENG-102H, C-2: European Classical Literature
ENG103H, GE- 1: Language and Linguistics
ENG- 104H, AECC-1: English Communication
Semester-II
ENG-201H, C-3: Indian Writing in English
ENG-202H, C- 4: British Poetry and Drama: 14th to 17th Centuries
ENG-203H, GE- 2: Contemporary India: Women and Empowerment
ENG-204H, AECC-2: Environmental Science
Semester-III
ENG-301H, C-5: American Literature
ENG-302H, C- 6: Popular Literature
ENG-303H, C- 7: British Poetry and Drama: 17th and 18th Centuries
ENG-304H, SEC 1: English Language Teaching
ENG-305H, GE- 3: Academic Writing and Composition

Semester-IV
ENG-401H, C- 8: British Literature: 18th Century
ENG-402H, C-9: British Romantic Literature
ENG-403H, C- 10: British Literature: 19th Century
ENG-404H, SEC-2: Translation Studies

ENG-405H, GE- 4: Media and Communication Skills
Semester-V
ENG-501H, C- 11: Women’s Writing
ENG-502H, C-12: British Literature: The Early 20th Century
ENG-503H, DSE-1 Literary Theory
ENG-504H, DSE-2- Literary Criticism
2
Semester-VI
ENG-601H, C-13: Modern European Drama
ENG-602H, C-14: Postcolonial Literature
ENG-603H, DSE 3- World Literatures
ENG-604H, DSE 4- - Modern Indian Writing in English Translation
Detailed Syllabi
B. A. Honours in English (CBCS)
Semester- I
C-1: Indian Classical Literature

Credit 6=5+1 (L+T)
[Mark distribution: [100= 20 (Internal Assessment) + 80 (External Examination)]
Question Pattern: There will be four short notes for 20 marks carrying 5 marks each (4 X 5 = 20),
three short answer type questions for 24 marks carrying 8 marks each (3 X 8 = 24), and three
long type of questions for 36 marks carrying 12 marks each (3 X 12 = 36).]
1. Kalidasa: Abhijnana Shakuntalam, tr. Chandra Rajan, in Kalidasa: The Loom of Time
(New Delhi: Penguin, 1989).
2. Vyasa: ‘The Dicing’ and ‘The Sequel to Dicing, ‘The Book of the Assembly Hall’, ‘The
Temptation of Karna’, Book V ‘The Book of Effort’, in The Mahabharata: tr. and ed.
J.A.B. van Buitenen (Chicago: Brill, 1975) pp. 106–69.
3. Sudraka: Mrcchakatika, tr. M.M. Ramachandra Kale (New Delhi: Motilal
Banarasidass, 1962).
4. Ilango Adigal: ‘The Book of Banci’, in Cilappatikaram: The Tale of an Anklet, tr. R.
Parthasarathy (Delhi: Penguin, 2004) book 3.
Suggested Topics and Background Prose Readings for Class Presentations

Topics
The Indian Epic Tradition: Themes and Recensions
Classical Indian Drama: Theory and Practice
Alankara and Rasa
Dharma and the Heroic
3
Suggested Readings:
1. Bharata, Natyashastra, tr. Manomohan Ghosh, vol. I, 2nd edn (Calcutta:
Granthalaya, 1967) chap. 6: ‘Sentiments’, pp. 100–18.
2. Iravati Karve, ‘Draupadi’, in Yuganta: The End of an Epoch (Hyderabad: Disha,
1991) pp. 79–105.
3. J.A.B. Van Buitenen, ‘Dharma and Moksa’, in Roy W. Perrett, ed., Indian
Philosophy, vol. V, Theory of Value: A Collection of Readings (New York: Garland,
2000) pp. 33–40.
4. Vinay Dharwadkar, ‘Orientalism and the Study of Indian Literature’, in Orientalism
and the Postcolonial Predicament: Perspectives on South Asia, ed. Carol A.
Breckenridge and Peter van der Veer (New Delhi: OUP, 1994) pp. 158–95.
C-2: European Classical Literature

Credit 6=5+1 (L+T)
1. Homer. The Iliad, tr. E.V. Rieu (Harmondsworth: Penguin,1985).

2. Sophocles. Oedipus the King, tr. Robert Fagles in Sophocles: The Three Theban
Plays (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1984).
3. Plautus. Pot of Gold, tr. E.F. Watling (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1965).
4. Ovid. Selections from Metamorphoses ‘Bacchus’, (Book III), ‘Pyramus and Thisbe’
(Book IV), ‘Philomela’ (Book VI), tr. Mary M. Innes (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1975).
5. Horace. Satires I: 4, in Horace: Satires and Epistles and Persius: Satires, tr. Niall
Rudd (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 2005).

Topics
The Epic
Comedy and Tragedy in Classical Drama
The Athenian City State
Catharsis and Mimesis
4
Satire
Literary Cultures in Augustan Rome
Suggested Readings:
1. Aristotle, Poetics, translated with an introduction and notes by Malcolm Heath,
(London: Penguin, 1996) chaps. 6–17, 23, 24, and 26.
2. Plato, The Republic, Book X, tr. Desmond Lee (London: Penguin, 2007).
3. Horace, Ars Poetica, tr. H. Rushton Fairclough, Horace: Satires, Epistles and Ars
Poetica (Cambridge Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2005) pp. 451–73.
GE- 1: Language and Linguistics
Credit: 6= 5+1 (L+T)
Unit-1 20 marks
Language and Linguistics: Introduction
General History of the origin of language; language and meaning;signifier/signified; definition
and scope of linguistics.
Unit-2 20 marks
Phonology : Phonological Structure of the English Language; Articulation of vowels,
consonants, semi-vowels; organs of speech; intonation, rhythm, stress; phonetic and phonemic
transcription
Unit-3 20 marks
Morphology : Definition, relation with phonetics, the morphology of plural and past forms in
English, morph and morpheme
Unit-4 20 marks
Sociolinguistics :Dialect, sociolect, idiolect, registers, langue and parole, pidgin and creole,
competence and performance
Unit-5 10 marks
5
Syntax: Immediate Constituent Analysis, structuralism, deep structure, surface structure
Unit-6 10 marks
Rhetoric and Prosody: Figures of speech, metre
Suggested Readings:
Abercombie, D. Elements of General Phonetics, Edinburg University Press
Abrams, M.H. A Glossary of Literary Terms. Fort Worth: Harcourt Brace College Pub.,
1993 (Any edition)

Balasubamaniam. ATextbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students, Chennai:Macmillan, 1981
Crystal, David. Linguistics. Pelican, 1971.
Lyons, John. Language and Linguistics: An Introduction, Cambridge: CUP, 1981.
Romaine, Suzanne. Language in Society: An Introduction to Sociolinguistics, New Delhi: OUP,
1994.
Sinha, Manindranath. A Manual of Rhetoric and Prosody. Bareilly: Prakash Book Depot
6
Semester- II
C-3: Indian Writing in English
Credit 6=5+1 (L+T)
Question Patternfor external: There will be four short notes for 20 marks carrying 5 marks each
(4 X 5 = 20), three advance short type/explanatory questions for 24 marks providing 8 marks
each (3 X 8 = 24), and three long type of questions for 36 marks carrying 12 marks each (3 X 12
= 36).]
Fiction: 40 marks
1. R.K. Narayan: Swami and Friends

2. Anita Desai: In Custody
Poetry: 60 marks
3. H.L.V. Derozio: ‘Freedom to the Slave’, ‘The Orphan Girl’
4. Kamala Das: ‘Introduction’, ‘My Grandmother’s House’
5. Nissim Ezekiel: ‘Enterprise’, ‘The Night of the Scorpion’
6. Robin S. Ngangom: The Strange Affair of Robin S. Ngangom’, ‘A Poem for Mother’
7. Mulk Raj Anand: ‘Two Lady Rams’
8. Salman Rushdie: ‘The Free Radio’
9. Rohinton Mistry ‘Swimming Lesson’
10. Shashi Despande ‘The Intrusion’
Topics
Indian English
Indian English Literature and its Readership
Themes and Contexts of the Indian English Novel
The Aesthetics of Indian English Poetry
Modernism in Indian English Literature
Suggested Readings:
1. Raja Rao, Foreword to Kanthapura (New Delhi: OUP, 1989) pp. v–vi.
2. Salman Rushdie, ‘Commonwealth Literature does not exist’, in Imaginary
7
Homelands (London: Granta Books, 1991) pp. 61–70.
3. Meenakshi Mukherjee, ‘Divided by a Common Language’, in The Perishable Empire
(New Delhi: OUP, 2000) pp.187–203.
4. Bruce King, ‘Introduction’, in Modern Indian Poetry in English (New Delhi: OUP, 2nd
edn, 2005) pp. 1–10.
C- 4: British Poetry and Drama: 14th to 17th Centuries

Credit 6=5+1 (L+T)
UNIT 1: (50 marks)
1. Geoffrey Chaucer The Wife of Bath’s Prologue
2. Edmund Spenser Selections from Amoretti:
Sonnet LXVII ‘Like as a huntsman...’
Sonnet LVII ‘Sweet warrior...’
Sonnet LXXV ‘One day I wrote her name...’
3. John Donne ‘The Sunne Rising’
‘Batter My Heart’
‘Valediction: forbidding mourning’
UNIT:2 (50 marks)
4. Christopher Marlowe Doctor Faustus
5. William Shakespeare Macbeth
6. William Shakespeare Twelfth Night
Topics
Renaissance Humanism
The Stage, Court and City
Religious and Political Thought
Ideas of Love and Marriage
The Writer in Society
Suggested Readings:
1. Pico Della Mirandola, excerpts from the Oration on the Dignity of Man, in The
Portable Renaissance Reader, ed. James Bruce Ross and Mary Martin McLaughlin
(New York: Penguin Books, 1953) pp. 476–9.
2. John Calvin, ‘Predestination and Free Will’, in The Portable Renaissance Reader,
ed. James Bruce Ross and Mary Martin McLaughlin (New York: Penguin Books,
8
1953) pp. 704–11.
3. Baldassare Castiglione, ‘Longing for Beauty’ and ‘Invocation of Love’, in Book 4 of
The Courtier, ‘Love and Beauty’, tr. George Bull (Harmondsworth: Penguin, rpt.
1983) pp. 324–8, 330–5.
4. Philip Sidney, An Apology for Poetry, ed. Forrest G. Robinson (Indianapolis: Bobbs-
Merrill, 1970) pp. 13–18.
GE 2: Contemporary India: Women and Empowerment

(UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+ UNIT 4 = 25+30+30+15=100)
Unit 1. 25 marks
Social Construction of Gender (Masculinity and Feminity),Patriarchy
Unit 2. 30 marks
History of Women's Movements in India (Pre-independence, post independence)
Women, Nationalism, Partition
Women and Political Participation
Unit 3. 30 marks
Women and Law
Women and the Indian Constitution
Personal Laws(Customary practices on inheritance and Marriage)
Tribal Customary laws of the North-east and women
(Supplemented by workshop on legal awareness)
Unit 4. 15 marks
Women and Environment
State interventions, Domestic violence, Female foeticide, sexual harassment
Female Voices: Sultana’s Dream
Semester -III
9
C-5: American Literature
Credit: 6=5+1 (L+T)
Unit 1: 35 marks
1. Tennessee Williams: The Glass Menagerie
2. Toni Morrison: Beloved
Unit 2: 35 marks
3. Edgar Allan Poe: ‘The Purloined Letter’
4. F. Scott Fitzgerald: ‘The Crack-up’
5. William Faulkner: ‘Dry September’
Unit 3: 30 marks
6. Anne Bradstreet ‘The Prologue’
7. Walt Whitman Selections from Leaves of Grass: ‘O Captain, My Captain’, ‘Passage to India’
(lines 1–68)
8. Alexie Sherman Alexie: ‘Crow Testament’, ‘Evolution’

Topics
The American Dream
Social Realism and the American Novel
Folklore and the American Novel
Black Women’s Writings
Questions of Form in American Poetry
Suggested Readings:
1. Hector St John Crevecouer, ‘What is an American’, (Letter III) in Letters from an
American Farmer (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1982) pp. 66–105.
2. Frederick Douglass, A Narrative of the life of Frederick Douglass (Harmondsworth:
Penguin, 1982) chaps. 1–7, pp. 47–87.
3. Henry David Thoreau, ‘Battle of the Ants’ excerpt from ‘Brute Neighbours’, in Walden
(Oxford: OUP, 1997) chap. 12.
10
4. Ralph Waldo Emerson, ‘Self Reliance’, in The Selected Writings of Ralph Waldo
Emerson, ed. with a biographical introduction by Brooks Atkinson (New York: The
Modern Library, 1964).
5. Toni Morrison, ‘Romancing the Shadow’, in Playing in the Dark: Whiteness and
Literary Imagination (London: Picador, 1993) pp. 29–39.
C- 6: Popular Literature
Credit: 6= 5+1 (L+T) 100 marks
1. Lewis Carroll Through the Looking Glass
2. Agatha Christie The Murder of Roger Ackroyd
3. Shyam Selvadurai Funny Boy
4. Durgabai Vyam and Subhash Vyam Bhimayana: Experiences of Untouchability/
Autobiographical Notes on Ambedkar (For the Visually Challenged students)
Topics
Coming of Age
The Canonical and the Popular
Caste, Gender and Identity
Ethics and Education in Children’s Literature
Sense and Nonsense
The Graphic Novel
Suggested Readings:
1. Chelva Kanaganayakam, ‘Dancing in the Rarefied Air: Reading Contemporary Sri
Lankan Literature’ (ARIEL, Jan. 1998) rpt, Malashri Lal, Alamgir Hashmi, and Victor
J. Ramraj, eds., Post Independence Voices in South Asian Writings (Delhi: Doaba
Publications, 2001) pp. 51–65.
2. Sumathi Ramaswamy, ‘Introduction’, in Beyond Appearances?: Visual Practices and
Ideologies in Modern India (Sage: Delhi, 2003) pp. xiii–xxix.
3. Leslie Fiedler, ‘Towards a Definition of Popular Literature’, in Super Culture:
American Popular Culture and Europe, ed. C.W.E. Bigsby (Ohio: Bowling Green
University Press, 1975) pp. 29–38.
4. Felicity Hughes, ‘Children’s Literature: Theory and Practice’, English Literary History,
11
C- 7: British Poetry and Drama: 17th and 18th Centuries (100 marks)
Credit: 6=5+1 (L+T)
1. John Milton: Paradise Lost Book 1

2. John Webster: The Duchess of Malfi
3. Aphra Behn: The Rover
4. Alexander Pope: The Rape of the Lock

Topics
Religious and Secular Thought in the 17th Century
The Stage, the State and the Market
The Mock-epic and Satire
Women in the 17th Century
The Comedy of Manners
Suggested Readings:
1. The Holy Bible, Genesis, chaps. 1–4, The Gospel according to St. Luke, chaps. 1–7
and 22–4.
2. Niccolo Machiavelli, The Prince, ed. and tr. Robert M. Adams (New York: Norton,
1992) chaps. 15, 16, 18, and 25.
3. Thomas Hobbes, selections from The Leviathan, pt. I (New York: Norton, 2006)
chaps. 8, 11, and 13.
4. John Dryden, ‘A Discourse Concerning the Origin and Progress of Satire’, in The
Norton Anthology of English Literature, vol. 1, 9th edn, ed. Stephen Greenblatt (New
York: Norton 2012) pp. 1767–8.
SEC-1: English Language Teaching
Credit: 2
Unit wise mark distribution:
(UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+ UNIT 4+ UNIT 5 = 10+10+10+10+10=50)
Unit 1. Knowing the Learner 10 marks
12
Unit 2. Structures of English Language 10 marks
Unit 3. Methods of teaching English Language and Literature 10 marks
Unit 4. a) Materials for Language Teaching 10 marks
b) Assessing Language Skills
unit 5. Using Technology in Language Teaching 10 marks
Suggested Readings:
1. Penny Ur, A Course in Language Teaching: Practice and Theory (Cambridge: CUP,
1996).
2. Marianne Celce-Murcia, Donna M. Brinton, and Marguerite Ann Snow, Teaching
English as a Second or Foreign Language (Delhi: Cengage Learning, 4th edn,
2014).
3. Adrian Doff, Teach English: A Training Course For Teachers (Teacher’s Workbook)
(Cambridge: CUP, 1988).
4. Business English (New Delhi: Pearson, 2008).
5. R.K. Bansal and J.B. Harrison, Spoken English: A Manual of Speech and Phonetics
(New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 4th edn, 2013).
6. Mohammad Aslam, Teaching of English (New Delhi: CUP, 2nd edn, 2009).
GE- 3: Academic Writing and Composition

(UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+ UNIT 4 + UNIT 5+ UNIT 6 = 15+15+15+20+20+15=`100)
Unit 1. Introduction to the Writing Process

Unit 2. Introduction to the Conventions of Academic Writing
Unit 3. Writing in one’s own words: Summarizing and Paraphrasing
Unit 4. Critical Thinking: Syntheses, Analyses, and Evaluation
Unit 5. Structuring an Argument: Introduction, Interjection, and Conclusion
Unit 6. Citing Resources; Editing, Book and Media Review
Suggested Readings:
1. Liz Hamp-Lyons and Ben Heasley, Study writing: A Course in Writing Skills for
Academic Purposes (Cambridge: CUP, 2006).
2. Renu Gupta, A Course in Academic Writing (New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 2010).
3. Ilona Leki, Academic Writing: Exploring Processes and Strategies (New York: CUP,
13
2nd edn, 1998).
4. Gerald Graff and Cathy Birkenstein, They Say/I Say: The Moves That Matter in
Semester-IV
C- 8: British Literature: 18th Century

Credit: 6 = 5+1 (L+T)
Fiction: 50 marks
1. William Congreve: The Way of the World
2. Jonathan Swift: Gulliver’s Travels (Books III and IV)
Poetry: 50 marks
3. Samuel Johnson: ‘London’
4. Thomas Gray: ‘Elegy Written in a Country Churchyard’
5. Laurence Sterne: The Life and Opinions of Tristram Shandy, Gentleman
Topics
The Enlightenment and Neoclassicism
Restoration Comedy
The Country and the City
The Novel and the Periodical Press
Suggested Readings:
1. Jeremy Collier, A Short View of the Immorality and Profaneness of the English Stage
(London: Routledge, 1996).
2. Daniel Defoe, ‘The Complete English Tradesman’ (Letter XXII), ‘The Great Law of
Subordination Considered’ (Letter IV), and ‘The Complete English Gentleman’, in
Literature and Social Order in Eighteenth-Century England, ed. Stephen Copley
(London: Croom Helm, 1984).
3. Samuel Johnson, ‘Essay 156’, in The Rambler, in Selected Writings: Samuel
Johnson, ed. Peter Martin (Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 2009) pp.
194–7; Rasselas Chapter 10; ‘Pope’s Intellectual Character: Pope and Dryden
Compared’, from The Life of Pope, in The Norton Anthology of English Literature, vol.
1, ed. Stephen Greenblatt, 8th edn (New York: Norton, 2006) pp. 2693–4, 2774–7.
C-9: British Romantic Literature
14
Poetry (100 marks)
1. William Blake: ‘The Lamb’,
‘The Chimney Sweeper’ (from The Songs of Innocence and The Songs of
Experience), ‘The Tyger’ (The Songs of Experience)
'Introduction’ to The Songs of Innocence
2. Robert Burns: ‘A Bard’s Epitaph’, ‘Scots Wha Hae’
3. William Wordsworth: ‘Tintern Abbey’, ‘Ode: Intimations of Immortality’
4. Samuel Taylor Coleridge: ‘Kubla Khan’, ‘Dejection: An Ode’, ‘Lord George Gordon’
5. Noel Byron: ‘Childe Harold’: canto III, verses 36–45
(lines 316–405); canto IV, verses 178–86 (lines 1594–674)
6. Percy Bysshe Shelley: ‘Ode to the West Wind’, ‘Ozymandias’, ‘Hymn to Intellectual
Beauty’
7. John Keats: ‘Ode to a Nightingale’, ‘To Autumn’, ‘On First Looking into Chapman’s Homer’
8. Mary Shelley: Frankenstein
Topics
Reason and Imagination
Conceptions of Nature
Literature and Revolution
The Gothic
The Romantic Lyric
Suggested Readings:
1. William Wordsworth: ‘Preface to Lyrical Ballads’, in Romantic Prose and Poetry, ed.
Harold Bloom and Lionel Trilling (New York: OUP, 1973) pp. 594–611.
2. John Keats, ‘Letter to George and Thomas Keats, 21 December 1817’, and ‘Letter to
Richard Woodhouse, 27 October, 1818’, in Romantic Prose and Poetry, ed.
Harold
Bloom and Lionel Trilling (New York: OUP, 1973) pp. 766–68, 777–8.
3. Jean-Jacques Rousseau, ‘Preface’ to Emile or Education, tr. Allan Bloom
(Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1991).
4. Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Biographia Literaria, ed. George Watson (London:
Everyman, 1993) chap. XIII, pp. 161–66.
15
C- 10: British Literature: 19th Century
Credit: 6 = 5+1 (L+T)
Fiction: 50 marks
1. Jane Austen: Pride and Prejudice
2. Charlotte Bronte: Jane Eyre
3. Charles Dickens: Hard Times
Poetry: 50 marks
4. Alfred Tennyson: ‘The Lady of Shalott’, ‘Ulysses’, ‘The Defence of Lucknow’,
5. Robert Browning: ‘My Last Duchess’, ‘The Last Ride Together’, ‘Fra Lippo Lippi’
6. Christina Rossetti: ‘The Goblin Market’

Topics
Utilitarianism
The 19th Century Novel
Marriage and Sexuality
The Writer and Society
Faith and Doubt
The Dramatic Monologue
Suggested Readings:
1. Karl Marx and Friedrich Engels: ‘Mode of Production: The Basis of Social Life’, ‘The
Social Nature of Consciousness’, and ‘Classes and Ideology’, in A Reader in
Marxist Philosophy, ed. Howard Selsam and Harry Martel (New York:
International Publishers,1963) pp. 186–8, 190–1, 199–201.
2. Charles Darwin: ‘Natural Selection and Sexual Selection’, in The Descent of Man in
The Norton Anthology of English Literature, 8th edn, vol. 2, ed. Stephen
Greenblatt (New York: Northon, 2006) pp. 1545–9.
3. John Stuart Mill, The Subjection of Women in Norton Anthology of English Literature,
8th edn, vol. 2, ed. Stephen Greenblatt (New York: Norton, 2006) chap. 1,
pp. 1061–9.
16
SEC-2: Translation Studies
Credit: 2
Unit wise mark distribution: (UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3 = 20+15+15=50)
Unit 1. Introducing Translation: a brief history and significance of translation in a multilinguistic

and multicultural society like India.
Unit 2. Exercises in different Types / modes of translation, such as:
a. Semantic / Literal translation
b. Free / sense/ literary translation
c. Functional / communicative translation
d. Technical / Official
e. Transcreation
f. Audio-visual translation
Unit 3. a. Introducing basic concepts and terms used in Translation Studies through relevant
tasks, for example:
Equivalence, Language variety, Dialect, Idiolect, Register, Style, Mode, Code
mixing / Switching.
b. Defining the process of translation (analysis, transference, restructuring) through
critical examination of standard translated literary/non-literary texts and critiquing
subtitles of English and Hindi films.
Practice: Translation in Mass Communication / Advertising, subtitling, dubbing,

1. Exercises to comprehend _Equivalence in translation‘: Structures (equivalence
between the source language and target language at the lexical (word) and
syntactical (sentence) levels. This will be done through tasks of retranslation and
recreation, and making comparative study of cultures and languages.
Practice: Tasks of Translation in Business: Advertising
2. Discussions on issues of _Translation and Gender‘by attempting translation for
media, films and advertisements from different languages.
3. Developing skills for Interpreting: understanding its dynamics and challenges.
Interpreting: Simultaneous and Consecutive (practical application)
Practice: Using tools of technology for translation: machine / mobile translation,
17
software for translating different kinds of texts with differing levels of complexity and for
transliteration
Resources for Practice:
Dictionaries
Encyclopedias
Thesauri
Glossaries
Software of translation
Suggested Readings:
1. Baker, Mona, In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation, Routledge, 2001.
(Useful exercises for practical translation and training)
2. Baker, Mona & Kirsten Malmkjar (Ed.) Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies.
London and
New York: Routledge, 2001. (Readable entries on concepts and terms) Sherry Simon,
Gender in translation: Cultural Identity and the Politics of Transmission. New York:
Routledge, 1996.
3. Catford, I.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation. London: OUP, 1965. Frishberg,
Nancy J. Interpreting: An Introduction. Registry of Interpreters, 1990.
1. Ray, Mahit K. ed. Studies in Translation. (Second revised and enlarged edition) Atlantic
Publisher & Distributor.
2. Gargesh, Ravinder and Krishna Kumar Goswami. (Eds.). Translation and
Interpreting: Reader and Workbook. New Delhi: Orient Longman, 2007.
6. House, Juliana. A Model for Translation Quality Assessment. Tubingen: Gunter Narr,
1977.
7. Lakshmi, H. Problems of Translation. Hyderabad: Booklings Corporation, 1993.
8. Newmark, Peter. A Textbook of Translation. London: Prentice Hall, 1988.
9. Nida, E.A. and C.R. Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation. Leiden: E.J. Brill,
1974.
10. Toury, Gideon. Translation Across Cultures. New Delhi : Bahri Publications Private
Limited, 1987.
GE- 4: Media and Communication Skills
18
(UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+ UNIT 4 = 20+20+20+20 +20=100)
1. Introduction to Mass Communication

Unit 1. 20marks
Mass Communication and Globalization
Unit 2. 20 marks
Forms of Mass Communication
Topics for Student Presentations:
a. Case studies on current issues Indian journalism
b. Performing street plays
c. Writing pamphlets and posters, etc.
2. Advertisement
Unit 1. Types of advertisements 20 marks
Unit 2. Advertising ethics 20 marks
Unit 3. How to create advertisements/storyboards 20 marks
Topics for Student Presentations:
a. Creating an advertisement/visualization
b. Enacting an advertisement in a group
c. Creating jingles and taglines
Semester -V
C- 11: Women’s Writing
19
Credit: 6= 5+1 (L+T) 100 marks
1. Emily Dickinson: ‘I cannot live with you’, ‘I’m wife; I’ve finished that’,
2. Sylvia Plath: ‘Daddy’, ‘Lady Lazarus’, Eunice De Souza ‘Advice to Women’, ‘Bequest’
3. Alice Walker: The Color Purple
4. Charlotte Perkins Gilman: ‘The Yellow Wallpaper’, Katherine Mansfield ‘Bliss’
5. Mahashweta Devi: ‘Draupadi’, tr. Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak (Calcutta: Seagull, 2002)
4. Mary Wollstonecraft A Vindication of the Rights of Woman (New York: Norton, 1988)
chap. 1, pp. 11–19; chap. 2, pp. 19–38.
Ramabai Ranade ‘A Testimony of our Inexhaustible Treasures’, in Pandita
Ramabai
Through Her Own Words: Selected Works, tr. Meera Kosambi (New Delhi: OUP,
2000) pp. 295–324.
Rassundari Debi Excerpts from Amar Jiban in Susie Tharu and K. Lalita, eds.,
Women’s Writing in India, vol. 1 (New Delhi: OUP, 1989) pp. 191–2.
Topics
The Confessional Mode in Women's Writing
Sexual Politics
Race, Caste and Gender
Social Reform and Women’s Rights
Suggested Readings:
1. Virginia Woolf, A Room of One's Own (New York: Harcourt, 1957) chaps. 1 and 6.
2. Simone de Beauvoir, ‘Introduction’, in The Second Sex, tr. Constance Borde and
Shiela Malovany-Chevallier (London: Vintage, 2010) pp. 3–18.
3. Kumkum Sangari and Sudesh Vaid, eds., ‘Introduction’, in Recasting Women:
Essays in Colonial History (New Delhi: Kali for Women, 1989) pp. 1–25.
4. Chandra Talapade Mohanty, ‘Under Western Eyes: Feminist Scholarship and
Colonial Discourses’, in Contemporary Postcolonial Theory: A Reader, ed.
Padmini
Mongia (New York: Arnold, 1996) pp. 172–97.
C-12: British Literature: The Early 20th Century
20
Fiction: 50 marks
1. Joseph Conrad: Heart of Darkness
2. D.H. Lawrence: Sons and Lovers
3. Virginia Woolf: Mrs Dalloway
Poetry: 50 marks
4. W.B. Yeats: ‘Leda and the Swan’, ‘The Second Coming’, ‘No Second Troy’
‘Sailing to Byzantium’
5. T.S. Eliot ‘The Love Song of J. Alfred Prufrock’, ‘Sweeney among the Nightingales’
‘The Hollow Men’
Topics
Modernism, Post-modernism and non-European Cultures
The Women’s Movement in the Early 20th Century
Psychoanalysis and the Stream of Consciousness
The Uses of Myth
The Avant Garde
Suggested Readings:
1. Sigmund Freud, ‘Theory of Dreams’, ‘Oedipus Complex’, and ‘The Structure of the
Unconscious’, in The Modern Tradition, ed. Richard Ellman et. al. (Oxford: OUP,
1965) pp. 571, 578–80, 559–63.
2. T.S. Eliot, ‘Tradition and the Individual Talent’, in Norton Anthology of English
Literature, 8th edn, vol. 2, ed. Stephen Greenblatt (New York: Norton, 2006) pp.
2319–25.
3. Raymond Williams, ‘Introduction’, in The English Novel from Dickens to Lawrence
(London: Hogarth Press, 1984) pp. 9–27.
DSE-1: Literary Theory

[Question Pattern for external: There will be four short notes (SN) for 20 marks carrying 5 marks
each (4 X 5 = 20), three advance short type/explanatory questions (ASTQ) for 24 marks
providing 8 marks each (3 X 8 = 24), and three long types of questions for 36 marks carrying 12
marks each (3 X 12 = 36). ] (SN+ASTQ+LTQ= 20+24+36= 80)
21
Unit 1. Marxism 25 marks
a. Antonio Gramsci: ‘The Formation of the Intellectuals’ and ‘Hegemony (Civil
Society) and Separation of Powers’, in Selections from the Prison Notebooks, ed.
and tr. Quentin Hoare and Geoffrey Novell Smith (London: Lawrence and
Wishart, 1971) pp. 5, 245–6.
b. Louis Althusser: ‘Ideology and Ideological State Apparatuses’, in Lenin and
Philosophy and Other Essays (New Delhi: Aakar Books, 2006) pp. 85–126.
Unit 2. Feminism 25 marks
a. Elaine Showalter: ‘Twenty Years on: A Literature of Their Own Revisited’, in A
Literature of Their Own: British Women Novelists from Bronte to Lessing (1977.
Rpt. London: Virago, 2003) pp. xi–xxxiii.
b. Luce Irigaray: ‘When the Goods Get Together’ (from This Sex Which is Not One),
in New French Feminisms, ed. Elaine Marks and Isabelle de Courtivron (New
York: Schocken Books, 1981) pp. 107–10.
Unit 3. Poststructuralism 25 marks
a. Jacques Derrida: ‘Structure, Sign and Play in the Discourse of the Human
Science’, tr. Alan Bass, in Modern Criticism and Theory: A Reader, ed. David
Lodge (London: Longman, 1988) pp. 108–23.
b. Michel Foucault, ‘Truth and Power’, in Power and Knowledge, tr. Alessandro
Fontana and Pasquale Pasquino (New York: Pantheon, 1977) pp. 109–33.
Unit 4. Postcolonial Studies 25 marks
a. Mahatma Gandhi: ‘Passive Resistance’ and ‘Education’, in Hind Swaraj and
Other Writings, ed. Anthony J Parel (Delhi: CUP, 1997) pp. 88–106.
b. Edward Said: ‘The Scope of Orientalism’ in Orientalism (Harmondsworth:
Penguin, 1978) pp. 29–110.
c. Aijaz Ahmad: ‘“Indian Literature”: Notes towards the Definition of a Category’, in
In Theory: Classes, Nations, Literatures (London: Verso, 1992) pp. 243–285.
Suggested Background Prose Readings and Topics for Class Presentations

Topics
The East and the West
Questions of Alterity
22
Power, Language, and Representation
The State and Culture
Suggested Readings:
1. Terry Eagleton, Literary Theory: An Introduction (Oxford: Blackwell, 2008).
2. Peter Barry, Beginning Theory (Manchester: Manchester University Press, 2002).
DSE-2: Literary Criticism
Credit: 5+1 (L+T)
(100 marks)
William Wordsworth: Preface to the Lyrical Ballads (1802)

S.T. Coleridge: Biographia Literaria. Chapters IV, XIII and XIV
Virginia Woolf: Modern Fiction
T.S. Eliot: “Tradition and the Individual Talent” 1919,
“The Function of Criticism” 1920
I.A. Richards: Principles of Literary Criticism Chapters 1,2 and 34.
London 1924 and Practical Criticism. London, 1929
Cleanth Brooks: “The Heresy of Paraphrase”, and “The Language of Paradox” in
The Well-Wrought Urn: Studies in the Structure of Poetry (1947)
Maggie Humm: Practising Feminist Criticism: An Introduction. London 1995
Topics
Summarising and Critiquing
Point of View
Reading and Interpreting
Media Criticism
Plot and Setting
Citing from Critics’ Interpretations
Suggested Readings
1. C.S. Lewis: Introduction in An Experiment in Criticism, Cambridge University Press
1992
2. M.H. Abrams: The Mirror and the Lamp, Oxford University Press, !971
3. Rene Wellek, Stephen G. Nicholas: Concepts of Criticism, Connecticut, Yale
23
University 1963
4. Taylor and Francis Eds. An Introduction to Literature, Criticism and Theory,
Routledge, 1996
Semester VI
C-13: Modern European Drama (100 marks)

24
1. Henrik Ibsen: Ghosts
2. Bertolt Brecht: The Good Woman of Szechuan
3. Samuel Beckett: Waiting for Godot
4. Eugene Ionesco: Rhinoceros
Topics
Politics, Social Change and the Stage
Text and Performance
European Drama: Realism and Beyond
Tragedy and Heroism in Modern European Drama
The Theatre of the Absurd
Suggested Readings:
1. Constantin Stanislavski: An Actor Prepares, chap. 8, ‘Faith and the Sense of Truth’,
tr. Elizabeth Reynolds Hapgood (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1967) sections 1, 2, 7,
8, 9, pp. 121–5, 137–46.
2. Bertolt Brecht, ‘The Street Scene’, ‘Theatre for Pleasure or Theatre for Instruction’,
and ‘Dramatic Theatre vs Epic Theatre’, in Brecht on Theatre: The Development
of an Aesthetic, ed. and tr. John Willet (London: Methuen, 1992) pp. 68–76, 121
3. George Steiner, ‘On Modern Tragedy’, in The Death of Tragedy (London: Faber,
1995) pp. 303–24.
C-14: Postcolonial Literature (100 marks)
Credit: 6 =5+1 (L+T)
1. Chinua Achebe: Things Fall Apart
2. Gabriel Garcia Marquez: Chronicle of a Death Foretold
3. Bessie Head: ‘The Collector of Treasures’
4. Ama Ata Aidoo: ‘The Girl who can’
5. Grace Ogot: ‘The Green Leaves’
6. Pablo Neruda: ‘Tonight I can Write’, ‘The Way Spain Was’, Derek Walcott ‘A Far Cry from
Africa’, ‘Names’
7. David Malouf: ‘Revolving Days’, ‘Wild Lemons’
8. Mamang Dai: ‘Small Towns and the River’, ‘The Voice of the Mountain’
25
Topics
De-colonization, Globalization and Literature

Literature and Identity Politics
Writing for the New World Audience
Region, Race, and Gender
Postcolonial Literatures and Questions of Form
Suggested Readings:
1. Franz Fanon: ‘The Negro and Language’, in Black Skin, White Masks, tr. Charles
Lam Markmann (London: Pluto Press, 2008) pp. 8–27.
2. Ngugi wa Thiong’o, ‘The Language of African Literature’, in Decolonising the Mind
(London: James Curry, 1986) chap. 1, sections 4–6.
3. Gabriel Garcia Marquez, the Nobel Prize Acceptance Speech, in Gabriel Garcia
Marquez: New Readings, ed. Bernard McGuirk and Richard Cardwell
(Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987).
DSE-3: World Literatures (100 marks)
Credit: 5+1 (L+T)
V.S. Naipaul, Bend in the River (London: Picador, 1979). 20 marks
Marie Clements, The Unnatural and Accidental Women, in Staging Coyote’s Dream:
An Anthology of First Nations, ed. Monique Mojica and Ric Knowles (Toronto:
Playwrights Canada, 2003)
Antoine De Saint-Exupery, The Little Prince (New Delhi: Pigeon Books, 2008)
Julio Cortazar, ‘Blow-Up’, in Blow-Up and other Stories (New York: Pantheon, 1985).
Judith Wright, ‘Bora Ring’, in Collected Poems (Sydney: Angus & Robertson, 2002)
p. 8.
26
Gabriel Okara: ‘The Mystic Drum’, in An Anthology of Commonwealth Poetry, ed.
C.D. Narasimhaiah (Delhi: Macmillan, 1990) pp. 132–3.
Kishwar Naheed: ‘The Grass is Really like me’, in We the Sinful Women (New Delhi:
Rupa, 1994) p. 41.
Shu Ting: ‘Assembly Line’, in A Splintered Mirror: Chinese Poetry From the
Democracy Movement, tr. Donald Finkel, additional translations by Carolyn Kizer
(New York: North Point Press, 1991).
Jean Arasanayagam: ‘Two Dead Soldiers’, in Fussilade (New Delhi: Indialog, 2003)
pp. 89–90.

Topics
The Idea of World Literature
Memory, Displacement and Diaspora
Hybridity, Race and Culture
Adult Reception of Children’s Literature
Literary Translation and the Circulation of Literary Texts
Aesthetics and Politics in Poetry
Suggested Readings:
1. Sarah Lawall: ‘Preface’ and ‘Introduction’, in Reading World Literature: Theory,
History, Practice, ed. Sarah Lawall (Austin, Texas: University of Texas Press,
1994) pp. ix–xviii, 1–64.
2. David Damrosch, How to Read World Literature? (Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell,
2009) pp. 1–64, 65–85.
3. Franco Moretti, ‘Conjectures on World Literature’, New Left Review, vol.1 (2000), pp.
54–68.
4. Theo D’haen et. al., eds., ‘Introduction’, in World Literature: A Reader (London:
Routledge, 2012).
DSE 4: Modern Indian Writing in English Translation
27
Credit: 5+1 (L+T)
Unit wise mark distribution: (UNIT 1 + UNIT 2 = 45+55=100)
Unit 1:
1. Premchand: ‘The Shroud’, in Penguin Book of Classic Urdu Stories, ed. M. Assaduddin (New
Delhi: Penguin/Viking, 2006).
2. Ismat Chugtai ‘The Quilt’, in Lifting the Veil: Selected Writings of Ismat Chugtai, tr.
M. Assaduddin (New Delhi: Penguin Books, 2009).
3. Gurdial Singh: ‘A Season of No Return’, in Earthy Tones, tr. Rana Nayar (Delhi:
Fiction House, 2002).
4. Fakir Mohan Senapati: ‘Rebati’, in Oriya Stories, ed. Vidya Das, tr. Kishori Charan
Das (Delhi: Srishti Publishers, 2000).
Unit 2:
5. Rabindra Nath Tagore: ‘Light, Oh Where is the Light?' and 'When My Play was with
thee', in Gitanjali: A New Translation with an Introduction by William Radice
(New Delhi: Penguin India, 2011).
6. G.M. Muktibodh: ‘The Void’, (tr. Vinay Dharwadker) and ‘So Very Far’, (tr. Tr. Vishnu Khare
and Adil Jussawala), in The Oxford Anthology of Modern Indian Poetry, ed. Vinay Dharwadker
and A.K. Ramanujam (New Delhi: OUP, 2000).
7. Amrita Pritam: ‘I Say Unto Waris Shah’, (tr. N.S. Tasneem) in Modern Indian
Literature: An Anthology, Plays and Prose, Surveys and Poems, ed. K.M. George,
vol. 3 (Delhi: Sahitya Akademi, 1992).
8. Thangjam Ibopishak Singh: ‘Dali, Hussain, or Odour of Dream, Colour
of Wind’ and ‘The Land of the Half-Humans’, tr. Robin S. Ngangom, in The
Anthology of Contemporary Poetry from the Northeast (NEHU: Shillong, 2003).
9. Dharamveer Bharati: Andha Yug, tr. Alok Bhalla (New Delhi: OUP, 2009).
10. G. Kalyan Rao: Untouchable Spring, tr. Alladi Uma and M. Sridhar (Delhi: Orient Black
Swan, 2010)

Topics
The Aesthetics of Translation
Linguistic Regions and Languages
28
Modernity in Indian Literature
Caste, Gender and Resistance
Questions of Form in 20th Century Indian Literature.
Suggested Readings:
1. Namwar Singh: ‘Decolonising the Indian Mind’, tr. Harish Trivedi, Indian Literature,
no. 151 (Sept./Oct. 1992).
2. B.R. Ambedkar, Annihilation of Caste in Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar: Writings and
Speeches, vol. 1 (Maharashtra: Education Department, Government of
Maharashtra,
1979) chaps. 4, 6, and 14.
3. Sujit Mukherjee: ‘A Link Literature for India’, in Translation as Discovery (Hyderabad:
Orient Longman, 1994) pp. 34–45.
4. G.N. Devy: ‘Introduction’, from After Amnesia in The G.N. Devy Reader (New Delhi:
Orient BlackSwan, 2009) pp. 1–5.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
29
B.A Programme in English Regular Course
Syllabus for BA (Regular Course) under CBCS

No. of papers =12+12=24, Total Credits= 120
Total Marks=2100
Complete Structure:
SEME CORE COURSE (12) Ability Skill Elective Generic Elective

STER enhanceme enhancement Discipline GE-(2)
nt Course (SEC) Specific-
compulsory (2) DSE (4)
course (2)
English-I C English
I DSC-1 A: The Individual and Communica
Society tion (AECC-
DSC-2 A : from other I)
Subject (Compulsor
y)
MIL-1:
DSC -1-B: Modern Indian Environmen
II Literature tal Science
DSC-2 B: Other subject (AECC-2)
(compulsory
)
English-2 C SEC-1:
III DSC-1 C British Literature English
DSC-2 C: Other subject Language
Teaching
IV MIL-2 SEC-2
DSC-1 D: Literature and Translation
Environment Studies
DSC-2 D: Other Subject
SEC-3 : DSE1 A: GE-1:

V Business Soft Skills Language and
Communica Linguistics
tion DSE-2: Other
Subject
SEC-4: DSE-1 B: GE-2:
VI Technical Ac
ademi
c Contemporary
Writing India: Women
Wri
t
ingand
and
Compositio
Empowerment
n
1
DSE-2 :
Other
Subject
Abbreviation Terms:

C=Core
ENG=English
GE=Generic Elective
Summary:
Semester-I
Paper Code: ENG-101R, English-1
Paper Code: ENG-102R, DSC-1(A) The Individual and Society
Paper Code: ENG-103R, DSC-2 (A) (Choose any DSC from any other subject)
Paper Code: ENG-104R, AECC-1 English Communication
Semester-II
Paper Code: ENG-201R, MIL-1 (choose from other subjects)
Paper Code: ENG-202R, DSC-1 (B) Modern Indian Literature
Paper Code: ENG-203R, DSC-2 (B) (Choose any DSC from any other subject)
Paper Code: ENG-204R, AECC-2 Environmental Science
Semester-III
Paper Code: ENG-301R, C-2 English-2
Paper Code: ENG-302R, DSC-1 (C) British Literature

Paper Code: ENG-303R, DSC-2 (C) (Choose any DSC from any other subject)
Paper Code: ENG-304R, SEC-1 English Language Teaching
Semester-1V
Paper Code: ENG-401R, MIL-2 (choose from other subjects)
Paper Code: ENG-402R, DSC-1(D) Literature and Environment
Paper Code: ENG-403R, DSC-2(D) (Choose any DSC from any other subject)
Paper Code: ENG-404R, SEC-2 Translation Studies
Semester-V
Paper Code: ENG-501R. DSE -1(A) Soft Skills

Paper Code: ENG-502R, DSE -2(A) (Choose any DSE from any other subject)
Paper Code: ENG-503R, GE-1 Language and Linguistics
Paper Code: ENG-504R, SEC-3 Business Communication
2
Semester-VI
Paper Code: ENG-601R, DSE-1 (B) Academi cWr i
tngand Composition
i
Paper Code: ENG-602R, DSE-2 (B) (Choose any DSE from any other subject)
Paper Code: ENG-603R, GE-2 Contemporary India: Women and
Empowerment
Paper Code: ENG-604R, SEC-4 Technical Writing
Detailed Syllabus
Semester-I
ENGLISH-1(COMPULSORY)
Credit: 6=5+1 (L+T)

Question Pattern: There will be four short notes for 20 marks carrying 5 marks each (4 X 5 = 20), three
advance short type/explanatory questions for 24 marks carrying 8 marks each (3 X 8 = 24), and three
long type of questions for 36 marks carrying 12 marks each (3 X 12 = 36).]
Unit 1: Prose 25 marks
a) Nirad C. Chaudhury: ‘Our Behaviour’
b) E. M. Foster: ‘Notes on the English Character’
c) Ruskin Bond: Coming Home to Dehra
d) Temsula Ao: An Old Man Remembers (from These Hills Called Home)
Unit 2: Poetry 25 marks
a) P. B. Shelly: ‘Stanza Written in Dejection Near Naples’
b) Jayanta Mahapatra : ‘Dawn at Puri’
c) W. B. Yeats: ‘No Second Troy’
d) Sarojini Naidu: ‘The Palanquin Bearers’
e) Margaret Atwood: ‘This was a Photograph of Me’
Unit 3: Drama 25 marks
3
J.B. Priestly: An Inspector Calls
Unit 4: Grammar 25 marks
Topics: tense, common errors, preposition, phrase and idioms, punctuation, voice, narration
DSC-1(A):The Individual and Society

Unit 1: Caste/Class 20 marks

1. Jotirao Phule: ‘Caste Laws’
2. Premchand: ‘Deliverance’
3. Omprakash Valmiki: ‘Joothan’
4. Hira Bansode: ‘Bosom Friend’
Unit 2: Gender 20 marks

1.Virginia Woolf: ‘Shakespeare’s Sister’
2. Rabindranath Tagore, ‘The Exercise Book’
3. Marge Piercy: ‘Breaking Out’
4. Eunice De Souza: ‘Marriages Are Made’
5. Ambai:‘Yellow Fish’
Unit 3: Race 20 marks

1. Roger Mais: ‘Blackout’
2. Wole Soyinka: ‘Telephone Conversation’
3. Langston Hughes: ‘Harlem’
4. Maya Angelou: ‘Still I Rise’
Unit 4: Violence and War 20 marks

1. Wilfred Owen: ‘Dulce et Decorum Est’
2. Henry Reed: ‘Naming of Parts’
3. Sa’adat Hasan Manto: ‘The Dog of Tetwal’
4. Amitav Ghosh: ‘Ghosts of Mrs Gandhi’
Unit 5: Living in a Globalized World 20 marks

1. Roland Barthes: ‘Toys’
2. Imtiaz Dharkar: ‘At the Lahore Karhai’
4
3. Edward Brathwaite: ‘Colombe’
Selections from Vinod Sood, et. al., eds.,The

Individual and Society: Essays, Stories and Poems (Delhi: Pearson, 2005).
Semester- II
DSC-1 (B):
Modern Indian Literature
(UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+ UNIT 4 + UNIT 5 = 25+25+25+25=100)
Unit 1: Poetry 25 marks

Nissim Ezekiel: ‘Night of Scorpion’,
A. K. Ramanujan: ‘Relation’
Jayanta Mahapatra: ‘ The Captive Air of Chandipur-on-Sea’,
Unit 2: Short Stories 25 marks

R.K. Narayan: 'The M.C.C.'
Vaikom Muhammad Basheer: 'The Card-Sharper's Daughter'
Temsula Ao: ‘An Old Man Remembers’ From These Hills Called Home.
Rashmi Narzary: ‘His share of the Sky’ From His Share of the Sky
Ismat Chugtai: 'Lihaaf' /'The sacred Duty'
Unit 3: Play: 25 marks

Vijay Tendulkar: Silence, The Court is in Session
Unit 4: Novella 25 marks
Rohinton Mistry---Such a Long Journey
5
Semester -III
ENGLISH-2C (COMPULSORY)
Credit: 6=5+1 (L+T)
(UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+ UNIT 4 = 25+25+25+25=100)
UNIT 1
Section A: Literary Terms (Poetry):
(Three literary terms out of six are to be attempted in about 50-60 words. 3x3=9 marks)
Allegory, Sonnet, Ode, Blank Verse, Satire, Conceit, Epic, Epithet, Hyperbole, Metaphor, Metonymy,
Oxymoron.
Suggested Readings:
Abrams, M.H: A Glossary of Literary Terms
Section B: Poetry:
(Two questions of 8 marks each out of four may be attempted . Questions should be on the pattern
of critical analysis. 8x2=16 marks)
William Blake: ‘The Tyger’

John Keats: ‘Ode to Autumn’
Shakespeare: Sonnet No.87 (Farewell! Thou art too dear for my possessing)
John Dryden: Absalom and Achitophel
UNIT 2
Section A: Literary Terms (Drama):

(Three literary terms out of six are to be attempted in about 50-60 words. 3x3=9 marks)
Anagnorisis, Antagonist, Catastrophe, Chorus, Catharsis, Climax, Comic Relief, Denouement,
Hamartia, Hubris, Soliloquy, Three unities.
6
Suggested Readings:
Abrams, M.H: A Glossary of Literary Terms
Section B:
Drama: (For detailed Study) (Short answer type/ long answer type questions may be asked but at
least one must be “Explain with reference to the context” question. 8x2=16 marks)
William Shakespeare: The Merchant of Venice
UNIT 3
Section A: (one out of two long type of questions or topics is to be attempted in about 90-100 words.
One question may be asked to write on elements of writing essay or biography, and other on any one of
the relevant issues. 25x1=25 marks)
Essay— formal/impersonal and informal/personal essay
Types of essays: narrative, descriptive, comparison or contrast, argumentative, cause and effect essays
Life Writing: biography, memoir, diaries
Exercise: Students may be given a wide range of topics and asked to write an essay (after learning the
types & forms of essays), for which ideas may be drawn from the prescribed texts in Unit 4.
Suggested Reading:
Hudson, W.H. An Introduction to the Study of English Literature. Chapter: The Study of The Essay.
UNIT 4:
Essays: (Two out of five short answer type questions in about 50-60 words and two out of three long
answer type questions in about 100-120 words from the prescribed texts may be asked (Total=25
marks).
Bacon: “Of Studies”
Samuel Pepys: “An extract from Pepys’ Diaries” 1660 Jan-Feb.
James Boswell: “An extract from Life of Samuel Johnson”
Camus: “Nobel Prize Acceptance Speech”
7
Anne Frank: “The Diary of a Young Girl (an extract)”
DSC-1 (C):British Literature (100 marks)

Charles Dickens: Oliver Twist

William Shakespeare: Antony and Cleopatra
SEC-1: English Language Teaching

Credit: 2
Question pattern: There will be five objective type of questions (OTQ) for 10 marks carrying 2
marks each (2 x 5 = 10), four short notes (SN) for 20 marks carrying 5 marks each (4 x 5 = 20),
and two essay type questions (ETQ) for 20 marks carrying 10 mark each (2 x 10 = 20).
(OTQ+ SN+ ETQ= 10+20+20=50)
Unit 1. Knowing the Learner 10 marks

Unit 2. Structures of English Language 10 marks
Unit 3. Methods of teaching English Language and Literature 10 marks
Unit 4. a) Materials for Language Teaching 10 marks
b) Assessing Language Skills
unit 5. Using Technology in Language Teaching 10 marks
Suggested Readings:
1. Penny Ur, A Course in Language Teaching: Practice and Theory (Cambridge: CUP,
1996).
2. Marianne Celce-Murcia, Donna M. Brinton, and Marguerite Ann Snow, Teaching
English as a Second or Foreign Language (Delhi: Cengage Learning, 4th edn,
2014).
3. Adrian Doff, Teach English: A Training Course For Teachers (Teacher’s Workbook)
(Cambridge: CUP, 1988).
8
4. Business English (New Delhi: Pearson, 2008).
5. R.K. Bansal and J.B. Harrison, Spoken English: A Manual of Speech and Phonetics
(New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan, 4th edn, 2013).
6. Mohammad Aslam, Teaching of English (New Delhi: CUP, 2nd edn, 2009).
Semester- IV
DSC-1 (D):Literature and Environment

(UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+ UNIT 4 + UNIT 5 = 25+25+25+25=100)
Unit 1: Literature, Nature and Eco-Consciousness 25 marks
R. K. Narayan: The Axe (Short Story)

Walter de la Mare: Reserved (Poem)
Stephen Talbott: Toward an Ecological Conversation
(Essay)
Rachel Carson: Silent Spring (Essay)
Unit 2: Literature, Nature and Self-Fashioning 25 marks
Edmund Spenser: Sonnet LXXVII (Poem)

William Shakespeare: To His Love (Poem)
William Wordsworth: Education of Nature (Poem)
Jim Corbett: Goongi (Prose)
Unit 3: Eco-sophy and Eco-stories of Human Values and Human Intelligence

25 marks
Jawaharlal Nehru: The Book of Nature (Prose)

Vishnu Sharma: The Panchatantra. (The following items are prescribed: The
Turtle and the Geese; The Three Fish; Of Crows and Owls; The Ape and the
Crocodile; The Brahmani and the Faithful Mongoose)
9
Unit 4: Literature and Environmental Imagination 25 marks
Henry David Thoreau: Where I Lived, What I Lived For (Essay)

Bibhutibhusan Bandopadhayay: Across the Richtersveld Range (Excerpt from
Moon Mountain)
A. K. Ramanujan: excerpt from Ecology Eco-tour and eco-writing (creative and
critical impressions of the students on/ about nature)
SEC-2: Translation Studies (Any four)

Credit: 2
Unit wise mark distribution: (UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3 = 20+15+15=50)
Unit 1. Introducing Translation: a brief history and significance of translation in a multilinguistic and
multicultural society like India.
Unit 2. Exercises in different Types / modes of translation, such as:

a. Semantic / Literal translation
b. Free / sense/ literary translation
c. Functional / communicative translation
Unit 3. a. Introducing basic concepts and terms used in Translation Studies through relevant
tasks, for example:
Equivalence, Language variety, Dialect, Idiolect, Register, Style, Mode, Code
mixing / Switching.
Practice: Translation in Mass Communication / Advertising, subtitling, dubbing,

1. Exercises to comprehend _Equivalence in translation‘: Structures (equivalence
between the source language and target language at the lexical (word) and
syntactical (sentence) levels. This will be done through tasks of retranslation and
recreation, and making comparative study of cultures and languages.
10
Practice: Tasks of Translation in Business: Advertising
2. Discussions on issues of _Translation and Gender‘by attempting translation for
media, films and advertisements from different languages.
3. Developing skills for Interpreting: understanding its dynamics and challenges.
Interpreting: Simultaneous and Consecutive (practical application)
Practice: Using tools of technology for translation: machine / mobile translation,
software for translating different kinds of texts with differing levels of complexity and for
transliteration
Resources for Practice:
Dictionaries
Encyclopedias
Thesauri
Glossaries
Software of translation
Suggested Readings:
1. Baker, Mona, In Other Words: A Coursebook on Translation, Routledge, 2001.
(Useful exercises for practical translation and training)
2. Baker, Mona & Kirsten Malmkjar (Ed.) Routledge Encyclopedia of Translation Studies. London
and
New York: Routledge, 2001. (Readable entries on concepts and terms) Sherry Simon,
Gender in translation: Cultural Identity and the Politics of Transmission. New York:
Routledge, 1996.
3. Catford, I.C. A Linguistic Theory of Translation. London: OUP, 1965. Frishberg,
Nancy J. Interpreting: An Introduction. Registry of Interpreters, 1990.
1. Ray, Mahit K. ed. Studies in Translation. (Second revised and enlarged edition) Atlantic
2. Gargesh, Ravinder and Krishna Kumar Goswami. (Eds.). Translation and
Interpreting: Reader and Workbook. New Delhi: Orient Longman, 2007.
6. House, Juliana. A Model for Translation Quality Assessment. Tubingen: Gunter Narr,
1977.
7. Lakshmi, H. Problems of Translation. Hyderabad: Booklings Corporation, 1993.
11
8. Newmark, Peter. A Textbook of Translation. London: Prentice Hall, 1988.
9. Nida, E.A. and C.R. Taber. The Theory and Practice of Translation. Leiden: E.J. Brill,
1974.
10. Toury, Gideon. Translation Across Cultures. New Delhi : Bahri Publications Private
Limited, 1987.
Semester -V
DSE-1 (A): Soft Skills

(UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+ UNIT 4 + UNIT 5 = 20+20+20+20+20=100)
UNIT 1: Teamwor
k
UNIT 2: Emot
i
onal
Int
ell
i
genc
e
UNIT 3: Adapt
abi
l
it
y
UNIT 4: Leader
shi
p
UNIT 5: Pr
obl
em sol
vi
ng
Suggested Readings
1.English and Soft Skills. S.
P.Dhanav
el.Or
ientBlackSwan2013
2.English for Students of Commerce: Precis,Composit
ion,Essay
s,Poemseds.
Kaushi
k,etal .
GE-1: Language and Linguistics

(UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+ UNIT 4 + UNIT 5 = 20+20+20+20+10+10 = 100)
Unit-1 20 marks
Language and Linguistics: Introduction
12
General History of the origin of language; language and meaning;signifier/signified; definition and
scope of linguistics.
Unit-2 20 marks
Phonology : Phonological Structure of the English Language; Articulation of vowels, consonants, semi-
vowels; organs of speech; intonation, rhythm, stress; phonetic and phonemic transcription
Unit-3 20 marks
Morphology : Definition, relation with phonetics, the morphology of plural and past forms in English,
morph and morpheme
Unit-4 20 marks
Sociolinguistics :Dialect, sociolect, idiolect, registers, langue and parole, pidgin and creole, competence
and performance
Unit-5 10 marks
Syntax: Immediate Constituent Analysis, structuralism, deep structure, surface structure
Unit-6 10 marks
Rhetoric and Prosody: Figures of speech, metre
Suggested Readings:
Abercombie, D. Elements of General Phonetics, Edinburg University Press
Abrams, M.H. A Glossary of Literary Terms. Fort Worth: Harcourt Brace College Pub., 1993
(Any edition)
Balasubamaniam. ATextbook of English Phonetics for Indian Students, Chennai:Macmillan, 1981
Crystal, David. Linguistics. Pelican, 1971.
Lyons, John. Language and Linguistics: An Introduction, Cambridge: CUP, 1981.
Romaine, Suzanne. Language in Society: An Introduction to Sociolinguistics, New Delhi: OUP, 1994.
Sinha, Manindranath. A Manual of Rhetoric and Prosody. Bareilly: Prakash Book Depot.
13
SEC-3: Business Communication (Any four)
Credit: 2
Unit wise mark distribution: (UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+UNIT 4+UNIT 5+UNIT 6+UNIT 7+UNIT
8+UNIT 9 = 10+5+5+5+5+5+5+5+5=50)
Unit 1: Introduction to the essentials of Business Communication: Theory and practice

Unit 2: Citing references, and using bibliographical and research tools
Unit 3: Writing a project report
Unit 4:Writing reports on field work/visits to industries, business concerns etc. /business
negotiations.
Unit 5: Summarizing annual report of companies
Unit 6: Writing minutes of meetings
Unit 7: E-correspondence
Unit 8: Spoken English for business communication
(Viva for internal assessment)
Unit 9: Making oral presentations
(Viva for internal assessment)
Suggested Readings:
1. Scot, O.; Contemporary Business Communication. Biztantra, New Delhi.
2. Lesikar, R.V. & Flatley, M.E.; Basic Business Communication Skills for
Empowering the Internet Generation, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.
New Delhi.
3. Ludlow, R. & Panton, F.; The Essence of Effective Communications, Prentice Hall
Of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
4. R. C. Bhatia, Business Communication, Ane Books Pvt Ltd, New Delhi
Semester -VI
DSE-1 (B): Academi

cWr
it
ingand Composition
(UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3+ UNIT 4 + UNIT 5+ UNIT 6 = 15+15+15+20+15+20=100)
t1.I
Uni ntr
oduct
i
ont
otheWr
it
ingPr
ocess
t2.I
Uni ntr
oduct
i
ont
otheConv
ent
i
onsofAcademi
cWr
it
ing
t3.Wr
Uni it
ingi
none’
sownwor
ds:Summar
izi
ngandPar
aphr
asi
ng
t4.Cr
Uni it
ical
Thi
nki
ng:Synt
heses
,Anal
yses,andEv
aluat
i
on
t5.St
Uni ruct
uri
nganAr
gument
:Int
roduct
i
on,I
nter
ject
i
on,andConcl
usi
on
14
t6.Ci
Uni t
ingResour
ces;Edi
t
ing,BookandMedi
aRevi
ew
Suggested Readings:
1.LizHamp-Ly
onsandBenHeasl ,Study writing: A Course in Writing Skills for
ey
Academic Purposes (Cambridge:CUP,2006) .
2.RenuGupta,A Course in Academic Writing (NewDel hi:OrientBlackSwan,2010) .
3.Il
onaLek,Academic Writing: Exploring Processes and Strategies (
i NewYor k:CUP,
2ndedn,1998).
4.Geral
dGraffandCat hyBir
kenst n,They Say/I Say: The Moves That Matter in
ei
Academic Writing (
NewYor k:Norton,2009).
GE-2: Contemporary India: Women and Empowerment

Unit 1. 25 marks
Social Construction of Gender (Masculinity and Feminity),Patriarchy
Unit 2. 30 marks
History of Women's Movements in India (Pre-independence, post independence)
Women, Nationalism, Partition
Women and Political Participation
Unit 3. 30 marks
Women and Law
Women and the Indian Constitution
Personal Laws(Customary practices on inheritance and Marriage)
Tribal Customary laws of the North-east and women
(Supplemented by workshop on legal awareness)
Unit 4. 15 marks
Women and Environment
State interventions, Domestic violence, Female foeticide, sexual harassment
Female Voices: Sultana’s Dream
SEC-4: Technical Writing
15
Credit: 2
Unit wise mark distribution: (UNIT 1 + UNIT 2+ UNIT 3 = 20+15+15 =50)
Unit 1: Communication: Language and communication, differences between speech and

writing, distinct features of speech, distinct features of writing.
Unit 2: Writing Skills; Selection of topic, thesis statement, developing the thesis
introductory, developmental, transitional and concluding paragraphs, linguistic
unity, coherence and cohesion, descriptive, narrative, expository and
argumentative writing.
Unit 3. Technical Writing: Scientific and technical subjects; formal and informal writings;
formal writings/reports, handbooks, manuals, letters, memorandum, notices,
agenda, minutes; common errors to be avoided.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. M. Frank. Writing as thinking: A guided process approach, Englewood Cliffs,
Prentice Hall Reagents.
38
38
2. L. Hamp-Lyons and B. Heasely: Study Writing; A course in written English. For
academic and professional purposes, Cambridge Univ. Press.
3. R. Quirk, S. Greenbaum, G. Leech and J. Svartik: A comprehensive grammar of the
English language, Longman, London.
4. Daniel G. Riordan & Steven A. Panley: “Technical Report Writing Today” -
Biztaantra.
Additional Reference Books
5.Dani elG.Ri ordan,StevenE.Paul ey ,Bi zt
ant r a:Technical Report Writing Today,
8thEdi t
ion( 2004) .
********************************
16
1
Ability Skill Enhancement Elective: Elective:

Enhancement Course(SEC) Discipline Generic(GE)
Core Course(14) Compulsory (2) Specific(DSE) Optional(4)
Course(AECC) (4)
(2)
I Geomorphology (Eng/Hindi/MIL Disaster
Cartographic Communication Management
Techniques(Practical) /Environmental
Studies)
II Human Geography Environmental Sustainable
Thematic Studies Development
Cartography(Practical)
III Climatology Statistical methods Climate
Geography of India in Geography Change:
Field Work and Vulnerability
Research and
Methodology(Practical Adaptation
)
IV Economic Geography Spatial Information Geography of
Environmental Technology Tourism
Geography
Field and Instrumental
Survey (Practical)
V Regional Planning and Urban
Development Geography
Remote Sensing and --------------------
Geographic Soil and Bio-
Information System Geography
(Practical)
VI Evolution of Population
Geographical Thought Geography
Disaster Management --------------------
based Project Geography of
Work(Practical) North East
India
B.A. / B.SC. (HONOURS) SYLLABUS
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY (SCHOOL OF ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES)
BODOLAND UNIVERSITY, KOKRAJHAR-783370
2
B.A. / B.SC. (HONOURS) SYLLABUS

Semester I
Core Courses(CC-1&2)
1. Geomorphology(CC-1)
2. Cartographic Techniques(Practical)(CC-2)
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course(AECC-1)

3. Eng/Hindi/MIL Communication /Environmental Studies
Elective Generic Papers (GE-1)

4. Disaster Management
Semester II
Core Courses(CC-3&4)
1. Human Geography(CC-3)
2. Thematic Cartography (Practical)(CC-4)
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course(AECC-2)

3.Environmental Studies

4. Sustainable Development.
Semester III
Core Courses(CC-5, 6, &7)
1. Climatology
2. Geography of India
3. Field Work and Research Methodology (Practical)
Skill Enhancement Course(SEC-1)

4. Statistical Methods in Geography
5. Climate Change: Vulnerability and Adaptation
Semester IV
Core Courses(CC-8, 9 & 10)
1. Economic Geography
3
2. Environmental Geography
3. Field and Instrumental Survey (Practical)
Skill Enhancement Course(SEC-2)

4. Spatial Information Technology
5. Geography of Tourism
Semester V
Core Courses(CC-11 & 12)
1. Regional Planning and Development
2. Remote Sensing and Geographical Information System (Practical).
Elective Discipline Specific(DSE-1&2)
3. Urban Geography
4. Soil and Bio-Geography
Semester VI
Core Courses(CC-13 & 14)
1. Evolution of Geographical Thought
2. Disaster Management based Project Work (Practical)
Elective Discipline Specific(DSE-3&4)
3. Political Geography
4. Geography of North East India
4
B.A./B.Sc. (Honours) Syllabus

Department of Geography (School of Environmental Studies)
Bodoland University
1st Semester
C-1: Geomorphology
1. Geomorphology: Nature and Scope.
2. Earth: Interior Structure and Isostasy.
3. Earth Movements: Plate Tectonics, Types of Folds and Faults, Earthquakes and Volcanoes.
4. Geomorphic Processes: Weathering, Mass Wasting, Cycle of Erosion (Davis and Penck).
5. Evolution of Landforms (Erosional and Depositional): Fluvial, Karst, Aeolian, Glacial, and
Coastal.
Reading List
1. Bloom A. L., 2003: Geomorphology: A Systematic Analysis of Late Cenozoic Landforms,
Prentice-Hall of
India, New Delhi.
2. Bridges E. M., 1990: World Geomorphology, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge.
3. Christopherson, Robert W., (2011), Geosystems: An Introduction to Physical Geography, 8
Ed.,
Macmillan Publishing Company
4. Kale V. S. and Gupta A., 2001: Introduction to Geomorphology, Orient Longman, Hyderabad.
5. Knighton A. D., 1984: Fluvial Forms and Processes, Edward Arnold Publishers, London.
6. Richards K. S., 1982: Rivers: Form and Processes in Alluvial Channels, Methuen, London.
7. Selby, M.J., (2005), Earth’s Changing Surface, Indian Edition, OUP
8. Skinner, Brian J. and Stephen C. Porter (2000), The Dynamic Earth: An Introduction to
physical Geology,
4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons
9. Thornbury W. D., 1968: Principles of Geomorphology, Wiley.
10.Gautam, A (2010): Bhautik Bhugol, Rastogi Punlications, Meerut
11. Tikkaa, R N (1989): Bhautik Bhugol ka Swaroop, Kedarnath Ram Nath, Meerut
12. Singh, S (2009):Bhautik Bhugol ka Swaroop, Prayag Pustak,Allahabad
C-2: Cartographic Techniques (Practical)

1. Cartography – Nature and Scope.
2. Scales – Concept and application; Graphical Construction of Plain, Comparative and Diagonal
Scales.
3. Map Projections – Classification, Properties and Uses; Graphical Construction of Polar
Zenithal Stereographic, Bonne’s and Mercator’s Projections, and reference to Universal
Transverse Mercator (UTM) Projection.
5
4. Topographical Map – Interpretation of a Mountain area with the help of Cross and
Longitudinal Profiles.
5. Slope Analysis –.
Reading List
1. Anson R. and Ormelling F. J., 1994: International Cartographic Association:
BasicCartographic Vol.
Pregmen Press.
2. Gupta K.K. and Tyagi, V. C., 1992: Working with Map, Survey of India, DST, New Delhi.
3. Mishra R.P. and Ramesh, A., 1989: Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept, New Delhi.
4. Monkhouse F. J. and Wilkinson H. R., 1973: Maps and Diagrams, Methuen, London.
5. Rhind D. W. and Taylor D. R. F., (eds.), 1989: Cartography: Past, Present and Future,
Elsevier,
International Cartographic Association.
6. Robinson A. H., 2009: Elements of Cartography, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
7. Sharma J. P., 2010: Prayogic Bhugol, Rastogi Publishers, Meerut.
8. Singh R. L. and Singh R. P. B., 1999: Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani Publishers.
9. Sarkar, A. (2015) Practical geography: A systematic approach. Orient Black Swan Private Ltd.,
New
Delhi
10. Singh R L & Rana P B Singh(1991) Prayogtmak Bhugol ke Mool Tatva, Kalyani Publishers,
New
Delhi
11. Sharma, J P (2010) Prayogtmak Bhugol ki Rooprekha, Rastogi Publications, Meerut
12. Singh, R L & Dutta, P K (2012) PrayogatmakBhugol, Central Book Depot, Allahabad
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course:

3. Eng/Hindi/MIL Communication /Environmental Studies (AECC-1)
GE_1: Disaster Management

1. Disasters: Definition and Concepts: Hazards, Disasters; Risk and Vulnerability; Classification
2. Disasters in India: (a) Flood: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping; Landslide: Causes,
Impact, Distribution and Mapping; Drought: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping
3. Disasters in India: (b) Earthquake and Tsunami: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping;
Cyclone: Causes,Impact, Distribution and Mapping.
4. Manmade disasters: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping
5. Response and Mitigation to Disasters: Mitigation and Preparedness, NDMA and NIDM;
Indigenous Knowledge and Community-Based Disaster Management; Do’s and Don’ts
During and Post Disasters
Reading List
1. Government of India. (1997) Vulnerability Atlas of India. New Delhi, Building Materials
& Technology Promotion Council, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of
6
India.
2. Kapur, A. (2010) Vulnerable India: A Geographical Study of Disasters, Sage Publication,
New Delhi.
3. Modh, S. (2010) Managing Natural Disaster: Hydrological, Marine and Geological
Disasters, Macmillan, Delhi.
4. Singh, R.B. (2005) Risk Assessment and Vulnerability Analysis, IGNOU, New Delhi.
Chapter 1, 2 and 3
5. Singh, R. B. (ed.), (2006) Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: Vulnerability and
Mitigation, Rawat Publications, New Delhi.
6. Sinha, A. (2001). Disaster Management: Lessons Drawn and Strategies for Future, New
United Press, New Delhi.
7. Stoltman, J.P. et al. (2004) International Perspectives on Natural Disasters, Kluwer
Academic Publications. Dordrecht.
8. Singh Jagbir (2007) “Disaster Management Future Challenges and Oppurtunities”, 2007.
Publisher- I.K. International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema
Market, New Delhi, India (www.ikbooks.com).
7
2nd Semester
C-3: Human Geography

1. Introduction: Defining Human Geography; Major Themes; Contemporary Relevance
2. Space and Society: Cultural Regions; Race; Religion and Language
3. Population: Population Growth and Distribution; Population Composition; Demographic
Transition Theory
4. Settlements: Types of Rural Settlements; Classification of Urban Settlements; Trends and
Patterns of World Urbanization
5. Population-Resource Relationship
Reading List
1. Chandna, R.C. (2010) Population Geography, Kalyani Publisher.
2. Hassan, M.I. (2005) Population Geography, Rawat Publications, Jaipur
3. Daniel, P.A. and Hopkinson, M.F. (1989) The Geography of Settlement, Oliver & Boyd,
London.
4. Johnston R; Gregory D, Pratt G. et al. (2008) The Dictionary of Human Geography,
Blackwell Publication.
5. Jordan-Bychkov et al. (2006) The Human Mosaic: A Thematic Introduction to Cultural
Geography. W. H. Freeman and Company, New York.
6. Kaushik, S.D. (2010) Manav Bhugol, Rastogi Publication, Meerut.
7. Maurya, S.D. (2012) Manav Bhugol, Sharda Pustak Bhawan. Allahabad.
8. Hussain, Majid (2012) Manav Bhugol. Rawat Publications, Jaipur
C-4: Thematic Cartography (Practical)

1. Maps – Classification and Types; Principles of Map Design.
2. Diagrammatic Data Presentation – Line, Bar and Circle.
3. Thematic Mapping Techniques – Properties, Uses and Limitations; Areal Data -- Choropleth,
Dot,Proportional Circles; Point Data – Isopleths.
4. Cartographic Overlays – Point, Line and Areal Data.
5. Thematic Maps – Preparation and Interpretation.
Practical Record: Minimum of 10 practices.
Reading List
1. Cuff J. D. and Mattson M. T., 1982: Thematic Maps: Their Design and Production, Methuen
Young
Books
2. Dent B. D., Torguson J. S., and Holder T. W., 2008: Cartography: Thematic Map Design (6th
Edition), Mcgraw-Hill Higher Education
3. Gupta K. K. and Tyagi V. C., 1992: Working with Maps, Survey of India, DST, New Delhi.
8
4. Kraak M.-J. and Ormeling F., 2003: Cartography: Visualization of Geo-Spatial Data,
Prentice-Hall.
5. Mishra R. P. and Ramesh A., 1989: Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept, New Delhi.
8. Slocum T. A., Mcmaster R. B. and Kessler F. C., 2008: Thematic Cartography and
Geovisualization
(3rd Edition), Prentice Hall.
9. Tyner J. A., 2010: Principles of Map Design, The Guilford Press.
10. Sarkar, A. (2015) Practical geography: A systematic approach. Orient Black Swan Private
Ltd., New
Delhi
11. Singh, L R & Singh R (1977): Manchitra or Pryaogatamek Bhugol , Central Book, Depot,
Allahabad
12. Bhopal Singh R L and Duttta P K (2012) Prayogatama Bhugol, Central Book Depot,
Allahabad
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course:

3.Environmental Studies (AECC-2)
Elective Generic Paper:

5. Sustainable Development (EG-4)
1. Sustainable Development: Definition, Components, Limitations and Historical Background.
2. The Millennium Development Goals: National Strategies and International Experiences
3. Sustainable Regional Development: Need and examples from different Ecosystems.
4. Inclusive Development: Education, Health; Climate Change: The role of higher education
in sustainable development; The human right to health; Poverty and disease; The Challenges
of Universal Health Coverage; Policies and Global Cooperation for Climate Change
5. Sustainable Development Policies and Programmes: The proposal for SDGs at Rio+20;
Illustrative SDGs; Goal-Based Development; Financing for Sustainable Development;
Principles of Good Governance; National Environmental Policy, CDM.
Reading List
1. Agyeman, Julian, Robert D. Bullard and Bob Evans (Eds.) (2003) Just Sustainabilities:
Development in an
Unequal World. London: Earthscan. (Introduction and conclusion.).
2. Ayers, Jessica and David Dodman (2010) “Climate change adaptation and development I: the
state of the
debate”. Progress in Development Studies 10 (2): 161-168.
3. Baker, Susan (2006) Sustainable Development. Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon; New York,
N.Y.:
Routledge. (Chapter 2, “The concept of sustainable development”).
4. Brosius, Peter (1997) “Endangered forest, endangered people: Environmentalist
representations of
indigenous knowledge”, Human Ecology 25: 47-69.
9
5. Lohman, Larry (2003) “Re-imagining the population debate”. Corner House Briefing 28.
6. Martínez-Alier, Joan et al (2010) “Sustainable de-growth: Mapping the context, criticisms and
future
prospects of an emergent paradigm” Ecological Economics 69: 1741-1747.
7. Merchant, Carolyn (Ed.) (1994) Ecology. Atlantic Highlands, N.J: Humanities Press.
(Introduction, pp 1-
25.)
8. Osorio, Leonardo et al (2005) “Debates on sustainable development: towards a holistic view
of reality”.
Environment, Development and Sustainability 7: 501-518.
9. Robbins, Paul (2004) Political Ecology: A Critical Introduction. Blackwell Publishing.
10. Singh, R.B. (Eds.) (2001) Urban Sustainability in the Context of Global Change, Science
Pub., Inc.,
Enfield (NH), USA and Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi.
10
3rd Semester
C-5: Climatology
1. Atmospheric Composition and Structure – Variation with Altitude, Latitude and Season.
2. Insolation and Temperature – Factors and Distribution, Heat Budget, Temperature Inversion.
3. Atmospheric Pressure and Winds – Planetary Winds, Forces affecting Winds, General
Circulation, JetStreams.
4. Atmospheric Moisture – Evaporation, Humidity, Condensation, Fog and Clouds, Precipitation
Types,Stability and Instability; Climatic Regions (Koppen)
5. Cyclones – Tropical Cyclones, Extra Tropical Cyclones, Monsoon - Origin and Mechanism.
Reading List
1. Barry R. G. and Carleton A. M., 2001: Synoptic and Dynamic Climatology, Routledge, UK.
2. Barry R. G. and Corley R. J., 1998: Atmosphere, Weather and Climate, Routledge, New York.
3. Critchfield H. J., 1987: General Climatology, Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi
4. Lutgens F. K., Tarbuck E. J. and Tasa D., 2009: The Atmosphere: An Introduction to
Meteorology,
Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
5. Oliver J. E. and Hidore J. J., 2002: Climatology: An Atmospheric Science, Pearson Education,
New
Delhi.
6. Trewartha G. T. and Horne L. H., 1980: An Introduction to Climate, McGraw-Hill.
7. Gupta L S(2000): Jalvayu Vigyan, Hindi Madhyam Karyanvay Nidishalya, Delhi Vishwa
Vidhyalaya,
Delhi
8. Lal, D S (2006): Jalvayu Vigyan, Prayag Pustak Bhavan, Allahabad
9. Vatal, M (1986): Bhautik Bhugol, Central Book Depot, Allahabad
10. Singh, S (2009): Jalvayu Vigyan, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad
C-6: Geography of India

1. Physical: Physiographic Divisions, soil and vegetation, climate (characteristics and
classification)
2. Population: Distribution and growth, Structure
3. Economic: Mineral and power resources distribution and utilisation of iron ore, coal,
petroleum, gas; agricultural production and distribution of rice and wheat, industrial
development : automobile and Information technology
4. Social: Distribution of population by race, caste, religion, language, tribes and their correlates
5. Regionalisation of India: Physiographic (R. L. Singh), Socio – cultural (Sopher), Economic
(Sengupta)
11
Reading List
1. Deshpande C. D., 1992: India: A Regional Interpretation, ICSSR, New Delhi.
2. Johnson, B. L. C., ed. 2001. Geographical Dictionary of India. Vision Books, New Delhi.
3. Mandal R. B. (ed.), 1990: Patterns of Regional Geography – An Intenational Perspective. Vol.
3–
Indian Perspective.
4. Sdyasuk Galina and P Sengupta (1967): Economic Regionalisation of India, Census of India
5. Sharma, T. C. 2003: India - Economic and Commercial Geography. Vikas Publ., New Delhi.
6. Singh R. L., 1971: India: A Regional Geography, National Geographical Society of India.
7. Singh, Jagdish 2003: India - A Comprehensive & Systematic Geography, Gyanodaya
Prakashan,
Gorakhpur.
8. Spate O. H. K. and Learmonth A. T. A., 1967: India and Pakistan: A General and Regional
Geography, Methuen.
9. Tirtha, Ranjit 2002: Geography of India, Rawat Publs., Jaipur & New Delhi.
10. Pathak, C. R. 2003: Spatial Structure and Processes of Development in India. Regional
Science
Assoc., Kolkata.
11. Tiwari, R.C. (2007) Geography of India. Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad
12. Sharma, T.C. (2013) Economic Geography of India. Rawat Publication, Jaipur
C-7: Field Work and Research Methodology (Practical)

1. Field Work In Geographical Studies – Role, Value, Data and Ethics of Field-Work
2. Defining the Field and Identifying the Case Study – Rural / Urban / Physical / Human /
Environmental.
3. Field Techniques – Merits, Demerits and Selection of the Appropriate Technique; Observation
(Participant / Non Participant), Questionnaires (Open/ Closed / Structured / Non-Structured);
Interview with Special Focus on Focused Group Discussions; Space Survey (Transects and
Quadrants, Constructing a Sketch)
4. Use of Field Tools – Collection of Material for Physical and Socio-Economic Surveys.
5. Designing the Field Report – Aims and Objectives, Methodology, Analysis, Interpretation and
Writing the Report.
Practical Record
1. Each student will prepare an individual report based on primary and secondary data collected
during field work.
2. The duration of the field work should not exceed 10 days.
3. The word count of the report should be about 5,000 to 10,000 excluding figures, tables,
photographs, maps, references and appendices.
4. One copy of the report on A 4 size paper should be submitted in soft binding.
Reading List
1. Creswell J., 1994: Research Design: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches Sage
Publications.
12
2. Dikshit, R. D. 2003. The Art and Science of Geography: Integrated Readings. Prentice-Hall of
India,
New Delhi.
3. Evans M., 1988: “Participant Observation: The Researcher as Research Tool” in Qualitative
Methods
in Human Geography, eds. J. Eyles and D. Smith, Polity.
4. Mukherjee, Neela 1993. Participatory Rural Appraisal: Methodology and Application. Concept
Publs.
Co., New Delhi.
5. Mukherjee, Neela 2002. Participatory Learning and Action: with 100 Field Methods. Concept
Publs.
Co., New Delhi
6. Robinson A., 1998: "Thinking Straight and Writing That Way", in Writing Empirical Research
Reports: A Basic Guide for Students of the Social and Behavioural Sciences, eds. by F. Pryczak
and R.
Bruce Pryczak, Publishing: Los Angeles.
7. Special Issue on “Doing Fieldwork” The Geographical Review 91:1-2 (2001).
8. Stoddard R. H., 1982: Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Kendall/Hunt.
10. Wolcott, H. 1995. The Art of Fieldwork. Alta Mira Press, Walnut Creek, CA.
SEC-1 Statistical Methods in Geography

1. Use of Data in Geography: Geographical Data Matrix, Significance of Statistical Methods in
Geography; Sources of Data, Scales of Measurement (Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, Ratio).
2. Tabulation and Descriptive Statistics: Frequencies (Deciles, Quartiles), Cross Tabulation,
Central Tendency (Mean, Median and Mode, Centro-graphic Techniques, Dispersion
(Standard Deviation, Variance and Coefficient of Variation).
3. Sampling: Purposive, Random, Systematic and Stratified.
4. Theoretical Distribution: Probability and Normal Distribution.
5. Association and Correlation: Rank Correlation, Product Moment Correlation, and Simple
Regression, Residuals from regression
Reading List
1. Berry B. J. L. and Marble D. F. (eds.): Spatial Analysis – A Reader in Geography.
2. Ebdon D., 1977: Statistics in Geography: A Practical Approach.
3. Hammond P. and McCullagh P. S., 1978: Quantitative Techniques in Geography: An
Introduction,
Oxford University Press.
4. King L. S., 1969: Statistical Analysis in Geography, Prentice-Hall.
5. Mahmood A., 1977: Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Concept.
6. Pal S. K., 1998: Statistics for Geoscientists, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
7. Sarkar, A. (2013) Quantitative geography: techniques and presentations. Orient Black Swan
Private
Ltd., New Delhi
8. Silk J., 1979: Statistical Concepts in Geography, Allen and Unwin, London.
13
9. Spiegel M. R.: Statistics, Schaum's Outline Series.

10. Yeates M., 1974: An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Human Geography, McGraw
Hill, New
York.
11. Shinha, Indira (2007) Sankhyiki bhugol. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi
GE-3: Climate Change: Vulnerability and Adaptation
1. Science of Climate Change: Understanding Climate Change; Green House Gases and
Global Warming; Global Climatic Assessment- IPCC
2. Climate Change and Vulnerability: Physical Vulnerability; Economic Vulnerability;
Social Vulnerability
3. Impact of Climate Change: Agriculture and Water; Flora and Fauna; Human Health
4. Adaptation and Mitigation: Global Initiatives with Particular Reference to South Asia.
5. National Action Plan on Climate Change; Local Institutions (Urban Local Bodies,
Panchayats)
Further Readings
1. IPCC. (2007) Climate Change 2007: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Contribution of
Working
Group II to the Fourth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change.
2. IPCC (2014) Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Part A: Global
and
Sectoral Aspects. Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United
Kingdom and New York, NY, USA.
3. IPCC (2014) Climate Change 2014: Impacts, Adaptation, and Vulnerability. Part B: Regional
Aspects. Contribution of Working Group II to the Fifth Assessment Report of the
Intergovernmental
Panel on Climate Change Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, United Kingdom and New
York,
NY, USA.
4. Palutikof, J. P., van der Linden, P. J. and Hanson, C. E. (eds.), Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, UK.
5. OECD. (2008) Climate Change Mitigation: What Do we Do? Organisation and Economic
Cooperation
and Development.
6. UNEP. (2007) Global Environment Outlook: GEO4: Environment for Development, United
Nations
Environment Programme.
7. Singh, M., Singh, R.B. and Hassan, M.I. (Eds.) (2014) Climate change and biodiversity:
Proceedings
of IGU Rohtak Conference, Volume 1. Advances in Geographical and Environmental Studies,
Springer
8. Sen Roy, S. and Singh, R.B. (2002) Climate Variability, Extreme Events and Agricultural
14
Productivity in Mountain Regions, Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi.
4th Semester
C-8: Economic Geography
1. Introduction: Concept and classification of economic activity
2. Factors Affecting location of Economic Activity with special reference to Agriculture (Von
Thunen theory), Industry (Weber’s theory).
3. Primary Activities: Subsistence and Commercial agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining.
4. Secondary Activities: Manufacturing (Cotton Textile, Iron and Steel), Concept of
Manufacturing Regions, Special Economic Zones and Technology Parks.
5. Tertiary Activities: Transport, Trade and Services.
Reading List
1. Alexander J. W., 1963: Economic Geography, Prentice-Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New
Jersey.
2. Coe N. M., Kelly P. F. and Yeung H. W., 2007: Economic Geography: A Contemporary
Introduction,
Wiley-Blackwell.
3. Hodder B. W. and Lee Roger, 1974: Economic Geography, Taylor and Francis.
4. Combes P., Mayer T. and Thisse J. F., 2008: Economic Geography: The Integration of Regions
and
Nations, Princeton University Press.
5. Wheeler J. O., 1998: Economic Geography, Wiley..
6. Durand L., 1961: Economic Geography, Crowell.
7. Bagchi-Sen S. and Smith H. L., 2006: Economic Geography: Past, Present and Future, Taylor
and
Francis.
8. Willington D. E., 2008: Economic Geography, Husband Press.
9. Clark, Gordon L.; Feldman, M.P. and Gertler, M.S., eds. 2000: The Oxford
C-9: Environmental Geography

1. Environmental Geography – Concept and Scope
2. Human-Environment Relationships – Historical Progression, Adaptation in different Biomes.
3. Ecosystem – Concept, Structure and Functions
4. Environmental Problems in Tropical, Temperate and Polar Ecosystems
5. Environmental Programmers and Policies – Global, National and Local levels
Reading List
1. Chandna R. C., 2002: Environmental Geography, Kalyani, Ludhiana.
2. Cunninghum W. P. and Cunninghum M. A., 2004: Principals of EnvironmentalScience:
Inquiry and
Applications, Tata Macgraw Hill, New Delhi.
3. Goudie A., 2001: The Nature of the Environment, Blackwell, Oxford.
15
4. Singh, R.B. (Eds.) (2009) Biogeography and Biodiversity. Rawat Publication, Jaipur
5. Miller G. T., 2004: Environmental Science: Working with the Earth, Thomson BrooksCole,
Singapore.
6. MoEF, 2006: National Environmental Policy-2006, Ministry of Environment andForests,
Government
of India.
7. Singh, R.B. and Hietala, R. (Eds.) (2014) Livelihood security in Northwestern Himalaya: Case
studies from changing socio-economic environments in Himachal Pradesh, India. Advances in
Geographical and Environmental Studies, Springer
8. Odum, E. P. et al, 2005: Fundamentals of Ecology, Ceneage Learning India.
9. Singh S., 1997: Environmental Geography, Prayag Pustak Bhawan. Allahabad.
10. UNEP, 2007: Global Environment Outlook: GEO4: Environment For Development, United
Nations
Environment Programme.
11. Singh, M., Singh, R.B. and Hassan, M.I. (Eds.) (2014) Climate change and biodiversity:
Proceedings of IGU Rohtak Conference, Volume 1. Advances in Geographical and
Environmental Studies, Springer
12. Singh, R.B. (1998) Ecological Techniques and Approaches to Vulnerable Environment, New
Delhi, Oxford & IBH Pub..
13. Singh, Savindra 2001. Paryavaran Bhugol, Prayag Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad. (in Hindi)
C-10: Field and Instrumental Survey

1.Prismatic Compass: Importance, scope and purpose, principles and application of the survey
instrument.
(i) Closed traverse survey with minimum 4 stations and 8 - 12 offsets; (ii)
Open Traverse with minimum 3 -4 stations to map a part of campus / building.
2.Dumpy Level / Auto Level: Importance, scope and purpose, principles and application of the
survey instruments
(i) Preparation of contour map of a selected terrain; (ii) Preparation of road profile / Terrain
profile using change points.
3. Theodolite / Total Station: Importance, scope and purpose, principles of working and
application of the survey instrument;
(i) Determination of height of an inaccessible object (ii) Closed Traverse
Survey Plotting by Independent coordinates
4. Digital Planimeter: Importance, scope and purpose, principles of working and application of
the instrument;Measurement of area of a part of topographical map / drainage basin.
5. Field Survey: Basic principles and practices of field survey.
Reading List
1. Burrough, P. A.,1986: Principles of Geographical Information Systems in Land Resources
Assessment, Clarendon Press, Oxford
2. Burrough, P. A. and McDonnell, R. A., 1998: Principles of Geographical Information Systems,
Oxford University Press, Oxford.
3. Curtis, H., 2000: The GPS Accuracy Improvement Initiative, GPS World, June, 2000.
4. Chrisman, N., 1997: Exploring Geographic Information Systems, John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
5. De Mars, M. N., 1999: Fundamentals of Geographic Information Systems, John Wiley &
16
Sons Inc., New York.

6. Gopi, S., 2005: Global Positioning System Principles and Applications, Tata McGraw Hill,
New Delhi.
7. Kraaak, M. and Ormelling, F., 2004: Cartography Visualization of Geospatial Data, Pearson
Education, Delhi.
Version 1.0, 2014 Page 50 of 52
FURTHER READINGS:
1. Star, J. and Ester, J., 1990: Geographic Information System, Prentice-Hall.
2. Maguire, D. J., Goodchild, M. and Rhind, D. J., 1990: Geographical Information Systems:
Principles and Applications, Longman Science and Technology Publications.
3. Robinson, A. H., et al., 1995: Elements of Cartography, John Wiley.
SEC:-2Spatial Information Technology

1. Introduction: Definitions, Concept and Historical Development of Cartography and Map
Projections
2. Introduction: Definitions, Concept and Historical Development of Spatial technology
3. Spatial Information/Data: Web data sources; Registration and projection; Data structures; Data
interpolation and modeling.
4. Working of spatial information system
5. Functions of Spatial information system: Information retrieval; Topological modeling;
Networks; Overlay; Data output.
6. Application of Spatial Information Technology
Reading List
1. C. Esperança and H. Samet, An overview of the SAND spatial database system, to appear in
Communications of the ACM, 1997. http://www.cs.umd.edu/~hjs/pubs/sandprog.ps.gz
2. G. Hjaltason and H. Samet, Ranking in Spatial Databases in Advances in Spatial Databases —
4th
Symposium, SSD’95, M. J. Egenhofer and J. R. Herring, Eds., Lecture Notes in Computer
Science 951, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1995, 83-95. http://www.cs.umd.edu/~hjs/pubs/incnear.ps
3. H. Samet, Spatial Data Structures in Modern Database Systems: The Object Model,
Interoperability, and Beyond, W. Kim, Ed., Addison-Wesley/ACM Press, 1995, 361-385.
http://www.cs.umd.edu/~hjs/pubs/kim.ps
4. H. Samet, Applications of Spatial Data Structures: Computer Graphics, Image Processing, and
GIS, Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1990. ISBN 0-201- 50300-0.
6. H. Samet, The Design and Analysis of Spatial Data Structures, Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA,
1990. ISBN 0-201-50255-0.
7. H. Samet and W. G. Aref, Spatial Data Models and Query Processing in Modern Database
Systems: The Object Model, Interoperability, and Beyond, W. Kim, Ed., Addison-Wesley/ACM
Press, 1995, 338-360. http://www.cs.umd.edu/~hjs/pubs/kim2.ps
8. C. D. Tomlin, Geographic Information Systems and Cartographic Modeling, Prentice-Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1990. ISBN 0-13-350927-3.
GE-4 Geography of Tourism

1. Scope and Nature: Concepts and Issues, Tourism, Recreation and Leisure Inter-Relations;
17
Geographical Parameters of Tourism by Robinson.

2. Type of Tourism: Nature Tourism, Cultural Tourism, Medical Tourism, Pilgrimage
3. Recent Trends of Tourism: International and Regional; Domestic (India); Eco-Tourism,
Sustainable Tourism, Meetings Incentives Conventions and Exhibitions (MICE)
4. Impact of Tourism: Economy; Environment; Society
5. Tourism in India: Tourism Infrastructure; Case Studies of Himalaya, Desert and Coastal
Areas; National Tourism Policy
Reading List
1. Dhar, P.N. (2006) International Tourism: Emerging Challenges and Future Prospects.
Kanishka, New Delhi.
2. Hall, M. and Stephen, P. (2006) Geography of Tourism and Recreation – Environment,
Place and Space, Routledge, London.
3. Kamra, K. K. and Chand, M. (2007) Basics of Tourism: Theory, Operation and Practise,
Kanishka Publishers, Pune.
4. Page, S. J. (2011) Tourism Management: An Introduction, Butterworth-Heinemann-
USA. Chapter 2.
5. Raj, R. and Nigel, D. (2007) Morpeth Religious Tourism and Pilgrimage Festivals
Management: An International perspective by, CABI, Cambridge, USA, www.cabi.org.
6. Tourism Recreation and Research Journal, Center for Tourism Research and
Development, Lucknow
7. Singh Jagbir (2014) “Eco-Tourism” Published by - I.K. International Pvt. Ltd. S-25,
Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India (www.ikbooks.com).
18
5th Semester
C-11: Regional Planning and Development

1. Definition of Region, Evolution and Types of Regional planning: Formal, Functional, and
Planning Regions and Regional Planning; Need for Regional Planning; Types of regional
Planning.
2. Choice of a Region for Planning: Characteristics of an Ideal Planning Region; Delineation of
Planning Region; Regionalization of India for Planning (Agro Ecological Zones)
3. Theories and Models for Regional Planning: Growth Pole Model of Perroux; Growth Centre
Model in Indian Context; Myrdal, Hirschman, Rostow and Friedmann; Village Cluster
4. Changing Concept of Development, Concept of underdevelopment; Efficiency-Equity Debate
5. Measuring development: Indicators (Economic, Social and Environmental); Human
development.
Reading List
1. Blij H. J. De, 1971: Geography: Regions and Concepts, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Claval P.l, 1998: An Introduction to Regional Geography, Blackwell Publishers, Oxford and
Massachusetts.
3. Friedmann J. and Alonso W. (1975): Regional Policy - Readings in Theory and Applications,
MIT
Press, Massachusetts.
4. Gore C. G., 1984: Regions in Question: Space, Development Theory and Regional Policy,
Methuen,
London.
5. Gore C. G., Köhler G., Reich U-P. and Ziesemer T., 1996: Questioning Development; Essays
on the
Theory, Policies and Practice of Development Intervention, Metropolis- Verlag, Marburg.
6. Haynes J., 2008: Development Studies, Polity Short Introduction Series.
7. Johnson E. A. J., 1970: The Organization of Space in Developing Countries, MIT Press,
Massachusetts.
8. Peet R., 1999: Theories of Development, The Guilford Press, New York.
9. UNDP 2001-04: Human Development Report, Oxford University Press.
10. World Bank 2001-05: World Development Report, Oxford University Press, New
C-12: Remote Sensing and Geographic Information System (Practical)

1. Remote Sensing and GIS: Definition and Components, Development, Platforms and Types,
2. Aerial Photography and Satellite Remote Sensing: Principles, Types and Geometry of Aerial
Photograph; Principles of Remote Sensing, EMR Interaction with Atmosphere and Earth
Surface; Satellites (Landsat and IRS) and Sensors.
3. GIS Data Structures: Types (spatial and Non-spatial), Raster and Vector Data Structure
4. Image Processing (Digital and Manual) and Data Analysis: Pre-processing (Radiometric and
Geometric Correction), Enhancement (Filtering); Classification (Supervised and Un-
supervised),Geo-Referencing; Editing and Output; Overlays
5. Interpretation and Application of Remote Sensing and GIS: Land use/ Land Cover, Urban
19
SprawlAnalysis; Forests Monitoring

Practical Record: Must have two exercises from aerial photos and satellite images (scale,
orientation and interpretation) and 3 exercises on using any GIS Software on above mentioned
themes.
Reading List
1. Campbell J. B., 2007: Introduction to Remote Sensing, Guildford Press.
2. Jensen J. R., 2004: Introductory Digital Image Processing: A Remote Sensing Perspective,
Prentice
Hall.
3. Joseph, G. 2005: Fundamentals of Remote Sensing, United Press India.
4. Lillesand T. M., Kiefer R. W. and Chipman J. W., 2004: Remote Sensing and Image
Interpretation,
Wiley. (Wiley Student Edition).
5. Nag P. and Kudra, M., 1998: Digital Remote Sensing, Concept, New Delhi.
6. Rees W. G., 2001: Physical Principles of Remote Sensing, Cambridge University Press.
7. Singh R. B. and Murai S., 1998: Space-informatics for Sustainable Development, Oxford and
IBH
Pub.
8. Wolf P. R. and Dewitt B. A., 2000: Elements of Photogrammetry: With Applications in GIS,
McGraw-
Hill.
9. Sarkar, A. (2015) Practical geography: A systematic approach. Orient Black Swan Private Ltd.,
New Delhi
10. Chauniyal, D.D. (2010) Sudur Samvedan evam Bhogolik Suchana Pranali, Sharda Pustak
Bhawan, Allahabad
DSE-1: Urban Geography

1. Urban geography: Introduction, nature and scope
2. Patterns of Urbanisation in developed and developing countries
3. Functional classification of cities: Quantitative and Qualitative Methods
4. Urban Issues: problems of housing, slums, civic amenities (water and transport)
5. Case studies of Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai Chandigarh and Guwahati with reference to
Land use
And Urban Issues
Reading List
1. Fyfe N. R. and Kenny J. T., 2005: The Urban Geography Reader, Routledge.
2. Graham S. and Marvin S., 2001: Splintering Urbanism: Networked
Infrastructures,Technological
Mobilities and the Urban Condition, Routledge.
3. Hall T., 2006: Urban Geography, Taylor and Francis.
4. Kaplan D. H., Wheeler J. O. and Holloway S. R., 2008: Urban Geography, John Wiley.
20
5. Knox P. L. and McCarthy L., 2005: Urbanization: An Introduction to Urban Geography,

Pearson
Prentice Hall New York.
6. Knox P. L. and Pinch S., 2006: Urban Social Geography: An Introduction, Prentice-Hall.
7. Pacione M., 2009: Urban Geography: A Global Perspective, Taylor and Francis.
8. Sassen S., 2001: The Global City: New York, London and Tokyo, Princeton University Press.
9. Ramachandran R (1989): Urbanisation and Urban Systems of India, Oxford University Press,
New
Delhi
10. Ramachandran, R., 1992: The Study of Urbanisation, Oxford University Press, Delhi
Pub.,
Inc., Enfield (NH), USA and Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi.
12. Singh, R.B. (Ed.) (2015) Urban development, challenges, risks andresilience in Asian
megacities.
Advances in Geographical and Environmental Studies, Springer
DSE-2: Soil and Bio-Geography

1.Soil forming factors, Processes of soil formation and soil developmentic,
2.Soil profile development, physical and chemical properties of soils
3.Soil erosion, degradation, and conservation.
4.Concept of Bio-diversity, biome types, ecosystem
5.National Forest Policy of India, Conservation of biotic resources; Biodiversity hotspots; State
of forest cover changes in India.
Reading List
1. Bradshaw, M. J., 1979: Earth and Living Planet, ELBS, London.
2. Bunting, B. T., 1967: The Geography of Soil, Hutchinson, London.
3. Foth, H. D. and Turk, L. M. 1972: Fundamentals of Soil Science, John Wiley, New York.
4. Govinda Rajan, S. V. and Gopala Rao, H. G., 1978: Studies on Soils of India, Vikas, New
Delhi.
5. Goudie, Andrew, 1981: The Human Impact, Basil Blackwell, Oxford.
6. Hugget, R. J., 1988: Fundamentals of Biogeography. Routledge, London.
7. Hugget, R. J., 1995: Geoecology: An Evolutionary Approach, Routledge, London.
8. Hussain, M. (ed), 1994: Biogeography (Part I&II), Anmol Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
9. Newbiggin: Plant and Animal Geography.
10. Pears, N., 1985: Basic Biogeography. 2nd Edition, Longman, London.
11. Robinson, H., 1982: Biogeography, E.L.B.S., Mc Donald & Evans, London.
12. Russell, E.W., 1973: Soil Condition and Plant Growth, Longman, London.
FURTHER READINGS:
1. Barry, C., 1977: Biogeography - An Ecological and Evolutionary Approach, Cox
Blackwell,Oxford.
2. Mc. Bride, M. B., 1999: Environmental Chemistry of Soils, Oxford University Press, New
York
3. Odum, E. P., 1971: Fundamentals of Ecology, W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia.
4. Singh, S. 1991: Environmental Geography, Prayag Publications, Allahabad.
21
5. Simmons, I. G., 1974: Biogeography: Natural and Cultural, London.

6. Smith, R. L., 1977: Ecology of Man- An Ecosystem Approach.
7. Spellberg, I. F. & Sawyer, J. W. D., 1999: An Introduction to Applied Biogeography,
Cambridge University Press.
8. Tivy, J. 1992: Biogeography: A study of Plants in Ecosphere , 3rd edn. Oliver and Boyd,
U.S.A.
22
6th Semester
C-13: Evolution of Geographical Thought

1. Paradigms in Geography
2. Pre-Modern – Early Origins of Geographical Thinking with reference to the Classical and
Medieval Philosophies.
3. Modern – Evolution of Geographical Thinking and Disciplinary Trends in Germany, France,
Britain, United States of America.
4. Debates – Environmental Determinism and Possibilism, Systematic and Regional, Ideographic
And Nomeothetic.
5. Trends – Quantitative Revolution and its Impact, Behaviouralism, Systems Approach,
Radicalism, Feminism; Towards Post Modernism – Changing Concept of Space in
Geography, Future of Geography.
Reading List
1. Arentsen M., Stam R. and Thuijis R., 2000: Post-modern Approaches to Space, ebook.
2. Bhat, L.S. (2009) Geography in India (Selected Themes). Pearson
3. Bonnett A., 2008: What is Geography? Sage.
4. Dikshit R. D., 1997: Geographical Thought: A Contextual History of Ideas, Prentice– Hall
India.
5. Hartshone R., 1959: Perspectives of Nature of Geography, Rand MacNally and Co.
6. Holt-Jensen A., 2011: Geography: History and Its Concepts: A Students Guide, SAGE.
7. Johnston R. J., (Ed.): Dictionary of Human Geography, Routledge.
8. Johnston R. J., 1997: Geography and Geographers, Anglo-American Human Geography since
1945,
Arnold, London.
9. Kapur A., 2001: Indian Geography Voice of Concern, Concept Publications.
10. Martin Geoffrey J., 2005: All Possible Worlds: A History of Geographical Ideas, Oxford.
11. Soja, Edward 1989. Post-modern Geographies, Verso, London. Reprinted 1997: Rawat Publ.,
Jaipur
and New Delhi.
C-14: Disaster Management based Project Work (Practical)

1. Flood
2. Drought
3. Cyclone and Hailstorms
4. Earthquake
5. Landslides
6. Human Induced Disasters: Fire Hazards, Chemical, Industrial accidents
Include the Project Report based on any two field based case studies among following disasters
and one disaster preparedness plan of respective college or locality:
Reading List
1. Government of India. (1997) Vulnerability Atlas of India. New Delhi, Building Materials &
23
Technology Promotion Council, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India.

2. Kapur, A. (2010) Vulnerable India: A Geographical Study of Disasters, Sage Publication, New
Delhi.
3. Modh, S. (2010) Managing Natural Disaster: Hydrological, Marine and Geological Disasters,
Macmillan, Delhi.
4. Singh, R.B. (2005) Risk Assessment and Vulnerability Analysis, IGNOU, New Delhi. Chapter
1, 2
and 3
Mitigation,
Rawat Publications, New Delhi.
United Press,
New Delhi.
7. Stoltman, J.P. et al. (2004) International Perspectives on Natural Disasters, Kluwer Academic
Publications. Dordrecht.
Publisher-
I.K. International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi,
India
(www.ikbooks.com).
DSE-3: Political Geography

1. Introduction: Concepts, Nature and Scope.
2. State, Nation and Nation State – Concept of Nation and State, Attributes of State – Frontiers,
Boundaries, Shape, Size, Territory and Sovereignty, Concept of Nation State; Geopolitics;
Theories (Heartland and Rimland)
3. Electoral Geography – Geography of Voting, Geographic Influences on Voting pattern,
Geography of Representation, Gerrymandering.
4. Political Geography of Resource Conflicts – Water Sharing Disputes, Disputes and Conflicts
Related to Forest Rights and Minerals.
5. Politics of Displacement: Issues of relief, compensation and rehabilitation: with reference to
Dams and Special Economic Zones
Reading List
1. Agnew J., 2002: Making Political Geography, Arnold.
2. Agnew J., Mitchell K. and Toal G., 2003: A Companion to Political Geography, Blackwell.
3. Cox K. R., Low M. and Robinson J., 2008: The Sage Handbook of Political Geography, Sage
Publications.
4. Cox K., 2002: Political Geography: Territory, State and Society, Wiley-Blackwell
5. Gallaher C., et al, 2009: Key Concepts in Political Geography, Sage Publications.
6. Glassner M., 1993: Political Geography, Wiley.
7. Jones M., 2004: An Introduction to Political Geography: Space, Place and Politics, Routledg .
8. Mathur H M and M M Cernea (eds.) Development, Displacement and Resettlement – Focus
on Asian
24
Experience, Vikas, Delhi

9. Painter J. and Jeffrey A., 2009: Political Geography, Sage Publications.
10. Taylor P. and Flint C., 2000: Political Geography, Pearson Education.
11. Verma M K (2004): Development, Displacement and Resettlement, Rawat Publications,
Delhi
12. Hodder Dick, Sarah J Llyod and Keith S McLachlan (1998), Land Locked States of Africa
and
Asia (vo.2), Frank Cass
DSE-4: Geography of North East India

1.Unity in Diversity of the North East
2.Physical divisions and characteristics (physiography, drainage, climate and Biodiversity)
3.Tribes of North East India, Population growth and distribution
4. Economic activities: agriculture (types and patterns) and natural resources and manufacturing
industries; development issues and problems, Road and Water ways.
5.Political policies of North East India
Reading List
1. Bhagabati, A. K. et al, 2001: Geography of Assam, Rajesh Publications, New Delhi.
2. Bhatt, L. S., 1973: Regional Planning in India, Statistical Publishing Society, Calcutta.
3. Census of India publications on India and North Eastern states.
4. Das, H. P., 1971: Geography of Assam, NBT, New Delhi.
5. Das, M. M., 1984: Peasant Agriculture in Assam, Inter India Publications, New Delhi.
6. Dutta Ray, B., et. al (eds), 2000: Population, Poverty and Environment in North East India,
Concept Publishing Co., New Delhi.
7. Dhar, P. K., 1988 (2nd Edition): The Economy of Assam, Ashomi Prakashani
8. Misra, et. al, 1974: Regional Development Planning in India- A Strategy, Institute of
Development Studies, Mysore.
9. Singh, R. L., (ed), 1968: India- Regional Studies, 21st IGC, New Delhi
10. Taher M. and Ahmed, P., 2000: Geography of North East India, Mani-Manik Prakash,
Guwahati.
FURTHER READINGS:
1. Barua, P. C., 1990: Development Planning of North East India, Mittal Publications, New
Delhi.
2. Duncan, G., 1967: Resource Utilization and the Conservation, Concept in Readings in
Economic Geography, New York.
Version 1.0, 2014 Page 40 of 52
3. Mitra, Ashok, 1967: Levels of Regional Development in India, Vol. I, Census of India
Publications, New Delhi.
4. North East India Geographical Society: North Eastern Geographer, Department of
Geography, Gauhati University.
5. N.E.C.: Statistics for North Eastern Region, Shillong, 1990-91 onwards.
6. The Geographical Society of North Eastern Hill Region (India): Hill Geographer, Shillong.
1
B.A. / B.SC. (GENERAL) SYLLABUS

Core Course(12) Ability Skill Enhancement Discipline Generic

Enhancement Course Specific Elective (GE)
Compulsory Elective (SEC) Elective (DSE) (2)
Course(AECC) (4) (4)
(2)
I English/MIL-1 (Eng/Hindi/MIL
Physical Communication /
Geography(DSC-1A) Environmental
DSC-2A Studies)
II English/MIL-1 Environmental
General Cartography Studies
(Practical) (DSC-1B)
(DSC-2B)
III English/MIL-2 Statistical methods
Human in Geography
Geography(DSC-1C) (SEC-1)
(DSC-2C)
IV English/MIL-2 Spatial
Soil and Bio- Information
Geography(DSC-1D) Technology
(DSC-2D) (SEC-2)
V GIS based Project Geography of Disaster

Report(Practical) India(DSE-1) Management
(SEC-3) (DSE-2) (GE-1)
VI Field Techniques Economic Sustainable

and Survey based Geography(DS Development
project report E-3) (GE-2)
(Practical)(SEC-4) (DSE-4)
2
B.A. / B.SC. (GENERAL) SYLLABUS

1st Semester
Core Course:
1.English/MIL-1
DSC-1A: Physical Geography

1. Physical Geography – Definition and Scope, Components of Earth System.
2. Atmosphere – Atmospheric Composition and Structure – Variation with Altitude, Latitude and
Season.Heat Balance, Global Circulation Pattern, Tropical Cyclones, Monsoon, Climatic
Classification (Koppen).
3. Lithosphere – Internal Structure of Earth based on Seismic Evidence, Plate Tectonics
and its Associated Features.
4. Fluvial Cycle of Erosion – Davis and Penck.
5. Hydrosphere – Hydrological Cycle, Ocean Bottom Relief Features, Tides and
Currents.
Reading List
1. Conserva H. T., 2004: Illustrated Dictionary of Physical Geography, Author House,
USA.
2. Gabler R. E., Petersen J. F. and Trapasso, L. M., 2007: Essentials of Physical
Geography (8th Edition), Thompson, Brooks/Cole, USA.
3. Garrett N., 2000: Advanced Geography, Oxford University Press.
4. Goudie, A., 1984: The Nature of the Environment: An Advanced Physical
Geography, Basil Blackwell Publishers, Oxford.
5. Hamblin, W. K., 1995: Earth’s Dynamic System, Prentice Hall, N.J.
6. Husain M., 2002: Fundamentals of Physical Geography, Rawat Publications, Jaipur.
7. Monkhouse, F. J. 2009: Principles of Physical Geography, Platinum Publishers,
Kolkata.
8. Strahler A. N. and Strahler A. H., 2008: Modern Physical Geography, John Wiley &
Sons, New York.
3.(DSC-2A)
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course

4. Eng/Hindi/MIL Communication /Environmental Studies (AECC-1)
3
2nd Semester
Core Course
1.English/MIL-1
DSC-1B:General Cartography (Practical)

1. Maps – Types, Elements and Uses
2. Map Scale – Types and Application, Reading Distances on a Map.
3. Map Projections – Criteria for Choice of Projections; Attributes and Properties of:
Zenithal Gnomonic Polar Case, Zenithal Stereographic Polar Case, Cylindrical Equal
Area, Mercator’s Projection, Conical Projection with Two Standard Parallel,
Bonne’s Projection.
4. Representation of Data – Symbols, Dots, Choropleth, Isopleth and Flow Diagrams,
Interpretation of Thematic Maps.
Note: This paper is not a practical paper, and the objective is to give basic information about
various tools and techniques used in making maps. Students will not be involved in any
laboratory work or hands on exercises, though a few demonstrations in the laboratories by
teachers are recommended.
Reading List
1. Dent B. D., 1999: Cartography: Thematic Map Design, (Vol. 1), McGraw Hill.
2. Gupta K. K and Tyagi V. C., 1992: Working with Maps, Survey of India, DST, New
Delhi.
3. Mishra R. P. and Ramesh A., 1989: Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept
Publishing.
4. Robinson A., 1953: Elements of Cartography, John Wiley.
5. Sharma J. P., 2010: Prayogic Bhugol, Rastogi Publishers.
6. Singh R. L. and Singh R. P. B., 1999: Elements of Practical Geography, Kalyani
Publishers
7. Singh R. L., 1998: Prayogic Bhoogol Rooprekha, Kalyani Publications.
8. Steers J. A., 1965: An Introduction to the Study of Map Projections, University of
London.
3.(DSC-2B)

4. Environmental Studies (AECC-2)
4
3rd Semester
Core Course
1.English/MIL-1
DSC-1C: Human Geography

1. Definition, Nature, Major Subfields, Contemporary Relevance.
2. Space and Society: Cultural Regions; Race; Religion and Language
3. Population: Population Growth and Demographic Transition Theory.
4. World Population Distribution and Composition (Age, Gender and Literacy).
5. Settlements: Types and Patterns of Rural Settlements; Classification of Urban
Settlements; Trends and Patterns of World Urbanization
Reading List
1. Chandna, R.C. (2010) Population Geography, Kalyani Publisher.
2. Daniel, P.A. and Hopkinson, M.F. (1989) The Geography of Settlement, Oliver &
Boyd, London.
3. Johnston R; Gregory D, Pratt G. et al. (2008) The Dictionary of Human
Geography, Blackwell Publication.
4. Jordan-Bychkov et al. (2006) The Human Mosaic: A Thematic Introduction to
Cultural Geography. W. H. Freeman and Company, New York.
5. Kaushik, S.D. (2010) Manav Bhugol, Rastogi Publication, Meerut.
6. Maurya, S.D. (2012) Manav Bhugol, Sharda Pustak Bhawan. Allahabad.
7. Ghosh, S. (2015) Introduction to settlement geography. Orient Black Swan Private Ltd.,
Kolkata
8. Hussain, Majid (2012) Manav Bhugol. Rawat Publications, Jaipur
3. (DSC-2C)
SEC-1:Statistical Methods in Geography

1. Use of Data in Geography: Geographical Data Matrix, Significance of Statistical Methods in
Geography; Sources of Data, Scales of Measurement (Nominal, Ordinal, Interval, Ratio).
2. Tabulation and Descriptive Statistics: Frequencies (Deciles, Quartiles), Cross Tabulation,
Central Tendency (Mean, Median and Mode, Centro-graphic Techniques, Dispersion
(Standard Deviation, Variance and Coefficient of Variation).
3. Sampling: Purposive, Random, Systematic and Stratified.
4. Theoretical Distribution: Probability and Normal Distribution.
5. Association and Correlation: Rank Correlation, Product Moment Correlation, and Simple
Regression, Residuals from regression
.
Reading List
3. Hammond P. and McCullagh P. S., 1978: Quantitative Techniques in Geography: An
Introduction,
5

7. Sarkar, A. (2013) Quantitative geography: techniques and presentations. Orient Black Swan
Private
Ltd., New Delhi
10. Yeates M., 1974: An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Human Geography, McGraw
Hill, New
York.
11. Shinha, Indira (2007) Sankhyiki bhugol. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi
6
4th Semester
Core Course
1.English/MIL-1
DSC-1D: Soil and Bio-Geography

1.Soil forming factors, Processes of soil formation and soil developmentic,
2.Soil profile development, physical and chemical properties of soils
3.Soil erosion, degradation, and conservation.
4.Concept of Bio-diversity, biome types, ecosystem
5.National Forest Policy of India, Conservation of biotic resources; Biodiversity hotspots; State
of forest cover changes in India.
Reading List:
1. Bradshaw, M. J., 1979: Earth and Living Planet, ELBS, London.
4. Govinda Rajan, S. V. and Gopala Rao, H. G., 1978: Studies on Soils of India, Vikas, New
Delhi.
6. Hugget, R. J., 1988: Fundamentals of Biogeography. Routledge, London.
7. Hugget, R. J., 1995: Geoecology: An Evolutionary Approach, Routledge, London.
12. Russell, E.W., 1973: Soil Condition and Plant Growth, Longman, London.
FURTHER READINGS:
1. Barry, C., 1977: Biogeography - An Ecological and Evolutionary Approach, Cox
Blackwell,Oxford.
2. Mc. Bride, M. B., 1999: Environmental Chemistry of Soils, Oxford University Press, New
York
3. Odum, E. P., 1971: Fundamentals of Ecology, W.B. Saunders, Philadelphia.
4. Singh, S. 1991: Environmental Geography, Prayag Publications, Allahabad.
5. Simmons, I. G., 1974: Biogeography: Natural and Cultural, London.
6. Smith, R. L., 1977: Ecology of Man- An Ecosystem Approach.
7. Spellberg, I. F. & Sawyer, J. W. D., 1999: An Introduction to Applied Biogeography,
8. Tivy, J. 1992: Biogeography: A study of Plants in Ecosphere , 3rd edn. Oliver and Boyd,
U.S.A.
3. (DSC-2D)
SEC-2 Spatial Information Technology

1. Introduction: Definitions, Concept and Historical Development of Cartography and Map
Projections
7
2. Introduction: Definitions, Concept and Historical Development of Spatial technology

3. Spatial Information/Data: Web data sources; Registration and projection; Data structures; Data
interpolation and modeling.
4. Working of spatial information system
5. Functions of Spatial information system: Information retrieval; Topological modeling;
Networks; Overlay; Data output.
6. Application of Spatial Information Technology
Reading List
1. C. Esperança and H. Samet, An overview of the SAND spatial database system, to appear in
Communications of the ACM, 1997. http://www.cs.umd.edu/~hjs/pubs/sandprog.ps.gz
2. G. Hjaltason and H. Samet, Ranking in Spatial Databases in Advances in Spatial Databases —
4th
Symposium, SSD’95, M. J. Egenhofer and J. R. Herring, Eds., Lecture Notes in Computer
Science 951, Springer-Verlag, Berlin, 1995, 83-95. http://www.cs.umd.edu/~hjs/pubs/incnear.ps
3. H. Samet, Spatial Data Structures in Modern Database Systems: The Object Model,
Interoperability, and Beyond, W. Kim, Ed., Addison-Wesley/ACM Press, 1995, 361-385.
http://www.cs.umd.edu/~hjs/pubs/kim.ps
4. H. Samet, Applications of Spatial Data Structures: Computer Graphics, Image Processing, and
GIS, Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, 1990. ISBN 0-201- 50300-0.
6. H. Samet, The Design and Analysis of Spatial Data Structures, Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA,
1990. ISBN 0-201-50255-0.
7. H. Samet and W. G. Aref, Spatial Data Models and Query Processing in Modern Database
Systems: The Object Model, Interoperability, and Beyond, W. Kim, Ed., Addison-Wesley/ACM
Press, 1995, 338-360. http://www.cs.umd.edu/~hjs/pubs/kim2.ps
8. C. D. Tomlin, Geographic Information Systems and Cartographic Modeling, Prentice-Hall,
Englewood Cliffs, NJ, 1990. ISBN 0-13-350927-3.
8
5th Semester
SEC-3: GIS based Project Report (Practical)

1. Geographical Information System (GIS): Definition and Components.
2. GIS Data Structures: Types (spatial and Non-spatial), Raster and Vector Data
Structure.
3. GIS Data Analysis: Input; Geo-Referencing; Editing and Output; Overlays.
4. Application of GIS in Land Use/Land Cover Mapping.
5. Application of GIS in Urban Sprawl and Forests Monitoring
Practical Record: A project file consisting of 5 exercises on using any GIS Software on
above mentioned themes.
Reading List
1. Bhatta, B. (2010) Analysis of Urban Growth and Sprawl from Remote
Sensing,Springer, Berlin Heidelberg.41
2. Burrough, P.A., and McDonnell, R.A. (2000) Principles of Geographical Information
System-Spatial Information System and Geo-statistics. Oxford University Press
3. Chauniyal, D.D. (2010) Sudur Samvedan evam Bhogolik Suchana Pranali, Sharda Pustak
Bhawan, Allahabad
4. Heywoods, I., Cornelius, S and Carver, S. (2006) An Introduction to Geographical
Infromation system. Prentice Hall.
5. Jha, M.M. and Singh, R.B. (2008) Land Use: Reflection on Spatial Informatics
Agriculture and Development, New Delhi: Concept.
6. Nag, P. (2008) Introduction to GIS, Concept India, New Delhi.
7. Sarkar, A. (2015) Practical geography: A systematic approach. Orient Black
Swan Private Ltd., New Delhi
8. Singh, R.B. and Murai, S. (1998) Space Informatics for Sustainable Development,
Oxford and IBH, New Delhi.
DSE-1: Geography of India

1. Physical Setting – Location, Structure and Relief, Drainage, Climate.
2. Population – Size and Growth since 1901, Population Distribution, Literacy, Sex
Ratio.
3. Settlement System - Rural Settlement Types and Patterns, Urban Pattern.
4. Resource Base – Livestock (cattle and fisheries), Power (coal, and hydroelectricity),
Minerals (iron ore and bauxite).
5. Economy – Agriculture (Rice, Wheat, Sugarcane, Groundnut, Cotton); Industries
(Cotton Textile, Iron-Steel, Automobile), Transportation Modes (Road and Rail).
Reading List
3. Mandal R. B. (ed.), 1990: Patterns of Regional Geography – An Intenational Perspective. Vol.
3–
Indian Perspective.
9
7. Singh, Jagdish 2003: India - A Comprehensive & Systematic Geography, Gyanodaya
Prakashan,
Gorakhpur.
8. Spate O. H. K. and Learmonth A. T. A., 1967: India and Pakistan: A General and Regional
Geography, Methuen.
Science
Assoc., Kolkata.
12. Sharma, T.C. (2013) Economic Geography of India. Rawat Publication, Jaipur
3. (DSE-2)

4. Disaster Management (GE-1)
1. Disasters: Definition and Concepts: Hazards, Disasters; Risk and Vulnerability; Classification
2. Disasters in India: (a) Flood: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping; Landslide: Causes,
Impact, Distribution and Mapping; Drought: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping
3. Disasters in India: (b) Earthquake and Tsunami: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping;
Cyclone: Causes,Impact, Distribution and Mapping.
4. Manmade disasters: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping
5. Response and Mitigation to Disasters: Mitigation and Preparedness, NDMA and NIDM;
Indigenous Knowledge and Community-Based Disaster Management; Do’s and Don’ts
During and Post Disasters
Reading List
1. Government of India. (1997) Vulnerability Atlas of India. New Delhi, Building Materials
& Technology Promotion Council, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of
India.
2. Kapur, A. (2010) Vulnerable India: A Geographical Study of Disasters, Sage Publication,
New Delhi.
3. Modh, S. (2010) Managing Natural Disaster: Hydrological, Marine and Geological
Disasters, Macmillan, Delhi.
4. Singh, R.B. (2005) Risk Assessment and Vulnerability Analysis, IGNOU, New Delhi.
Chapter 1, 2 and 3
Mitigation, Rawat Publications, New Delhi.
United Press, New Delhi.
7. Stoltman, J.P. et al. (2004) International Perspectives on Natural Disasters, Kluwer
Academic Publications. Dordrecht.
Publisher- I.K. International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema
Market, New Delhi, India (www.ikbooks.com).
10
6th Semester

1. Field Techniques and Survey based Project Report (SEC-4)
1. Field Work in Geographical Studies – Role, Value and Ethics of Field-Work.
2. Defining the Field and Identifying the Case Study – Rural / Urban / Physical / Human /
Environmental.
3. Field Techniques – Merits, Demerits and Selection of the Appropriate Technique;
Observation (Participant / Non Participant).
4. Questionnaires (Open/ Closed / Structured / Non-Structured); Interview with Special Focus
on Focused Group Discussions; Space Survey (Transects and Quadrants, Constructing a
Sketch).
5. Designing the Field Report – Aims and Objectives, Methodology, Analysis, Interpretation
and Writing the Report.
Practical Record
1. Each student will prepare an individual report based on primary and secondary data collected
during field work.
2. The duration of the field work should not exceed 10 days.
3. The word count of the report should be about 5,000 to 10,000 excluding figures, tables,
photographs, maps, references and appendices.
4. One copy of the report on A 4 size paper should be submitted in soft binding.
Reading List
1. Creswell J., 1994: Research Design: Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches Sage
Publications.
2. Dikshit, R. D. 2003. The Art and Science of Geography: Integrated Readings. Prentice-Hall of
India,
New Delhi.
3. Evans M., 1988: “Participant Observation: The Researcher as Research Tool” in Qualitative
Methods
in Human Geography, eds. J. Eyles and D. Smith, Polity.
4. Mukherjee, Neela 1993. Participatory Rural Appraisal: Methodology and Application. Concept
Publs.
Co., New Delhi.
5. Mukherjee, Neela 2002. Participatory Learning and Action: with 100 Field Methods. Concept
Publs.
Co., New Delhi
6. Robinson A., 1998: "Thinking Straight and Writing That Way", in Writing Empirical Research
Reports: A Basic Guide for Students of the Social and Behavioural Sciences, eds. by F. Pryczak
and R.
Bruce Pryczak, Publishing: Los Angeles.
7. Special Issue on “Doing Fieldwork” The Geographical Review 91:1-2 (2001).
8. Stoddard R. H., 1982: Field Techniques and Research Methods in Geography, Kendall/Hunt.
10. Wolcott, H. 1995. The Art of Fieldwork. Alta Mira Press, Walnut Creek, CA.
11
Elective Discipline Specific:

2. Economic Geography (DSE-3)
1. Introduction: Concept and classification of economic activity
2. Factors Affecting location of Economic Activity with special reference to Agriculture (Von
Thunen theory), Industry (Weber’s theory).
3. Primary Activities: Subsistence and Commercial agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining.
4. Secondary Activities: Manufacturing (Cotton Textile, Iron and Steel), Concept of
Manufacturing Regions, Special Economic Zones and Technology Parks.
5. Tertiary Activities: Transport, Trade and Services.
Reading List
1. Alexander J. W., 1963: Economic Geography, Prentice-Hall Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New
Jersey.
2. Coe N. M., Kelly P. F. and Yeung H. W., 2007: Economic Geography: A Contemporary
Introduction,
Wiley-Blackwell.
3. Hodder B. W. and Lee Roger, 1974: Economic Geography, Taylor and Francis.
4. Combes P., Mayer T. and Thisse J. F., 2008: Economic Geography: The Integration of Regions
and
Nations, Princeton University Press.
5. Wheeler J. O., 1998: Economic Geography, Wiley..
6. Durand L., 1961: Economic Geography, Crowell.
7. Bagchi-Sen S. and Smith H. L., 2006: Economic Geography: Past, Present and Future, Taylor
and
Francis.
8. Willington D. E., 2008: Economic Geography, Husband Press.
9. Clark, Gordon L.; Feldman, M.P. and Gertler, M.S., eds. 2000: The Oxford
3. (DSE-4)

4. Sustainable Development (GE-2)
1. Sustainable Development: Definition, Components, Limitations and Historical Background.
2. The Millennium Development Goals: National Strategies and International Experiences
3. Sustainable Regional Development: Need and examples from different Ecosystems.
4. Inclusive Development: Education, Health; Climate Change: The role of higher education
in sustainable development; The human right to health; Poverty and disease; The Challenges
of Universal Health Coverage; Policies and Global Cooperation for Climate Change
5. Sustainable Development Policies and Programmes: The proposal for SDGs at Rio+20;
Illustrative SDGs; Goal-Based Development; Financing for Sustainable Development;
Principles of Good Governance; National Environmental Policy, CDM.
Reading List
12
1. Agyeman, Julian, Robert D. Bullard and Bob Evans (Eds.) (2003) Just Sustainabilities:
Development in an
Unequal World. London: Earthscan. (Introduction and conclusion.).
2. Ayers, Jessica and David Dodman (2010) “Climate change adaptation and development I: the
state of the
debate”. Progress in Development Studies 10 (2): 161-168.
3. Baker, Susan (2006) Sustainable Development. Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon; New York,
N.Y.:
Routledge. (Chapter 2, “The concept of sustainable development”).
4. Brosius, Peter (1997) “Endangered forest, endangered people: Environmentalist
representations of
6. Martínez-Alier, Joan et al (2010) “Sustainable de-growth: Mapping the context, criticisms and
future
7. Merchant, Carolyn (Ed.) (1994) Ecology. Atlantic Highlands, N.J: Humanities Press.
(Introduction, pp 1-
25.)
8. Osorio, Leonardo et al (2005) “Debates on sustainable development: towards a holistic view
of reality”.
Environment, Development and Sustainability 7: 501-518.
Pub., Inc.,
Enfield (NH), USA and Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi.
B.A. Honours (History)
.
I C-1: Introduction to History (English/Hindi/ GE-1-
C-2-History of MIL/ Environmental
India(Earliest to 300 CE) Communication) Studies in India
II C-3-History of India (C Environmental GE-2- Making

300-1206 CE) Science of Contemporary
India
C-4- Rise of Modern West
III C-5- History of India (1206- SEC-1- An GE-3- Issues in

1526) Introduction to Contemporary
Archaeology World
C-6- History of Modern
Europe I
C-7- History of Ancient

Assam (Early to 1228)
IV C-8- History of India (1526- SEC-2- GE-4- Women in

1757) Historical Politics and
Tourism: Theory Governance
C-9- History of Medieval and Practice
Assam (1228-1826)
C-10- History of Modern

Europe II
V C-11- History of India DSE-1- History

(1757- 1857) of South East
Asia- 19th &
20th Century
C-12- History of Modern DSE-2- Ethno

Assam (1826-1947) History of the
Bodos
VI C-13- History of India DSE-3-History
(1857-1947) of USA (C1776-
1945
C-14- Ancient World DSE-4- History

Civilisation of USSR (1917-
1964)
1
Semester: I
C-1: Introduction to History:
Unit Contents Credit

I Meaning and scope of history:
(a) Sources of history
(b) Collection and selection of data
(c) Objectivity in history
II Types of History
(a) Economic history
(b) Social history
(c) Political history
(d) Intellectual history
(e) Diplomatic history
(f) Military history
(g) Micro history
(h) Total history
III History and other disciplines:
(a) Archaeology
5+1=6
(b) Geography
(c) Sociology
(d) Economics
(e) Anthropology
(f) Philosophy
(g) Political Science
IV Tradition of history writing:
(a) Greco-Roman Tradition
(b) Chinese Tradition
(c) Early Indian Historiography
(d) Medieval Indian Historiography
(e) Modern Indian Historiography
Suggested Reading:
Sheikh Ali, History: Its Theory and Methods
E. Sreedharan, A Textbook of Historiography 500 BC to 2000AD
2
N. Subramanium, Historiography
E.H. Carr, What is History
C- II: History of India (Earliest To 300 CE)
Unit Nos. Contents

Unit I Introduction:
i) Geographical background
ii) Sources: Archaeology Literature (indigenous and
foreign)
iii) Pre-History Phases: a) Paleolithic, b) Mesolithic and
c) Neolithic
Unit II Polity, Society, Economy and Religion: a) Harappan
Culture and b) Vedic Culture
Unit III Mauryan Empire: Economy, Society and Religion, and
Art
Unit IV Post-Mauryan Invasions and their impact
i) Bactrian Greeks, Scytho-Parthians, Kushanas
ii) Economic development-Land grants, Urban growth,
Crafts, Trade and Trade routes, Coins and Currency,
Indo-Roman Trade.
iii) Sangam Age: Literature, Society, Economy
Suggested Reading:
A.L. Basham: The Wonder that was India
D.S. Kosambi: The Culture and Civilization of Ancient India in Historical Outline
H.C. Roychoudhury: Political History of Ancient India
K. A. N. Shastri: A Comprehensive History of India Vol. II
N. Shastri: A History of South India
R.C. Mazumder (ed): The History and Culture of the Indian People Volumes I-IV
R.K. Mookherjee: The Gupta Empire
R. S.Tripathi: History of Ancient India
3
R. Thapar: Early India
R. Thapar: A History of India, Vol. I
GE-1: Environmental Studies in India
Unit Course Credit
Geography, Ecology and Cultures in Pre-Colonial India:

I Land, Forests, Dams, Water, Pastures, Ecology of Hills and
Mountains.
Colonialism and developments in the Environment:
II i. New Regimes of land, Forests, Water and Irrigation.
ii. Resistance: Peasants, Tribals and Pastoralists.
Environmental Issues in Independent India: Forests, Dams,
Displacement, Pollution, Degradation.
III
Environmental Movements in Independent India
IV
Suggested Readings
1. Mahesh Rangarajan, et al, Environmental Issues in India
2. Anil Agarwal, et al, The State of India’s Environment, The Second Citizens’ Report,
Delhi, 1985.
3. Madhav Gadgil & Ramchandran Guha, This Fissured Land, An Ecological History of
India, Delhi, OUP,1990.
4. -------Ecology and Equity, the use &abuse of nature incontemporary India, 1995.
5. David Arnold &Ramchandran Guha,eds, Nature,Culture,Imperiaism,Delhi,OUP,1995.
6. Salim Ali, The Fall of a Sparrow, 1985.
4
Semester-II
C-III: History of India (C300-1206 CE)

Unit Nos. Contents
Unit I Age of the Guptas:
i) Emergence and consolidation of Gupta
power
ii) State and administrative institutions
iii) Socio-economic changes, Agrarian structure,
Trade and commerce.
iv) Cultural development: Art and Architecture and
Literature
Unit II Post Gupta period:
i) Harshavardhana
ii) Polity, Society, Economy
Unit III Rise of Regional Powers:
i) Pratiharas ii)Rastrakutas iii) Cholas
Unit IV Foreign Invasions:
i) Hunas ii) Arabs iii) Ghaznivids & Ghorids
Suggested Reading
B. P. Sahu (ed), Land System and Rural Society in Early India, 1997.
Burton Stein, Peasant State and Society in Medieval South India.
D. D. Kosambi, An Introduction to the Study of Indian History, 1975.
D. P. Chattopadhyaya, History of Science and Technology in Ancient India, 1986.
Derryl N. Maclean, Religion and Society in Arab Sindh.
K. A. N. Sastri, A History of South India.
N. Karashima, South Indian History and Society
N. N. Bhattacharya, Ancient Indian Rituals and Their Social Contents, 2nd ed, 1996
R. S. Sharma, Indian Feudalism.
R.S. Sharma, Indian Feudalism (circa 300 - 1200).
R.S. Sharma, Urban Decay in India, c.300- C1000,
Romila Thapar, Ashoka and the Decline of the Mauryas, 1997.
Romila Thapar, Early India: From the Origins to 1300, 2002.10
5
Romila Thapar, Somanatha: The Many Voices of a History.
Susan Huntington, The Art of Ancient India: Buddhist, Hindu, and Jain,
C -IV: RISE OF THE MODERN WEST
Uni Contents Credit

t
I. Transition from feudalism to capitalism: problems and theories.
Mercantilism
II Renaissance and European Reformation in the 16th century
III Emergence of European state system: Spain; France; England;

Russia.
Industrial Revolution and its impact: Basic changes associated with
IV Industrial Revolution
SUGGESTED READINGS
1. M. S. Anderson, Europe in the Eighteenth Century.
2. Perry Anderson, The Lineages of the Absolutist State.
3. Stuart Andrews, Eighteenth Century Europe.
4. B. H. Slicher von Bath, The Agrarian History of Western Europe. AD.500 - 1850.
5. The Cambridge Economic History of Europe. Vol. I - VI.
6. James B. Collins, The State in Early Modern France: New
7. Approaches to EuropeanHistory.
8. G. R. Elton, Reformation Europe, 1517 û 1559.
9. M. P. Gilmore, The World of Humanism. 1453 -1517.
10. Peter Kriedte, Peasants, Landlords and Merchant Capitalists.
11. J. Lynch, Spain under the Hapsburgs.
12. Peter Mathias, First Industrial revolution.
13. Harry Miskimin, The Economy of Later Renaissance Europe: 1460 û1600.
14. Charles A. Nauert, Humanism and the Culture of the Renaissance(1996).
15. The New Cambridge Modern History of Europe, Vols. I -VII.
16. L. W. Owie, Seventeenth Century Europe.
17. D. H. Pennington, Seventeenth Century Europe.
18. F. Rice, The Foundations of Early Modern Europe.
6
GE-2: Making of Contemporary India
Uni Course Credit

t
I Towards Independence and Emergence of the New States : Government of
India Act 1935, Working of the GOI Act, Negotiations for Independence and
Popular Movements Partition: Riots and Rehabilitation
II Making of the Republic: The Constituent Assembly; Drafting of the

Constitution Integration of Princely States
III Indian Democracy at Work c1950- 1970s Language, Region, Caste and
Religion
Electoral Politics and the Changing Party System; Regional Experiences India
and the World; Non Aligned Movement
IV Economy Society and Culture c 1950-1970s
The Land Question, Planned Economy, Industry and Labour Science and
Education
(a)The Women’s Question: Movements and Legislation.
(b)Cultural Trends: Institutions and Ideas, Literature,
Media, Arts.
Suggested Readings:
1. Bipan Chandra, et al (ed) India after Independence, New Delhi: Penguin Books, 1999.
2. Appadurai, Domestic Roots of India's Foreign Policy 1947-1972. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press,1979.
3. Rajni Kothari, Politics in India, New Delhi: Orient Longman, 1970.
4. Joya Chatterji, The Spoils of Partition: Bengal and India, 1947- 67,Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 2007.
5. Sunil Khilnani, The Idea of India, Penguin Books, New Delhi, 2004T
7
Semester: III
C- V: History of India (1206-1526)
Units Contents
Unit I Survey of sources: Persian tarikh tradition;
vernacular histories; epigraphy
Unit II Foundation and Consolidation of the Delhi

Sultanates:
i) Causes of the success of the Turks
ii) Expansion under the Khaljis: Conquest,
Administration and Economic reforms.
iii) Tughluqs: Muhammad-bin Tughluq and Firoze
Shah Tughluq.
Unit III Fragmentation of the Sultanate and Rise of

Provincial Kingdoms:
i) Bahmani and Vijaynagar Kingdoms
ii) Kingdoms of Gujrat and Bengal
iii) Rise of Afghans: Sher Shah
Unit IV State, Society and Economy:

i) Central and Military organization, Iqta,
ii) Bhakti and Sufi movements
iii) Agriculture, Trade and Commerce
Suggested Reading
R.C.Mazumdar : The Delhi Sultanate (Bharatiya Vidya Bhawan)
V.A.Smith : Oxford History of India (Relevant Chapters)
Iswari Prasad : Medieval India
K.M.Ashraf : Life and Conditions of the People of Hindustan (1200-1550 A.D.)
Mohammad Habib : Comprehensive History of India Vol. I-V & K.A.Nizami (ed)
8
J. L. Mehta : Advanced study in History of Medieval India Vol. I
K.N. Choudhury : Trade and Civilization in the Indian Ocean
: An Economic History from the Rise of Islam to 1750
P. Jackson : The Delhi Sultanate
Satish Chandra : Medieval India: From Sultanate to the Mughals Part I, Delhi Sultanate
(1205-1526)
C- VI: History of Modern Europe- I (c. 1780-1939)
Unit Course Content No. of Credit

Lecture
The French Revolution and Europe:
Unit-I a. Crisis of Ancien Regime.
b. Social, Political and Intellectual currents.
c. Social classes and emerging gender relations.
d. Art and Culture of French Revolution.
Unit-II a. Different Phases of the French Revolution 1789 - 99.
b. Napoleonic Empire: Europe.
Unit- II Restoration and Revolution: c. 1815 - 1848:

a. Forces of conservatism & restoration of old
hierarchies.
b. Social, Political and intellectual currents.
c. July Revolution of 1830 and February Revolution of
1848.
Socio-Economic Transformation (Late 18th century to AD

Unit-III 1914):
a. Process of capitalist development in industry and
agriculture: case Studies of Britain, France, the
German States and Russia.
b. Evolution and Differentiation of social classes:
Bourgeoisie, Proletariat, land owning classes and
peasantry.
c. Changing trends in demography and urban patterns.
d. Family, gender and process of industrialization.
9
Unit IV Growth of Nationalism and the Remaking of States in the
19th and 20th Centuries:
a. Intellectual currents, popular movements and the
formation of National identities in Germany, Italy,
Ireland and the Balkans.
b. Specificities of economic development, political and
administrative Reorganization - Italy; Germany.
ESSENTIAL READINGS:
1. Gerald Brennan: The Spanish Labyrinth: An Account of the Social and Political
Background of the Civil War.
2. C.M. Cipolla: Fontana Economic History of Europe, Volume III: The Industrial
Revolution.
3. Norman Davies, Europe.
4. J. Evans: The Foundations of a Modern State in 19th Century Europe.
5. T.S. Hamerow: Restoration, Revolution and Reaction: Economics and Politics in
Germany [1815 - 1871].
6. E.J. Hobsbawn: The Age of Revolution.
7. Lynn Hunt: Politics, Culture and Class in the French Revolution.
8. James Joll, Europe Since 1870.
9. David Landes: Prometheus Unbound.
10. George Lefebvre, Coming of the French Revolution.
11. George Lichtheim : A Short History of Socialism.
12. Peter Mathias, First Industrial Revolution.
SUGGESTED READINGS
1. G. Barrowclough, An Introduction to Contemporary History.
2. Fernand Braudel, History and the Social Science in M. Aymard and H. Mukhia Ed.
French Studies in History, Vol. I (1989).
3. Maurice Dobb: Soviet Economic Development Since 1917.
4. M. Perrot and G. Duby [eds.]: A History of Women in the West, Volumes 4 and 5.
5. H.J. Hanham; Nineteenth Century Constitution, 1815 – 1914.
6. E.J. Hobsbawm, Nations and Nationalism.
7. Charles and Barbara Jelavich: Establishment of the Balkan National States, 1840 û 1920.
8. James Joll, Origins of the First World war (1989).
9. Jaon B. Landes: Women and the Public Sphere in the Age of the French Revolution.
10. David lowenthal, The Past is a Foreign Country.
11. Colin Licas: The French Revolution and the Making of Modern Political Culture,
Volume.
12. Nicholas Mansergh: The Irish Question, 1840 û 1921.
13. K.O. Morgan: Oxford Illustrated History of Britain, Volume 3 [1789 -1983].
14. R.P. Morgan: German Social Democracy and the First International.
15. N.V. Riasanovsky: A History of Russia.
10
16. J.M. Robert, Europe 1880 û 1985.
17. J.J. Roth (ed.), World War I: A Turning Point in Modern History.
18. Albert Soboul: History of the French Revolution (in two volumes).
19. Lawrence Stone, History and the Social Sciences in the Twentieth Century The Past and
the Present (1981).
20. Dorothy Thompson: Chartists: Popular Politics in the Industrial Revolution.
21. E.P. Thompson: Making of the English Working Class.
22. Michel Vovelle, Fall of the French Monarchy (1984).
23. H. Seton Watson: The Russian Empire.
24. Raymond Williams: Culture and Society.
C- VII: History Assam (Early to 1228)
Unit Course Contents Lectur Nos. of

Nos. es credit
Unit I Sources of Assam: Archaeology and literary
(indigenous and foreign)
Unit II Early settlements in the Brahmaputra valley:
Pragjyotishpur. Dhansriri, Doyang, Kapili
Unit III Early political, social and economic structures
in the Brahmaputra valley----Varmanas, Palas
and Salasthambhas
Unit IV Post Pala Political Conditios:
i) Invasions from the West: Palas of Bengal;
Sultans of Bengal
ii) Emergence of petty Chieftains in the
Brahmaputra valley
Reading materials:
1. K.L. Barua : Early History of Kamrupa
2. E.A.Gait : A History of Assam
3. P.C.Choudhury : The History of Civilization of the people of Assam
4. S.L.Barua : A Comprehensive History of Assam
5. H.K.Barpujari (ed) : The Comprehensive History of Assam, Vol. I
6. R.G.Basak : History of North-East India
7. N.N.Basu : Social History of Kamrupa Volumes I-III
8. B.K. Baruah: A Cultural History of Assam
9. B.K. Kakati: Mother Goddess of Kamakhya
10. Dimbeswar Sarma(ed.): Kamrupasasanavali
11. D.P. Agarwal & D.K. Chakrabarty: Studies in Pre-History
12. H.K. Barpujari: Comprehensive History of Assam, Vol. I
13. M. Momin & C. Mawlong: Society and Economy in North East India
14. M.M. Sharma: Inscriptions of Ancient Assam
15. N. Lahari: Pre-Ahom Assam
16. N.D. Choudhury: Historical Archaeology of Central Assam
11
17. N. N. Vasu: The Social History of Kamrupa
18. P.C. Choudhury: The History of Civilization of People of Assam to the 12th Century A.D.
19. R. Ray: Ancient Settlement Pattern of North East India
20. R.D. Choudhury: Archaeology of the Brahmaputra valley of Assam
21. R.G. Basak: History of North Eastern India
22. S.K. Chatterji: The Place of Assam In The History and Civilization of India
23. Sir Edward Gait: A History of Assam
24. Sipra Sen: Tribes and Caste of Assam
GE: III Issues in Contemporary World

I Colonialism and Nationalism: a Synoptic view;
Social
Transformation after the Second World War; United
Nations
and UNESCO; NAM, Cold War: the character of
Communist
States
II Perspectives on Development and

Underdevelopment: Globalization--a long view
III Social Movements in the North and the South:

Ecological,
Feminist, Human Rights issues
IV Modernity and Cultural Transformation: Emerging

trends
in Culture, Media and Consumption
Reading List:
1. E.J. Hobsbawm, The Age of Extremes, 1914 – 1991, New York: Vintage, 1996_Carter V.
2. Findley and John Rothay, Twentieth-Century World,. Boston: Houghton-Mifflin, 5 th ed.
_2003
3. Norman Lowe, Mastering Modern World History, London: Palgrave Macmillan, 1997
12
4. Mark Mazower, The Balkans: A Short History [especially chap. 4], New York: Modern
Library, 2000: paperback, 2002
5. Basil Davidson, Modern Africa: A Social and Political History, 3rd edn. London / New
Jersey: Addison – Wesley, 1995
6. I, RigobertaMenchu, An India Woman in Guatemala [Memoir of 1992 Nobel Peace Prize
Winner, London: Verso.1987
7. Jonathan Spence, The Gate of Heavenly Peace: The Chinese and Their Revolution, 1895
– 1980, Penguin, 1982
SEC-1: An Introduction to Archaeology
I. Definition &Components
II. Historiographical Trends
III. Research Methodologies
IV. Definition of Historical Sites &Explorations
V. Field Work & Tools of research
VI. Documentation, Codification, Classification, Analysis of

findings and publications
Reading List:
1. John.A. Bintliff, A Companion to Archaeology
2. D.R. Chakrabarti, A History of Indian Archaeology: From the
Beginning to 1947,New Delhi, Manohar, 1988
3. M. Hall & WS.W. Silliman, Historical Archaeology, USA, Blackwell,
2006
4. Mathew Johnson, Archaeological Theory: An Introduction, Blackwell
Publishing,New Edition,2010
5. Published Works by ASI
13
Semester-IV
C- VIII: HISTORY OF INDIA (c. 1526 – 1757CE)
Unit Contents Lectur Credit

e
Unit I Sources: Persian and vernacular literary cultures,
histories, memoirs and travelogues
Unit II Consolidation and territorial expansion: Akbar,
Jahangir, Shahjahan, Aurangzeb
Mughal Administrations
Unit III State and religion under the Mughals:
i) Religious policy, ii) Society and Economy
Unit IV Rise of Maratha power
Decline of the Mughal.
Suggested Reading
1. M. Athar Ali, The Mughal Nobility under Aurangzeb.
2. Muzaffar Alam and Sanjay Subramanian, eds, The Mughal State, 1526 - 1750.
3. J.F. Richards, The Mughal Empire.
4. Satish Chandra, Essays on Medieval Indian History.
14
5. Irfan Habib, Agrarian System of Mughal India, 1526 û 1707.
6. Ashin Dasgupta, Indian Merchants and the Decline of Surat, 1700 -1750.
7. Stewart Gordon, The Marathas 1600 - 1818.
8. Ebba Koch, Mughal Art and Imperial Ideology.
9. S.A.A. Rizvi, Muslim Revivalist Movements in Northern India.
10. K. R. Qanungo, Dara Shikoh.
C-IX: History of Medieval Assam (1228 to 1826)
Unit Nos. Contents

Unit I Sources of Assam: Archaeology and literary (indigenous and
foreign)
Unit II Foundation, Expansion & consolidation of the Ahoms
Unit III The neighbours of the Ahom kingdom: The kingdoms of

Kachari, Jayantia, Koch; Hills and plain tribes.
Unit IV The socio-religious conditions of Assam: Sakthism, tribal

relgion, Neo-Vaisnavite movement, Bhakti movement, etc.
Reading List:
E.A.Gait : A History of Assam

S.L.Barua : A Comprehensive History of Assam
L.Devi : Ahom Tribal Relations
P.Gogoi : The Tai and Tai Ahom Kingdoms (Relevant Chapters)
H.K. Barpujari : The Comprehensive History of Assam, Vol. II-III
R.G.Basak : History of North-East India
15
N.N.Basu : Social History of Kamrupa Volumes I-III
S.K.Bhuyan : Anglo-Assamese Relations
C- X: HISTORY OF MODERN EUROPE II (c. 1780 -1939)

Lecture
Unit-I Liberal Democracy, Working Class Movements and Socialism
in the 19th and 20th C.:
1. The struggle for parliamentary democracy and civil
liberties in Britain.
2. Forms of protest during early capitalism: food riots in
France and England: Luddites and Chartism.
3. Early socialist thought; Marxian Socialism, the First and
the Second International.
4. German Social Democracy, Politics and Culture.
5. Christian Democracy as a political and ideological force
in western and central Europe
Unit-II Russia: Crisis of Feudalism and Experiments in
Socialism:
1. Emancipation of serfs.
2. Russian Populism and Social Democracy.
3. Revolutions of 1905; the Bolshevik Revolution of
1917.
4. Programme of Socialist Construction.
Unit-III Imperialism, War, and Crisis: c. 1880-1939:
1. Theories and mechanisms of imperialism; growth of
Militarism; Power blocks and alliances: expansion of
European empires - War of 1914 – 1918
2. The post 1919 World Order: economic crises, the Great
16
Depression and Recovery.
3. Fascism and Nazism.
4. Spanish Civil War.
5. Origins of the Second World War.
Unit-IV Cultural and Intellectual Developments since circa 1850:
1. Changing contexts: a) Notions of Culture b) Creation
of a New public sphere and mass media c) Mass
education and extension of literacy.
2. Creation of new cultural forms: from Romanticism to
Abstract Art.
Unit-V 1. Major intellectual trends:
a) Institutionalization of disciplines history Sociology
and Anthropology.
B) Darwin and Freud.
2. Culture and the making of ideologies: Constructions of
Race, Class and Gender, ideologies of Empire.
ESSENTIAL READINGS
1. Gerald Brennan: The Spanish Labyrinth: An Account of the Social and Political
Background of the Civil War
2. C.M. Cipolla: Fontana Economic History of Europe, Volume II the Present (1981).
3. J. Evans: The Foundations of a Modern State in 19th Century Europe.
4. T.S. Hamerow: Restoration, Revolution and Reaction: Economics and Politics in
Germany [1815 - 1871].
5. E.J. Hobsbawn : The Age of Revolution.
6. Lynn Hunt: Politics, Culture and Class in the French Revolution.
7. James Joll, Europe Since 1870.
8. David Landes: Promctheus Unbound.
9. George Lefebvre, Coming of the French Revolution.
10. George Lichtheim: A Short History of Socialism.
11. Peter Mathias, First Industrial Revolution.
12. Alec Nove: An Economic History of the USSR.
13. Andrew Porter, European Imperialism, 18760 -1914 (1994).
14. Antbony Wood, History of Europe, 1815 û 1960 (1983).
15. Stuart Woolf: History of Italy, 1700 û 1860.
SUGGESTED READINGS
1. G. Barrowclough, An Introduction to Contemporary History.
2. Fernand Braudel, History and the Social Science in M. Aymard and H. Mukhia eds.
French Studies in History, Vol. I (1989).
3. Maurice Dobb: Soviet Economic Development Since 1917.
4. M. Perrot and G. Duby [eds.]: A History of Women in the West, Volumes 4 and 5.
17
5. H.J. Hanham; Nineteenth Century Constitution, 1815 û 1914.
6. E.J. Hobsbawm, Nations and Nationalism.
7. Charles and Barbara Jelavich: Establishment of the Balkan National States, 1840 û 1920.
8. James Joll, Origins of the First World war (1989).
9. Jaon B. Landes: Women and the Public Sphere in the Age of the French Revolution.
10. David Lowenthal, The Past is a Foreign Country.
11. Colin Licas: The French Revolution and the Making of Modern Political Culture, Volume
2.
12. Nicholas Mansergh: The Irish Question, 1840 - 1921.
13. K.O. Morgan: Oxford Illustrated History of Britain, Volume 3 [1789 -1983].
14. R.P. Morgan: German Social Democracy and the First International.
15. N.V. Riasanovsky: A History of Russia.
16. J.M. Robert, Europe 1880 - 1985.
17. J.J. Roth (ed.), World War I: A Turning Point in Modern History.
18. Albert Soboul: History of the French Revolution (in two volumes).
19. Lawrence Stone, History and the Social Sciences in the Twentieth Century, The Past and
the Present (1981).
20. Dorothy Thompson: Chartists: Popular Politics in the Industrial Revolution. E.P.
Thompson: Making of the English Working Class.
21. Michel Vovelle, Fall of the French Monarchy (1984).
22. H. Seton Watson: The Russian Empire.
23. Raymond Williams: Culture and Society.
G.E. IV: Women in Politics &Governance

I Theoretical Perspectives on Politics &Governance
II Pre-Colonial Period: Women of learning &ruling classes
III Colonial Period: Leaders in reforming activities, politics and
national movement
IV Electoral Politics, Women as voters & elected Representatives
V Case Studies at local government levels, State Assemblies &
Parliament.
Reading List:
1. Raj Kumar, Women in Politics, Anmol Publishers, New Delhi, 2000
2. Raj Kumar, Women & Leadership, 2000
3. L.M.Sanghvi, Democracy &the Rule of Law, Occean Books, Pvt Ltd,
New Delhi, 200277
18
SEC-2: Historical Tourism: Theory &Practice
I. Defining Heritage
- Art &Architecture in India: An overview:
-Field Work: Visit to historical sites &Museums
II. Understanding Built Heritage:

-Stupa Architecture
-Temple Architecture
-Indo Persian Architecture, Forts, Palaces, Mosques
-Colonial Architecture
-Present day structures
III. Field Work: Visit to site &Conducting of research
IV. Modalities of conducting tourism

References:
1. Sunil Kumar, The Present in Delhi’s Past, Delhi, Gyan Publishing
House, 2002
2. Peter Howard, Heritage: Management, Interpretation, Identity, and
London, 2003
3. V.S Agarwal, Indian Art, Varanasi, Prithvi Prakasahan, 1972
Percy Brown, Indian Architecture, Bombay, D.B.Taraporevala Sons
&Co, 1940
4. James Harle, The Art & Architecture of the Indian Subcontinent,
Hormonds worth, Penguin, 1988
5. S.K.Bhowmik, Heritage Management: Care, Understanding
&Appreciation of Cultural Heritage, Jaipur, 2004
19
Semester-V
C- XI: HISTORY OF INDIA VI (c. 1757 - 1857)
Unit Course
I Expansion and Consolidation of colonial Power:
a. Mercantilism, foreign trade and early forms of
exactions from Bengal.
b. Dynamics of expansion, with special reference to
Bengal, Mysore, Western India, Awadh, Punjab,
and Sindh.
II Colonial State and Ideology:

a. Arms of the colonial state: army, police and law.
b. Ideologies of the Raj and racial attitudes.
c. Education: indigenous and modern.
III Economy and Society:
a. Land revenue systems and forest policy.
b. Commercialization and indebtedness.
c. De industrialization.
d. Drain of Wealth.
e. Growth of modern industry
IV Popular Resistance:
a. Santhal uprising (185-7); Indigo rebellion (1860);

Pabna agrarian Leagues (1873); Deccan riots
(1875).
b. Uprising of 1857
20
Readings List:
1. C. A. Bayly, Indian Society and the Making of the British Empire, New Cambridge
History of India.
2. Bipan Chandra, Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism in India.
3. Suhash Chakravarty, The Raj Syndrome: A Study in Imperial Perceptions, 1989.
4. J.S. Grewal, The Sikhs of the Punjab, New Cambridge History of India.
5. Ranajit Guha, ed., A Subaltern Studies Reader.
6. Dharma Kumar and Tapan Raychaudhuri, eds., The Cambridge Economic History of
India, Vol. II.
7. P.J. Marshall, Bengal: The British Bridgehead, New Cambridge History of India.
8. R.C. Majumdar, ed., History and Culture of Indian People, Vols. IX and X. British
Paramountcy and Indian Renaissance.
9. Rajat K. Ray, ed., Entrepreneurship and Industry in India, 1800- 1947, Oxford In India
Readings.
10. Eric Stokes, English Utilitarians and India.
C-XII: History of Modern Assam (1826-1947)
Unit Content Credit

I Advent of the British
i) Administrative Reorganization under David Scott
ii) Annexation of Lower Assam
iii) Anti-British uprisings (1826-1830)
iv) Annexation of Upper Assam
v) Repercussions of the Revolt of 1857.
II Territorial Expansion:
Cachar, Manipur, Jayantia Hills, Khasi Hills, Garo Hills, Naga Hills,
Lushai Hills.
III Changes in the Economic structure:
i) Agrarian System
ii) Growth of modem industries- Tea, Coal and Oil
iii) Development of Transport and Communication
IV i) Political Awakening: Education, Press, Public
Associations
ii) National Movement in Assam-Swadeshi Movement,
Non-Cooperation movement, CivilDisobedience
movement, Quit India movement,Role of women
Reading list:
A.C.Bhuyan and S.Dey (ed): Political History of Assam Vol. II & III
E.A. Gait: A History of Assam
21
H.K.Barpujari (ed) : Political History of Assam, Vol. I
H.K.Barpujari (ed) : The Comprehensive History of Assam Vol. IV & V
H.K.Barpujari : Assam in the Days of the Company
K.N.Dutta : Landmarks of the Freedom Struggle in Assam
P.Goswami : Assam in the Nineteenth Century; Industrialization and Colonial Penetration
DSE-1: History of Southeast Asia: 19th And 20th Centuries
Unit Contents Lectur Credi

es t
Unit I Opening of China and Japan
Unit II Popular Agitation in South East Asia: Boxer

Movement, Taiping Rebellion, Students’ Movement, War
Lordism, KMT, PRC Revolution
Unit III Emergence of Modern Nation States: (a) The Union

of Burma (Myanmar), 1948-1962. (b) Indonesia, the
Sukarno Era, 1949-1965. (c) Cambodia under Norodom
Sihanouk, 1955-1970.
Unit IV Movements of Resistance and the making of new

identities: (a) Peasant resistance. (b) Radicalism and
the Origins of the Vietnamese Revolution, 1920-1946.
(c) Indonesian Revolution, 1945-1949.
Readings List:
1. B. Anderson: Imagined Communities.
22
2. H. Benda: The Crescent and the Rising Sun.
3. Furnivall: Colonialism and the Plural Society.
4. G. Hart, ed., Agrarian Transformations: Local Processes and the State in
South- east Asia.
5. J. Kemp, ed., Peasants and Cities, Cities and Peasants: Rethinking Southeast.
Asian Models.
6. Milton Osborne, South East Asia: An Introductory History.
7. Nicholas Tarling, ed., Cambridge History of South-east Asia, Vol.II
Paper DSE-2: Ethno History of the Bodos
Unit Content Credit

I Sources and concept of Ethno history
II Origin, Migration and Settlement
III Society of the Bodos
IV Economic Life of the Bodos
Suggested Reading List:
1. B. K. Barua, A Cultural History of Assam (Early Period), Bina Library, Guwahati,

1951.
2. Rev. Sidney Endle, The Kacharis (Bodo), Low Price Publications, Delhi, 2010.
3. Bhaben Narji, Boro-Kacharini Samaj Arw Harimu, Chirang Publication Board,
Kajalgaon, 2003.
4. Kameswar Brahma, A Study of Socio Religious Belief Practices and ceremonies of the
Bodos, Calcutta, 1992.
5. Premalata Devi, Social and Religious Institutions of Bodos, Geophil Publishing House,
Guwahati, 1998.
6. Oinam Ranjit Singh, North East India Past and Present, Vol.1, Global Publishing
House, 2016.
23
7. Oinam Ranjit Singh & Sudev Chandra Basumatary, North East India Past and Present,
Vol.2, Global Publishing House, 2016.
8. S. K. Chatterji, Kirata Jana Kriti, Kolkata, rept. 2011.
9. W. I. Singh, The History of Manipur, Imphal, 1986.
10. Gangmumei Kabui, History of Manipur, Volume One Pre-colonial Period, National
Publishing House, 1991.
11. P. C. Choudhuri, The History of Civilization of the People of Assam to the Twelfth
Century AD, Spectrum Publication, Guwahati & Delhi, 1987.
Semester-VI
C- XIII: HISTORY OF INDIA (c. 1857 - 1947)
Unit Course
I. Cultural Changes and Socio-Religious Reform Movements:
a. The advent of printing and its implications.
b. Reform and Revival: Brahmo Samaj, Prarthna Samaj, and
Ramakrishna and Vivekananda, Arya Samaj, Wahabi, Deoband,
Aligarh and Singh Sabha Movements.
c. Making of religious and linguistic identities.
d. Caste: Sanskritising and anti Brahminical trends
II Nationalism: Trends up to 1919:

a. Political ideology and organizations, formation of INC.
b. Moderates and extremists.
c. Swadeshi Movement
d. Revolutionaries
III Gandhian nationalism after 1919: Ideas and Movements:
a. Mahatma Gandhi: his Perspectives and Methods.
b. (i) Impact of the First World War. (ii) Rowlett Satyagraha and
Jallianwala Bagh. (iii) Non- Cooperative and Civil Disobedience.
(iv) Provincial Autonomy, Quit India and INA.
c. Left wing movements.
d. Princely India: States people movements.
24
e. Nationalism and Culture: literature and art
IV
Communalism: Ideologies and practices, RSS, Hindu Maha
Sabha, Muslim League.
Reading List:
Anil Seal, Emergence of Indian Nationalism.

Bipan Chandra, Nationalism and Colonialism in Modern India, 1979.
Bipan Chandra, Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism in India.
D.A. Low, ed., Congress and the Raj.
Eleanor Zelliot, From Untouchable to Dalit: Essays on the Ambedkar
Experiments with Truth.
Gyanendra Pandey, The Construction of Communalism in colonial
Jawaharlal Nehru, An Autobiography.
John R. McLane, Indian Nationalism and the Early Congress.
Judith Brown, Gandhi’s rise to Power, 1915-22.
Mohandas K. Gandhi, An Autobiography or The Story of My Movement
Mushirul Hasan, ed., India’s Partition, Oxford in India Readings.north India.
Paul Brass, The Politics of India Since Independence, OUP, 1990.

Peter Hardy, Muslims of British India.
Ram Lakhan Shukla (ed.), Adhunik Bharat ka Itihas.
Ranajit Guha, ed., A Subaltern Studies Reader.
Sumit Sarkar, Modern India, 1885-1947.
Suggested Readings:
A.R. Desai, Peasant Struggles in India.
A.R. Desai, Social Background of Indian Nationalism.
and Aditya Mukherjee, India’s, Struggles for Independence.
Bipan Chandra, Communalism in Modern India, 2nd ed., 1987.
Bipan Chandra, K.N. Panikkar, Mridula Mukherjee, Sucheta Mahajan
Charles Heimsath, Indian Nationalism and Hindu Social Reform.
F. Hutchins, Illusion of Permanence.
F. Hutchins, Spontaneous Revolution.
Francine Frankel, India’s Political Economy, 1947-77.
J.Krishnamurti, Women in Colonial India.
Judith Brown, Gandhi: (et al) A Prisoner of Hope.

Ranajit Guha, and G.C. Spivak, eds. Select Subaltern Studies.
V.C. Joshi (ed.), Rammohan Roy and the process of Modernization in India.
C-XIV: History of Ancient Civilizations of the World
25
I Ancient Egypt:
i)The Old Kingdom-Egyptian writing, building of Pyramids.
ii) The Middle Kingdom-Imperial Egypt, Egyptian Art &
Architecture.
iii) The New Kingdom – Emergence and Decline.
II Ancient Mesopotamia:
i)Early Sumer,
ii)Sumerian writing,
iii)System of irrigation,
iv)City states of Sumer
v)Temples and Religion,
vi)Hammurabi's Code of Laws.
III Chinese Civilization:

i)Early dynastic; Classical literature;
ii)Confucius
iii)Han Dynasty
iv)Tang Dynasty
v)Chinese Trade
vi)Chinese Art
IV Ancient Greece:
i) Rise of city- states;
ii)Athenian Democracy
iii)Art; Literature, Philosophy & Science
Ancient Roman:
i) Rise of City States
ii) Roman Empire
iii) Trade and Commerce
Reading list:
C. E. Robinson: A History of Greece

C. E. Robinson: A History of Rome
C. E. Van Sickle :A Political and Cultural History of the Ancient World
C. J. H. Hayes & P. T. Moon : Ancient and Medieval History (Relevant Chapters)
Encyclopedia Britannica of Social Sciences
26
H. S. Lucus :A Short History of Civilization
W. N. Weech :History of the World
27
28
DSE-4: History of the USSR (c. 1917-1964s)
Unit Contents Lectures Credit
Unit I The Russian Revolutions of February and

October 1917: Dual Power, Provisional
government; the establishment of soviet
Power; Nationalities question.
Unit II Political, Social and Cultural Changes

1928-45: Demography, Working Class and
gender relations
Unit III Economic Policies: Industrial and

Agricultural reconstruction; Moves towards
Market Socialism.
Unit IV Soviet Foreign Policy, Cominterns and the

Second World War 1929-45
Reading List:
1. E.H. Carr: A History of Soviet Russia, 4 Volumes (1952).
2. Stephen F. Cohen: Bukharin and the Bolshevik Revolution: A
3. Political Biography, 1888 - 1938 (1973).
4. Isaac Deutscher: Stalin (1949).
5. Maurice Dobb: Soviet Economic Development Since 1917 (1972).
6. Marc Ferro: The Russian Revolution of February 1917 (1972).
7. Sheila Fitzpatrick: Cultural Revolution in Soviet Russia (1978).
8. Arch Getty: The Origins of the Great Purges (1985).
9. Graeme Gill: Peasants and Government in the Russian Revolution (1979).
29
10. John Keep: The Last of the Empires: A History of the Soviet Union, 1945
û 1991 (1995).
11. John Keep: The Russian Revolution: A Study in Mass Mobilization
(1976).
12. A. Kollontai: Selected Writings.
13. Moshe Levin: The Making of the Soviet System (1985).
14. Roy & Zhores Medvedev: Khrushchev: The Years in Power (1977).
15. Alec Nove: An Economic History of the USSR (1993).
16. Richard Pipes: Russia of the Old Regime.
17. L.Szamuely: First Models of Socialist Economic Systems.
18. Trotsky: The History of the Russian Revolution (translated by Max
Eastman) (1959).
19. A.B. Ulam: Expansion and Coexistence: A History of Soviet Foreign
Policy, 1917 û 67 (1968).
20. K. Vaidyanathan: The Formation of the Soviet Control Asian
30
B.A. History (Regular Course)
.
I English/ Hindi/ MIL-I (English/Hindi/
DSC-1A- History of India MIL/
(From the Earliest to 1206) Communication)
DSC-2A- Other Discipline
II Hindi/ MIL/ English-I Environmental
DSC-1B- History of India Science
(1206-1757)
DSC-2B- Other Discipline
III English/ Hindi/ MIL-2 SEC-1 An
Introduction to
DSC-1C- History of India Archaeology
(1757-1947)
DSC-2C- Other Discipline
IV Hindi/ MIL/ English-2 SEC-2 Historical

Tourism: Theory
DSC-1D- Society and and Practice
Economy of Assam
DSC-2D- Other Discipline
V SEC-3- DSE-1A- GE-1- Women

Indigenous History of Studies in India
Handicrafts of Europe (1780-
the Bodos 1945)
DSE-2A- Other
Discipline
VI SEC-4- Project DSE-1B- GE-2- Bodo
Work (Field Patterns of Movement: Past
Work and Report Colonialism(15th and Present
Writing) – 19th Century)
DSE-2B- Other
Discipline
1
Semester-I
DSC-1: ANCIENT INDIA
Unit- I Sources of Ancient Indian History: Literary, Archaeological and

Foreign
Unit -II Pre-History and Proto History: Paleolithic, Mesolithic, Neolithic,

Chalcolithic and Indus Valley Civilization.
Unit-III Rig Vedic age and Post Vedic (Upto 6th Century B.C): The Aryans,
Janapadas, Mahajanapadas, Budhism and Jainism.
Unit-IV Territorial States and Foreign invasions: Iranian and Macedonian

Invasion-Iranian Invasion and Alexander’s invasion, The Mauryas,
The Satavahanas and the Gupta etc.
Unit-V Post Gupta Period: Harsha, The Cholas, The Pallavas, The
Chalukyas, The Rajputs, Varvamana dynasty, Salasthambha
dynasty, Pala dynasty, etc.,
Suggested Reading:
1. Agrawal, D.P. Archaeology of India. New Delhi. 1984.

2. Allchin, B. & R. Allchin. The Rise of Civilization in India and Pakistan.
New Delhi. 1989.
3. Allchin, R. & B. Allchin. Origins of a Civilization. Delhi. 1997.
4. Childe, V.G. Man Makes Himself. London. 1956.
5. Dhavalikar, M.K. Early farming cultures of central India. In D.P.
Agrawal & D.K.
6. Chakrabarti, eds., Essays in Indian Protohistory, pp. 229-245. Delhi.
1979.
7. Dhavalikar, M.K. The First Farmers of the Deccan. Pune. 1988.
8. Fried, M.H. The Evolution of Political Society. New York. 1967.
9. Habib, I. Prehistory. Delhi. 2001.
10. Habib, I. Indus Civilization. Delhi. 2002.
11. Goyal, S.R., A History of Indian Buddhism, Meerut: Kasumanjli
Prakashan, 1987.
12. Habib, Irfan, Vivekanand Jha, Mauryan India, Delhi: Tulika Books,
2004.
2
13. Jha, D.N., Ancient Indian An Historical Outline, Delhi: Manohar (2nd
14. Rev. ed.), 2005.
15. Pandey, V.C. and Pandey, A.C., New History of Ancient India,
Jallandhar: A.B.C., 1999.
16. Ray Chaudhari, H.C. (re. ed.) by B.N. Mukherjee, Political History
of Ancient India, Calcutta:
17. Oxford University Press, 1996.
18. Sastri, K.A. Nilakanta, A History of South India, 2nd ed., Oxford
University Press, 1958.
19. Sastri, K.A. Nilakanta, History of South India, from pre-historic times
to the fall of Vijaynagar, (4th ed.), Delhi: Oxford University Press,
1995.
20. Sharma, R.S., Aspects of Political Ideas and Institutions in
Ancient India, Delhi: Motilal
21. Banarasidas, 1991.
22. Sharma, R.S., India’s Ancient Past, Delhi: Oxford University Press,
2005.
23. Sharma, R.S., Looking for the Aryan, Hyderabad: Orient Longman,
1995.
24. Thapar, Romila, Early India from the Origin to A.D. 1300, Penguin,
2002.
3
Semester-II
DSC-2: Elective: History of Medieval India

I (a) Sources of Medieval India
(b) Foundation and Consolidation of the Sultanate:
Slave Dynasty, Khilji Dynasty, Tughlak Dynasty, Sayyad
Dynasty, Lodhi Dynasty
II Fragmentation of the Sultanate, Rise of Provincial Kingdoms

and Rise of Afghans: Bahmani, Vijaynagar etc. and
Administration of Sher Shah
III India under the Mughals: Akbar, Jahangir, Shahjahan, And
Aurangzeb
IV Rise of the Maratha: Marathas under Shivaji, Administration
Reading List:
Mohammad Habib and K.A. Nizami, eds, Comprehensive History of India, Vol. V, The Delhi
Sultanate.
Satish Chandra, Medieval India I
Peter Jackson, The Delhi Sultanate.
Catherine Asher and Cynthia Talbot, India before Europe.
Tapan Raychaudhuri and Irfan Habib, eds, Cambridge Economic History of India, Vol.I
K.A. Nizami, Religion and Politics in the Thirteenth Century.
W.H. McLeod, Karine Schomer, et al, Eds, The Sants.
S.A.A. Rizvi, A History of Sufism in India, Vol. I.
Mohibul Hasan, Historians of Medieval India.16
Cynthia Talbot, Pre-colonial India in Practice.
Simon Digby, War Horses and Elephants in the Delhi Sultanate
4
I.H. Siddiqui, Afghan Despotism.
Burton Stein, New Cambridge History of India: Vijayanagara
Richard M. Eaton, ed., India’s Islamic Traditions
Vijaya Ramaswamy, Walking Naked: Women, Society, and Spirituality in South India.
Sheldon Pollock, Languages of the Gods in the World of Men.
Pushpa Prasad, Sanskrit Inscriptions of the Delhi Sultanate.
Andre Wink, Al-Hind, Vols. M. Athar Ali, The Mughal Nobility under Aurangzeb.
Muzaffar Alam and Sanjay Subramanian, eds, The Mughal State, 1526 - 1750.
J.F. Richards, The Mughal Empire.
Satish Chandra, Essays on Medieval Indian History.
Irfan Habib, Agrarian System of Mughal India, 1526 û 1707.
Ashin Dasgupta, Indian Merchants and the Decline of Surat, 1700 -1750
Stewart Gordon, The Marathas 1600 - 1818.
Ebba Koch, Mughal Art and Imperial Ideology.
S.A.A. Rizvi, Muslim Revivalist Movements in Northern India.
K. R. Qanungo, Dara Shikoh.
S. Nurul Hasan, Religion, State, and Society in Medieval India
S. Arsaratnam, Maritime India in the Seventeenth Century.
Muzaffar Alam, The Crisis of Empire in Mughal North India
Catherine Asher, Architecture of Mughal India. 25
Milo Beach, Mughal and Rajput Paintings
Satish Chandra, Parties and Politics at the Mughal Court
Andre Wink, Land and Sovereignty in India
Harbans Mukhia, The Mughals of India.
J.F. Richards, Mughal Administration in Golconda.
Z.U. Malik, The Reign of Muhammad Shah.
Iqbal Husain, Ruhela Cheiftancies in 18th Century India. I-III.millan,1989
5
Semester-III
DSC-3: Modern India 1757 -1947
Sl. Course Credit

I Expansion and Consolidation of colonial Power:
(a) Mercantilism, foreign trade and early forms of exactions
from Bengal.
(b) Dynamics of expansion, with special reference to
Bengal Mysore, Western India, Awadh, Punjab, and
Sindh.
II (a) Reaction to Colonial Rule: (i) Discontent and
Disaffection during Company’s Rule. (ii) Revolt of 1857:
Nature, Participation and Impact.
(b) Colonial Construction of India ; (i) Administrative
Structure – Central, Provincial and District (ii) Arms of
State-Police, Army, Law and Civil Service.
III Early Stages of Emergence of Nationalism :
(a) Formation of Associations and Pressure groups.
(b) Peasant and tribal revolts , rise of middle class,
IV (a) Birth of The Indian national Congress – Early

Programmes and objectives.
(b) Rise of the Extremism in the Indian National
Congress, Programmes and objectives of moderate
and extremist functions, partition of Bengal and Surat
split, Swadeshi Movement. Leaders of Extremist and
Moderate factors.
6
V (a) Rise of communal Politics – Policies and Act of Muslim
League and other communal Bodies, the Jinnah Facto.
(b) Partition of India and attainment of freedom , August

offer, Cripps mission, cabinet mission, Wavell Plan,
Mount Batten Plan
Reading List:
1. A.R. Desai.Social Background of Indian Nationalism

2. Bipan Chandra, Rise and Growth of Economic Nationalism in India.
3. Bipan Chandra.India’s Struggle for Independence
4. Lucy Sutherland: The East India Company in the Eighteenth Century Politics.
5. P.E. Roberts: History of British India, London.1970.
6. P.J. Marshall: Problems of Empire: Great Britain and India, London,1963.
7. Percival Spear: History of India Vol.II
8. R.C. Majumdar.History of Freedom Movement in India -
9. R.C. Majumder: British paramountcy and Indian Renaissance.
10. S. Gopal: British Policy in India, 1858-1905, Madras, 1975.
11. S.P Nanda, History of Modern India, Dominant publisher and Distributor, New Delhi
2003.
12. Sekhar Bondpadhay, From Plassey to partition: A History of Modern India, Orient
Blackswan New Delhi 2009.
13. Sumit Sarkar Modern India -.
14. Tara Chand: History of the Freedom Movement in India Vol.II.
SEC-1: An Introduction to Archaeology
I. Definition &Components
II. Historiographical Trends
III. Research Methodologies
IV. Definition of Historical Sites &Explorations
V. Field Work & Tools of research
VI. Documentation, Codification, Classification, Analysis of

findings and publications
Reading List:
1. John.A. Bintliff, A Companion to Archaeology
2. D.R. Chakrabarti, A History of Indian Archaeology: From the
Beginning to 1947,New Delhi, Manohar, 1988
3. M. Hall & WS.W. Silliman, Historical Archaeology, USA, Blackwell,
2006
7
4. Mathew Johnson, Archaeological Theory: An Introduction, Blackwell
Publishing,New Edition,2010
5. Published Works by ASI
Semester-IV
DSC-4: Society and Economy of Assam

I Socio Economic condition of Ancient Assam 1
II Society and Economy in Medieval Assam: 1
Social Organisation – Caste-Class Relationship, Nobility, Paiks,
Slaves and Servants
Neo-Vaishnavite Movement in Assam – Impact on Society
Agriculture and Land System – Classification and Ownership of
Land
Land Revenue and other Taxes
Economic Relation between the Hills and the Valley : the Posa
system.
III Society in Colonial Assam: 1
Growth of Modern Education and the role of Christian Missionaries
Language Controversy in 19th century Assam
Emergence of Middle Class
Development of Press and Growth of Public Associations
IV Economy in Colonial Assam: 1
Agriculture Regulations and revenue system
Plantation Economy of the Tea Industry
Development of Modern Industries-Coal and Oil
Development of Transport System
Reading list:
8
1. Barpujari, H.K.: (ed) : The Comprehensive History of Assam, Vol. I, III, IV & V
2. Barua B.K. : A Cultural History of Assam Baruah, S.L. : A Comprehensive History of
Assam, Munshiram Monoharlal Publishers Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 1985
3. Gogoi, Nath Jahnabi : Agrarian System of Medieval Assam, New Delhi- 2002
4. Guha, Amalendu : Planters Raj to Swaraj: Freedom Struggle and Electoral Politics in
Assam 1826-1947
5. Nath, D : Assam Buranji (Revised) Arun Prakashan, Guwahti- 2009
6. Choudhury, P.C. : History of Civilization of the People of Assam to the Twelfth Century
A.D.
7. Gait, E.A. : A History of Assam. Guha, Amalendu : Medieval and Early Colonial Assam.
8. Medhi, S. B : Transport System and Economic Development in Assam.
9. Nath, D : Religion and Society in North East India, DVS, Guwahati- 2011
10. Rhodes, N. and Bose, S.K. : The Coinage of Assam, Vol. I, Pre-Ahom Period, Vol.11,
Ahom Period
11. Saikia, Rajen : Social and Economic History of Assam (1853- 1921).
12. Sarma, S.N. : Socio Economic and Cultural History of Medieval Assam, Guwahati, 1989
13. Sharma, Monorama : Social and Economic Change in Assam: Middle Class Hegemony
SEC-2: Historical Tourism: Theory &Practice
I. Defining Heritage
- Art &Architecture in India: An overview:
-Field Work: Visit to historical sites &Museums
II. Understanding Built Heritage:

-Stupa Architecture
-Temple Architecture
-Indo Persian Architecture, Forts, Palaces, Mosques
-Colonial Architecture
-Present day structures
III. Field Work: Visit to site &Conducting of research
IV. Modalities of conducting tourism
Reading List:
1. Sunil Kumar, The Present in Delhi’s Past, Delhi, Gyan Publishing
House, 2002
2. Peter Howard, Heritage: Management, Interpretation, Identity, and
London, 2003
3. V.S Agarwal, Indian Art, Varanasi, Prithvi Prakasahan, 1972
Percy Brown, Indian Architecture, Bombay, D.B.Taraporevala Sons
&Co, 1940
4. James Harle, The Art & Architecture of the Indian Subcontinent,
Hormonds worth, Penguin, 1988
5. S.K.Bhowmik, Heritage Management: Care, Understanding
9
&Appreciation of Cultural Heritage, Jaipur, 2004
Semester-V
SEC-3 Indigenous Handicrafts of the Bodos
Unit I: Understanding handicrafts.

Unit II: Indigenous Handicrafts of the Bodos:
(a) Weaving
(b) Tools
(c) Knitting
(d) Spinning
(e) Bamboo technology
Unit III: Employment generation
Unit IV: Practical training
Reading List:
1. Bhuyan, Paresh, Folk Art & Culture of Bodo-Kachari and Rabha Tribes of Assam, Guwahati,
2015.
2. Endle, Rev. Sidney, The Kacharis, Guwahati, 2007
3.
DSE-1: History of Modern Europe (1780-1945)

Lecture
10
The French Revolution and Europe:
Unit - I a. Ancien Regime 16 01
b. Intellectual currents
c. Different Phases of the French Revolution 1789 – 99
d. Napoleonic Empire
Restoration and Revolution: c. 1815 - 1848:
a. Conservatism & restoration of old hierarchies
Unit II: b. July Revolution and February Revolution 16 01
Socio-Economic Transformation and Growth of Nationalism
Unit III and the Remaking of States in the 19th and 20th Centuries 16 01
a. Industrial Revolution and Europe
b. Unification of Italy and Germany
Unit IV Between two World Wars:
a. The First World War and its aftermath 16 01
b. The League of Nations
c. Collective Security and Problem of Disarmament
d. Origins of the Second World War and its aftermath
Reading List:
E.H. Carr : International Relations Between the Two World Wars 1919-1939.
S.N. Dhar : International Relations and World Politics since 1919.
S.B. Fay : The Origins of the World War
W.C. Langsam : The World Since 1919.
F. Lee Bennes : Europe Since 1914 and its World Setting.
A.C. Roy : International Relations since 1919.
G.M. Garthorne Hardy: A Short History of International Affairs 1920- 39.
R.J. Sontag : European Diplomatic History 1871- 1932.
GE-I: Women Studies in India
Unit Contents Lectures Credit

I Concepts of Gender
Definition of gender, difference between sex and gender
Patriarchy, Matriarchy, Patriliny, Matriliny, Third Gender,
Queer theories, gender neutrality etc.
II Women and Society in India
Social construction of gender and gender roles- Socialisation-
11
institutions of socialization- changing content and context of
gender-need for re-socialization.
Women’s issues, missing girls, feminization of poverty,
violence against women.
III Feminist Theories

Meaning and different schools of feminism, radical, Liberal,
Socialist, Black, Psychoanalytical, etc.
Early feminist thinkers- J.S Mill, Mary Wollstonecraft, etc
The Seneca Falls Convention
Simone de Beauvoir, Virginia Woolf, etc.
IV Women position in India
Vedic times to the present.
Women’s Rights in the Indian Constitution, Fundamental
Rights, Directive Principles,etc.
Reading Lists:
Altekar, A.S. The Position of Women in Hindu Civilization, Delhi: Motilal Banarasidass, 1983.
Desai, N and M. Krishnaraj. Women and Society in India. Delhi: Ajantha, 1987.
Agnes, Flavia et. al. Women and Law in India. New Delhi: OUP, 2004.
Srinivas M.N. Village, Caste, Gender and Method: Essays in Indian Social
Anthropology. Delhi: OUP, 1998.
Sharmila Rege. Sociology Of Gender London: Sage, 2003.
Sahai, Shailly. Social Legislation and Status of Hindu Women. Jaipur: Rawat, 1986.
Mohanty,CT. Feminism Without Borders: Decolonising Theory Practising Solidarity. Duke

Univ., 2003.
Kaplan, Patricia (ed). The Cultural Construction of Sexuality. London: Tavituck,
1987.
Caeden, Maren.L. The New Feminist Movement. New York, 1974.
De Beauvoir, Simone. The Second Sex. Trans. H.M. Parshley. New York: Vintage, 1974
Sharma, M.R. Perspectives on Feminism. Jaipur: Ritu, 2008.
Glover, David, Cora Kaplan. Genders. . London: Routledge, 2007.
12
Friedan, Betty. The Feminine Mystique, London: 1963.
Oakely, A. Sex, Gender and Society. New York: Harper and Row, 1972
Semester-VI
SEC- IV: Project Work (Field Work and Report Writing)
This paper will contain field work and report writing. Report writing will constitute not less than
6000 words.
DSE-2: Patterns of Colonialism: 15th to 19th Century

I Defining Colonialism, Establishment of Colonial Empires
by Spain and Portugal in
15th-16th centuries
II French in Canada: 1534-1763, British in India in 18th

century.
III Informal Empire in 19th century Africa.
IV Scramble for Power in late 19th century China.
Reading List:
(a) Bipan Chandra, Essays on Indian Colonialism
(b) Ralph Davis, The Rise of the Atlantic Economies, New York, 1973,
13
(c) J.H Perry, The Establishment of the European Hegemony 1415-
1715
(d) Trade & Exploration in the Age of the Renaissance, Harper
Torch books, 1959,
(e) K.R.G.Nair & Romey Borges, Discovering French Canada, Allied
Publishers, 2002
(f) Ralph Davis, The Rise of the Atlantic Economies,
(g) Christopher Hill, From Reformation to Industrial Revolution
(h) Basil Davidson, Modern Africa: A Social and Political History, 3rd
edn. London / New Jersey: Addison ñ Wesley, 1995
(i) Arvind Sinha, Europe in Transition, Delhi, 2010
GE-II: Bodo Movement: Past and Present
Uni Course Credit

t
Socio- Political Movement: 1
I Religious Reform movement, Land Rights
Udayachal Movement and Script Movement 1

II
Bodoland Movement: Identity, Political, Socio- 1
III Cultural development.
IV 1
Women Participation
Reading list:
1. Ajay Roy: The Boro Imbroglio

2. Bakul Chandra Basumatary: Bodo Civilisation in India
14
3. Charan Narzary: Dream for Udayachal and the History of the Plains Tribal
Council of Assam (PTCA, 1967-93)
4. Hira Charan Narzinary: The Saga of the Bodos
5. Khema Sonowal: Why Bodo Movement?
6. Madhuram Boro: The Historical Development of Boro Language
7. Sekhar Brahma: Religion of the Boros and their Socio Cultural Transition: A
Historical Perspective
8. Sucheta Mahajan: Bodoland Movement: Participation of Women
9. Sujit Choudhury: The Bodos
10.Vidya Sagar Narzary: Journey Towards Enlightenment
15
Preamble
The University Grants Commission (UGC) has initiated several measures to bring equity, efficiency
and excellence in the Higher Education System of country. The important measures taken to
enhance academic standards and quality in higher education include innovation and improvements
in curriculum, teaching-learning process, examination and evaluation systems, besides governance
and other matters.
The UGC has formulated various regulations and guidelines from time to time to improve the
higher education system and maintain minimum standards and quality across the Higher
Educational Institutions (HEIs) in India. The academic reforms recommended by the UGC in the
recent past have led to overall improvement in the higher education system. However, due to lot of
diversity in the system of higher education, there are multiple approaches followed by universities
towards examination, evaluation and grading system. While the HEIs must have the flexibility and
freedom in designing the examination and evaluation methods that best fits the curriculum, syllabi
and teaching–learning methods, there is a need to devise a sensible system for awarding the grades
based on the performance of students. Presently the performance of the students is reported using
the conventional system of marks secured in the examinations or grades or both. The conversion
from marks to letter grades and the letter grades used vary widely across the HEIs in the country.
This creates difficulty for the academia and the employers to understand and infer the performance
of the students graduating from different universities and colleges based on grades.
The grading system is considered to be better than the conventional marks system and hence it has
been followed in the top institutions in India and abroad. So it is desirable to introduce uniform
grading system. This will facilitate student mobility across institutions within and across countries
and also enable potential employers to assess the performance of students. To bring in the desired
uniformity, in grading system and method for computing the cumulative grade point average
(CGPA) based on the performance of students in the examinations, the UGC has formulated these
guidelines.
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM (CBCS):
The CBCS provides an opportunity for the students to choose courses from the prescribed courses
comprising core, elective/minor or skill based courses. The courses can be evaluated following the
grading system, which is considered to be better than the conventional marks system. Therefore, it
is necessary to introduce uniform grading system in the entire higher education in India. This will
benefit the students to move across institutions within India to begin with and across countries. The
uniform grading system will also enable potential employers in assessing the performance of the
candidates. In order to bring uniformity in evaluation system and computation of the Cumulative
Grade Point Average (CGPA) based on student’s performance in examinations, the UGC has
formulated the guidelines to be followed.
Outline of Choice Based Credit System:
1. Core Course: A course, which should compulsorily be studied by a candidate as a core

requirement is termed as a Core course.
1
2. Elective Course: Generally a course which can be chosen from a pool of courses and which may
be very specific or specialized or advanced or supportive to the discipline/ subject of study or which
provides an extended scope or which enables an exposure to some other discipline/subject/domain
or nurtures the candidate’s proficiency/skill is called an Elective Course.
2.1 Discipline Specific Elective (DSE) Course: Elective courses may be offered by the main
discipline/subject of study is referred to as Discipline Specific Elective. The University/Institute may
also offer discipline related Elective courses of interdisciplinary nature (to be offered by main
discipline/subject of study).
2.2 Dissertation/Project: An elective course designed to acquire special/advanced knowledge, such

as supplement study/support study to a project work, and a candidate studies such a course on his
own with an advisory support by a teacher/faculty member is called dissertation/project.
2.3 Generic Elective (GE) Course: An elective course chosen generally from an unrelated
discipline/subject, with an intention to seek exposure is called a Generic Elective.
P.S.: A core course offered in a discipline/subject may be treated as an elective by other

discipline/subject and vice versa and such electives may also be referred to as Generic Elective.
3. Ability Enhancement Courses (AEC)/Competency Improvement Courses/Skill Development

Courses/Foundation Course: The Ability Enhancement (AE) Courses may be of two kinds: AE
Compulsory Course (AECC) and AE Elective Course (AEEC). “AECC” courses are the courses
based upon the content that leads to Knowledge enhancement. They ((i) Environmental Science, (ii)
English/MIL Communication) are mandatory for all disciplines. AEEC courses are value-based
and/or skill-based and are aimed at providing hands-on-training, competencies, skills, etc.
3.1 AE Compulsory Course (AECC): Environmental Science, English Communication/MIL

Communication.
3.2 AE Elective Course (AEEC): These courses may be chosen from a pool of courses designed to
provide value-based and/or skill-based instruction.
Project work/Dissertation is considered as a special course involving application of knowledge in

solving / analyzing /exploring a real life situation / difficult problem. A Project/Dissertation work
would be of 6 credits. A Project/Dissertation work may be given in lieu of a discipline specific
elective paper.
2
Details of courses under B.A (Honors), B.Com (Honors) & B.Sc. (Honors)
Course *Credits
Theory+ Practical Theory + Tutorial
=================================================================
I. Core Course
(14 Papers) 14X4= 56 14X5=70
Core Course Practical / Tutorial*
(14 Papers) 14X2=28 14X1=14
II. Elective Course
(8 Papers)
A.1. Discipline Specific Elective 4X4=16 4X5=20
(4 Papers)
A.2. Discipline Specific Elective
Practical/ Tutorial* 4 X 2=8 4X1=4
(4 Papers)
B.1. Generic Elective/
Interdisciplinary 4X4=16 4X5=20
(4 Papers)
B.2. Generic Elective
Practical/ Tutorial* 4 X 2=8 4X1=4
(4 Papers)
 Optional Dissertation or project work in place of one Discipline Specific Elective paper (6 credits) in
6th Semester
III. Ability Enhancement Courses
1. Ability Enhancement Compulsory
(2 Papers of 2 credit each) 2 X 2=4 2 X 2=4
Environmental Science
English/MIL Communication
2. Ability Enhancement Elective (Skill Based)
(Minimum 2) 2 X 2=4 2 X 2=4
(2 Papers of 2 credit each)
_________________ _________________
Total credit 140
Institute should evolve a system/policy about ECA/ General Interest/Hobby/Sports/NCC/NSS/related
courses on its own.
* wherever there is a practical there will be no tutorial and vice-versa
3
SCHEME FOR CHOCE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM IN
B.A. Philosophy ( Honours)
CORE COURSE (14)
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course (AECC) (2)
Skill Enhancement Course (SEC) (2)
Discipline Specific Elective DSE (4)
Generic Elective GE (4)
LIST OF PAPERS AND COURSES.
A. CORE COURSE (14 PAPERS)
SEMESTER – I
C.1-PAPER- I – INDIAN PHILOSOPHY
C.2-PAPER –II- LOGIC
SEMESTER – II
C.3- PAPER-III- GREEK PHILOSOPHY
C.4-PAPER-IV- ETHICS
SEMESTER – III
C.5- PAPER – V- WESTERN PHILOSOPHY (Desc. TO Kant)
C.6- PAPER –VI- SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY (INDIAN and WESTERN)
C.7-PAPER- VII- APPLIED ETHICS
SEMESTER – IV
C.8- PAPER-VIII-TEXT OF INDIAN PHILOSOPHY
C.9- PAPER- IX- TEXT OF WESTERN PHILOSOPHY
C.10-PAPER-X- TRUTH-FUNCTIONAL LOGIC: PROPOSITIONAL AND PREDICATE
SEMESTER – V
C.11- PAPER- XI- ANALYTIC PHILOSOPHY
C.12-PAPER XII- CONTINENTAL PHILOSOPHY
4
SEMESTER – VI
C.13-PAPER-XIII- PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (INDIAN & WESTERN)
C.14-PAPER-XIV- PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE (INDIAN & WESTERN)
B: DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE-4 (DSE) SUBJECT CENTRIC (FOUR)
DSE-1.PHILOSOPHY OF LOGIC.
DSE 2 AESTHETICS
DSE 3 PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
DSE 4. PHILOSOPHY OF LAW
C: GENERIC ELECTIVE (GE)– 4 (INTER DISCIPLINENARY)
GE-1. ETHICS IN PUBLIC DOMAIN

GE-2. FEMINISM
GE-3. BIO ETHICS
GE-4. Philosophy of Terrorism
D: SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSE (SEC) -2
1. CRITICAL THINKING AND DECISION MAKING
2. ART AND FILM APPRECIATION
5
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
B.A. (HONS.) (CORE COURSE)
Semester 1
C1: INDIAN PHILOSOPHY
UNIT I
1. Introduction to Indian Philosophy

2. Common Features of Indian Philosophical Schools
3. The Upanisads: doctrine of the self and critique of ritual
UNIT II
1. Cārvāka: Metaphysics and Epistemology

2. Early Buddhism: Four Noble Truths and Doctrine of Dependent Origination (Pratītyasamutpāda)
3. Jainism: Anekāntavāda and Syādvāda
UNIT III
1. Nyāya-Vaiśes iṣ ka and Mīmāmṣsā on the Nature of Knowledge

2. Sāmṣkhya: Prakr tṣ i and Purus ṣa, Theory of Evolution
3. Asatkāryavāda and Satkāryavāda Debate
UNIT IV
1. Advaita Vedānta of Śamṣkara: Nature of Brahman and Māyā

2. Viśis ṣt ṣādvaita of Rāmānuja: Nature of Brahman and Refutation of Māyā
• Chakravarty, Nilima (1992), Indian Philosophy: The Path Finder's and System Builders, New Delhi:
Allied Publishers.
• Chatterjee, S.C. (2008), Nyāya Theory of Knowledge, Delhi, Bharatiya Kala Prakashan.
• Chatterjee, S.C. & D.M. Datta (1984), An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, reprint, University of
Calcutta.
• Dasgupta, S.N. (2004), A History of Indian Philosophy, vol.1, Delhi, Motilal Banarasidass Publishers,
Pvt. Ltd.
• Hiriyana, M: (1951), Outlines of Indian Philosophy, London: Allen & Unwin.
• Mohanty, J.N. (1992), Reason and Tradition in Indian Thought, Oxford, Clarendon Press.
• Organ, Troy Wilson. (1964), The Self in Indian Philosophy, London, Mouton & Co.
• Pandey, Sangam Lal (1983), Pre-Śamṣkara Advaita Philosophy, 2nd edition, Allahabad: Darsan Peeth. •
Radhakrishnan, S. (1929), Indian Philosophy, Volume 1, Muirhead Library of Philosophy, 2nd edition,
London: George Allen and Unwin. • Radhakrishnan, S. Moore, (1967) CA, A Sourcebook in Indian
Philosophy, Princeton.
• Raju, P.T. (1985) Structural Depths of Indian Thought, NY Albany: State University of New York Press.
• Sharma, C.D. (2003) Critical Survey of Indian Philosophy, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass
• Shastri, Haridatta, Bhartiya Darshan Ka Itihas.(Hindi)
• Upadhaya, Baldeva. Bhartiya Darshan (Hindi), Banaras.
*******
6
C 2: Paper: LOGIC
UNIT I: Basic Logical Concepts
1. Sentence and Proposition

2. Argument and Inference
3. Truth, Validity and Soundness.
4. Argument and Explanation
5. Deduction and Induction
UNIT II: Logic and Language:
1. What is a word? Definition of a term.

2. Connotation and Denotation of a term and their relationship.
3. Uses of Language: Three Basic functions of Language.
4. Agreement and Disagreement in Belief and Attitude
5. Definition
UNIT III: Aristotelian Logic:
(A)
1. Categorical Propositions & Immediate Inferences
2. Square of Opposition, The Problem of Existential Import
3. Translating Categorical Propositions into Standard form
4. Immediate Inferences: Conversion, Obversion and Contraposition
(B)
5. Mediate Inference: Categorical Syllogism: Mood, Figure

6. Validiting / Invaliditing Categorical Syllogisms through syllogistic rules, Special Theorems &Venn
Diagrams
UNIT – IV : Informal Fallacies
(As given in Copi’s 14th Edition)
• Cohen & Nagel. (1968), An Introduction to Logic and Scientific Method, Delhi: Allied Publishers.
Copi. I.M. (2012), Introduction to Logic, Delhi: Pearson. (Hindi. translation of this text is also available)
• Hurley, Patrick(2007), Introduction to Logic, Wadsworth, Delhi,
• Sen, Madhucchanda(2008), LOGIC, Delhi, Pearson
GE-1.ETHICS IN THE PUBLIC DOMAIN
UNIT I: What is Ethics?

1. Morality
2. Cultural Relativism
3. Subjectivism
UNIT II: Family and Marriage
1. The Married Women
2. Morality: Parents and Children
UNIT III: Structures of Inequality
1. Caste
2. Poverty
UNIT IV: Media and Ethics
1. Agency
7
2. Privacy
3. Journalism
• Amartya Sen Inequality Reexamined, Oxford 1992 (Chapters 4 & 7)
• B. R. Ambedkar, Caste in Indian, (from Writings and Speeches Vol. 3. Bombay, 1987 (pp 99-111)
• David Archard Privacy, the public interest and a prurient public, (in Media Ethics ed. Mathew Kieran,
Routledge 1998 (pp 82-94)
• Herbert Dreyfuss Nihilism on the information highway (in On the Internet by Herbert Dreyfuss
Routledge 2001 (pp. 73-87)
• James Rachel's, 'Morality, Parents and Children, in Ethics in Practice and anthology ed. Hugh Lafollette,
Blackwell, 2002 (pp 167-178)
• Nagel, Thomas “Personal Rights and Public Space” Philosophy & Public Affairs, Vol. 24, No. 2 (Spring,
1995), pp. 83-107
34
• Rachel, J. (2003) The Elements of Moral Philosophy, McGraw- Hill (chapters 1-3)
• Simone de Beauvoir, Second Sex (Part v Chapter 1: The Married Women)
• Russell, B., (1929) Marriage and Morals Allen and Unwin (chapters 7 and 10).
*******
8
Semester-2
C3: GREEK PHILOSOPHY
UNIT-I
1. Pre-Socratic philosophy: a general survey of Pre Socratic philosophy

(Text: Aristotle’s metaphysics book 1)
2. Heraclitus: Doctrine of Flux and Logos
3. Parmenides: Nature of Being
UNIT –II
1. Sophists and Socrates

2. Man is the measure of all things (Protagoras)
3. Virtue is Knowledge (Socrates)
UNIT- III
1. Plato: Justice in state and individual (Text: Republic Books 2-4)
UNIT- IV
1. Aristotle: Nature and change (Text: Physics Bks 1 and 2 )
• Charlton, W.(1936), Aristotle’s Physics Bks 1-2, U.S.A, Clarendon
• Cohen, M.S. Curd,P. & Reeve, C.D.C.(ed)(1995) Readings in Ancient Greek Philosophy, Hackett:
Indianapolis
Kirk, G.S. Raven & Schofield (1957) Pre Socratic Philosophy CUP
• Tankha, V. (2012) Ancient Greek Philosophy: Thales to Socrates ,India, Pearson
• Vlastos, G. (1969)” Justice and psychic harmony in the Republic” in Journal of Philosophy. Vol.66(16):
pp 505-521
C 4: ETHICS
UNIT I
1. Conventional and Reflective Morality
2. Relativism
UNIT II
1. Aristotle: Virtue Ethics

2. Kant: The Categorical Imperative
3. Mill: Utilitarianism
UNIT III
1. Theories of Punishment-Capital Punishment

2. Euthanasia
UNIT IV: INDIAN ETHICS
1. Bhagvadgītā: Nis ṣkāmakarma

2. Four Purus ṣārthas: Dharma , Artha, Kāma, Moks ṣa
3. Gandhi’s conception of Ahimṣsā and satya
9
• Aristotle. (1926). Nichomachean Ethics, Harvard University Press.

• Bilimoria, Purushottama et al. (2007). Indiaa Ethics: Classical Traditions and Contemporary Challenges,
New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
• Frankena Williams. (1988). Ethics , Prantice Hall of India, Pearson; 2nd edition
• Kant, Immanuel. (1953). Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals, Trans. H.J Paton, as The Moral
Law, London: Hutchinson.
• Rachels, J. (1987) The End of Life: Euthanasia and Morality, CUP
• Rachel, J. (2003) The Elements of Moral Philosophy, McGraw- Hill
• Sharma, I.C.(1962) Ethical Philosophies of India, New York, U.S.A. Johnsen Publishing Company
• Warnock Mary. (1962) J.S Mill Utilitarianism, Glasgow: Collins.
GE-2: FEMINISM
UNIT I: Patriarchy and Feminist Movement

Introduction and Chapter 11 entitled ‘The creation of Patriarchy’ in The Creation of Patriarchy, Gerda
Lerner, OUP, 1986, pp 3-14 & 212-229.
The Risk of Essence, by Diana Fuss in Feminisms, Oxford Readers, (Ed.) Sandra Kemp and Judith
Squires, OUP, 1997, pp250-258.
Feminism: A Movement to end Sexist Oppression, Bell Hooks, Feminisms, Oxford Readers pp 22-27.
UNIT II: Epistemology
"Is there a Feminist Method?", Sandra Harding (Feminisms, Oxford Reader) pp160-170.
"The Feminist Critique of Philosophy", Moira Gatens, Feminism and Philosophy: Perspective on
Difference and Equality, Moira Gatens, Polity Press, UK, 1991, pp 85-99.
UNIT III: Body and Gender
"Life’ as we have known It: Feminism and Biology of Gender", Lynda Birke, pp 243-264, Science and
Sensibility, Gender and Scientific Enquiry, 1780-1945, ed. by Mariana Benjamin, Basil Blackwell, 1991,
UK.
"The Self Is Not Gendered: Sulabha’s Debate with King Janaka", RuthVanita, NWSA Journal, 2003, Vol
15, pp76-93.
UNIT IV: Women and Society
"Whatever happened to the Vedic Dasi? Orientalism, Nationalism and a Script for the Past, Uma
Chakravarti" Recasting Women, Essays in Indian Colonial History, ed by KumkumSangari and
SudeshVaid, pp27-79, Rutgers University Press, New Brunswick, 1990.
"Women Religion and Social Change in Early Islam", by Jane I Smith in Women Religion and Social
Change, 1985, pp19-35.
"The Gender and the Environmental Debate Lessons from India" by BinaAggarwal, Feminist Studies 18,
No 1, (spring) 1992, pp 119-158.
Squires, Judith and Kemp, Sandra.Feminisms, Oxford Reader, OUP, USA, 1998.
10
Semester-3
C -5: WESTERN PHILOSOPHY: DESCARTES TO KANT
UNIT I: RATIONALISM
1. Descartes : Method of Doubt Mind body Dualism

2. Spinoza: God and Substance
3. Leibnitz : Truth and Reason
UNIT II: EMPIRICISM
1. Locke: Critique of Innate Ideas
Ideas and Qualities
2. Berkeley: Esse est Percipi
Denial of Matter (Immaterialism)
3. Hume: Ideas and Impressions
Causation
UNIT III:
1. Kant: Classification of Propositions
Possibility of synthetic a priori
• Connor, D. J. (1964). A Critical History of Western Philosophy, Macmillan, New York, 1964.
• Moore, Bruder. (2011). Philosophy: The Power of Ideas, New Delhi: Tata MacGraw Hill
• Stegmuller, W(1969). Main Currents in Contemporary German, British and American Philosophy, ,
Dordrecht, D. Reidel Publishing
• Thomson, Garrett. (1993) An Introduction to Modern Philosophy, California: Wadsworth Publishing.
C -6: SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
SECTION A: WESTERN
UNIT I
Immanuel Kant: "On Enlightenment"
(Towards Perpetual Peace and Other Writings, Yale, 2006)
UNIT II
I. Berlin: "Two Concepts of Liberty" in Four Essays on Liberty, Oxford University Press.
UNIT III
R. Dworkin, “What is Equality?” 'in Sovereign Virtue (2000)Harvard, Harvard University Press
UNIT IV
John Rawls: "Fundamental Ideas" in Justice as Fairness: A Restatement,(2001) (ed.) Erin Kelly, Harvard
University Press, pp 1-38.
SECTION B: INDIAN
UNIT I
Tagore, "Nationalism In the West" Nationalism, Rupa & Co., New Delhi, 2005
UNIT II
Gandhi, Critique of Modern Civilization in (Hind Swaraj, edi. Anthony J. Parel, Cambridge University
Press, 1997, Chapters 6-13th )
UNIT III
M.N. Roy, (2004). “New Political Philosophy” in Radical Humanist: Selected Writings Kolkota,
Premetheus.
UNIT IV
11
Hamid Dalwai “On Secularism” in Muslim Politics in Secular India,(1968) Bombay, Nachiketa
Publication.
• Berlin, I(1969), " Two Concepts of Liberty", in Four Essays on Liberty, OUP.
• Dalwai, Hamid, (1968). Muslim Politics In Secular India, , Bombay, Nachiketa Publications
13
• Dworkin, R.(2000), "What is Equality?," in Sovereign Virtue, Harvard University Press
• Gandhi, M.K(1938).,Hind Swaraj, Ahmadabad, India Navjivan Publishing House
• Rawls, John,(2000) Justice As Fairness- A Restatement, Chapter One, edited by Erin Kelly, Havard
University Press.
• Tagore,Rabindranath, Nationalism, The Macmillan Company, New York,( available in pdf format).
C -7: APPLIED ETHICS
UNIT-I
1. An Introduction to Moral Philosophy and Applied Ethics.
UNIT-II Value of Human Life
1. Human Rights
2. Punishment
3. Suicide, Female Foeticide
UNIT-III Environmental Ethics
1. Nature as Means or End.
2. Respect for animals and ecology
UNIT-IV Professional Ethics and Public Policy
1. Medical Ethics- Surrogacy, Doctor-patient relation, Euthanasia
2. Media Ethics – Privacy, Ethical Issues in Cyber space
• Dower Nigel, (2007)World Ethics: The New Agenda. Edinburgh University Press: Edinburgh.
• Hammer Rhonda and Kellner Dougles (eds),(2009) Medical and Cultural Studies: Critical approaches,
New York, Peter Lang Publishing
• Holmes Rolston and Andrew Light (eds),(2007) Environmental Ethics: An Anthology. USA, Blackwell
• Jecker, Nancy S. Jonsen Albert R and Robert A Pearlman (eds)(2010) Bioethics: An Introduction to the
History, Method and Practice. New Delhi, Jones and Bartlett
• Motilal Shashi (ed)(2010), Applied Ethics and Human Rights: Conceptual Analysis and Contextual
Applications. London, Anthem Press
• Piet John H,. and Prasad Ayodhya (eds),(2000) An Introduction to Applied Ethics. New Delhi, Cosmo
Publications
• Rachel James,(2011) The Elements of Moral Philosophy. Oxford, Oxford University Press:
• Singer Peter,(1986) Applied Ethics Oxford, Oxford University Press
• Yogi, Manasvini. M, Euthanasia: Its Moral Implication,(2007)Delhi, Pratibha Prakashan,
GE-3-BIOETHICS
UNIT I: Introduction to Bio-ethics
1. Understanding ethics and bioethics

2. Human dignity and human rights
3. Principles of benefit and harm
12
UNIT II: Autonomy, Consent and Privacy
1. Autonomy and individual responsibility
2. Consent
3. Persons without the capacity to consent
4. Respect for human vulnerability and personal integrity
5. Privacy and confidentiality
UNIT III: Justice, Diversity and Co-operation
1. Equality, justice and equity
2. Non-discrimination and non-stigmatization
3. Respect for cultural diversity and pluralism
4. Solidarity and cooperation
UNIT IV: Health, and Responsibility
1. Social responsibility and health
2. Sharing of benefits
3. Protecting future generations
4. Protection of the environment, the biosphere and biodiversity
● URL http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0016/001636/163613e.pdf
● Barilan, Yechiel M. (2014) Human Dignity, Human Rights, and Responsibility - The New Language of
Global Bioethics and Biolaw, U.S.A.: MIT.
● Kuhse, H. and Singer, P. (2008) Bioethics: An Anthology, 2nd Ed. Blackwell.
● Singer, Peter A. and Viens, A. M. (2008) The Cambridge Textbook of Bioethics, Cambridge:
● Vaughn, L. (2012) Bioethics: Principles, Issues and Cases, Oxford: Oxford University Press.
SEC-1: CRITICAL THINKING AND DECISION MAKING
UNIT I: Critical Thinking and its Components
1. Critical Thinking: A Second-Order Activity

2. Identification and Analysis of the Problem.
3. Organizing the Data and Identifying the Errors.
UNIT II: Problem Analysis, Decision Making and Wrapping up for Solution
1. Evaluating the Argument: Validity, Soundness and Strength; Reflecting upon the issue with Sensitivity
and Fairness.
2. Evaluating Decision Options from Multiple Perspectives.
3. Identifying Inconsistencies, Understanding Dilemma and Looking for Appropriate Solution within
Limitations.
1. Hurley,Patrick J.(2007) Introduction to Logic, Wadsworth, Cengage learning.

2. Kam Chun Aik, and Stephen Edmonds, Critical Thinking, Longman
3. Dewey,John. (1933) How to Think: A Restatement of the Relation of Reflective Thinking to the
Educative Process. Revised edition. Boston: Health
4. Noisich, Gerald M. (2002) learning to think things through: A Guide to Critical Thinking, Prentice
Hall.
5. Case studies.
13
SEMESTER -4
C -8: TEXT OF INDIAN PHILOSOPHY

TEXT: NYĀYABINDU OF DHARMAKĪRTI WITH DHARMOTTARA’S T Īṣ K
CHAPTERS I & II
Pratyaks ṣa (Perception) and Svārthānumāna (Inference-for-onself)
English translation in Th. Scherbatsky, Buddhist Logic, (1962), Volume II, New York, Dover
Publications. (Indian Edition printed by Motilal Banarsidas)
Hindi translation and annotation by Srinivas Shastri: Nyāyabindu-t ṣīkā of Dharmottara with Nyāyabindu
of Dharmakīrti,(1975), Meerut, Sahitya Bhandar
Secondary Sources:
• Dreyfus, George. (1997), Recognizing Reality: Dharmakīrti's Philosophy and its Tibatan Interpretations,
Delhi: Sri Satguru PUblications.
• Dunne, John. (2004), Foundations of Dharmakīrti's Philosophy, New York.
• Prasad, Hari Shankar (2007). The Centrality of Ethics in Buddhism, Chapter 10: “Understanding
Buddhist Epistemology,” Delhi: Motilal Banrsidass.
• Singh, H. S. (2011), Bauddhapramān ṣa-mīmāmṣsā: Pratyaks ṣa ke sandarbha men, Muzafarnagar.
C- 9: TEXTS OF WESTERN PHILOSOPHY
UNIT I
Sartre – Existentialism and Humanism
UNIT II
Heidegger – Letter on Humanism
UNIT III
Richard Rorty – Philosophy and the Mirror of Nature (Chapter7-8)
UNIT IV
Thomas Nagel- The Last Word
• Nagel, Thomas, (2001) The Last Word, Oxford, Oxford University Press.
• Rorty, R, (1979) Philosophy and the Mirror of Nature, Princeton: Princeton University Press.
• Sartre, J. P. (1948) Existentialism and Humanism (tr) Philip Manot, London: Mathuen,
• Wargner, edu/ . . . / Heidegger – Letter on Humanism Translation Groth. pdf.
C- 10: TRUTH FUNCTIONAL LOGIC: PROPOSITIONAL AND PREDICATE
UNIT 1: LOGIC OF COMPOUND PROPOSITIONS (Sentential):

1. Logical Connectives: And ( •), Or (V) and Not ( ~)
2. Material Conditional ( ‫ )כ‬and Biconditional ( ≡)
3. Truth Tables for Logical Connectives
4. Interdefinability of logical connectives
5. Truth functions: Symbols and Translation
6. Statements and statement-forms: Logical status
7. Truth table Method
8. Shorter Truth Tables (Reductio ad absurdum)
UNIT II: PROVING VALIDITY (PROOF PROCEDURES)
1. Formal Proofs
2. Indirect Proofs
14
3. Conditional proofs
4. Conjunctional Normal form & Disjunctional Normal Form
5. Truth Trees
UNIT III: LOGIC OF SINGULAR/ UNIVERSAL PROPOSITIONS (Predicate)
1. Symbolization of Propositions
2. Quantification Rules (19 rules)
3. Proving Validity
4. Proving Invalidity
• Copi. I.M. (2008). Symbolic Logic, India, Pearson,
• Copi. I.M. (2012). Introduction to Logic, 14th Edition, Pearson, India, Hindi translation also available
with Pearson.
• Hurley. Patrick,( (2007) Introduction to Logic, , Delhi, Wadsworth
• Jeffrey, R.(1967) Formal Logic: Its scope and limits, U.S.A. MaGraw Hill
• Quine, W.V.O.(1965) Methods of Logic, London, Routledge
• Sen, Madhucchanda,(2008). Logic, Delhi. Pearson
GE-4: Philosophy of Terrorism

Lecture – 48
Course Outline:
Unit1
1. Definition of Terrorism
2. Common Characteristics of Terrorism
Unit2
Definition & Common Characterestics of Revolution
Revolution Vs Terrorism
Unit3
1. Meaning of Extremism
2. Concept of Jihad
Unit 4
Morality of Terrorism
Human Rights Vs Terrorism
Gus, Martin. 2006. Understanding Terrorism. Sage Publication
Coady, C.A.J. 1985 The Morality of Terrorism.
Crenshaw, Martha. 1995. Terrorism & Context. Pennsylvania State University Press
Nrwmen(et al) 1985 International Human Rights : Law, Policy & Process (Second Edition). Cincinnati
…. , Ohio : Anderson Publishing Co.
Griset, (etal). 2003 Terrorism in Perspective, Thusand Okas. Ca : Sage Publication
SEC- 2: ART AND FILM APPRECIATION
UNIT I: Art and Experience

1. Meaning and Analysis
UNIT II: Film as an Art Form
1. Documentaries, Commercial and Parallel Cinema
UNIT III: Art, Social Values and Morality
15
1. Life art interface
2. Film and Cultural representation
UNIT IV: Art and Communication in and through Films
• Harold Osborne, (1976) Aesthetics, OUP.
• John Hospers. (1969) Introduction Readings in Aesthetics, Free Press.
• Christopher Falzon, Philosophy goes to the Movies, Routledge.
• Vijaya Mishra. (2009) Specters of Sensibility: The Bollywood Film. Routledge.
• Sussane Langer. (1953) Feeling and Form, Longman Publishing House.
16
Semester-5
C 11: ANALYTIC PHILOSOPHY
UNIT I: ANALYTIC PHILOSOPHY: AN OVERVIEW

1. Appearance and Reality
2. Existence of Matter
3. Nature of Matter
Text: Text: RUSSELL, B., (1980) THE Problems of Philosophy, Oxford University Press. (Indian
Reprint, 1984)
UNIT II:
1. Knowledge by Acquaintance and Knowledge by Description
Text: RUSSELL, B., (1980) THE Problems of Philosophy, Oxford University Press. (Indian Reprint,
1984).
UNIT III:
1. Elimination of Metaphysics (Ayer)
Text: Ayer, A. J. (1936) Language, Truth and Logic, Penguin.
UNIT-IV
1. A Defense of Common Sense (G. E. Moore)
Text : Ammerman, Robert R., (1965) Classics of Analytic Philosophy, USA: McGraw, Hill, PP 47-67.
Or
Muirhead, J. H. (1925) Contemporary British Philosophy, U. K.: George Allen Unwin.
Recommended Readings:-
• A. Martinich and David Sosa (eds.)(2001) Analytic Philosophy: An Anthology, Black Well,
• Glock, Hans-Johann.(2008) What is Analytic Philosophy.Cambridge, Cambridge University Press
• Stephen P. Schwartz. (2012)A Brief History of Analytical Philosophy: From Russell to Rawls,
• Urmson, J.O.(1978) Philosophical analysis, New York, Oxford University Press
C-12: CONTINENTAL PHILOSOPHY
UNIT I: Hegel
Alexandre Kojeve(1980). Introduction to the Reading of Hegel: Lectures on ‘The Phenomenology of the
Spirit’. Ithaca & London: Cornell University Press, pp. 3-30.
UNIT II: Heidegger
Martin Heidegger. (1977). “The Question Concerning Technology”. in Being and Nothingness, Part-3,
Chap.1 Sec IV. Hazel E. Barnes: New York. Pp . 340-51.
UNIT III: Sartre
Jean-Paul Sartre.“Look” in Kim Atkins (ed.)(2005), Self and Subjectivity. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing,
pp. 87-100.
UNIT IV: Merleau-Ponty
Maurice Merleau-Ponty, “What is Phenomenology?” in T. Toadvine & L. Lawlor (eds.). The Merleau-
Ponty Reader, Evanston (Illinois), Northwestern University Press, 2007, pp. 55-68
• Atkins, Kim (ed.),(2005) Self and Subjectivity. Malden: Blackwell Publishers
• Critchley, Simon,(2001)Continental Philosophy: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford: Oxford University
Press
• Glendinning, Simon,(2006) The Idea of Continental Philosophy, Edinburgh: Edinburgh University
Press.
17
DSE-1: PHILOSOPHY OF LOGIC
UNIT I: LOGICAL APPRAISAL

1. Inconsistency
2. Reasoning
3. Logician’s Second Order Vocabulary
UNIT II: FORMAL LOGIC
1. Generality
2. Form
3. System
UNIT III: TRUTH-FUNCTION
1. Truth tables
2. Truth functional constants and ordinary language
3. Truth functional constants and logical relations
UNIT IV: DEDUCTIVE SYSTEM OF TRUTH FUNCTIONS
Prescribed Text: Strawson, P. F. (1976) Introduction to Logical Theory, Bombay B. I. Publications
DSE-2: AESTHETICS
UNIT I: M. Hiriyanna: Indian Aesthetics (Ch.1)

Art and Morality (Ch. 7)
Rasa and Dhavani (Ch. 10)
UNIT II: Ananda K . Coomaraswamy: The Theory of Art In Asia (Ch. I) in
The Transformation of Nature in Art'
UNIT III: Paul Valery: The Idea of Art.
UNIT IV: J. P. Sartre: The Work of Art.
UNIT V: A. Saville: Intention in Art.
• Aldrich, V.C(1963) Philosophy of Art, Prentice Hall
• Coomaraswamy, A. K (1995). The Transformation of Nature in Art', Sterling Publishers,
• Ghosh, R. Great Indian Thinkers on Art: Creativity, Aesthetic Communication and Freedom, Sandeep
Prakashan (Black and White Delhi 2006)
• Gupta, S. (1999) Art Beauty and Creativity, Delhi: D.K Printers.
(1993) Saundarya Tatva Mīmāmṣsā, Seema Sahitya Bhavan,.
• Hiriyanna, M. (1997) Art Experience, Indira Gandhi National Centre for the Arts, Manohar.
• Osborne, H. (1972) Aesthetics, London: Oxford University Press.
18
Semester-6
C- 13: PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION
SECTION A: WESTERN
UNIT I
1. Nature of Philosophy of Religion and its distinction from theology
2. Proofs for the existence of God:
Ontological Argument (with reference to St. Anselm, Gaunilon's Criticism, Descartes version, Kant's and
Bertrand Russell's critique)
Cosmological Argument (Thomas Aquinas' version, The Kalam Cosmological Argument, Immanuel Kant
and William Craig's Criticism)
3. Religious Experience (Religious Experience as the Root of Religion: William James)
UNIT II
1. Religious Pluralism (Religious Pluralism: John Hick)
2. Cognitivist and Non-cognitivist debate (Cognitivist : Thomas Aquinas and Paul Tillich; Non
cognitivist: Wittgenstein, Antony Flew, Basil Mitchell.
3. Religion and Science (Science Discredits Religion: Richard Dawkins)
SECTION B: INDIAN
UNIT-III
1. The Concept of Bhakti
2. The Concept of Dharma (Pūrva-mīmāmṣsā)
UNIT-IV
1. The Conceptions of God/Absolute (Śamṣkara's Brahman, Rāmānuja's God as Infinite, Personal and
Good)
2. The Doctrine of Karma and Rebirth (with special reference to the Bhagvadgītā (any translation)
Recommended Readings:-
• Baruch A Brody ed(1974). Reading in Philosophy of Religion, , Part-1, 1.17, , New Jersey PHI
publication, pp 168-186)
• Chad, Meister, (ed.)(2008) Philosophy of Religion Reader, New York, Rutledge,
• Hinnells,J.R.(2005) The Routledge Companion to the study of Religion ,Oxon. Routledge
• Hari Shankar Prasad (2007), The Centrality of Ethics in Buddhism, Delhi, Motilal Banarsidass.
21
• Jadunath Sinha (2000) Indian Philosophy (vol i & II) Delhi, MLBD
• John Shand Genl. Ed(2011). God- Central problems of Philosophy, U.K. Acumen Publishing Ltd.
• Keith E Yandell,(1999) Philosophy of Religion- a contemporary introduction, Oxon, Routledge
• M. Hirriyana(1983) Outlines of Indian Philosophy, Delhi ,MLBD,
• Peterson, Hasker Reichenbach and Basinger(2001)Philosophy of Religion: Selected Readings. OUP
• Philip L Quinn and Charles Taliaferro ed(1999). A Companion to Philosophy of Religion, USA,
Blackwell Publishers
• Purushottam Bilimoria, Joseph Prabhu and Renuka Sharma ed. Indian Ethics- Classical Traditions and
Contemporary Challenges, OUP, New Delhi.
• S. N. Dasgupta: (2000) History of Indian Philosophy (Vol. I, II, III) OUP,
• Stump and Murray, ed(1999). Philosophy of Religion The Big Questions, Blackwell publications.
• The Hindi Translation of John Hick, Philosophy of Religion, is available, Dharm Darshan anuvadaka,
Rajesh Kumar Singh, PHI, New Delhi, 1994.
• V. P. Verma, Dharma Darshan Ke Mool Siddhant, Hindi madhyam Karyanvaya Nideshalaya, New Delhi,
1991.
• William Lane Craig ed. (2002). Philosophy of Religion: A Reader and Guide, Edinburgh, Edinburgh
University Press.
19
C -14: PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE
Section A: Western
UNIT I: The Relation of Language with the World
1. Gottlob, Frege, On Sense and Reference,
Text : Dummett, (1993) Michael Frege’s Philosophy of Language, London: Duckworth &
https://en.wikisource.org/wiki
2. Bertrand Russell, “On Denoting”, Mind, 1905, pp 479-493.
UNIT II: Philosophy of Language
1. Austin, ‘How to do things with words’
Text: Austin, J. L. (1962) ‘How to do things with words’ Oxford: Clarendon Press.
Section B: Indian
UNIT III:
1. Nature of Verbal Knowledge.
2. Means of Knowing Denotative Function: Grammar
3. Denotative Function is in the Individual Qualified by Form and Universal.
4. Division of Words
5. Implication (laks ṣan ṣa)
UNIT - IV
2. Contiguity (āsatti)
3. Semantic Competency (yogyatā)
4. Syntactic Expectancy (ākāks ṣā)
5. Intention of the Speaker (tātparya)
• Text Units III & IV: Nyāya-siddhāntamuktāvalī of Viśvanātha
• English Translation: Nyāya Philosophy of Language, Tr. John Vattanky, S. J., Sri Satguru Publications,
Delhi, 1995.
• Davidson, Donald, (2001) Subjective, Objective, Intersubjective, SA: Oxford University Press.
• Donnellan, Keith. "Reference and Definite Descriptions", Philosophical Review, (1966),pp 281-304.
• Jerrold, Katz. J. (1971) The Philosophical Relevance of Linguistic theory in The Philosophy of
Language, (ed.) Searle, Oxford University Press.
• Jha, V. N. (1992) Śabdakhan ṣd ṣa of the Nyāyasiddhāntamuktāvalī, Sambhās ṣā, Vol. 13.
• Kunjuni Raja, K. (1963). Indian Theories of Meaning, Adyar Library, Madras, 1963.
• Lycan, William. (2008). Philosophy of Language: A Contemporary Introduction, New York: Routledge.
• Matilal, B. K. (1996). Logic, Languag, and Reality, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, Delhi.
• Russell, Bertrand, (1918) The Philosophy of Logical Atomism, in R C Marsh, Logic and Knowledge,
New York: Routledge.
• Shastri, D. N. (1964) Critique of Indian Realism, Agra: Agra University.
DSE-3: PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE
UNIT I: The Problem of Induction: Hume (traditional problem)

UNIT II: Observation and Explanation
UNIT III: Change and Rationality in Science: Popper and Lakatos
UNIT IV: Change and Rationality in Science: Kuhn and Feyerabend
Prescribed Readings:
Unit I
• Hume: An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding, section IV (parts I-II), also in Epistemology:
Contemporary Readings ed. By Michael Huemer, Routledge, London, 2002, pp 298-306
Unit II
• “Observation” in Patterns of Discovery, by N. R. Hanson, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge,
1958, Chapter-1 pp 4-30.
20
• N. Harman “Inference to the Best Explanation”, Philosophical Review, vol.74, pp 88-95.
Unit III
• K. Popper,"The Problem of Demarcation", Conjectures and Refutations, pp 33-46,The Logic of
Scientific Discovery ,pp 10-20,Falsificationism: The Logic of Scientific Discovery, pp 57-74.
• Lakatos: Scientific Research Programs: ‘The Methodology of Scientific Research Programs’,
Philosophical Papers, vol. 1, ed. By John Worrall and Gregory Curie, Cambridge University Press, United
Kingdom, 1978, pp 47-67.
UNIT IV
• T. Kuhn: Paradigm Change and Scientific Progress, ‘The Structure of Scientific Revolutions,’
International Encyclopedia of Unified Science, vol. II, no. 2, University of Chicago Press, USA, 1962.
• P. Feyerabend: “How to Defend Society Against Science” in Introduction to Philosophy, John Parry and
Michael Bratman (ed.), 3rd edition, Oxford University Press, 1999, pp 277-283.
• Dilworth, C.(1981), Scientific Progress, London: D. Reidel,
• Hanson, N. R(1958). Patterns of Discovery, Cambridge. Cambridge University press,
27
• Hanson, N. R,(1972)A Guide to Philosophy of Science, London. George Allen &Unwin,
• Ladyman, James,( 2002) Understanding Philosophy of Science, London Routledge
• Nola, R. and Sankey, H. (eds.)(2000), After Popper, Kuhn and Feyerabend London Kluwer Academic
Publishers,
• Smith, Peter G.( 2003.), Theory and Reality, The University of Chicago Press, Chicago,
• Swinburne, R, (ed.)(1974)The Justification of Induction, Oxford ,Oxford University Press
DSE-4: PHILOSOPHY OF LAW
UNIT I: Traditional Natural Law Theory:

1. Law for the Common Good
2. Legal Positivism
3. Law as Command
4. Law as the Union of Primary and Secondary Rules
5. The obligation to obey the law
UNIT II Constitutional law:
1. A Brief Introduction to the Indian Constitution and its History
2. The "Basic Structure" Doctrine
3. Rights: The Hohfeldian Framework; Positive and Negative Rights
4. Fundamental Rights
UNIT III Criminal law:
1. Theories of Punishment
2. The Death Penalty
3. Criminal Responsibility
4. Justifications and Excuses
UNIT IV Contract law:
1. The obligation to fulfil a contract
2. Contracts and Promises
3. Blackmail
4. Tort Law: Causation in the Law
• Feinberg, J., Coleman, J., and Kutz, C. (2013) Philosophy of Law, 9th ed. USA: Pearson.
• Marmor, A. (2014) Philosophy of Law, Princeton University Press, Princeton.
• Martin P. Golding and William A. Edmundson (ed.) (2004)The Blackwell Guide to the Philosophy of
Law and Legal Theory, London: Blackwell
21
22
B.A. (REGULAR) CBCS COURSE
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE (DSC)
Semester I: DSC 1: LOGIC
Semester II: DSC2: ETHICS
Semester III: DSC3: INDIAN PHILOSOPHY
Semester IV: DSC4: WESTERN PHILOSOPHY
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSE (DSE)

SEMESTER V
DSE PAPERS:
DSE-1BUDDHISM
SEMESTER VI
DSE-2 GREEK PHILOSOPHY
GENERIC ELECTIVE COURSE (GE) 2

GE:
1. FUNDAMENTALS OF INDIAN PHILOSOPHY
2. TECHNOLOGY AND ETHICS
SKILL ENHANCEMENT COMPULSORY COURSE (2)

SECC:
Semester-3. CRITICAL THINKING AND DECISION MAKING
Semester-4 ART AND FILM APPRECIATION
Semester-5-ETHICAL DECISION MAKING

Semester-6-YOGA PHILOSOPHY
1
B.A. (Regular) CORE PAPER
Semester-I
DSC-1A : LOGIC
UNIT I: Basic Logical Concepts

1. Proposition and Sentence
2. Deductive and Inductive arguments
3. Truth, Validity and Soundness
UNIT II: Traditional Logic

(A)
1. Terms and Distribution of Terms.
2. Categorical Propositions.
3. Traditional Square of Opposition and Existential Import.
4. Translating Ordinary Language Sentences into Standard Form.
5. Immediate Inference – Conversion, Obversion and Contraposition.
(B)
1. Categorical Syllogism: Figure and Mood
2. Syllogistic Rules and Fallacies
3. Venn-Diagram
UNIT III: Symbolization

1. Types of Truth Functions (Negation, Conjunction, Disjunction (Alternation), Conditional (Material
Implication), Bi-conditional (Material Equivalence).
2. Statements, Statement forms and Logical Status.
3. Decision Procedures: Truth Table Method and Reductio ad absurdum.
UNIT IV: Informal Fallacies

(As given in I. M. Copi, 14th ed.)
Prescribed Texts:
● Basson, A. H. and O’Connor, D. J. (1960) An Introduction to Symbolic Logic, Free Press.
● Copi, I. M. (2010) Introduction to Logic (14th ed) New Delhi: Prentice Hall of India
*******
Semester II
DSC -1B : ETHICS
2
UNIT I
1. The Fundamental Questions of Ethics.
2. The Is - Ought Controversy
3. The Ethical Journey (From Convention to Reflection).
UNIT-II
1. Consequentialism: J.S. Mill (Utilitarianism).
2. Deontological Ethics: Immanuel Kant (Duty, Categorical Imperative and Good will).
UNIT- III
1. Virtue ethics: Aristotle (Well-being and Golden Mean).
2. Purus ṣārthas
UNIT-IV
1. Nis ṣkāmakarma (Bhagvadgītā)
2. Non-violence (M.K. Gandhi)
3. Compassion and Forgiveness. (Buddhism)
● Aristotle, (1926) Nichomachian Ethics, Harvard University Press.
● Hartmann, N. (1950) Moral Phenomena, New Macmillan.
● Kant, Immanuel: Groundwork of the Metaphysics of Morals, Trans. H J Paton, as The Moral Law. London.
● Mill, JS (1863): Utillitarianism, London, in Mary Warnock. Ed.1962
● Prasad, R. (1989): Karma, Causation and Retributive Morality, ICPR, New Delhi.
● Sharma, I.C., (1965) Ethical Philosophies of India, London: George Allen and Unwin Ltd.
● Goodman, Charles. (2009), Consequences of Compassion: An Introduction and Defense of Buddhist Ethics,
New York: Oxford University Press.
● Gowans, Christopher W. (2015), Buddhist Moral Philosophy: An Introduction, New York & London,
Routledge.
● Śrīmadbhagvadgītā.
● The Selected Works of Mahatama Gandhi, (2006) V – Volumes, Ahmedabad: Navjivan.
Semester-III
3
DSC-2 C: INDIAN PHILOSOPHY
UNIT I: Indian Philosophy: An Overview:

1. General Characteristics of Indian Philosophy
UNIT II: Theory of Knowledge (Nyāya–Vaiśes ṣika): The Four Pramān ṣas:
1. Perception (Pratyaks ṣa)
2. Inference (Anumāna)
3. Testimony (Śabda)
4. Comparison (Upamāna)
UNIT III: Theories of Causation:

1. Buddhism (Pratītyasumatpāda)
2. Nyāya– Vaiśes ṣika (Asatkāryavāda)
3. Sāmṣkhya (Satkāryavāda)
UNIT IV: Theories of Reality:
1. Buddhism
2. Nyāya–Vaiśes ṣika
3. Śamṣkara
● Chatterjee, S & Datta. D.M (1984) An Introduction to Indian Philosophy, 8th ed., University of Calcutta,
● Dasgupta, S.N (2004), A History of Indian Philosophy, vol.1, Delhi: MLBD Publishers.
● Datta, D.M., (1972) The Six Ways of Knowing, University of Calcutta.
● Hiriyanna, M. (1994) Outlines of Indian Philosophy, Delhi: MLBD Publishers.
(2015) The Essentials of Indian Philosophy, Delhi: MLBD Publishers.

● Mohanty, J.N. (1992) Reason and Tradition in Indian Thought, Oxford: Calrendon Press.
(2002) Essays on Indian Philosophy, (2nd ed) ed. by P. Bilimoria, UK: Oxford University Press.
● Murthi, K. S. (1959) Revelation and Reason in Advaita Vedanta. Waltair: Andhra University Press.
● Organ, T. W. (1964) The Self in Indian Philosophy. London: Mounton & Co.
SEC-1: CRITICAL THINKING AND DECISION MAKING
UNIT I: Critical Thinking and its Components
1. Critical Thinking: A Second-Order Activity

2. Identification and Analysis of the Problem.
3. Organizing the Data and Identifying the Errors.
UNIT II: Problem Analysis, Decision Making and Wrapping up for Solution
1. Evaluating the Argument: Validity, Soundness and Strength; Reflecting upon the issue with Sensitivity and
Fairness.
2. Evaluating Decision Options from Multiple Perspectives.
3. Identifying Inconsistencies, Understanding Dilemma and Looking for Appropriate Solution within Limitations.
1. Hurley,Patrick J.(2007) Introduction to Logic, Wadsworth, Cengage learning.

2. Kam Chun Aik, and Stephen Edmonds, Critical Thinking, Longman
3. Dewey,John. (1933) How to Think: A Restatement of the Relation of Reflective Thinking to the Educative Process.
Revised edition. Boston: Health
4
4. Noisich, Gerald M. (2002) learning to think things through: A Guide to Critical Thinking, Prentice Hall.
5. Case studies.
Semester -IV
5
DSC-1D: WESTERN PHILOSOPHY
UNIT I
1. Plato: Knowledge and Opinion
2. Descartes: Cogito Ergo Sum, Mind body Dualism and its critique by Ryle.
UNIT II
1. Spinoza: Concepts of Substance
2. Leibnitz : Theory of Monads
UNIT III
1. Berkeley: Critique of Locke's theory of Material substance
2. Hume: Theory of Causation
UNIT-IV
1. Kant: Classification of Propositions, Possibility of synthetic a priori.
● Berkeley, G. (1985), The Principles of Human Knowledge G.J. Warnock, (ed). Great Britain: Fontana Press,
Part-1, Sections 1-24.
● Descartes, R. (1647), Meditations Concerning First Philosophy, Meditation II, Harper Torch Books.
● Locke, J. (1706) An Essay Concerning Human Understanding, London,. CH. XXIII
● Moore, B. (2011) Philosophy: The Power of Ideas, New Delhi: TMH.
● O'Conor, D. J. (1964) A Critical History of Western Philosophy, New York: Macmillan.
● Plato: Republic (tr) Lee, penguin England Book VI, 502-501.
● Ryle, G. (1949) The Concept of Mind, Hutchinsion, Chapter-I.
● Stegmuller, W. (1969), Main Currents in Contemporary German, British and American Philosophy, ,
Dordrecht: D. Reidel Publishing.
● Thomson, G. (1992) An Introduction to Modern Philosophy, California: Wadsworth Publishing.
● Titus, S. and Nalan. (1994) Living Issues in Philosophy, London: OUP.
SEC- 2: ART AND FILM APPRECIATION
UNIT I: Art and Experience

1. Meaning and Analysis
UNIT II: Film as an Art Form
1. Documentaries, Commercial and Parallel Cinema
UNIT III: Art, Social Values and Morality
1. Life art interface
2. Film and Cultural representation
UNIT IV: Art and Communication in and through Films
• Harold Osborne, (1976) Aesthetics, OUP.
• John Hospers. (1969) Introduction Readings in Aesthetics, Free Press.
• Christopher Falzon, Philosophy goes to the Movies, Routledge.
• Vijaya Mishra. (2009) Specters of Sensibility: The Bollywood Film. Routledge.
• Sussane Langer. (1953) Feeling and Form, Longman Publishing House.
SEMESTER-V
SEC-3: ETHICAL DECISION MAKING

6
UNIT I: ETHICAL CONCEPTS AND ETHICAL APPROACHES
1. Values, Dilemma and Choices
2. Responsibility, Justice & Fairness
3. Respect for self and others
UNIT II: ETHICAL DECISION PROCESS

1. Ethical codes and tests
2. Steps to ethical decision-making
3. Case studies and Situational role plays
● Blanchard, K., & Peale, N.V. (1988) The Power of Ethical Management, New York: William Morrow and Co.
pp. 20-24. http://www.blanchardbowleslibrary.com/books/powerofethicalmanagement.htm
● Brown, M. (1996) The Quest for Moral Foundations: An Introduction to Ethics Georgetown University Press
● Davis, M. (1999) Ethics and The University, New York: Routledge.
● Heller, R. (1998) Making Decisions, New York: DK.
● Josephson, M. S. (2002) Making Ethical Decisions, Josephson Institute of Ethics.
● Kardasz, F. (2008) Ethics Training For Law Enforcement: Practices and Trends, VDM Verlag Dr. Müller.
● Nosich, G. M. (2002) Learning to Think Things Through: A Guide to Critical Thinking, Prentice Hall.
DSE-1A: BUDDHISM
UNIT I:
1. Origin and Nature of Buddhism
2. Classification of Buddhism
UNIT II:
1. Pancsila
2. Four Noble Truth
3. Eight Fold Path
UNIT III:
1. Paramitas
2. Brahma Viharas
UNIT-IV:
1. Karma and Rebirth
2. Nirvana
3. Anatmavada (No Soul theory)
● Halbfars, W., 'Karma, Apurva and "Nature" causes: observation on the growth and limits of the theory of
Samsars, 'in O' Flabearty, 1999.
● Harvey, Peter, An Introduction ot Buddhist Ethics, Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.
● Kamla, J. (1983) The Concept of Pancsila in Indian Thought, P. V. Institute: Varanasi.
● Keown, D. (1992) The Nature of Buddhist Ethics, London: Macmillan.
“Karma, Character and Consequentialism” in Journal of Religious Ethics 24 (2):329 - 350 (1996)
7
● Bhatta, J. Nyayamanjari ed. S.N. Shukla, (1971) Varanasi: Chowkhamba Vidyabhavan.
https://archive.org/details/TheNyayamanjariOfJayantaBhattaEdited...BySuryaNarayanaSukla
● O' Flaheaty, W. D. (1999) Karma and Rebirth in Classical Indian Traditions, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass.
● Saddhatissa, H. (1970) Buddhist Ethics, London: George Allen and Unwin.
GE -1: FUNDAMENTALS OF INDIAN PHILOSOPHY
UNIT I: Indian Philosophy: An Overview.

1. Basic characteristics of Indian Philosophy
UNIT II: Epistemology

1. Prama
2. Pramanya
3. Types of Pramana.
UNIT III: Metaphysics

1. Self
2. Causality
UNIT IV: Moral Philosophy

● The Ethical Theory of Bhagvad Gita.
Prescribed Reading: Mohanty, J. N. (2000) Classical Indian Philosophy, U.S.A.: Rowman and Littlefield
Publisher.
● Ganeri, J. (2001) Philosophy in Classical India: An Introduction and Analysis. New Delhi: MBD.
● Hamilton, S. (2001) Indian Philosophy (Very Short Introduction). UK: OUP.
● Sarma, Deepak. (2011) Classical Indian Philosophy - A Reader, Columbia University Press
SEMESTER - VI
SEC-4: YOGA PHILOSOPHY
8
UNIT I
1. The Definition and Essence of Yoga
2. Jnana Yoga, Bhakti Yoga and Karma Yoga
UNIT II
1. Yoga in Jainism, Yoga in Buddhims (Vipassana) and Yoga in Bhagvadgita
2. Patanjali's Astangik Yoga Marga
● Abhishiktananda, Swami: (1974) Guru and Disciple, London: Society for the Promotion of Christiona
Knowledge,
● Aranya, H.: (1983) Yoga Philosophy of Patanjali, rev. ed.. Trans. by P. N. Mukherji, Albany, New York: Suny
Press,
● Bhattacharya, H. (1956) (ed.). The Cultural Heritage of India, Calcutta: Ramkrishna Mission Institute of
Culture, 4 vol.
● Cleary, T. (1995) translated Buddhist Yoga: A Comprehensive Course, Boston, Mass: Shambhala Publications.
● Dasgupta, S. N. (1930) Yoga Philosophy in Relation to Other Systems of Indian Thought, Calcutta: University
of Calcutta.
● Gopalan S. (1974) Outlines of Jainism, John Wiley & Sons (Asia) Pte Ltd.
● Kaveeshwar, G. W. (1971) The Ethics of the Gita, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidas.
DSE-1B: GREEK PHILOSOPHY
UNIT I: Socrates and the Sophists

1. Care of the self and moral relativism.
2. Virtue
3. Law and freedom
UNIT II: Plato and Moral psychology

1. Metaphysics
2. The ideal state
3. Critique of Democracy
UNIT III: Aristotle

1. Political Naturalism
2. Human nature and the nature of the state
3. Justice
UNIT IV: Epicurus and the Stoics

1. Pleasure and happiness
2. Living according to nature
3. On suicide
Recommended Readings
● Annas, J. (1993) The Morality of Happiness, Oxford: Oxford Unicersity Press.
● Epicurus, Letter to Menoeceus, Trans. by Robert Drew Hicks
9
(E Text: http://classics.mit.edu/Epicurus/menoec.html)
● Kerferd, G. B. (1981) The Sophistic Movement, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
● Keyt, D. and Miller (Jr.), F. D. (eds.) (1991) A Companion to Aristotle's Politics. Oxford: Oxford University
Press.
● Long, A. A. (1986) Hellenistic Philosophy, 2nd ed. California: University of California Press.
● Plato, Apology and Crito, Protagoras, Republic Book IV
(E texts: http://onlinebooks.library.upenn.edu/webbin/book/lookupname?key=Plato)
● Rist, J. M. (1972) Epicurus, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
● Schofield, M. (2006) Plato: Political Philosophy, Oxford: University Press.
GE-2: TECHNOLOGY AND ETHICS

UNIT I: Interface of Science, Technology and Society
1. Industrial Revolution
2. Age of Information Technology
3. Biotechnology and Nano Technology
UNIT II: Introduction to Technology and Ethics
1. Ethical dilemmas
2. Philosophy of technology
UNIT III: Information Technology Ethics
1. Computer Ethics
2. Digital Divide
UNIT IV: Biotechnology and Ethics
1. GM foods
2. Cloning
3. Stem cell culture
UNIT IV: Nano Ethics
1. Social and Economic Implication
2. Concerns of Public
UNIT V: Democratization of Technology
1. Rights
2. Justice
3. Public Evaluation of Science and Technology
Essential Readings:
● Debiprasad Chattopadhyaya, Science, Philosophy and Society, New Delhi: Critical
Quest, 2007
● Carl Mitcham Introduction Mitcham C.(Ed.) Encyclopedia of Science, Technology and Ethics, Mac Milllan
Reference USA:2005, pp. xi-xvii
● Terryl Wards Bynum and Simon Rogerson “ Definitions of Computer Ethics, Terryl Wards Bynum and Simon
Rogerson (ed.) Computer Ethics and Professional Responsibility, Wiley Blackwell Publishing , 2003 , pp.17-20
27
10
● James H Moor, Reason, Relativity and Responsibility in computer ethics, , Terryl Wards Bynum and Simon
Rogerson (eds.) Computer Ethics and Professional Responsibility, Wiley Blackwell Publishing , 2003, pp.22-38
● Terryl Wards Bynum. Milestones in the history of information and computer ethics, Kenneth Einar Himma and
Herman T Tavani (Eds.), The Hand Book of Information and Computer Ethics, New Jersey: John Wiley and
sons, 2008, pp.25-48
● Maria Canellopoulou and Kenneth Einar Himma The Digital Divide: Perspective for future, The Hand Book of
Information and Computer Ethics, New Jersey: John Wiley and sons, 2008, Pp621-638
● Margaret R Mclean, The Future of Food : An Introduction to Ethical Issues in Genetically Modified Foods ,
Markkula Centre for Applied Ethics, 2005,
http://www.scu.edu/ethics/practicing/focusareas/medical/conference/presentations/genetically-modified-
foods.html
● Jeffrey Burkhardt , The GMO Debates: Taking Ethics Seriously Institute of Food and Agricultural Science,
University of Florida
http://www.farmfoundation.org/news/articlefiles/120-burkhardt.pdf
● John Bryant, Linda Bagott La Velle and John Searle Introduction to Bioethics, 2005, John Wiley Sons 2005,
pp.17-32
● David Strong, Environmental Ethics vol.2 From Carl Mitcham (Ed.) Encyclopedia of Science, Technology and
Ethics: Mac Millan Reference USA, 2005, pp.653-660.
● Robert Melchior, Figueroa Environmental Justice vol.2, From Carl Mitcham (Ed.) Encyclopedia of Science,
Technology and Ethics: Mac Millan Reference USA, 2005, pp.663-669
● Fritz Allhoff, Patrick Lin, James Moor, John Weckert (Ed.) Nanoethics: The Ethical and Social Implications of
Nanotechnology, John Wiley and sons, 2008, pp1-17
● Feenberg, Andrew. Questioning Technology, Routledge, 1999 pp.139-158
● John Bryant, Linda Bagott La Velle and John Searle Introduction to Bioethics, John Wiley Sons 2005, pp.17-
32
● Barry Barnes. The Public Evaluation of Science and Technology From Carl Mitcham (Ed.) Encyclopedia of
Science, Technology and Ethics: Mac Millan Reference USA, 2005,pp. 16-35.
11
SYLLABUS
BODOLAND UNI
VERSI
TY
B.
A.(
HONOURS)
,CBCS
POLI
TICALSCI
ENCE
Abi
lit
y Ski
ll El
ect
ive
Sl. El
ect
ive
Cor
eCour
se(
14) Enhancement Enhancement (
Disci
pli
ne
No (
Gener
ic:4)
Com.Cour
se(
2) Cour
se(
2) Speci
fic:4)
C1POLI
TICAL
{
ENG/Hi
ndi
/MI
L
THEORYI GE 1
I Communi
cat
ion}
C2POLI
TICSI
N FEMI
NISM
I
NDIAI
C3POLI
TICAL
THEORYI
I GE 2
II
C4POLI
TICSI
N EVS GANDHI
SM
I
NDIAI
I
C5COMPARATI
VE
GOVT& POLI
TICS
C6PUB. SEC 1 GE 3
III ADMI
NISTRATI
ON DEMOCRATI
C NATI
ONALI
SM
C7 AWARENESS I
NINDI
A
I
NTERNATI
ONAL
RELATI
ONS
C8COM.
GOVERNMENTSI
I
GE 4
C9PUBLI
C POLI
CY SEC 2
IV UNI
TED
I
NINDI
A PEACE STUDY
NATI
ONS
C10GLOBAL
POLI
TICS
DSE-
1
C11CLASSI
CAL HUMAN
POL.THEORY RI
GHTS
V -
--
C12I
NDI
AN POL. DSE2
THOUGHTI WOMEN &
POLI
TICS
VI C13MODERN POL. DSE-3 -
--
1
SOUTH ASI
A
PHI
LOSOPHY DSE-
4
C14 I
NDI
AN POL. I
NDI
A’S
THOUGHTI
I FOREI
GN
POLI
CY

SYLLABI AND READING LIST
BA (HONOURS) POLITICAL SCIENCE
FIRST SEMESTER
C-1: POLITICAL THEORY-I
Course Objective: This course is divided into two sections. Section A introduces the
students to the idea of political theory, its history and approaches, and an assessment
of its critical and contemporary trends. Section B is designed to reconcile political
theory and practice through reflections on the ideas and practices related to
democracy.
I: Introducing Political Theory (30 Lectures)

a. What is Politics: Theorizing the ‘Political’
b. Traditions of Political Theory: Liberal, Marxist, Anarchist and Conservative
c. Approaches to Political Theory: Normative, Historical and Empirical
d. Critical and Contemporary Perspectives in Political Theory: Feminist and
Postmodern
II: Political Theory and Practice (30 Lectures)
The Grammar of Democracy
a. Democracy: The history of an idea
b. Procedural Democracy and its critique
c. Deliberative Democracy
d. Participation and Representation
Essential Readings
I: Introducing Political Theory

Bhargava, R. (2008) ‘What is Political Theory’, in Bhargava, R and Acharya, A. (eds.)
Political
Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 2-16.
2
Bellamy, R. (1993) ‘Introduction: The Demise and Rise of Political Theory’, in Bellamy,
R.
(ed.) Theories and Concepts of Politics. New York: Manchester University Press, pp. 1-
14.
Glaser, D. (1995) ‘Normative Theory’, in Marsh, D. and Stoker, G. (eds.) Theory and
Methods in Political Science. London: Macmillan, pp. 21-40.
Sanders, D. (1995) ‘Behavioral Analysis’, in Marsh, D. and Stoker, G. (eds.) Theory and
Methods in Political Science. London: Macmillan, pp. 58-75.
Chapman, J. (1995) ‘The Feminist Perspective’, in Marsh, D. and Stoker, G. (eds.)
Theory and Methods in Political Science. London: Macmillan, pp. 94-114.
Bharghava, R, ‘Why Do We Need Political Theory’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A.
(eds.)
Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 17-36.
Bannett, J. (2004) ‘Postmodern Approach to Political Theory’, in Kukathas, Ch. And
Gaus, G. F. (eds.) Handbook of Political Theory. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 46-54.
Vincent, A. (2004) The Nature of Political Theory. New York: Oxford University Press, 2004,
pp. 19-80.
II: The Grammar of Democracy
Srinivasan, J. (2008) ‘Democracy’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political
Owen, D. (2003) ‘Democracy’, in Bellamy, R. and Mason, A. (eds.) Political Concepts.
Manchester and New York: Manchester University Press, pp. 105-117.
Christiano, Th. (2008) ‘Democracy’, in Mckinnon, C. (ed.) Issues in Political Theory,
New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 80-96.
Arblaster, A. (1994) Democracy. (2nd Edition). Buckingham: Open University Press.
Roy, A. ‘Citizenship’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political Theory: An
Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 130-146.
Brighouse, H. (2008) ‘Citizenship’, in Mckinnon, C. (ed.) Issues in Political Theory, New
York: Oxford University Press, pp. 241-258.
C-2: POLITICS IN INDIA-I
Course objective: This course acquaints students with the constitutional design of state
structures and institutions, and their actual working over time. The Indian Constitution
accommodates conflicting impulses (of liberty and justice, territorial decentralization and a
strong union, for instance) within itself. The course traces the embodiment of some of
these conflicts in constitutional provisions, and shows how these have played out in
political practice. It further encourages a study of state institutions in their mutual
interaction, and in interaction with the larger extra-constitutional environment.
I. The Constituent Assembly and the Constitution (16 lectures)

a. Philosophy of the Constitution, the Preamble, and Features of the Constitution
(2 weeks or 8 lectures)
b. Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles (2 weeks or 8 lectures)
2. Organs of Government (20 lectures)
a. The Legislature: Parliament (1.5 weeks or 6 lectures)
b. The Executive: President and Prime Minister (2 weeks or 8 lectures)
c. The Judiciary: Supreme Court (1.5 weeks or 6 lectures)
3. Federalism and Decentralization (12 lectures)
3
a. Federalism: Division of Powers, Emergency Provisions, Fifth and Sixth Schedules
(2 weeksor 8 lectures)
b. Panchayati Raj and Municipalities (1 week or 4 lectures)
READING LIST
I. The Constituent Assembly and the Constitution
a. Philosophy of the Constitution, the Preamble, and Features of the
Constitution
Essential Readings:
G. Austin, (2010) ‘The Constituent Assembly: Microcosm in Action’, in The Indian
Constitution: Cornerstone of a Nation, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 15th print,
pp.1-25.
R. Bhargava, (2008) ‘Introduction: Outline of a Political Theory of the Indian
Constitution’, in R. Bhargava (ed.) Politics and Ethics of the Indian Constitution, New
Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 1-40.
Additional Reading:
D. Basu, (2012) Introduction to the Constitution of India, New Delhi: Lexis Nexis.
S. Chaube, (2009) The Making and Working of the Indian Constitution, Delhi: National
Book Trust.
b. Fundamental Rights and Directive Principles
Essential Readings:
G. Austin, (2000) ‘The Social Revolution and the First Amendment’, in Working a
Democratic Constitution, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 69-98.
A. Sibal, (2010) ‘From Niti to Nyaya,’ Seminar, Issue 615, pp 28-34.
Additional Reading:
The Constitution of India: Bare Act with Short Notes, (2011) New Delhi: Universal, pp.
4-16.
II. Organs of Government
a. The Legislature: Parliament
Essential Readings:
B. Shankar and V. Rodrigues, (2011) ‘The Changing Conception of Representation:
Issues,
Concerns and Institutions’, in The Indian Parliament: A Democracy at Work, New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, pp. 105-173.
V. Hewitt and S. Rai, (2010) ‘Parliament’, in P. Mehta and N. Jayal (eds.) The Oxford
Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 28-42.
b. The Executive: President and Prime Minister
Essential Readings:
J. Manor, (2005) ‘The Presidency’, in D. Kapur and P. Mehta P. (eds.) Public Institutions
in
India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.105-127.
J. Manor, (1994) ‘The Prime Minister and the President’, in B. Dua and J. Manor (eds.)
Nehru to the Nineties: The Changing Office of the Prime Minister in India, Vancouver:
University of British Columbia Press, pp. 20-47.
H. Khare, (2003) ‘Prime Minister and the Parliament: Redefining Accountability in the
Age of Coalition Government’, in A. Mehra and G. Kueck (eds.) The Indian Parliament:
A
Comparative Perspective, New Delhi: Konark, pp. 350-368.
c. The Judiciary: Supreme Court
Essential Readings:
4
U. Baxi, (2010) ‘The Judiciary as a Resource for Indian Democracy’, Seminar, Issue 615,
pp. 61-67.
R. Ramachandran, (2006) ‘The Supreme Court and the Basic Structure Doctrine’ in B.
Kirpal et.al (eds.) Supreme but not Infallible: Essays in Honour of the Supreme Court of
India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 107-133.
Additional Reading:
L. Rudolph and S. Rudolph, (2008) ‘Judicial Review Versus Parliamentary Sovereignty’,
in Explaining Indian Institutions: A Fifty Year Perspective, 1956-2006: Volume 2: The
Realm of
Institutions: State Formation and Institutional Change. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, pp. 183-210.
III. Federalism and Decentralization
a. Federalism: Division of Powers, Emergency Provisions, Fifth and Sixth
Schedules Essential Readings:
M. Singh, and R. Saxena (eds.), (2011) ‘Towards Greater Federalization,’ in Indian
Politics: Constitutional Foundations and Institutional Functioning, Delhi: PHI Learning
Private Ltd., pp. 166-195.
V. Marwah, (1995) ‘Use and Abuse of Emergency Powers: The Indian Experience’, in B.
Arora and D. Verney (eds.) Multiple Identities in a Single State: Indian Federalism in a
Comparative Perspective, Delhi: Konark, pp. 136-159.
B. Sharma, (2010) ‘The 1990s: Great Expectations’; ‘The 2000s: Disillusionment
Unfathomable’, in Unbroken History of Broken Promises: Indian State and Tribal
People, Delhi: Freedom Press and Sahyog Pustak Kuteer, pp. 64-91.
The Constitution of India: Bare Act with Short Notes, (2011) New Delhi: Universal, pp
192- 213.
Additional Readings:
R. Dhavan and R. Saxena, (2006) ‘The Republic of India’, in K. Roy, C. Saunders and J.
Kincaid (eds.) A Global Dialogue on Federalism, Volume 3, Montreal: Queen’s
University Press, pp. 166-197.
R. Manchanda, (2009) The No Nonsense Guide to Minority Rights in South Asia, Delhi:
Sage
Publications, pp. 105-109.
b. Panchayati Raj and Municipalities
Essential Readings:
P. deSouza, (2002) ‘Decentralization and Local Government: The Second Wind of
Democracy
in India’, in Z. Hasan, E. Sridharan and R. Sudarshan (eds.) India’s Living Constitution:
Ideas, Practices and Controversies, New Delhi: Permanent Black, pp. 370-404.
M. John, (2007) ‘Women in Power? Gender, Caste and Politics of Local Urban
Governance’, in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 42(39), pp. 3986-3993.
Raghunandan, J. R (2012) Decentralization and local governments: The Indian
Experience, Orient Black Swan, New Delhi
Baviskar, B.S and George Mathew (eds) 2009 Inclusion and Exclusion in local
governance: Field Studies from rural India, New Delhi, Sage
GE - 1: FEMINISM
Course Objective: The aim of the course is to explain contemporary debates on
feminism and the history of feminist struggles. The course begins with a discussion on
construction of gender and an understanding of complexity of patriarchy and goes on
5
to analyze theoretical debates within feminism. Part II of the paper covers history of
feminism in the west, socialist societies and in anti-colonial struggles. Part III focuses a
gendered analysis of Indian society, economy and polity with a view to understanding
the structures of gender inequalities. And the last section aims to understand the
issues with which contemporary Indian women’s movements are engaged with.
I. Approaches to understanding Patriarchy (22 Lectures)

• Feminist theorizing of the sex/gender distinction. Biologism versus social
constructivism
• Understanding Patriarchy and Feminism
• Liberal, Socialist, Marxist, Radical feminism, New Feminist Schools/Traditions
II. History of Feminism (22 Lectures)
• Origins of Feminism in the West: France, Britain and USA
• Feminism in the Socialist Countries: China, Cuba and erstwhile USSR
• Feminist issues and women’s participation in anti-colonial and national liberation
movements with special focus on India.
III. The Indian Experience (16 Lectures)
• Traditional Historiography and Feminist critiques. Social Reforms Movement and
position of women in India. History of Women’s struggle in India
• Family in contemporary India - Patrilineal and matrilineal practices. Gender Relations
in the Family, Patterns of Consumption: Intra Household Divisions, entitlements and
bargaining, Property Rights
• Understanding Woman’s Work and Labour – Sexual Division of Labour, Productive
and Reproductive labour, Visible - invisible work – Unpaid (reproductive and care),
Underpaid and Paid work,- Methods of computing women’s work , Female headed
households.
Essential Readings
I. Approaches to understanding Patriarchy
Geetha, V. (2002) Gender. Calcutta: Stree.
Geetha, V. (2007) Patriarchy. Calcutta: Stree.
Jagger, Alison. (1983) Feminist Politics and Human Nature. U.K.: Harvester Press, pp.
25- 350.
Supplementary Readings:
Ray, Suranjita. Understanding Patriarchy. Available at:
http://www.du.ac.in/fileadmin/DU/Academics/course_material/hrge_06.pdf
Lerner, Gerda. (1986) The Creation of Patriarchy. New York: Oxford University Press.
II. History of Feminism
Rowbotham, Shiela. (1993) Women in Movements. New York and London: Routledge,
Section I, pp. 27-74 and 178-218.
Jayawardene, Kumari. (1986) Feminism and Nationalism in the Third World. London:
Zed Books, pp. 1 24, 71-108, and Conclusion.
Forbes, Geraldine (1998) Women in Modern India. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, pp. 1-150.
Eisentein, Zillah. (1979) Capitalist Patriarchy and the Case for Socialist Feminism. New
York: Monthly Review Press, pp. 271-353.
6
Funk, Nanette & Mueller, Magda. (1993) Gender, Politics and Post-Communism. New
York and London: Routledge, Introduction and Chapter 28.
Chaudhuri, Maiyatree. (2003) ‘Gender in the Making of the Indian Nation State’, in
Rege, Sharmila. (ed.) The Sociology of Gender: The Challenge of Feminist Sociological
Knowledge. New Delhi: Sage.
Banarjee, Sikata. (2007) ‘Gender and Nationalism: The Masculinisation of Hinduism
and Female Political Participation’, in Ghadially, Rehana. (ed.) Urban Women in
Contemporary India: A Reader. New Delhi: Sage.
III. Feminist Perspectives on Indian Politics
Roy, Kumkum. (1995) ‘Where Women are Worshipped, There Gods Rejoice: The Mirage
of the Ancestress of the Hindu Women’, in Sarkar, Tanika & Butalia, Urvashi. (eds.)
Women and the Hindu Right. Delhi: Kali for Women, pp. 10-28.
Chakravarti, Uma. (1988) ‘Beyond the Altekarian Paradigm: Towards a New
Understanding of Gender Relations in Early Indian History’, Social Scientist, Volume 16,
No. 8.
Banerjee, Nirmala. (1999) ‘Analysing Women’s work under Patriarchy’ in Sangari,
Kumkum & Chakravarty, Uma. (eds.) From Myths to Markets: Essays on Gender. Delhi:
Manohar.
Additional Readings
Gandhi, Nandita & Shah, Nandita. (1991) The Issues at Stake – Theory and Practice in
Contemporary Women’s Movement in India. Delhi: Zubaan, pp. 7-72.
Shinde, Tarabai (1993) ‘Stri-Purush Tulna’, in Tharu, Susie & Lalita, K. (eds.) Women
Writing in India, 600 BC to the Present. Vol. I. New York: Feminist Press.
Desai, Neera & Thakkar, Usha. (2001) Women in Indian Society. New Delhi: National
Book Trust.
SECOND SEMESTER
C-3: Political Theory-II
Course Objective: This course is divided into two sections. Section A helps the
student familiarize with the basic normative concepts of political theory. Each concept
is related to a crucial political issue that requires analysis with the aid of our
conceptual understanding. This exercise is designed to encourage critical and
reflective analysis and interpretation of social practices through the relevant
conceptual toolkit. Section B introduces the students to the important debates in the
subject. These debates prompt us to consider that there is no settled way of
understanding concepts and that in the light of new insights and challenges, besides
newer ways of perceiving and interpreting the world around us, we inaugurate new
modes of political debates.
Section A: Core Concepts

I. Importance of Freedom (10 Lectures)
a. Negative Freedom: Liberty
7
b. Positive Freedom: Freedom as Emancipation and Development Important Issue:
Freedom of belief, expression and dissent
II. Significance of Equality (12 lectures)
a. Formal Equality: Equality of opportunity
b. Political equality
c. Egalitarianism: Background inequalities and differential treatment Important
Issue: Affirmative action
III. Indispensability of Justice (12 Lectures)
a. Procedural Justice
b. Distributive Justice
c. Global Justice: Important Issue: Capital punishment
IV. The Universality of Rights (13 Lectures)
a. Natural Rights
b. Moral and Legal Rights
c. Three Generations of Rights
d. Rights and Obligations: Important Issue: Rights of the girl child
Section B: Major Debates (13 Lectures)
I. Why should we obey the state? Issues of political obligation and civil
disobedience.
II. Are human rights universal? Issue of cultural relativism.
III. How do we accommodate diversity in plural society? Issues of
multiculturalism and toleration.
Essential Readings
Section A: Core Concepts
I. Importance of Freedom
Riley, Jonathan. (2008) ‘Liberty’ in Mckinnon, Catriona (ed.) Issues in Political Theory,
New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 103-119.
Knowles, Dudley. (2001) Political Philosophy. London: Routledge, pp. 69- 132.
Swift, Adam. (2001) Political Philosophy: A Beginners Guide for Student’s and
Politicians. Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 51-88.
Carter, Ian. (2003) ‘Liberty’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew (eds.). Political
Concepts. Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 4-15.
Sethi, Aarti. (2008) ‘Freedom of Speech and the Question of Censorship’, in Bhargava,
Rajeev and Acharya, Ashok. (eds.) Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi:
Pearson Longman, pp. 308-319.
II. Significance of Equality
Swift, Adam. (2001) Political Philosophy: A Beginners Guide for Student’s and Politicians.
Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 91-132.
Casal, Paula & William, Andrew. (2008) ‘Equality’, in McKinnon, Catriona. (ed.) Issues in
Political Theory. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 149- 165.
Acharya, Ashok. (2008) ‘Affirmative Action’, in Bhargava, Rajeev and Acharya, Ashok.
(eds.) Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 298-307.
8
III. Indispensability of Justice
Menon, Krishna. (2008) ‘Justice’, in Bhargava, Rajeev and Acharya, Ashok. (eds.)
Political
Wolf, Jonathan. (2008) ‘Social Justice’, in McKinnon, Catriona. (ed.) Issues in Political
Theory. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 172-187.
Swift, Adam. (2001) Political Philosophy: A Beginners Guide for Student’s and
Politicians. Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 9-48.
Knowles, Dudley. (2001) Political Philosophy. London: Routledge, pp. 177-238.
McKinnon, Catriona. (ed.) (2008) Issues in Political Theory. New York: Oxford University
Press, pp. 289-305.
Bedau, Hugo Adam. (2003) ‘Capital Punishment’, in LaFollette, Hugh (ed.). The Oxford
Handbook of Practical Ethics. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 705-733.
IV. The Universality of Rights
Seglow, Jonathan. (2003) ‘Multiculturalism’ in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew
(eds.). Political Concepts. Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 156-168.
Tulkdar, P.S. (2008) ‘Rights’ in Bhargava, Rajeev and Acharya, Ashok. (eds.) Political
McKinnon, Catriona. (2003) ‘Rights’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew. (eds.)
Political Concepts. Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 16-27.
Menlowe, M.A. (1993) ‘Political Obligations’, in Bellamy Richard.(ed.) Theories and
Concepts of Politics. New York: Manchester University Press, pp. 174-194.
Amoah, Jewel. (2007) ‘The World on Her Shoulders: The Rights of the Girl-Child in the
Context of Culture & Identity’, in Essex Human Rights Review, 4(2), pp. 1-23.
Working Group on the Girl Child (2007), A Girl’s Right to Live: Female Foeticide and Girl
Infanticide, available on http://www.crin.org/docs/Girl’s infanticide CSW 2007.txt
Section B: Major Debates
Hyums, Keith. (2008) ‘Political Authority and Obligation’, in Mckinnon, Catriona. (ed.)
Issues in Political Theory, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 9-26
Martin, Rex. (2003) ‘Political Obligation’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew. (eds.)
Political Concepts, Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 41-51.
Campbell, Tom. (2008) ‘Human Rights’ in Mckinnon, Catriona. (ed.) Issues in Political
Theory. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 194-210.
Mookherjee, Monica, ‘Multiculturalism’, in Mckinnon, Catriona. (ed.) Issues in Political
Theory. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 218- 234.
Seglow, Jonathan, ‘Multiculturalism’, in Bellamy, Richard and Mason, Andrew. (eds.)
Political Concepts, Manchester: Manchester University Press, pp. 156-168.
C-4: POLITICS IN INDIA-II
Course objective: Actual politics in India diverges quite significantly from

constitutional legal rules. An understanding of the political process thus calls for a
different mode of analysis - that offered by political sociology. This course maps the
working of ‘modern’ institutions, premised on the existence of an individuated society,
in a context marked by communitarian solidarities, and their mutual transformation
thereby. It also familiarizes students with the working of the Indian state, paying
attention to the contradictory dynamics of modern state power.
9
I. Political Parties and the Party System (1.5 weeks or 6
lectures)
Trends in the Party System; From the Congress System to Multi-Party Coalitions
II. Determinants of Voting Behaviour (2 weeks or 8
lectures)
Caste, Class, Gender and Religion
III. Regional Aspirations (2 weeks or 8
lectures)
The Politics of Secession and Accommodation
IV. Religion and Politics (2 weeks or 8
lectures)
Debates on Secularism; Minority and Majority Communalism
V. Caste and Politics (1.5 weeks or 6 lectures)
Caste in Politics and the Politicization of Caste
VI. Affirmative Action Policies (1.5 weeks or 6
lectures)
Women, Caste and Class
VII. The Changing Nature of the Indian State (1.5 weeks or 6
lectures)
Developmental, Welfare and Coercive Dimensions
READING LIST
I. Political Parties and the Party System: Trends in the Party System; From
the Congress
System to Multi-Party Coalitions
Essential Readings:
R. Kothari, (2002) ‘The Congress System’, in Z. Hasan (ed.) Parties and Party Politics in
India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp 39-55.
E. Sridharan, (2012) ‘Introduction: Theorizing Democratic Consolidation, Parties and
Coalitions’, in Coalition Politics and Democratic Consolidation in Asia, New Delhi:
Additional Reading:
Y. Yadav and S. Palshikar, (2006) ‘Party System and Electoral Politics in the Indian
States, 1952-2002: From Hegemony to Convergence’, in P. deSouza and E. Sridharan
(eds.) India’s Political Parties, New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp. 73-115.
II. Determinants of Voting Behaviour: Caste, Class, Gender and Religion
Essential Readings:
10
Y. Yadav, (2000) ‘Understanding the Second Democratic Upsurge’, in F. Frankel, Z.
Hasan, and R. Bhargava (eds.) Transforming India: Social and Political Dynamics in
Democracy, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 120-145.
C. Jaffrelot, (2008) ‘Why Should We Vote? The Indian Middle Class and the Functioning
of World’s Largest Democracy’, in Religion, Caste and Politics in India, Delhi: Primus,
pp. 604- 619.
R. Deshpande, (2004) ‘How Gendered was Women’s Participation in Elections 2004?’,
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 39, No. 51, pp. 5431-5436.
S. Kumar, (2009) ‘Religious Practices Among Indian Hindus,’ Japanese Journal of
Political Science, Vol. 10, No. 3, pp. 313-332.
III. Regional Aspirations: The Politics of Secession and Accommodation
Essential Readings:
M. Chadda, (2010) ‘Integration through Internal Reorganisation’, in S. Baruah (ed.)
Ethnonationalism in India: A Reader, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 379-402.
P. Brass, (1999) ‘Crisis of National Unity: Punjab, the Northeast and Kashmir’, in The
Politics of India Since Independence, New Delhi: Cambridge University Press and
Foundation Books, pp.192-227.
IV. Religion and Politics: Debates on Secularism: Minority and Majority
Communalism
Essential Readings:
T. Pantham, (2004) ‘Understanding Indian Secularism: Learning from its Recent Critics’,
in R. Vora and S. Palshikar (eds.) Indian Democracy: Meanings and Practices, New
Delhi: Sage, pp. 235-256.
N. Menon and A. Nigam, (2007) ‘Politics of Hindutva and the Minorities’, in Power and
Contestation: India since 1989, London: Fernwood Publishing, Halifax and Zed Books,
pp.36- 60.
Additional Reading:
N. Chandhoke, (2010) ‘Secularism’, in P. Mehta and N. Jayal (eds.) The Oxford
Companion to Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 333-346.
V. Caste and Politics: Caste in Politics and the Politicization of Caste
Essential Readings:
R. Kothari, (1970) ‘Introduction’, in Caste in Indian Politics, Delhi: Orient Longman, pp.3
25.
M. Weiner, (2001) ‘The Struggle for Equality: Caste in Indian Politics’, in Atul Kohli (ed.)
The Success of India’s Democracy, New Delhi: Cambridge University Press, pp. 193-
225.
G. Omvedt, (2002) ‘Ambedkar and After: The Dalit Movement in India’, in G. Shah (ed.)
Social Movements and the State, New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp. 293-309.
VI. Affirmative Action Policies: Women, Caste and Class
Essential Readings:
M. Galanter, (2002) ‘The Long Half-Life of Reservations’, in Z. Hasan, E. Sridharan and
R. Sudarshan (eds.) India’s Living Constitution: Ideas, Practices, Controversies, New
Delhi:
Permanent Black, pp. 306-318.
C. Jaffrelot, (2005) ‘The Politics of the OBCs’, in Seminar, Issue 549, pp. 41-45.
M. John, (2011) ‘The Politics of Quotas and the Women’s Reservation Bill in India’, in M.
Tsujimura and J. Steele (eds.) Gender Equality in Asia, Japan: Tohoku University Press,
pp. 169-195.
VII. Changing Nature of the Indian State: Developmental, Welfare and
Coercive
11
Dimensions
Essential Readings:
S. Palshikar, (2008) ‘The Indian State: Constitution and Beyond’, in R. Bhargava (ed.)
Politics
and Ethics of the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 143-163.
R. Deshpande, (2005) ‘State and Democracy in India: Strategies of Accommodation
and
Manipulation’, Occasional Paper, Series III, No. 4, Special Assistance Programme,
Department of Politics and Public Administration, University of Pune.
M. Mohanty, (1989) ‘Duality of the State Process in India: A Hypothesis’, Bhartiya
Samajik
Chintan, Vol. XII (1-2)
T. Byres, (1994) ‘Introduction: Development Planning and the Interventionist State
Versus
Liberalization and the Neo-Liberal State: India, 1989-1996’, in T. Byres (ed.) The State,
Development Planning and Liberalization in India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press,
1994, pp.1-35.
A. Verma, (2007) ‘Police Agencies and Coercive Power’, in S. Ganguly, L. Diamond and
M. Plattner (eds.) The State of India’s Democracy, Baltimore: John Hopkins University
Press, pp. 130-139.
GE – 2: GANDHISM
Course Objective: The course seeks to meet two essential objectives: one, to
acquaint the students with the art of reading texts, to enable them to grasp its
conceptual and argumentative structure and to help them acquire the skills to locate
the texts in a broader intellectual and socio‐historical context. Second, it aims to
acquaint the students with the social and political thought of Gandhi. The themes in
Gandhian thought that are chosen for a close reading are particularly relevant to our
times.
1. Gandhi’s Political Ideas:

• Hind Swaraj.
• Swadeshi.
• Non Violence.
2. Gandhi and modern India.
• National Unity.
• Communal unity
3. Gandhi’s Views:
• Women’s Question
• Untouchability
Reading List:
This component will contain the following selections from Gandhi’s India of my Dreams
(compiled R. K. Prabhu):
 “The meaning of Swaraj” (no.2);
12
 “In defence of Nationalism” (no.3);
 “India’s cultural heritage” (no.45);
 “Regeneration of Indian women” (no.54);
 “Women’s education” (no.55);
 “Communal unity” (no.59);
 “The curse of untouchability” (no.61);
 “Religious tolerance in India” (no.62);
 “The problem of minorities” (no.66)
 “Introduction”, M.K.Gandhi, Hind Swaraj and other writings ed. A.J.Parel (1997).
 B.Parekh, Gandhi (1997), chs. 4 (“Satyagraha”) and 5(“The critique of
modernity”).
 D.Hardiman, Gandhi in his time and ours (2003), ch.4(“An alternative modernity”
 Terence Ball, Reappraising Political Theory, Ch. 1, OUP, 1995.
 “Meaning and Interpretation in the History of Ideas” in Visions of Politics,
Quentin Skinner (ed.), Vol. 1, CUP, Cambridge, 2002.
 B. Parekh, (1997) ‘The Critique of Modernity’, in Gandhi: A Brief Insight, Delhi:
Sterling Publishing Company, pp. 63-74.
 K. Ishii, (2001) ‘The Socio-economic Thoughts of Mahatma Gandhi: As an Origin
of Alternative Development’, Review of Social Economy. Vol. 59 (3), pp. 297-312.
 Hardiman, (2003) ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan’, in Gandhi in his Time and Ours.
Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 224- 234.
 A Baviskar, (1995) ‘The Politics of the Andolan’, in In the Belly of the River: Tribal
Conflict Over Development in the Narmada Valley, Delhi: Oxford University
Press, pp.202-228.
 R Iyer, (ed) (1993) ‘Chapter 4’ in The Essential Writings of Mahatma Gandhi,
 R. Ramashray, (1984) ‘Liberty Versus Liberation’, in Self and Society: A Study in
Gandhian Thought, New Delhi: Sage Publication.
Third Semester
C- 5: COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Course objective: This is a foundational course in comparative politics. The purpose

is to familiarize students with the basic concepts and approaches to the study of
comparative politics. More specifically the course will focus on examining politics in a
historical framework while engaging with various themes of comparative analysis in
developed and developing countries.
I. Understanding Comparative Politics (8 lectures)
• Nature and scope
• Going beyond Euro centrism
13
II. Historical context of modern government (16 lectures)
• Capitalism: meaning and development: globalization
• Socialism: meaning, growth and development.
• Colonialism and decolonization: meaning, context, forms of colonialism; anti-
colonialism struggles and process of decolonization.
III. Themes for comparative analysis (24 lectures)
• A comparative study of constitutional developments and political economy in
the following countries: Britain, Brazil, Nigeria and China.
Reading Lists:
I. Understanding Comparative Politics

Essential Readings:
J. Kopstein, and M. Lichbach, (eds), (2005) Comparative Politics: Interests, Identities,
and Institutions in a Changing Global Order. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press,
pp.1-5; 16-
36; 253-290.
M. Mohanty, (1975) ‘Comparative Political Theory and Third World Sensitivity’, in
Teaching Politics, Nos. 1 and 2, pp. 22-38
A. Roy, (2001) ‘Comparative Method and Strategies of Comparison’, in Punjab Journal
of Politics. Vol. xxv (2), pp. 1-15.
J. Blondel, (1996) ‘Then and Now: Comparative Politics’, in Political Studies. Vol. 47 (1),
pp.
152-160.
N. Chandhoke, (1996) ‘Limits of Comparative Political Analysis ‘, in Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. 31 (4), January 27, pp.PE 2-PE2-PE8
II Historical context of modern government
a. Capitalism
Essential Readings:
R. Suresh, (2010) Economy & Society -Evolution of Capitalism, New Delhi, Sage
Publications, pp. 151-188; 235-268.
G. Ritzer, (2002) ‘Globalization and Related Process I: Imperialism, Colonialism,
Development, Westernization, Easternization’, in Globalization: A Basic Text. London:
Wiley- Blackwell, pp. 63-84.
M. Dobb, (1950) ‘Capitalism’, in Studies in the Development of Capitalism. London:
Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd, pp. 1-32.
E. Wood, (2002) ‘The Agrarian origin of Capitalism’, in Origin of Capitalism: A Long
View. London: Verso, pp. 91-95; 166-181.
A. Hoogvelt, (2002) ‘History of Capitalism Expansion’, in Globalization and Third World
Politics. London: Palgrave, pp. 14-28.
b. Socialism
Essential Readings:
A. Brown, (2009) ‘The Idea of Communism’, in Rise and Fall of Communism,
Harpercollins (ebook), pp. 1-25; 587-601.
J. McCormick, (2007) ‘Communist and Post-Communist States’, in Comparative Politics
in Transition, United Kingdom: Wadsworth, pp. 195-209
14
R. Meek, (1957) ‘The Definition of Socialism: A Comment’, The Economic Journal. 67
(265), pp. 135-139.
c. Colonialism, decolonization& postcolonial society
Essential Readings:
P. Duara, (2004) ‘Introduction: The Decolonization of Asia and Africa in the Twentieth
Century’, in P. Duara, (ed), Decolonization: Perspective From Now and Then. London:
Routledge, pp. 1-18.
J. Chiryankandath, (2008) ‘Colonialism and Post-Colonial Development’, in P. Burnell,
et. al, Politics in the Developing World. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 31-52.
Additional Reading:
M. Mohanty, (1999) ‘Colonialism and Discourse in India and China’, Available at
http://www.ignca.nic.in/ks_40033.html http, Accessed: 24.03.2011.
III. Themes for Comparative Analysis
Essential Reading:
L. Barrington et. al (2010) Comparative Politics - Structures & Choices, Boston,
Wadsworth, pp. 212-13; 71-76; 84-89.
M. Grant, (2009) ‘United Kingdom Parliamentary System’ in The UK Parliament.
Edinburgh: Edinburgh University Press, pp. 24-43
J. McCormick, (2007) Comparative Politics in Transition, UK: Wadsworth, pp. 260-270
(China)
M. Kesselman, J. Krieger and William (2010), Introduction to Comparative Politics:
Political Challenges and Changing Agendas, UK: Wadsworth. pp. 47-70 (Britain); 364-
388 (Nigeria); 625-648 (China); 415-440 (Brazil).
Additional Reading:
P. Rutland, (2007) ‘Britain’, in J. Kopstein and M. Lichbach. (eds.) Comparative Politics:
Interest, Identities and Institutions in a Changing Global Order. Cambridge: Cambridge
C-6 : PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Objective: The course provides an introduction to the discipline of public

administration. This paper encompasses public administration in its historical context
with an emphasis on the various classical and contemporary administrative theories.
The course also explores some of the recent trends, including feminism and ecological
conservation and how the call for greater democratization is restructuring public
administration. The course will also attempt to provide the students a comprehensive
understanding on contemporary administrative developments.
I. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION AS A DISCIPLINE [ 15 lectures ]

• Meaning, Dimensions and Significance of the Discipline
• Public and Private Administration
15
• Evolution of Public Administration
II. THEORETICAL PERSPECTIVES [ 25 lectures ]
CLASSICAL THEORIES
• Scientific management (F.W.Taylor)
• Administrative Management (Gullick, Urwick and Fayol)
• Ideal-type bureaucracy (Max Weber)
NEO-CLASSICAL THEORIES
• Human relations theory (Elton Mayo)
• Rational decision-making (Herbert Simon)
CONTEMPORARY THEORIES
• Ecological approach (Fred Riggs)
• Innovation and Entrepreneurship (Peter Drucker)
III. PUBLIC POLICY [ 10 lectures ]
• Concept, relevance and approaches
• Formulation, implementation and evaluation
IV. MAJOR APPROACHES IN PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION [ 20 lectures ]
• New Public Administration
• New Public Management
• New Public Service Approach
• Good Governance
• Feminist Perspectives
Readings Lists:
I. Public Administration as a Discipline

Meaning, Dimensions and Significance of the Discipline.
Nicholas Henry, Public Administration and Public Affairs, Prentice Hall, 1999
D. Rosenbloom, R. Kravchuk. and R. Clerkin, (2009) Public Administration:
Understanding Management, Politics and Law in Public Sector, 7th edition, New Delhi:
McGraw Hill, pp. 1- 40
W. Wilson, (2004) ‘The Study of Administration’, in B. Chakrabarty and M.
Bhattacharya (eds), Administrative Change and Innovation: a Reader, New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, pp. 85-101
b. Public and Private Administration.
M. Bhattacharya, (2008) New Horizons of Public Administration, 5th Revised Edition.
New Delhi: Jawahar Publishers, pp. 37-44.
G. Alhson, (1997) ‘Public and Private Management’, in Shafritz, J. and Hyde, A. (eds.)
Classics of Public Administration, 4th Edition. Forth Worth: Hartcourt Brace, TX, pp.
510-529.
Evolution of Public Administration
N. Henry,Public Administration and Public Affairs, 12th edition. New Jersey: Pearson,
2013
M.Bhattacharya,Restructuring Public Administration: A New Look, New Delhi: Jawahar
Publishers, 2012
P.Dunleavy and C.Hood, “From Old Public Administration to New Public Management”,
Public Money and Management, Vol. XIV No-3, 1994
M. Bhattacharya, New Horizons of Public Administration, New Delhi: Jawahar
Publishers, 2011
16
Basu, Rumki, Public Administration : Concepts and Theories Sterling Publishers, New
Delhi 2014
II. Theoretical Perspectives
Scientific Management
D. Gvishiani, Organisation and Management, Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1972
F. Taylor, ‘Scientific Management’, in J. Shafritz, and A. Hyde, (eds.) Classics of Public
Administration, 5th Edition. Belmont: Wadsworth, 2004
P. Mouzelis, ‘The Ideal Type of Bureaucracy’ in B. Chakrabarty, And M. Bhattacharya,
(eds), Public Administration: A Reader, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2003
Administrative Management
D. Ravindra Prasad, Y. Pardhasaradhi, V. S. Prasad and P. Satyrnarayana, [eds.],
Administrative Thinkers, Sterling Publishers, 2010
E. J. Ferreira, A. W. Erasmus and D. Groenewald , Administrative Management, Juta
Academics, 2010
Ideal Type-Bureaucracy
M. Weber,‘Bureaucracy’, in C. Mills, and H. Gerth, From Max Weber: Essays in
Sociology. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1946
Warren. G.Bennis, Beyond Bureaucracy, Mc Graw Hill, 1973
Human Relations Theory
D. Gvishiani, Organisation and Management, Moscow: Progress Publishers, 1972
B. Miner, ‘Elton Mayo and Hawthrone’, in Organisational Behaviour 3: Historical Origins
and the Future. New York: M.E. Sharpe, 2006
Rational-Decision Making
S. Maheshwari, Administrative Thinkers, New Delhi: Macmillan, 2009
Fredrickson and Smith, ‘Decision Theory’, in The Public Administration Theory Primer.
Cambridge: Westview Press, 2003
Ecological approach
R. Arora, ‘Riggs’ Administrative Ecology’ in B. Chakrabarty and M. Bhattacharya (eds),
Public Administration: A reader, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, 2003
A. Singh, Public Administration: Roots and Wings. New Delhi: Galgotia Publishing
Company, 2002
F. Riggs, Administration in Developing Countries: The Theory of Prismatic Society.
Boston: Houghton Miffin, 1964
Innovation and Entrepreneurship
Peter Drucker, Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Harper Collins, 1999
Peter F. Drucker , The Practice of Management, Harper Collins, 2006
III. Public Policy
Concept, Relevance and Approaches
T. Dye, (1984) Understanding Public Policy, 5th Edition. U.S.A: Prentice Hall, pp. 1-44
The Oxford Handbook of Public Policy , OUP, 2006
Xun Wu, M.Ramesh, Michael Howlett and Scott Fritzen ,The Public Policy Primer:
Managing The Policy Process, Rutledge, 2010
Mary Jo Hatch and Ann .L. Cunliffe Organisation Theory: Modern, Symbolic and
Postmodern Perspectives, Oxford University Press, 2006
Michael Howlett, Designing Public Policies: Principles And Instruments, Rutledge, 2011
The Oxford Handbook Of Public Policy, Oxford University Press, 2006
Formulation, implementation and evaluation
Prabir Kumar De, Public Policy and Systems, Pearson Education, 2012
R.V. Vaidyanatha Ayyar, Public Policy Making In India, Pearson,2009
17
Surendra Munshi and Biju Paul Abraham [Eds.] Good Governance, Democratic
Societies And Globalisation, Sage Publishers, 2004
IV. Major Approaches in Public Administration
a. Development administration
M. Bhattacharya, ‘Chapter 2 and 4’, in Social Theory, Development Administration and
Development Ethics, New Delhi: Jawahar Publishers, 2006
F. Riggs,The Ecology of Public Administration, Part 3, New Delhi: Asia Publishing House,
1961
b. New Public Administration
Essential Reading:
M. Bhattacharya, Public Administration: Issues and Perspectives, New Delhi: Jawahar
Publishers, 2012
H. Frederickson, ‘Toward a New Public Administration’, in J. Shafritz, & A. Hyde, (eds.)
Classics of Public Administration, 5th Edition, Belmont: Wadsworth, 2004
c. New Public Management
U. Medury, Public administration in the Globalization Era, New Delhi: Orient Black
Swan, 2010
A. Gray, and B. Jenkins, ‘From Public Administration to Public Management’ in E.
Otenyo and N. Lind, (eds.) Comparative Public Administration: The Essential Readings:
Oxford University Press, 1997
C. Hood, ‘A Public Management for All Seasons’, in J. Shafritz, & A. Hyde, (eds.)
Classics of Public Administration, 5th Edition, Belmont: Wadsworth, 2004
d. New Public Service Approach
R.B.Denhart & J.V.Denhart [Arizona State University] “The New Public Service: Serving
Rathet Than Steering”, in Public Administration Review, Volume 60, No-6, November-
December 2000
e. Good Governance
A. Leftwich, ‘Governance in the State and the Politics of Development’, in
Development and 28 Change. Vol. 25, 1994
M. Bhattacharya, ‘Contextualizing Governance and Development’ in B. Chakrabarty
and
M. Bhattacharya, (eds.) The Governance Discourse. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, 1998
B. Chakrabarty, Reinventing Public Administration: The India Experience. New Delhi:
Orient Longman, 2007
U. Medury, Public administration in the Globalisation Era, New Delhi: Orient Black
Swan, 2010
f. Feminist Perspective
Camila Stivers, Gender Images In Public Administration, California: Sage
Publishers,2002
Radha Kumar, The History of Doing, New Delhi: Kali For Women, 1998
Sylvia Walby, Theorising Patriarchy, Oxford, Basil Blackwell.1997
Amy. S. Wharton, The Sociology Of Gender, West Sussex: Blackwell-Wiley Publishers,
2012
Nivedita Menon [ed.], Gender and Politics, Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1999
Simone De Beauvoir, The Second Sex, London: Picador, 1988
Alison Jaggar, Feminist Politics And Human Nature, Brighton: Harvester Press, 1983
C-7: INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Course Objective: This paper seeks to equip students with the basic intellectual tools
for understanding International Relations. It introduces students to some of the most
18
important theoretical approaches for studying international relations. The course
begins by historically contextualizing the evolution of the international state system
before discussing the agency structure problem through the levels-of-analysis
approach. After having set the parameters of the debate, students are introduced to
different theories in International Relations. It provides a fairly comprehensive
overview of the major political developments and events starting from the twentieth
century. Students are expected to learn about the key milestones in world history and
equip them with the tools to understand and analyze the same from different
perspectives. A key objective of the course is to make students aware of the implicit
Euro - centricism of International Relations by highlighting certain specific perspectives
from the Global South.
A. Studying International Relations (15 Lectures)

 How do you understand International Relations: Levels of Analysis (3 lectures)
 History and IR: Emergence of the International State System (2 Lectures)
 Pre-Westphalia and Westphalia (5 lectures)
 Post-Westphalia (5 lectures)
B. Theoretical Perspectives (25 Lectures)
 Classical Realism & Neo-Realism (6 lectures)
 Liberalism & Neoliberalism (5 lectures)
 Marxist Approaches (5 lectures)
 Feminist Perspectives (4 lectures)
 Eurocentricism and Perspectives from the Global South (5 Lectures)
C. An Overview of Twentieth Century IR History (20 Lectures)
 World War I: Causes and Consequences (1 Lecture)
 Significance of the Bolshevik Revolution (1 Lecture)
 Rise of Fascism / Nazism (2 Lectures)
 World War II: Causes and Consequences (3 Lectures)
 Cold War: Different Phases (4 Lectures)
 Emergence of the Third World (3 Lectures)
 Collapse of the USSR and the End of the Cold War (2 Lectures)
 Post Cold War Developments and Emergence of Other Power Centers (4
Lectures)
Readings Lists:
M. Nicholson, (2002) International Relations: A Concise Introduction, New York:

Palgrave, pp. 1-4.
R. Jackson and G. Sorensen, (2007) Introduction to International Relations: Theories
and Approches, 3rd Edition, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 2-7
S. Joshua. Goldstein and J. Pevehouse, (2007) International Relations, New York:
Pearson Longman, 2007, pp. 29-35
C. Brown and K. Ainley, (2009) Understanding International Relations, Basingstoke:
Palgrave, pp. 1 16.
K. Mingst and J. Snyder, (2011) Essential Readings in International Relations, New York:
W.W. Nortan and Company, pp. 1-15.
M. Smith and R. Little, (eds) (2000) ‘Introduction’, in Perspectives on World Politics,
New York: Routledge, 2000, 1991, pp. 1-17.
19
J. Baylis and S. Smith (eds), (2008) The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction
to International Relations, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 1-6.
R. Mansbach and K. Taylor, (2008) Introduction to Global Politics, New York: Routledge,
pp. 2-32.
Rumki Basu, (ed)(2012) International Politics: Concepts, Theories and Issues New
Delhi, Sage.
History and IR: Emergence of the International State System:
Essential Readings:
pp. 33-68.
K. Mingst, (2011) Essentials of International Relations, New York: W.W. Nortan and
Company, pp. 16-63.
P. Viotti and M. Kauppi, (2007) International Relations and World Politics: Security,
Economy, Identity, Pearson Education, pp. 40-85.
J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens, (2008) The Globalization of World Politics: An
Introduction to International Relations, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 36-89.
pp. 70-135.
J Goldstein and J. Pevehouse, (2007) International Relations, New York: Pearson
Longman, pp. 50-69.
E. Hobsbawm, (1995) Age of Extremes: The Short Twentieth Century 1914-1991,
Vikings.
S. Lawson, (2003) International Relations, Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 21-60.
How do you Understand IR (Levels of Analysis):
Essential Readings:
J. Singer, (1961) ‘The International System: Theoretical Essays’, World Politics, Vol.
14(1), pp. 77-92.
B. Buzan, (1995) ‘The Level of Analysis Problem in International Relations
Reconsidered,’ in K. Booth and S. Smith, (eds), International Relations Theory Today,
Pennsylvania: The Pennsylvania State University Press, pp. 198-216.
K. Mingst, (2011) Essentials of International Relations, New York: W.W. Nortan and
Company, pp. 93-178.
J. Goldstein and J. Pevehouse, (2007) International Relations, New York: Pearson
Longman, pp. 35 49.
K. Waltz, (1959) Man, The State and War, Columbia: Columbia University Press. 31
Theoretical Perspectives:
Classical Realism and Neorealism
Essential Readings:
E. Carr, (1981) The Twenty Years Crisis, 1919-1939: An Introduction to the Study of
International Relations, London: Macmillan, pp. 63-94.
H. Morgenthau, (2007) ‘Six Principles of Political Realism’, in R. Art and R. Jervis,
International Politics, 8th Edition, New York: Pearson Longman, pp. 7-14.
T. Dunne and B. Scmidt, (2008) ‘Realism’, in J. Baylis and S. Smith (eds), The
Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations, New York:
K. Waltz, (2007) ‘The Anarchic Structure of World Politics’, in R. Art and R. Jervis,
International Politics, 8th Edition, New York: Pearson Longman, pp. 29-49.
20
M. Nicholson, (2002) International Relations: A Concise Introduction, New York:
Palgrave, pp. 6-7.
H. Bull, (2000) ‘The Balance of Power and International Order’, in M. Smith and R. Little
(eds), Perspectives on World Politics, New York: Routledge, pp. 115-124.
Liberalism and Neoliberalism
Essential Readings:
T. Dunne, (2008) ‘Liberalism’, in J. Baylis and S. Smith (eds.), The Globalization of
World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations, New York: Oxford University
Press, pp. 108-123.
R. Keohane and J. Nye, (2000) ‘Transgovernmental Relations and the International
Organization’, in M. Smith and R. Little (eds.), Perspectives on World Politics, New York:
Routledge, pp. 229-241.
Longman, pp. 127-137.
R. Jackson and G. Sorensen, (2007) Introduction to International Relations: Theories
and Approaches, 3rd Edition, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 97-128.
Marxist Approaches
Essential Readings:
I. Wallerstein, (2000) ‘The Rise and Future Demise of World Capitalist System:
Concepts for Comparative Analysis’, in Michael Smith and Richard Little (eds),
Perspectives on World Politics, New York: Routledge, pp. 305-317.
S. Hobden and R. Jones, (2008) ‘Marxist Theories of International Relations’ in J. Baylis
and S. Smith (eds), The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International
Relations, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 142-149; 155-158.
Longman, pp. 494-496; 500-503.
J. Galtung, (2000) ‘A Structural Theory of Imperialism’, in M. Smith and R. Little, (eds),
Perspectives on World Politics, New York: Routledge, pp. 292-304.
A. Frank, (1966) ‘The Development of Underdevelopment’ Monthly Review, pp. 17-30.
P. Viotti and M. Kauppi (2007), International Relations and World Politics: Security,
Economy, Identity, Pearson Education, pp. 40-85.
Modern History Sourcebook: Summary of Wallerstein on World System Theory,
Available at http://www.fordham.edu/halsall/mod/Wallerstein.asp, Accessed:
19.04.2013
Feminist Perspectives
Essential Readings:
J. Tickner, (2007) ‘A Critique of Morgenthau’s Principles of Political Realism’, in R. Art
and R. Jervis, International Politics, 8th Edition, New York: Pearson Longman, pp. 15-28.
F. Halliday, (1994) Rethinking International Relations, London: Macmillan, pp. 147-166.
M. Nicholson, International Relations: A Concise Introduction, New York: Palgrave,
2002, pp. 120-122.
Longman, pp. 138-148.
S. Smith and P. Owens, (2008) ‘Alternative Approaches to International Theory’ in J.
Baylis and S. Smith (eds), The Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to
International Relations, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 181-184.
IR, Eurocentricism and Perspectives from the Global South on Eurocentricism
21
Essential Readings:
A. Acharya and B. Buzan, (2007) ‘Why Is There No Non- Western IR Theory: Reflections
on and From Asia’, International Relations Of The Asia- Pacific, Vol 7(3), pp. 285-286.
T. Kayaoglu, (2010) 'Westphalian Eurocentrism in I R Theory', in International Studies
Review, Vol. 12(2), pp. 193-217.
O. Weaver and A. Tickner, (2009) ‘Introduction: Geocultural Epistemologies’, in A.
Tickner and O. Waever (eds), International Relations: Scholarship Around The World,
London: Routledge, pp. 1-31.
R. Kanth (ed), (2009) The Challenge of Eurocentris: Global Perspectives,Policy &
Prospects, New York: Palgrave-McMillan.
S. Amin, (2010) Eurocentrism: Modernity, Religion & Democracy, New York: Monthly
Review Press.
An Overview of Twentieth Century IR History
(a) World War I: Causes and Consequences
Hobsbawm, E. (1995) Age of Extreme: The Short Twentieth Century, 1914—1991.
London: Abacus, pp. 22-35.
(b) Significance of the Bolshevik Revolution
(c) Rise of Fascism / Nazism
Carr, E.H. (2004) International Relations between the Two World Wars: 1919-1939.
New York: Palgrave, pp. 197-231 and 258-278.
(d) World War II: Causes and Consequences
Taylor, A.J.P. (1961) The Origins of the Second World War. Harmondsworth: Penguin,
pp.29- 65.
Carrtuthers, S.L. (2005) ‘International History, 1900-1945’ in Baylis, J. and Smith, S.
(eds.) (2008)
The Globalization of World Politics. An Introduction to International Relations. 4th edn.
Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 76-84.
(e) Cold War: Different Phases
Calvocoressi, P. (2001) World Politics: 1945—2000. Essex: Pearson, pp. 3-91. Scott, L.
(2005) ‘International History, 1945-1990’ in Baylis, J. and Smith, S. (eds.) (2008) The
Globalization of World Politics. An Introduction to International Relations. 4th edn.
(f) Emergence of the Third World
(g) Collapse of the USSR and the End of the Cold War
Scott, L. (2005) ‘International History, 1945-1990’ in Baylis, J. and Smith, S. (eds.)
(2008) The Globalization of World Politics. An Introduction to International Relations.
4th edn. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 93-101.
(h) Post Cold War Developments and Emergence of Other Power Centres of
Power: Japan,
European Union (EU) and Brazil, Russia, India, China (BRIC)
22
Brezeznski, Z. (2005) Choice: Global Dominance or Global Leadership. New York: Basic
Books, pp. 85-127.34
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SEC-1: DEMOCRATIC AWARENESS
Course Objective: The Proposed course aims to acquaint student with the structure
and manner of functioning of the legal system in India.
Expected Learning Outcome: The student should be aware of the institutions that
comprise the legal system - the courts, police, jails and the system of criminal justice
administration. Have a brief knowledge of the Constitution and laws of India, an understanding
of the formal and alternate dispute redressal (ADR) mechanisms that exist in India, public
interest litigation. Have some working knowledge of how to affirm one's rights and be aware of
one's duties within the legal framework; and the opportunities and challenges posed by the
legal system for different sections of persons. This course consists of 100 marks - comprising
25 marks for evaluation of the practical/ project work and a written paper of 75 marks.
Course Content:
Unit I
• Outline of the Legal system in India
• System of courts/tribunals and their jurisdiction in India - criminal and civil
courts, writ jurisdiction, specialized courts such as juvenile courts, Mahila courts
and tribunals.
• Role of the police and executive in criminal law administration.
• Alternate dispute mechanisms such as lok adalats, non - formal mechanisms.
Unit II
• Brief understanding of the laws applicable in India.
• Constitution - fundamental rights, fundamental duties, other constitutional rights
and their manner of enforcement, with emphasis on public interest litigation and
the expansion of certain rights under Article 21 of the Constitution.
• Laws relating to criminal jurisdiction - provision relating to filing an FIR, arrest,
bail search and seizure and some understanding of the questions of evidence
and procedure in Cr. P.C. and related laws, important offences under the Indian
Penal Code, offences against women, juvenile justice, prevention of atrocities on
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
• Concepts like Burden of Proof, Presumption of Innocence, Principles of Natural
Justice, Fair comment under Contempt laws.
• Personal laws in India: Pluralism and Democracy.
• Laws relating to contract, property and tenancy laws.
• Laws relating to dowry, sexual harassment and violence against women.
• Laws relating to consumer rights.
• Laws relating to cyber crimes.
• Anti-terrorist laws: implications for security and human rights.
23
• Practical application: Visit to either a (I) court or (ii) a legal aid centre set up by
the Legal Services Authority or an NGO or (iii) a Lok Adalat, and to interview a
litigant or person being counselled. Preparation of a case history.
Unit III Access to courts and enforcement of rights.
• Critical Understanding of the Functioning of the Legal System.
• Legal Services Authorities Act and right to legal aid, ADR systems.
Practical Application:
• What to do if you are arrested; if you are a consumer with a grievance; if you are
a victim of sexual harassment; domestic violence, child abuse, caste, ethnic and
religious discrimination; filing a public interest litigation. How can you challenge
administrative orders that violate rights, judicial and administrative remedies.
• Using a hypothetical case of (for example) child abuse or sexual harassment or
any other violation of a right, preparation of an FIR or writing a complaint
addressed to the appropriate authority.
 Suggested exercises for students
• Discuss the debates around any recent Ordinance, Bill or Act in Parliament.
• How to file an FIR? In case there has been a theft in the neighbourhood how
would you file the first Hand Information Report?
• Under what circumstances can detention and arrest become illegal?
• Discuss any contemporary practice or event that violates the equality and
protection against discrimination laws.
• Read Ordinance XV -D of University of Delhi and make a list of the kinds of
conduct that would qualify as sexual harassment.
• Your friend has shared with you an incident of unwelcome verbal remarks on her
by a person of higher authority in your college, what would you do?
• You have seen a lady in your neighbourhood being beaten up by her husband.
Identify the concerned Protection Officer in case you want to provide information
about this incident.
• Read the Vishakha Guidelines as laid down by the Supreme Court and the Act
against sexual harassment at the workplace. Discuss what constitutes sexual
harassment and the mechanisms available for its redressal in your institution.
• What is the procedure to file an RTI?
• You bought a product from a nearby shop which was expired, the shop keeper
refused to return it. Use your knowledge of Consumer Protection Act to decide
what you do next?
• What must you keep in mind as a consumer while making a purchase that may
later help you make use of Consumer Protection Act? (Hint- Should you ask for a
Bill?)
• In your surroundings have you witnessed any incident that would be considered
offensive under the SC and ST Act? Make a classroom presentation on it.
Essential Reading
24
Creating Legal Awareness, edited by Kamala Sankaran and Ujjwal Singh (Delhi: OUP,
2007)
Legal literacy: available amongst interdisciplinary courses on Institute of Life Long
Learning
(Delhi University) Virtual Learning Portal namely vle.du.ac.in
Reading list for course on Legal Literacy
Multiple Action Research Group, Our Laws Vols 1-10, Delhi. Available in Hindi also.
Indian Social Institute, New Delhi, Legal Literacy Series Booklets. Available in Hindi
also.
S.K. Agarwala, Public Interest Litigation in India, K.M. Munshi Memorial Lecture, Second
Series, Indian Law Institute, Delhi, 1985.
S.P. Sathe, Towards Gender Justice, Research Centre for Womens' Studies, SNDT
Women's University, Bombay, 1993.
Asha Bajpai, Child Rights in India : Law, Policy, and Practice, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi,2003
Agnes, Flavia Law and Gender Equality, OUP, 1997.
Sagade, Jaga, Law of Maintenance: An Empirical Study, ILS Law College, Pune 1996.
B.L. Wadhera, Public Interest Litigation - A Handbook, Universal, Delhi, 2003.
Nomita Aggarwal, Women and Law in India, New Century, Delhi, 2002.
P.C. Rao and William Sheffiled Alternate Dispute Resolution: What it is and How it
Works, Universal Law Books and Publishers, Delhi, 2002
V.N. Shukla's Constitution of India by Mahendra P. Singh, Eastern Book Co. 10th edition
2001.
Parmanand Singh, 'Access to Justice and the Indian Supreme Court', 10 & 11 Delhi Law
Review 156, 1981-82.
J. Kothari, (2005) ‘Criminal Law on Domestic Violence’, Economic and Political Weekly,
Vol. 40(46), pp. 4843-4849.
H. Mander, and A. Joshi, The Movement for Right to Information in India, People’s
Power for the Control of Corruption. Available at
http://www.rtigateway.org.in/Documents/References/English/Reports/12.%20An
%20article%20on%20RTI%20by%20Harsh%20Mander.pdf.
P. Mathew, and P. Bakshi, (2005) ‘Indian Legal System’, New Delhi: Indian Social
Institute.
P. Mathew, and P. Bakshi, (2005) ‘Women and the Constitution’, New Delhi: Indian
Social Institute.
N. Menon, (2012) ‘Sexual Violence’, in Seeing Like a Feminist, New Delhi: Zubaan and
Penguin, pp. 113-146.
M, Mohanty et al. (2011) Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory of People’s Rights in
India. Delhi: Danish Books.
Centre for Good Governance, (2008) Right to Information Act, 2005: A Citizen’s Guide,
Available at http://www.rtigateway.org.in/Documents/Publications/A%20CITIZEN'S
%20GUIDE.pdf ,127
A. Pandey, (2004) Rights of the Consumer. New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
Rule of law and the Criminal Justice System in India
Andrew, (1996) ‘Arbitrary Government and the Rule of Law’, in Arguing About the Law,
An Introduction to Legal Philosophy, Wordsworth, Boston., pp.3-19.
SAHRDC, (2006) ‘Criminal Procedure and Human Rights in India’ in Oxford Handbook
of Human Rights and Criminal Justice in India- The system and Procedure, New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, pp.5-15.
25
K. Sankaran and U. Singh, (2008) ‘Introduction’, in Towards Legal Literacy. New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, pp. xi – xv.
Laws relating to criminal justice administration
Pandey, (2008) ‘Laws Relating to Criminal Justice: Challenges and Prospects’, in J&K.
Sankaran and U. Singh, Towards Legal Literacy, New Delhi: Oxford University Press,
pp.61-77.
SAHRDC, (2006)‘Reporting a Crime: First Information Report’, in Oxford Handbook of
Human Rights and Criminal Justice in India- The system and Procedure, New Delhi:
SAHRDC, (2006) ‘Bail’, in Oxford Handbook of Human Rights and Criminal Justice in
India- The system and Procedure, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.59-71.
SAHRDC, (2006) ‘Detention’, in Oxford Handbook of Human Rights and Criminal Justice
in India- The system and Procedure. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.72-84.
P. Mathew, (2003) Your Rights if you are Arrested, New Delhi. Indian Social Institute.
Equality and non-discrimination
Gender Study Group, (1996) Sexual Harassment in Delhi University, A Report, Delhi:
University of Delhi.
P. Mathew, (2002) The Law on Atrocities Against Scheduled Castes and Scheduled
Tribes, New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
K. Saxena, (2011) ‘Dalits’, in M. Mohanty et al., Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory of
People’s Rights in India. Delhi: Danish Books, Pp.15-38
K. Saxena, (2011) ‘Adivasis’, in M. Mohanty et al., Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory
of People’s Rights in India, Delhi: Danish Books, Pp.39-65.
S. Durrany, (2006) The Protection of Women From Domestic Violence Act 2005, New
Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
V. Kumari, (2008) ‘Offences Against Women’, in K, Sankaran and U. Singh (eds.)
Towards Legal Literacy, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
P. D. Mathew,(2004)The Measure to Prevent Sexual Harassment of Women in Work
Place. New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
D. Srivastva, (2007) ‘Sexual Harassment and Violence against Women in India:
Constitutional and Legal Perspectives’, in C. Kumar and K. Chockalingam (eds) Human
Rights, Justice, and Constitutional Empowerment, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Empowerment
S. Naib, (2013) ‘Right to Information Act 2005’, in The Right to Information in India,
New Delhi: Oxford University Press, Available at
http://www.humanrightsinitiative.org/publications/rti/guide_to_use_rti_act_2005_Eng
lish2012_light_Aspire.pdf. Bare Acts: Consumer Protection Act, 1986, Available at
http://chdslsa.gov.in/right_menu/act/pdf/consumer.pdf. Criminal law Amendment Act,
2013, Available at http://egazette.nic.in/WriteReadData/2013/E_17_2013_212. pdf ,
Accessed:
10.04.2013. Protection of Women Against Domestic Violence Act, 2005, Available at
http://wcd.nic.in/wdvact.pdf.
Right to Information Act, 2005, Available at http://righttoinformation.gov.in/rti-act.pdf.
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Prevention of Atrocities Act, 1989, Available at
http://tribal.nic.in/writereaddata/linkimages/poaact989E4227472861.pdf.
Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights)
Act 2006, Available at http://tribal.gov.in/writereaddata/mainlinkFile/File1033.pdf. The
Persons with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights, Full Participation)
Act, 1995, Available at http://bhind.nic.in/Sparsh_disability%20act%201995.pdf. The
26
Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009, Available at
http://www.delta.org.in/form/rte.pdf.
The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and
Redressal) Bill, 2012, Available
http://164.100.24.219/BillsTexts/LSBillTexts/PassedLoksabha/144C_2010_LS_Eng.pdf.
Criminal Law Amendment Act, 2013, Available at ,
mha.nic.in/pdfs/TheCrimnalLaw030413.pdfFile Format: PDF/Adobe Acrobat – Quick
View.
GENERIC ELECTIVE
GE- 3: NATIONALISM IN INDIA
Course Objective: The purpose of this course is to help students understand the
struggle of Indian people against colonialism. It seeks to achieve this understanding by
looking at this struggle from different theoretical perspectives that highlight its
different dimensions. The course begins with the nineteenth century Indian responses
to colonial dominance in the form of reformism and its criticism and continues through
various phases up to the events leading to the Partition and Independence. In the
process, the course tries to highlight its various conflicts and contradictions by
focusing on its different dimensions: communalism, class struggle, caste and gender
questions.
I. Approaches to the Study of Nationalism in India (8 lectures)

• Nationalist, Imperialist, Marxist, and Subaltern Interpretations.
II. Reformism and Anti-Reformism in the Nineteenth Century (8 lectures)
• Major Social and Religious Movements in 19th century
III. Nationalist Politics and Expansion of its Social Base (18 lectures)
• Phases of Nationalist Movement: Liberal Constitutionalists, Swadeshi and the
Radicals;
• Beginning of Constitutionalism in India.
• Gandhi and Mass Mobilisation: Non-Cooperation Movement, Civil Disobedience
Movement, and Quit India Movement.
• Socialist Alternatives: Congress Socialists, Communists.
IV. Social Movements (8 lectures)
• The Women’s Question: Participation in the National Movement and its Impac.t
• The Caste Question: Anti-Brahminical Politics.
• Peasant, Tribals and Workers Movements.
V. Partition and Independence (6 lectures)
• Communalism in Indian Politics.
• The Two-Nation Theory, Negotiations over Partition.
27
Reading List:
I. Approaches to the Study of Nationalism in India

Essential Readings:
S. Bandopadhyay, (2004) From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India, New
Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 184-191.
R. Thapar, (2000) ‘Interpretations of Colonial History: Colonial, Nationalist, Post-
colonial’, in
P. DeSouza, (ed.) Contemporary India: Transitions, New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp.
25-36.
II. Reformism and Anti-Reformism in the Nineteenth Century
Essential Readings:
S. Bandopadhyay, (2004) From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India, New
Delhi: Orient Longman, pp.139-158, 234-276.
A. Sen, (2007) ‘The idea of Social Reform and its Critique among Hindus of Nineteenth
Century India’, in S. Bhattacharya, (ed.) Development of Modern Indian Thought and
the Social Sciences, Vol. X. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
III. Nationalist Politics and Expansion of its Social Base
Essential Readings:
S. Bandopadhyay, (2004) From Plassey to Partition: A History of Modern India. New
Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 279-311.
S. Sarkar, (1983) Modern India (1885-1947), New Delhi: Macmillan,
P. Chatterjee, (1993) ‘The Nation and its Pasts’, in P. Chatterjee, The Nation and its
Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.
76- 115.
IV. Social Movements
Essential Readings:
S. Bandopadhyay, (2004) From Plassey to Partition: A history of Modern India. New
Delhi: Orient Longman, pp. 342-357, 369-381.
G. Shah, (2002) Social Movements and the State, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 13-31
V. Partition and Independence
A. Jalal, and S. Bose, (1997) Modern South Asia: History, Culture, and Political
Economy. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 135-156.
A. Nandy, (2005) Rashtravad banam Deshbhakti Translated by A. Dubey, New Delhi:
Vani Prakashan. pp. 23-33. (The original essay in English is from A. Nandy, (1994) New
Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 1-8.)
B. Chakrabarty and R. Pandey, (2010) Modern Indian Political Thought, New Delhi:
Sage Publications.
P. Chatterjee, (1993) The Nation and its Fragments: Colonial and Postcolonial Histories,
R. Pradhan, (2008) Raj to Swaraj, New Delhi: Macmillan (Available in Hindi).
S. Islam, (2006) Bharat Mein Algaovaad aur Dharm, New Delhi: Vani Prakashan.
28
FOURTH SEMESTER
C- 8: COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENTS - II
Course objective: In this course students will be trained in the application of

comparative methods to the study of politics. The course is comparative in both what we
study and how we study. In the process the course aims to introduce undergraduate
students to some of the range of issues, literature, and methods that cover comparative
political.
I. Approaches to Studying Comparative Politics (8 lectures)

• Political Culture.
• New Institutionalism.
II. Electoral System (8 lectures)
• Definition and procedures: Types of election system (First Past the Post,
Proportional Representation, Mixed Representation)
III. Party System (8 lectures)
• Historical contexts of emergence of the party system and types of parties
IV. Nation-state (8 lectures)
• What is nation–state? Historical evolution in Western Europe and postcolonial
contexts ‘Nation’ and ‘State’: debates
V. Democratization (8 lectures)
• Process of democratization in postcolonial, post- authoritarian and post-
communist countries.
VI. Federalism (8 lectures)
• Historical context Federation and Confederation: debates around territorial
division of power.
Reading List:
29
I: Approaches to Studying Comparative Politics
Essential Readings:
M. Pennington, (2009) ‘Theory, Institutional and Comparative Politics’, in J. Bara and
Pennington. (eds.) Comparative Politics: Explaining Democratic System. Sage
Publications, New Delhi, pp. 13-40.
M. Howard, (2009) ‘Culture in Comparative Political Analysis’, in M. Lichback and A.
Zuckerman, pp. 134- S. (eds.) Comparative Political: Rationality, Culture, and
Structure. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
B. Rosamond, (2005) ‘Political Culture’, in B. Axford, et al. Politics, London: Routledge,
pp. 57-81.
P. Hall, Taylor and C. Rosemary, (1996) ‘Political Science and the Three New
Institutionalism’, Political Studies. XLIV, pp. 936-957.
L. Rakner, and R. Vicky, (2011) ‘Institutional Perspectives’, in P. Burnell, et .al. (eds.)
Political in the Developing World. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 53-70.
II: Electoral System
Essential Readings:
A. Heywood, (2002) ‘Representation, Electoral and Voting’, in Politics. New York:
Palgrave, pp. 223-245.
A. Evans, (2009) ‘Elections Systems’, in J. Bara and M. Pennington, (eds.) Comparative
politics. New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp. 93-119.
Additional Reading:
R. Moser, and S. Ethan, (2004) ‘Mixed Electoral Systems and Electoral System Effects:
Controlled Comparison and Cross-national Analysis’, in Electoral Studies. 23, pp. 575-
599.
III: Party System
Essential Readings:
A. Cole, (2011) ‘Comparative Political Parties: Systems and Organizations’, in J.
Ishiyama, and
M. Breuning, (eds) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. Los Angeles: Sage
A. Heywood, (2002) ‘Parties and Party System’, in Politics. New York : Palgrave, pp.
247-268.
B. Criddle, (2003) ‘Parties and Party System’, in R. Axtmann, (ed.) Understanding
Democratic Politics: An Introduction. London: Sage Publications, pp. 134-142.
IV: Nation-state
Essential Readings:
W. O’Conner, (1994) ‘A Nation is a Nation, is a Sate, is a Ethnic Group, is a …’, in J.
Hutchinson and A. Smith, (eds.) Nationalism. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 36-
46.
K. Newton, and J. Deth, (2010) ‘The Development of the Modern State ‘, in Foundations
of Comparative Politics: Democracies of the Modern World. Cambridge: Cambridge
Additional Reading:
A. Heywood, (2002), ‘The State’, in Politics. New York: Palgrave, pp. 85-102
V. Democratization
Essential Readings:
30
T. Landman, (2003) ‘Transition to Democracy’, in Issues and Methods of Comparative
Methods: An Introduction. London: Routledge, pp. 185-215.
K. Newton, and J. Deth, (2010) ‘Democratic Change and Persistence’, in Foundations of
Comparative Politics: Democracies of the Modern World. Cambridge: Cambridge
J. Haynes, (1999) ‘State and Society’, in The Democratization. Oxford: Blackwell, pp.
20-38; 39-63.
Additional Reading:
B. Smith, (2003) ‘Democratization in the Third World’, in Understanding Third World
Politics: Theories of Political Change and Development. London: Palgrave Macmillan,
pp.250-274.
VI: Federalism
Essential Readings:
M. Burgess, (2006) Comparative Federalism: Theory and Practice. London: Routledge,
pp. 135-161.
R. Watts, (2008) ’Introduction’, in Comparing Federal Systems. Montreal and Kingston:
McGill Queen’s University Press, pp. 1-27
Additional Reading:
R. Saxena, (2011) ‘Introduction’, in Saxena, R (eds.) Varieties of Federal Governance:
Major Contemporary Models. New Delhi: Cambridge University Press, pp. xii-x1.
C-9: PUBLIC POLICY IN INDIA
Objective: The paper seeks to provide an introduction to the interface between public
policy and administration in India. The essence of public policy lies in its effectiveness
in translating the governing philosophy into programs and policies and making it a part
of the community living. It deals with issues of decentralization, financial
management, citizens and administration and social welfare from a non-western
perspective.
I. Public Policy [ 10 lectures ]

• Definition, characteristics and models.
• Public Policy Process in India.
II. Decentralization [ 10 lectures ]
• Meaning, significance and approaches and types.
• Local Self Governance: Rural and Urban.
III. Budget [ 12 lectures ]
• Concept and Significance of Budget.
• Budget Cycle in India
• Various Approaches and Types of Budgeting.
IV. Citizen and Administration Interface [ 15 lectures ]
• Public Service Delivery
• Redressal of Public Grievances: RTI, Lokpal, Citizens’ Charter and E-Governance.
V. Social Welfare Administration [ 20 lectures ]
• Concept and Approaches of Social Welfare.
• Social Welfare Policies:
31
 Education: Right To Education.
 Health: National Health Mission.
 Food: Right To Food Security.
 Employment: MNREGA.

Reading List:
Public Policy
T. Dye, (1984) Understanding Public Policy, 5th Edition. U.S.A: Prentice Hall
R.B. Denhardt and J.V. Denhardt, (2009) Public Administration, New Delhi: Brooks/Cole
J. Anderson, (1975) Public Policy Making. New York: Thomas Nelson and sons Ltd.
M. Howlett, M. Ramesh, and A. Perl, (2009), Studying Public Policy: Policy Cycles and
Policy subsystems, 3rd edition, Oxford: Oxford University Press
T. Dye, (2002) Understanding Public Policy, New Delhi: Pearson
Y. Dror, (1989) Public Policy Making Reexamined. Oxford: Transaction Publication
Decentralization
Satyajit Singh and Pradeep K. Sharma [eds.] Decentralisation: Institutions And Politics
In Rural India, OUP,2007
D. A. Rondinelli and S.Cheema, Decentralisation and Development, Beverly Hills: Sage
Publishers, 1983
N.G.Jayal, Democracy and The State: Welfare, Secular and Development in
Contemporary India, Oxford : Oxford University Press,1999
Bidyut Chakrabarty, Reinventing Public Administration: The Indian Experience, Orient
Longman,2007
Noorjahan Bava, Development Policies and Administration in India, Delhi: Uppal
Publishers, 2001
Gabriel Almond and Sidney Verba, The Civic Culture, Boston: Little Brown, 1965
M.P.Lester, Political Participation- How and Why do People Get Involved in Politics
Chicago: McNally, 1965
III. Budget
Erik-Lane, J. (2005) Public Administration and Public Management: The Principal Agent
Perspective. New York: Routledge
Henry, N.(1999) Public Administration and Public Affairs. New Jersey:Prentice Hall
Caiden, N.(2004) ‘ Public Budgeting Amidst Uncertainity and Instability’, in Shafritz,
J.M. &
Hyde, A.C. (eds.) Classics of Public Administration. Belmont: Wadsworth
IV Citizen And Administration Interface
R. Putnam , Making Democracy Work , Princeton University Press, 1993
Jenkins, R. and Goetz, A.M. (1999) ‘Accounts and Accountability: Theoretical
Implications of
the Right to Information Movement in India’, in Third World Quarterly. June
Sharma, P.K. & Devasher, M. (2007) ‘Right to Information in India’ in Singh, S. and
Sharma,
P. (eds.) Decentralization: Institutions and Politics in Rural India. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press
Vasu Deva, E-Governance In India: A Reality, Commonwealth Publishers, 2005
World Development Report, World Bank, Oxford University Press, 1992.
32
M.J.Moon, The Evolution of Electronic Government Among Municipalities: Rheoteric or
Reality, American Society For Public Administration, Public Administration Review, Vol
62, Issue 4, July –August 2002
Pankaj Sharma, E-Governance: The New Age Governance, APH Publishers, 2004
Pippa Norris, Digital Divide: Civic Engagement, Information Poverty and the Internet in
Democratic Societies, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 2001.
Stephan Goldsmith and William D. Eggers, Governing By Network: The New Shape of
the Public Sector, Brookings Institution [Washington], 2004
United Nation Development Programme, Reconceptualising Governance, New York,
1997 Mukhopadyay, A. (2005) ‘Social Audit’, in Seminar. No. 551.
V. Social Welfare Administration
Jean Drèze and Amartya Sen, India, Economic Development and Social Opportunity,
Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1995
J.Dreze and Amartya Sen, Indian Development: Selected Regional Perspectives,
Oxford: Clareland Press, 1997
Reetika Khera- Rural Poverty And Public Distribution System, EPW, Vol-XLVIII, No.45-46,
Nov 2013
Pradeep Chaturvedi [ed.], Women And Food Security: Role Of Panchayats, Concept
Publishers, 1997
National Food Security Mission: nfsm.gov.in/Guidelines/XIIPlan/NFSMXII.pdf
Jugal Kishore, National Health Programs of India: National Policies and Legislations,
Century Publications, 2005
K. Lee and Mills, The Economic Of Health In Developing Countries, Oxford: Oxford
University Press, 1983
K. Vijaya Kumar, Right to Education Act 2009: Its Implementation as to Social
Development in India, Delhi: Akansha Publishers, 2012.
Marma Mukhopadhyay and Madhu Parhar(ed.) Education in India: Dynamics of
Development, Delhi: Shipra Publications, 2007
Nalini Juneja, Primary Education for All in the City of Mumbai: The Challenge Set By
Local Actors', International Institute For Educational Planning, UNESCO: Paris, 2001
Surendra Munshi and Biju Paul Abraham [eds.] Good Governance, Democratic
Societies and Globalisation, Sage Publishers, 2004
Basu Rumki (2015) Public Administration in India Mandates, Performance and Future
Perspectives, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers
www.un.org/millenniumgoals
http://www.cefsindia.org
www.righttofoodindia.org
C-10: GLOBAL POLITICS
Course objective: This course introduces students to the key debates on the
meaning and nature of globalization by addressing its political, economic, social,
cultural and technological dimensions. In keeping with the most important debates
within the globalization discourse, it imparts an understanding of the working of the
world economy, its anchors and resistances offered by global social movements while
analyzing the changing nature of relationship between the state and trans-national
actors and networks. The course also offers insights into key contemporary global
issues such as the proliferation of nuclear weapons, ecological issues, international
33
terrorism, and human security before concluding with a debate on the phenomenon of
global governance.
I. Globalization: Conceptions and Perspectives (23 lectures)

• Understanding Globalization and its Alternative Perspectives (6 lectures)
• Political: Debates on Sovereignty and Territoriality (3 lectures)
• Global Economy: Its Significance and Anchors of Global Political Economy: IMF,
• World Bank, WTO, TNCs (8 lectures)
• Cultural and Technological Dimension (3 lectures)
• Global Resistances (Global Social Movements and NGOs) (3 lectures)
II. Contemporary Global Issues (20 lectures)
• Ecological Issues: Historical Overview of International Environmental
Agreements, Climate Change, Global Commons Debate (7 lectures)
• Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons (3 lectures)
• International Terrorism: Non-State Actors and State Terrorism; Post 9/11
developments (4 lectures)
• Migration (3 lectures)
• Human Security (3 lectures)
III. Global Shifts: Power and Governance (5 lectures)
Reading List:
I. Globalization – Conceptions and Perspectives
Understanding Globalization and its Alternative Perspectives
Essential Readings:
G. Ritzer, (2010) Globalization: A Basic Text, Sussex: Wiley-Blackwell, pp. 33-62.
M. Strager, (2009) Globalization: A Very Short Introduction, London: Oxford University
Press, pp. 1-16.
R. Keohane and J. Nye Jr, (2000) ‘Globalization: What’s New? What’s Not? (And So
What?)’, in Foreign Policy, No 118, pp. 104-119.
Additional Reading:
A. McGrew, (2011) ‘Globalization and Global Politics’, in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens
(eds.) Globalization of World Politics: An Introduction to International Relations, New
York:
A. Heywood, (2011) Global Politics, New York: Palgrave-McMillan, pp. 1-24.
W. Ellwood, (2005) The No-nonsense Guide to Globalization, Jaipur: NI-Rawat
Political: Debates on Sovereignty and Territoriality
Essential Readings:
R. Keohane, (2000) ‘Sovereignty in International Society’, in D. Held and A. McGrew
(eds.) The Global Trans-Formations Reader, Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 109-123.
Additional Reading:
K. Shimko, (2005) International Relations: Perspectives and Controversies, New York:
Houghton Mifflin, pp. 195-219.
Global Economy: Its Significance and Anchors of Global Political Economy:
IMF, World
34
Bank, WTO, TNCs
Essential Readings:
T. Cohn, (2009) Global Political Economy: Theory and Practice, pp. 130-140 (IMF), 208-
218 (WTO).
R. Picciotto, (2003) ‘A New World Bank for a New Century’, in C. Roe Goddard et al.,
International Political: State-Market Relations in a Changing Global Order, Boulder:
Lynne Reinner, pp. 341-351.
A. Narlikar, (2005) The World Trade Organization: A Very Short Introduction, New York:
J. Goldstein, (2006) International Relations, New Delhi: Pearson, pp. 392-405 (MNC).
P. Hirst, G. Thompson and S. Bromley, (2009) Globalization in Question, Cambridge:
Polity Press, pp. 68-100 (MNC).
F. Lechner and J. Boli (ed.), (2004) The Globalization Reader, London: Blackwell, pp.
236-239 (WTO).
D. Held et al, (1999) Global Transformations: Politics, Economics and Culture,
California: Stanford University Press, pp. 242-282 (MNC).
T. Cohn, (2009) Global Political Economy, New Delhi: Pearson, pp. 250-323 (MNC).
Cultural and Technological Dimension
Essential Readings:
D. Held and A. McGrew (eds.), (2002) Global Transformations Reader: Politics,
Economics and Culture, Cambridge: Polity Press, pp. 1-50; 84-91.
M. Steger, (2009) ‘Globalization: A Contested Concept’, in Globalization: A Very Short
Introduction, London: Oxford University Press, pp. 1-16.
A. Appadurai, (2000) ‘Grassroots Globalization and the Research Imagination’, in
Public Culture, Vol. 12(1), pp. 1-19.
Additional Reading:
J. Beynon and D. Dunkerley, (eds.), (2012) Globalisation: The Reader, New Delhi:
Rawat Publications, pp. 1-19.
A. Vanaik, (ed.), (2004) Globalization and South Asia: Multidimensional Perspectives,
New Delhi: Manohar Publications, pp. 171-191, 192-213, 301-317, 335-357.
Global Resistances (Global Social Movements and NGOs)
Essential Readings:
R. O’Brien et al., (2000) Contesting Global Governance: Multilateral Economic
Institutions and Global Social Movements, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.
1-23.
J. Fisher, (1998) Non-Governments: NGOs and Political Development in the Third
World, Connecticut: Kumarian Press, pp. 1- 37 (NGO).
G. Laxter and S. Halperin (eds.), (2003) Global Civil Society and Its Limits, New York:
Palgrave, pp. 1-21.
A. Heywood, (2011) Global Politics, New York: Palgrave-McMillan, pp. 150-156 (NGO).
P. Willets, (2011) ‘Trans-National Actors and International Organizations in Global
Politics’, in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens (eds.) Globalization of World Politics, New
York: Oxford University Press, pp. 334-342. (NGO)
II. Contemporary Global Issues
35
Ecological Issues: Historical Overview of International Environmental
Agreements, Climate
Change, Global Commons Debate
Essential Readings:
J. Volger, (2011) ‘Environmental Issues’, in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens (eds.)
Globalization of World Politics, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 348-362.
A. Heywood, (2011) Global Politics, New York: Palgrave, pp. 383-411.
N. Carter, (2007) The Politics of Environment: Ideas, Activism, Policy, Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, pp. 13-81.
P. Bidwai, (2011) ‘Durban: Road to Nowhere’, in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol.46,
No. 53, December, pp. 10-12.
K.Shimko, (2005) International Relations Perspectives and Controversies, New York:
Hughton-Mifflin, pp. 317-339.
Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons
Essential Readings:
D. Howlett, (2011) ‘Nuclear Proliferation’, in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens (eds.)
P. Viotti and M. Kauppi, (2007) International Relations and World Politics: Security,
Economy and Identity, New Delhi: Pearson, pp. 238-272.
Additional Reading:
International Terrorism: Non-State Actors and State Terrorism; Post 9/11
developments
Essential Readings:
P. Viotti and M. Kauppi, (2007) International Relations, New Delhi: Pearson, pp. 276-
307.
J. Kiras, (2011) ‘Terrorism and Globalization’, in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens (eds.)
A. Vanaik, (2007) Masks of Empire, New Delhi: Tulika, pp. 103-128.
Migration
Essential Readings:
S. Castles, (2012) ‘Global Migration’, in B. Chimni and S. Mallavarapu (eds.)
International Relations: Perspectives For the Global South, New Delhi: Pearson, pp.
272-285.
Human Security
Essential Readings:
A. Acharya, (2011) ‘Human Security’, in J. Baylis, S. Smith and P. Owens (eds.)
S. Tadjbakhsh and A. Chenoy, (2007) Human Security, London: Routledge, pp. 13-19;
123- 127; 236-243.
Additional Reading:
A. Acharya, (2001) ‘Human Security: East versus West’, in International Journal, Vol.
56, no.3, pp. 442-460.
III. Global Shifts: Power and Governance
Essential Readings:
36
J. Rosenau, (1992) ‘Governance, Order, and Change in World Politics’, in J. Rosenau,
and E.
Czempiel (eds.) Governance without Government: Order and Change in World Politics,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1-29.
A. Kumar and D. Messner (eds), (2010) Power Shifts and Global Governance:
Challenges from South and North, London: Anthem Press.
P. Dicken, (2007) Global Shift: Mapping the Changing Contours of the World Economy,
New York: The Guilford Press.
J. Close, (2001) ‘The Global Shift: A quantum leap in human evolution’, Available at
http://www.stir-global-shift.com/page22.php, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SEC – 2: PEACE STUDY
Course Objective: The objective of an undergraduate application course for common

students in Peace and Conflict Studies will cover in-depth knowledge of conflict
analysis, conflict resolution, conflict prevention, as well as the historical and cultural
context of organized violence. Peace and Conflict Resolution addresses the sources of
war, social oppression and violence and the challenges of promoting peace and justice
internationally and domestically. It also introduces more equitable, cooperative and
nonviolent methods that can be used to transform unjust, violent or oppressive world
situations. This course provides students with an overview of the Peace and Conflict
Studies discipline, including key concepts and related theories. The course is designed
to familiarize students with the historical background of various peace movements, to
analyze principles used to resolve conflict, and to provide a view of how peace and
conflict resolution are being pursued today. The course will also cover extensive
understanding of current research and development within the field of peace and
conflict studies and perspective of the environment, gender, migration, and ethnicity.
Unit-1 International Peace and Conflict Resolution: Sources of War: International and
Domestic Issues and Trends
Unit-2-What is Conflict: Introduction to International Conflict Resolution.
Unit-3 International Conflict Resolution Theory: Models developed by Johan Galtung,
Joseph Montville, Morton Deutsch, William Zartman, Levy Jack.
Unit-4-Conflict resolution: Back ground of Various Peace Movements and Concepts,
Principles used to resolve conflict.
Unit-5-Cross-border relationships between the world’s peaceful and war-torn zones
(migration and information flows, economic transactions, international rules and
regulations, normative concepts and political decisions).
Unit-6 -Conflict Transformation: is Peace Possible? Resolve problems through conflict
analyses and instrumentation of peace concepts.
Unit-7 -Current perspective of peace and conflict resolution: Grass-roots level
perspective on war and Peace.
Reading List:
37
Essential Readings
International Conflict Resolution: Sources of War: International and Domestic
Issues and Trends
Kriesberg, Louis, Constructive Conflicts: From Escalation to Resolution, Rowman &
Littlefield, Maryland, 1998, pp. 58-150
Starkey, Boyer, and Wilkenfield, Negotiating a Complex World. Rowman & Littlefield,
Maryland, 1999, pp. 1-74
Desirable Readings:
Zartman, William (ed.), Collapsed States: The Disintegration and Restoration of
Legitimate Authority, Reiner, Boulder, 1995, pp. 1-14 and 267-273
Zartman, William & Touval, Saadia "International Mediation in the Post-Cold War Era",
in Crocker et al., Managing Global Chaos, USIP, 1996, pp. 445-461
Essential Readings
What is Conflict: Introduction to International Conflict Resolution.
Zartman, William, "Dynamics and Constraints in Negotiations in Internal Conflicts", in
Zartman, William (ed), Elusive Peace: Negotiating an End to Civil Wars, The Brookings
Institution, Washington, 1995, pp. 3-29
Desirable Readings
Essential Readings
International Conflict Resolution Theory: Models developed by Johan
Galtung,
Joseph Montville, Morton Deutsch, William Zartman, Levy Jack
Levy, Jack, "Contending Theories of International Conflict: A Levels-of-Analysis
Approach" in Crocker et al, Managing Global Chaos, USIP, 1995, pp. 3-24
Carr, Edward H., "Realism and Idealism," Richard Betts (ed), Conflict After the Cold
War, Boston: Simon & Schuster, 1994.
Desirable Readings
Waltz, Kenneth N., "Structural Causes and Economic Effects," Richard Betts (ed),
Conflict After the Cold War, Boston: Simon & Schuster, 1994.
Conflict resolution: Back ground of Various Peace Movements and Concepts,
Essential Readings
Hampson, Fen Osler, Nurturing Peace, USIP, 1996, pp. 3-25 Galtung, Johan, There Are
Alternatives: Four Roads to Peace and Security, Nottingham, Spokesman, 1984, pp.
162-205
Desirable Readings
Galtung, Johan, Peace by Peaceful Means: Peace and conflict, Development and
Civilization, Sage, London, 1996, pp. 9-114
Galtung, Johan, The True Worlds: A Transnational Perspective, New York, Free Press,
1980, pp. 107-149
Cross-border relationships between the world’s peaceful and war-torn zones
(migration and information flows, economic transactions, international rules
and regulations, normative concepts and political decisions)
38
Essential Readings
Kelman, Herbert C., "Interactive Problem Solving", in Fisher, Ronald J. (ed.) Interactive
Conflict Resolution, Syracuse University Press, 1997, pp. 56-74
Kritz, Neil J., "The Rule of Law in the Post-conflict Phase: Building a Stable Peace", in
Crocker et al, Managing Global Chaos, USIP, 1996, pp. 587-606
Desirable Readings
Galtung, Johan, "The Basic Need Approach", in Human Needs: a Contribution to the
Current Debate, Verlag, Cambridge, 1980, pp. 55-126
Saunders, Harold H., A Public Peace Process: Sustained Dialogue to Transform Racial
and Ethnic Conflicts, New York, 1999, pp. 1-80
Conflict Transformation: is Peace Possible: Resolve problems through conflict
Essential Readings
Galtung, Johan, There Are Alternatives: Four Roads to Peace and Security, Nottingham,
Spokesman, 1984, pp. 162-205
Desirable Readings
1980, pp. 107-149
Current perspective of peace and conflict resolution: Grass-roots level
perspective on war and Peace: Grass-roots level perspective on war and
Peace.
Essential Readings
Deutsch, Morton, The Resolution of Conflict: Constructive and Destructive Processes,
New Haven, Yale University Press, 1973, pp. 1-123
Desirable Readings
Conflict Resolution, Syracuse University Press, 1997, pp. 56-74.
ELECTIVE GENERIC
GE- 4: UNITED NATIONS
Course Objective: This course provides a comprehensive introduction to the most

important multilateral political organization in international relations. It provides a
detailed account of the organizational structure and the political processes of the UN,
and how it has evolved since 1945, especially in terms of dealing with the major global
conflicts. The course imparts a critical understanding of the UN’s performance until
39
now and the imperatives as well as processes of reforming the organization in the
context of the contemporary global system.
I. The United Nations (29 Lectures)

• An Historical Overview of the United Nations.
• Principles and Objectives.
• Structures and Functions: General Assembly; Security Council, and Economic
and Social Council; the International Court of Justice and the specialised
agencies (International Labour= Organisation [ILO], United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organisation [UNESCO], World Health Organisation
[WHO], and UN programmes and funds: United Nations Children’s Fund
[UNICEF], United Nations Development Programme [UNDP], United Nations
Environment Programme [UNEP], United Nations High Commissioner for
Refugees [UNHCR]).
• Peace Keeping, Peace Making and Enforcement, Peace Building and
Responsibility to Protect.
• Millennium Development Goals.
II. Major Global Conflicts since the Second World War (20 Lectures)
• Korean War.
• Vietnam War.
• Afghanistan Wars.
• Balkans: Serbia and Bosnia.
III. Assessment of the United Nations as an International Organisation:
Imperatives of Reforms and the Process of Reforms. (11 Lectures)
Reading Lists:
I. The United Nations (a) An Historical Overview of the United Nations

Moore, J.A. Jr. and Pubantz, J. (2008) The new United Nations. Delhi: Pearson Education,
pp. 39-62.
Goldstein, J. and Pevehouse, J.C. (2006) International relations. 6th edn. New Delhi:
Pearson, pp. 265-282.
Taylor, P. and Groom, A.J.R. (eds.) (2000) The United Nations at the millennium.
London: Continuum, pp. 1-20.
Gareis, S.B. and Varwick, J. (2005) The United Nations: an introduction. Basingstoke:
Palgrave, pp. 1-40.
Gowan, P. (2010) ‘US: UN’, in Gowan, P. ‘A calculus of power: grand strategy in the
twenty first century. London: Verso, pp. 47-71.
Baylis, J. and Smith, S. (eds.) (2008) The globalization of world politics. an introduction
to international relations. 4th edn. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 405-422.
Thakur, R. (1998) ‘Introduction’, in Thakur, R. (eds.) Past imperfect, future uncertain:
The UN at Ffifty. London: Macmillan, pp. 1-14.
Basu, Rumki (2014) United Nations: Structure and Functions of an international
organization, New Delhi, Sterling Publishers
(b) Principles and Objectives
Gareis, S.B. and Varwick, J. (2005) The United Nations: An introduction. Basingstoke:
Palgrave, pp. 15- 21.
40
(c) Structures and Functions: General Assembly; Security Council, and
Economic and Social
Council; the International Court of Justice and the specialised agencies
(International Labour Organisation [ILO], United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organisation [UNESCO], World Health Organisation
[WHO], and UN programmes and funds: United Nations Children’s Fund
[UNICEF], United Nations Development Programme [UNDP], United Nations
Environment Programme [UNEP], United Nations High Commissioner for
Refugees [UNHCR])
London: Continuum, pp. 21-141.
pp. 119-135.
(d) Peace Keeping, Peace Making and Enforcement, Peace Building and
Responsibility to Protect
Nambiar, S. (1995) ‘UN peace-keeping operations’, in Kumar, S. (eds.) The United
Nations at fifty. New Delhi, UBS, pp. 77-94.
Whittaker, D.J. (1997) ‘Peacekeeping’, in United Nations in the contemporary world.
London: Routledge, pp. 45-56.
White, B. et al. (eds.) (2005) Issues in world politics. 3rd edn. New York: Macmillan, pp.
113- 132.
(e) Millennium Development Goals
pp.264-266.
Sangal, P.S. (1986) ‘UN, peace, disarmament and development’, in Saxena, J.N. et.al.
United Nations for a better world. New Delhi: Lancers, pp.109-114.
Baxi, U. (1986) ‘Crimes against the right to development’, in Saxena, J.N. et.al. United
Nations for a better world. New Delhi: Lancers, pp.240-248.
Ghali, B.B. (1995) An agenda for peace. New York: UN, pp.5-38. United Nations
Department of Public Information. (2008) The United Nations Today. New York: UN.
II. Major Global Conflicts since the Second World War (a) Korean War
Calvocoressi, P. (2001) World Politics: 1945-200. 3rd edn. Harlow: Pearson Education,
pp. 116-124.
Armstrong, D., Lloyd, L. and Redmond, J. (2004) International organisations in world
politics. 3rd edn. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 42-43.
pp. 64-65 and 172-173.
(b) Vietnam War
pp. 528-546.
Baylis, J. and Smith, S. (eds.) (2008) The globalization of world politics. an introduction
to
international relations. 4th edn. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 562-564.
(c) Afghanistan Wars
Achcar, G. (2004) Eastern cauldron. New York: Monthly Review Press, pp. 29-45 and
234- 241.
Achcar, G. (2003) The clash of barbarisms: Sept. 11 and the making of the new world
disorder. Kolkata: K.P. Bachi & Co., pp. 76-81.
Prashad, V. (2002) War against the planet. New Delhi: Leftword, pp. 1-6. Ali, T. (ed.)
(2000) Masters of the Universe. London: Verso, pp. 203-216.
41
pp.570-576.
(d) Balkans: Serbia and Bosnia Ali, T. (ed.) (2000) Masters of the Universe. London:
Verso, pp. 230-245 and 271-284.
Kaldor, M. and Vashee, B. (eds.) (1997) New wars. London: Wider Publications for the
UN University, pp. 137-144 and 153-171.
Viotti, P.R. and Kauppi, M.V. (2007) International relations and world politics-security,
economy, identity. 3rd edn. New Delhi: Pearson Education, pp. 470-471.
Goldstein, J.S. (2003) International relations. 3rd edn. Delhi: Pearson Education, pp 43-
51.
pp.24-27.
III. Political Assessment of the United Nations as an International
Organisation:
Imperatives of Reforms and the Process of Reforms
Roberts, A. and Kingsbury, B. (eds.) (1994) United Nations, Divided World. 2nd edn.
Oxford: Clarendon Press, pp. 420-436.
London: Continuum, pp. 196-223 and 295-326.
Gareis, S.B. and Varwick, J. (2005) The United Nations: An introduction. Basingstoke:
Palgrave, pp. 214-242.
pp. 91-112.
Additional Readings
Claude, I. (1984) Swords into plowshares: the progress and problems of international
organisation. 4th edn. New York: Random House.
Dodds, F. (ed.) (1987) The way forward: beyond the agenda 21. London: Earthscan.
Rajan, M.S., Mani, V.S and Murthy, C.S.R. (eds.) (1987) The nonaligned and the United
Nations. New Delhi: South Asian Publishers.
South Asia Human Rights Documentation Centre. (2006) Human rights: an overview.
Anan, K. (1997) Renewing the United Nations: A Programme for Survival. General
Assembly Document: A/51/950; 14 July 1997. Available from:
http://daccessdds.un.org/doc/UNDOC/GEN/N97/189/79/1MG/n9718979.pdf,Open
Element
(Accessed on 13 October 2011).
Fifth Semester
C- 11: CLASSICAL POLITICAL THEORY
Course objective: This course goes back to Greek antiquity and familiarizes students
with the manner in which the political questions were first posed. Machiavelli comes as
42
an interlude inaugurating modern politics followed by Hobbes and Locke. This is a
basic foundation course for students.
I. Text and Interpretation (2 weeks)
II. Antiquity
Plato (2 weeks)
• Philosophy and Politics, Theory of Forms, Justice, Philosopher King/Queen,
Communism
• Presentation theme: Critique of Democracy; Women and Guardianship,
Censorship
Aristotle (2 weeks)
• Forms, Virtue, Citizenship, Justice, State and Household
• Presentation themes: Classification of governments.
III. Interlude:
Machiavelli (2 weeks)
• Virtue, Religion, Republicanism.
• Presentation themes: morality and statecraft; vice and virtue.
IV. Possessive Individualism
Hobbes (2 weeks)
• Human nature, State of Nature, Social Contract,
• Presentation themes: State of nature; social contract; Leviathan; atomistic
individuals.
Locke (2 weeks)
• Laws of Nature, Natural Rights, Property,
• Presentation themes: Natural rights; right to dissent; justification of property.
Reading List:
I. Text and Interpretation

Essential Readings:
T. Ball, (2004) ‘History and Interpretation’ in C. Kukathas and G. Gaus, (eds.) Handbook
of Political Theory, London: Sage Publications Ltd. pp. 18-30.
B. Constant, (1833) ‘The Liberty of the Ancients Compared with that of the Moderns’,
in D. Boaz, (ed), (1997) The Libertarian Reader, New York: The Free Press.
J. Coleman, (2000) ‘Introduction’, in A History of Political Thought: From Ancient
Greece to Early Christianity, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp. 1-20.
Q. Skinner, (2010) ‘Preface’, in The Foundations of Modern Political Thought Volume I,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press pp. ix-xv.
II. Antiquity:
Plato
Essential Readings:
A. Skoble and T. Machan, (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections. New Delhi:
Pearson Education, pp. 9-32.
R. Kraut, (1996) ‘Introduction to the study of Plato’, in R. Kraut (ed.) The Cambridge
Companion to Plato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1-50.
C. Reeve, (2009) ‘Plato’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly, (eds) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present, Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 62-80
43
S. Okin, (1992) ‘Philosopher Queens and Private Wives’, in S. Okin Women in Western
Political Thought, Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 28-50
R. Kraut, (1996) ‘The Defence of Justice in Plato's Republic’, in R. Kraut (ed.) The
Cambridge
Companion to Plato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 311-337
T. Saunders, (1996) ‘Plato's Later Political Thought’, in R. Kraut (ed.) The Cambridge
Companion to Plato. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 464-492.
Aristotle
Essential Readings:
T. Burns, (2009) ‘Aristotle’, in D. Boucher, and P. Kelly, (eds) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp.81-99.
C. Taylor, (1995) ‘Politics’, in J. Barnes (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to Aristotle.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 232-258
J. Coleman, (2000) ‘Aristotle’, in J. Coleman A History of Political Thought: From
Ancient Greece to Early Christianity, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp.120-186
D. Hutchinson, (1995) ‘Ethics’, in J. Barnes, (ed.), The Cambridge Companion to
Aristotle Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 195-232.
III. Interlude:
Machiavelli
Essential Readings:
Pearson Education, pp. 124-130
Q. Skinner, (2000) ‘The Adviser to Princes’, in Machiavelli: A Very Short Introduction,
Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 23-53
J. Femia, (2009) ‘Machiavelli’, in D. Boucher, and P. Kelly, (eds) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 163-184
Additional Reading:
Q. Skinner, (2000) ‘The Theorist of Liberty’, in Machiavelli: A Very Short Introduction.
IV. Possessive Individualism
Hobbes
Essential Readings:
Pearson Education pp. 131-157.
D. Baumgold, (2009) ‘Hobbes’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly (eds) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 189-206.
C. Macpherson (1962) The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to
Locke. Oxford University Press, Ontario, pp. 17-29.
I. Hampsher-Monk, (2001) ‘Thomas Hobbes’, in A History of Modern Political Thought:
Major Political Thinkers from Hobbes to Marx, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp. 1-67.
A. Ryan, (1996) ‘Hobbes's political philosophy’, in T. Sorell, (ed.) Cambridge
Companion to Hobbes. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 208-245.
Locke
Essential Readings:
44
J. Waldron, (2009) ‘John Locke’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly, (eds) Political Thinkers:
From Socrates to the Present. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 207-224
C. Macpherson, (1962) The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism: Hobbes to
Locke. Oxford University Press, Ontario, pp. 194-214.
R. Ashcraft, (1999) ‘Locke's Political Philosophy’, in V. Chappell (ed.) The Cambridge
Companion to Locke, Cambridge. Cambridge University Press, pp. 226-251.
I. Hampsher-Monk, (2001) A History of Modern Political Thought: Major Political
Thinkers from Hobbes to Marx, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers, pp. 69-116.
C-12: INDIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT-I
Course objective: This course introduces the specific elements of Indian Political
Thought spanning over two millennia. The basic focus of study is on individual thinkers
whose ideas are however framed by specific themes. The course as a whole is meant
to provide a sense of the broad streams of Indian thought while encouraging a specific
knowledge of individual thinkers and texts. Selected extracts from some original texts
are also given to discuss in class. The list of additional readings is meant for teachers
as well as the more interested students.
Course Contents:
1. Traditions of Pre-colonial Indian Political Thought (8 lectures)

• Brahmanic and Shramanic
• Islamic and Syncretic.
2. Ved Vyasa (Shantiparva): Rajadharma (5 lectures)
3. Manu: Social Laws (6 lectures)
4. Kautilya: Theory of State (7 lectures)
5. Aggannasutta (Digha Nikaya): Theory of kingship (5 lectures)
6. Barani: Ideal Polity (6 lectures)
7. Abul Fazal: Monarchy (6 lectures)
8. Kabir: Syncretism (5 lectures)
Reading List:
I .Traditions of Pre-modern Indian Political Thought:

Essential Readings:
B. Parekh, (1986) ‘Some Reflections on the Hindu Tradition of Political Thought’, in T.
Pantham, and K. Deutsch (eds.), Political Thought in Modern India, New Delhi: Sage
Publications, pp. 17- 31.
A. Altekar, (1958) ‘The Kingship’, in State and Government in Ancient India, 3rd
edition, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, pp. 75-108.
M. Shakir, (1986) ‘Dynamics of Muslim Political Thought’, in T. Pantham, and K.
Deutsch (eds.), Political Thought in Modern India, New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp.
142- 160
45
G. Pandey, (1978) Sraman Tradition: Its History and Contribution to Indian Culture,
Ahmedabad: L. D. Institute of Indology, pp. 52-73.
S. Saberwal, (2008) ‘Medieval Legacy’, in Spirals of Contention, New Delhi: Routledge,
pp.1-31
II. Ved Vyasa (Shantiparva): Rajadharma
Essential Readings:
The Mahabharata (2004), Vol. 7 (Book XI and Book XII, Part II), Chicago and London:
University of Chicago Press.
V. Varma, (1974) Studies in Hindu Political Thought and Its Metaphysical Foundations,
Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, pp. 211- 230.
B. Chaturvedi, (2006) ‘Dharma-The Foundation of Raja-Dharma, Law and Governance’,
in The Mahabharta: An Inquiry in the Human Condition, Delhi: Orient Longman, pp.
418- 464.
III. Manu: Social Laws
Essential Readings:
Manu, (2006) ‘Rules for Times of Adversity’, in P. Olivelle, (ed. & trans.) Manu’s Code of
Law:
A Critical Edition and Translation of the Manava- Dharamsastra, New Delhi: OUP, pp.
208- 213.
V. Mehta, (1992) ‘The Cosmic Vision: Manu’, in Foundations of Indian Political Thought,
Delhi: Manohar, pp. 23- 39.
R. Sharma, ( 1991) ‘Varna in Relation to Law and Politics (c 600 BC-AD 500)’, in
Aspects of
Political Ideas and Institutions in Ancient India, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass, pp. 233-
251.
P. Olivelle, (2006) ‘Introduction’, in Manu’s Code of Law: A Critical Edition and
Translation of the Manava –Dharmasastra, Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 3- 50.
IV. Kautilya: Theory of State
Essential Readings:
Kautilya, (1997) ‘The Elements of Sovereignty’ in R. Kangle (ed. and trns.), Arthasastra
of Kautilya, New Delhi: Motilal Publishers, pp. 511- 514.
V. Mehta, (1992) ‘The Pragmatic Vision: Kautilya and His Successor’, in Foundations of
Indian
Political Thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 88- 109.
R. Kangle, (1997) Arthashastra of Kautilya-Part-III: A Study, Delhi: Motilal Banarsidass,
rpt., pp. 116- 142.
Additional Reading:
J. Spellman, (1964) ‘Principle of Statecraft’, in Political Theory of Ancient India: A Study
of Kingship from the Earliest time to Ceirca AD 300, Oxford: Clarendon Press, pp. 132-
170.
V. Agganna Sutta (Digha Nikaya): Theory of Kingship
Essential Readings:
S. Collins, (ed), (2001) Agganna Sutta: An Annotated Translation, New Delhi: Sahitya
Academy, pp. 44-49.
S. Collins, (2001) ‘General Introduction’, in Agganna Sutta: The Discussion on What is
Primary (An Annotated Translation from Pali), Delhi: Sahitya Akademi, pp. 1- 26.
B. Gokhale, (1966) ‘The Early Buddhist View of the State’, in The Journal of Asian
Studies, Vol. XXVI, (1), pp. 15- 22.
Additional Reading:
46
L. Jayasurya, ‘Budhism, Politics and Statecraft’, Available at
ftp.buddhism.org/Publications/.../Voll1_03_Laksiri%20Jayasuriya.pdf, Accessed:
19.04.2013.
VI. Barani: Ideal Polity
Essential Reading:
I. Habib, (1998) ‘Ziya Barni’s Vision of the State’, in The Medieval History Journal, Vol.
2, (1), pp. 19- 36.
Additional Reading:
M. Alam, (2004) ‘Sharia Akhlaq’, in The Languages of Political Islam in India 1200-
1800, Delhi: Permanent Black, pp. 26- 43
VII. Abul Fazal: Monarchy
Essential Readings:
A. Fazl, (1873) The Ain-i Akbari (translated by H. Blochmann), Calcutta: G. H. Rouse,
pp. 47-
57.
V. Mehta, (1992) ‘The Imperial Vision: Barni and Fazal’, in Foundations of Indian
Political Thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 134- 156.
M. Alam, (2004) ‘Sharia in Naserean Akhlaq’, in Languages of Political Islam in
India1200- 1800, Delhi: Permanent Black, pp. 46- 69.
I. Habib, (1998) ‘Two Indian Theorist of The State: Barani and Abul Fazal’, in
Proceedings of the Indian History Congress. Patiala, pp. 15- 39.
VIII. Kabir: Syncreticism
Essential Readings:
Kabir. (2002) The Bijak of Kabir, (translated by L. Hess and S. Singh), Delhi: Oxford
University Press, No. 30, 97, pp. 50- 51 & 69- 70.
V. Mehta, (1992) Foundation of Indian Political Thought, Delhi: Manohar, pp. 157- 183.
G. Omvedt, (2008) ‘Kabir and Ravidas, Envisioning Begumpura’, in Seeking
Begumpura: TheMSocial Vision of Anti Caste Intellectual, Delhi: Navayana, pp. 91- 107.
Additional Reading:
L. Hess and S. Singh, (2002) ‘Introduction’, in The Bijak of Kabir, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, pp. 3- 35.
DISCIPLINE SPECEFIC (ELECTIVE)
DSE - 1: HUMAN RIGHTS
Course objective: This course attempts to build an understanding of human rights

among students through a study of specific issues in a comparative perspective. It is
important for students to see how debates on human rights have taken distinct forms
historically and in the contemporary world. The course seeks to anchor all issues in the
Indian context, and pulls out another country to form a broader comparative frame.
Students will be expected to use a range of resources, including films, biographies,
and official documents to study each theme. Thematic discussion of sub-topics in the
second and third sections should include state response to issues and structural
violence questions.
I. Human Rights: Theory and Institutionalization (3 weeks)
47
• Understanding Human Rights: Three Generations of Rights.
• Institutionalization: Universal Declaration of Human Rights.
• Rights in National Constitutions: South Africa and India.
II. Issues (5 weeks)
• Torture: USA and India
• Surveillance and Censorship: China and India
• Terrorism and Insecurity of Minorities: USA and India
III. Structural Violence (4 weeks)
• Caste and Race: South Africa and India
• Gender and Violence: India and Pakistan
• Adivasis/Aboriginals and the Land Question: Australia and India.
Reading List:
I. Human Rights: Theory and Institutionalization

Essential Readings:
J. Hoffman and P. Graham, (2006) ‘Human Rights’, Introduction to Political Theory,
Delhi, Pearson, pp. 436-458.
SAHRDC (2006) ‘Introduction to Human Rights’; ‘Classification of Human Rights: An
Overview of the First, Second, and Third Generational Rights’, in Introducing Human
Rights,
The Constitution of the Republic of South Africa, Chapter 2: Bill of Rights.
The Constitution of India, Chapter 3: Fundamental Rights
II. Issues
a. Torture: USA and India
Essential Readings:
M. Lippman, (1979) ‘The Protection of Universal Human Rights: The Problem of Torture’
Universal Human Rights, Vol. 1(4), pp. 25-55
J. Lokaneeta, (2011) ‘Torture in the TV Show 24: Circulation of Meanings’;
‘Jurisprudence on
Torture and Interrogations in India’, in Transnational Torture Law, Violence, and State
Power in the United States and India, Delhi: Orient Blackswan,
D. O’Byrne, (2007) ‘Torture’, in Human Rights: An Introduction, Delhi: Pearson, pp.
164-197.
b. Surveillance and Censorship: China and India
Essential Readings:
D. O’Byrne, (2007) ‘Censorship’, in Human Rights: An Introduction, Delhi: Pearson, pp.
106- 138.
D. Lyon, (2008) Surveillance Society, Talk for Festival del Diritto, Piacenza, Italia,
September 28, pp.1-7.
Fu Hualing, (2012) ‘Politicized Challenges, Depoliticized Responses: Political Monitoring
in China’s Transitions’, paper presented at a conference on States of Surveillance:
Counter- Terrorism and Comparative Constitutionalism, at the University of New South
Wales, Sydney, 13-14 December.
U. Singh, (2012) ‘Surveillance Regimes in India’, paper presented at a conference on
States of Surveillance: Counter-Terrorism and Comparative Constitutionalism, at the
University of
48
New South Wales, Sydney, 13-14 December.
c. Terrorism and Insecurity of Minorities: USA and India
Essential Readings:
E. Scarry, (2010) ‘Resolving to Resist’, in Rule of Law, Misrule of Men, Cambridge:
Boston Review Books, MIT, pp.1-53.
M. Ahmad, (2002) ‘Homeland Insecurities: Racial Violence the Day after September
11’, Social Text, 72, Vol. 20(3), pp. 101-116.
U. Singh, (2007) ‘The Unfolding of Extraordinariness: POTA and the Construction of
Suspect Communities’, in The State, Democracy and Anti-terror Laws in India, Delhi:
Sage Publications, pp.165-219
3. Structural Conflicts
a. Caste and Race: South Africa and India
Essential Readings:
A. Pinto, (2001) ‘UN Conference against Racism: Is Caste Race?’, in Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. 36(30)
D. O’Byrne, (2007) ‘Apartheid’, in Human Rights: An Introduction, Delhi: Pearson, pp.
241- 262.
R. Wasserstorm, (2006), ‘Racism, Sexism, and Preferential Treatment: An approach to
the Topics’, in R. Goodin and P. Pettit, Contemporary Political Philosophy: an Anthology,
Oxford:
Blackwell, pp-549-574
R. Wolfrum, (1998) ‘Discrimination, Xenophobia and Racism’ in J. Symonides, Human
Rights: New Dimensions and Challenges, Aldershot, Ashgate/UNESCO, pp.181-198.
b. Gender and Violence: India and Pakistan
Essential Readings:
A. Khan and R. Hussain, (2008), ‘Violence Against Women in Pakistan: Perceptions and
Experiences of Domestic Violence’, Asian Studies Review, Vol. 32, pp. 239 – 253
K. Kannabiran (2012) ‘Rethinking the Constitutional Category of Sex’, in Tools of
Justice: Non-Discrimination and the Indian Constitution, New Delhi, Routledge, pp.425-
443
N. Menon (2012) ‘Desire’, Seeing Like a Feminist, New Delhi: Zubaan/Penguin, pp. 91-
146
c. Adivasis/Aboriginals and the Land Question: Australia and India
Essential Readings:
H. Goodall, (2011) ‘International Indigenous Community Study: Adivasi Indigenous
People in India’, in A. Cadzow and J. Maynard (eds.), Aboriginal Studies, Melbourne:
Nelson Cengage Learning, pp.254-259.
K. Kannabiran, (2012) ‘Adivasi Homelands and the Question of Liberty’, in Tools of
Justice: Non-Discrimination and the Indian Constitution, New Delhi: Routledge, pp.242-
271.
N. Watson (2011) ‘Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Identities’ in A. Cadzow and J.
Maynard (eds.), Aboriginal Studies, Melbourne: Nelson Cengage Learning, pp.43-52.
W. Fernandes (2008) ‘India's Forced Displacement Policy and Practice. Is Compensation
up to its Functions?’, in M. Cernea and H. Mathus (eds), Can Compensation Prevent
Impoverishment? Reforming Resettlement through Investments and Benefit-Sharing,
pp. 181-207, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
A. Laws and V. Iacopino, (2002) ‘Police Torture in Punjab, India: An Extended Survey’, in
Health and Human Rights, Vol. 6(1), pp. 195-210
49
D. O’Byrne, (2007) ‘Theorizing Human Rights’, in Human Rights: An Introduction, Delhi,
Pearson, pp.26-70.
J. Morsink, (1999) The Universal Declaration of Human Rights: Origins, Drafting and
Intent, Philadelphia: University of Pensylvania Press, pp. ix-xiv
J. Nickel, (1987) Making Sense of Human Rights: Philosophical Reflections on the
Universal Declaration of Human Rights, Berkeley: University of California Press.
J. Goldman, (2005) ‘Of Treaties and Torture: How the Supreme Court Can Restrain the
Executive’, in Duke Law Journal, Vol. 55(3), pp. 609-640.
K. Tsutsui and C. Wotipka, (2004) Global Civil Society and the International Human
Rights
Movement: Citizen Participation in Human Rights International Nongovernmental
Organizations, in Social Forces, Vol. 83(2), pp. 587-620.
L. Rabben, (2001) Amnesty International: Myth and Reality, in Agni, No. 54, Amnesty
International Fortieth Anniversary pp. 8-28
M. Mohanty, (2010) ‘In Pursuit of People’s Rights: An Introduction’, in M. Mohanty et
al., Weapon of the Oppressed: Inventory of People’s Rights in India, New Delhi: Danish
Books, pp.1-11
M. Cranston, (1973) What are Human Rights? New York: Taplinger
M. Ishay, (2004) The History of Human Rights: From Ancient Times to the Globalization
Era, Delhi: Orient Blackswan.
R. Sharan, (2009) ‘Alienation and Restoration of Tribal Land in Jharkhand in N Sundar
(ed.) Legal Grounds, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 82-112 Text of UDHR
available at http://www.un.org/en/documents/udhr/index.shtml
U. Baxi, (1989) ‘From Human Rights to the Right to be Human: Some Heresies’, in S.
Kothari and H. Sethi (eds.), Rethinking Human Rights, Delhi: Lokayan, pp.181-166
DSE - 2: WOMEN AND POLITICS
Course objective: This course opens up the question of women’s agency, taking it
beyond ‘women’s empowerment’ and focusing on women as radical social agents. It
attempts to question the complicity of social structures and relations in gender
inequality. This is extended to cover new forms of precarious work and labour under
the new economy. Special attention will be paid to feminism as an approach and
outlook. The course is divided into broad units, each of which is divided into three sub-
units.
Course Contents:
I. Groundings (6 weeks)
1. Patriarchy (2 weeks)
• Sex-Gender Debates
• Public and Private
• Power
2. Feminism (2 weeks)
3. Family, Community, State (2 weeks)
• Family
• Community
50
• State
II. Movements and Issues (6 weeks)
1. History of the Women’s Movement in India (2 weeks)
2. Violence against women (2 weeks)
3. Work and Labour (2 weeks)
• Visible and Invisible work
• Reproductive and care work
• Sex work
Reading List:
I. Groundings
1. Patriarchy
Essential Readings:
T. Shinde, (1993) ‘Stree Purusha Tulna’, in K. Lalitha and Susie Tharu (eds), Women
Writing in India, New Delhi, Oxford University Press, pp. 221-234
U. Chakravarti, (2001) ‘Pitrasatta Par ek Note’, in S. Arya, N. Menon & J. Lokneeta
(eds.) Naarivaadi Rajneeti: Sangharsh evam Muddey, University of Delhi: Hindi Medium
Implementation Board, pp.1-7
a. Sex Gender Debates
Essential Reading:
V Geetha, (2002) Gender, Kolkata, Stree, pp. 1-20
b. Public and Private
Essential Reading:
M. Kosambi, (2007) Crossing the Threshold, New Delhi, Permanent Black, pp. 3-10; 40-
46
c. Power
Essential Reading:
N. Menon, (2008) ‘Power’, in R. Bhargava and A. Acharya (eds), Political Theory: An
Introduction, Delhi: Pearson, pp.148-157
2. Feminism
Essential Readings:
B. Hooks, (2010) ‘Feminism: A Movement to End Sexism’, in C. Mc Cann and S. Kim
(eds), The Feminist Reader: Local and Global Perspectives, New York: Routledge, pp.
51-57
R. Delmar, (2005) ‘What is Feminism?’, in W. Kolmar & F. Bartkowski (eds) Feminist
Theory: A Reader, pp. 27-37
3.Family, Community and State
a.Family
Essential Readings:
R. Palriwala, (2008) ‘Economics and Patriliny: Consumption and Authority within the
Household’ in M. John. (ed) Women's Studies in India, New Delhi: Penguin, pp. 414-423
b. Community
Essential Reading:
U. Chakravarti, (2003) Gendering Caste through a Feminist Len, Kolkata, Stree, pp.
139-159.
c. State
Essential Reading:
51
C. MacKinnon, ‘The Liberal State’ from Towards a Feminist Theory of State, Available at
http://fair-use.org/catharine-mackinnon/toward-a-feminist-theory-of-the-state/chapter-
8, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
K. Millet, (1968) Sexual Politics, Available at
http://www.marxists.org/subject/women/authors/millett-kate/sexual-politics.htm,
Accessed: 19.04.2013.
N. Menon (2008) ‘Gender’, in R. Bhargava and A. Acharya (eds), Political Theory: An
Introduction, New Delhi: Pearson, pp. 224-233
R. Hussain, (1988) ‘Sultana’s Dream’, in Sultana’s Dream and Selections from the
Secluded Ones – translated by Roushan Jahan, New York: The Feminist Press S. Ray
‘Understanding Patriarchy’, Available at
http://www.du.ac.in/fileadmin/DU/Academics/course_material/hrge_06.pdf, Accessed:
19.04.2013.
S. de Beauvoir (1997) Second Sex, London: Vintage. Saheli Women’s Centre, (2007)
Talking Marriage, Caste and Community: Women’s Voices from Within, New Delhi:
monograph
II. Movements and Issues
1. History of Women’s Movement in India
Essential Readings:
I. Agnihotri and V. Mazumdar, (1997) ‘Changing the Terms of Political Discourse:
Women’s Movement in India, 1970s-1990s’, Economic and Political Weekly, 30 (29),
pp. 1869-1878.
R. Kapur, (2012) ‘Hecklers to Power? The Waning of Liberal Rights and Challenges to
Feminism in India’, in A. Loomba South Asian Feminisms, Durham and London: Duke
University Press, pp. 333-355
2. Violence against Women
Essential Readings:
N. Menon, (2004) ‘Sexual Violence: Escaping the Body’, in Recovering Subversion, New
Delhi: Permanent Black, pp. 106-165
3. Work and Labour
a. Visible and Invisible work
Essential Reading:
P. Swaminathan, (2012) ‘Introduction’, in Women and Work, Hyderabad: Orient
Blackswan, pp.1-17
b. Reproductive and care work
Essential Reading:
J. Tronto, (1996) ‘Care as a Political Concept’, in N. Hirschmann and C. Stephano,
Revisioning the Political, Boulder: Westview Press, pp. 139-156
c. Sex work
Essential Readings:
Darbar Mahila Samanwaya Committee, Kolkata (2011) ‘Why the so-called Immoral
Traffic (Preventive) Act of India Should be Repealed’, in P. Kotiswaran, Sex Work, New
Delhi, Women Unlimited, pp. 259-262
N. Jameela, (2011) ‘Autobiography of a Sex Worker’, in P. Kotiswaran, Sex Work, New
Delhi: Women Unlimited, pp. 225-241
C. Zetkin, ‘Proletarian Woman’, Available at
http://www.marxists.org/archive/zetkin/1896/10/women.htm, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
52
F. Engles, Family, Private Property and State, Available at
http://readingfromtheleft.com/PDF/EngelsOrigin.pdf, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
J. Ghosh, (2009) Never Done and Poorly Paid: Women’s Work in Globalising India,
Delhi: Women Unlimited Justice Verma Committee Report, Available at
http://nlrd.org/womens-rightsinitiative/ justice-verma-committee-report-download-full-
report, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
N. Gandhi and N. Shah, (1992) Issues at Stake – Theory and Practice in the Women’s
Movement, New Delhi: Kali for Women.
V. Bryson, (1992) Feminist Political Theory, London: Palgrave-MacMillan, pp. 175-180;
196- 200
M. Mies, (1986) ‘Colonisation and Housewifisation’, in Patriarchy and Accumulation on
a World Scale London: Zed, pp. 74-111, Available at
http://caringlabor.wordpress.com/2010/12/29/maria-mies-colonization
andhousewifization/, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
R. Ghadially, (2007) Urban Women in Contemporary India, Delhi: Sage Publications.
S. Brownmiller, (1975) Against our Wills, New York: Ballantine.
Saheli Women’s Centre (2001) ‘Reproductive Health and Women’s Rights, Sex
Selection and
feminist response’ in S Arya, N. Menon, J. Lokneeta (eds), Nariwadi Rajneeti, Delhi, pp.
284-306
V. Bryson (2007) Gender and the Politics of Time, Bristol: Polity Press
Readings in Hindi:
D. Mehrotra, (2001) Bhartiya Mahila Andolan: Kal, Aaj aur Kal, Delhi: Books for Change
G. Joshi, (2004) Bharat Mein Stree Asmaanta: Ek Vimarsh, University of Delhi: Hindi
Medium
Implementation Board
N. Menon (2008) ‘Power’, in R. Bhargava and A. Acharya (eds) Political Theory: An
Introduction, New Delhi: Pearson
N. Menon (2008) ‘Gender’, in R. Bhargava and A. Acharya (eds) Political Theory: An
Introduction, New Delhi, Pearson
R. Upadhyay and S. Upadhyay (eds.) (2004) Aaj ka Stree Andolan, Delhi: Shabd
Sandhan.
S. Arya, N. Menon and J. Lokneeta (eds.) (2001) Naarivaadi Rajneeti: Sangharsh evam
Muddey, University of Delhi: Hindi Medium Implementation Board.
53
Six Semester
C- 13: MODERN POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
Course Objective: Philosophy and politics are closely intertwined. We explore this
convergence by identifying four main tendencies here. Students will be exposed to the
manner in which the questions of politics have been posed in terms that have
implications for larger questions of thought and existence.
I. Modernity and its discourses (8 lectures)

This section will introduce students to the idea of modernity and the discourses around
modernity. Two essential readings have been prescribed.
II. Romantics (16 lectures)
• Jean Jacques Rousseau (8 Lectures)
Presentation themes: General Will; local or direct democracy; self-government;
origin of inequality.
• Mary Wollstonecraft (8 Lectures)
Presentation themes: Women and paternalism; critique of Rousseau’s idea of
education; legal rights
III. Liberal socialist (8 lectures)
• John Stuart Mill
Presentation themes: Liberty, suffrage and subjection of women, right of
minorities; utility principle.
IV. Radicals (16 lectures)
• Karl Marx (8 Lectures)
Presentation themes: Alienation; difference with other kinds of materialism;
class struggle
• b. Alexandra Kollontai (8 Lectures)
Presentation themes: Winged and wingless Eros; proletarian woman;
socialization of housework; disagreement with Lenin.
Reading List:
I. Modernity and its discourses

Essential Readings:
54
I. Kant. (1784) ‘What is Enlightenment?,’ available at
http://theliterarylink.com/kant.html, Accessed: 19.04.2013
S. Hall (1992) ‘Introduction’, in Formations of Modernity UK: Polity Press pages 1-16
II. Romantics
Essential Readings:
B. Nelson, (2008) Western Political Thought. New York: Pearson Longman, pp. 221-255.
M. Keens-Soper, (2003) ‘Jean Jacques Rousseau: The Social Contract’, in M. Forsyth and
M.
Keens-Soper, (eds) A Guide to the Political Classics: Plato to Rousseau. New York:
C. Jones, (2002) ‘Mary Wollstonecraft’s Vindications and their Political Tradition’ in C.
Johnson, (ed.) The Cambridge Companion to Mary Wollstonecraft, Cambridge:
Cambridge
S. Ferguson, (1999) ‘The Radical Ideas of Mary Wollstonecraft’, in Canadian Journal of
Political Science XXXII (3), pp. 427-50, Available at
http://digitalcommons.ryerson.ca/politics, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
III. Liberal Socialist
Essential Readings:
H. Magid, (1987) ‘John Stuart Mill’, in L. Strauss and J. Cropsey, (eds), History of
Political Philosophy, 2nd edition. Chicago: Chicago University Press, pp. 784-801.
P. Kelly, (2003) ‘J.S. Mill on Liberty’, in D. Boucher, and P. Kelly, (eds.) Political Thinkers:
From Socrates to the Present. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 324-359.
IV. Radicals
Essential Readings:
J. Cropsey, (1987) ‘Karl Marx’, in L. Strauss and J. Cropsey, (eds) History of Political
Philosophy, 2ndEdition. Chicago: Chicago University Press, pp. 802-828.
L. Wilde, (2003) ‘Early Marx’, in D. Boucher and P. Kelly, P. (eds) Political Thinkers:
From Socrates to the Present. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 404-435.
V. Bryson, (1992) ‘Marxist Feminism in Russia’ in Feminist Political Theory, London:
Palgrave Macmillan, pp. 114-122
C. Sypnowich, (1993) ‘Alexandra Kollontai and the Fate of Bolshevik Feminism’
Labour/Le Travail Vol. 32 (Fall 1992) pp. 287-295
A. Kollontai (1909), The Social Basis of the Woman Question, Available at
http://www.marxists.org/archive/kollonta/1909/social-basis.htm, Accessed: 19.04.2013
A. Bloom, (1987) ‘Jean-Jacques Rousseau’, in Strauss, L. and Cropsey, J. (eds.) History
of Political Philosophy, 2nd edition. Chicago: Chicago University Press, pp. 559-580.
Selections from A Vindication of the Rights of Woman, Available at
http://oregonstate.edu/instruct/phl302/texts/wollstonecraft/womana. html#CHAPTER
%20II, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
A. Skoble and T. Machan, (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections, New Delhi:
B. Ollman (1991) Marxism: An Uncommon Introduction, New Delhi: Sterling Publishers.
G. Blakely and V. Bryson (2005) Marx and Other Four Letter Words, London: Pluto
A. Skoble, and T. Machan, (2007) Political Philosophy: Essential Selections, New Delhi:
A. Kollontai, (1977) ‘Social Democracy and the Women’s Question’, in Selected
Writings of Alexandra Kollontai, London: Allison & Busby, pp. 29-74.
55
A. Kollontai, (1977) ‘Make Way for Winged Eros: A Letter to the Youth’, in Selected
Writings of Alexandra Kollontai Allison & Busby, pp. 201-292.
C. Porter, (1980) Alexandra Kollontai: The Lonely Struggle of the Woman who defied
Lenin, New York: Dutton Children’s Books.
C- 14: INDIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT-II
Course Objective: Based on the study of individual thinkers, the course introduces a
wide span of thinkers and themes that defines the modernity of Indian political
thought. The objective is to study general themes that have been produced by
thinkers from varied social and temporal contexts. Selected extracts from original texts
are also given to discuss in the class. The list of additional readings is meant for
teachers as well as the more interested students.
1. Introduction to Modern Indian Political Thought (4 lectures)

2. Rammohan Roy: Rights (4 lectures)
3. Pandita Ramabai: Gender (4 lectures)
4. Vivekananda: Ideal Society (5 lectures)
5. Gandhi: Swaraj (5 lectures)
6. Ambedkar: Social Justice (5 lectures)
7. Tagore: Critique of Nationalism (4 lectures)
8. Iqbal: Community (5 lectures)
9. Savarkar: Hindutva (4 lectures)
10. Nehru: Secularism (4 lectures)
11. Lohia: Socialism (4 lectures)
Reading List:
I. Introduction to Modern Indian Political Thought

Essential Readings:
V. Mehta and T. Pantham (eds.), (2006) ‘A Thematic Introduction to Political Ideas in
Modern India: Thematic Explorations, History of Science, Philosophy and Culture in
Indian civilization’ Vol. 10, Part: 7, New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp. xxvii-ixi.
D. Dalton, (1982) ‘Continuity of Innovation’, in Indian Idea of Freedom: Political
Thought of Swami Vivekananda, Aurobindo Ghose, Rabindranath Tagore and Mahatma
Gandhi, Academic Press: Gurgaon, pp. 1-28.
II. Rammohan Roy: Rights
Essential Readings:
R. Roy, (1991) ‘The Precepts of Jesus, the Guide to Peace and Happiness’, S. Hay, (ed.)
Sources of Indian Traditio, Vol. 2. Second Edition. New Delhi: Penguin, pp. 24-29.
C. Bayly, (2010) ‘Rammohan and the Advent of Constitutional Liberalism in India 1800-
1830’, in Sh. Kapila (ed.), An intellectual History for India, New Delhi: Cambridge
University Press, pp. 18- 34.
56
T. Pantham, (1986) ‘The Socio-Religious Thought of Rammohan Roy’, in Th. Panthom
and K. Deutsch, (eds.) Political Thought in Modern India, New Delhi: Sage, pp.32-52.
Additional Reading:
S. Sarkar, (1985) ‘Rammohan Roy and the break With the Past’, in A Critique on
colonial India, Calcutta: Papyrus, pp. 1-17.
III. Pandita Ramabai: Gender
Essential Readings:
P. Ramabai, (2000) ‘Woman’s Place in Religion and Society’, in M. Kosambi (ed.),
Pandita Ramabai Through her Own Words: Selected Works, New Delhi: Oxford
M. Kosambi, (1988) ‘Women’s Emancipation and Equality: Pandita Ramabai’s
Contribution to Women’s Cause’, in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 23(44), pp. 38-
49.
Additional Reading:
U. Chakravarti, (2007) Pandita Ramabai - A Life and a Time, New Delhi: Critical Quest,
pp. 1- 40.
G. Omvedt, (2008) ‘Ramabai: Women in the Kingdom of God’, in Seeking Begumpura:
The Social Vision of Anti Caste Intellectuals, New Delhi: Navayana. pp. 205-224.
IV. Vivekananda: Ideal Society
Essential Readings:
S. Vivekananda, (2007) ‘The Real and the Apparent Man’, S. Bodhasarananda (ed.),
Selections from the Complete Works of Swami Vivekananda, Kolkata: Advaita
Ashrama, pp. 126-129.
A. Sen, (2003) ‘Swami Vivekananda on History and Society’, in Swami Vivekananda,
H. Rustav, (1998) ‘Swami Vivekananda and the Ideal Society’, in W. Radice (ed.),
Swami Vivekananda and the Modernisation of Hinduism, Delhi: Oxford University
Press, pp. 264-280.
Additional Reading:
Raghuramaraju, (2007) ‘Swami and Mahatma, Paradigms: State and Civil Society’, in
Debates in Indian Philosophy: Classical, Colonial, and Contemporary, Delhi: Oxford
V. Gandhi: Swaraj
Essential Readings:
M. Gandhi, (1991) ‘Satyagraha: Transforming Unjust Relationships through the Power
of the Soul’, in S. Hay (ed.), Sources of Indian Tradition, Vol. 2.Second Edition, New
Delhi: Penguin, pp. 265-270.
A. Parel, (ed.), (2002) ‘Introduction’, in Gandhi, freedom and Self Rule, Delhi: Vistaar
Publication.
D. Dalton, (1982) Indian Idea of Freedom: Political Thought of Swami Vivekananda,
AurobindoGhose, Mahatma Gandhi and Rabindranath Tagore, Gurgaon: The Academic
Press, pp. 154- 190.
Additional Reading:
R. Terchek, (2002) ‘Gandhian Autonomy in Late Modern World’, in A. Parel (ed.),
Gandhi, Freedom and Self Rule. Delhi: Sage.
VI. Ambedkar: Social Justice
Essential Readings:
B. Ambedkar, (1991) ‘Constituent Assembly Debates’, S. Hay (ed.), Sources of Indian
Tradition, Vol. 2, Second Edition, New Delhi: Penguin, pp. 342-347.
57
V. Rodrigues, (2007) ‘Good society, Rights, Democracy Socialism’, in S. Thorat and
Aryama (eds.), Ambedkar in Retrospect - Essays on Economics, Politics and Society,
Jaipur: IIDS and Rawat Publications.
B. Mungekar, (2007) ‘Quest for Democratic Socialism’, in S. Thorat, and Aryana (eds.),
Ambedkar in Retrospect - Essays on Economics, Politics and Society, Jaipur: IIDS and
Rawat Publications, pp. 121-142.
Additional Reading:
P. Chatterjee, (2005) ‘Ambedkar and the Troubled times of Citizenship’, in V. Mehta and
Th.
Pantham (eds.), Political ideas in modern India: Thematic Explorations, New Delhi:
Sage, pp. 73-92.
VII. Tagore: Critique of Nationalism
Essential Readings:
R. Tagore, (1994) ‘The Nation’, S. Das (ed.), The English Writings of Rabindranath
Tagore, Vol. 3, New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi, pp. 548-551.
R. Chakravarty, (1986) ‘Tagore, Politics and Beyond’, in Th. Panthams and K. Deutsch
(eds.), Political Thought in Modern India, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 177-191.
M. Radhakrishnan, and Debasmita, (2003) ‘Nationalism is a Great Menace: Tagore and
Nationalism’ in P. Hogan, Colm and L. Pandit, (eds.) Rabindranath Tagore: Universality
and Tradition, London: Rosemont Publishing and Printing Corporation, pp. 29-39.
Additional Reading:
A. Nandy, (1994) ‘Rabindranath Tagore & Politics of Self’, in Illegitimacy of Nationalism,
Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 1-50.
VIII. Iqbal: Community

Essential Readings:
M. Iqbal, (1991) ‘Speeches and Statements’, in S. Hay (ed.), Sources of Indian
Tradition, Vol.2, Second Edition, New Delhi: Penguin, pp. 218-222.
A. Engineer, (1980) ‘Iqbal’s Reconstruction of Religious Thought in Islam’, in Social
Scientist, Vol.8 (8), pp. 52-63.
Madani, (2005) Composite Nationalism and Islam, New Delhi: Manohar, pp. 66-91.
Additional Reading:
L. Gordon-Polonskya, (1971) ‘Ideology of Muslim Nationalism’, in H. Malik (ed.), Iqbal:
Poet- Philosopher of Pakistan, New York: Columbia University Press, pp. 108-134.
IX. Savarkar: Hindutva
Essential Readings:
V.Savarkar, ‘Hindutva is Different from Hinduism’, available at
http://www.savarkar.org/en/hindutva-/essentials-hindutva/hindutva-different-hinduism,
Accessed: 19.04.2013
J. Sharma, (2003) Hindutva: Exploring the Idea of Hindu Nationalism, Delhi: Penguin,
pp. 124-172.
Additional Reading:
Dh. Keer, (1966) Veer Savarkar, Bombay: Popular Prakashan, pp. 223-250.
X. Nehru: Secularism
Essential Readings:
J. Nehru, (1991) ‘Selected Works’, in S. Hay (ed.), Sources of Indian Tradition, Vol. 2,
Second Edition, New Delhi: Penguin, pp. 317-319.
R. Pillai, (1986) ‘Political thought of Jawaharlal Nehru’, in Th. Pantham, and K. Deutsch
(eds.), Political Thought in Modem India, New Delhi: Sage, pp. 260- 274.
58
B. Zachariah, (2004) Nehru, London: Routledge Historical Biographies, pp. 169-213.
Additional Reading:
P. Chatterjee, (1986) ‘The Moment of Arrival: Nehru and the Passive Revolution’, in
Nationalist Thought and the Colonial World: A Derivative Discourse? London: Zed
Books, pp. 131-166
XI. Lohia: Socialism
Essential Readings:
M. Anees and V. Dixit (eds.), (1984) Lohia: Many Faceted Personality, Rammanohar
Lohia Smarak Smriti.
S. Sinha, (2010) ‘Lohia’s Socialism: An underdog’s perspective’, in Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. XLV (40) pp. 51-55.
A. Kumar, (2010) ‘Understanding Lohia’s Political Sociology: Intersectionality of Caste,
Class, Gender and Language Issue’, in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. XLV (40),
pp. 64-70.
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC (ELECTIVE)
DSE - 3: SOUTH ASIA

Course Objective: The course introduces the historical legacies and geopolitics of
South Asia as a region. It imparts an understanding of political regime types as well as
the socio economic issues of the region in a comparative framework. The course also
apprises students of the common challenges and the strategies deployed to deal with
them by countries in South Asia.
I. South Asia- Understanding South Asia as a Region (9 Lectures)

• Historical and Colonial Legacies (b) Geopolitics of South Asia
II. Politics and Governance (21 Lectures)
• Regime types: democracy, authoritarianism, monarchy.
• (b) Emerging constitutional practices: federal experiments in Pakistan;
constitutional debate in Nepal and Bhutan; devolution debate in Sri Lanka
III. Socio-Economic Issues (15 Lectures)
• Identity politics and economic deprivation: challenges and impacts (case studies
of Pakistan, Bangladesh, Nepal, Sri Lanka)
IV. Regional Issues and Challenges (15 Lectures)
• South Asian Association for Regional Cooperation (SAARC): problems and
prospects (b) Terrorism_(c) Migration.
Reading Lists:
I. South Asia- Understanding South Asia as a Region
Hewitt, V. (1992) ‘Introduction’, in The International Politics of South Asia. Manchester:
Manchester University Press, pp.1-10.
Hewitt, V. (2010) ‘International Politics of South Asia’ in Brass, P. (ed.) Routledge
Handbook of South Asian Politics. London: Routledge, pp.399-418.
59
Muni, S.D. (2003) ‘South Asia as a Region’, South Asian Journal, 1(1), August-
September, pp. 1-6
Baxter, C. (ed.) (1986) The Government and Politics of South Asia. London: Oxford
University Press, pp.376-394.
Baxter, C. (2010) ‘Introduction’, Brass, P. (ed.) Routledge Handbook of South Asian
Politics. London: Routledge, pp.1-24
II. Politics and Governance
De Silva, K.M. (2001)‘The Working of Democracy in South Asia’, in Panandikar, V.A
(ed.) Problems of Governance in South Asia. New Delhi: Centre for Policy Research &
Konark Publishing House, pp. 46-88.
Wilson, J. (2003) ‘Sri Lanka: Ethnic Strife and the Politics of Space’, in Coakley, J. (ed.)
The Territorial Management of Ethnic Conflict. Oregon: Frank Cass, pp. 173-193.
Mendis, D. (2008) ‘South Asian Democracies in Transition’, in Mendis, D. (ed.) Electoral
Processes and Governance in South Asia. New Delhi: Sage, pp.15-52.
Subramanyam, K. (2001) ‘Military and Governance in South Asia’, in V.A (ed.) Problems
of Governance in South Asia. New Delhi: Centre for Policy Research & Konark
Publishing House, pp.201-208.
Hachethi, K. and Gellner, D.N.(2010) ‘Nepal : Trajectories of Democracy and
Restructuring of the State’, in Brass, P. (ed.) Routledge Handbook of South Asian
Politics. London: Routledge, pp. 131-146.
Kukreja, V. 2011. ‘Federalism in Pakistan’, in Saxena R. (ed.) Varieties of Federal
Governance. New Delhi: Foundation Books, pp. 104-130.
Jha, N.K. (2008) ‘Domestic Turbulence in Nepal: Origin, Dimensions and India’s Policy
Options’, in Kukreja, V. and Singh, M.P. (eds.) Democracy, Development and Discontent
in
South Asia. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 264-281.
Burki, S.J. (2010) ‘Pakistan’s Politics and its Economy’, in Brass, P. (ed.) Routledge
Handbook of South Asian Politics. London: Routledge, pp. 83-97.
Kaul, N. (2008)‘Bearing Better Witness in Bhutan’, Economic and Political Weekly, 13
September, pp. 67-69.
III. Socio-Economic Issues
Phadnis, U.(1986) ‘Ethnic Conflicts in South Asian States’, in Muni, S.D. et.al. (eds.)
Domestic Conflicts in South Asia : Political, Economic and Ethnic Dimensions. Vol. 2.
New Delhi: South Asian Publishers, pp.100-119.
Kukreja, V. (2003) Contemporary Pakistan. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 75-111 and 112-153.
IV. Regional Issues and Challenges
Narayan, S. (2010) ‘SAARC and South Asia Economic Integration’, in Muni, S.D. (ed.)
Emerging dimensions of SAARC. New Delhi: Foundation Books, pp. 32-50.
Muni, S.D. and Jetley, R. (2010) ‘SAARC prospects: the Changing Dimensions’, in Muni,
S.D. (ed.) Emerging dimensions of SAARC. New Delhi: Foundation Books, pp. 1-31.
Baral, L.R. (2006) ‘Responding to Terrorism: Political and Social Consequences in South
Asia’, in Muni, S.D. (ed.) Responding to terrorism in South Asia. New Delhi: Manohar,
pp.301-332.
Muni, S.D. (2006) ‘Responding to Terrorism: An Overview’, in Muni, S.D. (ed.)
Responding to terrorism in South Asia. New Delhi: Manohar, pp.453-469.
Hoyt, T.D. (2005) ‘The War on Terrorism: Implications for South Asia’, in Hagerty, D.T.
(ed.) South Asia in World Politics. Lanham: Roman and Littlefield Publishers, pp.281-
295.
60
Lama, M. (2003) ‘Poverty, Migration and Conflict: Challenges to Human Security in
South Asia’, in Chari, P.R. and Gupta, S. (eds.) Human Security in South Asia: Gender,
Energy, Migration and Globalisation. New Delhi: Social Science Press, pp. 124-144
Acharya, J. and Bose, T.K. (2001) ‘The New Search for a Durable Solution for Refugees:
South Asia’, in Samaddar, S. and Reifeld, H. (eds.) Peace as Process: Reconciliation and
Conflict Resolution in South Asia. New Delhi: Vedams ,pp-137-157
Additional Readings
Baxter, C. (ed.) (1986) The Government and Politics of South Asia. London: Oxford
University Press.
Rizvi, G. (1993) South Asia in a Changing International Order. New Delhi:
Sage._Thakur, R. and Wiggin, O.(ed.) (2005) South Asia and the world. New Delhi:
Bookwell. Hagerty, D.T. (ed.) (2005) South Asia in World Politics, Oxford: Rowman and
Littlefield. Samaddar, R. (2002) ‘Protecting the Victims of Forced Migration: Mixed
Flows and Massive Flows’, in Makenkemp, M. Tongern, P.V. and Van De Veen, H. (eds.)
Searching for
Peace in Central and South Asia. London: Lynne Reinner._Kukreja, V. and Singh, M.P.
(eds) (2008) Democracy, Development and Discontent in SouthAsia. New Delhi: Sage.
DSE - 4: INDIA’S FOREIGN POLICY

Course Objective: This course’s objective is to teach students the domestic sources
and the structural constraints on the genesis, evolution and practice of India’s foreign
policy. The Endeavour is to highlight integral linkages between the ‘domestic’ and the
‘international’ aspects of India’s foreign policy by stressing on the shifts in its domestic
identity and the corresponding changes at the international level. Students will be
instructed on India’s shifting identity as a postcolonial state to the contemporary
dynamics of India attempting to carve its identity as an ‘aspiring power’. India’s
evolving relations with the superpowers during the Cold War and after, bargaining
strategy and positioning in international climate change negotiations, international
economic governance, international terrorism and the United Nations facilitate an
understanding of the changing positions and development of India’s role as a global
player since independence.
1. India’s Foreign Policy: From a Postcolonial State to an Aspiring Global Power (7

lectures)
2. India’s Relations with the USA and USSR/Russia (9 lectures)
3. India’s Engagements with China (6 lectures)
4. India in South Asia: Debating Regional Strategies (9 lectures)
5. India’s Negotiating Style and Strategies: Trade, Environment and Security
Regimes (11 lectures)
6. India in the Contemporary Multi-polar World (6 lectures)
Reading List:
I. India’s Foreign Policy: From a Postcolonial State to an Aspiring Global

Power
Essential Readings:
61
S. Ganguly and M. Pardesi, (2009) ‘Explaining Sixty Years of India’s Foreign Policy’, in
India Review, Vol. 8 (1), pp. 4–19.
Ch. Ogden, (2011) ‘International ‘Aspirations’ of a Rising Power’, in David Scott (ed.),
Handbook of India’s International Relations, London: Routeledge, pp.3-31
W. Anderson, (2011) ‘Domestic Roots of Indian Foreign Policy’, in W. Anderson, Trysts
with Democracy: Political Practice in South Asia, Anthem Press: University Publishing
Online.
Additional Reading:
J. Bandhopadhyaya, (1970) The Making Of India's Foreign Policy, New Delhi: Allied
Publishers.
II: India’s Relations with the USA and USSR/Russia
Essential Readings:
S. Mehrotra, (1990) ‘Indo-Soviet Economic Relations: Geopolitical and Ideological
Factors’, in India and the Soviet Union: Trade and Technology Transfer, Cambridge
University Press: Cambridge, pp. 8 28.
R. Hathaway, (2003) ‘The US-India Courtship: From Clinton to Bush’, in S. Ganguly
(ed.), India as an Emerging Power, Frank Cass: Portland.
A. Singh, (1995) ‘India's Relations with Russia and Central Asia’, in International
Affairs, Vol. 71 (1): 69-81.
M. Zafar, (1984), ‘Chapter 1’, in India and the Superpowers: India's Political Relations
with the Superpowers in the 1970s, Dhaka, University Press.
H. Pant, (2008) ‘The U.S.-India Entente: From Estrangement to Engagement’, in H.
Pant, Contemporary Debates in Indian Foreign and Security Policy: India Negotiates Its
Rise in the International System, Palgrave Macmillan: London.
D. Mistry, (2006) ‘Diplomacy, Domestic Politics, and the U.S.-India Nuclear Agreement’,
in Asian Survey, Vol. 46 (5), pp. 675-698.
III: India’s Engagements with China
Essential Readings:
H. Pant, (2011) ‘India’s Relations with China’, in D. Scott (ed.), Handbook of India’s
International Relations, London: Routeledge, pp. 233-242.
A. Tellis and S. Mirski, (2013) ‘Introduction’, in A. Tellis and S. Mirski (eds.), Crux of
Asia: China, India, and the Emerging Global Order, Carnegie Endowment for
International Peace:
Washington.
S. Raghavan, (2013) ‘Stability in Southern Asia: India’s Perspective’, in A. Tellis and S.
Mirski (eds.), Crux of Asia: China, India, and the Emerging Global Order, Carnegie
Endowment for
International Peace: Washington.
Additional Reading:
Li Li, (2013) ‘Stability in Southern Asia: China’s Perspective’, in A. Tellis and S. Mirski
(eds.), Crux of Asia: China, India, and the Emerging Global Order, Carnegie Endowment
for International Peace: Washington.
IV: India in South Asia: Debating Regional Strategies
Essential Readings:
S. Muni, (2003) ‘Problem Areas in India’s Neighbourhood Policy’, in South Asian Survey,
Vol. 10 (2), pp. 185-196.
S. Cohen, (2002) India: Emerging Power, Brookings Institution Press.V. Sood, (2009)
‘India and regional security interests’, in Alyssa Ayres and C. Raja Mohan (eds), Power
realignments in Asia: China, India, and the United States, New Delhi: Sage.
62
M. Pardesi, (2005) ‘Deducing India’s Grand Strategy of Regional Hegemony from
Historical and Conceptual Perspectives’, IDSS Working Paper, 76, Available at
http://www.rsis.edu.sg/publications/WorkingPapers/WP76.pdf, Accessed: 19.04.2013.
D. Scott, (2009) ‘India's “Extended Neighbourhood” Concept: Power Projection for a
Rising Power’, in India Review, Vol. 8 (2), pp. 107-143
V: India’s Negotiating Style and Strategies: Trade, Environment and Security
Regimes
Essential Readings:
S. Cohen, (2002) ‘The World View of India’s Strategic Elite’, in S. Cohen, India:
Emerging Power, Brookings Institution Press, pp. 36-65.
A. Narlikar, (2007) ‘All that Glitters is not Gold: India’s Rise to Power’, in Third World
Quarterly, Vol. 28 (5) pp. 983 – 996.
N. Dubash, (2012) ‘The Politics of Climate Change in India: Narratives of Enquiry and
Cobenefits’, Working Paper, New Delhi: Centre for Policy Research.
N. Jayaprakash, (2000) ‘Nuclear Disarmament and India’, in Economic and Political
Weekly, Vol. 35 (7), pp. 525-533.
P. Bidwai, (2005) ‘A Deplorable Nuclear Bargain’, in Economic and Political Weekly, Vol.
40 (31), pp. 3362-3364.
A. Anant, (2011) ‘India and International Terrorism’, in D. Scott (ed.), Handbook of
India’s International Relations, London: Routledge, pp. 266-277.
VI: India in the Contemporary Multipolar World
Essential Readings:
R. Rajgopalan and V. Sahni (2008), ‘India and the Great Powers: Strategic Imperatives,
Normative Necessities’, in South Asian Survey, Vol. 15 (1), pp. 5–32.
C. Mohan, (2013) ‘Changing Global Order: India’s Perspective’, in A. Tellis and S. Mirski
(eds.), Crux of Asia: China, India, and the Emerging Global Order, Carnegie Endowment
for
International Peace: Washington.
A. Narlikar, (2006) ‘Peculiar Chauvinism or Strategic Calculation? Explaining the
Negotiating Strategy of a Rising India’, in International Affairs, Vol. 82 (1), pp. 59-76.
Additional Reading:
P. Mehta, (2009) ‘Still Under Nehru’s Shadow? The Absence of Foreign Policy
Frameworks in India’, in India Review, Vol. 8 (3), pp. 209–233.
Online Resources:
Government of India’s Ministry of External Relations website at http://www.mea.gov.in/
and specially its library which provides online resources at http://mealib.nic.in/
The Council of Foreign Relations has a regularly updated blog on India’s foreign policy:
http://www.cfr.org/region/india/ri282 Centre for Policy Research’s blog on IR and
strategic affairs though it is not exclusively on India’s foreign policy.
http://www.cprindia.org/blog/international- relations-and-security-blog
Institute for Defence Studies and Analyses: http://www.idsa.in/
Research and Information System: www.ris.org.in/
Indian Council of World Affairs: www.icwa.in/
Institute of Peace and Conflict Studies: www.ipcs.org/
Indian Council for Research on International Economic Relations: www.icrier.org/
63
--------------------------------------XXXXX-------------------------------------------
64
SYLLABUS
BODOLAND UNI
VERSI
TY
B.
A.(
REGULAR)CBCS
POLI
TICALSCI
ENCE
Abi
lit
y Ski
ll El
ect
ive El
ect
ive
Cor
eCour
se(
12) Enhancement Enhancement (
Disci
pli
ne (
Gener
ic:
Com.Cour
se(
2) Cour
se(
2) Speci
fic:4) 2)
ENG/MI
L1
DSC 1A POLI
TICAL {
ENG/Hi
ndi
/MI
L
I
THEORY Communi
cat
ion}
DSC 2A
ENG 1/MI
L
DSC 1B
II EVS
POLI
TICSI
NINDI
A
DSC 2B
ENG/MIL2
DSC 1C SEC 1
III COMPARATI
VE DEMOCRATI
C
GOVT.& POLI
TICS AWARENESS
DSC 2C
ENG 2/MI
L
DSC 1D
SEC 2
IV I
NTERNATI
ONAL
PEACE STUDY
RELATI
ONS
DSC 2D
SEC 3 DSE 1A
PUBLI
C COM.
GE 1
V OPI
NION & POLI
TICAL
FEMI
NISM
SURVEY THEORY
RESEARCH DSE 2A
VI SEC 4 DSE 1B GE 2
LEGI
SLATI
VE ADMI
NISTRATI GANDHI
SM
SUPPORT ON & PUBLI
C
1
POLI
CY
DSE 2B
Structure Template
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC CORE COURSE
FIRST SEMESTER
DSC-1 A: POLITICAL THEORY
Course Objective: This course aims to introduce certain key aspects of conceptual
analysis in political theory and the skills required to engage in debates surrounding the
application of the concepts.
1. a. What is Politics? b. What is Political Theory and what is its relevance?

(11 lectures)
2. Concepts: Democracy, Liberty, Equality, Justice, Rights, Gender,
Citizenship, Civil Society and State
(36 lectures)
3. Debates in Political Theory:
a. Is democracy compatible with economic growth?
b. On what grounds is censorship justified and what are its limits?
c. Does protective discrimination violate principles of fairness?
d. Should the State intervene in the institution of the family?
(13 lectures)
Essential Readings:
Topic I
Bhargava, R. (2008) ‘What is Political Theory’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.)
Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 2‐17.
Bhargava, R. (2008) ‘Why Do We Need Political Theory’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya,
A. (eds.) Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 18‐37.
Topic 2
Sriranjani, V. (2008) ‘Liberty’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political Theory:
An Introduction.New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 40‐57.
2
Acharya, A. (2008) ‘Equality’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political Theory:
Menon, K. (2008) Justice’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political Theory: An
Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 74‐82.
Talukdar, P.S. (2008) ‘Rights’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political Theory:
Srinivasan, J. (2008) ‘Democracy’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political
Theory: An Introduction.New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 106‐128.
Roy, A. ‘Citizenship’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political Theory: An
Introduction.
New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 130‐147.
Das, S. (2008) ‘State’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political Theory: An
Introduction.
New Delhi:Pearson Longman, pp. 170‐187.
Singh, M. (2008) ‘Civil Society’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political Theory:
An
Introduction.New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 188‐205.
Menon, N. (2008) ‘Gender’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political Theory: An
Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 224‐235.
Shorten, A. (2008) ‘Nation and State’, in McKinnon, C. (ed.) Issues in Political Theory,
New York: OxfordUniversity Press, pp. 33‐55.
Christiano, Thomas. (2008) ‘Democracy’, in McKinnon, Catriona. (ed.) Issues in Political
Theory, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 80‐96.
Riley, J. (2008) ‘Liberty’, in McKinnon, C. (ed.) Issues in Political Theory, New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 103‐125.
Casal, P. & William, A. (2008) ‘Equality’, in McKinnon, C. (ed.) Issues in Political Theory.
New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 149‐ 165.
Wolf, J. (2008) ‘Social Justice’, in McKinnon, C. (ed.) Issues in Political Theory. New York:
Oxford University Press, pp. 172‐193.
Brighouse, H. (2008) ‘Citizenship’, in McKinnon, C. (ed.) Issues in Political Theory. New
York: Oxford University Press, pp. 241‐259.
Chambers, C. (2008) ‘Gender’, in McKinnon, C. (ed.) Issues in Political Theory. New
York: Oxford University Press, pp. 241‐288.
Swift, A. (2001) Political Philosophy: A Beginners Guide for Students and Politicians.
Cambridge: Polity Press.
Topic 3
Sen, A. (2003) ‘Freedom Favours Development,’ in Dahl, R., Shapiro, I. and Cheibub, A.
J.
(eds.) TheDemocracy Sourcebook. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT Press, pp. 444‐446.
10
Prezowrski, A., et al. (2003) ‘Political Regimes and Economic Growth,’ in Dahl, R.,
Shapiro, I.
and Cheibub, A. J. (eds.) The Democracy Sourcebook. Cambridge, Massachusetts: MIT
Press,
pp. 447‐454.
Sethi, A. (2008) ‘Freedom of Speech and the Question of Censorship’, in Bhargava, R.
and
Acharya, A. (eds.) Political Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp.
308‐319.
3
Acharya, A. (2008) ‘Affirmative Action’, in Bhargava, R. and Acharya, A. (eds.) Political
Theory: An Introduction. New Delhi: Pearson Longman, pp. 298‐307.
Frances E O. (1985) ‘The Myth of State Intervention in the Family’, University of
Michigan Journal of Law Reform. 18 (4), pp. 835‐64.
Jha, M. (2001) ‘Ramabai: Gender and Caste’, in Singh, M.P. and Roy, H. (eds.) Indian
Political Thought: Themes and Thinkers, New Delhi: Pearson.
SECOND SEMESTER
DSC-I B: POLITICS IN INDIA
1. Approaches to the Study of Indian Politics and Nature of the State in India:
Liberal, Marxist and Gandhian. (09
lectures)
2. Indian Constitution: basic features, debates on Fundamental Rights and
Directive Principles (09
lectures)
3. Institutional Functioning: Prime Minister, Parliament and Judiciary (09
lectures)
4. Power Structure in India: Caste, class and patriarchy (07
lectures)
5. Religion and Politics: debates on secularism and communalism (06
lectures)
6. Parties and Party systems in India (05
lectures)
7. Social Movements : Workers, Peasants, Environmental and Women’s Movement
(10 lectures)
8. Strategies of Development in India since Independence: Planned Economy and
Neo-liberalism (05
lectures)
4
READING LIST
Essential Texts.
Abbas, H., Kumar, R. & Alam, M. A. (2011) Indian Government and Politics. New Delhi:
Pearson, 2011.
Chandhoke, N. & Priyadarshi, P. (eds.) (2009) Contemporary India: Economy, Society,
Politics. New
Delhi: Pearson.
Chakravarty, B. & Pandey, K. P. (2006) Indian Government and Politics. New Delhi:
Sage.
Chandra, B., Mukherjee, A. & Mukherjee, M. (2010) India After Independence. New
Delhi: Penguin.
Singh, M.P. & Saxena, R. (2008) Indian Politics: Contemporary Issues and Concerns.
New Delhi: PHI Learning.
Vanaik, A. & Bhargava, R. (eds.) (2010) Understanding Contemporary India: Critical
Perspectives. New Delhi: Orient Blackswan.
Menon, N. and Nigam, A. (2007) Power and Contestation: India Since 1989. London:
Zed Book.
Austin, G. (1999) Indian Constitution: Corner Stone of a Nation. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
Austin, G. (2004) Working of a Democratic Constitution of India. New Delhi: Oxford
University Press
THIRD SEMESTER
DSC - 1C: COMPARATIVE GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
1. The nature, scope and methods of comparative political analysis (10 lectures)
2. Comparing Regimes: Authoritarian and Democratic (06 lectures)
3. Classifications of political systems: Parliamentary, Presidential, Federal and Unitary:
UK, USA & China.
4. Electoral Systems: First past the post, proportional representation, mixed systems
(07lectures)
5 Party Systems: one-party, two-party and multi-party systems (09 lectures)
6 Contemporary debates on the nature of state: From state centric security to human
centric security and the changing nature of nation-state in the context of globalization.
(13 lectures)
READING LIST:
Essential Texts
5
Bara, J & Pennington, M. (eds.). (2009) Comparative Politics. New Delhi: Sage.
Caramani, D. (ed.). (2008) Comparative Politics. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Hague, R. and Harrop, M. (2010) Comparative Government and Politics: An
Introduction. (Eight Edition). London: Palgrave McMillan.
Ishiyama, J.T. and Breuning, M. (eds.). (2011) 21st Century Political Science: A
Reference Book. Los Angeles: Sage.
Newton, K. and Deth, Jan W. V. (2010) Foundations of Comparative Politics:
Democracies of the Modern World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
O’Neil, P. (2009) Essentials of Comparative Politics. (Third Edition). New York: WW.
Norton & Company, Inc.
Palekar, S.A. (2009) Comparative Government and Politics. New Delhi: PHI Learning
Pvt. Ltd.
Readings
Topic 1.
Caramani, D. (2008) ‘Introduction to Comparative Politics’, in Caramani, D. (ed.)
Comparative Politics. Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 1‐23.
Mohanty, M. (1975) ‘Comparative Political Theory and Third World Sensitivity’, in
Teaching Politics. Nos. 1 & 2, pp. 22‐38.
Topic: 2.
Webb, E. (2011) ‘Totalitarianism and Authoritarianism’, in Ishiyama, J. T. and Breuning,
M. (eds.) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. Los Angeles: Sage, pp. 249‐
257.
Hague, R. and Harrop, M. (2004) Comparative Government and Politics: An
Introduction. London: Palgrave McMillan, pp. 36‐50, 51‐68.
Topic: 3.
Hague, R and Harrop, M. (2004) ‘The Political Executive’, in Comparative Government
and Politics: An Introduction. London: Palgrave McMillan, pp. 268‐290.
Topic: 4.
Cameron, D. R. (2002) ‘Canada’, in Ann L. G. (ed.) Handbook of Federal Countries.
Montreal &Kingston: McGill‐Queen’s University Press, pp. 105‐119.
Peter, H. (2002) ‘Canada: A Federal Society‐Despite Its Constitution’, in Rekha Saxena.
(ed.) Mapping Canadian Federalism for India. New Delhi: Konark Publisher, Pvt., pp.
115‐129.
Dhillon, Michael. (2009), ‘Government and Politics’, in Contemporary China: An
Introduction. London, New York: Routledge, 2009, pp. 137‐160.
Topic: 5.
Evans, Jocelyn A.J. (2009) ‘Electoral Systems’, in Bara, J. and Pennington, M. (eds.)
Comparative Politics. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 93‐119.
Downs, W. M. (2011) ‘Electoral Systems in Comparative Perspectives’, in Ishiyama, J. T.
and Breuning, M. (eds.) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. Los Angeles:
Sage, pp. 159‐ 167.
Topic: 6.
Cole, A. (2011) ‘Comparative Political Parties: Systems and Organizations’, in Ishiyama,
J.T. and Breuning, M. (eds.) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. Los
Angeles: Sage, pp. 150‐158.
Caramani, D. (2008) ‘Party Systems’, in Caramani, D. (ed.) Comparative Politics.
Oxford: Oxford University Press, pp. 293‐317, 318‐347.
Topic: 7.
6
Poggi, Gianfranco. (2008) ‘The nation‐state’, in Caramani, D. (ed.) Comparative
Politics. Oxford: Oxford University Press pp. 85‐107.
Hague, R. and Harrop, M. (2004) ‘The state in a global context’, in Comparative
Government and Politics: An Introduction. London: Palgrave McMillan, pp. 17‐34.
Further Readings:
Bara, J. (2009) ‘Methods for Comparative Analysis’, in Bara, J. & Pennington, M. (eds.)
Comparative Politics. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 40‐65.
Blondel, J. (1996) ‘Then and Now: Comparative Politics’, Political Studies. Vol. 47, Issue
1, pp. 152‐160
Chandhoke, N. (1996) ‘Limits of Comparative Political Analysis’, Economic and Political
Weekly. vol. 31, No. 4, (January 27), pp. PE 2‐PE8.
Mair, P. (2008) ‘Democracy’, in Carmani, D. (ed.) Comparative Politics. Oxford: Oxford
University Press, pp. 108‐132.
Robbins, J. W. (2011) ‘Parsidentialism Verses Parliamentarism’, in Ishiyama, J. T. and
Marijke, B. (eds.) 21st Century Political Science: A Reference Book. Los Angeles: Sage,
pp. 177‐ 185.
Watts, D. (2003) Understanding US/UK Government and Politics. Manchester:
Manchester University Press, pp. 1‐25; 66‐105; 106‐138.
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SEC-1: DEMOCRATIC AWARENESS
Course Objective: The Proposed course aims to acquaint student with the structure
and manner of functioning of the legal system in India.
Expected Learning Outcome: The student should be aware of the institutions that
comprise the legal system - the courts, police, jails and the system of criminal justice
administration. Have a brief knowledge of the Constitution and laws of India, an understanding
of the formal and alternate dispute redressal (ADR) mechanisms that exist in India, public
interest litigation. Have some working knowledge of how to affirm one's rights and be aware of
one's duties within the legal framework; and the opportunities and challenges posed by the
legal system for different sections of persons. This course consists of 100 marks - comprising
25 marks for evaluation of the practical/ project work and a written paper of 75 marks.
Course Content:
Unit I
• Outline of the Legal system in India
• System of courts/tribunals and their jurisdiction in India - criminal and civil
courts, writ jurisdiction, specialized courts such as juvenile courts, Mahila courts
and tribunals.
• Role of the police and executive in criminal law administration.
• Alternate dispute mechanisms such as lok adalats, non - formal mechanisms.
Unit II
• Brief understanding of the laws applicable in India.
• Constitution - fundamental rights, fundamental duties, other constitutional rights
and their manner of enforcement, with emphasis on public interest litigation and
the expansion of certain rights under Article 21 of the Constitution.
7
• Laws relating to criminal jurisdiction - provision relating to filing an FIR, arrest,
bail search and seizure and some understanding of the questions of evidence
and procedure in Cr. P.C. and related laws, important offences under the Indian
Penal Code, offences against women, juvenile justice, prevention of atrocities on
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes.
• Concepts like Burden of Proof, Presumption of Innocence, Principles of Natural
Justice, Fair comment under Contempt laws.
• Personal laws in India: Pluralism and Democracy.
• Laws relating to contract, property and tenancy laws.
• Laws relating to dowry, sexual harassment and violence against women.
• Laws relating to consumer rights.
• Laws relating to cyber crimes.
• Anti-terrorist laws: implications for security and human rights.
• Practical application: Visit to either a (I) court or (ii) a legal aid centre set up by
the Legal Services Authority or an NGO or (iii) a Lok Adalat, and to interview a
litigant or person being counselled. Preparation of a case history.
Unit III Access to courts and enforcement of rights.
• Critical Understanding of the Functioning of the Legal System.
• Legal Services Authorities Act and right to legal aid, ADR systems.
Practical Application:
• What to do if you are arrested; if you are a consumer with a grievance; if you are
a victim of sexual harassment; domestic violence, child abuse, caste, ethnic and
religious discrimination; filing a public interest litigation. How can you challenge
administrative orders that violate rights, judicial and administrative remedies.
• Using a hypothetical case of (for example) child abuse or sexual harassment or
any other violation of a right, preparation of an FIR or writing a complaint
addressed to the appropriate authority.
 Suggested exercises for students
• Discuss the debates around any recent Ordinance, Bill or Act in Parliament.
• How to file an FIR? In case there has been a theft in the neighbourhood how
would you file the first Hand Information Report?
• Under what circumstances can detention and arrest become illegal?
• Discuss any contemporary practice or event that violates the equality and
protection against discrimination laws.
• Read Ordinance XV -D of University of Delhi and make a list of the kinds of
conduct that would qualify as sexual harassment.
• Your friend has shared with you an incident of unwelcome verbal remarks on her
by a person of higher authority in your college, what would you do?
• You have seen a lady in your neighbourhood being beaten up by her husband.
Identify the concerned Protection Officer in case you want to provide information
about this incident.
8
• Read the Vishakha Guidelines as laid down by the Supreme Court and the Act
against sexual harassment at the workplace. Discuss what constitutes sexual
harassment and the mechanisms available for its redressal in your institution.
• What is the procedure to file an RTI?
• You bought a product from a nearby shop which was expired, the shop keeper
refused to return it. Use your knowledge of Consumer Protection Act to decide
what you do next?
• What must you keep in mind as a consumer while making a purchase that may
later help you make use of Consumer Protection Act? (Hint- Should you ask for a
Bill?)
• In your surroundings have you witnessed any incident that would be considered
offensive under the SC and ST Act? Make a classroom presentation on it.
Essential Reading
Creating Legal Awareness, edited by Kamala Sankaran and Ujjwal Singh (Delhi: OUP,
2007)
Legal literacy: available amongst interdisciplinary courses on Institute of Life Long
Learning
(Delhi University) Virtual Learning Portal namely vle.du.ac.in
Reading list for course on Legal Literacy
Multiple Action Research Group, Our Laws Vols 1-10, Delhi. Available in Hindi also.
Indian Social Institute, New Delhi, Legal Literacy Series Booklets. Available in Hindi
also.
S.K. Agarwala, Public Interest Litigation in India, K.M. Munshi Memorial Lecture, Second
Series, Indian Law Institute, Delhi, 1985.
S.P. Sathe, Towards Gender Justice, Research Centre for Womens' Studies, SNDT
Women's University, Bombay, 1993.
Asha Bajpai, Child Rights in India : Law, Policy, and Practice, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi,2003
Agnes, Flavia Law and Gender Equality, OUP, 1997.
Sagade, Jaga, Law of Maintenance: An Empirical Study, ILS Law College, Pune 1996.
B.L. Wadhera, Public Interest Litigation - A Handbook, Universal, Delhi, 2003.
Nomita Aggarwal, Women and Law in India, New Century, Delhi, 2002.
P.C. Rao and William Sheffiled Alternate Dispute Resolution: What it is and How it
Works, Universal Law Books and Publishers, Delhi, 2002
V.N. Shukla's Constitution of India by Mahendra P. Singh, Eastern Book Co. 10th edition
2001.
Parmanand Singh, 'Access to Justice and the Indian Supreme Court', 10 & 11 Delhi Law
Review 156, 1981-82.
J. Kothari, (2005) ‘Criminal Law on Domestic Violence’, Economic and Political Weekly,
Vol. 40(46), pp. 4843-4849.
H. Mander, and A. Joshi, The Movement for Right to Information in India, People’s
Power for the Control of Corruption. Available at
http://www.rtigateway.org.in/Documents/References/English/Reports/12.%20An
%20article%20on%20RTI%20by%20Harsh%20Mander.pdf.
P. Mathew, and P. Bakshi, (2005) ‘Indian Legal System’, New Delhi: Indian Social
Institute.
9
P. Mathew, and P. Bakshi, (2005) ‘Women and the Constitution’, New Delhi: Indian
Social Institute.
N. Menon, (2012) ‘Sexual Violence’, in Seeing Like a Feminist, New Delhi: Zubaan and
Penguin, pp. 113-146.
M, Mohanty et al. (2011) Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory of People’s Rights in
India. Delhi: Danish Books.
Centre for Good Governance, (2008) Right to Information Act, 2005: A Citizen’s Guide,
Available at http://www.rtigateway.org.in/Documents/Publications/A%20CITIZEN'S
%20GUIDE.pdf ,127
A. Pandey, (2004) Rights of the Consumer. New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
Rule of law and the Criminal Justice System in India
Andrew, (1996) ‘Arbitrary Government and the Rule of Law’, in Arguing About the Law,
An Introduction to Legal Philosophy, Wordsworth, Boston., pp.3-19.
SAHRDC, (2006) ‘Criminal Procedure and Human Rights in India’ in Oxford Handbook
of Human Rights and Criminal Justice in India- The system and Procedure, New Delhi:
K. Sankaran and U. Singh, (2008) ‘Introduction’, in Towards Legal Literacy. New Delhi:
Oxford University Press, pp. xi – xv.
Laws relating to criminal justice administration
Pandey, (2008) ‘Laws Relating to Criminal Justice: Challenges and Prospects’, in J&K.
Sankaran and U. Singh, Towards Legal Literacy, New Delhi: Oxford University Press,
pp.61-77.
SAHRDC, (2006)‘Reporting a Crime: First Information Report’, in Oxford Handbook of
Human Rights and Criminal Justice in India- The system and Procedure, New Delhi:
SAHRDC, (2006) ‘Bail’, in Oxford Handbook of Human Rights and Criminal Justice in
India- The system and Procedure, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.59-71.
SAHRDC, (2006) ‘Detention’, in Oxford Handbook of Human Rights and Criminal Justice
in India- The system and Procedure. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.72-84.
P. Mathew, (2003) Your Rights if you are Arrested, New Delhi. Indian Social Institute.
Equality and non-discrimination
Gender Study Group, (1996) Sexual Harassment in Delhi University, A Report, Delhi:
University of Delhi.
P. Mathew, (2002) The Law on Atrocities Against Scheduled Castes and Scheduled
Tribes, New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
K. Saxena, (2011) ‘Dalits’, in M. Mohanty et al., Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory of
People’s Rights in India. Delhi: Danish Books, Pp.15-38
K. Saxena, (2011) ‘Adivasis’, in M. Mohanty et al., Weapon of the Oppressed, Inventory
of People’s Rights in India, Delhi: Danish Books, Pp.39-65.
S. Durrany, (2006) The Protection of Women From Domestic Violence Act 2005, New
Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
V. Kumari, (2008) ‘Offences Against Women’, in K, Sankaran and U. Singh (eds.)
Towards Legal Literacy, New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
P. D. Mathew,(2004)The Measure to Prevent Sexual Harassment of Women in Work
Place. New Delhi: Indian Social Institute.
D. Srivastva, (2007) ‘Sexual Harassment and Violence against Women in India:
Constitutional and Legal Perspectives’, in C. Kumar and K. Chockalingam (eds) Human
Rights, Justice, and Constitutional Empowerment, Delhi: Oxford University Press.
Empowerment
10
S. Naib, (2013) ‘Right to Information Act 2005’, in The Right to Information in India,
New Delhi: Oxford University Press, Available at
http://www.humanrightsinitiative.org/publications/rti/guide_to_use_rti_act_2005_Eng
lish2012_light_Aspire.pdf. Bare Acts: Consumer Protection Act, 1986, Available at
http://chdslsa.gov.in/right_menu/act/pdf/consumer.pdf. Criminal law Amendment Act,
2013, Available at http://egazette.nic.in/WriteReadData/2013/E_17_2013_212. pdf ,
Accessed:
10.04.2013. Protection of Women Against Domestic Violence Act, 2005, Available at
http://wcd.nic.in/wdvact.pdf.
Right to Information Act, 2005, Available at http://righttoinformation.gov.in/rti-act.pdf.
Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes Prevention of Atrocities Act, 1989, Available at
http://tribal.nic.in/writereaddata/linkimages/poaact989E4227472861.pdf.
Scheduled Tribes and Other Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights)
Act 2006, Available at http://tribal.gov.in/writereaddata/mainlinkFile/File1033.pdf. The
Persons with Disabilities (Equal Opportunities, Protection of Rights, Full Participation)
Act, 1995, Available at http://bhind.nic.in/Sparsh_disability%20act%201995.pdf. The
Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act, 2009, Available at
http://www.delta.org.in/form/rte.pdf.
The Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and
Redressal) Bill, 2012, Available
http://164.100.24.219/BillsTexts/LSBillTexts/PassedLoksabha/144C_2010_LS_Eng.pdf.
Criminal Law Amendment Act, 2013, Available at ,
mha.nic.in/pdfs/TheCrimnalLaw030413.pdfFile Format: PDF/Adobe Acrobat – Quick
View.
FOUR SERMESTER
DSC – 1D: INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
11
Course Objective: This Course is designed to give students a sense of some
important theoretical approaches to understand international relations; a history from
1945 onwards to the present; and an outline of the evolution of Indian foreign policy
since independence and its possible future trajectory.
1. Approaches to International Relations

• Classical Realism (Hans Morgenthau) and Neo-Realism (Kenneth Waltz)
• Neo-Liberalism: Complex Interdependence (Robert O. Keohane and Joseph Nye)
• Structural Approaches: World Systems Approach (Immanuel Wallerstein) and
Dependency School (Andre Gunder Frank)
• Feminist Perspective (J. Ann Tickner) (27 lectures)
2. Cold War & Post-Cold War Era.
• Second World War & Origins of Cold War
• Phases of Cold War:
 First Cold War
 Rise and Fall of Detente
 Second Cold War
 End of Cold War and Collapse of the Soviet Union
• Post Cold- War Era and Emerging Centers of Power (European Union, China,
Russia and Japan) (20 lectures)
3. India’s Foreign Policy

• Basic Determinants (Historical, Geo-Political, Economic, Domestic and Strategic)
• (b) India’s Policy of Non-alignment
• (c) India: An Emerging Power (13 lectures)
READING LIST:
Essential Readings
William, P., Goldstein, D. M. and Shafritz, J. M. (eds.) (1999) Classic Readings of
International Relations. Belmont: Wadsworth Publishing Co, pp. 30‐58; 92‐126.
Art, R. J. and Jervis, R. (eds.) (1999) International Political Enduring: Concepts and
Contemporary Issues.5th Edition. New York: Longman, pp. 7‐14; 29‐49; 119‐126.
Jackson, R. and Sorenson, G. (2008) Introduction to International Relations: Theories
and Approaches. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 59‐96.
Goldstein, J. and Pevehouse, J.C. (2009) International Relations. New Delhi: Pearson,
pp. 81‐111.
Tickner, J. A. (2001) Gendering World Politics: Issues and Approaches in the Post‐Cold
War Era. Columbia University Press.
Baylis, J. and Smith, S. (eds.) (2011) The Globalization of World Politics: An
Introduction to International Relations. Fifth Edition. Oxford: Oxford University Press,
pp. 90‐123; 142‐159; 262‐277.
Wenger, A. and Zimmermann, D. (eds.) (2003) International Relations: From the Cold
World War to the Globalized World. London: Lynne Rienner, pp. 54‐89.
Appadorai and Rajan, M. S. (eds.) (1985) India’s Foreign Policy and Relations. New
Delhi: South Asian Publishers.
12
Mewmillians, W.C. and Piotrowski, H. (2001) The World Since 1945: A History of
International Relations.Fifth edition. London: Lynne Rienner Publishers.
Smith, M., Little, R. and Shackleton, M. (eds.) (1981) Perspectives on World Politics.
London: Croom Helm.
Indian Foreign Service Institute. (1997, 1998) India’s Foreign Policy: An Agenda for the
21st Century Vols. 1 & 2, New Delhi: Konark Publishers, pp. 3‐41; 102‐119.
Ganguly, S. (ed.) (2009) India’s Foreign Policy: Retrospect and Prospect. New Delhi:
Vanaik, A. (1995) India in a Changing World: Problems, Limits and Successes of Its
Foreign Policy. New Delhi: Orient Longman. pp. 19‐41; 63‐67; 102‐114; 118‐124; 132‐
134.
Basu, Rumki (ed)(2012) International Politics: Concepts theories and Issues, New Delhi,
Sage Publications India Pvt Ltd.
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SEC – 2: PEACE STUDY
Course Objective: The objective of an undergraduate application course for common

students in Peace and Conflict Studies will cover in-depth knowledge of conflict
analysis, conflict resolution, conflict prevention, as well as the historical and cultural
context of organized violence. Peace and Conflict Resolution addresses the sources of
war, social oppression and violence and the challenges of promoting peace and justice
internationally and domestically. It also introduces more equitable, cooperative and
nonviolent methods that can be used to transform unjust, violent or oppressive world
situations. This course provides students with an overview of the Peace and Conflict
Studies discipline, including key concepts and related theories. The course is designed
to familiarize students with the historical background of various peace movements, to
analyze principles used to resolve conflict, and to provide a view of how peace and
conflict resolution are being pursued today. The course will also cover extensive
understanding of current research and development within the field of peace and
conflict studies and perspective of the environment, gender, migration, and ethnicity.
Unit-1 International Peace and Conflict Resolution: Sources of War: International and
Domestic Issues and Trends
Unit-2-What is Conflict: Introduction to International Conflict Resolution.
Unit-3 International Conflict Resolution Theory: Models developed by Johan Galtung,
Joseph Montville, Morton Deutsch, William Zartman, Levy Jack.
Unit-4-Conflict resolution: Back ground of Various Peace Movements and Concepts,
Unit-5-Cross-border relationships between the world’s peaceful and war-torn zones
(migration and information flows, economic transactions, international rules and
regulations, normative concepts and political decisions).
Unit-6 -Conflict Transformation: is Peace Possible? Resolve problems through conflict
Unit-7 -Current perspective of peace and conflict resolution: Grass-roots level
perspective on war and Peace.
13
Reading List:
Essential Readings
International Conflict Resolution: Sources of War: International and Domestic
Issues and Trends
Kriesberg, Louis, Constructive Conflicts: From Escalation to Resolution, Rowman &
Littlefield, Maryland, 1998, pp. 58-150
Starkey, Boyer, and Wilkenfield, Negotiating a Complex World. Rowman & Littlefield,
Maryland, 1999, pp. 1-74
Desirable Readings:
Essential Readings
What is Conflict: Introduction to International Conflict Resolution.
Desirable Readings
Essential Readings
International Conflict Resolution Theory: Models developed by Johan
Galtung,
Joseph Montville, Morton Deutsch, William Zartman, Levy Jack
Levy, Jack, "Contending Theories of International Conflict: A Levels-of-Analysis
Approach" in Crocker et al, Managing Global Chaos, USIP, 1995, pp. 3-24
Desirable Readings
Waltz, Kenneth N., "Structural Causes and Economic Effects," Richard Betts (ed),
Conflict After the Cold War, Boston: Simon & Schuster, 1994.
Conflict resolution: Back ground of Various Peace Movements and Concepts,
Essential Readings
Hampson, Fen Osler, Nurturing Peace, USIP, 1996, pp. 3-25 Galtung, Johan, There Are
Alternatives: Four Roads to Peace and Security, Nottingham, Spokesman, 1984, pp.
162-205
Desirable Readings
14
1980, pp. 107-149
Cross-border relationships between the world’s peaceful and war-torn zones
(migration and information flows, economic transactions, international rules
and regulations, normative concepts and political decisions)
Essential Readings
Conflict Resolution, Syracuse University Press, 1997, pp. 56-74
Kritz, Neil J., "The Rule of Law in the Post-conflict Phase: Building a Stable Peace", in
Crocker et al, Managing Global Chaos, USIP, 1996, pp. 587-606
Desirable Readings
Saunders, Harold H., A Public Peace Process: Sustained Dialogue to Transform Racial
and Ethnic Conflicts, New York, 1999, pp. 1-80
Conflict Transformation: is Peace Possible: Resolve problems through conflict
Essential Readings
Galtung, Johan, There Are Alternatives: Four Roads to Peace and Security, Nottingham,
Spokesman, 1984, pp. 162-205
Desirable Readings
1980, pp. 107-149
Current perspective of peace and conflict resolution: Grass-roots level
perspective on war and Peace: Grass-roots level perspective on war and
Peace.
Essential Readings
Deutsch, Morton, The Resolution of Conflict: Constructive and Destructive Processes,
New Haven, Yale University Press, 1973, pp. 1-123
Desirable Readings
FIFTH SEMESTER
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
15
SEC- 3: PUBLIC OPINION & SURVEY RESEARCH
Course Objective: This course will introduce the students to the debates, principles
and practices of public opinion polling in the context of democracies, with special
reference to India. It will familiarize the students with how to conceptualize and
measure public opinion using quantitative methods, with particular attention being
paid to developing basic skills pertaining to the collection, analysis and utilization of
quantitative data.
I. Introduction to the course (6 lectures)

• Definition and characteristics of public opinion, conceptions and characteristics,
debates about its role in a democratic political system, uses for opinion poll.
II. Measuring Public Opinion with Surveys: Representation and sampling (6
lectures)
• What is sampling? Why do we need to sample? Sample design.
• Sampling error and non‐response
• Types of sampling: Non random sampling (quota, purposive and snowball
sampling); random sampling: simple and stratified
III. Survey Research (2 lectures)
• Interviewing: Interview techniques pitfalls, different types of and forms of
interview
• Questionnaire: Question wording; fairness and clarity.
IV. Quantitative Data Analysis (4 lectures)
• Introduction to quantitative data analysis
• Basic concepts: co-relational research, causation and prediction, descriptive and
inferential Statistics
READING LIST:
I. Introduction to the course

Essential Readings:
R. Erikson and K. Tedin, (2011) American Public Opinion, 8th edition, New York: Pearson
Longman Publishers,. pp. 40‐46.
G. Gallup, (1948) A guide to public opinion polls Princeton, Princeton University Press,
1948. Pp. 3‐13.
II. Measuring Public Opinion with Surveys: Representation and sampling
Essential Readings:
G. Kalton, (1983) Introduction to Survey Sampling Beverly Hills, Sage Publication.
Lokniti Team (2009) ‘National Election Study 2009: A Methodological Note’, Economic
and Political Weekly, Vol. XLIV (39)
Lokniti Team, (2004) ‘National Election Study 2004’, Economic and Political Weekly,
Vol. XXXIX (51).
‘Asking About Numbers: Why and How’, Political Analysis (2013), Vol. 21(1): 48‐69,
(first published online November 21, 2012).
III. Survey Research
16
Essential Readings:
H. Asher, (2001) ‘Chapters 3 and 5’, in Polling and the Public: What Every Citizen
Should Know, Washington DC: Congressional Quarterly Press.
R. Erikson and K. Tedin, (2011) American Public Opinion, 8th edition, New York, Pearson
Longman Publishers, pp. 40‐46.
IV. Quantitative Data Analysis
Essential Readings:
A. Agresti and B. Finlay, (2009) Statistical methods for the Social Sciences, 4th edition,
Upper saddle river, NJ: Pearson‐Prentice Hall,
S. Kumar and P. Rai, (2013) ‘Chapter 1’, in Measuring Voting Behaviour in India, New
Delhi: Sage.
V. Interpreting polls
Essential Readings:
R. Karandikar, C. Pyne and Y. Yadav, (2002) ‘Predicting the 1998 Indian Parliamentary
Elections’, Electoral Studies, Vol. 21, pp.69‐89.
M. McDermott and K. A. Frankovic, (2003) ‘Horserace Polling and Survey Methods
Effects: An Analysis of the 2000 Campaign’, Public Opinion Quarterly 67, pp. 244‐264.
K. Warren, (2001) ‘Chapter 2’, in In Defense of Public Opinion Polling, Boulder:
Westview Press, pp. 45‐80.
W. Cochran, (2007) ‘Chapter 1’, Sampling Techniques, John Wiley & Sons.
G. Gallup, (1948) A Guide to Public Opinion Polls. Princeton: Princeton University Press,
pp. 14‐20; 73‐75.
D. Rowntree (2000) Statistics Without Tears: an Introduction for Non Mathematicians,
Harmondsworth: Penguin.
Suggested Student Exercises:
1. Discussion of readings and Indian examples.
2. Groups of students to collect examples of and discuss various sample based studies
across many fields: e.g. consumer behaviour, unemployment rates, educational
standards, elections, medicinal trials etc.
3. Non‐random sampling: The students have to identify one group of people or
behavior that is unique or rare and for which snowball sampling might be needed.
They have to identify how they might make the initial contact with this group to start
snowball rolling.
4. Give the students the electoral list of an area in Delhi (http://ceodelhi.gov.in). The
students have to draw a random sample of n number of respondents.
5. For this activity, working with a partner will be helpful. The class should first decide
on a topic of interest. Then each pair should construct a five‐item self report
questionnaire. Of the five items, there should be at least one nominal response, one
ordinal response and one interval. After the common questionnaire is constructed
putting together the questions from everyone, working in pairs, the questionnaire
should be administered on 10 different individuals.
6. Give the students a questionnaire from any public opinion survey and ask them to
identify the type of variables.
ELECTIVE (DISCPLINE SPECIFIC)
17
DSE-1 A: COMPARATIVE POLITICAL THEORY
Course Objective: This course aims to familiarize students with the need to
recognize how conceptual resources in political theory draw from plural traditions. By
chiefly exploring the Indian and Western traditions of political theory through some
select themes, the overall objective is to appreciate the value and distinctiveness of
comparative political theory.
1. Distinctive features of Indian and Western political thought (08

lectures)
2. Western Thought: Thinkers and Themes
• Aristotle on Citizenship
• Locke on Rights
• Rousseau on inequality
• J. S. Mill on liberty and democracy
• Marx on State (26 lectures)
3. Indian Thought: Thinkers and Themes
• Tilak and Gandhi on Swaraj
• Ambedkar and Lohia on Social Justice
• Nehru and Jayaprakash Narayan on Democracy (26 lectures)
Suggested Readings:
Topic 1.
Dallmayr, F. (2009) ‘Comparative Political Theory: What is it good for?’, in Shogimen, T.
and Nederman, C. J. (eds.) Western Political Thought in Dialogue with Asia. Plymouth,
United Kingdom: Lexington,pp. 13‐24.
Parel, A. J. (2009) ‘From Political Thought in India to Indian Political Thought’, in
Shogiman, T. and Nederman, C. J. (eds.) Western Political Thought in Dialogue with
Asia. Plymouth, United Kingdom:Lexington, pp. 187‐208.
Pantham, Th. (1986) ‘Introduction: For the Study of Modern Indian Political Thought’, in
Pantham, Th. & Deutch, K. L. (eds.) Political Thought in Modern India. New Delhi: Sage,
pp. 9‐16.
Topic 2.
Burns, T. (2003) ‘Aristotle’, in Boucher, D and Kelly, P. (eds.) Political Thinkers: From
Socratesto the Present. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 73‐91.
Waldron, J. (2003) ‘Locke’, in Boucher, D. and Kelly, P. (eds.) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present, New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 181‐197.
Boucher, D. (2003) ‘Rousseau’, in Boucher, D. and Kelly, P. (eds.) Political Thinkers:
From Socrates to the Present. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 235‐252.
Kelly, P. (2003) ‘J.S. Mill on Liberty’, in Boucher, D. and Kelly, P. (eds.) Political Thinkers:
From Socrates to the Present. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 324‐359.
18
Wilde, L. (2003) ‘Early Marx’, in Boucher, D. and Kelly, P. (eds.) Political Thinkers: From
Socrates to the Present. New York: Oxford University Press, pp. 404‐435.
Sparks, Ch. and Isaacs, S. (2004) Political Theorists in Context. London: Routledge, pp.
237‐255.
Topic 3.
Mehta, V. R. (1992) Foundations of Indian Political Thought. New Delhi: Manohar
Publishers, pp. 88‐109.
Inamdar, N.R. (1986) ‘The Political Ideas of Lokmanya Tilak’, in Panthan, Th. &
Deutsch, K. L. (eds.) Political Thought in Modern India. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 110‐121.
Patham, Th. (1986) ‘Beyond Liberal Democracy: Thinking With Democracy’, in Panthan,
Th. & Deutsch, K.L. (eds.) Political Thought in Modern India. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 325‐
46.
Zelliot, E. (1986). ‘The Social and Political Thought of B.R. Ambedkar’, in Panthan, Th.
& Deutsch, K. L.(eds.) Political Thought in Modern India. New Delhi: Sage, pp. 161‐75.
Anand Kumar, ‘Understanding Lohia’s Political Sociology: Intersectionality of Caste,
Class, Gender and Language Issue’ Economic and Political Weekly. Vol. XLV: 40,
October 2008, pp. 64‐70.
Pillai, R.C. (1986) ‘The Political thought of Jawaharlal Nehru’, in Panthan, T. & Deutsch,
K. L. (eds.) Political Thought in Modern India. New Delhi: Sage pp. 260‐74.
Jha, M. (2001) ‘Ramabai: Gender and Caste’, in Singh, M.P. and Roy, H. (eds.) Indian
Political Thought:Themes and Thinkers, New Delhi: Pearson.
ELECTIVE (GENERIC)
GE - 1: FEMINISM
Course Objective: The aim of the course is to explain contemporary debates on

feminism and the history of feminist struggles. The course begins with a discussion on
construction of gender and an understanding of complexity of patriarchy and goes on
to analyze theoretical debates within feminism. Part II of the paper covers history of
feminism in the west, socialist societies and in anti-colonial struggles. Part III focuses a
gendered analysis of Indian society, economy and polity with a view to understanding
the structures of gender inequalities. And the last section aims to understand the
issues with which contemporary Indian women’s movements are engaged with.
I. Approaches to understanding Patriarchy (22 Lectures)

• Feminist theorizing of the sex/gender distinction. Biologism versus social
constructivism
• Understanding Patriarchy and Feminism
• Liberal, Socialist, Marxist, Radical feminism, New Feminist Schools/Traditions
II. History of Feminism (22 Lectures)
• Origins of Feminism in the West: France, Britain and USA
• Feminism in the Socialist Countries: China, Cuba and erstwhile USSR
• Feminist issues and women’s participation in anti-colonial and national liberation
movements with special focus on India.
19
III. The Indian Experience (16 Lectures)
• Traditional Historiography and Feminist critiques. Social Reforms Movement and
position of women in India. History of Women’s struggle in India
• Family in contemporary India - patrilineal and matrilineal practices. Gender Relations
in the Family, Patterns of Consumption: Intra Household Divisions, entitlements and
bargaining, Property Rights
• Understanding Woman’s Work and Labour – Sexual Division of Labour, Productive
and Reproductive labour, Visible - invisible work – Unpaid (reproductive and care),
Underpaid and Paid work,- Methods of computing women’s work , Female headed
households.
Essential Readings
I. Approaches to understanding Patriarchy

Geetha, V. (2002) Gender. Calcutta: Stree.
Geetha, V. (2007) Patriarchy. Calcutta: Stree.
Jagger, Alison. (1983) Feminist Politics and Human Nature. U.K.: Harvester Press, pp.
25- 350.
Ray, Suranjita. Understanding Patriarchy. Available at:
http://www.du.ac.in/fileadmin/DU/Academics/course_material/hrge_06.pdf
Lerner, Gerda. (1986) The Creation of Patriarchy. New York: Oxford University Press.
II. History of Feminism
Rowbotham, Shiela. (1993) Women in Movements. New York and London: Routledge,
Section I, pp. 27-74 and 178-218.
Jayawardene, Kumari. (1986) Feminism and Nationalism in the Third World. London:
Zed Books, pp. 1 24, 71-108, and Conclusion.
Forbes, Geraldine (1998) Women in Modern India. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, pp. 1-150.
Eisentein, Zillah. (1979) Capitalist Patriarchy and the Case for Socialist Feminism. New
York: Monthly Review Press, pp. 271-353.
Funk, Nanette & Mueller, Magda. (1993) Gender, Politics and Post-Communism. New
York and London: Routledge, Introduction and Chapter 28.
Chaudhuri, Maiyatree. (2003) ‘Gender in the Making of the Indian Nation State’, in
Rege, Sharmila. (ed.) The Sociology of Gender: The Challenge of Feminist Sociological
Knowledge. New Delhi: Sage.
Banarjee, Sikata. (2007) ‘Gender and Nationalism: The Masculinisation of Hinduism
and Female Political Participation’, in Ghadially, Rehana. (ed.) Urban Women in
Contemporary India: A Reader. New Delhi: Sage.
III. Feminist Perspectives on Indian Politics
Roy, Kumkum. (1995) ‘Where Women are Worshipped, There Gods Rejoice: The Mirage
of the Ancestress of the Hindu Women’, in Sarkar, Tanika & Butalia, Urvashi. (eds.)
Women and the Hindu Right. Delhi: Kali for Women, pp. 10-28.
Chakravarti, Uma. (1988) ‘Beyond the Altekarian Paradigm: Towards a New
Understanding of Gender Relations in Early Indian History’, Social Scientist, Volume 16,
No. 8.
20
Banerjee, Nirmala. (1999) ‘Analysing Women’s work under Patriarchy’ in Sangari,
Kumkum & Chakravarty, Uma. (eds.) From Myths to Markets: Essays on Gender. Delhi:
Manohar.
Additional Readings
Gandhi, Nandita & Shah, Nandita. (1991) The Issues at Stake – Theory and Practice in
Contemporary Women’s Movement in India. Delhi: Zubaan, pp. 7-72.
Shinde, Tarabai (1993) ‘Stri-Purush Tulna’, in Tharu, Susie & Lalita, K. (eds.) Women
Writing in India, 600 BC to the Present. Vol. I. New York: Feminist Press.
Desai, Neera & Thakkar, Usha. (2001) Women in Indian Society. New Delhi: National
Book Trust.
21
SIX SEMESTERS
SKILL ENHANCEMENT
SEC- 4: LEGISLATIVE SUPPORT
Aim of the Course: To acquaint the student broadly with the legislative process in
India at various levels, introduce them to the requirements of peoples’
representatives and provide elementary skills to be part of a legislative support
team.
Rationale:
Peoples’ representatives need support for the multiple tasks they are supposed to
undertake. The need to understand complex policy issues, draft new legislation,
track and analyse ongoing bills, make speeches and floor statements, write articles
and press releases, attend legislative meetings, conduct meetings with various
stakeholders, monitor media and public developments, manage constituent
relations and handle inter‐office communications. All over the world, elected
representatives have an office with specialised support team to carry out these
tasks. In India this has just begun. With about 5000 MPs and MLAs, and more than
30 lakhs representatives at the Panchayati Raj level, there is a vast need that
needs to be responded to. This course will equip the students with basic skills for
this task and expose them to real life legislative work. It will build their skills and
deepen their understanding of the political process
Course Outline:
1. Powers and functions of people’s representatives at different tiers

of governance: Members of Parliament, State Legislative Assemblies,
functionaries of rural and urban local self government from Zila
Parishads/Municipal Corporation to Panchayat /Ward. (Weeks 1-3)
2. Supporting the legislative process: How a Bill becomes a Law, Role of
the Standing Committee in reviewing a Bill, Legislative Consultations,
amendments to a Bill, the framing of Rules and Regulations. (Week 4)
3. Supporting the legislative committees: Types of committees, Role of
committees in reviewing government finances, policy, programmes, and
legislation. (Weeks 5-7)
4. Reading the budget document: Overview of Budget Process, Role of
Parliament in reviewing the Union Budget, Railway Budget, Examination of
Demands for Grants of Ministries, Working of Ministries. (Weeks 8-10)
5. Support in media monitoring and communication: Types of media and
their significance for legislators. Basics of communication in print and
electronic media. (Weeks 11-12)
22
Suggested Readings:
Madhavan, M.R. & N.Wahi Financing of Election Campaigns PRS, Centre for
Policy Research, New Delh, 2008:
http://www.prsindia.org/uploads/media/conference/Campaign_finance_brief.pdf
Vanka, S. Primer on MPLADS Centre for Policy Research, New Delhi, 2008. can be
accessed on:
http://www.prsindia.org/parliamenttrack/primers/mplads‐487/
Kalra, H. Public Engagement with the Legislative Process PRS, Centre for
Policy Research, New Delhi, 2011. can be accessed on:
http://www.prsindia.org/administrator/uploads/media/Conference%202011/Public
%20Engagement%20with%20the%20Legislative%20Process.pdf
Government of India (Lok Sabha Secretariat) Parliamentary Procedures
(Abstract Series), 2009. Can be accessed on:
http://164.100.47.132/LssNew/abstract/index.aspx
Government of India, (Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs) Legislation,
Parliamentary Procedure, 2009. Can be accessed
on:http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter‐09.htm
Government of India, (Ministry of Parliamentary Affairs) Subordinate Legislation,
Parliamentary Procedure, 2009. Can be accessed on:
http://mpa.nic.in/Manual/Manual_English/Chapter/chapter‐11.htm
Kapur, Devesh and Pratap Banu Mehta, “The Indian Parliament as an Institution of
Accountability,” Democracy, Governance and Human Rights,
Programme Paper Number 23, United Nations Research Institute for Social
Development, January 2006. Can be accessed on:
http://www.unrisd.org/UNRISD/website/document.nsf/240da49ca467a53f80256b4f0
05ef245/8e6fc72d6b546696c1257123002fcceb/$FILE/KapMeht.pdf
Agarwal, O.P. and T.V. Somanathan, “Public Policy Making in India: Issues and
Remedies,” February, 2005. Can be accessed on:
http://www.cprindia.org/admin/paper/Public_Policy_Making_in_India_14205_TV_SOM
ANATHAN.pdf.
Debroy, Bibek, “Why we need law reform,” Seminar January 2001.
Mehta, Pratap Bhanu, “India’s Unlikely Democracy: The Rise of Judicial
Sovereignty,” Journal of Democracy Vol.18, No.2, pp.70‐83.
Government links:http://loksabha.nic.in/; http://rajyasabha.nic.in/;
http://mpa.nic.in/
Sanyal,K. Strengthening Parliamentary Committees PRS, Centre for Policy
Research, New Delhi, 2011. can be accessed on:
http://www.prsindia.org/administrator/uploads/media/Conference
%202011/Strengthening%20Parliamentary%20Committees.pdf
Celestine, A. How to read the Union Budget PRS, Centre for Policy Research,
New Delhi, 2011. can be accessed on:
http://www.prsindia.org/parliamenttrack/primers/how‐to‐read‐the‐unionbudget‐
1023/
23
ELECTIVE DISCIPLINE (SPECIFIC)
DSE-1 B: ADMINISTRATION AND PUBLIC POLICY
Topics:
1. Public administration as a discipline: Meaning, scope and significance
of the subject, public and private administration, brief evolution and
major approaches, and comparative approaches to public
administration. (16 lectures)
2. Administrative theories: the classical theory, scientific management,

the human - relation theory, and rational decision-making.
(16 lectures)
3. Understanding public policy: concept and theories, relevance of policy

making in public administration and process of policy formulation and
implementation and evaluation.
(14 lectures)
4. From Development Administration to New Public Management.

Elements and politics of development administration, the New Public
Management paradigm – a critical perspective in the post globalized
era.
Reading List:
Topic 1. Public administration as a discipline

Awasthi, A.and Maheshwari, S. (2003) Public Administration. Agra: Laxmi Narain
Agarwal, pp. 3‐12.
Basu, Rumki, (2014) Public Administration, Concepts and Theories, Delhi Sterling
Publishers
Henry, N. (2003) Public Administration and Public Affairs. New Delhi: Prentice Hall, pp.
1‐52.
Topic 2. Administrative theories
Bhattacharya, M. and Chakrabarty, B. (2005) ‘Introduction: Public Administration:
Theory and Practice’, in Bhattacharya, M. and Chakrabarty, B. (eds.) Public
Administration: A Reader. Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 1‐50.
Henry, N. (2003) Public Administration and Public Affairs. New Delhi: Prentice Hall, pp.
53‐74.
Mouzelis, N.P. (2005) ‘The Ideal Type of Bureaucracy’, in Bhattacharya, M. and
Chakrabarty, B. (eds.) Public Administration: A Reader. Delhi: Oxford University Press,
pp. 88‐100.
24
Hyderbrand, W. (1980) ‘A Marxist Critique of Organization Theory’, in Evan, W (ed.)
Frontiers in Organization & Management. New York: Praeger, pp. 123‐150.
Hyderbrand, W. (1977) ‘Organizational Contradictions in Public Bureaucracies: Towards
a Marxian Theory of Organizations’, in Benson, J. K. (ed.) Organizational Analysis:
Critique and Innovation. Beverly Hills: Sage, pp. 85‐109.
Topic 3. Development administration
Bhattacharya, M. (1999) Restructuring Public Administration: Essays in Rehabilitation.
New Delhi: Jawahar, pp. 29‐70, 85‐98.
Bhattacharya, M. (2001) New Horizons in Public Administration. New Delhi: Jawahar,
pp. 248‐272, 301‐323.
Topic 4. Understanding public policy
Dye, T.R. (1975) Understanding Public Policy. New Jersey: Prentice Hall, pp. 1‐38, 265‐
299.
Dror, Y. (1983) Public Policy Making Reexamined. Oxford: Transaction Publication, pp.
129‐216.
Bernard, C. (1938) The Functions of Executive. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Esman, M.J. (1986) ‘Politics of Development Administration’, in Montgomery, J.D. and
Siffin, W. (eds.), Approaches to Development Politics . New York: McGraw‐Hill.
Gant, G.F. (1979) Development Administration: Concepts, Goals, Methods. Madison:
University of Wisconsin Press.
Kamenka, E. & Krygier, M. (eds.) (1979) Bureaucracy. London: Edward Arnold. Lee,
H.B. (ed.) (1953) Korea: Time, Change and Administration. Hawai’i: University of
Hawai’i Press.
Leftwich, A. (1994) ‘Governance, the State and the Politics of Development’,
Development and Change, March, J. and Simon, H. (1958) Organization. New York:
Wiley.
Mooney, J. (1954) The Principles of Organization. New York: Harper & Row.
Simon, H. (1967) Administrative Behavior: A Study of Decision Making Process in
Administrative Organization. New York: Macmillan.
Wiedner, E. (ed.) (1970) Development Administration in Asia. Durham: Duke University
Press.
ELECTIVE (GENERIC)
GE – 2: GANDHISM
Course Objective: The course seeks to meet two essential objectives: one, to
acquaint the students with the art of reading texts, to enable them to grasp its
conceptual and argumentative structure and to help them acquire the skills to locate
the texts in a broader intellectual and socio‐historical context. Second, it aims to
acquaint the students with the social and political thought of Gandhi. The themes in
Gandhian thought that are chosen for a close reading are particularly relevant to our
times.
25
1. Gandhi’s Political Ideas:
• Hind Swaraj.
• Swadeshi.
• Non Violence.
2. Gandhi and modern India.
• National Unity.
• Communal unity
3. Gandhi’s Views:
• Women’s Question
• Untouchability.
Reading List:
This component will contain the following selections from Gandhi’s India of my Dreams
(compiled R. K. Prabhu):
 “The meaning of Swaraj” (no.2);
 “In defence of Nationalism” (no.3);
 “India’s cultural heritage” (no.45);
 “Regeneration of Indian women” (no.54);
 “Women’s education” (no.55);
 “Communal unity” (no.59);
 “The curse of untouchability” (no.61);
 “Religious tolerance in India” (no.62);
 “The problem of minorities” (no.66)
 “Introduction”, M.K.Gandhi, Hind Swaraj and other writings ed. A.J.Parel (1997).
 B.Parekh, Gandhi (1997), chs. 4 (“Satyagraha”) and 5(“The critique of
modernity”).
 D.Hardiman, Gandhi in his time and ours (2003), ch.4(“An alternative modernity”
 Terence Ball, Reappraising Political Theory, Ch. 1, OUP, 1995.
 “Meaning and Interpretation in the History of Ideas” in Visions of Politics,
Quentin Skinner (ed.), Vol. 1, CUP, Cambridge, 2002.
 B. Parekh, (1997) ‘The Critique of Modernity’, in Gandhi: A Brief Insight, Delhi:
Sterling Publishing Company, pp. 63-74.
 K. Ishii, (2001) ‘The Socio-economic Thoughts of Mahatma Gandhi: As an Origin
of Alternative Development’, Review of Social Economy. Vol. 59 (3), pp. 297-312.
 Hardiman, (2003) ‘Narmada Bachao Andolan’, in Gandhi in his Time and Ours.
 A Baviskar, (1995) ‘The Politics of the Andolan’, in In the Belly of the River: Tribal
Conflict Over Development in the Narmada Valley, Delhi: Oxford University
Press, pp.202-228.
 R Iyer, (ed) (1993) ‘Chapter 4’ in The Essential Writings of Mahatma Gandhi,
 R. Ramashray, (1984) ‘Liberty Versus Liberation’, in Self and Society: A Study in
Gandhian Thought, New Delhi: Sage Publication.
26
BODOLAND UNIVERSITY
B.Sc. Syllabus in Chemistry under Choice Based Credit System

(CBCS)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Bodoland University
Kokrajhar – 783 370
Assam, India
1
B.Sc. with Chemistry Honours
Sl. CORE COURSE (14) Ability Enhancement Skill Discipline Generic

No. Compulsory Course Enhancement Specific Elective Elective
(AECC) (2) Course (SEC) (2) (DSE) (4) (GE) (4)
I Inorganic Chemistry I (English/Hindi/MIL GE-1
(4+2) Communication) (Math-1)
Physical Chemistry I (4+2)
II Organic Chemistry I Environmental GE-2

(4+2) Science (Math-2)
Physical Chemistry II
(4+2)
III Inorganic Chemistry II SEC-1 GE-3
(4+2) (Basic Analytical (Phy-1
Organic Chemistry II Chemistry) or
(4+2) other
Physical Chemistry III discipline)
(4+2)
IV Inorganic Chemistry III SEC-2 GE-4
(4+2) (Fuel Chemistry) (Phy-2
Organic Chemistry III or
(4+2) other
Physical Chemistry IV discipline)
(4+2)
V Organic Chemistry IV DSE-1
(4+2) (Applications of
Computers in
Chemistry)
Physical Chemistry V DSE-2
(4+2) (Analytical
Methods in
Chemistry)
VI Inorganic Chemistry IV DSE-3
(4+2) (Instrumental
Methods of
Chemical
Analysis)
Organic Chemistry V DSE-4
(4+2) (Dissertation)
Chemistry GE for other Departments/Disciplines

GE-1: Chemistry-1, GE-2: Chemistry-2, GE-3: Chemistry-3, GE-4: Chemistry-4.
(At least two GE mathematics papers are compulsory for admission in M.Sc.
Chemistry in Bodoland University)
B.Sc. HONOURS IN CHEMISTRY (CORE COURSES)
2
SEMESTER I
CHEMISTRY-C I: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-I

(Credits: Theory-04, Practicals-02)
Theory: 60 Lectures
Atomic Structure:
Bohr’s theory, its limitations and atomic spectrum of hydrogen atom. Wave mechanics: de
Broglie equation, Heisenberg’s Uncertainty Principle and its significance, Schrödinger’s
2
wave equation, significance of ψ and ψ . Quantum numbers and their significance.
Normalized and orthogonal wave functions. Sign of wave functions. Radial and angular
wave functions for hydrogen atom. Radial and angular distribution curves. Shapes of s, p, d
and f orbitals. Contour boundary and probability diagrams.
Pauli’s Exclusion Principle, Hund’s rule of maximum multiplicity, Aufbau’s principle and
its limitations, Variation of orbital energy with atomic number.
(14 Lectures)
Periodicity of Elements:
s, p, d, f block elements, the long form of periodic table. Detailed discussion of the
following properties of the elements, with reference to s and p-block.
(a) Effective nuclear charge, shielding or screening effect, Slater rules, variation of effective
nuclear charge in periodic table.
(b) Atomic radii (van der Waals)
(c) Ionic and crystal radii.
(d) Covalent radii (octahedral and tetrahedral)
(e) Ionization enthalpy, Successive ionization enthalpies and factors affecting ionization energy.
Applications of ionization enthalpy.
(f) Electron gain enthalpy, trends of electron gain enthalpy.
(g) Electronegativity, Pauling’s/ Mulliken’s/ Allred Rachow’s/ and Mulliken-Jaffé’s
electronegativity scales. Variation of electronegativity with bond order, partial charge,
hybridization, group electronegativity. Sanderson’s electron density ratio.
(16 Lectures)
Chemical Bonding:
(i) Ionic bond: General characteristics, types of ions, size effects, radius ratio rule and its
limitations. Packing of ions in crystals. Born-Landé equation with derivation and
importance of Kapustinskii expression for lattice energy. Madelung constant, Born-Haber
cycle and its application, Solvation energy.
(ii) Covalent bond: Lewis structure, Valence Bond theory (Heitler-London approach).
Energetics of hybridization, equivalent and non-equivalent hybrid orbitals. Bent’s rule,
Resonance and resonance energy, Molecular orbital theory. Molecular orbital diagrams of
diatomic and simple polyatomic molecules N 2, O2, C2, B2, F2, CO, NO, and their ions; HCl,
BeF2, CO2, (idea of s-p mixing and orbital interaction to be given). Formal charge, Valence
shell electron pair repulsion theory (VSEPR), shapes of simple molecules and ions
containing lone pairs and bond pairs of electrons, multiple bonding (σ and π bond approach)
and bond lengths.
3
Covalent character in ionic compounds, polarizing power and polarizability. Fajan’s rules
and consequences of polarization.
Ionic character in covalent compounds: Bond moment and dipole moment. Percentage ionic
character from dipole moment and electronegativity difference.
(iii)Metallic Bond: Qualitative idea of valence bond and band theories. Semiconductors and
insulators, defects in solids.
(iv) Weak Chemical Forces: van der Waals forces, ion-dipole forces, dipole-dipole interactions,
induced dipole interactions, Instantaneous dipole-induced dipole interactions. Repulsive
forces, Hydrogen bonding (theories of hydrogen bonding, valence bond treatment) Effects
of chemical force, melting and boiling points, solubility energetics of dissolution process.
(26 Lectures)
Oxidation-Reduction:
Redox equations, Standard Electrode Potential and its application to inorganic reactions.
Principles involved in volumetric analysis to be carried out in class.
(4 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Lee, J.D. Concise Inorganic Chemistry ELBS, 1991.
 Douglas, B.E. and McDaniel, D.H. Concepts & Models of Inorganic Chemistry
Oxford, 1970
th
 Atkins, P.W. & Paula, J. Physical Chemistry, 10 Ed., Oxford University Press, 2014.
 Day, M.C. and Selbin, J. Theoretical Inorganic Chemistry, ACS Publications, 1962.
 Rodger, G.E. Inorganic and Solid State Chemistry, Cengage Learning India Edition,
2002.
CHEMISTRY LAB- C I LAB: 60 Lectures

(A) Titrimetric Analysis
(i) Calibration and use of apparatus

(ii) Preparation of solutions of different Molarity/Normality of titrants
(B) Acid-Base Titrations
(i) Estimation of carbonate and hydroxide present together in mixture.

(ii) Estimation of carbonate and bicarbonate present together in a mixture.
(iii)Estimation of free alkali present in different soaps/detergents
(C) Oxidation-Reduction Titrimetry
(i) Estimation of Fe(II) and oxalic acid using standardized KMnO 4 solution.
(ii) Estimation of oxalic acid and sodium oxalate in a given mixture.
(iii)Estimation of Fe(II) with K2Cr2O7 using internal (diphenylamine, anthranilic
acid) and external indicator.
Reference text:
th
1. Mendham, J., A. I. Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis 6 Ed., Pearson, 2009.
4
CHEMISTRY -C II: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-I
Theory: 60 Lectures
Gaseous state:
Kinetic molecular model of a gas: postulates and derivation of the kinetic gas equation;
collision frequency; collision diameter; mean free path and viscosity of gases, including
their temperature and pressure dependence, relation between mean free path and coefficient
of viscosity, calculation of σ from η; variation of viscosity with temperature and pressure.
Maxwell distribution and its use in evaluating molecular velocities (average, root mean
square and most probable) and average kinetic energy, law of equipartition of energy,
degrees of freedom and molecular basis of heat capacities.
Behaviour of real gases: Deviations from ideal gas behaviour, compressibility factor, Z, and
its variation with pressure for different gases. Causes of deviation from ideal behaviour. van
der Waals equation of state, its derivation and application in explaining real gas behaviour,
mention of other equations of state (Berthelot, Dietrici); virial equation of state; van der
Waals equation expressed in virial form and calculation of Boyle temperature. Isotherms of
real gases and their comparison with van der Waals isotherms, continuity of states, critical
state, relation between critical constants and van der Waals constants, law of corresponding
states.
(18 Lectures)
Liquid state:
Qualitative treatment of the structure of the liquid state; Radial distribution function;
physical properties of liquids; vapour pressure, surface tension and coefficient of viscosity,
and their determination. Effect of addition of various solutes on surface tension and
viscosity. Explanation of cleansing action of detergents. Temperature variation of viscosity
of liquids and comparison with that of gases.
Qualitative discussion of structure of water.
(6 Lectures)
Solid state:
Nature of the solid state, law of constancy of interfacial angles, law of rational indices,
Miller indices, elementary ideas of symmetry, symmetry elements and symmetry operations,
qualitative idea of point and space groups, seven crystal systems and fourteen Bravais
lattices; X-ray diffraction, Bragg’s law, a simple account of rotating crystal method and
powder pattern method. Analysis of powder diffraction patterns of NaCl, CsCl and KCl.
Defects in crystals. Glasses and liquid crystals.
(16 Lectures)
5
Ionic equilibria:
Strong, moderate and weak electrolytes, degree of ionization, factors affecting degree of
ionization, ionization constant and ionic product of water. Ionization of weak acids and
bases, pH scale, common ion effect; dissociation constants of mono-, di-and triprotic acids
(exact treatment).
Salt hydrolysis-calculation of hydrolysis constant, degree of hydrolysis and pH for different

salts. Buffer solutions; derivation of Henderson equation and its applications; buffer
capacity, buffer range, buffer action and applications of buffers in analytical chemistry and
biochemical processes in the human body.
Solubility and solubility product of sparingly soluble salts – applications of solubility

product principle. Qualitative treatment of acid – base titration curves (calculation of pH at
various stages). Theory of acid–base indicators; selection of indicators and their limitations.
Multistage equilibria in polyelectrolyte systems; hydrolysis and hydrolysis constants.
(20 Lectures)
Reference Books:
th
 Atkins, P. W. & Paula, J. de Atkin’s Physical Chemistry 10 Ed., Oxford University
Press (2014).
 Ball, D. W. Physical Chemistry Thomson Press, India (2007).
th
 Castellan, G. W. Physical Chemistry 4 Ed. Narosa (2004).
rd
 Mortimer, R. G. Physical Chemistry 3 Ed. Elsevier: NOIDA, UP (2009).
rd
 Engel, T. & Reid, P. Physical Chemistry 3 Ed. Pearson (2013).
CHEMISTRY LAB-C II LAB: 60 Lectures

1. Surface tension measurements.
a. Determine the surface tension by (i) drop number (ii) drop weight method.
b. Study the variation of surface tension of detergent solutions with
concentration.
2. Viscosity measurement using Ostwald’s viscometer.
a. Determination of viscosity of aqueous solutions of (i) polymer (ii) ethanol
and (iii) sugar at room temperature.
b. Study the variation of viscosity of sucrose solution with the concentration of
solute.
3. Indexing of a given powder diffraction pattern of a cubic crystalline system.
4. pH metry
a. Study the effect on pH of addition of HCl/NaOH to solutions of acetic acid,
sodium acetate and their mixtures.
b. Preparation of buffer solutions of different pH
i. Sodium acetate-acetic acid
ii. Ammonium chloride-ammonium hydroxide
c. pH metric titration of (i) strong acid vs. strong base, (ii) weak acid vs. strong base.
d. Determination of dissociation constant of a weak acid.
6
Reference Books
 Khosla, B. D.; Garg, V. C. & Gulati, A. Senior Practical Physical Chemistry, R.
Chand & Co.: New Delhi (2011).
 Garland, C. W.; Nibler, J. W. & Shoemaker, D. P. Experiments in Physical Chemistry
th
8 Ed.; McGraw-Hill: New York (2003).
rd
 Halpern, A. M. & McBane, G. C. Experimental Physical Chemistry 3 Ed.;
W.H. Freeman & Co.: New York (2003).
SEMESTER II
CHEMISTRY-C III: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY- I

Theory: 60 Lectures
Basics of Organic Chemistry
Organic Compounds: Classification, and Nomenclature, Hybridization, Shapes of

molecules, Influence of hybridization on bond properties.
Electronic Displacements: Inductive, electromeric, resonance and mesomeric effects,

hyperconjugation and their applications; Dipole moment; Organic acids and bases; their
relative strength.
Homolytic and Heterolytic fission with suitable examples. Curly arrow rules, formal
charges; Electrophiles and Nucleophiles; Nucleophlicity and basicity; Types, shape and their
relative stability of Carbocations, Carbanions, Free radicals and Carbenes.
Introduction to types of organic reactions and their mechanism: Addition, Elimination and
Substitution reactions.
(6 Lectures)
Stereochemistry:
Fischer Projection, Newmann and Sawhorse Projection formulae and their interconversions;
Geometrical isomerism: cis–trans and, syn-anti isomerism E/Z notations with C.I.P rules.
Optical Isomerism: Optical Activity, Specific Rotation, Chirality/Asymmetry, Enantiomers,

Molecules with two or more chiral-centres, Distereoisomers, meso structures, Racemic
mixture and resolution. Relative and absolute configuration: D/L and R/S designations.
(18 Lectures)
Chemistry of Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
A. Carbon-Carbon sigma bonds
Chemistry of alkanes: Formation of alkanes, Wurtz Reaction, Wurtz-Fittig Reactions, Free

7
radical substitutions: Halogenation -relative reactivity and selectivity.
B. Carbon-Carbon pi bonds:
Formation of alkenes and alkynes by elimination reactions, Mechanism of E1, E2, E1cb
reactions. Saytzeff and Hofmann eliminations.
Reactions of alkenes: Electrophilic additions their mechanisms (Markownikoff/ Anti

Markownikoff addition), mechanism of oxymercuration-demercuration, hydroboration-
oxidation, ozonolysis, reduction (catalytic and chemical), syn and anti-hydroxylation
(oxidation). 1,2-and 1,4-addition reactions in conjugated dienes and, Diels-Alder reaction;
Allylic and benzylic bromination and mechanism, e.g. propene, 1-butene, toluene, ethyl
benzene.
Reactions of alkynes: Acidity, Electrophilic and Nucleophilic additions. Hydration to form

carbonyl compounds, Alkylation of terminal alkynes.
C. Cycloalkanes and Conformational Analysis
Types of cycloalkanes and their relative stability, Baeyer strain theory, Conformation
analysis of alkanes: Relative stability: Energy diagrams of cyclohexane: Chair, Boat and
Twist boat forms; Relative stability with energy diagrams.
(24 Lectures)
Aromatic Hydrocarbons
Aromaticity: Hückel’s rule, aromatic character of arenes, cyclic carbocations/carbanions and

heterocyclic compounds with suitable examples. Electrophilic aromatic substitution:
halogenation, nitration, sulphonation and Friedel-Craft’s alkylation/acylation with their
mechanism. Directing effects of the groups.
(12 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Morrison, R. N. & Boyd, R. N. Organic Chemistry, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.
Ltd. (Pearson Education).
 Finar, I. L. Organic Chemistry (Volume 1), Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd.
(Pearson Education).
 Finar, I. L. Organic Chemistry (Volume 2: Stereochemistry and the Chemistry of
Natural Products), Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education).
 Eliel, E. L. & Wilen, S. H. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, Wiley: London,
1994.
 Kalsi, P. S. Stereochemistry Conformation and Mechanism, New Age International,
2005.
th
 McMurry, J.E. Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, 7 Ed. Cengage Learning India
Edition, 2013.
CHEMISTRY LAB-C II LAB: 60 Lectures
1. Checking the calibration of the thermometer
8
2. Purification of organic compounds by crystallization using the following solvents:
a. Water
b. Alcohol
c. Alcohol-Water
3. Determination of the melting points of above compounds and unknown organic compounds
(Kjeldahl method and electrically heated melting point apparatus)
4. Effect of impurities on the melting point – mixed melting point of two unknown organic
compounds
5. Determination of boiling point of liquid compounds. (boiling point lower than and more
than 100 °C by distillation and capillary method)
6. Chromatography
a. Separation of a mixture of two amino acids by ascending and horizontal

paper chromatography
b. Separation of a mixture of two sugars by ascending paper chromatography
c. Separation of a mixture of o-and p-nitrophenol or o-and p-aminophenol by
thin layer chromatography (TLC)
Reference Books
 Mann, F.G. & Saunders, B.C. Practical Organic Chemistry, Pearson
Education (2009)
 Furniss, B.S.; Hannaford, A.J.; Smith, P.W.G.; Tatchell, A.R. Practical
th
Organic Chemistry, 5 Ed., Pearson (2012)
CHEMISTRY -C IV: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY- II

Theory: 60 Lectures
Chemical Thermodynamics:
Intensive and extensive variables; state and path functions; isolated, closed and open
systems; zeroth law of thermodynamics.
First law: Concept of heat, q, work, w, internal energy, U, and statement of first law;
enthalpy, H , relation between heat capacities, calculations of q, w, U and H for reversible,
irreversible and free expansion of gases (ideal and van der Waals) under isothermal and
adiabatic conditions.
Thermochemistry: Heats of reactions: standard states; enthalpy of formation of molecules

and ions and enthalpy of combustion and its applications; calculation of bond energy, bond
dissociation energy and resonance energy from thermochemical data, effect of temperature
(Kirchhoff’s equations) and pressure on enthalpy of reactions. Adiabatic flame temperature,
9
explosion temperature.
Second Law: Concept of entropy; thermodynamic scale of temperature, statement of the

second law of thermodynamics; molecular and statistical interpretation of entropy.
Calculation of entropy change for reversible and irreversible processes.
Third Law: Statement of third law, concept of residual entropy, calculation of absolute
entropy of molecules.
Free Energy Functions: Gibbs and Helmholtz energy; variation of S, G, A with T, V, P; Free
energy change and spontaneity. Relation between Joule-Thomson coefficient and other
thermodynamic parameters; inversion temperature; Gibbs-Helmholtz equation; Maxwell
relations; thermodynamic equation of state.
(36 Lectures)
Systems of Variable Composition:
Partial molar quantities, dependence of thermodynamic parameters on composition; Gibbs-

Duhem equation, chemical potential of ideal mixtures, change in thermodynamic functions
in mixing of ideal gases.
(8 Lectures)
Chemical Equilibrium:
Criteria of thermodynamic equilibrium, degree of advancement of reaction, chemical equilibria

in ideal gases, concept of fugacity. Thermodynamic derivation of relation between Gibbs free
energy of reaction and reaction quotient. Coupling of exoergic and endoergic reactions.
Equilibrium constants and their quantitative dependence on temperature, pressure and
concentration. Free energy of mixing and spontaneity; thermodynamic derivation of relations
between the various equilibrium constants Kp , Kc and Kx. Le Chatelier principle (quantitative
treatment); equilibrium between ideal gases and a pure condensed phase.
(8 Lectures)
Solutions and Colligative Properties:
Dilute solutions; lowering of vapour pressure, Raoult’s and Henry’s Laws and their
applications. Excess thermodynamic functions.
Thermodynamic derivation using chemical potential to derive relations between the four
colligative properties [(i) relative lowering of vapour pressure, (ii) elevation of boiling point,
(iii) Depression of freezing point, (iv) osmotic pressure] and amount of solute. Applications in
calculating molar masses of normal, dissociated and associated solutes in solution.
(8 Lectures)
Reference Books
th
 Peter, A. & Paula, J. de. Physical Chemistry 10 Ed., Oxford University Press (2014).
th
 Castellan, G. W. Physical Chemistry 4 Ed., Narosa (2004).
rd
 Engel, T. & Reid, P. Physical Chemistry 3 Ed., Prentice-Hall (2012).
 McQuarrie, D. A. & Simon, J. D. Molecular Thermodynamics Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.:
New Delhi (2004).
10
 Assael, M. J.; Goodwin, A. R. H.; Stamatoudis, M.; Wakeham, W. A. & Will, S.
Commonly Asked Questions in Thermodynamics. CRC Press: NY (2011).
th
 Levine, I .N. Physical Chemistry 6 Ed., Tata Mc Graw Hill (2010).
 Metz, C.R. 2000 solved problems in chemistry, Schaum Series (2006).
CHEMISTRY LAB- C IV LAB: 60 Lectures
Thermochemistry
(a) Determination of heat capacity of a calorimeter for different volumes using change of
enthalpy data of a known system (method of back calculation of heat capacity of
calorimeter from known enthalpy of solution or enthalpy of neutralization).
(b) Determination of heat capacity of the calorimeter and enthalpy of neutralization of

hydrochloric acid with sodium hydroxide.
(c) Calculation of the enthalpy of ionization of ethanoic acid.
(d) Determination of heat capacity of the calorimeter and integral enthalpy (endothermic and
exothermic) solution of salts.
(e) Determination of basicity/proticity of a polyprotic acid by the thermochemical method in terms

of the changes of temperatures observed in the graph of temperature versus time for different
additions of a base. Also calculate the enthalpy of neutralization of the first step.
(f) Determination of enthalpy of hydration of copper sulphate.
(g) Study of the solubility of benzoic acid in water and determination of ∆H.
Any other experiment carried out in the class.
Reference Books
 Khosla, B. D.; Garg, V. C. & Gulati, A., Senior Practical Physical Chemistry, R.
 Athawale, V. D. & Mathur, P. Experimental Physical Chemistry New Age
International: New Delhi (2001).
SEMESTER III
CHEMISTRY-C V: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-II

11
Theory: 60 Lectures
General Principles of Metallurgy
Chief modes of occurrence of metals based on standard electrode potentials. Ellingham diagrams for
reduction of metal oxides using carbon and carbon monoxide as reducing agent. Electrolytic
Reduction, Hydrometallurgy. Methods of purification of metals: Electrolytic Kroll process, Parting
process, van Arkel-de Boer process and Mond’s process, Zone refining.
(6 Lectures)
Acids and Bases
Brönsted-Lowry concept of acid-base reactions, solvated proton, relative strength of acids,
types of acid-base reactions, levelling solvents, Lewis acid-base concept, Classification of
Lewis acids, Hard and Soft Acids and Bases (HSAB) Application of HSAB principle.
(8 Lectures)
Chemistry of s and p Block Elements:
Inert pair effect, Relative stability of different oxidation states, diagonal relationship and
anomalous behaviour of first member of each group. Allotropy and catenation. Complex
formation tendency of s and p block elements.
Hydrides and their classification ionic, covalent and interstitial. Basic beryllium acetate and
nitrate.
Study of the following compounds with emphasis on structure, bonding, preparation,

properties and uses.
Boric acid and borates, boron nitrides, borohydrides (diborane) carboranes and graphitic
compounds, silanes, Oxides and oxoacids of nitrogen, Phosphorus and chlorine. Peroxo
acids of sulphur, interhalogen compounds, polyhalide ions, pseudohalogens and basic
properties of halogens.
(30 Lectures)
Noble Gases:
Occurrence and uses, rationalization of inertness of noble gases, Clathrates; preparation and
properties of XeF2, XeF4 and XeF6; Nature of bonding in noble gas compounds (Valence
bond treatment and MO treatment for XeF 2). Molecular shapes of noble gas compounds
(VSEPR theory).
(8 Lectures)
Inorganic Polymers:
Types of inorganic polymers, comparison with organic polymers, synthesis, structural

aspects and applications of silicones and siloxanes. Borazines, silicates and phosphazenes,
and polysulphates.
(8 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Lee, J.D. Concise Inorganic Chemistry, ELBS, 1991.
 Douglas, B.E; Mc Daniel, D.H. & Alexander, J.J. Concepts & Models of
rd
Inorganic Chemistry 3 Ed., John Wiley Sons, N.Y. 1994.
 Greenwood, N.N. & Earnshaw. Chemistry of the Elements, Butterworth-
12
Heinemann. 1997.
 Cotton, F.A. & Wilkinson, G. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley, VCH, 1999.
 Rodger, G.E. Inorganic and Solid State Chemistry, Cengage Learning India
Edition, 2002.
th
 Miessler, G. L. & Donald, A. Tarr. Inorganic Chemistry 4 Ed., Pearson, 2010.
th
 Atkin, P. Shriver & Atkins’ Inorganic Chemistry 5 Ed. Oxford University Press
(2010).
CHEMISTRY LAB-C V LAB: 60 Lectures

(A) Iodo / Iodimetric Titrations
(i) Estimation of Cu(II) and K 2Cr2O7 using sodium thiosulphate solution

(Iodimetrically).
(ii) Estimation of (i) arsenite and (ii) antimony in tartar-emetic iodimetrically
(iii)Estimation of available chlorine in bleaching powder iodometrically.
(B) Inorganic preparations
(i) Cuprous Chloride, Cu2Cl2
(ii) Preparation of Manganese(III) phosphate, MnPO 4.H2O
(iii)Preparation of Aluminium potassium sulphate KAl(SO 4)2.12H2O (Potash alum) or Chrome

alum.
Reference Books:
th
Mendham, J., A. I. Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis 6 Ed., Pearson, 2009.
CHEMISTRY-C VI: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-II

Theory: 60 Lectures
Chemistry of Halogenated Hydrocarbons:
Alkyl halides: Methods of preparation, nucleophilic substitution reactions – S N1, SN2 and
SNi mechanisms with stereochemical aspects and effect of solvent etc.; nucleophilic
substitution vs. elimination.
Aryl halides: Preparation, including preparation from diazonium salts. nucleophilic aromatic
substitution; SNAr, Benzyne mechanism.
Relative reactivity of alkyl, allyl/benzyl, vinyl and aryl halides towards nucleophilic
substitution reactions.
13
Organometallic compounds of Mg and Li – Use in synthesis of organic compounds.
(16 Lectures)
Alcohols, Phenols, Ethers and Epoxides:
°
Alcohols: preparation, properties and relative reactivity of 1 , 2°, 3° alcohols, Bouvaelt-
Blanc Reduction; Preparation and properties of glycols: Oxidation by periodic acid and lead
tetraacetate, Pinacol-Pinacolone rearrangement;
Phenols: Preparation and properties; Acidity and factors effecting it, Ring substitution
reactions, Reimer–Tiemann and Kolbe’s–Schmidt Reactions, Fries and Claisen
rearrangements with mechanism;
Ethers and Epoxides: Preparation and reactions with acids. Reactions of epoxides with
alcohols, ammonia derivatives and LiAlH4
(16 Lectures)
Carbonyl Compounds:
Structure, reactivity and preparation;
Nucleophilic additions, Nucleophilic addition-elimination reactions with ammonia

derivatives with mechanism; Mechanisms of Aldol and Benzoin condensation, Knoevenagel
condensation, Claisen-Schmidt, Perkin, Cannizzaro and Wittig reaction, Beckmann and
Benzil-Benzilic acid rearrangements, haloform reaction and Baeyer Villiger oxidation, α-
substitution reactions, oxidations and reductions (Clemmensen, Wolff-Kishner, LiAlH 4,
NaBH4, MPV, PDC and PGC);
Addition reactions of unsaturated carbonyl compounds: Michael addition.
Active methylene compounds: Keto-enol tautomerism. Preparation and synthetic

applications of diethyl malonate and ethyl acetoacetate.
(14 Lectures)
Carboxylic Acids and their Derivatives:
Preparation, physical properties and reactions of monocarboxylic acids: Typical reactions of

dicarboxylic acids, hydroxy acids and unsaturated acids: succinic/phthalic, lactic, malic,
tartaric, citric, maleic and fumaric acids;
Preparation and reactions of acid chlorides, anhydrides, esters and amides; Comparative
study of nucleophilic sustitution at acyl group -Mechanism of acidic and alkaline hydrolysis
of esters, Claisen condensation, Dieckmann and Reformatsky reactions, Hofmann-
bromamide degradation and Curtius rearrangement.
(10 Lectures)
Sulphur containing compounds:
Preparation and reactions of thiols, thioethers and sulphonic acids.
14
(4 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Morrison, R. T. & Boyd, R. N. Organic Chemistry, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.
 Graham Solomons, T.W. Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
th
Edition, 2013.
CHEMISTRY LAB- C VI LAB: 60 Lectures

1. Functional group tests for alcohols, phenols, carbonyl and carboxylic acid group.
2. Organic preparations:
i. Acetylation of one of the following compounds: amines (aniline, o-, m-, p-
toluidines and o-, m-, p-anisidine) and phenols (β-naphthol, vanillin, salicylic
acid) by any one method:
a. Using conventional method.
b. Using green approach
ii. Benzolyation of one of the following amines (aniline, o-, m-, p-
toluidines and o-, m-, p-anisidine) and one of the following phenols
(β-naphthol, resorcinol, p-cresol) by Schotten-Baumann reaction.
iii. Oxidation of ethanol/ isopropanol (Iodoform reaction).
iv. Bromination of any one of the following:
a. Acetanilide by conventional methods
b. Acetanilide using green approach (Bromate-bromide method)
v. Nitration of any one of the following:
a. Acetanilide/nitrobenzene by conventional method
b. Salicylic acid by green approach (using ceric ammonium nitrate).
vi. Selective reduction of meta dinitrobenzene to m-nitroaniline.
vii. Reduction of p-nitrobenzaldehyde by sodium borohydride.
viii.Hydrolysis of amides and esters.
ix. Semicarbazone of any one of the following compounds: acetone, ethyl methyl
ketone, cyclohexanone, benzaldehyde.
x. S-Benzylisothiouronium salt of one each of water soluble and water insoluble acids
(benzoic acid, oxalic acid, phenyl acetic acid and phthalic acid).
xi. Aldol condensation using either conventional or green method.
xii. Benzil-Benzilic acid rearrangement.
The above derivatives should be prepared using 0.5-1g of the organic compound. The solid
samples must be collected and may be used for recrystallization, melting point and TLC.
Reference Books
 Mann, F.G. & Saunders, B.C. Practical Organic Chemistry, Pearson Education
(2009)
 Furniss, B.S., Hannaford, A.J., Smith, P.W.G. & Tatchell, A.R. Practical Organic
th
Chemistry, 5 Ed. Pearson (2012)
 Ahluwalia, V.K. & Aggarwal, R. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry:
Preparation and Quantitative Analysis, University Press (2000).
 Ahluwalia, V.K. & Dhingra, S. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry:
15
Qualitative Analysis, University Press (2000).
CHEMISTRY-C VII: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-III

Theory: 60 Lectures
Phase Equilibria:
Concept of phases, components and degrees of freedom, derivation of Gibbs
Phase Rule for nonreactive and reactive systems; Clausius-Clapeyron equation
and its applications to solid-liquid, liquid-vapour and solid-vapour equilibria,
phase diagram for one component systems, with applications.
Phase diagrams for systems of solid-liquid equilibria involving eutectic,

congruent and incongruent melting points, solid solutions.
Three component systems, water-chloroform-acetic acid system, triangular plots.
Binary solutions: Gibbs-Duhem-Margules equation, its derivation and

applications to fractional distillation of binary miscible liquids (ideal and
nonideal), azeotropes, lever rule, partial miscibility of liquids, CST, miscible
pairs, steam distillation.
Nernst distribution law: its derivation and applications.
(28 Lectures)
Chemical Kinetics
Order and molecularity of a reaction, rate laws in terms of the advancement of a
reaction, differential and integrated form of rate expressions up to second order
reactions, experimental methods of the determination of rate laws, kinetics of
complex reactions (integrated rate expressions up to first order only): (i)
Opposing reactions (ii) parallel reactions and (iii) consecutive reactions and their
differential rate equations (steady-state approximation in reaction mechanisms)
(iv) chain reactions.
Temperature dependence of reaction rates; Arrhenius equation; activation energy.

Collision theory of reaction rates, Lindemann mechanism, qualitative treatment
of the theory of absolute reaction rates.
(18 Lectures)
Catalysis:
Types of catalyst, specificity and selectivity, mechanisms of catalyzed reactions
at solid surfaces; effect of particle size and efficiency of nanoparticles as
catalysts. Enzyme catalysis, Michaelis-Menten mechanism, acid-base catalysis.
(8 Lectures)
Surface chemistry:
Physical adsorption, chemisorption, adsorption isotherms. nature of adsorbed state.
(6 Lectures)
16
Reference Books:
th
 Peter Atkins & Julio De Paula, Physical Chemistry 10 Ed., Oxford University Press
(2014).
th
 Castellan, G. W. Physical Chemistry, 4 Ed., Narosa (2004).
 McQuarrie, D. A. & Simon, J. D., Molecular Thermodynamics, Viva Books Pvt.
Ltd.: New Delhi (2004).
rd
 Assael, M. J.; Goodwin, A. R. H.; Stamatoudis, M.; Wakeham, W. A. & Will, S.
Commonly Asked Questions in Thermodynamics. CRC Press: NY (2011).
 Zundhal, S.S. Chemistry concepts and applications Cengage India (2011).
 Ball, D. W. Physical Chemistry Cengage India (2012).
rd
 Mortimer, R. G. Physical Chemistry 3 Ed., Elsevier: NOIDA, UP (2009).
th
 Levine, I. N. Physical Chemistry 6 Ed., Tata McGraw-Hill (2011).
nd
 Metz, C. R. Physical Chemistry 2 Ed., Tata McGraw-Hill (2009).
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C VII LAB: 60 Lectures

I. Determination of critical solution temperature and composition of the phenol-water
system and to study the effect of impurities on it.
AI. Phase equilibria: Construction of the phase diagram using cooling curves or ignition
tube method:
a. simple eutectic and
b. congruently melting systems.
BI. Distribution of acetic/ benzoic acid between water and cyclohexane.
IV. Study the equilibrium of at least one of the following reactions by the distribution
method:
- - 2+
(i) I2(aq) + I → I3 (aq)
2+
(ii) Cu (aq) + nNH3 → Cu(NH3)n
V. Study the kinetics of the following reactions.

1. Initial rate method: Iodide-persulphate reaction
2. Integrated rate method:
a. Acid hydrolysis of methyl acetate with hydrochloric acid.
b. Saponification of ethyl acetate.
3. Compare the strengths of HCl and H 2SO4 by studying kinetics of hydrolysis of
methyl acetate.
VI. Adsorption
I. Verify the Freundlich and Langmuir isotherms for adsorption of acetic acid on
activated charcoal.
Reference Books:
 Khosla, B. D.; Garg, V. C. & Gulati, A. Senior Practical Physical Chemistry,
R. Chand & Co.: New Delhi (2011).
17
th
rd
SEMESTER IV
CHEMISTRY-VIII: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-III

Theory: 60 Lectures
Coordination Chemistry:
Werner’s theory, valence bond theory (inner and outer orbital complexes), electroneutrality
principle and back bonding. Crystal field theory, measurement of 10 Dq ( o), CFSE in weak
and strong fields, pairing energies, factors affecting the magnitude of 10 Dq ( o, t).
Octahedral vs. tetrahedral coordination, tetragonal distortions from octahedral geometry
Jahn-Teller theorem, square planar geometry. Qualitative aspect of Ligand field and MO
Theory.
IUPAC nomenclature of coordination compounds, isomerism in coordination compounds.

Stereochemistry of complexes with 4 and 6 coordination numbers. Chelate effect,
polynuclear complexes, Labile and inert complexes.
(26 Lectures)
Transition Elements:
General group trends with special reference to electronic configuration, colour, variable
valency, magnetic and catalytic properties, ability to form complexes. Stability of various
oxidation states and e.m.f. (Latimer & Bsworth diagrams). Difference between the first,
second and third transition series.
Chemistry of Ti, V, Cr Mn, Fe and Co in various oxidation states (excluding their

metallurgy)
(18 Lectures)
Lanthanoids and Actinoids:
Electronic configuration, oxidation states, colour, spectral and magnetic properties,

lanthanide contraction, separation of lanthanides (ion-exchange method only).
(6 Lectures)
Bioinorganic Chemistry:
Metal ions present in biological systems, classification of elements according to their action
in biological system. Geochemical effect on the distribution of metals. Sodium / K-pump,
carbonic anhydrase and carboxypeptidase. Excess and deficiency of some trace metals.
18
Toxicity of metal ions (Hg, Pb, Cd and As), reasons for toxicity, Use of chelating agents in
medicine.
Iron and its application in bio-systems, Haemoglobin; Storage and transfer of iron.
(10 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Purcell, K.F & Kotz, J.C. Inorganic Chemistry W.B. Saunders Co, 1977.
 Huheey, J.E., Inorganic Chemistry, Prentice Hall, 1993.
 Lippard, S.J. & Berg, J.M. Principles of Bioinorganic Chemistry Panima Publishing
Company 1994.
 Cotton, F.A. & Wilkinson, G, Advanced Inorganic Chemistry Wiley-VCH, 1999
 Basolo, F, and Pearson, R.C. Mechanisms of Inorganic Chemistry, John Wiley &
Sons, NY, 1967.
 Greenwood, N.N. & Earnshaw A. Chemistry of the Elements, Butterworth-
Heinemann, 1997.
CHEMISTRY-C VIII LAB: 60 Lectures

Gravimetric Analysis:
i. Estimation of nickel (II) using Dimethylglyoxime (DMG).
ii. Estimation of copper as CuSCN
iii. Estimation of iron as Fe2O3 by precipitating iron as Fe(OH)3.
iv. Estimation of Al (III) by precipitating with oxine and weighing as Al(oxine) 3 (aluminium
oxinate).
Inorganic Preparations:
i. Tetraamminecopper (II) sulphate, [Cu(NH3)4]SO4.H2O
ii. Cis and trans K[Cr(C2O4)2. (H2O)2] Potassium dioxalatodiaquachromate (III)
iii. Tetraamminecarbonatocobalt (III) ion
iv. Potassium tris(oxalate)ferrate(III)
Chromatography of metal ions
Principles involved in chromatographic separations. Paper chromatographic separation of

following metal ions:
i. Ni (II) and Co (II)
ii. Fe (III) and Al (III)
Reference Book:
th
Mendham, J., A. I. Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis 6 Ed., Pearson, 2009.
CHEMISTRY-C IX: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-III

Theory: 60 Lectures
Nitrogen Containing Functional Groups
19
Preparation and important reactions of nitro and compounds, nitriles and isonitriles
Amines: Effect of substituent and solvent on basicity; Preparation and properties: Gabriel
phthalimide synthesis, Carbylamine reaction, Mannich reaction, Hoffmann’s exhaustive
methylation, Hofmann-elimination reaction; Distinction between 1°, 2° and 3° amines with
Hinsberg reagent and nitrous acid.
Diazonium Salts: Preparation and their synthetic applications.
(18 Lectures)
Polynuclear Hydrocarbons
Reactions of naphthalene phenanthrene and anthracene Structure, Preparation and structure

elucidation and important derivatives of naphthalene and anthracene; Polynuclear
hydrocarbons.
(8 Lectures)
Heterocyclic Compounds
Classification and nomenclature, Structure, aromaticity in 5-numbered and 6-membered

rings containing one heteroatom; Synthesis, reactions and mechanism of substitution
reactions of: Furan, Pyrrole (Paal-Knorr synthesis, Knorr pyrrole synthesis, Hantzsch
synthesis), Thiophene, Pyridine (Hantzsch synthesis), Pyrimidine, Structure elucidation of
indole, Fischer indole synthesis and Madelung synthesis), Structure elucidation of quinoline
and isoquinoline, Skraup synthesis, Friedlander’s synthesis, Knorr quinoline synthesis,
Doebner-Miller synthesis, Bischler-Napieralski reaction, Pictet-Spengler reaction,
Pomeranz-Fritsch reaction
Derivatives of furan: Furfural and furoic acid.
(22 Lectures)
Alkaloids
Natural occurrence, General structural features, Isolation and their physiological action
Hoffmann’s exhaustive methylation, Emde’s modification, Structure elucidation and

synthesis of Hygrine and Nicotine. Medicinal importance of Nicotine, Hygrine, Quinine,
Morphine, Cocaine, and Reserpine.
(6 Lectures)
Terpenes
Occurrence, classification, isoprene rule; Elucidation of stucture and synthesis of Citral,

Neral and α-terpineol.
(6 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Morrison, R. T. & Boyd, R. N. Organic Chemistry, Dorling Kindersley (India)
20
Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education).
 Acheson, R.M. Introduction to the Chemistry of Heterocyclic compounds, John
Welly & Sons (1976).
th
 McMurry, J.E. Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, 7 Ed. Cengage Learning
India Edition, 2013.
st
 Kalsi, P. S. Textbook of Organic Chemistry 1 Ed., New Age International (P)
Ltd. Pub.
 Clayden, J.; Greeves, N.; Warren, S.; Wothers, P.; Organic Chemistry, Oxford
University Press.
 Singh, J.; Ali, S.M. & Singh, J. Natural Product Chemistry, Prajati Parakashan
(2010).
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C IX LAB

60 Lectures
1. Detection of extra elements.
2. Functional group test for nitro, amine and amide groups.
3. Qualitative analysis of unknown organic compounds containing simple
functional groups (alcohols, carboxylic acids, phenols and carbonyl
compounds)
Reference Books
(2009)
 Furniss, B.S.; Hannaford, A.J.; Smith, P.W.G.; Tatchell, A.R. Practical Organic
th
Chemistry, 5 Ed., Pearson (2012)
 Ahluwalia, V.K. & Dhingra, S. Comprehensive Practical Organic
Chemistry: Qualitative Analysis, University Press (2000).
CHEMISTRY-C X: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY-IV

Theory: 60 Lectures
Conductance
Arrhenius theory of electrolytic dissociation. Conductivity, equivalent and molar
conductivity and their variation with dilution for weak and strong electrolytes. Molar
conductivity at infinite dilution. Kohlrausch law of independent migration of ions. Debye-
Hückel-Onsager equation, Wien effect, Debye-Falkenhagen effect, Walden’s rules.
Ionic velocities, mobilities and their determinations, transference numbers and their relation
to ionic mobilities, determination of transference numbers using Hittorf and Moving
21
Boundary methods. Applications of conductance measurement: (i) degree of dissociation of
weak electrolytes, (ii) ionic product of water (iii) solubility and solubility product of
sparingly soluble salts, (iv) conductometric titrations, and (v) hydrolysis constants of salts.
(20 Lectures)
Electrochemistry
Quantitative aspects of Faraday’s laws of electrolysis, rules of oxidation/reduction of ions

based on half-cell potentials, applications of electrolysis in metallurgy and industry.
Chemical cells, reversible and irreversible cells with examples. Electromotive force of a cell and
its measurement, Nernst equation; Standard electrode (reduction) potential and its application to
different kinds of half-cells. Application of EMF measurements in determining
(i) free energy, enthalpy and entropy of a cell reaction, (ii) equilibrium constants, and (iii)
pH values, using hydrogen, quinone-hydroquinone, glass and SbO/Sb 2O3 electrodes.
Concentration cells with and without transference, liquid junction potential; determination
of activity coefficients and transference numbers. Qualitative discussion of potentiometric
titrations (acid-base, redox, precipitation).
(28 Lectures)
Electrical & Magnetic Properties of Atoms and Molecules
Basic ideas of electrostatics, Electrostatics of dielectric media, Clausius-Mosotti equation,
Lorenz-Laurentz equation, Dipole moment and molecular polarizabilities and their
measurements. Diamagnetism, paramagnetism, magnetic susceptibility and its
measurement, molecular interpretation.
(12 Lectures)
Reference Books:
th
 Atkins, P.W & Paula, J.D. Physical Chemistry, 10 Ed., Oxford University
Press (2014).
th
rd
 Mortimer, R. G. Physical Chemistry 3 Ed., Elsevier: NOIDA, UP (2009).
th
 Barrow, G. M., Physical Chemistry 5 Ed., Tata McGraw Hill: New Delhi (2006).
rd
 Rogers, D. W. Concise Physical Chemistry Wiley (2010).
th
 Silbey, R. J.; Alberty, R. A. & Bawendi, M. G. Physical Chemistry 4 Ed.,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (2005).
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C X LAB: 60 Lectures

Conductometry
I. Determination of cell constant
AI. Determination of equivalent conductance, degree of dissociation and dissociation
constant of a weak acid.
BI. Perform the following conductometric titrations:
i. Strong acid vs. strong base
ii. Weak acid vs. strong base
iii. Mixture of strong acid and weak acid vs. strong base
iv. Strong acid vs. weak base
22
Potentiometry
I Perform the following potentiometric titrations:
iii. Dibasic acid vs. strong base
iv. Potassium dichromate vs. Mohr's salt
Reference Books:
 Khosla, B. D.; Garg, V. C. & Gulati, A. Senior Practical Physical Chemistry,
R. Chand & Co.: New Delhi (2011).
th
rd
 Halpern, A. M. & McBane, G. C. Experimental Physical Chemistry 3 Ed.; W.H.
Freeman & Co.: New York (2003).
SEMESTER V
CHEMISTRY-C XI: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-IV

Theory: 60 Lectures
Nucleic Acids
Components of nucleic acids, Nucleosides and nucleotides;
Structure, synthesis and reactions of: Adenine, Guanine, Cytosine, Uracil and Thymine;
Structure of polynucleotides.
(9 Lectures)
Amino Acids, Peptides and Proteins
Amino acids, Peptides and their classification.
α-Amino Acids - Synthesis, ionic properties and reactions. Zwitterions, pKa values,
isoelectric point and electrophoresis;
Study of peptides: determination of their primary structures-end group analysis, methods of

peptide synthesis. Synthesis of peptides using N-protecting, C-protecting and C-activating
groups -Solid-phase synthesis. (16 Lectures)
Enzymes
Introduction, classification and characteristics of enzymes. Salient features of active site of

enzymes.
Mechanism of enzyme action (taking trypsin as example), factors affecting enzyme action,
coenzymes and cofactors and their role in biological reactions, specificity of enzyme action
23
(including stereospecificity), enzyme inhibitors and their importance, phenomenon of
inhibition (competitive, uncompetitive and non-competitive inhibition including allosteric
inhibition).
(8 Lectures)
Lipids
Introduction to oils and fats; common fatty acids present in oils and fats, Hydrogenntion of
fats and oils, Saponification value, acid value, iodine number. Reversion and rancidity.
(8 Lectures)
Concept of Energy in Biosystems
Cells obtain energy by the oxidation of foodstuff (organic

molecules). Introduction to metabolism (catabolism, anabolism).
ATP: The universal currency of cellular energy, ATP hydrolysis and free energy change.
+
Agents for transfer of electrons in biological redox systems: NAD , FAD.
Conversion of food to energy: Outline of catabolic pathways of carbohydrate- glycolysis,
fermentation, Krebs cycle.
Overview of catabolic pathways of fat and protein.
Interrelationship in the metabolic pathways of protein, fat and carbohydrate.
Caloric value of food, standard caloric content of food types.
(7 Lectures)
Pharmaceutical Compounds: Structure and Importance
Classification, structure and therapeutic uses of antipyretics: Paracetamol (with synthesis),

Analgesics: Ibuprofen (with synthesis), Antimalarials: Chloroquine (with synthesis). An
elementary treatment of Antibiotics and detailed study of chloramphenicol, Medicinal
values of curcumin (haldi), azadirachtin (neem), vitamin C and antacid (ranitidine).
(12 Lectures)
Reference Books:
th
 Berg, J.M., Tymoczko, J.L. & Stryer, L. (2006) Biochemistry. 6 Ed. W.H. Freeman
and Co.
 Nelson, D.L., Cox, M.M. & Lehninger, A.L. (2009) Principles of Biochemistry. IV
Edition. W.H. Freeman and Co.
 Murray, R.K., Granner, D.K., Mayes, P.A. & Rodwell, V.W. (2009) Harper’s
Illustrated Biochemistry. XXVIII edition. Lange Medical Books/ McGraw-Hill.
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C XI LAB

60 Lectures
1. Estimation of glycine by Sorenson’s formalin method.
2. Study of the titration curve of glycine.
3. Estimation of proteins by Lowry’s method.
4. Study of the action of salivary amylase on starch at optimum conditions.
5. Effect of temperature on the action of salivary amylase.
6. Saponification value of an oil or a fat.
7. Determination of Iodine number of an oil/ fat.
8. Isolation and characterization of DNA from onion/ cauliflower/peas.
24
Reference Books:
 Manual of Biochemistry Workshop, 2012, Department of Chemistry, University
of Delhi.
 Arthur, I. V. Quantitative Organic Analysis, Pearson.
CHEMISTRY-C XII: PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY V

Theory: 60 Lectures
Quantum Chemistry
Postulates of quantum mechanics, quantum mechanical operators, Schrödinger equation and

its application to free particle and “particle-in-a-box” (rigorous treatment), quantization of
energy levels, zero-point energy and Heisenberg Uncertainty principle; wavefunctions,
probability distribution functions, nodal properties, Extension to two and three dimensional
boxes, separation of variables, degeneracy.
Qualitative treatment of simple harmonic oscillator model of vibrational motion: Setting up

of Schrödinger equation and discussion of solution and wavefunctions. Vibrational energy
of diatomic molecules and zero-point energy.
Angular momentum: Commutation rules, quantization of square of total angular momentum

and z-component.
Rigid rotator model of rotation of diatomic molecule. Schrödinger equation, transformation

to spherical polar coordinates. Separation of variables. Spherical harmonics. Discussion of
solution.
Qualitative treatment of hydrogen atom and hydrogen-like ions: setting up of Schrödinger

equation in spherical polar coordinates, radial part, quantization of energy (only final energy
expression). Average and most probable distances of electron from nucleus.
Setting up of Schrödinger equation for many-electron atoms (He, Li). Need for
approximation methods. Statement of variation theorem and application to simple systems
(particle-in-a-box, harmonic oscillator, hydrogen atom).
Chemical bonding: Covalent bonding, valence bond and molecular orbital approaches,
+
LCAO-MO treatment of H2 . Bonding and antibonding orbitals. Qualitative extension to
H2. Comparison of LCAO-MO and VB treatments of H 2 (only wavefunctions, detailed
solution not required) and their limitations. Refinements of the two approaches
(Configuration Interaction for MO, ionic terms in VB). Qualitative description of LCAO-
MO treatment of homonuclear and heteronuclear diatomic molecules (HF, LiH). Localised
and non-localised molecular orbitals treatment of triatomic (BeH 2, H2O) molecules.
Qualitative MO theory and its application to AH 2 type molecules.
(24 Lectures)
Molecular Spectroscopy:
25
Interaction of electromagnetic radiation with molecules and various types of spectra; Born-
Oppenheimer approximation.
Rotation spectroscopy: Selection rules, intensities of spectral lines, determination of bond

lengths of diatomic and linear triatomic molecules, isotopic substitution.
Vibrational spectroscopy: Classical equation of vibration, computation of force constant,

amplitude of diatomic molecular vibrations, anharmonicity, Morse potential, dissociation
energies, fundamental frequencies, overtones, hot bands, degrees of freedom for polyatomic
molecules, modes of vibration, concept of group frequencies. Vibration-rotation
spectroscopy: diatomic vibrating rotator, P, Q, R branches.
Raman spectroscopy: Qualitative treatment of Rotational Raman effect; Effect of nuclear

spin, Vibrational Raman spectra, Stokes and anti-Stokes lines; their intensity difference, rule
of mutual exclusion.
Electronic spectroscopy: Franck-Condon principle, electronic transitions, singlet and triplet

states, fluorescence and phosphorescence, dissociation and predissociation, calculation of
electronic transitions of polyenes using free electron model.
Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy: Principles of NMR spectroscopy,

Larmor precession, chemical shift and low resolution spectra, different scales, spin-spin
coupling and high resolution spectra, interpretation of PMR spectra of organic molecules.
Electron Spin Resonance (ESR) spectroscopy: Its principle, hyperfine structure, ESR of
simple radicals.
(24 Lectures)
Photochemistry
Characteristics of electromagnetic radiation, Lambert-Beer’s law and its limitations, physical

significance of absorption coefficients. Laws, of photochemistry, quantum yield, actinometry,
examples of low and high quantum yields, photochemical equilibrium and the differential rate
of photochemical reactions, photosensitised reactions, quenching. Role of photochemical
reactions in biochemical processes, photostationary states, chemiluminescence.
(12 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Banwell, C. N. & McCash, E. M. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy 4th Ed. Tata
McGraw-Hill: New Delhi (2006).
 Chandra, A. K. Introductory Quantum Chemistry Tata McGraw-Hill (2001).
 House, J. E. Fundamentals of Quantum Chemistry 2nd Ed. Elsevier: USA (2004).
 Kakkar, R. Atomic & Molecular Spectroscopy: Concepts & Applications, Cambridge
University Press (2015).
 Lowe, J. P. & Peterson, K. Quantum Chemistry, Academic Press (2005).
26
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C XII LAB
60 Lectures
UV/Visible spectroscopy
I. Study the 200-500 nm absorbance spectra of KMnO 4 and K2Cr2O7 (in 0.1 M H2SO4)
and determine the λmax values. Calculate the energies of the two transitions in different units
-1 -1 -1
(J molecule , kJ mol , cm , eV).
AI. Study the pH-dependence of the UV-Vis spectrum (200-500 nm) of K 2Cr2O7.
BI. Record the 200-350 nm UV spectra of the given compounds (acetone, acetaldehyde,
2-propanol, acetic acid) in water. Comment on the effect of structure on the UV spectra of
organic compounds.
Colorimetry
I. Verify Lambert-Beer’s law and determine the concentration of

CuSO4/KMnO4/K2Cr2O7 in a solution of unknown concentration
AI. Determine the concentrations of KMnO4 and K2Cr2O7 in a mixture.
BI. Study the kinetics of iodination of propanone in acidic medium.
IV. Determine the amount of iron present in a sample using 1,10-phenathroline.
V. Determine the dissociation constant of an indicator (phenolphthalein).
VI. Study the kinetics of interaction of crystal violet/ phenolphthalein with sodium
hydroxide.
VII. Analysis of the given vibration-rotation spectrum of HCl(g)
Reference Books
 Khosla, B. D.; Garg, V. C. & Gulati, A., Senior Practical Physical Chemistry, R.
 Garland, C. W.; Nibler, J. W. & Shoemaker, D. P. Experiments in Physical
th
Chemistry 8 Ed.; McGraw-Hill: New York (2003).
rd
27
SEMESTER VI
CHEMISTRY-C XIII: INORGANIC CHEMISTRY-IV

Theory: 60 Lectures
Theoretical Principles in Qualitative Analysis (H 2S Scheme)
Basic principles involved in analysis of cations and anions and solubility products, common
ion effect. Principles involved in separation of cations into groups and choice of group
reagents. Interfering anions (fluoride, borate, oxalate and phosphate) and need to remove
them after Group II.
(10 Lectures)
Organometallic Compounds
Definition and classification of organometallic compounds on the basis of bond type.

Concept of hapticity of organic ligands.
Metal carbonyls: 18 electron rule, electron count of mononuclear, polynuclear and
substituted metal carbonyls of 3d series. General methods of preparation (direct
combination, reductive carbonylation, thermal and photochemical decomposition) of mono
and binuclear carbonyls of 3d series. Structures of mononuclear and binuclear carbonyls of
Cr, Mn, Fe, Co and Ni using VBT. -acceptor behaviour of CO (MO diagram of CO to be
discussed), synergic effect and use of IR data to explain extent of back bonding.
Zeise’s salt: Preparation and structure, evidences of synergic effect and comparison of
synergic effect with that in carbonyls.
Metal Alkyls: Important structural features of methyl lithium (tetramer) and trialkyl
aluminium (dimer), concept of multicentre bonding in these compounds. Role of
triethylaluminium in polymerisation of ethene (Ziegler – Natta Catalyst). Species present in
ether solution of Grignard reagent and their structures, Schlenk equilibrium.
Ferrocene: Preparation and reactions (acetylation, alkylation, metallation, Mannich
Condensation). Structure and aromaticity. Comparison of aromaticity and reactivity with
that of benzene.
(22 Lectures)
Reaction Kinetics and Mechanism
Introduction to inorganic reaction mechanisms. Substitution reactions in square planar complexes,
Trans- effect, theories of trans effect, Mechanism of nucleophilic substitution in square planar
complexes, Thermodynamic and Kinetic stability, Kinetics of octahedral substitution, Ligand field
effects and reaction rates, Mechanism of substitution in octahedral complexes.
(18 Lectures)
Catalysis by Organometallic Compounds
Study of the following industrial processes and their mechanism:
1. Alkene hydrogenation (Wilkinsons Catalyst)
2. Hydroformylation (Co salts)
3. Wacker Process
4. Synthetic gasoline (Fischer Tropsch reaction)
5. Synthesis gas by metal carbonyl complexes
(10 Lectures)
28
Reference Books:
 Svehla, G. Vogel's Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall,
1996.
rd
 Cotton, F.A.G.; Wilkinson & Gaus, P.L. Basic Inorganic Chemistry 3 Ed.;
Wiley India,
 Huheey, J. E.; Keiter, E.A. & Keiter, R.L. Inorganic Chemistry, Principles of
th
Structure and Reactivity 4 Ed., Harper Collins 1993, Pearson,2006.
th
 Sharpe, A.G. Inorganic Chemistry, 4 Indian Reprint (Pearson Education) 2005
 Douglas, B. E.; McDaniel, D.H. & Alexander, J.J. Concepts and Models in
rd
Inorganic Chemistry3 Ed., John Wiley and Sons, NY, 1994.
nd
 Greenwood, N.N. & Earnshaw, A. Chemistry of the Elements, Elsevier 2 Ed,
1997 (Ziegler Natta Catalyst and Equilibria in Grignard Solution).
th
 Lee, J.D. Concise Inorganic Chemistry 5 Ed., John Wiley and sons 2008.
 Powell, P. Principles of Organometallic Chemistry, Chapman and Hall, 1988.
nd
 Shriver, D.D. & P. Atkins, Inorganic Chemistry 2 Ed., Oxford University
Press, 1994.
 Basolo, F. & Pearson, R. Mechanisms of Inorganic Reactions: Study of Metal
nd
Complexes in Solution 2 Ed., John Wiley & Sons Inc; NY.
 Purcell, K.F. & Kotz, J.C., Inorganic Chemistry, W.B. Saunders Co. 1977
th
 Miessler, G. L. & Tarr, D.A. Inorganic Chemistry 4 Ed., Pearson, 2010.
 Collman, J. P. et al. Principles and Applications of Organotransition Metal
Chemistry. Mill Valley, CA: University Science Books, 1987.
 Crabtree, R. H. The Organometallic Chemistry of the Transition Metals. j New
York, NY: John Wiley, 2000.
 Spessard, G. O. & Miessler, G.L. Organometallic Chemistry. Upper Saddle
River, NJ: Prentice-Hall, 1996.
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C XIII LAB

60 Lectures
Qualitative semimicro analysis of mixtures containing 3 anions and 3 cations. Emphasis
should be given to the understanding of the chemistry of different reactions. The following
radicals are suggested:
2- - 2- 2- 2- - - - - - - 3- 2- 3-
CO3 + , NO + 2, S 2+ , SO
2+3 ,S2O2+3 ,3+CH3 2+
COO 3+, F ,Cl
3+ , Br3+, 3+ 3 , BO
, I , NO 2+ 3 , 2+
C2O4 2+, PO42+,
NH2+4 , 2+K , Pb2+ , Cu2+ , Cd , Bi , Sn , Sb , Fe , Al , Cr , Zn , Mn , Co , Ni ,
Ba ,Sr , Ca , Mg
Mixtures should preferably contain one interfering anion, or insoluble component (BaSO4,
2- 2- -
SrSO- 4, PbSO
-
4, CaF 2 or Al2O3) or combination of anions e.g. CO 3 and SO3 , NO2 and
- - - - - - - - -
NO3 , Cl and Br , Cl and I , Br and I , NO3 and Br , NO3 and I .
Spot tests should be done whenever possible.
i. Measurement of 10 Dq by spectrophotometric method
ii. Verification of spectrochemical series.
iii. Controlled synthesis of two copper oxalate hydrate complexes: kinetic vs
thermodynamic factors.
iv. Preparation of acetylacetanato complexes of Cu2+/Fe3+. Find the λmax of the complex.
v. Synthesis of ammine complexes of Ni(II) and its ligand exchange reactions (e.g.
bidentate ligands like acetylacetone, DMG, glycine) by substitution method.
Reference Books
 Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, Revised by G. Svehla. Pearson
29
Education, 2002.
 Marr & Rockett Practical Inorganic Chemistry. John Wiley & Sons 1972.
CHEMISTRY-C XI: ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-IV

Theory: 60 Lectures
Organic Spectroscopy
General principles Introduction to absorption and emission spectroscopy.
UV Spectroscopy: Types of electronic transitions, λ max, Chromophores and Auxochromes,

Bathochromic and Hypsochromic shifts, Intensity of absorption; Application of Woodward
Rules for calculation of λmax for the following systems: α,β unsaturated aldehydes,
ketones, carboxylic acids and esters; Conjugated dienes: alicyclic, homoannular and
heteroannular; Extended conjugated systems (aldehydes, ketones and dienes); distinction
between cis and trans isomers.
IR Spectroscopy: Fundamental and non-fundamental molecular vibrations; IR absorption

positions of O, N and S containing functional groups; Effect of H-bonding, conjugation,
resonance and ring size on IR absorptions; Fingerprint region and its significance;
application in functional group analysis.
NMR Spectroscopy: Basic principles of Proton Magnetic Resonance, chemical shift and
factors influencing it; Spin – Spin coupling and coupling constant; Anisotropic effects in
alkene, alkyne, aldehydes and aromatics, Interpretation of NMR spectra of simple
compounds.
Applications of IR, UV and NMR for identification of simple organic molecules.
(24 Lectures)
Carbohydrates
Occurrence, classification and their biological importance.
Monosaccharides: Constitution and absolute configuration of glucose and fructose, epimers

and anomers, mutarotation, determination of ring size of glucose and fructose, Haworth
projections and conformational structures; Interconversions of aldoses and ketoses;
Killiani-Fischer synthesis and Ruff degradation;
Disaccharides – Structure elucidation of maltose, lactose and sucrose.
Polysaccharides – Elementary treatment of starch, cellulose and glycogen.
(16 Lectures)
Dyes
Classification, Colour and constitution; Mordant and Vat Dyes; Chemistry of dyeing;
Synthesis and applications of: Azo dyes – Methyl Orange and Congo Red (mechanism of
Diazo Coupling); Triphenyl Methane Dyes -Malachite Green, Rosaniline and Crystal
Violet; Phthalein Dyes – Phenolphthalein and Fluorescein; Natural dyes –structure
30
elucidation and synthesis of Alizarin and Indigotin; Edible Dyes with examples.
(8 Lectures)
Polymers
Introduction and classification including di-block, tri-block and amphiphilic polymers;

Number average molecular weight, Weight average molecular weight, Degree of
polymerization, Polydispersity Index.
Polymerisation reactions -Addition and condensation -Mechanism of cationic, anionic and

free radical addition polymerization; Metallocene-based Ziegler-Natta polymerisation of
alkenes; Preparation and applications of plastics – thermosetting (phenol-formaldehyde,
Polyurethanes) and thermosoftening (PVC, polythene);
Fabrics – natural and synthetic (acrylic, polyamido, polyester); Rubbers – natural and
synthetic: Buna-S, Chloroprene and Neoprene; Vulcanization; Polymer additives;
Introduction to liquid crystal polymers; Biodegradable and conducting polymers with
examples.
(12 Lectures)
Reference Books:
st
 Kalsi, P. S. Textbook of Organic Chemistry 1 Ed., New Age International (P)
Ltd. Pub.
 Morrison, R. T. & Boyd, R. N. Organic Chemistry, Dorling Kindersley (India)
Pvt. Ltd. (Pearson Education).
 Billmeyer, F. W. Textbook of Polymer Science, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 Gowariker, V. R.; Viswanathan, N. V. & Sreedhar, J. Polymer Science, New Age
International (P) Ltd. Pub.
th
 McMurry, J.E. Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry, 7 Ed. Cengage Learning
India Edition, 2013.
 Clayden, J.; Greeves, N.; Warren, S.; Wothers, P.; Organic Chemistry, Oxford
University Press.
 Singh, J.; Ali, S.M. & Singh, J. Natural Product Chemistry, Prajati Prakashan
(2010).
 Kemp, W. Organic Spectroscopy, Palgrave.
th
 Pavia, D. L. et al. Introduction to Spectroscopy 5 Ed. Cengage Learning India
Ed. (2015).
31
CHEMISTRY PRACTICAL-C XI LAB
60 Lectures
1. Extraction of caffeine from tea leaves.
2. Preparation of sodium polyacrylate.
3. Preparation of urea formaldehyde.
4. Analysis of Carbohydrate: aldoses and ketoses, reducing and non-reducing sugars.
5. Qualitative analysis of unknown organic compounds containing monofunctional
groups (carbohydrates, aryl halides, aromatic hydrocarbons, nitro compounds,
amines and amides) and simple bifunctional groups, for e.g. salicylic acid, cinnamic
acid, nitrophenols, etc.
6. Identification of simple organic compounds by IR spectroscopy and NMR
spectroscopy (Spectra to be provided).
7. Preparation of methyl orange.
Reference Books:
 Vogel, A.I. Quantitative Organic Analysis, Part 3, Pearson (2012).
(2009)
 Furniss, B.S.; Hannaford, A.J.; Smith, P.W.G.; Tatchell, A.R. Practical Organic
th
Chemistry, 5 Ed., Pearson (2012)
 Ahluwalia, V.K. & Dhingra, S. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry:
Qualitative Analysis, University Press (2000).
Skill Enhancement Course (Credit: 02 each)

32
(SEC-1 & SEC-2 for the students of Chemistry Honours)
SEC-1:
BASIC ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
(Credits: 02)
30 Lectures
Introduction: Introduction to Analytical Chemistry and its interdisciplinary nature.

Concept of sampling. Importance of accuracy, precision and sources of error in analytical
measurements. Presentation of experimental data and results, from the point of view of
significant figures.
Analysis of soil: Composition of soil, Concept of pH and pH measurement,

Complexometric titrations, Chelation, Chelating agents, use of indicators
a. Determination of pH of soil samples.

b. Estimation of Calcium and Magnesium ions as Calcium carbonate by complexometric
titration.
Analysis of water: Definition of pure water, sources responsible for contaminating

water, water sampling methods, water purification methods.
a. Determination of pH, acidity and alkalinity of a water sample.

b. Determination of dissolved oxygen (DO) of a water sample.
Analysis of food products: Nutritional value of foods, idea about food processing and
food preservations and adulteration.
a. Identification of adulterants in some common food items like coffee powder, asafoetida,
chilli powder, turmeric powder, coriander powder and pulses, etc.
b. Analysis of preservatives and colouring matter.
Chromatography: Definition, general introduction on principles of chromatography, paper

chromatography, TLC etc.
3+ 3+
a. Paper chromatographic separation of mixture of metal ion (Fe and Al ).
b. To compare paint samples by TLC method. Ion-
exchange: Column, ion-exchange
chromatography etc.
Determination of ion exchange capacity of anion / cation exchange resin (using batch
procedure if use of column is not feasible).
Analysis of cosmetics: Major and minor constituents and their function
a. Analysis of deodorants and antiperspirants, Al, Zn, boric acid, chloride, sulphate.
b. Determination of constituents of talcum powder: Magnesium oxide, Calcium oxide,
Zinc oxide and Calcium carbonate by complexometric titration.
33
Suggested Applications (Any one):
a. To study the use of phenolphthalein in trap cases.

b. To analyze arson accelerants.
c. To carry out analysis of gasoline.
Suggested Instrumental demonstrations:
a. Estimation of macro nutrients: Potassium, Calcium, Magnesium in soil samples by

flame photometry.
b. Spectrophotometric determination of Iron in Vitamin /Dietary Tablets.
c. Spectrophotometric Identification and Determination of Caffeine and Benzoic
Acid in Soft Drinks.
Reference Books:
2. Willard, H.H., Merritt, L.L., Dean, J. & Settoe, F.A. Instrumental
th
Methods of Analysis, 7 Ed. Wadsworth Publishing Company Ltd.,
Belmont, California, USA, 1988.
3. Skoog, D.A., Holler, F.J. & Crouch, S. Principles of Instrumental
Analysis, Cengage Learning India Edition, 2007.
4. Skoog,
th D.A.; West, D.M. & Holler, F.J. Analytical Chemistry: An Introduction
6
Ed., Saunders College Publishing, Fort Worth, Philadelphia (1994).
th
5. Harris, D. C. Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 9 ed. Macmillan Education,
2016.
6. Dean, J. A. Analytical Chemistry Handbook, McGraw Hill, 2004.
7. Day, R. A. & Underwood, A. L. Quantitative Analysis, Prentice Hall of India,
1992.
nd
8. Freifelder, D.M. Physical Biochemistry 2 Ed., W.H. Freeman &
Co., N.Y. USA (1982).
9. Cooper, T.G. The Tools of Biochemistry, John Wiley & Sons, N.Y. USA. 16
(1977).
th
10. Vogel, A. I. Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis 7 Ed., Prentice Hall, 1996.
th
11. Mendham, J., A. I. Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis 6 Ed., Pearson,
2009.
th
12. Robinson, J.W. Undergraduate Instrumental Analysis 5 Ed., Marcel Dekker,
Inc., New York (1995).
th
13. Christian, G.D. Analytical Chemistry, 6 Ed. John Wiley & Sons, New York,
2004.
SEC-2
FUEL CHEMISTRY
(Credits: 02)
34
30 Lectures
Review of energy sources (renewable and non-renewable). Classification of fuels and their
calorific value.
Coal: Uses of coal (fuel and nonfuel) in various industries, its composition, carbonization of
coal. Coal gas, producer gas and water gas—composition and uses. Fractionation of coal tar,
uses of coal tar bases chemicals, requisites of a good metallurgical coke, Coal gasification
(Hydro gasification and Catalytic gasification), Coal liquefaction and Solvent Refining.
Petroleum and Petrochemical Industry: Composition of crude petroleum, Refining and

different types of petroleum products and their applications.
Fractional Distillation (Principle and process), Cracking (Thermal and catalytic cracking),
Reforming Petroleum and non-petroleum fuels (LPG, CNG, LNG, bio-gas, fuels derived
from biomass), fuel from waste, synthetic fuels (gaseous and liquids), clean fuels.
Petrochemicals: Vinyl acetate, Propylene oxide, Isoprene, Butadiene, Toluene and its
derivatives Xylene.
Lubricants: Classification of lubricants, lubricating oils (conducting and non-conducting)

Solid and semisolid lubricants, synthetic lubricants.
Properties of lubricants (viscosity index, cloud point, pour point) and their determination.
Reference Books:
 Stocchi, E. Industrial Chemistry, Vol-I, Ellis Horwood Ltd. UK (1990).
 Jain, P.C. & Jain, M. Engineering Chemistry Dhanpat Rai & Sons, Delhi.
 Sharma, B.K. & Gaur, H. Industrial Chemistry, Goel Publishing House, Meerut
(1996).
CHEMISTRY-DSE 1-4 (For the students of Chemistry Honours)
CHEMISTRY-DSE-1: APPLICATIONS OF COMPUTERS IN CHEMISTRY

35
Theory: 60 Lectures
Basics:
Constants, variables, bits, bytes, binary and ASCII formats, arithmetic expressions,
hierarchy of operations, inbuilt functions. Elements of the BASIC language. BASIC
keywords and commands. Logical and relative operators. Strings and graphics. Compiled
versus interpreted languages. Debugging. Simple programs using these concepts. Matrix
addition and multiplication. Statistical analysis.
Numerical methods:
Roots of equations: Numerical methods for roots of equations: Quadratic formula, iterative
method, Newton-Raphson method, Binary bisection and Regula-Falsi.
Differential calculus: Numerical differentiation.
Integral calculus: Numerical integration (Trapezoidal and Simpson’s rule), probability

distributions and mean values.
Simultaneous equations: Matrix manipulation: addition, multiplication. Gauss-Siedal method.
Interpolation, extrapolation and curve fitting: Handling of experimental data.
Conceptual background of molecular modelling: Potential energy surfaces. Elementary

ideas of molecular mechanics and practical MO methods.
Reference Books:
 Harris, D. C. Quantitative Chemical Analysis. 6th Ed., Freeman (2007) Chapters 3-5.
 Levie, R. de, How to use Excel in analytical chemistry and in general scientific data
analysis, Cambridge Univ. Press (2001) 487 pages.
 Noggle, J. H. Physical chemistry on a Microcomputer. Little Brown & Co. (1985).
 Venit, S.M. Programming in BASIC: Problem solving with structure and style. Jaico
Publishing House: Delhi (1996).
PRACTICAL-DSE LAB: APPLICATIONS OF COMPUTERS IN

CHEMISTRY
60 Lectures
Computer programs based on numerical methods for
1. Roots of equations: (e.g. volume of van der Waals gas and comparison with ideal gas, pH of
a weak acid).
2. Numerical differentiation (e.g., change in pressure for small change in volume of a van der
Waals gas, potentiometric titrations).
36
3. Numerical integration (e.g. entropy/ enthalpy change from heat capacity data), probability
distributions (gas kinetic theory) and mean values.
4. Matrix operations. Application of Gauss-Siedel method in colourimetry.
5. Simple exercises using molecular visualization software.
Reference Books:
 McQuarrie, D. A. Mathematics for Physical Chemistry University Science
Books (2008).
rd
 Mortimer, R. Mathematics for Physical Chemistry. 3 Ed. Elsevier (2005).
 Steiner, E. The Chemical Maths Book Oxford University Press (1996).
nd
 Yates, P. Chemical Calculations. 2 Ed. CRC Press (2007).
 Harris, D. C. Quantitative Chemical Analysis. 6th Ed., Freeman (2007) Chapters 3-5.
 Levie, R. de, How to use Excel in analytical chemistry and in general scientific data
analysis, Cambridge Univ. Press (2001) 487 pages.
 Noggle, J. H. Physical Chemistry on a Microcomputer. Little Brown & Co. (1985).
 Venit, S.M. Programming in BASIC: Problem solving with structure and style. Jaico
Publishing House: Delhi (1996).
CHEMISTRY-DSE-2: ANALYTICAL METHODS IN CHEMISTRY

Theory: 60 Lectures
Qualitative and quantitative aspects of analysis:
Sampling, evaluation of analytical data, errors, accuracy and precision, methods of their
expression, normal law of distribution if indeterminate errors, statistical test of data; F, Q
and t test, rejection of data, and confidence intervals.
(5 Lectures)
Optical methods of analysis:
Origin of spectra, interaction of radiation with matter, fundamental laws of spectroscopy

and selection rules, validity of Beer-Lambert’s law.
UV-Visible Spectrometry: Basic principles of instrumentation (choice of source,

monochromator and detector) for single and double beam instrument;
Basic principles of quantitative analysis: estimation of metal ions from aqueous solution,
geometrical isomers, keto-enol tautomers. Determination of composition of metal
complexes using Job’s method of continuous variation and mole ratio method.
Infrared Spectrometry: Basic principles of instrumentation (choice of source,

monochromator & detector) for single and double beam instrument; sampling techniques.
Structural illustration through interpretation of data, Effect and importance of isotope

substitution.
37
Flame Atomic Absorption and Emission Spectrometry: Basic principles of instrumentation
(choice of source, monochromator, detector, choice of flame and Burner designs.
Techniques of atomization and sample introduction; Method of background correction,
sources of chemical interferences and their method of removal. Techniques for the
quantitative estimation of trace level of metal ions from water samples.
(25 Lectures)
Thermal methods of analysis:
Theory of thermogravimetry (TG), basic principle of instrumentation.
Techniques for quantitative estimation of Ca and Mg from their mixture.
(5 Lectures)
Electroanalytical methods:
Classification of electroanalytical methods, basic principle of pH metric, potentiometric and

conductometric titrations. Techniques used for the determination of equivalence points.
Techniques used for the determination of pK a values.
(10 Lectures)
Separation techniques:
Solvent extraction: Classification, principle and efficiency of the technique.
Mechanism of extraction: extraction by solvation and chelation.
Technique of extraction: batch, continuous and counter current extractions.
Qualitative and quantitative aspects of solvent extraction: extraction of metal ions from
aqueous solution, extraction of organic species from the aqueous and nonaqueous media.
Chromatography: Classification, principle and efficiency of the technique.
Mechanism of separation: adsorption, partition & ion exchange.
Development of chromatograms: frontal, elution and displacement methods.
Qualitative and quantitative aspects of chromatographic methods of analysis: IC, GLC,

GPC, TLC and HPLC.
Stereoisomeric separation and analysis: Measurement of optical rotation, calculation of

Enantiomeric excess (ee)/ diastereomeric excess (de) ratios and determination of
enantiomeric composition using NMR, Chiral solvents and chiral shift reagents. Chiral
chromatographic techniques using chiral columns (GC and HPLC).
Role of computers in instrumental methods of analysis.
(15
38
Lectures)
Reference Books:
th
 Mendham, J., A. I. Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis 6 Ed., Pearson,
2009.
th
 Willard, H.H. et al.: Instrumental Methods of Analysis, 7 Ed. Wardsworth
Publishing Company, Belmont, California, USA, 1988.
th
 Christian, G.D. Analytical Chemistry, 6 Ed. John Wiley & Sons, New York,
2004.
th
 Harris, D.C.: Exploring Chemical Analysis, 9 Ed. New York, W.H. Freeman, 2016.
 Khopkar, S.M. Basic Concepts of Analytical Chemistry. New Age International
Publisher, 2009.
 Skoog, D.A. Holler F.J. & Nieman, T.A. Principles of Instrumental Analysis,
Cengage Learning India Ed.
 Mikes, O. Laboratory Hand Book of Chromatographic & Allied Methods, Elles
Harwood Series on Analytical Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, 1979.
 Ditts, R.V. Analytical Chemistry; Methods of separation, van Nostrand, 1974.
PRACTICALS- DSE LAB: ANALYTICAL METHODS IN

CHEMISTRY (60 Lectures)
I. Separation Techniques
1. Chromatography:
(a) Separation of mixtures

3+ 3+ 3+
(i) Paper chromatographic separation of Fe , Al , and Cr .
(ii) Separation and identification of the monosaccharides present in the given mixture
(glucose & fructose) by paper chromatography. Reporting the R f values.
(b) Separate a mixture of Sudan yellow and Sudan Red by TLC technique and identify
them on the basis of their Rf values.
(c) Chromatographic separation of the active ingredients of plants, flowers and juices by
TLC
AI. Solvent Extractions:

2+ 2+
(i) To separate a mixture of Ni & Fe by complexation with DMG and extracting the
2+
Ni -DMG complex in chloroform, and determine its concentration by
spectrophotometry.
(ii) Solvent extraction of zisconium with amberliti LA-1, separation from a mixture of
irons and gallium.
3. Determine the pH of the given aerated drinks fruit juices, shampoos and soaps.
39
4. Determination of Na, Ca, Li in cola drinks and fruit juices using fame photometric
techniques.
5. Analysis of soil:
(i) Determination of pH of soil.
(ii) Total soluble salt
(iii)Estimation of calcium, magnesium, phosphate,
nitrate 6. Ion exchange:
(i) Determination of exchange capacity of cation exchange resins and anion exchange
resins.
(ii) Separation of metal ions from their binary mixture.
(iii) Separation of amino acids from organic acids by ion exchange chromatography.
III Spectrophotometry
1. Determination of pKa values of indicator using spectrophotometry.
2 Structural characterization of compounds by infrared spectroscopy.

3 Determination of dissolved oxygen in water.
4 Determination of chemical oxygen demand (COD).
5 Determination of Biological oxygen demand (BOD).
6 Determine the composition of the Ferric-salicylate/ ferric-thiocyanate complex by
Job’s method.
Reference Books:
th
 Mendham, J., A. I. Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis 6 Ed., Pearson,
2009.
th
 Willard, H.H. et al.: Instrumental Methods of Analysis, 7 Ed. Wardsworth
Publishing Company, Belmont, California, USA, 1988.
th
 Christian, G.D. Analytical Chemistry, 6 Ed. John Wiley & Sons, New York,
2004.
th
 Harris, D.C. Exploring Chemical Analysis, 9 Ed. New York, W.H. Freeman,
2016.
 Khopkar, S.M. Basic Concepts of Analytical Chemistry. New Age International
Publisher, 2009.
 Skoog, D.A. Holler F.J. and Nieman, T.A. Principles of Instrumental Analysis,
Cengage Learning India Edition.
 Mikes, O. & Chalmes, R.A. Laboratory Handbook of Chromatographic &
Allied Methods, Elles Harwood Ltd. London.
 Ditts, R.V. Analytical Chemistry: Methods of separation. Van Nostrand, New
York, 1974.
40
CHEMISTRY-DSE-3: INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF CHEMICAL
ANALYSIS
Theory: 60 Lectures
Introduction to spectroscopic methods of analysis:
Recap of the spectroscopic methods covered in detail in the core chemistry syllabus:
Treatment of analytical data, including error analysis. Classification of analytical methods
and the types of instrumental methods. Consideration of electromagnetic radiation.
(4 Lectures)
Molecular spectroscopy:
Infrared spectroscopy:
Interactions with molecules: absorption and scattering. Means of excitation (light sources),
separation of spectrum (wavelength dispersion, time resolution) , detection of the signal (heat,
differential detection), interpretation of spectrum (qualitative, mixtures, resolution) ,
advantages of Fourier Transform (FTIR). Samples and results expected. Applications: Issues of
quality assurance and quality control, Special problems for portable instrumentation and rapid
detection.
UV-Visible/ Near IR – emission, absorption, fluorescence and photoaccoustic. Excitation

sources (lasers, time resolution), wavelength dispersion (gratings, prisms, interference
filters, laser, placement of sample relative to dispersion, resolution), Detection of signal
(photocells, photomultipliers, diode arrays, sensitivity and S/N), Single and Double Beam
instruments, Interpretation (quantification, mixtures, absorption vs. fluorescence and the
use of time, photoaccoustic, fluorescent tags). (16 Lectures)
Separation techniques
Chromatography: Gas chromatography, liquid chromatography, supercritical fluids,

Importance of column technology (packing, capillaries), Separation based on increasing
number of factors (volatility, solubility, interactions with stationary phase, size, electrical
field), Detection: simple vs. specific (gas and liquid), Detection as a means of further analysis
(use of tags and coupling to IR and MS), Electrophoresis (plates and capillary) and use
with DNA analysis.
Immunoassays and DNA techniques.
Mass spectroscopy: Making the gaseous molecule into an ion (electron impact, chemical
ionization), Making liquids and solids into ions (electrospray, electrical discharge, laser
desorption, fast atom bombardment), Separation of ions on basis of mass to charge ratio,
Magnetic, Time of flight, Electric quadrupole. Resolution, time and multiple separations,
Detection and interpretation (how this is linked to excitation).
(16 Lectures)
Elemental analysis:
Mass spectrometry (electrical discharges).

41
Atomic spectroscopy: Atomic absorption, Atomic emission, and Atomic fluorescence.
Excitation and getting sample into gas phase (flames, electrical discharges, plasmas),
Wavelength separation and resolution (dependence on technique), Detection of radiation
(simultaneous/scanning, signal noise), Interpretation (errors due to molecular and ionic
species, matrix effects, other interferences).
(8 Lectures)
NMR spectroscopy: Principle, Instrumentation, Factors affecting chemical shift,

Spin-coupling, Applications.
(4 Lectures)
Electroanalytical Methods: Potentiometry & Voltammetry

(4 Lectures)
Radiochemical Methods
(4 Lectures)
X-ray analysis and electron spectroscopy (surface analysis)
(4 Lectures)
Reference books:
 D.A. Skoog, F.J. Holler & S. Crouch (ISBN 0-495-01201-7) Principles of
Instrumental Analysis, Cengage Learning India Edition, 2007.
 Willard, Merritt, Dean, Settle, Instrumental Methods of Analysis, 7th ed, IBH
Book House, New Delhi.
th
 Atkins, P.W & Paula, J.D. Physical Chemistry, 10 Ed., Oxford University Press (2014).
 Kakkar, R. Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy: Concepts and Applications.
th
 Banwell, C. N. & McCash, E. M. Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy 4th Ed. Tata
McGraw-Hill: New Delhi (2006).
 Smith, B.C. Infrared Spectral Interpretations: A Systematic Approach. CRC Press, 1998.
 Moore, W.J., Physical Chemistry Orient Blackswan, 1999.
PRACTICALS-DSE LAB: INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF CHEMICAL

ANALYSIS (60 Lectures)
1. Safety Practices in the Chemistry Laboratory
2. Determination of the isoelectric pH of a protein.
3. Titration curve of an amino acid.
4. Determination of the void volume of a gel filtration column.
5. Determination of a Mixture of Cobalt and Nickel (UV/Vis spec.)
6. Study of Electronic Transitions in Organic Molecules (i.e., acetone in water)
7. IR Absorption Spectra (Study of Aldehydes and Ketones)
42
8. Determination of Calcium, Iron, and Copper in Food by Atomic Absorption
9. Quantitative Analysis of Mixtures by Gas Chromatography (i.e.,
chloroform and carbon tetrachloride)
10. Separation of Carbohydrates by HPLC
11. Determination of Caffeine in Beverages by HPLC
12. Potentiometric Titration of a Chloride-Iodide Mixture
13. Cyclic Voltammetry of the Ferrocyanide/ Ferricyanide Couple
14. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
15. Use of fluorescence to do “presumptive tests” to identify blood or other body fluids.
16. Use of “presumptive tests” for anthrax or cocaine
17. Collection, preservation, and control of blood evidence being used for DNA testing
18. Use of capillary electrophoresis with laser fluorescence detection for
nuclear DNA (Y chromosome only or multiple chromosome)
19. Use of sequencing for the analysis of mitochondrial DNA
20. Laboratory analysis to confirm anthrax or cocaine
21. Detection in the field and confirmation in the laboratory of flammable
accelerants or explosives
22. Detection of illegal drugs or steroids in athletes
23. Detection of pollutants or illegal dumping
24. Fibre analysis
At least 10 experiments to be performed.
Reference Books:
 Willard, H.H., Merritt, L.L., Dean, J. & Settoe, F.A. Instrumental Methods of Analysis,
th
7 Ed. Wadsworth Publishing Company Ltd., Belmont, California, USA, 1988.
CHEMISTRY-DSE-4: DISSERTATION
(Credits: 06)
Each student will submit a dissertation on an assigned topic under the guidance of a
faculty member.
43
Generic Elective Papers for other Departments/Disciplines
(GE-1 to GE-4)
(Credit: 06 each)
GE-1: Chemistry-1
(ATOMIC STRUCTURE, BONDING, GENERAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY &
ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS)
Theory: 60 Lectures
Section A: Inorganic Chemistry-1 (30 Periods)
Atomic Structure: Review of: Bohr’s theory and its limitations, dual behaviour of matter
and radiation, de Broglie’s relation, Heisenberg Uncertainty principle. Hydrogen atom
spectra. Need of a new approach to Atomic structure.
What is Quantum mechanics? Time independent Schrodinger equation and meaning of

2
various terms in it. Significance of ψ and ψ , Schrödinger equation for hydrogen atom.
Radial and angular parts of the hydogenic wavefunctions (atomic orbitals) and their
variations for 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, 3p and 3d orbitals (Only graphical representation). Radial and
angular nodes and their significance. Radial distribution functions and the concept of the
most probable distance with special reference to 1s and 2s atomic orbitals. Significance of
quantum numbers, orbital angular momentum and quantum numbers m l and ms. Shapes of
s, p and d atomic orbitals, nodal planes. Discovery of spin, spin quantum number (s) and
magnetic spin quantum number (ms).
Rules for filling electrons in various orbitals, Electronic configurations of the atoms.
Stability of half-filled and completely filled orbitals, concept of exchange energy. Relative
energies of atomic orbitals, Anomalous electronic configurations.
(14 Lectures)
Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure
Ionic Bonding: General characteristics of ionic bonding. Energy considerations in ionic

bonding, lattice energy and solvation energy and their importance in the context of stability
and solubility of ionic compounds. Statement of Born-Landé equation for calculation of
lattice energy, Born-Haber cycle and its applications, polarizing power and polarizability.
Fajan’s rules, ionic character in covalent compounds, bond moment, dipole moment and
percentage ionic character.
Covalent bonding: VB Approach: Shapes of some inorganic molecules and ions on the
basis of VSEPR and hybridization with suitable examples of linear, trigonal planar, square
planar, tetrahedral, trigonal bipyramidal and octahedral arrangements.
Concept of resonance and resonating structures in various inorganic and organic compounds.
MO Approach: Rules for the LCAO method, bonding and antibonding MOs and their
44
characteristics for s-s, s-p and p-p combinations of atomic orbitals, nonbonding combination of
orbitals, MO treatment of homonuclear diatomic molecules of 1st and 2nd periods (including
+
idea of s- p mixing) and heteronuclear diatomic molecules such as CO, NO and NO .
Comparison of VB and MO approaches.
(16 Lectures)
Section B: Organic Chemistry-1 (30 Periods)
Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
Physical Effects, Electronic Displacements: Inductive Effect, Electromeric Effect,

Resonance and Hyperconjugation. Cleavage of Bonds: Homolysis and Heterolysis.
Structure, shape and reactivity of organic molecules: Nucleophiles and electrophiles.

Reactive Intermediates: Carbocations, Carbanions and free radicals.
Strength of organic acids and bases: Comparative study with emphasis on factors affecting
pK values. Aromaticity: Benzenoids and Hückel’s rule.
(8 Lectures)
Stereochemistry
Conformations with respect to ethane, butane and cyclohexane. Interconversion of Wedge

Formula, Newmann, Sawhorse and Fischer representations. Concept of chirality (upto two
carbon atoms). Configuration: Geometrical and Optical isomerism; Enantiomerism,
Diastereomerism and Meso compounds). Threo and erythro; D and L; cis - trans
nomenclature; CIP Rules: R/ S (for upto 2 chiral carbon atoms) and E / Z Nomenclature
(for upto two C=C systems).
(10 Lectures)
Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
Functional group approach for the following reactions (preparations & reactions) to be
studied in context to their structure.
Alkanes: (Upto 5 Carbons). Preparation: Catalytic hydrogenation, Wurtz reaction, Kolbe’s

synthesis, from Grignard reagent. Reactions: Free radical Substitution: Halogenation.
Alkenes: (Upto 5 Carbons) Preparation: Elimination reactions: Dehydration of alkenes and

dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides (Saytzeff’s rule); cis alkenes (Partial catalytic
hydrogenation) and trans alkenes (Birch reduction). Reactions: cis-addition (alk. KMnO4)
and trans-addition (bromine), Addition of HX (Markownikoff’s and anti-Markownikoff’s
addition), Hydration, Ozonolysis, oxymecuration-demercuration, Hydroboration-oxidation.
Alkynes: (Upto 5 Carbons) Preparation: Acetylene from CaC2 and conversion into higher
alkynes; by dehalogenation of tetra halides and dehydrohalogenation of vicinal-dihalides.
45
Reactions: formation of metal acetylides, addition of bromine and alkaline KMnO 4,
ozonolysis and oxidation with hot alk. KMnO 4.
(12 Lectures)
Reference Books:
rd
 Cotton, F.A., Wilkinson, G. & Gaus, P.L. Basic Inorganic Chemistry, 3 ed., Wiley.
 Douglas, B.E., McDaniel, D.H. & Alexander, J.J. Concepts and Models in Inorganic
Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons.
 Huheey, J.E., Keiter, E.A., Keiter, R.L. & Medhi, O.K. Inorganic Chemistry:
Principles of Structure and Reactivity, Pearson Education India, 2006.
 Graham Solomon, T.W., Fryhle, C.B. & Dnyder, S.A. Organic Chemistry, John
Wiley & Sons (2014).
th
Edition, 2013.
 Sykes, P. A Guidebook to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, Orient Longman, New
Delhi (1988).
 Eliel, E.L. Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, Tata McGraw Hill education,
2000.
 Finar, I.L. Organic Chemistry (Vol. I & II), E.L.B.S.
 Morrison, R.T. & Boyd, R.N. Organic Chemistry, Pearson, 2010.
 Bahl, A. & Bahl, B.S. Advanced Organic Chemistry, S. Chand, 2010.
GE-1 LAB: Chemistry-1 LAB

60 Lectures
Section A: Inorganic Chemistry - Volumetric Analysis
1. Estimation of sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate present in a mixture.
2. Estimation of oxalic acid by titrating it with KMnO 4.
3. Estimation of water of crystallization in Mohr’s salt by titrating with KMnO 4.
4. Estimation of Fe (II) ions by titrating it with K 2Cr2O7 using internal indicator.
5. Estimation of Cu (II) ions iodometrically using Na 2S2O3.
Section B: Organic Chemistry
1. Detection of extra elements (N, S, Cl, Br, I) in organic compounds (containing upto two
extra elements)
2. Separation of mixtures by Chromatography: Measure the R f value in each case

(combination of two compounds to be given)
(a) Identify and separate the components of a given mixture of two amino acids (glycine,
aspartic acid, glutamic acid, tyrosine or any other amino acid) by paper chromatography
46
(b) Identify and separate the sugars present in the given mixture by paper chromatography.
Reference Books:
 Svehla, G. Vogel’s Qualitative Inorganic Analysis, Pearson Education, 2012.
 Mendham, J. Vogel’s Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Pearson, 2009.
 Vogel, A.I., Tatchell, A.R., Furnis, B.S., Hannaford, A.J. & Smith, P.W.G., Textbook
of Practical Organic Chemistry, Prentice-Hall, 5th edition, 1996.
 Mann, F.G. & Saunders, B.C. Practical Organic Chemistry Orient-Longman, 1960.
GE-2: Chemistry-2
(CHEMICAL ENERGETICS, EQUILIBRIA & FUNCTIONAL ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY-I)
Theory: 60 Lectures
Section A: Physical Chemistry-1 (30 Lectures)
Chemical Energetics
Review of thermodynamics and the Laws of Thermodynamics.
Important principles and definitions of thermochemistry. Concept of standard state and

standard enthalpies of formations, integral and differential enthalpies of solution and
dilution. Calculation of bond energy, bond dissociation energy and resonance energy from
thermochemical data. Variation of enthalpy of a reaction with temperature – Kirchhoff’s
equation.
Statement of Third Law of thermodynamics and calculation of absolute entropies of

substances.
(10 Lectures)
Free energy change in a chemical reaction. Thermodynamic derivation of the law of

o
chemical equilibrium. Distinction between G and G , Le Chatelier’s principle.
Relationships between Kp, Kc and Kx for reactions involving ideal gases.
(8 Lectures)
Ionic Equilibria:
bases, pH scale, common ion effect. Salt hydrolysis-calculation of hydrolysis constant,
degree of hydrolysis and pH for different salts. Buffer solutions. Solubility and solubility
product of sparingly soluble salts – applications of solubility product principle.
47
(12 Lectures)
Section B: Organic Chemistry-2 (30 Lectures)
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Preparation (Case benzene): from phenol, by decarboxylation, from acetylene, from

benzene sulphonic acid.
Reactions: (Case benzene): Electrophilic substitution: nitration, halogenation and

sulphonation. Friedel-Craft’s reaction (alkylation and acylation) (upto 4 carbons on
benzene). Side chain oxidation of alkyl benzenes (upto 4 carbons on benzene).
(8 Lectures)
Alkyl and Aryl Halides
Alkyl Halides (Upto 5 Carbons) Types of Nucleophilic Substitution (S N1, SN2 and SNi)
reactions.
Preparation: from alkenes and alcohols.
Reactions: hydrolysis, nitrite & nitro formation, nitrile & isonitrile formation. Williamson’s
ether synthesis: Elimination vs substitution.
Aryl Halides Preparation: (Chloro, bromo and iodo-benzene case): from phenol,
Sandmeyer & Gattermann reactions.
Reactions (Chlorobenzene): Aromatic nucleophilic substitution (replacement by –OH

group) and effect of nitro substituent. Benzyne Mechanism: KNH 2/NH3 (or NaNH2/NH3).
Reactivity and Relative strength of C-Halogen bond in alkyl, allyl, benzyl, vinyl and aryl
halides.
(8 Lectures)
Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers (Upto 5 Carbons)

о о о
Alcohols: Preparation: Preparation of 1 , 2 and 3 alcohols: using Grignard reagent, Ester
hydrolysis, Reduction of aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acid and esters.
Reactions: With sodium, HX (Lucas test), esterification, oxidation (with PCC, alk. KMnO 4,
acidic dichromate, conc. HNO3). Oppeneauer oxidation Diols: (Upto 6 Carbons) oxidation
of diols. Pinacol-Pinacolone rearrangement.
Phenols: (Phenol case) Preparation: Cumene hydroperoxide method, from diazonium salts.
Reactions: Electrophilic substitution: Nitration, halogenation and sulphonation. Reimer-
48
Tiemann Reaction, Gattermann-Koch Reaction, Houben–Hoesch Condensation, Schotten –
Baumann Reaction.
Ethers (aliphatic and aromatic): Cleavage of ethers with HI.
Aldehydes and ketones (aliphatic and aromatic): (Formaldehye, acetaldehyde, acetone

and benzaldehyde)
Preparation: from acid chlorides and from nitriles.
Reactions – Reaction with HCN, ROH, NaHSO3, NH2 -G derivatives. Iodoform test. Aldol
Condensation, Cannizzaro’s reaction, Wittig reaction, Benzoin condensation. Clemensen
reduction and Wolff Kishner reduction. Meerwein-Pondorff Verley reduction.
(14 Lectures)
Reference Books:
th
Edition, 2013.
Delhi (1988).
 Barrow, G.M. Physical Chemistry Tata McGraw‐Hill (2007).
 Castellan, G.W. Physical Chemistry 4th Ed. Narosa (2004).
 Kotz, J.C., Treichel, P.M. & Townsend, J.R. General Chemistry Cengage Learning
India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi (2009).
 Mahan, B.H. University Chemistry 3rd Ed. Narosa (1998).
 Petrucci, R.H. General Chemistry 5th Ed. Macmillan Publishing Co.: New York
(1985).

60 Lectures
Section A: Physical Chemistry
Thermochemistry
1. Determination of heat capacity of calorimeter for different volumes.
2. Determination of enthalpy of neutralization of hydrochloric acid with
sodium hydroxide.
3. Determination of enthalpy of ionization of acetic acid.
4. Determination of integral enthalpy of solution of salts (KNO 3, NH4Cl).
5. Determination of enthalpy of hydration of copper sulphate.
6. Study of the solubility of benzoic acid in water and determination of ΔH.
Ionic equilibria
49
pH measurements
Measurement of pH of different solutions like aerated drinks, fruit juices, shampoos and
soaps (use dilute solutions of soaps and shampoos to prevent damage to the glass electrode)
using pH-meter.
a) Preparation of buffer solutions:

(i) Sodium acetate-acetic acid
(ii) Ammonium chloride-ammonium hydroxide
Measurement of the pH of buffer solutions and comparison of the values with theoretical
values.

1. Purification of organic compounds by crystallization (from water and alcohol)
and distillation.
2. Criteria of Purity: Determination of melting and boiling points.
3. Preparations: Mechanism of various reactions involved to be discussed.
Recrystallisation, determination of melting point and calculation of quantitative
yields to be done.
(a) Bromination of Phenol/Aniline
(b) Benzoylation of amines/phenols
(c) Oxime and 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazone of aldehyde/ketone
Reference Books
GE-3: Chemistry-3
(SOLUTIONS, PHASE EQUILIBRIA, CONDUCTANCE, ELECTROCHEMISTRY &
FUNCTIONAL GROUP ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-II)
Theory: 60 Lectures
Solutions
Thermodynamics of ideal solutions: Ideal solutions and Raoult’s law, deviations from
Raoult’s law – non-ideal solutions. Vapour pressure-composition and temperature-
composition curves of ideal and non-ideal solutions. Distillation of solutions. Lever rule.
Azeotropes.
Partial miscibility of liquids: Critical solution temperature; effect of impurity on partial
miscibility of liquids. Immiscibility of liquids- Principle of steam distillation. Nernst
distribution law and its applications, solvent extraction.
50
(8 Lectures)
Phase Equilibria
Phases, components and degrees of freedom of a system, criteria of phase equilibrium.

Gibbs Phase Rule and its thermodynamic derivation. Derivation of Clausius – Clapeyron
equation and its importance in phase equilibria. Phase diagrams of one-component systems
(water and sulphur) and two component systems involving eutectics, congruent and
incongruent melting points (lead-silver, FeCl 3-H2O and Na-K only).
(8 Lectures)
Conductance
Conductivity, equivalent and molar conductivity and their variation with dilution for weak
and strong electrolytes. Kohlrausch law of independent migration of ions.
Transference number and its experimental determination using Hittorf and Moving
boundary methods. Ionic mobility. Applications of conductance measurements:
determination of degree of ionization of weak electrolyte, solubility and solubility products
of sparingly soluble salts, ionic product of water, hydrolysis constant of a salt.
Conductometric titrations (only acid-base).
(6 Lectures)
Electrochemistry
Reversible and irreversible cells. Concept of EMF of a cell. Measurement of EMF of a cell.
Nernst equation and its importance. Types of electrodes. Standard electrode potential.
Electrochemical series. Thermodynamics of a reversible cell, calculation of thermodynamic
properties: G, H and S from EMF data.
Calculation of equilibrium constant from EMF data. Concentration cells with transference
and without transference. Liquid junction potential and salt bridge.
pH determination using hydrogen electrode and quinhydrone electrode.
Potentiometric titrations -qualitative treatment (acid-base and oxidation-reduction only).
(8 Lectures)
Carboxylic acids and their derivatives
Carboxylic acids (aliphatic and aromatic)

51
Preparation: Acidic and Alkaline hydrolysis of esters.
Reactions: Hell – Vohlard - Zelinsky Reaction.
Carboxylic acid derivatives (aliphatic): (Upto 5 carbons)
Preparation: Acid chlorides, Anhydrides, Esters and Amides from acids and their
interconversion.
Reactions: Comparative study of nucleophilicity of acyl derivatives. Reformatsky Reaction,

Perkin condensation.
(6 Lectures)
Amines and Diazonium Salts
Amines (Aliphatic and Aromatic): (Upto 5 carbons)
Preparation: from alkyl halides, Gabriel’s Phthalimide synthesis, Hofmann Bromamide

reaction.
Reactions: Hofmann vs. Saytzeff elimination, Carbylamine test, Hinsberg test, with HNO 2,
Schotten – Baumann Reaction. Electrophilic substitution (case aniline): nitration,
bromination, sulphonation.
Diazonium salts: Preparation: from aromatic amines.
Reactions: conversion to benzene, phenol, dyes.
(6 Lectures)
Amino Acids, Peptides and Proteins:
Preparation of Amino Acids: Strecker synthesis using Gabriel’s phthalimide synthesis.

Zwitterion, Isoelectric point and Electrophoresis.
Reactions of Amino acids: ester of –COOH group, acetylation of –NH2 group, complexation
2+
with Cu ions, ninhydrin test.
Overview of Primary, Secondary, Tertiary and Quaternary Structure of proteins.
Determination of Primary structure of Peptides by degradation Edmann degradation (N-

terminal) and C–terminal (thiohydantoin and with carboxypeptidase enzyme). Synthesis of
simple peptides (upto dipeptides) by N-protection (t-butyloxycarbonyl and phthaloyl) & C-
activating groups and Merrifield solid-phase synthesis.
Carbohydrates: Classification, and General Properties, Glucose and Fructose (open chain
and cyclic structure), Determination of configuration of monosaccharides, absolute
configuration of Glucose and Fructose, Mutarotation, ascending and descending in
52
monosaccharides. Structure of disacharrides (sucrose, cellobiose, maltose, lactose) and
polysacharrides (starch and cellulose) excluding their structure elucidation.
(8 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Kotz, J.C., Treichel, P.M. & Townsend, J.R. General Chemistry, Cengage Learning
India Pvt. Ltd.: New Delhi (2009).
 Mahan, B.H. University Chemistry, 3rd Ed. Narosa (1998).
 Petrucci, R.H. General Chemistry, 5th Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co.: New York
(1985).
th
 Nelson, D. L. & Cox, M. M. Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry 7 Ed., W. H.
Freeman.
 Berg, J.M., Tymoczko, J.L. & Stryer, L. Biochemistry, W.H. Freeman, 2002.

60 Lectures
Distribution
Study of the equilibrium of one of the following reactions by the distribution method:
- -
I2(aq) + I (aq) I3 (aq)
2+ 2+
Cu (aq) + xNH2(aq) [Cu(NH3)x]
Phase equilibria
a) Construction of the phase diagram of a binary system (simple eutectic) using

cooling curves.
b) Determination of the critical solution temperature and composition of the phenol
water system and study of the effect of impurities on it.
c) Study of the variation of mutual solubility temperature with concentration for the
phenol water system and determination of the critical solubility temperature.
Conductance
1. Determination of cell constant

2. Determination of equivalent conductance, degree of dissociation and
53
dissociation constant of a weak acid.
3. Perform the following conductometric titrations:
a. Strong acid vs. strong base
b. Weak acid vs. strong base
Potentiometry
1. Perform the following potentiometric titrations:

iii. Potassium dichromate vs. Mohr's salt
I Systematic Qualitative Organic Analysis of Organic Compounds possessing

monofunctional groups (-COOH, phenolic, aldehydic, ketonic, amide, nitro, amines) and
preparation of one derivative.
II
1. Separation of amino acids by paper chromatography

2. Determination of the concentration of glycine solution by formylation method.
3. Titration curve of glycine
4. Action of salivary amylase on starch
5. Effect of temperature on the action of salivary amylase on starch.
6. Differentiation between a reducing and a non-reducing sugar.
Reference Books:
 Ahluwalia, V.K. & Aggarwal, R. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry,
Universities Press.
GE-4: Chemistry-4
(TRANSITION METAL & COORDINATION CHEMISTRY, STATES OF
MATTER & CHEMICAL KINETICS)
Theory: 60 Lectures
Section A: Inorganic Chemistry-2 (30 Lectures)
Transition Elements (3d series)

General group trends with special reference to electronic configuration, variable valency,
colour, magnetic and catalytic properties, ability to form complexes and stability of various
oxidation states (Latimer diagrams) for Mn, Fe and Cu.
54
Lanthanoids and actinoids: Electronic configurations, oxidation states, colour, magnetic
properties, lanthanide contraction, separation of lanthanides (ion exchange method only).
(12 Lectures)
Coordination Chemistry
Valence Bond Theory (VBT): Inner and outer orbital complexes of Cr, Fe, Co, Ni and Cu
(coordination numbers 4 and 6). Structural and stereoisomerism in complexes with
coordination numbers 4 and 6.
Drawbacks of VBT. IUPAC system of nomenclature.
(8 Lectures)
Crystal Field Theory
Crystal field effect, octahedral symmetry. Crystal field stabilization energy (CFSE), Crystal
field effects for weak and strong fields. Tetrahedral symmetry. Factors affecting the
magnitude of D. Spectrochemical series. Comparison of CFSE for Oh and Td complexes,
Tetragonal distortion of octahedral geometry.
Jahn-Teller distortion, Square planar coordination.
(10 Lectures)
Section B: Physical Chemistry-3 (30 Lectures)
Kinetic Theory of Gases
Postulates of Kinetic Theory of Gases and derivation of the kinetic gas equation.
Deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour, compressibility factor, causes of deviation.
van der Waals equation of state for real gases. Boyle temperature (derivation not required).
Critical phenomena, critical constants and their calculation from van der Waals equation.
Andrews isotherms of CO2.
Maxwell Boltzmann distribution laws of molecular velocities and molecular energies

(graphic representation – derivation not required) and their importance.
Temperature dependence of these distributions. Most probable, average and root mean square
velocities (no derivation). Collision cross section, collision number, collision frequency,
collision diameter and mean free path of molecules. Viscosity of gases and effect of
temperature and pressure on coefficient of viscosity (qualitative treatment only).
(8 Lectures)
Liquids
Surface tension and its determination using stalagmometer. Viscosity of a liquid and
determination of coefficient of viscosity using Ostwald viscometer. Effect of temperature
55
on surface tension and coefficient of viscosity of a liquid (qualitative treatment only).
(6 Lectures)
Solids
Forms of solids. Symmetry elements, unit cells, crystal systems, Bravais lattice types and
identification of lattice planes. Laws of Crystallography - Law of constancy of interfacial
angles, Law of rational indices. Miller indices. X–Ray diffraction by crystals, Bragg’s law.
Structures of NaCl, KCl and CsCl (qualitative treatment only). Defects in crystals. Glasses
and liquid crystals.
(8 Lectures)
Chemical Kinetics
The concept of reaction rates. Effect of temperature, pressure, catalyst and other factors on
reaction rates. Order and molecularity of a reaction. Derivation of integrated rate equations
for zero, first and second order reactions (both for equal and unequal concentrations of
reactants). Half–life of a reaction. General methods for determination of order of a reaction.
Concept of activation energy and its calculation from Arrhenius equation.
Theories of Reaction Rates: Collision theory and Activated Complex theory of bimolecular
reactions. Comparison of the two theories (qualitative treatment only).
(8 Lectures)
Reference Books:
(1985).
 Cotton, F.A. & Wilkinson, G. Basic Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley.
 Shriver, D.F. & Atkins, P.W. Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University Press.
 Wulfsberg, G. Inorganic Chemistry, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.
 Rodgers, G.E. Inorganic & Solid State Chemistry, Cengage Learning India Ltd.,
2008.

60 Lectures
56
Section A: Inorganic Chemistry
Semi-micro qualitative analysis (using H 2S or other methods) of mixtures - not more than
four ionic species (two anions and two cations, excluding insoluble salts) out of the
following:
+ 2+ 3+ 2+ 2+ 3+ 3+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ +
Cations : NH4 , Pb , Bi , Cu , Cd , Fe , Al , Co , Ni , Mn , Zn , Ba , Sr , Ca , K
2– 2– 2– 2– – – – – – – 2- 3- 3-
Anions : CO3 , S , SO , S2O3 , NO3 , CH3COO , Cl , Br , I , NO3 , SO4 , PO4 , BO3 ,
2- -
C2O4 , F
(Spot tests should be carried out wherever feasible)
1. Estimate the amount of nickel present in a given solution as bis(dimethylglyoximato)

nickel(II) or aluminium as oximate in a given solution gravimetrically.
2+ 2+
2. Estimation of (i) Mg or (ii) Zn by complexometric titrations using EDTA.
3. Estimation of total hardness of a given sample of water by complexometric titration.
Section B: Physical Chemistry

(I) Surface tension measurement (use of organic solvents excluded).
a) Determination of the surface tension of a liquid or a dilute solution using a

stalagmometer.
b) Study of the variation of surface tension of a detergent solution with concentration.
(AI) Viscosity measurement (use of organic solvents excluded).
a) Determination of the relative and absolute viscosity of a liquid or dilute solution

using an Ostwald’s viscometer.
b) Study of the variation of viscosity of an aqueous solution with concentration of
solute.
(III) Chemical Kinetics
Study the kinetics of the following reactions.

c. Acid hydrolysis of methyl acetate with hydrochloric acid.
d. Saponification of ethyl acetate.
e. Compare the strengths of HCl and H2SO4 by studying kinetics of hydrolysis of
methyl acetate
Reference Books:
57
BODOLAND UNIVERSITY

(CBCS)
Bodoland University
Assam, India
1
B.Sc. (Regular Course with Life Sciences: Botany, Zoology & Chemistry)
Sl. CORE COURSE (12) Ability Enhancement Skill Enhancement Discipline

No. Compulsory Course Course (SEC) (4) Specific Elective
(AECC) (2) (DSE) (6)
I DSC-1 A (Bot) (English/Hindi/MIL
DSC-2 A (Zoo) Communication)
DSC-3 A (Conceptual
Organic Chemistry)
II DSC-1 B (Bot) Environmental Science
DSC-2 B (Zoo)
DSC-3 B
(Molecules of Life)
III DSC-1 C (Bot) SEC-1
DSC-2 C (Zoo) (Basic Analytical
DSC-3 C Chemistry)
(Chemical Bonding)
IV DSC-1 D (Bot) SEC-2
DSC-2 D (Zoo) (Fuel Chemistry)
DSC-3 D
(Physical Chemistry
for Biosciences)
V SEC-3 DSE-1 A (Bot)
(Chemical Technology DSE-2 A (Zoo)
& Society) DSE-3 A
(Analytical
Methods in
Chemistry)
VI SEC-4 DSE-1 B (Bot)
(Chemistry of DSE-2 B (Zoo)
Cosmetics & Perfumes) DSE-3 B
(Instrumental
Methods of
Chemical
Analysis)
Chemistry GE courses for Honours students of Life Sciences

GE 1: Conceptual Organic Chemistry
GE 2: Molecules of Life
GE 3: Chemical Bonding
GE 4: Physical Chemistry for Biosciences
a. SEC courses of Chemistry of B.Sc. regular course under Physical sciences &
Life Sciences are same.
b. DSE courses of Chemistry of B.Sc. regular course under Physical sciences &
2
CHEMISTRY GE AND DSC COURSES (Under Life Sciences)
GE-1 (or DSC-3 A): Conceptual Organic Chemistry

THEORY (Lectures: 60)

Unit 1: Stereochemistry (18 Lectures)
Writing of Fischer projection, Newmann and Sawhorse projection and Wedge formulae.
Interconversion of one type of structural representation into another type.
Conformations: Restricted rotation about single bonds, Various conformations of
ethane,
butane, ethane-1,2-diol and cyclohexane. Relative stability of different conformations in
terms of energy difference is to be discussed for all these compounds.
Geometrical Isomerism: Requirements for a molecule to show geometrical isomerism,
Cis-
Trans and E/ Z notation along with CIP rules for geometrical isomers.
Optical Isomerism: Optical activity, specific and molar rotation, chirality,
enantiomerism,
diastereoisomerism, racemic mixtures and their resolution by salt formation method.
Relative and absolute configuration: D / L nomenclature system for configuration of
carbohydrates (difference between d/l and D/L notations). Threo and Erythro
designation. R and S- configuration (upto two chiral centres).
Unit 2: Addition Reactions (10 Lectures)

Alkenes and Alkynes: Hydrogenation, addition of halogens, Hydrohalogenation
(Markovnikov’s and anti-Markovnikov’s addition), hydration, hydroxylation (cis and
trans),
oxymercuration-demercuration, hydroboration-oxidation, ozonolysis. Reactivity of
alkenes vs
alkynes.
Aldehydes and ketones: (formaldehyde, acetaldehyde, benzaldehyde, acetone)
Addition of sodium bisulphite, hydrogen cyanide and alcohols.
Addition- elimination reactions with ammonia and its derivatives
Name reactions: Aldol, cross Aldol, Claisen, Knoevengel, Cannizzaro, cross
Cannizzaro
Unit 3: Substitution Reactions (15 Lectures)

Free radical substitution reactions: Halogenation of alkanes, allylic compounds and
alkyl benzenes.
Nucleophilic substitution reactions: Alkyl, allyl and benzyl halides – substitution of
halogen by some common nucleophiles. Mechanism of SN1 and SN2 reactions
(stereochemistry, nature of substrate, nucleophile and leaving group)
Benzene diazonium chloride: Replacement of diazo group
Alcohols, amines and phenols: Substitution of active hydrogen, replacement of
hydroxyl group in alcohols (using PCl5, SOCl2 and HI).
Carboxylic acid derivatives: Hydrolysis

3
Ethers: Cleavage by HI
Electrophilic Substitution Reactions (aromatic compounds): General mechanism of
electrophilic substitution reactions (nitration, halogenation, sulphonation, Friedel Crafts
alkylation and acylation), directive influence of substituents.
Unit 4: Elimination Reactions (6 Lectures)
Alkyl halides (dehydrohalogenation, Saytzeff’s rule), vicinal dihalides
(dehalogenation), alcohols (dehydration), Quaternary ammonium salts (Hofmann’s
elimination). Mechanism of E1 and E2 reactions (nature of substrate and base),
elimination vs substitution.
Unit 5: Oxidation (6 Lectures)
Aromatic side chain: Oxidation with potassium permanganate, potassium dichromate
Alcohols: Oxidation with potassium permanganate, potassium dichromate, catalytic
dehydrogenation and Oppenauer oxidation. Oxidation of 1,2–diols with periodic acid
and lead tetraacetate.
Aldehydes: Oxidation with potassium permanganate, chromic acid and Tollen’s reagent
Ketones: Oxidation with potassium permanganate, sodium hypoiodite (iodoform
reaction) and Baeyer–Villiger oxidation
Unit 6: Reductions (5 Lectures)

Aldeydes and Ketones: Catalytic hydrogenation, reduction with sodium borohydride,
lithium aluminium hydride, Clemmensen, Wolff-Kishner
Carboxylic acids and their derivatives: Lithium aluminium hydride, sodium-ethanol
and
Rosenmund reduction.
Nitro compounds: Acidic, alkaline and neutral reducing agents, lithium aluminium
hydride and electrolytic reduction.
Recommended Texts:
1. I. L. Finar: Organic Chemistry (Vol. I & II), E. L. B. S.
2. R. T. Morrison & R. N. Boyd: Organic Chemistry, Pearson Education.
3. Arun Bahl and B. S. Bahl : Advanced Organic Chemistry, S. Chand
4. Peter Sykes: A Guide Book to Mechanism in Organic Chemistry, Orient Longman.
5. Eliel, E. L. & Wilen, S. H. Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds; Wiley: London,
1994.
6. T. W. Graham Solomon’s Organic Chemistry, John Wiley and Sons.
7. P.S. Kalsi, Stereochemistry, Conformation and Mechanism, John Wiley and Sons.
8. D. Nasipuri, Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, New Age International
Publishers.
PRACTICAL-1
1. Purification of organic compounds by crystallization using the following solvents:
a. Water
b. Alcohol
2. Determination of the melting points of organic compounds (by Kjeldahl method and
electrically heated melting point apparatus).
4
3. Determination of optical activity by using polarimeter
Organic preparations: Carry out the following preparations using 0.5 - 1 g of starting
compound. Recrystallize the product and determine the melting point of the
recrystallized
sample.
4. To prepare acetanilide by the acetylation of aniline.
5. To prepare p-bromoacetanilide.
6. Benzolyation of aniline or β-naphthol by Schotten-Baumann reaction
7. Hydrolysis of benzamide or ethyl bezoate.
8. Semicarbazone derivative of one the following compounds: acetone, ethyl methyl
ketone, diethylketone, cyclohexanone, benzaldehyde.
9. Nitration of nitrobenzene.
10. Oxidation of benzaldehyde by using alkaline potassium permanganate.
Recommended Texts:
1. Furniss, B.S.; Hannaford, A.J.; Smith, P.W.G.; Tatchell, A.R. Practical Organic
Chemistry, 5th Ed., Pearson (2012).
2. Mann, F.G. & Saunders, B.C. Practical Organic Chemistry, Longman, London &
New York.
3. Ahluwalia, V.K.; Dhingra, S. & Gulati, A. College Practical Chemistry, Universities
Press.
GE-2 (or DSC-3 B): Molecules of Life

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Carbohydrates (10 Lectures)

Classification of carbohydrates, reducing and non-reducing sugars, General properties
of Glucose and Fructose, their open chain structure. Epimers, mutarotation and
anomers.
Determination of configuration of glucose (Fischer proof).
Cyclic structure of glucose. Haworth projections. Cyclic structure of fructose.
Linkage between monosachharides, structure of disachharides (sucrose, maltose,
lactose) and
polysachharides (starch and cellulose) excluding their structure elucidation.
Unit 2: Amino Acids, Peptides and Proteins (12 Lectures)

Classification of Amino Acids, Zwitterion structure and Isoelectric point.
Overview of Primary, Secondary, Tertiary and Quaternary structure of proteins.
Determination of primary structure of peptides, determination of N-terminal amino acid
(by DNFB and Edman method) and C–terminal amino acid (by thiohydantoin and with
carboxypeptidase enzyme). Synthesis of simple peptides (upto dipeptides) by N-
protection (t-butyloxycarbonyl and phthaloyl) & C-activating groups and Merrifield
solid phase synthesis.
5
Unit 3: Enzymes and correlation with drug action (12 Lectures)
Mechanism of enzyme action, factors affecting enzyme action, Coenzymes and
cofactors and
their role in biological reactions, Specificity of enzyme action (including
stereospecificity),
Enzyme inhibitors and their importance, phenomenon of inhibition (competitive and
noncompetitive inhibition including allosteric inhibition). Drug action - receptor theory.
Structure –activity relationships of drug molecules, binding role of –OH group, -NH 2
group, double bond and aromatic ring.
Unit 4: Nucleic Acids (10 Lectures)

Components of Nucleic acids: Adenine, guanine, thymine and cytosine (structure only),
other
components of nucleic acids, Nucleosides and nucleotides (nomenclature), Structure of
polynucleotides; Structure of DNA (Watson-Crick model) and RNA (types of RNA),
Genetic
code, Biological roles of DNA and RNA: Replication, Transcription and Translation.
Unit 5: Lipids (8 Lectures)

Introduction to lipids, classification.
Oils and fats: Common fatty acids present in oils and fats, Omega fatty acids, Trans
fats,
Hydrogenation, Saponification value, Iodine number.
Biological importance of triglycerides, phospholipids, glycolipids, and steroids
(cholesterol).
Unit 6: Concept of Energy in Biosystems (8 Lectures)

Calorific value of food. Standard caloric content of carbohydrates, proteins and fats.
Oxidation of foodstuff (organic molecules) as a source of energy for cells. Introduction
to
metabolism (catabolism, anabolism), ATP: the universal currency of cellular energy,
ATP hydrolysis and free energy change.
Conversion of food into energy. Outline of catabolic pathways of Carbohydrates -
Glycolysis,
Fermentation, Krebs Cycle. Overview of catabolic pathways of fats and proteins.
Interrelationships in the metabolic pathways of proteins, fats and carbohydrates.
Recommended Texts:
1. Morrison, R. T. & Boyd, R. N. Organic Chemistry, Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt.
Ltd.
2. Finar, I. L. Organic Chemistry (Volume 1), Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd.
3. Finar, I. L. Organic Chemistry (Volume 2), Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. Ltd.
4. Nelson, D. L. & Cox, M. M. Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry 7th Ed., W. H.
Freeman.
6
5. Berg, J. M., Tymoczko, J. L. & Stryer, L. Biochemistry 7th Ed., W. H. Freeman.
PRACTICAL-2
2. To determine the concentration of glycine solution by formylation method.
3. Study of titration curve of glycine
6. To determine the saponification value of an oil/fat.
7. To determine the iodine value of an oil/fat
8. Differentiate between a reducing/nonreducing sugar.
9. Extraction of DNA from onion/ cauliflower
10. To synthesize aspirin by acetylation of salicylic acid and compare it with the
ingredient of an aspirin tablet by TLC.
Recommended Texts:
1. Furniss, B.S.; Hannaford, A.J.; Rogers, V.; Smith, P.W.G.; Tatchell, A.R. Vogel’s
Textbook of Practical Organic Chemistry, ELBS.
2. Ahluwalia, V.K. & Aggarwal, R. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry,
Universities Press.
GE-3 (or DSC-3 C): CHEMICAL BONDING

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: The covalent bond and the structure of molecules (10 Lectures)
Valence bond approach, Concept of resonance in various organic and inorganic
compounds,
Hybridization and structure, equivalent and non-equivalent hybrid orbitals, Bent’s rule
and its
applications, VSEPR model for predicting shapes of molecules and ions containing lone
pairs, sigma and pi bonds.
Unit 2: Molecular Orbital Approach (10 Lectures)

LCAO method, symmetry and overlap for s-s ,s-p and p-p combinations, MO treatment
of
homonuclear diatomic molecules of 2 period (B2, C2 ,N2, O2 , F2 ) and heteronuclear di-
nd
atomic molecules (CO, NO) and their ions.
Unit 3: Intermolecular forces: (8 Lectures)
7
van der Waals forces, Hydrogen bonding and its applications, effects of these forces on
melting point, boiling point and solubility.
Unit 4: Transition Elements (3d series) (12 Lectures)

General group trends with special reference to electronic configuration, variable
valency,
colour, magnetic and catalytic properties, ability to form complexes and stability of
various
properties, lanthanide contraction, separation of lanthanides (ion exchange method
only).
Unit 5: Coordination Chemistry (10 Lectures)

Valence Bond Theory (VBT): Inner and outer orbital complexes of Cr, Fe, Co, Ni and
Cu
Coordination compounds in biological systems: Fe, Cu, Co, Mn, Ni, Zn and heavy
metal ions.
Unit 6: Crystal Field Theory (10 Lectures)

Crystal field effect, octahedral symmetry. Crystal field stabilization energy (CFSE),
Crystal
magnitude
of D. Spectrochemical series. Comparison of CFSE for Oh and Td complexes, Tetragonal
distortion of octahedral geometry.
Suggested Texts:
1. James E. Huheey, “Inorganic Chemistry: Principles of structure and reactivity”,
Prentice Hall, IV Edition.
2. D. S. Shriver and P.A. Atkins, “Inorganic Chemistry”, Oxford University Press, IV
Edition.
3. Alan G. Sharpe, “Inorganic Chemistry”, University of Cambridge, III Edition.
4. J. D. Lee, “A New Concise Inorganic Chemistry”, ELBS IV Edition
5. Grey L. Miessler and Donald A. Tarr, “Inorganic Chemistry”, Prentice Hall, III
Edition.
6. B. Douglas, D. H. McDaniel and J. J. Alexander, “Concepts and Models of Inorganic
Chemistry”, John Wiley and Sons, III Edition.
7. Rodgers, G.E. Inorganic & Solid State Chemistry, Cengage Learning India Ltd.,
2008.
PRACTICAL-3
8
Titrimetric Analysis:
Preparations of standard solutions (concept of primary and secondary standards),
Different units of concentration (molarity, molality, normality and formality)
(A) Titrations involving Acids-Bases:
Principles of acid-base titrations, Principle behind selection of an appropriate indicator.
1. Standardization of NaOH solution (standard solution of oxalic acid to be prepared)
2. Determination of concentration of carbonate and hydroxide present in a mixture.
3. Determination of concentration of carbonate and bicarbonate present in a mixture.
4. Determination of concentration of free alkali present in soaps/detergents/shampoos.
(B) Titrations involving redox reactions:
Concept of electrode potential, principle behind selection of an appropriate indicator.
5. Standardization of KMnO4 solution (standard solution of Mohr’s salt to be prepared).
6. Determination of concentration of Fe(II) in Mohr’s salt and/or K 2Cr2O7 using
diphenylamine/N-phenylanthranilic acid as internal indicator (standard solution of
K2Cr2O7 and /or Mohr’s salt to be prepared).
7. Determination of iron content in ores / alloys using appropriate redox titration.
(C) Complexometric Titrations
Principles of complexometric titrations
8. Determination of concentration of Mg (II) & Zn (II) by titrimetric method using
EDTA.
9. Determination of concentration of Ca/Mg in drugs or in food samples.
10. Determination of concentration of total hardness of a given sample of water by
complexometric titration.
(At least 2 experiments from each set)
Recommended Texts:
1. Vogel, A.I. A Textbook of Quantitative Inorganic Analysis, ELBS.
2. Harris, D.C. & Freeman, W.H. & Co. Quantitative Chemical Analysis 7th Ed., New
York.
GE-4 (or DSC-3 D): Physical Chemistry for Biosciences

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Chemical Energetics (10 Lectures)

Review of the Laws of Thermodynamics.
standard
enthalpies of formation, integral and differential enthalpies of solution and dilution.
Calculation of bond energy, bond dissociation energy and resonance energy from
thermochemical data.
Variation of enthalpy of a reaction with temperature – Kirchhoff’s equation.
substances.
9
Unit 2: Chemical Equilibrium (8 Lectures)
chemical
equilibrium. Distinction between ΔG and ΔGo, Le Chatelier’s principle. Relationships
between Kp, Kc and Kx for reactions involving ideal gases.
Unit 3: Ionic Equilibria (12 Lectures)

bases,
pH scale, common ion effect. Salt hydrolysis-calculation of hydrolysis constant, degree
of
hydrolysis and pH for different salts. Buffer solutions. Solubility and solubility product
of
sparingly soluble salts – applications of solubility product principle.
Unit 4: Chemical Kinetics (8 Lectures)

The concept of reaction rates. Effect of temperature, pressure, catalyst and other factors
on
reaction rates. Order and molecularity of a reaction. Derivation of integrated rate
equations for zero and first order reactions. Half–life of a reaction. General methods for
determination of order of a reaction. Concept of activation energy and its calculation
from Arrhenius equation. Enzyme kinetics.
Unit 5: Spectroscopy (16 Lectures)

Introduction to spectroscopy: Electromagnetic radiation, fundamental definitions,
electromagnetic spectrum, introduction to concepts of absorption and emission
spectroscopy,
Beer-Lambert law.
IR Spectroscopy: Fundamental and non-fundamental molecular vibrations, IR spectrum,
fingerprint and group frequency regions and their significance, Hooke’s law and
vibrational
frequency. Factors affecting vibrational frequency.
Characterization of functional groups: alkanes, alkenes, alkynes (only alicyclic
systems),
aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids and their derivatives, hydroxy compounds and
amines.
Study of hydrogen bonding.
Electronic Spectroscopy: Electronic transitions, singlet and triplet states, dissociation
and
predissociation.
UV spectroscopy: Types of electronic transitions, UV spectrum, λ max, εmax,
chromophores,
auxochromes, bathochromic shift, hypsochromic shift (definitions and elementary
examples)
and solvent effect. Characteristic UV transitions in common functional groups.
10
General applications of UV spectroscopy including distinction between cis-trans
isomers.
Woodward rules for calculating λmax in the following systems:
a. Conjugated dienes: alicyclic, homoannular, heteroannular.
b. α, β-Unsaturated aldehydes and ketones.
c. Extended conjugated systems: dienes, aldehydes and ketones.
PMR spectroscopy: Basic principles of NMR spectroscopy, PMR scale, chemical shifts
(concept of shielding and deshielding), factors influencing chemical shifts, simple spin-
spin couplings, coupling constant, chemical shift equivalence, anisotropic effects in
alkenes, alkynes, aldehydes and aromatics. Interpretation of PMR spectra of simple
compounds.
Application of UV, IR and PMR in solving structures of simple molecules.
Unit 6: Photochemistry (6 Lectures)

Laws of photochemistry. Fluorescence and phosphorescence. Quantum efficiency and
reasons for high and low quantum yields. Primary and secondary processes in
photochemical reactions. Photochemical and thermal reactions.
Recommended Texts:
1. Atkins, P. W. & Paula, J. de Atkin’s Physical Chemistry 9th Ed., Oxford University
Press (2011).
2. Ball, D. W. Physical Chemistry Thomson Press, India (2007).
3. Castellan, G. W. Physical Chemistry 4th Ed. Narosa (2004).
4. Mortimer, R. G. Physical Chemistry 3rd Ed. Elsevier: NOIDA, UP (2009).
5. Chang, R. Physical Chemistry for the Biosciences. University Science Books (2005).
PRACTICAL-4
(I) Thermochemistry
1. Determination of heat capacity of a calorimeter for different volumes.
2. Determination of the enthalpy of neutralization of hydrochloric acid with sodium
hydroxide.
3. Determination of integral enthalpy of solution of salts (endothermic and exothermic).

(III) pH-metric and potentiometric measurements
4. Preparation of sodium acetate-acetic acid buffer solutions and measurement of their
pH.
5. Potentiometric titrations of (i) strong acid vs strong base (ii) weak acid vs strong base
6. Determination of dissociation constant of a weak acid.
(IV) Study the kinetics of the following reactions:
a. Acid hydrolysis of methyl acetate with hydrochloric acid.
b. Saponification of ethyl acetate
(V) Colourimetry
9. Verification of Lambert-Beer's Law for potassium dichromate/ potassium
permanganate solution.
10. Determination of pK (indicator) for phenolphthalein.
11
11. Study the kinetics of interaction of crystal violet with sodium hydroxide
colourimetrically.
Recommended Texts:
1. Khosla, B.D.; Garg, V.C.; Gulati, A. & Chand, R. Senior Practical Physical
Chemistry, New Delhi.
SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSES

(Credit: 02 each): SEC-1 to SEC-4
SEC-1:
12
(Credits: 02) 30 Lectures

titration.
Analysis of water: Definition of pure water, sources responsible for contaminating water,
water sampling methods, water purification methods.

Analysis of food products: Nutritional value of foods, idea about food processing and food
preservations and adulteration.

3+ 3+
chromatography etc.



flame photometry.
13
c. Spectrophotometric Identification and Determination of Caffeine and
Benzoic Acid in Soft Drinks.
Reference Books:
th
4. Skoog,
6
th
2016.
1992.
nd
Co., N.Y. USA (1982).
(1977).
th
th
2009.
th
th
2004.
SEC-2
FUEL CHEMISTRY
(Credits: 02)
30 Lectures
calorific value.

14
derivatives Xylene.

Properties of lubricants (viscosity index, cloud point, pore point) and their determination.
Reference Books:
(1996).
SEC-3
CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY &
SOCIETY (Credits: 02)
Theory: 30 Lectures
Chemical Technology
Basic principles of distillation, solvent extraction, solid-liquid leaching and liquid-
liquid extraction, separation by absorption and adsorption. An introduction into the
scope of different types of equipment needed in chemical technology, including
reactors, distillation columns, extruders, pumps, mills, emulgators. Scaling up
operations in chemical industry. Introduction to clean technology.
Society
Exploration of societal and technological issues from a chemical perspective.
Chemical and scientific literacy as a means to better understand topics like air and
water (and the trace materials found in them that are referred to as pollutants); energy
from natural sources (i.e. solar and renewable forms), from fossil fuels and from
nuclear fission; materials like plastics and polymers and their natural analogues,
proteins and nucleic acids, and molecular reactivity and interconversions from simple
examples like combustion to complex instances like genetic engineering and the
manufacture of drugs.
Reference Book:
John W. Hill, Terry W. McCreary & Doris K. Kolb, Chemistry for changing times
th
13 Ed, Prentice-Hall (2012).
SEC-4
CHEMISTRY OF COSMETICS & PERFUMES
(Credits: 02) 30 Lectures
A general study including preparation and uses of the following: Hair dye, hair spray,
shampoo, suntan lotions, face powder, lipsticks, talcum powder, nail enamel, creams (cold,
15
vanishing and shaving creams), antiperspirants and artificial flavours. Essential oils and
their importance in cosmetic industries with reference to Eugenol, Geraniol, sandalwood
oil, eucalyptus, rose oil, 2-phenyl ethyl alcohol, Jasmone, Civetone, Muscone.
Practicals
1. Preparation of talcum powder.
2. Preparation of shampoo.
3. Preparation of enamels.
4. Preparation of hair remover.
5. Preparation of face cream.
6. Preparation of nail polish and nail polish remover.
Reference Books:
(1996).
CHEMISTRY DSE COURSES
CHEMISTRY-DSE-A: ANALYTICAL METHODS IN CHEMISTRY

Theory: 60 Lectures
16
expression, normal law of distribution if indeterminate errors, statistical test of data; F,
Q and
t test, rejection of data, and confidence intervals.
(5 Lectures)

Origin of spectra, interaction of radiation with matter, fundamental laws of
spectroscopy and
selection rules, validity of Beer-Lambert’s law.
Basic principles of quantitative analysis: estimation of metal ions from aqueous
solution, geometrical isomers, keto-enol tautomers. Determination of composition of
metal complexes
using Job’s method of continuous variation and mole ratio method.
monochromator
& detector) for single and double beam instrument; sampling techniques.
substitution.
Flame Atomic Absorption and Emission Spectrometry: Basic principles of
instrumentation (choice of source, monochromator, detector, choice of flame and
Burner designs. Techniques
of atomization and sample introduction; Method of background correction, sources of
chemical interferences and their method of removal. Techniques for the quantitative
estimation of trace level of metal ions from water samples.
(25 Lectures)

(5 Lectures)
Classification of electroanalytical methods, basic principle of pH metric, potentiometric
and
Techniques used for the determination of pKa values.
(10 Lectures)
17
aqueous solution, extraction of organic species from the aqueous and nonaqueous
media.
GPC,
TLC and HPLC.
(15 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Jeffery, G.H., Bassett, J., Mendham, J. & Denney, R.C. Vogel’s Textbook of
Quantitative Chemical Analysis, John Wiley & Sons, 1989.
 Willard, H.H., Merritt, L.L., Dean, J. & Settoe, F.A. Instrumental Methods of
Analysis, 7th Ed. Wadsworth Publishing Company Ltd., Belmont, California, USA,
1988.
 Christian, G.D; Analytical Chemistry, 6th Ed. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2004.
 Harris, D. C. Exploring Chemical Analysis, Ed. New York, W.H. Freeman, 2001.
 Khopkar, S.M. Basic Concepts of Analytical Chemistry. New Age, International
Publisher, 2009.
 Ditts, R.V. Analytical Chemistry; Methods of Separation, van Nostrand, 1974.
PRACTICALS- DSE-A LAB: ANALYTICAL METHODS IN CHEMISTRY

60 Lectures
1. Chromatography:
(i) Paper chromatographic separation of Fe3+, Al3+, and Cr3+.
(glucose & fructose) by paper chromatography. Reporting the Rf values.
them
on the basis of their Rf values.
(c) Chromatographic separation of the active ingredients of plants, flowers and juices
by TLC
II. Solvent Extractions:

18
(i) To separate a mixture of Ni2+
& Fe2+
by complexation with DMG and extracting the Ni2+-
DMG complex in chloroform, and determine its concentration by spectrophotometry.
irons
and gallium.
4. Determination of Na, Ca, Li in cola drinks and fruit juices using flame photometric
techniques.
(iii) Estimation of calcium, magnesium, phosphate, nitrate

6. Ion exchange:
resins.
2 Structural characterization of compounds by infrared spectroscopy.
3 Determination of dissolved oxygen in water.
4 Determination of chemical oxygen demand (COD).
5 Determination of Biological oxygen demand (BOD).
6 Determine the composition of the Ferric-salicylate/ ferric-thiocyanate complex by
Job’s method.
Reference Books:
1988.
 Christian, Gary D; Analytical Chemistry, 6th Ed. John Wiley & Sons, New York,
2004.
 Harris, Daniel C: Exploring Chemical Analysis, Ed. New York, W.H. Freeman, 2001.
Publisher, 2009.
19
CHEMISTRY-DSE-B: INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF CHEMICAL
ANALYSIS
Theory: 60 Lectures

Treatment of analytical data, including error analysis. Classification of analytical
methods and the types of instrumental methods. Consideration of electromagnetic
radiation.
(4 Lectures)
Interactions with molecules: absorption and scattering. Means of excitation (light
sources), separation of spectrum (wavelength dispersion, time resolution), detection of
the signal (heat,
differential detection), interpretation of spectrum (qualitative, mixtures, resolution),
advantages of Fourier Transform (FTIR). Samples and results expected. Applications:
Issues of quality assurance and quality control, Special problems for portable
instrumentation and rapid detection.
UV-Visible/ Near IR – emission, absorption, fluorescence and photoaccoustic.
Excitation sources (lasers, time resolution), wavelength dispersion (gratings, prisms,
interference filters, laser, placement of sample relative to dispersion, resolution),
Detection of signal (photocells, photomultipliers, diode arrays, sensitivity and S/N),
Single and Double Beam instruments, Interpretation (quantification, mixtures,
absorption vs. fluorescence and the use of time, photoaccoustic, fluorescent tags).
(16 Lectures)
number of factors (volatility, solubility, interactions with stationary phase, size,
electrical field), Detection: simple vs. specific (gas and liquid), Detection as a means of
further analysis
with DNA analysis.
Immunoassays and DNA techniques

Mass spectroscopy: Making the gaseous molecule into an ion (electron impact,
chemical ionization), Making liquids and solids into ions (electrospray, electrical
discharge, laser desorption, fast atom bombardment), Separation of ions on basis of
mass to charge ratio, Magnetic, Time of flight, Electric quadrupole. Resolution, time
and multiple separations, Detection and interpretation (how this is linked to excitation).
(16 Lectures)
Elemental analysis:
20
Wavelength separation and resolution (dependence on technique), Detection of
radiation
(8 Lectures)

Spincoupling, Applications.
(4 Lectures)

(4 Lectures)
(4 Lectures)

(4 Lectures)
Reference books:
Cengage
Learning India Ed.
Analysis,
7th Ed. Wadsworth Publishing Company Ltd., Belmont, California, USA, 1988.
 P.W. Atkins: Physical Chemistry.
 G.W. Castellan: Physical Chemistry.
 C.N. Banwell: Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy.
 Brian Smith: Infrared Spectral Interpretations: A Systematic Approach.
 W.J. Moore: Physical Chemistry.
PRACTICALS-DSE-B LAB: INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF CHEMICAL
ANALYSIS
60 Lectures
9. Quantitative Analysis of Mixtures by Gas Chromatography (i.e., chloroform and
carbon tetrachloride)
21
13. Cyclic Voltammetry of the Ferrocyanide/Ferricyanide Couple
18. Use of capillary electrophoresis with laser fluorescence detection for nuclear DNA
(Y
chromosome only or multiple chromosome)
21. Detection in the field and confirmation in the laboratory of flammable accelerants or
Explosives.
24. Fibre analysis
(At least 10 experiments to be performed).
Reference Books:
Cengage
Learning India Ed.
1988.
22
BODOLAND UNIVERSITY

(CBCS)
Bodoland University
Assam, India
1
B.Sc. (Regular Course with Physical Sciences: PCM)
Sl. CORE COURSE Ability Enhancement Skill Enhancement Discipline

No. (12) Compulsory Course Course (SEC) (4) Specific Elective
(AECC) (2) (DSE) (6)
I DSC-1 A (English/Hindi/MIL
(Chemistry-1) Communication)
DSC-2 A
DSC-3 A
II DSC-1 B Environmental Science
(Chemistry-2)
DSC-2 B
DSC-3 B
III DSC-1 C SEC-1
(Chemistry-3) (Basic Analytical
DSC-2 C Chemistry)
DSC-3 C
IV DSC-1 D SEC-2
(Chemistry-4) (Fuel Chemistry)
DSC-2 D
DSC-3 D
V SEC-3 DSE-1 A
(Chemical Technology (Analytical
& Society) Methods in
Chemistry)
DSE-2 A
DSE-3 A
VI SEC-4 DSE-1 B
(Chemistry of (Instrumental
Cosmetics & Perfumes) Methods of
Chemical
Analysis)
DSE-2 B
DSE-3 B
a. SEC courses of Chemistry of B.Sc. regular course under Physical sciences &
b. DSE courses of Chemistry of B.Sc. regular course under Physical sciences &
2
CHEMISTRY DSC COURSES
(Credit: 06 each)
DSC-A: Chemistry-1
(ATOMIC STRUCTURE, BONDING, GENERAL ORGANIC CHEMISTRY &
ALIPHATIC HYDROCARBONS)
Theory: 60 Lectures
Section A: Inorganic Chemistry-1 (30 Periods)
Atomic Structure: Review of: Bohr’s theory and its limitations, dual behaviour of matter
and radiation, de Broglie’s relation, Heisenberg Uncertainty principle. Hydrogen atom
spectra. Need of a new approach to Atomic structure.
What is Quantum mechanics? Time independent Schrodinger equation and meaning of

2
various terms in it. Significance of ψ and ψ , Schrödinger equation for hydrogen atom.
Radial and angular parts of the hydogenic wavefunctions (atomic orbitals) and their
variations for 1s, 2s, 2p, 3s, 3p and 3d orbitals (Only graphical representation). Radial and
angular nodes and their significance. Radial distribution functions and the concept of the
most probable distance with special reference to 1s and 2s atomic orbitals. Significance of
quantum numbers, orbital angular momentum and quantum numbers m l and ms. Shapes of
s, p and d atomic orbitals, nodal planes. Discovery of spin, spin quantum number (s) and
magnetic spin quantum number (ms).
Rules for filling electrons in various orbitals, Electronic configurations of the atoms.
Stability of half-filled and completely filled orbitals, concept of exchange energy. Relative
energies of atomic orbitals, Anomalous electronic configurations.
(14 Lectures)
Chemical Bonding and Molecular Structure
Ionic Bonding: General characteristics of ionic bonding. Energy considerations in ionic

bonding, lattice energy and solvation energy and their importance in the context of stability
and solubility of ionic compounds. Statement of Born-Landé equation for calculation of
lattice energy, Born-Haber cycle and its applications, polarizing power and polarizability.
Fajan’s rules, ionic character in covalent compounds, bond moment, dipole moment and
percentage ionic character.
Covalent bonding: VB Approach: Shapes of some inorganic molecules and ions on the
basis of VSEPR and hybridization with suitable examples of linear, trigonal planar, square
planar, tetrahedral, trigonal bipyramidal and octahedral arrangements.
Concept of resonance and resonating structures in various inorganic and organic compounds.
MO Approach: Rules for the LCAO method, bonding and antibonding MOs and their
characteristics for s-s, s-p and p-p combinations of atomic orbitals, nonbonding combination of
orbitals, MO treatment of homonuclear diatomic molecules of 1st and 2nd periods (including
3
+
idea of s- p mixing) and heteronuclear diatomic molecules such as CO, NO and NO .
Comparison of VB and MO approaches.
(16 Lectures)
Section B: Organic Chemistry-1 (30 Periods)
Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
Physical Effects, Electronic Displacements: Inductive Effect, Electromeric Effect,

Resonance and Hyperconjugation. Cleavage of Bonds: Homolysis and Heterolysis.
Structure, shape and reactivity of organic molecules: Nucleophiles and electrophiles.

Reactive Intermediates: Carbocations, Carbanions and free radicals.
Strength of organic acids and bases: Comparative study with emphasis on factors affecting
pK values. Aromaticity: Benzenoids and Hückel’s rule.
(8 Lectures)
Stereochemistry
Conformations with respect to ethane, butane and cyclohexane. Interconversion of Wedge

Formula, Newmann, Sawhorse and Fischer representations. Concept of chirality (upto two
carbon atoms). Configuration: Geometrical and Optical isomerism; Enantiomerism,
Diastereomerism and Meso compounds). Threo and erythro; D and L; cis - trans
nomenclature; CIP Rules: R/ S (for upto 2 chiral carbon atoms) and E / Z Nomenclature
(for upto two C=C systems).
(10 Lectures)
Aliphatic Hydrocarbons
Alkanes: (Upto 5 Carbons). Preparation: Catalytic hydrogenation, Wurtz reaction, Kolbe’s

synthesis, from Grignard reagent. Reactions: Free radical Substitution: Halogenation.
Alkenes: (Upto 5 Carbons) Preparation: Elimination reactions: Dehydration of alkenes and

dehydrohalogenation of alkyl halides (Saytzeff’s rule); cis alkenes (Partial catalytic
hydrogenation) and trans alkenes (Birch reduction). Reactions: cis-addition (alk. KMnO4)
and trans-addition (bromine), Addition of HX (Markownikoff’s and anti-Markownikoff’s
addition), Hydration, Ozonolysis, oxymecuration-demercuration, Hydroboration-oxidation.
Alkynes: (Upto 5 Carbons) Preparation: Acetylene from CaC2 and conversion into higher
alkynes; by dehalogenation of tetra halides and dehydrohalogenation of vicinal-dihalides.
Reactions: formation of metal acetylides, addition of bromine and alkaline KMnO 4,

ozonolysis and oxidation with hot alk. KMnO 4.
4
(12 Lectures)
Reference Books:
rd
 Cotton, F.A., Wilkinson, G. & Gaus, P.L. Basic Inorganic Chemistry, 3 ed., Wiley.
 Douglas, B.E., McDaniel, D.H. & Alexander, J.J. Concepts and Models in Inorganic
Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons.
 Huheey, J.E., Keiter, E.A., Keiter, R.L. & Medhi, O.K. Inorganic Chemistry:
Principles of Structure and Reactivity, Pearson Education India, 2006.
th
Edition, 2013.
Delhi (1988).
 Eliel, E.L. Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds, Tata McGraw Hill education,
2000.
DSC-A LAB: Chemistry-1 LAB

60 Lectures
Section A: Inorganic Chemistry - Volumetric Analysis
1. Estimation of sodium carbonate and sodium hydrogen carbonate present in a mixture.
2. Estimation of oxalic acid by titrating it with KMnO 4.
3. Estimation of water of crystallization in Mohr’s salt by titrating with KMnO 4.
4. Estimation of Fe (II) ions by titrating it with K 2Cr2O7 using internal indicator.
5. Estimation of Cu (II) ions iodometrically using Na 2S2O3.
1. Detection of extra elements (N, S, Cl, Br, I) in organic compounds (containing upto two
extra elements)
2. Separation of mixtures by Chromatography: Measure the R f value in each case

(combination of two compounds to be given)
(a) Identify and separate the components of a given mixture of two amino acids (glycine,
aspartic acid, glutamic acid, tyrosine or any other amino acid) by paper chromatography
(b) Identify and separate the sugars present in the given mixture by paper chromatography.
5
Reference Books:
DSC-B: Chemistry-2
(CHEMICAL ENERGETICS, EQUILIBRIA & FUNCTIONAL ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY-I)
Theory: 60 Lectures
Chemical Energetics
Review of thermodynamics and the Laws of Thermodynamics.

standard enthalpies of formations, integral and differential enthalpies of solution and
dilution. Calculation of bond energy, bond dissociation energy and resonance energy from
thermochemical data. Variation of enthalpy of a reaction with temperature – Kirchhoff’s
equation.

substances.
(10 Lectures)

o
chemical equilibrium. Distinction between G and G , Le Chatelier’s principle.
Relationships between Kp, Kc and Kx for reactions involving ideal gases.
(8 Lectures)
Ionic Equilibria:
bases, pH scale, common ion effect. Salt hydrolysis-calculation of hydrolysis constant,
degree of hydrolysis and pH for different salts. Buffer solutions. Solubility and solubility
product of sparingly soluble salts – applications of solubility product principle.
(12 Lectures)
6
Aromatic hydrocarbons
Preparation (Case benzene): from phenol, by decarboxylation, from acetylene, from

benzene sulphonic acid.
Reactions: (Case benzene): Electrophilic substitution: nitration, halogenation and

sulphonation. Friedel-Craft’s reaction (alkylation and acylation) (upto 4 carbons on
benzene). Side chain oxidation of alkyl benzenes (upto 4 carbons on benzene).
(8 Lectures)
Alkyl and Aryl Halides
Alkyl Halides (Upto 5 Carbons) Types of Nucleophilic Substitution (S N1, SN2 and SNi)
reactions.
Preparation: from alkenes and alcohols.
Reactions: hydrolysis, nitrite & nitro formation, nitrile & isonitrile formation. Williamson’s
ether synthesis: Elimination vs substitution.
Aryl Halides Preparation: (Chloro, bromo and iodo-benzene case): from phenol,
Sandmeyer & Gattermann reactions.
Reactions (Chlorobenzene): Aromatic nucleophilic substitution (replacement by –OH

group) and effect of nitro substituent. Benzyne Mechanism: KNH 2/NH3 (or NaNH2/NH3).
Reactivity and Relative strength of C-Halogen bond in alkyl, allyl, benzyl, vinyl and aryl
halides.
(8 Lectures)
Alcohols, Phenols and Ethers (Upto 5 Carbons)

о о о
Alcohols: Preparation: Preparation of 1 , 2 and 3 alcohols: using Grignard reagent, Ester
hydrolysis, Reduction of aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acid and esters.
Reactions: With sodium, HX (Lucas test), esterification, oxidation (with PCC, alk. KMnO 4,
acidic dichromate, conc. HNO3). Oppeneauer oxidation Diols: (Upto 6 Carbons) oxidation
of diols. Pinacol-Pinacolone rearrangement.
Phenols: (Phenol case) Preparation: Cumene hydroperoxide method, from diazonium salts.
Reactions: Electrophilic substitution: Nitration, halogenation and sulphonation. Reimer-
Tiemann Reaction, Gattermann-Koch Reaction, Houben–Hoesch Condensation, Schotten –
Baumann Reaction.
7
Ethers (aliphatic and aromatic): Cleavage of ethers with HI.
Aldehydes and ketones (aliphatic and aromatic): (Formaldehye, acetaldehyde, acetone

and benzaldehyde)
Preparation: from acid chlorides and from nitriles.
Reactions – Reaction with HCN, ROH, NaHSO3, NH2 -G derivatives. Iodoform test. Aldol
Condensation, Cannizzaro’s reaction, Wittig reaction, Benzoin condensation. Clemensen
reduction and Wolff Kishner reduction. Meerwein-Pondorff Verley reduction.
(14 Lectures)
Reference Books:
th
Edition, 2013.
Delhi (1988).
(1985).
DSC-B LAB: Chemistry-2 LAB

60 Lectures
Thermochemistry
1. Determination of heat capacity of calorimeter for different volumes.
2. Determination of enthalpy of neutralization of hydrochloric acid with
sodium hydroxide.
3. Determination of enthalpy of ionization of acetic acid.
4. Determination of integral enthalpy of solution of salts (KNO 3, NH4Cl).
5. Determination of enthalpy of hydration of copper sulphate.
6. Study of the solubility of benzoic acid in water and determination of ΔH.
Ionic equilibria
pH measurements
Measurement of pH of different solutions like aerated drinks, fruit juices, shampoos and
soaps (use dilute solutions of soaps and shampoos to prevent damage to the glass electrode)
8
using pH-meter.
a) Preparation of buffer solutions:

(i) Sodium acetate-acetic acid
(ii) Ammonium chloride-ammonium hydroxide
Measurement of the pH of buffer solutions and comparison of the values with theoretical
values.

1. Purification of organic compounds by crystallization (from water and alcohol)
and distillation.
2. Criteria of Purity: Determination of melting and boiling points.
3. Preparations: Mechanism of various reactions involved to be discussed.
Recrystallisation, determination of melting point and calculation of quantitative
yields to be done.
(a) Bromination of Phenol/Aniline
(b) Benzoylation of amines/phenols
(c) Oxime and 2,4-dinitrophenylhydrazone of aldehyde/ketone
Reference Books
DSC-C: Chemistry-3
(SOLUTIONS, PHASE EQUILIBRIA, CONDUCTANCE, ELECTROCHEMISTRY &
FUNCTIONAL GROUP ORGANIC CHEMISTRY-II)
Theory: 60 Lectures
Solutions
Thermodynamics of ideal solutions: Ideal solutions and Raoult’s law, deviations from
Raoult’s law – non-ideal solutions. Vapour pressure-composition and temperature-
composition curves of ideal and non-ideal solutions. Distillation of solutions. Lever rule.
Azeotropes.
Partial miscibility of liquids: Critical solution temperature; effect of impurity on partial
miscibility of liquids. Immiscibility of liquids- Principle of steam distillation. Nernst
distribution law and its applications, solvent extraction.
(8 Lectures)
Phase Equilibria
9
Phases, components and degrees of freedom of a system, criteria of phase equilibrium.
Gibbs Phase Rule and its thermodynamic derivation. Derivation of Clausius – Clapeyron
equation and its importance in phase equilibria. Phase diagrams of one-component systems
(water and sulphur) and two component systems involving eutectics, congruent and
incongruent melting points (lead-silver, FeCl 3-H2O and Na-K only).
(8 Lectures)
Conductance
Conductivity, equivalent and molar conductivity and their variation with dilution for weak
and strong electrolytes. Kohlrausch law of independent migration of ions.
Transference number and its experimental determination using Hittorf and Moving
boundary methods. Ionic mobility. Applications of conductance measurements:
determination of degree of ionization of weak electrolyte, solubility and solubility products
of sparingly soluble salts, ionic product of water, hydrolysis constant of a salt.
Conductometric titrations (only acid-base).
(6 Lectures)
Electrochemistry
Reversible and irreversible cells. Concept of EMF of a cell. Measurement of EMF of a cell.
Nernst equation and its importance. Types of electrodes. Standard electrode potential.
Electrochemical series. Thermodynamics of a reversible cell, calculation of thermodynamic
properties: G, H and S from EMF data.
Calculation of equilibrium constant from EMF data. Concentration cells with transference
and without transference. Liquid junction potential and salt bridge.
pH determination using hydrogen electrode and quinhydrone electrode.
Potentiometric titrations -qualitative treatment (acid-base and oxidation-reduction only).
(8 Lectures)
Carboxylic acids and their derivatives
Carboxylic acids (aliphatic and aromatic)
Preparation: Acidic and Alkaline hydrolysis of esters.
Reactions: Hell – Vohlard - Zelinsky Reaction.

10
Carboxylic acid derivatives (aliphatic): (Upto 5 carbons)
Preparation: Acid chlorides, Anhydrides, Esters and Amides from acids and their
interconversion.
Reactions: Comparative study of nucleophilicity of acyl derivatives. Reformatsky Reaction,

Perkin condensation.
(6 Lectures)
Amines and Diazonium Salts
Amines (Aliphatic and Aromatic): (Upto 5 carbons)
Preparation: from alkyl halides, Gabriel’s Phthalimide synthesis, Hofmann Bromamide

reaction.
Reactions: Hofmann vs. Saytzeff elimination, Carbylamine test, Hinsberg test, with HNO 2,
Schotten – Baumann Reaction. Electrophilic substitution (case aniline): nitration,
bromination, sulphonation.
Diazonium salts: Preparation: from aromatic amines.
Reactions: conversion to benzene, phenol, dyes.
(6 Lectures)
Amino Acids, Peptides and Proteins:
Preparation of Amino Acids: Strecker synthesis using Gabriel’s phthalimide synthesis.

Zwitterion, Isoelectric point and Electrophoresis.
Reactions of Amino acids: ester of –COOH group, acetylation of –NH 2 group, complexation
2+
with Cu ions, ninhydrin test.
Overview of Primary, Secondary, Tertiary and Quaternary Structure of proteins.
Determination of Primary structure of Peptides by degradation Edmann degradation (N-

terminal) and C–terminal (thiohydantoin and with carboxypeptidase enzyme). Synthesis of
simple peptides (upto dipeptides) by N-protection (t-butyloxycarbonyl and phthaloyl) & C-
activating groups and Merrifield solid-phase synthesis.
Carbohydrates: Classification, and General Properties, Glucose and Fructose (open chain
and cyclic structure), Determination of configuration of monosaccharides, absolute
configuration of Glucose and Fructose, Mutarotation, ascending and descending in
monosaccharides. Structure of disacharrides (sucrose, cellobiose, maltose, lactose) and
polysacharrides (starch and cellulose) excluding their structure elucidation.
(8 Lectures)
11
Reference Books:
 Kotz, J.C., Treichel, P.M. & Townsend, J.R. General Chemistry, Cengage Learning
India Pvt. Ltd.: New Delhi (2009).
 Mahan, B.H. University Chemistry, 3rd Ed. Narosa (1998).
 Petrucci, R.H. General Chemistry, 5th Ed., Macmillan Publishing Co.: New York
(1985).
th
 Nelson, D. L. & Cox, M. M. Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry 7 Ed., W. H.
Freeman.
 Berg, J.M., Tymoczko, J.L. & Stryer, L. Biochemistry, W.H. Freeman, 2002.
DSC-C LAB: Chemistry-3 LAB

60 Lectures
Distribution
Study of the equilibrium of one of the following reactions by the distribution method:
- -
I2(aq) + I (aq) I3 (aq)
2+ 2+
Cu (aq) + xNH2(aq) [Cu(NH3)x]
Phase equilibria
a) Construction of the phase diagram of a binary system (simple eutectic) using

cooling curves.
b) Determination of the critical solution temperature and composition of the phenol
water system and study of the effect of impurities on it.
c) Study of the variation of mutual solubility temperature with concentration for the
phenol water system and determination of the critical solubility temperature.
Conductance
1. Determination of cell constant

2. Determination of equivalent conductance, degree of dissociation and
dissociation constant of a weak acid.
3. Perform the following conductometric titrations:
a. Strong acid vs. strong base
b. Weak acid vs. strong base
12
Potentiometry
1. Perform the following potentiometric titrations:

iii. Potassium dichromate vs. Mohr's salt
I Systematic Qualitative Organic Analysis of Organic Compounds possessing

monofunctional groups (-COOH, phenolic, aldehydic, ketonic, amide, nitro, amines) and
preparation of one derivative.
II

2. Determination of the concentration of glycine solution by formylation method.
3. Titration curve of glycine
6. Differentiation between a reducing and a non-reducing sugar.
Reference Books:
 Ahluwalia, V.K. & Aggarwal, R. Comprehensive Practical Organic Chemistry,
Universities Press.
DSC-D: Chemistry-4
(TRANSITION METAL & COORDINATION CHEMISTRY, STATES OF
MATTER & CHEMICAL KINETICS)
Theory: 60 Lectures
Section A: Inorganic Chemistry-2 (30 Lectures)
Transition Elements (3d series)
General group trends with special reference to electronic configuration, variable valency,
colour, magnetic and catalytic properties, ability to form complexes and stability of various
13
properties, lanthanide contraction, separation of lanthanides (ion exchange method only).
(12 Lectures)
Coordination Chemistry
Valence Bond Theory (VBT): Inner and outer orbital complexes of Cr, Fe, Co, Ni and Cu
(8 Lectures)
Crystal Field Theory
Crystal field effect, octahedral symmetry. Crystal field stabilization energy (CFSE), Crystal
magnitude of D. Spectrochemical series. Comparison of CFSE for Oh and Td complexes,
Tetragonal distortion of octahedral geometry.
(10 Lectures)
Section B: Physical Chemistry-3 (30 Lectures)
Postulates of Kinetic Theory of Gases and derivation of the kinetic gas equation.
Deviation of real gases from ideal behaviour, compressibility factor, causes of deviation.
van der Waals equation of state for real gases. Boyle temperature (derivation not required).
Critical phenomena, critical constants and their calculation from van der Waals equation.
Andrews isotherms of CO2.
Maxwell Boltzmann distribution laws of molecular velocities and molecular energies

(graphic representation – derivation not required) and their importance.
Temperature dependence of these distributions. Most probable, average and root mean square
velocities (no derivation). Collision cross section, collision number, collision frequency,
collision diameter and mean free path of molecules. Viscosity of gases and effect of
temperature and pressure on coefficient of viscosity (qualitative treatment only).
(8 Lectures)
Liquids
Surface tension and its determination using stalagmometer. Viscosity of a liquid and
determination of coefficient of viscosity using Ostwald viscometer. Effect of temperature
on surface tension and coefficient of viscosity of a liquid (qualitative treatment only).
14
(6 Lectures)
Solids
Forms of solids. Symmetry elements, unit cells, crystal systems, Bravais lattice types and
identification of lattice planes. Laws of Crystallography - Law of constancy of interfacial
angles, Law of rational indices. Miller indices. X–Ray diffraction by crystals, Bragg’s law.
Structures of NaCl, KCl and CsCl (qualitative treatment only). Defects in crystals. Glasses
and liquid crystals.
(8 Lectures)
Chemical Kinetics
The concept of reaction rates. Effect of temperature, pressure, catalyst and other factors on
reaction rates. Order and molecularity of a reaction. Derivation of integrated rate equations
for zero, first and second order reactions (both for equal and unequal concentrations of
reactants). Half–life of a reaction. General methods for determination of order of a reaction.
Concept of activation energy and its calculation from Arrhenius equation.
Theories of Reaction Rates: Collision theory and Activated Complex theory of bimolecular
reactions. Comparison of the two theories (qualitative treatment only).
(8 Lectures)
Reference Books:
(1985).
 Cotton, F.A. & Wilkinson, G. Basic Inorganic Chemistry, Wiley.
 Shriver, D.F. & Atkins, P.W. Inorganic Chemistry, Oxford University Press.
 Wulfsberg, G. Inorganic Chemistry, Viva Books Pvt. Ltd.
 Rodgers, G.E. Inorganic & Solid State Chemistry, Cengage Learning India Ltd.,
2008.
DSC-D LAB: Chemistry-4 LAB

60 Lectures
Section A: Inorganic Chemistry
15
Semi-micro qualitative analysis (using H2S or other methods) of mixtures - not more than
four ionic species (two anions and two cations, excluding insoluble salts) out of the
following:
+ 2+ 3+ 2+ 2+ 3+ 3+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ 2+ +
Cations : NH4 , Pb , Bi , Cu , Cd , Fe , Al , Co , Ni , Mn , Zn , Ba , Sr , Ca , K
2– 2– 2– 2– – – – – – – 2- 3- 3-
Anions : CO3 , S , SO , S2O3 , NO3 , CH3COO , Cl , Br , I , NO3 , SO4 , PO4 , BO3 ,
2- -
C2O4 , F
(Spot tests should be carried out wherever feasible)
1. Estimate the amount of nickel present in a given solution as bis(dimethylglyoximato)

nickel(II) or aluminium as oximate in a given solution gravimetrically.
2+ 2+
2. Estimation of (i) Mg or (ii) Zn by complexometric titrations using EDTA.
3. Estimation of total hardness of a given sample of water by complexometric titration.
Section B: Physical Chemistry
(I) Surface tension measurement (use of organic solvents excluded).
a) Determination of the surface tension of a liquid or a dilute solution using a

stalagmometer.
b) Study of the variation of surface tension of a detergent solution with concentration.
(AI) Viscosity measurement (use of organic solvents excluded).
a) Determination of the relative and absolute viscosity of a liquid or dilute solution

using an Ostwald’s viscometer.
b) Study of the variation of viscosity of an aqueous solution with concentration of
solute.
(III) Chemical Kinetics
Study the kinetics of the following reactions.

c. Acid hydrolysis of methyl acetate with hydrochloric acid.
d. Saponification of ethyl acetate.
e. Compare the strengths of HCl and H2SO4 by studying kinetics of hydrolysis of
methyl acetate
Reference Books:
(Credit: 02 each): SEC-1 to SEC-4
16
SEC-1:
(Credits: 02)
30 Lectures



titration.
Analysis of water: Definition of pure water, sources responsible for contaminating

water, water sampling methods, water purification methods.

Analysis of food products: Nutritional value of foods, idea about food processing and
food preservations and adulteration.

3+ 3+
chromatography etc.

17

flame photometry.
c. Spectrophotometric Identification and Determination of Caffeine and Benzoic
Acid in Soft Drinks.
Reference Books:
th
4. Skoog,
6
th
2016.
1992.
nd
Co., N.Y. USA (1982).
(1977).
th
th
2009.
th
th
2004.
SEC-2
FUEL CHEMISTRY
(Credits: 02)
30 Lectures
calorific value.

18
derivatives Xylene.

Properties of lubricants (viscosity index, cloud point, pore point) and their determination.
Reference Books:
(1996).
SEC-3
CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY & SOCIETY
(Credits: 02)
Theory: 30 Lectures
Chemical Technology
Basic principles of distillation, solvent extraction, solid-liquid leaching and liquid-

liquid extraction, separation by absorption and adsorption. An introduction into the
scope of different types of equipment needed in chemical technology, including
reactors, distillation columns, extruders, pumps, mills, emulgators. Scaling up
operations in chemical industry. Introduction to clean technology.
Society
Exploration of societal and technological issues from a chemical perspective.

Chemical and scientific literacy as a means to better understand topics like air and
water (and the trace materials found in them that are referred to as pollutants); energy
from natural sources (i.e. solar and renewable forms), from fossil fuels and from
nuclear fission; materials like plastics and polymers and their natural analogues,
proteins and nucleic acids, and molecular reactivity and interconversions from simple
examples like combustion to complex instances like genetic engineering and the
manufacture of drugs.
Reference Book:
1. John W. Hill, Terry W. McCreary & Doris K. Kolb, Chemistry for changing
th
times 13 Ed, Prentice-Hall (2012).
19
SEC-4
CHEMISTRY OF COSMETICS & PERFUMES
(Credits: 02)
30 Lectures
A general study including preparation and uses of the following: Hair dye, hair spray,
shampoo, suntan lotions, face powder, lipsticks, talcum powder, nail enamel, creams (cold,
vanishing and shaving creams), antiperspirants and artificial flavours. Essential oils and
their importance in cosmetic industries with reference to Eugenol, Geraniol, sandalwood
oil, eucalyptus, rose oil, 2-phenyl ethyl alcohol, Jasmone, Civetone, Muscone.
Practicals
1. Preparation of talcum powder.
2. Preparation of shampoo.
3. Preparation of enamels.
4. Preparation of hair remover.
5. Preparation of face cream.
6. Preparation of nail polish and nail polish remover.
Reference Books:
(1996).
CHEMISTRY DSE COURSES
CHEMISTRY-DSE-A: ANALYTICAL METHODS IN CHEMISTRY

20
Theory: 60 Lectures

expression, normal law of distribution if indeterminate errors, statistical test of data; F,
Q and
t test, rejection of data, and confidence intervals.
(5 Lectures)

Origin of spectra, interaction of radiation with matter, fundamental laws of
spectroscopy and
selection rules, validity of Beer-Lambert’s law.
Basic principles of quantitative analysis: estimation of metal ions from aqueous
solution, geometrical isomers, keto-enol tautomers. Determination of composition of
metal complexes
using Job’s method of continuous variation and mole ratio method.
monochromator
& detector) for single and double beam instrument; sampling techniques.
substitution.
Flame Atomic Absorption and Emission Spectrometry: Basic principles of
instrumentation (choice of source, monochromator, detector, choice of flame and
Burner designs. Techniques
of atomization and sample introduction; Method of background correction, sources of
chemical interferences and their method of removal. Techniques for the quantitative
estimation of trace level of metal ions from water samples.
(25 Lectures)

(5 Lectures)
Classification of electroanalytical methods, basic principle of pH metric, potentiometric
and
Techniques used for the determination of pKa values.
(10 Lectures)
21
aqueous solution, extraction of organic species from the aqueous and nonaqueous
media.
GPC, TLC and HPLC.
(15 Lectures)
Reference Books:
1988.
 Christian, G.D; Analytical Chemistry, 6th Ed. John Wiley & Sons, New York, 2004.
 Harris, D. C. Exploring Chemical Analysis, Ed. New York, W.H. Freeman, 2001.
Publisher, 2009.
 Ditts, R.V. Analytical Chemistry; Methods of Separation, van Nostrand, 1974.
PRACTICALS- DSE-A LAB: ANALYTICAL METHODS IN CHEMISTRY

60 Lectures
1. Chromatography:
(i) Paper chromatographic separation of Fe3+, Al3+, and Cr3+.
(glucose & fructose) by paper chromatography. Reporting the Rf values.
them
on the basis of their Rf values.
(c) Chromatographic separation of the active ingredients of plants, flowers and juices
by TLC
II. Solvent Extractions:

22
(i) To separate a mixture of Ni2+
& Fe2+
by complexation with DMG and extracting the Ni2+-
DMG complex in chloroform, and determine its concentration by spectrophotometry.
irons
and gallium.
4. Determination of Na, Ca, Li in cola drinks and fruit juices using flame photometric
techniques.
(iii) Estimation of calcium, magnesium, phosphate, nitrate

6. Ion exchange:
resins.
2. Structural characterization of compounds by infrared spectroscopy.
3. Determination of dissolved oxygen in water.
4. Determination of chemical oxygen demand (COD).
5. Determination of Biological oxygen demand (BOD).
6. Determine the composition of the Ferric-salicylate/ ferric-thiocyanate complex by
Job’s method.
Reference Books:
1988.
 Christian, Gary D; Analytical Chemistry, 6th Ed. John Wiley & Sons, New York,
2004.
 Harris, Daniel C: Exploring Chemical Analysis, Ed. New York, W.H. Freeman, 2001.
Publisher, 2009.
23
CHEMISTRY-DSE-B: INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF CHEMICAL
ANALYSIS
Theory: 60 Lectures

Treatment of analytical data, including error analysis. Classification of analytical
methods and the types of instrumental methods. Consideration of electromagnetic
radiation.
(4 Lectures)
Interactions with molecules: absorption and scattering. Means of excitation (light
sources), separation of spectrum (wavelength dispersion, time resolution), detection of
the signal (heat,
differential detection), interpretation of spectrum (qualitative, mixtures, resolution),
advantages of Fourier Transform (FTIR). Samples and results expected. Applications:
Issues of quality assurance and quality control, Special problems for portable
instrumentation and rapid detection.
UV-Visible/ Near IR – emission, absorption, fluorescence and photoaccoustic.
Excitation sources (lasers, time resolution), wavelength dispersion (gratings, prisms,
interference filters, laser, placement of sample relative to dispersion, resolution),
Detection of signal (photocells, photomultipliers, diode arrays, sensitivity and S/N),
Single and Double Beam instruments, Interpretation (quantification, mixtures,
absorption vs. fluorescence and the use of time, photoaccoustic, fluorescent tags).
(16 Lectures)
number of factors (volatility, solubility, interactions with stationary phase, size,
electrical field), Detection: simple vs. specific (gas and liquid), Detection as a means of
further analysis
with DNA analysis.
Immunoassays and DNA techniques

Mass spectroscopy: Making the gaseous molecule into an ion (electron impact,
chemical ionization), Making liquids and solids into ions (electrospray, electrical
discharge, laser desorption, fast atom bombardment), Separation of ions on basis of
mass to charge ratio, Magnetic, Time of flight, Electric quadrupole. Resolution, time
and multiple separations, Detection and interpretation (how this is linked to excitation).
(16 Lectures)
Elemental analysis:
24
Wavelength separation and resolution (dependence on technique), Detection of
radiation
(8 Lectures)

Spincoupling,
Applications.
(4 Lectures)

(4 Lectures)
(4 Lectures)

(4 Lectures)
Reference books:
Cengage
Learning India Ed.
Analysis,
7th Ed. Wadsworth Publishing Company Ltd., Belmont, California, USA, 1988.
 P.W. Atkins: Physical Chemistry.
 G.W. Castellan: Physical Chemistry.
 C.N. Banwell: Fundamentals of Molecular Spectroscopy.
 Brian Smith: Infrared Spectral Interpretations: A Systematic Approach.
 W.J. Moore: Physical Chemistry.
PRACTICALS-DSE-B LAB: INSTRUMENTAL METHODS OF CHEMICAL

ANALYSIS
60 Lectures
25
9. Quantitative Analysis of Mixtures by Gas Chromatography (i.e., chloroform and
carbon tetrachloride)
13. Cyclic Voltammetry of the Ferrocyanide/Ferricyanide Couple
18. Use of capillary electrophoresis with laser fluorescence detection for nuclear DNA
(Y chromosome only or multiple chromosome)
21. Detection in the field and confirmation in the laboratory of flammable accelerants or
Explosives.
24. Fibre analysis
(At least 10 experiments to be performed).
Reference Books:
1988.
26
Curriculum Structures for B.Sc. Chemistry Honours
No. of papers =14+12=26
Total Credits = 140
Total Marks = 2400
SEM-I
Paper Code Course L+T+P Credit End Sem Internal Total

CHY-101H C-1, Inorganic 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
Chemistry I: 5+1+0 60(L)+20(T) 20
CHY-102H C-2, Physical 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

Chemistry I 5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
MATH-103H GE-1 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T) 20
COMM-104HR AECC-1:English/ 2 2 50(L) 50
Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 290 60 350
SEM-II
CHY-201H C-3 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY -202H C-4 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
MATH-203H GE-2 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
ENV-204HR AECC-2: 2 2 50(L) 50
Environmental
Science
Total 20 290 60 350
SEM-III
CHY-301H C-5 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY-302H C-6 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY-303H C-7 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
GMC-304HR SEC-1 2 2 50(L) 50
PHY-305H GE-3 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Total 26 370 80 450
SEM-IV
CHY-401H C-8 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY-402H C-9 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY-403H C-10 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
IPR-404HR SEC-2 2 2 50(L) 50
PHY-405H GE-4 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Total 26 370 80 450
SEM-V
CHY-501H C-11 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY-502H C-12 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY-503H DSE-1 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY-504H DSE-2 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Total 24 320 80 400
SEM-VI
CHY-601H C-13 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY-602H C-14 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY-603H DSE-3 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CHY-604H DSE-4 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
(Project/Dissertation) 5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Total 24 320 80 400
Curriculum Structures for B.Sc. (Regular Course)
Total Marks=2100
SEM-I

Paper-101P DSC-1A 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-102P DSC-2A 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-103P DSC-3A 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-104HP AECC-1: English/ 2 2 50 50
Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 290 60 350
SEM-II
Paper-201P DSC-1B 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-202P DSC-2B 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-203P DSC-3B 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-204HP AECC-2: 2 2 50 50
Environmental
Science
Total 20 290 60 350
SEM-III
Paper-301P DSC-1C 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-302P DSC-2C 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-303P DSC-3C 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-304HP SEC-1 2 2 50 50
Total 20 290 60 350
SEM-IV
Paper-401P DSC-1A 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-402P DSC-2A 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-403P DSC-3A 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-404HP SEC-2 2 2 50 50
Total 20 290 60 350
SEM-V
Paper-501P DSE-1A 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-502P DSE-2A 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-503P DSE-3A 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-504P SEC-3 2 2 50 50
Total 20 290 60 350
SEM-VI
Paper-601P DSE-1B 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-602P DSE-2B 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-603P DSE-3B 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Paper-604P SEC-4 2 2 50 50
Total 20 290 60 350

1
Bodoland University
Curriculum Structures for UG syllabus (For Computer Science (Honours)),

Total Marks = 2400
SEM-II
Paper Code Course L+T+P Credit End Sem Int Total
CS -201H C-3 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS -202H C-4 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
MATH-GE- GE-2 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
203H 5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
ENV -204HR AECC-2: 2 2 50(L) 50
Environmental
Science
Total- 20 290 60 350
SEM-I
CS-101H C-1 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T) 20
CS-102H C-2 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
MATH-GE- GE-1 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
103H 5+1+0 60(L)+20(T) 20
COMM- AECC-1:English/ 2 2 50(L) 50
104HR Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
Total- 20 290 60 350
SEM-III
CS -301H C-5 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS -302H C-6 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS -303H C-7 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
1
2
CS –SEC1- SEC-1 2 2 50(L) 50

304HR
PHY –GE- GE-3 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
305H 5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Total- 26 370 80 450
SEM-IV
CS -401H C-8 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS -402H C-9 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS -403H C-10 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS –SEC2- SEC-2 2 2 50(L) 50
404HR
PHY-GE-405H GE-4 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Total- 26 370 80 450
SEM-V
CS -501H C-11 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS -502H C-12 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
2
3
CS –DSE1- DSE-1 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

503H 5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS –DSE2- DSE-2 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
504H 5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
Total- 24 320 80 400
SEM-VI
CS -601H C-13 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS -602H C-14 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS –DSE3- DSE-3 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
603H 5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
CS –DSE4- DSE-4 4+0+2 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
604H (Project/Diss 5+1+0 60(L)+20(T)
ertation)
Total- 24 320 80 400
1. Where there is a practical there will be no tutorial or vice-versa.

2. Institute should evolve a system/policy about ECA/ General Interest/Hobby/Sports/NCC/NSS/related
courses on its own.
3. Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC): These courses are to be chosen from a pool of courses designed
to provide value-based and/or skill-based knowledge and should contain both theory and lab/hands-
on/training/field work. The main purpose of these courses is to provide students life-skills in hands-on
mode so as to increase their employability. The list provided under this category are suggestive in
nature and each Institution/College has complete freedom to suggest their own papers under this
category based on their expertise, specialization, requirements, scope and need. However, in this case
approval of Academic section of the University is mandatory.
1ST SEMESTER
C-I: Programming Fundamentals using C/C++
Theory: 60 Lectures
1. Introduction to C and C++ (3 Lectures)
History of C and C++, Overview of Procedural Programming and Object-Orientation

Programming, Using main() function, Compiling and Executing Simple Programs in C++.
2. Data Types, Variables, Constants, Operators and Basic I/O (5 Lectures)
Declaring, Defining and Initializing Variables, Scope of Variables, Using Named Constants,
Keywords, Data Types, Casting of Data Types, Operators (Arithmetic, Logical and Bitwise), Using
3
4
Comments in programs, Character I/O (getc, getchar, putc, putcharetc), Formatted and Console I/O
(printf(), scanf(), cin, cout), Using Basic Header Files (stdio.h, iostream.h, conio.hetc).
3. Expressions, Conditional Statements and Iterative Statements (5 Lectures)
Simple Expressions in C++ (including Unary Operator Expressions, Binary Operator Expressions),
Understanding Operators Precedence in Expressions, Conditional Statements (if construct, switch-case
construct), Understanding syntax and utility of Iterative Statements (while, do-while, and for loops),
Use of break and continue in Loops, Using Nested Statements (Conditional as well as Iterative)
4. Functions and Arrays (10 Lectures)
Utility of functions, Call by Value, Call by Reference, Functions returning value, Void
functions, Inline Functions, Return data type of functions, Functions parameters,
Differentiating between Declaration and Definition of Functions, Command Line
Arguments/Parameters in Functions, Functions with variable number of Arguments.
Creating and Using One Dimensional Arrays ( Declaring and Defining an Array, Initializing an
Array, Accessing individual elements in an Array, Manipulating array elements using loops), Use
Various types of arrays (integer, float and character arrays / Strings) Two-dimensional Arrays
(Declaring, Defining and Initializing Two Dimensional Array, Working with Rows and Columns),
Introduction to Multi-dimensional arrays
5. Derived Data Types (Structures and Unions) (3 Lectures)
Understanding utility of structures and unions, Declaring, initializing and using simple structures
and unions, Manipulating individual members of structures and unions, Array of Structures,
Individual data members as structures, Passing and returning structures from functions, Structure
with union as members, Union with structures as members.
6. Pointers and References in C++ (7 Lectures)
Understanding a Pointer Variable, Simple use of Pointers (Declaring and Dereferencing

Pointers to simple variables), Pointers to Pointers, Pointers to structures, Problems with
4
5
Pointers, Passing pointers as function arguments, Returning a pointer from a function, using arrays
as pointers, Passing arrays to functions. Pointers vs. References, Declaring and initializing
references, Using references as function arguments and function return values
7. Memory Allocation in C++ (3 Lectures)
Differentiating between static and dynamic memory allocation, use of malloc, calloc and free
functions, use of new and delete operators, storage of variables in static and dynamic memory
allocation
8. File I/O, Preprocessor Directives (4 Lectures)
Opening and closing a file (use of fstream header file, ifstream, ofstream and fstream classes), Reading
and writing Text Files, Using put(), get(), read() and write() functions, Random access in files,
Understanding the Preprocessor Directives (#include, #define, #error, #if, #else, #elif, #endif, #ifdef,
#ifndef and #undef), Macros
9. Using Classes in C++ (7 Lectures)
Principles of Object-Oriented Programming, Defining & Using Classes, Class Constructors,

Constructor Overloading, Function overloading in classes, Class Variables &Functions, Objects as
parameters, Specifying the Protected and Private Access, Copy Constructors,Overview of Template
classes and their use.
10. Overview of Function Overloading and Operator Overloading (5 Lectures)
Need of Overloading functions and operators, Overloading functions by number and type of
arguments, Looking at an operator as a function call, Overloading Operators (including assignment
operators, unary operators)
11. Inheritance, Polymorphism and Exception Handling (8 Lectures)
Introduction to Inheritance (Multi-Level Inheritance, Multiple Inheritance), Polymorphism (Virtual
Functions, Pure Virtual Functions), Basics Exceptional Handling (using catch and throw, multiple
catch statements), Catching all exceptions, Restricting exceptions, Rethrowing exceptions.
Reference Books
1. HerbtzSchildt, "C++: The Complete Reference", Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill.2003
2. BjarneStroustrup, "The C++ Programming Language", 4th Edition, Addison-Wesley , 2013.
3. BjarneStroustroup, "Programming -- Principles and Practice using C++", 2nd Edition,
Addison-Wesley 2014.
4. E Balaguruswamy, "Object Oriented Programming with C++", Tata McGraw-Hill Education,
2008.
5. Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, "C++ How to Program", 8th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2011. 5. John
R. Hubbard, "Programming with C++", Schaum's Series, 2nd Edition, 2000.
6. Andrew Koeni, Barbara, E. Moo, "Accelerated C++", Published by Addison-Wesley , 2000. 7. Scott
Meyers, "Effective C++", 3rd Edition, Published by Addison-Wesley, 2005.
8. Harry, H. Chaudhary, "Head First C++ Programming: The Definitive Beginner's Guide", First
Create space Inc, O-D Publishing, LLC USA.2014
9. Walter Savitch, "Problem Solving with C++", Pearson Education, 2007.
10. Stanley B. Lippman, JoseeLajoie, Barbara E. Moo, "C++ Primer", Published by Addison-
Wesley, 5th Edition, 2012
5
6
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-I): Programming Fundamentals using C/C++ Lab

Practical: 60 Lectures
1. WAP to print the sum and product of digits of an integer.
2. WAP to reverse a number.
3. WAP to compute the sum of the first n terms of the following series
S = 1+1/2+1/3+1/4+……
4. WAP to compute the sum of the first n terms of the following series
S =1-2+3-4+5…………….
5. Write a function that checks whether a given string is Palindrome or not. Use this
function to find whether the string entered by user is Palindrome or not.
6. Write a function to find whether a given no. is prime or not. Use the same to generate
the prime numbers less than 100.
7.WAP to compute the factors of a given number.
8. Write a macro that swaps two numbers. WAP to use it.
9. WAP to print a triangle of stars as follows (take number of lines from user):
*
***
*****
*******
*********
10. WAP to perform following actions on an array entered by the user:
i) Print the even-valued elements
ii) Print the odd-valued elements
iii) Calculate and print the sum and average of the elements of array
iv) Print the maximum and minimum element of array
v) Remove the duplicates from the array
vi) Print the array in reverse order
The program should present a menu to the user and ask for one of the options. The menu
should also include options to re-enter array and to quit the program.
11. WAP that prints a table indicating the number of occurrences of each alphabet in the text
entered as command line arguments.
12. Write a program that swaps two numbers using pointers.
13. Write a program in which a function is passed address of two variables and then alter its
contents.
14. Write a program which takes the radius of a circle as input from the user, passes it to another function
that computes the area and the circumference of the circle and displays the value of area and
circumference from the main() function.
15. Write a program to find sum of n elements entered by the user. To write this program,
allocate memory dynamically using malloc() / calloc() functions or new operator.
16. Write a menu driven program to perform following operations on strings:
6
7
a) Show address of each character in string

b) Concatenate two strings without using strcat function.
c) Concatenate two strings using strcat function.
d) Compare two strings
e) Calculate length of the string (use pointers)
f) Convert all lowercase characters to uppercase
g) Convert all uppercase characters to lowercase
h) Calculate number of vowels
i) Reverse the string
17. Given two ordered arrays of integers, write a program to merge the two-arrays to get an
ordered array.
18. WAP to display Fibonacci series (i)using recursion, (ii) using iteration
19. WAP to calculate Factorial of a number (i)using recursion, (ii) using iteration
20. WAP to calculate GCD of two numbers (i) with recursion (ii) without recursion.
21. Create Matrix class using templates. Write a menu-driven program to perform following
Matrix
operations (2-D array implementation):
a) Sum b) Difference c) Product d) Transpose
22. Create the Person class. Create some objects of this class (by taking information from the
user). Inherit the class Person to create two classes Teacher and Student class. Maintain the
respective information in the classes and create, display and delete objects of these two classes
(Use Runtime Polymorphism).
23. Create a class Triangle. Include overloaded functions for calculating area. Overload
assignment operator and equality operator.
24. Create a class Box containing length, breath and height. Include following methods in it:
a) Calculate surface Area
b) Calculate Volume
c) Increment, Overload ++ operator (both prefix & postfix)
d) Decrement, Overload -- operator (both prefix & postfix)
e) Overload operator == (to check equality of two boxes), as a friend function
f) Overload Assignment operator
g) Check if it is a Cube or cuboid
Write a program which takes input from the user for length, breath and height to test the above class.
25. Create a structure Student containing fields for Roll No., Name, Class, Year and Total Marks.
Create 10 students and store them in a file.
26. Write a program to retrieve the student information from file created in previous question and print it
in following format: Roll No. Name Marks
27. Copy the contents of one text file to another file, after removing all whitespaces.
28. Write a function that reverses the elements of an array in place. The function must
accept only one pointer value and return void.
29. Write a program that will read 10 integers from user and store them in an array. Implement array
using pointers. The program will print the array elements in ascending and descending order.
7
8
C-2: Computer System Architecture
Theory: 60 Lectures
1. Introduction (8 lectures)
Logic gates, boolean algebra, combinational circuits, circuit simplification, flip-flops and
sequential circuits, decoders, multiplexers, registers, counters and memory units.
2. Data Representation and Basic Computer Arithmetic (10 lectures)

Number systems, complements, fixed and floating point representation, character representation,
addition, subtraction, magnitude comparison, multiplication and division algorithms for integers
3. Basic Computer Organization and Design (13 lectures)

Computer registers, bus system, instruction set, timing and control, instruction cycle, memory reference,
input -output and interrupt, Interconnection Structures, Bus Interconnection design of basic computer.
4. Central Processing Unit (15 lectures)

Register organization, arithmetic and logical micro-operations, stack organization, micro programmed
control. Instruction formats, addressing modes, instruction codes, machine language, assembly language,
input output programming, RISC, CISC architectures, pipelining and parallel architecture.
5. Memory Organization (6 lectures)

Cache memory, Associative memory, mapping.
6. Input-Output Organization (8 lectures)

Input / Output: External Devices, I/O Modules, Programmed I/O, Interrupt-Driven I/O, Direct
Memory Access, I/O Channels.
Recommended Books:
1. M. Mano, Computer System Architecture, Pearson Education 1992
2. A. J. Dos Reis, Assembly Language and Computer Architecture using C++ and JAVA, Course
Technology, 2004 th
3. W. Stallings, Computer Organization and Architecture Designing for Performance, 8 Edition,
Prentice Hall of India,2009
4. M.M. Mano , Digital Design, Pearson Education Asia,2013
5. Carl Hamacher, Computer Organization, Fifth edition, McGrawHill, 2012.
8
9
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-2): Computer System Architecture

Lab Practical: 60 Lectures
1. Create a machine based on the following architecture:
Register Set
IR DR AC AR PC FGI FGO S I E
0 15 0 15 0 15 011 011 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 Bit 1 bit 1 Bit
Memory Instruction format

4096 words 0 3 4 15
16 bits per word Opcode Address
Basic Computer Instructions
Memory Reference Register Reference Input-Output
Symbol Hex Symbol Hex Symbol Hex
F80
AND 0xxx CLA E800 INP 0
F40
ADD 2xxx CLE E400 OUT 0
F20
LDA 4xxx Direct CMA E200 SKI 0
F10
STA 6xxx Addressing CME E100 SKO 0

F08
BUN 8xxx CIR E080 ION 0
F04
BSA Axxx CIL E040 IOF 0
ISZ Cxxx INC E020
AND_I 1xxx SPA E010
ADD_I 3xxx SNA E008
LDA_I 5xxx Indirect SZA E004
STA_I 7xxx Addressing SZE E002
BUN_I 9xxx HLT E001
BSA_I Bxxx
ISZ_I Dxxx
9
10
2. Create the micro operations and associate with instructions as given in the chapter (except interrupts).
Design the register set, memory and the instruction set. Use this machine for the assignments of this
section.
3. Create a Fetch routine of the instruction cycle.
4. Simulate the machine to determine the contents of AC, E, PC, AR and IR registers in
hexadecimal after the execution of each of following register reference instructions:
a. CLA e. CIR i. SNA
b. CLE f. CIL j. SZA
c. CMA g. INC k. SZE
d. CME h. SPA l. HLT
Initialize the contents of AC to (A937)16, that of PC to (022)16 and E to 1.
5. Simulate the machine for the following memory-reference instructions with I= 0 and address
part = 082. The instruction to be stored at address 022 in RAM. Initialize the memory word at
address 082 with the operand B8F2 and AC with A937. Determine the contents of AC, DR,
PC, AR and IR in hexadecimal after the execution.
a. ADD f. BSA
b. AND g. ISZ
c. LDA
d. STA
e. BUN
6. Simulate the machine for the memory-reference instructions referred in above question with I= 1 and
address part = 082. The instruction to be stored at address 026 in RAM. Initialize the memory word at
address 082 with the value 298. Initialize the memory word at address 298 with operand B8F2 and
AC with A937. Determine the contents of AC, DR, PC, AR and IR in hexadecimal after the
execution.
7. Modify the machine created in Practical 1 according to the following instruction format:
Instruction format
0 2 3 4 15
Opcode I Address
a. The instruction format contains a 3-bit opcode, a 1-bit addressing mode and a 12-bit address.
There are only two addressing modes, I = 0 (direct addressing) and I = 1 (indirect
addressing).
b. Create a new register I of 1 bit.
c. Create two new microinstructions as follows :
i. Check the opcode of instruction to determine type of instruction (Memory
Reference/Register Reference/Input-Output) and then jump accordingly.
ii. Check the I bit to determine the addressing mode and then jump accordingly.
GE-1: Computer Fundamentals

10
11
Theory: 60 lectures
1. Introduction: Introduction to computer system, uses, types. 6L
2. Data Representation: Number systems and character representation, binary 12L

arithmetic
6L
3. Human Computer Interface: Types of software, Operating system as user
interface, utility programs
10L
4. Devices: Input and output devices (with connections and practical demo), keyboard,
mouse, joystick, scanner, OCR, OMR, bar code reader, web camera, monitor,
printer, plotter
6L
5. Memory: Primary, secondary, auxiliary memory, RAM, ROM, cache memory, hard
disks, optical disks
12L
6. Computer Organisation and Architecture: C.P.U., registers, system bus, main
memory unit, cache memory, Inside a computer, SMPS, Motherboard, Ports and
Interfaces, expansion cards, ribbon cables, memory chips, processors.
8L
7. Overview of Emerging Technologies: Bluetooth, cloud computing, big data, data
mining, mobile computing and embedded systems.
Reference Books:
1. A. Goel, Computer Fundamentals, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. P. Aksoy, L. DeNardis, Introduction to Information Technology, Cengage Learning, 2006
3. P. K.Sinha, P. Sinha, Fundamentals of Computers, BPB Publishers, 2007
Computer Fundamentals Lab

Practical: 60 lectures
Practical exercises based on MS Office/ Open Office tools using document preparation and
spreadsheet handling packages.
MS Word
1. Prepare a grocery list having four columns (Serial number, The name of the product,
quantity and price) for the month of April, 06.
• Font specifications for Title (Grocery List): 14-point Arial font in bold and italics.
• The headings of the columns should be in 12-point and bold.
• The rest of the document should be in 10-point Times New Roman.
• Leave a gap of 12-points after the title.
2. Create a telephone directory.

• The heading should be 16-point Arial Font in bold
• The rest of the document should use 10-point font size
• Other headings should use 10-point Courier New Font.
• The footer should show the page number as well as the date last updated.
3. Design a time-table form for your college.

• The first line should mention the name of the college in 16-point Arial Font and should be
11
12
bold.
• The second line should give the course name/teacher‘s name and the department in 14-
point Arial.
• Leave a gap of 12-points.
• The rest of the document should use 10-point Times New Roman font.
• The footer should contain your specifications as the designer and date of creation.
4. BPB Publications plans to release a new book designed as per your syllabus. Design the
first page of the book as per the given specifications.
• The title of the book should appear in bold using 20-point Arial font.
• The name of the author and his qualifications should be in the center of the page in 16-
point Arial font.
• At the bottom of the document should be the name of the publisher and address in 16-
point Times New Roman.
• The details of the offices of the publisher (only location) should appear in the footer.
5. Create the following one page documents.
a. Compose a note inviting friends to a get-together at your house, Including a list of
things to bring with them.
b. Design a certificate in landscape orientation with a border around the document.
c. Design a Garage Sale sign.
d. Make a sign outlining your rules for your bedroom at home, using a numbered list.
6.Create the following documents:
(a) A newsletter with a headline and 2 columns in portrait orientation, including at
least one image surrounded by text.
(b) Use a newsletter format to promote upcoming projects or events in your
classroom or college.
7.Convert following text to a table, using comma as delimiter
Type the following as shown (do not bold).
Color, Style, Item
Blue, A980, Van
Red, X023, Car
Green, YL724, Truck
Name, Age, Sex
Bob, 23, M
Linda, 46, F
Tom, 29, M
12
13
9. Enter the following data into a table given on the next page.
Salesperson Dolls Trucks Puzzles
Kennedy, Sally 1327 1423 1193
White, Pete 1421 3863 2934
Pillar, James 5214 3247 5467
York, George 2190 1278 1928
Banks, Jennifer 1201 2528 1203
Atwater, Kelly 4098 3079 2067
Pillar, James 5214 3247 5467
York, George 2190 1278 1928
Add a column Region (values: S, N, N,S,S,S) between the Salesperson and Dolls columns to the given
table Sort your table data by Region and within Region by Salesperson in ascending order:
In this exercise, you will add a new row to your table, place the word "Total" at the bottom of the
Salesperson column, and sum the Dolls, Trucks, and Puzzles columns.
10. Wrapping of text around the image.
11. Following features of menu option must be covered
FILE Complete menu

EDIT Complete menu
VIEW Complete menu
INSERT Complete menu
FORMAT Complete menu
TABLE Complete menu
WINDOW Complete menu
HELP Complete menu
TOOLS All options except Online collaboration, Tools on Macro, Templates
MS Excel
1. Enter the Following data in Excel Sheet

13
14
REGIONAL SALES PROJECTION

State Qtr1 Qtr2 Qtr3 QTR4 Qtr Total Rate Amount
Delhi 2020 2400 2100 3000 15
Punjab 1100 1300 1500 1400 20
U.P. 3000 3200 2600 2800 17
Haryana 1800 2000 2200 2700 15
Rajasthan 2100 2000 1800 2200 20
TOTAL
AVERAGE
(a) Apply Formatting as follow: I.Title in

TIMES NEW ROMAN
ii. Font Size - 14
iii. Remaining text - ARIAL, Font Size -10
iv. State names and Qtr. Heading Bold, Italic with Gray Fill Color.
v. Numbers in two decimal places.
vi. Qtr. Heading in center Alignment.
vii. Apply Border to whole data.
(b) Calculate State and Qtr. Total
(c) Calculate Average for each quarter
(d) Calculate Amount = Rate * Total.
2. Given the following worksheet
A B C D
1 Roll No. Name Marks Grade
2 1001 Sachin 99
3 1002 Sehwag 65
4 1003 Rahul 41
5 1004 Sourav 89
6 1005 Har Bhajan 56
Calculate the grade of these students on the basis of following guidelines:

If Marks Then Grade
>= 80 A+
>= 60 < 80 A
>= 50 < 60 B
< 50 F
3.Given the following worksheet

A B C D E F G
1 Salesman Sales in (Rs.)
14
15
2 No. Qtr1 Qtr2 Qtr3 Qtr4 Total Commission

3 S001 5000 8500 12000 9000
4 S002 7000 4000 7500 11000
5 S003 4000 9000 6500 8200
6 S004 5500 6900 4500 10500
7 S005 7400 8500 9200 8300
8 S006 5300 7600 9800 6100
Calculate the commission earned by the salesmen on the basis of following Candidates:
If Total Sales Commission
< 20000 0% of sales

> 20000 and < 25000 4% of sales
> 25000 and < 30000 5.5% of sales
> 30000 and < 35000 8% of sales
>= 35000 11% of sales
The total sales is sum of sales of all the four quarters.
4. A company XYZ Ltd. pays a monthly salary to its employees which consists of basic salary,
allowances & deductions. The details of allowances and deductions are as follows:
Allowances
• HRA Dependent on Basic
30% of Basic if Basic <=1000
25% of Basic if Basic>1000 & Basic<=3000
20% of Basic if Basic >3000
• DA Fixed for all employees, 30% of Basic
•Conveyance Allowance Rs. 50/- if Basic is <=1000 Rs.
75/- if Basic >1000 & Basic<=2000
Rs. 100 if Basic >2000
• Entertainment Allowance NIL if Basic is
<=1000 Rs. 100/- if Basic > 1000
Deductions
• Provident Fund 6% of Basic
• Group Insurance Premium Rs. 40/- if Basic is <=1500
Rs. 60/- if Basic > 1500 & Basic<=3000
Rs. 80/- if Basic >3000
Calculate the following:
Gross Salary = Basic + HRA + DA + Conveyance + Entertainment
Total deduction = Provident Fund + Group Insurance Premium
Net Salary = Gross Salary – Total Deduction
5. Create Payment Table for a fixed Principal amount, variable rate of interests and time in the format
below:
No. of Instalments 5% 6% 7% 8% 9%
15
16
3 XX XX XX XX XX
4 XX XX XX XX XX
5 XX XX XX XX XX
6 XX XX XX XX XX
6. Use an array formula to calculate Simple Interest for given principal amounts given the rate of
Interest and time
Rate of Interest 8%
Time 5 Years
Principal Simple Interest
1000 ?
18000 ?
5200 ?
7. The following table gives year wise sale figure of five salesmen in Rs.
Salesman 2000 2001 2002 2003
S1 10000 12000 20000 50000
S2 15000 18000 50000 60000
S3 20000 22000 70000 70000
S4 30000 30000 100000 80000
S5 40000 45000 125000 90000
(a) Calculate total sale year wise.
(b) Calculate the net sale made by each salesman
(c) Calculate the maximum sale made by the salesman
(d) Calculate the commission for each salesman under the condition.
(i) If total sales >4,00,000 give 5% commission on total sale made by the salesman.
(ii) Otherwise give 2% commission.
(e) Draw a bar graph representing the sale made by each salesman. (f) Draw a
pie graph representing the sale made by salesman in 2000.
8. Enter the following data in Excel Sheet
PERSONAL BUDGET FOR FIRST QUARTER
Monthly Income (Net): 1,475

16
17
EXPENSES JAN FEB MARCH QUARTER QUARTER

TOTAL AVERAGE
Rent600.00 600.00 600.00
Telephone 48.25 43.50 60.00
Utilities 67.27 110.00 70.00
Credit Card 200.00 110.00 70.00
Oil 100.00 150.00 90.00
AV to Insurance 150.00
Cable TV 40.75 40.75 40.75
Monthly Total
Calculate Quarter total and Quarter average.
(a) Calculate Monthly total.
(b) Surplus = Monthly income - Monthly total.
(c) What would be total surplus if monthly income is 1500?
(d) How much does telephone expense for March differ from quarter average?
(e) Create a 3D column graph for telephone and utilities.
(f) Create a pie chart for monthly expenses.

TOTAL REVENUE EARNED FOR SAM’S BOOKSTALL
Publisher name 1997 1998 1999 2000 total
A Rs. 1,000.00 Rs. 1100.00 Rs. 1,300.00 Rs. 800.00
B Rs. 1,500.00 Rs. 700.00 Rs. 1,000.00 Rs. 2,000.00
C Rs. 700.00 Rs. 900.00 Rs. 1,500.00 Rs. 600.00
D Rs. 1,200.00 Rs. 500.00 Rs. 200.00 Rs. 1,100.00
E Rs 800.00 Rs. 1,000.00 Rs. 3,000.00 Rs. 560.00
(a) Compute the total revenue earned.
(b) Plot the line chart to compare the revenue of all publishers for 4 years.
(b) Chart Title should be ‗Total Revenue of sam‘s Bookstall (1997-2000)‘
(c) Give appropriate categories and value axis title.
10. Generate 25 random numbers between 0 & 100 and find their sum, average and count. How many no.
are in range 50-60
2ND SEMESTER
C-3: Programming in Java
Theory: 60 Lectures
17
18
1. Introduction to Java (4 Lectures)
Java Architecture and Features, Understanding the semantic and syntax differences between C++ and
Java, Compiling and Executing a Java Program, Variables, Constants, Keywords Data Types, Operators
(Arithmetic, Logical and Bitwise) and Expressions, Comments, Doing Basic Program Output, Decision
Making Constructs (conditional statements and loops) and Nesting, Java Methods (Defining, Scope,
Passing and Returning Arguments, Type Conversion and Type and Checking, Built-in Java Class
Methods),
2. Arrays, Strings and I/O (8 Lectures)
Creating & Using Arrays (One Dimension and Multi-dimensional), Referencing Arrays Dynamically,
Java Strings: The Java String class, Creating & Using String Objects,
Manipulating Strings, String Immutability & Equality, Passing Strings To & From Methods, String
Buffer Classes. Simple I/O using System.out and the Scanner class, Byte and Character streams,
Reading/Writing from console and files.
3. Object-Oriented Programming Overview (4 Lectures)
Principles of Object-Oriented Programming, Defining & Using Classes, Controlling Access to Class
Members, Class Constructors, Method Overloading, Class Variables & Methods, Objects as parameters,
final classes, Object class, Garbage Collection.
3. Inheritance, Interfaces, Packages, Enumerations, Autoboxing and Metadata (14 lectures)
Inheritance: (Single Level and Multilevel, Method Overriding, Dynamic Method Dispatch, Abstract
Classes), Interfaces and Packages, Extending interfaces and packages, Package and Class Visibility, Using
Standard Java Packages (util, lang, io, net), Wrapper Classes, Autoboxing/Unboxing, Enumerations and
Metadata.
4. Exception Handling, Threading, Networking and Database Connectivity (15 Lectures)
Exception types, uncaught exceptions, throw, built-in exceptions, Creating your own exceptions; Multi-
threading: The Thread class and Runnable interface, creating single and multiple threads, Thread
prioritization, synchronization and communication, suspending/resuming threads. Using java.net package,
Overview of TCP/IP and Datagram programming. Accessing and manipulating databases using JDBC.
5. Applets and Event Handling (15 Lectures)
Java Applets:Introduction to Applets, Writing Java Applets, Working with Graphics,
Incorporating Images & Sounds. Event Handling Mechanisms,Listener Interfaces, Adapter and Inner
Classes. The design and Implementation of GUIs using the AWT controls, Swing components of Java
Foundation Classes such as labels, buttons, textfields, layout managers, menus, events and listeners;
Graphic objects for drawing figures such as lines, rectangles, ovals, using different fonts. Overview of
servlets.
18
19
Reference Books
1. Ken Arnold, James Gosling, David Homes, "The Java Programming Language", 4th Edition,
2005.
2. James Gosling, Bill Joy, Guy L Steele Jr, GiladBracha, Alex Buckley"The Java Language
Specification, Java SE 8 Edition (Java Series)", Published by Addison Wesley, 2014.
3. Joshua Bloch, "Effective Java" 2nd Edition,Publisher: Addison-Wesley, 2008.
4. Cay S. Horstmann, GaryCornell, "Core Java 2 Volume 1 ,9th Edition,Printice Hall.2012
5. Cay S. Horstmann, Gary Cornell, "Core Java 2 Volume 2 - Advanced Features)", 9th Edition,
Printice Hall.2013
6. Bruce Eckel, "Thinking in Java", 3rd Edition, PHI, 2002.
7. E. Balaguruswamy, "Programming with Java", 4th Edition, McGraw Hill.2009.
8. Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, "Java: How to Program", 10th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2011. 9.
"Head First Java", Orielly Media Inc. 2nd Edition, 2005.
10. David J. Eck, "Introduction to Programming Using Java", Published by CreateSpace
Independent Publishing Platform, 2009.
11. John R. Hubbard, "Programming with JAVA", Schaum's Series, 2nd Edition, 2004.
_____________________________________________________
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-3): Programming in Java Lab
1. To find the sum of any number of integers entered as command line arguments
2. To find the factorial of a given number
3. To learn use of single dimensional array by defining the array dynamically.
4. To learn use of .lenth in case of a two dimensional array
5. To convert a decimal to binary number
6. To check if a number is prime or not, by taking the number as input from the keyboard
7. To find the sum of any number of integers interactively, i.e., entering every number from the
keyboard, whereas the total number of integers is given as a command line argument
8. Write a program that show working of different functions of String and StringBufferclasss like
setCharAt(, setLength(), append(), insert(), concat()and equals().
9. Write a program to create a ―distance‖ class with methods where distance is computed in
terms of feet and inches, how to create objects of a class and to see the use of this pointer
10. Modify the ―distance‖ class by creating constructor for assigning values (feet and inches) to
the distance object. Create another object and assign second object as reference variable to
another object reference variable. Further create a third object which is a clone of the first
object.
11. Write a program to show that during function overloading, if no matching argument is found, then
java will apply automatic type conversions(from lower to higher data type)
12. Write a program to show the difference between public and private access specifiers. The
program should also show that primitive data types are passed by value and objects are
passed by reference and to learn use of final keyword
13. Write a program to show the use of static functions and to pass variable length arguments in a
function.
19
20
14. Write a program to demonstrate the concept of boxing and unboxing.

15. Create a multi-file program where in one file a string message is taken as input from the user and the
function to display the message on the screen is given in another file (make use of Scanner package in this
program).
16. Write a program to create a multilevel package and also creates a reusable class to generate
Fibonacci series, where the function to generate fibonacii series is given in a different file
belonging to the same package.
17. Write a program that creates illustrates different levels of protection in classes/subclasses
belonging to same package or different packages
18. Write a program ―DivideByZero‖ that takes two numbers a and b as input, computes a/b, and
invokes Arithmetic Exception to generate a message when the denominator is zero.
19. Write a program to show the use of nested try statements that emphasizes the sequence of
checking for catch handler statements.
20. Write a program to create your own exception types to handle situation specific to your
application (Hint: Define a subclass of Exception which itself is a subclass of
Throwable).
21. Write a program to demonstrate priorities among multiple threads.
22. Write a program to demonstrate multithread communication by implementing synchronization
among threads (Hint: you can implement a simple producer and consumer problem).
23. Write a program to create URL object, create a URLConnection using the openConnection() method
and then use it examine the different components of the URLand content.
24. Write a program to implement a simple datagram client and server in which a message that is
typed into the server window is sent to the client side where it is displayed.
25. Write a program that creates a Banner and then creates a thread to scrolls the message in the
banner from left to right across the applet‘s window.
26. Write a program to get the URL/location of code (i.e. java code) and document(i.e. html
file).
27. Write a program to demonstrate different mouse handling events like mouseClicked(),
mouseEntered(), mouseExited(), mousePressed, mouseReleased() and mouseDragged().
28. Write a program to demonstrate different keyboard handling events.
29. Write a program to generate a window without an applet window using main() function. 30.
Write a program to demonstrate the use of push buttons.
C-4: Discrete Structures

Theory: 60 Lectures
1.Introduction: (15 Lectures) Sets - finite and Infinite sets, uncountably Infinite Sets; functions,
relations, Properties of Binary Relations, Closure, Partial Ordering Relations; counting - Pigeonhole
Principle, Permutation and
Combination; Mathematical Induction, Principle of Inclusion and Exclusion.
2.Growth of Functions: (8 Lectures)

Asymptotic Notations, Summation formulas and properties, Bounding Summations, approximation by
Integrals
3.Recurrences: (10 Lectures) Recurrence Relations, generating functions, Linear Recurrence Relations
with constant coefficients and their solution, Substitution Method, Recurrence Trees, Master Theorem
20
21
4.Graph Theory (15 Lectures) Basic Terminology, Models and Types, multigraphs and weighted
graphs, Graph Representaion, Graph Isomorphism, Connectivity, Euler and Hamiltonian Paths and
Circuits, Planar Graphs, Graph Coloring, Trees, Basic Terminology and properties of Trees,
Introduction to Spanning Trees
5. Prepositional Logic (12 Lectures)
Logical Connectives, Well-formed Formulas, Tautologies, Equivalences, Inference Theory
Recommended Books:
1. C.L. Liu , D.P. Mahopatra, Elements of Discrete mathematics, 2 nd Edition , Tata McGraw
Hill, 1985,
2. Kenneth Rosen, Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications, Sixth Edition ,McGraw Hill 2006
3. T.H. Coremen, C.E. Leiserson, R. L. Rivest, Introduction to algorithms, 3rd edition Prentice
Hall on India, 2009
4. M. O. Albertson and J. P. Hutchinson, Discrete Mathematics with Algorithms , John
wiley Publication, 1988
5. J. L. Hein, Discrete Structures, Logic, and Computability, 3rd Edition, Jones and Bartlett
Publishers, 2009
6. D.J. Hunter, Essentials of Discrete Mathematics, Jones and Bartlett Publishers, 2008
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C4): Discrete Structures LAB

1. C++ programs to implement the Kruskal’s algorithm to generate a
minimum cost spanning tree.
2. C++ programs to implement the Prim’s algorithm to generate a minimum
cost spanning tree.
3. C++ program to implement Euler Circuit problem.
4. C++ program to implement Hamiltonian Cycle.
5. C++ Program to Evaluate Truth Value of Conjuction.
6. C++ program to Evaluate Truth Value of Disjuction.
7. Write a c++ program to print the union of two sets.
8. Write a c++ program to print the intersection of two sets.
9. Write a c++ program to print the Permutation of character string of two
sets.
10.Write a c++ program to print the combination of a number of two sets.
11.Write a c++ program to find and print all the elements in the Cartesian
product of two sets.
12.Write a c++ program to print the subtraction of two sets.
13.Write a c++ program to print the power of two sets.
14.Write a c++ program to print the proper subset of sets.
15.Write a c++ program to print the symmetric difference of two sets.
21
22
GE-2: Introduction to Programming
Theory: 60 lectures
1. Introduction to C and C++ (5 Lectures)
History of C and C++, Overview of Procedural Programming and Object-Orientation Programming,
Using main() function, Compiling and Executing Simple Programs in C++.
2.Data Types, Variables, Constants, Operators and Basic I/O (10 Lectures)
3.Expressions, Conditional Statements and Iterative Statements (10 Lectures)
Understanding Operators Precedence in Expressions, Conditional Statements (if construct, switch-
case construct), Understanding syntax and utility of Iterative Statements (while, do-while, and for
loops), Use of break and continue in Loops, Using Nested Statements (Conditional as well as
Iterative)
4. Functions and Arrays (10 Lectures)
Utility of functions, Call by Value, Call by Reference, Functions returning value, Void functions,
Inline Functions, Return data type of functions, Functions parameters, Differentiating between
Declaration and Definition of Functions, Command Line Arguments/Parameters in Functions,
Functions with variable number of Arguments. Creating and Using One Dimensional Arrays
( Declaring and Defining an Array, Initializing an Array, Accessing individual elements in an Array,
Manipulating array elements using loops), Use Various types of arrays (integer, float and character
arrays / Strings) Two-dimensional Arrays (Declaring, Defining and Initializing Two Dimensional
Array, Working with Rows and Columns), Introduction to Multi-dimensional arrays
5. Derived Data Types (Structures and Unions) (5 Lectures)
Understanding utility of structures and unions, Declaring, initializing and using simple structures and
unions, Manipulating individual members of structures and unions, Array of Structures, Individual
data members as structures, Passing and returning structures from functions, Structure with union as
members, Union with structures as members.
6. File I/O, Preprocessor Directives (8 Lectures)
Opening and closing a file (use of fstream header file, ifstream, ofstream and fstream classes),
Reading and writing Text Files, Using put(), get(), read() and write() functions, Random access in
files, Understanding the Preprocessor Directives (#include, #define, #error, #if, #else, #elif, #endif,
#ifdef, #ifndef and #undef), Macros
7. Using Classes in C++ (8 Lectures)

Principles of Object-Oriented Programming, Defining & Using Classes, Class Constructors,
Constructor Overloading, Function overloading in classes, Class Variables &Functions, Objects as
parameters, Specifying the Protected and Private Access, Copy Constructors, Overview of Template
classes and their use.
8. Inheritance and Polymorphism
Introduction to Inheritance and Polymorphism
Reference Books:
1. HerbtzSchildt, "C++: The Complete Reference", Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill.2003 2.
BjarneStroustrup, "The C++ Programming Language", 4th Edition, Addison-Wesley ,
2013.
3. BjarneStroustroup, "Programming -- Principles and Practice using C++", 2nd Edition,
Addison-Wesley 2014.
4. E Balaguruswamy, "Object Oriented Programming with C++", Tata McGraw-Hill
Education, 2008.
5. Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, "C++ How to Program", 8th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2011. 6.
John R. Hubbard, "Programming with C++", Schaum's Series, 2nd Edition, 2000.
3RD SEMESTER
22
23
C-5: Data Structures
Theory: 60 Lectures
1.Arrays (5 Lectures)
Single and Multi-dimensional Arrays, Sparse Matrices (Array and Linked Representation)
2.Stacks (5 Lectures)
Implementing single / multiple stack/s in an Array; Prefix, Infix and Postfix expressions,
Utility and conversion of these expressions from one to another; Applications of stack;
Limitations of Array representation of stack
3.Linked Lists (10 Lectures)

Singly, Doubly and Circular Lists (Array and Linked representation); Normal and Circular
representation of Stack in Lists; Self Organizing Lists; Skip Lists
4.Queues (5 Lectures)
Array and Linked representation of Queue, De-queue, Priority Queues
5.Recursion (5 lectures)
Developing Recursive Definition of Simple Problems and their implementation; Advantages
and Limitations of Recursion; Understanding what goes behind Recursion (Internal Stack
Implementation)
6.Trees (20 Lectures)

Introduction to Tree as a data structure; Binary Trees (Insertion, Deletion , Recursive and
Iterative Traversals on Binary Search Trees); Threaded Binary Trees (Insertion, Deletion,
Traversals); Height-Balanced Trees (Various operations on AVL Trees).
7.Searching and Sorting (5 Lectures)

Linear Search, Binary Search, Comparison of Linear and Binary Search, Selection Sort,
Insertion Sort, Insertion Sort, Shell Sort, Comparison of Sorting Techniques
8.Hashing (5 Lectures)
Introduction to Hashing, Deleting from Hash Table, Efficiency of Rehash Methods, Hash
Table Reordering, Resolving collusion by Open Addressing, Coalesced Hashing, Separate
Chaining, Dynamic and Extendible Hashing, Choosing a Hash Function, Perfect Hashing
Function
Reference Books:
1. Adam Drozdek, "Data Structures and algorithm in C++", Third Edition, Cengage Learning,
2012.
2. SartajSahni, Data Structures, "Algorithms and applications in C++", Second
Edition, Universities Press, 2011.
3. Aaron M. Tenenbaum, Moshe J. Augenstein, YedidyahLangsam, "Data Structures Using C
and C++:, Second edition, PHI, 2009.
4. Robert L. Kruse, "Data Structures and Program Design in C++", Pearson,1999.
5. D.S Malik, Data Structure using C++,Second edition, Cengage Learning, 2010.
6. Mark Allen Weiss, "Data Structures and Algorithms Analysis in Java", Pearson Education,
3rd edition, 2011
7. Aaron M. Tenenbaum, Moshe J. Augenstein, YedidyahLangsam, "Data Structures Using Java,
2003.
23
24
8. Robert Lafore, "Data Structures and Algorithms in Java, 2/E", Pearson/ Macmillan Computer
Pub,2003
9. John Hubbard, "Data Structures with JAVA", McGraw Hill Education (India) Private
Limited; 2 edition, 2009
10. Goodrich, M. and Tamassia, R. "Data Structures and Algorithms Analysis in Java", 4th
Edition, Wiley,2013
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-5): Data Structures Lab

1. Write a program to search an element from a list. Give user the option to perform Linear or
Binary search. Use Template functions.
2. WAP using templates to sort a list of elements. Give user the option to perform sorting using
Insertion sort, Bubble sort or Selection sort.
3. Implement Linked List using templates. Include functions for insertion, deletion and search
of a number, reverse the list and concatenate two linked lists (include a function and also
overload operator +).
4. Implement Doubly Linked List using templates. Include functions for insertion, deletion and
search of a number, reverse the list.
5. Implement Circular Linked List using templates. Include functions for insertion, deletion
and search of a number, reverse the list.
6. Perform Stack operations using Linked List implementation.
7. Perform Stack operations using Array implementation. Use Templates.
8. Perform Queues operations using Circular Array implementation. Use Templates.
9. Create and perform different operations on Double-ended Queues using Linked List
implementation.
10. WAP to scan a polynomial using linked list and add two polynomial.
11. WAP to calculate factorial and to compute the factors of a given no. (i)using recursion,
(ai) using iteration
12. (ii) WAP to display fibonacci series (i)using recursion, (ii) using iteration
13. WAP to calculate GCD of 2 number (i) with recursion (ii) without recursion
14. WAP to create a Binary Search Tree and include following operations in tree:
(a) Insertion (Recursive and Iterative Implementation)
(b) Deletion by copying
(c) Deletion by Merging
(d) Search a no. in BST
(e) Display its preorder, postorder and inorder traversals Recursively
(f) Display its preorder, postorder and inorder traversals Iteratively
(g) Display its level-by-level traversals
(h) Count the non-leaf nodes and leaf nodes
(i) Display height of tree
(j) Create a mirror image of tree
(k) Check whether two BSTs are equal or not
15. WAP to convert the Sparse Matrix into non-zero form and vice-versa.
16. WAP to reverse the order of the elements in the stack using additional stack.
17. WAP to reverse the order of the elements in the stack using additional Queue.
18. WAP to implement Diagonal Matrix using one-dimensional array.
19. WAP to implement Lower Triangular Matrix using one-dimensional array.
20. WAP to implement Upper Triangular Matrix using one-dimensional array.
21. WAP to implement Symmetric Matrix using one-dimensional array.
22. WAP to create a Threaded Binary Tree as per inorder traversal, and implement operations
like finding the successor / predecessor of an element, insert an element, inorder traversal.
23. WAP to implement various operations on AVL Tree.
24
25
C-6: Operating Systems

Theory: 60 Lectures
1.Introduction (10
Lectures)
Basic OS functions, resource abstraction, types of operating systems–multiprogramming systems,
batch systems , time sharing systems; operating systems for personal computers & workstations,
process control & real time systems.
2.Operating System Organization (6 Lectures)
Processor and user modes, kernels, system calls and systemprograms.
3.Process Management
( 20Lectures)
System view of the process and resources, process abstraction, processhierarchy, threads, threading
issues, thread libraries; Process Scheduling, non-pre-emptive and pre-emptive scheduling algorithms;
concurrent and processes, critical section, semaphores, methods for inter-process communication;
deadlocks.
4.Memory Management (10
Lectures)
Physical and virtual address space; memory allocation strategies -fixedand variable partitions,
paging, segmentation, virtual memory
5.File and I/O Management (10
Lectures)
Directory structure, file operations, file allocation methods, devicemanagement.
6.Protection and Security (4 Lectures)
Policy mechanism, Authentication, Internal access Authorization.
Recommended Books: th
1. A Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin, G. Gagne, Operating Systems Concepts, 8 Edition,
John Wiley Publications 2008.
2. A.S. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education 2007.
3. G. Nutt, Operating Systems: A Modern Perspective, 2nd Edition Pearson Education 1997.
4. W. Stallings, Operating Systems, Internals & Design Principles , 5 th Edition, Prentice Hall of
India. 2008.
5. M. Milenkovic, Operating Systems- Concepts and design, Tata McGraw Hill 1992.
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-6): Operating Systems Lab

C/ C++ programs
WRITE A PROGRAM (using fork() and/or exec() commands) where parent and child execute:
a) same program, same code.
b) same program, different code.
-
c) before terminating, the parent waits for the child to finish its task.
2. WRITE A PROGRAM to report behaviour of Linux kernel including kernel version, CPU
type and model. (CPU information)
3. WRITE A PROGRAM to report behaviour of Linux kernel including information on
configured memory, amount of free and used memory. (memory information)
4. WRITE A PROGRAM to print file details including owner access permissions, file access
time, where file name is given as argument.
5. WRITE A PROGRAM to copy files using system calls.
6. Write program to implement FCFS scheduling algorithm.
7. Write program to implement Round Robin scheduling algorithm.
8. Write program to implement SJF scheduling algorithm.
9. Write program to implement non-preemptive priority based scheduling algorithm.
10. Write program to implement preemptive priority based scheduling algorithm.
11. Write program to implement SRJF scheduling algorithm.
25
26
12. Write program to calculate sum of n numbers using thread library.

13. Write a program to implement first-fit, best-fit and worst-fit allocation strategies.
__________________________________________________________________________
COMPUTER SCIENCE (C-7): Computer Networks

Theory: 60 Lectures
1. Introduction to Computer Networks (8 Lectures)
Network definition; network topologies; network classifications; network protocol; layered network
architecture; overview of OSI reference model; overview of TCP/IP protocol suite.
2. Data Communication Fundamentals and Techniques (10
Lectures)
Analog and digital signal; data-ratelimits; digital to digital line encoding schemes; pulse code
modulation; parallel and serial transmission; digital to analog modulation-; multiplexing techniques-
FDM, TDM; transmission media.
3. Networks Switching Techniques and Access mechanisms (10
Lectures)
Circuit switching; packetswitching- connectionless datagram switching, connection-oriented virtual
circuit switching; dial-up modems; digital subscriber line; cable TV for data transfer.
4. Data Link Layer Functions and Protocol (10
Lectures)
Error detection and error correction techniques;data-link control- framing and flow control; error
recovery protocols- stop and wait ARQ, go-back-n ARQ; Point to Point Protocol on Internet.
5. Multiple Access Protocol and Networks (5 Lectures)
CSMA/CD protocols; Ethernet LANS; connectingLAN and back-bone networks- repeaters,
hubs, switches, bridges, router and gateways;
6. Networks Layer Functions and Protocols (6 Lectures)
Routing; routing algorithms; network layer protocolof Internet- IP protocol, Internet control
protocols.
7. Transport Layer Functions and Protocols (6 Lectures)
Transport services- error and flow control,Connection establishment and release- three way
handshake;
8. Overview of Application layer protocol (5 Lectures)
Overview of DNS protocol; overview of WWW &HTTP protocol.
Reference Books
1. B. A. Forouzan: Data Communications and Networking, Fourth edition, THM ,2007.
2. A. S. Tanenbaum: Computer Networks, Fourth edition, PHI , 2002
_______________________________________________________________
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-7): Computer Networks Lab

1. Simulate Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) error detection algorithm for noisy channel.
2. Simulate and implement stop and wait protocol for noisy channel.
3. Simulate and implement go back n sliding window protocol.
4. Simulate and implement selective repeat sliding window protocol.
5. Simulate and implement distance vector routing algorithm
6. Simulate and implement Dijkstra algorithm for shortest path routing.
_______________________________________________________________________________
SEC-1: Oracle (SQL/PL-SQL) (1+2 Lab)

Theory: 15 Lectures
1. Introduction to Oracle as RDBMS
26
27
SQL Vs. SQL * Plus:

SQL Commands and Data types, Operators and Expressions, Introduction to SQL * Plus. ( 2L)
2. Managing Tables and Data:
• Creating and Altering Tables (Including constraints)
• Data Manipulation Command like Insert, update, delete
• SELECT statement with WHERE, GROUP BY and HAVING, ORDER BY, DISTINCT,
Special operator like IN, ANY, ALL BETWEEN, EXISTS, LIKE
• Join, Built in functions (4L)
3.Other Database Objects
• View
• Synonyms, Index (2L)
4.Transaction Control Statements
• Commit, Rollback, Save point (2L)
5. Introduction to PL/SQL
• SQL v/s PL/SQL
• PL/SQL Block Structure
• Language construct of PL/SQL (Variables, Basic and Composite Data type, Conditions
looping etc.)
• % TYPE and % ROWTYPE
• Using Cursor (Implicit, Explicit) (5L)
Books Recommended:
1. Ivan Bayross, "SQL, PL/SQL the Programming Language of Oracle Paperback",
BPB Publicatins, 2010.
2. Steven Feuerstein, Bill Pribyl , "Oracle PL/SQL Programming", 6th Edition, O'Reilly
Media, 2014.
3. Rajeeb C. Chatterjee, "Learning Oracle SQL and PL/SQL: A simplified Guide", PHI, 2012.
4. Ron Hardman, Michael Mclaughlin, "Expert Oracle PL/SQL", Oracle Press, 2005.
5. Michael Mclaughlin, "Oracle Database 11g PL/SQL Programming", Oracle Press, 2008.
6. John Watson, Roopesh Ramklass, "OCA Oracle Database11g SQL Fundamentals I

Exam Guide", Oracle Press, 2008.
Software Lab Based on SQL/PL-SQL:

[SQL COMMANDS]
1) SQL* formatting commands
2) To create a table, alter and drop table.
3) To perform select, update, insert and delete operation in a table.
4) To make use of different clauses viz where, group by, having, order by, union and intersection,
5) To study different constraints.
[SQL FUNCTION]
6) To use oracle function viz aggregate, numeric, conversion, string function.
7) To understand use and working with joins.
8) To make use of transaction control statement viz rollback, commit and save point.
9) To make views of a table.
10) To make indexes of a table. [PL/SQL]
11) To understand working with PL/SQL
27
28
12) To implement Cursor on a table.

13) To implement trigger on a table
GE-3: Computer Networks and Internet Technologies

gy
Theory: 60 lectures
1.Computer Networks: Introduction to computer network, data communication, 6L
components of data communication, data transmission mode, data communication
measurement, LAN, MAN, WAN, wireless LAN, internet, intranet, extranet.
2.Network Models: Client/ server network and Peer-to-peer network, OSI, TCP/IP, 8L
layers and functionalities.
3.Transmission Media: Introduction, Guided Media: Twisted pair, Coaxial cable, 4L

Optical fiber. Unguided media: Microwave, Radio frequency propagation, Satellite.
4.LAN Topologies: Ring, bus, star, mesh and tree topologies. 2L
5.Network Devices: NIC, repeaters, hub, bridge, switch, gateway and router. 2L
6.Internet Terms: Web page, Home page, website, internet browsers, URL, Hypertext, 2L
ISP, Web server, download and upload, online and offline.
7.Internet Applications: www, telnet, ftp, e-mail, social networks, search engines, 6L
Video Conferencing, e-Commerce, m-Commerce, VOIP, blogs.
8.Introduction to Web Design: Introduction to hypertext markup language (html) 16L

Document type definition, creating web pages, lists, hyperlinks, tables, web forms,
inserting images, frames, hosting options and domain name registration. Customized
Features: Cascading style sheet (css) for text formatting and other manipulations.
9.JavaScript Fundamentals: Data types and variables, functions, methods and events, 14L
controlling program flow, JavaScript object model, built-in objects and operators.
Reference Books:
1.Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David J. Wetherall Computer Networks (5th Edition),PHI, 2010
2.B. A. Forouzan, Data Communication and Networking , TMH,2003.
3.D.R. Brooks, An Introduction to HTML and Javascript for Scientists and Engineers, Springer W.
Willard,2009
4. HTML A Beginner's Guide, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2009.
5. J. A. Ramalho, Learn Advanced HTML 4.0 with DHTML, BPB Publications, 2007
Computer Networks and Internet Technologies Lab

Practical exercises based on concepts listed in theory using HTML.
28
29
1. Create HTML document with following formatting – Bold, Italics, Underline, Colors,
Headings, Title, Font and Font Width, Background, Paragraph, Line Brakes, Horizontal
Line, Blinking text as well as marquee text.
2. Create HTML document with Ordered and Unordered lists, Inserting Images, Internal and
External linking
3. Create HTML document with Table:
4. Create Form with Input Type, Select and Text Area in HTML.
5. Create an HTML containing Roll No., student‘s name and Grades in a tabular form.
6. Create an HTML document (having two frames) which will appear as follows:
About
This frame would show the
Department 1 contents according to the link
clicked by the user on the left
Department 2 Frame.
Department 3
7. Create an HTML document containing horizontal frames as follows:
Department Names (could be along with Logos)
Contents according to the Link clicked
8. Create a website of 6 – 7 pages with different effects as mentioned in above problems.
9. Create a form using HTML which has the following types of controls:
V. Text Box
VI. Option/radio buttons
VII. Check boxes
29
30
VIII. Reset and Submit buttons
List of Practical using Javascript :
Create event driven program for following:
1. Print a table of numbers from 5 to 15 and their squares and cubes using alert. 8. Print the largest
of three numbers.
2. Find the factorial of a number n.
3.Enter a list of positive numbers terminated by Zero. Find the sum and average of these numbers.
4.A person deposits Rs 1000 in a fixed account yielding 5% interest. Compute the amount in the
account at the end of each year for n years.
5.Read n numbers. Count the number of negative numbers, positive numbers and zeros in the list.
4TH SEMESTER
C-8: Design and Analysis of Algorithms
Theory: 60 Lectures
30
31
1.Introduction (5 Lectures)
Basic Design and Analysis techniques of Algorithms, Correctness of Algorithm.
2.Algorithm Design Techniques (8 Lectures)
Iterative techniques, Divide and Conquer, DynamicProgramming, Greedy Algorithms.
3.Sorting and Searching Techniques (20 Lectures
Elementary sorting techniques–Bubble Sort, InsertionSort, Merge Sort, Advanced Sorting techniques
- Heap Sort, Quick Sort, Sorting in Linear Time - Bucket Sort, Radix Sort and Count Sort, Searching
Techniques, Medians & Order Statistics, complexity analysis;
34.Lower Bounding Techniques (5 Lectures)
Decision Trees
5.Balanced Trees (7 Lectures)
Red-Black Trees
6.Advanced Analysis Technique (5 Lectures)
Amortized analysis
7.Graphs (5 Lectures)
Graph Algorithms–Breadth First Search, Depth First Search and its
Applications,Minimum Spanning Trees.
8.String Processing (5Lectures)
String Matching, KMP Technique
Recommended Books:
1. T.H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, Clifford Stein Introduction to
Algorithms, PHI, 3rd Edition 2009
2. Sarabasse& A.V. Gelder Computer Algorithm – Introduction to Design and Analysis,
Publisher – Pearson 3rd Edition 1999
_________________________________________________________________
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-8): Design and Analysis of Algorithms Lab
1. i. Implement Insertion Sort (The program should report the number of comparisons)
ii. Implement Merge Sort(The program should report the number of comparisons)
2. Implement Heap Sort(The program should report the number of comparisons)
3. Implement Randomized Quick sort (The program should report the number of comparisons)
4. Implement Radix Sort
5. Create a Red-Black Tree and perform following operations on it:
i. Insert a node
ii. Delete a node
iii. Search for a number & also report the color of the node containing this number.
6. Write a program to determine the LCS of two given sequences
7. Implement Breadth-First Search in a graph
8. Implement Depth-First Search in a graph
9. Write a program to determine the minimum spanning tree of a graph
For the algorithms at S.No 1 to 3 test run the algorithm on 100 different inputs of sizes varying from
30 to 1000. Count the number of comparisons and draw the graph. Compare it with a graph of nlogn.
________________________________________________________________________________
C-9: Software Engineering

Theory: 60 Lectures
1. Introduction (8 Lectures)
The Evolving Role of Software, Software Characteristics, Changing Nature ofSoftware, Software
31
32
Engineering as a Layered Technology, Software Process Framework, Framework and Umbrella

Activities, Process Models, Capability Maturity Model Integration (CMMI).
2. Requirement Analysis (10 Lectures)

Software Requirement Analysis, Initiating Requirement EngineeringProcess, Requirement Analysis
and Modeling Techniques, Flow Oriented Modeling, Need for SRS, Characteristics and
Components of SRS.
3.Software Project Management (8Lectures)
Estimation in Project Planning Process, Project Scheduling.
4.Risk Management (8 Lectures)
Software Risks, Risk Identification, Risk Projection and Risk Refinement,RMMM Plan.
5.Quality Management (8 Lectures)
Quality Concepts, Software Quality Assurance, Software Reviews,Metrics for Process and
Projects.
6.Design Engineering (10 Lectures)
Design Concepts, Architectural Design Elements, Software Architecture,Data Design at the
Architectural Level and Component Level, Mapping of Data Flow into Software Architecture,
Modeling Component Level Design.
7.Testing Strategies & Tactics (8 Lectures) Software Testing Fundamentals, Strategic Approach to
SoftwareTesting, Test Strategies for Conventional Software, Validation Testing, System testing,
Black-Box Testing, White-Box Testing and their type, Basis Path Testing.
Recommended Books:
1. R.S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner‘s Approach (7th Edition), McGraw-
Hill, 2009.
2. P. Jalote, An Integrated Approach to Software Engineering (2nd Edition), Narosa
3. K.K. Aggarwal and Y. Singh, Software Engineering ( 2nd Edition), New Age International
Publishers, 2008.
4. I. Sommerville, Software Engineering (8th edition), Addison Wesley, 2006.

5. D. Bell, Software Engineering for Students (4th Edition), Addison-Wesley, 2005.
6. R. Mall, Fundamentals of Software Engineering (2nd Edition), Prentice-Hall of India,
2004.
________________________________________________________________
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-9): Software Engineering Lab

S. No. Practical Title

1. • Problem Statement,
• Process Model
32
33
2. Requirement Analysis:
• Creating a Data Flow
• Data Dictionary, Use Cases
3. Project Management:
• Computing FP
• Effort
• Schedule, Risk Table, Timeline chart
4. Design Engineering:
• Architectural Design
• Data Design, Component Level Design
5.
Testing:
• Basis Path Testing
Sample Projects:
1. Criminal Record Management: Implement a criminal record management system for
jailers, police officers and CBI officers
2. DTC Route Information: Online information about the bus routes and their frequency and fares
3. Car Pooling: To maintain a web based intranet application that enables the corporate
employees within an organization to avail the facility of carpooling effectively.
4. Patient Appointment and Prescription Management System
5. Organized Retail Shopping Management Software
6. Online Hotel Reservation Service System
7. Examination and Result computation system
8. Automatic Internal Assessment System
9. Parking Allocation System
10. Wholesale Management System
_______________________________________________________________________________
C-10: Database Management Systems

Theory: 60 Lectures
1.Introduction ( 6 Lectures)
Characteristics of database approach, data models, database system architectureand data
independence.
33
34
2.Entity Relationship(ER) Modeling (8 Lectures)
Entity types, relationships, constraints.
3.Relation data model (20 Lectures)
Relational model concepts, relational constraints, relational algebra, SQLqueries
4.Database design (15 Lectures)

Mapping ER/EER model to relational database, functional dependencies,Lossless decomposition,
Normalforms(upto BCNF).
5.Transaction Processing (3 Lectures)

ACID properties, concurrency control
6.File Structure and Indexing (8 Lectures) Operations on files, File of Unordered and ordered records,
overview of File organizations, Indexing structures for files( Primary index, secondary index, clustering
index), Multilevel indexing using B and B+ trees
Books Recommended:
1. 1. R. Elmasri, S.B. Navathe, Fundamentals of Database Systems 6 th Edition, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. R. Ramakrishanan, J. Gehrke, Database Management Systems 3 rd Edition, McGraw-Hill,
2002.
3.A. Silberschatz, H.F. Korth, S. Sudarshan, Database System Concepts 6 th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2010.
4. R. Elmasri, S.B. Navathe Database Systems Models, Languages, Design and application
Programming, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.
_________________________________________________________________
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-10): Database Management Systems

Lab Practical: 60 Lectures
Create and use the following database schema to answer the given queries.
34
35
EMPLOYEE Schema
DEFAUL
Field Type NULL KEY T
Eno Char(3) NO PRI NIL
Ename Varchar(50) NO NIL
Job_type Varchar(50) NO NIL
Manager Char(3) Yes FK NIL
Hire_date Date NO NIL
Dno Integer YES FK NIL
Commission Decimal(10,2) YES NIL
Salary Decimal(7,2) NO NIL
DEPARTMENT Schema
DEFAUL
Field Type NULL KEY T
Dno Integer No PRI NULL
Dname Varchar(50) Yes NULL
Location Varchar(50) Yes New Delhi
Query List
1. Query to display Employee Name, Job, Hire Date, Employee Number; for each employee
with the Employee Number appearing first.
2. Query to display unique Jobs from the Employee Table.
3. Query to display the Employee Name concatenated by a Job separated by a comma.
4. Query to display all the data from the Employee Table. Separate each Column by a comma and
name the said column as THE_OUTPUT.
5. Query to display the Employee Name and Salary of all the employees earning more than $2850.
6. Query to display Employee Name and Department Number for the Employee No= 7900.
7. Query to display Employee Name and Salary for all employees whose salary is not in the range of
$1500 and $2850.
8. Query to display Employee Name and Department No. of all the employees in Dept 10
and Dept 30 in the alphabetical order by name.
9. Query to display Name and Hire Date of every Employee who was hired in 1981.
10. Query to display Name and Job of all employees who don‘t have a current Manager.
11. Query to display the Name, Salary and Commission for all the employees who
earn commission.
12. Sort the data in descending order of Salary and Commission.
35
36
13. Query to display Name of all the employees where the third letter of their name is ‗A‘
14. Query to display Name of all employees either have two ‗R‘s or have two ‗A‘s in their
name and are either in Dept No = 30 or their Manger‘s Employee No = 7788.
15. Query to display Name, Salary and Commission for all employees whose Commission
Amount is 14 greater than their Salary increased by 5%.
16. Query to display the Current Date.
17. Query to display Name, Hire Date and Salary Review Date which is the 1st Monday after
six months of employment.
18. Query to display Name and calculate the number of months between today and the date
each employee was hired.
19. Query to display the following for each employee <E-Name> earns < Salary> monthly
but wants < 3 * Current Salary >. Label the Column as Dream Salary.
20. Query to display Name with the 1st letter capitalized and all other letter lower case and
length of their name of all the employees whose name starts with ‗J‘, ‘A‘ and ‗M‘.
21. Query to display Name, Hire Date and Day of the week on which the employee started.
22. Query to display Name, Department Name and Department No for all the employees.
23. Query to display Unique Listing of all Jobs that are in Department # 30.
24. Query to display Name, Dept Name of all employees who have an ‗A‘ in their name.
25. Query to display Name, Job, Department No. And Department Name for all the
employees working at the Dallas location.
26. Query to display Name and Employee no. Along with their Manger‘s Name and the Manager‘s
employee no; along with the Employees‘ Name who do not have a Manager.
27. Query to display Name, Dept No. And Salary of any employee whose department No.
and salary matches both the department no. And the salary of any employee who earns
a commission.
28. Query to display Name and Salaries represented by asterisks, where each asterisk (*)
signifies $100.
29. Query to display the Highest, Lowest, Sum and Average Salaries of all the employees
30. Query to display the number of employees performing the same Job type functions.
31. Query to display the no. of managers without listing their names.
32. Query to display the Department Name, Location Name, No. of Employees and the
average salary for all employees in that department.
33. Query to display Name and Hire Date for all employees in the same dept. as Blake.
34. Query to display the Employee No. And Name for all employees who earn more than
the average salary.
35. Query to display Employee Number and Name for all employees who work in a
department with any employee whose name contains a ‗T‘.
36. Query to display the names and salaries of all employees who report to King.
37. Query to display the department no, name and job for all employees in the Sales department.
SEC-2: Linux / Unix Programming Syllabus
Theory: 15 Lectures
(1+2 Labs)
1.Introduction (5 L)

What is linux/unix Operating systems
36
37

Difference between linux/unix and other operating systems

Features and Architecture

Various Distributions available in the market

Installation, Booting and shutdown process
 System processes (an overview)
 External and internal commands
 Creation of partitions in OS
 Processes and its creation phases – Fork, Exec, wait
2. User Management and the File System (5L)

Types of Users, Creating users, Granting rights

User management commands

File quota and various file systems available

File System Management and Layout, File permissions

Login process, Managing Disk Quotas

Links (hard links, symbolic links)
3. Shell introduction and Shell Scripting (6L)


What is shell and various type of shell, Various editors present in linux

Different modes of operation in vi editor

What is shell script, Writing and executing the shell script

Shell variable (user defined and system variables)

System calls, Using system calls

Pipes and Filters

Decision making in Shell Scripts (If else, switch), Loops in shell

Functions

Utility programs (cut, paste, join, tr , uniq utilities)

Pattern matching utility (grep)
Reference Books:
1. Sumitabha, Das, Unix Concepts And Applications, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2006
2. Michael Jang RHCSA/ RHCE Red Hat Linux Certification: Exams (Ex200 & Ex300)
(Certification Press), 2011
3. Nemeth Synder & Hein, Linux Administration Handbook, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition ,
2010
4. W. Richard Stevens, Bill Fenner, Andrew M. Rudoff, Unix Network
Programming, The sockets Networking API, Vol. 1, 3rd Edition,2014
Software Lab Based on Linux:

Practical : 30 Lectures
1. Write a shell script to check if the number entered at the command line is prime or not.
2. Write a shell script to modify ―cal‖ command to display calendars of the specified months.
3. Write a shell script to modify ―cal‖ command to display calendars of the specified range of
months.
4. Write a shell script to accept a login name. If not a valid login name display message –
―Entered login name is invalid‖.
5. Write a shell script to display date in the mm/dd/yy format.
6. Write a shell script to display on the screen sorted output of ―who ‖ command along with the
total number of users .
7. Write a shell script to display the multiplication table any number,
8. Write a shell script to compare two files and if found equal asks the user to delete the
37
38
duplicate file.
9. Write a shell script to find the sum of digits of a given number.
10. Write a shell script to merge the contents of three files, sort the contents and then display
them page by page.
11. Write a shell script to find the LCD(least common divisor) of two numbers.
12. Write a shell script to perform the tasks of basic calculator.
13. Write a shell script to find the power of a given number.
14. Write a shell script to find the binomial coefficient C(n , x).
15. Write a shell script to find the permutation P(n,x).
16. Write a shell script to find the greatest number among the three numbers.
17. Write a shell script to find the factorial of a given number.
18. Write a shell script to check whether the number is Armstrong or not.
19. Write a shell script to check whether the file have all the permissions or not.
GE-4: Multimedia and Applications

Theory: 60 lectures
1. Multimedia: Introduction to multimedia, components, uses of multimedia, 6L

multimedia applications, virtual reality.
2. Text: Fonts & Faces, Using Text in Multimedia, Font Editing & Design Tools, 4L
Hypermedia & Hypertext.
3. Images: Still Images – bitmaps, vector drawing, 3D drawing & rendering, natural 6L
light & colors, computerized colors, color palettes, image file formats.
4. Sound: Digital Audio, MIDI Audio, MIDI vs Digital Audio, Audio File Formats. 6L
5. Video: How video works, analog video, digital video, video file formats, video 8L
shooting and editing.
6. Animation: Principle of animations, animation techniques, animation file formats. 10L
7. Internet and Multimedia: www and HTML, multimedia on the web – web servers, 6L
web browsers, web page makers and site builders.
8. Making Multimedia: Stages of a multimedia project, Requirements to make good 14L

multimedia, Multimedia Hardware - Macintosh and Windows production Platforms,
Hardware peripherals - Connections, Memory and storage devices, Multimedia
software and Authoring tools.
References:
1. Tay Vaughan, ―Multimedia: Making it work‖, TMH, Eighth edition.2011
2. Ralf Steinmetz and KlaraNaharstedt, ―Multimedia: Computing, Communications
Applications‖, Pearson.2012
3. Keyes, ―Multimedia Handbook‖, TMH,2000.
4. K. Andleigh and K. Thakkar, ―Multimedia System Design‖, PHI.2013
Multimedia and Applications Lab

Practical exercises based on concepts listed in theory using Flash/ GIMP/ PhotoShop/ Animation
Tools/ Image Editors/ Video Editors.
Optional
Implement the followings using Flash-
38
39
1. Create an animation using the tools panel and the properties panel to draw the following –
Line, pe , oval, circle, rectangle , square, pencil , brush , lasso tool
2. Create an animation using text tool to set the font , size , color etc.
3. Create an animation usingFree transform tool that should use followings-
Move Objects
Skew
Objects
Stretch
Objects
Rotate
Objects
Stretch Objects while maintaining
proportion Rotate Objects after relocating
the center dot
4. Create an animation using layers having following features-
Insert layer, Delete layer, guide layer, Mask layer.
5. Modify the document (changing background color etc. )using the following tools
Eraser
tool Hand
tool Ink
bottle
tool
Zoom
tool
Paint Bucket
tool
Eyedropper
tool
6. Create an animation for bus car race in which both starts from the same point and car wins
the race.
7. Create an animation in which text Hello gets converted into GoodBye (using motion/shape
tweening).
8. Create an animation having five images having fade-in fade-out effect.
9. Create an scene to show the sunrise (using multiple layers and motion tweening)
10. Create an animation to show the ripple effect.
11. Create an animation (using Shape tweening and shape hints) for transforming one shape
into another.
12. Create an animation for bouncing ball (you may use motion guide layer).
5TH SEMESTER
C-11: Internet Technologies

Theory: 60 Lectures
1. Java (5 lectures)
Use of Objects, Array and ArrayList class
39
40
2. JavaScript (15 lectures)

Data types, operators, functions, control structures, events and event handling.
3. JDBC (10 lectures)

JDBC Fundamentals, Establishing Connectivity and working with connection interface, working with
statements, Creating and Executing SQL Statements, Working with Result Set Objects.
4. JSP (20 lectures)

Introduction to JavaServer Pages, HTTP and Servlet Basics, The Problem with Servlets, The Anatomy
of a JSP Page, JSP Processing, JSP Application Design with MVC, Setting Up the JSP Environment,
Implicit JSP Objects, Conditional Processing, Displaying Values, Using an expression to Set an
Attribute, Declaring Variables and Methods, Error Handling and Debugging, Sharing Data Between
JSP Pages, Requests, and Users, Database Access.
5. Java Beans (10 lectures)

Java Beans Fundamentals, JAR files, Introspection, Developing a simple Bean, Connecting to DB
Recommended Books:
1. Ivan Bayross, Web Enabled Commercial Application Development Using Html,

Dhtml,javascript, Perl Cgi , BPB Publications, 2009.
2. Cay Horstmann, BIG Java, Wiley Publication , 3rd Edition., 2009
3. Herbert Schildt , Java 7, The Complete Reference, , 8th Edition, 2009.
4. Jim Keogh ,The Complete Reference J2EE, TMH, , 2002.
5. O'Reilly , Java Server Pages, Hans Bergsten, Third Edition, 2003.
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-11): Internet Technologies Lab

1. Print a table of numbers from 5 to 15 and their squares and cubes using alert.
2. Print the largest of three numbers.
4. Enter a list of positive numbers terminated by Zero. Find the sum and average of these numbers.
5. A person deposits Rs 1000 in a fixed account yielding 5% interest. Compute the amount in
the account at the end of each year for n years.
Read n numbers. Count the number of negative numbers,
positive numbers and zeros in the list.
C-12: Theory of Computation
Theory: 60 Lectures
1. Languages (8 Lectures)
40
41
Alphabets, string, language, Basic Operations on language, Concatenation, KleeneStar
2. Finite Automata and Regular Languages (20 Lectures)
Regular Expressions, Transition Graphs, Deterministics and non-deterministic finite automata, NFA to
DFA Conversion, Regular languages and their relationship with finite automata, Pumping lemma and
closure properties of regular languages.
3. Context free languages (17 Lectures)
Context free grammars, parse trees, ambiguities in grammars and languages, Pushdown automata
(Deterministic and Non-deterministic), Pumping Lemma, Properties of context free languages,
normal forms.
4.Turing Macines and Models of Computations (15 Lectures)
RAM, Turing Machine as a model of computation, Universal Turing Machine, Language

acceptability, decidability, halting problem, Recursively enumerable and recursive languages,
unsolvability problems.
Recommended Books:
1. Daniel I.A.Cohen, Introduction to computer theory, John Wiley,1996

2. Lewis & Papadimitriou, Elements of the theory of computation , PHI 1997.
3. Hoperoft, Aho, Ullman, Introduction to Automata theory, Language & Computation –3rd
Edition, Pearson Education. 2006
4. P. Linz, An Introduction to Formal Language and Automata 4 th edition Publication Jones
Bartlett, 2006
_______________________________________________________________
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB/Tutorial (C-12): Theory of Computation

Tutorial: 15 Lectures
DSE-1: Digital Image Processing
Theory: 60 Lectures
Light, Brightness adaption and discrimination, Pixels, coordinate conventions, Imaging Geometry,
41
42
Perspective Projection, Spatial Domain Filtering, sampling and quantization.
2. Spatial Domain Filtering (7 Lectures)

Intensity transformations, contrast stretching, histogram equalization, Correlation and convolution,
Smoothing filters, sharpening filters, gradient and Laplacian.
3. Filtering in the Frequency domain (8 Lectures)

Hotelling Transform, Fourier Transforms and properties, FFT (Decimation in Frequency and
Decimation in Time Techniques), Convolution, Correlation, 2-D sampling, Discrete Cosine
Transform, Frequency domain filtering.
4. Image Restoration (8 Lectures)

Basic Framework, Interactive Restoration, Image deformation and geometric transformations, image
morphing, Restoration techniques, Noise characterization, Noise restoration filters, Adaptive filters,
Linear, Position invariant degradations, Estimation of Degradation functions, Restoration from
projections.
5. Image Compression (10 Lectures)

Encoder-Decoder model, Types of redundancies, Lossy and Lossless compression, Entropy of an
information source, Shannon's 1st Theorem, Huffman Coding, Arithmetic Coding, Golomb Coding,
LZW coding, Transform Coding, Sub-image size selection, blocking artifacts, DCT implementation
using FFT, Run length coding, FAX compression (CCITT Group-3 and Group-4), Symbol-based
coding, JBIG-2, Bit-plane encoding, Bit-allocation, Zonal Coding, Threshold Coding, JPEG, Lossless
predictive coding, Lossy predictive coding, Motion Compensation
6. Wavelet based Image Compression (5 Lectures)

Expansion of functions, Multi-resolution analysis, Scaling functions, MRA refinement equation,
Wavelet series expansion, Discrete Wavelet Transform (DWT), Continuous Wavelet Transform, Fast
Wavelet Transform, 2-D wavelet Transform, JPEG-2000 encoding, Digital Image Watermarking.
7. Morphological Image Processing (7 Lectures)

Basics, SE, Erosion, Dilation, Opening, Closing, Hit-or-Miss Transform, Boundary Detection, Hole
filling, Connected components, convex hull, thinning, thickening, skeletons, pruning, Geodesic
Dilation, Erosion, Reconstruction by dilation and erosion.
8. Image Segmentation (9 Lectures)

Boundary detection based techniques, Point, line detection, Edge detection, Edge linking, local
processing, regional processing, Hough transform, Thresholding, Iterative thresholding, Otsu's
method, Moving averages, Multivariable thresholding, Region-based segmentation,
Watershed algorithm, Use of motion in segmentation
Reference Books
1. R C Gonzalez , R E Woods, Digital Image Processing, 3rd Edition, Pearson Education.2008.
2. A K Jain, Fundamentals of Digital image Processing, Prentice Hall of India.1989.
3. K R Castleman, Digital Image Processing, Pearson Education.1996
4. Schalkoff, Digital Image Processing and Computer Vision, John Wiley and Sons.1989.
5. Rafael C. Gonzalez, Richard E. Woods, Steven Eddins,' Digital Image Processing using MATLAB',
Pearson Education, Inc., 2004.
Digital Image Processing Lab

1. Write program to read and display digital image using MATLAB or SCILAB
a. Become familiar with SCILAB/MATLAB Basic commands
b. Read and display image in SCILAB/MATLAB
42
43
c. Resize given image

d. Convert given color image into gray-scale image
e. Convert given color/gray-scale image into black & white image
f. Draw image profile
g. Separate color image in three R G & B planes
h. Create color image using R, G and B three separate planes
i. Flow control and LOOP in SCILAB
j. Write given 2-D data in image file
2. To write and execute image processing programs using point processing method
a. Obtain Negative image
b. Obtain Flip image
c. Thresholding
d. Contrast stretching
3. To write and execute programs for image arithmetic operations
a. Addition of two images
b. Subtract one image from other image
c. Calculate mean value of image
d. Different Brightness by changing mean value
4. To write and execute programs for image logical operations
a. AND operation between two images
b. OR operation between two images
c. Calculate intersection of two images
d. Water Marking using EX-OR operation
e. NOT operation (Negative image)
5. To write a program for histogram calculation and equalization using
a. Standard MATLAB function
b. Program without using standard MATLAB functions
c. C Program
6. To write and execute program for geometric transformation of image
a. Translation
b. Scaling
c. Rotation
d. Shrinking
e. Zooming
7. To understand various image noise models and to write programs for
a. image restoration
b. Remove Salt and Pepper Noise
c. Minimize Gaussian noise
d. Median filter and Weiner filter
8. Write and execute programs to remove noise using spatial filters
a. Understand 1-D and 2-D convolution process
b. Use 3x3 Mask for low pass filter and high pass filter
9. Write and execute programs for image frequency domain filtering
a. Apply FFT on given image
b. Perform low pass and high pass filtering in frequency domain
c. Apply IFFT to reconstruct image
43
44
10. Write a program in C and MATLAB/SCILAB for edge detection using different edge detection mask
11. Write and execute program for image morphological operations erosion and dilation.
12. To write and execute program for wavelet transform on given image and perform inverse wavelet
transform to reconstruct image.
DSE-2: Numerical Methods
Theory: 60 Lectures
1. Floating point representation and computer arithmetic, Significant digits, Errors: Round-off error,
Local truncation error, Global truncation error, Order of a method, Convergence and terminal
conditions, Efficient computations
2. Bisection method, Secant method, Regula−Falsi method Newton−Raphson method, Newton‘s

method for solving nonlinear systems Gauss elimination method (with row pivoting) and
Gauss−Jordan method, Gauss Thomas method for tridiagonal systems
3. Iterative methods: Jacobi and Gauss-Seidel iterative methods Interpolation: Lagrange‘s form and
Newton‘s form
4. Finite difference operators, Gregory Newton forward and backward differences Interpolation
Piecewise polynomial interpolation: Linear interpolation, Cubic spline interpolation (only
method), Numerical differentiation: First derivatives and second order derivatives, Richardson
extrapolation
5. Numerical integration: Trapezoid rule, Simpson‘s rule (only method), Newton−Cotes open
formulas
6. Extrapolation methods: Romberg integration, Gaussian quadrature, Ordinary differential equation:
Euler‘s method Modified Euler‘s methods: Heun method and Mid-point method, Runge-Kutta
second methods: Heun method without iteration, Mid-point method and Ralston‘s method
Classical 4th order Runge-Kutta method, Finite difference method for linear ODE
REFERNCE BOOKS:
[1]Laurence V. Fausett, Applied Numerical Analysis, Using MATLAB, Pearson, 2/e (2012)
[2] M.K. Jain, S.R.K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering
Computation, New Age International Publisher, 6/e (2012)
[3] Steven C Chapra, Applied Numerical Methods with MATLAB for Engineers and Scientists,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2/e (2010)
Numerical Methods Lab

1. Find the roots of the equation by bisection method.
2. Find the roots of the equation by secant/Regula−Falsi method.
3. Find the roots of the equation by Newton‘s method.
4. Find the solution of a system of nonlinear equation using Newton‘s method.
5. Find the solution of tridiagonal system using Gauss Thomas method.
6. Find the solution of system of equations using Jacobi/Gauss-Seidel method.
7. Find the cubic spline interpolating function.
8. Evaluate the approximate value of finite integrals using Gaussian/Romberg integration.
6TH SEMESTER
C-13: Artificial Intelligence
Theory: 60 Lectures
Introduction to Artificial Intelligence, Background and Applications, Turing Test and Rational Agent
44
45
approaches to AI, Introduction to Intelligent Agents, their structure, behaviour and environment.
2.Problem Solving and Searching Techniques (20 Lectures)
Problem Characteristics, Production Systems, Control Strategies, Breadth First Search, Depth First
Search, Hill climbing and its Variations, Heuristics Search Techniques: Best First Search, A*
algorithm, Constraint Satisfaction Problem, Means-End Analysis, Introduction to Game Playing, Min-
Max and Alpha-Beta pruning algorithms.
3.Knowledge Representation (20 Lectures)
Introduction to First Order Predicate Logic, Resolution Principle, Unification, Semantic Nets,
Conceptual Dependencies, Frames, and Scripts, Production Rules, Conceptual Graphs. Programming
in Logic (PROLOG)
4. Dealing with Uncertainty and Inconsistencies (08 Lectures)

Truth Maintenance System, Default Reasoning, Probabilistic Reasoning, Bayesian Probabilistic
Inference, Possible World Representations.
5.Understanding Natural Languages (06 Lectures)
Parsing Techniques, Context-Free and Transformational Grammars, Recursive and Augmented

Transition Nets.
BOOKS RECOMMENDED:
1. DAN.W. Patterson, Introduction to A.I and Expert Systems – PHI, 2007.
2. Russell &Norvig, Artificial Intelligence-A Modern Approach, LPE, Pearson Prentice Hall, 2nd
edition, 2005.
3. Rich & Knight, Artificial Intelligence – Tata McGraw Hill, 2 nd edition, 1991.
4. W.F. Clocksin and Mellish, Programming in PROLOG, Narosa Publishing
House, 3rd edition, 2001.
5. Ivan Bratko, Prolog Programming for Artificial Intelligence, Addison-Wesley, Pearson
Education, 3rd edition, 2000.
_________________________________________________________________
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-13): Artificial Intelligence Lab

1. Write a prolog program to calculate the sum of two numbers.
2. Write a prolog program to find the maximum of two numbers.

3. Write a prolog program to calculate the factorial of a given number.
45
46
4. Write a prolog program to calculate the nth Fibonacci number.
5. Write a prolog program, insert_nth(item, n, into_list, result) that asserts that result is the
list into_list with item inserted as the n‘th element into every list at all levels.
6. Write a Prolog program to remove the Nth item from a list.
7. Write a Prolog program, remove-nth(Before, After) that asserts the After list is the Before
list with the removal of every n‘th item from every list at all levels.
8. Write a Prolog program to implement append for two lists.
9. Write a Prolog program to implement palindrome(List).
10. Write a Prolog program to implement max(X,Y,Max) so that Max is the greater of two
numbers X and Y.
11. Write a Prolog program to implement maxlist(List,Max) so that Max is the greatest number
in the list of numbers List.
12. Write a Prolog program to implement sumlist(List,Sum) so that Sum is the sum of a given list of
numbers List.
13. Write a Prolog program to implement two predicates evenlength(List) and oddlength(List)
so that they are true if their argument is a list of even or odd length respectively.
14. Write a Prolog program to implement reverse(List,ReversedList) that reverses lists.
15. Write a Prolog program to implement maxlist(List,Max) so that Max is the greatest number
in the list of numbers List using cut predicate.
16. Write a Prolog program to implement GCD of two numbers.
17. Write a prolog program that implements Semantic Networks/Frame Structures.
C-14: Computer Graphics

Theory: 60 Lectures
1.Introduction (5 Lectures)
Basic elements of Computer graphics, Applications of Computer Graphics.
2.Graphics Hardware (8 Lectures)

Architecture of Raster and Random scan display devices, input/output devices.
46
47
3.Fundamental Techniques in Graphics (22 Lectures)
Raster scan line, circle and ellipse drawing, thick primitives, Polygon filling, line and polygon
clipping algorithms, 2D and 3D Geometric Transformations, 2D and 3D Viewing Transformations
(Projections- Parallel and Perspective), Vanishing points.
4.Geometric Modeling (10 Lectures)

Representing curves & Surfaces.
5.Visible Surface determination (8 Lectures)

Hidden surface elimination.
6.Surface rendering (7 Lectures)

Illumination and shading models. Basic color models and Computer Animation.
Books Recommended:
1. J.D.Foley, A.Van Dan, Feiner, Hughes Computer Graphics Principles & Practice 2 nd
edition Publication Addison Wesley 1990.
2. D.Hearn, Baker: Computer Graphics, Prentice Hall of India 2008.
3. D.F.Rogers Procedural Elements for Computer Graphics, McGraw Hill 1997.
4. D.F.Rogers, Adams Mathematical Elements for Computer Graphics, McGraw Hill 2 nd

edition 1989.
_________________________________________________________________
COMPUTER SCIENCE LAB (C-14): Computer Graphics Lab

1. Write a program to implement Bresenham‘s line drawing algorithm.

2. Write a program to implement mid-point circle drawing algorithm.
3. Write a program to clip a line using Cohen and Sutherland line clipping algorithm.
4. Write a program to clip a polygon using Sutherland Hodgeman algorithm.
5. Write a program to apply various 2D transformations on a 2D object (use homogenous
coordinates).
6. Write a program to apply various 3D transformations on a 3D object and then apply parallel
and perspective projection on it.
7. Write a program to draw Hermite/Bezier curve.
DSE-3: Systems Programming

Theory: 60 lectures
1. Assemblers & Loaders, Linkers: 10L
One pass and two pass assembler, design of an assembler, Absolute loader, relocation and linking
concepts, relocating loader and Dynamic Linking.
2. Introduction: 2L
Overview of compilation, Phases of a compiler
47
48
3. Lexical Analysis: 6L
Role of a Lexical analyzer, Specification and recognition of tokens, Symbol table, lex
4. Parsing: 10L
Bottom up parsing- LR parser, yacc.
5. Intermediate representations 10L
Three address code generation, syntax directed translation, translation of types, control
Statements
6. Storage organization: 5L
Activation records, stack allocation
7. Code Generation: 5L
Object code generation
Reference Books
1. Santanu Chattopadhyaya, Systems Programming, PHI, 2011.
2. Alfred V. Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi, Jeffrey D. Ullman, Compilers: Principles,
Techniques, and Tools, 2nd edition, Prentice Hall, 2006.
3. D. M. Dhamdhere, Systems Programming, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
4. Leland Beck, D. Manjula, System Software: An Introduction to System Programming, 3rd
edition, Pearson Education, 2008.
5. Grune D, Van Reeuwijk . K, Bal H. E, Jacobs C J H, Langendoen K, Modern Compiler
Design, 2nd edition, Springer, 2012
SYSTEMS PROGRAMMING LAB

[1] To implement an assembler for a hypothetical language.
[2] To get familiar with lex: write a program to recognize numbers, identifiers.
[3] To get familiar with yacc: write a desk calculator.

DSE-4: Dissertation / Project work
This option to be offered only in 6th Semester.
The students will be allowed to work on any project based on the concepts studied in core /
elective or skill based elective courses.
The group size should be maximum of three (03) students.
48
49
Each group will be assigned a teacher as a supervisor who will handle both their theory as well
lab classes.
A maximum of Four (04) projects would be assigned to one teacher.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49
ABILITY SKILL ELECTIVE:
SL. ENHANCEMENT ENHANCEM DISCIPLINE ELECTIVE:
NO. CORE COURSE COURSE (AECC) ENT COURSE SPECIFIC GENERIC
(14) (2) (SEC) (2) DSE (4) (GE) (4)
1 C1 (English/Hindi/MI GE 1:
:Programming L Communication) Computer
Fundamentals Fundamental
using C/C++ s
(4+4 lab)
C2: Computer
System
Architecture
(4+4 lab)
2 C3: Environmental GE 2:
Programming in Science Introduction
JAVA to
(4+4 lab) Programming
C4: Discrete
Structures
(5+1 lab)
3 C5: Data SEC 1: GE3:
Structure Oracle Computer
(4+4 lab) (SQL/PL- Networks and
C6: Operating SQL) Internet
System
(4+4 lab)
C7: Computer
Networks
(4+4 lab)
4 C8: Design and SEC 2: GE4:
Analysis of UNIX/L Multimedia
Algorithms INUX and
(4+4 lab) Progra Applications
C9: Software mmin
Engineering g
(4+4 lab)
C10: Data Base
Management
System
(4+4 lab)
5 C11:Internet DSE 1:
Technologies Digital
(4+4 lab) Image
Processing
C12: Theory of DSE 2:

Computation Numerical
(5+1 Methods
lab/Tutorial)
6 C13: Artificial DSE 3:
Intelligence System
(4+4 lab) Programmin
g
C14: Computer DSE 4:

Graphics DISSERTATIO
(4+4 lab) N/PROJECT
WORK
B. Sc. (Regular Course):
SL. NO. CORE ABILITY SKILL ELECTIVE:

ENHANCEMENT DISCIPLINE
COURSE (AECC) ENHANCEMENT SPECIFIC
COURSE (14) (2) COURSE (SEC) (2) DSE (4)
1 DSC – 1A (English/Hindi/MI
DSC – 2A L
DSC- 3A : Communication)
Computer
Fundamental
s
2 DSC – 1 B Environmental
DSC – 2B Science
DSC- 3B :
Introduction
to Database
Systems
3 DSC – 1 C SEC 1:
DSC – 2C 1. Android
DSC- 3C : Programming
Introduction
to 2.Programming in
Programming MATLAB
4 DSC – 1 D SEC 2:
DSC – 2D 1. HTML
DSC- 3D : Programming
Computer 2. XML
Networks & Programming
Internet
Technologies
5 SEC 3: DSE-1A
1. Programming DSE -2A
in Python DSE-3A :
2. PHP PHP
Programming Programming
6 SEC 4: DSE-1B
1. UNIX/LINUX DSE -2B
Programming DSE-3B:
2. R Programming
Programming in Visual
3. Software Basic/Gambas
Testing
Bodoland University
Curriculum Structures for UG syllabus for B.Sc. (Regular Course)
SUBJECT: COMPUTER SCIENCE
Total Marks=2100
Table 1: For SEM-I

Paper Code Course L+T+P Credi End Sem Total
t Int Marks
Paper-101P 6 60(L) 20 100
DSC-1A 4+0+2 +20(P)
60(L)
5+1+0 +20(T)
Paper-102P 6 60(L) 20 100

DSC-2A 4+0+2 +20(P)
60(L)
5+1+0 +20(T)
Paper-103P 6 60(L) 20 100

DSC-3A 4+0+2 +20(P)
60(L)
5+1+0 +20(T)
Paper-104HP AECC-1: English/ 2 50 50

Hindi/MIL 2
(Communication)
Total- 20 290 60 350
Table 2: For SEM-II

t Int Marks
Paper-201P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
DSC-1B 4+0+2 60(L)
+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-202P 6 60(L) 20 100

DSC-2B 4+0+2 +20(P)
60(L)
5+1+0 +20(T)
Paper-203P 6 60(L) 20 100

DSC-3B 4+0+2 +20(P)
60(L)
5+1+0 +20(T)
Paper-204HP AECC-2: 2 50 50
Environmental Science 2
Total- 20 290 60 350
Table 3: For SEM-III

Marks
Paper-301P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
DSC-1C 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-302P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

DSC-2C 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-303P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

DSC-3C 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-304HP SEC-1 2 50 50
2
Total- 20 290 60 350
Table 4: For SEM-IV

Marks
Paper-401P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
DSC-1A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-402P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

DSC-2A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-403P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

DSC-3A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-404HP SEC-2 2 50 50
2
Total- 20 290 60 350
Table 5: For SEM-V

Marks
Paper-501P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
DSE-1A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-502P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

DSE-2A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-503P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

DSE-3A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-504P SEC-3 2 50 50
2
Total- 20 290 60 350
SYLLABUS FOR REGULAR COURSE (COMPUTER SCIENCE)
Table 1: For SEM-I

t Int Marks
PHY-101R 6 60(L) 20 100
DSC-1A 4+0+2 +20(P)
60(L)
5+1+0 +20(T)
CS-DSC-102 6 60(L) 20 100
R DSC-2A 4+0+2 +20(P)
60(L)
5+1+0 +20(T)
MATH-103 R 6 60(L) 20 100

DSC-3A 4+0+2 +20(P)
60(L)
5+1+0 +20(T)
COMM-104H AECC-1: English/ 2 50 50

R Hindi/MIL 2
(Communication)
Total- 20 290 60 350
Table 2: For SEM-II

Marks
PHY-201 R 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
60(L)+20(T)
DSC-1B 4+0+2
5+1+0
CS-DSC-202 R 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

60(L)+20(T)
DSC-2B 4+0+2
5+1+0
MATH-203P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

60(L)+20(T)
DSC-3B 4+0+2
5+1+0
ENV-204H R AECC-2: Environmental Science 2 50 50

2
Total- 20 290 60 350

Table 3: For SEM-III
Marks
PHY-301 R 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
DSC-1C 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
CS-DSC-302 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

R DSC-2C 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
MATH-303 R 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

DSC-3C 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
CS-SEC1-304 SEC-1 2 50 50
R 2
Total- 20 290 60 350
Table 4: For SEM-IV

Marks
PHY-401 R 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
DSC-1A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
CS-DSC-402 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

R DSC-2A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
MATH-403 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

R DSC-3A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
CS-SEC2- SEC-2 2 50 50
404 R 2
Total- 20 290 60 350
Table 5: For SEM-V

Marks
PHY-501 R 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
DSE-1A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
CS-DSE-502 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

R DSE-2A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
MATH-503 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

R DSE-3A 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
CS-SEC3- SEC-3 2 50 50
504 R 2
Total- 20 290 60 350
Table 6: For SEM-VI

Marks
PHY-601 R 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
DSE-1B 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
CS-DSE-602 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

R DSE-2B 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
MATH-603 R 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

DSE-3B 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
CS-SEC4- 2 50 50
604 R SEC-4 2
Total- 20 290 60 350

Table 6: For SEM-VI
Marks
Paper-601P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100
DSE-1B 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-602P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

DSE-2B 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-603P 6 60(L)+20(P) 20 100

DSE-3B 4+0+2 60(L)+20(T)
5+1+0
Paper-604P 2 50 50
SEC-4 2
Total- 20 290 60 350
1ST SEMESTER
DSC-2A : Computer Fundamentals
Theory: 60 lectures
Introduction: Introduction to computer system, uses, types. 6L
Data Representation: Number systems and character representation, binary 12L

arithmetic
6L
Human Computer Interface: Types of software, Operating system as user interface,
utility programs
10L
Devices: Input and output devices (with connections and practical demo), keyboard, mouse,
joystick, scanner, OCR, OMR, bar code reader, web camera, monitor, printer, plotter
6L
Memory: Primary, secondary, auxiliary memory, RAM, ROM, cache memory, hard disks,
optical disks
12L
Computer Organisation and Architecture: C.P.U., registers, system bus, main memory
unit, cache memory, Inside a computer, SMPS, Motherboard, Ports and Interfaces, expansion
cards, ribbon cables, memory chips, processors.
8L
Overview of Emerging Technologies: Bluetooth, cloud computing, big data, data mining,
mobile computing and embedded systems.
Reference Books:
1. A. Goel, Computer Fundamentals, Pearson Education, 2010.
2. P. Aksoy, L. DeNardis, Introduction to Information Technology, Cengage Learning, 2006
3. P. K.Sinha, P. Sinha, Fundamentals of Computers, BPB Publishers, 2007
Computer Fundamentals Lab

Practical exercises based on MS Office/ Open Office tools using document preparation and
spreadsheet handling packages.
MS Word
1. Prepare a grocery list having four columns (Serial number, The name of the product, quantity
and price) for the month of April, 06.
• Font specifications for Title (Grocery List): 14-point Arial font in bold and italics.
• The headings of the columns should be in 12-point and bold.
• The rest of the document should be in 10-point Times New Roman.
• Leave a gap of 12-points after the title.
2. Create a telephone directory.

• The heading should be 16-point Arial Font in bold
• The rest of the document should use 10-point font size
• Other headings should use 10-point Courier New Font.
• The footer should show the page number as well as the date last updated.
3. Design a time-table form for your college.

• The first line should mention the name of the college in 16-point Arial Font and should be bold.
• The second line should give the course name/teacher‘s name and the department in 14-point
Arial.
• Leave a gap of 12-points.
• The rest of the document should use 10-point Times New Roman font.
• The footer should contain your specifications as the designer and date of creation.
4. BPB Publications plans to release a new book designed as per your syllabus. Design the
first page of the book as per the given specifications.
• The title of the book should appear in bold using 20-point Arial font.
• The name of the author and his qualifications should be in the center of the page in 16-
point Arial font.
• At the bottom of the document should be the name of the publisher and address in 16-
point Times New Roman.
• The details of the offices of the publisher (only location) should appear in the footer.
5. Create the following one page documents.
a. Compose a note inviting friends to a get-together at your house, Including a list of things
to bring with them.
b. Design a certificate in landscape orientation with a border around the document.
c. Design a Garage Sale sign.
d. Make a sign outlining your rules for your bedroom at home, using a numbered list.
6.Create the following documents:
(a) A newsletter with a headline and 2 columns in portrait orientation, including at least
one image surrounded by text.
(b) Use a newsletter format to promote upcoming projects or events in your classroom
or college.
7. Enter the following data into a table given on the next page.
Salesperson Dolls Trucks Puzzles
Kennedy, Sally 1327 1423 1193
White, Pete 1421 3863 2934
Pillar, James 5214 3247 5467
York, George 2190 1278 1928
Pillar, James 5214 3247 5467
York, George 2190 1278 1928
Add a column Region (values: S, N, N,S,S,S) between the Salesperson and Dolls columns to the given table
Sort your table data by Region and within Region by Salesperson in ascending order:
In this exercise, you will add a new row to your table, place the word "Total" at the bottom of the
Salesperson column, and sum the Dolls, Trucks, and Puzzles columns.
8. Wrapping of text around the image.

9. Following features of menu option must be covered
FILE Complete menu
EDIT Complete menu
VIEW Complete menu
INSERT Complete menu
FORMAT Complete menu
TABLE Complete menu
WINDOW Complete menu
HELP Complete menu
TOOLS All options except Online collaboration, Tools on Macro, Templates
MS Excel
1. Enter the Following data in Excel Sheet

REGIONAL SALES PROJECTION
State Qtr1 Qtr2 Qtr3 QTR4 Qtr Total Rate Amount

Delhi 2020 2400 2100 3000 15
Punjab 1100 1300 1500 1400 20
U.P. 3000 3200 2600 2800 17
Haryana 1800 2000 2200 2700 15
Rajasthan 2100 2000 1800 2200 20
TOTAL
AVERAGE
(a) Apply Formatting as follow: I.Title in
TIMES NEW ROMAN
ii. Font Size - 14
iii. Remaining text - ARIAL, Font Size -10
iv. State names and Qtr. Heading Bold, Italic with Gray Fill Color.
v. Numbers in two decimal places.
vi. Qtr. Heading in center Alignment.
vii. Apply Border to whole data.
(b) Calculate State and Qtr. Total
(c) Calculate Average for each quarter
(d) Calculate Amount = Rate * Total.

A B C D
1 Roll No. Name Marks Grade
2 1001 Sachin 99
3 1002 Sehwag 65
4 1003 Rahul 41
5 1004 Sourav 89
6 1005 Har Bhajan 56
Calculate the grade of these students on the basis of following guidelines:

If Marks Then Grade
>= 80 A+
>= 60 < 80 A
>= 50 < 60 B
< 50 F

A B C D E F G
1 Salesman Sales in (Rs.)
2 No. Qtr1 Qtr2 Qtr3 Qtr4 Total Commission
3 S001 5000 8500 12000 9000
4 S002 7000 4000 7500 11000
5 S003 4000 9000 6500 8200
6 S004 5500 6900 4500 10500
7 S005 7400 8500 9200 8300
8 S006 5300 7600 9800 6100
Calculate the commission earned by the salesmen on the basis of following Candidates:
If Total Sales Commission
< 20000 0% of sales

> 20000 and < 25000 4% of sales
> 25000 and < 30000 5.5% of sales
> 30000 and < 35000 8% of sales
>= 35000 11% of sales
The total sales is sum of sales of all the four quarters.
4. A company XYZ Ltd. pays a monthly salary to its employees which consists of basic salary,
allowances & deductions. The details of allowances and deductions are as follows:
Allowances
• HRA Dependent on Basic
30% of Basic if Basic <=1000
25% of Basic if Basic>1000 & Basic<=3000
20% of Basic if Basic >3000
• DA Fixed for all employees, 30% of Basic
•Conveyance Allowance Rs. 50/- if Basic is <=1000 Rs. 75/- if
Basic >1000 & Basic<=2000
Rs. 100 if Basic >2000
• Entertainment Allowance NIL if Basic is <=1000
Rs. 100/- if Basic > 1000
Deductions
• Provident Fund 6% of Basic
• Group Insurance Premium Rs. 40/- if Basic is <=1500
Rs. 60/- if Basic > 1500 & Basic<=3000
Rs. 80/- if Basic >3000
Calculate the following:
Gross Salary = Basic + HRA + DA + Conveyance + Entertainment
Total deduction = Provident Fund + Group Insurance Premium
Net Salary = Gross Salary – Total Deduction
5. Create Payment Table for a fixed Principal amount, variable rate of interests and time in the format
below:
No. of Instalments 5% 6% 7% 8% 9%
3 XX XX XX XX XX
4 XX XX XX XX XX
5 XX XX XX XX XX
6 XX XX XX XX XX
6. Use an array formula to calculate Simple Interest for given principal amounts given the rate of Interest
and time
Rate of Interest 8%
Time 5 Years
Principal Simple Interest
1000 ?
18000 ?
5200 ?
7. The following table gives year wise sale figure of five salesmen in Rs.
Salesman 2000 2001 2002 2003
S1 10000 12000 20000 50000
S2 15000 18000 50000 60000
S3 20000 22000 70000 70000
S4 30000 30000 100000 80000
S5 40000 45000 125000 90000
(a) Calculate total sale year wise.
(b) Calculate the net sale made by each salesman
(c) Calculate the maximum sale made by the salesman
(d) Calculate the commission for each salesman under the condition.
(i) If total sales >4,00,000 give 5% commission on total sale made by the salesman.
(ii) Otherwise give 2% commission.
(e) Draw a bar graph representing the sale made by each salesman. (f)Draw a pie
graph representing the sale made by salesman in 2000.
8.Enter the following data in Excel Sheet
PERSONAL BUDGET FOR FIRST QUARTER

Monthly Income (Net): 1,475
EXPENSES JAN FEB MARCH QUARTER QUARTER
TOTAL AVERAGE
Rent600.00 600.00 600.00
Telephone 48.25 43.50 60.00
Utilities 67.27 110.00 70.00
Credit Card 200.00 110.00 70.00
Oil 100.00 150.00 90.00
AV to Insurance 150.00
Cable TV 40.75 40.75 40.75
Monthly Total
Calculate Quarter total and Quarter average.
(a) Calculate Monthly total.
(b) Surplus = Monthly income - Monthly total.
(c) What would be total surplus if monthly income is 1500.
(d) How much does telephone expense for March differ from quarter average.
(e) Create a 3D column graph for telephone and utilities.
(f) Create a pie chart for monthly expenses.

TOTAL REVENUE EARNED FOR SAM’S BOOKSTALL
Publisher name 1997 1998 1999 2000 total
A Rs. 1,000.00 Rs. 1100.00 Rs. 1,300.00 Rs. 800.00
B Rs. 1,500.00 Rs. 700.00 Rs. 1,000.00 Rs. 2,000.00
C Rs. 700.00 Rs. 900.00 Rs. 1,500.00 Rs. 600.00
D Rs. 1,200.00 Rs. 500.00 Rs. 200.00 Rs. 1,100.00
E Rs 800.00 Rs. 1,000.00 Rs. 3,000.00 Rs. 560.00
(a) Compute the total revenue earned.
(b) Plot the line chart to compare the revenue of all publisher for 4 years.
(b) Chart Title should be ‗Total Revenue of sam‘s Bookstall (1997-2000)‘
(c) Give appropriate categories and value axis title.
10. Generate 25 random numbers between 0 & 100 and find their sum, average and count. How many no. are in
range 50-60
2ND SEMESTER
DSC-2 B: Introduction to Database System
Theory: 60 lectures
Database: Introduction to database, relational data model, DBMS architecture, data 4L independence,
DBA, database users, end users, front end tools
E-R Modeling: Entity types, entity set, attribute and key, relationships, relation 4L types, E- R
diagrams, database design using ER diagrams
Relational Data Model: Relational model concepts, relational constraints, primary 14L and
foreign key, normalization: 1NF, 2NF, 3NF
Structured Query Language: SQL queries, create a database table, create 18L relationships
between database tables, modify and manage tables, queries, forms, reports, modify, filter and view data.
Reference Books :
1. P. Rob, C. Coronel, Database System Concepts by, Cengage Learning India, 2008
2. R. Elmsasri,S. Navathe Fundamentals of Database Systems, Pearson Education, Fifth
Edition, 2007
3. MySQL : Reference Manual
Introduction to Database System Lab

1) Create a database having two tables with the specified fields, to computerize a library system of a
Delhi University College.
LibraryBooks (Accession number, Title, Author, Department, PurchaseDate, Price)
IssuedBooks (Accession number, Borrower)
a) Identify primary and foreign keys. Create the tables and insert at least 5 records in each
table.
b) Delete the record of book titled ―Database System Concepts ‖.
c) Change the Department of the book titled ―Discrete Maths‖ to ―CS‖.
d) List all books that belong to ―CS‖ department.
e) List all books that belong to ―CS‖ department and are written by author ―Navathe ‖.
f) List all computer (Department=‖CS‖) that have been issued.
g) List all books which have a price less than 500 or purchased between ―01/01/1999‖
and ―01/01/2004‖.
2) Create a database having three tables to store the details of students of Computer Department
in your college.
Personal information about Student (College roll number, Name of student, Date of birth,
Address, Marks(rounded off to whole number) in percentage at 10 + 2, Phone number) Paper
Details (Paper code, Name of the Paper)
Student’s Academic and Attendance details (College roll number, Paper code, Attendance, Marks
in home examination).
table.
b) Design a query that will return the records (from the second table) along with the name of
student from the first table, related to students who have more than 75% attendance and
more than 60% marks in paper 2.
c) List all students who live in ―Delhi‖ and have marks greater than 60 in paper 1.
d) Find the total attendance and total marks obtained by each student.
e) List the name of student who has got the highest marks in paper 2.
3) Create the following tables and answer the queries given below:
Customer (CustID, email, Name, Phone, ReferrerID) Bicycle (BicycleID, DatePurchased, Color,
CustID, ModelNo) BicycleModel (ModelNo, Manufacturer, Style) Service (StartDate, BicycleID,
EndDate)
table.
b) List all the customers who have the bicycles manufactured by manufacturer ―Honda ‖.
c) List the bicycles purchased by the customers who have been referred by customer ―C1 ‖.
d) List the manufacturer of red colored bicycles.
e) List the models of the bicycles given for service.
4) Create the following tables, enter at least 5 records in each table and answer the queries given
below.
EMPLOYEE ( Person_Name, Street, City ) WORKS ( Person_Name, Company_Name, Salary )
COMPANY ( Company_Name, City )
MANAGES ( Person_Name, Manager_Name )
a) Identify primary and foreign keys.
b) Alter table employee, add a column ―email‖ of type varchar(20).
c) Find the name of all managers who work for both Samba Bank and NCB Bank.
d) Find the names, street address and cities of residence and salary of all employees who work
for ―Samba Bank‖ and earn more than $10,000.
e) Find the names of all employees who live in the same city as the company for which they
work.
f) Find the highest salary, lowest salary and average salary paid by each company.
g) Find the sum of salary and number of employees in each company.
h) Find the name of the company that pays highest salary.
5) Create the following tables, enter at least 5 records in each table and answer the queries given
below.
Suppliers (SNo, Sname, Status, SCity) Parts (PNo, Pname, Colour, Weight, City) Project (JNo,
Jname, Jcity) Shipment (Sno, Pno, Jno, Qunatity)
a) Identify primary and foreign keys.

b) Get supplier numbers for suppliers in Paris with status>20.
c) Get suppliers details for suppliers who supply part P2. Display the supplier list in increasing order of
supplier numbers.
d) Get suppliers names for suppliers who do not supply part P2.
e) For each shipment get full shipment details, including total shipment weights.
f) Get all the shipments where the quantity is in the range 300 to 750 inclusive.
g) Get part nos. for parts that either weigh more than 16 pounds or are supplied by suppliers S2, or
both.
h) Get the names of cities that store more than five red parts.
i) Get full details of parts supplied by a supplier in London.
j) Get part numbers for part supplied by a supplier in London to a project in London.
k) Get the total number of project supplied by a supplier (say, S1).
l) Get the total quantity of a part (say, P1) supplied by a supplier (say, S1).
3RD SEMESTER
DSC-2 C: Introduction to Programming
Theory: 60 lectures
Introduction to C and C++ (5

Lectures)
History of C and C++, Overview of Procedural Programming and Object-Orientation Programming, Using
main() function, Compiling and Executing Simple Programs in C++.
Data Types, Variables, Constants, Operators and Basic I/O (10 Lectures)
Expressions, Conditional Statements and Iterative Statements (10 Lectures)

Understanding Operators Precedence in Expressions, Conditional Statements (if construct, switch-case
construct), Understanding syntax and utility of Iterative Statements (while, do-while, and for loops), Use of
break and continue in Loops, Using Nested Statements (Conditional as well as Iterative)
Functions and Arrays (10
Lectures)
Utility of functions, Call by Value, Call by Reference, Functions returning value, Void functions, Inline
Functions, Return data type of functions, Functions parameters, Differentiating between Declaration and
Definition of Functions, Command Line Arguments/Parameters in Functions, Functions with variable
number of Arguments.
Creating and Using One Dimensional Arrays ( Declaring and Defining an Array, Initializing an Array,
Accessing individual elements in an Array, Manipulating array elements using loops), Use Various types of
arrays (integer, float and character arrays / Strings) Two-dimensional Arrays (Declaring, Defining and
Initializing Two Dimensional Array, Working with Rows and Columns), Introduction to Multi-dimensional
arrays
Derived Data Types (Structures and Unions) (5
Lectures)
Understanding utility of structures and unions, Declaring, initializing and using simple structures and unions,
Manipulating individual members of structures and unions, Array of Structures, Individual data members as
structures, Passing and returning structures from functions, Structure with union as members, Union with
structures as members.
File I/O, Preprocessor Directives (8

Lectures)
Opening and closing a file (use of fstream header file, ifstream, ofstream and fstream classes), Reading and
writing Text Files, Using put(), get(), read() and write() functions, Random access in files, Understanding the
Preprocessor Directives (#include, #define, #error, #if, #else, #elif, #endif, #ifdef, #ifndef and #undef), Macros
Using Classes in C++ (8

Lectures)
Principles of Object-Oriented Programming, Defining & Using Classes, Class Constructors, Constructor
Overloading, Function overloading in classes, Class Variables &Functions, Objects as parameters, Specifying
the Protected and Private Access, Copy Constructors, Overview of
Template classes and their use.
Inheritance and Polymorphism (4 Lectures)

Introduction to Inheritance and Polymorphism
Reference Books:
1. HerbtzSchildt, "C++: The Complete Reference", Fourth Edition, McGraw Hill.2003
2. BjarneStroustrup, "The C++ Programming Language", 4th Edition, Addison-Wesley ,

2013.
3. BjarneStroustroup, "Programming -- Principles and Practice using C++", 2nd Edition, Addison-
Wesley 2014.
4. E Balaguruswamy, "Object Oriented Programming with C++", Tata McGraw-Hill

Education, 2008.
5.Paul Deitel, Harvey Deitel, "C++ How to Program", 8th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2011.
6. John R. Hubbard, "Programming with C++", Schaum's Series, 2nd Edition, 2000.
7. Andrew Koeni, Barbara, E. Moo, "Accelerated C++", Published by Addison-Wesley
8. Scott Meyers, "Effective C++", 3rd Edition, Published by Addison-Wesley, 2005.
9. Harry, H. Chaudhary, "Head First C++ Programming: The Definitive Beginner's Guide", First
Create space Inc, O-D Publishing, LLC USA.2014
10. Walter Savitch, "Problem Solving with C++", Pearson Education, 2007.
11. Stanley B. Lippman, JoseeLajoie, Barbara E. Moo, "C++ Primer", Published by Addison-Wesley, 5th
Edition, 2012
Introduction to c/c++ Programming Lab
1. Write a program to find greatest of three numbers.
2. Write a program to find gross salary of a person
3. Write a program to find grade of a student given his marks.
4. Write a program to find divisor or factorial of a given number.
5. Write a program to print first ten natural numbers.
6. Write a program to print first ten even and odd numbers.
7. Write a program to find grade of a list of students given their marks.
SEC-1 : Android Programming
Introduction: History of Android, Introduction to Android Operating Systems, Android Development Tools, Android A
(2L)
Overview of object oriented programming using Java: OOPs Concepts: Inheritance, Polymorphism,
Interfaces, Abstract class, Threads, Overloading and Overriding, Java Virtual Machine. (4L)
Development Tools: Installing and using Eclipse with ADT plug-in, Installing Virtual machine for
Android sandwich/Jelly bean (Emulator), configuring the installed tools, creating a android project
– Hello Word, run on emulator, Deploy it on USB-connected Android device. (5L)
User Interface Architecture: Application context, intents, Activity life cycle, multiple screen size
(2L)
)
User Interface Design: Form widgets, Text Fields, Layouts, Button control, toggle buttons, Spinners
(Combo boxes), Images, Menu, Dialog. (2L)
Database: Understanding of SQLite database, connecting with the database (2L)
Book Recommended:
1. Android application development for java programmers. By James C. Sheusi. Publisher:
Cengage Learning, 2013.
ONLINE READING / SUPPORTING MATERIAL:

1. http://www.developer.android.com
2. http://developer.android.com/about/versions/index.html
http://developer.android.com/training/basics/firstapp/index.html
http://docs.oracle.com/javase/tutorial/index.htm (Available in the form of free downloadable
ebooks also).
http://developer.android.com/guide/components/activities.html
http://developer.android.com/guide/components/fundamentals.html
http://developer.android.com/guide/components/intents-filters.html.
http://developer.android.com/training/multiscreen/screensizes.html
http://developer.android.com/guide/topics/ui/controls.html
10. http://developer.android.com/guide/topics/ui/declaring-layout.html
11. http://developer.android.com/training/basics/data-storage/databases.html
Software Lab Based on Android Programming:
1. Create ―Hello World‖ application. That will display ―Hello World ‖ in the middle of the screen
in the emulator. Also display ―Hello World‖ in the middle of the screen in the
Android Phone.
2. Create an application with login module. (Check username and password).
3. Create spinner with strings taken from resource folder (res >> value folder) and on changing the
spinner value, Image will change.
4. Create a menu with 5 options and and selected option should appear in text box.
5. Create a list of all courses in your college and on selecting a particular course teacher-
in-charge of that course should appear at the bottom of the screen.
6. Create an application with three option buttons, on selecting a button colour of the screen
will change.
7. Create and Login application as above. On successful login, pop up the message.
8. Create an application to Create, Insert, update, Delete and retrieve operation on the
database.
Computer Networks and Internet Technologies Lab
Practical exercises based on concepts listed in theory using HTML.
1. Create HTML document with following formatting – Bold, Italics, Underline, Colors, Headings,
Title, Font and Font Width, Background, Paragraph, Line Brakes, Horizontal Line, Blinking text
as well as marquee text.
2. Create HTML document with Ordered and Unordered lists, Inserting Images, Internal and External
linking
3. Create HTML document with Table:
4. Create Form with Input Type, Select and Text Area in HTML.
5. Create an HTML containing Roll No., student‘s name and Grades in a tabular form.
6. Create an HTML document (having two frames) which will appear as follows:
About
This frame would show the
Department 1 contents according to the link
clicked by the user on the left
Department 2 Frame.
Department 3
7. Create an HTML document containing horizontal frames as follows:
Department Names (could be along with Logos)
Contents according to the Link clicked
8. Create a website of 6 – 7 pages with different effects as mentioned in above problems.
9. Create a form using HTML which has the following types of controls:
V. Text Box
VI. Option/radio buttons
VII. Check boxes
VIII. Reset and Submit buttons
List of Practicals using Javascript :
1. Print a table of numbers from 5 to 15 and their squares and cubes using alert. 8. Print the largest of three
numbers.
3.Enter a list of positive numbers terminated by Zero. Find the sum and average of these numbers.
4.A person deposits Rs 1000 in a fixed account yielding 5% interest. Compute the amount in the
5.Read n numbers. Count the number of negative numbers, positive numbers and zeros in the list.
SEC-2 : XML Programming
Introduction: Understanding Mark-up Languages, Introduction to XML and its Goals. (3L)
XML Basics: XML Structure and Syntax, Document classes and Rules. (5L)
Other XML Concepts: Scripting XML, XML as Data, Linking with XML. (4L)
XML with Style: XSL –Style Sheet Basics, XSL basics, XSL style sheets. (3L)
Books Recommended
1. XML in action web technology by William J. Pardi
2. Step by Step XML by Michael J. Young

Software Lab Based on XML:
Exercise #1 – Information Structure
In this exercise, student will practice identifying the structure of an information object.
For the sample document provided below:
Label the information structures you see, including containing structures.
1. Draw a tree representation of the structure.
Exercise 2# Deconstructing an XML Document
In this exercise, student will practice identifying the explicit structure within an XML document. In a sense,
this is the reverse of what you did in Exercise #1. For the sample XML markup below, create a document-
like representation (or a simple drawing) for the content contained within the XML tags:
<book>
<coverInfo>
<title>The XML Handbook</title>
<author>Charles F. Goldfarb</author>
<author>Paul Prescod</author>
<edition>Second</edition>
5TH SEMESTER
SEC-3: PHP Programming (1 +2 Lab)
Introduction to PHP: (3L)


PHP introduction, inventions and versions, important tools and software requirements (like Web

Server, Database, Editors etc.)
PHP with other technologies, scope of PHP

Basic Syntax, PHP variables and constants

Types of data in PHP , Expressions, scopes of a variable (local, global)

PHP Operators : Arithmetic, Assignment, Relational , Logical operators, Bitwise , ternary and
MOD operator.

PHP operator Precedence and associativity
Handling HTML form with PHP: (2L)
 Capturing Form Data

 GET and POST form methods
 Dealing with multi value fields
 Redirecting a form after submission
PHP conditional events and Loops: (3L)
 PHP IF Else conditional statements ( Nested IF and Else)

 Switch case, while ,For and Do While Loop
 Goto , Break ,Continue and exit
PHP Functions: (3L)
 Function, Need of Function , declaration and calling of a function

 PHP Function with arguments, Default Arguments in Function
 Function argument with call by value, call by reference
 Scope of Function Global and Local
String Manipulation and Regular Expression: (3L)

Creating and accessing String , Searching & Replacing String

Formatting, joining and splitting String , String Related Library functions

Use and advantage of regular expression over inbuilt function

Use of preg_match(), preg_replace(), preg_split() functions in regular expression
Array : (3L)

Anatomy of an Array ,Creating index based and Associative array ,Accessing array

Looping with Index based array, with associative array using each() and foreach()

Some useful Library function
Reference Books:
1. Steven Holzner, "PHP: The Complete Reference Paperback", McGraw Hill Education (India),
2007.
2. Timothy Boronczyk, Martin E. Psinas, "PHP and MYSQL (Create-Modify-Reuse)", Wiley India
Private Limited, 2008.
3. Robin Nixon, "Learning PHP, MySQL, JavaScript, CSS & HTML5", 3rd Edition Paperback,
O'reilly, 2014.
4. Luke Welling, Laura Thompson, PHP and MySQL Web Development", 4th Edition, Addition
Paperback, Addison-Wesley Professsional,2008.
5. David Sklar, Adam Trachtenberg, "PHP Cookbook: Solutions & Examples for PHP
Programmers", 2014.
Software Lab Based on PHP:

1. Create a PHP page using functions for comparing three integers and print the largest number.
2. Write a function to calculate the factorial of a number (non-negative integer). The function accept the
number as an argument.
3. WAP to check whether the given number is prime or not.
4. Create a PHP page which accepts string from user. After submission that page displays the reverse
of provided string.
5. Write a PHP function that checks if a string is all lower case.
6. Write a PHP script that checks whether a passed string is palindrome or not? ( A palindrome is word,
phrase, or sequence that reads the same backward as forward, e.g., madam or nurses run)
7. WAP to sort an array.
8. Write a PHP script that removes the whitespaces from a string.
Sample string : 'The quick " " brown fox'
Expected Output : Thequick""brownfox
9. Write a PHP script that finds out the sum of first n odd numbers.
10. Create a login page having user name and password. On clicking submit, a welcome message should be
displayed if the user is already registered (i.e.name is present in the database) otherwise error message
should be displayed.
11. Write a PHP script that checks if a string contains another string.
12. Create a simple 'birthday countdown' script, the script will count the number of days between
current day and birth day.
13. Create a script to construct the following pattern, using nested for loop.
*
* *
* **
* ***
* ****
14. Write a simple PHP program to check that emails are valid.
15. WAP to print first n even numbers.
16. $color = array('white', 'green', 'red'')
Write a PHP script which will display the colors in the following way :
Output :
white, green, red,
•
green
• red
• white
17. Using switch case and dropdown list display a ―Hello ‖ message depending on the language
selected in drop down list.
18. Write a PHP program to print Fibonacci series using recursion.
19. Write a PHP script to replace the first 'the' of the following string with 'That'.
Sample : 'the quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.'
Expected Result : That quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog.
DSE-2A : Programming in VB/GAMBAS
Theory: 60 lectures
GUI Environment: Introduction to graphical user interface (GUI), programming 4L
language (procedural, object oriented, event driven), the GUI environment, compiling,
debugging, and running the programs.
Controls : Introduction to controls textboxes, frames, check boxes, option buttons, 8L

images, setting borders and styles, the shape control, the line control, working with
multiple controls and their properties, designing the user interface, keyboard access,
tab controls, default & cancel property, coding for controls.
Operations: Data types, constants, named & intrinsic, declaring variables, scope of 4L
variables, val function, arithmetic operations, formatting data.
Decision Making : If statement, comparing strings, compound conditions (and, or, 8L

not), nested if statements, case structure, using if statements with option buttons &
check boxes, displaying message in message box, testing whether input is valid or not.
Modular programming: Menus, sub-procedures and sub-functions defining / 6L

creating and modifying a menu, using common dialog box, creating a new sub-
procedure, passing variables to procedures, passing argument by value or by reference,
writing a function/ procedure.
Forms Handling : Multiple forms creating, adding, removing forms in project, hide, 6L
show method, load, unload statement, me keyword, referring to objects on a different
forms
Iteration Handling: Do/loops, for/next loops, using msgbox function, using string 4L
function
Arrays and Grouped Data Control: Arrays - 1-dimension arrays, initializing an 10L
array using for each, user-defined data types, accessing information with user-defined
data types, using list boxes with array, two dimensional arrays. lists, loops and
printing list boxes & combo boxes, filling the list using property window / add item
method, clear method, list box properties, removing an item from a list, list box/
combo box operations.
Database Connectivity: Database connectivity of forms with back end tool like 10L
mysql, populating the data in text boxes, list boxes etc. searching of data in database using
forms. Updating/ editing of data based on a criterion.
Reference Books:
1. Reference: Programming in Visual Basic 6.0 by Julia Case Bradley, Anita C. Millispangh (Tata
Mcgraw Hill Edition 2000 (Fourteenth Reprint 2004)
Programming in VB/GAMBAS Lab
1. Print a table of numbers from 5 to 15 and their squares and Cubes.

2. Print the largest of three numbers.
3. Find the factional of a number n.
4. Enter a list of positive numbers terminated by zero. Find the sum and average of these
numbers.
5. A person deposits Rs. 1000 in a fixed account yielding 5% interest. Complete the amount in the
6. Read n numbers. Count the number of negative numbers, positive numbers and zeros in the list.
7. Read n numbers. Count the number of negative numbers, positive numbers and zeroes in the list.use
arrays.
8. Read a single dimension array. Find the sum and average of these numbers.
9. Read a two dimension array. Find the sum of two 2D Array.
10. Create a database Employee and Make a form in VB 6.0 to allow data entry to Employee Form
with the following command buttons:
Employee Form
Employee Name:
NEXT
Employee Id:
Date of Joining:
Designation:
Department:
Address:
7
Basic Pay:
PREV
FIRST
LAST
ADD
DELETE
SAVE
CANCEL
6TH SEMESTER
SEC-4: Linux / Unix Programming Syllabus (1+2 Labs)

Introduction (5 L)

What is linux/unix Operating systems

Difference between linux/unix and other operating systems

Features and Architecture

Various Distributions available in the market

Installation, Booting and shutdown process
 System processes (an overview)

 External and internal commands
 Creation of partitions in OS
 Processes and its creation phases – Fork, Exec, wait
User Management and the File System (5 L)

Types of Users, Creating users, Granting rights

User management commands

File quota and various file systems available

File System Management and Layout, File permissions

Login process, Managing Disk Quotas

Links (hard links, symbolic links)
Shell introduction and Shell Scripting (6L)

What is shell and various type of shell, Various editors present in linux

Different modes of operation in vi editor

What is shell script, Writing and executing the shell script

Shell variable (user defined and system variables)

System calls, Using system calls

Pipes and Filters

Decision making in Shell Scripts (If else, switch), Loops in shell

Functions

Utility programs (cut, paste, join, tr , uniq utilities)

Pattern matching utility (grep)
Reference Books:
1. Sumitabha, Das, Unix Concepts And Applications, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2006
2. Michael Jang RHCSA/ RHCE Red Hat Linux Certification: Exams (Ex200 & Ex300)
(Certification Press), 2011
3. Nemeth Synder & Hein, Linux Administration Handbook, Pearson Education, 2nd Edition ,2010
4. W. Richard Stevens, Bill Fenner, Andrew M. Rudoff, Unix Network Programming, The
sockets Networking API, Vol. 1, 3rd Edition,2014
Software Lab Based on Linux:

1. Write a shell script to check if the number entered at the command line is prime or not.
2. Write a shell script to modify ―cal‖ command to display calendars of the specified months.
3. Write a shell script to modify ―cal‖ command to display calendars of the specified range of
months.
4. Write a shell script to accept a login name. If not a valid login name display message –
―Entered login name is invalid‖.
5. Write a shell script to display date in the mm/dd/yy format.
6. Write a shell script to display on the screen sorted output of ―who ‖ command along with the total
number of users .
7. Write a shell script to display the multiplication table any number,
8. Write a shell script to compare two files and if found equal asks the user to delete the duplicate file.
9. Write a shell script to find the sum of digits of a given number.
10. Write a shell script to merge the contents of three files, sort the contents and then display them page
by page.
11. Write a shell script to find the LCD(least common divisor) of two numbers.
12. Write a shell script to perform the tasks of basic calculator.
13. Write a shell script to find the power of a given number.
14. Write a shell script to find the binomial coefficient C(n , x).
15. Write a shell script to find the permutation P(n,x).
16. Write a shell script to find the greatest number among the three numbers.
17. Write a shell script to find the factorial of a given number.
18. Write a shell script to check whether the number is Armstrong or not.
19. Write a shell script to check whether the file have all the permissions or not.
DSE-2B: Software Testing (1+2 Labs)
Introduction (4L)
Strategic Approach to Software Testing, Test Strategies for Conventional Software, Validation Testing,
System Testing, Basic Terminologies, V Shaped Software Lifecycle Model
Functional Testing\ Black-box Testing (5L)
Boundary Value Analysis, Equivalence Class Testing, Decision Table Based Testing
Structural Testing\ White-box Testing (6L)
Basis Path Testing: Program Graph, DD Path graph, Cyclomatic Complexity, Graph Matrices, Control Flow
Testing: Statement Coverage, Branch Coverage, Condition Coverage, Path Coverage
Books Recommended:
1. Roger S. Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner‘s Approach, Seventh Edition, Mc Graw
Hill Education.2009
2. Yogesh Singh, Software Testing, Cambridge University Press.2011.
Computer Lab Based on Software Testing:

1. Write a program that take three inputs (a,b &c) that represent the sides of a triangle, and the
output is one of the below four:
a. Not a triangle
b. Scalene triangle
c. Isosceles triangle
d. Equilateral triangle
1.2 Generate test cases using Boundary Value Analysis, Equivalence Class Partitioning and
Decision Table Testing.
1.3 Generate test cases using Basis path testing.
1.4 Run code coverage tool.
2. Write a program that determines the nature of roots of a quadratic equation. Output should be one
of the following:-
• Not a quadratic equation.
• Complex roots
• Real roots
• Single roots
I. Generate test cases using Boundary Value Analysis, Equivalence Class Partitioning and
Decision Table Testing.
II. Generate test cases using Basis path testing. III.
Run code coverage tool
3. Write a program that checks whether the number is even or odd. Run code coverage tool and
find the amount of code being covered.
4. Write a program that dynamically allocates memory to10 integers using malloc() or calloc() and
• donot free memory leading to memory leaks. Verify the same usingValgrind.
• Now, free memory using free() at the end of the program to avoid memory leaks. Verify the same
using Valgrind.
Use Load UI load testing tool to test the web application performance.
SKILL ELECTIVE:
ABILITY ENHANCEMENT ENHANCEME DISCIPLINE
SL. NO.
CORE COURSE COURSE (AECC) (2) NT COURSE SPECIFIC DSE
(14) (SEC) (2) (4)
1 DSC – 1A (English/Hindi/MIL
DSC – 2A: Communication)
Computer
Fundamentals
DSC- 3A
2 DSC – 1 B Environmental Science
DSC –
2B:Introduction
to Database
Systems
DSC- 3B
3 DSC – 1 C SEC 1:
DSC – 2C: Android
Introduction to Programming
Programming
DSC- 3C
4 DSC – 1 D SEC 2:XML
DSC – 2D: Programming
Computer
Networks &
Internet
Technologies
DSC- 3D
5 SEC 3: DSE-1A
PHP DSE -2A:
Programming Programming in
Visual
Basic/Gambas
DSE-3A
6 SEC 4: DSE-1B
UNIX/LINUX DSE -2B:
Programming Software Testing
DSE-3B
B.Sc. (REGULAR COURSE)

1
Proposed Scheme for Choice Based Credit System in

B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
Semester Core Course Ability Skill Discipline Generic
(14) Enhancement Enhancement Specific Elective
Compulsory Course Elective (GE) (4)
Course (SEC) (2) (DSE) (4)
(AECC) (2)
1 C1:Calculus (P) AECC1 GE1
C2:Algebra
2 C3:Real Analysis AECC2 GE2
C4:Differential
Equations
3 C5:Theory of Real SEC1 GE3
Functions (P)
C6: Group Theory I
C7: PDE and
Systems of ODE (P)
4 C8: Numerical SEC2 GE4
Methods (P)
C9: Riemann
Integration and
Series of Functions
C10: Ring Theory
and Linear Algebra I
5 C11: Multivariate DSE-1
Calculus
C12: Group DSE-2
Theory II
6 C13: Metric Spaces DSE-3
and Complex
Analysis
C14: Ring Theory DSE-4
and Linear Algebra
II
(P) means course with practicals
2
Discipline Specific Electives (DSE)
Choices for DSE 1
1. Number Theory
Choices for DSE 2
1. Probability and Statistics
Choices for DSE 3
1. Theory of Equations
Choices for DSE 4
1. Mechanics
SEC 1
1. Analytical Geometry
SEC 2
1. Vector Calculus
Generic Electives (GE)
Choices for GE 1
1. Object Oriented Programming in C++ (P)
Choices for GE 2
1. Linear Algebra
Choices for GE 3
1. Differential Calculus
3
Choices for GE 4
1. Differential Equations
Details of courses under B.Sc. (Hons.) Mathematics
Course *Credits
Theory + Practical Theory + Tutorial
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------
I. Core Course
(14 Papers) 14×4 = 56 14×5 = 70
Core Course Practical / Tutorial* 14×2 = 28 14×1 = 14

(14 Papers)
II. Elective Course (8 Papers)
A.1. Discipline Specific Elective 4×4 = 16

4×5 = 20
(4 Papers)
A.2. Discipline Specific Elective

Practical/ Tutorial* 4×2 = 8
4×1 = 4
(4 Papers)
B.1. Generic Elective/

Interdisciplinary 4×4 = 16
4×5 = 20
(4 Papers)
B.2. Generic Elective

Practical/ Tutorial* 4×2 = 8 4×1 = 4
(4 Papers)
Optional Dissertation or project work in place of one Discipline Specific Elective

Paper (6 credits) in 6th Semester
4
1. Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses (AECC)

(2 Papers of 2 credit each) 2×2 = 4 2×2 = 4
Environmental Science English/MIL Communication
2.Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)

(Minimum 2)2×2 = 4 2×2 = 4
(2 Papers of 2 credit each)
_________________
_________________
Total credit 140 140
Institute should evolve a system/ policy about ECA/ General Interest/ Hobby/ Sports/ NCC/
NSS/ related courses on its own.
5
* wherever there is a practical there will be no tutorial and vice-versa SEMESTER- I
C-1: Calculus
Hyperbolic functions, higher order derivatives, Leibniz rule and its applications to
problems of type eax+bsinx, eax+bcosx, (ax+b)nsinx, (ax+b)ncosx, concavity and
inflection points, asymptotes, curve tracing in Cartesian coordinates, tracing in
polar coordinates of standard curves, L Hospital s rule, applications in business,
economics and life sciences.
Reduction formulae, derivations and illustrations of reduction formulae of the
type
volumes by slicing, disks and washers methods, volumes by cylindrical shells,

parametric equations, parameterizing a curve, arc length, arc length of
parametric curves, area of surface of revolution. Techniques of sketching conics,
reflection properties of conics, rotation of axes and second degree equations,
classification into conics using the discriminant, polar equations of conics.
Triple product, introduction to vector functions, operations with vector-valued
functions, limits and continuity of vector functions, differentiation and integration
of vector functions, tangent and normal components of acceleration, modeling
ballistics and planetary motion, Kepler s second law.
List of Practicals (using any software)
(i) Plotting of graphs of function eax + b, log(ax + b), 1/(ax + b), sin(ax + b), cos(ax +
b), |ax + b| and to illustrate the effect of a and b on the graph.
(ii) Plotting the graphs of polynomial of degree 4 and 5, the derivative graph, the
second derivative graph and comparing them.
(iii) Sketching parametric curves (Eg. Trochoid, cycloid, epicycloids, hypocycloid).

(iv) Obtaining surface of revolution of curves.
(v) Tracing of conics in cartesian coordinates/ polar coordinates.
(vi) Sketching ellipsoid, hyperboloid of one and two sheets, elliptic cone, elliptic,
paraboloid, hyperbolic paraboloid using cartesian coordinates.
(vii) Matrix operation (addition, multiplication, inverse, transpose).
Books Recommended
1.G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus, 9th Ed., Pearson Education, Delhi, 2005.
2.M.J. Strauss, G.L. Bradley and K. J. Smith, Calculus, 3rd Ed., Dorling Kindersley
(India) P. L td. (Pearson Education), Delhi, 2007.
3.H. Anton, I. Bivens and S. Davis, Calculus, 7th Ed., John Wiley and Sons (Asia) P.
Ltd., Singapore, 2002.
6
4.R. Courant and F. John, Introduction to Calculus and Analysis (Volumes I & II),
SpringerVerlag, New York, Inc., 1989.
C-2: Algebra
Polar representation of complex numbers, nth roots of unity, De Moivre’s theorem
for rational indices and its applications.
Equivalence relations, Functions, Composition of functions, Invertible functions,
One to one correspondence and cardinality of a set, Well-ordering property of
positive integers, Division algorithm, Divisibility and Euclidean algorithm,
Congruence relation between integers, Principles of Mathematical Induction,
statement of Fundamental Theorem of Arithmetic.
Systems of linear equations, row reduction and echelon forms, vector equations,
the matrix equation Ax=b, solution sets of linear systems, applications of linear
systems, linear independence.
Introduction to linear transformations, matrix of a linear transformation, inverse
of a matrix, characterizations of invertible matrices. Subspaces of R n, dimension
of subspaces of Rn and rank of a matrix, Eigen values, Eigen Vectors and
Characteristic Equation of a matrix.
Books Recommended
1.TituAndreescu and DorinAndrica, Complex Numbers from A to Z, Birkhauser, 2006.
2.Edgar G. Goodaire and Michael M. Parmenter, Discrete Mathematics with Graph Theory,
3rd Ed., Pearson Education (Singapore) P. Ltd., Indian Reprint, 2005.
3.David C. Lay, Linear Algebra and its Applications, 3rd Ed., Pearson Education Asia,
Indian Reprint, 2007.
GE-1: Object Oriented Programming in C++

OOP Paradigm: Comparison of Programming paradigms, Characteristics of
Object-Oriented Programming Languages, Object-based programming languages
C++: Brief History of C++,Structure of a C++ program, Difference between C
and C++ - cin, cout, new, delete operators, ANSI/ISO Standard C++, Comments,
Working with Variables and const Qualifiers. Enumeration, Arrays and Pointer.
Implementing oops concepts in C++ Objects, Classes, Encapsulation, Data
Abstraction, Inheritance, Polymorphism, Dynamic Binding, Message Passing,
Default Parameter Value,Using Reference variables with Functions.
Abstract data types, Class Component, Object & Class, Constructors Default and
Copy Constructor, Assignment operator deep and shallow coping, Access
modifiers private, publicand protected. Implementing Class Functions within
Class declaration or outside the Class declaration. instantiation of objects, Scope
resolution operator, Working with Friend Functions, Using Static Class members.
Understanding Compile Time Polymorphism function overloading Rules of
Operator Overloading (Unary and Binary) as member function/friend function,
Implementation of operator overloading of Arithmetic Operators, Overloading
7
Output/Input,Prefix/ Postfix Increment and decrement Operators, Overloading

comparison operators, Assignment, subscript and function call Operator ,
concepts of namespaces.
Practical to be performed in lab.
Books Recommended
1.A. R. Venugopal, Rajkumar, and T. Ravishanker, Mastering C++, TMH, 1997.
2.S. B. L ippman and J. L ajoie, C++ Primer, 3rd Ed., Addison Wesley, 2000.
3.Bruce Eckel, Thinking in C++, 2nd Ed., President, Mindview Inc., Prentice Hall.
4.D. Parasons, Object Oriented Programming with C++, BPB Publication.
5.Bjarne Stroustrup ,The C++ Programming Language, 3rd Ed., Addison Welsley.
8
SEMESTER- II
C-3: Real Analysis

Review of Algebraic and Order Properties of R, -neighbourhood of a point in R,
Idea of countable sets, uncountable sets and uncountability of R. Bounded above
sets, Bounded below sets, Bounded Sets, Unbounded sets, Suprema and Infima,
The Completeness Property of R, The Archimedean Property, Density of Rational
(and Irrational) numbers in R, Intervals. Limit points of a set, Isolated points,
Illustrations of Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem for sets.
Sequences, Bounded sequence, Convergent sequence, Limit of a sequence. Limit
Theorems, Monotone Sequences, Monotone Convergence Theorem.
Subsequences, Divergence Criteria, Monotone Subsequence Theorem (statement
only), Bolzano Weierstrass Theorem for Sequences. Cauchy sequence, Cauchy s
Convergence Criterion.
Infinite series, convergence and divergence of infinite series, Cauchy Criterion,
Tests for convergence: Comparison test, Limit Comparison test, Ratio Test,
Cauchy s nth root test, Integral test, Alternating series, Leibniz test, Absolute and
Conditional convergence.
Books Recommended
1.R.G. Bartle and D. R. Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and
Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd., Singapore, 2002.
2.Gerald G. Bilodeau , Paul R. Thie, G.E. Keough, An Introduction to Analysis, 2nd Ed.,
Jones & Bartlett, 2010.
3.Brian S. Thomson, Andrew. M. Bruckner and Judith B. Bruckner, Elementary Real

Analysis, Prentice Hall, 2001.
4.S.K. Berberian, A First Course in Real Analysis, Springer Verlag, New York, 1994.
C-4: Differential Equations

Differential equations and mathematical models. General, particular, explicit,
implicit and singular solutions of a differential equation. Exact differential
equations and integrating factors, separable equations and equations reducible
to this form, linear equation and Bernoulli equations, special integrating factors
and transformations.
Introduction to compartmental model, exponential decay model, lake pollution
model (case study of Lake Burley Griffin), drug assimilation into the blood (case
9
of a single cold pill, case of a course of cold pills), exponential growth of

population, limited growth of population, limited growth with harvesting.
General solution of homogeneous equation of second order, principle of super
position for homogeneous equation, Wronskian: its properties and applications,
Linear homogeneous and non-homogeneous equations of higher order with
constant coefficients, Euler s equation, method of undetermined coefficients,
method of variation of parameters.
Equilibrium points, Interpretation of the phase plane, predatory-prey model and
its analysis, epidemic model of influenza and its analysis, battle model and its
analysis.

1. Plotting of second order solution family of differential equation.
2. Plotting of third order solution family of differential equation.
3. Growth model (exponential case only).
4. Decay model (exponential case only).
5. Lake pollution model (with constant/seasonal flow and pollution concentration).
6. Case of single cold pill and a course of cold pills.
7. Limited growth of population (with and without harvesting).
8. Predatory-prey model (basic volterra model, with density dependence, effect of
DDT, two prey one predator).
9. Epidemic model of influenza (basic epidemic model, contagious for life, disease
with carriers).
10. Battle model (basic battle model, jungle warfare, long range weapons).
11. Plotting of recursive sequences.
12. Study the convergence of sequences through plotting.
13. Verify Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem through plotting of sequences and

hence identify convergent subsequences from the plot.
14. Study the convergence/divergence of infinite series by plotting their

sequences of partial sum.
15. Cauchy s root test by plotting nth roots.
16. Ratio test by plotting the ratio of nth and (n+1)th term.
10
Books Recommended
1.Belinda Barnes and Glenn R. Fulford, Mathematical Modeling with Case Studies, A
Differential Equation Approach using Maple and Matlab, 2nd Ed., Taylor and Francis group,
London and New York, 2009.
2.C.H. Edwards and D.E. Penny, Differential Equations and Boundary Value problems
Computing and Modeling, Pearson Education India, 2005.
3.S.L . Ross, Differential Equations, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, India, 2004.
4.Martha L Abell, James P Braselton, Differential Equations with MATHEMATICA, 3rd Ed.,
Elsevier Academic Press, 2004.
GE-2: Linear Algebra
Vector spaces, subspaces, algebra of subspaces, quotient spaces, linear combination of

vectors,
linear span, linear independence, basis and dimension, dimension of subspaces.
Linear transformations, null space, range, rank and nullity of a linear transformation, matrix
representation of a linear transformation, algebra of linear transformations. Dual Space, Dual
Basis, Double Dual, Eigen values and Eigen vectors, Characteristic Polynomial.
Isomorphisms, Isomorphism theorems, invertibility and isomorphisms, change of coordinate

matrix.
Books Recommended
1. Stephen H. Friedberg, Arnold J. Insel, Lawrence E. Spence, Linear Algebra, 4th Ed.,
Prentice-
Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. David C. Lay, Linear Algebra and its Applications, 3rd Ed., Pearson Education Asia,
Indian
Reprint, 2007.
3. S. Lang, Introduction to Linear Algebra, 2nd Ed., Springer, 2005.
4. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Thomson, 2007.
11
SEMESTER-III
C-5: Theory of Real Functions

Limits of functions ( approach), sequential criterion for limits, divergence
criteria. Limit theorems, one sided limits. Infinite limits and limits at infinity.
Continuous functions, sequential criterion for continuity and discontinuity.
Algebra of continuous functions. Continuous functions on an interval,
intermediate value theorem, location of roots theorem, preservation of intervals
theorem. Uniform continuity, non-uniform continuity criteria, uniform continuity
theorem.
Differentiability of a function at a point and in an interval, Caratheodory s
theorem, algebra of differentiable functions. Relative extrema, interior extremum
theorem. Rolle s theorem, Mean value theorem, intermediate value property of
derivatives, Darboux s theorem. Applications of mean value theorem to
inequalities and approximation of polynomials, Taylor s theorem to inequalities.
Cauchy s mean value theorem. Taylor s theorem with Lagrange s form of
remainder, Taylor s theorem with Cauchy s form of remainder, application of
Taylor s theorem to convex functions, relative extrema. Taylor s series and
Maclaurin s series expansions of exponential and trigonometric functions, ln(1 +
x), 1/ax+b and (1 +x)n.
Books Recommended
1.R. Bartle and D.R. Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, John Wiley and Sons, 2003.
2.K .A. Ross, Elementary Analysis: The Theory of Calculus, Springer, 2004.
3.A. Mattuck, Introduction to Analysis, Prentice Hall, 1999.
4.S.R. Ghorpade and B.V. Limaye, A Course in Calculus and Real Analysis, Springer, 2006.
12
C-6: Group Theory I

Symmetries of a square, Dihedral groups, definition and examples of groups
including permutation groups and quaternion groups (illustration through
matrices), elementary properties of groups.
Subgroups and examples of subgroups, centralizer, normalizer, centre of a group,
product of two subgroups.
Properties of cyclic groups, classification of subgroups of cyclic groups. Cycle
notation for permutations, properties of permutations, even and odd
permutations, alternating group, properties of cosets, Lagrange s theorem and
consequences including Fermat s Little theorem.
External direct product of a finite number of groups, normal subgroups, factor
groups, Cauchy s theorem for finite abelian groups.
Group homomorphisms, properties of homomorphisms, Cayley s theorem,
properties of isomorphisms, First, Second and Third isomorphism theorems.
Books Recommended
1.John B. Fraleigh, A First Course in Abstract Algebra, 7th Ed., Pearson, 2002.
2.M. Artin, Abstract Algebra, 2nd Ed., Pearson, 2011.
3.Joseph A. Gallian, Contemporary Abstract Algebra, 4th Ed., Narosa Publishing House,
New Delhi, 1999.
4.Joseph J. Rotman, An Introduction to the Theory of Groups, 4th Ed., Springer Verlag,
1995.
5.I.N. Herstein, Topics in Algebra, Wiley Eastern Limited, India, 1975.
C-7: PDE and Systems of ODE

Partial Differential Equations Basic concepts and Definitions, Mathematical
Problems. FirstOrder Equations: Classification, Construction and Geometrical
Interpretation. Method of Characteristics for obtaining General Solution of Quasi
Linear Equations. Canonical Forms of First-order Linear Equations. Method of
Separation of Variables for solving first order partial differential equations.
Derivation of Heat equation, Wave equation and Laplace equation. Classification
of second order linear equations as hyperbolic, parabolic or elliptic. Reduction of
second order Linear Equations to canonical forms.
The Cauchy problem, the Cauchy-Kowaleewskaya theorem, Cauchy problem of
an infinite string. Initial Boundary Value Problems, Semi-Infinite String with a
fixed end, Semi-Infinite String with a Free end, Equations with non-homogeneous
boundary conditions, NonHomogeneous Wave Equation. Method of separation of
variables, solving the Vibrating String Problem, Solving the Heat Conduction
problem
13
Systems of linear differential equations, types of linear systems, differential

operators, an operator method for linear systems with constant coefficients,
Basic Theory of linear systems in normal form, homogeneous linear systems with
constant coefficients: Two Equations in two unknown functions, The method of
successive approximations, the Euler method, the modified Euler method, The
Runge-Kutta method.

(i) Solution of Cauchy problem for first order PDE.
(ii) Finding the characteristics for the first order PDE.
(iii) Plot the integral surfaces of a given first order PDE with initial data.
∂ 2u 2 ∂ 2u
−c =0
∂t 2 ∂x 2
(iv) Solution of wave equation for the following associated conditions
(a) u(x,0)= (x) , u t ( x ,0 ) =ψ ( x ) , x ∈ R , t> 0
(b) u(x,0)= (x) , ut ( x ,0 )=ψ ( x ) , u(0,t)= , x ∈(0, ∞ ), t> 0
(c) u(x,0)= (x) , ut ( x ,0 )=ψ ( x ) , ut (0,t)= , x ∈(0, ∞), t> 0
(d) u(x,0)= (x) , ut ( x ,0 )=ψ ( x ) , u (0,t)= , u (1,t)= 0, 0< x <l , t >0
2
∂u 2 ∂ u
−k =0
∂t ∂x 2
(v) (v)Solution of wave equation for the following associated
conditions
(a) u(x,0)= (x), u(0,t)= a , u( l ,t )= b , 0< x <l ,t >0
(b) u(x,0)= (x), x ∈ R ,0< t<T
(e) u(x,0)= (x), u(0,t)= a , x ∈(0, ∞), t> 0
Books Recommended
1.TynMyint-U and LokenathDebnath, Linear Partial Differential Equations for Scientists and
Engineers, 4th edition, Springer, Indian reprint, 2006.
2.S.L. Ross, Differential equations, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, India, 2004.
3.Martha L Abell, James P Braselton, Differential equations with MATHEMATICA, 3rd Ed.,
Elsevier Academic Press, 2004.
SEC-2: Analytical Geometry
Techniques for sketching parabola, ellipse and hyperbola. Reflection properties of parabola,
14
ellipse and hyperbola. Classification of quadratic equations representing lines, parabola,

ellipse
and hyperbola. Spheres, Cylindrical surfaces. Illustrations of graphing standard quadric
surfaces
like cone, ellipsoid.
Books Recommended
1. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus, 9th Ed., Pearson Education, Delhi, 2005.
2. H. Anton, I. Bivens and S. Davis, Calculus, John Wiley and Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
3. S.L. Loney, The Elements of Coordinate Geometry, McMillan and Company, London.
4. R.J.T. Bill, Elementary Treatise on Coordinate Geometry of Three Dimensions, McMillan
India Ltd., 1994.
GE -3: Differential Calculus
Limit and Continuity (ε and δ definition), Types of discontinuities, Differentiability of

functions,
Successive differentiation, Leibnitz’s theorem, Partial differentiation, Euler’s theorem on
homogeneous functions.
Tangents and normals, Curvature, Asymptotes, Singular points, Tracing of curves. Parametric
representation of curves and tracing of parametric curves, Polar coordinates and tracing of
curves
in polar coordinates.
Rolle.s theorem, Mean Value Theorems, Taylor’s Theorem with Lagrange’s & Cauchy’s
forms of remainder. Taylor’s series, Maclaurin’s series of sin x, cos x, e x, log(l+x), (l+x)m,
Applications of Mean Value theorems to Monotonic functions and inequalities. Maxima &
Minima. Indeterminate forms.
Books Recommended
1. H. Anton, I. Birens and S. Davis, Calculus, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., 2002.
2. G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus, Pearson Education, 2007.
SEMESTER- IV
C-8: Numerical Methods

Use of Scientific Calculator is allowed.
Algorithms, Convergence, Errors: Relative, Absolute, Round off, Truncation.
Transcendental and Polynomial equations: Bisection method, Newton s method,
Secant method. Rate of convergence of these methods.
System of linear algebraic equations: Gaussian Elimination and Gauss Jordan
methods. Gauss Jacobi method, Gauss Seidel method and their convergence
analysis.
15
Interpolation: Lagrange and Newton s methods. Error bounds. Finite difference

operators. Gregory forward and backward difference interpolation.
Numerical Integration: Trapezoidal rule, Simpson s rule, Simpsons 3/8th rule,
Boole s Rule. Midpoint rule, Composite Trapezoidal rule, Composite Simpson s
rule.
Ordinary Differential Equations: Euler s method. Runge-K utta methods of orders
two and four.

(i) Calculate the sum 1/1 + 1/2 + 1/3 + 1/4 + ----------+ 1/ N.
(ii) To find the absolute value of an integer.
(iii) Enter 100 integers into an array and sort them in an ascending order.
(iv) Bisection Method.
(v) Newton Raphson Method.
(vi) Secant Method.
(vii) RegulaiFalsi Method.
(viii) L U decomposition Method.
(ix) Gauss-Jacobi Method.
(x) SOR Method or Gauss-Siedel Method.
(xi) Lagrange Interpolation or Newton Interpolation. (xii) Simpson s rule.
Note: For any of the CAS (Computer aided software) Data types-simple data
types, floating data types, character data types, arithmetic operators and
operator precedence, variables and constant declarations, expressions,
input/output, relational operators, logical operators and logical expressions,
control statements and loop statements, Arrays should be introduced to the
students.
Books Recommended
1.Brian Bradie, A Friendly Introduction to Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, India,
2007.
2.M.K. Jain, S.R.K. Iyengar and R.K. Jain, Numerical Methods for Scientific and Engineering
Computation, 6th Ed., New age International Publisher, India, 2007.
3.C.F. Gerald and P.O. Wheatley, Applied Numerical Analysis, Pearson Education, India,
2008.
4.Uri M. Ascher and Chen Greif, A First Course in Numerical Methods, 7th Ed., PHI
Learning Private Limited, 2013.
5.John H. Mathews and Kurtis D. Fink, Numerical Methods using Matlab, 4th Ed., PHI L
earning Private Limited, 2012.
16
C-9: Riemann Integration and Series of Functions

Riemann integration; inequalities of upper and lower sums; Riemann conditions
of integrability.
Riemann sum and definition of Riemann integral through Riemann sums;
equivalence of two definitions; Riemann integrability of monotone and
continuous functions, Properties of the Riemann integral; definition and
integrability of piecewise continuous and monotone functions. Intermediate
Value theorem for Integrals; Fundamental theorems of Calculus.
Improper integrals; Convergence of Beta and Gamma functions.
Pointwise and uniform convergence of sequence of functions. Theorems on
continuity, derivability and integrability of the limit function of a sequence of
functions. Series of functions; Theorems on the continuity and derivability of the
sum function of a series of functions; Cauchy criterion for uniform convergence
and Weierstrass M-Test.
Limit superior and Limit inferior. Power series, radius of convergence, Cauchy
Hadamard Theorem, Differentiation and integration of power series; Abel s
Theorem; Weierstrass Approximation Theorem.
Books Recommended
1.K.A. Ross, Elementary Analysis, The Theory of Calculus, Undergraduate Texts in
Mathematics, Springer (SIE), Indian reprint, 2004.
2.R.G. Bartle D.R. Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons
(Asia) Pvt. L td., Singapore, 2002.
3.Charles G. Denlinger, Elements of Real Analysis, Jones & Bartlett (Student Edition),
2011.
C-10: Ring Theory and Linear Algebra I

Definition and examples of rings, properties of rings, subrings, integral domains
and fields, characteristic of a ring. Ideal, ideal generated by a subset of a ring,
factor rings, operations on ideals, prime and maximal ideals.
Ring homomorphisms, properties of ring homomorphisms, Isomorphism
theorems I, II and III, field of quotients.
Vector spaces, subspaces, algebra of subspaces, quotient spaces, linear
combination of vectors, linear span, linear independence, basis and dimension,
dimension of subspaces.
Linear transformations, null space, range, rank and nullity of a linear
transformation, matrix representation of a linear transformation, algebra of linear
transformations. Isomorphisms, Isomorphism theorems, invertibility and
isomorphisms, change of coordinate matrix.
17
Books Recommended
3.Stephen H. Friedberg, Arnold J. Insel, Lawrence E. Spence, Linear Algebra, 4th Ed.,
PrenticeHall of India Pvt. L td., New Delhi, 2004.
New Delhi, 1999.
5.S. Lang, Introduction to Linear Algebra, 2nd Ed., Springer, 2005.

6.Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Thomson, 2007.
7.S. Kumaresan, Linear Algebra- A Geometric Approach, Prentice Hall of India,1999.
8.Kenneth Hoffman, Ray Alden Kunze, Linear Algebra, 2nd Ed., Prentice-Hall of India
Pvt. L td., 1971.
9.D.A.R. Wallace, Groups, Rings and Fields, Springer Verlag London L td., 1998.
SEC-2: Vector Calculus
Differentiation and partial differentiation of a vector function. Derivative of sum, dot product
and cross product of two vectors.
Gradient, divergence and curl.
Books Recommended
2. H. Anton, I. Bivens and S. Davis, Calculus, John Wiley and Sons (Asia) P. Ltd. 2002.
3. P.C. Matthew’s, Vector Calculus, Springer Verlag London Limited, 1998.
GE-4: Differential Equations
First order exact differential equations. Integrating factors, rules to find an integrating factor.
First order higher degree equations solvable for x, y, p. Methods for solving higher-order
differential equations. Basic theory of linear differential equations, Wronskian, and its
properties.
Solving a differential equation by reducing its order.
Linear homogenous equations with constant coefficients, Linear non-homogenous equations,

The method of variation of parameters, The Cauchy-Euler equation, Simultaneous differential
equations, Total differential equations.
Order and degree of partial differential equations, Concept of linear and non-linear partial
differential equations, Formation of first order partial differential equations, Linear partial
differential equation of first order, Lagrange’s method, Charpit’s method.
18
Classification of second order partial differential equations into elliptic, parabolic and
hyperbolic
through illustrations only.
Books Recommended
1. Shepley L. Ross, Differential Equations, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, 1984.
2. I. Sneddon, Elements of Partial Differential Equations, McGraw-Hill, International
Edition, 1967.
DSE-1: Number Theory

Linear Diophantine equation, prime counting function, statement of prime
number theorem, Goldbach conjecture, linear congruences, complete set of
residues, Chinese Remainder theorem, Fermat s Little theorem, Wilson s
theorem.
Number theoretic functions, sum and number of divisors, totally multiplicative
functions, definition and properties of the Dirichlet product, the Mobius Inversion
formula, the greatest integer function, Euler s phi function, Euler s theorem,
reduced set of residues, some properties of Euler s phi-function.
Order of an integer modulo n, primitive roots for primes, composite numbers
having primitive roots, Euler s criterion, the Legendre symbol and its properties,
quadratic reciprocity, quadratic congruences with composite moduli. Public key
encryption, RSA encryption and decryption, the equation x 2 + y2= z2, Fermat s
Last theorem.
Books Recommended
1. David M. Burton, Elementary Number Theory, 6th Ed., Tata McGraw Hill, Indian
reprint, 2007.
2. Neville Robinns, Beginning Number Theory, 2nd Ed., Narosa Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, 2007.
19
SEMESTER IV
C-11: Multivariate Calculus

Use of Scientific calculator is allowed.
Functions of several variables, limit and continuity of functions of two variables
Partial differentiation, total differentiability and differentiability, sufficient
condition for differentiability. Chain rule for one and two independent
parameters, directional derivatives, the gradient, maximal and normal property
of the gradient, tangent planes, Extrema of functions of two variables, method of
Lagrange multipliers, constrained optimization problems, Definition of vector
field, divergence and curl
Double integration over rectangular region, double integration over non-
rectangular region, Double integrals in polar co-ordinates, Triple integrals, Triple
integral over a parallelepiped and solid regions. Volume by triple integrals,
cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates.
Change of variables in double integrals and triple integrals. Line integrals,
Applications of line integrals: Mass and Work. Fundamental theorem for line
integrals, conservative vector fields, independence of path.
Green s theorem, surface integrals, integrals over parametrically defined
surfaces. Stoke s theorem, The Divergence theorem.
Books Recommended
1.G.B. Thomas and R.L. Finney, Calculus, 9th Ed., Pearson Education, Delhi, 2005.
2.M.J. Strauss, G.L. Bradley and K. J. Smith, Calculus, 3rd Ed., Dorling Kindersley
(India) Pvt. L td. (Pearson Education), Delhi, 2007.
3.E. Marsden, A.J. Tromba and A. Weinstein, Basic Multivariable Calculus, Springer (SIE),
Indian reprint, 2005.
4.James Stewart, Multivariable Calculus, Concepts and Contexts, 2nd Ed., Brooks /Cole,
Thomson L earning, USA, 2001.
C-12: Group Theory II

Automorphism, inner automorphism, automorphism groups, automorphism
groups of finite and infinite cyclic groups, applications of factor groups to
automorphism groups, Characteristic subgroups, Commutator subgroup and its
properties.
Properties of external direct products, the group of units modulo n as an external
direct product, internal direct products, Fundamental Theorem of finite abelian
groups.
20
Group actions, stabilizers and kernels, permutation representation associated

with a given group action, Applications of group actions: Generalized Cayley s
theorem, Index theorem.
Groups acting on themselves by conjugation, class equation and consequences,
conjugacy in Sn, p-groups, Sylow s theorems and consequences, Cauchy s
theorem, Simplicity of An for n 5, non-simplicity tests.
Books Recommended
1999.
4.David S. Dummit and Richard M. Foote, Abstract Algebra, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and
Sons (Asia) Pvt. L td., Singapore, 2004.
5.J.R. Durbin, Modern Algebra, John Wiley & Sons, New York Inc., 2000.
6.D. A. R. Wallace, Groups, Rings and Fields, Springer Verlag London L td., 1998.
DSE-2: Probability and Statistics

Sample space, probability axioms, real random variables (discrete and
continuous), cumulative distribution function, probability mass/density functions,
mathematical expectation, moments, moment generating function, characteristic
function, discrete distributions: uniform, binomial, Poisson, geometric, negative
binomial, continuous distributions: uniform, normal, exponential.
Joint cumulative distribution function and its properties, joint probability density
functions, marginal and conditional distributions, expectation of function of two
random variables, conditional expectations, independent random variables,
bivariate normal distribution, correlation coefficient, joint moment generating
function (jmgf) and calculation of covariance (from jmgf), linear regression for
two variables.
Chebyshev s inequality, statement and interpretation of (weak) law of large
numbers and strong law of large numbers, Central Limit theorem for independent
and identically distributed random variables with finite variance, Markov Chains,
Chapman-Kolmogorov equations, classification of states.
Books Recommended
1. Robert V. Hogg, Joseph W. McKean and Allen T. Craig, Introduction to
Mathematical Statistics, Pearson Education, Asia, 2007.
2. Irwin Miller and Marylees Miller, John E. Freund, Mathematical Statistics with
Applications, 7th Ed., Pearson Education, Asia, 2006.
21
3. Sheldon Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, 9th Ed., Academic Press, Indian
Reprint, 2007.
4. Alexander M. Mood, Franklin A. Graybill and Duane C. Boes, Introduction to the

Theory of Statistics, 3rd Ed., Tata McGraw- Hill, Reprint 2007
SEMESTER- VI
C-13: Metric Spaces and Complex Analysis

Metric spaces: definition and examples. Sequences in metric spaces, Cauchy
sequences. Complete Metric Spaces. Open and closed balls, neighbourhood,
open set, interior of a set. Limit point of a set, closed set, diameter of a set,
Cantor s theorem. Subspaces, dense sets, separable spaces.
Continuous mappings, sequential criterion and other characterizations of
continuity. Uniform continuity. Homeomorphism, Contraction mappings, Banach
Fixed point Theorem. Connectedness, connected subsets of R.
Limits, Limits involving the point at infinity, continuity. Properties of complex
numbers, regions in the complex plane, functions of complex variable, mappings.
Derivatives, differentiation formulas, Cauchy-Riemann equations, sufficient
conditions for differentiability.
Analytic functions, examples of analytic functions, exponential function,
Logarithmic function, trigonometric function, derivatives of functions, definite
integrals of functions. Contours, Contour integrals and its examples, upper
bounds for moduli of contour integrals. CauchyGoursat theorem, Cauchy integral
formula.
L iouville s theorem and the fundamental theorem of algebra. Convergence of
sequences and series, Taylor series and its examples.
L aurent series and its examples, absolute and uniform convergence of power
series.
Books Recommended
1.Satish Shirali and HarikishanL . Vasudeva, Metric Spaces, Springer Verlag, L ondon,
2006.
2.S. K umaresan, Topology of Metric Spaces, 2nd Ed., Narosa Publishing House, 2011.
3.G.F. Simmons, Introduction to Topology and Modern Analysis, McGraw-Hill, 2004.
4.James Ward Brown and Ruel V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 8th Ed.,
McGraw Hill International Edition, 2009.
5.Joseph Bak and Donald J. Newman, Complex Analysis, 2nd Ed., Undergraduate Texts
in Mathematics, Springer-Verlag New Y ork, Inc., NewYork, 1997.
22
C-14: Ring Theory and Linear Algebra II

Polynomial rings over commutative rings, division algorithm and consequences,
principal ideal domains, factorization of polynomials, reducibility tests,
irreducibility tests, Eisenstein criterion, unique factorization in Z[x]. Divisibility in
integral domains, irreducibles, primes, unique factorization domains, Euclidean
domains.
Dual spaces, dual basis, double dual, transpose of a linear transformation and its
matrix in the dual basis, annihilators, Eigen spaces of a linear operator,
diagonalizability, invariant subspaces and Cayley-Hamilton theorem, the minimal
polynomial for a linear operator.
Inner product spaces and norms, Gram-Schmidt orthogonalisation process,
orthogonal complements, Bessel s inequality, the adjoint of a linear operator,
Least Squares Approximation, minimal solutions to systems of linear equations,
Normal and self-adjoint operators, Orthogonal projections and Spectral theorem.
Books Recommended
1999.
4.Stephen H. Friedberg, Arnold J. Insel, Lawrence E. Spence, Linear Algebra, 4th Ed.,
PrenticeHall of India Pvt. L td., New Delhi, 2004.
5.S. Lang, Introduction to Linear Algebra, 2nd Ed., Springer, 2005.

6.Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Thomson, 2007.
5.S. Kumaresan, Linear Algebra- A Geometric Approach, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.
6.Kenneth Hoffman, Ray Alden Kunze, Linear Algebra, 2nd Ed., Prentice-Hall of India
Pvt. Ltd., 1971.
7.S.H. Friedberg, A.L .Insel and L .E. Spence, Linear Algebra, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., 2004.
DSE-3: Theory of Equations

General properties of polynomials, Graphical representation of a polynomial,
maximum and minimum values of a polynomials, General properties of
equations, Descarte s rule of signs positive and negative rule, Relation between
the roots and the coefficients of equations.
Symmetric functions, Applications of symmetric function of the roots,

Transformation of equations. Solutions of reciprocal and binomial equations.
23
Algebraic solutions of the cubic and biquadratic. Properties of the derived

functions.
Symmetric functions of the roots, Newton s theorem on the sums of powers of

roots, homogeneous products, limits of the roots of equations.
Separation of the roots of equations, Strums theorem, Applications of Strum s

theorem, Conditions for reality of the roots of an equation and biquadratic.
Solution of numerical equations.
Books Recommended
1.W.S. Burnside and A.W. Panton, The Theory of Equations, Dublin University Press,
1954.
2.C. C. MacDuffee, Theory of Equations, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1954.
DSE-4: Mechanics
Moment of a force about a point and an axis, couple and couple moment,
Moment of a couple about a line, resultant of a force system, distributed force
system, free body diagram, free body involving interior sections, general
equations of equilibrium, two point equivalent loading, problems arising from
structures, static indeterminacy.
Laws of Coulomb friction, application to simple and complex surface contact
friction problems, transmission of power through belts, screw jack, wedge, first
moment of an area and the centroid, other centers, Theorem of Pappus-Guldinus,
second moments and the product of area of a plane area, transfer theorems,
relation between second moments and products of area, polar moment of area,
principal axes.
Conservative force field, conservation for mechanical energy, work energy
equation, kinetic energy and work kinetic energy expression based on center of
mass, moment of momentum equation for a single particle and a system of
particles, translation and rotation of rigid bodies, Chasles theorem, general
relationship between time derivatives of a vector for different references,
relationship between velocities of a particle for different references, acceleration
of particle for different references.
Books Recommended
1. I.H. Shames and G. Krishna Mohan Rao, Engineering Mechanics: Statics and
Dynamics, (4th Ed.), Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. L td. (Pearson Education), Delhi,
2009.
2. R.C. Hibbeler and Ashok Gupta, Engineering Mechanics: Statics and Dynamics, 11th
Ed., Dorling Kindersley (India) Pvt. L td. (Pearson Education), Delhi.
24
Semester CORE COURSE Ability Enhancement Skill Enhancement Discipline
(12) Compulsory Course Course (SEC) (2) Specific
(AECC) Elective DSE
(4)
(2)
I Differential Calculus AECC1
DSC2A
DSC3A
II Algebra AECC2
C2B
C3B
III Real Analysis SEC1
C2C
C3C
IV Differential SEC2
Equations
C2D
C3D
V SEC3 DSE1A
DSE2A
DSE3A
VI SEC4 DSE1B
DSE2B
DSE3B
1
Discipline Specific Electives (DSE)
DSE 1A (choose one)
1. Mechanics
DSE 1B (choose one)

1. Complex Analysis
SEC 1 (choose one)

1. Analytical Geometry
SEC 2 (choose one)

1. Vector Calculus
SEC 3 (choose one)

1. Probability and Statistics
SEC 4 (choose one)

1. Boolean Algebra
2
Details of Courses under B.Sc. Mathematical Sciences
Course
*Credits
Theory + Practical
Theory + Tutorials
I. Core Course 12×4 = 48

12×5 = 60
(12 Papers)
04 Courses from each of the
03 disciplines of choice
Core Course Practical / Tutorial* 12×2 = 24

12×1 = 12
(12 Practical/ Tutorials*)
04 Courses from each of the
03 Disciplines of choice
II. Elective Course 6×4 = 24

6×5 = 30
(6 Papers)
Two papers from each discipline of choice
including paper of interdisciplinary nature.
Elective Course Practical / Tutorials* 6×2 = 12

6×1 = 6
(6 Practical / Tutorials*)
Two Papers from each discipline of choice
including paper of interdisciplinary nature
• Optional Dissertation or project work in place of one Discipline elective paper (6 credits) in 6th
Semester
1.Ability Enhancement Compulsory 2×2 = 4

2×2 = 4
(2 Papers of 2 credits each)
Environmental Science
English/MIL Communication
3
2. Skill Enhancement Course 4×2 = 8
4×2 = 8
(Skill Based) (4 Papers of 2 credits each)
Total credit = 120

Total credit = 120
Institute should evolve a system/policy about ECA/ General Interest/

Hobby/ Sports/ NCC/ NSS/ related courses on its own.
*wherever there is practical there will be no tutorials and vice-versa
4
SEMESTER-I
DSC -1 (A): Differential Calculus
Limit and Continuity (ε and δ definition), Types of discontinuities, Differentiability of functions,

representation of curves and tracing of parametric curves, Polar coordinates and tracing of curves
Rolle.s theorem, Mean Value Theorems, Taylor’s Theorem with Lagrange’s & Cauchy’s forms
of remainder. Taylor’s series, Maclaurin’s series of sin x, cos x, ex, log(l+x), (l+x)m,
Applications of Mean Value theorems to Monotonic functions and inequalities. Maxima &
Minima. Indeterminate forms.
Books Recommended
5
SEMESTER-II
DSC-1(B): Algebra
Definition and examples of groups, examples of abelian and non-abelian groups, the group Zn of
integers under addition modulo n and the group U(n) of units under multiplication modulo n.
Cyclic groups from number systems, complex roots of unity, circle group, the general linear
group GLn (n,R), groups of symmetries of (i) an isosceles triangle, (ii) an equilateral triangle,
(iii) a rectangle, and (iv) a square, the permutation group Sym (n), Group of quaternions.
Subgroups, cyclic subgroups, the concept of a subgroup generated by a subset and the
commutator subgroup of group, examples of subgroups including the center of a group. Cosets,
Index of subgroup, Lagrange’s theorem, order of an element, Normal subgroups: their definition,
examples, and characterizations, Quotient groups.
Definition and examples of rings, examples of commutative and non-commutative rings: rings
from number systems, Zn the ring of integers modulo n, ring of real quaternions, rings of
matrices, polynomial rings, and rings of continuous functions. Subrings and ideals, Integral
domains and fields, examples of fields: Zp, Q, R, and C. Field of rational functions.
Books Recommended
1. John B. Fraleigh, A First Course in Abstract Algebra, 7th Ed., Pearson, 2002.
2. M. Artin, Abstract Algebra, 2nd Ed., Pearson, 2011.
3. Joseph A Gallian, Contemporary Abstract Algebra, 4th Ed., Narosa, 1999.
4. George E Andrews, Number Theory, Hindustan Publishing Corporation, 1984.
6
SEMESTER III
DSC-1(C): Real Analysis
Finite and infinite sets, examples of countable and uncountable sets. Real line, bounded sets,
suprema and infima, completeness property of R, Archimedean property of R, intervals. Concept
of cluster points and statement of Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem.
Real Sequence, Bounded sequence, Cauchy convergence criterion for sequences. Cauchy’s
theorem on limits, order preservation and squeeze theorem, monotone sequences and their
convergence (monotone convergence theorem without proof).
Infinite series. Cauchy convergence criterion for series, positive term series, geometric series,
comparison test, convergence of p-series, Root test, Ratio test, alternating series, Leibnitz’s test
(Tests of Convergence without proof). Definition and examples of absolute and conditional
convergence.
Sequences and series of functions, Point wise and uniform convergence. Mn-test, M-test,
Statements of the results about uniform convergence and integrability and differentiability of
functions, Power series and radius of convergence.
Books Recommended
1. T. M. Apostol, Calculus (Vol. I), John Wiley and Sons (Asia) P. Ltd., 2002.
2. R.G. Bartle and D. R Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, John Wiley and Sons (Asia) P.
Ltd., 2000.
3. E. Fischer, Intermediate Real Analysis, Springer Verlag, 1983.
4. K.A. Ross, Elementary Analysis- The Theory of Calculus Series- Undergraduate Texts in
Mathematics, Springer Verlag, 2003.
SEC -1: Analytical Geometry
ellipse and hyperbola. Classification of quadratic equations representing lines, parabola, ellipse
and hyperbola. Spheres, Cylindrical surfaces. Illustrations of graphing standard quadric surfaces
Books Recommended
2. H. Anton, I. Bivens and S. Davis, Calculus, John Wiley and Sons (Asia) Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
India Ltd., 1994.
7
SEMESTER-IV
DSE-1(A): Differential Equations
differential equations. Basic theory of linear differential equations, Wronskian, and its
properties.

Classification of second order partial differential equations into elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic
Books Recommended
2. I. Sneddon, Elements of Partial Differential Equations, McGraw-Hill, International Edition,
1967.
SEC -3: Vector Calculus
Differentiation and partial differentiation of a vector function. Derivative of sum, dot product
and cross product of two vectors.
Gradient, divergence and curl.
Books Recommended
8
SEMESTER-V
DSE -1(A): Mechanics
Conditions of equilibrium of a particle and of coplanar forces acting on a rigid Body, Laws of
friction, Problems of equilibrium under forces including friction, Centre of gravity, Work and
potential energy. Velocity and acceleration of a particle along a curve: radial and transverse
components (plane curve), tangential and normal components (space curve), Newton’s Laws of
motion, Simple harmonic motion, Simple Pendulum, Projectile Motion.
Books Recommended
1. A.S. Ramsay, Statics, CBS Publishers and Distributors (Indian Reprint), 1998.
2. A.P. Roberts, Statics and Dynamics with Background in Mathematics, Cambridge University
Press, 2003.
SEC -3: Probability and Statistics
Sample space, probability axioms, real random variables (discrete and continuous), cumulative
distribution function, probability mass/density functions, mathematical expectation, moments,
moment generating function, characteristic function, discrete distributions: uniform, binomial,
Poisson, continuous distributions: uniform, normal, exponential.
Joint cumulative distribution function and its properties, joint probability density functions,
marginal and conditional distributions, expectation of function of two random variables,
conditional expectations, independent random variables.
Books Recommended:
1. Robert V. Hogg, Joseph W. McKean and Allen T. Craig, Introduction to Mathematical

Statistics, Pearson Education, Asia, 2007.
2. Irwin Miller and Marylees Miller, John E. Freund, Mathematical Statistics with Application,
7th Ed., Pearson Education, Asia, 2006.
3. Sheldon Ross, Introduction to Probability Model, 9th Ed., Academic Press, Indian Reprint,
2007.
9
SEMESTER -VI
DSE -1(B): Complex Analysis
Limits, Limits involving the point at infinity, continuity. Properties of complex numbers, regions
in the complex plane, functions of complex variable, mappings. Derivatives, differentiation
formulas, Cauchy-Riemann equations, sufficient conditions for differentiability.
Analytic functions, examples of analytic functions, exponential function, Logarithmic function,

trigonometric function, derivatives of functions, definite integrals of functions. Contours,
Contour integrals and its examples, upper bounds for moduli of contour integrals. Cauchy-
Goursat theorem, Cauchy integral formula.
Liouville’s theorem and the fundamental theorem of algebra. Convergence of sequences and
series, Taylor series and its examples.
Laurent series and its examples, absolute and uniform convergence of power series.
Books Recommended
1. James Ward Brown and Ruel V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 8th Ed.,
McGraw – Hill International Edition, 2009.
2. Joseph Bak and Donald J. Newman, Complex analysis, 2nd Ed., Undergraduate Texts in
Mathematics, Springer-Verlag New York, Inc., New York, 1997.
SEC -4: Boolean Algebra
Definition, examples and basic properties of ordered sets, maps between ordered sets, duality
principle, maximal and minimal elements, lattices as ordered sets, complete lattices, lattices as
algebraic structures, sublattices, products and homomorphisms.
Definition, examples and properties of modular and distributive lattices, Boolean algebras,
Boolean polynomials, minimal forms of Boolean polynomials, Quinn-McCluskey method,
Karnaugh diagrams, switching circuits and applications of switching circuits.
Books Recommended:
1. B A. Davey and H. A. Priestley, Introduction to Lattices and Order, Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge, 1990.
2. Rudolf Lidl and Günter Pilz, Applied Abstract Algebra, 2nd Ed., Undergraduate Texts in
Mathematics, Springer (SIE), Indian reprint, 2004.
10
B. SC. PHYSICS (Honours Course) Syllabus
Department of Physics
Bodoland University
BTAD, Kokrajhar-783370
Assam.
Bodoland University
Curriculum Structures for UG syllabus (B.Sc. Honours)
Total Marks = 2400
SEM-I
Paper Code Course Credit Credit End Sem Marks Internal Total
Distribution Marks Marks
(L+T+P)
PHY-101H C-1: Mathematica 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Phyiscs-I
PHY-102H C-2: Mechanics 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
PHY-101R GE-1: Mechanics 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
COMM-104HR AECC-1: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
English/Hind/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P)
PHY-201H C-3: Electricity & 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Magnetism
PHY-202H C-4: Waves and 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Optics
PHY-201R GE-2: Electriciy, 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Magnetism and
EMT
ENV-204HR AECC-2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Environmental
Science
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-III
(L+T+P)
PHY-301H C-5: Mathmatical 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physics - II
PHY-302H C-6: Thermal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physics
PHY-303H C-7: Digital System 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
and applications
PHY304HR SEC-1 Physics 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
workshop skill
PHY-301R GE-3: Thermal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physics and
statistical
mechanics
Total 26 26 370 80 450
SEM-IV
(L+T+P)
PHY-401H C-8: Mathmatical 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physics - III
PHY-402H C-9: Elements of 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
modern physics
PHY-403H C-10: Analog 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
system &
applications
PHY-404HR SEC-2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Computational
Physics Skill
PHY-401R GE-4: Waves and 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Optics
Total 26 26 370 80 450
SEM-V
(L+T+P)
PHY-501H C-11: Quantum 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Mechanics &
applications
PHY-502H C-12: Solid State 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physics
PHY-503H DSE-1: Advanced 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Mathematical
Physics-I
PHY-504H DSE-2: Nuclear and 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Particle Physics
Total 24 24 320 80 400
SEM-VI
(L+T+P)
PHY-601H C-13: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Electromagnetic
Theory
PHY-602H C-14: Statistical 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Mechanics
PHY-603H DSE-3: Classical 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Dynamics
PHY-604H / DSE-4: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
PHY-604D Experimental or
Technices / 80 for dissertation
Dissertation
Total 24 24 320 80 400
B. Sc. Physics (Honours course) syllabus under CBCS
Sem CORE COURSE (14) Ability Skill Discipline Generic

ester Enhancement Enhancement Specific Elective
Compulsory Course (SEC) Elective (DSE) (GE) (4)
Course (2) (4)
(AECC) (2)
I C1: Mathmatical (English/Hindi/MIL GE-1
Physics-I (4+2) Communication)
C2: Mechanics (4+2)
II C3: Electricity & Environmental GE-2

Magnetism (4+2) Science
C4: Waves and Optics (4+2)
III C5: Mathmatical SEC-1 GE-3

Physics-II (4+2) (Physics
C6:Thermal physics (4+2) workshop skill)
C7: Digital systems and

applications (4+2)
IV C8: Mathmatical SEC-2 GE-4
Physics-III (4+2) (Computational
C9: Elements of modern physics skill)
physics (4+2)
C10: Analog systems &
applications (4+2)
V C11: Quantum DSE-1:
Mechanics & Advanced
applications (4+2) Mathematical
Physics-I
(4+2)
C12:Solid State Physics DSE-2:
(4+2) Nuclear and
Particle
Physics (5+1)
VI C13: Electromagnetic DSE-3:
Theory (4+2) Classical
Dynamics
(5+1)
C14: Statistical DSE-4:
Mechanics (4+2) Experimental
Techniques
(4+2) or
Dissertation
(6)
Note: Physics student must opt at least two generic elective papers from mathematics to pursue
M.Sc.in physics.
List of Physics generic elective for other discipline:
GE-1: Mechanics (4) + Lab (2)

GE-2: Electricity, Magnetism and EMT (4) + Lab (2)
GE-3: Thermal Physics and Statistical Mechanics (4) + Lab (2)
GE-4: Waves and Optics (4) + Lab (2)
List of Discipline specific elective (DSE):
DSE-1: Advanced Mathematical Physics-I (4+2)

DSE-2: Nuclear and Particle Physics (5+1)
DSE-3: Classical Dynamics (5+1)
DSE-4: Experimental Techniques (4+2) or Dissertation (6)
List of Skill Enhancement Course (SEC):

SEC -1: Physics Workshop Skill (2)
SEC–2: Computational Physics Skill (2)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 1: MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS-I

Theory: 60 Lectures
Calculus:
Recapitulation: Limits, continuity, average and instantaneous quantities,differentiation.
Plotting functions. Intuitive ideas of continuous, differentiable, etc. functions and
plotting of curves. Approximation: Taylor and binomial series (statements only).
(2 Lectures)
First Order and Second Order Differential equations: First Order Differential Equations
and Integrating Factor. Homogeneous Equations with constant coefficients. Wronskian
and general solution. Statement of existence and Uniqueness Theorem for Initial Value
Problems. Particular Integral. (13 Lectures)
Calculus of functions of more than one variable: Partial derivatives, exact and inexact
differentials. Integrating factor, with simple illustration. Constrained Maximization
using Lagrange Multipliers. (6 Lectures)
Vector Calculus:
Recapitulation of vectors: Properties of vectors under rotations. Scalar product and
its invariance under rotations. Vector product, Scalar triple product and their
interpretation in terms of area and volume respectively. Scalar and Vector fields.
(5 Lectures)
Vector Differentiation: Directional derivatives and normal derivative. Gradient of a

scalar field and its geometrical interpretation. Divergence and curl of a vector field. Del
and Laplacian operators. Vector identities. (8 Lectures)
Vector Integration: Ordinary Integrals of Vectors. Multiple integrals, Jacobian. Notion

of infinitesimal line, surface and volume elements. Line, surface and volume integrals
of Vector fields. Flux of a vector field. Gauss' divergence theorem, Green's and Stokes
Theorems and their applications (no rigorous proofs). (14 Lectures)
Orthogonal Curvilinear Coordinates:

Orthogonal Curvilinear Coordinates. Derivation of Gradient, Divergence, Curl and
Laplacian in Cartesian, Spherical and Cylindrical Coordinate Systems. (6 Lectures)
1
Introduction to probability:
Independent random variables: Probability distribution functions; binomial, Gaussian,
and Poisson, with examples. Mean and variance.
Dependent events: Conditional Probability. Bayes' Theorem and the idea of hypothesis
testing. (4 Lectures)
Dirac Delta function and its properties:

Definition of Dirac delta function. Representation as limit of a Gaussian function and
rectangular function. Properties of Dirac delta function. (2 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Mathematical Methods for Physicists, G.B. Arfken, H.J. Weber, F.E. Harris, 2013,
7th Edn., Elsevier.
 An introduction to ordinary differential equations, E.A. Coddington, 2009, PHI learning
 Differential Equations, George F. Simmons, 2007, McGraw Hill.
 Mathematical Tools for Physics, James Nearing, 2010, Dover Publications.
 Mathematical methods for Scientists and Engineers, D.A. McQuarrie, 2003, Viva Book
 Advanced Engineering Mathematics, D.G. Zill and W.S. Wright, 5 Ed., 2012, Jones
and Bartlett Learning
 Mathematical Physics, Goswami, 1st edition, Cengage Learning
 Engineering Mathematics, S.Pal and S.C. Bhunia, 2015, Oxford University Press
 Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Erwin Kreyszig, 2008, Wiley India.
 Essential Mathematical Methods, K.F.Riley & M.P.Hobson, 2011, Cambridge Univ. Press
PHYSICS - C 1 LAB:
60 Lectures
The aim of this Lab is not just to teach computer programming and numerical analysis
but to emphasize its role in solving problems in Physics.
 Highlights the use of computational methods to solve physical problems
 The course will consist of lectures (both theory and practical) in the Lab
 Evaluation done not on the programming but on the basis of formulating the problem
 Aim at teaching students to construct the computational problem to be solved
 Students can use any one operating system Linux or Microsoft Windows
Topics Description with Applications
Introduction and Overview Computer architecture and organization, memory and
Input/output devices
2
Basics of scientific computing Binary and decimal arithmetic, Floating point numbers,
algorithms, Sequence, Selection and Repetition, single
and double precision arithmetic, underflow &overflow-
emphasize the importance of making equations in terms
of dimensionless variables, Iterative methods
Errors and error Analysis Truncation and round off errors, Absolute and relative
errors, Floating point computations.
Introduction to Programming, constants, variables and
data types, operators and Expressions, I/O statements,
scanf and printf, c in and c out, Manipulators for data
formatting, Control statements (decision making and
Review of C & C++ Programming looping statements) (If‐statement. If‐else Statement.
fundamentals Nested if Structure. Else‐if Statement. Ternary Operator.
Goto Statement. Switch Statement. Unconditional and
Conditional Looping. While Loop. Do-While Loop. FOR
Loop. Break and Continue Statements. Nested Loops),
Arrays (1D & 2D) and strings, user defined functions,
Structures and Unions, Idea of classes and objects
Programs: Sum & average of a list of numbers, largest of a given
list of numbers and its location in the list, sorting of
numbers in ascending descending order, Binary search
Random number generation Area of circle, area of square, volume of sphere, value
of pi (π)
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Solution of linear and quadratic equation, solving
equations by Bisection, Newton Raphson 2
 sin   in optics
and Secant methods   tan  ; I  I 0  
  
Interpolation by Newton Gregory Forward Evaluation of trigonometric functions e.g. sin ș, cos ș,
and Backward difference formula, Error tan ș, etc.
estimation of linear interpolation
Numerical differentiation (Forward and Given Position with equidistant time data to calculate
Backward difference formula) and velocity and acceleration and vice versa. Find the area of
Integration (Trapezoidal and Simpson B-H Hysteresis loop
rules), Monte Carlo method
3
Solution of Ordinary Differential First order differential equation
Equations (ODE)  Radioactive decay
 Current in RC, LC circuits with DC source
First order Differential equation Euler,
 Newton’s law of cooling
modified Euler and Runge-Kutta (RK)
 Classical equations of motion
second and fourth order methods
Attempt following problems using RK 4 order method:
 Solve the coupled differential equations
;
for four initial conditions
x(0) = 0, y(0) = -1, -2, -3, -4.
Plot x vs y for each of the four initial conditions on
the same screen for 0  t  15
The differential equation describing the motion of a
pendulum is sin . The pendulum is released
from rest at an angular displacement , i. e.
 . Solve the equation for  = 0.1, 0.5
and 1.0 and plot as a function of time in the range 0  t
 8. Also plot the analytic solution valid for small
sin
Referred Books:
 Introduction to Numerical Analysis, S.S. Sastry, 5th Edn. , 2012, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Schaum's Outline of Programming with C++. J. Hubbard, 2 0 0 0 , McGraw‐Hill Pub.
 Numerical Recipes in C: The Art of Scientific Computing, W.H. Pressetal, 3 rd Edn.
, 2007, Cambridge University Press.
 A first course in Numerical Methods, U.M. Ascher & C. Greif, 2012, PHI Learning.
 Elementary Numerical Analysis, K.E. Atkinson, 3 r d E d n . , 2 0 0 7 , Wiley India Edition.
 Numerical Methods for Scientists & Engineers, R.W. Hamming, 1973, Courier Dover Pub.
 An Introduction to computational Physics, T.Pang, 2 nd Edn. , 2006,Cambridge Univ. Press
 Computational Physics, Darren Walker, 1st Edn., 2015, Scientific International Pvt. Ltd.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 2: MECHANICS
Theory: 60 Lectures
Fundamentals of Dynamics: Reference frames. Inertial frames; Review of Newton’s

Laws of Motion. Galilean transformations; Galilean invariance. Momentum of variable-
mass system: motion of rocket. Motion of a projectile in Uniform gravitational field
Dynamics of a system of particles. Centre of Mass. Principle of conservation of
momentum. Impulse. (6 Lectures)
4
Work and Energy: Work and Kinetic Energy Theorem. Conservative and non-
conservative forces. Potential Energy. Energy diagram. Stable and unstable equilibrium.
Elastic potential energy. Force as gradient of potential energy. Work & Potential energy.
Work done by non-conservative forces. Law of conservation of Energy. (4 Lectures)
Collisions: Elastic and inelastic collisions between particles. Centre of Mass and
Laboratory frames. (3 Lectures)
Rotational Dynamics: Angular momentum of a particle and system of particles.

Torque. Principle of conservation of angular momentum. Rotation about a fixed axis.
Moment of Inertia. Calculation of moment of inertia for rectangular, cylindrical and
spherical bodies. Kinetic energy of rotation. Motion involving both translation and
rotation. (12 Lectures)
Elasticity: Relation between Elastic constants. Twisting torque on a Cylinder or Wire.

(3 Lectures)
Fluid Motion: Kinematics of Moving Fluids: Poiseuille’s Equation for Flow of a Liquid
through a Capillary Tube. (2 Lectures)
Gravitation and Central Force Motion: Law of gravitation. Gravitational potential

energy. Inertial and gravitational mass. Potential and field due to spherical shell and
solid sphere. (3 Lectures)
Motion of a particle under a central force field. Two-body problem and its reduction to
one-body problem and its solution. The energy equation and energy diagram. Kepler’s
Laws. Satellite in circular orbit and applications. Geosynchronous orbits.
Weightlessness. Basic idea of global positioning system (GPS).
(6 Lectures)
Oscillations: SHM: Simple Harmonic Oscillations. Differential equation of SHM and its
solution. Kinetic energy, potential energy, total energy and their time-average values.
Damped oscillation. Forced oscillations: Transient and steady states; Resonance,
sharpness of resonance; power dissipation and Quality Factor. (7 Lectures)
Non-Inertial Systems: Non-inertial frames and fictitious forces. Uniformly rotating

frame. Laws of Physics in rotating coordinate systems. Centrifugal force. Coriolis force
and its applications. Components of Velocity and Acceleration in Cylindrical and
Spherical Coordinate Systems. (4 Lectures)
Special Theory of Relativity: Michelson-Morley Experiment and its outcome.

Postulates of Special Theory of Relativity. Lorentz Transformations. Simultaneity and
order of events. Lorentz contraction. Time dilation. Relativistic transformation of
velocity, frequency and wave number. Relativistic addition of velocities. Variation of
mass with velocity. Massless Particles. Mass-energy Equivalence. Relativistic Doppler
effect. Relativistic Kinematics. Transformation of Energy and Momentum. (10 Lectures)
5
Reference Books:
 An introduction to mechanics, D. Kleppner, R.J. Kolenkow, 1973, McGraw-Hill.
 Mechanics, Berkeley Physics, vol.1, C.Kittel, W.Knight, et.al. 2007, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 Physics, Resnick, Halliday and Walker 8/e. 2008, Wiley.
 Analytical Mechanics, G.R. Fowles and G.L. Cassiday. 2005, Cengage Learning.
 Feynman Lectures, Vol. I, R.P.Feynman, R.B.Leighton, M.Sands, 2008, Pearson Education
 Introduction to Special Relativity, R. Resnick, 2005, John Wiley and Sons.
 University Physics, Ronald Lane Reese, 2003, Thomson Brooks/Cole.
Additional Books for Reference
 Mechanics, D.S. Mathur, S. Chand and Company Limited, 2000
 University Physics. F.W Sears, M.W Zemansky, H.D Young 13/e, 1986, Addison Wesley
 Physics for scientists and Engineers with Modern Phys., J.W. Jewett, R.A. Serway,
2010, Cengage Learning
 Theoretical Mechanics, M.R. Spiegel, 2006, Tata McGraw Hill.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS - C 2 LAB 60
Lectures
1. Measurements of length (or diameter) using vernier caliper, screw gauge and
travelling microscope.
2. To study the random error in observations.
3. To determine the height of a building using a Sextant.
4. To study the Motion of Spring and calculate (a) Spring constant, (b) g and (c)
Modulus of rigidity.
5. To determine the Moment of Inertia of a Flywheel.
6. To determine g and velocity for a freely falling body using Digital Timing Technique
7. To determine Coefficient of Viscosity of water by Capillary Flow Method
(Poiseuille’s method).
8. To determine the Young's Modulus of a Wire by Optical Lever Method.
9. To determine the Modulus of Rigidity of a Wire by Maxwell’s needle.
10. To determine the elastic Constants of a wire by Searle’s method.
11. To determine the value of g using Bar Pendulum.
12. To determine the value of g using Kater’s Pendulum.
Reference Books
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B. L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971, Asia
Publishing House
 Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn, 4th Edition,
reprinted 1985, Heinemann Educational Publishers
 A Text Book of Practical Physics, I.Prakash & Ramakrishna, 11th Edn, 2011, Kitab Mahal
 Engineering Practical Physics, S.Panigrahi & B.Mallick,2015, Cengage Learning
India Pvt. Ltd.
 Practical Physics, G.L. Squires, 2015, 4th Edition, Cambridge University Press.
6
GE - 1: MECHANICS
Theory: 60 Lectures
Vectors: Vector algebra. Scalar and vector products. Derivatives of a vector with
respect to a parameter. (4 Lectures)
Ordinary Differential Equations: 1st order homogeneous differential equations. 2nd

order homogeneous differential equations with constant coefficients. (6 Lectures)
Laws of Motion: Frames of reference. Newton’s Laws of motion. Dynamics of a

system of particles. Centre of Mass. (10 Lectures)
Momentum and Energy: Conservation of momentum. Work and energy.

Conservation of energy. Motion of rockets. (6 Lectures)
Rotational Motion: Angular velocity and angular momentum. Torque. Conservation

of angular momentum. (5 Lectures)
Gravitation: Newton’s Law of Gravitation. Motion of a particle in a central force

field (motion is in a plane, angular momentum is conserved, areal velocity is
constant). Kepler’s Laws (statement only). Satellite in circular orbit and
applications. Geosynchronous orbits. Basic idea of global positioning
system (GPS). Weightlessness. Physiological effects on astronauts.
(8 Lectures)
Oscillations: Simple harmonic motion. Differential equation of SHM and its

solutions. Kinetic and Potential Energy, Total Energy and their time averages.
Damped oscillations. (6 Lectures)
Elasticity: Hooke’s law - Stress-strain diagram - Elastic moduli-Relation between

elastic constants - Poisson’s Ratio-Expression for Poisson’s ratio in terms of elastic
constants - Work done in stretching and work done in twisting a wire - Twisting
couple on a cylinder - Determination of Rigidity modulus by static torsion - Torsional
pendulum-Determination of Rigidity modulus and moment of inertia - q, Ș and  by
Searles method. (8 Lectures)
Special Theory of Relativity: Constancy of speed of light. Postulates of Special
Theory of Relativity. Length contraction. Time dilation. Relativistic addition of
velocities. (7 Lectures) .
7
 Reference Books:
 University Physics. F.W. Sears, M.W. Zemansky and H.D. Young, 13/e, 1986.
Addison-Wesley
 Mechanics Berkeley Physics, v.1: Charles Kittel, et. al. 2007, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 Physics – Resnick, Halliday & Walker 9/e, 2010, Wiley
 Engineering Mechanics, Basudeb Bhattacharya, 2nd edn., 2015, Oxford
University Press
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GE - 1 LAB: MECHANICS
60 Lectures
2. To determine the Height of a Building using a Sextant.
6. To determine the Elastic Constants of a Wire by Searle’s method.
7. To determine g by Bar Pendulum.
8. To determine g by Kater’s Pendulum.
9. To study the Motion of a Spring and calculate (a) Spring Constant, (b) g.
Reference Books:
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971,
Asia Publishing House.
 Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn, 4th
Edition, reprinted 1985, Heinemann Educational Publishers.
 Engineering Practical Physics, S.Panigrahi & B.Mallick,2015, Cengage
Learning India Pvt. Ltd.
 A Text Book of Practical Physics, Indu Prakash and Ramakrishna, 11th
Edition, 2011, Kitab Mahal, New Delhi.
8
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester II
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 3: ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM
Theory: 60 Lectures
Electric Field and Electric Potential

Electric field: Electric field lines. Electric flux. Gauss’ Law with applications to charge
distributions with spherical, cylindrical and planar symmetry. (6 Lectures)
Conservative nature of Electrostatic Field. Electrostatic Potential. Laplace’s and Poisson

equations. The Uniqueness Theorem. Potential and Electric Field of a dipole. Force and
Torque on a dipole. (6 Lectures)
Electrostatic energy of system of charges. Electrostatic energy of a charged sphere.

Conductors in an electrostatic Field. Surface charge and force on a conductor.
Capacitance of a system of charged conductors. Parallel-plate capacitor. Capacitance of
an isolated conductor. Method of Images and its application to: (1) Plane Infinite Sheet
and (2) Sphere. (10 Lectrures)
Dielectric Properties of Matter: Electric Field in matter. Polarization,

Polarization Charges. Electrical Susceptibility and Dielectric Constant. Capacitor
(parallel plate, spherical, cylindrical) filled with dielectric. Displacement vector D.
Relations between E, P and D. Gauss’ Law in dielectrics. (8 Lectures)
Magnetic Field: Magnetic force between current elements and definition of Magnetic
FieldB. Biot-Savart’s Law and its simple applications: straight wire and circular loop.
Current Loop as a Magnetic Dipole and its Dipole Moment (Analogy with Electric
Dipole). Ampere’s Circuital Law and its application to (1) Solenoid and (2) Toroid.
Properties of B: curl and divergence. Vector Potential. Magnetic Force on (1) point
charge (2) current carrying wire (3) between current elements. Torque on a current loop
in a uniform Magnetic Field. (9 Lectures)
Magnetic Properties of Matter: Magnetization vector (M). Magnetic Intensity(H).

Magnetic Susceptibility and permeability. Relation between B, H, M. Ferromagnetism.
B-H curve and hysteresis. (4 Lectures)
Electromagnetic Induction: Faraday’s Law. Lenz’s Law. Self Inductance and Mutual
Inductance. Reciprocity Theorem. Energy stored in a Magnetic Field. Introduction to
Maxwell’s Equations. Charge Conservation and Displacement current. (6 Lectures)
Electrical Circuits: AC Circuits: Kirchhoff’s laws for AC circuits. Complex Reactance

and Impedance. Series LCR Circuit: (1) Resonance, (2) Power Dissipation and(3)
9
Quality Factor, and (4) Band Width. Parallel LCR Circuit. (4 Lectures)
Network theorems: Ideal Constant-voltage and Constant-current Sources. Network

Theorems: Thevenin theorem, Norton theorem, Superposition theorem, Reciprocity
theorem, Maximum Power Transfer theorem. Applications to dc circuits. (4 Lectures)
Ballistic Galvanometer: Torque on a current Loop. Ballistic Galvanometer: Current

and Charge Sensitivity. Electromagnetic damping. Logarithmic damping. CDR.
(3 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Electricity, Magnetism & Electromagnetic Theory, S. Mahajan and Choudhury,
2012, Tata McGraw
 Electricity and Magnetism, Edward M. Purcell, 1986 McGraw-Hill Education
 Introduction to Electrodynamics, D.J. Griffiths, 3rd Edn., 1998, Benjamin Cummings.
 Feynman Lectures Vol.2, R.P.Feynman, R.B.Leighton, M. Sands, 2008, Pearson Education
 Elements of Electromagnetics, M.N.O. Sadiku, 2010, Oxford University Press.
 Electricity and Magnetism, J.H.Fewkes & J.Yarwood. Vol. I, 1991, Oxford Univ. Press.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS - C 3 LAB
60 Lectures
1. Use a Multimeter for measuring (a) Resistances, (b) AC and DC Voltages, (c) DC
Current, (d) Capacitances, and (e) Checking electrical fuses.
2. To study the characteristics of a series RC Circuit.
3. To determine an unknown Low Resistance using Potentiometer.
4. To determine an unknown Low Resistance using Carey Foster’s Bridge.
5. To compare capacitances using De’Sauty’s bridge.
6. Measurement of field strength B and its variation in a solenoid (determine dB/dx)
7. To verify the Thevenin and Norton theorems.
8. To verify the Superposition, and Maximum power transfer theorems.
9. To determine self inductance of a coil by Anderson’s bridge.
10. To study response curve of a Series LCR circuit and determine its (a) Resonant
frequency, (b) Impedance at resonance, (c) Quality factor Q, and (d) Band width.
11. To study the response curve of a parallel LCR circuit and determine its (a) Anti-
resonant frequency and (b) Quality factor Q.
12. Measurement of charge and current sensitivity and CDR of Ballistic
Galvanometer
13. Determine a high resistance by leakage method using Ballistic Galvanometer.
14. To determine self-inductance of a coil by Rayleigh’s method.
15. To determine the mutual inductance of two coils by Absolute method.
Reference Books
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971, Asia
Publishing House
 A Text Book of Practical Physics, I.Prakash & Ramakrishna, 11th Ed., 2011, Kitab Mahal
10
 Engineering Practical Physics, S.Panigrahi and B.Mallick, 2015, Cengage Learning.
 A Laboratory Manual of Physics for undergraduate classes, D.P.Khandelwal, 1985, Vani Pub.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 4: WAVES AND OPTICS

Theory: 60 Lectures
Superposition of Collinear Harmonic oscillations: Linearity and Superposition

Principle. Superposition of two collinear oscillations having (1) equal frequencies and
(2) different frequencies (Beats). Superposition of N collinear Harmonic Oscillations
with (1) equal phase differences and (2) equal frequency differences. (5 Lectures)
Superposition of two perpendicular Harmonic Oscillations: Graphical and Analytical

Methods. Lissajous Figures with equal an unequal frequency and their uses.
(2 Lectures)
Wave Motion: Plane and Spherical Waves. Longitudinal and Transverse Waves. Plane
Progressive (Travelling) Waves. Wave Equation. Particle and Wave Velocities.
Differential Equation. Pressure of a Longitudinal Wave. Energy Transport. Intensity of
Wave. Water Waves: Ripple and Gravity Waves. (4 Lectures)
Velocity of Waves: Velocity of Transverse Vibrations of Stretched Strings. Velocity of

Longitudinal Waves in a Fluid in a Pipe. Newton’s Formula for Velocity of Sound.
Laplace’s Correction. (6 Lectures)
Superposition of Two Harmonic Waves: Standing (Stationary) Waves in a String:

Fixed and Free Ends. Analytical Treatment. Phase and Group Velocities. Changes with
respect to Position and Time. Energy of Vibrating String. Transfer of Energy. Normal
Modes of Stretched Strings. Plucked and Struck Strings. Melde’s Experiment.
Longitudinal Standing Waves and Normal Modes. Open and Closed Pipes.
Superposition of N Harmonic Waves. (7 Lectures)
Wave Optics: Electromagnetic nature of light. Definition and properties of wave front.
Huygens Principle. Temporal and Spatial Coherence. (3 Lectures)
Interference: Division of amplitude and wavefront. Young’s double slit experiment.

Lloyd’s Mirror and Fresnel’s Biprism. Phase change on reflection: Stokes’ treatment.
Interference in Thin Films: parallel and wedge-shaped films. Fringes of equal inclination
(Haidinger Fringes); Fringes of equal thickness (Fizeau Fringes). Newton’s Rings:
Measurement of wavelength and refractive index. (9 Lectures)
Interferometer: Michelson Interferometer-(1) Idea of form of fringes (No theory

required), (2) Determination of Wavelength, (3) Wavelength Difference, (4) Refractive
Index, and (5) Visibility of Fringes. Fabry-Perot interferometer. (4 Lectures)
11
Diffraction: Kirchhoff’s Integral Theorem, Fresnel-Kirchhoff’s Integral formula.
(Qualitative discussion only) (2 Lectures)
Fraunhofer diffraction: Single slit. Circular aperture, Resolving Power of a telescope.

Double slit. Multiple slits. Diffraction grating. Resolving power of grating. (8 Lectures)
Fresnel Diffraction: Fresnel’s Assumptions. Fresnel’s Half-Period Zones for Plane

Wave. Explanation of Rectilinear Propagation of Light. Theory of a Zone Plate: Multiple
Foci of a Zone Plate. Fresnel’s Integral, Fresnel diffraction pattern of a straight edge, a
slit and a wire. (7 Lectures)
Holography: Principle of Holography. Recording and Reconstruction Method. Theory

of Holography as Interference between two Plane Waves. Point source holograms.
Reference Books (3 Lectures)
 Waves: Berkeley Physics Course, vol. 3, Francis Crawford, 2007, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 Fundamentals of Optics, F.A. Jenkins and H.E. White, 1981, McGraw-Hill
 Principles of Optics, Max Born and Emil Wolf, 7th Edn., 1999, Pergamon Press.
 Optics, Ajoy Ghatak, 2008, Tata McGraw Hill
 The Physics of Vibrations and Waves, H. J. Pain, 2013, John Wiley and Sons.
 The Physics of Waves and Oscillations, N.K. Bajaj, 1998, Tata McGraw Hill.
 Fundamental of Optics, A. Kumar, H.R. Gulati and D.R. Khanna, 2011, R. Chand
Publications.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS - C 4 LAB
60 Lectures
1. To determine the frequency of an electric tuning fork by Melde’s experiment and
verify λ2 –T law.
2. To investigate the motion of coupled oscillators.
3. To study Lissajous Figures.
4. Familiarization with: Schuster`s focusing; determination of angle of prism.
5. To determine refractive index of the Material of a prism using sodium source.
6. To determine the dispersive power and Cauchy constants of the material of a
prism using mercury source.
7. To determine the wavelength of sodium source using Michelson’s interferometer.
8. To determine wavelength of sodium light using Fresnel Biprism.
9. To determine wavelength of sodium light using Newton’s Rings.
10. To determine the thickness of a thin paper by measuring the width of the
interference fringes produced by a wedge-shaped Film.
11. To determine wavelength of (1) Na source and (2) spectral lines of Hg source
using plane diffraction grating.
12. To determine dispersive power and resolving power of a plane diffraction grating.
Reference Books
Publishing House
 A Text Book of Practical Physics, I. Prakash & Ramakrishna, 11th Ed., 2011, Kitab
Mahal
 Advanced level Physics Practicals, Michael Nelson and Jon M. Ogborn, 4th Edition, reprinted
1985, Heinemann Educational Publishers
 A Laboratory Manual of Physics for undergraduate classes, D.P.Khandelwal, 1985, Vani Pub.
12
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GE - 2: ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM and EMT

Theory: 60 Lectures
Vector Analysis: Review of vector algebra (Scalar and Vector product), gradient,
divergence, Curl and their significance, Vector Integration, Line, surface and volume
integrals of Vector fields, Gauss-divergence theorem and Stoke's theorem of vectors
(statement only).
(12 Lectures)
Electrostatics: Electrostatic Field, electric flux, Gauss's theorem of electrostatics.

Applications of Gauss theorem- Electric field due to point charge, infinite line of
charge, uniformly charged spherical shell and solid sphere, plane charged sheet,
charged conductor. Electric potential as line integral of electric field, potential due to
a point charge, electric dipole, uniformly charged spherical shell and solid sphere.
Calculation of electric field from potential. Capacitance of an isolated spherical
conductor. Parallel plate, spherical and cylindrical condenser. Energy per unit volume
in electrostatic field. Dielectric medium, Polarisation, Displacement vector. Gauss's
theorem in dielectrics. Parallel plate capacitor completely filled with dielectric.
(22 Lectures)
Magnetism:
Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart's law and its applications- straight conductor, circular
coil, solenoid carrying current. Divergence and curl of magnetic field. Magnetic
vector potential. Ampere's circuital law.
Magnetic properties of materials: Magnetic intensity, magnetic induction,
permeability, magnetic susceptibility. Brief introduction of dia-, para-and ferro-
magnetic materials. (10 Lectures)
Electromagnetic Induction: Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction, Lenz's

law, self and mutual inductance, L of single coil, M of two coils. Energy stored in
magnetic field. (6 Lectures)
Maxwell`s equations and Electromagnetic wave propagation: Equation of

continuity of current, Displacement current, Maxwell's equations, Poynting vector,
energy density in electromagnetic field, electromagnetic wave propagation through
vacuum and isotropic dielectric medium, transverse nature of EM waves, polarization.
Reference Books: (10 Lectures)
 Electricity and Magnetism, Edward M. Purcell, 1986, McGraw-Hill Education
 Electricity & Magnetism, J.H. Fewkes & J.Yarwood. Vol. I, 1991, Oxford Univ. Press
 Electricity and Magnetism, D C Tayal, 1988, Himalaya Publishing House.
 D.J.Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, 3rd Edn, 1998, Benjamin Cummings.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13
GE - 2 LAB: ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM and EMT
60 Lectures
1. To use a Multimeter for measuring (a) Resistances, (b) AC and DC Voltages,

(c) DC Current, and (d) checking electrical fuses.
2. Ballistic Galvanometer:
(i) Measurement of charge and current sensitivity
(ii) Measurement of CDR
(iii) Determine a high resistance by Leakage Method
(iv) To determine Self Inductance of a Coil by Rayleigh’s Method.
4. Measurement of field strength B and its variation in a Solenoid (Determine dB/dx)
5. To study the Characteristics of a Series RC Circuit.
6. To study a series LCR circuit LCR circuit and determine its (a) Resonant
frequency, (b) Quality factor
7. To study a parallel LCR circuit and determine its (a) Anti-resonant frequency and
(b) Quality factor Q
8. To determine a Low Resistance by Carey Foster’s Bridge.
9. To verify the Thevenin and Norton theorems
10. To verify the Superposition, and Maximum Power Transfer Theorems
Reference Books
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L.Flint & H.T.Worsnop, 1971,

Edition, reprinted 1985, Heinemann Educational Publishers
 A Text Book of Practical Physics, I.Prakash & Ramakrishna, 11th Ed.2011, Kitab Mahal
 Engineering Practical Physics, S.Panigrahi & B.Mallick,2015, Cengage Learning India
Pvt. Ltd.
14
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester III
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 5: MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS-II

Theory: 60 Lectures
Fourier Series: Periodic functions. Orthogonality of sine and cosine functions, Dirichlet
Conditions (Statement only). Expansion of periodic functions in a series of sine and
cosine functions and determination of Fourier coefficients. Complex representation
of Fourier series. Expansion of functions with arbitrary period. Expansion of non-
periodic functions over an interval. Even and odd functions and their Fourier
expansions. Application. Summing of Infinite Series. Term-by-Term differentiation
and integration of Fourier Series. Parseval Identity. (10 Lectures)
Frobenius Method and Special Functions: Singular Points of Second Order Linear
Differential Equations and their importance. Frobenius method and its applications to
differential equations. Legendre, Bessel, Hermite and Laguerre Differential Equations.
Properties of Legendre Polynomials: Rodrigues Formula, Generating Function,
Orthogonality. Simple recurrence relations. Expansion of function in a series of
Legendre Polynomials. Bessel Functions of the First Kind: Generating Function, simple
recurrence relations. Zeros of Bessel Functions (Jo(x) and J1(x))and Orthogonality.
(24 Lectures)
Some Special Integrals: Beta and Gamma Functions and Relation between them.
Expression of Integrals in terms of Gamma Functions. Error Function (Probability
Integral). (4 Lectures)
Theory of Errors: Systematic and Random Errors. Propagation of Errors. Normal Law
of Errors. Standard and Probable Error. Least-squares fit. Error on the slope and
intercept of a fitted line. (6 Lectures)
Partial Differential Equations: Solutions to partial differential equations, using

separation of variables: Laplace's Equation in problems of rectangular, cylindrical and
spherical symmetry. Wave equation and its solution for vibrational modes of a stretched
string, rectangular and circular membranes. Diffusion Equation. (14 Lectures)
15
Reference Books:
 Mathematical Methods for Physicists: Arfken, Weber, 2005, Harris, Elsevier.
 Fourier Analysis by M.R. Spiegel, 2004, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 Mathematics for Physicists, Susan M. Lea, 2004, Thomson Brooks/Cole.
 Differential Equations, George F. Simmons, 2006, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 Partial Differential Equations for Scientists & Engineers, S.J. Farlow, 1993, Dover Pub.
 Engineering Mathematics, S.Pal and S.C. Bhunia, 2015, Oxford University Press
 Mathematical methods for Scientists & Engineers, D.A. McQuarrie, 2003, Viva Books
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS - C 5 LAB
60 Lectures
The aim of this Lab is to use the computational methods to solve physical problems.
Course will consist of lectures (both theory and practical) in the Lab. Evaluation done
not on the programming but on the basis of formulating the problem

Introduction to Numerical computation Introduction to Scilab, Advantages and disadvantages,
software Scilab Scilab environment, Command window, Figure
window, Edit window, Variables and arrays, Initialising
variables in Scilab, Multidimensional arrays, Subarray,
Special values, Displaying output data, data file, Scalar
and array operations, Hierarchy of operations, Built in
Scilab functions, Introduction to plotting, 2D and 3D
plotting (2), Branching Statements and program design,
Relational & logical operators, the while loop, for loop,
details of loop operations, break & continue statements,
nested loops, logical arrays and vectorization (2) User
defined functions, Introduction to Scilab functions,
Variable passing in Scilab, optional arguments,
preserving data between calls to a function, Complex
and Character data, string function, Multidimensional
arrays (2) an introduction to Scilab file processing, file
opening and closing, Binary I/o functions, comparing
binary and formatted functions, Numerical methods and
developing the skills of writing a program (2).
Curve fitting, Least square fit, Goodness Ohms law to calculate R, Hooke’s law to calculate spring
of fit, standard deviation constant
Solution of Linear system of equations
by Gauss elimination method and Gauss Solution of mesh equations of electric circuits (3 meshes)
Seidal method. Diagonalization of
Solution of coupled spring mass systems (3 masses)
matrices, Inverse of a matrix, Eigen
vectors, eigen values problems
16
Generation of Special functions using Generating and plotting Legendre Polynomials
User defined functions in Scilab Generating and plotting Bessel function
Solution of ODE First order differential equation
 Radioactive decay
First order Differential equation Euler,  Current in RC, LC circuits with DC source
modified Euler and Runge-Kutta second  Newton’s law of cooling
order methods  Classical equations of motion
Second order Differential Equation
Second order differential equation  Harmonic oscillator (no friction)
Fixed difference method  Damped Harmonic oscillator
 Over damped
 Critical damped
 Oscillatory
 Forced Harmonic oscillator
 Transient and
 Steady state solution
 Apply above to LCR circuits also
 Solve
with the boundary conditions at
, , . ,
in the range . Plot y and against x in the
given range on the same graph.
Partial Differential Equation:

Partial differential equations  Wave equation
 Heat equation
 Poisson equation
 Laplace equation
Using Scicos / xcos  Generating square wave, sine wave, saw tooth wave
 Solution to harmonic oscillator
 Study of beat phenomenon
 Phase space plots
Reference Books:
 Mathematical Methods for Physics and Engineers, K.F Riley, M.P. Hobson and S. J.
Bence, 3rd ed., 2006, Cambridge University Press
 Complex Variables, A.S. Fokas & M.J. Ablowitz, 8th Ed., 2011, Cambridge Univ. Press
 First course in complex analysis with applications, D.G. Zill and P.D. Shanahan,
1940, Jones & Bartlett
 Computational Physics, D.Walker, 1st Edn., 2015, Scientific International Pvt. Ltd.
 A Guide to MATLAB, B.R. Hunt, R.L. Lipsman, J.M. Rosenberg, 2014, 3rd Edn.,
Cambridge University Press
 Simulation of ODE/PDE Models with MATLAB®, OCTAVE and SCILAB: Scientific
and Engineering Applications: A.V. Wouwer, P. Saucez, C.V. Fernández. 2014
Springer
 Scilab by example: M. Affouf 2012, ISBN: 978-1479203444
17
 Scilab (A free software to Matlab): H.Ramchandran, A.S.Nair. 2011 S.Chand & Company
 Scilab Image Processing: Lambert M. Surhone. 2010 Betascript Publishing
 www.scilab.in/textbook_companion/generate_book/291
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 6: THERMAL PHYSICS (Credits: Theory-04,
Practicals-02) Theory: 60 Lectures
Introduction to Thermodynamics
Zeroth and First Law of Thermodynamics: Extensive and intensive Thermodynamic
Variables, Thermodynamic Equilibrium, Zeroth Law of Thermodynamics & Concept of
Temperature, Concept of Work & Heat, State Functions, First Law of Thermodynamics
and its differential form, Internal Energy, First Law & various processes, Applications of
First Law: General Relation between CP and CV, Work Done during Isothermal and
Adiabatic Processes, Compressibility and Expansion Co-efficient. (8 Lectures)
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Reversible and Irreversible process with examples.

Conversion of Work into Heat and Heat into Work. Heat Engines. Carnot’s Cycle,
Carnot engine & efficiency. Refrigerator & coefficient of performance, 2nd Law of
Thermodynamics: Kelvin-Planck and Clausius Statements and their Equivalence.
Carnot’s Theorem. Applications of Second Law of Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic
Scale of Temperature and its Equivalence to Perfect Gas Scale. (10 Lectures)
Entropy: Concept of Entropy, Clausius Theorem. Clausius Inequality, Second Law

of Thermodynamics in terms of Entropy. Entropy of a perfect gas. Principle of
Increase of Entropy. Entropy Changes in Reversible and Irreversible processes
with examples. Entropy of the Universe. Entropy Changes in Reversible and
Irreversible Processes. Principle of Increase of Entropy. Temperature–Entropy
diagrams for Carnot’s Cycle. Third Law of Thermodynamics. Unattainability of
Absolute Zero. (7 Lectures)
Thermodynamic Potentials: Thermodynamic Potentials: Internal Energy, Enthalpy,

Helmholtz Free Energy, Gibb’s Free Energy. Their Definitions, Properties and
Applications. Surface Films and Variation of Surface Tension with Temperature.
Magnetic Work, Cooling due to adiabatic demagnetization, First and second order
Phase Transitions with examples, Clausius Clapeyron Equation an d Ehrenfest equations.
(7 Lectures)
Maxwell’s Thermodynamic Relations: Derivations and applications of Maxwell’s

Relations, Maxwell’s Relations:(1) Clausius Clapeyron equation, (2) Values of Cp-Cv,
(3) TdS Equations, (4) Joule-Kelvin coefficient for Ideal and Van der Waal Gases, (5)
Energy equations, (6) Change of Temperature during Adiabatic Process. (7 Lectures)

Distribution of Velocities: Maxwell-Boltzmann Law of Distribution of Velocities in an
Ideal Gas and its Experimental Verification. Doppler Broadening of Spectral Lines and
Stern’s Experiment. Mean, RMS and Most Probable Speeds. Degrees of Freedom. Law
of Equipartition of Energy (No proof required). Specific heats of Gases. (7 Lectures)
18
Molecular Collisions: Mean Free Path. Collision Probability. Estimates of Mean Free
Path. Transport Phenomenon in Ideal Gases: (1) Viscosity, (2) Thermal Conductivity
and (3) Diffusion. Brownian Motion and its Significance. (4 Lectures)
Real Gases: Behavior of Real Gases: Deviations from the Ideal Gas Equation. The
Virial Equation. Andrew’s Experiments on CO2 Gas. Critical Constants. Continuity of
Liquid and Gaseous State. Vapour and Gas. Boyle Temperature. Van der Waal’s
Equation of State for Real Gases. Values of Critical Constants. Law of Corresponding
States. Comparison with Experimental Curves. P-V Diagrams. Joule’s Experiment. Free
Adiabatic Expansion of a Perfect Gas. Joule-Thomson Porous Plug Experiment. Joule-
Thomson Effect for Real and Van der Waal Gases. Temperature of Inversion. Joule-
Thomson Cooling. (10 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Heat and Thermodynamics, M.W. Zemansky, Richard Dittman, 1981, McGraw-Hill.
 A Treatise on Heat, Meghnad Saha, and B.N.Srivastava, 1958, Indian Press
 Thermal Physics, S. Garg, R. Bansal and Ghosh, 2nd Edition, 1993, Tata McGraw-Hill
 Modern Thermodynamics with Statistical Mechanics, Carl S. Helrich, 2009, Springer.
 Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory & Statistical Thermodynamics, Sears & Salinger.
1988, Narosa.
 Concepts in Thermal Physics, S.J. Blundell and K.M. Blundell, 2nd Ed., 2012, Oxford
University Press
 Thermal Physics, A. Kumar and S.P. Taneja, 2014, R. Chand Publications.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS - C 6 LAB
60 Lectures
1. To determine Mechanical Equivalent of Heat, J, by Callender and Barne’s
constant flow method.
2. To determine the Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity of Cu by Searle’s Apparatus.
3. To determine the Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity of Cu by Angstrom’s Method.
4. To determine the Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity of a bad conductor by Lee
and Charlton’s disc method.
5. To determine the Temperature Coefficient of Resistance by Platinum Resistance
Thermometer (PRT).
6. To study the variation of Thermo-Emf of a Thermocouple with Difference of
Temperature of its Two Junctions.
7. To calibrate a thermocouple to measure temperature in a specified Range using
(1) Null Method, (2) Direct measurement using Op-Amp difference amplifier
and to determine Neutral Temperature.
Reference Books
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B. L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971, Asia
Publishing House
 A Laboratory Manual of Physics for undergraduate classes,D.P.Khandelwal,1985, Vani Pub.
19
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C7 : DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS
Theory: 60 Lectures
Introduction to CRO: Block Diagram of CRO. Electron Gun, Deflection System and
Time Base. Deflection Sensitivity. Applications of CRO: (1) Study of Waveform,
(2) Measurement of Voltage, Current, Frequency, and Phase Difference. (3 Lectures)
Integrated Circuits (Qualitative treatment only): Active & Passive components.

Discrete components. Wafer. Chip. Advantages and drawbacks of ICs. Scale of
integration: SSI, MSI, LSI and VLSI (basic idea and definitions only). Classification of
ICs. Examples of Linear and Digital lCs. (3 Lectures)
Digital Circuits: Difference between Analog and Digital Circuits. Binary

Numbers. Decimal to Binary and Binary to Decimal Conversion. BCD, Octal and
Hexadecimal numbers. AND, OR and NOT Gates (realization using Diodes and
Transistor). NAND and NOR Gates as Universal Gates. XOR and XNOR Gates and
application as Parity Checkers. (6 Lectures)
Boolean algebra: De Morgan's Theorems. Boolean Laws. Simplification of

Logic Circuit using Boolean Algebra. Fundamental Products. Idea of Minterms and
Maxterms. Conversion of a Truth table into Equivalent Logic Circuit by (1) Sum
of Products Method and (2) Karnaugh Map. (6 Lectures)
Data processing circuits: Basic idea of Multiplexers, De-multiplexers, Decoders,

Encoders. (4 Lectures)
Arithmetic Circuits: Binary Addition. Binary Subtraction using 2's Complement.

Half and Full Adders. Half & Full Subtractors, 4-bit binary Adder/Subtractor.
(5 Lectures)
Sequential Circuits: SR, D, and JK Flip-Flops. Clocked (Level and Edge Triggered)
Flip-Flops. Preset and Clear operations. Race-around conditions in JK Flip-Flop. M/S
JK Flip-Flop. (6 Lectures)
Timers: IC 555: block diagram and applications: Astable multivibrator and Monostable
multivibrator. (3 Lectures)
Shift registers: Serial-in-Serial-out, Serial-in-Parallel-out, Parallel-in-Serial-out and
Parallel-in-Parallel-out Shift Registers (only up to 4 bits). (2 Lectures)
Counters(4 bits): Ring Counter. Asynchronous counters, Decade Counter. Synchronous

Counter. (4 Lectures)
20
Computer Organization: Input/Output Devices. Data storage (idea of RAM and ROM).
Computer memory. Memory organization & addressing. Memory Interfacing. Memory
Map. (6 Lectures)
Intel 8085 Microprocessor Architecture: Main features of 8085. Block diagram.

Components. Pin-out diagram. Buses. Registers. ALU. Memory. Stack memory. Timing
& Control circuitry. Timing states. Instruction cycle, Timing diagram of MOV and MVI.
(8 Lectures)
Introduction to Assembly Language: 1 byte, 2 byte & 3 byte instructions. (4 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Digital Principles and Applications, A.P. Malvino, D.P.Leach and Saha, 7th Ed.,
2011, Tata McGraw
 Fundamentals of Digital Circuits, Anand Kumar, 2nd Edn, 2009, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Digital Circuits and systems, Venugopal, 2011, Tata McGraw Hill.
 Digital Electronics G K Kharate ,2010, Oxford University Press
 Digital Systems: Principles & Applications, R.J.Tocci, N.S.Widmer, 2001, PHI Learning
 Logic circuit design, Shimon P. Vingron, 2012, Springer.
 Digital Electronics, Subrata Ghoshal, 2012, Cengage Learning.
 Digital Electronics, S.K. Mandal, 2010, 1st edition, McGraw Hill
 Microprocessor Architecture Programming & applications with 8085, 2002, R.S.
Goankar, Prentice Hall.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS - C 7 LAB
60 Lectures
1. To measure (a) Voltage, and (b) Time period of a periodic waveform using CRO.
2. To test a Diode and Transistor using a Multimeter.
3. To design a switch (NOT gate) using a transistor.
4. To verify and design AND, OR, NOT and XOR gates using NAND gates.
5. To design a combinational logic system for a specified Truth Table.
6. To convert a Boolean expression into logic circuit and design it using logic gate ICs.
7. To minimize a given logic circuit.
8. Half Adder, Full Adder and 4-bit binary Adder.
9. Half Subtractor, Full Subtractor, Adder-Subtractor using Full Adder I.C.
10. To build Flip-Flop (RS, Clocked RS, D-type and JK) circuits using NAND gates.
11. To build JK Master-slave flip-flop using Flip-Flop ICs
12. To build a 4-bit Counter using D-type/JK Flip-Flop ICs and study timing diagram.
13. To make a 4-bit Shift Register (serial and parallel) using D-type/JK Flip-Flop ICs.
14. To design an astable multivibrator of given specifications using 555 Timer.
15. To design a monostable multivibrator of given specifications using 555 Timer.
16. Write the following programs using 8085 Microprocessor
a) Addition and subtraction of numbers using direct addressing mode
21
b) Addition and subtraction of numbers using indirect addressing mode
c) Multiplication by repeated addition.
d) Division by repeated subtraction.
e) Handling of 16-bit Numbers.
f) Use of CALL and RETURN Instruction.
g) Block data handling.
h) Other programs (e.g. Parity Check, using interrupts, etc.).
Reference Books:
 Modern Digital Electronics, R.P. Jain, 4th Edition, 2010, Tata McGraw Hill.
 Basic Electronics: A text lab manual, P.B. Zbar, A.P. Malvino, M.A. Miller, 1994,
Mc-Graw Hill.
 Microprocessor Architecture Programming and applications with 8085, R.S.
Goankar, 2002, Prentice Hall.
 Microprocessor 8085:Architecture, Programming and interfacing, A. Wadhwa,
2010, PHI Learning.
22
Skill Enhancement Course (Credit: 02)
SEC - 1: PHYSICS WORKSHOP SKILL

(Credits: 02)
30 Lectures
The aim of this course is to enable the students to familiar and experience with various
mechanical and electrical tools through hands-on mode
Introduction: Measuring units. conversion to SI and CGS. Familiarization with meter

scale, Vernier calliper, Screw gauge and their utility. Measure the dimension of a solid
block, volume of cylindrical beaker/glass, diameter of a thin wire, thickness of metal
sheet, etc. Use of Sextant to measure height of buildings, mountains, etc. (4 Lectures)
Mechanical Skill: Concept of workshop practice. Overview of manufacturing methods:

casting, foundry, machining, forming and welding. Types of welding joints and welding
defects. Common materials used for manufacturing like steel, copper, iron, metal sheets,
composites and alloy, wood. Concept of machine processing, introduction to common
machine tools like lathe, shaper, drilling, milling and surface machines. Cutting tools,
lubricating oils. Cutting of a metal sheet using blade. Smoothening of cutting edge of
sheet using file. Drilling of holes of different diameter in metal sheet and wooden block.
Use of bench vice and tools for fitting. Make funnel using metal sheet. (10 Lectures)
Electrical and Electronic Skill: Use of Multimeter. Soldering of electrical circuits

having discrete components (R, L, C, diode) and ICs on PCB. Operation of oscilloscope.
Making regulated power supply. Timer circuit, Electronic switch using transistor and
relay. (10 Lectures)
Introduction to prime movers: Mechanism, gear system, wheel, Fixing of gears with
motor axel. Lever mechanism, Lifting of heavy weight using lever. braking systems,
pulleys, working principle of power generation systems. Demonstration of pulley
experiment. (6 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 A text book in Electrical Technology - B L Theraja – S. Chand and Company.
 Performance and design of AC machines – M.G. Say, ELBS Edn.
 Mechanical workshop practice, K.C. John, 2010, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Workshop Processes, Practices and Materials, Bruce J Black 2005, 3rd Edn.,
Editor Newnes [ISBN: 0750660732]
 New Engineering Technology, Lawrence Smyth/Liam Hennessy, The
Educational Company of Ireland [ISBN: 0861674480]
23
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GE - 3: THERMAL PHYSICS AND STATISTICAL MECHANICS

Theory: 60 Lectures
Laws of Thermodynamics: Thermodynamic Description of system: Zeroth Law of

thermodynamics and temperature. First law and internal energy, conversion of heat
into work, Various Thermodynamical Processes, Applications of First Law: General
Relation between CP and CV, Work Done during Isothermal and Adiabatic Processes,
Compressibility and Expansion Coefficient, Reversible and irreversible processes,
Second law and Entropy, Carnot’s cycle & theorem, Entropy changes in reversible &
irreversible processes, Entropy-temperature diagrams, Third law of thermodynamics,
Unattainability of absolute zero. (22 Lectures)
Thermodynamical Potentials: Enthalpy, Gibbs, Helmholtz and Internal Energy

functions, Maxwell’s relations and applications - Joule-Thompson Effect, Clausius-
Clapeyron Equation, Expression for (CP – CV), CP/CV, TdS equations. (10 Lectures)
Kinetic Theory of Gases: Derivation of Maxwell’s law of distribution of velocities

and its experimental verification, Mean free path (Zeroth Order), Transport
Phenomena: Viscosity, Conduction and Diffusion (for vertical case), Law of
equipartition of energy (no derivation) and its applications to specific heat of gases;
mono-atomic and diatomic gases. (10 Lectures)
Theory of Radiation: Blackbody radiation, Spectral distribution, Concept of Energy

Density, Derivation of Planck's law, Deduction of Wien’s distribution law, Rayleigh-
Jeans Law, Stefan Boltzmann Law and Wien’s displacement law from Planck’s law.
(6 Lectures)
Statistical Mechanics: Phase space, Macrostate and Microstate, Entropy and

Thermodynamic probability, Maxwell-Boltzmann law - distribution of velocity -
Quantum statistics - Fermi-Dirac distribution law - electron gas - Bose-Einstein
distribution law - photon gas - comparison of three statistics. (12 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Thermal Physics, S. Garg, R. Bansal and C. Ghosh, 1993, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 A Treatise on Heat, Meghnad Saha, and B.N. Srivastava, 1969, Indian Press.
 Thermodynamics, Enrico Fermi, 1956, Courier Dover Publications.
 Heat and Thermodynamics, M.W.Zemasky and R. Dittman, 1981, McGraw Hill
 Thermodynamics, Kinetic theory & Statistical thermodynamics, F.W.Sears and
G.L. Salinger. 1988, Narosa
 Thermal Physics, A. Kumar and S.P. Taneja, 2014, R. chand Publications.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
24
GE - 3 LAB: THERMAL PHYSICS AND STATISTICAL
MECHANICS
60 Lectures
1. To determine Mechanical Equivalent of Heat, J, by Callender and Barne’s
constant flow method.
2. Measurement of Planck’s constant using black body radiation.
3. To determine Stefan’s Constant.
4. To determine the coefficient of thermal conductivity of Cu by Searle’s Apparatus.
5. To determine the Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity of Cu by Angstrom’s Method.
6. To determine the coefficient of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor by Lee
and Charlton’s disc method.
7. To determine the temperature co-efficient of resistance by Platinum resistance
thermometer.
8. To study the variation of thermo emf across two junctions of a thermocouple with
temperature.
9. To record and analyze the cooling temperature of an hot object as a function of
time using a thermocouple and suitable data acquisition system
10. To calibrate Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) using Null Method/Off-
Balance Bridge.
Reference Books:
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L.Flint & H.T.Worsnop, 1971,

 A Laboratory Manual of Physics for Undergraduate Classes, D.P. Khandelwal,
1985, Vani Publication.
25
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester IV
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C8: MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS-III

Theory: 60 Lectures
Complex Analysis:
Brief Revision of Complex Numbers and their Graphical

Representation. Euler's formula, De Moivre's theorem, Roots of Complex
Numbers. Functions of Complex Variables. Analyticity and Cauchy-Riemann
Conditions. Examples of analytic functions. Singular functions: poles and branch
points, order of singularity, branch cuts. Integration of a function of a
complex variable. Cauchy's Inequality. Cauchy’s Integral formula. Simply and
multiply connected region. Laurent and Taylor’s expansion. Residues and
Residue Theorem. Application in solving Definite Integrals.
(30 Lectures)
Integrals Transforms:
Fourier Transforms: Fourier Integral theorem. Fourier Transform. Examples. Fourier

transform of trigonometric, Gaussian, finite wave train & other functions.
Representation of Dirac delta function as a Fourier Integral. Fourier transform of
derivatives, Inverse Fourier transform, Convolution theorem. Properties of Fourier
transforms (translation, change of scale, complex conjugation, etc.). Three dimensional
Fourier transforms with examples. Application of Fourier Transforms to differential
equations: One dimensional Wave and Diffusion/Heat Flow Equations. (15 Lectures)
Laplace Transforms: Laplace Transform (LT) of Elementary functions. Properties of

LTs: Change of Scale Theorem, Shifting Theorem. LTs of 1st and 2nd order Derivatives
and Integrals of Functions, Derivatives and Integrals of LTs. LT of Unit Step function,
Dirac Delta function, Periodic Functions. Convolution Theorem. Inverse LT.
Application of Laplace Transforms to 2nd order Differential Equations: Damped
Harmonic Oscillator, Simple Electrical Circuits, Coupled differential equations of 1st
order. Solution of heat flow along infinite bar using Laplace transform.
(15 Lectures)
26
Reference Books:
 Mathematics for Physicists, P. Dennery and A.Krzywicki, 1967, Dover Publications
 Complex Variables, A.S.Fokas & M.J.Ablowitz, 8th Ed., 2011, Cambridge Univ. Press
 Complex Variables, A.K. Kapoor, 2014, Cambridge Univ. Press
 Complex Variables and Applications, J.W. Brown & R.V. Churchill, 7th Ed. 2003,
Tata McGraw-Hill
 First course in complex analysis with applications, D.G. Zill and P.D. Shanahan,
1940, Jones & Bartlett
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS - C 8 LAB
60 Lectures
Scilab/C++ based simulations experiments based on Mathematical Physics

problems like
1. Solve differential equations:

dy/dx = e-x with y = 0 for x = 0
dy/dx + e-xy = x2
d2y/dt2 + 2 dy/dt = -y
d2y/dt2 + e-tdy/dt = -y
2. Dirac Delta Function:
Evaluate , for = 1, 0.1, 0.01 and show it

√
tends to 5.
3. Fourier Series:
Program to sum ∑ .
Evaluate the Fourier coefficients of a given periodic function (square wave)
4. Frobenius method and Special functions:
μ μ μ ,
Plot ,
Show recursion relation
27
5. Calculation of error for each data point of observations recorded in experiments
done in previous semesters (choose any two).
6. Calculation of least square fitting manually without giving weightage to error.

Confirmation of least square fitting of data through computer program.
7. Evaluation of trigonometric functions e.g. sin ș, Given Bessel’s function at N

points find its value at an intermediate point. Complex analysis: Integrate
1/(x2+2) numerically and check with computer integration.
8. Compute the nth roots of unity for n = 2, 3, and 4.
9. Find the two square roots of −5+12j.
10. Integral transform: FFT of
11. Solve Kirchoff’s Current law for any node of an arbitrary circuit using Laplace’s
transform.
12. Solve Kirchoff’s Voltage law for any loop of an arbitrary circuit using Laplace’s
transform.
13. Perform circuit analysis of a general LCR circuit using Laplace’s transform.
Reference Books:
 Mathematics for Physicists, P. Dennery and A. Krzywicki, 1967, Dover Publications
 Simulation of ODE/PDE Models with MATLAB®, OCTAVE and SCILAB:
Scientific and Engineering Applications: A. Vande Wouwer, P. Saucez, C. V.
Fernández. 2014 Springer ISBN: 978-3319067896
 Scilab by example: M. Affouf, 2012. ISBN: 978-1479203444
 Scilab (A free software to Matlab): H.Ramchandran, A.S.Nair. 2011 S.Chand & Company
 Scilab Image Processing: Lambert M. Surhone. 2010 Betascript Publishing
 https://web.stanford.edu/~boyd/ee102/laplace_ckts.pdf
 ocw.nthu.edu.tw/ocw/upload/12/244/12handout.pdf
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 9: ELEMENTS OF MODERN PHYSICS

(Credits: Theory-04, Practicals-02
Theory: 60 Lectures
Planck’s quantum, Planck’s constant and light as a collection of photons; Blackbody
28
Radiation: Quantum theory of Light; Photo-electric effect and Compton scattering. De
Broglie wavelength and matter waves; Davisson-Germer experiment. Wave description
of particles by wave packets. Group and Phase velocities and relation between them.
Two-Slit experiment with electrons. Probability. Wave amplitude and wave functions.
(14 Lectures)
Position measurement- gamma ray microscope thought experiment; Wave-particle

duality, Heisenberg uncertainty principle (Uncertainty relations involving Canonical pair
of variables): Derivation from Wave Packets impossibility of a particle following a
trajectory; Estimating minimum energy of a confined particle using uncertainty
principle; Energy-time uncertainty principle- application to virtual particles and range of
an interaction. (5 Lectures)
Two slit interference experiment with photons, atoms and particles; linear superposition
principle as a consequence; Matter waves and wave amplitude; Schrodinger equation for
non-relativistic particles; Momentum and Energy operators; stationary states; physical
interpretation of a wave function, probabilities and normalization; Probability and
probability current densities in one dimension. (10 Lectures)
One dimensional infinitely rigid box- energy eigenvalues and eigenfunctions,

normalization; Quantum dot as example; Quantum mechanical scattering and tunnelling
in one dimension-across a step potential & rectangular potential barrier. (10 Lectures)
Size and structure of atomic nucleus and its relation with atomic weight; Impossibility of
an electron being in the nucleus as a consequence of the uncertainty principle. Nature of
nuclear force, NZ graph, Liquid Drop model: semi-empirical mass formula and binding
energy, Nuclear Shell Model and magic numbers. (6 Lectures)
Radioactivity: stability of the nucleus; Law of radioactive decay; Mean life and half-life;
Alpha decay; Beta decay- energy released, spectrum and Pauli's prediction of neutrino;
Gamma ray emission, energy-momentum conservation: electron-positron pair creation
by gamma photons in the vicinity of a nucleus. (8 Lectures)
Fission and fusion- mass deficit, relativity and generation of energy; Fission - nature of
fragments and emission of neutrons. Nuclear reactor: slow neutrons interacting with
Uranium 235; Fusion and thermonuclear reactions driving stellar energy (brief
qualitative discussions). (3 Lectures)
Lasers: Einstein’s A and B coefficients. Metastable states. Spontaneous and Stimulated

emissions. Optical Pumping and Population Inversion. Three-Level and Four-Level
Lasers. Ruby Laser and He-Ne Laser. Basic lasing. (4 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Concepts of Modern Physics, Arthur Beiser, 2002, McGraw-Hill.
 Introduction to Modern Physics, Rich Meyer, Kennard, Coop, 2002, Tata McGraw Hill
 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, David J. Griffith, 2005, Pearson Education.
29
 Physics for scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, Jewett and Serway, 2010,
Cengage Learning.
 Modern Physics, G.Kaur and G.R. Pickrell, 2014, McGraw Hill
 Quantum Mechanics: Theory & Applications, A.K.Ghatak & S.Lokanathan, 2004, Macmillan
 Modern Physics, J.R. Taylor, C.D. Zafiratos, M.A. Dubson, 2004, PHI Learning.
 Theory and Problems of Modern Physics, Schaum`s outline, R. Gautreau and W.
Savin, 2nd Edn, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.
 Quantum Physics, Berkeley Physics, Vol.4. E.H.Wichman, 1971, Tata McGraw-Hill Co.
 Basic ideas and concepts in Nuclear Physics, K.Heyde, 3rd Edn., Institute of Physics Pub.
 Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Particle Behave like Waves, T.A.Moore, 2003, McGraw Hill
PHYSICS - C 9 LAB
60 Lectures
1. Measurement of Planck’s constant using black body radiation and photo-detector
2. Photo-electric effect: photo current versus intensity and wavelength of light;
maximum energy of photo-electrons versus frequency of light
3. To determine work function of material of filament of directly heated vacuum
diode.
4. To determine the Planck’s constant using LEDs of at least 4 different colours.
5. To determine the wavelength of H-alpha emission line of Hydrogen atom.
6. To determine the ionization potential of mercury.
7. To determine the absorption lines in the rotational spectrum of Iodine vapour.
8. To determine the value of e/m by (a) Magnetic focusing or (b) Bar magnet.
9. To setup the Millikan oil drop apparatus and determine the charge of an electron.
10. To show the tunneling effect in tunnel diode using I-V characteristics.
11. To determine the wavelength of laser source using diffraction of single slit.
12. To determine the wavelength of laser source using diffraction of double slits.
13. To determine (1) wavelength and (2) angular spread of He-Ne laser using plane
diffraction grating
Reference Books
Publishing House
 A Text Book of Practical Physics, I.Prakash & Ramakrishna, 11th Edn, 2011,Kitab Mahal
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 10: ANALOG SYSTEMS AND APPLICATIONS
(Credits: Theory-04, Practicals-02
Theory: 60 Lectures
Semiconductor Diodes: P and N type semiconductors. Energy Level Diagram.
Conductivity and Mobility, Concept of Drift velocity. PN Junction Fabrication (Simple
Idea). Barrier Formation in PN Junction Diode. Static and Dynamic Resistance. Current
30
Flow Mechanism in Forward and Reverse Biased Diode. Drift Velocity. Derivation for
Barrier Potential, Barrier Width and Current for Step Junction. Current Flow Mechanism
in Forward and Reverse Biased Diode. (10 Lectures)
Two-terminal Devices and their Applications: (1) Rectifier Diode: Half-wave

Rectifiers. Centre-tapped and Bridge Full-wave Rectifiers, Calculation of Ripple Factor
and Rectification Efficiency, C-filter (2) Zener Diode and Voltage Regulation. Principle
and structure of (1) LEDs, (2) Photodiode and (3) Solar Cell. (6 Lectures)
Bipolar Junction transistors: n-p-n and p-n-p Transistors. Characteristics of CB, CE

and CC Configurations. Current gains α and β Relations between α and β. Load Line
analysis of Transistors. DC Load line and Q-point. Physical Mechanism of Current
Flow. Active, Cutoff and Saturation Regions. (6 Lectures)
Amplifiers: Transistor Biasing and Stabilization Circuits. Fixed Bias and Voltage
Divider Bias. Transistor as 2-port Network. h-parameter Equivalent Circuit. Analysis of
a single-stage CE amplifier using Hybrid Model. Input and Output Impedance. Current,
Voltage and Power Gains. Classification of Class A, B & C Amplifiers. (10 Lectures)
Coupled Amplifier: Two stage RC-coupled amplifier and its frequency response.
(4 Lectures)
Feedback in Amplifiers: Effects of Positive and Negative Feedback on Input

Impedance, Output Impedance, Gain, Stability, Distortion and Noise. (4 Lectures)
Sinusoidal Oscillators: Barkhausen's Criterion for self-sustained oscillations. RC Phase

shift oscillator, determination of Frequency. Hartley & Colpitts oscillators. (4 Lectures)
Operational Amplifiers (Black Box approach): Characteristics of an Ideal and

Practical Op-Amp. (IC 741) Open-loop and Closed-loop Gain. Frequency Response.
CMRR. Slew Rate and concept of Virtual ground. (4 Lectures)
Applications of Op-Amps: (1) Inverting and non-inverting amplifiers, (2) Adder, (3)
Subtractor, (4) Differentiator, (5) Integrator, (6) Log amplifier, (7) Zero crossing
detector (8) Wein bridge oscillator. (9 Lectures)
Conversion: Resistive network (Weighted and R-2R Ladder). Accuracy and Resolution.
A/D Conversion (successive approximation) (3 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Integrated Electronics, J. Millman and C.C. Halkias, 1991, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
 Electronics: Fundamentals and Applications, J.D. Ryder, 2004, Prentice Hall.
 Solid State Electronic Devices, B.G.Streetman & S.K.Banerjee, 6th Edn.,2009, PHI Learning
 Electronic Devices & circuits, S.Salivahanan & N.S.Kumar, 3rd Ed., 2012, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
 OP-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuit, R. A. Gayakwad, 4th edition, 2000, Prentice Hall
31
 Microelectronic circuits, A.S. Sedra, K.C. Smith, A.N. Chandorkar, 2014, 6th Edn.,
 Electronic circuits: Handbook of design & applications, U.Tietze, C.Schenk,2008, Springer
 Semiconductor Devices: Physics and Technology, S.M. Sze, 2nd Ed., 2002, Wiley India
 Microelectronic Circuits, M.H. Rashid, 2nd Edition, Cengage Learning
 Electronic Devices, 7/e Thomas L. Floyd, 2008, Pearson India
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS - C 10
LAB 60 Lectures
1. To study V-I characteristics of PN junction diode, and Light emitting diode.
2. To study the V-I characteristics of a Zener diode and its use as voltage regulator.
3. Study of V-I & power curves of solar cells, and find maximum power point & efficiency.
4. To study the characteristics of a Bipolar Junction Transistor in CE configuration.
5. To study the various biasing configurations of BJT for normal class A operation.
6. To design a CE transistor amplifier of a given gain (mid-gain) using voltage
divider bias.
7. To study the frequency response of voltage gain of a RC-coupled transistor
amplifier.
8. To design a Wien bridge oscillator for given frequency using an op-amp.
9. To design a phase shift oscillator of given specifications using BJT.
10. To study the Colpitt`s oscillator.
11. To design a digital to analog converter (DAC) of given specifications.
12. To study the analog to digital convertor (ADC) IC.
13. To design an inverting amplifier using Op-amp (741,351) for dc voltage of given gain
14. To design inverting amplifier using Op-amp (741,351) and study its frequency response
15. To design non-inverting amplifier using Op-amp (741,351) & study its frequency response
16. To study the zero-crossing detector and comparator
17. To add two dc voltages using Op-amp in inverting and non-inverting mode
18. To design a precision Differential amplifier of given I/O specification using Op-amp.
19. To investigate the use of an op-amp as an Integrator.
20. To investigate the use of an op-amp as a Differentiator.
21. To design a circuit to simulate the solution of a 1st/2nd order differential equation.
Reference Books:
Mc-Graw Hill.
 OP-Amps and Linear Integrated Circuit, R. A. Gayakwad, 4th edition, 2000, Prentice Hall.
 Electronic Principle, Albert Malvino, 2008, Tata Mc-Graw Hill.
 Electronic Devices & circuit Theory, R.L. Boylestad & L.D. Nashelsky, 2009, Pearson
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
32
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEC - 2: COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS
(Credits: 02)
Theory: 30 Lectures
The aim of this course is not just to teach computer programming and numerical
analysis but to emphasize its role in solving problems in Physics.
 Use of computer language as a tool in solving physics problems (applications)
 Course will consist of hands on training on the Problem solving on Computers.
Introduction: Importance of computers in Physics, paradigm for solving physics

problems for solution. Usage of linux as an Editor. Algorithms and Flowcharts:
Algorithm: Definition, properties and development. Flowchart: Concept of flowchart,
symbols, guidelines, types. Examples: Cartesian to Spherical Polar Coordinates, Roots
of Quadratic Equation, Sum of two matrices, Sum and Product of a finite series,
calculation of sin(x) as a series, algorithm for plotting (1) lissajous figures and (2)
trajectory of a projectile thrown at an angle with the horizontal. (4 Lectures)
Scientific Programming: Some fundamental Linux Commands (Internal and External

commands). Development of FORTRAN, Basic elements of FORTRAN: Character Set,
Constants and their types, Variables and their types, Keywords, Variable Declaration
and concept of instruction and program. Operators: Arithmetic, Relational, Logical and
Assignment Operators. Expressions: Arithmetic, Relational, Logical, Character and
Assignment Expressions. Fortran Statements: I/O Statements (unformatted/formatted),
Executable and Non-Executable Statements, Layout of Fortran Program, Format of
writing Program and concept of coding, Initialization and Replacement Logic. Examples
from physics problems. (5 Lectures)
Control Statements: Types of Logic (Sequential, Selection, Repetition), Branching

Statements (Logical IF, Arithmetic IF, Block IF, Nested Block IF, SELECT CASE and
ELSE IF Ladder statements), Looping Statements (DO-CONTINUE, DO-ENDDO, DO-
WHILE, Implied and Nested DO Loops), Jumping Statements (Unconditional GOTO,
Computed GOTO, Assigned GOTO) Subscripted Variables (Arrays: Types of Arrays,
DIMENSION Statement, Reading and Writing Arrays), Functions and Subroutines
(Arithmetic Statement Function, Function Subprogram and Subroutine), RETURN,
CALL, COMMON and EQUIVALENCE Statements), Structure, Disk I/O Statements,
open a file, writing in a file, reading from a file. Examples from physics problems.
Programming:
1. Exercises on syntax on usage of FORTRAN
2. Usage of GUI Windows, Linux Commands, familiarity with DOS commands and
working in an editor to write sources codes in FORTRAN.
3. To print out all natural even/ odd numbers between given limits.
4. To find maximum, minimum and range of a given set of numbers.
5. Calculating Euler number using exp(x) series evaluated at x=1 (6 Lectures)
33
Scientific word processing: Introduction to LaTeX: TeX/LaTeX word processor,
preparing a basic LaTeX file, Document classes, Preparing an input file for LaTeX,
Compiling LaTeX File, LaTeX tags for creating different environments, Defining
LaTeX commands and environments, Changing the type style, Symbols from other
languages. Equation representation: Formulae and equations, Figures and other
floating bodies, Lining in columns- Tabbing and tabular environment, Generating table
of contents, bibliography and citation, Making an index and glossary, List making
environments, Fonts, Picture environment and colors, errors. (6 Lectures)
Visualization: Introduction to graphical analysis and its limitations. Introduction to

Gnuplot. importance of visualization of computational and computational data, basic
Gnuplot commands: simple plots, plotting data from a file, saving and exporting,
multiple data sets per file, physics with Gnuplot (equations, building functions, user
defined variables and functions), Understanding data with Gnuplot
Hands on exercises:
1. To compile a frequency distribution and evaluate mean, standard deviation etc.
2. To evaluate sum of finite series and the area under a curve.
3. To find the product of two matrices
4. To find a set of prime numbers and Fibonacci series.
5. To write program to open a file and generate data for plotting using Gnuplot.
6. Plotting trajectory of a projectile projected horizontally.
7. Plotting trajectory of a projectile projected making an angle with the horizontally.
8. Creating an input Gnuplot file for plotting a data and saving the output for seeing
on the screen. Saving it as an eps file and as a pdf file.
9. To find the roots of a quadratic equation.
10. Motion of a projectile using simulation and plot the output for visualization.
11. Numerical solution of equation of motion of simple harmonic oscillator and plot
the outputs for visualization.
12. Motion of particle in a central force field and plot the output for visualization.
(9 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Introduction to Numerical Analysis, S.S. Sastry, 5th Edn., 2012, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Computer Programming in Fortran 77”. V. Rajaraman (Publisher: PHI).
 LaTeX–A Document Preparation System”, Leslie Lamport (Second Edition,
Addison-Wesley, 1994).
 Gnuplot in action: understanding data with graphs, Philip K Janert, (Manning 2010)
 Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Programming with Fortran, S
Lipsdutz and A Poe, 1986Mc-Graw Hill Book Co.
 Computational Physics: An Introduction, R. C. Verma, et al. New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi(1999)
 A first course in Numerical Methods, U.M. Ascher and C. Greif, 2012, PHI Learning
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
34
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GE - 4: WAVES AND OPTICS (Credits: Theory-04, Practicals-02)
Theory: 60 Lectures
Superposition of Two Collinear Harmonic oscillations: Linearity & Superposition

Principle. (1) Oscillations having equal frequencies and (2) Oscillations having
different frequencies (Beats). (4 Lectures)
Superposition of Two Perpendicular Harmonic Oscillations: Graphical and

Analytical Methods. Lissajous Figures with equal an unequal frequency and their
uses. (2 Lectures)
Waves Motion- General: Transverse waves on a string. Travelling and standing

waves on a string. Normal Modes of a string. Group velocity, Phase velocity. Plane
waves. Spherical waves, Wave intensity. (7 Lectures)
Fluids: Surface Tension: Synclastic and anticlastic surface - Excess of pressure -

Application to spherical and cylindrical drops and bubbles - variation of surface
tension with temperature - Jaegar’s method. Viscosity - Rate flow of liquid in a
capillary tube - Poiseuille’s formula - Determination of coefficient of viscosity of a
liquid - Variations of viscosity of liquid with temperature- lubrication. (6 Lectures)
Sound: Simple harmonic motion - forced vibrations and resonance - Fourier’s

Theorem - Application to saw tooth wave and square wave - Intensity and loudness of
sound - Decibels - Intensity levels - musical notes - musical scale. Acoustics of
buildings: Reverberation and time of reverberation - Absorption coefficient - Sabine’s
formula - measurement of reverberation time - Acoustic aspects of halls and auditoria.
(6 Lectures)
Wave Optics: Electromagnetic nature of light. Definition and Properties of wave
front. Huygens Principle. (3 Lectures)
Interference: Interference: Division of amplitude and division of wavefront. Young’s
Double Slit experiment. Lloyd’s Mirror and Fresnel’s Biprism. Phase change on
reflection: Stokes’ treatment. Interference in Thin Films: parallel and wedge-shaped
films. Fringes of equal inclination (Haidinger Fringes); Fringes of equal thickness
(Fizeau Fringes). Newton’s Rings: measurement of wavelength and refractive index.
(10 Lectures)
Michelson’s Interferometer: Idea of form of fringes (no theory needed),

Determination of wavelength, Wavelength difference, Refractive index, and Visibility
of fringes. (3 Lectures)
Diffraction: Fraunhofer diffraction- Single slit; Double Slit. Multiple slits and
Diffraction grating. Fresnel Diffraction: Half-period zones. Zone plate. Fresnel
Diffraction pattern of a straight edge, a slit and a wire using half-period zone analysis.
(14 Lectures)
35
Polarization: Transverse nature of light waves. Plane polarized light – production
and analysis. Circular and elliptical polarization. (5 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Fundamentals of Optics, F.A Jenkins and H.E White, 1976, McGraw-Hill
 Principles of Optics, B.K. Mathur, 1995, Gopal Printing
 Fundamentals of Optics, H.R. Gulati and D.R. Khanna, 1991, R. Chand Publications
 University Physics. F.W. Sears, M.W. Zemansky and H.D. Young. 13/e, 1986.
Addison-Wesley
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GE - 4 LAB: WAVES AND OPTICS

60 Lectures
1. To investigate the motion of coupled oscillators
2. To determine the Frequency of an Electrically Maintained Tuning Fork by
Melde’s Experiment and to verify λ2 – T Law.
3. To study Lissajous Figures
4. Familiarization with Schuster`s focussing; determination of angle of prism.
5. To determine the Coefficient of Viscosity of water by Capillary Flow Method
(Poiseuille’s method).
6. To determine the Refractive Index of the Material of a Prism using Sodium Light.
7. To determine Dispersive Power of the Material of a Prism using Mercury Light
8. To determine the value of Cauchy Constants.
9. To determine the Resolving Power of a Prism.
12. To determine the wavelength of Laser light using Diffraction of Single Slit.
13. To determine wavelength of (1) Sodium and (2) Spectral lines of the Mercury
light using plane diffraction Grating
14. To determine the Resolving Power of a Plane Diffraction Grating.
15. To measure the intensity using photosensor and laser in diffraction patterns of
single and double slits.
Reference Books:
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint and H.T. Worsnop, 1971,
36
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester V
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 11: QUANTUM MECHANICS AND APPLICATIONS
Theory: 60 Lectures
Time dependent Schrodinger equation: Time dependent Schrodinger equation and

dynamical evolution of a quantum state; Properties of Wave Function. Interpretation of
Wave Function Probability and probability current densities in three dimensions;
Conditions for Physical Acceptability of Wave Functions. Normalization. Linearity and
Superposition Principles. Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions. Position, momentum and
Energy operators; commutator of position and momentum operators; Expectation values
of position and momentum. Wave Function of a Free Particle. (6 Lectures)
Time independent Schrodinger equation-Hamiltonian, stationary states and energy

eigenvalues; expansion of an arbitrary wavefunction as a linear combination of energy
eigenfunctions; General solution of the time dependent Schrodinger equation in terms of
linear combinations of stationary states; Application to spread of Gaussian wave-packet
for a free particle in one dimension; wave packets, Fourier transforms and momentum
space wavefunction; Position-momentum uncertainty principle. (10 Lectures)
General discussion of bound states in an arbitrary potential- continuity of wave

function, boundary condition and emergence of discrete energy levels; application to
one-dimensional problem-square well potential; Quantum mechanics of simple harmonic
oscillator-energy levels and energy eigenfunctions using Frobenius method; Hermite
polynomials; ground state, zero point energy & uncertainty principle. (12 Lectures)
Quantum theory of hydrogen-like atoms: time independent Schrodinger equation in

spherical polar coordinates; separation of variables for second order partial differential
equation; angular momentum operator & quantum numbers; Radial wavefunctions from
Frobenius method; shapes of the probability densities for ground & first excited states;
Orbital angular momentum quantum numbers l and m; s, p, d,.. shells. (10 Lectures)
Atoms in Electric & Magnetic Fields: Electron angular momentum. Space

quantization. Electron Spin and Spin Angular Momentum. Larmor’s Theorem. Spin
Magnetic Moment. Stern-Gerlach Experiment. Zeeman Effect: Electron Magnetic
Moment and Magnetic Energy, Gyromagnetic Ratio and Bohr Magneton. (8 Lectures)
Atoms in External Magnetic Fields:- Normal and Anomalous Zeeman Effect. Paschen
Back and Stark Effect (Qualitative Discussion only). (4 Lectures)
Many electron atoms: Pauli’s Exclusion Principle. Symmetric & Antisymmetric Wave
Functions. Periodic table. Fine structure. Spin orbit coupling. Spectral Notations for
Atomic States. Total angular momentum. Vector Model. Spin-orbit coupling in atoms-
L-S and J-J couplings. Hund’s Rule. Term symbols. Spectra of Hydrogen and Alkali
Atoms (Na etc.). (10 Lectures)
37
 A Text book of Quantum Mechanics, P.M.Mathews and K.Venkatesan, 2nd Ed.,

2010, McGraw Hill
 Quantum Mechanics, Robert Eisberg and Robert Resnick, 2nd Edn., 2002, Wiley.
 Quantum Mechanics, Leonard I. Schiff, 3rd Edn. 2010, Tata McGraw Hill.
 Quantum Mechanics, G. Aruldhas, 2nd Edn. 2002, PHI Learning of India.
 Quantum Mechanics, Bruce Cameron Reed, 2008, Jones and Bartlett Learning.
 Quantum Mechanics: Foundations & Applications, Arno Bohm, 3rd Edn., 1993, Springer
 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics, D.J. Griffith, 2nd Ed. 2005, Pearson Education
 Quantum Mechanics, Walter Greiner, 4th Edn., 2001, Springer
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS - C 11 LAB
60 Lectures
Use C/C++/Scilab for solving the following problems based on Quantum Mechanics like
1. Solve the s-wave Schrodinger equation for the ground state and the first excited
state of the hydrogen atom:
, where
Here, m is the reduced mass of the electron. Obtain the energy eigenvalues and plot
the corresponding wavefunctions. Remember that the ground state energy of the
hydrogen atom is  -13.6 eV. Take e = 3.795 (eVÅ)1/2, ħc = 1973 (eVÅ) and m =
0.511x106 eV/c2.
2. Solve the s-wave radial Schrodinger equation for an atom:

,
where m is the reduced mass of the system (which can be chosen to be the mass of
an electron), for the screened coulomb potential
/

Find the energy (in eV) of the ground state of the atom to an accuracy of three
significant digits. Also, plot the corresponding wavefunction. Take e = 3.795
(eVÅ)1/2, m = 0.511x106 eV/c2, and a = 3 Å, 5 Å, 7 Å. In these units ħc = 1973
(eVÅ). The ground state energy is expected to be above -12 eV in all three cases.
3. Solve the s-wave radial Schrodinger equation for a particle of mass m:

,
For the anharmonic oscillator potential

for the ground state energy (in MeV) of particle to an accuracy of three significant
digits. Also, plot the corresponding wave function. Choose m = 940 MeV/c2, k = 100
38
MeV fm-2, b = 0, 10, 30 MeV fm-3In these units, cħ = 197.3 MeV fm. The ground
state energy I expected to lie between 90 and 110 MeV for all three cases.
4. Solve the s-wave radial Schrodinger equation for the vibrations of hydrogen
molecule:
,
Where  is the reduced mass of the two-atom system for the Morse potential

,
Find the lowest vibrational energy (in MeV) of the molecule to an accuracy of
three significant digits. Also plot the corresponding wave function.
Take: m = 940x106eV/C2, D = 0.755501 eV, α = 1.44, ro = 0.131349 Å
Laboratory based experiments:
5. Study of Electron spin resonance- determine magnetic field as a function of the
resonance frequency
6. Study of Zeeman effect: with external magnetic field; Hyperfine splitting
7. To show the tunneling effect in tunnel diode using I-V characteristics.
8. Quantum efficiency of CCDs
Reference Books:
 Schaum's outline of Programming with C++. J.Hubbard, 2 0 0 0 , McGraw‐Hill Publication
 Numerical Recipes in C: The Art of Scientific Computing, W.H. Pressetal., 3 rd Edn.,
2007, Cambridge University Press.
 An introduction to computational Physics, T.Pang, 2 nd Edn.,2006, Cambridge Univ. Press
 Simulation of ODE/PDE Models with MATLAB®, OCTAVE and SCILAB: Scientific &
Engineering Applications: A. Vande Wouwer, P. Saucez, C. V. Fernández.2014 Springer.
 Scilab (A Free Software to Matlab): H. Ramchandran, A.S. Nair. 2011 S. Chand & Co.
 Scilab Image Processing: L.M.Surhone.2010 Betascript Publishing ISBN:978-6133459274
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 12: SOLID STATE PHYSICS

Theory: 60 Lectures
Crystal Structure: Solids: Amorphous and Crystalline Materials. Lattice Translation

Vectors. Lattice with a Basis – Central and Non-Central Elements. Unit Cell. Miller
Indices. Reciprocal Lattice. Types of Lattices. Brillouin Zones. Diffraction of X-rays by
Crystals. Bragg’s Law. Atomic and Geometrical Factor. (12 Lectures)
Elementary Lattice Dynamics: Lattice Vibrations and Phonons: Linear Monoatomic

and Diatomic Chains. Acoustical and Optical Phonons. Qualitative Description of the
39
Phonon Spectrum in Solids. Dulong and Petit’s Law, Einstein and Debye theories of
specific heat of solids. T3 law (10 Lectures)
Magnetic Properties of Matter: Dia-, Para-, Ferri- and Ferromagnetic Materials.

Classical Langevin Theory of dia– and Paramagnetic Domains. Quantum Mechanical
Treatment of Paramagnetism. Curie’s law, Weiss’s Theory of Ferromagnetism and
Ferromagnetic Domains. Discussion of B-H Curve. Hysteresis and Energy Loss.
(8 Lectures)
Dielectric Properties of Materials: Polarization. Local Electric Field at an Atom.

Depolarization Field. Electric Susceptibility. Polarizability. Clausius Mosotti Equation.
Classical Theory of Electric Polarizability. Normal and Anomalous Dispersion. Cauchy
and Sellmeir relations. Langevin-Debye equation. Complex Dielectric Constant. Optical
Phenomena. Application: Plasma Oscillations, Plasma Frequency, Plasmons, TO modes.
(8 Lectures)
Ferroelectric Properties of Materials: Structural phase transition, Classification of

crystals, Piezoelectric effect, Pyroelectric effect, Ferroelectric effect, Electrostrictive
effect, Curie-Weiss Law, Ferroelectric domains, PE hysteresis loop. (6 lectures)
Elementary band theory: Kronig Penny model. Band Gap. Conductor, Semiconductor
(P and N type) and insulator. Conductivity of Semiconductor, mobility, Hall Effect.
Measurement of conductivity (04 probe method) & Hall coefficient. (10 Lectures)
Superconductivity: Experimental Results. Critical Temperature. Critical magnetic field.

Meissner effect. Type I and type II Superconductors, London’s Equation and Penetration
Depth. Isotope effect. Idea of BCS theory (No derivation) (6 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Introduction to Solid State Physics, Charles Kittel, 8th Edition, 2004, Wiley India
Pvt. Ltd.
 Elements of Solid State Physics, J.P. Srivastava, 4th Edition, 2015, Prentice-Hall of
India
 Introduction to Solids, Leonid V. Azaroff, 2004, Tata Mc-Graw Hill
 Solid State Physics, N.W. Ashcroft and N.D. Mermin, 1976, Cengage Learning
 Solid-state Physics, H. Ibach and H. Luth, 2009, Springer
 Solid State Physics, Rita John, 2014, McGraw Hill
 Elementary Solid State Physics, 1/e M. Ali Omar, 1999, Pearson India
 Solid State Physics, M.A. Wahab, 2011, Narosa Publications
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
40
-PHYSICS - C 12 LAB
60 Lectures
1. Measurement of susceptibility of paramagnetic solution (Quinck`s Tube Method)
2. To measure the Magnetic susceptibility of Solids.
3. To determine the Coupling Coefficient of a Piezoelectric crystal.
4. To measure the Dielectric Constant of a dielectric Materials with frequency
5. To determine the complex dielectric constant and plasma frequency of metal using
Surface Plasmon resonance (SPR)
6. To determine the refractive index of a dielectric layer using SPR
7. To study the PE Hysteresis loop of a Ferroelectric Crystal.
8. To draw the BH curve of Fe using Solenoid & determine energy loss from Hysteresis.
9. To measure the resistivity of a semiconductor (Ge) with temperature by four-probe
method (room temperature to 150 oC) and to determine its band gap.
10. To determine the Hall coefficient of a semiconductor sample.
Reference Books
Publishing House.
reprinted 1985, Heinemann Educational Publishers.
 Elements of Solid State Physics, J.P. Srivastava, 2nd Ed., 2006, Prentice-Hall of India.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
41
DSE - 1: ADVANCED MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS-I
Theory: 60 Lectures
Linear Vector Spaces: Abstract Systems. Binary Operations and Relations.

Introduction to Groups and Fields. Vector Spaces and Subspaces. Linear Independence
and Dependence of Vectors. Basis and Dimensions of a Vector Space. Change of basis.
Homomorphism and Isomorphism of Vector Spaces. Linear Transformations. Algebra of
Linear Transformations. Non-singular Transformations. Representation of Linear
Transformations by Matrices. (12 Lectures)
Matrices: Addition and Multiplication of Matrices. Null Matrices. Diagonal, Scalar and
Unit Matrices. Upper-Triangular and Lower-Triangular Matrices. Transpose of a Matrix.
Symmetric and Skew-Symmetric Matrices. Conjugate of a Matrix. Hermitian and Skew-
Hermitian Matrices. Singular and Non-Singular matrices. Orthogonal and Unitary
Matrices. Trace of a Matrix. Inner Product. (8 Lectures)
Eigen-values and Eigenvectors. Cayley- Hamiliton Theorem. Diagonalization of
Matrices. Solutions of Coupled Linear Ordinary Differential Equations. Functions of a
Matrix. (10 Lectures)
Cartesian Tensors: Transformation of Co-ordinates. Einstein’s Summation Convention.

Relation between Direction Cosines. Tensors. Algebra of Tensors. Sum, Difference and
Product of Two Tensors. Contraction. Quotient Law of Tensors. Symmetric and Anti-
symmetric Tensors. Invariant Tensors : Kronecker and Alternating Tensors. Association
of Antisymmetric Tensor of Order Two and Vectors. Vector Algebra and Calculus using
Cartesian Tensors : Scalar and Vector Products, Scalar and Vector Triple Products.
Differentiation. Gradient, Divergence and Curl of Tensor Fields. Vector Identities.
Tensorial Formulation of Analytical Solid Geometry : Equation of a Line. Angle
Between Lines. Projection of a Line on another Line. Condition for Two Lines to be
Coplanar. Foot of the Perpendicular from a Point on a Line. Rotation Tensor (No
Derivation). Isotropic Tensors. Tensorial Character of Physical Quantities. Moment of
Inertia Tensor. Stress and Strain Tensors : Symmetric Nature. Elasticity Tensor.
Generalized Hooke’s Law. (20 lectures)
General Tensors: Transformation of Co-ordinates. Minkowski Space. Contravariant &

Covariant Vectors. Contravariant, Covariant and Mixed Tensors. Kronecker Delta and
Permutation Tensors. Algebra of Tensors. Sum, Difference & Product of Two Tensors.
Contraction. Quotient Law of Tensors. Symmetric and Anti-symmetric Tensors.
Metric Tensor. (10 Lectures)
42
 Mathematical Tools for Physics, James Nearing, 2010, Dover Publications

 Mathematical Methods for Physicists, G.B. Arfken, H.J. Weber, and F.E. Harris,
1970, Elsevier.
 Modern Mathematical Methods for Physicists and Engineers, C.D. Cantrell, 2011,
 Introduction to Matrices and Linear Transformations, D.T. Finkbeiner, 1978, Dover Pub.
 Linear Algebra, W. Cheney, E.W.Cheney & D.R.Kincaid, 2012, Jones & Bartlett Learning
 Mathematics for Physicists, Susan M. Lea, 2004, Thomson Brooks/Cole
 Mathematical Methods for Physicis & Engineers, K.F.Riley, M.P.Hobson, S.J.Bence, 3rd
Ed., 2006, Cambridge University Press
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DSE -1 LAB: ADVANCED MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS-I
60 Lectures
Scilab/ C++ based simulations experiments based on Mathematical Physics problems
like
1. Linear algebra:
 Multiplication of two 3 x 3 matrices.
 Eigenvalue and eigenvectors of
; ;
2. Orthogonal polynomials as eigenfunctions of Hermitian differential operators.

3. Determination of the principal axes of moment of inertia through
diagonalization.
4. Vector space of wave functions in Quantum Mechanics: Position and momentum
differential operators and their commutator, wave functions for stationary states
as eigenfunctions of Hermitian differential operator.
5. Lagrangian formulation in Classical Mechanics with constraints.
6. Study of geodesics in Euclidean and other spaces (surface of a sphere, etc).
7. Estimation of ground state energy and wave function of a quantum system.
Reference Books:
 Simulation of ODE/PDE Models with MATLAB®, OCTAVE and SCILAB:
Scientific and Engineering Applications: A. Vande Wouwer, P. Saucez, C. V.
Fernández. 2014 Springer ISBN: 978-3319067896
 Scilab by example: M. Affouf, 2012, ISBN: 978-1479203444
 Scilab Image Processing: L.M.Surhone. 2010, Betascript Pub., ISBN: 978-
6133459274
43
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DSE - 2: Nuclear and Particle Physics

(Credits: Theory-05, Tutorials-01)
Theory: 75 Lectures
General Properties of Nuclei: Constituents of nucleus and their Intrinsic properties,

quantitative facts about mass, radii, charge density (matter density), binding energy,
average binding energy and its variation with mass number, main features of binding
energy versus mass number curve, N/A plot, angular momentum, parity, magnetic
moment, electric moments, nuclear excites states. (10 Lectures)
Nuclear Models: Liquid drop model approach, semi empirical mass formula and
significance of its various terms, condition of nuclear stability, two nucleon separation
energies, Fermi gas model (degenerate fermion gas, nuclear symmetry potential in Fermi
gas), evidence for nuclear shell structure, nuclear magic numbers, basic assumption of
shell model, concept of mean field, residual interaction, concept of nuclear force.
(12 Lectures)
Radioactivity decay:(a) Alpha decay: basics of α-decay processes, theory of α-

emission, Gamow factor, Geiger Nuttall law, α-decay spectroscopy. (b) -decay: energy
kinematics for -decay, positron emission, electron capture, neutrino hypothesis. (c)
Gamma decay: Gamma rays emission & kinematics, internal conversion. (10 Lectures)
Nuclear Reactions: Types of Reactions, Conservation Laws, kinematics of reactions,

Q-value, reaction rate, reaction cross section, Concept of compound and direct Reaction,
resonance reaction, Coulomb scattering (Rutherford scattering). (8 Lectures)
Interaction of Nuclear Radiation with matter: Energy loss due to ionization (Bethe-
Block formula), energy loss of electrons, Cerenkov radiation. Gamma ray interaction
through matter, photoelectric effect, Compton scattering, pair production, neutron
interaction with matter. (8 Lectures)
Detector for Nuclear Radiations: Gas detectors: estimation of electric field, mobility
of particle, for ionization chamber and GM Counter. Basic principle of Scintillation
Detectors and construction of photo-multiplier tube (PMT). Semiconductor Detectors (Si
and Ge) for charge particle and photon detection (concept of charge carrier and
mobility), neutron detector. (8 Lectures)
Particle Accelerators: Accelerator facility available in India: Van-de Graaff generator

(Tandem accelerator), Linear accelerator, Cyclotron, Synchrotrons. (5 Lectures)
Particle physics: Particle interactions; basic features, types of particles and its families.
Symmetries and Conservation Laws: energy and momentum, angular momentum, parity,
baryon number, Lepton number, Isospin, Strangeness and charm, concept of
quark model, color quantum number and gluons. (14 Lectures)
44
 Introductory nuclear Physics by Kenneth S. Krane (Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., 2008).
 Concepts of nuclear physics by Bernard L. Cohen. (Tata Mcgraw Hill, 1998).
 Introduction to the physics of nuclei & particles, R.A. Dunlap. (Thomson Asia, 2004).
 Introduction to High Energy Physics, D.H. Perkins, Cambridge Univ. Press
 Introduction to Elementary Particles, D. Griffith, John Wiley & Sons
 Quarks and Leptons, F. Halzen and A.D. Martin, Wiley India, New Delhi
 Basic ideas and concepts in Nuclear Physics - An Introductory Approach by
K. Heyde (IOP- Institute of Physics Publishing, 2004).
 Radiation detection and measurement, G.F. Knoll (John Wiley & Sons, 2000).
 Physics and Engineering of Radiation Detection, Syed Naeem Ahmed (Academic
Press, Elsevier, 2007).
 Theoretical Nuclear Physics, J.M. Blatt & V.F.Weisskopf (Dover Pub.Inc., 1991)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester VI
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 13: ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY

Theory: 60 Lectures
Maxwell Equations: Review of Maxwell’s equations. Displacement Current. Vector

and Scalar Potentials. Gauge Transformations: Lorentz and Coulomb Gauge. Boundary
Conditions at Interface between Different Media. Wave Equations. Plane Waves in
Dielectric Media. Poynting Theorem and Poynting Vector. Electromagnetic (EM)
Energy Density. Physical Concept of Electromagnetic Field Energy Density, Momentum
Density and Angular Momentum Density. (12 Lectures)
EM Wave Propagation in Unbounded Media: Plane EM waves through vacuum and

isotropic dielectric medium, transverse nature of plane EM waves, refractive index and
dielectric constant, wave impedance. Propagation through conducting media, relaxation
time, skin depth. Wave propagation through dilute plasma, electrical conductivity of
ionized gases, plasma frequency, refractive index, skin depth, application to propagation
through ionosphere. (10 Lectures)
45
EM Wave in Bounded Media: Boundary conditions at a plane interface between two
media. Reflection & Refraction of plane waves at plane interface between two dielectric
media-Laws of Reflection & Refraction. Fresnel's Formulae for perpendicular & parallel
polarization cases, Brewster's law. Reflection & Transmission coefficients. Total
internal reflection, evanescent waves. Metallic reflection (normal Incidence)
(10 Lectures)
Polarization of Electromagnetic Waves: Description of Linear, Circular and Elliptical

Polarization. Propagation of E.M. Waves in Anisotropic Media. Symmetric Nature of
Dielectric Tensor. Fresnel’s Formula. Uniaxial and Biaxial Crystals. Light Propagation
in Uniaxial Crystal. Double Refraction. Polarization by Double Refraction. Nicol Prism.
Ordinary & extraordinary refractive indices. Production & detection of Plane, Circularly
and Elliptically Polarized Light. Phase Retardation Plates: Quarter-Wave and Half-Wave
Plates. Babinet Compensator and its Uses. Analysis of Polarized Light (12 Lectures)
Rotatory Polarization: Optical Rotation. Biot’s Laws for Rotatory Polarization. Fresnel’s
Theory of optical rotation. Calculation of angle of rotation. Experimental verification of
Fresnel’s theory. Specific rotation. Laurent’s half-shade polarimeter. (5 Lectures)
Wave Guides: Planar optical wave guides. Planar dielectric wave guide. Condition of
continuity at interface. Phase shift on total reflection. Eigenvalue equations. Phase and
group velocity of guided waves. Field energy and Power transmission. (8 Lectures)
Optical Fibres:- Numerical Aperture. Step and Graded Indices (Definitions Only).
Single and Multiple Mode Fibres (Concept and Definition Only). (3 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Introduction to Electrodynamics, D.J. Griffiths, 3rd Ed., 1998, Benjamin Cummings.
 Elements of Electromagnetics, M.N.O. Sadiku, 2001, Oxford University Press.
 Introduction to Electromagnetic Theory, T.L. Chow, 2006, Jones & Bartlett Learning
 Fundamentals of Electromagnetics, M.A.W. Miah, 1982, Tata McGraw Hill
 Electromagnetic field Theory, R.S. Kshetrimayun, 2012, Cengage Learning
 Engineering Electromagnetic, Willian H. Hayt, 8th Edition, 2012, McGraw Hill.
 Electromagnetic Field Theory for Engineers & Physicists, G. Lehner, 2010, Springer
 Electromagnetic Fields & Waves, P.Lorrain & D.Corson, 1970, W.H.Freeman & Co.
 Electromagnetics, J.A. Edminster, Schaum Series, 2006, Tata McGraw Hill.
 Electromagnetic field theory fundamentals, B. Guru and H. Hiziroglu, 2004,
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PHYSICS PRACTICAL-C 13 LAB
60 Lectures
1. To verify the law of Malus for plane polarized light.
2. To determine the specific rotation of sugar solution using Polarimeter.
3. To analyze elliptically polarized Light by using a Babinet’s compensator.
4. To study dependence of radiation on angle for a simple Dipole antenna.
5. To determine the wavelength and velocity of ultrasonic waves in a liquid (Kerosene
Oil, Xylene, etc.) by studying the diffraction through ultrasonic grating.
46
6. To study the reflection, refraction of microwaves
7. To study Polarization and double slit interference in microwaves.
8. To determine the refractive index of liquid by total internal reflection using
Wollaston’s air-film.
9. To determine the refractive Index of (1) glass and (2) a liquid by total internal
reflection using a Gaussian eyepiece.
10. To study the polarization of light by reflection and determine the polarizing angle
for air-glass interface.
11. To verify the Stefan`s law of radiation and to determine Stefan’s constant.
12. To determine the Boltzmann constant using V-I characteristics of PN junction
diode.
Reference Books
Publishing House.
 Electromagnetic Field Theory for Engineers & Physicists, G. Lehner, 2010, Springer
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-C 14: STATISTICAL MECHANICS
Theory: 60 Lectures
Classical Statistics: Macrostate & Microstate, Elementary Concept of Ensemble, Phase

Space, Entropy and Thermodynamic Probability, Maxwell-Boltzmann Distribution Law,
Partition Function, Thermodynamic Functions of an Ideal Gas, Classical Entropy
Expression, Gibbs Paradox, Sackur Tetrode equation, Law of Equipartition of Energy
(with proof) – Applications to Specific Heat and its Limitations, Thermodynamic
Functions of a Two-Energy Levels System, Negative Temperature. (18 Lectures)
Classical Theory of Radiation: Properties of Thermal Radiation. Blackbody Radiation.

Pure temperature dependence. Kirchhoff’s law. Stefan-Boltzmann law: Thermodynamic
proof. Radiation Pressure. Wien’s Displacement law. Wien’s Distribution Law. Saha’s
Ionization Formula. Rayleigh-Jean’s Law. Ultraviolet Catastrophe. (9 Lectures)
Quantum Theory of Radiation: Spectral Distribution of Black Body Radiation.

Planck’s Quantum Postulates. Planck’s Law of Blackbody Radiation: Experimental
Verification. Deduction of (1) Wien’s Distribution Law, (2) Rayleigh-Jeans Law, (3)
Stefan-Boltzmann Law, (4) Wien’s Displacement law from Planck’s law. (5 Lectures)
Bose-Einstein Statistics: B-E distribution law, Thermodynamic functions of a strongly

Degenerate Bose Gas, Bose Einstein condensation, properties of liquid He
(qualitative description), Radiation as a photon gas and Thermodynamic functions of
photon gas. Bose derivation of Planck’s law. (13 Lectures)
47
Fermi-Dirac Statistics: Fermi-Dirac Distribution Law, Thermodynamic functions of a
Completely and strongly Degenerate Fermi Gas, Fermi Energy, Electron gas in a Metal,
Specific Heat of Metals, Relativistic Fermi gas, White Dwarf Stars, Chandrasekhar Mass
Limit. (15 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Statistical Mechanics, R.K. Pathria, Butterworth Heinemann: 2nd Ed., 1996, Oxford
University Press.
 Statistical Physics, Berkeley Physics Course, F. Reif, 2008, Tata McGraw-Hill
 Statistical and Thermal Physics, S. Lokanathan and R.S. Gambhir. 1991, Prentice Hall
 Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory and Statistical Thermodynamics, Francis W.
Sears and Gerhard L. Salinger, 1986, Narosa.
 Modern Thermodynamics with Statistical Mechanics, Carl S. Helrich, 2009, Springer
 An Introduction to Statistical Mechanics & Thermodynamics, R.H. Swendsen,
2012, Oxford Univ. Press
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS - C 14 LAB
60 Lectures
Use C/C++/Scilab/other numerical simulations for solving the problems based
on Statistical Mechanics like
1. Computational analysis of the behavior of a collection of particles in a box that
satisfy Newtonian mechanics and interact via the Lennard-Jones potential,
varying the total number of particles N and the initial conditions:
a) Study of local number density in the equilibrium state (i) average; (ii)
fluctuations
b) Study of transient behavior of the system (approach to equilibrium)
c) Relationship of large N and the arrow of time
d) Computation of the velocity distribution of particles for the system and
comparison with the Maxwell velocity distribution
e) Computation and study of mean molecular speed and its dependence on
particle mass
f) Computation of fraction of molecules in an ideal gas having speed near
the most probable speed
2. Computation of the partition function Z() for examples of systems with a finite
number of single particle levels (e.g., 2 level, 3 level, etc.) and a finite number of
non-interacting particles N under Maxwell-Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-
Einstein statistics:
a) Study of how Z(), average energy <E>, energy fluctuation E, specific
heat at constant volume Cv, depend upon the temperature, total number of
particles N and the spectrum of single particle states.
b) Ratios of occupation numbers of various states for the systems considered
above
48
c) Computation of physical quantities at large and small temperature T and
comparison of various statistics at large and small temperature T.
3. Plot Planck’s law for Black Body radiation and compare it with Raleigh-Jeans
Law at high temperature and low temperature.
4. Plot Specific Heat of Solids (a) Dulong-Petit law, (b) Einstein distribution
function, (c) Debye distribution function for high temperature and low
temperature and compare them for these two cases.
5. Plot the following functions with energy at different temperatures

a) Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution
b) Fermi-Dirac distribution
c) Bose-Einstein distribution
Reference Books:
 Elementary Numerical Analysis, K.E.Atkinson, 3 r d E d n . 2 0 0 7 , Wiley India Edition
 Statistical Mechanics, R.K. Pathria, Butterworth Heinemann: 2nd Ed., 1996, Oxford
University Press.
 Introduction to Modern Statistical Mechanics, D. Chandler, Oxford University
Press, 1987
 Thermodynamics, Kinetic Theory and Statistical Thermodynamics, Francis W.
Sears and Gerhard L. Salinger, 1986, Narosa.
 Modern Thermodynamics with Statistical Mechanics, Carl S. Helrich, 2009, Springer
 Statistical and Thermal Physics with computer applications, Harvey Gould and Jan
Tobochnik, Princeton University Press, 2010.
 Simulation of ODE/PDE Models with MATLAB®, OCTAVE and SCILAB: Scientific
and Engineering Applications: A. Vande Wouwer, P. Saucez, C. V. Fernández. 2014
Springer ISBN: 978-3319067896
 Scilab by example: M. Affouf, 2012. ISBN: 978-1479203444
 Scilab Image Processing: L.M.Surhone. 2010, Betascript Pub., ISBN: 978-
6133459274
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DSE - 3: CLASSICAL DYNAMICS

(Credits: Theory-05, Tutorials-01)
Theory: 75 Lectures
Classical Mechanics of Point Particles: Review of Newtonian Mechanics; Application

to the motion of a charge particle in external electric and magnetic fields- motion in
uniform electric field, magnetic field- gyroradius and gyrofrequency, motion in crossed
electric and magnetic fields. Generalized coordinates and velocities, Hamilton’s
principle, Lagrangian and the Euler-Lagrange equations, one-dimensional examples of
the Euler-Lagrange equations- one-dimensional Simple Harmonic Oscillations and
falling body in uniform gravity; applications to simple systems such as coupled
oscillators Canonical momenta & Hamiltonian. Hamilton's equations of motion.
Applications: Hamiltonian for a harmonic oscillator, solution of Hamilton’s equation for

Simple Harmonic Oscillations; particle in a central force field- conservation of angular
momentum and energy. (22 Lectures)
Small Amplitude Oscillations: Minima of potential energy and points of stable

equilibrium, expansion of the potential energy around a minimum, small amplitude
oscillations about the minimum, normal modes of oscillations example of N identical
masses connected in a linear fashion to (N -1) - identical springs. (10 Lectures)
Special Theory of Relativity: Postulates of Special Theory of Relativity. Lorentz

Transformations. Minkowski space. The invariant interval, light cone and world lines.
Space-time diagrams. Time-dilation, length contraction and twin paradox. Four-vectors:
space-like, time-like and light-like. Four-velocity and acceleration. Metric and
alternating tensors. Four-momentum and energy-momentum relation. Doppler effect
from a four-vector perspective. Concept of four-force. Conservation of four-momentum.
Relativistic kinematics. Application to two-body decay of an unstable particle.
(33 Lectures)
Fluid Dynamics: Density  and pressure P in a fluid, an element of fluid and

its velocity, continuity equation and mass conservation, stream-lined motion, laminar
flow, Poiseuille’s equation for flow of a liquid through a pipe, Navier-Stokes
equation, qualitative description of turbulence, Reynolds number. (10 Lectures)
 Classical Mechanics, H.Goldstein, C.P. Poole, J.L. Safko, 3rd Edn. 2002,Pearson Education.
 Mechanics, L. D. Landau and E. M. Lifshitz, 1976, Pergamon.
 Classical Electrodynamics, J.D. Jackson, 3rd Edn., 1998, Wiley.
 The Classical Theory of Fields, L.D Landau, E.M Lifshitz, 4th Edn., 2003, Elsevier.
 Introduction to Electrodynamics, D.J. Griffiths, 2012, Pearson Education.
 Classical Mechanics, P.S. Joag, N.C. Rana, 1st Edn., McGraw Hall.
 Classical Mechanics, R. Douglas Gregory, 2015, Cambridge University Press.
 Classical Mechanics: An introduction, Dieter Strauch, 2009, Springer.
 Solved Problems in classical Mechanics, O.L. Delange and J. Pierrus, 2010, Oxford Press
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
50
DSE - 4: EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES
Theory: 60 Lectures
Measurements: Accuracy and precision. Significant figures. Error and uncertainty analysis.
Types of errors: Gross error, systematic error, random error. Statistical analysis of data
(Arithmetic mean, deviation from mean, average deviation, standard deviation, chi-square)
and curve fitting. Guassian distribution. (7 Lectures)
Signals and Systems: Periodic and aperiodic signals. Impulse response, transfer function
and frequency response of first and second order systems. Fluctuations and Noise in
measurement system. S/N ratio and Noise figure. Noise in frequency domain. Sources of
Noise: Inherent fluctuations, Thermal noise, Shot noise, 1/f noise (7 Lectures)
Shielding and Grounding: Methods of safety grounding. Energy coupling. Grounding.

Shielding: Electrost ding. Electromagnetic Interference. (4 Lectures)
Transducers & industrial instrumentation (working principle, efficiency, applications):

Static and dynamic characteristics of measurement Systems. Generalized performance of
systems, Zero order first order, second order and higher order systems. Electrical, Thermal
and Mechanical systems. Calibration. Transducers and sensors. Characteristics of
Transducers. Transducers as electrical element and their signal conditioning. Temperature
transducers: RTD, Thermistor, Thermocouples, Semiconductor type temperature sensors
(AD590, LM35, LM75) and signal conditioning. Linear Position transducer: Strain gauge,
Piezoelectric. Inductance change transducer: Linear variable differential transformer
(LVDT), Capacitance change transducers. Radiation Sensors: Principle of Gas filled
detector, ionization chamber, scintillation detector. (21 Lectures)
Digital Multimeter: Comparison of analog and digital instruments. Block diagram of

digital multimeter, principle of measurement of I, V, C. Accuracy and resolution of
measurement. (5 Lectures)
Impedance Bridges and Q-meter: Block diagram and working principles of RLC bridge.
Q-meter and its working operation. Digital LCR bridge. (4 Lectures)
Vacuum Systems: Characteristics of vacuum: Gas law, Mean free path. Application of
vacuum. Vacuum system- Chamber, Mechanical pumps, Diffusion pump & Turbo Modular
pump, Pumping speed, Pressure gauges (Pirani, Penning, ionization). (12 Lectures)
51
Reference Books:
 Measurement, Instrumentation and Experiment Design in Physics and Engineering,
M. Sayer and A. Mansingh, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Experimental Methods for Engineers, J.P. Holman, McGraw Hill
 Introduction to Measurements and Instrumentation, A.K. Ghosh, 3rd Edition, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Transducers and Instrumentation, D.V.S. Murty, 2nd Edition, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Instrumentation Devices and Systems, C.S. Rangan, G.R. Sarma, V.S.V. Mani, Tata
McGraw Hill
 Principles of Electronic Instrumentation, D. Patranabis, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Electronic circuits: Handbook of design & applications, U.Tietze, Ch.Schenk, Springer
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
51
DSE - 4 LAB: EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES

60 Lectures
1. Determine output characteristics of a LVDT & measure displacement using LVDT
2. Measurement of Strain using Strain Gauge.
3. Measurement of level using capacitive transducer.
4. To study the characteristics of a Thermostat and determine its parameters.
5. Study of distance measurement using ultrasonic transducer.
6. Calibrate Semiconductor type temperature sensor (AD590, LM35, or LM75)
7. To measure the change in temperature of ambient using Resistance Temperature
Device (RTD).
8. Create vacuum in a small chamber using a mechanical (rotary) pump and
measure the chamber pressure using a pressure gauge.
9. Comparison of pickup of noise in cables of different types (co-axial, single
shielded, double shielded, without shielding) of 2m length, understanding of
importance of grounding using function generator of mV level & an oscilloscope.
10. To design and study the Sample and Hold Circuit.
11. Design and analyze the Clippers and Clampers circuits using junction diode
12. To plot the frequency response of a microphone.
13. To measure Q of a coil and influence of frequency, using a Q-meter.
Reference Books:
 Electronic circuits: Handbook of design and applications, U. Tietze and C. Schenk,
2008, Springer
Mc-Graw Hill
 Measurement, Instrumentation and Experiment Design in Physics & Engineering, M.
Sayer and A. Mansingh, 2005, PHI Learning.
52
B. SC. PHYSICS (Regular Course)

Syllabus
Bodoland University
BTAD, Kokrajhar-783370
Assam.
Bodoland University
Total Marks=2100
SEM-I
(L+T+P)
PHY-101R DSC-1A: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Mechanics
Paper-102R DSC-2A 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
COMM-104HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-1:
English/Hind/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P)
PHY-201R DSC-1B:Electriciy, 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Magnetism and
EMT
Paper-202R DSC-2B 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
ENV-204HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-2:
Environmental
Science
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-III
(L+T+P)
PHY-301R DSC-1C: Thermal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physics and
statistical
mechanics
Paper-302R DSC-2C 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
PHY-304HR SEC-1:Physics 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
workshop skill
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-IV
(L+T+P)
PHY-401R DSC-1D: Waves 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
and Optics
Paper-402R DSC-2D 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
PHY-404HR SEC-2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Computational
Physics Skill
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-V
(L+T+P)
PHY-501R DSE-1A: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Mathematical
Physics
Paper-502R DSE-2A 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
PHY-504R SEC-3: Electrical 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Circuits and
netwark skills
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-VI
(L+T+P)
PHY-601R DSE-1B: Elements 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
of modern physics
paper-602R DSE-2B 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
paper-603R DSE-3B 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
PHY-604R SEC-4: Basic 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Instrumantation
Skill
Total 20 20 290 60 350
B. Sc. Physics (Regular course) syllabus under CBCS
Seme CORE COURSE Ability Enhancement Skill Enhancement Discipline

ster (12) Compulsory Course Course (SEC) (4) Specific Elective
(AECC) (2) (DSE) (6)
I DSC-1A: Mechanics (English/Hindi/MIL
(4+2) Communication)
DSC-2 A
(Chemistry)
DSC-3 A
(Mathematics)
II DSC-1B: Electricity, Environmental Science
Magnetism and
EMT (4+2)
DSC-2 B
(Chemistry)
DSC-3 B
(Mathematics)
III DSC-1C: Thermal SEC-1
physics and (Physics workshop skill)
statistical mechanics
(4+2)
DSC-2 C
(Chemistry)
DSC-3 C
(Mathematics)
IV DSC-1D: Waves and SEC-2
Optics (4+2) (Computational physics
DSC-2 D skill)
(Chemistry)
DSC-3 D
(Mathematics)
V SEC-3 DSE-1 A
(Electrical circuits and Mathematical
network skills) Physics (4+2)
DSE-2 A
(Chemistry)
DSE-3 A
(Mathematics)
VI SEC-4 DSE-1 B
(Basic instrumentation Elements of
skill) Modern Physics
(4+2)
DSE-2 B
(Chemistry)
DSE-3 B
(Mathematics)
Physics Core papers (Credit: 06 each):
1. Mechanics (4) + Lab (2)

2. Electricity, Magnetism and EMT (4) + Lab (2)
3. Thermal Physics and Statistical Mechanics (4) + Lab (2)
4. Waves and Optics (4) + Lab (2)
Discipline Specific Elective papers (Credit: 06 each):
1. Mathematical Physics (4) + Lab (2)

2. Elements of Modern Physics (4) + Lab (2)
Skill Enhancement Course (Credit: 02 each):
1. Physics Workshop Skills

2. Computational Physics Skills
3. Electrical circuits and Network Skills
4. Basic Instrumentation Skills
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-DSC 1 A: MECHANICS
Theory: 60 Lectures
Vectors: Vector algebra. Scalar and vector products. Derivatives of a vector with respect
to a parameter. (4 Lectures)
Ordinary Differential Equations:1st order homogeneous differential equations. 2nd

order homogeneous differential equations with constant coefficients. (6 Lectures)
Laws of Motion: Frames of reference. Newton’s Laws of motion. Dynamics of a

system of particles. Centre of Mass. (10 Lectures)
Momentum and Energy: Conservation of momentum. Work and energy. Conservation

of energy. Motion of rockets. (6 Lectures)
Rotational Motion: Angular velocity and angular momentum. Torque. Conservation of

angular momentum. (5 Lectures)
Gravitation: Newton’s Law of Gravitation. Motion of a particle in a central force field

(motion is in a plane, angular momentum is conserved, areal velocity is constant).
Kepler’s Laws (statement only). Satellite in circular orbit and applications.
Geosynchronous orbits. Weightlessness. Basic idea of global positioning system (GPS).
(8 Lectures)
Oscillations: Simple harmonic motion. Differential equation of SHM and its solutions.
Kinetic and Potential Energy, Total Energy and their time averages. Damped
oscillations. (6 Lectures)
Elasticity: Hooke’s law - Stress-strain diagram - Elastic moduli-Relation between

elastic constants - Poisson’s Ratio-Expression for Poisson’s ratio in terms of elastic
constants - Work done in stretching and work done in twisting a wire - Twisting couple
on a cylinder - Determination of Rigidity modulus by static torsion - Torsional
pendulum-Determination of Rigidity modulus and moment of inertia - q, Ș and by
Searles method (8 Lectures)
Special Theory of Relativity: Constancy of speed of light. Postulates of Special

Theory of Relativity. Length contraction. Time dilation. Relativistic addition of
velocities. (7 Lectures)
1
Reference Books:
 University Physics. FW Sears, MW Zemansky and HD Young13/e, 1986. Addison-

Wesley
 Mechanics Berkeley Physics course,v.1: Charles Kittel, et. Al. 2007, Tata McGraw-
Hill.
 Physics – Resnick, Halliday & Walker 9/e, 2010, Wiley
 Engineering Mechanics, Basudeb Bhattacharya, 2nd edn., 2015, Oxford University
Press
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS LAB: DSC 1A LAB: MECHANICS

60 Lectures
2. To determine the Height of a Building using a Sextant.
6. To determine the Elastic Constants of a Wire by Searle’s method.
7. To determine g by Bar Pendulum.
8. To determine g by Kater’s Pendulum.
9. To determine g and velocity for a freely falling body using Digital Timing
Technique
10. To study the Motion of a Spring and calculate (a) Spring Constant (b) Value of g
Reference Books:
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L.Flint and H.T.Worsnop, 1971, Asia
Publishing House.
Edition, reprinted 1985, Heinemann Educational Publishers.
India Pvt. Ltd.
 A Text Book of Practical Physics, Indu Prakash and Ramakrishna, 11th Edition,
2011, Kitab Mahal, New Delhi.
2
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester II
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-DSC 1B: ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM and EMT
Theory: 60 Lectures
Vector Analysis: Review of vector algebra (Scalar and Vector product), gradient,
divergence, Curl and their significance, Vector Integration, Line, surface and volume
integrals of Vector fields, Gauss-divergence theorem and Stoke's theorem of vectors
(statement onl y). (12 Lectures)
Electrostatics: Electrostatic Field, electric flux, Gauss's theorem of electrostatics.

Applications of Gauss theorem- Electric field due to point charge, infinite line of charge,
uniformly charged spherical shell and solid sphere, plane charged sheet, charged
conductor. Electric potential as line integral of electric field, potential due to a point
charge, electric dipole, uniformly charged spherical shell and solid sphere. Calculation
of electric field from potential. Capacitance of an isolated spherical conductor. Parallel
plate, spherical and cylindrical condenser. Energy per unit volume in electrostatic field.
Dielectric medium, Polarisation, Displacement vector. Gauss's theorem in dielectrics.
Parallel plate capacitor completely filled with dielectric.
(22 Lectures)
Magnetism:
Magnetostatics: Biot-Savart's law & its applications- straight conductor, circular coil,
solenoid carrying current. Divergence and curl of magnetic field. Magnetic vector
potential. Ampere's circuital law.
Magnetic properties of materials: Magnetic intensity, magnetic induction, permeability,
magnetic susceptibility. Brief introduction of dia-, para- and ferro-magnetic materials.
(10 Lectures)
Electromagnetic Induction: Faraday's laws of electromagnetic induction, Lenz's law,
self and mutual inductance, L of single coil, M of two coils. Energy stored in magnetic
field. (6 Lectures)
Maxwell`s equations and Electromagnetic wave propagation: Equation of continuity

of current, Displacement current, Maxwell's equations, Poynting vector, energy density
in electromagnetic field, electromagnetic wave propagation through vacuum and
isotropic dielectric medium, transverse nature of EM waves, polarization. (10 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Electricity and Magnetism, Edward M. Purcell, 1986, McGraw-Hill Education..
 Electricity and Magnetism, J.H. Fewkes & J. Yarwood. Vol. I, 1991, Oxford Univ.
Press.
 Electricity and Magnetism, D C Tayal, 1988, Himalaya Publishing House.
3
 D.J. Griffiths, Introduction to Electrodynamics, 3rd Edn, 1998, Benjamin
Cummings.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-PHYSICS LAB- DSC 1B: ELECTRICITY, MAGNETISM and EMT
60 Lectures
1. To use a Multimeter for measuring (a) Resistances, (b) AC and DC Voltages, (c)
DC Current, and (d) checking electrical fuses.
2. Ballistic Galvanometer:
(i) Measurement of charge and current sensitivity
(ii) Measurement of CDR
(iii) Determine a high resistance by Leakage Method
(iv) To determine Self Inductance of a Coil by Rayleigh’s Method.
4. Measurement of field strength B and its variation in a Solenoid (Determine
dB/dx).
5. To study the Characteristics of a Series RC Circuit.
6. To study the a series LCR circuit and determine its (a) Resonant Frequency, (b)
Quality Factor
7. To study a parallel LCR circuit and determine its (a) Anti-resonant frequency and
(b) Quality factor Q
8. To determine a Low Resistance by Carey Foster’s Bridge.
9. To verify the Thevenin and Norton theorem
10. To verify the Superposition, and Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
Reference Books
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L.Flint & H.T.Worsnop, 1971, Asia
Publishing House.
India Pvt. Ltd.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester III
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-DSC 1C: THERMAL PHYSICS AND STATISTICAL

MECHANICS
Theory: 60 Lectures
Laws of Thermodynamics:
Thermodynamic Description of system: Zeroth Law of thermodynamics and
temperature. First law and internal energy, conversion of heat into work, Various
Thermodynamical Processes, Applications of First Law: General Relation between CP &
CV, Work Done during Isothermal and Adiabatic Processes, Compressibility &
Expansion Coefficient, Reversible & irreversible processes, Second law & Entropy,
Carnot’s cycle & theorem, Entropy changes in reversible & irreversible processes,
Entropy-temperature diagrams, Third law of thermodynamics, Unattainability of
absolute zero. (22 Lectures)
Thermodynamic Potentials: Enthalpy, Gibbs, Helmholtz and Internal Energy

functions, Maxwell’s relations & applications - Joule-Thompson Effect, Clausius-
Clapeyron Equation, Expression for (CP – CV), CP/CV, TdS equations. (10 Lectures)
Kinetic Theory of Gases: Derivation of Maxwell’s law of distribution of velocities and

its experimental verification, Mean free path (Zeroth Order), Transport Phenomena:
Viscosity, Conduction and Diffusion (for vertical case), Law of equipartition of energy
(no derivation) and its applications to specific heat of gases; mono-atomic and diatomic
gases. (10 Lectures)
Theory of Radiation: Blackbody radiation, Spectral distribution, Concept of Energy

Density, Derivation of Planck's law, Deduction of Wien’s distribution law, Rayleigh-
Jeans Law, Stefan Boltzmann Law and Wien’s displacement law from Planck’s law.
(6 Lectures)
Statistical Mechanics: Phase space, Macrostate and Microstate, Entropy and
Thermodynamic probability, Maxwell-Boltzmann law - distribution of velocity -
Quantum statistics - Fermi-Dirac distribution law - electron gas - Bose-Einstein
distribution law - photon gas - comparison of three statistics. (12 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Thermal Physics, S. Garg, R. Bansal and C. Ghosh, 1993, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 A Treatise on Heat, Meghnad Saha, and B.N. Srivastava, 1969, Indian Press.
 Thermodynamics, Enrico Fermi, 1956, Courier Dover Publications.
 Heat and Thermodynamics, M.W.Zemasky and R. Dittman, 1981, McGraw Hill
5
 Thermodynamics, Kinetic theory & Statistical thermodynamics, F.W.Sears &
G.L.Salinger. 1988, Narosa
 Thermal Physics, A. Kumar and S.P. Taneja, 2014, R. chand Publications.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS LAB-DSC 1C: THERMAL PHYSICS AND

STATISTICAL MECHANICS
60 Lectures
1. To determine Mechanical Equivalent of Heat, J, by Callender and Barne’s constant
flow method.
2. Measurement of Planck’s constant using black body radiation.
3. To determine Stefan’s Constant.
4. To determine the coefficient of thermal conductivity of copper by Searle’s
Apparatus.
5. To determine the Coefficient of Thermal Conductivity of Cu by Angstrom’s
Method.
6. To determine the coefficient of thermal conductivity of a bad conductor by Lee and
Charlton’s disc method.
7. To determine the temperature co-efficient of resistance by Platinum resistance
thermometer.
8. To study the variation of thermo emf across two junctions of a thermocouple with
temperature.
9. To record and analyze the cooling temperature of an hot object as a function of time
using a thermocouple and suitable data acquisition system
10. To calibrate Resistance Temperature Device (RTD) using Null Method/Off-Balance
Bridge
Reference Books:
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L.Flint & H.T.Worsnop, 1971, Asia
Publishing House.
 A Laboratory Manual of Physics for Undergraduate Classes, D.P. Khandelwal,
1985, Vani Publication.
6
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEC-1:PHYSICS WORKSHOP SKILL (Credits: 02)
30 Lectures
The aim of this course is to enable the students to familiar and experience with various
mechanical and electrical tools through hands-on mode
Introduction: Measuring units. conversion to SI and CGS. Familiarization with meter

scale, Vernier calliper, Screw gauge and their utility. Measure the dimension of a solid
block, volume of cylindrical beaker/glass, diameter of a thin wire, thickness of metal
sheet, etc. Use of Sextant to measure height of buildings, mountains, etc. (4 Lectures)
Mechanical Skill: Concept of workshop practice. Overview of manufacturing

methods: casting, foundry, machining, forming and welding. Types of welding joints
and welding defects. Common materials used for manufacturing like steel, copper, iron,
metal sheets, composites and alloy, wood. Concept of machine processing,
introduction to common machine tools like lathe, shaper, drilling, milling and surface
machines. Cutting tools, lubricating oils. Cutting of a metal sheet using blade.
Smoothening of cutting edge of sheet using file. Drilling of holes of different diameter
in metal sheet and wooden block. Use of bench vice and tools for fitting. Make funnel
using metal sheet. (10 Lectures)
Electrical and Electronic Skill: Use of Multimeter. Soldering of electrical circuits

having discrete components (R, L, C, diode) and ICs on PCB. Operation of oscilloscope.
Making regulated power supply. Timer circuit, Electronic switch using transistor and
relay. (10 Lectures)
Introduction to prime movers: Mechanism, gear system, wheel, Fixing of gears with
motor axel. Lever mechanism, Lifting of heavy weight using lever. braking systems,
pulleys, working principle of power generation systems. Demonstration
of pulley experiment. (6 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 A text book in Electrical Technology - B L Theraja – S. Chand and Company.

 Performance and design of AC machines – M.G. Say, ELBS Edn.
 Mechanical workshop practice, K.C. John, 2010, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Workshop Processes, Practices and Materials, Bruce J Black 2005, 3rd Edn.,
Editor Newnes [ISBN: 0750660732]
 New Engineering Technology, Lawrence Smyth/Liam Hennessy, The
Educational Company of Ireland [ISBN: 0861674480]
7
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester IV
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS-DSC 1D: WAVES AND OPTICS
(Credits: Theory-04, Practicals-02) Theory: 60 Lectures
Superposition of Two Collinear Harmonic oscillations: Linearity and Superposition

Principle. (1) Oscillations having equal frequencies and (2) Oscillations having different
frequenciesae(B ts). (4 Lectures)
Superposition of Two Perpendicular Harmonic Oscillations: Graphical and

Analytical Methods. Lissajous Figures with equal an unequal frequency and their uses.
(2 Lectures)
Waves Motion- General: Transverse waves on a string. Travelling and standing waves
on a string. Normal Modes of a string. Group velocity, Phase velocity. Plane waves.
Spherical waves, Wave intensity. (7 Lectures)
Fluids: Surface Tension: Synclastic and anticlastic surface - Excess of pressure -

Application to spherical and cylindrical drops and bubbles - variation of surface tension
with temperature - Jaegar’s method. Viscosity: Viscosity - Rate flow of liquid in
a capillary tube - Poiseuille’s formula - Determination of coefficient of viscosity
of a liquid - Variations of viscosity of a liquid with temperature lubrication. Physics
of low pressure - production and measurement of low pressure - Rotary pump -
Diffusion pump - Molecular pump - Knudsen absolute gauge - penning and pirani
leakage.
gauge – Detection of (6 Lectures)
Sound: Simple harmonic motion - forced vibrations and resonance - Fourier’s Theorem -
Application to saw tooth wave and square wave - Intensity and loudness of sound -
Decibels - Intensity levels - musical notes - musical scale. Acoustics of buildings:
Reverberation and time of reverberation - Absorption coefficient - Sabine’s formula -
measurement of reverberation time - Acoustic aspects of halls and auditoria.
(6 Lectures)
Wave Optics: Electromagnetic nature of light. Definition and Properties of wave front.
HuygePns rinciple. (3 Lectures)
Interference: Interference: Division of amplitude and division of wavefront. Young’s
Double Slit experiment. Lloyd’s Mirror and Fresnel’s Biprism. Phase change on
reflection: Stokes’ treatment. Interference in Thin Films: parallel and wedge-shaped
films. Fringes of equal inclination (Haidinger Fringes); Fringes of equal thickness
(Fizeau Fringes). Newton’s Rings: measurement of wavelength and refractive index.
(10 Lectures)
Michelson’s Interferometer: Idea of form of fringes (no theory needed), Determination of

wavelength, Wavelength difference, Refractive index and Visibility of fringes. (3 Lectures)
Diffraction: Fraunhofer diffraction: Single slit; Double Slit. Multiple slits & Diffraction
grating. Fresnel Diffraction: Half-period zones. Zone plate. Fresnel Diffraction pattern of a
straight edge, a slit and a wire using half-period zone analysis. (14 Lectures)
8
Polarization: Transverse nature of light waves. Plane polarized light – production and
analysis. Circular and elliptical polarization. (5 Lectures)
Reference Books:
Principle of optics, B.K. Mathur, 1995, Gopal Printing
Fundamentals of Optics, F A Jenkins and H E White,

1976, McGraw-Hill
Referncee
 Fundamentals of Optics, H.R. Gulati and D.R. Khanna, 1991, R. Chand
Publication
 University Physics. FW Sears, MW Zemansky and HD Young 13/e, 1986.
Addison-Wesley
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHYSICS LAB-DSC 1D: WAVES AND OPTICS
60 Lectures
1. To investigate the motion of coupled oscillators
2. To determine the Frequency of an Electrically Maintained Tuning Fork by
Melde’s Experiment and to verify Ȝ2 – T Law.
3. To study Lissajous Figures
4. Familiarization with Schuster`s focussing; determination of angle of prism.
5. To determine the Coefficient of Viscosity of water by Capillary Flow Method
(Poiseuille’s method). ˜
6. To determine the Refractive Index of the Material of a given Prism using Sodium
Light.
7. To determine Dispersive Power of the Material of a given Prism using Mercury
Light
8. To determine the value of Cauchy Constants of a material of a prism.
9. To determine the Resolving Power of a Prism.
12. To determine the wavelength of Laser light using Diffraction of Single Slit.
13. To determine wavelength of (1) Sodium & (2) spectrum of Mercury light using
plane diffraction Grating
14. To determine the Resolving Power of a Plane Diffraction Grating.
15. To measure the intensity using photosensor and laser in diffraction patterns of
slits.
Reference Books:
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint & H.T. Worsnop, 1971, Asia
Publishing House.
9
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SEC-2: COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS (Credits: 02)
Theory: 30 Lectures
The aim of this course is not just to teach computer programming and numerical
analysis but to emphasize its role in solving problems in Physics.
 Course will consist of hands on training on the Problem solving on Computers.
Introduction: Importance of computers in Physics, paradigm for solving physics
problems for solution. Usage of linux as an Editor. Algorithms and Flowcharts:
Algorithm: Definition, properties and development. Flowchart: Concept of flowchart,
symbols, guidelines, types. Examples: Cartesian to Spherical Polar Coordinates, Roots
of Quadratic Equation, Sum of two matrices, Sum and Product of a finite series,
calculation of sin (x) as a series, algorithm for plotting (1) lissajous figures and (2)
trajectory of a projectile thrown at an angle with the horizontal. (4 Lectures)
Scientific Programming: Some fundamental Linux Commands (Internal and External

commands). Development of FORTRAN, Basic elements of FORTRAN: Character Set,
Constants and their types, Variables and their types, Keywords, Variable Declaration
and concept of instruction and program. Operators: Arithmetic, Relational, Logical and
Assignment Operators. Expressions: Arithmetic, Relational, Logical, Character and
Assignment Expressions. Fortran Statements: I/O Statements (unformatted/formatted),
Executable and Non-Executable Statements, Layout of Fortran Program, Format of
writing Program and concept of coding, Initialization and Replacement Logic. Examples
from physics problems. (5 Lectures)
Control Statements: Types of Logic (Sequential, Selection, Repetition), Branching

Statements (Logical IF, Arithmetic IF, Block IF, Nested Block IF, SELECT CASE and
ELSE IF Ladder statements), Looping Statements (DO-CONTINUE, DO-ENDDO, DO-
WHILE, Implied and Nested DO Loops), Jumping Statements (Unconditional GOTO,
Computed GOTO, Assigned GOTO) Subscripted Variables (Arrays: Types of Arrays,
DIMENSION Statement, Reading and Writing Arrays), Functions and Subroutines
(Arithmetic Statement Function, Function Subprogram and Subroutine), RETURN,
CALL, COMMON and EQUIVALENCE Statements), Structure, Disk I/O Statements,
open a file, writing in a file, reading from a file. Examples from physics problems.
Programming:
1. Exercises on syntax on usage of FORTRAN
2. Usage of GUI Windows, Linux Commands, familiarity with DOS commands and
working in an editor to write sources codes in FORTRAN.
3. To print out all natural even/ odd numbers between given limits.
4. To find maximum, minimum and range of a given set of numbers.
5. Calculating Euler number using exp(x) series evaluated at x=1
(6 Lectures)
10
Scientific word processing: Introduction to LaTeX: TeX/LaTeX word processor,
preparing a basic LaTeX file, Document classes, Preparing an input file for LaTeX,
Compiling LaTeX File, LaTeX tags for creating different environments, Defining
LaTeX commands and environments, Changing the type style, Symbols from other
languages. Equation representation: Formulae and equations, Figures and other
floating bodies, Lining in columns- Tabbing and tabular environment, Generating table
of contents, bibliography and citation, Making an index and glossary, List making
environments, Fonts, Picture environment and colors, errors. (6 Lectures)
Visualization: Introduction to graphical analysis and its limitations. Introduction to

Gnuplot. importance of visualization of computational and computational data, basic
Gnuplot commands: simple plots, plotting data from a file, saving and exporting,
multiple data sets per file, physics with Gnuplot (equations, building functions, user
defined variables and functions), Understanding data with Gnuplot
Hands on exercises:
1. To compile a frequency distribution and evaluate mean, standard deviation etc.
2. To evaluate sum of finite series and the area under a curve.
3. To find the product of two matrices
4. To find a set of prime numbers and Fibonacci series.
5. To write program to open a file and generate data for plotting using Gnuplot.
6. Plotting trajectory of a projectile projected horizontally.
7. Plotting trajectory of a projectile projected making an angle with the horizontally.
8. Creating an input Gnuplot file for plotting a data and saving the output for seeing
on the screen. Saving it as an eps file and as a pdf file.
9. To find the roots of a quadratic equation.
10. Motion of a projectile using simulation and plot the output for visualization.
11. Numerical solution of equation of motion of simple harmonic oscillator and plot
the outputs for visualization.
12. Motion of particle in a central force field and plot the output for visualization.
(9 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Introduction to Numerical Analysis, S.S. Sastry, 5th Edn., 2012, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 Computer Programming in Fortran 77”. V. Rajaraman (Publisher:PHI).
 LaTeX–A Document Preparation System”, Leslie Lamport (Second Edition,
Addison-Wesley, 1994).
 Gnuplot in action: understanding data with graphs, Philip K Janert, (Manning 2010)
 Schaum’s Outline of Theory and Problems of Programming with Fortran, S
Lipsdutz and A Poe, 1986Mc-Graw Hill Book Co.
 Computational Physics: An Introduction, R. C. Verma, et al. New Age International
Publishers, New Delhi(1999)
 A first course in Numerical Methods, U.M. Ascher and C. Greif, 2012, PHI Learning
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Semester V
Discipline Specific Elective
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DSE - 1A: MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
Theory: 60 Lectures
Calculus of functions of more than one variable: Partial derivatives, exact and
inexact differentials. Integrating factor, with simple illustration. Constrained
Maximization using Lagrange Multipliers. (6 Lectures)
Fourier Series: Periodic functions. Orthogonality of sine and cosine functions, Dirichlet
Conditions (Statement only). Expansion of periodic functions in a series of sine and
cosine functions and determination of Fourier coefficients. Complex representation
of Fourier series. Expansion of functions with arbitrary period. Expansion of non-
periodic functions over an interval. Even and odd functions and their Fourier
expansions. Application. Summing of Infinite Series. (10 Lectures)
Frobenius Method and Special Functions: Singular Points of Second Order Linear
Differential Equations and their importance. Frobenius method and its applications to
differential equations. Legendre, Bessel, Hermite and Laguerre Differential Equations.
Properties of Legendre Polynomials: Rodrigues Formula, Orthogonality. Simple
recurrence relat ions. (16 Lectures)
Some Special Integrals: Beta and Gamma Functions and Relation between them.
Expression of Integrals in terms of Gamma Functions. Error Function (Probability
Integral). (4 Lectures)
12
Partial Differential Equations: Solutions to partial differential equations, using
separation of variables: Laplace's Equation in problems of rectangular, cylindrical and
spherical symmetry. (10 Lectures)
Complex Analysis: Brief Revision of Complex Numbers and their Graphical

Representation. Euler's formula, De Moivre's theorem, Roots of Complex Numbers.
Functions of Complex Variables. Analyticity and Cauchy-Riemann Conditions.
Examples of analytic functions. Singular functions: poles and branch points, order of
singularity, branch cuts. Integration of a function of a complex variable. Cauchy's
Inequality. Cauchy’s Integral formula. (14 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 Mathematical Methods for Physicists: Arfken, Weber, 2005, Harris, Elsevier.
 Fourier Analysis by M.R. Spiegel, 2004, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 Mathematics for Physicists, Susan M. Lea, 2004, Thomson Brooks/Cole.
 An Introduction to Ordinary Differential Equations, Earl A Coddington, 1961, PHI
Learning.
 Differential Equations, George F. Simmons, 2006, Tata McGraw-Hill.
 Essential Mathematical Methods, K.F. Riley and M.P. Hobson, 2011, Cambridge
University Press
 Partial Differential Equations for Scientists and Engineers, S.J. Farlow, 1993, Dover
Publications.
 Mathematical methods for Scientists and Engineers, D.A. McQuarrie, 2003, Viva
Books.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- DSE -1A LAB: MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS

60 Lectures
 The course will consist of lectures (both theory and practical) in the Computer
Lab
 Evaluation done not on the programming but on the basis of formulating
the problem
 Aim at teaching students to construct the computational problem to be solved
 Students can use anyone operating system Linux or Microsoft Windows
13
Introduction and Overview Computer architecture and organization, memory and
Input/output devices
Basics of scientific computing Binary and decimal arithmetic, Floating point numbers,
algorithms, Sequence, Selection and Repetition, single
and double precision arithmetic, underflow & overflow-
emphasize the importance of making equations in terms
of dimensionless variables, Iterative methods
Errors and error Analysis Truncation and round off errors, Absolute and relative
errors, Floating point computations.
Introduction to Programming, constants, variables and
Review of C & C++ Programming data types, operators and Expressions, I/O statements,
fundamentals scanf and printf, c in and c out, Manipulators for data
formatting, Control statements (decision making and
looping statements) (If‐statement. If‐else Statement.
Nested if Structure. Else‐if Statement. Ternary Operator.
Goto Statement. Switch Statement. Unconditional and
Conditional Looping. While-Loop. Do-While Loop. FOR
Loop. Break and Continue Statements. Nested Loops),
Arrays (1D&2D) and strings, user defined functions,
Structures and Unions, Idea of classes and objects
Programs: using C/C++ language Sum & average of a list of numbers, largest of a given
list of numbers and its location in the list, sorting of
numbers in ascending-descending order, Binary search
Random number generation Area of circle, area of square, volume of sphere, value of
pi (π)
Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental Solution of linear and quadratic equation, solving
equations by Bisection, Newton Raphson
 sin  
2
and Secant methods   tan  ; I  I 0   in optics

  
Interpolation by Newton Gregory Forward Evaluation of trigonometric functions e.g. sin ș, cos ș, tan
and Backward difference formula, Error ș, etc.
estimation of linear interpolation
Numerical differentiation (Forward and Given Position with equidistant time data to calculate
Backward difference formula) and velocity and acceleration and vice-versa. Find the area of
Integration (Trapezoidal a n d Simpson B-H Hysteresis loop
rules), Monte Carlo method
14
Solution of Ordinary Differential First order differential equation
Equations (ODE)  Radioactive decay
 Current in RC, LC circuits with DC source
First order Differential equation Euler,
 Newton’s law of cooling
modified Euler and Runge-Kutta (RK)
 Classical equations of motion
second and fourth order methods
Attempt following problems using RK 4 order method:
 Solve the coupled differential equations
;
for four initial conditions
x(0) = 0, y(0) = -1, -2, -3, -4.
Plot x vs y for each of the four initial conditions on
the same screen for 0  t  15
The differential equation describing the motion of a
pendulum is sin . The pendulum is released
from rest at an angular displacement , i. e.
 . Solve the equation for  = 0.1, 0.5
and 1.0 and plot as a function of time in the range 0  t
 8. Also plot the analytic solution valid for small
sin
Reference Books:
 Introduction to Numerical Analysis, S.S. Sastry, 5thEdn., 2012, PHI Learning Pvt.
Ltd.
 Schaum's Outline of Programming with C++. J.Hubbard, 2 0 0 0 , McGraw‐Hill
Publications.
 Numerical Recipes in C++: The Art of Scientific Computing, W.H. Pressetal.,
3 rd Edn., 2007, Cambridge University Press.
 A first course in Numerical Methods, Uri M. Ascher and Chen Greif, 2012, PHI
Learning
 Elementary Numerical Analysis, K.E. Atkinson, 3 r d E d n . , 2 0 0 7 , Wiley India
Edition.
 Numerical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, R.W. Hamming, 1973, Courier
Dover Pub.
 An Introduction to Computational Physics, T. Pang, 2 nd Edn., 2006, Cambridge
Univ. Press
15
SEC-3: ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS AND NETWORK SKILLS
(Credits: 02)
Theory: 30 Lectures
Basic Electricity Principles: Voltage, Current, Resistance, and Power. Ohm's law.
Series, parallel, and series-parallel combinations. AC Electricity and DC Electricity.
Familiarization with multimeter, voltmeter and ammeter. (3 Lectures)
Understanding Electrical Circuits: Main electric circuit elements and their

combination. Rules to analyze DC sourced electrical circuits. Current and voltage drop
across the DC circuit elements. Single-phase and three-phase alternating current sources.
Rules to analyze AC sourced electrical circuits. Real, imaginary and complex power
components of AC source. Power factor. Saving energy and money. (4 Lectures)
Electrical Drawing and Symbols: Drawing symbols. Blueprints. Reading

Schematics. Ladder diagrams. Electrical Schematics. Power circuits. Control
circuits. Reading of circuit schematics. Tracking the connections of elements and
identify current flow and voltagedrop. (4 Lectures)
Generators and Transformers: DC Power sources. AC/DC generators. Inductance,

capacitance, and impedance. Operation of transformers. (3 Lectures)
Electric Motors: Single-phase, three-phase & DC motors. Basic design. Interfacing DC

or AC sources to control heaters & motors. Speed & power of ac motor. (4 Lectures)
Solid-State Devices: Resistors, inductors and capacitors. Diode and

rectifiers. Components in Series or in shunt. Response of inductors and capacitors
with DC or AC sources (3 Lectures)
Electrical Protection: Relays. Fuses and disconnect switches. Circuit breakers.

Overload devices. Ground-fault protection. Grounding and isolating. Phase reversal.
Surge protection. Interfacing DC or AC sources to control elements (relay protection
device) (4 Lectures)
Electrical Wiring: Different types of conductors and cables. Basics of wiring-Star and
delta connection. Voltage drop and losses across cables and conductors. Instruments to
measure current, voltage, power in DC and AC circuits. Insulation. Solid and
stranded cable. Conduit. Cable trays. Splices: wirenuts, crimps, terminal blocks, split
bolts, and solder. Preparation of extension board. (5 Lectures)
Reference Books:
 A text book in Electrical Technology - B L Theraja - S Chand & Co.
 A text book of Electrical Technology - A K Theraja
 Performance and design of AC machines - M G Say ELBS Edn.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
16
Semester VI
DSE - 1B: ELEMENTS OF MODERN PHYSICS

Theory: 60 Lectures
Planck’s quantum, Planck’s constant and light as a collection of photons; Photo-electric

effect and Compton scattering. De Broglie wavelength and matter waves; Davisson-
Germx er e periment. (8 Lectures)
Problems with Rutherford model- instability of atoms and observation of discrete atomic
spectra; Bohr's quantization rule and atomic stability; calculation of energy levels for
hydrogen like atoms and their spectra. (4 Lectures)
Position measurement- gamma ray microscope thought experiment; Wave-particle

duality, Heisenberg uncertainty principle- impossibility of a particle following a
trajectory; Estimating minimum energy of a confined particle using uncertainty
principle; Energy-time uncertainty principle. (4 Lectures)
Two slit interference experiment with photons, atoms and particles; linear superposition
principle as a consequence; Matter waves and wave amplitude; Schrodinger equation for
non-relativistic particles; Momentum and Energy operators; stationary states; physical
interpretation of wavefunction, probabilities and normalization; Probability and
probability current densities in one dimension. 11 Lectures)
One dimensional infinitely rigid box- energy eigenvalues and eigenfunctions,

normalization; Quantum dot as an example; Quantum mechanical scattering and
tunnelling in one dimension - across a step potential and across a rectangular potential
barrier. (12 Lectures)
Size and structure of atomic nucleus and its relation with atomic weight; Impossibility of
an electron being in the nucleus as a consequence of the uncertainty principle. Nature
of nuclear force, NZ graph, semi-empirical mass formula and binding energy.
(6 Lectures)
Radioactivity: stability of nucleus; Law of radioactive decay; Mean life & half-life; 
decay; decay - energy released, spectrum and Pauli's prediction of neutrino; -ray
emission. (11 Lectures)
Fission and fusion - mass deficit, relativity and generation of energy; Fission - nature of
fragments and emission of neutrons. Nuclear reactor: slow neutrons interacting with
Uranium 235; Fusion and thermonuclear reactions. (4 Lectures)
17
Reference Books:
 Concepts of Modern Physics, Arthur Beiser, 2009, McGraw-Hill
 Modern Physics, John R. Taylor, Chris D. Zafiratos, Michael A.Dubson,2009, PHI
Learning
 Six Ideas that Shaped Physics: Particle Behave like Waves, Thomas A. Moore,
2003, McGraw Hill
 Quantum Physics, Berkeley Physics Course Vol.4. E.H. Wichman, 2008, Tata
McGraw-Hill Co.
 Modern Physics, R.A. Serway, C.J. Moses, and C.A.Moyer, 2005, Cengage
Learning
 Modern Physics, G. Kaur and G.R. Pickrell, 2014, McGraw Hill
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DSE-1B LAB: ELEMENTS OF MODERN PHYSICS
60 Lectures
1. To determine value of Boltzmann constant using V-I characteristic of PN diode.

2. To determine work function of material of filament of directly heated vacuum
diode.
3. To determine value of Planck’s constant using LEDs of at least 4 different
colours.
4. To determine the ionization potential of mercury.
5. To determine the wavelength of H-alpha emission line of Hydrogen atom.
6. To determine the absorption lines in the rotational spectrum of Iodine vapour.
7. To study the diffraction patterns of single and double slits using laser source and
measure its intensity variation using Photosensor and compare with incoherent
source – Na light.
8. Photo-electric effect: photo current versus intensity and wavelength of light;
maximum energy of photo-electrons versus frequency of light
9. To determine the value of e/m by magnetic focusing.
10. To setup the Millikan oil drop apparatus and determine the charge of an electron.
Reference Books:
 Advanced Practical Physics for students, B.L. Flint & H.T. Worsnop, 1971, Asia
Publishing House.
18
SEC-4: BASIC INSTRUMENTATION SKILLS
(Credits: 02)
Theory: 30 Lectures
This course is to get exposure with various aspects of instruments and their usage through
hands-on mode. Experiments listed below are to be done in continuation of the topics.
Basic of Measurement: Instruments accuracy, precision, sensitivity, resolution range

etc. Errors in measurements and loading effects. Multimeter: Principles of measurement
of dc voltage and dc current, ac voltage, ac current and resistance. Specifications of a
multimeter and their significance. (4 Lectures)
Electronic Voltmeter: Advantage over conventional multimeter for voltage

measurement with respect to input impedance and sensitivity. Principles of voltage,
measurement (block diagram only). Specifications of an electronic Voltmeter/
Multimeter and their significance. AC millivoltmeter: Type of AC millivoltmeters:
Amplifier- rectifier, and rectifier- amplifier. Block diagram ac millivoltmeter,
specifications and their significance. (4 Lectures)
Cathode Ray Oscilloscope: Block diagram of basic CRO. Construction of CRT,

Electron gun, electrostatic focusing and acceleration (Explanation only– no
mathematical treatment), brief discussion on screen phosphor, visual persistence &
chemical composition. Time base operation, synchronization. Front panel controls.
Specifications of a CRO and their significance. (6 Lectures)
Use of CRO for the measurement of voltage (dc and ac frequency, time period. Special
features of dual trace, introduction to digital oscilloscope, probes. Digital storage
Oscilloscope: Block diagram and principle of working. (3 Lectures)
Signal Generators and Analysis Instruments: Block diagram, explanation and

specifications of low frequency signal generators. pulse generator, and function
generator. Brief idea for testing, specifications. Distortion factor meter, wave analysis.
(4 Lectures)
Impedance Bridges & Q-Meters: Block diagram of bridge. working principles of basic
(balancing type) RLC bridge. Specifications of RLC bridge. Block diagram & working
principles of a Q- Meter. Digital LCR bridges. (3 Lectures)
Digital Instruments: Principle and working of digital meters. Comparison of analog &
digital instruments. Characteristics of a digital meter. Working principles of digital
voltmeter. (3 Lectures)
Digital Multimeter: Block diagram and working of a digital multimeter. Working

principle of time interval, frequency and period measurement using universal counter/
frequency counter, time- base stability, accuracy and resolution. (3 Lectures)
The test of lab skills will be of the following test items:

1. Use of an oscilloscope.
19
2. CRO as a versatile measuring device.
3. Circuit tracing of Laboratory electronic equipment,
4. Use of Digital multimeter/VTVM for measuring voltages
5. Circuit tracing of Laboratory electronic equipment,
6. Winding a coil / transformer.
7. Study the layout of receiver circuit.
8. Trouble shooting a circuit
9. Balancing of bridges
Laboratory Exercises:
1. To observe the loading effect of a multimeter while measuring voltage across a
low resistance and high resistance.
2. To observe the limitations of a multimeter for measuring high frequency voltage
and currents.
3. To measure Q of a coil and its dependence on frequency, using a Q- meter.
4. Measurement of voltage, frequency, time period and phase angle using CRO.
5. Measurement of time period, frequency, average period using universal counter/
frequency counter.
6. Measurement of rise, fall and delay times using a CRO.
7. Measurement of distortion of a RF signal generator using distortion factor meter.
8. Measurement of R, L and C using a LCR bridge/ universal bridge.
Open Ended Experiments:

1. Using a Dual Trace Oscilloscope
2. Converting the range of a given measuring instrument (voltmeter, ammeter)
Reference Books:
 A text book in Electrical Technology - B L Theraja - S Chand and Co.
 Performance and design of AC machines - M G Say ELBS Edn.
 Digital Circuits and systems, Venugopal, 2011, Tata McGraw Hill.
 Logic circuit design, Shimon P. Vingron, 2012, Springer.
 Digital Electronics, Subrata Ghoshal, 2012, Cengage Learning.
 Electronic Devices and circuits, S. Salivahanan & N. S.Kumar, 3rd Ed., 2012,
Tata Mc-Graw Hill
 Electronic circuits: Handbook of design and applications, U.Tietze, Ch.Schenk,
2008, Springer
 Electronic Devices, 7/e Thomas L. Floyd, 2008, Pearson India
20
SCHEME AND SYLLABUS FOR
FOR B.Sc. HONOURS ZOOLOGY
Sem Core Course(14) Ability Skill Discipline Generic
Enhancement Enhancement Specific Elective
Compulsory Course Elective GE (4)
Course (2) SEC (2) DCE (4)
I C-1: Non-chordates English/Hindi/ GE-1: Animal
I: Protista to MIL Diversity
Pseudocoelomates Communication
C-2: Principles of
Ecology
II C-3: Non-chordates Environmental GE- 2: Human
II: Coelomates Science Physiology
C-4: Cell Biology
III C-5: Diversity of SEC-1: GE- 3: Animal
Chordates Sericulture Cell
Biotechnology
C-6: Physiology:
Controlling and
Coordinating
Systems
C-7: Fundamentals
of Biochemistry
IV C-8: Comparative SEC-2: GE-4: Aquatic
Anatomy of Aquarium Biology
Vertebrates Fish Keeping
C-9: Physiology:
Life Sustaining
Systems
C-10: Biochemistry
of Metabolic
Processes
V C-11: Molecular DSE-1:
Biology Immunology
C-12: Principles of DSE-2:
Genetics Animal
Bio-
technology
VI C-13: DSE–3:
Developmental Fish and
Biology Fisheries
C-14: Evolutionary DSE-4:
1
Biology Endo-
crinology
Semester Course Opted Course Name Credits

I Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course-I English Communications 2
Core course-1 Non-chordates I: Protista to 4
Pseudocoelomates
Core Course-1 Practical 2
Core course-2 Principles of Ecology 4
Generic Elective –1 Botany 1/Chemistry 1/Other 4
Discipline
Generic Elective –1 Practical/Tutorial 2
II Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course-II Environmental Science 2
Core course-3 Non-chordates II: Coelomates 4
Core Course-3Practical 2
Core course-4 Cell Biology 4
Generic Elective –2 Botany 2/Chemistry 2/Other 4
Discipline
Generic Elective –2 Practical 2
III Core course-5 Diversity of chordates 4
Core course-6 Physiology: Controlling and 4
Coordinating systems
Core course-7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry 4
Skill Enhancement Course-1 Sericulture 4
Generic Elective –3 Botany 3/Chemistry 3/ Other 4
Discipline
Generic Elective –3 Practical 2
IV Core course-8 Comparative anatomy of 4
vertebrates
Core course-9 Physiology: Life Sustaining 4
Systems
Core course-10 Biochemistry of Metabolic 4
Processes
Core Course- 10 Practical 2
Skill Enhancement Course- 2 Aquarium Fish Keeping 4
Generic Elective –4 Botany 4/Chemistry 4/ Other 4
Discipline
Generic Elective – 4 Practical 2
V Core course-11 Molecular Biology 4
2
Core course-12 Principles of Genetics 4
Discipline Specific Elective –1 Immunology 4
Discipline Specific Elective –1 Practical 2
Discipline Specific Elective –2 Animal Biotechnology 4
Discipline Specific Elective- 2 2
Practical/Tutorial
VI Core course-13 Developmental Biology 4
Core Course-13 Practical/Tutorial 2
Core course-14 Evolutionary Biology 4
Core Course-14 Practical/Tutorial 2
Discipline Centric Elective –3 Fish and Fisheries 4
Discipline Centric Elective –3 2
Practical/Tutorial
Discipline Centric Elective-4 Endocrinology 4
Discipline Centric Elective –4 2
Practical/Tutorial
Total: 140
CORE COURSES
C-1 Non-chordates I: Protista to Pseudocoelomates
C-2 Principles of Ecology
C-3 Non-chordates II: Coelomates
C-4 Cell Biology
C-5 Diversity of Chordates
C-6 Physiology: Controlling and Coordinating Systems
C-7 Fundamentals of Biochemistry
C-8 Comparative Anatomy of Vertebrates
C-9 Physiology: Life Sustaining Systems
C-10 Biochemistry of Metabolic Processes
C-11 Molecular Biology
C-12 Principles of Genetics
C-13 Developmental Biology
C-14 Evolutionary Biology
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE COURSES

DSE-1 Immunology
DSE-2 Animal Biotechnology
DSE-3 Fish and Fisheries
DSE-4 Endocrinology
GENERIC ELECTIVE COURSES FOR OTHER DISCIPLINE *(Four papers from any
two discipline) the Students of B.Sc. Zoology Honours have to adopt four papers from other
two discipline*
GE-1 Animal Diversity
GE-2 Human Physiology
GE-3 Animal Cell Biotechnology
3
GE-4 Aquatic Biology
SEC-1 Sericulture
SEC-2 Aquarium Fish Keeping
*For pursing M.Sc. in Zoology, the students should have Chemistry as Generic Elective (GE) for
two semesters.
Bodoland University
Department of Zoology
Curriculum Structures for UG syllabus (B.Sc. Honours)
Total Marks = 2400
SEM-I
(L+T+P)
ZOO-101H C-1: Non- 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
chordates I:
Protista to
Pseudocoelomates
ZOO-102H C-2: Principles of 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Ecology
ZOO-103HR GE-1: Animal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Diversity
COMM-104HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-1:
English/Hind/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P)
chordates II:
Coelomates
ZOO-202H C-4: Cell Biology 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
ZOO-203HR GE-2: Human 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
4
Physiology
COMM-204HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-2:
Environmental
Science
Total 20 20 290 60 350
5
SEM-III
(L+T+P)
ZOO-301H C-5: Diversity of 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Chordates
ZOO-302H C-6: Physiology: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Controlling and
Coordinating
Systems
ZOO-303H C-7: Fundamentals 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
of Biochemistry
ZOO-304HR AEC: SEC-1: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Sericulture
ZOO-305H GE-3: Animal Cell 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biotechnology
Total 26 26 370 80 450
SEM-IV
(L+T+P)
ZOO-401H C-8: Comparative 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Anatomy of
Vertebrates
Life Sustaining
Systems
ZOO-403H C-10: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biochemistry of
Metabolic
Processes
ZOO-404HR AEC: SEC-2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Aquarium Fish
Keeping
ZOO-405 H GE-4: Aquatic 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biology
Total 26 26 370 80 450
6
SEM-V
(L+T+P)
ZOO-501H C-11: Molecular 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biology
Genetics
ZOO-D1HR DSE-1: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Immunology
ZOO-D2HR DSE-2: Animal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Bio-technology
Total 24 24 320 80 400
SEM-VI
(L+T+P)
ZOO-601H C-13: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Developmental
Biology
ZOO-602H C-14: Evolutionary 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biology
ZOO-D3H DSE-3: Fish and 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Fisheries
ZOO-D4H DSE-4: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Endocrinology
Total 24 24 320 80 400
7
1ST SEMESTER SYLLABUS (HONOURS)
SEM-I
(L+T+P)
chordates I:
Protista to
Pseudocoelomates
Ecology
ZOO-103HR GE-1: Animal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Diversity
COMM-104HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-1:
English/Hind/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
8
C-1: NON-CHORDATES I: PROTISTS TO PSEUDOCOELOMATES
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Protista, Parazoa and Metazoa 19 Lectures
General characteristics and Classification up to classes
Study of Euglena, Amoeba and Paramecium
Life cycle and pathogenicity of Plasmodium vivax and Entamoeba histolytica
Locomotion and Reproduction in Protista
Evolution of symmetry and segmentation of Metazoa
Unit 2: Porifera 7
Canal system and spicules in sponges
Unit 3: Cnidaria 12
Metagenesis in Obelia
Polymorphism in Cnidaria
Corals and coral reefs
Unit 4: Ctenophora 4
General characteristics and Evolutionary significance
Unit 5: Platyhelminthes 10
Life cycle and pathogenicity of Fasciola hepatica and Taenia solium
Unit 6: Nemathelminthes 8
Life cycle, and pathogenicity of Ascaris lumbricoides and Wuchereria bancrofti
Parasitic adaptations in helminthes
Note: Classification to be followed from “Barnes, R.D. (1982). Invertebrate Zoology, V Edition”
015
PRACTICALS (CREDITS 2)
1. Study of whole mount of Euglena, Amoeba and Paramecium, Binary fission and
Conjugation in Paramecium
2. Examination of pond water collected from different places for diversity in protista
3. Study of Sycon (T.S. and L.S.), Hyalonema, Euplectella, Spongilla
4. Study of Obelia, Physalia, Millepora, Aurelia, Tubipora, Corallium, Alcyonium,
Gorgonia, Metridium, Pennatula, Fungia, Meandrina, Madrepora
5. One specimen/slide of any ctenophore
6. Study of adult Fasciola hepatica, Taenia solium and their life cycles (Slides/
photographs)
7. Study of adult Ascaris lumbricoides and its life stages (Slides/micro-photographs)
8. To submit a Project Report on any related topic on life cycles/coral/ coral reefs.
Note: Classification to be followed from “Ruppert and Barnes (2006) Invertebrate Zoology, 8th
edition, Holt Saunders International Edition”
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
International Edition.
 Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P.J.W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
Invertebrates: A New Synthesis, III Edition, Blackwell Science
9
 Barrington, E.J.W. (1979). Invertebrate Structure and Functions. II Edition, E.L.B.S. and
Nelson
10
C-2 PRINCIPLES OF ECOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Introduction to Ecology 6 Lectures
History of ecology, Autecology and synecology, Levels of organization, Laws of
limiting factors, Study of physical factors
Unit 2: Population 24
Unitary and Modular populations
Unique and group attributes of population: Density, natality, mortality, life tables,
fecundity tables, survivorship curves, age ratio, sex ratio, dispersal and dispersion
Exponential and logistic growth, equation and patterns, r and K strategies
Population regulation - density-dependent and independent factors
Population interactions, Gause’s Principle with laboratory and field examples,
Lotka-Volterra equation for competition and Predation, functional and numerical
responses
Unit 3: Community 12
Community characteristics: species richness, dominance, diversity, abundance,
vertical stratification, Ecotone and edge effect; Ecological succession with one
example
Theories pertaining to climax community
Unit 4: Ecosystem 14
Types of ecosystems with one example in detail, Food chain: Detritus and grazing
food chains, Linear and Y-shaped food chains, Food web, Energy flow through the
ecosystem, Ecological pyramids and Ecological efficiencies
Nutrient and biogeochemical cycle with one example of Nitrogen cycle
Human modified ecosystem
Unit 5: Applied Ecology 4
Ecology in Wildlife Conservation and Management
2015
1. Study of life tables and plotting of survivorship curves of different types from the
hypothetical/real data provided
2. Determination of population density in a natural/hypothetical community by quadrate
method and calculation of Shannon-Weiner diversity index for the same community
3. Study of an aquatic ecosystem: Phytoplankton and zooplankton, Measurement of area,
temperature, turbidity/penetration of light, determination of pH, and Dissolved Oxygen
content (Winkler’s method), Chemical Oxygen Demand and free CO2
4. Report on a visit to National Park/Biodiversity Park/Wild life sanctuary
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Colinvaux, P. A. (1993). Ecology. II Edition. Wiley, John and Sons, Inc.
 Krebs, C. J. (2001). Ecology. VI Edition. Benjamin Cummings.
 Odum, E.P., (2008). Fundamentals of Ecology. Indian Edition. Brooks/Cole
 Robert Leo Smith Ecology and field biology Harper and Row publisher
 Ricklefs, R.E., (2000). Ecology. V Edition. Chiron Pres
11
GE- 1:ANIMAL DIVERSITY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1. Protista 4 Lectures
General characters of Protozoa; Life cycle of Plasmodium
Unit 2. Porifera 3
General characters and canal system in Porifera
Unit 3. Radiata 3
General characters of Cnidarians and polymorphism
Unit 4. Aceolomates 3
General characters of Helminthes; Life cycle of Taenia solium
Unit 5. Pseudocoelomates 3
General characters of Nemethehelminthes; Parasitic adaptations
Unit 6. Coelomate Protostomes 3
General characters of Annelida ; Metamerism.
Unit 7. Arthropoda 4
General characters. Social life in insects.
Unit 8. Mollusca 3
General characters of mollusca; Pearl Formation
Unit 9. Coelomate Deuterostomes 3
General characters of Echinodermata, Water Vascular system in Starfish.
Unit 10. Protochordata 2
Salient features
Unit 11. Pisces 4
Osmoregulation, Migration of Fishes
Unit 12. Amphibia 4
General characters, Adaptations for terrestrial life, Parental care in Amphibia.
Unit 13. Reptilia 5
Amniotes; Origin of reptiles. Terrestrial adaptations in reptiles.
Unit 14. Aves 5
The origin of birds; Flight adaptations
Unit 15. Mammalia 6
Early evolution of mammals; Primates; Dentition in mammals.
2015
PRACTICAL (CREDITS 2)
1. Study of following specimens:
a) Non Chordates: Euglena, Noctiluca, Paramecium, Sycon, , Physalia, Tubipora,
Metridium, Taenia, Ascaris, Nereis, Aphrodite, Leech, Peripatus, Limulus, ,
Hermitcrab, Daphnia, Millipede, Centipede, Beetle, Chiton, Dentalium, Octopus,
Asterias, and Antedon.
b) Chordates: Balanoglossus, Amphioxus, Petromyzon, Pristis, Hippocampus, Labeo,
Icthyophis/ Uraeotyphlus, Salamander, Rhacophorus Draco, Uromastix, Naja, Viper,
model of Archaeopteryx, any three common birds-(Crow, duck, Owl), Squirrel and Bat.
2. Study of following Permanent Slides:
Cross section of Sycon, Sea anemone and Ascaris(male and female). T. S. of Earthworm
passing through pharynx, gizzard, and typhlosolar intestine. Bipinnaria and Pluteus larva.
3. Temporary mounts of
a) Septal & pharyngeal nephridia of earthworm.
b) Unstained mounts of Placoid, cycloid and ctenoid scales.
12
4. Dissections of
a) Digestive and nervous system of Cockroach.
b) Urinogenital system of Rat
SUGGESTED BOOKS
 Barnes, R.D. (1992). Invertebrate Zoology. Saunders College Pub. USA.
 Ruppert, Fox and Barnes (2006) Invertebrate Zoology. A functional Evolutionary
Approach 7th Edition, Thomson Books/Cole
 Campbell & Reece (2005). Biology, Pearson Education, (Singapore) Pvt. Ltd.
 Kardong, K. V. (2002). Vertebrates Comparative Anatomy. Function and Evolution. Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company. New Delhi.
 Raven, P. H. and Johnson, G. B. (2004). Biology, 6th edition, Tata McGraw Hill
Publications. New Delhi.
13
2ND SEMESTER SYLLABUS (HONOURS)
SEM-II
(L+T+P)
chordates II:
Coelomates
ZOO-202H C-4: Cell Biology 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
ZOO-203HR GE-2: Human 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physiology
COMM-204HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-2:
Environmental
Science
Total 20 20 290 60 350
14
C-3: NON-CHORDATES II: COELOMATES
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Introduction to Coelomates 2 Lectures
Evolution of coelom and metamerism
Unit 2: Annelida 10
Excretion in Annelida
Unit 3: Arthropoda 17
Vision and Respiration in Arthropoda
Metamorphosis in Insects
Social life in bees and termites
Unit 4: Onychophora 4
General characteristics and Evolutionary significance
Unit 5: Mollusca
General characteristics and Classification up to classes, Respiration in Mollusca
Torsion and detorsion in Gastropoda, Pearl formation in bivalves, Evolutionary
significance of trochophore larva
Unit 6: Echinodermata 12
General characteristics and Classification up to classes, Water-vascular system in
Asteroidea, Larval forms in Echinodermata, Affinities with Chordates
1. Study of following specimens:
• Annelids - Aphrodite, Nereis, Heteronereis, Sabella, Serpula, Chaetopterus, Pheretima,
Hirudinaria
• Arthropods - Limulus, Palamnaeus, Palaemon, Daphnia, Balanus, Sacculina, Cancer,
Eupagurus, Scolopendra, Julus, Bombyx, Periplaneta, termites and honey bees
• Onychophora - Peripatus
• Molluscs - Chiton, Dentalium, Pila, Doris, Helix, Unio, Ostrea, Pinctada, Sepia,
Octopus, Nautilus
• Echinodermates - Pentaceros/Asterias, Ophiura, Clypeaster, Echinus, Cucumaria and
Antedon
2. Study of digestive system, septal nephridia and pharyngeal nephridia of earthworm
3. T.S. through pharynx, gizzard, and typhlosolar intestine of earthworm
4. Mount of mouth parts and dissection of digestive system and nervous system of
Periplaneta*
5. To submit a Project Report on any related topic to larval forms (crustacean, mollusk and
echinoderm)
Note: Classification to be followed from “Ruppert and Barnes (2006) Invertebrate Zoology, 8th
edition, Holt Saunders International Edition”
SUGGESTED READINGS
Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
International Edition
Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P. J. W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
Barrington, E.J.W. (1979). Invertebrate Structure and Functions. II Edition, E.L.B.S. and Nelson
15
2015
C-4: CELL BIOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Overview of Cells 3 Lectures
Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cells, Virus, Viroids, Mycoplasma, Prions
Unit 2: Plasma Membrane 7
Various models of plasma membrane structure
Transport across membranes: Active and Passive transport, Facilitated transport
Cell junctions: Tight junctions, Desmosomes, Gap junctions
Unit 3: Endomembrane System 10
Structure and Functions: Endoplasmic Reticulum, Golgi Apparatus, Lysosomes
Unit 4: Mitochondria and Peroxisomes 8
Mitochondria: Structure, Semi-autonomous nature, Endosymbiotic hypothesis
Mitochondrial Respiratory Chain, Chemi-osmotic hypothesis
Peroxisomes
Unit 5: Cytoskeleton 8
Structure and Functio ns: Microtubules, Microfilaments and Intermediate filaments
Unit 6: Nucleus 12
Structure of Nucleus: Nuclear envelope, Nuclear pore complex, Nucleolus
Chromatin: Euchromatin and Hetrochromatin and packaging (nucleosome)
Unit 7: Cell Division 8
Mitosis, Meiosis, Cell cycle and its regulation
Unit 8: Cell Signaling 4
GPCR and Role of second messenger (cAMP)
2015
1. Preparation of temporary stained squash of onion root tip to study various stages of
mitosis
2. Study of various stages of meiosis.
3. Preparation of permanent slide to show the presence of Barr body in human female blood
cells/cheek cells.
4. Preparation of permanent slide to demonstrate:
a. DNA by Feulgen reaction
b. DNA and RNA by MGP
c. Mucopolysaccharides by PAS reaction
d. Proteins by Mercurobromophenol blue/Fast Green
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Karp, G. (2010). Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments. VI Edition.
John Wiley and Sons. Inc.
 De Robertis, E.D.P. and De Robertis, E.M.F. (2006). Cell and Molecular Biology. VIII
Edition. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia.
 Cooper, G.M. and Hausman, R.E. (2009). The Cell: A Molecular Approach. V Edition.
ASM Press and Sunderland, Washington, D.C.; Sinauer Associates, MA.
 Becker, W.M., Kleinsmith, L.J., Hardin. J. and Bertoni, G. P. (2009). The World of the
Cell. VII Edition. Pearson Benjamin Cummings Publishing, San Francisco.
16
 Bruce Albert, Bray Dennis, Levis Julian, Raff Martin, Roberts Keith and Watson James
(2008). Molecular Biology of the Cell, V Edition, Garland publishing Inc., New York and
London.
17
GE-2: HUMAN PHYSIOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Digestion and Absorption of Food 12 Lectures
Structure and function of digestive glands; Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates,
fats and proteins; Nervous and hormonal control of digestion (in brief)
Unit 2: Functioning of Excitable Tissue (Nerve and Muscle) 10
Structure of neuron, Propagation of nerve impulse (myelinated and non-myelinated
Nerve fibre); Structure of skeletal muscle, Mechanism of muscle contraction (Sliding
Filament theory), Neuromuscular junction
Unit 3: Respiratory Physiology 6
Ventilation, External and internal Respiration, Transport of oxygen and carbon
dioxide in blood, Factors affecting transport of gases.
Unit 4: Renal Physiology 8
Functional anatomy of kidney, Mechanism and regulation of urine formation
Unit 5: Cardiovascular Physiology 10
Structure of heart, Coordination of heartbeat, Cardiac cycle, ECG
U nit 6: Endocrine and Reproductive Physiology 14
Structure and function of endocrine glands (pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid,
pancreas, adrenal, ovaries, and testes), Brief account of spermatogenesis and
oogenesis, Menstrual cycle
1. Preparation of temporary mounts: Neurons and Blood film.
2. Preparation of haemin and haemochromogen crystals.
3. Estimation of haemoglobin using Sahli’s haemoglobinometer.
4. Examination of permanent histological sections of mammalian oesophagus, stomach,
duodenum, rectum, lung, kidney, thyroid, pancreas, adrenal, testis, ovary.
SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Tortora, G.J. and Derrickson, B.H. (2009). Principles of Anatomy and Physiology, XII
Edition, John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
2. Widmaier, E.P., Raff, H. and Strang, K.T. (2008). Vander’s Human Physiology, XI
Edition, McGraw Hill.
3. Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E. (2011). Textbook of Medical Physiology, XII Edition,
Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd/ W.B. Saunders Company.
4. Marieb, E. (1998). Human Anatomy and Physiology, IV Edition, Addison-Wesley.
5. Kesar, S. and Vashisht, N. (2007). Experimental Physiology, Heritage Publishers.
6. Prakash, G. (2012). Lab Manual on Blood Analysis and Medical Diagnostics, S. Chand
and Company Ltd.
18
3RD SEMESTER SYLLABUS (HONOURS)
SEM-III
(L+T+P)
ZOO-301H C-5: Diversity of 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Chordates
Controlling and
Coordinating
Systems
ZOO-303H C-7: Fundamentals 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
of Biochemistry
ZOO-304HR AEC: SEC-1: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Sericulture
ZOO-305H GE-3: Animal Cell 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biotechnology
Total 26 26 370 80 450
19
C-5: DIVERSITY OF CHORDATA
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Introduction to Chordates 2 Lectures
General characteristics and outline classification
Unit 2: Protochordata 8
General characteristics of Hemichordata, Urochordata and Cephalochordata;
Study of larval forms in protochordates; Retrogressive metamorphosis in Urochordata
Unit 3: Origin of Chordata 3
Dipleurula concept and the Echinoderm theory of origin of chordates
Advanced features of vertebrates over Protochordata
Unit 4: Agnatha 2
General characteristics and classification of cyclostomes up to class
Unit 5: Pisces 8
General characteristics of Chondrichthyes and Osteichthyes, classification up to order
Migration, Osmoregulation and Parental care in fishes
Unit 6: Amphibia 6
Origin of Tetrapoda (Evolution of terrestrial ectotherms); General characteristics and
classification up to order; Parental care in Amphibians
Unit 7: Reptilia 7
General characteristics and classification up to order; Affinities of Sphenodon; Poison
apparatus and Biting mechanism in snakes
Unit 8: Aves 8
General characteristics and classification up to order Archaeopteryx—a connecting link;
Principles and aerodynamics of flight, Flight adaptations and Migration in birds
Unit 9: Mammals 8
General characters and classification up to order; Affinities of Prototheria; Adaptive
radiation with reference to locomotory appendages
Unit 10: Zoogeography 8
Zoogeographical realms, Theories pertaining to distribution of animals, Plate tectonic
and Continental drift theory, distribution of vertebrates in different realms
2015
1. Protochordata
Balanoglossus, Herdmania, Branchiostoma, Colonial Urochordata Sections of
Balanoglossus through proboscis and branchiogenital regions, Sections of Amphioxus
through pharyngeal, intestinal and caudal regions. Permanent slide of Herdmania spicules
2. Agnatha
Petromyzon, Myxine
3. Fishes
Scoliodon, Sphyrna, Pristis, Torpedo, Chimaera, Mystus, Heteropneustes, Labeo,
Exocoetus, Echeneis, Anguilla, Hippocampus, Tetrodon/ Diodon, Anabas, Flat fish
4. Amphibia
Ichthyophis/Ureotyphlus, Necturus, Bufo, Hyla, Alytes, Salamandra
5. Reptilia
Chelone, Trionyx, Hemidactylus, Varanus, Uromastix, Chamaeleon, Ophiosaurus, Draco,
Bungarus, Vipera, Naja, Hydrophis, Zamenis, Crocodylus
Key for Identification of poisonous and non-poisonous snakes
6. Aves
20
Study of six common birds from different orders. Types of beaks and claws
7. Mammalia
Sorex, Bat (Insectivorous and Frugivorous), Funambulus, Loris, Herpestes, Erinaceous.
Mount of weberian ossicles of Mystus, pecten from Fowl head
Dissection of Fowl head (Dissections and mounts subject to permission)
Power point presentation on study of any two animals from two different classes by
students (may be included if dissections not given permission)
Classification from Young, J. Z. (2004) to be followed
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Young, J. Z. (2004). The Life of Vertebrates. III Edition. Oxford university press.
 Pough H. Vertebrate life, VIII Edition, Pearson International.
 Darlington P.J. The Geographical Distribution of Animals, R.E. Krieger Pub Co.
 Hall B.K. and Hallgrimsson B. (2008). Strickberger’s Evolution. IV Edition. Jones and
Bartlett Publishers Inc.2015

21
C-6: ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY: CONTROLLING AND COORDINATING SYSTEMS
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Tissues 6 Lectures
Structure, location, classification and functions of epithelial tissue, connective tissue,
muscular tissue and nervous tissue
Unit 2: Bone and Cartilage 4
Structure and types of bones and cartilages, Ossification, bone growth and resorption
Unit 3: Nervous System 10
Structure of neuron, resting membrane potential, Origin of action potential and its
propagation across the myelinated and unmyelinated nerve fibers; Types of synapse,
Synaptic transmission and, Neuromuscular junction; Reflex action and its types –
reflex arc; Physiology of hearing and vision.
Unit 4: Muscle 12
Histology of different types of muscle; Ultra structure of skeletal muscle; Molecular
and chemical basis of muscle contraction; Characteristics of muscle twitch; Motor
unit, summation and tetanus
Unit 5: Reproductive System 10
Histology of testis and ovary; Physiology of male and female reproduction; Puberty,
Methods of contraception in male and female
Unit 6: Endocrine System 18
Histology of endocrine glands - pineal, pituitary, thyroid, parathyroid, pancreas,
adrenal; hormones secreted by them and their mechanism of action; Classification
of hormones; Regulation of their secretion; Mode of hormone action, Signal
transduction pathways for steroidal and non-steroidal hormones; Hypothalamus
(neuroendocrine gland) - principal nuclei involved in neuroendocrine control of
anterior pituitary and endocrine system; Placental hormones
2015
1. *Recording of simple muscle twitch with electrical stimulation (or Virtual)
2. Demonstration of the unconditioned reflex action (Deep tendon reflex such as knee jerk
reflex)
3. Preparation of temporary mounts: Squamous epithelium, Striated muscle fibres and nerve
cells
4. Study of permanent slides of Mammalian skin, Cartilage, Bone, Spinal cord, Nerve cell,
Pituitary, Pancreas, Testis, Ovary, Adrenal, Thyroid and Parathyroid
5. Microtomy: Preparation of permanent slide of any five mammalian (Goat/white rat)
tissues
(*Subject to UGC guidelines)
SUGGESTED BOOKS
 Guyton, A.C. & Hall, J.E. (2006). Textbook of Medical Physiology. XI Edition. Hercourt
Asia PTE Ltd. /W.B. Saunders Company.
 Tortora, G.J. & Grabowski, S. (2006). Principles of Anatomy & Physiology. XI Edition
John Wiley & sons
 Victor P. Eroschenko. (2008). diFiore’s Atlas of Histology with Functionaln correlations.
XII Edition. Lippincott W. & Wilkins.
 2015
22
C-7: FUNDAMENTALS OF BIOCHEMISTRY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Carbohydrates 8 Lectures
Structure and Biological importance: Monosaccharides, Disaccharides, Polysaccharides
and Glycoconjugates
Unit 2: Lipids 8
Structure and Significance: Physiologically important saturated and unsaturated fatty
acids, Tri-acylglycerols, Phospholipids, Glycolipids, Steroids
Unit 3: Proteins 14
Amino acids: Structure, Classification and General properties of α-amino acids;
Physiological importance of essential and non-essential α-amino acids
Proteins: Bonds stabilizing protein structure; Levels of organization in proteins;
Denaturation; Introduction to simple and conjugate proteins
Immunoglobulins: Basic Structure, Classes and Function, Antigenic Determinants
Unit 4: Nucleic Acids 12
Structure: Purines and pyrimidines, Nucleosides, Nucleotides, Nucleic acids
Cot Curves: Base pairing, Denaturation and Renaturation of DNA, Types of DNA
and RNA, Complementarity of DNA, Hpyo-Hyperchromaticity of DNA
Unit 5: Enzymes 18
Nomenclature and classification; Cofactors; Specificity of enzyme action; Isozymes;
Mechanism of enzyme action; Enzyme kinetics; Factors affecting rate of enzyme
-catalyzed reactions; Derivation of Michaelis-Menten equation, Concept of Km
and Vmax, Lineweaver-Burk plot; Multi-substrate reactions; Enzyme inhibition;
Allosteric enzymes and their kinetics; Regulation of enzyme action
2015
1. Qualitative tests of functional groups in carbohydrates, proteins and lipids.
2. Paper chromatography of amino acids.
3. Action of salivary amylase under optimum conditions.
4. Effect of pH, temperature and inhibitors on the action of salivary amylase.
5. Demonstration of proteins separation by SDS-PAGE.
SUGGESTED READING
 Cox, M.M and Nelson, D.L. (2008). Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry, V Edition,
W.H. Freeman and Co., New York.
 Berg, J.M., Tymoczko, J.L. and Stryer, L. (2007). Biochemistry, VI Edition, W.H.
Freeman and Co., New York.
 Murray, R.K., Bender, D.A., Botham, K.M., Kennelly, P.J., Rodwell, V.W. and Well, P.A.
(2009). Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry, XXVIII Edition, International Edition, The
McGraw- Hill Companies Inc.
 Hames, B.D. and Hooper, N.M. (2000). Instant Notes in Biochemistry, II Edition, BIOS
Scientific Publishers Ltd., U.K.
 Watson, J.D., Baker, T.A., Bell, S.P., Gann, A., Levine, M. and Losick, R. (2008).
Molecular Biology of the Gene, VI Edition, Cold Spring Harbor Lab. Press, Pearson Pub.
23
SEC-1: SERICULTURE
THEORY (CREDITS 2)
Unit 1: Introduction (3 Lectures)
Sericulture: Definition, history and present status; Silk route
Types of silkworms, Distribution and Races
Exotic and indigenous races
Mulberry and non-mulberry Sericulture
Unit 2: Biology of Silkworm (3)
Life cycle of Bombyx mori
Structure of silk gland and secretion of silk
Unit 3: Rearing of Silkworms (13)
Selection of mulberry variety and establishment of mulberry garden
Rearing house and rearing appliances
Disinfectants: Formalin, bleaching powder, RKO
Silkworm rearing technology: Early age and Late age rearing
Types of mountages
Spinning, harvesting and storage of cocoons
Unit 4: Pests and Diseases (4)
Pests of silkworm: Uzi fly, dermestid beetles and vertebrates
Pathogenesis of silkworm diseases: Protozoan, viral, fungal and bacterial
Control and prevention of pests and diseases
Unit 5: Entrepreneurship in Sericulture (2)
Prospectus of Sericulture in India: Sericulture industry in different states, employment,
potential in mulberry and non-mulberry sericulture. Visit to various sericulture centres.
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Manual on Sericulture; Food and Agriculture Organisation, Rome 1976
 Handbook of Practical Sericulture: S.R. Ullal and M.N. Narasimhanna CSB, Bangalore
 Silkworm Rearing and Disease of Silkworm, 1956, Ptd. By Director of Ptg., Stn. & Pub.
Govt. Press, Bangalore
 Appropriate Sericultural Techniques; Ed. M. S. Jolly, Director, CSR & TI, Mysore.
 Handbook of Silkworm Rearing: Agriculture and Technical Manual-1, Fuzi Pub. Co.Ltd.,
Tokyo, Japan1972.
 Manual of Silkworm Egg Production; M. N. Narasimhanna, CSB, Bangalore 1988.
 Silkworm Rearing; Wupang—Chun and Chen Da-Chung, Pub. By FAO, Rome 1988.
 A Guide for Bivoltine Sericulture; K. Sengupta, Director, CSR & TI, Mysore 1989.
 Improved Method of Rearing Young age silkworm; S. Krishnaswamy, reprinted CSB,
Bangalore, 1986.
24
GE-3: ANIMAL CELL BIOTECHNOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
UNIT 1: Introduction 5 Lectures
Concept and Scope of Biotechnology
UNIT2:Techniques in Gene manipulation 15
Outline process of genetic engineering and recombinant DNA technology,
Isolation of genes, Concept of restriction and modification: Restriction
endonucleases, DNA modifying enzymes;
Cloning Vectors: Plasmids, Phage vectors, Cosmids, Phagemids, BAC, YAC, HAC.
Shuttle and Expression Vectors. Construction of Genomic libraries and cDNA
Libraries; Transformation techniques: microbial, plants and animals: Cloning in
Mammalian cells, Integration of DNA into mammalian genome- Electroporation
and Calcium Phosphate Precipitation method.
UNIT 3: Animal cell Culture 12
Basic techniques in animal cell culture and organ culture, Primary Culture and Cell
lines, Culture media- Natural and Synthetic, Stem cells, Cryopreservation of cultures.
Agarose and Polyacrylamide Gel Electrophoresis, Southern, Northern and Western
blotting, DNA sequencing: Sanger method, Polymerase chain reaction, DNA
Fingerprinting and DNA microarrays.
UNIT 4: Fermentation 8
Different types of Fermentation: Submerged & Solid state; batch, Fed batch
&Continuous; Stirred tank, Air Lift, Fixed Bed and Fluidized.
Downstream Processing: Filtration, centrifugation, extraction, chromatography,
spray drying and lyophilization.
UNIT 5: Transgenic Animal Technology
Production of transgenic animals: nuclear transplantation, Retroviral method,
DNA microinjection method, Dolly and Polly.
UNIT6: Application in Health 8
Development of recombinant Vaccines, Hybridoma technology, Gene Therapy.
Production of recombinant Proteins: Insulin and growth hormones.
UNIT 7: Bio safety Physical and Biological containment 4
2015
1. Packing and sterilization of glass and plastic wares for cell culture.
2. Preparation of culture media.
3. Preparation of genomic DNA from E. coli/animals/ human.
4. Plasmid DNA isolation (pUC 18/19) and DNA quantitation using agarose gel
electrophoresis (by using lambda DNA as standard).
5. Restriction digestion of lambda (λ) DNA using EcoR1 and Hind III.
6. Preparation of competent cells and Transformation of E. coli with plasmid
DNA using CaCl2, Selection of transformants on X-gal and IPTG (Optional).
7. Techniques: Western Blot, Southern Hybridization, DNA Fingerprinting,
PCR, DNA Microarrays
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Animal Cells Culture and Media, D.C. Darling and S.J. Morgan, 1994. BIOS Scientific
Publishers Limited.
25
 Methods in Cell Biology, Volume 57, Jennie P. Mathur and David Barnes,1998. Animal
Cell Culture Methods Academic Press.
 P.K. Gupta: Biotechnology and Genomics, Rastogi publishers (2003).
 B.D. Singh: Biotechnology, Kalyani publishers, 1998 (Reprint 2001).
 T.A. Brown: Gene cloning and DNA analysis: An Introduction, Blackwell Science
(2001).
 Bernard R. Click & Jack J. Pasternak: Molecular Biotechnology, ASM Press, Washington
(1998).
 Methods in Gene Biotechnology, W. Wu, M.J. Welsh, P.B. Kaufman & H.H. Zhang,
1997, CRC Press, New York
 Griffiths, A.J.F., J.H. Miller, Suzuki, D.T., Lewontin, R.C. and Gelbart, W.M. (2009). An
introduction to genetic analysis. IX Edition. Freeman & Co., N.Y., USA

26
4TH SEMESTER SYLLABUS (HONOURS)
SEM-IV
(L+T+P)
ZOO-401H C-8: Comparative 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Anatomy of
Vertebrates
Life Sustaining
Systems
ZOO-403H C-10: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biochemistry of
Metabolic
Processes
ZOO-404HR AEC: SEC-2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Aquarium Fish
Keeping
ZOO-405 H GE-4: Aquatic 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biology
Total 26 26 370 80 450
27
C-8: COMPARATIVE ANATOMY OF VERTEBRATES
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Integumentary System 8 Lectures
Structure, functions and derivatives of integument
Unit 2: Skeletal System 8
Overview of axial and appendicular skeleton, Jaw suspensorium, Visceral arches
Unit 3: Digestive System 8
Alimentary canal and associated glands, dentition
Unit 4: Respiratory System 8
Skin, gills, lungs and air sacs; Accessory respiratory organs
Unit 5: Circulatory System 8
General plan of circulation, evolution of heart and aortic arches
Unit 6: Urinogenital System 6
Succession of kidney, Evolution of urinogenital ducts, Types of mammalian uteri
Comparative account of brain
Autonomic nervous system, Spinal cord, Cranial nerves in mammals
Unit 8: Sense Organs 6
Classification of receptors
Brief account of visual and auditory receptors in man
015
1. Study of placoid, cycloid and ctenoid scales through permanent slides/photographs
2. Disarticulated skeleton of Frog, Varanus, Fowl, Rabbit
3. Carapace and plastron of turtle /tortoise
4. Mammalian skulls: One herbivorous and one carnivorous animal
5. Dissection of rat to study arterial and urinogenital system (subject to permission)
6. Study of structure of any two organs (heart, lung, kidney, eye and ear) from video
recording (may be included if dissection not permitted)
7. Project on skeletal modifications in vertebrates (may be included if dissection not
permitted)
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Kardong, K.V. (2005) Vertebrates’ Comparative Anatomy, Function and Evolution. IV
Edition. McGraw-Hill Higher Education
 Kent, G.C. and Carr R.K. (2000). Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates. IX Edition.
The McGraw-Hill Companies
 Hilderbrand, M and Gaslow G.E. Analysis of Vertebrate Structure, John Wiley and Sons
 Walter, H.E. and Sayles, L.P; Biology of Vertebrates, Khosla Publishing House
2015
28
C-9:ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY: LIFE SUSTAINING SYSTEMS
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Physiology of Digestion 14 Lectres
Structural organization and functions of gastrointestinal tract and associated glands;
Mechanical and chemical digestion of food; Absorptions of carbohydrates, lipids,
proteins, water, minerals and vitamins; Hormonal control of secretion of enzymes
in Gastrointestinal tract.
Unit 2: Physiology of Respiration 12
Histology of trachea and lung; Mechanism of respiration, Pulmonary ventilation;
Respiratory volumes and capacities; Transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide in
blood; Respiratory pigments, Dissociation curves and the factors influencing it;
Carbon monoxide poisoning; Control of respiration
Unit 3: Renal Physiology 8
Structure of kidney and its functional unit; Mechanism of urine formation;
Regulation of water balance; Regulation of acid-base balance
Unit 4: Blood 14
Components of blood and their functions; Structure and functions of haemoglobin
Haemostasis: Blood clotting system, Kallikrein-Kinninogen system, Complement
system & Fibrinolytic system, Haemopoiesis
Blood groups: Rh factor, ABO and MN
Unit 5: Physiology of Heart 12
Structure of mammalian heart; Coronary circulation; Structure and working of
conducting myocardial fibers. Origin and conduction of cardiac impulses Cardiac
cycle; Cardiac output and its regulation, Frank-Starling Law of the heart, nervous
and chemical regulation of heart rate. Electrocardiogram, Blood pressure and its
regulation
015
1. Determination of ABO Blood group
2. Enumeration of red blood cells and white blood cells using haemocytometer
3. Estimation of haemoglobin using Sahli’s haemoglobinometer
4. Preparation of haemin and haemochromogen crystals
5. Recording of frog’s heart beat under in situ and perfused conditions*
6. Recording of blood pressure using a sphygmomanometer
7. Examination of sections of mammalian oesophagus, stomach, duodenum, ileum, rectum
liver, trachea, lung, kidney
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Guyton, A.C. & Hall, J.E. (2006). Textbook of Medical Physiology. XI Edition. Hercourt
Asia PTE Ltd. W.B. Saunders Company.
 Tortora, G.J. & Grabowski, S. (2006). Principles of Anatomy & Physiology. XI Edition
John Wiley & sons,
 Victor P. Eroschenko. (2008). diFiore’s Atlas of Histology with Functional correlations.
XII Edition. Lippincott W. & Wilkins.
 Vander A, Sherman J. and Luciano D. (2014). Vander's Human Physiology: The
Mechanism of Body Function. XIII Edition, McGraw Hills
2015
29
30
C-10: BIOCHEMISTRY OF METABOLIC PROCESSES
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Overview of Metabolism 10 Lectures
Catabolism vs Anabolism, Stages of catabolism, Compartmentalization of
metabolic pathways, Shuttle systems and membrane transporters; ATP as
"Energy Currency of cell"; coupled reactions; Use of reducing equivalents
and cofactors; Intermediary metabolism and regulatory mechanisms
Unit 2: Carbohydrate Metabolism 16
Sequence of reactions and regulation of glycolysis, Citric acid cycle, Phosphate
pentose pathway, Gluconeogenesis, Glycogenolysis and Glycogenesis
Unit 3: Lipid Metabolism 14
β-oxidation and omega -oxidation of saturated fatty acids with even and odd
number of carbon atoms; Biosynthesis of palmitic acid; Ketogenesis
Unit 4: Protein Metabolism 10
Catabolism of amino acids: Transamination, Deamination, Urea cycle; Fate of
C-skeleton of Glucogenic and Ketogenic amino acids
Unit 5: Oxidative Phosphorylation 10
Redox systems; Review of mitochondrial respiratory chain, Inhibitors and
un-couplers of Electron Transport System
2015
1. Estimation of total protein in given solutions by Lowry’s method.
2. Detection of SGOT and SGPT or GST and GSH in serum/ tissue
3. To study the enzymatic activity of Trypsin and Lipase.
4. Study of biological oxidation (SDH) [goat liver]
5. To perform the Acid and Alkaline phosphatase assay from serum/ tissue.
6. Dry Lab: To trace the labelled C atoms of Acetyl-CoA till they evolve as CO2 in the TCA
cycle
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Cox, M.M and Nelson, D.L. (2008). Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, V Edition,
W.H. Freeman and Co., New York.
 Berg, J.M., Tymoczko, J.L. and Stryer, L. (2007). Biochemistry, VI Edition, W.H.
Freeman and Co., New York.
 Murray, R.K., Bender, D.A., Botham, K.M., Kennelly, P.J., Rodwell, V.W. and Well, P.A.
(2009). Harper’s Illustrated Biochemistry, XXVIII Edition, International Edition, The
McGraw-Hill Companies Inc.
 Hames, B.D. and Hooper, N.M. (2000). Instant Notes in Biochemistry, II Edition, BIOS
Scientific Publishers Ltd., U.K.
2015
31
SEC – 2: AQUARIUM FISH KEEPING
THEORY (CREDITS 2)
Unit1: Introduction to Aquarium Fish Keeping
The potential scope of Aquarium Fish Industry as a Cottage Industry, Exotic
and Endemic species of Aquarium Fishes
Unit 2: Biology of Aquarium Fishes
Common characters and sexual dimorphism of Fresh water and Marine Aquarium
fishes such as Guppy, Molly, Sword tail, Gold fish, Angel fish, Blue morph, Anemone
fish and Butterfly fish
Unit 3: Food and feeding of Aquarium fishes
Use of live fish feed organisms. Preparation and composition of formulated fish feeds
Unit 4: Fish Transportation
Live fish transport - Fish handling, packing and forwarding techniques.
Unit 5: Maintenance of Aquarium
General Aquarium maintenance – budget for setting up an Aquarium Fish Farm as a
Cottage Industry
32
GE-4: AQUATIC BIOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4 )
UNIT 1: Aquatic Biomes
Brief introduction of the aquatic biomes: Freshwater ecosystem (lakes, wetlands,
streams and rivers), estuaries, intertidal zones, oceanic pelagic zone, marine
benthic zone and coral reefs.
UNIT 2: Freshwater Biology
Lakes: Origin and classification, Lake as an Ecosystem, Lake morphometry,
Physico–chemical Characteristics: Light, Temperature, Thermal stratification,
Dissolved Solids, Carbonate, Bicarbonates, Phosphates and Nitrates, Turbidity;
dissolved gases (Oxygen, Carbon dioxide). Nutrient Cycles in Lakes-Nitrogen,
Sulphur and Phosphorous.
Streams: Different stages of stream development, Physico-chemical environment,
Adaptation of hill-stream fishes.
UNIT 3: Marine Biology
Salinity and density of Sea water, Continental shelf, Adaptations of deep sea
organisms, Coral reefs, Sea weeds.
UNIT 4: Management of Aquatic Resources
Causes of pollution: Agricultural, Industrial, Sewage, Thermal and Oil spills,
Eutrophication, Management and conservation (legislations), Sewage treatment
Water quality assessment- BOD and COD.
2015
1. Determine the area of a lake using graphimetric and gravimetric method.
2. Identify the important macrophytes, phytoplanktons and zooplanktons present in a lake
ecosystem.
3. Determine the amount of Turbidity/transparency, Dissolved Oxygen, Free Carbon
dioxide, Alkalinity (carbonates & bicarbonates) in water collected from a nearby lake/
water body.
4. Instruments used in limnology (Secchi disc, Van Dorn Bottle, Conductivity meter,
Turbidity meter, PONAR grab sampler) and their significance.
5. A Project Report on a visit to a Sewage treatment plant/Marine bioreserve/Fisheries
Institutes.
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Anathakrishnan : Bioresources Ecology 3rd Edition
 Goldman : Limnology, 2nd Edition
 Odum and Barrett : Fundamentals of Ecology, 5th Edition
 Pawlowski: Physicochemical Methods for Water and Wastewater Treatment, 1st Edition
 Wetzel : Limnology, 3rd edition
 Trivedi and Goyal : Chemical and biological methods for water pollution studies
 Welch : Limnology Vols. I-II
33
SEM-V
(L+T+P)
ZOO-501H C-11: Molecular 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biology
Genetics
ZOO-D1HR DSE-1: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Immunology
ZOO-D2HR DSE-2: Animal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Bio-technology
Total 24 24 320 80 400
34
C-11: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Nucleic Acids 4 Lectures
Salient features of DNA and RNA
Watson and Crick model of DNA
Unit 2: DNA Replication 12
DNA Replication in prokaryotes and eukaryotes, mechanism of DNA replication,
Semi-conservative, bidirectional and semi-discontinuous replication, RNA priming,
Replication of circular and linear ds-DNA, replication of telomeres
Unit 3: Transcription 10
RNA polymerase and transcription Unit, mechanism of transcription in prokaryotes
and eukaryotes, synthesis of rRNA and mRNA, transcription factors
Unit 4: Translation 12
Genetic code, Degeneracy of the genetic code and Wobble Hypothesis; Process of
protein synthesis in prokaryotes: Ribosome structure and assembly in prokaryotes,
fidelity of protein synthesis, aminoacyl tRNA synthetases and charging of tRNA;
Proteins involved in initiation, elongation and termination of polypeptide chain;
Inhibitors of protein synthesis; Difference between prokaryotic
and eukaryotic translation
Unit 5: Post Transcriptional Modifications and Processing of Eukaryotic RNA 6
Structure of globin mRNA; Split genes: concept of introns and exons, splicing
mechanism, alternative splicing, exon shuffling, and RNA editing, Processing of
tRNA
Unit 6: Gene Regulation 10
Transcription regulation in prokaryotes: Principles of transcriptional regulation with
examples from lac operon and trp operon; Transcription regulation in eukaryotes:
Activators, repressors, enhancers, silencer elements; Gene silencing, Genetic imprinting
Unit 7: DNA Repair Mechanisms 3
Pyrimidine dimerization and mismatch repair
Unit 8: Regulatory RNAs 3
Ribo-switches, RNA interference, miRNA, siRNA
2015
1. Study of Polytene chromosomes from Chironomous / Drosophila larvae
2. Preparation of liquid culture medium (LB) and raise culture of E. coli
3. Estimation of the growth kinetics of E. coli by turbidity method
4. Preparation of solid culture medium (LB) and growth of E. coli by spreading and
streaking
5. Demonstration of antibiotic sensitivity/resistance of E. coli to antibiotic pressure and
interpretation of results
6. Quantitative estimation of salmon sperm/calf thymus DNA using colorimeter
(Diphenylamine reagent) or spectrophotometer (A260 measurement)
7. Quantitative estimation of RNA using Orcinol reaction
8. Study and interpretation of electron micrographs/ photograph showing
a) DNA replication
b) Transcription
c) Split genes
35
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Becker, W.M., Kleinsmith, L.J., Hardin. J. and Bertoni, G. P. (2009). The World of the
Cell. VII Edition. Pearson Benjamin Cummings Publishing, San Francisco.
 Bruce Alberts, Alexander Johnson, Julian Lewis, Martin Raff, Keith Roberts,
 Peter Walter: Molecular Biology of the Cell, IV Edition.
 Cooper G. M. and Robert E. Hausman R. E. The Cell: A Molecular Approach, V Edition,
ASM Press and Sinauer Associates.
 De Robertis, E.D.P. and De Robertis, E.M.F. (2006). Cell and Molecular Biology. VIII
Edition. Lippincott Williams and Wilkins, Philadelphia.
 Karp, G. (2010) Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments. VI Edition.
John Wiley and Sons. Inc.
 Lewin B. (2008). Gene XI, Jones and Bartlett
 McLennan A., Bates A., Turner, P. and White M. (2015). Molecular Biology IV Edition.
GS, Taylor and Francis Group, New York and London.
2015
36
C-12: PRINCIPLES OF GENETICS
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Mendelian Genetics and its Extension 8 Lectures
Principles of inheritance, Incomplete dominance and co-dominance, Multiple
alleles, Lethal alleles, Epistasis, Pleiotropy, Sex-linked, sexinfluenced and
sex-limited characters inheritance.
Unit 2: Linkage, Crossing Over and Chromosomal Mapping 12
Linkage and crossing over, Cytological basis of crossing over, Molecular mechanisms
of crossing over including models of recombination, Recombination frequency as a
measure of linkage intensity, Two factor and three factor crosses, Interference and
coincidence, Somatic cell hybridization.
Unit 3: Mutations 10
Types of gene mutations (Classification), Types of chromosomal aberrations
(Classification, figures and with one suitable example of each), Molecular
basis of mutations in relation to UV light and chemical mutagens; Detection
of mutations: CLB method, attached X method.
Unit 4: Sex Determination 4
Chromosomal mechanisms of sex determination in Drosophila and Man
Unit 5: Extra-chromosomal Inheritance 6
Criteria for extra-chromosomal inheritance, Antibiotic resistance in Chlamydomonas,
Mitochondrial mutations in Saccharomyces, Infective heredity in Paramecium and
Maternal effects
Unit 6: Polygenic Inheritance 3
Polygenic inheritance with suitable examples; simple numericals based on it.
Unit 7: Recombination in Bacteria and Viruses 9
Conjugation, Transformation, Transduction, Complementation test in Bacteriophage
Unit 8: Transposable Genetic Elements 8
Transposons in bacteria, Ac-Ds elements in maize and P elements in Drosophila,
Transposons in humans
1. To study the Mendelian laws and gene interactions.
2. Chi-square analyses using seeds/beads/Drosophila.
3. Linkage maps based on data from conjugation, transformation and transduction.
4. Linkage maps based on data from Drosophila crosses.
5. Study of human karyotype (normal and abnormal).
6. Pedigree analysis of some human inherited traits.
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Gardner, E.J., Simmons, M.J., Snustad, D.P. (2008). Principles of Genetics. VIII Edition.
Wiley India
 Snustad, D.P., Simmons, M.J. (2009). Principles of Genetics. V Edition. John Wiley and
Sons Inc
 Klug, W.S., Cummings, M.R., Spencer, C.A. (2012). Concepts of Genetics. X Edition.
Benjamin Cummings
 Russell, P. J. (2009). Genetics- A Molecular Approach.III Edition. Benjamin Cummings
 Griffiths, A.J.F., Wessler, S.R., Lewontin, R.C. and Carroll, S.B. Introduction to Genetic
Analysis. IX Edition. W. H. Freeman and Co
 Fletcher H. and Hickey I. (2015). Genetics. IV Edition. GS, Taylor and Francis Group,
New York and London.
37
DSE- 1: IMMUNOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Overview of Immune System 10 Lectures
Historical perspective of Immunology, Early theories of Immunology, Cells and
organs of the Immune system
Unit 2: Innate and Adaptive Immunity 10
Anatomical barriers, Inflammation, Cell and molecules involved in innate immunity,
Adaptive immunity (Cell mediated and humoral), Passive: Artificial and natural
Immunity, Active: Artificial and natural Immunity, Immune dysfunctions
(brief account of autoimmunity with reference to Rheumatoid Arthritis and
tolerance, AIDS).
Unit 3: Antigens 8
Antigenicity and immunogenicity, Immunogens, Adjuvants and haptens, Factors
influencing immunogenicity, B and T-Cell epitopes
Unit 4: Immunoglobulins 10
Structure and functions of different classes of immunoglobulins, Antigenantibody
interactions, Immunoassays (ELISA and RIA), Polyclonal sera, Hybridoma
technology: Monoclonal antibodies in therapeutics and diagnosis
Unit 5: Major Histocompatibility Complex 6
Structure and functions of MHC molecules. Endogenous and exogenous pathways
of antigen processing and presentation
Unit 6: Cytokines 4
Properties and functions of cytokines, Therapeutics Cytokines
Unit 7: Complement System 4
Components and pathways of complement activation.
Unit 8: Hypersensitivity 3
Gell and Coombs’ classification and brief description of various types of
hypersensitivities
Unit 9: Vaccines 5
Various types of vaccines.
2015
1. *Demonstration of lymphoid organs.
2. Histological study of spleen, thymus and lymph nodes through slides/ photographs
3. Preparation of stained blood film to study various types of blood cells.
4. Ouchterlony’s double immuno-diffusion method.
5. ABO blood group determination.
6. *Cell counting and viability test from splenocytes of farm bred animals/cell lines.
7. Demonstration of :
a) ELISA
b) Immunoelectrophoresis
* The experiments can be performed depending upon usage of animals in UG courses.
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Kindt, T. J., Goldsby, R.A., Osborne, B. A. and Kuby, J (2006). Immunology, VI Edition.
W.H. Freeman and Company.
 David, M., Jonathan, B., David, R. B. and Ivan R. (2006). Immunology, VII Edition,
Mosby, Elsevier Publication.
38
 Abbas, K. Abul and Lechtman H. Andrew (2003.) Cellular and Molecular Immunology.
V Edition. Saunders Publication.
39
DSE-2: ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1. Introduction 8 Lectures
Concept and scope of biotechnology
Unit 2. Molecular Techniques in Gene manipulation 24
Cloning vectors: Plasmids, Cosmids, Phagemids, Lambda Bacteriophage, M13,
BAC, YAC, MAC and Expression vectors (characteristics).
Restriction enzymes: Nomenclature, detailed study of Type II.
Transformation techniques: Calcium chloride method and electroporation.
Construction of genomic and cDNA libraries and screening by colony and plaque
hybridization
Southern, Northern and Western blotting
DNA sequencing: Sanger method Polymerase Chain Reaction, DNA Finger Printing
DNA micro array
Unit 3. Genetically Modified Organisms 18
Production of cloned and transgenic animals: Nuclear Transplantation, Retroviral
Method, DNA microinjection Applications of transgenic animals: Production
of pharmaceuticals, production of donor organs, knock out mice.
Production of transgenic plants: Agrobacterium mediated transformation.
Applications of transgenic plants: insect and herbicide resistant plants.
Unit 4. Culture Techniques and Applications 10
Animal cell culture, Expressing cloned genes in mammalian cells, Molecular
diagnosis of genetic diseases (Cystic fibrosis, Sickle cell anemia) Recombinant
DNA in medicines: Recombinant insulin and human growth hormone, Gene therapy15
1. Genomic DNA isolation from E. coli
2. Plasmid DNA isolation (pUC 18/19) from E. coli
3. Restriction digestion of plasmid DNA.
4. Construction of circular and linear restriction map from the data provided.
5. Calculation of transformation efficiency from the data provided.
6. To study following techniques through photographs
a) Southern Blotting
b) Northern Blotting
c) Western Blotting
d) DNA Sequencing (Sanger's Method)
e) PCR
f) DNA fingerprinting
7. Project report on animal cell culture
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Brown, T.A. (1998). Molecular Biology Labfax II: Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis. II
Edition, Academic Press, California, USA.
 Glick, B.R. and Pasternak, J.J. (2009). Molecular Biotechnology - Principles and
Applications of Recombinant DNA. IV Edition, ASM press, Washington, USA.
Introduction to Genetic Analysis. IX Edition. Freeman and Co., N.Y., USA.
 Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. (2009). Principles of Genetics. V Edition, John Wiley
and Sons Inc.
.
40
SEM-VI
(L+T+P)
ZOO-601H C-13: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Developmental
Biology
ZOO-602H C-14: Evolutionary 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biology
ZOO-D3H DSE-3: Fish and 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Fisheries
ZOO-D4H DSE-4: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Endocrinology
Total 24 24 320 80 400
41
CORE COURSE 13
DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Introduction 4 Lectures
Historical perspective and basic concepts: Phases of development, Cell-Cell
interaction, Pattern formation, Differentiation and growth, Differential gene
expression, Cytoplasmic determinants and asymmetric cell division
Unit 2: Early Embryonic Development 28
Gametogenesis, Spermatogenesis, Oogenesis; Types of eggs, Egg membranes;
Fertilization (External and Internal): Changes in gametes, Blocks to polyspermy;
Planes and patterns of cleavage; Types of Blastula; Fate maps (including Techniques);
Early development of frog and chick up to gastrulation; Embryonic induction and
organizers
Unit 3: Late Embryonic Development 8
Fate of Germ Layers; Extra-embryonic membranes in birds; Implantation of embryo
in humans, Placenta (Structure, types and functions of placenta)
Unit 4: Post Embryonic Development 12
Metamorphosis: Changes, hormonal regulations in amphibians and insects;
Regeneration:Modes of regeneration, epimorphosis, morphallaxis and compensatory
regeneration (with one example each); Ageing: Concepts and Theories
Unit 5: Implications of Developmental Biology 8
Teratogenesis: Teratogenic agents and their effects on embryonic development; In vitro
fertilization, Stem cell (ESC), Amniocentesis
2015
1. Study of whole mounts and sections of developmental stages of frog through permanent
slides: Cleavage stages, blastula, gastrula, neurula, tail-bud stage, tadpole (external and
internal gill stages)
2. Study of whole mounts of developmental stages of chick through permanent slides:
Primitive streak (13 and 18 hours), 21, 24, 28, 33, 36, 48, 72, and 96 hours of incubation
(Hamilton and Hamburger stages)
3. Study of the developmental stages and life cycle of Drosophila from stock culture
4. Study of different sections of placenta (photomicropgraph/ slides)
5. Project report on Drosophila culture/chick embryo development
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Gilbert, S. F. (2010). Developmental Biology, IX Edition, Sinauer Associates, Inc.,
Publishers, Sunderland, Massachusetts, USA
 Balinsky B. I. and Fabian B. C. (1981). An Introduction to Embryology, V Edition,
International Thompson Computer Press
 Carlson, R. F. Patten's Foundations of Embryology
 Kalthoff (2008). Analysis of Biological Development, II Edition, McGraw-Hill
Publishers
 Lewis Wolpert (2002). Principles of Development. II Edition, Oxford UniversityPress
015
42
C-14: EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: 7 Lectures
Life’s Beginnings: Chemogeny, RNA world, Biogeny, Origin of photosynthesis,
Evolution of eukaryotes
Unit 2: 4
Historical review of evolutionary concept: Lamarckism, Darwinism, Neo-Darwinism
Unit 3: 10
Evidences of Evolution: Fossil record (types of fossils, transitional forms, geological
time scale, evolution of horse, Molecular (universality of genetic code and protein
synthesising machinery, three domains of life, neutral theory of molecular evolution,
molecular clock ,example of globin gene family, rRNA/cyt c
Unit 4: 8
Sources of variations: Heritable variations and their role in evolution
Unit 5: 13
Population genetics: Hardy-Weinberg Law (statement and derivation of equation,
application of law to human Population); Evolutionary forces upsetting H-W
equilibrium; Natural selection (concept of fitness, selection coefficient, derivation
of one unit of selection for a dominant allele, genetic load, mechanism of working,
types of selection, density-dependent selection, heterozygous superiority, kin
selection, adaptive resemblances, sexual selection. Genetic Drift (mechanism,
founder’s effect, bottleneck phenomenon; Role of Migration and Mutation in
changing allele frequencies
Unit 6: 7
Product of evolution: Micro evolutionary changes (inter-population variations, clines,
races, Species concept, Isolating mechanisms, modes of speciation—allopatric,
sympatric, Adaptive radiation / macroevolution (exemplified by Galapagos finches
Unit 7: 2
Extinctions, Back ground and mass extinctions (causes and effects), detailed example
of K-T extinction
Unit 8: 6
Origin and evolution of man, Unique hominin characteristics contrasted with
primate characteristics, primate phylogeny from Dryopithecus leading to Homo
sapiens, molecular analysis of human origin
Unit 9: 2
Phylogenetic trees, Multiple sequence alignment, construction of phylogenetic
trees, interpretation of trees
2015
1. Study of fossils from models/ pictures
2. Study of homology and analogy from suitable specimens
3. Study and verification of Hardy-Weinberg Law by chi square analysis
4. Demonstration of role of natural selection and genetic drift in changing allele frequencies
using simulation studies
5. Graphical representation and interpretation of data of height/ weight of a sample of 100
humans in relation to their age and sex.
6. Construction of phylogenetic trees with the help of bioinformatics tools (Clustal X,
Phylip, NJ) and its interpretation.
43
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Ridley, M (2004) Evolution III Edition Blackwell publishing
 Hall, B.K. and Hallgrimson, B (2008). Evolution IV Edition. Jones and Barlett
Publishers.
 Campbell, N.A. and Reece J.B (2011). Biology. IX Edition. Pearson, Benjamin,
Cummings.
 Douglas, J. Futuyma (1997). Evolutionary Biology. Sinauer Associates.
 Snustad. S Principles of Genetics.
 Pevsner, J (2009). Bioinformatics and Functional Genomics. II Edition Wiley-Blackwell
 015
44
DSE-3: FISH AND FISHERIES
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
UNIT 1: Introduction and Classification: 6 Lectures
General description of fish; Account of systematic classification of fishes (upto
classes); Classification based on feeding habit, habitat and manner of reproduction.
UNIT 2: Morphology and Physiology: 18
Types of fins and their modifications; Locomotion in fishes; Hydrodynamics; Types
of Scales, Use of scales in Classification and determination of age of fish; Gills and
gas exchange; Swim Bladder: Types and role in Respiration, buoyancy; Osmo-
regulation in Elasmobranchs; Reproductive strategies (special reference to Indian
fishes); Electric organs; Bioluminiscience; Mechanoreceptors; Schooling; Parental
care; Migration
UNIT 3: Fisheries 12
Inland Fisheries; Marine Fisheries; Environmental factors influencing the seasonal
variations in fish catches in the Arabian Sea and the Bay of Bengal; Fishing crafts
and Gears; Depletion of fisheries resources; Application of remote sensing and GIS
in fisheries; Fisheries law and regulations
Unit 4: Aquaculture 20
Sustainable Aquaculture; Extensive, semi-intensive and intensive culture of fish;
Pen and cage culture; Polyculture; Composite fish culture; Brood stock management;
Induced breeding of fish; Management of finfish hatcheries; Preparation and maintenance
of fish aquarium; Preparation of compound diets for fish; Role of water quality in
aquaculture; Fish diseases: Bacterial, viral and parasitic; Preservation and processing
of harvested fish, Fishery by-products
UNIT 5: Fish in research 4
Transgenic fish, Zebrafish as a model organism in research
2015
1. Morphometric and meristic characters of fishes
2. Study of Petromyzon, Myxine, Pristis, Chimaera, Exocoetus, Hippocampus, Gambusia,
Labeo, Heteropneustes, Anabas
3. Study of different types of scales (through permanent slides/ photographs).
4. Study of crafts and gears used in Fisheries
5. Water quality criteria for Aquaculture: Assessment of pH, conductivity, Total solids, Total
dissolved solids
6. Study of air breathing organs in Channa, Heteropneustes, Anabas and Clarias
7. Demonstration of induced breeding in Fishes (video)
8. Demonstration of parental care in fishes (video)
9. Project Report on a visit to any fish farm/ pisciculture unit/Zebrafish rearing Lab.
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Q Bone and R Moore, Biology of Fishes, Talyor and Francis Group, CRC Press, U.K.
 D. H. Evans and J. D. Claiborne, The Physiology of Fishes, Taylor and Francis Group,
CRC Press, UK
 Von der Emde, R.J. Mogdans and B.G. Kapoor.The Senses of Fish: Adaptations for the
Reception of Natural Stimuli, Springer, Netherlands
 C.B.L. Srivastava, Fish Biology, Narendra Publishing House
 J.R. Norman, A history of Fishes, Hill and Wang Publishers
 S.S. Khanna and H.R. Singh, A text book of Fish Biology and Fisheries, Narendra
Publishing House
45
DSE- 4: ENDOCRINOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Introduction to Endocrinology 12 Lectures
History of endocrinology, Classification, Characteristic and Transport of
Hormones, Neurosecretions and Neurohormones
Unit 2: Epiphysis, Hypothalamo-hypophysial Axis 15
Structure of pineal gland, Secretions and their functions in biological rhythms and
reproduction.
Structure of hypothalamus, Hypothalamic nuclei and their functions, Regulation
of neuroendocrine glands, Feedback mechanisms Structure of pituitary gland,
Hormones and their functions, Hypothalamohypophysial portal system, Disorders
of pituitary gland.
Unit 3: Peripheral Endocrine Glands 18
Structure, Hormones, Functions and Regulation of Thyroid gland, Parathyroid,
Adrenal, Pancreas, Ovary and Testis
Hormones in homeostasis, Disorders of endocrine glands
Unit 4: Regulation of Hormone Action 15
Hormone action at Cellular level: Hormone receptors, transduction and regulation
Hormone action at Molecular level: Molecular mediators, Genetic control of
hormone action
2015
1. Dissect and display of Endocrine glands in laboratory bred rat*
2. Study of the permanent slides of all the endocrine glands
3. Compensatory ovarian/ adrenal hypertrophy in vivo bioassay in laboratory
bred rat*
4. Demonstration of Castration/ ovariectomy in laboratory bred rat*
5. Estimation of plasma level of any hormone using ELISA
6. Designing of primers of any hormone
SUGGESTED READINGS
 General Endocrinology C. Donnell Turner Pub- Saunders Toppan
 Endocrinology: An Integrated Approach; Stephen Nussey and Saffron Whitehead.
 Oxford: BIOS Scientific Publishers; 2001.
 Hadley, M.E. and Levine J.E. 2007. Endocrinology, 6th Edition. Pearson Prentice-Hall,
Pearson Education Inc., New Jersey.
 Vertebrate Endocrinology by David O. Norris,
*************************
46
SCHEME AND SYLLABUS UNDER
B.Sc. WITH ZOOLOGY (PASS COURSE)
CORE COURSE (12) Ability Skill Discipline

Enhancement Enhancement Specific
Compulsory Courses Elective
Courses SEC (4) DSE (6)
AEC (2)
I DSC-1A: Animal Diversity English/Hind/MIL
DSC-2A:Botany Communication
DSC-3A: Chemistry
II DSC-1B: Comparative Environmental
Anatomy and Developmental Science
Biology of Vertebrates
DSC-2B: Botany
DSC-3B: Chemistry
III DSC-1C: Physiology and SEC-1 :
Biochemistry Sericulture
DSC-2C:Botany
DSC-3C- Chemistry
IV DSC-1D: Genetics and SEC- 2:
Evolutionary Biology Aquarium Fish
DSC-2D: Botany Keeping
DSC-3D: Chemistry
V SEC- 3: Public DSE-1A:
Health & hygiene Immunology
DSE-2A: Botany
DSE-3A: Chemistry
VI SEC-4: DSE-1B: Animal
Apiculture Biotechnology
DSE-Botany II
DSE-Chemistry II
1
Discipline Core Courses: Zoology
DSC-1A: Animal Diversity
DSC-1B: Comparative Anatomy and Developmental Biology of Vertebrates
DSC-1C: Physiology and Biochemistry
DSC-1D: Genetics and Evolutionary Biology
Discipline Specific Electives: Zoology (Any two)

DSE-1A: Immunology
DSE-1B: Animal Biotechnology
Skill Enhancement Courses (SCE)

SCE- 1 : Sericulture
SCE- 2 : Aquarium Fish Keeping
SCE- 3 : Public Health and Hygiene
SCE- 4 : Apiculture
Note: The students of B.Sc. Zoology pass course adopting Chemistry in their course should take
Chemistry syllabus from Life Sciences.
2
Bodoland University
Department of Zoology
Total Marks=2100
SEM-I
(L+T+P)
ZOO-101R DSC-1A: Animal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Diversity
COMM-104HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-1:
English/Hind/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P)
ZOO-201R DSC-1B: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Comparative
Anatomy and
Developmental
Biology of
Vertebrates
COMM-204HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-2:
Environmental
Science
Total 20 20 290 60 350
3
SEM-III
(L+T+P)
ZOO-301R DSC-1C: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physiology and
Biochemistry
ZOO-304HR AEC: SEC-1: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Sericulture
Total 20 20 290 60 350
4
SEM-IV
(L+T+P)
ZOO-401R DSC-1D: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Genetics and
Evolutionary
Biology
ZOO-404HR AEC: SEC-2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Aquarium Fish
Keeping
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-V
(L+T+P)
ZOO-D1HR DSE-1A: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Immunology
ZOO-504R AEC: SEC-3: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Public Health &
hygiene
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-VI
(L+T+P)
ZOO-D2HR DSE-1B: Animal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biotechnology
Paper-602H DSE-2B 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Paper-603R DSE-3B 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
ZOO-604R AEC: SEC-4: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Apiculture
Total 20 20 290 60 350
5
1ST SEMESTER SYLLABUS (REGULAR)
SEM-I
(L+T+P)
ZOO-101R DSC-1A: Animal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Diversity
COMM-104HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-1:
English/Hind/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
6
DSC-1A: ANIMAL DIVERSITY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Kingdom Protista 4 Lectures
General characters and classification up to classes; Locomotory Organelles
and locomotion in
Protozoa
Unit 2: Phylum Porifera 3
General characters and classification up to classes; Canal System in Sycon
Unit 3: Phylum Cnidaria 3
General characters and classification up to classes; Polymorphism in Hydrozoa
Unit 4: Phylum Platyhelminthes 3
General characters and classification up to classes; Life history of Taenia solium
Unit 5: Phylum Nemathelminthes 5
General characters and classification up to classes; Life history of Ascaris
lumbricoides and its parasitic adaptations
Unit 6: Phylum Annelida 3
General characters and classification up to classes; Metamerism in Annelida
Unit 7: Phylum Arthropoda 5
General characters and classification up to classes; Vision in Arthropoda,
Metamorphosis in Insects
Unit 8: Phylum Mollusca 4
General characters and classification up to classes; Torsion in gastropods
Unit 9: Phylum Echinodermata 4
General characters and classification up to classes; Water-vascular system
in Asteroidea
Unit 10: Protochordates 2
General features and Phylogeny of Protochordata
Unit 11: Agnatha 2
General features of Agnatha and classification of cyclostomes up to classes
Unit 12: Pisces 4
General features and Classification up to orders; Osmoregulation in Fishes
Unit 13: Amphibia 4
General features and Classification up to orders; Parental care
Unit 14: Reptiles 4
General features and Classification up to orders; Poisonous and non-poisonous
snakes, Biting mechanism in snakes
Unit 15: Aves 5
General features and Classification up to orders; Flight adaptations in birds
Unit 17: Mammals 5
Classification up to orders; Origin of mammals
Note: Classification of Unit 1-9 to be followed from “Barnes, R.D. (1982). Invertebrate
Zoology, V Edition”
1. Study of the following specimens:
2. Amoeba, Euglena, Plasmodium, Paramecium, Sycon, Hyalonema, and Euplectella,
Obelia, Physalia, Aurelia, Tubipora, Metridium, Taenia solium, Male and female Ascaris
lumbricoides, Aphrodite, Nereis, Pheretima, Hirudinaria, Palaemon, Cancer, Limulus,
7
Palamnaeus, Scolopendra, Julus, Periplaneta, Apis, Chiton, Dentalium, Pila, Unio,
Loligo, Sepia, Octopus, Pentaceros, Ophiura, Echinus, Cucumaria and Antedon,
Balanoglossus, Herdmania, Branchiostoma, Petromyzon, Sphyrna, Pristis, Torpedo,
Labeo, Exocoetus, Anguilla, Ichthyophis/Ureotyphlus, Salamandra, Bufo, Hyla, Chelone,
Hemidactylus, Chamaeleon, Draco, Vipera, Naja, Crocodylus, Gavialis, Any six
common birds from different orders, Sorex, Bat, Funambulus, Loris
3. Study of the following permanent slides:
4. T.S. and L.S. of Sycon, Study of life history stages of Taenia, T.S. of Male and female
Ascaris
5. Key for Identification of poisonous and non-poisonous snakes
An “animal album” containing photographs, cut outs, with appropriate write up about the
above mentioned taxa. Different taxa/ topics may be given to different sets of students for
this purpose.
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Ruppert and Barnes, R.D. (2006). Invertebrate Zoology, VIII Edition. Holt Saunders
International Edition.
 Barnes, R.S.K., Calow, P., Olive, P.J.W., Golding, D.W. and Spicer, J.I. (2002). The
 Young, J. Z. (2004). The Life of Vertebrates. III Edition. Oxford university press.
 Pough H. Vertebrate life, VIII Edition, Pearson International.
 Hall B.K. and Hallgrimsson B. (2008). Strickberger’s Evolution. IV Edition. Jones and
Bartlett Publishers Inc.
8
2ND SEMESTER SYLLABUS (REGULAR)
SEM-II
(L+T+P)
ZOO-201R DSC-1B: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Comparative
Anatomy and
Developmental
Biology of
Vertebrates
COMM-204HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-2:
Environmental
Science
Total 20 20 290 60 350
9
DSC-1B:COMPARATIVE ANATOMY AND DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY OF
VERTEBRATES
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Integumentary System 4 Lectures
Derivatives of integument w.r.t. glands and digital tips
Unit 2: Skeletal System 3
Evolution of visceral arches
Unit 3: Digestive System 4
Brief account of alimentary canal and digestive glands
Unit 4: Respiratory System 5
Brief account of Gills, lungs, air sacs and swim bladder
Unit 5: Circulatory System 4
Evolution of heart and aortic arches
Unit 6: Urinogenital System 4
Succession of kidney, Evolution of urinogenital ducts
Comparative account of brain
Unit 8: Sense Organs 3
Types of receptors
Unit 9: Early Embryonic Development 12
Gametogenesis: Spermatogenesis and oogenesis w.r.t. mammals, vitellogenesis in
birds; Fertilization: external (amphibians), internal (mammals), blocks to polyspermy;
Early development of frog and humans (structure of mature egg and its membranes,
patterns of cleavage, fate map, up to formation of gastrula);types of morphogenetic
movements; Fate of germ layers; Neurulation in frog embryo.
Unit 10: Late Embryonic Development 10
Implantation of embryo in humans, Formation of human placenta and functions,
other types of placenta on the basis of histology; Metamorphic events in frog life
cycle and its hormonal regulation.
Unit 11: Control of Development 8
Fundamental processes in development (brief idea) – Gene activation, determination,
induction, Differentiation, morphogenesis, intercellular communication, cell movements
and cell death
1. Osteology:
a) Disarticulated skeleton of fowl and rabbit
b) Carapace and plastron of turtle /tortoise
c) Mammalian skulls: One herbivorous and one carnivorous animal.
2. Frog - Study of developmental stages - whole mounts and sections through permanent
slides – cleavage stages, blastula, gastrula, neurula, tail bud stage, tadpole external and
internal gill stages.
3. Study of the different types of placenta- histological sections through permanent slides or
photomicrographs.
4. Study of placental development in humans by ultrasound scans.
5. Examination of gametes - frog/rat - sperm and ova through permanent slides or
photomicrographs.
10
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Kardong, K.V. (2005) Vertebrates’ Comparative Anatomy, Function and Evolution. IV
Edition. McGraw-Hill Higher Education.
 Kent, G.C. and Carr R.K. (2000). Comparative Anatomy of the Vertebrates. IX Edition.
The McGraw-Hill Companies.
 Hilderbrand, M and Gaslow G.E. Analysis of Vertebrate Structure, John Wiley and Sons.
 Walter, H.E. and Sayles, L.P; Biology of Vertebrates, Khosla Publishing House.
 Gilbert, S. F. (2006). Developmental Biology, VIII Edition, Sinauer Associates, Inc.,
Publishers, Sunderland, Massachusetts, USA.
 Balinsky, B.I. (2008). An introduction to Embryology, International Thomson Computer
Press.
 Carlson, Bruce M (1996). Patten’s Foundations of Embryology, McGraw Hill, Inc.

11
3RD SEMESTER SYLLABUS (REGU)LAR
SEM-III
(L+T+P)
ZOO-301R DSC-1C: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physiology and
Biochemistry
ZOO-304HR AEC: SEC-1: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Sericulture
Total 20 20 290 60 350
12
DSC-1C: PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOCHEMISTRY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Nerve and muscle 8 Lectures
Structure of a neuron, Resting membrane potential, Graded potential, Origin
of Action potential and its propagation in myelinated and non-myelinated
nerve fibres, Ultra-structure of skeletal muscle, Molecular and chemical
basis of muscle contraction
Unit 2: Digestion 5
Physiology of digestion in the alimentary canal; Absorption of carbohydrates,
proteins, lipids
Unit 3: Respiration 5
Pulmonary ventilation, Respiratory volumes and capacities, Transport of Oxygen
and carbon dioxide in blood
Unit 4: Excretion 5
Structure of nephron, Mechanism of Urine formation, Counter-current Mechanism
Unit 5: Cardiovascular system 6
Composition of blood, Hemostasis, Structure of Heart, Origin and conduction of the
Cardiac impulse, Cardiac cycle
Unit 6: Reproduction and Endocrine Glands 7
Physiology of male reproduction: hormonal control of spermatogenesis; Physiology
of female reproduction: hormonal control of menstrual cycle; Structure and function
of pituitary, thyroid, Parathyroid, pancreas and adrenal
Unit 7: Carbohydrate Metabolism 8
Glycolysis, Krebs Cycle, Pentose phosphate pathway, Gluconeogenesis, Glycogen
metabolism, Review of electron transport chain
Unit 8: Lipid Metabolism 5
Biosynthesis and β oxidation of palmitic acid
Unit 9: Protein metabolism 5
Transamination, Deamination and Urea Cycle
Unit 10: Enzymes 6
Introduction, Mechanism of action, Enzyme Kinetics, Inhibition and Regulation
1. Preparation of hemin and hemochromogen crystals
2. Study of permanent histological sections of mammalian pituitary, thyroid, pancreas,
adrenal gland
3. Study of permanent slides of spinal cord, duodenum, liver, lung, kidney, bone, cartilage
4. Qualitative tests to identify functional groups of carbohydrates in given solutions
(Glucose, Fructose, Sucrose, Lactose)
5. Estimation of total protein in given solutions by Lowry’s method.
6. Study of activity of salivary amylase under optimum conditions
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Tortora, G.J. and Derrickson, B.H. (2009). Principles of Anatomy and Physiology, XII
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 Widmaier, E.P., Raff, H. and Strang, K.T. (2008) Vander’s Human Physiology, XI
Edition., McGraw Hill
13
 Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E. (2011). Textbook of Medical Physiology, XII Edition,
Harcourt Asia Pvt. Ltd/ W.B. Saunders Company
 Berg, J. M., Tymoczko, J. L. and Stryer, L. (2006). Biochemistry. VI Edition. W.H
Freeman and Co.
 Nelson, D. L., Cox, M. M. and Lehninger, A.L. (2009). Principles of Biochemistry. IV
Edition. W.H. Freeman and Co.
 Murray, R.K., Granner, D.K., Mayes, P.A. and Rodwell, V.W. (2009). Harper’s
Illustrated Biochemistry. XXVIII Edition. Lange Medical Books/Mc Graw3Hill.
14
SEC-1: SERICULTURE
THEORY (CREDITS 2)
Sericulture: Definition, history and present status; Silk route
Types of silkworms, Distribution and Races
Exotic and indigenous races
Mulberry and non-mulberry Sericulture
Unit 2: Biology of Silkworm (3)
Life cycle of Bombyx mori
Structure of silk gland and secretion of silk
Unit 3: Rearing of Silkworms (13)
Selection of mulberry variety and establishment of mulberry garden
Rearing house and rearing appliances
Disinfectants: Formalin, bleaching powder, RKO
Silkworm rearing technology: Early age and Late age rearing
Types of mountages
Spinning, harvesting and storage of cocoons
Unit 4: Pests and Diseases (4)
Pests of silkworm: Uzi fly, dermestid beetles and vertebrates
Pathogenesis of silkworm diseases: Protozoan, viral, fungal and bacterial
Control and prevention of pests and diseases
Unit 5: Entrepreneurship in Sericulture (2)
Prospectus of Sericulture in India: Sericulture industry in different states,
employment, potential in mulberry and non-mulberry sericulture. Visit to various
sericulture centres.
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Handbook of Practical Sericulture: S.R. Ullal and M.N. Narasimhanna CSB, Bangalore
 Appropriate Sericultural Techniques; Ed. M. S. Jolly, Director, CSR & TI, Mysore.
 Handbook of Silkworm Rearing: Agriculture and Technical Manual-1, Fuzi Pub. Co.
Ltd., Tokyo, Japan1972.
 Manual of Silkworm Egg Production; M. N. Narasimhanna, CSB, Bangalore 1988.
 Silkworm Rearing; Wupang—Chun and Chen Da-Chung, Pub. By FAO, Rome 1988.
 A Guide for Bivoltine Sericulture; K. Sengupta, Director, CSR & TI, Mysore 1989.
 Improved Method of Rearing Young age silkworm; S. Krishnaswamy, reprinted CSB,
Bangalore, 1986.
15
4TH SEMESTER SYLLABUS (REGULAR)
SEM-IV
(L+T+P)
ZOO-401R DSC-1D: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Genetics and
Evolutionary
Biology
ZOO-404HR AEC: SEC-2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Aquarium Fish
Keeping
Total 20 20 290 60 350
16
DSC-1D: GENETICS AND EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Introduction to Genetics 3 Lectures
Mendel’s work on transmission of traits, Genetic Variation, Molecular basis of
Genetic Information
Unit 2: Mendelian Genetics and its Extension 8
Principles of Inheritance, Chromosome theory of inheritance, Incomplete
dominance and codominance, Multiple alleles, Lethal alleles, Epistasis,
Pleiotropy, sex linked inheritance, extra-chromosomal inheritance
Unit 3: Linkage, Crossing Over and Chromosomal Mapping 9
Linkage and crossing over, Recombination frequency as a measure of linkage
intensity, two factor and three factor crosses, Interference and coincidence, Somatic
cell genetics – an alternative approach to gene mapping
Unit 4: Mutations 7
Chromosomal Mutations: Deletion, Duplication, Inversion, Translocation,
Aneuploidy and Polyploidy; Gene mutations: Induced versus Spontaneous
mutations, Back versus Suppressor mutations
Unit 5: Sex Determination 4
Chromosomal mechanisms, dosage compensation
Unit 6: History of Life 2
Major Events in History of Life
Unit 7: Introduction to Evolutionary Theories 5
Lamarckism, Darwinism, Neo-Darwinism
Unit 8: Direct Evidences of Evolution 5
Types of fossils, Incompleteness of fossil record, Dating of fossils, Phylogeny of horse
Unit 9: Processes of Evolutionary Change 9
Organic variations; Isolating Mechanisms; Natural selection (Example: Industrial
melanism); Types of natural selection (Directional, Stabilizing, Disruptive),
Artificial selection
Unit 10: Species Concept 6
Biological species concept (Advantages and Limitations); Modes of speciation
(Allopatric, Sympatric)
Unit 11: Macro-evolution 5
Macro-evolutionary Principles (example: Darwin’s Finches)
Unit 12: Extinction 6
Mass extinction (Causes, Names of five major extinctions, K-T extinction in detail),
Role of extinction in evolution
1. Study of Mendelian Inheritance and gene interactions (Non Mendelian Inheritance) using
suitable examples. Verify the results using Chi-square test.
2. Study of Linkage, recombination, gene mapping using the data.
3. Study of Human Karyotypes (normal and abnormal).
4. Study of fossil evidences from plaster cast models and pictures
5. Study of homology and analogy from suitable specimens/ pictures
6. Charts:
a. Phylogeny of horse with diagrams/ cut outs of limbs and teeth of horse ancestors
b. Darwin’s Finches with diagrams/ cut outs of beaks of different species
7. Visit to Natural History Museum and submission of report

17
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Gardner, E.J., Simmons, M.J., Snustad, D.P. (2008). Principles of Genetics. VIII Edition.
Wiley India.
 Snustad, D.P., Simmons, M.J. (2009). Principles of Genetics. V Edition. John Wiley and
Sons Inc.
 Klug, W.S., Cummings, M.R., Spencer, C.A. (2012). Concepts of Genetics. X Edition.
Benjamin Cummings.
 Russell, P. J. (2009). Genetics- A Molecular Approach. III Edition. Benjamin Cummings.
 Griffiths, A.J.F., Wessler, S.R., Lewontin, R.C. and Carroll, S.B. Introduction to Genetic
Analysis. IX Edition. W. H. Freeman and Co.
 Ridley, M. (2004). Evolution. III Edition. Blackwell Publishing
 Barton, N. H., Briggs, D. E. G., Eisen, J. A., Goldstein, D. B. and Patel, N. H. (2007).
Evolution. Cold Spring, Harbour Laboratory Press.
 Hall, B. K. and Hallgrimsson, B. (2008). Evolution. IV Edition. Jones and Bartlett
Publishers
 Campbell, N. A. and Reece J. B. (2011). Biology. IX Edition, Pearson, Benjamin,
Cummings.
 Douglas, J. Futuyma (1997). Evolutionary Biology. Sinauer Associates.
18
SEC-2: AQUARIUM FISH KEEPING
THEORY (CREDITS 2)
Unit1: Introduction to Aquarium Fish Keeping
The potential scope of Aquarium Fish Industry as a Cottage Industry, Exotic and
Endemic species of Aquarium Fishes
Unit 2: Biology of Aquarium Fishes
Common characters and sexual dimorphism of Fresh water and Marine Aquarium
Fishes such as Guppy, Molly, Sword tail, Gold fish, Angel fish, Blue morph, Anemone
fish and Butterfly fish
Unit 3: Food and feeding of Aquarium fishes
Use of live fish feed organisms. Preparation and composition of formulated fish feeds
Unit 4: Fish Transportation
Live fish transport - Fish handling, packing and forwarding techniques.
Unit 5: Maintenance of Aquarium
General Aquarium maintenance – budget for setting up an Aquarium Fish Farm as a
Cottage Industry
19
SEM-V
(L+T+P)
ZOO-D1HR DSE-1A: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Immunology
ZOO-504R AEC: SEC-3: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Public Health &
hygiene
Total 20 20 290 60 350
20
DSE 1A: IMMUNOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Overview of the Immune System 10 Lectures
Introduction to basic concepts in immunology, components of immune
system, principles of innate and adaptive immune system
Unit 2: Cells and Organs of the Immune System 8
Haematopoeisis, Cells of immune system and organs (primary and secondary
Lymphoid organs) of the immune system
Unit 3: Antigens 8
Basic properties of antigens, B and T cell epitopes, haptens and adjuvants
Unit 4: Antibodies 8
Structure, classes and function of antibodies, monoclonal antibodies, antigen
Antibody interactions as tools for research and diagnosis
Unit 5: Working of the immune system 12
Structure and functions of MHC, exogenous and endogenous pathways of
Antigen presentation and processing, Basic properties and functions of cytokines,
Complement system: Components and pathways.
Unit 6: Immune system in health and disease 10
Gell and Coombs’ classification and brief description of various types of
hypersensitivities, Introduction to concepts of autoimmunity and
immunodeficiency,
Unit 7: Vaccines 4
General introduction to vaccines, Various types of vaccines
1. *Demonstration of lymphoid organs
2. Histological study of spleen, thymus and lymph nodes through slides/ photographs
3. Preparation of stained blood film to study various types of blood cells.
4. Ouchterlony’s double immuno-diffusion method.
5. ABO blood group determination.
6. *Cell counting and viability test from splenocytes of farm bred animals/cell lines.
7. Demonstration of
a. ELISA
b. Immunoelectrophoresis
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Kindt, T. J., Goldsby, R.A., Osborne, B. A. and Kuby, J (2006). Immunology, VI Edition.
W.H. Freeman and Company.
 David, M., Jonathan, B., David, R. B. and Ivan R. (2006). Immunology, VII Edition,
Mosby, Elsevier Publication.
 Abbas, K. Abul and Lechtman H. Andrew (2003.) Cellular and Molecular Immunology.
V Edition. Saunders Publication.
21
SEC-3: MEDICAL DIAGNOSTICS
THEORY (CREDITS 2)
Unit 1: Introduction to Medical Diagnostics and its Importance 2 Lectures
Unit 2: Diagnostics Methods Used for Analysis of Blood 10
Blood composition, Preparation of blood smear and Differential Leucocyte
Count (D.L.C) using Leishman's stain, Platelet count using haemocytometer,
Erythrocyte Sedimentary Rate (E.S.R), Packed Cell Volume (P.C.V.)
Unit 3: Diagnostic Methods Used for Urine Analysis 6
Urine Analysis: Physical characteristics; Abnormal constituents
Unit 4:Non-infectious Diseases 6
Causes, types, symptoms, complications, diagnosis and prevention of Diabetes
(Type I and Type II), Hypertension (Primary and secondary), Testing of blood
glucose using Glucometer/Kit
Unit 5: Infectious Diseases 3
Causes, types, symptoms, diagnosis and prevention of Tuberculosis and Hepatitis
Unit 6: Tumours 3
Types (Benign/Malignant), Detection and metastasis; Medical imaging: X-Ray of
Bone fracture, PET, MRI and CT Scan (using photographs).
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Park, K. (2007), Preventive and Social Medicine, B.B. Publishers
 Godkar P.B. and Godkar D.P. Textbook of Medical Laboratory Technology, II Edition,
Bhalani Publishing House
 Cheesbrough M., A Laboratory Manual for Rural Tropical Hospitals, A Basis for Training
Courses
 Guyton A.C. and Hall J.E. Textbook of Medical Physiology, Saunders
 Robbins and Cortan, Pathologic Basis of Disease, VIIIEdition, Saunders
 Prakash, G. (2012), Lab Manual on Blood Analysis and Medical Diagnostics, S. Chand
and Co. Ltd.
22
SEM-VI
(L+T+P)
ZOO-D2HR DSE-1B: Animal 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biotechnology
ZOO-604R AEC: SEC-4: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Apiculture
Total 20 20 290 60 350
23
DSE-1B: ANIMAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
THEORY (CREDITS 4)
Unit 1: Introduction 8 Lectures
Concept and scope of biotechnology
Unit 2: Molecular Techniques in Gene manipulation 24
Cloning vectors: Plasmids, Cosmids, Phagemids, Lambda Bacteriophage, M13,
BAC, YAC, MAC and Expression vectors (characteristics)
Restriction enzymes: Nomenclature, detailed study of Type II.
Transformation techniques: Calcium chloride method and electroporation.
Construction of genomic and cDNA libraries and screening by colony and plaque
hybridization
Southern, Northern and Western blotting; DNA sequencing: Sanger method
Polymerase Chain Reaction, DNA Finger Printing and DNA micro array
Unit 3: Genetically Modified Organisms 18
Production of cloned and transgenic animals: Nuclear Transplantation, Retroviral
Method, DNA microinjection
Applications of transgenic animals: Production of pharmaceuticals, production of
donor organs, knockout mice.
Production of transgenic plants: Agrobacterium mediated transformation.
Applications of transgenic plants: insect and herbicide resistant plants.
Unit 4: Culture Techniques and Applications 10
Animal cell culture, Expressing cloned genes in mammalian cells, Molecular
diagnosis of genetic diseases (Cystic fibrosis, Sickle cell anemia)
Recombinant DNA in medicines: Recombinant insulin and human growth hormone,
Gene therapy
1. Genomic DNA isolation from E. coli
2. Plasmid DNA isolation (pUC 18/19) from E. coli
3. Restriction digestion of plasmid DNA.
4. Construction of circular and linear restriction map from the data provided.
5. Calculation of transformation efficiency from the data provided.
6. To study following techniques through photographs
a. Southern Blotting
b. Northern Blotting
c. Western Blotting
d. DNA Sequencing (Sanger's Method)
e. PCR
f. DNA fingerprinting
7. Project report on animal cell culture
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Brown, T.A. (1998). Molecular Biology Labfax II: Gene Cloning and DNA Analysis. II Edition,
Academic Press, California, USA.
 Glick, B.R. and Pasternak, J.J. (2009). Molecular Biotechnology - Principles and Applications of
Recombinant DNA. IV Edition, ASM press, Washington, USA.
Introduction to Genetic Analysis. IX Edition. Freeman and Co., N.Y., USA.
 Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. (2009). Principles of Genetics. V Edition, John Wiley and Sons
Inc.
 Watson, J.D., Myers, R.M., Caudy, A. and Witkowski, J.K. (2007). Recombinant DNA Genes and
Genomes- A Short Course. III Edition, Freeman and Co., N.Y., USA.
24
 Beauchamp, T.I. and Childress, J.F. (2008). Principles of Biomedical Ethics. VI Edition, Oxford
University Press.
25
SEC-4: APICULTURE
THEORY (CREDITS 2)
Unit 1: Biology of Bees (4 Lectures)
History, Classification and Biology of Honey Bees
Social Organization of Bee Colony
Unit 2: Rearing of Bees (10)
Artificial Bee rearing (Apiary), Beehives – Newton and Langstroth
Bee Pasturage
Selection of Bee Species for Apiculture
CBCS Undergraduate Program in Zoology 2015
Bee Keeping Equipment
Methods of Extraction of Honey (Indigenous and Modern)
Unit 3: Diseases and Enemies (5)
Bee Diseases and Enemies
Control and Preventive measures
Unit 4: Bee Economy (2)
Products of Apiculture Industry and its Uses (Honey, Bees Wax, Propolis), Pollen
etc
Unit 5: Entrepreneurship in Apiculture (4)
Bee Keeping Industry – Recent Efforts, Modern Methods in employing artificial
Beehives for cross pollination in horticultural gardens
SUGGESTED READINGS
 Prost, P. J. (1962). Apiculture. Oxford and IBH, New Delhi.
 Bisht D.S., Apiculture, ICAR Publication.
 Singh S., Beekeeping in India, Indian council of Agricultural Research, New Delhi.
****************************
26
Bodoland University
Department of Botany
Total Marks=2100
SEM-I
(L+T+P)
BOT-101R DSC-1A: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biodiversity
(Microbes, Algae,
Fungi and
Archegoinate)
COMM-104HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-1:
English/Hind/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P)
BOT-201R DSC-1B: Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Ecology and
Taxonomy
COMM-204HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-2:
Environmental
Science
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-III
(L+T+P)
BOT-301R DSC-1C: Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Anatomy and
Embryology
BOT-304HR AEC: SEC-1: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Biofertilizers
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-IV
(L+T+P)
BOT-401R DSC-1D: Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physiology and
Metabolism
BOT-404HR AEC: SEC-2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Mushroom culture
and Technology
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-V
(L+T+P)
BOT-D1HR DSE-1A: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Analytical
Techniques in
Plant Sciences
BOT-504R AEC: SEC-3: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Medicinal Botany
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-VI
(L+T+P)
BOT-D2HR DSE-1B: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Bioinformatics
BOT-604R AEC: SEC-4: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Nursery and
Gardening
Total 20 20 290 60 350
Curriculum Structures
Total Marks = 2400
SEM I
Paper Course title Credit Credit End semester Internal Total
code distribution marks marks marks
(L+T+P)
BOT- C1-Alagae and 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
101H Microbiology
BOT- C2-Biomolecules 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
102H and Cell Biology
BOT- GE1- Biodiversity 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
103HR (Microbes, Algae,
Fungi and
Archegoniate)
COMM- AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 50 50
104HR AECC1:English/
Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM II
(L+T+P)
BOT- C3- Mycology and 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
201H Phytopathology
BOT- C4-Archegoniate 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
202H
BOT- GE2- Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
203HR Ecology and
Taxonomy
COMM- AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 50

Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM III
(L+T+P)
BOT- C5-Morphology 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
301H and Anatomy
BOT- C6-Economic 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
302H Botany
BOT- C7-Basics of 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
303H Genetics
BOT- AEC: SEC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
304HR Biofertilizers
BOT GE3-Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
305H anatomy and
Embryology
Total 26 26 370 80 450
SEM IV
(L+T+P)
BOT- C8-Molecular 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
401H biology
BOT- C9-plant ecology 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
402H and
phytogeography
BOT- C10-plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
403H systematics
BOT- SEC2-Mushroom 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
404HR culture
Technology
BOT- GE4:Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
405H physiology and
metabolism
Total 26 26 370 80 450
SEM V
(L+T+P)
BOT- C11- 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
501H Reproductive
Biology of
Angiosperm
BOT- C12-Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
502H Physiology
BOT- DSE1-Analytical 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
D1HR Techniques in
Plant Science
BOT- DSE2- 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
D2HR Bioinformatics
Technology
Total 24 24 320 80 24
SEM VI
(L+T+P)
601H metabolism
602H Biotechnology
BOT- DSE3-Natural 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
D3H resource
Management
BOT- DSE4-Industrial 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
D4H and
Environmental
Biology
Total 24 24 320 80 400
Syllabus
Undergraduate regular Course
Subject: botany
Year-2016
Bodoland University
Debargaon, Kokrajhar (B.T.C.)
Proposed scheme for choice based credit system in B. Sc. with Botany
1
SKILL
ABILITY ELECTIVE:
ENHANCEMENT
Semester ENHANCEMENT DISCIPLINE
COURSE (SEC)
COURSE (AECC) (2) SPECIFIC DSE (4)
CORE COURSE (14) (2)
I DSC– 1A: Biodiversity (English/Hindi/MIL
(Microbes, Algae, Fungi and Communication)
Archegoniate)
DSC– 2A
DSC- 3A
2 DSC – 1B: Plant Ecology and Environmental
Taxonomy Science
DSC – 2B
DSC- 3B
3 DSC– 1 C: Plant Anatomy and SEC 1:
Embryology Biofertilizers
DSC– 2C
DSC- 3C
4 DSC– 1 D: Plant Physiology and SEC 2:
Metabolism Mushroom Culture
DSC – 2D Technology
DSC- 3D
5 SEC 3: DSE-1A: Analytical

Medicinal Botany Techniques in Plant
Sciences
DSE -2A
DSE-3A
6 SEC 4: DSE-1B:
Nursery and Bioinformatics
Gardening
DSE -2B
DSE-3B
2
Details of Courses
Core Courses –Botany
1. Biodiversity (Microbes, Algae, Fungi and Archegoniate)

2. Plant Ecology and Taxonomy
3. Plant Anatomy and Embryology
4. Plant Physiology and Metabolism
Discipline Specific Electives-Botany (Two)
DSE 1: Analytical Techniques in Plant Sciences

DSE 2: Bioinformatics
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses
1. Environmental Science
2. English/MIL Communication
Skill Enhancement Courses (Four)
Botany
SEC 1: Biofertilizers
SEC 2: Nursery and Gardening
SEC 3: Medicinal Botany
SEC 4: Mushroom Culture Technology
Curriculum Structures for UG syllabus for B.Sc. Botany (Regular Course)
Total Marks=2100
SEM-I
(L+T+P)
BOT-101R DSC-1A: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Biodiversity
(Microbes, Algae,
Fungi and
Archegoinate)
COMM-104HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-1:
English/Hind/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P)
BOT-201R DSC-1B: Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Ecology and
Taxonomy
COMM-204HR AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
AECC-2:
Environmental
Science
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-III
(L+T+P)
BOT-301R DSC-1C: Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Anatomy and
Embryology
BOT-304HR AEC: SEC-1: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Biofertilizers
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-IV
(L+T+P)
BOT-401R DSC-1D: Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Physiology and
Metabolism
PAPER-402R DSC-2D 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
PAPER-403R DSC-3D 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
BOT-404HR AEC: SEC-2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Mushroom culture
and Technology
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-V
(L+T+P)
BOT-D1HR DSE-1A: Analytical 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Techniques in Plant
Sciences
PAPER-502R DSE-2A 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
PAPER-503R DSE-3A 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
BOT-504R AEC: SEC-3: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Medicinal Botany
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM-VI
(L+T+P)
BOT-D2HR DSE-1B: 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
Bioinformatics
PAPER-602H DSE-2B 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
PAPER-603R DSE-3B 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
BOT-604R AEC: SEC-4: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Nursery and
Gardening
Total 20 20 290 60 350
Semester-I
DSC-1A: Biodiversity (Microbes, Algae, Fungi and Archegoniate)

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Microbes (10 Lectures)

Viruses – Discovery, general structure, replication (general account), DNA virus (T-phage); Lytic and
lysogenic cycle, RNA virus (TMV); Economic importance; Bacteria – Discovery, General
characteristics and cell structure; Reproduction – vegetative, asexual and recombination (conjugation,
transformation and transduction); Economic importance.
Unit 2: Algae (12 Lectures)

General characteristics; Ecology and distribution; Range of thallus organization and reproduction;
Classification of algae; Morphology and life-cycles of the following: Nostoc,
Chlamydomonas,Oedogonium, Vaucheria, Fucus, Polysiphonia. Economic importance of algae
Unit 3: Fungi (12 Lectures)

Introduction- General characteristics, ecology and significance, range of thallus organization, cell wall
composition , nutrition, reproduction and classification; True Fungi- General characteristics, ecology
and significance, life cycle of Rhizopus (Zygomycota) Penicillium, Alternaria (Ascomycota),
Puccinia,
Agaricus (Basidiomycota); Symbiotic Associations-Lichens: General account, reproduction and
significance; Mycorrhiza: ectomycorrhiza and endomycorrhiza and their significance
Unit 4: Introduction to Archegoniate (2 Lectures)

Unifying features of archegoniates, Transition to land habit, Alternation of generations.
Unit 5: Bryophytes (10 Lectures)

General characteristics, adaptations to land habit, Classification, Range of thallus organization.
Classification (up to family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of Marchantia and Funaria.
(Developmental details not to be included). Ecology and economic importance of bryophytes with
special mention of Sphagnum.
Unit 6: Pteridophytes (8 Lectures)

General characteristics, classification, Early land plants (Cooksonia and Rhynia). Classification (up to
family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of Selaginella, Equisetum and Pteris. (Developmental
details not to be included). Heterospory and seed habit, stelar evolution. Ecological and economical
importance of Pteridophytes.
U nit 4: Gymnosperms (6 Lectures)

General characteristics, classification. Classification (up to family), morphology, anatomy and
reproduction of Cycas and Pinus. (Developmental details not to be included). Ecological and
economical importance.
Practical
1. EMs/Models of viruses – T-Phage and TMV, Line drawing/Photograph of Lytic and Lysogenic
Cycle.
2. Types of Bacteria from temporary/permanent slides/photographs; EM bacterium; Binary
Fission; Conjugation; Structure of root nodule.
3. Gram staining
4. Study of vegetative and reproductive structures of Nostoc, Chlamydomonas (electron micrographs),
Oedogonium, Vaucheria, Fucus* and Polysiphonia through temporary preparations and permanent
slides. (* Fucus - Specimen and permanent slides)
5. Rhizopus and Penicillium: Asexual stage from temporary mounts and sexual structures through
permanent slides.
6. Alternaria: Specimens/photographs and tease mounts.
7. Puccinia: Herbarium specimens of Black Stem Rust of Wheat and infected Barberry leaves;
section/tease mounts of spores on Wheat and permanent slides of both the hosts.
8. Agaricus: Specimens of button stage and full grown mushroom; Sectioning of gills of Agaricus.
9. Lichens: Study of growth forms of lichens (crustose, foliose and fruticose)
10. Mycorrhiza: ecto mycorrhiza and endo mycorrhiza (Photographs)
11. Marchantia- morphology of thallus, w.m. rhizoids and scales, v.s. thallus through gemma cup,
w.m. gemmae (all temporary slides), v.s. antheridiophore, archegoniophore, l.s. sporophyte (all
permanent slides).
12. Funaria- morphology, w.m. leaf, rhizoids, operculum, peristome, annulus, spores (temporary
slides); permanent slides showing antheridial and archegonial heads, l.s. capsule and protonema.
13. Selaginella- morphology, w.m. leaf with ligule, t.s. stem, w.m. strobilus, w.m. microsporophyll
and megasporophyll (temporary slides), l.s. strobilus (permanent slide).
14. Equisetum- morphology, t.s. internode, l.s. strobilus, t.s. strobilus, w.m. sporangiophore, w.m.
spores (wet and dry)(temporary slides); t.s rhizome (permanent slide).
19. Pteris- morphology, t.s. rachis, v.s. sporophyll, w.m. sporangium, w.m. spores (temporary
slides), t.s. rhizome, w.m. prothallus with sex organs and young sporophyte (permanent slide).
20. Cycas- morphology (coralloid roots, bulbil, leaf), t.s. coralloid root, t.s. rachis, v.s. leaflet, v.s.
microsporophyll, w.m. spores (temporary slides), l.s. ovule, t.s. root (permanent slide).
21. Pinus- morphology (long and dwarf shoots, w.m. dwarf shoot, male and female), w.m. dwarf
shoot, t.s. needle, t.s. stem, , l.s./t.s. male cone, w.m. microsporophyll, w.m. microspores (temporary
slides), l.s. female cone, t.l.s. & r.l.s. stem (permanent slide).
Suggested Readings
1. Kumar, H.D. (1999). Introductory Phycology. Affiliated East-West. Press Pvt. Ltd. Delhi. 2nd
edition.
2. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., Case, C.L. (2010). Microbiology: An Introduction, Pearson Benjamin
Cummings, U.S.A. 10th edition.
3. Sethi, I.K. and Walia, S.K. (2011). Text book of Fungi & Their Allies, MacMillan Publishers
Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.
4. Alexopoulos, C.J., Mims, C.W., Blackwell, M. (1996). Introductory Mycology, John Wiley and
Sons (Asia), Singapore. 4th edition.
Semester -II
DSC-1B:Plant Ecology and Taxonomy

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 2: Ecological factors (10 Lectures)
Soil: Origin, formation, composition, soil profile. Water: States of water in the environment, precipitation
types. Light and temperature: Variation Optimal and limiting factors; Shelford law of tolerance. Adaptation
of hydrophytes and xerophytes.
U nit 3: Plant communities (6 Lectures)
Characters; Ecotone and edge effect; Succession; Processes and types.
Unit 4: Ecosystem (8 Lectures)
Structure; energy flow trophic organisation; Food chains and food webs, Ecological pyramids production
and productivity; Biogeochemical cycling; Cycling of carbon, nitrogen and Phosphorous
Unit 5: Phytogeography (4 Lectures)
Principle biogeographical zones; Endemism
U nit 6 Introduction to plant taxonomy (2 Lectures)
Identification, Classification, Nomenclature.
Unit 7 Identification (4 Lectures)
Functions of Herbarium, important herbaria and botanical gardens of the world and India; Documentation:
Flora, Keys: single access and multi-access
Unit 8 Taxonomic evidences from palynology, cytology, phytochemistry and molecular
data. (6 Lectures)
Unit 9 Taxonomic hierarchy (2 Lectures)
Ranks, categories and taxonomic groups
Unit 10 Botanical nomenclature (6 Lectures)
Principles and rules (ICN); ranks and names; binominal system, typification, author citation, valid
publication, rejection of names, principle of priority and its limitations.
Unit 11 Classification (6 Lectures)
Types of classification-artificial, natural and phylogenetic. Bentham and Hooker (upto series), Engler and
Prantl (upto series).
Unit 12 Biometrics, numerical taxonomy and cladistics (4 Lectures)
Characters; variations; OTUs, character weighting and coding; cluster analysis; phenograms, cladograms
(definitions and differences).
Practical
1. Study of instruments used to measure microclimatic variables: Soil thermometer, maximum and
minimum thermometer, anemometer, psychrometer/hygrometer, rain gauge and lux meter.
2. Determination of pH, and analysis of two soil samples for carbonates, chlorides, nitrates, sulphates,
organic matter and base deficiency by rapid field test.
3. Comparison of bulk density, porosity and rate of infiltration of water in soil of three habitats.
4. (a) Study of morphological adaptations of hydrophytes and xerophytes (four each).
(b)Study of biotic interactions of the following: Stem parasite (Cuscuta), Root parasite (Orobanche),
Epiphytes, Predation (Insectivorous plants)
5. Determination of minimal quadrat size for the study of herbaceous vegetation in the college campus by
species area curve method. (species to be listed)
6. Quantitative analysis of herbaceous vegetation in the college campus for frequency and comparison with
Raunkiaer’s frequency distribution law
7. Study of vegetative and floral characters of the following families (Description, V.S. flower, section of
ovary, floral diagram/s, floral formula/e and systematic position according to Bentham & Hooker’s system
of classification):Brassicaceae -Brassica, Alyssum / Iberis; Asteraceae -Sonchus/Launaea,
Vernonia/Ageratum, Eclipta/Tridax; Solanaceae -Solanum nigrum, Withania; Lamiaceae -Salvia, Ocimum;
Liliaceae - Asphodelus / Lilium / Allium.
8. Mounting of a properly dried and pressed specimen of any wild plant with herbarium label (to be
submitted in the record book).
Suggested Readings
1. Kormondy, E.J. (1996). Concepts of Ecology. Prentice Hall, U.S.A. 4 th edition.

2. Sharma, P.D. (2010) Ecology and Environment. Rastogi Publications, Meerut, India. 8 edition.
th
3. Simpson, M.G. (2006). Plant Systematics. Elsevier Academic Press, San Diego, CA,
U.S.A.
4. Singh, G. (2012). Plant Systematics: Theory and Practice. Oxford & IBH Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi. 3rd edition.
Semester- III
DSC-1C: Plant Anatomy and Embryology

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Meristematic and permanent tissues (8 Lectures)

Root and shoot apical meristems; Simple and complex tissues.
Unit 2: Organs (4 Lectures)

Structure of dicot and monocot root stem and leaf.
Unit 3: Secondary Growth (8 Lectures)

Vascular cambium – structure and function, seasonal activity. Secondary growth in root
and stem, Wood (heartwood and sapwood).
Unit 4: Adaptive and protective systems (8 Lectures)

Epidermis, cuticle, stomata; General account of adaptations in xerophytes and hydrophytes.
Unit 5: Structural organization of flower (8 Lectures)
Structure of anther and pollen; Structure and types of ovules; Types of embryo
sacs, organization and ultrastructure of mature embryo sac.
Unit 6: Pollination and fertilization (8 Lectures)

Pollination mechanisms and adaptations; Double fertilization; Seed-structure
appendages and dispersal mechanisms.
Unit 7: Embryo and endosperm (8 Lectures)

Endosperm types, structure and functions; Dicot and monocot embryo; Embryo-
endosperm relationship.
Unit 8: Apomixis and polyembryony (8 Lectures)

Definition, types and practical applications.
Practical
1. Study of meristems through permanent slides and photographs.

2. Tissues (parenchyma, collenchyma and sclerenchyma); Macerated xylary elements,
Phloem (Permanent slides, photographs)
3. Stem: Monocot: Zea mays; Dicot: Helianthus; Secondary: Helianthus (only
Permanent slides).
4. Root: Monocot: Zea mays; Dicot: Helianthus; Secondary: Helianthus (only
Permanent slides).
5. Leaf: Dicot and Monocot leaf (only Permanent slides).
6. Adaptive anatomy: Xerophyte (Nerium leaf); Hydrophyte (Hydrilla stem).
7. Structure of anther (young and mature), tapetum (amoeboid and secretory)
(Permanent slides).
8. Types of ovules: anatropous, orthotropous, circinotropous, amphitropous/
campylotropous.
9. Female gametophyte: Polygonum (monosporic) type of Embryo sac Development
(Permanent slides/photographs).
10. Ultrastructure of mature egg apparatus cells through electron micrographs.
11. Pollination types and seed dispersal mechanisms (including appendages, aril,
caruncle) (Photographs and specimens).
12. Dissection of embryo/endosperm from developing seeds.
13. Calculation of percentage of germinated pollen in a given medium.
Suggested Readings
1. Bhojwani, S.S. & Bhatnagar, S.P. (2011).th

Embryology of Angiosperms. Vikas
Publication House Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi. 5 edition.
2. Mauseth, J.D. (1988). Plant Anatomy. The Benjamin/Cummings Publisher, USA.
SEC-1: Biofertilizers
(Credits 2)
Lectures: 30
Unit 1:General account about the microbes used as biofertilizer – Rhizobium –
isolation, identification, mass multiplication, carrier based inoculants, Actinorrhizal
symbiosis.
(4 Lectures)
Unit 2: Azospirillum: isolation and mass multiplication – carrier based inoculant,

associative effect of different microorganisms. Azotobacter: classification, characteristics –
crop response to Azotobacter inoculum, maintenance and mass multiplication.
(8 Lectures)
Unit 3:Cyanobacteria (blue green algae), Azolla and Anabaena azollae association,
nitrogen fixation, factors affecting growth, blue green algae and Azolla in rice
cultivation.
(4 Lectures)
Unit 4: Mycorrhizal association, types of mycorrhizal association, taxonomy, occurrence

and distribution, phosphorus nutrition, growth and yield – colonization of VAM –
isolation and inoculum production of VAM, and its influence on growth and yield of crop
plants.
(8 Lectures)
Unit 5: Organic farming – Green manuring and organic fertilizers, Recycling of bio-
degradable municipal, agricultural and Industrial wastes – biocompost making
methods, types and method of vermicomposting – field Application. (6 Lectures)
Suggested Readings
1. Dubey, R.C., 2005 A Text book of Biotechnology S.Chand & Co, New Delhi.
2. Kumaresan, V. 2005, Biotechnology, Saras Publications, New Delhi.
3. John Jothi Prakash, E. 2004. Outlines of Plant Biotechnology. Emkay Publication,
New Delhi.
4. Sathe, T.V. 2004 Vermiculture and Organic Farming. Daya publishers.
5. Subha Rao, N.S. 2000, Soil Microbiology, Oxford & IBH Publishers, New Delhi.
6. Vayas,S.C, Vayas, S. and Modi, H.A. 1998 Bio-fertilizers and organic Farming Akta
Prakashan, Nadiad
Semester- IV
DSC-1D: Plant Physiology and Metabolism

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Plant-water relations (8 Lectures)

Importance of water, water potential and its components; Transpiration and its significance;
Factors affecting transpiration; Root pressure and guttation.
Unit 2: Mineral nutrition (8 Lectures)

Essential elements, macro and micronutrients; Criteria of essentiality of elements; Role of
essential elements; Transport of ions across cell membrane, active and passive transport,
carriers, channels and pumps.
Unit 3: Translocation in phloem (6 Lectures)

Composition of phloem sap, girdling experiment; Pressure flow model; Phloem loading
and unloading.
Unit 4: Photosynthesis (12 Lectures)

Photosynthetic Pigments (Chl a, b, xanthophylls, carotene); Photosystem I and II, reaction
center, antenna molecules; Electron transport and mechanism of ATP synthesis; C 3, C4 and
CAM pathways of carbon fixation; Photorespiration.
Unit 5: Respiration (6 Lectures)

Glycolysis, anaerobic respiration, TCA cycle; Oxidative phosphorylation, Glyoxylate,
Oxidative Pentose Phosphate Pathway.
Unit 6: Enzymes (4 Lectures)

Structure and properties; Mechanism of enzyme catalysis and enzyme inhibition.
Unit 7: Nitrogen metabolism (4 Lectures)
Biological nitrogen fixation; Nitrate and ammonia assimilation.
Unit 8: Plant growth regulators (6 Lectures)
Discovery and physiological roles of auxins, gibberellins, cytokinins, ABA, ethylene.
Unit 9: Plant response to light and temperature (6 Lectures)
Photoperiodism (SDP, LDP, Day neutral plants); Phytochrome (discovery and structure),
red and far red light responses on photomorphogenesis; Vernalization.
Practical
1. Determination of osmotic potential of plant cell sap by plasmolytic method.

2. To study the effect of two environmental factors (light and wind) on transpiration
by excised twig.
3. Calculation of stomatal index and stomatal frequency of a mesophyte and a
xerophyte.
4. Demonstration of Hill reaction.
5. Demonstrate the activity of catalase and study the effect of pH and enzyme
concentration.
6. To study the effect of light intensity and bicarbonate concentration on O 2 evolution
in photosynthesis.
7. Comparison of the rate of respiration in any two parts of a plant.
8. Separation of amino acids by paper chromatography.
Demonstration experiments (any four)
1. Bolting.
2. Effect of auxins on rooting.
3. Suction due to transpiration.
4. R.Q.
5. Respiration in roots.
Suggested Readings
1. Taiz, L., Zeiger, E., (2010). Plant Physiology. Sinauer Associates Inc., U.S.A. 5 th
Edition.
2. Hopkins, W.G., Huner, N.P., (2009). Introduction to Plant Physiology. John Wiley
th
& Sons, U.S.A. 4 Edition.
3. Bajracharya, D., (1999). Experiments in Plant Physiology- A Laboratory Manual.
Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi.
SEC-2: Mushroom Culture Technology

(Credits 2) Lectures: 30
Unit 1: Introduction, history. Nutritional and medicinal value of edible mushrooms;

Poisonous mushrooms. Types of edible mushrooms available in India - Volvariella
volvacea, Pleurotus citrinopileatus, Agaricus bisporus. (5 Lectures)
Unit 2: Cultivation Technology : Infrastructure: substrates (locally available) Polythene bag,
vessels, Inoculation hook, inoculation loop, low cost stove, sieves, culture rack, mushroom unit
(Thatched house) water sprayer, tray, small polythene bag. Pure culture: Medium, sterilization,
preparation of spawn, multiplication. Mushroom bed preparation - paddy straw, sugarcane
trash, maize straw, banana leaves. Factors affecting the mushroom bed preparation - Low cost
technology, Composting technology in mushroom production. (12 Lectures)
Unit 3: Storage and nutrition : Short-term storage (Refrigeration - upto 24 hours) Long term
Storage (canning, pickels, papads), drying, storage in saltsolutions. Nutrition - Proteins - amino
acids, mineral elements nutrition - Carbohydrates, Crude fibre content - Vitamins.
(8 Lectures)
Unit 4: Food Preparation : Types of foods prepared from mushroom. Research Centres -
National level and Regional level. Cost benefit ratio - Marketing in India and abroad,
Export Value. (5 Lectures)
Suggested Readings
1. Marimuthu, T. Krishnamoorthy, A.S. Sivaprakasam, K. and Jayarajan. R

(1991) Oyster Mushrooms, Department of Plant Pathology, Tamil Nadu
Agricultural University, Coimbatore.
2. Swaminathan, M. (1990) Food and Nutrition. Bappco, The Bangalore Printing
and Publishing Co. Ltd., No. 88, Mysore Road, Bangalore - 560018.
3. Tewari, Pankaj Kapoor, S.C., (1988). Mushroom cultivation, Mittal
Publications, Delhi.
4. Nita Bahl (1984-1988) Hand book of Mushrooms, II Edition, Vol. I & Vol. II.
Semester-V
SEC-3: Medicinal Botany
(Credits 2)
Lectures: 30
Unit 1: History, Scope and Importance of Medicinal Plants. Indigenous Medicinal Sciences;
Definition and Scope-Ayurveda: History, origin, panchamahabhutas, saptadhatu and tridosha
concepts, Rasayana, plants used in ayurvedic treatments, Siddha: Origin of Siddha medicinal
systems, Basis of Siddha system, plants used in Siddha medicine. Unani: History, concept:
Umoor-e- tabiya, tumors treatments/ therapy, polyherbal formulations. (10 Lectures)
Unit 2: Conservation of endangered and endemic medicinal plants. Definition: endemic and
endangered medicinal plants, Red list criteria; In situ conservation: Biosphere reserves, sacred
groves, National Parks; Ex situ conservation: Botanic Gardens, Ethnomedicinal plant Gardens.
Propagation of Medicinal Plants: Objectives of the nursery, its classification, important
components of a nursery, sowing, pricking, use of green house for nursery production,
propagation through cuttings, layering, grafting and budding. (10 Lectures)
Unit 3: Ethnobotany and Folk medicines. Definition; Ethnobotany in India: Methods to

study ethnobotany; Applications of Ethnobotany: National interacts, Palaeo-ethnobotany.
folk medicines of ethnobotany, ethnomedicine, ethnoecology, ethnic communities of India.
Application of natural products to certain diseases- Jaundice, cardiac, infertility, diabetics,
Blood pressure and skin diseases. (10 Lectures)
Suggested Readings
1. Trivedi P C, 2006. Medicinal Plants: Ethnobotanical Approach, Agrobios, India.
2. Purohit and Vyas, 2008. Medicinal Plant Cultivation: A Scientific Approach, 2 nd

edn. Agrobios, India.
DSE-1 A:Analytical Techniques in Plant Sciences

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Imaging and related techniques (15 Lectures)
Principles of microscopy; Light microscopy; Fluorescence microscopy; Confocal

microscopy; Use of fluorochromes: (a) Flow cytometry (FACS); (b) Applications of
fluorescence microscopy: Chromosome banding, FISH, chromosome painting;
Transmission and Scanning electron microscopy – sample preparation for electron
microscopy, cryofixation, negative staining, shadow casting, freeze fracture, freeze etching.
Unit 2: Cell fractionation (8 Lectures)

Centrifugation: Differential and density gradient centrifugation, sucrose density gradient,
CsCl2 gradient, analytical centrifugation, ultracentrifugation, marker enzymes.(
Unit 3: Radioisotopes
Use in biological research, auto-radiography, pulse chase experiment. (4 Lectures)
Unit 4: Spectrophotometry
Principle and its application in biological research. (4 Lectures)
Unit 5: Chromatography (8 Lectures)
Principle; Paper chromatography; Column chromatography, TLC, GLC, HPLC, Ion-

exchange chromatography; Molecular sieve chromatography; Affinity chromatography.
Unit 6: Characterization of proteins and nucleic acids (6 Lectures)
Mass spectrometry; X-ray diffraction; X-ray crystallography; Characterization of proteins

and nucleic acids; Electrophoresis: AGE, PAGE, SDS-PAGE
Unit 7:Biostatistics (15 Lectures)
Statistics, data, population, samples, parameters; Representation of Data: Tabular, Graphical;

Measures of central tendency: Arithmetic mean, mode, median; Measures of dispersion: Range,
mean deviation, variation, standard deviation; Chi-square test for goodness of fit.
Practicals
1. Study of Blotting techniques: Southern, Northern and Western, DNA fingerprinting,

DNA sequencing, PCR through photographs.
2. Demonstration of ELISA.
3. To separate nitrogenous bases by paper chromatography.
4. To separate sugars by thin layer chromatography.
5. Isolation of chloroplasts by differential centrifugation.
6. To separate chloroplast pigments by column chromatography.
7. To estimate protein concentration through Lowry’s methods.
8. To separate proteins using PAGE.
9. To separate DNA (marker) using AGE.
10. Study of different microscopic techniques using photographs/micrographs (freeze

fracture, freeze etching, negative staining, positive staining, fluorescence and FISH).
11. Preparation of permanent slides (double staining).
Suggested Readings
1. Plummer, D.T. (1996). An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry. Tata McGraw-

rd
Hill Publishing Co. Ltd. New Delhi. 3 edition.
2. Ruzin, S.E. (1999). Plant Microtechnique and Microscopy, Oxford University

Press, New York. U.S.A.
3. Ausubel, F., Brent, R., Kingston, R. E., Moore, D.D., Seidman, J.G., Smith, J.A.,
rd
Struhl, K. (1995). Short Protocols in Molecular Biology. John Wiley & Sons. 3
edition.
4. Zar, J.H. (2012). Biostatistical Analysis. Pearson Publication. U.S.A. 4 th edition.
Semester-VI
SEC-4: Nursery and Gardening-4

(Credits 2)
Lectures: 30
Unit 1: Nursery: definition, objectives and scope and building up of infrastructure for
nursery, planning and seasonal activities - Planting - direct seeding and transplants.
(4 Lectures)
Unit 2: Seed: Structure and types - Seed dormancy; causes and methods of breaking
dormancy - Seed storage: Seed banks, factors affecting seed viability, genetic erosion -
Seed production technology - seed testing and certification. (6 Lectures)
Unit 3:Vegetative propagation: air-layering, cutting, selection of cutting, collecting
season, treatment of cutting, rooting medium and planting of cuttings - Hardening of
plants - green house - mist chamber, shed root, shade house and glass house. (6Lectures)
Unit 4: Gardening: definition, objectives and scope - different types of gardening -
landscape and home gardening - parks and its components - plant materials and
design - computer applications in landscaping - Gardening operations: soil laying,
manuring, watering, management of pests and diseases and harvesting.
(8 Lectures)
Unit 5: Sowing/raising of seeds and seedlings - Transplanting of seedlings - Study of

cultivation of different vegetables: cabbage, brinjal, lady’s finger, onion, garlic, tomatoes,
and carrots - Storage and marketing procedures. (6 Lectures)
Suggested Readings
1. Bose T.K. & Mukherjee, D., 1972, Gardening in India, Oxford & IBH Publishing
Co., New Delhi.
2. Sandhu, M.K., 1989, Plant Propagation, Wile Eastern Ltd., Bangalore, Madras.
3. Kumar, N., 1997, Introduction to Horticulture, Rajalakshmi Publications, Nagercoil.
4. Edmond Musser & Andres, Fundamentals of Horticulture, McGraw Hill Book Co.,
New Delhi.
5. Agrawal, P.K. 1993, Hand Book of Seed Technology, Dept. of Agriculture and
Cooperation, National Seed Corporation Ltd., New Delhi.
6. Janick Jules. 1979. Horticultural Science. (3rd Ed.), W.H. Freeman and Co., San
Francisco, USA.
DSE-1B: Bioinformatics
THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Introduction to Bioinformatics (5 Lectures)
Introduction, Branches of Bioinformatics, Aim, Scope and Research areas of Bioinformatics.
Unit 2: Databases in Bioinformatics (5 Lectures)
Introduction, Biological Databases, Classification format of Biological Databases,

Biological Database Retrieval System.
Unit 3 : Biological Sequence Databases (25 Lectures)
National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI): Tools and Databases of NCBI,
Database Retrieval Tool, Sequence Submission to NCBI, Basic local alignment search tool
(BLAST), Nucleotide Database, Protein Database, Gene Expression Database.
EMBL Nucleotide Sequence Database (EMBL-Bank): Introduction, Sequence Retrieval,
Sequence Submission to EMBL, Sequence analysis tools.
DNA Data Bank of Japan (DDBJ): Introduction, Resources at DDBJ, Data Submission at
DDBJ.
Protein Information Resource (PIR): About PIR, Resources of PIR, Databases of PIR, Data
Retrieval in PIR.
Swiss-Prot: Introduction and Salient Features.
Unit 4: Sequence Alignments (10 Lectures)
Introduction, Concept of Alignment, Multiple Sequence Alignment (MSA), MSA by
CLUSTALW, Scoring Matrices, Percent Accepted Mutation (PAM), Blocks of Amino Acid
Substitution Matrix (BLOSUM).
Unit 5: Molecular Phylogeny (8 Lectures)

Methods of Phylogeny, Software for Phylogenetic Analyses, Consistency of Molecular
Phylogenetic Prediction.
Unit 6: Applications of Bioinformatics (7 Lectures)
Structural Bioinformatics in Drug Discovery, Quantitative structure-activity relationship
(QSAR) techniques in Drug Design, Microbial genome applications, Crop improvement.
Practical
11. Nucleic acid and protein databases.

12. Sequence retrieval from databases.
13. Sequence alignment.
14. Sequence homology and Gene annotation.
15. Construction of phylogenetic tree.
Suggested Readings
1. Ghosh Z. and Bibekanand M. (2008) Bioinformatics: Principles and Applications.

2. Pevsner J. (2009) Bioinformatics and Functional Genomics. II Edition. Wiley-

Blackwell.
3. Campbell A. M., Heyer L. J. (2006) Discovering Genomics, Proteomics and

Bioinformatics. II Edition. Benjamin Cummings.
Syllabus
Undergraduate HONOURS Course
Subject: botany
Year-2016
Bodoland University
Debargaon, Kokrajhar (B.T.C.)
B.Sc.in Botany (Honours )

CBCS Course
1
Semester CORE Ability Skill Discipline Generic
COURSE(14) Enhancement Enhancement Specific Elective (GE)
Compulsory Course (SEC) Elective (4)
Course (AECC) (2) (DSE)(4)
(2)
1 C-1: Algae andEnglish/Hindi/MIL GE-1:
Microbiology Communication Biodiversity
C-2: Biomolecules (Microbes,
and Cell Biology Algae, Fungi and
Archegoniate)
II C-3: Mycology andEnvironmental
Phytopathology Science
C-4: Archegoniate
GE-2
Plant Ecology
and Taxonomy
III C-5: Morphology and SEC-1:
Anatomy Biofertilizers
C-6: Economic GE-3
Botany Plant Anatomy
C-7: Basics of and Embryology
Genetics
IV C-8: Molecular SEC -2
Biology Mushroom
C-9: Plant Ecology Culture
and Phytogeography Technology GE-4
C-10: Plant Plant Physiology
Systematic and Metabolism
V C-11: Reproductive DSE-1
Biology of Analytical
Angniosperm Techniques in
Plant Sciences
C-12: Plant DSE-2
Physiology Bioinformatics
VI C-13: Plant DSE -3:Natural
Metabolism Resource
Management
C-14: Plant DSE-4:
Biotechnology Industrial and
Environmental
Microbiology
2
Structure of B.Sc. Honours Botany under CBCS
Core Courses
1. Algae and Microbiology

2. Biomolecules and Cell Biology
3. Mycology and Phytopathology
4. Archegoniate
5. Morphology and Anatomy
6. Economic Botany
7. Genetics
8. Molecular Biology
9. Plant Ecology and Phytogeography
10. Plant Systematics
11. Reproductive Biology of Angiosperms
12. Plant Physiology
13. Plant Metabolism
14. Plant Biotechnology
Discipline Specific Electives
DSE 1: Analytical Techniques in Plant Sciences

DSE 2: Natural Resource Management
DSE 3: Bioinformatics
DSE 4: Industrial and Environmental Microbiology
Generic Electives
GE 1: Biodiversity (Microbes, Algae, Fungi and Archegoniate)

GE 2: Plant Ecology and Taxonomy
GE 3: Plant Anatomy and Embryology
GE 3: Plant Physiology and Metabolism
Ability Enhancement Course Compulsory

1. Environmental Science
2. English/MIL Communication
Skill Enhancement Courses Elective
SEC 1: Biofertilizers
SEC 2: Mushroom Culture Technology
3
Total Marks = 2400
SEM I
(L+T+P)
BOT- C1-Alagae and 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
101H Microbiology
BOT- C2-Biomolecules 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
102H and Cell Biology
BOT- GE1- Biodiversity 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
103HR (Microbes, Algae,
Fungi and
Archegoniate)
COMM- AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 50 50
Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM II
(L+T+P)
BOT- C3- Mycology and 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
201H Phytopathology
BOT- C4-Archegoniate 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
202H
BOT- GE2- Plant Ecology6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
203HR and Taxonomy
COMM- AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 50

Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM III
(L+T+P)
4
BOT- C5-Morphology 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
301H and Anatomy
BOT- C6-Economic 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
302H Botany
BOT- C7-Basics of 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
303H Genetics
BOT- AEC: SEC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
304HR Biofertilizers
BOT GE3-Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
305H anatomy and
Embryology
Total 26 26 370 80 450
SEM IV
(L+T+P)
BOT- C8-Molecular 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
401H biology
BOT- C9-plant ecology 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
402H and
phytogeography
BOT- C10-plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
403H systematics
BOT- SEC2-Mushroom 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
404HR culture
Technology
BOT- GE4:Plant 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
405H physiology and
metabolism
Total 26 26 370 80 450
SEM V
(L+T+P)
BOT- C11-Reproductive 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
501H Biology of
Angiosperm
502H Physiology
BOT- DSE1-Analytical 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
D1HR Techniques in
Plant Science
BOT- DSE2- 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
D2HR Bioinformatics
5
Technology
Total 24 24 320 80 24
SEM VI
(L+T+P)
601H metabolism
602H Biotechnology
BOT-D3HDSE3-Natural 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
resource
Management
BOT-D4HDSE4-Industrial 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
and Environmental
Biology
Total 24 24 320 80 400
Semester-I
C-1: Phycology and Microbiology

(Credits: Theory-4, Practical-2)
6
THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Introduction to microbial world
Microbial nutrition, growth and metabolism. Economic importance of viruses with reference to
vaccine production, role in research, medicine and diagnostics, as causal organisms of plant
diseases. Economic importance of bacteria with reference to their role in agriculture and industry
(fermentation and medicine). (7 lectures)
Unit 2: Viruses
Discovery, physiochemical and biological characteristics; classification (Baltimore), general
structure with special reference to viroids and prions; replication (general account), DNA virus
(T-phage), lytic and lysogenic cycle; RNA virus (TMV). (7 lectures)
Unit 3: Bacteria
Discovery, general characteristics; Types-archaebacteria, eubacteria, wall-less forms
(mycoplasma and spheroplasts); Cell structure; Nutritional types; Reproduction-vegetative,
asexual and recombination (conjugation, transformation and transduction). (7 lectures)
Unit 4: Algae
General characteristics; Ecology and distribution; range of thallus organization; Cell structure
and components; cell wall, pigment system, reserve food (of only groups represented in the
syllabus), flagella; methods of reproduction; Classification; criteria, system of Fritsch, and
evolutionary classification of Lee (only upto groups); Significant contributions of important
phycologists (F.E. Fritsch, G.M. Smith, R.N. Singh, T.V. Desikachary, H.D. Kumar, M.O.P.
Iyengar). Role of algae in the environment, agriculture, biotechnology and industry.
(11 lectures)
Unit 5: Cyanophyta and Xanthophyta
Ecology and occurrence; Range of thallus organization; Cell structure; Reproduction,
Morphology and life-cycle of Nostoc and Vaucheria. (8 lectures)
Unit 6: Chlorophyta and Charophyta
General characteristics; Occurrence; Range of thallus organization; Cell structure; Reproduction.
Morphology and life-cycles of Chlamydomonas, Volvox, Oedogonium, Coleochaete, Chara.
Evolutionary significance of Prochloron. (8 lectures)
Unit 7: Phaeophyta and Rhodophyta
Characteristics; Occurrence; Range of thallus organization; Cell structure; Reproduction.
Morphology and life-cycles of Ectocarpus, Fucus and Polysiphonia. (12 lectures)
Practical
Microbiology
1. Electron micrographs/Models of viruses – T-Phage and TMV, Line drawings/ Photographs of
Lytic and Lysogenic Cycle.
2. Types of Bacteria to be observed from temporary/permanent slides/photographs. Electron
7
micrographs of bacteria, binary fission, endospore, conjugation, root Nodule.
3. Gram staining.
4. Endospore staining with malachite green using the (endospores taken from soil bacteria).
Phycology
Study of vegetative and reproductive structures of Nostoc, Chlamydomonas (electron
micrographs), Volvox, Oedogonium,Coleochaete, Chara, Vaucheria, Ectocarpus, Fucus and
Polysiphonia, Procholoron through electron micrographs, temporary preparations and permanent
slides.
Suggested Readings
1. Lee, R.E. (2008). Phycology, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. 4th edition.
2. Wiley JM, Sherwood LM and Woolverton CJ. (2013) Prescott’s Microbiology. 9th Edition.
McGraw Hill International.
3. Kumar, H.D. (1999). Introductory Phycology. Affiliated East-West Press, Delhi.
4. Sahoo, D. (2000). Farming the ocean: seaweeds cultivation and utilization. Aravali
International, New Delhi.
5. Campbell, N.A., Reece J.B., Urry L.A., Cain M.L., Wasserman S.A. Minorsky P.V., Jackson
R.B. (2008). Biology, Pearson Benjamin Cummings, USA. 8th edition.
6. Pelczar, M.J. (2001) Microbiology, 5th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Co, New Delhi.
C-2: Biomolecules and Cell Biology
Types and significance of chemical bonds; Structure and properties of water; pH and buffers.
Carbohydrates: Nomenclature and classification; Monosaccharides; Disaccharides;
Oligosaccharides and polysaccharides.
Lipids: Definition and major classes of storage and structural lipids; Fatty acids structure and
functions; Essential fatty acids; Triacyl glycerols structure, functions and properties;
Phosphoglycerides.
Proteins: Structure of amino acids; Levels of protein structure-primary, secondary, tertiary and
quarternary; Protein denaturation and biological roles of proteins.
Nucleic acids: Structure of nitrogenous bases; Structure and function of nucleotides; Types of
nucleic acids; Structure of A, B, Z types of DNA; Types of RNA; Structure of tRNA.
Unit 2: Bioenergenetics (4 lectures)
Laws of thermodynamics, concept of free energy, endergonic and exergonic reactions, coupled
reactions, redox reactions. ATP: structure, its role as a energy currency molecule.
Unit 3: Enzymes (6 lectures)
Structure of enzyme: holoenzyme, apoenzyme, cofactors, coenzymes and prosthetic group;
Classification of enzymes; Features of active site, substrate specificity, mechanism of action
(activation energy, lock and key hypothesis, induced - fit theroy), Michaelis – Menten equation,
enzyme inhibition and factors affecting enzyme activity.
8
Unit4: The cell (4 lectures)
Cell as a unit of structure and function; Characteristics of prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells;
Origin ofeukaryotic cell (Endosymbiotic theory).
Unit 5: Cell wall and plasma membrane (4 lectures)
Chemistry, structure and function of Plant cell wall. Overview of membrane function; fluid
mosaic model; Chemical composition of membranes; Membrane transport – Passive, active and
facilitated transport, endocytosis and exocytosis.
Unit 6: Cell organelles (16 lectures)
Nucleus: Structure-nuclear envelope, nuclear pore complex, nuclear lamina, molecular
organization of chromatin; nucleolus.
Cytoskeleton: Role and structure of microtubules, microfilaments and intermediary filament.
Chloroplast, mitochondria and peroxisomes: Structural organization; Function;
Semiautonomous nature of mitochondria and chloroplast.
Endomembrane system: Endoplasmic Reticulum – Structure, targeting and insertion of proteins
in the ER, protein folding, processing; Smooth ER and lipid synthesis, export of proteins and
lipids; Golgi Apparatus – organization, protein glycosylation, protein sorting and export from
Golgi Apparatus; Lysosomes
Unit 7: Cell division (6 lectures)
Phases of eukaryotic cell cycle, mitosis and meiosis; Regulation of cell cycle- checkpoints, role
of protein kinases.
Practical
1. Qualitative tests for carbohydrates, reducing sugars, non-reducing sugars, lipids and proteins.
2. Study of plant cell structure with the help of epidermal peel mount of Onion/Rhoeo/Crinum.
3. Demonstration of the phenomenon of protoplasmic streaming in Hydrilla leaf.
4. Measurement of cell size by the technique of micrometry.
5. Counting the cells per unit volume with the help of haemocytometer. (Yeast/pollen grains).
6. Study of cell and its organelles with the help of electron micrographs.
7. Cytochemical staining of : DNA- Feulgen and cell wall in the epidermal peel of onion using
Periodic Schiff’s (PAS) staining technique.
8. Study the phenomenon of plasmolysis and deplasmolysis.
9. Study the effect of organic solvent and temperature on membrane permeability.
10. Study different stages of mitosis and meiosis.
Suggested Readings
1. Campbell, MK (2012) Biochemistry, 7th ed., Published by Cengage Learning
2. Campbell, PN and Smith AD (2011) Biochemistry Illustrated, 4th ed., Published by Churchill
Livingstone
3. Tymoczko JL, Berg JM and Stryer L (2012) Biochemistry: A short course, 2nd ed.,
W.H.Freeman
9
4. Berg JM, Tymoczko JL and Stryer L (2011) Biochemistry, W.H.Freeman and Company
5. Nelson DL and Cox MM (2008) Lehninger Principles of Biochemistry, 5th Edition., W.H.
Freeman and Company.
6. Karp, G. (2010). Cell Biology, John Wiley & Sons, U.S.A. 6th edition.
7. Hardin, J., Becker, G., Skliensmith, L.J. (2012). Becker’s World of the Cell, Pearson
Education
Inc. U.S.A. 8th edition.
8. Cooper, G.M. and Hausman, R.E. (2009) The Cell: A Molecular Approach. 5th edition. ASM
Press & Sunderland, Washington, D.C.; Sinauer Associates, MA.
9. Becker, W.M., Kleinsmith, L.J., Hardin. J. and Bertoni, G. P. (2009) The World of the Cell. 7th
edition. Pearson Benjamin Cummings Publishing, San Francisco
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GE-1:Biodiversity (Microbes, Algae, Fungi and Archegoniate)
Unit 1: Microbes (10 lectures)

Viruses – Discovery, general structure, replication (general account), DNA virus (T-phage); Lytic
and lysogenic cycle, RNA virus (TMV); Economic importance; Bacteria – Discovery, General
characteristics and cell structure; Reproduction – vegetative, asexual and recombination
(conjugation, transformation and transduction); Economic importance.
Unit 2: Algae (12 lectures)

General characteristics; Ecology and distribution; Range of thallus organization and
reproduction; Classification of algae; Morphology and life-cycles of the following: Nostoc,
Chlamydomonas, Oedogonium, Vaucheria, Fucus, Polysiphonia. Economic importance of algae.
Unit 3: Fungi (12 lectures)

Introduction- General characteristics, ecology and significance, range of thallus organization, cell
wall composition, nutrition, reproduction and classification; True Fungi- General characteristics,
ecology and significance, life cycle of Rhizopus (Zygomycota)
Penicillium,Alternaria (Ascomycota), Puccinia, Agaricus (Basidiomycota); Symbiotic
Associations-Lichens:
General account, reproduction and significance; Mycorrhiza: ectomycorrhiza and
endomycorrhiza and their significance
Unit 4: Introduction to Archegoniate (2 lectures)

Unifying features of archegoniates, Transition to land habit, Alternation of generations.
Unit 5: Bryophytes (10 lectures)

General characteristics, adaptations to land habit, Classification, Range of thallus
organization.Classification (up to family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of Marchantia
10
and Funaria.(Developmental details not to be included).Ecology and economic importance
ofbryophytes with special mention of Sphagnum.
Unit 6: Pteridophytes (8 lectures)

General characteristics, classification, Early land plants (Cooksonia and Rhynia). Classification
(up to family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of Selaginella, Equisetum and Pteris.
(Developmental details not to be included).Heterospory and seed habit, stelar
evolution.Ecological and economical importance of Pteridophytes.
Unit 7: Gymnosperms (6 lectures)
General characteristics; Classification (up to family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of
Cycas and Pinus (Developmental details not to be included). Ecological and economical
importance.
Practical
1. EMs/Models of viruses – T-Phage and TMV, Line drawing/Photograph of Lytic and

Lysogenic Cycle.
2. Types of Bacteria from temporary/permanent slides/photographs; EM bacterium; Binary
Fission; Conjugation; Structure of root nodule.
3. Gram staining
4. Study of vegetative and reproductive structures of Nostoc, Chlamydomonas (electron
micrographs), Oedogonium, Vaucheria, Fucus* and Polysiphonia through temporary
preparations and permanent slides. (* Fucus - Specimen and permanent slides)
5. Rhizopus and Penicillium: Asexual stage from temporary mounts and sexual
structuresthrough permanent slides.
6. Alternaria: Specimens/photographs and tease mounts.
7. Puccinia: Herbarium specimens of Black Stem Rust of Wheat and infected
Barberryleaves; section/tease mounts of spores on Wheat and permanent slides of both
the hosts.
8. Agaricus: Specimens of button stage and full grown mushroom; Sectioning of gills of
Agaricus.
9. Lichens: Study of growth forms of lichens (crustose, foliose and fruticose)
10. Mycorrhiza: ecto mycorrhiza and endo mycorrhiza (Photographs)
11. Marchantia- morphology of thallus, w.m. rhizoids and scales, v.s. thallus throughgemma
cup, w.m. gemmae (all temporary slides), v.s. antheridiophore, archegoniophore, l.s.
sporophyte (all permanent slides).
12. Funaria- morphology, w.m. leaf, rhizoids, operculum, peristome, annulus,
spores(temporary slides); permanent slides showing antheridial and archegonial heads,
l.s. capsule and protonema.
11
13. Selaginella- morphology, w.m. leaf with ligule, t.s. stem, w.m. strobilus,
w.m.microsporophyll and megasporophyll (temporary slides), l.s. strobilus (permanent
slide).
14. Equisetum- morphology, t.s. internode, l.s. strobilus, t.s. strobilus, w.m.
sporangiophore,w.m. spores (wet and dry)(temporary slides); t.s rhizome (permanent
slide).
15. Pteris- morphology, t.s. rachis, v.s. sporophyll, w.m. sporangium, w.m. spores(temporary
slides), t.s. rhizome, w.m. prothallus with sex organs and young sporophyte (permanent
12
slide).
20. Cycas- morphology (coralloid roots, bulbil, leaf), t.s. coralloid root, t.s. rachis, v.s. leaflet,v.s.
microsporophyll, w.m. spores (temporary slides), l.s. ovule, t.s. root (permanent slide).
21. Pinus- morphology (long and dwarf shoots, w.m. dwarf shoot, male and female), w.m.dwarf
shoot, t.s. needle, t.s. stem, , l.s./t.s. male cone, w.m. microsporophyll, w.m. microspores
(temporary slides), l.s. female cone, t.l.s. &r.l.s. stem (permanent slide).
Suggested Readings
nd
1. Kumar, H.D. (1999). Introductory Phycology. Affiliated East-West. Press Pvt. Ltd. Delhi. 2
edition.
2. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., Case, C.L. (2010). Microbiology: An Introduction, Pearson Benjamin
th
Cummings, U.S.A. 10 edition.
3. Sethi, I.K. and Walia, S.K. (2011). Text book of Fungi & Their Allies, MacMillan Publishers Pvt.
Ltd., Delhi.
4. Alexopoulos, C.J., Mims, C.W., Blackwell, M. (1996). Introductory Mycology, John Wiley and
th
Sons (Asia), Singapore. 4 edition.
5. Raven, P.H., Johnson, G.B., Losos, J.B., Singer, S.R., (2005). Biology. Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi,
India.
6. Vashishta, P.C., Sinha, A.K., Kumar, A., (2010). Pteridophyta, S. Chand. Delhi, India.
7. Bhatnagar, S.P. and Moitra, A. (1996). Gymnosperms. New Age International (P) Ltd Publishers,
New Delhi, India.
8. Parihar, N.S. (1991). An introduction to Embryophyta. Vol. I. Bryophyta. Central Book Depot,
Allahabad.
Semester-II
13
C-3: Mycology and Phytopathology
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Introduction to true fungi (6 lectures)
General characteristics; Affinities with plants and animals; Thallus organization; Cell wall
composition; Nutrition; Classification.
Unit 2: Chytridiomycota and Zygomycota (5 lecture)
Characteristic features; Ecology and significance; Thallus organisation; Reproduction; Life cycle
with reference to Synchytrium, Rhizopus .
Unit 4: Ascomycota (10 lectures)
General characteristics (asexual and sexual fruiting bodies); Ecology; Life cycle, Heterokaryosis and
parasexuality; Life cycle and classification with reference to Saccharomyces, Aspergillus,
Penicillium, Alternaria, Neurospora and Peziza.
Unit 5: Basidiomycota (8 lectures)
General characteristics; Ecology; Life cycle and Classification with reference to black stem rust on
wheat Puccinia (Physiological Specialization), loose and covered smut (symptoms only), Agaricus;
Bioluminescence, Fairy Rings and Mushroom Cultivation.
Unit 6: Allied Fungi (3 lectures)
General characteristics; Status of Slime molds, Classification; Occurrence; Types of plasmodia;
Types of fruiting bodies.
Unit 7: Oomycota (4 lectures)
General characteristics; Ecology; Life cycle and classification with reference to Phytophthora,
Albugo.
Unit 8: Symbiotic associations (4 lectures)
Lichen – Occurrence; General characteristics; Growth forms and range of thallus organization;
Nature of associations of algal and fungal partners; Reproduction; Mycorrhiza-Ectomycorrhiza,
Endomycorrhiza and their significance.
Unit 8: Applied Mycology (10 Lectures)
Role of fungi in biotechnology; Application of fungi in food industry (Flavour & texture,
Fermentation, Baking, Organic acids, Enzymes, Mycoproteins); Secondary metabolites
(Pharmaceutical preparations); Agriculture (Biofertilizers); Mycotoxins; Biological control
(Mycofungicides, Mycoherbicides, Mycoinsecticides, Myconematicides); Medical mycology.
Unit 9: Phytopathology (10 lectures)
Terms and concepts; General symptoms; Geographical distribution of diseases; Etiology;
Symptomology; Host-Pathogen relationships; Disease cycle and environmental relation; prevention
and control of plant diseases, and role of quarantine.
Bacterial diseases – Citrus canker and angular leaf spot of cotton. Viral diseases – Tobacco Mosaic
viruses, vein clearing. Fungal diseases – Early blight of potato, Black stem rust of wheat,
White rust of crucifers.
Practical
14
1. Introduction to the world of fungi (Unicellular, coenocytic/septate mycelium, ascocarps &
basidiocarps).
2. Rhizopus: study of asexual stage from temporary mounts and sexual structures through permanent
slides.
3. Aspergillus and Penicillium: study of asexual stage from temporary mounts. Study of Sexual
stage from permanent slides/photographs.
4. Peziza: sectioning through ascocarp.
5. Alternaria: Specimens/photographs and temporary mounts.
6. Puccinia: Herbarium specimens of Black Stem Rust of Wheat and infected Barberry leaves;
sections/ mounts of spores on wheat and permanent slides of both the hosts.
7. Agaricus: Specimens of button stage and full grown mushroom; sectioning of gills of Agaricus,
fairy rings and bioluminescent mushrooms to be shown.
8. Study of phaneroplasmodium from actual specimens and /or photograph. Study of temonitis
sporangia.
9. Albugo: Study of symptoms of plants infected with Albugo; asexual phase study through section/
temporary mounts and sexual structures through permanent slides.
10. Lichens: Study of growth forms of lichens (crustose, foliose and fruticose) on different
substrates. Study of thallus and reproductive structures (soredia and apothecium) through permanent
slides. Mycorrhizae: ectomycorrhiza and endomycorrhiza (Photographs)
11. Phytopathology: Herbarium specimens of bacterial diseases; Citrus Canker; Angular leaf spot of
cotton, Viral diseases: TMV, Vein clearing, Fungal diseases: Early blight of potato, Black stem rust
of wheat and White rust of crucifers.
Suggested Readings
1. Agrios, G.N. (1997) Plant Pathology, 4th edition, Academic Press, U.K.
2. Alexopoulos, C.J., Mims, C.W., Blackwell, M. (1996). Introductory Mycology, John Wiley &
Sons (Asia) Singapore. 4th edition.
3. Webster, J. and Weber, R. (2007). Introduction to Fungi, Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge. 3rd edition.
4. Sethi, I.K. and Walia, S.K. (2011). Text book of Fungi and Their Allies, Macmillan Publishers
India Ltd.
5. Sharma, P.D. (2011). Plant Pathology, Rastogi Publication, Meerut, India.
C-4: Archegoniate
Unit 1: Introduction (4 lectures)
15
Unifying features of archegoniates; Transition to land habit; Alternation of generations.
Unit 2: Bryophytes (6 lectures)

General characteristics; Adaptations to land habit; Classification; Range of thallus organization.
Unit 3: Type Studies- Bryophytes (12 lectures)

Classification (up to family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of Riccia, Marchantia, Pellia,
Porella, Anthoceros, Sphagnum and Funaria; Reproduction and evolutionary trends in Riccia,
Marchantia, Anthoceros and Funaria (developmental stages not included). Ecological and economic
importance of bryophytes with special reference to Sphagnum.
Unit 4: Pteridophytes (6 lectures)

General characteristics; Classification; Early land plants (Cooksonia and Rhynia).
Unit 5: Type Studies- Pteridophytes (14 lectures)

Classification (up to family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of Psilotum, Selaginella,
Equisetum and Pteris (Developmental details not to be included).Apogamy, and apospory,
heterospory andseed habit, telome theory, stelar evolution; Ecological and economic importance.
Unit 6: Gymnosperms (18 lectures)

General characteristics, classification (up to family), morphology, anatomy and reproduction of
Cycas, Pinus and Gnetum (Developmental details not to be included); Ecological and economic
importance.
Practical
1. Riccia – Morphology of thallus.
2. Marchantia- Morphology of thallus, whole mount of rhizoids & Scales, vertical section of thallus
through Gemma cup, whole mount of Gemmae (all temporary slides), vertical section of
Antheridiophore, Archegoniophore, longitudinal section of Sporophyte (all permanent slides).
3. Anthoceros- Morphology of thallus, dissection of sporophyte (to show stomata, spores,
pseudoelaters, columella) (temporary slide), vertical section of thallus (permanent slide).
4. Pellia, Porella- Permanent slides.
5. Sphagnum- Morphology of plant, whole mount of leaf (permanent slide only).
6. Funaria- Morphology, whole mount of leaf, rhizoids, operculum, peristome, annulus, spores
(temporary slides); permanent slides showing antheridial and archegonial heads, longitudinal section
of capsule and protonema.
7. Psilotum- Study of specimen, transverse section of synangium (permanent slide).
16
8. Selaginella- Morphology, whole mount of leaf with ligule, transverse section of stem, whole
mount of strobilus, whole mount of microsporophyll and megasporophyll (temporary slides),
longitudinal section of strobilus (permanent slide).
9. Equisetum- Morphology, transverse section of internode, longitudinal section of strobilus,
transverse section of strobilus, whole mount of sporangiophore, whole mount of spores (wet and
dry) (temporary slide), transverse section of rhizome (permanent slide).
10. Pteris- Morphology, transverse section of rachis, vertical section of sporophyll, wholemount of
sporangium, whole mount of spores (temporary slides), transverse section of rhizome, whole mount
of prothallus with sex organs and young sporophyte (permanent slide).
11. Cycas- Morphology (coralloid roots, bulbil, leaf), whole mount of microsporophyll, transverse
section of coralloid root, transverse section of rachis, vertical section of leaflet, vertical section of
microsporophyll, whole mount of spores (temporary slides), longitudinal section of ovule, transverse
section of root (permanent slide).
12. Pinus- Morphology (long and dwarf shoots, whole mount of dwarf shoot, male and female
cones), transverse section of Needle, transverse section of stem, longitudinal section of / transverse
section of male cone, whole mount of microsporophyll, whole mount of Microspores (temporary
slides), longitudinal section of female cone, tangential longitudinal section & radial longitudinal
sections stem (permanent slide).
13. Gnetum- Morphology (stem, male & female cones), transverse section of stem, vertical section
of ovule (permanent slide)
14. Botanical excursion.
Suggested Readings
1. Vashistha, P.C., Sinha, A.K., Kumar, A. (2010). Pteridophyta. S. Chand. Delhi, India.
2. Bhatnagar, S.P. & Moitra, A. (1996). Gymnosperms. New Age International (P) Ltd Publishers,
New Delhi, India.
3. Parihar, N.S. (1991). An introduction to Embryophyta: Vol. I. Bryophyta. Central Book Depot.
Allahabad.
4. Raven, P.H., Johnson, G.B., Losos, J.B., Singer, S.R. (2005). Biology. Tata McGraw Hill, Delhi.
5. Vanderpoorten, A. & Goffinet, B. (2009) Introduction to Bryophytes. Cambridge University
Press.
GE- 2: Plant Ecology and Taxonomy
17
Unit 2: Ecological factors (10 lectures)

Soil: Origin, formation, composition, soil profile. Water: States of water in the environment,
precipitation types. Light and temperature: Variation Optimal and limiting factors; Shelford law of
tolerance. Adaptation of hydrophytes and xerophytes
Unit 3: Plant communities (6 lectures)

Characters; Ecotone and edge effect; Succession; Processes and types
Unit 4: Ecosystem (8 lectures)

Structure; energy flow trophic organisation; Food chains and food webs, Ecological pyramids production
and productivity; Biogeochemical cycling; Cycling of carbon, nitrogen and
Phosphorous
Unit 5: Phytogeography (4 lectures)

Principle biogeographical zones; Endemism
Unit 6 Introduction to plant taxonomy (2 lectures)

Identification, Classification, Nomenclature.
Unit 7 Identification (4 lectures)

Functions of Herbarium, important herbaria and botanical gardens of the world and India;
Documentation: Flora, Keys: single access and multi-access
Unit 8 Taxonomic evidences from palynology, cytology, phytochemistry and molecular

data. (6 lectures)
Unit 9 Taxonomic hierarchy (2 lectures)

Ranks, categories and taxonomic groups
Unit 10 Botanical nomenclature (6 lectures)

Principles and rules (ICN); ranks and names; binominal system, typification, author citation, valid
publication, rejection of names, principle of priority and its limitations.
Unit 11 Classification (6 lectures)
Types of classification-artificial, natural and phylogenetic. Bentham and Hooker (upto series), Engler
and Prantl (upto series).
Unit 12 Biometrics, numerical taxonomy and cladistics (4 lectures)

Characters; variations; OTUs, character weighting and coding; cluster analysis; phenograms,
cladograms (definitions and differences).
Practical
18
2. Determination of pH, and analysis of two soil samples for carbonates, chlorides, nitrates, sulphates,
organic matter and base deficiency by rapid field test.
3. Comparison of bulk density, porosity and rate of infiltration of water in soil of three habitats.
4. (a) Study of morphological adaptations of hydrophytes and xerophytes (four each). (b)Study of
biotic interactions of the following: Stem parasite (Cuscuta), Root parasite (Orobanche), Epiphytes,
Predation (Insectivorous plants)
5. Determination of minimal quadrat size for the study of herbaceous vegetation in the college campus
by species area curve method. (species to be listed)
6. Quantitative analysis of herbaceous vegetation in the college campus for frequency and comparison
with Raunkiaer’s frequency distribution law
7. Study of vegetative and floral characters of the following families (Description, V.S. flower,
section of ovary, floral diagram/s, floral formula/e and systematic position according to
Bentham & Hooker’s system of classification):Brassicaceae -
Brassica,Alyssum / Iberis; Asteraceae -Sonchus/Launaea, Vernonia/Ageratum, Eclipta/Tridax;
Solanaceae -Solanum nigrum, Withania; Lamiaceae -Salvia, Ocimum; Liliaceae - Asphodelus /
Lilium / Allium.
8. Mounting of a properly dried and pressed specimen of any wild plant with herbarium label (to
be submitted in the record book).
Suggested Readings
th
1. Kormondy, E.J. (1996). Concepts of Ecology. Prentice Hall, U.S.A. 4 edition.
th
2. Sharma, P.D. (2010) Ecology and Environment. Rastogi Publications, Meerut, India. 8 edition.
3. Simpson, M.G. (2006). Plant Systematics. Elsevier Academic Press, San Diego, CA, U.S.A.
rd
4. Singh, G. (2012). Plant Systematics: Theory and Practice. Oxford & IBH Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 3
edition.
Semester-III
19
C-5: Anatomy of Angiosperms
THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Introduction and scope of Plant Anatomy (4 Lectures)

Applications in systematics, forensics and pharmacognosy.
Unit 2: Structure and Development of Plant Body (6 Lectures)

Internal organization of plant body: The three tissue systems, types of cells and tissues. Development
of plant body: Polarity, Cytodifferentiation and organogenesis during embryogenic development.
Unit 2: Tissues (12 Lectures)

Classification of tissues; Simple and complex tissues (no phylogeny); cytodifferentiation of
tracheary elements and sieve elements; Pits and plasmodesmata; Wall ingrowths and transfer cells,
adcrustation and incrustation, Ergastic substances. Hydathodes, cavities, lithocysts and laticifers.
Unit 3: Apical meristems (15 Lectures)

Evolution of concept of organization of shoot apex (Apical cell theory, Histogen theory, Tunica
Corpus theory, continuing meristematic residue, cytohistological zonation); Types of vascular
bundles; Structure of dicot and monocot stem. Origin, development, arrangement and diversity in
size and shape of leaves; Structure of dicot and monocot leaf, Kranz anatomy. Organization of root
apex (Apical cell theory, Histogen theory, Korper-Kappe theory); Quiescent centre; Root
cap; Structure of dicot and monocot root; Endodermis, exodermis and origin oflateral root.
Unit 4: Vascular Cambium and Wood (15 Lectures)

Structure, function and seasonal activity of cambium; Secondary growth in root and stem. Axially
and radially oriented elements; Types of rays and axial parenchyma; Cyclic aspects and reaction
wood; Sapwood and heartwood; Ring and diffuse porous wood; Early and late wood, tyloses;
Dendrochronology. Development and composition of periderm, rhytidome and lenticels.
Unit 5: Adaptive and Protective Systems (8 Lectures)
Epidermal tissue system, cuticle, epicuticular waxes, trichomes(uni-and multicellular, glandular and
nonglandular, two examples of each), stomata (classification); Adcrustation and incrustation;
Anatomical adaptations of xerophytes and hydrophytes.
Practical
1. Study of anatomical details through permanent slides/temporary stain mounts/
macerations/ museum specimens with the help of suitable examples.
20
2. Apical meristem of root, shoot and vascular cambium.
3. Distribution and types of parenchyma, collenchyma and sclerenchyma.
4. Xylem: Tracheary elements-tracheids, vessel elements; thickenings; perforation plates;
xylem fibres.
5. Wood: ring porous; diffuse porous; tyloses; heart- and sapwood.
6. Phloem: Sieve tubes-sieve plates; companion cells; phloem fibres.
7. Epidermal system: cell types, stomata types; trichomes: non-glandular and glandular.
8. Root: monocot, dicot, secondary growth.
9. Stem: monocot, dicot - primary and secondary growth; periderm; lenticels.
10. Leaf: isobilateral, dorsiventral, C4 leaves (Kranz anatomy).
11. Adaptive Anatomy: xerophytes, hydrophytes.
12. Secretory tissues: cavities, lithocysts and laticifers.
Suggested Readings
1. Dickison, W.C. (2000). Integrative Plant Anatomy. Harcourt Academic Press, USA.
2. Fahn, A. (1974). Plant Anatomy. Pergmon Press, USA.
3. Mauseth, J.D. (1988). Plant Anatomy. The Benjammin/Cummings Publisher, USA.
4. Evert, R.F. (2006) Esau’s Plant Anatomy: Meristems, Cells, and Tissues of the Plant Body: Their
Structure, Function and Development. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.
C-6: Economic Botany

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Origin of Cultivated Plants (6 lectures)
Concept of Centres of Origin, their importance with reference to Vavilov’s work. Examples of major
plant introductions; Crop domestication and loss of genetic diversity; evolution of new
crops/varieties, importance of germplasm diversity.
Unit 2: Cereals (6 lectures)

Wheat and Rice (origin, morphology, processing & uses); Brief account of millets.
Unit 3: Legumes (6 lectures)

Origin, morphology and uses of Chick pea, Pigeon pea and fodder legumes. Importance to man and
ecosystem.
Unit 4: Sources of sugars and starches (4 lectures)

21
Morphology and processing of sugarcane, products and by-products of sugarcane industry. Potato –
morphology, propagation & uses.
Unit 5: Spices (6 lectures)

Listing of important spices, their family and part used. Economic importance with special
reference to fennel, saffron, clove and black pepper
Unit 6: Beverages (4 lectures)

Tea, Coffee (morphology, processing & uses)
Unit 7: Sources of oils and fats (10 lectures)

General description, classification, extraction, their uses and health implications groundnut, coconut,
linseed, soybean, mustard and coconut (Botanical name, family & uses). Essential Oils: General
account, extraction methods, comparison with fatty oils & their uses.
Unit 8: Natural Rubber (3 lectures)

Para-rubber: tapping, processing and uses.
Unit 9: Drug-yielding plants (8 lectures)
Therapeutic and habit-forming drugs with special reference to Cinchona, Digitalis, Papaver and
Cannabis; Tobacco (Morphology, processing, uses and health hazards).Unit 10: Timber plants (3
Lectures)
General account with special reference to teak and pine.
Unit 11: Fibers (4 lectures)

Classification based on the origin of fibers; Cotton, Coir and Jute (morphology, extraction and
uses).
Practical
1. Cereals: Wheat (habit sketch, L. S/T.S. grain, starch grains, micro-chemical tests)Rice
(habit sketch, study of paddy and grain, starch grains, micro-chemical tests).
2. Legumes: Soybean, Groundnut, (habit, fruit, seed structure, micro-chemical tests).
3. Sources of sugars and starches: Sugarcane (habit sketch; cane juice- micro-chemical tests),
Potato(habit sketch, tuber morphology, T.S. tuber to show localization of starch grains, w.m.
starch grains, micro-chemical tests).
4. Spices: Black pepper, Fennel and Clove (habit and sections).
5. Beverages: Tea (plant specimen, tea leaves), Coffee (plant specimen, beans).
6. Sources of oils and fats: Coconut- T.S. nut, Mustard–plant specimen, seeds; tests for fats in
crushed seeds.
7. Essential oil-yielding plants: Habit sketch of Rosa, Vetiveria, Santalum and Eucalyptus
(specimens/photographs).
22
8. Rubber: specimen, photograph/model of tapping, samples of rubber products.
9. Drug-yielding plants: Specimens of Digitalis, Papaver and Cannabis.
10. Tobacco: specimen and products of Tobacco.
11. Woods: Tectona, Pinus: Specimen, Section of young stem.
12. Fiber-yielding plants: Cotton (specimen, whole mount of seed to show lint and fuzz; whole
mount of fiber and test for cellulose), Jute (specimen, transverse section of stem, test for lignin
on transverse section of stem and fiber).
Suggested Readings
1. Kochhar, S.L. (2012). Economic Botany in Tropics, MacMillan & Co. New Delhi, India.
2. Wickens, G.E. (2001). Economic Botany: Principles & Practices. Kluwer Academic Publishers,
The Netherlands.
3. Chrispeels, M.J. and Sadava, D.E. 1994 Plants, Genes and Agriculture. Jones & Bartlett
Publishers.
C-7: Genetics
THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Mendelian genetics and its extension (16 lectures)
Mendelism: History; Principles of inheritance; Chromosome theory of inheritance; Autosomes
and sex chromosomes; Probability and pedigree analysis; Incomplete dominance and
codominance; Multiple alleles, Lethal alleles, Epistasis, Pleiotropy, Recessive and Dominant
traits, Penetrance and Expressivity, Numericals; Polygenic inheritance.
Unit 2: Extrachromosomal Inheritance (6 lectures)

Chloroplast mutation: Variegation in Four o’clock plant; Mitochondrial mutations in
yeast;Maternal effects-shell coiling in snail; Infective heredity- Kappa particles in Paramecium.
Unit 3: Linkage, crossing over and chromosome mapping (12 lectures)
Linkage and crossing over-Cytological basis of crossing over; Recombination frequency, two
factor and three factor crosses; Interference and coincidence; Numericals based on gene
mapping; Sex Linkage.
Unit 4: Variation in chromosome number and structure (8 lectures)

Deletion, Duplication, Inversion, Translocation, Position effect, Euploidy and Aneuploidy
Unit 5: Gene mutations (6 lectures)
Types of mutations; Molecular basis of Mutations; Mutagens – physical and chemical (Base
analogs, deaminating, alkylating and intercalating agents); Detection of mutations: ClB
23
method.Role of Transposons in mutation.DNA repair mechanisms.
Unit 6: Fine structure of gene (6 lectures)
Classical vs molecular concepts of gene; Cis-Trans complementation test for functional allelism;
Structure of Phage T4, rII Locus.
Unit 6. Population and Evolutionary Genetics (6 lectures)

Allele frequencies, Genotype frequencies, Hardy-Weinberg Law, role of natural selection,
mutation, genetic drift. Genetic variation and Speciation.
Practical
1. Meiosis through temporary squash preparation.Mendel’s laws through seed ratios. Laboratory
exercises in probability and chi-square.
2. Chromosome mapping using point test cross data.
3. Pedigree analysis for dominant and recessive autosomal and sex linked traits.
4. Incomplete dominance and gene interaction through seed ratios (9:7, 9:6:1, 13:3, 15:1, 12:3:1,
9:3:4).
5. Blood Typing: ABO groups & Rh factor.
6. Study of aneuploidy: Down’s, Klinefelter’s and Turner’s syndromes.
7. Photographs/Permanent Slides showing Translocation Ring, Laggards and Inversion Bridge.
8. Study of human genetic traits: Sickle cell anemia, Xeroderma Pigmentosum, Albinism, red-green
Colour blindness, Widow’s peak, Rolling of tongue, Hitchhiker’s thumb and Attached ear lobe.
Suggested Readings
1. Gardner, E.J., Simmons, M.J., Snustad, D.P. (1991). Principles of Genetics, John Wiley & sons,
th
India. 8 edition.
2. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. (2010). Principles of Genetics, John Wiley & Sons Inc., India.
th
5 edition.
3. Klug, W.S., Cummings, M.R., Spencer, C.A. (2009). Concepts of Genetics. Benjamin
th
Cummings, U.S.A. 9 edition.
4. Griffiths, A.J.F., Wessler, S.R., Carroll, S.B., Doebley, J. (2010). Introduction to Genetic
th
Analysis. W. H. Freeman and Co., U.S.A. 10 edition.
SEC-1: Biofertilizers
(Credits 2)
Lectures: 30
Unit 1: General account about the microbes used as biofertilizer – Rhizobium – solation,
identification, mass multiplication, carrier based inoculants, Actinorrhizal symbiosis.
(4 lectures)
24
Unit 2: Azospirillum: isolation and mass multiplication – carrier based inoculant, associative effect
of different microorganisms.Azotobacter: classification, characteristics – crop response to
Azotobacter inoculum, maintenance and mass multiplication.
(8 lectures)
Unit 3:Cyanobacteria (blue green algae), Azolla and Anabaena azollae association, nitrogen fixation,
factors affecting growth, blue green algae and Azolla in rice cultivation.(4 lectures)
Unit 4: Mycorrhizal association, types of mycorrhizal association, taxonomy, occurrence and

distribution, phosphorus nutrition, growth and yield – colonization of VAM – isolation and
inoculum production of VAM, and its influence on growth and yield of crop plants.
(8 lectures)
Unit 5:Organic farming – Green manuring and organic fertilizers, Recycling of bio-degradable
municipal, agricultural and Industrial wastes – biocompost making methods, types and method of
vermicomposting – field Application. (6 lectures)
Suggested Readings
1. Dubey, R.C., 2005 A Text book of Biotechnology S.Chand & Co, New Delhi.
2. Kumaresan, V. 2005, Biotechnology, Saras Publications, New Delhi.
3. John Jothi Prakash, E. 2004. Outlines of Plant Biotechnology. Emkay Publication, New Delhi.
4. Sathe, T.V. 2004 Vermiculture and Organic Farming. Daya publishers.
5. Subha Rao, N.S. 2000, Soil Microbiology, Oxford & IBH Publishers, New Delhi.
6. Vayas,S.C, Vayas, S. and Modi, H.A. 1998 Bio-fertilizers and organic Farming Akta
Prakashan, Nadiad.
G- 3:Plant Anatomy and Embryology

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Meristematic and permanent tissues (8 lectures)

Root and shoot apical meristems; Simple and complex tissues
Unit 2: Organs (4 lectures)

Structure of dicot and monocot root stem and leaf.
Unit 3: Secondary Growth (8 lectures)

Vascular cambium – structure and function, seasonal activity. Secondary growth in root and stem,
Wood (heartwood and sapwood)
Unit 4: Adaptive and protective systems (8 lectures)
Epidermis, cuticle, stomata; General account of adaptations in xerophytes and hydrophytes.

25
Unit 5: Structural organization of flower (8 lectures)
Structure of anther and pollen; Structure and types of ovules; Types of embryo sacs,
organization and ultrastructure of mature embryo sac.
Unit 6: Pollination and fertilization (8 lectures)

Pollination mechanisms and adaptations; Double fertilization; Seed-structure appendages and dispersal
mechanisms.
Unit 7: Embryo and endosperm (8 lectures)

Endosperm types, structure and functions; Dicot and monocot embryo; Embryo-endosperm
relationship
Unit 8: Apomixis and polyembryony (8 lectures)

Definition, types and Practical applications
Practical
1. Study of meristems through permanent slides and photographs.

2. Tissues (parenchyma, collenchyma and sclerenchyma); Macerated xylary elements, Phloem
(Permanent slides, photographs)
3. Stem: Monocot: Zea mays; Dicot: Helianthus; Secondary: Helianthus (only Permanent slides).
4. Root: Monocot: Zea mays; Dicot: Helianthus; Secondary: Helianthus (only Permanent slides).
5. Leaf: Dicot and Monocot leaf (only Permanent slides).
6. Adaptive anatomy: Xerophyte (Nerium leaf); Hydrophyte (Hydrilla stem).
7. Structure of anther (young and mature), tapetum (amoeboid and secretory) (Permanent slides).
8. Types of ovules: anatropous, orthotropous, circinotropous, amphitropous/ campylotropous.
9. Female gametophyte: Polygonum (monosporic) type of Embryo sac Development (Permanent
slides/photographs).
10. Ultrastructure of mature egg apparatus cells through electron micrographs.
11. Pollination types and seed dispersal mechanisms (including appendages, aril, caruncle) (Photographs
and specimens).
12. Dissection of embryo/endosperm from developing seeds.
13. Calculation of percentage of germinated pollen in a given medium.
Suggested Readings
1. Bhojwani, S.S. & Bhatnagar, S.P. (2011). Embryology of Angiosperms. Vikas Publication House Pvt.
th
Ltd. New Delhi. 5 edition.
2. Mauseth, J.D. (1988). Plant Anatomy. The Benjamin/Cummings Publisher, USA.
26
Semester-IV
C-8: Molecular Biology

THEORY (Credit:4)
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Nucleic acids: Carriers of genetic information (4 lectures)

Historical perspective; DNA as the carrier of genetic information (Griffith’s, Hershey & Chase,
Avery, McLeod & McCarty, Fraenkel-Conrat’s experiment.
Unit 2. The Structures of DNA and RNA / Genetic Material (10 lectures)
DNA Structure: Miescher to Watson and Crick- historic perspective, DNA structure, Salient
features of double helix, Types of DNA, Types of genetic material, denaturation and renaturation,
cot curves; Organization of DNA- Prokaryotes, Viruses, Eukaryotes.RNA Structure Organelle
DNA -- mitochondria and chloroplast DNA.The Nucleosome Chromatin structure- Euchromatin,
Heterochromatin- Constitutive and Facultative heterochromatin.
Unit 2:The replication of DNA (10 lectures)

Chemistry of DNA synthesis (Kornberg’s discovery); General principles – bidirectional, semi-
conservative and semi discontinuous replication, RNA priming; Various models of DNA
replication, including rolling circle, θ (theta) mode of replication, replication of linear ds-DNA,
replication of the 5’end of linear chromosome; Enzymes involved in DNA replication.
Unit 3: Central dogma and genetic code (2 lectures)

Key experiments establishing-The Central Dogma (Adaptor hypothesis and discovery of mRNA
template), Genetic code (deciphering & salient features)
Unit 4: Transcription (18 lectures)

Transcription in prokaryotes and eukaryotes. Principles of transcriptional regulation;
Prokaryotes: Regulation of lactose metabolism and tryptophan synthesis in E.coli. Eukaryotes:
transcription factors, heat shock proteins, steroids and peptide hormones; Gene silencing.
Unit 5: Processing and modification of RNA (8 lectures)

Split genes-concept of introns and exons, removal of introns, spliceosome machinery, splicing
pathways, group I and group II intron splicing, alternative splicing eukaryotic mRNA
processing(5’ cap, 3’ polyA tail); Ribozymes; RNA editing and mRNA transport.
27
Unit 6: Translation (8 lectures)
Ribosome structure and assembly, mRNA; Charging of tRNA, aminoacyl tRNA synthetases;
Various steps in protein synthesis, proteins involved in initiation, elongation and termination of
polypeptides; Fidelity of translation; Inhibitors of protein synthesis; Post-translational
modifications of proteins.
Practical
1. Preparation of LB medium and raising E.Coli.

2. Isolation of genomic DNA from E.Coli.
3. DNA isolation from cauliflower head.
4. DNA estimation by diphenylamine reagent/UV Spectrophotometry.
5. Study of DNA replication mechanisms through photographs (Rolling circle, Theta replication
and semi-discontinuous replication).
6. Study of structures of prokaryotic RNA polymerase and eukaryotic RNA polymerase II through
photographs.
7. Photographs establishing nucleic acid as genetic material (Messelson and Stahl’s, Avery et al,
Griffith’s, Hershey & Chase’s and Fraenkel & Conrat’s experiments)
8. Study of the following through photographs: Assembly of Spliceosome machinery; Splicing
mechanism in group I & group II introns; Ribozyme and Alternative splicing.
Suggested Readings
1. Watson J.D., Baker, T.A., Bell, S.P., Gann, A., Levine, M., Losick, R. (2007). Molecular Biology
th
of the Gene, Pearson Benjamin Cummings, CSHL Press, New York, U.S.A. 6 edition.
2. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. (2010). Principles of Genetics. John Wiley and Sons Inc.,
th
U.S.A. 5 edition.
3. Klug, W.S., Cummings, M.R., Spencer, C.A. (2009). Concepts of Genetics. Benjamin
th
Cummings. U.S.A. 9 edition.
rd
4. Russell, P. J. (2010). i-Genetics- A Molecular Approach. Benjamin Cummings, U.S.A. 3
edition.
5. Griffiths, A.J.F., Wessler, S.R., Carroll, S.B., Doebley, J. (2010). Introduction to Genetic
th
Analysis. W. H. Freeman and Co., U.S.A. 10 edition.
28
C-9: Plant Ecology and Phytogeography
THEORY
Lectures: 60
Basic concepts; Levels of organization. Inter-relationships between the living world and the
environment, the components and dynamism, homeostasis.
Unit 2: Soil (8 lectures)
Importance; Origin; Formation; Composition; Physical; Chemical and Biological components; Soil
profile; Role of climate in soil development.
Unit 3: Water (4 lectures)
Importance: States of water in the environment; Atmospheric moisture; Precipitation types (rain, fog,
snow, hail, dew); Hydrological Cycle; Water in soil; Water table.
Unit 4: Light, temperature, wind and fire (6 lectures)
Variations; adaptations of plants to their variation.
Unit 5: Biotic interactions (2 lectures)

Trophic organization, basic source of energy, autotrophy, heterotrophy; symbiosis, commensalism,
parasitism; food chains and webs; ecological pyramids; biomass, standing crop.
Unit 6: Population ecology (4 lectures)

Characteristics and Dynamics .Ecological Speciation
Unit 7: Plant communities (8 lectures)

Concept of ecological amplitude; Habitat and niche; Characters: analytical and synthetic; Ecotone and
edge effect; Dynamics: succession – processes, types; climax concepts.
Unit 8: Ecosystems (4 lectures)

Structure; Processes; Trophic organisation; Food chains and Food webs; Ecological pyramids.
Unit 9: Functional aspects of ecosystem (8 lectures)

Principles and models of energy flow; Production and productivity; Ecological efficiencies;
Biogeochemical cycles; Cycling of Carbon, Nitrogen and Phosphorus.
Unit 10: Phytogeography (12 lectures)

Principles; Continental drift; Theory of tolerance; Endemism; Brief description of major terrestrial
biomes (one each from tropical, temperate & tundra); Phytogeographical division ofIndia; Local
Vegetation.
29
Practical
2. Determination of pH of various soil and water samples (pH meter, universal indicator/Lovibond
comparator and pH paper)
3. Analysis for carbonates, chlorides, nitrates, sulphates, organic matter and base deficiency from
two soil samples by rapid field tests.
4. Determination of organic matter of different soil samples by Walkley & Black rapid titration
method.
5. Comparison of bulk density, porosity and rate of infiltration of water in soils of three habitats.
6. Determination of dissolved oxygen of water samples from polluted and unpolluted sources.
7. (a). Study of morphological adaptations of hydrophytes and xerophytes (four each).
(b). Study of biotic interactions of the following: Stem parasite (Cuscuta), Root parasite
(Orobanche) Epiphytes, Predation (Insectivorous plants).
8. Determination of minimal quadrat size for the study of herbaceous vegetation in the college
campus, by species area curve method (species to be listed).
9. Quantitative analysis of herbaceous vegetation in the college campus for frequency and
comparison with Raunkiaer’s frequency distribution law.
10. Quantitative analysis of herbaceous vegetation for density and abundance in the college campus.
11. Field visit to familiarise students with ecology of different sites.
Suggested Readings
th
1. Odum, E.P. (2005). Fundamentals of ecology. Cengage Learning India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 5
edition.
2. Singh, J.S., Singh, S.P., Gupta, S. (2006). Ecology Environment and Resource Conservation.
Anamaya Publications, New Delhi, India.
th
3. Sharma, P.D. (2010). Ecology and Environment. Rastogi Publications, Meerut, India. 8 edition.
4. Wilkinson, D.M. (2007). Fundamental Processes in Ecology: An Earth Systems Approach.
Oxford University Press. U.S.A.
th
5. Kormondy, E.J. (1996). Concepts of ecology. PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., Delhi, India. 4 edition.
30
C-10: Plant Systematics
THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Significance of Plant systematics (12 lectures)
Introduction to systematics; Plant identification, Classification, Nomenclature. Evidences from
palynology, cytology, phytochemistry and molecular data. Field inventory; Functions of
Herbarium; Important herbaria and botanical gardens of the world and India; Virtual herbarium;
E-flora; Documentation: Flora, Monographs, Journals; Keys: Single access and Multi-access.
Unit 2: Taxonomic hierarchy (6 lectures)

Concept of taxa (family, genus, species); Categories and taxonomic hierarchy; Species concept
(taxonomic, biological, evolutionary).
Unit 3: Botanical nomenclature (10 lectures)

Principles and rules (ICN); Ranks and names; Typification, author citation, valid publication,
rejection of names, principle of priority and its limitations; Names of hybrids.
Unit 4: Systems of classification (12 lectures)

Major contributions of Theophrastus, Bauhin, Tournefort, Linnaeus, Adanson, de Candolle,
Bessey, Hutchinson, Takhtajan and Cronquist; Classification systems of Bentham and Hooker
(upto series) and Engler and Prantl (upto series); Brief reference of Angiosperm Phylogeny
Group (APG III) classification.
Unit 5: Biometrics, numerical taxonomy and cladistics (10 lectures)

Characters; Variations; OTUs, character weighting and coding; Cluster analysis; Phenograms,
cladograms (definitions and differences).
Unit 6: Phylogeny of Angiosperms (12 lectures)

Terms and concepts (primitive and advanced, homology and analogy, parallelism and
convergence, monophyly, Paraphyly, polyphyly and clades). Origin and evolution of
angiosperms; Co-evolution of angiosperms and animals; Methods of illustrating evolutionary
relationship (phylogenetic tree, cladogram).
Practical
1. Study of vegetative and floral characters of the following families (Description, V.S. flower,
section of ovary, floral diagram/s, floral formula/e and systematic position according to
Bentham & Hooker’s system of classification):
31
Ranunculaceae - Ranunculus, Delphinium
Brassicaceae - Brassica, Alyssum / Iberis
Myrtaceae - Eucalyptus, Callistemon
Umbelliferae - Coriandrum /Anethum / Foeniculum
Asteraceae - Sonchus/Launaea, Vernonia/Ageratum, Eclipta/Tridax
Solanaceae - Solanum nigrum/Withania
Lamiaceae - Salvia/Ocimum
Euphorbiaceae - Euphorbia hirta/E.milii, Jatropha
Liliaceae - Asphodelus/Lilium/Allium
Poaceae - Triticum/Hordeum/Avena
2. Field visit (local) – Subject to grant of funds from the university.

3. Mounting of a properly dried and pressed specimen of any wild plant with herbarium label
(to be submitted in the record book).
Suggested Readings
1. Singh, (2012). Plant Systematics: Theory and Practice Oxford & IBH Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
rd
3 edition.
2. Jeffrey, C. (1982). An Introduction to Plant Taxonomy. Cambridge University Press,
Cambridge.
3. Judd, W.S., Campbell, C.S., Kellogg, E.A., Stevens, P.F. (2002). Plant Systematics-A
nd
Phylogenetic Approach. Sinauer Associates Inc., U.S.A. 2 edition.
4. Maheshwari, J.K. (1963). Flora of Delhi. CSIR, New Delhi.
5. Radford, A.E. (1986). Fundamentals of Plant Systematics. Harper and Row, New York.
SEC-2:Mushroom Culture Technology

(Credits 2) Lectures: 30
Unit 1:Introduction, history. Nutritional and medicinal value of edible mushrooms; Poisonous
mushrooms.Types of edible mushrooms available in India - Volvariella volvacea, Pleurotus
citrinopileatus, Agaricus bisporus. (5 Lectures)
32
Unit 2: Cultivation Technology : Infrastructure: substrates (locally available) Polythene bag, vessels,
Inoculation hook, inoculation loop, low cost stove, sieves, culture rack, mushroom unit (Thatched house)
water sprayer, tray, small polythene bag. Pure culture: Medium, sterilization, preparation of spawn,
multiplication. Mushroom bed preparation - paddy straw, sugarcane trash, maize straw, banana leaves.
Factors affecting the mushroom bed preparation - Low cost technology, Composting technology in
mushroom production. (12 Lectures)
Unit 3: Storage and nutrition : Short-term storage (Refrigeration - upto 24 hours) Long term Storage
(canning, pickels, papads), drying, storage in saltsolutions. Nutrition - Proteins - amino acids, mineral
elements nutrition - Carbohydrates, Crude fibre content - Vitamins.
(8 Lectures)
Unit 4:Food Preparation :Types of foods prepared from mushroom.Research Centres - National level
and Regional level. Cost benefit ratio - Marketing in India and abroad, Export Value. (5 lectures)
Suggested Readings
1. Marimuthu, T. Krishnamoorthy, A.S. Sivaprakasam, K. and Jayarajan. R (1991) Oyster

Mushrooms, Department of Plant Pathology, Tamil Nadu Agricultural University,
Coimbatore.
2. Swaminathan, M. (1990) Food and Nutrition. Bappco, The Bangalore Printing and
Publishing Co. Ltd., No. 88, Mysore Road, Bangalore - 560018.
3. Tewari, Pankaj Kapoor, S.C., (1988). Mushroom cultivation, Mittal Publications, Delhi.
4. Nita Bahl (1984-1988) Hand book of Mushrooms, II Edition, Vol. I & Vol. II.
GE-4: Plant Physiology and Metabolism

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Plant-water relations (8 lectures)
Importance of water, water potential and its components; Transpiration and its significance; Factors
affecting transpiration; Root pressure and guttation.
Unit 2: Mineral nutrition (8 lectures)

Essential elements, macro and micronutrients; Criteria of essentiality of elements; Role of essential
elements; Transport of ions across cell membrane, active and passive transport, carriers, channels and
pumps.
Unit 3: Translocation in phloem. (6 lectures)

Composition of phloem sap, girdling experiment; Pressure flow model; Phloem loading and
unloading
Unit 4: Photosynthesis (12 lectures)
Photosynthetic Pigments (Chl a, b, xanthophylls, carotene); Photosystem I and II, reaction
center, antenna molecules; Electron transport and mechanism of ATP synthesis; C 3, C4 and CAM
pathways of carbon fixation; Photorespiration.
33
Unit 5: Respiration (6 lectures)
Glycolysis, anaerobic respiration, TCA cycle; Oxidative phosphorylation, Glyoxylate,
Oxidative Pentose Phosphate Pathway.
Unit 6: Enzymes (4 lectures)
Structure and properties; Mechanism of enzyme catalysis and enzyme inhibition.
Unit 7: Nitrogen metabolism (4 lectures)
Biological nitrogen fixation; Nitrate and ammonia assimilation.
Unit 8: Plant growth regulators (6 lectures)
Discovery and physiological roles of auxins, gibberellins, cytokinins, ABA, ethylene.
Unit 9: Plant response to light and temperature (6 lectures)
Photoperiodism (SDP, LDP, Day neutral plants); Phytochrome (discovery and structure), red and far
red light responses on photomorphogenesis; Vernalization.
Practical
2. To study the effect of two environmental factors (light and wind) on transpiration by excised
twig.
3. Calculation of stomatal index and stomatal frequency of a mesophyte and a xerophyte.
4. Demonstration of Hill reaction.
5. Demonstrate the activity of catalase and study the effect of pH and enzyme concentration.
6. To study the effect of light intensity and bicarbonate concentration on O 2 evolution in
photosynthesis.
7. Comparison of the rate of respiration in any two parts of a plant.
8. Separation of amino acids by paper chromatography.
Demonstration experiments (any four)
1. Bolting.
2. Effect of auxins on rooting.
3. Suction due to transpiration.
4. R.Q.
5. Respiration in roots.
Suggested Readings
3. Taiz, L., Zeiger, E., MØller, I.M. and Murphy, A (2015). Plant Physiology and Development.
th
Sinauer Associates Inc. USA. 6 edition.
1. Hopkins, W.G., Huner, N.P., (2009). Introduction to Plant Physiology. John Wiley & Sons,
th
U.S.A. 4 Edition.
2. Bajracharya, D., (1999). Experiments in Plant Physiology- A Laboratory Manual. Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi.
Semester-V
34
C-11: Reproductive Biology of Angiosperms
THEORY
Lectures: 60

History (contributions of G.B. Amici, W. Hofmeister, E. Strasburger, S.G. Nawaschin, P.
Maheshwari, B.M. Johri, W.A. Jensen, J. Heslop-Harrison) and scope.
Unit 2: Reproductive development (6 lectures)

Induction of flowering; flower as a modified determinate shoot. Flower development: genetic
and molecular aspects.
Unit 3: Anther and pollen biology (10 lectures)

Anther wall: Structure and functions, microsporogenesis, callose deposition and its significance.
Microgametogenesis; Pollen wall structure, MGU (male germ unit) structure, NPC system;
Palynology and scope (a brief account); Pollen wall proteins; Pollen viability, storage and
germination; Abnormal features: Pseudomonads, polyads, massulae, pollinia.
Unit 4: Ovule (10 lectures)

Structure; Types; Special structures–endothelium, obturator, aril, caruncle and hypostase; Female
gametophyte– megasporogenesis (monosporic, bisporic and tetrasporic) and megagametogenesis
(details of Polygonum type); Organization and ultrastructure of mature embryo sac.
Unit 4: Pollination and fertilization (6 lectures)

Pollination types and significance; adaptations; structure of stigma and style; path of pollen tube
in pistil; double fertilization.
Unit 5: Self incompatibility (10 lectures)

Basic concepts (interspecific, intraspecific, homomorphic, heteromorphic, GSI and SSI);
Methods to overcome self- incompatibility: mixed pollination, bud pollination, stub pollination;
Intra-ovarian and in vitro pollination; Modification of stigma surface, parasexual hybridization;
Cybrids, in vitro fertilization.
35
Unit 6: Embryo, Endosperm and Seed (10 lectures)
Structure and types; General pattern of development of dicot and monocot embryo and
endosperm; Suspensor: structure and functions; Embryo-endosperm relationship; Nutrition of
embryo; Unusual features; Embryo development in Paeonia. Seed structure, importance and
dispersal mechanisms
Units 7: Polyembryony and apomixis (6 lectures)
Introduction; Classification; Causes and applications.
Practical
1. Anther: Wall and its ontogeny; Tapetum (amoeboid and glandular); MMC, spore tetrads,
uninucleate, bicelled and dehisced anther stages through slides/micrographs, male germ unit
(MGU) through photographs and schematic representation.
3. Pollen grains: Fresh and acetolyzed showing ornamentation and aperture, psuedomonads,
polyads, pollinia (slides/photographs,fresh material), ultrastructure of pollen wall(micrograph);
Pollen viability: Tetrazolium test.germination: Calculation of percentage germination in
different media using hanging drop method.
4. Ovule: Types-anatropous, orthotropous, amphitropous/campylotropous, circinotropous,
unitegmic, bitegmic; Tenuinucellate and crassinucellate; Special structures: Endothelium,
obturator, hypostase, caruncle and aril (permanent slides/specimens/photographs).
5. Female gametophyte through permanent slides/ photographs: Types, ultrastructure of mature egg
apparatus.
6. Intra-ovarian pollination; Test tube pollination through photographs.
7. Endosperm: Dissections of developing seeds for endosperm with free-nuclear haustoria.
8. Embryogenesis: Study of development of dicot embryo through permanent slides; dissection of
developing seeds for embryos at various developmental stages; Study of suspensor through
electron micrographs.
Suggested Readings
1. Bhojwani, S.S. and Bhatnagar, S.P. (2011). The Embryology of Angiosperms, Vikas Publishing
th
House. Delhi. 5 edition.
2. Shivanna, K.R. (2003). Pollen Biology and Biotechnology. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt.
Ltd. Delhi.
3. Raghavan, V. (2000). Developmental Biology of Flowering plants, Springer, Netherlands.
4. Johri, B.M. l (1984). Embryology of Angiosperms, Springer-Verlag, Netherlands.
C-12: Plant Physiology

36
THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Plant-water relations (10 lectures)

Water Potential and its components, water absorption by roots, aquaporins, pathway of water
movement, symplast, apoplast, transmembrane pathways, root pressure, guttation. Ascent of sap–
cohesion-tension theory.Transpiration and factors affecting transpiration, antitranspirants,
mechanism of stomatal movement.
Unit 2: Mineral nutrition (8 lectures)

Essential and beneficial elements, macro and micronutrients, methods of study and use of
nutrient solutions, criteria for essentiality, mineral deficiency symptoms, roles of essential
elements, chelating agents.
Unit 3: Nutrient Uptake (8 lectures)

Soil as a nutrient reservoir, transport of ions across cell membrane, passive absorption,
electrochemical gradient, facilitated diffusion, active absorption, role of ATP, carrier
systems,proton ATPase pump and ion flux, uniport, co-transport, symport, antiport.
Unit 4: Translocation in the phloem (8 lectures)

Experimental evidence in support of phloem as the site of sugar translocation. Pressure–Flow
Model; Phloem loading and unloading; Source–sink relationship.
Unit 5: Plant growth regulators (14 lectures)

Discovery, chemical nature (basic structure), bioassay and physiological roles of Auxin,
Gibberellins, Cytokinin, Abscisic acid, Ethylene, Brassinosteroids and Jasmonic acid.
Unit 6: Physiology of flowering (6 lectures)
Photoperiodism, flowering stimulus, florigen concept, vernalization, seed dormancy.
Unit 7: Phytochrome , crytochromes and phototropins (6 lectures)

Discovery, chemical nature, role in photomorphogenesis, low energy responses (LER) and high
irradiance responses (HIR), mode of action.
Practical

2. Determination of water potential of given tissue (potato tuber) by weight method.
3. Study of the effect of wind velocity and light on the rate of transpiration in excised twig/leaf.
4. Calculation of stomatal index and stomatal frequency from the two surfaces of leaves of a
mesophyte and xerophyte.
37
5. To calculate the area of an open stoma and percentage of leaf area open through stomata in a
mesophyte and xerophyte (both surfaces).
6. To study the phenomenon of seed germination (effect of light).
7. To study the effect of different concentrations of IAA on Avena coleoptile elongation (IAA
Bioassay).
8. To study the induction of amylase activity in germinating barley grains.
Demonstration experiments
1. To demonstrate suction due to transpiration.

2. Fruit ripening/Rooting from cuttings (Demonstration).
3. Bolting experiment/Avena coleptile bioassay (demonstration).
Suggested Readings
1. Hopkins, W.G. and Huner, A. (2008). Introduction to Plant Physiology. John Wiley and Sons.
th
U.S.A. 4 edition.
th
3. Bajracharya D. (1999). Experiments in Plant Physiology-A Laboratory Manual. Narosa
Publishing House, New Delhi.
DSE-1: Analytical Techniques in Plant Sciences

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Imaging and related techniques (15 lectures)
Principles of microscopy; Light microscopy; Fluorescence microscopy; Confocal microscopy; Use
of fluorochromes: (a) Flow cytometry (FACS); (b) Applications of fluorescence microscopy:
Chromosome banding, FISH, chromosome painting; Transmission and Scanning electron
microscopy – sample preparation for electron microscopy, cryofixation, negative staining, shadow
casting, freeze fracture, freeze etching.
Unit 2: Cell fractionation (8 lectures)

Centrifugation: Differential and density gradient centrifugation, sucrose density gradient,
CsCl2gradient, analytical centrifugation, ultracentrifugation, marker enzymes.
Unit 3: Radioisotopes (4 lectures)

Use in biological research, auto-radiography, pulse chase experiment.
Unit 4: Spectrophotometry (4 lectures)

38
Principle and its application in biological research.
Unit 5: Chromatography (8 lectures)

Principle; Paper chromatography; Column chromatography, TLC, GLC, HPLC, Ion-exchange
chromatography; Molecular sieve chromatography; Affinity chromatography.
Unit 6: Characterization of proteins and nucleic acids (6 lectures)

Mass spectrometry; X-ray diffraction; X-ray crystallography; Characterization of proteins and
nucleic acids; Electrophoresis: AGE, PAGE, SDS-PAGE
Unit 7: Biostatistics (15 lectures)

Statistics, data, population, samples, parameters; Representation of Data: Tabular, Graphical;
Measures of central tendency: Arithmetic mean, mode, median; Measures of dispersion: Range,
mean deviation, variation, standard deviation; Chi-square test for goodness of fit.
Practical
1. Study of Blotting techniques: Southern, Northern and Western, DNA fingerprinting, DNA
sequencing, PCR through photographs.
2. Demonstration of ELISA.
3. To separate nitrogenous bases by paper chromatography.
4. To separate sugars by thin layer chromatography.
5. Isolation of chloroplasts by differential centrifugation.
6. To separate chloroplast pigments by column chromatography.
7. To estimate protein concentration through Lowry’s methods.
8. To separate proteins using PAGE.
9. To separation DNA (marker) using AGE.
10. Study of different microscopic techniques using photographs/micrographs (freeze fracture, freeze
etching, negative staining, positive staining, fluorescence and FISH).
11. Preparation of permanent slides (double staining).
Suggested Readings
1. Plummer, D.T. (1996). An Introduction to Practical Biochemistry. Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing

rd
Co. Ltd. New Delhi. 3 edition.
2. Ruzin, S.E. (1999). Plant Microtechnique and Microscopy, Oxford University Press, New
York. U.S.A.
3. Ausubel, F., Brent, R., Kingston, R. E., Moore, D.D., Seidman, J.G., Smith, J.A., Struhl, K.
rd
(1995). Short Protocols in Molecular Biology. John Wiley & Sons. 3 edition.
39
th
4. Zar, J.H. (2012). Biostatistical Analysis. Pearson Publication. U.S.A. 4 edition.
DSE-2:Bioinformatics
THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1. Introduction to Bioinformatics (5 Lectures)
Introduction, Branches of Bioinformatics, Aim, Scope and Research areas of Bioinformatics.

Unit 2. Databases in Bioinformatics (5 Lectures)
Introduction, Biological Databases, Classification format of Biological Databases, Biological

Database Retrieval System.
Unit 3. Biological Sequence Databases (25 Lectures)
National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI): Tools and Databases of NCBI, Database
Retrieval Tool, Sequence Submission to NCBI, Basic local alignment search tool (BLAST),
Nucleotide Database, Protein Database, Gene Expression Database.
EMBL Nucleotide Sequence Database (EMBL-Bank): Introduction, Sequence Retrieval, Sequence
Submission to EMBL, Sequence analysis tools.
DNA Data Bank of Japan (DDBJ): Introduction, Resources at DDBJ, Data Submission at DDBJ.
Protein Information Resource (PIR): About PIR, Resources of PIR, Databases of PIR, Data Retrieval
in PIR.
Swiss-Prot: Introduction and Salient Features.
Unit 4. Sequence Alignments (10 Lectures)
Introduction, Concept of Alignment, Multiple Sequence Alignment (MSA), MSA by CLUSTALW,

Scoring Matrices, Percent Accepted Mutation (PAM), Blocks of Amino Acid Substitution Matrix
(BLOSUM).
Unit 5. Molecular Phylogeny (8 Lectures)
Methods of Phylogeny, Software for Phylogenetic Analyses, Consistency of Molecular Phylogenetic

Prediction.
Unit 6. Applications of Bioinformatics (7 Lectures)
Structural Bioinformatics in Drug Discovery, Quantitative structure-activity relationship (QSAR)

40
techniques in Drug Design, Microbial genome applications, Crop improvement
Practical
1. Nucleic acid and protein databases.
2. Sequence retrieval from databases.
3. Sequence alignment.
4. Sequence homology and Gene annotation.
5. Construction of phylogenetic tree.

Suggested Readings
1. Ghosh Z. and Bibekanand M. (2008) Bioinformatics: Principles and Applications. Oxford

University Press.
2. Pevsner J. (2009) Bioinformatics and Functional Genomics. II Edition. Wiley-Blackwell.
3. Campbell A. M., Heyer L. J. (2006) Discovering Genomics, Proteomics and Bioinformatics.

II Edition. Benjamin Cummings.
41
Semester-VI
C-13: Plant Metabolism

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Concept of metabolism (6 lectures)
Introduction, anabolic and catabolic pathways, regulation of metabolism, role of regulatory
enzymes (allosteric ,covalent modulation and Isozymes).
Unit 2: Carbon assimilation (14 lectures)

Historical background, photosynthetic pigments, role of photosynthetic pigments (chlorophylls
and accessory pigments), antenna molecules and reaction centres, photochemical reactions,
photosynthetic electron transport, PSI, PSII, Q cycle, CO2 reduction, photorespiration,
C4pathways; Crassulacean acid metabolism; Factors affecting CO2 reduction.
Unit 3: Carbohydrate metabolism (2 lectures)

Synthesis and catabolism of sucrose and starch.
Unit 4: Carbon Oxidation (10 lectures)

Glycolysis, fate of pyruvate, regulation of glycolysis, oxidative pentose phosphate pathway,
oxidative decarboxylation of pyruvate, regulation of PDH, NADH shuttle; TCA cycle,amphibolic
role, anaplerotic reactions, regulation of the cycle, mitochondrial electron transport, oxidative
phosphorylation, cyanide-resistant respiration, factors affecting respiration.
Unit 5: ATP-Synthesis (8 lectures)

Mechanism of ATP synthesis, substrate level phosphorylation, chemiosmotic mechanism
(oxidative and photophosphorylation), ATP synthase, Boyers conformational model, Racker’s
experiment, Jagendorf’s experiment; role of uncouplers.
Unit 6: Lipid metabolism (8 lectures)

Synthesis and breakdown of triglycerides, β-oxidation, glyoxylate cycle, gluconeogenesis and its
role in mobilisation of lipids during seed germination, α oxidation.
Unit 7: Nitrogen metabolism (8 lectures)

Nitrate assimilation, biological nitrogen fixation (examples of legumes and non-legumes);
Physiology and biochemistry of nitrogen fixation; Ammonia assimilation and transamination.
Unit 8: Mechanisms of signal transduction (4
lectures)
Receptor-ligand interactions; Second messenger concept, Calcium calmodulin, MAP kinase
42
cascade.
Practical
1. Chemical separation of photosynthetic pigments.

2. Experimental demonstration of Hill’s reaction.
3. To study the effect of light intensity on the rate of photosynthesis.
4. Effect of carbon dioxide on the rate of photosynthesis.
5. To compare the rate of respiration in different parts of a plant.
6. To demonstrate activity of Nitrate reductase in germinating leaves of different plant sources.
7. To study the activity of lipases in germinating oilseeds and demonstrate mobilization of
lipids during germination.
8. Demonstration of fluorescence by isolated chlorophyll pigments.
9. Demonstration of absorption spectrum of photosynthetic pigments.
Suggested Readings
1. Hopkins, W.G. and Huner, A. (2008). Introduction to Plant Physiology. John Wiley and Sons.
th
U.S.A. 4 edition.
th
3. Harborne, J.B. (1973). Phytochemical Methods. John Wiley & Sons. New York.
C-14: Plant Biotechnology

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Plant Tissue Culture (16

lectures)
Historical perspective; Composition of media; Nutrient and hormone requirements (role of
vitamins and hormones); Totipotency; Organogenesis; Embryogenesis (somatic and zygotic);
Protoplast isolation, culture and fusion; Tissue culture applications (micropropagation,
androgenesis, virus elimination, secondary metabolite production, haploids, triploids and
hybrids; Cryopreservation; Germplasm Conservation).
Unit 2: Recombinant DNA technology (12

lectures)
Restriction Endonucleases (History, Types I-IV, biological role and application); Restriction
43
Mapping (Linear and Circular); Cloning Vectors: Prokaryotic (pUC 18 and pUC19, pBR322,
Ti plasmid, BAC); Lambda phage, M13 phagemid, Cosmid, Shuttle vector; Eukaryotic
Vectors (YAC).
Unit 3:Gene Cloning (10

lectures)
Recombinant DNA, Bacterial Transformation and selection of recombinant clones, PCR-
mediated gene cloning; Gene Construct; construction of genomic and cDNA libraries,
screening DNA libraries to obtain gene of interest by genetic selection; complementation,
colony hybridization; PCR
Unit 4: Methods of gene transfer (8

lectures)
Agrobacterium-mediated, Direct gene transfer by Electroporation, Microinjection,
Microprojectile bombardment; Selection of transgenics– selectable marker and reporter
genes (Luciferase, GUS, GFP).
Unit 5: Applications of Biotechnology (14

lectures)
Pest resistant (Bt-cotton); herbicide resistant plants (RoundUp Ready soybean); Transgenic
crops with improved quality traits (Flavr Savr tomato, Golden rice); Improved horticultural
varieties (Moondust carnations); Role of transgenics in bioremediation (Superbug); edible
vaccines; Industrial enzymes (Aspergillase, Protease, Lipase); Gentically Engineered
Products–Human Growth Hormone; Humulin; Biosafety concerns.
Practical
1. (a) Preparation of MS medium.
(b) Demonstration of in vitro sterilization and inoculation methods using leaf and nodal explants
of tobacco, Datura, Brassica etc.
2. Study of anther, embryo and endosperm culture, micropropagation, somatic embryogenesis
& artificial seeds through photographs.
3. Isolation of protoplasts.
4. Construction of restriction map of circular and linear DNA from the data provided.
5. Study of methods of gene transfer through photographs: Agrobacterium-mediated, direct
gene transfer by electroporation, microinjection, microprojectile bombardment.
6. Study of steps of genetic engineering for production of Bt cotton, Golden rice, Flavr Savr
tomato through photographs.
7. Isolation of plasmid DNA.
8. Restriction digestion and gel electrophoresis of plasmid DNA.
Suggested Readings
44
1. Bhojwani, S.S. and Razdan, M.K., (1996). Plant Tissue Culture: Theory and Practice.
Elsevier Science Amsterdam. The Netherlands.
2. Glick, B.R., Pasternak, J.J. (2003). Molecular Biotechnology- Principles and Applications of
recombinant DNA. ASM Press, Washington.
3. Bhojwani, S.S. and Bhatnagar, S.P. (2011). The Embryology of Angiosperms. Vikas
th
Publication House Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi. 5 edition.
4. Snustad, D.P. and Simmons, M.J. (2010). Principles of Genetics. John Wiley and Sons,
th
U.K. 5 edition.
5. Stewart, C.N. Jr. (2008). Plant Biotechnology & Genetics: Principles, Techniques and
Applications. John Wiley & Sons Inc. U.S.A.
DSE-3: Natural Resource Management

THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Natural resources (2 lectures)
Definition and types.
Unit 2: Sustainable utilization (8 lectures)

Concept, approaches (economic, ecological and socio-cultural).
Unit 3: Land (8 lectures)

Utilization (agricultural, pastoral, horticultural, silvicultural); Soil degradation and management.
Unit 4: Water (8 lectures)

Fresh water (rivers, lakes, groundwater, aquifers, watershed); Marine; Estuarine; Wetlands;
Threats and management strategies.
Unit 5: Biological Resources (12 lectures)

Biodiversity-definition and types; Significance; Threats; Management strategies; Bio-
prospecting; IPR; CBD; National Biodiversity Action Plan).
Unit 6: Forests (6 lectures)
Definition, Cover and its significance (with special reference to India); Major and minor
forestproducts; Depletion; Management.
Unit 7: Energy (6 lectures)

45
Renewable and non-renewable sources of energy
Unit 8: Contemporary practices in resource management (8 lectures)

EIA, GIS, Participatory Resource Appraisal, Ecological Footprint with emphasis on carbon
footprint, Resource Accounting; Waste management.
Unit 9: National and international efforts in resource management and conservation

(4 lectures)
Practical
1. Estimation of solid waste generated by a domestic system (biodegradable and non-
biodegradable) and its impact on land degradation.
2. Collection of data on forest cover of specific area.
3. Measurement of dominance of woody species by DBH (diameter at breast height)
method.
4. Calculation and analysis of ecological footprint.
5. Ecological modeling.
Suggested Readings
1. Vasudevan, N. (2006). Essentials of Environmental Science. Narosa Publishing House,
New Delhi.
2. Singh, J. S., Singh, S.P. and Gupta, S. (2006). Ecology, Environment and Resource
Conservation. Anamaya Publications, New Delhi.
3. Rogers, P.P., Jalal, K.F. and Boyd, J.A. (2008). An Introduction to Sustainable
Development. Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, New Delhi.
DSE-4: Industrial and Environmental Microbiology
THEORY
Lectures: 60
Unit 1: Scope of microbes in industry and environment (6 lectures)
Unit 2: Bioreactors/Fermenters and fermentation processes (12 lectures)

Solid-state and liquid-state (stationary and submerged) fermentations; Batch and continuous
fermentations. Components of a typical bioreactor, Types of bioreactors-laboratory, pilotscale
and production fermenters; Constantly stirred tank fermenter, tower fermenter, fixed bed and
fluidized bed bioreactors and air-lift fermenter.
A visit to any educational institute/ industry to see an industrial fermenter, and other downstream
46
processing operations.
Unit 3: Microbial production of industrial products (12 lectures)

Microorganisms involved, media, fermentation conditions, downstream processing and uses;
Filtration, centrifugation, cell disruption, solvent extraction, precipitation and ultrafiltration,
lyophilization, spray drying; Hands on microbial fermentations for the production and estimation
(qualitative and quantitative) of Enzyme: amylase or lipase activity, Organic acid (citric acid or
glutamic acid), alcohol (Ethanol) and antibiotic (Penicillin)
Unit 4: Microbial enzymes of industrial interest and enzyme immobilization (8 lectures)

Microorganisms for industrial applications and hands on screening microorganisms for casein
hydrolysis; starch hydrolysis; cellulose hydrolysis. Methods of immobilization, advantages and
applications of immobilization, large scale applications of immobilized enzymes (glucose
isomerase and penicillin acylase).
Unit 5: Microbes and quality of environment. (6 lectures)

Distribution of microbes in air; Isolation of microorganisms from soil, air and water.
Unit 6: Microbial flora of water. (8 lectures)
Water pollution, role of microbes in sewage and domestic waste water treatment systems.
Determination of BOD, COD, TDS and TOC of water samples; Microorganisms as indicators of
water quality, check coliform and fecal coliform in water samples.
Unit 7: Microbes in agriculture and remediation of contaminated soils. (8 lectures)

Biological fixation; Mycorrhizae; Bioremediation of contaminated soils. Isolation of root
nodulating bacteria, arbuscular mycorrhizal colonization in plant roots.
Practical
1.Principles and functioning of instruments in microbiology laboratory
2.Hands on sterilization techniques and preparation of culture media.
Suggested Readings
1. Pelzar, M.J. Jr., Chen E.C. S., Krieg, N.R. (2010). Microbiology: An application based
approach. Tata McGraw Hill Education Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.
2. Tortora, G.J., Funke, B.R., Case. C.L. (2007). Microbiology. Pearson Benjamin
Cummings, San Francisco, U.S.A. 9th edition.
47
FUNCTIONAL HINDI
AECC-1
Credit - 2 Marks - 50
Unit - I : Á„UãŒË — •Õ¸ •ı⁄U ßÁÃ„UÊ‚, SflL§¬, ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ë ©Uà¬ÁàÃ ∑§ Á‚hÊ¢Ã, Á„UãŒË ∑§ Sfl⁄U •ı⁄U √ÿ¢¡Ÿ
äflÁŸÿÙ¢ ∑§Ê ©UëÿÊ⁄UÁáÊ∑§ Áfl‡‹·áÊ---- flªË¸∑§⁄UáÊ, •ˇÊ⁄U ∑§Ë ¬˝∑Î§ÁÃ, ◊ÊòÊÊ, ’‹ÊÉÊÊÃ
∞’¢ •ŸÈÃÊŸ–
Unit - II : ÁŸÿÈÄÃ •ÊflŒŸ-¬òÊ, ‚ê¬ÊŒ∑§ËÿÊ-¬òÊ, ‚◊ÊøÊ⁄U-‹πŸ, ¬˝ÁÃflŒŸ •ı⁄U •Ê‹π–
‚¢Œ÷¸-‚ÍÁø
1) Á„UãŒË — ©UŒ÷fl, Áfl∑§Ê‚ •ı⁄U L§¬ --- «UÊ°¯ „U⁄UŒfl ’Ê„U⁄UË
2) Á„UãŒË ÷Ê·Ê ∑§Ê ßÁÃ„UÊ‚ --- «UÊ°¯ ÷Ù‹ÊŸÊÕ ÁÃflÊ⁄UË
3) √ÿfl„UÊÁ⁄U∑§ •Ê‹πŸ •ı⁄U Á≈Uå¬Ÿ --- «UÊ°¯ •◊ÍÀÿ fl◊¸Ÿ–
----------
Á„UãŒË ¬Á⁄Uøÿ
MIL : I
Credit - 5+1=6 Marks - 100
Unit - I : ◊äÿÿÈªËŸ ∑§Ê√ÿ- (‚¢¯) ’Î¡ŸÊ⁄UÊÿáÊ Á‚¢„U

¬Ê∆K∑˝§◊ — ¬Œ- 1, 2, 3, 4 (∑§’Ë⁄UŒÊ‚),
ÁflŸÿ, ◊È⁄U‹Ë-fláÊ¸Ÿ (‚Í⁄UŒÊ‚),
ŸÊª◊ÃË ÁflÿÙª π¢«U (¡Êÿ‚Ë)
Unit - II : ÃÈ‹‚ËŒÊ‚---
¬Ê∆K∑˝§◊ —
1) √ÿÁÄÃàfl - ∑Î§ÁÃàfl
2) ⁄UÊ◊∑§Ê√ÿ - ¬⁄Uê¬⁄UÊ
3) ÃÈ‹‚ËŒÊ‚ ∑§Ê Œ‡Ê¸Ÿ---
∑§) ÷ÁÄÃ,
π) •ÊäÿÊÁà◊∑§,
ª) ‚Ê◊ÊÁ¡∑§,
ÉÊ) ‚Ê¢S∑Î§ÁÃ∑§–
Unit - III : •¢œ⁄U ◊¢ (◊ÈÁÄÃ’Ùœ), ◊ıÃ ∑§Ë ≈˛UŸ ◊¢ (•‡ÊÙ∑§ flÊ¡¬ÿË), œÈÁ◊‹ (◊ÙøË⁄UÊ◊),
‚Ÿ ∑§Ù ÿÊŒ ∑§⁄UÃ „ÈU∞ (∑§ŒÊ⁄UŸÊÕ Á‚¢„U)–
Unit - IV : ∑§„UÊÁŸÿÊ°--- ¬˝ÁÃÁŸÁœ ∑§„UÊÁŸÿÊ° - (‚¢¯) ’ìÊŸ Á‚¢„U, Áfl‡flÁfllÊ‹ÿ ¬˝∑§Ê‡ÊŸ, flÊ⁄UÊáÊ‚Ë
1) ∑§»§Ÿ - ¬˝◊ø¢Œ
2) flÊ¬‚Ë - ©U·Ê Á¬˝ÿ¢flŒÊ
3) ‹Ê‹¬ÊŸ ∑§Ë ’ª◊ - »§áÊË‡fl⁄UŸÊÕ ⁄UáÊÈ
4) ¡ÿŒÙ‹ - •ôÊÿ–
Unit - V : ª’Ÿ - ¬˝◊ø¢Œ–
‚¢Œ÷¸ ª˝¢Õ-‚ÍÁø
1) ªÙSflÊ◊Ë ÃÈ‹‚ËŒÊ‚ — ⁄UÊ◊ø¢ãº˝‡ÊÈÄ‹, ŸÊª⁄UË ¬˝øÊÁ⁄UáÊË ‚÷Ê, flÊ⁄UÊáÊ‚Ë–
2) ‹Ù∑§flÊŒË ÃÈ‹‚ËŒÊ‚ — Áfl‡flŸÊÕ ÁòÊ¬Ê∆UË, ⁄UÊœÊ∑Î§cáÊ ¬˝∑§Ê‡ÊŸ, Ÿß¸ ÁŒÀ‹Ë–
3) ∑§’Ë⁄U ◊Ë◊Ê¢‚Ê — ⁄UÊ◊ø¢º˝ ÁÃflÊ⁄UË
4) ‚Í⁄U •ı⁄U ©UŸ∑§Ê ‚ÊÁ„Uàÿ - „U⁄Ufl¢‡ÊÃ‹ ‡Ê◊Ê¸
5) ¡Êÿ‚Ë — ∞∑§ Ÿß¸ ŒÎÁc≈U - ⁄UÉÊÈfl¢‡Ê
6) Ÿß¸ ∑§ÁflÃÊ •ı⁄U •ÁSÃàflflÊŒ - ⁄UÊ◊Áfl‹Ê‚ ‡Ê◊Ê¸
7) ∑§„UÊŸË — •ŸÈ÷ÍÁÃ •ı⁄U •Á÷√ÿÁÄÃ - ⁄UÊ¡ãº˝ ÿÊŒfl–
8) ∑§„UÊŸË - Ÿß¸ ∑§„UÊŸË - ŸÊ◊fl⁄U Á‚¢„U–
--------
Á„UãŒË ∑§ÕÊ ¬Á⁄Uøÿ
MIL : 2
Credit - 5+1=6 Marks - 100
Unit - I : ÁŸfl¢œ - ¬Á⁄U÷Ê·Ê, ◊„Uàfl, SflL§¬, Á„UãŒË ÁŸ’¢œ ‚ÊÁ„Uàÿ ∑§Ê ßÁÃ„UÊ‚–
Unit - II : ©¬ãÿÊ‚- ¬Á⁄U÷Ê·Ê, ◊„Uàfl, Ãûfl ∞fl¢ SflL§¬, ©U¬ãÿÊ‚ ‚ÊÁ„Uàÿ ∑§Ê ßÁÃ„UÊ‚–
Unit - III : ‚flÊ‚ŒŸ (¬˝◊ø¢Œ)
Unit - IV : ŸÊ≈U∑§ - ¬Á⁄U÷Ê·Ê, ◊„Uûfl, Ãûfl ∞fl¢ SflL§¬, Á„UãŒË ŸÊ≈K ‚ÊÁ„Uàÿ ∑§Ê ßÁÃ„UÊ‚–
Unit - V : ŸÊ≈U∑§ •ı⁄U ÁŸ’¢œ

∑§) ŸÊ≈U∑§ – ¬Ê∆K∑˝§◊
1) •¢œ⁄U Ÿª⁄UË - ÷Ê⁄UÃãŒÈ „UÁ⁄U‡øãº˝
2) •Êœ - •œÈ⁄U - ◊Ù„UŸ ⁄UÊ∑§‡Ê
π) ÁŸ’¢œ – ¬Ê∆K∑˝§◊
1) ∑˝§Ùœ - •ÊøÊÿ¸ ⁄UÊ◊ø¢ãº˝ ‡ÊÈÄ‹–
‚¢Œ÷¸ ª˝¢Õ-‚ÍÁø
1) Á„UãŒË ÁŸ’¢œ •ı⁄U ÁŸ’¢œ∑§Ê⁄U ---- «UÊ°¯ ¡ÿŸÊÕ Ÿ‹ËŸ–
2) Á„UãŒË ∑§ ¬˝ÁÃÁŸÁœ ÁŸ’¢œ∑§Ê⁄U ---- ⁄UÊ¡Á∑§‡ÊÙ⁄U Á‚¢„U–
3) Á„UãŒË ©U¬ãÿÊ‚ ∑§Ê ßÁÃ„UÊ‚ ---- ªÙ¬Ê‹ ⁄UÊ°ÿ–
4) Á„UãŒË ŸÊ≈U∑§ ---- «UÊ°¯ ’ìÊŸ Á‚¢„U–
5) Á„UãŒË ŸÊ≈U∑§ ∑§Ê ©jfl •ı⁄U Áfl∑§Ê‚ ---- Œ‡Ê⁄UÕ •Ù¤ÊÊ–
6) ©U¬ãÿÊ‚ •ı⁄U ‹Ù∑§¡ËflŸ ---- ‡ÊÀ»§ »§ÊÄ‚–
7) ©U¬ãÿÊ‚ — ÁSÕÁÃ •ı⁄U ªÁÃ ---- øãº˝∑§Ê¢Ã ’Ê¢ÁŒfl«U∑§⁄U–
--------
Ability Enchantment Compulsory Course
Subject: Assamese
AECC: Functional Assamese

Total Credit: 2
Unit-I: Elements of Assamese Grammar : Phonetics and Morphology : Mark-25
Part of Speech, Noun Pronoun Adjective, person Gender, Suffix , Case, Root, verb.
Unit- II: Application Writing, News Writing, Drafting- Editing, Prof- Reading, Captioning,
Writing of Speech, Essay Writing, Mark-25
Reference Book:
Presently ,Latest Edition of the following Book are recommended.
Asamia Bhasar Byakaran aru Bhashatatva: Kali Ram Medhi.
Asamia Rachana Sankalan : Tultul Baruah.
Rachana Bichitra : Dharamasinha Deka.
www.enajori.com
1
Subject: Bodo
Paper Code: BOD 1.04AECC

Paper title: Functional Bodo
Credit -2
Total marks: 50
Unit-1: Introduction to Phonology: 20 marks

Introduction to alphabets and phonemes, exercise of articulation, special phonological and morphological
features of the language
Unit-2: Introduction to Morphology: 10 marks
Introduction to Vocabulary and Word-typology: pragmatics in interactions
Introduction to personal pronouns, kinship terms, numeral classifiers: Pragmatics
Application of Case-marker and Tense-marker: Pragmatics
Unit-3: Introduction to Syntax: 10 marks
Introduction to sentence construction and pragmatics in social contexts
Unit-4: Practice of translation and composition: 10 marks
Translation from source language to Target language
Practice of composition and writing skill
Suggested Readings:
1. An Introduction to Boro Language: Phukan Basumatary

2. Structure of Bodo Language: Madhuram Baro
4. Boro Rao: Bhaben Narzis
Subject: English
AECC-1 : English Communication

Credits: 2
[Question pattern: There will be five objective type of questions (OTQ) for 10 marks
carrying 2 marks each (2 x 5 = 10), four short notes (SN) for 20 marks carrying 5 marks
each (4 x 5 = 20), and two essay type questions (ETQ) for 20 marks carrying 10 mark each
(2 x 10 = 20). (OTQ+ SN+ ETQ= 10+20+20=50)]
Unit 1: Introduction 10 marks

Theory of Communication,
Types and modes of Communication
Unit 2: Language of Communication 10 marks
Verbal and Non-verbal
(Spoken and Written)
Personal, Social and Business
Barriers and Strategies
Intra-personal, Inter-personal and Group communication
Unit 3: Speaking Skills 10 marks
Monologue
Dialogue
Group Discussion
Effective Communication/ Mis- Communication
Interview
Public Speech
Unit 4: Reading and Understanding 10 marks
Close Reading
Comprehension
Summary Paraphrasing
Analysis and Interpretation
Translation (from Indian language to English and vice-versa) Literary/Knowledge Texts
Unit 5: Writing Skills 10 marks
Documenting
Report Writing
Making notes
Letter writing
1. Fluency in English - Part II, Oxford University Press, 2006.
2. Business English, Pearson, 2008.
3. Language, Literature and Creativity, Orient Blackswan, 2013.
4. Language through Literature (forthcoming) ed. Dr. Gauri Mishra, Dr Ranjana Kaul,
Dr Brati Biswas
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course (AECC–Environment Studies) as per
UGC CBCS System, implementing in UG Courses under Bodoland University
(For SEM-II of all Honours and Regular Courses)
Unit 1:
Introduction to environmental studies
(a) Multidisciplinary nature of studies;
(b) Scope and importance; concept of sustainability and sustainable development. (2 lectures)
Unit 2: Ecosystems
• What is an ecosystem? Structure and function of ecosystem; Energy flow in an ecosystem: food chains,
food webs and ecological succession. Case studies of the following ecosystems:
(a) Forest ecosystem
(b) Grassland ecosystem
(c) Desert ecosystem
(d) Aquatic ecosystems (ponds, streams, lakes, rivers, oceans, estuaries) (4 lectures)
Unit 3: Natural Resources: Renewable and Non--‐renewable Resources
(a) Land resources and land use change; land degradation, soil erosion and desertification.
(b) Deforestation: Causes and impacts due to mining, dam building on environment, forests,
biodiversity and tribal populations.
(c) Water: Use and over--‐exploitation of surface and ground water, floods, droughts, conflicts over
water (international & inter--‐state).
(d) Energy resources: Renewable and non renewable energy sources, use of alternate energy sources,
growing energy needs, case studies. (4 lectures)
Unit 4: Biodiversity and Conservation

(a) Levels of biological diversity: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity; Biogeographic zones of
India; Biodiversity patterns and global biodiversity hot spots
(b) India as a mega--‐biodiversity nation; Endangered and endemic species of India
(c) Threats to biodiversity: Habitat loss, poaching of wildlife, man--‐wildlife conflicts, biological
invasions; Conservation of biodiversity: In--‐situ and Ex--‐situ conservation of biodiversity.
(d) Ecosystem biodiversity services: Ecological, economic, social, ethical, aesthetic and Informational
value. (4 lectures)
Unit 5: Environmental Pollution

(a) Environmental pollution: types, causes, effects and controls; Air, water, soil and noise pollution
(b) Nuclear hazards and human health risks
(c) Solid waste management: Control measures of urban and industrial waste.
(d) Pollution case studies. (4 lectures)
Unit 6: Environmental Policies & Practices

(a) Climate change, global warming, ozone layer depletion, acid rain and impacts on human
communities and agriculture
(b) Environment Laws: Environment Protection Act; Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act;
Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) Act; Wildlife Protection Act; Forest Conservation Act.
International agreements: Montreal and Kyoto protocols and Convention on Biological Diversity
(CBD).
(c) Nature reserves, tribal populations and rights, and human wildlife conflicts in Indian context.
(4 lectures)
Unit 7: Human Communities and the Environment
(a) Human population growth: Impacts on environment, human health and welfare.
(b) Resettlement and rehabilitation of project affected persons; case studies.
(c) Disaster management: floods, earthquake, cyclones and landslides.
(d) Environmental movements: Chipko, Silent valley, Bishnois of Rajasthan.
(e) Environmental ethics: Role of Indian and other religions and cultures in environmental
conservation.
(f) Environmental communication and public awareness, case studies (e.g., CNG vehicles in Delhi).
(6 lectures)
Unit 8: Field work

(a) Visit to an area to document environmental assets: river/forest/flora/fauna, etc.
(b) Visit to a local polluted site--‐Urban/Rural/Industrial/Agricultural.
(c) Study of common plants, insects, birds and basic principles of identification.
(d) • Study of simple ecosystems--‐pond, river, Delhi Ridge, etc. (Equal to 4 lectures)
Suggested Readings:
1. Carson, R. 2002. Silent Spring. Houghton Mifflin Harcourt.

2. Gadgil, M., & Guha, R. 1993. This Fissured Land: An Ecological History of India. Univ .of California
Press.
3. Gleeson, B. And Low, N. (eds.) 1999. Global Ethics and Environment, London, Routledge.
4. Gleick, P. H. 1993. Water in Crisis. Pacific Institute for Studies in Dev.,Environment & Security.
Stockholm Env. Institute, Oxford Univ. Press.
5. Groom, Martha J., Gary K. Meffe, and Carl Ronald Carroll. Principles of Conservation Biology.
Sunderland: Sinauer Associates, 2006.
6. Grumbine, R.Edward,and Pandit, M.K. 2013.Threats from India’s Himalaya dams. Science, 339:
36-37.
7. McCully, P. 1996. Rivers no more: the environmental effects of dams (pp. 29--‐64). Zed Books.
8. McNeill, John R. 2000. Something New Under the Sun: An Environmental History of the Twentieth
Century.
9. Odum, E.P., Odum, H.T. & Andrews, J. 1971. Fundamentals of Ecology. Philadelphia: Saunders.
10. Pepper, I.L., Gerba, C.P. & Brusseau, M.L. 2011. Environmental and Pollution Science. Academic
Press.
11. Rao, M.N. & Datta, A.K. 1987. Waste Water Treatment. Oxford and IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
12. Raven, P.H., Hassenzahl, D.M. & Berg, L.R. 2012. Environment. 8th edition. John Wiley & Sons.
13. Rosencranz, A., Divan, S., & Noble, M. L. 2001. Environmental law and policy in India. Tripathi
1992.
14. Sengupta, R. 2003. Ecology and economics: An approach to sustainable development. OUP.
15. Singh, J.S., Singh, S.P. and Gupta, S.R. 2014. Ecology, Environmental Science and Conservation. S.
Chand Publishing, New Delhi.
16. Sodhi, N.S., Gibson, L. & Raven, P.H. (eds). 2013. Conservation Biology: Voices from the Tropics.
John Wiley & Sons.
17. Thapar, V. 1998. Land of the Tiger: A Natural History of the Indian Subcontinent.
18. Warren, C. E. 1971. Biology and Water Pollution Control. WB Saunders.
19. Wilson, E. O. 2006. The Creation: An appeal to save life on earth.New York: Norton.
20. World Commission on Environment and Development. 1987. Our Common Future. Oxford
University Press.
B.A. (VS) Tourism Management CBCS
B.A. (Vocational Studies) Tourism Management
Three- Year (6-Semester)
CBCS Programme:
Basic Structure: Distribution of Courses
1 Ability Enhancement 2 Papers of 2 Credit Hrs. each 04
Compulsory Course (Total 04 Credit Hrs. 2X2)
2 Skill Enhancement Course 4 Papers of 2 Credit Hrs. each 8
(Total Credit Hrs. 4X2)
(4 Lectures and 1 Tutorial)
3 Core Discipline 12 Papers of 6 Credit Hrs. each 72
(Total Credit Hrs. 12X6)
5 Lectures and 1 Tutorial)
4 Elective Courses (Core 3 Papers of 6 Credit Hrs. each 18
Discipline) (Total Credit Hrs. 3X6)
5 Elective Course(Inter 3 Papers of 6 Credit Hrs. each 18
Disciplinary) (Total Credit Hrs. 3X6)
6 Total Credit Hrs 120

B.A. (Vocational Studies)Tourism Management :
Three-Year (6-Semester)
CBCS Programme
Course Structure
B.A. (VS) Tourism Management
Semester – I
1.1 Language: Ability Enhancement Compulsory

English/Hindi/Modern Indian Language Course (AECC)
1.2 English- I Core Discipline
1.3 History of Tourism – I Core Discipline
1.4 Fundamentals of Management Core Discipline
Semester – II
2.1 Environmental Studies Ability Enhancement Compulsory

Course (AECC)
2.2 MIL -I Core Discipline
2.3 History of Tourism – II Core Discipline
2.4 Entrepreneurship and Small Business Core Discipline
Semester – III
3.1 English- II Core Discipline
3.2 Concept and Impacts of Tourism Core Discipline
3.3 Tourism Marketing Core Discipline
3.4 Computer Concepts and Software Packages Skill Enhancement Course (SEC)
Semester – IV
4.1 MIL - II Core Discipline

4.2 Profile of Modern Tourism Core Discipline
4.3 Managerial Accounting and Finance in Tourism Core Discipline
4.4 Business Communication Skill Enhancement Course (SEC)
Semester – V
5.1 Tourism Undertaking Elective Core – Discipline Based
5.2 Internship Project / Project Core Discipline
5.3 Culture In Indian Subcontinent I Elective Core – Generic
5.4 Airport Handling Skill Enhancement Course (SEC)
Semester – VI
6.1 Procedure and Operations in The Tourism Elective Core – Discipline Based
Business
6.2 Globalization Elective Core – Discipline Based
6.3 Business Law Elective Core – Generic
6.4 Business Tourism and Hospitality Skill Enhancement Course (SEC)

Semester I
Paper 1.3 History of Tourism - I
lectures: 65
Objectives
Develop perceptions of people and the world Understand the concepts of Motivation, Holiday
and modes of Travel Learn how tourism products are based on social and political developments
Learn about international tourist attractions, cultures and Hospitality Emergence of travel related
services and distribution chains Role of Government, Regulatory bodies and associations
Emergence of modes of transport and their role in the expansion of travel and tourism
CONTENTS
Unit I 20
History of Tourism as a new discipline Evolution of Tourism as an academic subject, Tourism

and other social sciences.Methodology for History of Tourism. Primary and secondary sources
for studying History of tourism, Chronological Division of History of Tourism, Travellers and
Travelogues of Ancient and Medieval World. Tourism - basic concepts:Tourism- Definition,
types and determinants, Difference between travel and tourism, Concepts of excursion, holiday,
sightseeing, tourists and mass tourism, Tourism Products - definition and Characteristics.
Ancient Civilization, Social conditions and Tourism: Egypt, Mesopotamia, India, China, Rome.
Unit – II 15
Greece Middle Ages: Rise and fall of early empires, Byzantine, Christian and Islamic
Civilizations.Tourism activity in the ancient and medieval world: Seven Wonders of the
WorldTourism. Pilgrimage (Hindu, Buddhist, Jain, Christian and Islamic), Tourism and Spectator
Sports (Olympics, chariot races and gladiator fights), Resorts and Spas, TrampingRoyal Tourism
and Educational tours.
Unit – III 20
Concept of Discovery, Urbanization- Rome and Varanasi, Trade Routes- Silk Route and Spice
Route, Sea Voyages- Columbus and Vasco de Gama, Rise of Nationalism- Japan and China,
Grand Tour: Classical, Romantic Tour to the East.
Unit – IV 10
Four major dimensions of tourism. Factors necessary for the development of travel and tourism.
Development of spas. Growth of seaside resorts. Tourism today.
Suggested Readings
1. A Farouqui“ Early Social Formations”- Manak, Delhi-2001.

2. A.L. Rouse “The Use of History”- 1971
3. Burkhardt and Madlik”Tourist Past, Present and Future”-Butterworth Heinemann,
severaleditions
4. Collingwood “The Idea of History”-Oxford, 1073
5. Franck and Brwonstone “The Silk Road, A history.
6. Gilbert Sigeauxz “History of Tourism”.
7. Herbert “Heritage Tourism and Society”.
8. J. Christopher Holloway “The Business of Tourism.
9. Maisels “ËarlyCivilisations of the Old World”- Business Books Communica, 1978
10. Mclntosh, Goldner, Ritchie “Tourism: Principles, Practices, Philosophy”- John
Wiley, New York, 1995
11. Nisbet “Social Change and History”- OxfordUniversity Press, 1972
12. Nora Starr. “Viewpoint”- Prentice Hall, 1997
13. Ratnagar “Trading Ecounters”- OxfordUniv. New Press, 2004
14. Roger Housden “Sacred Journeys in a Modern World”- Simon&Schuster, New
York, 1979
15.T. Walter Wallbank “Civilisations Past and Present”- Scott
Foresman, London, 1978
Semester I
Paper 1.4 Fundamentals of Management
lectures: 65
Objectives:
To acquaint the students with the basics of Commerce and Business; concepts and functions of
Business Organization and provide them practical exposure of entrepreneurial role in business
using Commerce lab work and assignments. To acquaint the students with the Principles,
functions and practice of management and provide them practical exposure giving stories of
success/failure businessmen
Unit I 15
Concepts: Business, trade, industry and commerce – Business: Features of business – Trade:
Classification, Aids to Trade – Industry: Classification – Commerce - Relationship between
trade, industry and commerce - Business Organization: Concept - Functions of Business. Sources
of finance: Long Term, Short Term.
Unit II 10
Business Organization: Forms of Business Organization – Classification – Factors influencing the

choice of suitable form of organization. Sole Proprietorship: Meaning
– Characteristics – Advantages & Disadvantages – Suitability. Partnership: Meaning
– Characteristics – Kinds of partners - Registration of partnership – Partnership deed – Rights and
obligations of partners. - Joint Hindu Family Business: Characteristics – Advantages and
limitations.
Unit III 15
Joint Stock Company: Meaning – Characteristics – Advantages - Kinds of Companies –

Difference between private and public companies – Promotion of A Company: Stages -
Promoters – Characteristics – Registration – Capital subscription – Commencement of Business –
Preparation of Important documents: Memorandum of Association: Significance, Clauses –
Articles of Association: Contents – Prospectus: Contents – Statement in lieu of Prospectus.
Meetings: types and procedure to hold.
Unit IV 10
Management: Meaning – Significance- Management Vs Administration – Functions of
management – Levels of Management – Skills of management – Leadership: Leader Vs Manager
- Traits of successful Leaders - Scientific Management: Features - Fayol’s Principles of
Management. Planning: Meaning – Significance – Types of Plans – Decision making & Steps in
Process Decision making.
Unit V 15
Organizing: Meaning – Features – the process of organization – Principles of organization -

Elements of organizations – Organization chart. Delegation of authority: Meaning - Elements –
Principles – Types – Difficulties in delegation – Guidelines for making delegation effective.
Centralization – Decentralization: Meaning – Differences between delegating and
decentralization. Selection and recruitment, Motivation and its techniques, Leadership and its
styles
Suggested Readings:
1. Govindarajan and Natarajan: Principles of Management, PHI

2. Bhushan Y K: Business Organization and Management, Sultan Chand
3. RK Sharma and ShashiK.Gupta: Industrial Organization and Management, Kalyani
4. CB Gupta : Industrial Organization and Management, Sultan Chand
5. Sherlekar: Business Organization and Management, Himalaya
6. Talloo: Business Organisation and Management. Tata
7. RK Sharma and ShashiK.Gupta: Industrial Organization and Management, Kalyani
8. SubbaRao P: Management and Organizational Behavior, Himalaya
9. Satyaraju&Parthasarathy: Management - Text and Cases, PHI
10. Chandra Bose: Principles of Management and Administration, PHI
11. Aryasree& Murthy: Industrial Organistion&Manaement, Tata McGraw Hill.
12. Surendar and Madhavi: Industrial Organization and Management, Himalaya
13. Bhatia RC: Business Organization and Management, Ane Books
14. Robins S P: Management, PHI
15. Rao VSP: Management, Excel
16. Gupta CB: Entrepreneurship Development in India, Sultan Chand
17. Prasad L M: Management, Sultan Chand
18. Dubrin: Essentials of Management, Cengage
19. Moshal: Organization and Management, Galgotia
Semester II
Paper 2.3 History of Tourism - II
lectures: 65
Objectives:
Develop perceptions of people and the world Understand the concepts of Motivation, Holiday
and modes of Travel. Learn how tourism products are based on social and political developments
Learn about international tourist attractions, cultures and Hospitality Emergence of travel related
services and distribution chains , Role of Government, Regulatory bodies and associations.
Emergence of modes of transport and their role in the expansion of travel and tourism.
Unit – I 10
Major Social Movements: Renaissance, Reformation, French Revolution, Industrial Revolution,
Imperialism, National Movements, Socialism in Europe and Russia, social
Tourism and Middle class Tourism
Unit – II 20
1841 – 1914: Rise of International Tourism , World Cruises, Automobile and Coach Tours,
Resort Tourism, Role of Infrastructure, Tourism as an Industry 1914 – 1950: Tourist boom
between the World Wars, Tourism and Economy and Crises, Social Changes, Transport and
Technological Advances, Women and Tourism, Politics and Tourism, League of Nations,
IUOTO, Bermuda Agreement, IATA, Emergence of Tourism
Services Organizations and Civil Aviation
Unit – III 15
1950 – 2000: Tourism Phenomenon: Long Hauls, Thomas Cook and Package Tours Charters,
Role of escorts and guides, Social Reforms and Tourism, Tourism in Newly Independent
Countries, Tourism and Globalization, Emergence of Tourism Organizations and Standardization
of services.
Unit – IV 12
Tourism as a Globalized System .Early Forms of Travel and Types of Journey.Precursors of
Modern Tourism .The Foundations of Modern Tourism.The Boom in Mass Tourism in the 19th
Century. Holidaying Practices in the Interwar Period.The Expansion of Tourism and
Globalization.Approaches to Travel and Tourism.Tourism and Five-year Plans in India.SWOT
analysis of National Tourism Policy 2002
Unit – V 08
Accommodations: Early inns, The grand hotels, Motels, Hotels today. The dimensions of
tourism: Attraction, Facilities, Transportation, Hospitality. The role of transportation in
shaping tourism.
Suggested Readings
A Farouqui“ Early Social Formations”- Manak, Delhi-2001.

A.L. Rouse “The Use of History”- 1971
Burkhardt and Madlik”Tourist Past, Present and Future”-Butterworth Heinemann, several
editionsCollingwood “The Idea of History”-Oxford, 1073
Franck and Brwonstone “The Silk Road, A history.
Gilbert Sigeauxz “History of Tourism”.
Herbert “Heritage Tourism and Society”.
J. Christopher Holloway “The Business of Tourism.
Maisels “ËarlyCivilisations of the Old World”- Business Books Communica, 1978
Mclntosh, Goldner, Ritchie “Tourism: Principles, Practices, Philosophy”- John Wiley, New
York, 1995
Nisbet “Social Change and History”- OxfordUniversity Press, 1972
Nora Starr. “Viewpoint”- Prentice Hall, 1997
Ratnagar “Trading Ecounters”- OxfordUniv. New Press, 2004
Roger Housden “Sacred Journeys in a Modern World”- Simon & Schuster, New York,
1979
T. Walter Wallbank “Civilisations Past and Present”- Scott Foresman, London, 1978
Semester II
Paper 2.4 Entrepreneurship and Small Business
lectures: 65
Objectives
The purpose of the paper is to orient the learner toward entrepreneurship as a career option and
creative thinking and behavior for effectiveness at work and in life.
Unit I 10
Meaning, elements, determinants and importance of entrepreneurship and creative
behavior.Entrepreneurship and creative response to the society’ problems and at work. Dimensions
of entrepreneurship: intrapreneurship, technopreneurship, cultural entrepreneurship, international
entrepreneurship, netpreneurship, ecopreneurship, and social entrepreneurship.
Unit II 15
Entrepreneurship and Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises.Concept of business groups and role
of business houses and family business in India. . The contemporary role models in Indian
business:their values, business philosophy and behavioural orientations. Conflict in family
business and itsresolution. Managerial roles and functions in a small business. Entrepreneur as the
manager of hisbusiness.The need for and the extent of professionalisation of management of small
business in India.
Unit III 15
Public and private system of stimulation, support and sustainability of
entrepreneurship.Requirement, availability and access to finance, marketing assistance,
technology, and industrialaccommodation, Role of industries/entrepreneur’s associations and self-
help groups. The concept, roleand functions of business incubators, angel investors, venture capital
and private equity fund.
Unit IV 10
Sources of business ideas and tests of feasibility.Significance of writing the business plan/project
proposal.Contents of business plan/ project proposal. Designing business processes,
location,layout, operation, planning & control; preparation of project report (various aspects of the
project report
such as size of investment, nature of product, market potential may be covered). Project
submission/presentation and appraisal thereof by external agencies, such as financial/non-financial
institutions.
Unit V 15
Mobilising resources for start-up.Accommodation and utilities. Preliminary contracts with
thevendors, suppliers, bankers, principal customers; Contract management: Basic start-up
problems. Operations management: designing and redesigning business processes, layout,
production planning &control, implementing quality management and productivity
improvement programmes. Input-analysis,throughput analysis and output analysis. Basic
awareness of inventory methods.Basic awareness aboutthe need for and means of environment
(eco-) friendliness and energy management.Organization of business office.Basic awareness of
manual and computerized office systems andprocedures. Introductory word processing,
spreadsheet preparation and data sorting and analysis, internet browsing.
Suggested Readings:
1. Kuratko and Rao, Entrepreneurship: A South Asian Perspective, Cengage Learning.
2. Desai, Vasant. Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development and Management. Mumbai,
Himalaya Publishing House.
3. Dollinger, Mare J. Entrepreneurship: Strategies and Resources. McGraw Hill.
4. Holt, David H. Entrepreneurship: New Venture Creation. Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi.
5. Jain, Arun Kumar. Competitive Excellence: Critical Success Factors. New Delhi: Viva
Books Limited
6. Panda, ShibaCharan. Entrepreneurship Development.New Delhi, Anmol Publications.
7. Plsek, Paul E. Creativity, Innovation and Quality. (Eastern Economic Edition), New Delhi:
Prentice-Hall of India.
8. SIDBI Reports on Small Scale Industries Sector.
9. Singh, Nagendra P. Emerging Trends in Entrepreneurship Development. New Delhi:
ASEED.
Semester III
Paper 3.2 Concept and Impacts of Tourism
lectures: 65
Objectives: This will be a preliminary module giving the basic knowledge of tourism studies.
Unit I 25
Definition and Concept of Tourism. Leisure and Recreation, Excursionist, Business

Tourism, VFR, Mass Tourism, Adventure Tourism, Sports Tourism, Rural Tourism.Tourism
education. Typology of Tourism.TourismStatistics.Difference between visitors, tourists and
excursionist.Tourism as an industry.
Unit II 20
Tourism Impacts- Political, Social, Cultural, Environmental and Economic. Tourism

multiplier.National and international concerns and problems.
Unit III 20
Demand- Supply Characteristics-Concepts, definitions and indicators of demand. Measuring

demand for tourism-International and Domestic Tourism.Technological progress and
Globalization.Concept and resources for Ecotourism.Motivation for tourism.
Suggested Readings
1. Burkart, A.J & Heinemann Medlik, Tourism: Past. Present and Future, Professional
Publishing, London, 1986 reprint
2. Mill, Robert, The Tourism System: An Introductory Text, Hall International, London, 1992.
3. Kamra, Krishan, Basics of Tourism: Theory, Operation, Kanishka Publishers, New Delhi,
2002.
4. Bhatia, A.K. International Tourism Marketing ,Sterling, New Delhi, 2008
5. Dr. S. K. Kabia-Tourism and Environment
6. Wahab, S.E. Tourism Management, Tourism International Press, London, 1986.
7. Dr. Jasbir Singh, Eco-Tourism, I.K. International Publishing, New Delhi , 2010
Semester III
Paper 3.3 Tourism Marketing
lectures: 65
Objectives
The course includes the operation techniques of tourism marketing. The students are
expected to attain a basic knowledge of marketing principals, study to suitability of alternative
promotional approaches and to formulate marketing plans for tourism industry.
Unit I 20
Core concepts in Marketing, Needs, Wants & Demands, Products, Customer value &
satisfaction, quality, exchange & transactions, markets and marketing. Segmentation of Tourism
Market-concept, justification, importance and bases.Market Research-methods, research problem
areas, marketing research in the tourism industry.Tourism life cycle.
Unit II 25
Tourism Marketing Mix-8 Ps. Methods of Pricing-the factors influencing the pricing
decisions, pricing objectives, pricing policies. Service Characteristics of Tourism. Unique
features of tourist demand and tourism product. Branding and packaging-conditions that support
branding.
Unit III 20
Destination Planning and Product Diversification.DestinationMarketing.Marketing strategy in the
new digital age-E-Business, E-Commerce and E-Marketing.Complementary Marketing. Role of
Media in promotion of Tourism TV/ Radio, Newspaper, Travel Magazines, Documentaries,
Guide Books, Travel writers, Electronic Tourism promotion: Advertising, Public relations, sales
promotion and personal selling.
Suggested Readings:
Kotler Philip, Marketing Management: Analysis, Planning Implementation, and Control,

Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi.
Brigs, Susan- Successful Tourism Marketing: A Practical Handbook, Kogan Page,
London, 1997.
Middleton- Victor T.C Marketing in Travel and Tourism, Oxford, 1994
Brunt, Paul- Market Research in Travel and Tourism, Butterworth Heinemaun, 1997.
Hollway, J.C. Marketing for Tourism (Harlow: Longman, 1995)
NamaKumari and Rama Swami- Marketing Management
Semester III
Paper 3.4 Computer Concepts And Software Packages
lectures: 50
Unit I 5
Basic Concepts: Meaning, characteristics and applications of a Computer, Advantages and

limitations of a computer, Meaning of Data, Information and Knowledge, Data types, data
storage, data representation such as ASCII.
Unit II 5
Components of Computers: Hardware components: input devices, output devices, system unit.
Software components: Application software: general purpose packaged software and tailor –
made software, System software: operating system, interpreter, compiler, linker, loader.
Unit III 15
Operating System: Need and functions of an Operating System, Graphic user interface and
character user interface.Windows environment: application and document, Windows interface
such as icons, lists, menus, dialog box, etc.Desktop, control panel, system tools, utilities such
as calculator, calendar, etc.Explorer: file types, attributes, names, folders, drives, devices.File
functions: create, open, close, delete, rename, move, cut, copy, paste, etc.
Unit IV 10
Introduction to Networks and Internet: Meaning and types of networks - LAN, MAN and
WAN, Internet, difference between internet and intranet.Basics: functions, growth, anatomy,
Uses, Wireless and wifi, Internet services: ISP, types of accounts, World Wide Web: websites file
transfer, browsing, searching.
Unit V 15
Office Applications: Meaning and applications of word processing,
MS-Word – formatting text, writing basic document using Word, Header and Footer, Page
formatting, paragraph formatting, saving a document, printing a document. Meaning and
applications of spreadsheets.
MS-Excel – creating a workbook, saving a workbook, editing a workbook, creating a series, use
of basic formulae in Excel, use of functions in Excel, sorting data, creating simple
charts.Meaning and applications of presentation.
MS-PowerPoint – creating simple presentation including slide transitions, bullets, etc.
The Theory paper will be based on Units 1-4 only and the practical component will be
based on Unit 5 only.
Suggested Readings
Absolute Beginner's Guide to Computer Basics by Michael Miller

Fundamental of Computers by AkashSaxena, Kratika Gupta
Fundamentals of Information Technology, Alexis and Mathew
Computers Today, Donald H. Sanders.
Basic Financial Accounting, J.R. Monga
Computer Fundamentals, P.K. Sinha
Double Entry Book-Keeping, T.S. Grewal and Grewal.
GUIDELINES FOR THE CONDUCT OF PRACTICAL EXAMINATION
Computer Concepts, Software Packages and Computerized Accounting
Time: 60 Minutes Practical 20
Ques. No. Description of Question Marks Time Allowed
1 Lab testing of various concepts MS word, 25 60 minutes

PPT and Excel as mentioned in Unit V.
Note 1. There will be no internal assessment in Practical component of this Paper.
2. 10 minutes time may be given to the examinees for adjustment of computers
before the practical.
3. Hard Copy of evaluation sheet and question paper will be given to examinees
And they will produce soft copy as answer sheet for evaluation.
Semester IV
Paper 4.2 Profile of Modern Tourism
lectures: 65
Objectives
This will give an overview of tourism industry and different related organisations. It also
enable them to understand the basic concepts and environment of modern tourism.
Unit-I 20
Tourism Policy and Services- Domestic Tourism, International Tourism, Transport Policy,
Cultural and Heritage Policy, Commercial policy. Health and Medical Tourism. Emerging trends
and new thrust area of Tourism. Five year plans and tourism. Future prospects of Tourism in
India.
Unit II 25
Seasonality-Indian Tourism Season, Tourism and Terrorism, Tourism and communalism. fairs
and festivals. Counter seasonal policy. Special interest tourism and its resources.Wild life
sanctuaries and national parks, Wildlife tourism.
Unit III 20
Motivation and Nature of consumption. Tourism Products and services, Salient features of
Tourism Product. Public sector and Private Sector partnership in tourism sector. Small and
medium enterprises in tourism industry. Principle of resort development. Mass Tourism and
New Destinations.
Suggested readings:
1. Abrahim, Pizen and YoelMansfiel, Ed. Consumer Behaviour in Travel and Tourism
2. Butterworth and HeinemanBurkhardt and Medlik -Tourism Past Present and Future.
3. Jones and Radcllfe” Leisure and Tourism- Longman Harlem
4. K. Ghimire” The Native Tourist”- Earthscan, London,
5. Pearce and Butler Ed. “ Contemporary Issues in Tourism Development- Routledge,
London,
6. Robinson- “ The Geography of Tourism”
Semester IV
Paper 4.3 Managerial Accounting & Finance in Tourism Duration:

lectures: 65
Objectives: The basic objectives are to provide basic principles and to understand the basic
technique of preparing financial information.
Unit I: 15
Nature of accounting: Nature of accounting and Generally accepted accounting principles.
Double entry, Book Keeping – Transaction Analysis, Cash Book and Bank Transactions.Income
Measurements.Preparation of Trial Balance.
Unit II: 15
Final Accounts: Balance Sheet. Rectification of Errors, Bank Reconciliation Statement
Accounting for Non- Trading Concerns. Miscellaneous Accounts : Accounting for Hotels,
Depreciation Accounting, Travel Accounting, Mechanised system of accounting. Cash flow
statement (AS -3 Revised)
Unit III: 10
Meaning, Role, Scope and Importance of Financial Management: Job of the financial Manager,
financial Goals, financial control, Organization & objective of financial function. Financial
Planing, Capitalisation and Capital Structure: Meaning, concept of capital, Theories of
capitalization, Over capitalization and under capitalization,
Unit IV 15
Optimum capital structure, Determinant of capital structure, Financial Leverage, Debt capacity of
company Debt equity ratio. Capital Budgeting and Capital Investment Decision: Management of
Fixed Assets, Meaning, roles and analysis of capital investment in fixed assets
Unit V 10
Working Capital Management: Concept, need, determinant of working capital, estimates of

working capital and financing of current assets. Financial Statements and Analysis: Meaning,
Analysis – Ratio, Fund flow, Cash flow, Cost volume Analysis. Tourism Finance Corporation of
India TFCI: Aims,Objectives and Functions.
Suggested readings
1. Anthony and Reece, Management Accounting Principles : Text and Cases

2. Singh, Surender and Kaur, Rajeev. Fundamentals of Financial Management. Book Bank
International.
3. Pandey, L.M., Management Accounting : A Planning and Control Approach,Vikas
Publication.
4. Davis D., The Art of Managing Finance, McGraw Hill.
5. Pandey, I.M., Financial Management, Vikas Publication
6. Van Horne, Financial Management and Policy, Prentice Hall.
7. Panday, I.M., and Bhatt, Ramesh, Cases in Financial Management, TATA Magraw Hill.
Semester IV
Paper 4.4 Business Communication
lectures: 50
Objectives
To equip students of the B.A(VS) course to effectively acquire skills in reading, writing,
comprehension and communication, as also to use electronic media for business communication.
Unit I 10
Nature of Communication Process of Communication, Types of Communication (verbal & Non

Verbal), Importance of Communication, Different forms of Communication, Barriers to
Communication Causes, Linguistic Barriers, Psychological Barriers, Interpersonal
Barriers,Cultural Barriers, Physical Barriers, Organizational Barriers
Unit II 10
Business Correspondence: Letter Writing, presentation, Inviting quotations, Sending quotations,

Placingorders, Inviting tenders, Sales letters, claim & adjustment letters and social
correspondence, Memorandum, Inter -office Memo, Notices, Agenda, Minutes, Job application
letter, preparing the Resume.
Unit III 10
Report Writing Business reports, Types, Characteristics, Importance, Elements of structure,

Process of writing, Order of writing, the final draft, check lists for reports.
Unit IV 10
Vocabulary Words often confused, Words often misspelt, Common errors in English.
Unit V 10
Oral Presentation, Importance, Characteristics, Presentation Plan, Power point presentation,

Visual aids.
Suggested Readings:
1. Lesikar, R.V. &Flatley, M.E.; Basic Business Communication Skills for Empowering the
Internet Generation, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd. New Delhi.
2. Bovee, and Thill, Business Communication Today, Pearson Education
3. Shirley Taylor, Communication for Business, Pearson Education
4. Locker and Kaczmarek, Business Communication: Building Critical Skills, TMH
5. Sinha, K.K., Business Communication, Galgotia and Sons, New Delhi.
Note: Latest edition of text books may be used.
Semester V
Paper 5.1 Tourism Undertaking
lectures: 65
Objectives: This will give an overview of tourism transportation system and various
organizations. Further students will understand formalities and documentation needed to set up
these units.
Unit I 20
Modes of transport- Rail, Road, Air and Sea.Elements of transportation. Political influences on
transport for tourism. Regulation of competition.Role of Railways in promotion of domestic
tourism. Important tourist trains in India. Case study of Air India and a few important
International Airlines.
Accommodation and Catering- Types of hotel, procedure of categorization and classification of

hotels .Accommodation and the tourism product.Qualityissues.New concepts and developments
in accommodation.
Unit II 25
Definitions of Travel Agency and Tour Operators, Itinerary making and costing ,
Approval of Travel Agency by Department of Tourism , Govt. of India. Rules and Regulations
for approval.Classifications of travel agents and Forms of organizations.Functions of travel
agency and the tour operators.Tour planning.
Unit III 20
Tourism Organization and their role in Tourism Development, Local – DTTDC, RTDC, MPTDC
National- IATO, TAAI, ITDC, International – IATA, ICAO,UNWTO, Freedoms of air,Open

skies policy.
Suggested readings
Achariya “ Civil Aviation and Tourism Management”

Mill and Morrison- “ The Tourism System”
Murphy- “ Transport and Distribution”
JagmohanNegi -Travel Agency Operations and Concepts and Principles S.
P. Singh-Travel Tourism Management
Hollander S. - Passenger Transportation (Michigan: MichiganStateUniversity)
Semester V
Paper 5.2 Internship Project/ Project
lectures: 20
Objectives: to provide basic and hand on understanding of the industry.
Note:
Each student of Vocational Courses shall undergo Practical Internship of four weeks
during the vacations after fourth semester in an approved Business/Industrial/Govt./Service
organization. The objective of this training is to make the student acquainted with the industrial /
business working environment. After completion of the training they will have to submit a
training report. The internship/project reports will carry 100 marks. It will be evaluated by two
examiners (one internal and one external). The training report is part of the fifth semester. It is to
be submitted by the date fixed by the College.
The students will also have to submit a performance certificate from the company where he/she
undertook the training. This report will also be considered while evaluating the training report by
examiners.
Alternatively, if it is not possible to do industrial internship the students will prepare a

project report on a topic assigned to him/ her by the college. The project report will be evaluated
as above.
Semester V
Paper 5. 3 Culture in Indian Subcontinent I
lectures: 65
Objective - This course is designed for vocational students to understand the Indian cultural
traditions and heritage from ancient to modern times. It highlights the plurality of Indian culture
through the medium of language, literature, music, dance and architecture.
Unit I 15
Definitions of Culture and its various aspects :(i) Perspective on Cultures: Indian Cultural
tradition: An overview (ii) Plurality of Cultures: Social Content of Culture
Unit II 15
Language and Literature, Sanskrit: Kavya - Kalidasa’sRitusambhara, Prakrit:GathaSaptasati,

Development of vernacular language and literature, Indo-Persian Literature: Amir Khusro’s works,
Urdupoetry and prose: Ghalib
Unit III 15
Performing Arts, Hindustani, Carnatic classical Music ,Devotional music: bhakti and sufi
Classical and Folk Dance, Theatre: Classical, Folk, Colonial and Modern
Unit IV 20
Architecture: Meanings, form and Function, Rock-cut-Mamallapuram, Structural – temple

architecture- Khajuraho complex and Tanjavur temple; Fort – Dalulatabad or Chittor forts; Palace-
dargahat FatehpurSikri; Colonial – Lutyen’s Delhi
Suggested Readings
Asher Catherine, (ed.): Perceptions of India’s Visual Past, AIIS, Delhi, 1994.
Asher Catherine, Architecture of Mughal India.
Basham A.L., The Wonder that was India. Volume I, New Delhi.
Brown Percy, Indian Architecture, Buddhist Hindu and Islamic, Vol. I, II, Mumbai,
1956.
Chandra Prainod, ed, Studies in Indian Temple Architecture; Chapter 1. AIIS, 1975.
Deva, B.C., An introduction to Indian Music, Delhi, 1973.

Maxwell, T.S., Image: Text and Meaning: Gods of South Asia, OUP, Delhi.
Tillotson G, Havelis of Rajasthan.
Zimmer, H., Myths and Symbolism in Indian Art and Civilization, Princeton Press, New
Jersey, N.D.
Cohn. Bernard, India: The Social Anthropology of a Civilization in Bernard Cohn

Omnibus, OUP, 2004.
VatasayanaKapila; Indian Classical Dance, Publications Divisions, New Delhi, 1974 (in
Hindi Translation also)
Semester V
Paper 5.4 Airport Handling
lectures: 50
Objectives
To familiarize students with the functioning and operations at Airport and their handling
from tourism point of view
Unit I 10
Air Geography- IATA areas, sub areas, sub regions. Time calculation- GMT variation,
concept of standard time and daylight saving time, calculation of elapsed time, flying time and
ground time,
Unit II 10
Aviation organization: AAI, IATA and ICAO: Functions, Role, relevance in Aviation sector
Unit III 10
Familiarization with OAG- 3 letters city code and airport code, airline designated code,
minimum connecting time, global indicator, familiarization with air tariff: currency regulations.
Unit IV 10
Familiarization with TIM, Passport, Visa, Custom Regulations, Health Regulations and
Airport Tax, Passengers needing special attention.
Unit V 10
Credit Cards- Concept, types, benefits and different types of credit cards Fare construction –
Passenger Ticket, Embarkation and Disembarkation Process. Mixed class journey, around the
world fares (RTW) special fairs.
Suggested Readings:
JagmohanNegi, ‘Air travel Ticketing and Fare construction’, Kanishka, NewDelhi,
OAG, Consultant, IATA, Geneva
Air Tariff Book
Stephen Shaw, ‘Airlines in Shifts &Mgt’, Ashgate Pub, USA
R. Doganis, ‘Airport Business’
K.Sikdar, All you wanted to know about airlines functions
Journal of Air Transport Management by Elsevier Science
Joel Lech, ‘Airfare secrets exposed’, Powell Books, London, 2002
Semester VI
Paper 6.1 Procedure and Operations in The Tourism Business
lectures: 65
Objectives
The students will understand the conceptual meaning of Travel business and
differentiation between Travel agency and Tour operator.
Unit I 20
Facilitation - passport, visas, immigration, customs, health requirements, travel insurance, Airport
handling. Ticketing procedures, Credit and Commissions.Alliances and Loyalty programmes.CRS
and GDS. GITs and FITs.
Unit II 25
Tourism Product and Services.Newtechnologies.Role of Information Technology in tourism. Travel

related services and business. Difference between travel agent and tour operator.Functions of travel
agency.Organizational structure and various departments of a travel agency. Principles of
management and its application in travel trade.
Unit III 20
Tour operational techniques-departure, hotel procedures, aboard the coach, activities on the Bus,
The driver relationship, meeting individual needs, group identification, shopping, sight seeing,
special interest, free time, emergency procedures, finance & accounting. Tourism trade and
consumer protection acts. Issues relating to tourism laws and legislation.International Agreements
viz. GATS.Tour escorting ethics.
Suggested Readings
1. Bull, A. The Economics of Travel and Tourism, Longman: UK.
2.JagmohanNegi-Travel Agency & Tour Operations
3. IATO Manuals and reports.

4. Report of National Committee on Tourism, Know India, 1988.
5. National Action Plan, 1992.
6. Various Reports of United Nations World Tourism Organizations.
7. Bezbaruah, M.P. Indian Tourism beyond the Millennium, Gyan Publication, New Delhi, 1999
Semester VI
Paper 6.2 Globalization
lectures: 65
Objectives: The Paper is designed to familiarise the students with the concept of globalisation and
integration of developing countries with the world economy. The aim of the paper is to provide a
critique of globalisation and stress on local/national policies than follow the one-size-fits-all
approach.Globalisation
Unit I 15
Meaning and contents of globalization- First and second phases of modern economic globalization.
Benefits of globalization, expansion of markets, freer movement of goods, services and factors
(labour and capital).
Unit II 10
Role of globalisation in reducing inequality and poverty.
Distribution of benefits of globalisation shared by developed and developing countries
Unit III 10
Globalisation and the world economy - production, global value chains - a case of simultaneous
integration and segmented production.
Unit IV 15
Critique of globalisation – To what extent globalisation implies a rise of neo-liberalism.
To understand the decline in the authority of the Nation-sate and reduction of policy space.Major
brunt borne by social spending and decline of safety nets.
Unit V 15
Global governance - IMF, World Bank and the WTO. Role of the WTO in governing the world
trading systems.
The way forward - stress on local/regional/national (context-specific) than global economy`
Suggested Readings
Deepak Nayyar, Globalisation

Joseph Stiglitz, Globalisation and its discontents
Semester VI
Paper 6. 3 Business Law
lectures: 65
Objectives: The objective of the course is to impart basic knowledge of the important
business laws along with relevant case law.
Unit I: The Indian Contract Act, 1872 20
Contract – meaning, characteristics and kinds, Essentials of valid contract - Offer and
acceptance, consideration, contractual capacity, free consent, legality of objects, Void
agreements, Discharge of contract – modes of discharge including breach and its remedies,
Contingent contracts, Quasi contracts
Unit II: The Indian Contract Act, 1872: Specific Contracts 10
Contract of Indemnity and Guarantee, Contract of Bailment, Contract of Agency
Unit III: The Sale of Goods Act, 1930 10
a) Contract of sale, meaning and difference between sale and agreement to sell, Conditions
and warranties, Transfer of ownership in goods including sale by non-owners, Performance
of contract of sale, Unpaid seller – meaning and rights of an unpaid seller against the goods
and the buyer.
Unit IV: Partnership Law 15
The Partnership Act, 1932: Nature and Characteristics of Partnership, Registration of
Firms, Types of Partners, Rights and Duties of Partners, Implied Authority of a Partner,
Incoming and outgoing Partners, Mode of Dissolution of Partnership
The Limited Liability Partnership Act, 2008: Salient Features of LLP, Difference between
LLP and Partnership, LLP and Company, LLP Agreement, Partners and Designated Partners,
Incorporation Document, Incorporation by Registration, Partners and their Relations,
winding up
Unit V: The Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881 10
Meaning and Characteristics of Negotiable Instruments : Promissory Note, Bill of Exchange,
Cheque, Holder and Holder in due Course, Privileges of Holder in Due Course, Negotiation:
Types of Endorsements, Crossing of Cheque, Bouncing of ChequesB.A. (VS) Tourism
Management CBCS
Suggested Readings
1. Kuchhal, M.C. and VivekKuchhal, Business Law, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi.
2.DagarInderjeet & AgnihotriAnurag “Business Law” Galgotia Publishing Company, New
Delhi
3. Singh, Avtar, Business Law, Eastern Book Company, Lucknow.
4. Maheshwari&Maheshwari, Business Law, National Publishing House, New Delhi.
5. GoyalBhushan Kumar and Jain Kinneri, Business Laws, International Book House
Note: Latest edition of text books may be used.
Paper 6.4 Business Tourism and Hospitality
lectures: 65
Objectives This Module is prescribed to appraise students about the important departments of a
classified hotel and to understand various aspects related to accommodation and MICE Market.
Unit I 20
Defining Business Travel, Categories of Business Travel. Business Tourism Market.Role of
Events in promotion of Tourism.Types of Events- Cultural, Festival, Religious and Business.Role
of Travel Agency in the management of conferences.History and functions of ICPB and ICCA.
Unit II 25
Concept of MICE, Introduction of Meetings, Incentives, Conferences /Conventions and
Exhibitions. Staging Events- Theming and event design, Choice of venue, audience. The Stage-
Power, Lights, Sound, Audiovisual, Catering and Hospitality.
Unit III 20
Role of Hospitality in Development of Tourism Industry.Departments of Hotel Operations and
Room Division viz. Front Office, House Keeping, Food and Beverage.Customer Satisfaction and
Customer Handling. Lessons to be learnt from other countries experiences with special reference to
Switzerland, South Africa, China, US, Australia and France.
Suggested Readings-
1. Anand, M.M. Tourism and Hotel Industry in India (New Delhi Prentice- Hall of India, 1976)
2. Conrad Lashley Hospitality Retail Management
3. Brain Cooper and Brain Floody -Starts and Run profitable Restaurant
4. Sudhir Andrews- Front Office
5. Hall and Sharples- Food Tourism
6. JagmohanNegi- Hospitality Management
7. Alastair, M. Morrison, Hospitality and Travel Marketing (New York: Delemar)
B.Com (Hons.) CBCS
SEMESTER - I
Paper Code Subject Course Credit Credit End Internal Total

Distribution Semester Marks Marks
(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-101 Financial Accounting C-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-102 Business Organization and C-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

Entrepreneurship Development
BCH-103 Business Communication AECC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
(language – English/Hindi/MIL)
BCH-104 Principle of Micro Economics GE-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEMESTER - II

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-201 Business Law C-3 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-202 Indian Financial System C-4 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-203 Environmental Studies AECC-2 2 2+0+0 50 - 50

BCH-204 Indian Economics GE-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350

SEMESTER - III

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-301 Principles of Management C-5 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-302 Corporate Accounting C-6 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-303 Company Law C-7 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

BCH-304 Computer Application in Business SEC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
BCH-305 Business Statistics GE-3 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 26 22+4+0=26 370 80 450
SEMESTER - IV

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-401 Financial Services C-8 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-402 Marketing Management C-9 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-403 Income Tax C-10 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

BCH-404 E-Commerce SEC-2 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
BCH-405 Business Mathematics GE-4 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 26 22+4+0=26 370 80 450

SEMESTER - V

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-501 Financial Management C-11 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-502 Auditing and Corporate C-12 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

Governance
BCH-503 Any one of the Groups(A or B or C) DSE-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 24 20+4+0=24 320 80 400
Group A- Accounts
DSE-1: Advance Financial Accounting
2. Cost Accounting
Group B- Management
DSE- 1: Human Resource Management
DSE-2: Cost and Management Accounting
Group C- Finance
DSE-1: Financial Markets and Institutions
DSE-2: International Business
Note: Students must select Course DSE-1 and DSE-2 from the same group. It is therefore not permitted to select
Course DSE-1 from one group and DSE-2 from another Group.
SEMESTER - VI

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-601 Modern Banking Practices C-13 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-602 Computerized Accounting System C-14 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-604 Business Research & Project work DSE-4 6 5+1+0 50 50 100

Total 26 20+4+0=24 290 110 400
Group A- Accounts
DSE-3: (Any One)
a. Corporate Tax Planning
b. Indirect Tax & Law
Group B- Management
DSE-3: (Any One)
a. Consumer Affairs & Customer Care
b. Industrial Relation & Labour law
Group C- Finance
DSC-3 : (Any One)
a. Micro finance
b. International Banking
Note: Students have to select one subject from the same group (A or B or C) he/she has chosen for 5th
Semester.
Note:
1. Paper-604 : Theory exam. Will be conducted on Business Research topic for 50 marks and Project
work will carried 50 marks (Project report 40 marks and Viva-voce 10 marks)
2. A college or institution can call anyone as external while conducting Viva-voce, from nearby colleges.
3. A student should conduct project work in the area of his/her concerned group.
B.Com. CBCS (Regular Course)
SEM-I
(L+T+P) Marks
BC-101 Financial Accounting DSC-1 A 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-102 Business organization and DSC-2 A 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

BC-103 Business Communication AECC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
(language-English/Hindi/MIL)
BC-104 English-I Language 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P) Marks
BC-201 Business Law DSC-1 B 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-202 Business Mathematics and DSC-2 B 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

Statistics
BC-203 Environmental Studies AECC-2 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
BC-204 MIL-1 Language 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-III
(L+T+P) Marks
BC-301 Principles of Management DSC-1C 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-302 Corporate Accounting DSC-2 C 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-303 English-II language 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-304 Computer Application in Business SEC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50

Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-IV
(L+T+P) Marks
BC-401 MIL-2 language 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-402 Marketing Management DSC-1D 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-403 Income Tax DSC-2 D 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

BC-404 E-Commerce SEC-2 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-V
(L+T+P) Marks
BC-501 Anyone of the following DSE-1 A 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
a. Financial Management
b. Cost Accounting
c. Financial Markets and Institutions

a. Auditing & Corporate Governance
b. Human Resource Management
c. International Business
BC-503 Management of Small Business SEC-3 2 2+0+0 50 -- 50
BC-504 Principle of Micro economics GE-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350

SEM-VI
(L+T+P) Marks
BC-601 Anyone of the following DSE-1 B 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
a. Modern Banking Practices
c. International Banking
a. Computerized Accounting System
c. Management Accounting
BC-603 Personal Selling & Salesmanship SEC-4 2 2+0+0 50 -- 50
BC-604 Indian Economics GE-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350

Bodoland University
CBCS Curriculum Structures for UG Syllabus (BA Honors in Sociology)
No of Papers= 14+12=26, Total Credits=140
Total Marks=2400
SEM-I
Paper Paper Name Paper Credit Credit End Int Total
Code Course Distribution Sem Marks Marks
(L+T+P) Marks
SOC- Introduction to Sociology I C-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
101H
SOC- Sociology of India I C-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
102H
SOC- Indian Society: Images and GE-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
103HR Realities
Comm- AECC-1: (English/MIL AEC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
104HR Communication)/Environmental
Science
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P) Marks
SOC- Introduction to Sociology II C-3 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
201H
SOC- Sociology of India II C-4 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
202H
SOC- Family and Intimacy GE-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
203HR
Comm- AECC-2: (English/MIL AEC-2 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
204HR Communication)/Environmental
Science
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-III
(L+T+P) Marks
SOC- Political Sociology C-5 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
301H
SOC- Sociology of Religion C-6 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
302H
SOC- Sociology of Gender C-7 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
303H
SOC- AEC:SEC-1 SEC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
304HR Reading, Writing and
Reasoning for Sociology
SOC- Rethinking Development GE-3 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
305H
Total 26 22+4+0=26 370 80 450
SEM-IV
(L+T+P) Marks
SOC- Economic Sociology C-8 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
401H
SOC- Sociology of Kinship C-9 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
402H
SOC- Social Stratification C-10 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
403H
SOC- AEC:SEC-2 SEC-2 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
404HR Techniques of Ethnographic
Film Making
SOC- Gender and Violence GE-4 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
405H
Total 26 22+4+0=26 370 80 450
SEM-V
(L+T+P) Marks
SOC- Sociological Thinkers I C-11 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
501H
SOC- Sociological Research Methods C-12 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
502H I
SOC- Urban Sociology DSE-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
503H
SOC- Agrarian Sociology DSE-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
504H
Total 24 20+4+0=24 320 80 400
SEM-VI
(L+T+P) Marks
SOC- Sociological Thinkers II C-11 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
601H
SOC- Sociological Research Methods C-12 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
602H II
SOC- Sociology of Health and DSE-3 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
603H Medicine
SOC- Indian Sociological Traditions/ DSE-4 6 6 80 20 100
604H (Project/Dissertation)
Total 24 20+4+0=24 320 80 400

New Syllabus
B.A. Honors Course (Sociology)
Semester Core Course Ability Skill Elective: Elective:

(14) Enhancement Enhancement Discipline Generic
Compulsory Course (SEC) Specific (GE) (4)
Course (AECC) (2) DSE(4)
(2)
C-1: (English/MIL GE-1
Introduction Communication)/E Indian
I to Sociology I nvironmental Society:
Science Images and
C-2: Realities
Sociology of
India I
C-3: (English/MIL GE-2
II Introduction to Communication)/E Family and
Sociology II nvironmental Intimacy
Science
C-4:
Sociology of
India II
C-5: SEC-1 GE-3
III Political Reading, Rethinking
Sociology Writing and Development
C-6: Reasoning for
Sociology of Sociology
Religion
C-7:
Sociology of
Gender
C-8: SEC-2 GE-4
IV Economic Techniques of Gender and
Sociology Ethnographic Violence
C-9: Film Making
Sociology of
Kinship
C-10:
Social
Stratification
C-11: DSE-1
V Sociological Urban Sociology
Thinkers I DSE-2
C-12: Agrarian
Sociological Sociology
Research
Methods I
C-13: DSE-3
VI Sociological Sociology of
Thinkers II Health and
C-14: Medicine
Sociological DSE-4
Research Indian
Methods II Sociological
Traditions
Note: 1.There should be separate syllabus for DSC and DSE for same subject.
2. Students opting Language subject as Core subject will not be allowed to take AECC in same
Language.
B.A (Honors)
SEMESTER - I
CORE COURSE 1
INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY - I
Course Objective:
The mandate of the course is to introduce the discipline to students from diverse trainings and
capabilities. The course is intended to introduce the students to a sociological way of thinking. It
also provides a foundation for the other more detailed and specialized courses in sociology.
1. Sociology: Discipline and Perspective

1.1 Thinking Sociologically
1.2 Emergence of Sociology and Social Anthropology
2. Sociology and Other Social Sciences
2.1 Sociology and Social Anthropology
2.2 Sociology & Psychology
2.3 Sociology & History
3. Basic Concepts
3.1 Individual and Group
3.2 Associations and Institutions
3.3 Culture and Society
3.4 Social Change
COURSE CONTENTS AND ITINERARY

1. Sociology: Discipline and Perspective
1.1 Thinking Sociologically
1.1.1 Johnson, Allan G. 2008, The Forest and the Trees: Sociology as Life Practice and Promise,
Philadelphia: Temple University Press, Introduction and Chapter 1, ‘The Forest, the Trees and
One Thing’, Pp. 1-36
1.1.2 Beteille, Andre, 2009, Sociology: Essays in Approach and Method, Delhi: Oxford
University Press, Chapter 1, ‘Sociology and Common Sense’, Pp. 13-27
1.1.3 Garner, James Finn, 1994, Politically Correct Bedtime Stories: Modern Tales for Our Life
and Times, New Jersey: John Wiley & Sons Inc., Chapters, ‘Little Red Riding Hood’ &
‘Rumpelstiltskin’
1.2 Emergence of Sociology
1.2.1 Ritzer, George, 1996, Classical Sociological Theory, New York: McGraw Hill, Chapter 1,
‘A Historical Sketch of Sociological Theory- The Early Years’, Pp. 13-46
2. Sociology and Other Social Sciences
2.1 Sociology and Social Anthropology
2.1.1 Béteille, André, 1985, Six Essays in Comparative Sociology, New Delhi: Oxford
University Press, Chapter 1, ‘Sociology and Social Anthropology’, Pp. 120
2.1.2 Beteille, André, 2002, Sociology: Essays in Approach & Method, Oxford University Press,
Chapter 2, ‘Sociology and Social Anthropology’, Pp. 28-54
2.2 Sociology & Psychology
2.2.1 Bottomore, T. B. 1971, Sociology: A Guide to Problems and Literature, London: Allen and
Unwin. Chapter 4, ‘The Social Sciences, History and Philosophy’, Pp. 65-80
2.2.2 Beattie, J., 1966, Other Cultures, London R.K.P., Chapter 2, ‘Social Anthropology and
Some Other Sciences of Man’, Pp. 25- 29
2.3 Sociology & History
2.3.1Burke, Peter, 1980, Sociology and History, George Allen and Unwin, Chapter 1,
‘Sociologists and Historians’, Pp. 13-30
3. Basic Concepts
3.1. Individual and Group
3.1.1 MacIver, Robert M, and Charles Hunt Page. 1949. Society, New York: Rinehart. Chapter
10, ‘Types of Social Groups’, Pp. 213-237
3.1.2 Horton, Paul B., Chester L. Hunt. 2004, Sociology. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill,
Chapter 8, Pp. 185-209
3.2 Associations and Institutions
3.2.1. Horton, Paul B., Chester L. Hunt. 2004, Sociology. New Delhi: Tata McGraw Hill.
Chapter 9, Pp. 210- 229
3.2.2 Firth, Raymond, 1956, Human Types, Thomas Nelson & Sons, Chapter 3, ‘Work and
Wealth of Primitive Communities’, Pp. 71-97
3.3 Culture and Society
3.3.1 Bierstedt, Robert, 1974, The Social Order, New York: McGraw Hill Book Company Part 3,
Chapter 5, ‘The Meaning of Culture’, p. 125151, Chapter 6, ‘The Content of Culture’ Pp.
152‐187, Chapter 7, ‘The Acquisition of Culture’, Pp. 188-212
3.3.2 Redfield, Robert 1956, Chapter 16, ‘How Human Society Operates’, in Harry L Shapiro
(ed.) Man, Culture and Society. New York: Oxford University Press, Pp. 345-368
3.4 Social Change
3.4.1 Bierstedt, Robert 1974, The Social Order, McGraw Hill, Chapter 20, ‘The Problem of
Social Change’ Pp. 527-567
3.4.2 Ritzer, George, 2004, The McDonaldisation of Society, Pine Forge Press, Chapter 1, ‘An
Introduction to McDonaldisation’, Pp. 1-20, Chapter 2, McDonaldisation and Its Precursors’ Pp.
21-39, Chapter 9, ‘McDonaldisation In a Changing World’, Pp. 167-19
SEMESTER - I
CORE COURSE 02
SOCIOLOGY OF INDIA – I
Course Objective:
This paper introduces the processes and modes of construction of knowledge of India. Further, it
aims to draw attention to the key concepts and institutions which are useful for the understanding
of Indian society.
1. India: An Object of Knowledge

1.1 The Colonial Discourse
1.2 The Nationalist Discourse
1.3 The Subaltern Critique
2. Indian Society: Concepts and Institutions
2.1. Caste: Concept and Critique
2.2. Agrarian Classes
2.3. Industry and Labour
2.4. Tribe: Profile and Location
2.5. Village: Structure and Change
2.6. Kinship: Principle and Pattern
2.7. Religion and Society

1.1. The Colonial Discourse
1.1.1. Cohn, B.S., 1990, An Anthropologist among the Historians and Other Essays, Delhi:
Oxford University Press, Pp.136-171
1.2. The Nationalist Discourse
1.2.1. Kaviraj, S., 2010, The Imaginary Institution of India, Ranikhet: Permanent Black, Pp.85-
126
1.3. The Subaltern Critique
1.3.1. Guha, R., 1982, Subaltern Studies, Volume I. Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.1-8
2.1. Caste: Concept and Critique
2.1.1. Srinivas, M.N., 1969, The Caste System in India‟, in A. Béteille (ed.) Social Inequality:
Selected Readings, Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, Pp.265272
2.1.2. Mencher, J., 1991, The Caste System Upside Down‟, in D. Gupta (ed.), Social
Stratification, Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.93-109
2.2. Agrarian Classes
2.2.1. Dhanagare, D.N., 1991, “The Model of Agrarian Classes in India”, in D. Gupta (ed.),
Social Stratification, Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp. 271-275
2.3. Industry and Labour
2.3.1. Breman, J., 1999, “The Study of Industrial Labour in PostColonial India: The Formal
Sector”, Contributions to Indian Sociology, 33(1&2), Pp.1-41
2.4. Tribe: Profile and Location
2.4.1. Haimendorf, C. V. F., 1967, „The Position of Tribal Population in India‟, in P. Mason
India and Ceylon: Unity and Diversity, New York: Oxford University Press, Chapter 9
2.5. Village: Structure and Change (Week 10) 2.5.1. Srinvas, M. N., 1987, The Dominant Caste
and Other Essays, Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.20-59
2.6. Kinship: Principle and Pattern
2.6.1. Karve, I., 1994, „The Kinship Map of India‟, in P. Uberoi (ed.) Family, Kinship and
Marriage in India. Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.50-73
2.7. Religion and Society
2.7.1. Srinivas, M.N. and A. M. Shah, 1968, „Hinduism‟, in D. L. Sills (ed.) The International
Encyclopaedia of Social Sciences, Volume 6, New York: Macmillan, Pp.358-366
2.7.2. Momin, A.R., 1977, The Indo Islamic Tradition‟, Sociological Bulletin, 26, Pp.242-258
2.7.3. Uberoi, J.P.S., 1997, The Five Symbols of Sikhism‟, in T.N. Madan (ed.) Religion in
India, Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp. 320-332
SEMESTER - I
Generic Elective 01 (GE)
Indian Society: Images and Realities
Course Objective:
This course seeks to provide an interdisciplinary introduction to Indian society.
1. Ideas of India: Civilization, Colony, Nation and Society

2. Institutions and Processes
2.1 Village, Town and Region
2.2 Caste, Religion and Ethnicity
2.3 Family and Gender
2.4 Political Economy
3. Critiques

1. Ideas of India: Civilization, Colony, Nation and Society
1.1 Embree, Ainslie Thomas, Imagining India. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1989. Chapter 1-
Brahmanical Ideology and Regional Identities. Pp. 9 – 27
1.2 Cohn, Bernard. India: Social Anthropology of a Civilization, Delhi: OUP. Chapters 1, 3, 5 &
8 (1-7, 24-31, 51-59, 79-97)
2. Institutions and Processes
2.1 Village, Town and Region
2.1.1 Breman, Jan. ‘The Village in Focus’ from the Village Asia Revisited, Delhi: OUP 1997.
Pp. 15-64
2.1.2 Cohn, Bernard, An Anthropologist Among Historians and Other Essays, Delhi: OUP, 1987,
Chapters. 4 and 6. Pp.78-85 & 100 – 135
2.2 Caste, Religion and Ethnicity
2.2.1 Mines, Diane P. Caste in India. Ann Arbor, Mich.: Association for Asian Studies, 2009. Pp.
1-35
2.2.2 Fuller, C. J. The Camphor Flame: Popular Hinduism and Society in India. Delhi: Viking,
1992. Chapter 1. Pp. 3 – 28.
2.2.3 Ahmad, Imtiaz et.al (eds). Pluralism and Equality: Values in Indian Society and Politics,
Sage: New Delhi, 2000. Chapter: ‘Basic Conflict of ‘we’ and ‘they’’ Between religious
traditions, between Hindus, Muslims and Christians’. Pp.
2.3 Family and Gender
2.3.1 Dube, Leela. ‘On the Construction of Gender: Hindu Girls in Patrilineal India’, Economic
and Political Weekly, Vol. 23, No. 18 (Apr. 30, 1988), pp. WS11-WS19
2.3.2 Gray, John N. & David J. Mearns. Society from the Inside Out: Anthropological
Perspectives on the South Asian Household. New Delhi: Sage 1989. Chapter 3. (Sylvia Vatuk)
Household Form and Formation: Variability and Social Change among South Indian Muslims.
Pp. 107-137
2.4.1 Chatterjee, Partha. State and Politics in India. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1997.
Introduction: A Political History of Independent India. Pp. 1-39
3. Critiques
3.1 Omvedt, Gail. Understanding Caste. New Delhi: Orient Black Swan, 2011. Chapters. 5, 9, 11
and Conclusion. Pp. 30-38, 67 – 73, 83 – 90, 97 – 105
3.2 Sangari, Kumkum and Sudesh Vaid. Recasting Women: Essays in Indian Colonial History.
New Brunswick: Rutgers University Press. Introduction, Pp. 1 – 25
SEMESTER - II
CORE COURSE 03
Introduction to Sociology II
Course Objective:
The course aims to provide a general introduction to sociological thought. The focus is on
studying from the original texts to give the students a flavor of how over a period of time
thinkers have conceptualized various aspects of society. This paper also provides a foundation
for thinkers in the other papers.
1. On the Plurality of Sociological Perspective

2. Functionalism
3. Interpretive Sociology
4. Conflict Perspective
5. Structuralism
6. Interactionism
7. Feminist Perspective
1. On the Plurality of Sociological Perspective
1.1.1 Bottomore, T. B. 1971. Sociology: A Guide to Problems and Literature, London: Allen and
Unwin, Chapter 2, Pp. 29-47
1.1.2 Gouldner, Alvin, 1977, ‘Sociology’s Basic Assumptions’ in Thompson, Kenneth and
Jeremy Tunstall, Sociological Perspectives, New York: Penguin Books Ltd, Pp. 13-17
2. Functionalism
Durkheim, mile, 1984, The Division of Labour in Society, Basingstoke: Macmillan. Pp. 149-174
Radcliffe Brown, A.R., 1976, Structure and Function in Primitive Society, Free Press Chapter 9
& 10, Pp. 178-204
3. Interpretive Sociology
Weber, Max, 1978, Economy & Society: An outline of Interpretive Sociology, Vol. 1, University
of California Press, Basic Concepts, Pages 4-26
4. Conflict Perspective
Marx, Karl, 1990, Selected writings in Sociology and Social Philosophy, Penguin Books
Limited, Pp. 88-101
Dahrendorf, Ralf, 1968, Essays in the Theory of Society, Stanford: Stanford University Press,
Chapters 4 & 5, Pp. 107-150
5. Structuralism (8-9 Weeks) 6. Leach, Edmund, 1973, 'Structuralism in Social Anthropology',
In Robey, David Structuralism: An Introduction, 1st ed., Oxford: Clarendon Press, 37-56
7. Interactionism
Magill, Frank N., 1996, International Encyclopedia of Sociology, Volume 1, Routledge, Pp. 690-
693 Giddens, Anthony, 2010, Sociology, 6th edition, Polity, Chapter 7, ‘Social Interaction in
Everyday Life’, Pp. 247-280
8. Feminist Perspective (12-14)
Jackson, S. and S. Scott (eds.), 2002, Gender: A Sociological Reader, London: Routledge,
Introduction, Pp. 1‐26
SEMESTER - II
CORE COURSE 04
SOCIOLOGY OF INDIA – II
Course Objective:
This paper aims to draw attention to the variety of ideas and debates about India. Further, it
critically engages with the multiple socio-political forces and ideologies which shape the terrain
of the nation.
1. Ideas of India
1.1. Gandhi and Ambedka
1.2. Indological and Ethnographic Approaches
2. Resistance, Mobilization, Change
2.1. Dalit Politics
2.2. Mobility and Change
2.3. Women’s Movement
2.4. Peasant Movements
2.5. Ethnic Movements
2.6. Middle Class Phenomenon
3. Challenges to Civilization, State and Society
3.1. Communalism
3.2. Secularism
3.3. Nationalism

1.1. Gandhi and Ambedkar
1.1.1. Ambedkar, B. R., 1971 [1936], Annihilation of Caste, Jullunder: BheemPatrika
1.2. Indological and Ethnographic Approaches
1.2.1. Uberoi, P. et al., 2007, ‘Introduction: The Professionalization of Indian Anthropology and
Sociology: Peoples, Places and Institutions’ in P. Uberoi et al (eds.) Anthropology in the East:
Founders of Indian Sociology and Anthropology, New Delhi: Permanent Black, Pp. 1-63
1.2.2. Dumont, L. and D. Pocock, 1957, ‘For a Sociology of India’, Contributions to Indian
Sociology, 1, Pp.7-22
2.1. Dalit Politics
2.1.1. Shah, G., 2001, Dalit Identity and Politics, New Delhi: Sage Publications, Pp.17-43
2.2. Mobility and Change
2.2.1. Srinivas, M.N., 1956, ‘A Note on Sanskritization and Westernization’, The Far Eastern
Quarterly, 15(4), Pp. 481-496
2.3. Women’s Movement
2.3.1. Menon, N., (ed.) 1999, Gender and Politics in India, Delhi: Oxford University Press,
pp.342-369.
2.4. Peasant Movements
2.4.1. Pouchepadass, J., 1980, ‘Peasant Classes in Twentieth Century Agrarian Movements in
India’, in E. Hobsbawm (ed.) Peasants in History, Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.136-155
2.5. Ethnic Movements
2.5.1. Baruah, S., 2010, ‘The Assam Movement’ in T.K. Oommen (ed.) Social Movements I:
Issues of Identity. Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.191-208
2.6. Middle Class Phenomenon
2.6.1. Deshpande, S., 2003, Contemporary India: A Sociological View, New Delhi: Penguin
Books, Pp.125-150
3.1. Communalism
3.1.1. Dumont, L., 1997, Religion, Politics and History in India, Paris: Mouton, Pp.89-110
3.2. Secularism
3.2.1. Kumar, R., 1986, ‘The Varieties of Secular Experience’, in Essays in the Social History of
Modern India, Calcutta: Oxford University Press, Pp.31-46 3.2.2. Madan, T.N., 1997, Modern
Myths, Locked Minds, Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.233-265
3.3. Nationalism
3.3.1. Oommen, T. K., 1997, Citizenship and National identity: From Colonialism to Globalism.
New Delhi: Sage Publications, pp.143-172.
Additional Instruction:
The students are required to explore the contemporary sources on social institutions. With the aid
of visual, oral and other kinds of narratives/representations students, advised and guided by
teachers, are expected to arrange discussion sessions, work on assignments, undertake projects
and fieldwork, and make presentations week-wise from the onset to the end of the semester.
Additional Reading:
Ray, N. R., 1973, Nationalism in India: A Historical Analysis of its Stresses and Strains, Aligarh:
Aligarh Muslim University Press.
SEMESTER - II
Family and Intimacy
Course Objective:
Family is one of the vital institutions of human society. It is experienced intimately and debated
keenly. This course attempts to introduce students to a range of contemporary concerns
pertaining to this institution from a sociological perspective and with an interdisciplinary
orientation.
1. What is Family?
2. Family and Intimacy: Themes and Accounts
3. Family and Intimacy: Critiques and Transformations
Course Contents and Itinerary

1. What is Family?
1.1 Mitterauer, Michael, and Reinhard Sieder. The European Family. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press, 1982. Chapter 1. Family as an Historical Social Form. Pp. 1-21
1.2 Worsley, Peter. Introducing Sociology. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1984. Chapter 4.
The Family. Pp. 165-209
1.3 Levi-Strauss, Claude. ‘The Family’ in Harry L Shapiro (ed.) Man, Culture and Society. New
York: Oxford University Press, Pp. 261 - 285
1.4 Okin, Susan Moller. Justice, Gender, and the Family. New York: Basic Books, 1989. Chapter
2. The Family: Beyond Justice? Pp. 25 – 40.
1.5 Weston, Kath. Families We Choose. New York: Columbia University Press, 1991. Chapter 2.
Exiles from Kinship. Pp. 21 – 42.
2. Family and Intimacy: Themes and Accounts
2.1 Lannoy, Richard. The Speaking Tree. London: Oxford University Press, 1974. Part Two,
Chapters. 1, 2 & 4 The Child, Family Relationships & Change in the Family System. Pp. 83 –
112 & 124 - 131
2.2 Madan, T. N. Family and Kinship: A study of the Pandits of Rural Kashmir. Delhi: Oxford
University Press, 1989. Chapters, 5 & 6. Pp. 64 – 108
2.3 Fruzzetti, Lina M. The Gift of a Virgin: Women, Marriage, and Ritual in a Bengali Society.
Delhi: OUP. 1993. Introduction and Chapter 1. Sampradan: The Gift of Women and Status of
Men. Pp. 1 – 28
2.4 Trawick, Margaret. Notes on Love in a Tamil Family. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1996.
Chapters. 3 & 5 The Ideology of Love & Siblings and Spouses. Pp. 89 – 116 & 187 – 204.
2.5 Raheja, Gloria Goodwin, and Ann Grodzins Gold. Listen To The Heron's Words:
Reimagining Gender and Kinship in North India. Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1996. Chapter
2. Sexuality, Fertility, and Erotic Imagination in Rajasthani Women’s Songs. Pp. 30 – 72
3. Family and Intimacy: Critiques Transformations
3.1 arrett, ich le, and ary c ntosh. The Anti-Social Family. London: Verso, 1991. Chapter 2.
The Anti-Social Family. Pp. 43 – 80
3.2 Cartledge, Sue, and Joanna Ryan. Sex & Love: New Thoughts on Old Contradictions.
London: Women's Press, 1983. Chapter 7 a Feminist Heterosexuality Possible?’ Pp. 105 – 123
3.3 Coontz, Stephanie. Marriage, A History. New York: Viking, 2005. Pp. 15 – 49
3.4 Therborn, ran. Between Sex and Power: Family in the World, 1900- 2000. London:
Routledge, 2004. Introduction, Chapter 2 and Conclusion. Pp. 1- 12, 73 – 106 & 295 – 315
SEMESTER - III
CORE COURSE 05
POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY
Course Objective:
This course introduces the students to some major theoretical debates and concepts in Political
Sociology, while situating these within contemporary political issues. A key thrust of the paper is
towards developing a comparative understanding of political relationships through themes such
as power, governance and state and society relationships.
1. Contextualising the study of Politics
2. Basic Concepts
2.1 Power and Authority
2.2 State, Governance and Citizenship
2.3 Elites and the Ruling Classes
3. Political Systems: Segmentary, Totalitarian and Democratic 4. Everyday State and Local
Structures of Power

1. Contextualising the study of Politics
1.1.1 Eisenstadt, S. N. ‘1971, ‘General Introduction: The Scope and Development of Political
Sociology’ in Political Sociology: A Reader Basic Books, New Your Publication, pp 3-24.
1.1.2 Lewellen, Ted. 2003, ‘The Development of Political Anthropology’ in Political
Anthropology: An Introduction (Third Edition), Praeger, pp. 1- 14.
2. Basic Concepts
2.1 Power and Authority
2.1.1 Weber, Max. 1978, Economy and Society: An Outline of Interpretative Sociology,
Berkeley: University of California Press, pp. 53-54; 941-54; 212-30; 241-54.
2.1.2 Lukes, Steven. 2005, Power: A Radical View, 2nd Ed., Hampshire: Palgrave, pp. 14-49.
2.2 State, Governance and Citizenship
2.2.1 Mitchell, Timothy. ‘Society, Economy, and the State Effect’, in A. Sharma and A. Gupta
(Ed.), The Anthropology of the State: A Reader, Oxford: Blackwell, 2006, pp. 169-85
2.2.2 Burchell, Graham et al (Eds),1991, The Foucault Effect: Studies in Governmentality, The
University of Chicago Press, Chapter 1, pp. 1-51
2.2.3 Marshall, T.H. 1950, Citizenship and Social Class and Other Essays, Cambridge University
Press, pp. 10-27
2.2.4 Tilly, Charles. 1999, ‘Where Do Rights Come From?’ in Theda Skocpol (Ed) Democracy,
Revolution and History, Cornell University Press, pp 55-72
2.3 Elites and the Ruling Classes
2.3.1 Mills, C. Wright, 1956. The Power Elite, New Edition, OUP, pp. 269-297.
2.3.2 Bottomore, T.B. 1993, Elites and Society, 2nd Edition, Routledge, pp. 15-34
3. Political Systems: Segmentary, Totalitarian and Democratic (Weeks 9 – 11)
3.1.1 Fortes, M. and E.E. Evans Pritchard (Eds), 1940. African Political Systems. London:
Oxford University Press, Chapter 8.
3.1.2 Tapper, Richard, 1990. ‘Anthropologists, Historians, and Tribespeople’ in Philip Shukry
and Joseph Kostiner (Ed) Tribes and State Formation in the Middle East, University of
California Press, pp. 48-71
3.1.3 Schapiro, L. 1972. Totalitarianism, The Pall Mall Press, Chaps 2,3
3.1.4 Macpherson, C. B. 1966. The Real World of Democracy, Oxford Clarendon Press, pp. 1-45
3.1.5 Chomsky, N. 1999. Profit over People: Neoliberlaism and Global Order. Severn Stories
Press, pp. 7-18, 43-64
4. Everyday State and Local Structures of Power: State and Politics in India (Weeks 12 -14)
4.1.1 Fuller, C.J. and V. Benei (Eds.), 2000. The Everyday State and Society in Modern India.
Social Science Press, pp. 1-30
4.1.2 Tarlo, Emma, 2003 Unsettling Memories: Narratives of the Emergency in Delhi,
University of California Press, pp. 62-93
4.1.3 Swartz, M.J (Ed), 1968. Local Level Politics: Social and Cultural Perspectives, University
of London Press, pp. 281-94
SEMESTER - III
CORE COURSE 06
SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION
Course Objective:
The course lays primacy to the understanding of religious over individual religions. Drawing
heavily from classical writings on the subject it reinforces importance of the positions developed
in these texts. Implicitly numerous interconnections can be attempted between various themes,
manifestly the overarching concern of the paper is to follow up the linkage between social and
religious through different registers mentioned in the outline.
1. Social and Religious

1.1 Formulating Religious
1.2 Asceticism and Accumulation
1.3 Theodicy and Eschatology
1.4 State, Religion and Emancipation
1.5 Religious and Solitude
2. Elements of Religious
2.1 Sacred, Myth, Ritual
2.2 Time-Space
2.3 Rationality
3. Techniques of Religious
3.1 Prayer
3.2 Craft
3.3 Body

1. Social and Religious
1.1 Formulating Religious
1.1.1 Emile Durkheim. 1995. The elementary forms of religious life. Translated by Karen E.
Fields. New York: The Free Press. Book one and Conclusion, pp. 21-39, 418-440.
1.2 Asceticism and Accumulation
1.2.1. Max Weber. 2001. The Protestant ethic and the spirit of capitalism. Translated by Stephen
Kalberg. England: Roxbury Publishing Press, pp. 103-126.
1.3 Theodicy and Eschatology
1.3.1 Max Weber.1978. Economy and society. Edited by Guenther Roth and Claus Wittich.
California: University of California Press. Volume Two, pp.518-521.
1.4 State, Religion and Emancipation
1.4.1 Marx, Karl. 2008/9 [1843] . “On the Jewish Question” in Deutsch-FranzösischeJahrbücher.
Proofed and Corrected: by Andy Blunden, Matthew Grant and Matthew Carmody. www.
marxists. org
1.5 Religious and Solitude
1.5.1 Malinowski, Bronislaw. 1948. Magic, science and religion and other essays. Selected, and
with an introduction by Robert Redfield. Boston: The Free Press, pp. 37-50.
2. Elements of religious
2.1 Sacred, Myth, Ritual
Fields. New York: The Free Press, Book one, pp. 27-33.
2.1.2 Srinivas, M. N. 1952. Religion and society among the Coorgs of south India. Clarendon :
Oxford, pp100-122.
2.1.3 Malinowski, Bronislaw. 1948. Magic, science and religion and other essays. Selected, and
with an introduction by Robert Redfield. Boston: The Free Press, pp. 119-124.
Fields. New York: The Free Press. Book three, pp. 303-412.
2.2 Time-Space
2.2.1. E. E. Evans-Pritchard. 1963 (1940). "Time and Space." In The Nuer. Oxford: Clarendon
Press, pp. 94-98, 100-108.
2.3 Rationality
2.3.1 Tambiah, Stanley Jeyaraja. 1990. Magic, science, religion and the scope of rationality.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp. 1-41.
3. Techniques of religious
3.1 Prayer
3.1.1. Mauss, Marcel.2008 (2003). On prayer. USA: Berghahn Books, pp. 19-58.
3.2 Craft
3.2.1. Ginzburg, Carlo.1991. Ecstasies. Translated by Raymond Rosenthal. New York: Pantheon
Press, pp. 1-32.
3.3 Body
3.3.1 Robert, Hertz. 1973 (1909). "The Pre-eminence of the Right Hand." In Right and Left:
Essays on Dual Symbolic Classification, edited by R. Needham. Chicago: University of Chicago
Press, pp. 3-10, 13-14, 16-17, 19-21.
SEMESTER - III
CORE COURSE 07
SOCIOLOGY OF GENDER
Course Objective:
The course introduces gender as a critical sociological lens of enquiry in relation to various
social fields. It also interrogates the categories of gender, sex, and sexuality.
1. Gendering Sociology
2. Gender as a Social Construct
2.1. Gender, Sex, Sexuality
2.2. Production of Masculinity and Femininity
3. Gender: Differences and Inequalities
3.1. Class, Caste
3.2. Family, Work
4. Gender, Power and Resistance
4.1. Power and Subordination
4.2. Resistance and Movements

1. Gendering Sociology:
1. 1 S. Jackson and S. Scott (eds.) 2002 Gender: A Sociological Reader, London: Routledge.
Introduction, (pp. 1‐26).
1.2 Liz Stanley. 2002. „Should Sex Really be Gender or Gender Really be Sex‟ in S. Jackson
and S. Scott (eds.) Gender: A Sociological Reader, London: Routledge (pp. 31‐41)
1.3 Strathern, Marilyn. 1987. “An Awkward Relationship: The Case of Feminism and
Anthropology.” Signs 12(2):276‐292.
2. Gender as a Social Construct
2.1 Gender, Sex, Sexuality
2.1.1 Sherry Ortner. 1974. “Is male to female as nature is to culture?” M.Z. Rosaldo and L.
Lamphere (eds.) Women, culture and society.Stanford: Stanford University Press (pp. 67‐ 87).
2.1.2 Rubin, Gayle. 1984. “Thinking Sex: Notes for a Radical Theory of the Politics of
Sexuality” in Carole Vance, ed., Pleasure and anger.London: Routledge (pp 143‐179).
2.1.3 Newton, Esther. 2000. “Of Yams, Grinders and Gays: The Anthropology of
Homosexuality” in Margaret Mead Made Me Gay:Personal Essays, Public Ideas. London: Duke
University Press (pp 229‐ 237).
2.2 Production of Masculinity and Femininity
2.2.1 Halberstam, Judith. 1998. “An Introduction to Female Masculinity: Masculinity without
Men” in Female Masculinity. London: Duke University Press (Also Delhi: Zubaan 2012 Reprint)
(pp 1‐43).
2.2.2 Alter, Joseph. 1992. The Wrestler's Body: Identity and Ideology in North India.
California: University of California: California (pp 163‐194).
2.2.3 Uberoi, Patricia “Feminine Identity and National Ethos in Indian Calendar Art” In
Economic and Political Weekly Vol. 25, No. 17 (Apr. 28, 1990), (pp. WS41‐WS48).
3. Differences and Inequalities
3.1 Class, Caste
3.1.1 Walby, Sylvia. 2002. “Gender, Class and Stratification: Towards a new approach” in S.
Jackson and S. Scott (eds.) Gender: A Sociological reader. London: Routledge (pp 93‐96).
3.1.2 Leela Dube 1996 “Caste and Women” in M.N.Srinivas (ed.) Caste: Its twentieth century
avatar, New Delhi: Penguin (pp 1‐27).
3.1.3 Rege, S. 1998. “Dalit Women Talk Differently: A Critique of 'Difference' and Towards a
Dalit Feminist Standpoint Position.” Economic and Political Weekly,Vol. 33, No. 44
(Oct.31‐Nov. 6, 1998)(pp 39‐48)
3.2 Family, Work
3.2.1 Whitehead, A. 1981, “I’m Hungry Mum: The Politics of Domestic Budgeting” in K. Young
et al. (eds.) Of Marriage and the Market: Women’s Subordination Internationally and its
Lessons.London: Routledge and Kegan Paul (pp. 93‐116).
3.2.2 Palriwala, Rajni. 1999. “Negotiating Patriliny: Intra‐household Consumption and Authority
in Rajasthan (India)", in RajniPalriwala and Carla Risseeuw (eds.), Shifting Circles of Support:
Contextualising kinship and gender relations in South Asia and Sub Saharan Africa. Delhi: Sage
Publications [pp.190‐220]
4. Gender, Power and Resistance
4.1. Power and Subordination
4.1.1 Candace West and Don H. Zimmerman. 2002. “Doing Gender” in S.Jackson and S. Scott
(eds.) Gender: A Sociological Reader. London: Routledge [pp 42‐47].
4.1.2 Susie, Tharu and Tejaswini Niranjana. 1999. „Problems for a contemporary theory of
gender‟ in Nivedita Menon (ed.) Gender and Politics in India, New Delhi: Oxford University
Press [pp 494‐525].
4.1.3 Abu‐Lughod, Lila. 2002. “Do Muslim Women Really Need Saving? Anthropological
Reflections on Cultural Relativism and its Others.” American Anthropologist 104 (3) [pp
783‐790].
4.2. Resistance and Movements
4.2.1 Kandiyoti, Deniz. 1991 “Bargaining with Patriarchy” in Judith Lorber and Susan A. Farrell
(eds.) The Social Construction of Gender, New Delhi: Sage Publications [pp.104‐118].
4.2.2 Hill‐Collins, Patricia. 2002. “Learning from the outsider within” in S. Jackson and S. Scott
(eds.) Gender: A Sociological Reader. London: Routledge [pp 69‐78].
4.2.3 Kumar, Radha. 1999. “From Chipko to Sati: The Contemporary Indian Women’s
Movement” In Nivedita Menon (ed.) Gender and Politics in India. New Delhi: Oxford University
Press [pp342‐369].
[Projects, feature films and documentaries screenings, field‐work oriented tasks will be the
integral part of the course].
SEMESTER - III
Skill Enhancement Course 01 (SEC)
Reading, Writing and Reasoning for Sociology
Course Objective:
Reading and writing academic prose is not the same as the performance of these activities in
ordinary language, yet these are the skills that are never taught, except perhaps in tutorial
systems (where they exist). Unlike most language courses that lean towards literature or
functional skills, this is a crash course in survival techniques for developing literacy in academic
language. It consists of a graded series of reading and writing exercises using ‘real’ texts from
the social sciences that will enable students to tackle text-related tasks with confidence. There is
a conscious attempt to generate synergies by mirroring the reading and writing exercises.
1. Introduction: The virtues of repetition

2. Techniques for reading academic texts
2.1 Grasping the whole: How to get an overview
2.2 Divide and conquer: Taking texts apart
2.3 Getting outside help: Recruiting extra resources
3. How to begin writing academic prose
3.1 Building a structure: What do you want to say?
3.2 Working with blocks: Sections, paras, sentences 3.3 Borrowing material:
Paraphrasing, quoting, citing
4. Final sessions: peer reviewing

1. Introduction: The virtues of repetition
Academic reading and writing is really all about re-reading and rewriting – about repeatedly
reworking a text until some provisional goal is achieved.
1.1 Assignment, Day 1: Read a short (1-2 page) academic text of moderate difficulty and
summarize it in one paragraph (3-4 sentences). (This is without prior guidance by the instructor).
1.2 Assignment, Day 2: Re-read the same text and re-write the summary after a brief discussion
of CONTENT (does the summary contain most of the most important points made in the text?)
1.3 Assignment, Day 3: Re-read the same text and re-write the summary again after a brief
discussion of FORM (is the summary well structured, clear and effective?)
2. Techniques for reading academic texts
2.1 Grasping the whole: How to get an overview
2.1.2 Titles as the shortest summary of a text
2.1.3 Good and bad titles
2.1.4 Section headings (where present)
2.1.5 Introductions and Conclusions
2.1.6 Identifying important passages and sentences
2.2 Divide and conquer: Taking texts apart
2.2.1 Beginning, middle and conclusion – stages of argument
2.2.2The architecture of arguments: main, subsidiary, minor
2.2.3 Everything is not equally important: Distribution of emphasis
2.3 Getting outside help: Recruiting extra resources
2.3.1 Isolating words & terms: Dictionaries, Encyclopedias
2.3.2 Contextualising texts with quick background research
2.3.3 Productive ways of asking for help from teachers/tutors
3. Techniques for writing academic prose [Weeks 8–13]
3.1 Building a structure: What do you want to say?
3.1.1 Beginning, middle and conclusion – stages of argument
3.1.2 The architecture of arguments: main, subsidiary, minor
3.1.3 Everything is not equally important: Distribution of emphasis
3.2 Working with blocks: Sections, Paragraphs, Sentences
3.2.1 How many sections? Job descriptions for each section
3.2.2Paragraphs as key building blocks of academic prose
3.2.3 Sentences and punctuation; length, balance, continuity
3.3 Borrowing material: Paraphrasing, Quoting, Citing
3.3.1 The difference between paraphrasing and plagiarism
3.3.2 Quotations: When? Why? How?
3.3.3Citationstyles
3.3.4 Productive ways of asking for help from teachers/tutors
4. Final sessions: peer reviewing
The ability to judge and evaluate is a crucial skill, particularly when applied to oneself. Students
will practice evaluating each other’s work throughout the semester, but the last week can be
formalized and stepped up into a more elaborate exercise.
4.1 Assignment, Day 1: The whole class does an individualized, two-part composite reading and
writing exercise designed by the instructor based on semester long experience of student abilities
and interests.
4.2 Assignment, Day 2: The reading part of the individual assignment is randomly distributed for
students to evaluate and comment on their colleagues’ work. The instructor moderates discussion
of strengths and weaknesses, highlighting techniques for recognizing quality (or its lack).
4.3 Assignment, Day 3: The writing part of the assignment is similarly distributed and evaluated
through interactive, moderated discussion.
SEMESTER - III
Rethinking Development
Objective:
This paper examines the ideas of development from a sociological perspective. It introduces
students to different approaches to understanding development and traces the trajectory of Indian
experience with development from an interdisciplinary perspective.
1. Unpacking Development
2. Theorizing Development
3. Developmental Regimes in India
4. Issues in Developmental Praxis

1. Unpacking Development
1.1 Bernstein, Henry. Underdevelopment and Development. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1973.
Introduction: Development and the Social Sciences. Pp. 13 – 28.
1.2 Wolfgang, Sachs (ed.) The Development Dictionary: A Guide to Knowledge and Power.
London: Zed Books. 1992. pp. 1‐21.
1.3 Rist, Gilbert. The History of Development. London: Zed, 2008. Pp. 8 – 46
1.4 Ferguson, J. 2005. ‘Anthropology and its Evil Twin; ‘Development’ in the Constitution of a
Discipline’, in M. Edelman and A. Haugerud (eds.) The Anthropology of Development and
Globalization. Blackwell Publishing. pp 140‐151.
2. Theorizing Development (5 Weeks)
2.1 Harrison, David. The Sociology Of Modernization And Development. London: Routledge,
1991. Chapters 1 &2. Pp. 1 – 54
2.2 Frank, Andre Gunder. 1966. ‘The Development of Underdevelopment’, Monthly Review. 18
(4) September 17‐31
2.3 Redclift, Michael. 1984. Development and the Environmental Crisis. Red or Green
alternatives? New York: Methuen & Co. Chapter 1 and 7, pp 5‐19, 122‐130
2.4 Visvanathan, Nalini, Lynn Duggan, Laura Nisonoff& Nan Wiegersma (eds). 1997. The
Women, Gender and Development Reader. Delhi: Zubaan, pp 33‐54
2.5 Sanyal. Kalyan. 2007. Rethinking Capitalist Development: Primitive Accumulation,
Governmentality and Post Colonial Capitalism. New Delhi: Routledge, pp 168‐189
2.6 Sen, A. 1999. Development as Freedom. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 3‐11
3. Developmental Regimes in India (3 Weeks)
3.1 Bardhan, Pranab. The Political Economy of Development In India. Delhi: Oxford, 1992. Pp.
1-60
3.2 Chatterjee, Partha. Democracy and Economic Transformation in India, Economic and
Political Weekly, Vol. 43, No. 16 (Apr. 19 - 25, 2008), pp. 53-62
4. Issues in Developmental Praxis (2 Weeks)
4.1 Scudder. T. 1996. ‘Induced Impoverishment, Resistance and River Basin Development’ in
Christopher McDowell (ed.) Understanding Impoverishment: The Consequences of
Development Induced Displacement. Oxford: Berghahn books. Pp. 49‐78.
4.2 Sharma, Aradhana. Logics of Empowerment: Development, Gender and Governance in
Neoliberal India. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2008. Chapters. Introduction,
Chapter 4 and Conclusion
SEMESTER - IV
CORE COURSE 08
ECONOMIC SOCIOLOGY
Course Objective:
The course provides an understanding of the social and cultural bases of economic activity. It
highlights the significance of sociological analysis for the study of economic processes in local
and global contexts.
1. Perspectives in Economic Sociology

1.1 Formalism and Substantivism
1.2 New Economic Sociology
2. Forms of Exchange
2.1 Reciprocity and Gift
2.2 Exchange and Money
3. Systems of Production, Circulation and Consumption
3.1 Hunting and Gathering
3.2 Domestic Mode of Production
3.3 Peasant
3.4 Capitalism
3.5 Socialism
4. Some Contemporary Issues in Economic Sociology
4.1 Development
4.2 Globalisation
SUGGESTED READINGS:
Smelser, Neil. J. and Richard Swedberg. 1994. ―The Sociological Perspective on the Economy‖
in N.J. Smelser and Richard Swedberg (eds).1994.The Handbook of Economic Sociology
Velthius, Olav. The Changing Relationship between Economic Sociology and Institutional
Economics: From Parsons to Mark Granovetter1999. American Journal of Economics and
Sociology, Vol. 58, No.4. pp. 629-649
Zelizer, Viviana A. Human Values and the Market: The Case of Life Insurance and Death in
19th Century America.1978. American Journal of Sociology Vol.84, No.3. pp. 591-610
Zelizer, Viviana A. Payments and Social Ties.1996. Sociological Forum, Vol.11, No. 3. Special
Issue: Lumping and Splitting. pp. 481-495.
Sahlins, M. 1974. Stone Age Economics. London, Tavistock. Ch. 4. pp 149-183
Hilton, Rodney.1973. Bond Men Made Free. London. Methern. Ch.1. pp. 25-40
Appadurai, A. 1986.The Social Life of Things: Commodities in Cultural Perspective.
Cambridge, Cambridge University Press. pp. 3-63
Nancy,A. Bodies, Borders,and Sex Tourism in a Globalized World: A Tale of Two Cities—
Amsterdam and Havana.‘ 2001. Social Problems, Vol. 48. No. 4. pp. 545-571
Sassen, Saskia. 2007. A Sociology of Globalization. W.W. Norton & Co. NY. London
Hirst, Paul & G Thompson 1999. Globalization in Question. 2nd Edition. Polity Press.
Cambridge, Oxford.
SEMESTER - IV
CORE COURSE 09
SOCIOLOGY OF KINSHIP
Course Objective:
This course aims to introduce general principles of kinship and marriage by reference to key
terms and theoretical statements substantiated by ethnographies. The course looks at the
trajectories and new directions in kinship studies.
1.Introduction:
1.1 Key Terms: Descent, Consanguinity, Filiation, Incest Taboo, Affinity, Family,
Residence
1.2 Approaches:
1.2.1 Descent
1.2.2 Alliance
1.2.3 Cultural
2. Family, Household and Marriage
3. Re-casting Kinship
3.1 Relatedness
3.2 Kinship and Gender
3.3 Re-imagining Families
3.4 New Reproductive Technologies
Representations of Kinship and Marriage in Biographies, Popular Culture and Films would be
examined by students through weekly presentations and term papers.

1. Key terms and approaches
1.1 Radcliffe-Brown, A. R. and D. Forde (eds.), 1950, African Systems of Kinship and Marriage,
London: Oxford University Press, Introduction, Pp.1-39
1.2 Evans-Pritchard, E.E., 2004 (1940), ‘The Nuer of Southern Sudan’, in R. Parkin and L. Stone
(eds.), Kinship and Family: An Anthropological Reader, U.S.A.: Blackwell, Pp. 64-78
1.3 Fortes, M., 1970, Time and Social Structure and Other Essays, University of London: The
Athlone Press, Chapter 3, Pp. 67-95
1.4 Leach, Edmund, 1962, ‘On Certain Unconsidered Aspects of Double Descent Systems’,
Man, Vol. 62, Pp. 130-134
1.5 Lévi-Strauss, Claude, 1969, The Elementary Structures of Kinship, London: Eyre and
Spottiswoode, Chapters 1 & 2, Pp. 3-25
1.6 Dumont, L., 1968, ‘Marriage Alliance’, in D. Shills (ed.), International Encyclopedia of the
Social Sciences, U.S.A.: Macmillan and Free Press, Pp. 1923
1.7 Schneider, D., 2004, ‘What is Kinship All About?’, in R. Parkin and L. Stone (eds.) Kinship
and Family: An Anthropological Reader, U.S.A.: Blackwell, Pp. 257-274
1.8 Das, V., 1994, ‘Masks and Faces: An Essay on Punjabi Kinship’, in Patricia Uberoi (ed.),
Family, Kinship and Marriage in India, Delhi: Oxford University Press, Pp.198-222
1.9 Shah, A.M., 1998, ‘Changes in the Indian Family: An Examination of Some Assumptions’,
in The Family in India: Critical Essays, New Delhi: Orient Longman, Pp.52-63
1.10 Freeman, J. D., 1958, ‘The Family Systems of the Iban of Borneo’, in J. Goody (ed.), The
Developmental Cycle in Domestic Groups, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Pp. 15-52
[Readings marked * are repeated in Section 2]
2. Family, Household and Marriage
2.1 Shah, A.M., 1998, ‘Changes in the Indian Family: An Examination of Some Assumptions’,
in The Family in India: Critical Essays, New Delhi: Orient Longman, Pp.52-63
2.2 Freeman, J. D., 1958, ‘The Family Systems of the Iban of Borneo’, in J. Goody (ed.), The
Developmental Cycle in Domestic Groups, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Pp. 15-52
2.3 Leach, E.R., 1961, ‘Polyandry, Inheritance and the Definition of Marriage with Particular
Reference to Sinhalese Customary Law’, in E. R. Leach (ed.), Rethinking Anthropology,
London: The Athlone Press, Pp. 105-113
2.4 Gough, Kathleen E., 1959, ‘The Nayars and the Definition of Marriage’, in The Journal of
the Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland, 89: 23-34
2.5 Uberoi, Patricia, 1995, ‘When is a Marriage not a Marriage? Sex, Sacrament and Contract in
Hindu Marriage’, Contributions to Indian Sociology, n.s. 29, 1&2: 319-45
3. Re-casting Kinship (Weeks 11-14)
3.1 Relatedness Carsten, Janet, 1995, ‘The Substance of Kinship and the Heat of the Hearth:
Feeding, Personhood, and Relatedness among Malays in Pulau Langkawi’ American
Ethnologist, 22 (2): 223-24.1
3.2 Kinship and Gender Gold, Ann Grodzins, 1994, ‘Sexuality, Fertility, and Erotic Imagination
in Rajasthani Women’s Songs ‘, in Listen to the Heron's Words: Re-imagining Gender and
Kinship in North India by Gloria Goodwin Raheja and Ann Grodzins Gold, Delhi: OUP, Pp 30-
72
3.3 Re-imagining Families Weston, Kath, 1991, Families We Choose: Lesbians, Gays, Kinship,
New York: Columbia University Press, Pp. 103-136
3.4 New Reproductive Technologies
Kahn, Susan Martha, 2004, ‘Eggs and Wombs: The Origins of Jewishness’, in R. Parkin and L.
Stone (eds.), Kinship and Family: An Anthropological Reader, U.S.A.: Blackwell, Pp. 362-77
SEMESTER - IV
CORE COURSE 10
SOCIAL STRATIFICATION
Course Objective:
This course introduces students to Sociological Study of Social Inequalities. It acquaints students
with principal theoretical perspectives on and diverse forms of Social inequality in articulation
with each other.
1. Introducing Stratification
2. Theories of Stratification
2.1. Marx, Weber and Class
2.2. Functionalism
3. Identities and Inequalities
3.1. Caste, Race and Ethnicity
3.2. Feminism and Gendered Stratification
4. Mobility and Reproduction

1. Introducing Stratification
1.1 Worsley, Peter. Introducing Sociology.Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, 1970. Chapter 8,
Social Stratification: Class, Status and Power, pp. 395 – 408
1.2 tei e dr Inequality among Men. London: Blackwell, 1977. Chapter 1. The Two Sources
of Inequality. Pp. 1-22
1.3 Tawney, R. H. Equality. London: Unwin Books, 1964. Chapter 1. The Religion of Inequality,
Pp. 33-56
2. Theories of Stratification
2.1 Marx, Weber and Class
2.1.1 McLellan, David. The Thought of Karl Marx. London: Papermac, 1995. Part 2. Chapter 6.
Class, pp. 182-194
2.1.2 Weber, Max, Hans Heinrich Gerth, and C. Wright Mills. From Max Weber. New York:
Oxford University Press, 1946. Chapter VII, Class, Status, Party. Pp. 180 – 195
2.1.3 e dix Rei hard ‘I equaity a d Socia Structure: Compariso of Marx a d Weber’ American
Sociological Review, Vol. 39, No. 2 (Apr., 1974), pp. 149-161
2.1.4 Bottomore, T. B. Classes in Modern Society. New York: Pantheon Books, 1966. Chapters.
2 & 3 The Nature of Social Class & Classes in Industrial Societies. 9-75
2.2 Functionalism
2.2.1 Davis, Kingsley, and Wilbert E. Moore. 'Some Principles of Stratification'. American
Sociological Review 10.2 (1945): pp. 242-249
2.2.2 Tumin, Melvin M. 'Some Principles of Stratification: A Critical Analysis'. American
Sociological Review 18.4 (1953): 387-394
2.2.3 Davis Kigsey a d Wi bert E Moore ‘Some Principles of Stratification : Critical Analysis:
Reply'. American Sociological Review Vol. 18, No. 4 (Aug., 1953), pp. 394-397
2.2.4 Wrog De is H ‘The Fuctional Theory of Stratification: Some Neglected Considerations’
American Sociological Review, Vol. 24, No. 6 (Dec., 1959), pp. 772782
2.2.5 Stichcomberthur L‘Some Empirical Consequences of the Davis-Moore Theory of
Stratification’. American Sociological Review 28.5 (1963), pp. 805-808
3. Identities and Inequalities
3.1 Caste, Race and Ethnicity
3.1.1 aiey F G ‘C osedSociaStratificatioi I dia’, European Journal of Sociology Vol. 4, No. 1
(1963) pp. 107-124
3.1.2 Jain, Ravindra K. ‘Hierarchy, Hegemony and Dominance: Politics of Ethnicity in Uttar
Pradesh, 1995’ Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 31, No. 4 (Jan. 27, 1996), pp. 215-223
3.1.3 Omi, Michael, and Howard Winant. Racial Formation in the United States. New York:
Routledge & Kegan Paul, 1986. Chapters 1 & 4 , pp. 14-24 and 57-69
3.1.4 Pitt-Rivers Ju ia ‘Race Co or a d C ass i Ce tramerica a d the des’ Daedalus, Vol. 96,
No. 2, Color and Race (Spring, 1967), pp. 542-559
3.2. Feminism and Gendered Stratification
3.2.1 Mitchell, Juliet. Woman's Estate. Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1971. Chapter 5, Position of
Women 1. Pp. 99-122
3.2.2 Acker, Joan. 'Women and Social Stratification: A Case of Intellectual Sexism'. American
Journal of Sociology 78.4, 1973. Pp. 936-944
3.2.3 Co is Patrica Hi ‘Toward a New Visio : Race C ass a d Ge der as Categories of a ysis
ad Co ectio ’ Race, Sex & Class, Vol. 1, No. 1 (Fall 1993), pp. 25-45
4. Mobility and Reproduction
4.1 Bottero, Wendy. Stratification. London: Routledge, 2005. Chapters 12 & 14 pp. 205-223 &
246-258
4.2 ourdieu Pierre ‘Cu turaReproductio a d SociaReproductio ’ In The Structure of Schooling:
Readings in the Sociology of Education. Richard Arum and Irenee Beattie, Editors. NY:
McGraw Hill. 1973: 56-68.
SEMESTER - IV
TECHNIQUES OF ETHNOGRAPHIC FILMMAKING
Objectives: This course focuses on doing sociology and social anthropology through forms other
than the written; in particular, the oral, aural, and the visual. It introduces students to film
techniques as a form and method of description and argument and enables a comparison between
film and the written mode as ethnography. One concern that may be pursued is how the visually
challenged encounter, experience and represent the field. The course will be conducted through
group work enabling a learning process between the visually challenged and the non‐visually
challenged.
1. Introduction to Anthropological Filmmaking

1.1. Anthropology and Filmmaking: The Text and the Image
1.2. Different Modes of Filmmaking
2. Understanding the use of Camera in Anthropology
3. The Filmmaker and the Filmed: Relationship and understanding ‘ethics’
4. Editing and Construction of Meaning
4.1 Understanding multiple shots and camera movement
4.2. Tools for Film Editing
5. Filming Oral testimonies, Interviews and Interactions
6. Final Film Projects
C O U RS E CONTENTS AND ITINERARY

1. Introduction to Anthropological Filmmaking:
1.1.1. Rouch, Jean, ‘Conversation between Jean Rouch and Professor Enrico Fulchignoni,’ In
trans. Steven Feld, Cine Ethnography. University of Minnesota Press, 2003. Pp. 147‐187
1.1.2. Hastrup, Kirsten. ‘Anthropological Visions: Some Notes on Visual and Textual Authority’
In Film as Ethnography. Peter Ian Crawford, and David Turton, eds. Manchester and New York:
Manchester University Press, 1993. Pp. 8–25.
1.1.3. Suggested Screening of Film Scenes/Sequences, Trance and Dance in Bali by Margaret
Mead and Gregory Bateson, 22 mins.
1.2.1. Nichols, Bill. ‘What types of Documentary are there?’ In Introduction to Documentary.
Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2001. Pp. 99‐137.
1.2.2. Suggested Screening of Film Scenes/Sequences: Etre et Avoit by Nicholas Philibert’s, 105
mins, 2002; New Boys by David MacDougall, 100 mins, 2003; Dilli Mumbai Dilli by Saba
Dewan, 63 mins, 2006; Bowling for Columbine by Roger Moore, 120 mins, 2002.
1.2.3. Suggested topics for technical discussion ‐Understanding the Camera – still, moving,
digital, analog; Shot Vs Scene; Image Vs Sound; Camera angles; How to store your data?; How
to take care of equipment?
1.2.4. Practical Work for Week 1/2 ‐Familiarise yourself with your camera. Use your still camera
to click photos of the same objects from different angles.
2. Understanding the use of Camera in Anthropology:
2.0.1 El Guindi, Fadwa. ‘For God’s Sake Margaret’ In Visual Anthropology: Essential Method
and Theory, Walnut Creek, CA: AltaMira, 2004. Pp. 61‐82
2.0.2. Suggested Screening of Film Scenes/Sequences: Diyas, Judith MacDougall, 56 mins,
1997/2000.
2.0.3 Suggested topics for technical discussion – Small and big cameras, tripod and hand held
cameras, Understanding light; Film maker ’s Dilemma – where to place the camera?;
Filmmaking – Working Single or in a Team?
2.0.4. Practical Work for Week 3 – Camera mounting on tripod; handheld camera practices.
3. Filmmaker and the Filmed: Relationship and understanding ‘ethics’.
3.0.1 Spiegel, Pauline, ‘The Case of the Well‐Mannered Guest’ in The. Independent Film and
Video Monthly April 1984. Pp. 15‐17
3.0.2. MacDougall, ‘Whose Story is it?’ In Visual Anthropology Review, Volume 7, Issue 2, Pp.
2–10, September 1991
3.0.3. Suggested topics for discussion: Dimensions of relationship between the filmmaker and
the filmed ‐Gender, Class, Ethnicity.
3.0.4. By this point, students should start thinking about topics and groups for their final film.
3.0.5. Practical Work for Week 4 5: Assignment on Observational Mode; Choose your partners
and make filmmaking teams; Make one shot of something of your interest. Not more than 2
mins. Fixed frame, without movement. No speech/dialogues. Tripod is optional. Camera type is
optional, as long as the resolution allows viewing on a classroom projector.
3.0.6. Viewing of assignments and discussions.
4. Editing and Construction of Meaning
4.1.1 Suggested topics for technical discussion: Multiple shots, understanding point‐ofview;
narrative building, filming a process, types of editing; Understanding space and material objects
– vis‐à‐vis the character; Types of camera movement; Motivations behind Camera movement;
Movement within the shot.
4.1.2. By this time, students should have decided upon their final film projects. They should start
approaching respondents and rekeying locations.
4.1.3. Suggested Screening of Film Scenes/Sequences: Battleship Potemkin by Sergei Eisenstein,
69 mins. 1925; Strangers on a Train by Alfred Hitchcock, 101 min, 1951.
4.2.1 Suggested topics for technical discussion: Understanding editing software (Suggested
software: Avid/Final Cut Pro/Windows Movie M a k e r) ; Transferring and sequencing of data;
Data Backup before editing; Viewing footage; Transcription and Paper Edits.
4.2.4. Practical Work for Week 6 9: Assignment on Process film; 3 mins; Film an activity;
Include camera movement; Break it down in stages ‐beginning, middle and end; Understand the
cause and effect; Focus only on (i) the person (ii) the activity; editing the process film.
5. Filming Oral Testimonies, Interviews and Interactions
5.0.1. Suggested Screening of Film Scenes/Sequences: Chronicle of a Summer by Edgar Morin,
Jean Rouch, 85 min, 1961.
5.0.2. Suggested topics for technical discussion: Sound and audio equipment.
5.0.3. Practical Work for Week 9‐10: Film an oral testimony, with maximum 2 people; Length,
no more than 5 minutes; Focus on Interaction; Location is optional
6. Final Film Projects
6.0.1. Film length limited to 5 ‐ 8 mins.
6.0.2. Viewing of projects and discussion. Note: This course will require a special budget for
the purchase/hiring of equipment and for honorarium to technical resource persons.
Suggested Readings: Heider, Karl G. Ethnographic Film, Austin: University of Texas Press,
2006 MacDougall, David. ‘Ethnographic Film: Failure and Promise’, Annual Review of
Anthropology Vol. 7, pp. 405‐425
SEMESTER - IV
Gender and Violence
Course Objective:
Gendered violence is routine and spectacular, structural as well as situated. This course attempts
to provide an understanding of the logic of that violence, awareness of its most common forms
and tries to equip the students with a sociologically informed basis for making pragmatic, ethical
and effective choices while resisting or intervening in the context of gendered violence.
1. What is Gendered Violence?

2. Structural and Situated Violence
2.1 Caste, Gender and Violence
2.2 Domestic and Familial Violence
2.3 Gender and the Conflict Situation
2.4 Violence, Harassment and the Workplace
3. Sexual Violence
4. Addressing Gendered Violence: Politics and Public Policy

1. What is Gendered Violence?
1.1.1 Kimmel, Michael S. The Gended Society. New York: Oxford University Press, 2011.
Chapter 13. Gender of Violence, Pp. 381-407
1.1.2 Wies, Jennifer R. Anthropology at the Front Lines of Gender-Based Violence. Nashville,
Tenn.: Vanderbilt Univ. Press, 2011. Chapter 1. Ethnographic Notes from the Frontlines of
Gender Based Violence, Pp. 1-18
2. Structural and Situated Violence
2.1 Caste, Gender and Violence
2.1.1 Kannabiran, Vasanth and Kalpana Kannabiran, Caste and Gender: Understanding
Dynamics of Power and Violence, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 26, No. 37 (Sep. 14,
1991), pp. 2130-2133.
2.1.2 Irudayam, Aloysius, Jayshree P Mangubhai, and Joel G Lee. Dalit Women Speak Out.
Chapters. 1, 3, 4, 13 and 14.
2.2 Domestic and Familial Violence
2.2.1 Karlekar, Malavika. Domestic Violence, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 33, No. 27
(Jul. 4-10, 1998), pp. 1741-1751
2.2.2 Agnes, Flavia, 'My Story, Our Story: Building Broken Lives' Mumbai: Majlis. 1984.
2.2.3 Chowdhry, Prem. Enforcing Cultural Codes: Gender and Violence in Northern India,
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 32, No. 19 (May 10-16, 1997), pp. 1019-1028
2.3 Gender and the Conflict Situation
2.3.1 Wood, E. J. 'Variation in Sexual Violence during War'. Politics & Society 34.3 (2006):
307-342.
2.3.2 Butalia, Urvashi. The Other Side of Silence. Durham, NC: Duke University Press, 2000.
Chapter 4, Pp. 104 - 171
2.4 Violence, Harassment and the Workplace
2.4.1 MacKinnon, Catharine A. Only Words. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.
Chapter II Racial and Sexual Harassment. Pp. 43 – 68.
2.4.2 Tejani, Sheba. Sexual Harassment at the Workplace: Emerging Problems and Debates,
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 39, No. 41 (Oct. 9-15, 2004), pp. 4491-4494
3. Sexual Violence (3 Weeks)
3.1.1 Box, Steven. Power, Crime, and Mystification. London: Routledge, 1989. Chapter 4. Rape
and Sexual Assaults on Women Pp. 120 - 165
3.1.2 Scully, Diana and Joseph Marolla. "Riding the Bull at Gilley's": Convicted Rapists
Describe the Rewards of Rape, Social Problems, Vol. 32, No. 3 (Feb., 1985), pp. 251263
3.1.3 Menon, Nivedita. Recovering Subversion: Feminist Politics beyond the Law. Ranikhet:
Permanent Black. 2004. Chapter 3. Sexual Violence: Escaping the Body. Pp. 106 - 156
4. Addressing Gendered Violence: Politics and Public Policy
4.1.1 Omvedt, Gail, Violence Against Women: New Movements and New Theories in India.
Delhi: Kali for Women, 1990. Pp. 1-40
4.1.2 Das, Veena & Kim TurcotDiFruscia. Listening to Voices: An Interview with Veena Das,
Altérités, vol. 7, no 1, 2010 : 136-145.
4.1.3 Naquvi, Farah. This Thing called Justice: Engaging Laws on Violence against Women In
India, in Bishakha Dutta (ed.), Nine Degrees of Justice: New Perspectives on Violence Against
Women in India. Delhi: Zuban, 2010.
Additional Resources:
Wall, Liz. ‘Gender equality and violence against women what’s the connection?’ The Australian
Center for the study of Sexual Assault Research Summary. 2014.
Welchman, Lynn, and Sara Hossain. "Honour". London: Zed Books, 2005. Chapter 2. ‘Crimes of
Honour’: Value and Meaning Pp. 42-64
Loy, Pamela Hewitt, and Lea P. Stewart. 'The Extent and Effects of the Sexual Harassment of
Working Women'. Sociological Focus 17.1 (1984): 31-43.
Pickup, Francine, Ending Violence against Women: A Challenge for Development and
Humanitarian Work, London: Oxfam, 2001. Chapter 5. Direct support to the survivors of
violence & Chapter 8. Challenging the State.
United Nations Division for the Advancement of Women, ‘Good Practices in Legislation on
Violence against Women’ 2008. Part III, Framework for Legislation on Violence against
Women.
Puri, Jyoti. ‘Sodomy, Civil Liberties, and the Indian Penal Code’ in Chatterji, Angana P, and
Lubna Nazir Chaudhry. Contesting Nation. Delhi: Zuban. Pp. 100-132
SEMESTER - V
CORE COURSE 11
SOCIOLOGICAL THINKERS –I
Objectives:
The course introduces the students to the classics in the making of the discipline of sociology
through selected texts by the major thinkers.
1. Karl Marx
1.1. Materialist Conception of History
1.2. Capitalist Mode of Production
2. Max Weber
2.1. Social Action and Ideal Types
2.2. Religion and Economy
3. Emile Durkheim
3.1. Social Fact
3.2. Individual and Society
SUGGESTED READINGS
Ritzer, G. 1996. Sociological Theory. New York: McGraw Hill Companies.
Giddens, A. 1971. Capitalism and Modern Social Theory: An Analysis of the Writings of Marx,
Durkheim and Max Weber. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
SEMESTER - V
CORE COURSE 12
SOCIOLOGICAL RESEARCH METHODS – I
Course Objective:
The course is a general introduction to the methodologies of sociological research methods. It
will provide the student with some elementary knowledge of the complexities and philosophical
underpinnings of research.
1.The Logic of Social Research
1.1 What is Sociological Research?
1.2 Objectivity in the Social Sciences
1.3 Reflexivity
2. Methodological Perspectives
2.1 The Comparative Method
2.2 Feminist Method
3. Modes of Enquiry
3.1 Theory and Research
3.2 Analyzing Data: Quantitative and Qualitative

1.1 The Logic of Social Research
1.1.1 Mills, C. W. 1959, The Sociological Imagination, London: OUP Chapter 1 Pp. 3‐24
1.1.2 Gluckman, M. 1978, 'Introduction', in A. L. Epstein (ed.), The Craft of Social
Anthropology, Delhi: Hindustan Publishing Corporation, Pp. xv‐xxiv
1.2. Objectivity in the Social Sciences
1.2.1. Durkheim, E. 1958, The Rules of Sociological Method, New York: The Free Press,
Chapter 1, 2 & 6 Pp. 1‐46, 125‐140
1.2.2. Weber, Max. 1949, The Methodology of the Social Sciences, New York: The Free Press,
Foreward and Chapter 2 Pp. 49‐112
1.3. Reflexivity
1.3.1 Gouldner, Alvin. 1970, The Coming Crisis of Western Sociology, New York: Basic Books,
Chapter 13 Pp. 481‐511
2.1. Comparative Method
2.1.1. Radcliffe‐Brown, A.R. 1958, Methods in Social Anthropology, Delhi: Asia Publishing
Corporation, Chapter 5 Pp. 91‐108
2.1.2. Beiteille, A. 2002, Sociology: Essays on Approach and Method, New Delhi: OUP, Chapter
4 Pp. 72‐94
2.3. Feminist Method
2.3.1. Harding, Sandra 1987, “Introduction: Is there a Feminist Method?” in Sandra Harding
(ed.) Feminism & Methodology: Social Science Issues, Bloomington: Indiana University Press,
Pp. 1‐14
3. Modes of Enquiry
3.1. Theory and Research
3.1.1 Merton, R.K. 1972, Social Theory & Social Structure, Delhi: Arvind Publishing House,
Chapters 4 & 5 Pp. 139‐171
3.2.1 Bryman, Alan. 2004, Quantity and Quality in Social Research,New York: Routledge,
Chapter 2 & 3 Pp. 11‐70
SEMESTER - V
Discipline Specific Elective 01 (DSE)
Urban Sociology
Course Objective:
This course provides an exposure to key theoretical perspectives for understanding urban life in
historical and contemporary contexts. It also reflects on some concerns of urban living while
narrating the subjective experiences of urban communities. With case studies from India and
other parts of the world this course will help students relate to the complexities of urban living.
1. Introducing Urban Sociology: Urban, Urbanism and the City

2. Perspectives in Urban Sociology
2.1. Ecological
2.2. Political Economy
2.3. Network
2.4. City as Culture
3. Movements and Settlements
3.1. Migration
3.2. Community
4. Politics of Urban Space
4.1. Culture and Leisure
4.2. Caste, Class and Gender

1. Introducing Urban Sociology: Urban, Urbanism and the City:
1.1 Mumford, Lewis 1961. The City in History: its origins and transformations and its
prospects. Mariner Books: Pp 3‐29, 94‐118
1.2 Holton, R. J. Cities, Capitalism and Civilization, London: Allan and Unwin, Chapters. 1 & 2.
Pp. 1 – 32
1.3 Parker, Simon. Urban Theory and Urban Experience: Encountering the City, London:
Routledge. Chapter 2. Foundations of Urban Theory Pp. 8 - 26
2. Perspectives in Urban Sociology:
2.1. Hannerz, Ulf 1980. Exploring the City: Toward an Urban Anthropology, NY: Columbia
University Press. Chapter 2. Pp 19‐58
2.2 Lewis, Wirth 1938 “Urbanism as a way of Life” in American Journal of Sociology, Vol. 44,
No.1 (July), Pp. 1‐24
2.3 Harvey, David 1985 The Urban Experience, Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press,
Chapter 1. Money, Time, Space and the City. Pp. 1-35
2.4 Manuel, Castells 2002, “Conceptualising the city in the information age”, in I.Susser (ed.)
The Castells Reader on Cities and Social Theory, Blackwell Publishers, Malden, Ma, Pp. 1‐13
2.5 Weber, Max 1978. The City. The Free Press: New York. Pp 65‐89
2.6 Simmel, George, 1903, “Metropolis and the Mental Life” in Gary Bridge and Sophie
Watson, eds. The Blackwell City Reader. Oxford and Malden, MA: Wiley‐Blackwell, 2002.
3. Movements and Settlements:
3.1 Rao, M.S.A, 1981, “Some aspects of the sociology of migration”, Sociological Bulletin,Vol.
30, 1. Pp21‐38
3.2 Anand, Inbanathan. 2003, “Migration and Adaptation: Lower Caste Tamils in a Delhi
Resettlement Colony” in Ranvinder Singh Sandhu (ed.) Urbanization in India. Sage: New Delhi.
Pp. 232‐246
3.3 Benjamin S, 2004, “Urban Land Transformation for Pro‐Poor Economies”, Geoforum,
Volume 35, Issue 2, March 2004, Pp. 177‐197
4. Politics of Urban Space
4.1 Katznelson, Ira, 1981, City Trenches: Urban Politics and Patterning of Class in United States,
Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Chapter 8. Social Theory, Urban Movements and Social
Change. Pp. 193 - 215
4.2 Ayyar, Varsha ,2013. “Caste and Gender in a Mumbai resettlement site”, Economic &
Political Weekly, May 4,Vol. XLVIII, No 18, Pp 44‐55
4.3 Kamath, Lalitha and Vijayabaskar, M, 2009 “Limits and possibilities of Middle Class
Associations as Urban collective actors”, Economic & Political Weekly, June 27, 2009 vol XLIV
No. 26 & 27, Pp 368 ‐376
4.4 Grazian, David, 2009, “Urban Nightlife, Social Capital, and the Public Life of Cities”
Sociological Forum, Vol. 24, No. 4 (Dec., 2009), pp. 908‐917
4.5 Manuel Castells, 1983, “Cultural Identity, Sexual Liberation and Urban Structure: The Gay
Community” in San Francisco in City and the Grassroots, Pp. 138‐170
4.6 Crawford, Margaret. „The World is a Shopping Mall‟, From Malcom Miles and Tim Hall
(Eds.) City Cultures Reader, London: Routledge. Pp. 125-139
SUGGESTED READINGS:
Kumar, Nita, 1988. The Artisans of Banaras. Popular Culture andIdentity， 1880—1986,
Princeton: Princeton University Press.
Eck, Diana, 1983. Banaras: City of light, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Naidu, Ratna.
1990. Old cities and New predicaments: A Study of Hyderabad. New Delhi: Sage
SEMESTER - V
Agrarian Sociology
Course Objective:
This course explores the traditions of enquiry and key substantive issues in agrarian sociology. It
is comparative in nature, but pays attention to Indian themes. It also introduces emerging global
agrarian concerns.
1. Agrarian Societies and Agrarian Studies

1.1 Agrarian Societies
1.2 Agrarian Studies
2. Key Issues in Agrarian Sociology
2.1 The Agrarian Question
2.2 The Moral Economy
2.3 Agrarian Commodity Systems
3. Themes in Agrarian Sociology of India
3.1 Labor and Agrarian Class Structure
3.2 Markets, Land Reforms and Green Revolution
3.3 Agrarian Movements
3.4 Caste, Gender and Agrarian Realities
4. Agrarian Futures
4.1 Agrarian Crisis
4.2 The Global Agrarian Order

1. Agrarian Societies and Agrarian Studies
1.1 Agrarian Societies
1.1.1. Dumont, Rene. 'Agriculture as Man's Transformation of the Rural Environment', in
TeodorShanin (ed.) Peasants and Peasant Societies, Hamondsworth: Penguin. 1971. Pp. 141-149
1.1.2. Ludden, David. (1999), 'Agriculture' from, An Agrarian History of South Asia,
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 1999, Pp . 6-35
1.2 Agrarian Studies
1.2.1. Beteille, Andre. 'The Study of Agrarian Systems: An Anthropological Approach', from
Marxism and Class Analysis, New Delhi: Oxford. 2007. Pp. 84-93
1.2.2. Thorner, Daniel and Alice Thorner. 'The Agrarian Problem in India Today', from, Land
and Labour in India, Bombay: Asia Publishing House. 1962. Pp. 3-13
2. Key Issues in Agrarian Sociology (Weeks: 3-6)
2.1 The Agrarian Question
2.1.1. Haroon Akram-Lodhi, A. and Cristobal Kay. 'Surveying the Agrarian Question: Part 1,
Unearthing Foundations, Exploring Diversity; Part 2, Current Debates and Beyond'. The Journal
of Peasant Studies, Vol. 37, No. 1 &2, January/April 2010, 177–199 & 255–280
2.2 The Moral Economy
2.2.1. Scott, James C. 'The Economic and Sociology of Subsistence Ethic', From, The Moral
Economy of the Peasant: Rebellion and Subsistence in South East Asia, New Haven: Yale
University Press. 1976. Pp 13-34
2.2.2. Popkin, Samuel L. 'The Rational Peasant', from, The Rational Peasant: The Political
Economy of Rural Society in Vietnam, Berkley: University of California Press. 1979. Pp. 1-31
2.3 Agrarian Commodity Systems
2.3.1. Friedland, William. 1984. “Commodity Systems Analysis: An Approach to the Sociology
of Agriculture”. Research in Rural Sociology and Development 1: 221–235
3. Themes in Agrarian Sociology of India
3.1 Labour and Agrarian Class Structure
3.1.1. Patel, S. J. 'Agricultural Laborers in Modern India and Pakistan' from Gyan Prakash (ed.)
Worlds of Rural Labourer in Colonial India, Dehi: Oxford University Press. 1992. Pp. 47-74
3.1.2. Thorner, Alice. 'Semi-Feudalism or Capitalism? Contemporary Debate on Classes and
Modes of Production in India', Parts: 1-3, Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 17, No. 49 (Dec.
4, 1982), pp. 1961-1968; No. 50 (Dec. 11, 1982), pp. 1993-1999; No. 51 (Dec. 18, 1982), pp.
2061-2064
3.1.3. Mencher, Joan P. 'Problems in Analyzing Rural Class Structure', Economic and Political
Weekly, Vol. 9, No. 35 (Aug. 31, 1974), pp. 1495+1497+1499-1503
3.2 Markets, Land Reforms and Green Revolution
3.2.1. Amin, Shahid. 'Unequal Antagonists: Peasants and Capitalists in Eastern UP in 1930s',
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 16, No. 42/43 (Oct. 17-24, 1981), pp. PE 19-25, 28, 29
3.2.2. Bandopadhyay, D. 'Reflections on Land Reform in India since Independence' from T. V.
Satyamurthy (Ed.) Industry and Agriculture in India Since Independence, Delhi: Oxford
University Press. Pp. 301-327
3.2.3. Baker, Christopher J. 'Frogs and Farmers: The Green Revolution in India, and its Murky
Past' from, Tim P. Bayliss-Smith and SudhirWanmali (Ed.) Understanding Green Revolutions:
Agrarian Change and Development Planning in South Asia, Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press. 1984. Pp. 3751
3.2.4. Dhanagare, D. N. 'Green Revolution and Social Inequalities in Rural India' from,
Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 22, No. 19/21, Annual Number (May, 1987), pp. AN: 137-
139, 141-144.
3.3 Agrarian Movements
3.3.1. Gough, Kathleen. 'Indian Peasant Uprisings' Economic and Political Weekly, Vol. 9, No.
32/34, Special Number (Aug., 1974), 1391-1393+13951397+1399+1401-1403+1405-1406
3.3.2. Brass, Tom. 'The New Farmer's Movements in India', from, Tom Brass (ed.), The New
farmer's Movemnts in India, Essex: Frank Cass. (1995). Pp.1-20
3.4 Caste, Gender and Agrarian Realities
3.4.1. Jackson, Cecile. 'Gender Analysis of Land: Beyond Land Rights for Women?', Journal of
Agrarian Change, Volume 3 (4) (October, 2003) Pp. 453478.
3.4.2. Omvedt, Gail. 'The Downtrodden among the Downtrodden: An Interview with a Dalit
Agricultural Laborer' Signs, Vol. 4, No. 4, The Labor of Women: Work and Family (Summer,
1979), pp. 763-774
4. Agrarian Futures (Weeks: 12-14)
4.1. Agrarian Crisis (16)
4.1.1 Feder, Ernest. 'The New World Bank Programme for the Self-Liquidation of the Third
World Peasantry', Journal of Peasant Studies, Volume 3, Issue 3, 1976. Pp. 343-352
4.1.2 Vasavi. A. R. 'Agrarian Distress in Bidar: Market, State and Suicides', Economic and
Political Weekly, Volume 34, Number 32. (1999). Pp. 2263-2268
4.2. The Global Agrarian Order (32)
4.2.1 Buttel, Frederick H. Some Reflections on Late Twentieth Century Agrarian Political
Economy. Cadernos de Ciência&Tecnologia, Brasília, v.18, n.2, p.11-36, maio/ago. 2001
Note: A. The suggested readings may be used for student presentations. B. Students may be
encouraged to review and make presentations of significant body of literary work depicting
agrarian realities that has emerged from world literature as well as Bhasha literatures of India.
Suggested Readings
Dalton, George. 'Modern Transformation of European Peasantries' in R. P. Mishra and Nguyen
Dung (Ed.) Third World Peasantry: A continuing Saga of Deprivation, Volume II, New Delhi:
Sterling. 1986, Pp.25-46
Patnaik, Utsa. (ed.) The Agrarian Question in Marx and His Successors Volume I, New Delhi:
Left Word, 2007.
Breman, Jan. (1974), Patronage and Exploitation: Changing Agrarian Relations in South Gujarat,
India, Berkley: University of California Press. Pp. 36-80.
Gough, Kathleen. ' Rural Change in Southeast India, 1950s to 1980s. Delhi: Oxford University
Press. 1989.
Harriss, John. Capitalism and Peasant Farming: Agrarian Structure and Ideology in North Tamil
Nadu, Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1982.
Byres, T. J. 'The New Technology, Class Formation, and Class Action in the Indian
Countryside', Journal of Peasant studies, Volume 8, Issue 4, 1981, Pp 405-454.
Hobsbawm, E. J. 'Peasants and Politics', The Journal of Peasant Studies, Vol. 1, No. 1, October
1973, 3–20
Zamosc, Leon. The Agrarian Question and Peasant Movement in Columbia: Struggles of
National Peasant Association, 1967-81, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986.
Agarwal, Beena. A Field of One's Own: Gender and Land Rights In south Asia, Cambridge:
Bernstein, Henry. Class Dynamics of Agrarian Change. Halifax: Fernwood Publishing, 2010.
SEMESTER - VI
CORE COURSE 13
Sociological Thinkers II
Course Objective:
To introduce students to post-classical sociological thinking through some original texts.
1. Talcott Parsons
1.1. Action Systems
2. Claude Levi‐Strauss
2.1. Structuralism
3. G. H. Mead and Erving Goffman
3.1. Interactional Self
4. Peter L. Berger and Thomas Luckmann
4.1. Social Construction of Reality
5. Max Horkheimar, T.W. Adorno and Herbert Marcuse
5.1. Critical Social Theory
6. Pierre Bourdieu
6.1. A Theory of Practice

Orientation to Post-Classical Theories/ Schools in Sociology
1. Talcott Parsons, Parsons, T. and E. Shils (eds). 1951. Towards a General Theory of Action.
New York: Harper and Row Publishers, pp. 3‐29
2. Levi‐Strauss, Levi‐Stauss, C. 1993. “Structure and Dialectics”, in Structural Anthropology
Volume I. Harmondsworth: Penguin, pp. 232‐242
3. G. H. Mead and Erving Goffman
3.1 Mead, G.H. 1934 (Fourteenth Impression 1967) Mind Self and Society. Chicago: University
of Chicago Press. Part III, pp 135-226 3.2 Goffman, E. 1956. The Presentation of Self in
Everyday Life. Edinburgh: University of Edinburgh (Monograph No. 2), pp. 1‐9, 132‐151,
152‐162
4. Peter L. Berger and Thomas Luckmann Berger, P. L. and T. Luckmann. 1991. The Social
Construction of Reality. London: Penguin Books, pp. 31‐62
5. Max Horkheimar, T.W. Adorno andMarcuse
5.1 Horkheimar. M and Adorno. T.W. The Dialectic of Enlightenment. 2002. Stanford
University Press. Stanford: California. pp 1-34. Chapter 1, The Concept of Enlightenment
5.2 Marcuse, H. 1964. One Dimensional Man: Studies in the Ideology of Advanced Industrial
Society. Boston: Boston Press, pp. 7‐92
6. Pierre Bourdieu, Bourdieu, P. 1977. Outline of a Theory of Practice. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press, pp. 72‐95
[Projects, feature films and documentary screenings will be an integral part of the coursework]
SUGGESTED READING:
Ritzer, G. 1996. Sociological Theory. New York: McGraw Hill Companies.
SEMESTER - VI
CORE COURSE 14
RESEARCH METHODS II
Objective: The course is an introductory course on how research is done. With emphasis on
formulating research design, methods of data collection, and data analysis, it will provide
students with some elementary knowledge on how to conduct both, quantitative and qualitative
research.
1. Doing Social Research

1.1 The Process of Social Research
1.2 Concepts and Hypothesis
1.3 Field (Issues and Context)
2. Methods of Data Collection
2.1 Survey Methods: Sampling, Questionnaire and Interview
2.2 Observation: Participant and non-participant
3. Statistical Methods
3.1 Graphical and Diagrammatic Presentation of Data (Bar diagrams, Pie-diagram,
Histogram, Frequency Polygon, Smoothed frequency curve and Ogives).
3.2 Measures of Central Tendency (Simple Arithmetic Mean, Median and Mode).
3.3 Measures of Dispersion (Standard Deviation, Variance and Covariance).
4. Research Projects

1.1 Doing Social Research
1.1.1 Bailey, K. (1994). The Research Process in Methods of social research. Simon and
Schuster, 4th ed. The Free Press, New York NY 10020. Pp.3-19.
1.2 Concepts and Hypothesis
1.2.1 Goode, W. E. and P. K. Hatt. 1952. Methods in Social Research.
New York: McGraw Hill. Chapters 5 and 6. Pp. 41-73.
1.3 Field (Issues and Contexts)
1.3.1 Gupta, Akhil and James Ferguson. 1997. Anthropological Locations. Berkeley: University
of California Press. Pp.1-46.
1.3.2 Srinivas, M.N. et al 2002(reprint), The Fieldworker and the Field:Problems and Challenges
in Sociological Investigation, New Delhi: OUP, Introduction Pp. 114.
2.1 Survey Methods of Data Collection (Weeks 5-9)
2.1.1 Bailey, K. (1994). Survey Sampling in Methods of social research. Simon and Schuster, 4th
ed. The Free Press, New York NY 10020. Ch-5. Pp. 81104.
2.1.2 Bailey, K. (1994). Questionnaire Construction and The Mailed Questionnaire in Methods
of social research. Simon and Schuster, 4th ed. The Free Press, New York NY 10020. Chs-6 and
7. Pp. 105-172.
2.1.3 Bailey, K. (1994). Interview Studies in Methods of social research. Simon and Schuster,
4th ed. The Free Press, New York NY 10020. Ch8. Pp.173-213.
2.2 Observation: Participant and non-Participant
2.2.1 Bailey, K. (1994). Observation in Methods of social research. Simon and Schuster, 4th ed.
The Free Press, New York NY10020. Ch 10. Pp.241-273. 2.2.2 Whyte, W. F. 1955. Street
Corner Society. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Appendix.
3. Statistical Methods
3.1 Graphical and Diagrammatic presentation of data
3.1.1 Gupta, S. P. (2007). Elementary Statistical Methods. Sultan Chand & Sons. Pp.101-108,
115-118, 131-137.
3.2 Measures of Central Tendency
3.2.1 Gupta, S. P. (2007). Elementary Statistical Methods. Sultan Chand & Sons. Pp. 155-168,
173-180, 187-197.
3.3 Measures of Dispersion
3.3.1 Gupta, S. P. (2007). Elementary Statistical Methods. Sultan Chand & Sons. Pp. 263-277.
4. Research Projects
No Specific readings for this section. Research Projects at the discretion of the teacher.
Note: Numericals to be taught for individual, discrete and continuous series forthe topics
mentioned above. No specific method for calculating the same be specified.
SEMESTER - VI
Sociology of Health and Medicine
Course Objectives:
The course introduces students to the sociology of health, illness and medical practice by
highlighting the significance of socio-cultural dimensions in the construction of illness and
medical knowledge. Theoretical perspectives examine the dynamics shaping these constructions.
Negotiations of health and illness are explored through ethnographies.
1. Introduction to the Sociology of Health and Medicine

1.1 Origins and Development
1.2 Conceptualizing Disease, Sickness and Illness
1.3 Social and Cultural Dimensions of Illness and Medicine
2. Theoretical Orientations in Health and Illness
2.2 Systems Approach
2.3 Discourse and Power
2.4 Feminist Approach
3. Negotiating Health and Illness
3.1 Medical Practices
3.2 Health Policy in India

1. Introduction to the Sociology of Health and Medicine
1.1 Turner, Bryan, S. (1995) Medical Power and Social Knowledge. London, Sage, Chapters 1
and 2 and 3. Pages (1-54).
1.2 Boorse, Christopher (1999) On the distinction between Disease and Illness. In (eds.) James
Lindermann Nelson and Hilde Lindermann Nelson, Meaning and Medicine: A Reader in the
Philosophy of Healthcare, New York: Routledge. (Pages 16-27)
1.3 Kleinman, Arthur (1988) The Illness Narratives: Suffering, Healing and the Human
Condition. New York: Basic Books Inc. Publishers. Chapter 1. (Pages 3-30).
1.4 Fruend, Peter E.S., McGuire, Meredith B. and Podthurst, Linda S. (2003) Health, Illness and
the Social Body, New Jersey: Prentice Hall. Chapter 9 (Pages 195-223)
2. Theoretical Orientations in Health and Illness
2.1 Morgan, Lynn. Morgan (1987) Dependency Theory and the Political Economy of Health: An
Anthropological Critique. Medical Anthropology Quarterly, New Series, Vol.1, No.2 ( June,
1987) pp. 131-154.
2.2 Talcott Parsons (1951) The Social System, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd. Chapter
10, (Pages 428-479).
2.3 Foucault, Michel (1994) The Birth of the Clinic: An Archaeology of Medical Perception,
New York: Vintage Books. Chapter1 and Conclusion. (Pages 3-20 and 194-199).
2.4 Turner, Bryan, S. (1995) Medical Power and Social Knowledge, London: Sage. Chapter 5.
(Pages.86-108).
2.5 Patel, Tulsi (2012) Global Standards in Childbirth Practices. In (eds.) V. Sujatha and Leena
Abraham Medical Pluralism in Contemporary India. New Delhi: Orient BlackSwan. (Pages 232-
254).
3. Negotiating Health and Illness
3.1 Evans- Pritchard, E.E. (2010) The Notion of Witchcraft Explains Unfortunate Events. In
(eds.) Byron J.Good, Micheal M. J. Fischer, Sarah S. Willen and Mary-Jo Del Vecchio Good A
Reader in Medical Anthropology: Theoretical Trajectories , Emergent Realities, Oxford: Wiley-
Blackwell, Chapter2 (Pages 18-25).
3.2 Baer, Hans A., Singer, Merrill and Susser, Ida (1994) Medical Anthropology and the World
System, Westport: Praeger. Chapters 10 and 11 (Pages 307-348)
3.3 Gould, Harold A. (I965) Modern Medicine and Folk Cognition in Rural India in Human
Organization, No. 24. pp. 201- 208.
3.4 Leslie, Charles (1976) Asian Medical Systems: A Comparative Study, London: University of
California Press, Introduction. (Pages 1-12)
3.5 Inhorn, Marcia (2000). Defining Women’s health: Lessons from a Dozen Ethnographies,
Medical Anthropology Quarterly, Vol. 20(3): 345-378.
3.6 Nichter, Mark and Mimi Nichter (1996) Popular Perceptions of Medicine: A South Indian
Case Study. In Anthropology and International Health. Amsterdam : OPA. Chapter7 (Pages 203-
237)
3.7 Das, Veena, R.K. Das and Lester Coutinho (2000) Disease Control and Immunization: A
Sociological Enquiry. In Economic and Political Weekly, Feb. 19-26. Pages 625-632.
3.8 Qadeer, Imrana (2011) Public Health In India, Delhi: Danish Publishers, Part III, (Pages 221-
252).
Suggested Reading:
Good, Byron (1994) Medicine, Rationality and Experience: An Anthropological Perspective.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Chapter 6. (Pages 135- 165).
Annandale, Ellen (1988) The Sociology of Health and Medicine. Cambridge: Polity Press.
Banerji, Debabar (1984) The Political Economy of Western Medicine in Third World Countries.
In (ed.) John McKinlay Issues in the Political Economy of Healthcare. New York: Tavistock.
SEMESTER - VI
Indian Sociological Traditions
Course Objective:
Traditions in Indian sociology can be traced with the formal teaching of sociology as a subject in
Bombay university way back in 1914. While the existence of a “Sociology in India” and
“Sociology of India” have been largely debated in terms of whether it has been influenced by
western philosophy, is there a need of indigenization etc., sociologist in India have primarily
been engaged with issues of tradition and modernity, caste, tribe and gender. This paper
primarily provides perspectives of key Indian sociologists on some of these issues.
1. G S Ghurye
1.1 Caste and Race
1.2 City and Civilization
2. RadhakamalMukerjee
2.1 Personality, Society, Values
2.2 Social Ecology
3. D P Mukerji
3.1 Tradition and Modernity
3.2 Middle Class
4. Verrier Elwin
4.1. Tribes in India
5. M.N. Srinivas
5.1. Social Change
6. IrawatiKarve
6.1. Gender and Kinship
7. Leela Dube
7.1 Caste and Gender

1. G.S.Ghurye
1.1.1. Upadhya, Carol 2010, „The Idea of an Indian Society: G.S. Ghurye and the Making of
Indian Sociology‟ in Patricia Uberoi, Satish Despande and Nandini Sundar (ed) Anthropology in
the East: Founders of Indian Sociology and Anthropology New Delhi: Permanent Black
1.1.2. Ghurye, G.S. 1969, Caste and Race in India, Delhi: Popular Prakashan Pp 114-140,404-
460 (82 pages)
1.2.1. Ghurye, G.S. 1962, Cities and Civilization, Delhi: Popular Prakashan
2. RadhakamalMukerjee
2.1.1. Mukerjee, Radhakamal 1950, The Social Structure of Values, London: George Allen and
Unwin Chp 2,3, 5, 6 & 9
2.2.1. Mukerjee, Radhakamal 1932, (reproduced in1994) „An Ecological Approach to
Sociology‟ in RamchandraGuha (ed) Social Ecology Delhi: OUP
2.2.2 Mukerjee, Radhakamal 1932, The concepts of balance and organization in Social
Ecology Sociology and Social Research 16 (July-August 1932) 503516
2.2.3. Venugopal, C.N. 1988, Ideology and Society in India: Sociological Essays, New Delhi:
Criterion Publications Chp 7
3. D.P. Mukerji (Weeks 5-6)
3.1.1. Madan, T.N. 2010, „Search for Synthesis: The Sociology of D.P Mukerji‟ in Patricia
Uberoi, Satish Despande and Nandini Sundar (ed) Anthropology in the East: Founders of Indian
Sociology and Anthropology, New Delhi: Permanent Black
3.1.2. Mukerji D.P. (1958 second edition 2002), Diversities: Essays in Economics, Sociology
and Other Social Problems, Delhi: Manak Publications Pg 177-225, 261-276
3.2.1. Chakraborty, D 2010, D P Mukerji and the Middle Class in India, Sociological Bulletin
59(2), May-August 235-255
4. Verrier Elwin
4.1.1. Guha, Ramchandra 2010, „Between Anthropology and Literature: The Ethnographies of
Verrier Elwin‟ in Patricia Uberoi, Satish Despande and Nandini Sundar (eds) Anthropology in
the East: Founders of Indian Sociology and Anthropology, New Delhi: Permanent Black
4.1.2. Elwin, Verrier 1955, The Religion of an Indian Tribe, Bombay: OUPChp 11, 15, 16, 17
4.1.3. Munshi, Indra 2004, Verrier Elwin and Tribal Development‟ in T.B. Subba and SujitSom
(eds) Between Ethnography and Fiction: Verrier Elwin and the Tribal Question in India, New
Delhi: Orient Longman
5. M.N. Srinivas (Week 9-10)
5.1.1. Srinivas, M.N. 1996, Indian Anthropologists and the study of Indian Society EPW 31(11)
656-657
5.1.2. Srinivas, M.N. 1971, Social Change in Modern India University of California Press
Berkeley Chp 4-5
5.1.3. Srinivas, M. N.1992, On Living in a Revolution and Other Essays, Delhi: OUP Chp
1,2,3,5&7
6. IrawatiKarve (Week 11-12)
6.1.1. Sundar, Nandini 2010 „In the Cause of Anthropology: The Life and Work of
IrawatiKarve‟ in Patricia Uberoi, Satish Despande and Nandini Sundar (ed) Anthropology in the
East: Founders of Indian Sociology and Anthropology Permanent Black New Delhi
6.1.2. Karve, Irawati 1965, Kinship Organization in India, Bombay and New York: Asia
Publishing House
7. Leela Dube (Week 13-14)
7.1.1. Dube, Leela 1967, Caste, Class and Power: Eastern Anthropologist Lucknow 20(2) 215-
225
7.1.2. Dube, Leela 2001, Anthropological Explorations in Gender: Intersecting Fields, New
Delhi: Sage Chp 3,5 & 6
Further Readings:
The following readings may be referred for debates and history of Indian Sociology: Dhanagare,
D.N (1999), Themes and Perspectives in Indian Sociology, Delhi: Rawat Publications Chp 7
Madan T N 2011, Sociological Traditions: Methods and Perspectives in the Sociology of India,
New Delhi: Sage
Uberoi, Patricia Despande Satish and Sundar Nandini (ed) 2010, Anthropology in the East:
Founders of Indian Sociology and Anthropology, New Delhi: Permanent Black
The following readings may be referred for student presentations: Mukerjee, Radhakamal 1951,
The Dynamics of Morals, London: Macmillan & Co
Mukerji D.P. (1942 republished 2002), Modern Indian Culture: A Sociological Study, New
Delhi: Rupa& Co.
Elwin, Verrier 1952, Bondo Highlander, Bombay: OUP
Karve, Irawati (1969 reprinted 1991), Yuganta: The end of an epoch, Hyderbad: Disha Books
Karve, Irawati 1961, Hindu Society — an interpretation, Pune: DeshmukhPrakashan
Bodoland University
CBCS Curriculum Structures for UG Syllabus (BA Regular in Sociology)
No of Papers= 12+12=24, Total Credits=120
Total Marks=2100
SEM-I
(L+T+P) Marks
Paper- MIL-1 MIL-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
101R
SOC- Introduction to Sociology DSC- 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
102R 01A
Paper- Other Subject DSC- 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

103R 02A
COMM- (English/MIL AECC- 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
104HR Communication)/Environmental 1
Science
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P) Marks
ENG- English-1 ENG-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
201R
SOC- Sociology of India DSC- 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
202R 01B

203R 02B
ENV- Environmental Science AECC- 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
204HR 2
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-III
(L+T+P) Marks
Paper- MIL-2 MIL-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
301R
SOC- Sociological Theories DSC- 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
302R 01C
303R 02C
SOC- Techniques of Social SEC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
304HR Research
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-IV
(L+T+P) Marks
ENG- English-2 ENG-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
401R
SOC- Methods DSC- 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
402R of Sociological Enquiry 01D

403R 02D
SOC- Gender Sensitization SEC- 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
404HR 02
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-V
(L+T+P) Marks
SOC- Religion and Society DSE- 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
501R 01A
Paper- Other Subject DSE- 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

502R 02A
SOC- Polity and Society in India GE-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
503HR
SOC- Society through SEC-3 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
504R the Visual
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-VI
(L+T+P) Marks
SOC- Social Stratification DSE- 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
601R 01B
Paper- Other Subject DSE- 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
602R 02B
SOC- GE-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
603HR Economy and Society
SOC- Theory and Practice of SEC-4 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
604R Development
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350

New Syllabus
B.A. Regular Course (Sociology)
Semester Core Course Ability Enhancement Skill Elective: Generic
(4) Compulsory Course (AECC) Enhancement Discipline Elective
(2) Course Specific GE-(2)
(SEC) (4) DSE(2)
Eng/Hindi/MIL- (English/Hindi/MIL
I 1 Communication)/Environmental
DSC-01A Science
Introduction to
Sociology
DSC-02A
Other Subject
MIL/Hindi/Eng- Environmental
1 Science
II DSC-01B
Sociology of
India
DSC-02B
Other Subject
Eng/Hindi/MIL- SEC-01
III 2 Techniques of
DSC-01C Social
Sociological Research
Theories
DSC-02C
Other Subject
MIL/Hindi/Eng- SEC-02
IV 2 Gender
DSC-01D Sensitization
Methods
of Sociological
Enquiry
DSC-02D
Other Subject
SEC-03 DSE-01A GE-01
V Society Religion and Polity and
through Society Society in
the Visual DSE-02A India
SEC- 04 DSE-01B GE-02

VI Theory and Social Economy
Practice of Stratification and Society
Development DSE-02B
Note: 1.There should be separate syllabus for DSC and DSE for same subject.
2. Students opting Language subject as Core subject will not be allowed to take AECC in same
Language.
BA (Program)
Semester- I
Core Course 01
Introduction to Sociology
Course Objective:
This course is a broad introduction to the discipline of sociology. It familiarizes the students with the
history and some of the fundamental concepts and concerns of the discipline.
1. Nature and Scope of Sociology

1.1 History of Sociology
1.2 Relationship of Sociology with other Social Sciences:
1.2.1 Anthropology
1.2.2 Psychology
1.2.3 History
2.Sociological Concepts
2.1 Status and Role
2.2 Groups
2.3 Culture
2.4 Socialization
2.5. Structure and Function
2.6. Social Control and Change

1. Nature and Scope of Sociology
1.1 History of Sociology
1.1.1 Giddens, A., 2006 (5th ed.), Sociology, London: Oxford University Press, Chapter 1, pp. 2-29.
1.1.2 Relationship of Sociology with other Social Sciences: Anthropology, Psychology and History.
1.1.3 Beattie, J., 1951, Other Cultures, New York: The Free Press, Chapter 2, pp. 16-34.
2. Sociological Concepts
2.1 Status and Role
2.1.1 Bierstedt, R., 1974, The Social Order, New York: McGraw Hill, Chapter 9, pp. 250-279.
2.1.2 Linton, R., 1936, The Study of Man, New York: Appleton Century Crofts, Chapter 8, pp. 113-
131.
2.2 Groups
2.2.1 Bierstedt, R., 1974, The Social Order, New York: McGraw Hill, Chapter 10, pp. 280-309.
2.3 Culture
2.3.1 Bierstedt, R., 1974, The Social Order, New York: McGraw Hill, Chapter 5 & 6, pp. 125- 187
2.4 Socialization
2.4.1 Horton, P.B. and C.L. Hunt, 1985, Sociology, New York: McGraw Hill, Chapter 4, pp. 79-103.
Semester- II
Core Course 02
Sociology of India
Course Objective:
This paper aims to provide an outline of the institutions and processes of Indian society. The central
objective is to encourage students to view the Indian reality through a sociological lens.
1. India as a Plural Society

2. Social Institutions and Practices
2.1 Caste
2.2 Tribe
2.3 Class
2.4 Village
2.5 Family and Kinship
3. Identities and Change
3.1 Dalits’ Movement
3.2 Women’s Movement
4. Challenges to State and Society
4.1Communalism
4.2 Secularism

1. India as a Plural Society
1.1 Mason, Philip 1967. “Unity and Diversity: An Introductory Review” in Philip Mason(ed.) India and
Ceylon: Unity and Diversity. London: Oxford University Press, Introduction.
1.2 Stern, Robert W. 2003. Changing India. Cambridge: CUP. Introduction. Change, societies of India
and Indian Society. pp. 1 – 31.
Social Institutions and Practices
2.1 Caste
2.1.1 Srinivas, M.N., 1969, “The Caste System in India”, in A. Beteille(ed.) Social Inequality: Selected
Readings. Harmondsworth: Penguin Books, pp.265-272.
2.1.2 Srinivas, M.N., 1956, “A Note on Sanskritization and Westernization”, The Far Eastern
Quarterly, Volume 15, No. 4, pp 481-496.
2.1.3 Alavi, Hamaza and John Harriss (eds.) 1989. Sociology of ‘Developing Societies’: South Asia.
London: Macmillan. John Harriss, „The Formation of Indian society: Ideology and Power‟. pp. 126 –
133.
2.2 Tribe
2.2.1 Haimendorf, C.V.F., 1967, „The Position of Tribal Population in India‟, in Philip Mason (ed.),
India and Ceylon: Unity and Diversity, New York: Oxford University Press, Chapter 9.
2.3 Class
2.3.1 Thorner, Daniel, 1992. Agrarian Structure‟ in Dipankar Gupta (ed.), Social Stratification in
India, New Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 261-270.
2.3.2 Deshpande, Satish, 2003, Contemporary India: A Sociological View. New Delhi; Viking, pp.
125-150.
2.4 Village
2.4.1 Srinivas, M.N., 1987, The Dominant Caste and Other Essays, Delhi: Oxford University Press,
pp.20-59.
2.5 Family and Kinship
2.5.1 Shah, A. M., 1998, The Family in India: Critical Essays. New Delhi: Orient Longman, pp.52-
63.
2.5.2 Karve, Iravati. 1994, „The Kinship map of India‟, in Patricia Uberoi(ed.) Family, kinship and
marriage in India. Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp.50-73.
3. Identities and Change (2 Weeks)
3.1 Shah, Ghanshyam. 2001, Dalit identity and politics. Delhi: Sage Publications, Chapter 1 and 7.
3.2 Kumar, Radha. 1999, From Chipko to sati: The Contemporary women’s movement, in Nivedita
Menon (ed.) Gender and Politics in India. Delhi: Oxford University Press, pp. 342-369.
4. Challenges to State and Society (2 Weeks)
4.1 Madan, T.N., 1997, Modern Myths and Locked Minds. Delhi: Oxford University Press, Chapter 8.
4.2 Dumont, L. 1997, Religion, Politics and History in India. Paris: Mouton, Chapter 5.
Semester - III
Core Course 03
Sociological Theories
Course Objective:
The course introduces the students to the classical sociological thinkers, whose work has shaped the
discipline of sociology.
1. Karl Marx
1.1 Materialist Conception of History
1.2 Class and Class Struggle
2. Emile Durkheim
2.1 Social Fact
2.2 Forms of Solidarity
3. Max Weber
3.1 Ideal Types and Social Action
3.2 Types of Authority

1. Karl Marx
1.1 Materialist Conception of History
1.2 Class and Class Struggle
1.1.1 Marx, K. and Friedrich Engels. 2002. The Communist Manifesto. HarmondsworthPenguin.
1.1.2 Aron, R. 1967. Main Currents in Sociological Thought. London: Weidenfieldand Nicholson, Vol.
1. pp. 107-180.
1.1.3 Calhoun, J. Craig, 2007. Classical Sociological Theory. 2nd Edition Blackwell, pp. 73-130.
1.1.4 Jayapalan, N. 2001. Sociological Theories. Atlantic Publisher, pp.35-69.
2. Emile Durkheim
2.1 Social Fact
2.1.1 Durkheim, E. 1958. The Rules of Sociological Method. Glencoe: Free Press, Chapters 1 and 3.
2.1.2 Jones R.A. 1986, Emile Durkheim: An Introduction to Four Major Works. London: Sage.
Chapters 3 and 4.
2.2 Forms of Solidarity 2.2.1 Aron, R. 1967. Main Currents in Sociological Thought London:
Weidenfield and Nicholson, Vol. 2, pp. 11-97.
2.2.2 Calhoun, J. Craig, 2007. Classical Sociological Theory 2nd Edition. Blackwell, pp.131-180.
3. Max Weber
3.1 Ideal Types and Social Action 3.2 Types of Authority
3.1.1 Gerth, H.H. and C. Wright Mills (eds.) 1948. From Max Weber: Essays in Sociology. London:
Routledge and Kegan Paul, Introduction.
3.1.2 Aron, R. 1967. Main Currents in Sociological Thought. London: Weidenfield and Nicholson, Vol.
2, pp.177-252.
3.1.3 Calhoun, J. Craig, 2007. Classical Sociological Theory. 2nd Edition. Blackwell, pp.205-274.
Semester - III
Techniques of Social Research
Course Objective:
This course aims to enhance the skills of students to understand and use techniques employed by social
scientists to investigate social phenomena. With emphasis on formulating research design, methods of
data collection, and data analysis, it will provide students with some elementary knowledge on how to
conduct both, quantitative and qualitative research. The focus is on understanding through suggested
exercises.
1. Research Design
1.1 Concepts & Hypotheses
1.2 Measurement, Reliability & Validity
1.3 Quantitative & Qualitative: Surveys & Ethnographies
1.4 Sampling Frameworks
2. Data Collection
2.1 Primary Sources
2.2 Secondary Sources
3. Data Analysis
3.1 Content Analysis
3.2 Narrative Analysis
3.3 Statistical Analysis: frequency distribution, cross tabulation, measures of central tendency,
measures of dispersion, correlation
4. Framing a Research Question

The course will be based on exercises to be done in groups.
1. Research Design
1.1.1. Bryman, A. 2008, Social Research Methods, Oxford: Oxford University Press, Chapter 2, 3, 4 &
5, pp. 29-136
1.1.2. Amir B. Marvasti, 2004, Qualitative Research in Sociology, London: Sage, Chapter 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
& 7, pp. 14-144
Suggested Assignments:
a) Design a survey on factors effecting marriage choices of young people.
b) Visit a shopping mall and observe the interaction between employees and customers/visitors.
Identify themes based on your observation and prepare a questionnaire based on this experience.
c) Visit the college canteen/ administrative office/a bus stop/ area outside the metro station and observe
all that happens for an hour or more and write a descriptive note on it. Discussions on these notes to
follow.
d) Visit a police station/ hospital/court and spend a few hours observing the scene. Write a short essay
on issues of access to the field, rapport building and your role as an ethnographer.
2. Data Collection
2.1.1 Lofland J. and Lofland L. 1984, Analysing Social Settings: A Guide to Qualitative Observation
and Experiment, California: Wadsworth
2.1.2 Morgan, David L. 1996, “Focus Groups”, Annual Review of Sociology 22, pp. 29‐52 Suggested
Assignments:
a) Conduct a structured Interview with close ended options and a relatively unstructured interview on
the same topic (of your choice) with similar sets of people. Observe and note the differences.
b) Look at NSS/NFHS/Census Data and write notes on the themes of how you can interpret the data.
c) Look at a set of published letters of Gandhi, Nehru, C.F. Andrews, Tagore etc. and identify key
social issues that are discussed in the contents of the letters.
d) Collect 3 oral testimonies/ life histories of people who have witnessed and experienced any
traumatic event in their lives.
3. Data Analysis (Students will be introduced to the use of Statistical Software Packages) Suggested
Assignments/Exercise:
a) Choose a theme of your interest‐ for e.g., crime, technology environmental concerns or any other and
look through the Sunday editorials of any national daily of the last 3 months to locate related articles.
b) Do a content analysis of advertisements of any one consumer product/service, which have appeared
over one year in a leading national daily.
c) Analyze the oral testimonies you have collected in Exercise 2(d). Discuss the issues and challenges
in using testimony as evidence. d) Students will be provided with data sets to run them in a software
program.
4. Framing a Research Question. Choose a research question, identify statement(s), hypothesis and
concepts. Operationalize concepts and match the methods and tools for data collection.
Semester - IV
Core Course 04
Methods of Sociological Enquiry
Course Objective:
The course is a general introduction to the methodologies of sociological research methods. It will
provide the student with some elementary knowledge of the complexities and philosophical
underpinnings of research.
1. The Logic of Social Research

1.2 Objectivity in the Social Sciences
1.3 Reflexivity
2.1 The Comparative Method
2.2 The Ethnographic Method
3. Modes of Enquiry
3.1 Theory and Research

1. The Logic of Social Research
1.1.1 Mills, C. W. 1959, The Sociological Imagination, London: Oxford University Press, Chapter 1,
pp. 3‐24.
1.1.2 Gluckman, M. 1978, 'Introduction', in A. L. Epstein (ed.), The Craft of Social Anthropology,
Delhi: Hindustan Publishing Corporation, pp. xv‐xxiv.
1.2. Objectivity in the Social Sciences
1.2.1. Durkheim, E. 1958, The Rules of Sociological Method, New York: The Free Press, Chapter 1&
2, pp. 1‐46.
1.2.2. Weber, Max. 1949, The Methodology of the Social Sciences, New York: The Free Press,
Foreword, pp. iii- x.
1.3. Reflexivity
1.3.1 Gouldner, Alvin. 1970, The Coming Crisis of Western Sociology, New York: Basic Books,
Chapter 13, pp. 481‐511.
2.1. The Comparative Method
2.1.1. Radcliffe‐Brown, A. R. 1958, Methods in Social Anthropology, Delhi: Asia Publishing
Corporation, Chapter 5, pp. 91‐108.
2.1.2. Béteille, A. 2002, Sociology: Essays on Approach and Method, New Delhi: Oxford University
Press, Chapter 4, pp. 72‐94.
2.2. The Ethnographic Method
2.2.1 Geertz, Clifford. 1973. Interpretation of Cultures, New York: Basic Books. Chapter 1, pp. 3-30.
3. Modes of Enquiry
3.1. Theory and Research
3.1.1 Merton, R. K. 1972, Social Theory and Social Structure, Delhi: Arvind Publishing House,
Chapters 4 & 5, pp. 139‐171.
3.1.2 Bryman, Alan. 2004, Quantity and Quality in Social Research, New York: Routledge, Chapter 2
& 3, pp. 11‐70.
3.2 Constructing the Object of Research
3.2.1 Srinivas, M.N. et. al. 2002(reprint), The Fieldworker and the Field: Problems and Challenges in
Sociological Investigation, New Delhi: OUP, Introduction, pp. 1-14.
Semester - IV
Gender Sensitization
Course Objective:
This course will sensitize students to issues related to gender and equality among all sexes. It will
provide them with the tools and skills to develop and integrate a gendered perspective in work and life.
In particular, students will be acquainted with laws that have an immediate bearing on gender relations.
1. Sex, Gender and Sexuality

1.1 Introduction to debates on the social construction of sex and gender
1.2 Cultural construction of masculinity and femininity
1.3 Understanding sexual preference as a right
2. Gender, Family, Community and the State
3. Gender Rights and the Law
3.1 Right to property
3.2 Personal laws
3.3 Violence against women
3.3.1 Sexual harassment
3.3.2 Rape
3.3.3 Domestic violence
4. Understanding Intersections of Gender, Caste, Class, Region, Religion and Disability

The course will be based on exercises to be done in groups.
1. Sex and gender
1.1 Geetha, V. 2002. Gender. Calcutta: Street
1.2. Menon, Nivedita. 2012. Seeing like a Feminist. New Delhi: Zubaan/Penguin Books
1.3. Bhasin, Kamala. Patriarchy. New Delhi: Kali for Women
1.4. Murty, Laxmi and Rajshri Dasgupta. 2012. 'Our Pictures, Our Words A Visual Journey Through
The Women's Movement'. New Delhi: Zubaan
1.5. Films: Being Male Being Koti Dir: MahuyaBandyopadhyay Many People Many Desires Dir: T.
Jayashree; Boys Don’t Cry Dir: Kimberley Peirce Suggested Assignments:
a) Discussion around any two of the above‐mentioned films. Students will be asked to write a short
essay on the pressures they feel of the experience in performing masculinity or femininity.
b) Presentations and discussions based around the essays.
c) Role Play: Gender and its performance in everyday life. Students to form smaller groups and present
skits to address this issue creatively. This will be followed by discussions.
2. Gender, Family, Community and the State
2.1. Shah, Chayanika et al. 2005. Marriage, Family and Community: A Feminist Dialogue. Economic
and Political Weekly February 19: 709 722
2.2. Films: IzzatnagrikiAsabhyaBetiyan Dir: Nakul Singh Sawhney
Suggested Assignments/Exercise:
a) Debate or discussion on, Is the family the site of love and care or, Is the family democratic
b) Look at NSS/NFHS/Census Data and write notes on the themes of how you can interpret the data
c) Writing exercise: Does a gendered division of labour in the household deny women equal
opportunities?
d) Visit to a women’s shelter/NariNiketan followed by short essays on the experience and discussions
based on the same.
e) Visit to a family court followed by discussions.
f) Role play: On how to address issues of gender discrimination within the family.
3. Gender Rights and the Law
3.1. For all the laws relating to women please refer to the following resource:
http://ncw.nic.in/frmLLawsRelatedtoWomen.aspx
3.2. Films: Gulabi Gang Dir: Nishtha Jain; North Country Dir: Niki Caro; The Accused Dir: Jonathan
Kaplan
Suggested Assignments/Exercise:
a) Debate on women’s equal right to natal property.
b) Discussion on what consent means. Students to be presented with different scenarios to enable them
to problematise the notion of consent.
c) Writing exercise: Take up any one law relating to women and critically examine one or two
judgments pertaining to that law. This will be followed by class presentations.
d) Reading of the Delhi University Ordinance against Sexual Harassment and discussions around it.
e) Student projects (in smaller groups) on developing IEC material (Information, Education,
Communication) on the Delhi University Ordinance against Sexual Harassment for students.
f) Discussion on section 377 of the Indian Penal Code. g) Discussions on these laws with practicing
lawyers.
4. Understanding Intersections of Gender, Caste, Class, Region, Religion and Disability. (Week 14)
4.1. Tharu, S. and Niranjana, T. 1999. “Problems for contemporary theory of gender” in Nivedita
Menon, Gender and Politics in India. New Delhi: Oxford University Press.
4.2. Ghai, Anita. (2003). (Dis)Embodied Form: Issues of Disabled Women. New Delhi. Har‐Anand
Publications. (Selected chapters) Suggested Assignments/Exercise:
a) Debate on the Women’s Reservation in Parliament Bill.
b) Writing exercise: Identify any one culturally specific gender stereotypes in the context of your own
life and show how you negotiate it.
c) Visits and discussion in some women’s organisations/groups in Delhi, where students will explore
how organisations understand and negotiate these intersections in the larger context of women’s
struggles, and struggles in the women’s movement.
d) Students can discuss posters of the women’s movement from the book Murthy and Dasgupta (2012)
and be asked to design posters for a particular campaign.
Semester- V
Society through the Visual
Course Objectives:
This course intends to train students in the specialized technique of conducting visual research and
analysis of visual data. It focuses on the broad fields of Photography, Film and Multimedia as
significant tools, used in contemporary research practices.
1. Introduction to the Sociological Study of the Visual

2. Sociology and the Practice of Photography
3. Video and Film in Sociology
4. Sociology, Multimedia and Hypermedia

1. Introduction to the Sociological Study of the Visual
1.1 Mead, Margaret, 1995. ‘Visual Anthropology in a Discipline of Words’ in Principles of Visual
Anthropology (ed) Paul Hockings, Second Edition, Mouton de Gruyter, pp 3-10
1.2 Pink, Sarah. 2013. Doing Visual Ethnography, Sage Publications Limited, Chaps 1 and 2
2. Sociology and the Practice of Photography
2.1 Collier, John and Malcom Collier. 1986. Visual Anthropology: Photography as a Research Method,
University of New Mexico Press, Chaps 1, 2 and 3
2.2 Becker, Howard S. ‘Visual Sociology, Documentary Photography, and Photojournalism: It’s
(Almost) All a Matter of Context’ in Image-Based Research: A sourcebook for Qualitative Researchers,
Jon Prosser ed., Falmer Press, pp. 74-85
2.3 Prosser, Jon & Dona Scwartz, 1998. ‘Photographs within the Sociological Research Process’ in
Image-Based Research: A sourcebook for Qualitative Researchers, Jon Prosser ed., Falmer Press, pp.
101-115
3. Video and Film in Sociology
3.1 Asch, Timothy and Patsy Asch, 1995. ‘Film in Ethnographic Research’ in Principles of Visual
Anthropology (ed) Paul Hockings, Second Edition, Mouton de Gruyter, pp. 335-362
3.2 MacDougall, David. 2011. ‘Anthropological Filmmaking: An Empirical Art.’ in Sage Handbook of
Visual Research Methods, Eric Margolis & Luc Pauwels, eds, pp. 99-113
3.3 Schaeffer, Joseph H, 1995. ‘Videotape: New Techniques of Observation and Analysis in
Anthropology’ in Principles of Visual Anthropology (ed) Paul Hockings, Second Edition, Mouton de
Gruyter, pp. 255-284
4. Sociology, Multimedia and Hypermedia
4.1 Harper, Douglas.2012. Visual Sociology, Routledge, Chaps 7,8 and 9
4.2 Pink, Sarah. 2004. ‘Conversing Anthropologically: Hypermedia as Anthropological Text’ in
Working Images: Visual Research and Representation in Ethnography, Sarah Pink et al. eds,
Routledge, pp. 164-181
4.3 Lewis, Rob W. ‘Media Convergence and Social Research: The Hathaway Project’ in Image-Based
Research: A sourcebook for Qualitative Researchers, Jon Prosser ed., Falmer Press, pp. 143-156
Note: The prescribed readings are application and practice oriented, providing guidelines for
conducting Visual Research. The students will be expected to carry out short field research exercises
based on these guidelines.
Semester - V
Religion and Society
Course Objective:
This course acquaints students with a sociological understanding of religion. It examines some forms of
religion in India and its role in modern society.
1. Understanding Religion
1.1. Sociology of Religion: Meaning and Scope
1.2. Sacred and Profane
1.3 Religion and Rationalization
1.4 Rites of Passage
2. Religion in India
2.1. Hinduism
2.2. Islam
2.3. Christianity
2.4. Sikhism
2.5. Buddhism
3. Secularism& Communalism

1. Understanding Religion:
1.1 Sociology of Religion: Meaning and Scope
1.1.1 Béteille, A. 2002. Sociology: Essays on Approach and Method. OUP: New Delhi, pp134‐150.
1.1.2 Berger. 1967. The Sacred Canopy. Garden City: New York, pp175186.
1.1.3 Asad. T. 1993. Genealogies of Religion: Discipline and Reasons of Power in Christianity and
Islam, John Hopkins Press: Baltimore, pp 27‐54.
1.2 Sacred and Profane
1.2.1 Durkheim, E. 2001. The Elementary Forms of the Religious Life. Carol Cosman (trans). Oxford:
Oxford University Press, pp 25‐46; 87‐100; 153‐182.
1.3 Religion and Rationalization
1.3.1 Weber Max. 1905. The Protestant Ethic and the Spirit of Capitalism, New York: Free Press, pp
39– 50.
1.4 Rites of Passage
1.4.1 Gennep A. V, 1960. Rites of Passage. London: Routledge and Kegan and Paul, pp 1 ‐ 14; 65‐70;
74‐77; 85‐90; 101‐107; 116‐128; 130‐ 135&141165.
2. Religion in India:
2.1.1 Sontheimer, Gunther-Dietz, and Hermann Kulke. Hinduism Reconsidered. New Delhi: Manohar,
2001. Hinduism: The Five Components and their Interaction. pp. 305 – 322.
2.1.2 Fuller, C. J. 2004, The Camphor Flame: Popular Hinduism and Society in India, New Jersey:
Princeton University Press, Introduction.
2.1.3 Srinivas, M.N. 1952. Religion and Society among the Coorgs of South India, Clarendon: Oxford,
pp 100‐122.
2.2 Momin. A.R., 2004. ‘The Indo‐Islamic Tradition’ in Robinson, R. (ed.) Sociology of Religion in
India. New Delhi: Sage. pp 84‐99.
2.3. Robinson, R. 2003. ‘Christianity in the Context of Indian Society and Culture’ in Das Veena (ed.),
Oxford Indian Companion to Sociology and Social Anthropology, OUP: New Delhi, pp. 884‐ 907.
2.4. Uberoi, J.P.S. 1991. ‘The Five Symbols of Sikhism’ in Madan, T.N. (ed.) Religion in India. New
Delhi: OUP, pp 320 ‐333.
2.5. Omvedt, G. 2003. Buddhism in India: Challenging Brahmanism and Caste, New Delhi: Sage, pp
23‐53.
3. Secularism and Communalism
3.1. Chadwick, Owen. The Secularization of the European Mind in the Nineteenth Century. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press, 1975, pp 120.
3.2 Madan, T.N. 1991. ‘Secularism in its Place’ in T. N. Madan, T.N. (ed.) Religion in India. New
Delhi: OUP, pp 394 ‐413.
3.3. Saberwal, S. 1991. ‘Elements of Communalism’ in T. N. Madan, (ed.) Religion in India. OUP:
New Delhi, pp 339 ‐350.
Semester - V
Polity and Society in India
Course Objective:
This course seeks to introduce the students to the study of Indian politics from a sociological
Perspective. In the process, it attempts to give the students theories, categories and conceptual tools to
understand politics in relation to society in general.
1. On Studying Politics and Society in India

2. Themes in Politics and Society in India
2.2 Political Machine
2.3 Political Identities
2.4 Political Processes
3. Protest and Resistance in Indian Politics

1. On Studying Politics and Society in India
1.1 Chatterjee, Partha, 1997. State and Politics in India. Delhi: Oxford University Press, Introduction: A
Political History of Independent India. pp. 139
1.2 Brass, Paul R, 1998. ‘India: Democratic Progress and Problems’ in Slig S. Harrison et al (ed.) India
and Pakistan: The First Fifty Years. Woodrow Wilson Center Press, pp. 23-44
1.3 Spencer, Jonathan, 2007. Anthropology, Politics and the State: Democracy and Politics in South
Asia. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Chapter 2. Locating the Political. pp. 19-47
1.4 Kaviraj, Sudipta. 1991. ‘On State, Society and Discourse in India’, in James Manor (ed.)
Rethinking Third World Politics, London: Longman. pp. 72-99
2. Themes in Politics and Society in India: (9 Weeks)
2.1.1 Rudolph, Lloyd I, and Susanne Hoeber Rudolph, 1987. In Pursuit of Lakshmi. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press. Introduction, Chapter 1 & 7. pp. 1-59, 211-219
2.1.2 Vanaik, A. 2000, ‘The Social Character of the Indian State’, in Z. Hasan (ed.), Politics and the
State in India, New Delhi: Sage, pp.89-107
2.2 Political Machine
2.2.1 Bailey, F.G. 1968, ‘Para-Political Systems’, in M. J. Schwartz (ed.), Local level Politics: Social
and Cultural Perspectives, London: University of London Press, pp.281-94
2.2.2 Gould, H. A. 1971, ‘Local government roots of contemporary Indian politics’, Economic and
Political Weekly, vol.6 (7), pp.457-64
2.3 Political Identities: Nation, Caste, Religion and Ethnicity
2.3.1 Sathyamurthy, T.V. 1997, ‘Indian Nationalism: State of the Debate’, in Economic and Political
Weekly, vol.32 (14), p.715-721
2.3.2 Weiner, Myron. 2001, ‘The Struggle for Equality: Caste in Indian Politics’, in A. Kohli (ed.), The
Success of India’s Democracy, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, pp.193-225
2.3.3 Baruah, Sanjib. ‘Politics of Subnationalism: Society versus State in Assam’, From Partha
Chatterjee (ed.) State and Politics in India, Delhi:OUP. pp. 496 – 520
2.4 Political Institutions and Democratic Processes
2.4.1 Manor, James. 1988, ‘Parties and the Party System’, in A. Kohli (ed.), India’s Democracy,
Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 62-98
2.4.2 Michelutti, Lucia. 2007, ‘The Vernacularization of Democracy: Political Participation and
Popular Politics in North India’, The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute, vol.13 (3), pp.
639-656
3. Protest and Resistance in Indian Politics
Shah, Ghanshyam. ‘Grassroots Mobilizations in Indian Politics’, in A. Kohli (ed.), India’s Democracy,
Princeton: Princeton University Press, pp. 262-304
Semester -VI
Theory and Practice of Development
Course Objective:
This course aims to familiarise students with the arguments of development theory in the decades of
80s onwards and equip them with some of the methodology in development practices adopted since
then.
1. What is development?
2. Recent trends in Development
2.1 Neo-liberalism: Growth as Development
2.1a. Re-emergence of Neo-classical perspective
2.1b. SAP and its Critique
2.2 Post development Theory
2.2 a. Knowledge as Power
2.2b. Participatory Development 2.2c. GAD
2.3 Sustainable Development Theory: UN Earth Charter 1992
2.3a. Hegemonic approach: PPP
2.3b. Environmental discourse
3. Human Development Theory: Growth vs. Development
Course Content and Itinerary

1. What is development?
1.1 McMichael, Philip. Development and Social Change. Thousand Oaks, Calif.: Pine Forge Press,
2000. pp. 1-40
2. Recent Trends in Development
2.1 Neo-Liberalism: Growth as Development
2.1 Re-emergence of Neo-classical perspective
2.1b. SAP and its Critique
2.1.1 Emmerij, Louis. 2005. Turning Points in Development Thinking and Practice. Conference Paper
2.1.2 Meilink, Henk. 2003. Structural Adjustment Programmes on the African Continent: The
theoretical foundations of IMF/World Bank reform policies. ASC Working paper No. 53. pp 1-29
2.1.3 Sparr, Pamela. (ed.)1994. Mortgaging Women’s Lives: Feminist Critiques of Structural
Adjustment. London: Zed Books. pp 1-30
Exercises & Case Studies
Exercise: A bedtime Story for Grown Ups
Case Study: Jayaweera, Swarna. 1994. Structural Adjustment Policies, Industrial development and
Women in Sri Lanka in Pamela Sparr (ed) Mortgaging Women’s Lives: Feminist Critiques of
Structural Adjustment. London: Zed Books. pp 96-111
2.2 Post-Development Theory: 2.2a. Knowledge as Power 2.2b Participatory Development 2.2c GAD
2.2.1 Sachs, Wolfgang. 2007(12th impression). The Development Dictionary: A guide to Knowledge
as Power. London: Zed Books, Chap 1, 2 & pp 1-25, 264-274
2.1.2 Escobar, A. 2011. (paperback ed.) Encountering development: The making and unmaking of the
Third World Princeton: Princeton Press, Chap 2 & 6, pp 2154, 212-226
2.2.1 Dipholo, Kenneth B. 2002. Trends in participatory development, Journal of Social Development
in Africa Vol 17. No.1, pp 59-79
2.3.1 RazaviShahrashoub and Miller Carol 1995. From WID to GAD: Conceptual Shifts in the Women
and development Discourse Occasional Paper 1 United Nations Research Institute for Social
Development: UNDP ww.unrisd.org/unrisd/website/document.nsf/0/.../$FILE/opb1.pdf
Exercises & Case Studies Exercise1. Pass the Picture (from Stepping Stones, Action Aid Manual)
Exercise
2. Make a Gender Audit Report of any organization Case Study: Participatory Urban Planning in Porto
Alegre, Brazil
2.3 Sustainable Development Theory: UN Earth Charter 1992 2.3a Hegemonic approach: PPP 2.3b
Environmental discourse
Buse, Kent. and Harmer, Andrew. 2004. Power to the Partners? : The Politics of Public-Private Health
Partnerships Development, 2004, 47(2), pp 49–56
Exercise: Assess the JNNURM Plans of Delhi, Mumbai and Kolkata, Ref:
http://www.pria.org/Reforming_JNNURM.htm
3 Human Development Theory: Growth vs Development (3 Weeks)
Friere, Paulo. 1972. Pedagogy of the Oppressed. New York: Herder & Herder
Sen, Amartya. 1989. ‘‘Development as Capabilities Expansion.’’ Journal of Development Planning 19:
41 – 58.
Sen, Amartya. and Sudhir Anand. 1994. ‘‘Sustainable Human Development: Concepts and Priorities.’’
Background Paper for the Human Development Report 1994. New York: Human Development Report
Office.
Fukuda-Parr, Sakiko. 2003. The human development paradigm: Operationalizing Sen’s ideas on
Capabilities, Feminist Economics 9(2 – 3), 2003, 301 – 317
Exercises: Exercise1.Assess the quality of a nearby MCD school
Exercise.Assess the quality of health care services in an urban PHC Case Study: Tint, Piia and
Reinhold, Karin. 2008. Safety & health through Redesign of Garment Worker’s Workplaces in
AmitaSahaya (ed) Selected Readings IV International Congress Women Work and health New Delhi:
WWHI
Websites of Organizations for exercises and Case studies: - Family Planning Organization, UNDP,
ILO, PRAXIS, PRIA-Participatory Research In Asia - www.iclei.org, www.infochangeindia.org
Semester - VI
Social Stratification
Course Objective:
The course introduces the student to various ideas of Social inequality and their sociological study.
The different forms and institutional manifestations of social stratification are explored here both
theoretically and through case studies.
1. Social Stratification: Concepts and Approaches

2. Forms of Social Stratification
2.1 Race and Ethnicity
2.2 Caste and Class
2.3 Gendering Inequality
2.4 Poverty and Social Exclusion
3. Social Mobility

1. Social Stratification: Concepts and Approaches
1.1. Béteille, A. 1983. ‘Introduction in Andre Béteille (ed.): Equality and Inequality: Theory and
Practice; Delhi: Oxford University Press. pp.1‐ 27.
1.2. Gupta, D. 1991. ‘Hierarchy and Difference’ in Dipankar Gupta (ed.): Social Stratification Delhi:
Oxford University Press, pp 1‐21.
2. Forms of Stratification
2.1.1. William, Jutius Wilson 1978, The Declining Significance of Race: Blacks and Changing
American Institution. University of Chicago Press, pp. 1 – 23 & 183‐188.
2.1.2. Joe,R. Feagin ‘The Continuing Significance of Race’ American Sociological Review, 56,
(Feb‐91) pp 101‐116.
2.1.3. McClintock, Anne, and George Robertson. ‘Soft‐soaping Empire: Commodity Racism and
Imperial Advertising’ In Nicholas Mirzoeff (ed) The Visual Culture Reader: Second Edition. 2002.
Routledge Taylor & Francis Group, 304-316
2.1.4. Barth, F. (ed), Ethnic Groups and Boundaries, Little Brown and Co. Boston, 1969, pp‐10‐16.
2.1.5. Immanuel, Maurice Wallerstein, The Construction of Peoplehood, Racism, Nationalism,
Ethnicity,1991, London Press, pp‐71‐85.
2.2.1. Béteille, A. Caste, Class and Power Chapter: 1, Oxford University Press, 1971.
2.2.2. Sharma, Ursula. 1999. Caste. Open University Press, pp.1‐94.
2.2.3. Debe, Leela. 1996 "Caste and Women" in M.N. Srinivas (ed.) Caste: Its Twentieth Century
Avatar, New Delhi: Penguin.
2.3.1 Maria Charles and David B. Grusky. Occupational Ghettos: The Worldwide Separation of
Women and Men, Stanford University Press, 2004 pp 389‐402.
2.3.2 Papanek, Hanna. 1990. "To Each Less Than She Needs, From Each More Than She Can Do:
Allocations, Entitlements and Value” in Irene Tinker (ed.), Persisting Inequality: Women World
Development, Oxford: Clarendon Press, pp. 121‐164.
2.4.1 Timothy Smeeding, ‘Poorer by Comparison; Poverty, Work and Public Policy in Comparative
Perspective’, Pathways Magazine, Stanford Center for the Study of Poverty and Inequality, Winter
2008, pp1‐25.
2.4.2 Newman, K. S and Victor Tan Chen.2007. The Missing Class: Portraits of the Near Poor in
America, Boston: Beacon Press Book, pp 1‐10.
3. Social Mobility
3.1 Breigher,R.L.(ed)1990. Social Mobility and Social Structure. New York; Cambridge University
Press, Ch. 5, pp.103‐30.
3.2 Grusky, D.V. 1994. Social Stratification Perspective. Boulder: Westview Press, Part I V, pp
245‐264.
3.3. Macleod, Jay. 1987. ‘Leveled Aspirations: Social Reproduction Takes its Toll’, in Ain’t No Makin
It: Aspirations and Attainment in a Low Income Neighbourhood. USA: Westview Press, pp. 112‐136.
3.4. Bettie, Julie. 2003. Women without Class: Girls, Race, and Identity. California: University of
California Press, pp 57-94.
Semester -VI
Economy and Society
Course Objective:
The course introduces the students to the complex ways in which economic activity is embedded in
social relations form a sociological view point.
1. Sociological Aspects of Economic Phenomenon

1.1 Approaches: Formalism and Substantivism
1.2 Sociological Aspect of Economic Processes
2. Modes of Production
2.2 Peasants
2.3 Capitalism
2.4 Socialism
3. Contemporary Issues
3.1 Globalization
3.2 Development

1. Sociological Aspects of Economic Phenomenon
1.1 Approaches: Formalism and Substantivism
1.1.1 Wilk, R. and L. Cliggett. 2007. ‘Economies and Cultures: Foundations of Economic
Anthropology. Chapter 1 pp. 1-14
1.1.2 Polanyi, K. 1958. “Economy as an Instituted Process” in M. Grammotter and R. Swedberg (eds.)
1992 The Sociology of Economic Life Boulder Colarado, West View Press. pp. 27-50
1.2 Sociological Aspect of Economic Processes
Smelser, Neil 2013 The Sociology of Economic Life Quid Pro Books (2nd Edition). New Orleans,
Louisiana University Press
2. Modes of Production
2.1.1 Sahlins, M-1974 Stone Age Economics. London, Tavistock, Chapter 2-3
2.2 Peasants
2.2.1 Wolf, Eric 1966 Peasants. New Jersey Prentice Hall, Chapter-1
2.3 Capitalism
2.3.1 Swedberg, R 2003 The Economic Sociology of Capitalism: An Introduction and An Agenda,
Cornell University
2.4 Socialism
2.4.1 Verdery, Kathrine 1996 „What was Socialism, and what Comes Next?” Princeton N.J. Princeton
University. Press. Chapter-1, pp. 1938
3. Contemporary Issues
3.1 Globalization
3.1.1 Ritzer 2004 The McDonaldisation of Society. Pine Forge Press Chapter- Introduction, 1,2.
3.1.2 Howes, David (ed) 1996 Cross Cultural Consumption: global Markets and Local Realities.
London: Routledge, pp. 1-16
3.2 Development
3.2.1 Hulme, David and mark M. Turner Sociology and Development: Theories, Policies and Practices,
Prentice Hall Chapter-3 pp. 33-67
BODOLAND UNIVERSITY
B.Sc. (Honours) Syllabus for Environmental Science under

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)
(AS PER UGC SYLLABUS)
BODOLAND UNIVERSITY
KOKRAJHAR – 783 370
ASSAM, INDIA
Bachelor in Environment Science (Hons.)
Total Marks = 2400
SEM I
(L+T+P)
EVS- C1-Earth and Earth 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
101H Surface Processes
EVS- C2-Physics & 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
102H Chemistry of
Environment
EVS- GE1- Environment & 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
103H Society
EVS- AEC: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
104H AECC1:English/
Communication/MIL
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM II
(L+T+P)
EVS- C3- Water and Water 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
201H Resources
EVS C4-Land and Soil 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-202H Conservation and
Management
EVS GE2- Human-Wildlife 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-203HR Conflict &
Management
EVS- AEC: AECC2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50

204H Environmental
Studies
Total 20 20 290 60 350
SEM III
(L+T+P)
EVS C5-Ecology and 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-301H Ecosystems
EVS C6-Environmental 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-302H Biotechnology
EVS C7-Atmosheric & 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-303H Global Climate
Change
EVS SEC-1 4 4+0+0 50 - 50
-304H Remote Sensing,
Geographic
Information System
& Modelling
EVS GE3-Gender & 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
305H Environment
Total 28 28 370 80 450
SEM IV
(L+T+P)
EVS C8-Systematics & 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-401H Biogeography
EVS C9-Urban 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-402H Ecosystem
-403H Legislation & Policy
EVS SEC2-Environment 4 4+0+0 50 - 50
-404H Impact & Risk
Assessment
EVS GE4:Green 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-405H Technologies
Total 28 28 370 80 450
SEM V
(L+T+P)
EVS C11-Biodiversity & 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-501H Conservation
EVS C12-Organismal & 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-502H Evolution Biology
EVS DSE1-Energy & 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-D1HR Environment
EVS DSE2- 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-D2HR Environmental
Economics
Total 24 24 320 80 400
SEM VI
(L+T+P)
-601H Pollution and Human
Health
EVS C14-Natural 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-602H Resource
Management &
Sustainability
EVS DSE3-Natural 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-D3H Hazards & Disaster
Management
EVS DSE4-Solid Waste 6 4+0+2 60(Theo)+20(Pract) 20 100
-D4H Management
Total 24 24 320 80 400
Semester CORE COURSE(14) Ability Skill Enhancement Discipline GENERIC
Enhancement Course (SEC) (2) Specific El ELECTIVE:
Compulsory
C Ective (GE) (4)
Ourse (AEC)(2) (DSE) (4)
C-1: Earth and Earth GE-1

Surface Processes English/Hindi/MIL Environment &
I Communication Society
C-2: Physics &

Chemistry of
Environment
GE2
C-3: Water and Water Human-Wildlife
Resources Conflict &
Environmental Management
II Studies
C-4: Land and Soil

Conservation and
Management
SEC -1
Remote Sensing,
Geographic
Information System
& Modeling GE-3
C-5: Ecology and Gender &
III Ecosystems Environment
C-6: Environmental
Biotechnology
C-7: Atmosheric &

Global Climate
Change
IV C-8: Systematic SEC -2 GE-4

Environment
Impact & Risk Green
&Biogeography Assessment Technologies
C-9: Urban
Ecosystems
C-10:
Environmental
Legislation &
Policy
DSE-1
C-11: Biodiversity & Energy &
V Conservation Environment
DSE-2
Environmental
C-12: Organismal & Economics
Evolution Biology
C-13: DSE -3
Environmental Natural Hazards
Pollution and & Disaster
VI Human Health Management ,
C-14: Natural Resource DSE-4

Management & Solid Waste
Sustainability Management
Details of course under B.Sc. in Environmental Science (Hons.)
Course Credits*
Theory + Practical Theory + Tutorial
I. Core Courses - Theory (14 Papers) 14×4=56 14×5=70
Core Course - Practical/Tutorial* 14×2=28
14×1=14
II. Elective Courses (8 Papers)
A1. Discipline Specific Electives - Theory (4
4×4=16
Papers)
A2. Discipline Specific Electives Practical/Tutorial* 4×4=16
4×2=8
- (4 Papers) 4×2=8
B1. Generic Electives/Interdisciplinary - Theory (4
4×4=16
Papers)
B2. Generic Electives/Interdisciplinary 4×4=16
4×2=8
- Practical/Tutorial* (4 Papers) 4×2=8
1. Ability Enhancement Compulsory Courses
(AECC) - (2 Papers of 2 Credits each)
2×2=4
Environment Science & 2×2=4
English/MIL Communication)
2. Skill Enhancement Courses (SEC)
2×4=8 2×4=8
(2 Papers of 4 Credits each)
Total Credits 144 144
*wherever practical is mentioned there will be no tutorial and vice-versa
4
CORE COURSE 1: EARTH AND EARTH SURFACE PROCESSES
Theory (60 Lectures)
Preamble: The paper will introduce students to the basic structure and composition of the Earth and
will explore various surface processes and their impact on and role in living systems. It will also deal
with the interactive processes in the inner as well as outer Earth’s surface.
Unit 1: History of Earth (10 lectures)
Solar system formation and planetary differentiation; formation of the Earth: formation and
composition of core, mantle, crust, atmosphere and hydrosphere; chemical composition of Earth;
geological time scale and major changes on the Earth’s surface; Holocene and the emergence of
humans, role of humans in shaping landscapes; development of cultural landscapes.
Unit 2: Earth system processes (10 lectures)
Movement of lithosphere plates; mantle convection and plate tectonics, major plates and hot spots,
plate boundaries; sea floor spread; earthquakes; volcanic activities; orogeny; isostasy; gravitational and
magnetic fields of the earth; origin of the main geomagnetic field; continental drift, Pangaea and
present-day continents, paleontological evidences of plate tectonics; continental collision and
mountain formation with specific example of the Himalaya.
Unit 3: Minerals and rocks (15 lectures)
Minerals and important rock forming minerals; rock cycle: lithification and metamorphism; Three rock
laws; rock structure, igneous, sedimentary and metamorphic rocks; weathering: physical,
biogeochemical processes; erosion: physical processes of erosion, factors affecting erosion; agents of
erosion: rivers and streams, glacial and aeolian transportation and deposition of sediments by running
water, wind and glaciers.
Unit 4: Earth surface processes (15 lectures)
Atmosphere: evolution of earth’s atmosphere, composition of atmosphere, physical and optical

properties, circulation; interfaces: atmosphere–ocean interface, atmosphere–land interface, ocean–land
interface; land surface processes: fluvial and glacial processes, rivers and geomorphology; types of
glaciers, glacier dynamics, erosional and depositional processes and glaciated landscapes; coastal
processes.
6
Unit 5: Importance of being a mountain (10 lectures)
Formation of Peninsular Indian mountain systems - Western and Eastern Ghats, Vindhyas, Aravallis,
etc. Formation of the Himalaya; development of glaciers, perennial river systems and evolution of
monsoon in Indian subcontinent; formation of Indo-Gangetic Plains, arrival of humans; evolution of
Indus Valley civilization; progression of agriculture in the Indian subcontinent in Holocene;
withdrawing monsoon and lessons to draw.
Practicals: Based on the theory/ fieldwork.
Suggested Readings
1. Bridge, J., & Demicco, R. 2008. Earth Surface Processes, Landforms and Sediment deposits.
2. Duff, P. M. D., & Duff, D. (Eds.). 1993. Holmes' Principles of Physical Geology. Taylor &
Francis.
3. Gupta, A. K., Anderson, D. M., & Overpeck, J. T. 2003. Abrupt changes in the Asian
southwest monsoon during the Holocene and their links to the North Atlantic
Ocean. Nature 421: 354-357.
4. Gupta, A. K., Anderson, D. M., Pandey, D. N., & Singhvi, A. K. 2006. Adaptation and human
migration, and evidence of agriculture coincident with changes in the Indian summer monsoon
during the Holocene. Current Science 90: 1082-1090.
th
5. Keller, E.A. 2011. Introduction to Environmental Geology (5 edition). Pearson Prentice Hall.
6. Krishnan, M. S. 1982. Geology of India and Burma. CBS Publishers & Distributors.
7. Leeder, M., Arlucea, M.P. 2005. Physical Processes in Earth and Environmental Sciences.
Blackwell Publishing.
8. Pelletier, J. D. 2008. Quantitative Modeling of Earth Surface Processes (Vol. 304). Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press. Chicago.
7
CORE COURSE 2: PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY OF ENVIRONMENT
Preamble: This paper aims to build conceptual understanding of students by exposing them to the
basic principles behind various environmental processes. The paper has been divided into two sections,
with the view to introduce students to the concepts of physics and chemistry associated with particle
movement, chemical processes and pollutant chemistry.
Unit 1: Fundamentals of environmental physics (15 lectures)
Part A: Basic concepts of light and matter; quantum mechanics (relation between energy, wavelength
and frequency), black body radiation, Kirchhoff’s law, Boltzmann equation, spectroscopic concepts:
Introduction to the concept of absorption and transmission of light, Beer–Lambert law, photovoltaic
and solar cells; scattering of light, Rayleigh and Mia scattering.
Part B: Basic concepts of pressure, force, work and energy; types of forces and their relation (pressure
gradient, viscous, Coriolis, gravitational, centripetal, and centrifugal force); concept of heat transfer,
conduction, convection; concept of temperature, lapse rate (dry and moist adiabatic); laws of
thermodynamics; concept of heat and work, Carnot engine, transmission of electrical power, efficiency
of turbines, wind mills and hydroelectric power plants.
Unit 2: Movement of pollutants in environment (6 lectures)
Diffusion and dispersion, point and area source pollutants, pollutant dispersal; Gaussian plume model,
mixing heights, hydraulic potential, Darcy’s equation, types of flow, turbulence.
Unit 3: Fundamentals of environmental chemistry (15 lectures)
Part A: Atomic structure, electronic configuration, periodic properties of elements (ionization

potential, electron affinity and electronegativity), types of chemical bonds (ionic, covalent, coordinate
and hydrogen bonds); mole concept, molarity and normality, quantitative volumetric analysis.
Part B: Thermodynamic system; types of chemical reactions; acids, bases and salts, solubility
products; solutes and solvents; redox reactions, concepts of pH and pE, electrochemistry, Nernst
equation, electrochemical cells.
Part C: Basic concepts of organic chemistry, hydrocarbons, aliphatic and aromatic compounds,
organic functional groups, polarity of the functional groups, synthesis of xenobiotic compounds like
pesticides and dyes, synthetic polymers.
8
Unit 4: Atmospheric chemistry (8 lectures)
Composition of atmosphere; photochemical reactions in atmosphere; smog formation, types of smog

(sulphur smog and photochemical smog), aerosols; chemistry of acid rain, case studies; reactions of
NO2 and SO2; free radicals and ozone layer depletion, role of CFCs in ozone depletion.
Unit 5: Water chemistry (8 lectures)
Chemical and physical properties of water; alkalinity and acidity of water, hardness of water,
calculation of total hardness; solubility of metals, complex formation and chelation; colloidal particles;
heavy metals in water.
Unit 6: Soil chemistry (8 lectures)
Soil composition; relation between organic carbon and organic matter, inorganic and organic
components in soil; soil humus; cation and anion exchange reactions in soil; nitrogen, phosphorus and
potassium in soil; phenolic compounds in soil.
Practicals: Based on the theory.
Suggested Readings
nd
1. Beard, J.M. 2013. Environmental Chemistry in Society (2 edition). CRC Press.
2. Boeker, E. & Grondelle, R. 2011. Environmental Physics: Sustainable Energy and Climate
Change. Wiley.
nd
3. Connell, D.W. 2005. Basic Concepts of Environmental Chemistry (2 edition). CRC Press.
4. Forinash, K. 2010. Foundation of Environmental Physics. Island Press.
rd
5. Girard, J. 2013. Principles of Environmental Chemistry (3 edition). Jones & Bartlett.
6. Harnung, S.E. & Johnson, M.S. 2012. Chemistry and the Environment. Cambridge University
Press.
nd
7. Hites, R.A. 2012. Elements of Environmental Chemistry (2 edition). Wiley & Sons.
8. Manhan, S. E. 2000. Fundamentals of Environmental Chemistry. CRC Press.
9. Pani, B. 2007. Textbook of Environmental Chemistry. IK international Publishing House.
9
GENERAL ELECTIVE 1: ENVIRONMENT AND SOCIETY
Preamble: The course examines the relationship between the environment and society enabling the
students to understand and appreciate the role played by environment, society, and, their interface in
shaping environmental decisions. The students will be enabled to think critically on environmental
issues.
Social and cultural construction of ‘environment’; environmental thought from historical and
contemporary perspective in light of the concepts of Gross Net Happiness and Aldo Leopold’s Land
Ethic.
Unit 2: Issues in environmentalism (10 lectures)
Significant global environmental issues such as acid rain, climate change, and resource depletion;
historical developments in cultural, social and economic issues related to land, forest, and water
management in a global context; interface between environment and society.
Unit 3: Development-environment conflict (10 lectures)
Developmental issues and related impacts such as ecological degradation; environmental pollution;
development-induced displacement, resettlement, and rehabilitation: problems, concerns, and
compensative mechanisms; discussion on Project Affected People (PAPs).
Unit 4: Urbanization and environment (10 lectures)
Production and consumption oriented approaches to environmental issues in Indian as well as global
context; impact of industry and technology on environment; urban sprawl, traffic congestion and
social-economic problems; conflict between economic and environmental interests.
Unit 5: Environment and social inequalities (10 lectures)
Inequalities of race, class, gender, region, and nation-state in access to healthy and safe environments;
history and politics surrounding environmental, ecological and social justice; environmental ethics,
issues and possible solutions.
10
Unit 6: Regulatory framework (4 lectures)
Brief account of Forest Conservation Act 1980 1988; Forest Dwellers Act 2008; Land Acquisition
Act1894, 2007, 2011, 2012; Land Acquisition Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act 2013.
Unit 7: Community participation (10 lectures)
State, corporate, civil society, community, and individual-level initiatives to ensure sustainable
development; case studies of environmental movements (Appiko Movement, Chipko Movement,
Narmada Bachao Andolan); corporate responsibility movement; appropriate technology movement;
environmental groups and movements, citizen groups; role played by NGOs; environmental education
and awareness.
Practicals: Tutorials, analysis and exercise based.
Suggested Readings
1. Chokkan, K.B., Pandya, H. & Raghunathan, H. (eds). 2004. Understanding Environment.

Sagar Publication India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi.
2. Elliot, D. 2003. Energy, Society and Environment, Technology for a Sustainable Future.
Routledge Press.
3. Guha, R. 1989. Ecological change and peasant resistance in the Himalaya. Unquiet Woods,
Oxford University Press, Delhi.
4. Leopold, A. 1949. The Land Ethic. pp. 201-214. Chicago, USA.
5. National Research Council (NRC). 1996. Linking Science and Technology to Society's
Environmental Goals. National Academy Press.
6. Pandit, M.K. 2013. Chipko: Failure of a Successful Conservation Movement. In: Sodhi, N.S.,
Gibson, L. & Raven, P.H. Conservation Biology: Voices from the Tropics. pp. 126-127. Wiley-
Blackwell, Oxford, UK.
11
CORE COURSE 3: WATER AND WATER RESOURCES
Preamble: The paper introduces students to the hydrological cycle, properties of water, physico-
chemical and biological water quality assessment and indices, types of water resources, their use and
management. It will also highlight the problems associated with water shortages in India and
familiarizes students with case studies on international and national conflicts on water.
Sources and types of water; hydrological cycle; precipitation, runoff, infiltration, evaporation, evapo-
transpiration; classification of water resources (oceans, rivers, lakes and wetlands).
Unit 2: Properties of water (8 lectures)
Physical: temperature, colour, odour, total dissolved solids and total suspended solids; Chemical: major
inorganic and organic constituents, dissolved gases, DO, COD, BOD, acidity and alkalinity, electrical
conductivity, sodium adsorption ratio; Biological: phytoplankton, phytobenthos, zooplankton, macro-
invertebrates and microbes.
Unit 3: Surface and subsurface water (12 lectures)
Introduction to surface and ground water; surface and ground water pollution; water table; vertical
distribution of water; formation and properties of aquifers; techniques for ground water recharge; river
structure and patterns; watershed and drainage basins; importance of watershed and watershed
management; rain water harvesting in urban settings.
Unit 4: Wetlands and their management (8 lectures)
Definition of a wetland; types of wetlands (fresh water and marine); ecological significance of
wetlands; threats to wetlands; wetland conservation and management; Ramsar Convention, 1971;
major wetlands of India.
Unit 5: Marine resource management (6 lectures)
Marine resources; commercial use of marine resources; threats to marine ecosystems and resources;
marine ecosystem and resource management (planning approach, construction techniques and
monitoring of coastal zones).
12
Unit 6: Water resource in India (8 lectures)
Demand for water (agriculture, industrial, domestic); overuse and depletion of surface and ground
water resources; water quality standards in India; hot spots of surface water; role of state in water
resources management.
Unit 7: Water resources conflicts (8 lectures)
Water resources and sharing problems, case studies on Kaveri and Krishna river water disputes; Multi-
purpose river valley projects in India and their environmental and social impacts ; case studies of dams
- Narmada and Tehri dam – social and ecological losses versus economic benefits; International
conflicts on water sharing between India and her neighbours; agreements to resolve these conflicts.
Unit 8: Major laws and treaties (6 lectures)
National water policy; water pollution (control and prevention) Act 1972; Indus water treaty; Ganges
water treaty; Teesta water treaty; National River linking plan: ecological and economic impacts.
Suggested Readings
1. Bansil, P.C. 2004. Water Management in India. Concept Publishing Company, India.
2. Brebbia, C.A. 2013. Water Resources Management VII. WIT Press.
3. CEA. 2011. Water Resources and Power Maps of India. Central Board of Irrigation & Power.
4. Grumbine, R.E. & Pandit, M.K. 2013. Threats from India's Himalaya dams. Science 339: 36-
37.
5. Loucks, D.P., Stedinger, J.R. & Haith, D. A. 1981. Water Resource Systems Planning and
Analysis. Englewood Cliffs, NJ, Prentice Hall.
6. Mays, L.W. 2006. Water Resources Sustainability. The McGraw-Hill Publications.
7. Schward& Zhang, 2003. Fundamentals of Groundwater. John Willey and Sons.
8. Souvorov, A.V. 1999. Marine Ecologonomics: The Ecology and Economics of Marine Natural
Resource Management. Elsevier Publications.
9. Vickers, A. 2001. Handbook of Water Use and Conservation. WaterPlow Press.
13
CORE COURSE 4: LAND AND SOIL CONSERVATION AND MANAGEMENT
Preamble: This paper introduces students to the fundamentals of land and soil degradation. Each unit
covers a range of topics, which will help students develop basic understanding of properties of soil and
how the quality of land and soil degrades due to anthropogenic activities.
Land as a resource, soil health; ecological and economic importance of soil; types and causes of soil
degradation; impact of soil loss and soil degradation on agriculture and food security; need for soil
conservation and restoration of soil fertility.
Unit 2: Fundamentals of soil science (10 lectures)
Soil formation; classification of soil; soil architecture; physical properties of soil; soil texture; soil
water holding capacity; soil temperature; soil colloids; soil acidity and alkalinity; soil salinity and
sodicity; soil organic matter; micronutrients of soil; nitrogen, sulphur, potassium and phosphorus
economy of soil; soil biodiversity; soil taxonomy maps.
Unit 3: Soil degradation - causes (10 lectures)
Soil resistance and resilience; nature and types of soil erosion; non-erosive and erosive soil
degradation; losses of soil moisture and its regulation; nutrient depletion; soil pollution due to mining
and mineral extraction, industrial and urban development, toxic organic chemicals, and organic
contaminants in soils; fertilizers and fertilizer management; recycling of soil nutrients.
Unit 4: Landuse changes and land degradation (15 lectures)
Land resources: types and evaluation; biological and physical phenomena in land degradation; visual
indicators of land degradation; drivers of land degradation - deforestation, desertification; habitat loss,
loss of biodiversity; range land degradation; land salinization; human population pressure, poverty,
socio-economic and institutional factors; drivers of land use and land cover change in major
geographic zones and biodiverse regions with particular reference to the Himalaya and the Western
Ghats.
14
Unit 5: Costs of land degradation (15 lectures)
Economic valuation of land degradation; onsite and offsite costs of land degradation; loss of ecosystem
services; effects on farming communities; effects on food security; effects on nutrient cycles; future
effects of soil degradation; emerging threats of land degradation to developing countries.
Unit 6: Controlling land degradation (5 lectures)
Sustainable land use planning; role of databases and data analysis in landuse planning control and
management; land tenure and land policy; legal, institutional and sociological factors; participatory
land degradation assessment; integrating land degradation assessment into conservation.
Practicals: Based on the theory/fieldwork.
Suggested Readings
th
1. Brady, N.C. & Well, R.R. 2007.The Nature and Properties of Soils (13 edition), Pearson
Education Inc.
2. Gadgil, M. 1993. Biodiversity and India's degraded lands. Ambio 22: 167-172.
nd
3. Johnson, D.L. 2006. Land Degradation (2 edition). Rowman& Littlefield Publishers.
4. Marsh, W. M. &Dozier,J. 1983. Landscape Planning: Environmental Applications. John Wiley
and Sons.
5. Oldeman, L. R. 1994. The global extent of soil degradation. Soil resilience and sustainable
land use, 9. (http://library.wur.nl/isric/fulltext/isricu_i26803_001.pdf).
6. Pandit, M.K. et. al. 2007. Unreported yet massive deforestation driving loss of endemic
biodiversity in Indian Himalaya. Biodiversity Conservation 16: 153-163.
7. Pandit, M.K. &Kumar, V. 2013. Land use and conservation challenges in Himalaya: Past,
present and future. In: Sodhi, N.S., Gibson, L. & Raven, P.H. Conservation Biology: Voices
From the Tropics. pp. 123-133. Wiley-Blackwell, Oxford, UK
(file:///Users/mkpandit/Downloads/Raven%20et%20al.%202013.%20CB%20Voices%20from
%20Tropics%20(2).pdf ) .
8. Peterson, G. D., Cumming, G. S. & Carpenter, S. R. 2003. Scenario planning: a tool for
conservation in an uncertain world. Conservation Biology 17: 358-366.
9. Scherr, S. J. 1999. Soil degradation: A threat to developing-country food security by
2020? (Vol. 27). International Food Policy Research Institute.
15
GENERAL ELECTIVE 2: HUMAN-WILDLIFE CONFLICT AND MANAGEMENT
Preamble: This paper deals with the conflicts that have arisen as a result of shrinkage of wildlife
habitats and the same being shared by human communities. It raises questions about the moral
obligations of humans, need for conservation, and social impacts of conflicts. The paper aims at
introducing the students to the scientific and social perspective of conservation.
Unit 1: Introduction to wildlife management (10 lectures)
Need of environmental management; wildlife conservation: moral obligation? philosophy of wildlife

management; why is it necessary to worry about human wildlife conflicts? What is the role of
government, wildlife biologists and social scientists, concept of deep and shallow ecology.
Unit 2: Evolution of the concept of wildlife management (10 lectures)
Journey of mankind from predator to conservator; prehistoric association between wildlife and
humans: records from Bhimbetkawall paintings; conservation of wildlife in the reign of king Ashoka:
excerpts from rock edicts; Bishnoi community; understanding wildlife management, conservation and
st
policies regarding protected areas in 21 century; positive values provided by wildlife conservation
(monetary, recreational, scientific and ecological benefits).
Unit 3: Wildlife conservation laws in India (10 lectures)
Types of protected areas (Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Biosphere Reserves); IUCN categories
of protected areas, Natural World Heritage sites; concept of core and buffer area in a protected range,
brief introduction to Wildlife Protection Act of 1972, Forest act 1927, Environmental Protection Act
1986, and Forest conservation Act 1920; introduction of Tiger task force, Status of current protected
areas in India.
Unit 4: Socio-economic and legal basis of conflicts (10 lectures)
Concepts of development and encroachment, who is the intruders: human or animal? Impact of
conflict on humans and wildlife, impact of habitat fragmentation, social inequality in terms of forest
conservation: luxury hotels within protected areas vs. displacement of native tribes, forest produce as a
need vs. forest exploitation, introduction to tribal rights in India, demographic profile of tribes in India,
importance of forest produce to tribal populations, Scheduled tribes and other traditional Forest
dwellers (Recognition of forest right) Act, 2006.
16
Unit 5: Wildlife conflicts (6 lectures)
Insight into the important conflicts: Keoladeo National park conflict of Bharatpur, Human and
elephant conflicts of Kerala, Fisherman and tiger conflict of Sundarbans forest, shifting cultivation in
North east India.
Unit 6: Human wildlife coexistence (14 lectures)
Symbiotic relationship between tribals and forest, forest and development, focus on the inclusive
growth of tribes: community participation in forest management, case study of Chipko movement,
sacred groves forests, India’s Bishnoi community and their conservation practices; ecological-
economic welfare and development: conservation of indigenous culture and traditions, role of
international organizations: Man and biosphere programmes; concept of conservation reserves and
community reserves, importance of wildlife corridors in minimizing the conflicts and conservation.
Suggested Readings
1. Conover, M. 2001. Resolving Human Wildlife Conflicts, CRC Press.

2. Dickman, A. J. 2010. Complexities of conflict: the importance of considering social factors for
effectively resolving human–wildlife conflict. Animal Conservation 13: 458-466.
3. Messmer, T. A. 2000. The emergence of human–wildlife conflict management: Turning
challenges into opportunities. International Biodeterioration & Biodegradation 45: 97-102.
4. Paty, C. 2007. Forest Government and Tribe. Concept Publishing Company.
5. Treves, A. & Karanth, K. U. 2003. Human-‐carnivore conflict and perspectives on carnivore management worldwide. Conservation Biology 17: 1491-1499.
6. Woodroffe, R. 2005. People and Wildlife: Conflict and Coexistence. Cambridge.
7. Woodroffe, R., Thirgood, S., & Rabinowitz, A. 2005. People and Wildlife, Conflict or Co-
existence? (No. 9). Cambridge University Press.
17
CORE COURSE 5: ECOLOGY AND ECOSYSTEMS
Preamble: This paper will introduce to the students the basic understanding of ecosystem and its
structural and functional aspects. It will explore the interconnectedness among all the biotic and abiotic
components of environment and the dynamic nature of the ecological processes in maintaining
equilibrium in nature.
Basic concepts and definitions: ecology, landscape, habitat, ecozones, biosphere, ecosystems,
ecosystem stability, resistance and resilience; autecology; synecology; major terrestrial biomes.
Unit 2: Ecology of individuals (10 lectures)
Ecological amplitude; Liebig’s Law of the Minimum; Shelford’s Law of Tolerance; phenotypic
plasticity; ecotypes; ecoclines; acclimation; ecological niche; types of niche: Eltonian niche,
Hutchinsonian niche, fundamental niche, realized niche; niche breadth; niche partitioning; niche
differentiation; thermoregulation; strategies of adaptation in plants and animals.
Unit 3: Ecology of populations (10 lectures)
Concept of population and meta-population; r- and K-selection; characteristics of population: density,

dispersion, natality, mortality, life tables, survivorship curves, age structure; population growth:
geometric, exponential, logistic, density-dependent; limits to population growth; deterministic and
stochastic models of population dynamics; rudreal, competitive and stress-tolerance strategies.
Unit 4: Ecology of communities (10 lectures)
Discrete versus continuum community view; community structure and organization: physiognomy,
sociability, species associations, periodicity, biomass, stability, keystone species, ecotone and edge
effect; species interactions: mutualism, symbiotic relationships, commensalism, amensalism,
protocooperation, predation, competition, parasitism, mimicry, herbivory; ecological succession:
primary and secondary successions, models and types of successions, climax community concepts,
examples of succession.
Unit 5: Ecosystem ecology (10 lectures)
Types of ecosystem: forest, grassland, lentic, lotic, estuarine, marine, desert, wetlands; ecosystem
structure and function; abiotic and biotic components of ecosystem; ecosystem boundary; ecosystem
18
function; ecosystem metabolism; primary production and models of energy flow; secondary production
and trophic efficiency; ecosystem connections: food chain, food web; detritus pathway of energy flow
and decomposition processes; ecological efficiencies; ecological pyramids: pyramids of number,
biomass, and energy.
Unit 6: Biogeochemical cycles and nutrient cycling (8 lectures)
Carbon cycle; nitrogen cycle; phosphorus cycle; sulphur cycle; hydrological cycle; nutrient cycle
models; ecosystem input of nutrients; biotic accumulation; ecosystem losses; nutrient supply and
uptake; role of mycorrhizae; decomposition and nutrient release; nutrient use efficiency; nutrient
budget; nutrient conservation strategies.
Unit 7: Biological invasions (7 lectures)
Concept of exotics and invasives; natural spread versus man-induced invasions; characteristics of
invaders; stages of invasion; mechanisms of invasions; invasive pathways; impacts of invasion on
ecosystem and communities; invasive ecogenomics – role of polyploidy and genome size in
determining invasiveness; economic costs of biological invasions.
Suggested Readings
st
1. Groom. B. & Jenkins. M. 2000.Global Biodiversity: Earth’s Living Resources in the 21
Century. World Conservation Press, Cambridge, UK.
2. Gurevitch, J., Scheiner, S. M., & Fox, G. A. 2002. The Ecology of Plants. Sinauer associates
incorporated.
3. Loreau, M. & Inchausti, P. 2002. Biodiversity and Ecosystem functioning: Synthesis and
Perspectives. Oxford University Press, Oxford, UK.
4. Odum, E.P. 1971. Fundamentals of Ecology. W.B. Sounders.
5. Pandit, M.K., White, S.M.& Pocock, M.J.O. 2014. The contrasting effects of genome size,
chromosome number and ploidy level on plant invasiveness: a global analysis. New
Phytologist 203: 697-703.
6. Pimentel, D. (Ed.). 2011. Biological invasions: Economic and environmental costs of alien
plant, animal, and microbe species. CRC Press.
7. Singh, J.S., Singh, S.P. & Gupta, S.R. 2006. Ecology, Environment and Resource Conservation.
Anamaya Publications.
8. Wilson, E. O. 1985. The Biological Diversity Crisis. BioScience 35: 700-706.
19
CORE COURSE 6: ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
Preamble: This paper presents an objective view of the application of biotechnological know-hows in
tackling environmental problems. It starts with basic knowledge about molecular biology and later
links to application based processes and techniques.
Unit 1: The Structure and Function of DNA, RNA and Protein (15 lectures)
DNA: structural forms and their characteristics (B, A, C, D, T, Z); physical properties: UV absorption
spectra, denaturation and renaturation kinetics; biological significance of different forms; Synthesis.
RNA: structural forms and their characteristics (rRNA, mRNA, tRNA; SnRNA, Si RNA, miRNA,
hnRNA); biological significance of different types of RNA; synthesis.
Protein: hierarchical structure (primary, secondary, tertiary, quaternary), types of amino acids; post-
translational modifications and their significance; synthesis; types and their role: structural, functional
(enzymes).
Central dogma of biology; genetic material prokaryotes, viruses, eukaryotes and organelles; mobile
DNA; chromosomal organization (euchromatin, heterochromatin - constitutive and facultative
heterochromatin).
Unit 2: Recombinant DNA Technology (15 lectures)
Recombinant DNA: origin and current status; steps of preparation; toolkit of enzymes for manipulation
of DNA: restriction enzymes, polymerases (DNA/RNA polymerases, transferase, reverse
transcriptase), other DNA modifying enzymes (nucleases, ligase, phosphatases, polynucleotide
kinase); genomic and cDNA libraries: construction, screening and uses; cloning and expression vectors
(plasmids, bacteriophage, phagmids, cosmids, artificial chromosomes; nucleic acid microarrays
Unit 3: Ecological restoration and bioremediation (20 lectures)
Wastewater treatment: anaerobic, aerobic process, methanogenesis, bioreactors, cell and protein
(enzyme) immobilization techniques; treatment schemes for waste water: dairy, distillery, tannery,
sugar, antibiotic industries; solid waste treatment: sources and management (composting, vermiculture
and methane production, landfill. hazardous waste treatment); specific bioremediation technologies:
land farming, prepared beds, biopiles, composting, bioventing, biosparging, pump and treat method,
constructed wetlands, use of bioreactors for bioremediation; phytoremediation; remediation of
degraded ecosystems; advantages and disadvantages; degradation of xenobiotics in environment,
20
decay behavior and degradative plasmids, hydrocarbons, substituted hydrocarbons, oil pollution,
surfactants, pesticides, heavy metals degradative pathways.
Unit 4: Ecologically safe products and processes (10 lectures)
PGPR bacteria: biofertilizers, microbial insecticides and pesticides, bio-control of plant pathogen,
Integrated pest management; development of stress tolerant plants, biofuel; mining and metal
biotechnology: microbial transformation, accumulation and concentration of metals, metal leaching,
extraction; exploitation of microbes in copper and uranium extraction.
Suggested Readings
nd
1. Evans, G.G. & Furlong, J. 2010. Environmental Biotechnology: Theory and Application (2
edition). Wiley-Blackwell Publications.
2. Jordening, H.J. & Winter J. 2005. Environmental Biotechnology: Concepts and Applications.
John Wiley& Sons.
3. Lodish, H.F., Baltimore, D., Berk, A. Zipursky, S.L. Matsudiara, P. & Darnell, J. 1995.
Molecular Cell Biology. W.H. Freeman.
4. Nelson, D.L. & Cox, M.M. 2013. Lehninger’s Principles of Biochemistry. W.H. Freeman.
5. Rittman, B.E. & McCarty, P.L. 2001. Environmental Biotechnology. Principles and
Applications. McGraw-Hill, New York.
6. Scagg, A.H. 2005. Environmental Biotechnology. Oxford University Press.
th
7. Snustad, D.P. & Simmons, M.J. 2011. Principles of Genetics (6 edition). John Wiley& Sons.
8. Wainwright, M. 1999. An Introduction to Environmental Biotechnology. Springer.
21
CORE COURSE 7: ATMOSPHERE AND GLOBAL CLIMATE CHANGE
Preamble: The paper deals with dynamics of atmospheric processes, which include its composition,
meteorological phenomena and atmospheric chemistry. The paper also highlights the anthropogenic
intervention in ‘anthropocene’, which has led to global climate change. The paper also explores effects
of global changes on human communities and initiatives taken at global and regional levels to combat
them.
Evolution and development of Earth’s atmosphere; atmospheric structure and composition;

significance of atmosphere in making the Earth, the only biosphere; Milankovitch cycles.
Unit 2: Global energy balance (4 lectures)
Earth’s energy balance; energy transfers in atmosphere; Earth’s radiation budget; green house gases
(GHGs); greenhouse effect; global conveyor belt.
Unit 3: Atmospheric circulation (10 lectures)
Movement of air masses; atmosphere and climate; air and sea interaction; southern oscillation; western
disturbances; El Nino and La Nina; tropical cyclone; Indian monsoon and its development, changing
monsoon in Holocene in the Indian subcontinent, its impact on agriculture and Indus valley
civilization; effect of urbanization on micro climate; Asian brown clouds.
Unit 4: Meteorology and atmospheric stability (8 lectures)
Meteorological parameters (temperature, relative humidity, wind speed and direction, precipitation);
atmospheric stability and mixing heights; temperature inversion; plume behavior; Gaussian plume
model.
Unit 5: Atmospheric chemistry (8 lectures)
Chemistry of atmospheric particles and gases; smog – types and processes; photochemical processes;
ions and radicals in atmosphere; acid-base reactions in atmosphere; atmospheric water; role of
hydroxyl and hydroperoxyl radicals in atmosphere.
22
Unit 6: Global warming and climate change (10 lectures)
Earth’s climate through ages; trends of global warming and climate change; drivers of global warming
and the potential of different green house gases (GHGs) causing the climate change; atmospheric
windows; impact of climate change on atmosphere, weather patterns, sea level rise, agricultural
productivity and biological responses - range shift of species, CO 2 fertilization and agriculture; impact
on economy and spread of human diseases.
Unit 7: Ozone layer depletion (10 lectures)
Ozone layer or ozone shield; importance of ozone layer; ozone layer depletion and causes; Chapman
cycle; process of spring time ozone depletion over Antarctica; ozone depleting substances (ODS);
effects of ozone depletion; mitigation measures and international protocols.
Unit 8: Climate change and policy (6 lectures)
Environmental policy debate; International agreements; Montreal protocol 1987; Kyoto protocol 1997;
Convention on Climate Change; carbon credit and carbon trading; clean development mechanism.
Suggested Readings:
1. Barry, R. G. 2003. Atmosphere, Weather and Climate. Routledge Press, UK.

2. Gillespie, A. 2006. Climate Change, Ozone Depletion and Air Pollution: Legal Commentaries
with Policy and Science Considerations. Martinus Nijhoff Publishers.
3. Hardy, J.T. 2003. Climate Change: Causes, Effects and Solutions. John Wiley & Sons.
4. Harvey, D. 2000. Climate and Global Climate Change. Prentice Hall.
5. Manahan, S.E. 2010. Environmental Chemistry. CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group.
6. Maslin, M. 2014. Climate Change: A Very Short Introduction. Oxford Publications.
7. Mathez, E.A. 2009. Climate Change: The Science of Global Warming and our Energy Future.
Columbia University Press.
8. Mitra, A.P., Sharma, S., Bhattacharya, S., Garg, A., Devotta, S. &Sen, K. 2004. Climate
Change and India. Universities Press, India.
nd
9. Philander, S.G. 2012. Encyclopedia of Global Warming and Climate Change (2 edition).
Sage Publications.
23
SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSE 1: REMOTE SENSING, GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
SYSTEM & MODELLING
Theory (Lectures: 30)
Preamble: This course introduces the students to various computer-based and statistical methods used
for study and management of natural resources and the environment. The students are expected to
learn about remote-sensing techniques, physical principles, sampling, statistics and image-analysis
methods.
Unit 1: Remote Sensing: definitions and principles; electromagnetic (EME) spectrum; interaction of
EMR with Earth’s surface; spectral signature; satellites and sensors; aerial photography and image
interpretation.
Unit 2: Geographical Information Systems: definitions and components; spatial and non-spatial data;
raster and vector data; database generation; database management system; land use/ land cover
mapping; overview of GIS software packages; GPS survey, data import, processing, and mapping.
Unit 3: Applications and case studies of remote sensing and GIS in geosciences, water resource
management, land use planning, forest resources, agriculture, marine and atmospheric studies.
Unit 4: Basic elements of statistical analyses: sampling; types of distribution – normal, binomial,
poisson; measurements of central tendency and dispersion; skewness; kurtosis; hypothesis testing;
parametric and non-parametric tests; correlation and regression; curve fitting; analysis of variance;
ordination.
Suggested Readings
th
1. Zar, J.H. 2010. Biostatistical Analysis (5 edition). Prentice Hall Publications.
2. Edmondson, A. & Druce, D.1996.Advanced Biology Statistics. Oxford University Press.
3. Demers, M.N. 2005. Fundamentals of Geographic Information System. Wiley & Sons.
4. Richards, J. A. & Jia, X. 1999. Remote Sensing and Digital Image Processing. Springer.
5. Sabins, F. F. 1996. Remote Sensing: Principles an Interpretation. W. H. Freeman.
24
GENERAL ELECTIVE 3: GENDER AND ENVIRONMENT
Preamble: The paper is designed to expose students to the concept of gender in society and its
relevance in the environmental context. The principal objective of the course is to enable students to
examine environmental issues from a gender-sensitized perspective.
The socially constructed ‘gender’ concept.
Unit 2: Gender and society (10 lectures)
Gender existence in society; gender: matriarchy and patriarchy as means of social exclusion (case
studies in an Indian context); gender equity issues in rural and urban settings.
Unit 3: Gender and the environment (14 lectures)
Relevance of the concept in an environmental context; evolution of gender hierarchies in historical and
contemporary perspective; gendered division of roles in cultural, social and economic perspective;
gender inequalities.
Unit 4: Gender, resources and the environment (12 lectures)
Knowledge about the environment among men and women; differential dependencies on
environmental resources; implications of gendered responses to environmental degradation.
Unit 6: Gender and environmental management (12 lectures)
Women’s participation in environmental movements and conservation; historical and contemporary

case studies; role of women in environmental education, awareness and sustainable development.
Unit 7: Strategies for change (10 lectures)
Need for gender equity; Instruments for change: education, media, action groups, policy and
management; equity in resource availability and consumption for a sustainable future.
Practicals: Tutorial based course.
25
Suggested Readings
1. Agarwal, B. 1992. The Gender and Environment Debate: Lessons from India. Feminist Studies
(Minnesota).
2. Agarwal, B. 1997. Gender, Environment and Poverty Interlinks: Regional Variations and
Temporal Shifts in Rural India: 1971-1991. World Development 25: 1-42.
3. Agarwal, B. 2001. Participatory exclusions, community forestry, and gender: An analysis for
South Asia and a conceptual framework. World Development 29: 1623-1648.
4. Jackson, C. 1993. Doing what comes naturally? Women and environment in development
World Development 21: 1947-63.
5. Krishna, S. 2004. Livelihood and Gender. New Delhi, Sage.
6. Leach, M. 2007. Earth Mother myths and other ecofeminist fables: How a strategic notion rose
and fell. Development and Change 38: 67-85.
7. Miller, B. 1993. Sex and Gender Hierarchies. Cambridge University Press
8. Stein, R. (ed.). 2004. New Perspectives on Environmental Justice: Gender, Sexuality, and
Activism. Rutgers University Press.
9. Steingraber, S. 1998. Living Downstream: A Scientist’s Personal Investigation of Cancer and
the Environment. New York: Vintage Books.
10. Zwarteveen, M.Z. 1995. Linking women to the main canal: Gender and irrigation
management. Gatekeeper Series 54, IIED.
26
CORE COURSE 8: SYSTEMATICS AND BIOGEOGRAPHY
Theory (Lectures: 60)
Preamble: This course will discuss principles and applications of classical and modern day
systematics to classification of living organisms, develop understanding of historical and contemporary
patterns of distributions of organisms, and design effective conservation strategies using biogeographic
theories in an era of global change and large scale human induced degradation.
Unit 1: Concept and systematics approaches (6 lectures)
Definition of systematics; taxonomic identification; keys; field inventory; herbarium; museum;

botanical gardens; taxonomic literature; nomenclature; evidence from anatomy, palynology,
ultrastructure, cytology, phyto-chemistry, numerical and molecular methods; taxonomy databases.
Unit 2: Taxonomic hierarchy (6 lectures)
Concept of taxa (species, genus, family, order, class, phylum, kingdom); concept of species
(taxonomic, typological, biological, evolutionary, phylogenetic); categories and taxonomic hierarchy.
Unit 3: Nomenclature and systems of classification (8 lectures)
Principles and rules (International Code of Botanical and Zoological Nomenclature); ranks and names;
types and typification; author citation; valid publication; rejection of names; principle of priority and
its limitations; names of hybrids; classification systems of Bentham and Hooker; Angiosperm
Phylogeny Group (APG III) classification.
Unit 4: Numerical and molecular systematics (6 lectures)
Characters; variations; Operational Taxonomic Units; character weighting and coding; phenograms;
cladograms; DNA barcoding; phylogenetic tree (rooted,unrooted, ultrametric trees); clades:
monophyly, paraphyly, polyphyly; homology and analogy; parallelism and convergence.
Unit 5: Introduction to Biogeography (8 lectures)
Genes as unit of evolutionary change; mutation; genetic drift; gene flow; natural selection; geographic
and ecological variation; biogeographical rules – Gloger’s rule, Bergmann’s rule, Allen’s rule, Geist
rule; biogeographical realms and their fauna; endemic, rare, exotic, and cosmopolitan species.
27
Unit 6: Speciation and extinction (8 lectures)
Types and processes of speciation – allopatric, parapatric, sympatric; ecological diversification;

adaptive radiation, convergent and parallel evolution; dispersal and immigration; means of dispersal
and barriers to dispersal; extinction.
Unit 7: Historical Biogeography (6 lectures)
Earth’s history; paleo-records of diversity and diversification; continental drift and plate tectonics and
their role in biogeographic patterns – past and present; biogeographical dynamics of climate change
and Ice Age.
Unit 8: Ecological Biogeography (10 lectures)
Species’ habitats; environment and niche concepts; biotic and abiotic determinants of communities;
species-area relationships; concept of rarity and commonness; Island Biogeography theory;
Equilibrium Theory of Insular Biogeography; geography of diversification and invasion;
phylogeography.
Unit 9: Conservation Biogeography (2 lectures)
Application of biogeographical rules in design of protected area and biosphere reserves; use of remote
sensing in conservational planning.
Suggested Readings
th
1. Lomolino, M.V., Riddle, B.R., Whittaker, R.J. & Brown, J.H. 2010. Biogeography (4 edition).
Sinauer Associates, Sunderland.
2. Mani, M.S. 1974. Ecology and Biogeography in India. Dr. W Junk Publishers., The Hague.
rd
3. Singh, G. 2012. Plant Systematics: Theory and Practice (3 edition). Oxford & IBH Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi.
4. Wheeler, Q.D. & Meier R. 2000. Species Concepts and Phylogenetic Theory: A Debate. Columbia
University Press, New York.
5. Williams, D. M., Ebach, M.C. 2008. Foundations of Systematics and Biogeography. Springer.
6. Wilkins, J. S. 2009. Species: A History of the Idea (Vol. 1). University of California Press.
28
CORE COURSE 9: URBAN ECOSYSTEMS
Preamble: The paper is designed to enable the students to examine the existing environmental issues,
conflicts and their potential role in urban development. It beholds importance as interaction between
urban society and its environment transpires in governance and policy decisions. It also aims to
address key challenges posed by increasing development to far-reaching goal of sustainability in urban
areas.
Introduction to urbanization; urban sprawl and associated environmental issues.
Unit 2: Environment in an urban setting (10 lectures)
Man as the driver of urban ecosystem; commodification of nature; metros, cities and towns as sources
and sinks of resources; resource consumption and its social, cultural, economic and ecological
perspectives; urban transformation; increasing challenges posed by modernity for the environment;
urban pollution (air, water, soil).
Unit 3: Urban dwelling (12 lectures)
Housing scenario across a range of large-medium-small cities; poverty and slums in an urban context;
Town planning Acts and their environmental aspects; energy consumption and waste disposal as well
as accumulation; environmental costs of urban infrastructure.
Unit 4: Urban interface with the environment (12 lectures)
Management of urban environment; alternative resources; policy and management decisions; urban
settings as loci of sustainability; challenges associated with sustainability and urban future.
Unit 5: Natural spaces in a city (10 lectures)
Concept of ‘controlled nature’; scope, importance and threats to nature in the city; organization and
planning of green spaces such as parks, gardens and public spaces; concept of green belts; urban
natural forest ecosystem as green lungs.
29
Unit 6: Planning and environmental management (12 lectures)
Urban planning and its environmental aspects from historical and contemporary perspectives; benefits
of environmental management; introduction to green buildings; urban governance; political complexity
of applying ecological science to urban policy and planning, smart cities.
Suggested Readings
1. D’Monte, Darryl. 1985. Industry versus Environment Temples or Tombs. Three Controversies,
Delhi, CSE.
2. Ernstson, H. 2011. Re-translating nature in post-apartheid Cape Town: The material semiotics of
people and plants at Bottom Road. In: Heeks, R., (Ed.) Conference on “Understanding
Development through Actor-Network Theory”, London School of Economics, 30 June, London.
3. Gaston, K.J. 2010. Urban Ecology. Cambridge University Press, New York.
4. Grimm, N. B., Faeth, S. H., et al. 2008. Global Change and the Ecology of Cities. Science 319:
756-760.
5. Hinchliffe, S. & Whatmore, S. 2006. Living cities: Towards a politics of conviviality. Science as
Culture 15: 123–138.
6. McIntyre, N.E. 2000. Urban ecology as an interdisciplinary field: differences in the use of ‘urban’
between the social and natural sciences. Urban Ecosystems 4: 5-24.
7. Montgomery, M.R. 2009. Urban Transformation of the developing world. Science 319: 761-764.
8. Richter, M. & Weiland, U. (ed.). 2012. Applied Urban Ecology. Wiley-Blackwell, UK.
30
CORE COURSE 10: ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION AND POLICY
Theory (60 lectures)
Preamble: This paper introduces students to the legal structure of India and fundamentals of
environmental legislation and policy making. Each unit will help the students to develop basic
concepts of environmental legislation and policy making in India and around the world.
Constitution of India; fundamental rights; fundamental duties; Union of India; union list, state list,
concurrent list; legislature; state assemblies; judiciary; panchayats and municipal bodies; National
Green Tribunal.
Unit 2: History of environmental legislation and policy (10 lectures)
Ancient period: worship of water, air, trees; Mauryan period: Kautilya’s Arthashastra,
Yajnavalkyasmriti and Charaksamhita; Medieval period: forests as woodland and hunting
resourcesduring Mughal reign; British India: Indian Penal Code 1860,Forest Act 1865, Fisheries Act
1897; Independent India: Van Mahotsava 1950, National Forest Policy 1952, Orissa River pollution
and prevention Act 1953.
Unit 3: Environmental legislation (5 lectures)
Legal definitions (environmental pollution, natural resource, biodiversity, forest, sustainable

development); Article 48A (The protection and improvement of environment and safeguarding of
forests and wildlife); Article 51 A (Fundamental duties).
Unit 4: Legislative Instruments (20 lectures)
The Indian Forest Act 1927; The Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972; The Water (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act 1974; The Forests (Conservation) Act 1980; The Air (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act 1981; The Environment (Protection) Act 1986; Motor Vehicle Act 1988; The Public
Liability Insurance Act 1991; Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules 2000; The Biological
Diversity Act 2002; The Schedule Tribes and other Traditional Dwellers (Recognition of Forests
Rights) Act 2006; The National Green Tribunal Act 2010; scheme and labeling of environment friendly
products, Ecomarks.
31
Unit 5: Government institutions (5 lectures)
Role of Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Changein environmental law and policy making;
role of central and state pollution control boards in environmental law and policy making.
Unit 6: Case studies (5 lectures)
National Green Tribunal: Aditya N Prasad vs. Union of India & Others; Ganga Tanneries Case: M.C.
Mehta vs. Union of India 1988; environmental education case: M.C. Mehta vs. Union of India, WP
860/1991.
Unit 7: International laws and policy (10 lectures)
Stockholm Conference 1972; United Nations Conference on Environment and Development 1992; Rio
de Janeiro (Rio Declaration, Agenda 21); Montreal Protocol 1987; Kyoto Protocol 1997; Copenhagen
and Paris summits; Ramsar convention.
Practicals: Tutorial and case study based.
Suggested Readings
1. Abraham, C.M. 1999. Environmental Jurisprudence in India. Kluwer Law International.

2. Agarwal, V.K. 2005. Environmental Laws in India: Challenges for Enforcement. Bulletin of the
National Institute of Ecology 15: 227-238.
3. Divan, S. & Rosencranz, A. 2001. Environmental Law and Policy in India. Oxford University
Press.
4. Divan, S. & Rosencranz, A. 2002. Environmental Law and Policy in India: Cases, Materials
nd
and Statues (2 edition). Oxford University Press.
5. Gupta, K.R. 2006. Environmental Legislation in India. Atlantic Publishers and Distributors.
rd
6. Leelakrishnan, P. 2008. Environmental Law in India (3 edition). LexisNexis India.
7. Naseem, M. 2011. Environmental Law in India Mohammad. Kluwer Law International.
8. Venkat, A. 2011. Environmental Law and Policy. PHI Learning Private Ltd.
32
SKILL ENHANCEMENT COURSE 2: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND RISK
ASSESSMENT
Preamble: This course recognizes the growing need of industry to anticipate and incorporate
environmental concerns and risks while developing large-scale projects. The course emphasizes on the
contemporary tools and techniques to assess various environmental impacts and outlines various
management options needed to mitigate these risks.
Unit 1: Environmental impact assessment (EIA): definitions, introduction and concepts; rationale and
historical development of EIA; scope and methodologies of EIA; role of project proponents, project
developers and consultants; Terms of Reference; impact identification and prediction; baseline data
collection; Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
Unit 2: Rapid EIA; Strategic Environmental Assessment; Social Impact Assessment; Cost-Benefit
analysis; Life cycle assessment; environmental appraisal; environmental management - principles,
problems and strategies; environmental planning; environmental audit; introduction to ISO and ISO
14000; sustainable development.
Unit 3: EIA regulations in India; status of EIA in India; current issues in EIA; case study of
hydropower projects/ thermal projects.
Unit 4: Risk assessment: introduction and scope; project planning; exposure assessment; toxicity
assessment; hazard identification and assessment; risk characterization; risk communication;
environmental monitoring; community involvement; legal and regulatory framework; human and
ecological risk assessment.
Suggested Readings
1. Barrow, C.J. 2000. Social Impact Assessment: An Introduction. Oxford University Press.
2. Glasson, J., Therivel, R., Chadwick, A. 1994. Introduction to Environmental Impact Assessment.
London, Research Press, UK.
3. Judith, P. 1999. Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment. Blackwell Science.
4. Marriott, B. 1997. Environmental Impact Assessment: A Practical Guide. McGraw-Hill, New
York, USA.
33
GENERAL ELECTIVE 4: GREEN TECHNOLOGIES
Theory (60 lectures)
Preamble: This paper introduces students to the concept of green technology, its goals and advantages.
It also highlights potential role of green technologies in realizing the goal of sustainable development
and focuses on community participation to tap the economic benefits associated with switching to
green technologies.
Definition and concepts: green technology, green energy, green infrastructure, green economy, and,
green chemistry; sustainable consumption of resources; individual and community level participation
such as small-scale composting pits for biodegradable waste, energy conservation; encouraged use of
public transport instead of private transport.
Unit 2: Green technologies (5 lectures)
Green technologies in historical and contemporary perspectives; successful green technologies: wind
turbines, solar panels; 3 R’s of green technology: recycle, renew and reduce; paradigm shift from
‘cradle to cradle’ to ‘cradle to grave’
Unit 3: Green infrastructure, planning and economy (15 lectures)
Green buildings; history of green buildings, need and relevance of green buildings over conventional
buildings, construction of green buildings; associated costs and benefits; outlined examples of green
buildings; LEED certified building; Eco-mark certification, establishment of Eco-mark in India, its
importance and implementation; Green planning: role of governmental bodies, land use planning,
concept of green cities, waste reduction and recycling in cities, role of informal sector in waste
management, public transportation for sustainable development, green belts. ; Introduction to UNEP’s
green economy initiative, inclusive economic growth of the society, REDD+ initiative, and cap and
trade concept; green banking.
Unit 4: Applications of green technologies (15 lectures)
Increase in energy efficiency: cogeneration, motor system optimization, oxy-fuel firing, isothermal
melting process, energy efficient fume hoods, compact fluorescent lights (CFLs), motion detection
lighting, or programmable thermostats). Green House Gas (GHG) emissions reduction: carbon capture
and storage (CCS) technologies, purchase and use of carbon offsets, promotion and/or subsidy of
alternative forms of transportation for employees, such as carpools, fuel efficient vehicles, and mass
transit, methane emissions reduction and/or reuse).
34
Pollution reduction and removal (Flue Gas Desulfurization (FGD) methods, catalytic or thermal
destruction of NOX, Fluidized Bed Combustion, Dioxins reduction and removal methods, Thermal
Oxidizers or Wet Scrubbers to neutralize chemicals or heavy metals, solvent recovery systems, Low
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) paints and sealers).
Unit 5: Green chemistry (10 lectures)
Introduction to green chemistry; principles and recognition of green criteria in chemistry; bio-
degradable and bio-accumulative products in environment; green nanotechnology; reagents, reactions
and technologies that should be and realistically could be replaced by green alternatives;
photodegradable plastic bags.
Unit 6: Green future (10 lectures)
Agenda of green development; reduction of ecological footprint; role of green technologies towards a
sustainable future; major challenges and their resolution for implementation of green technologies;
green practices to conserve natural resources (organic agriculture, agroforestry, reducing paper usage
and consumption, etc.); emphasis on waste reduction instead of recycling, emphasis on innovation for
green future; role of advancement in science in developing environmental friendly technologies.
Practicals: Tutorials and field based.
Suggested Readings
1. Anastas, P.T. & Warner, J.C. 1998. Green Chemistry: Theory & Practice. Oxford University Press.
2. Arceivala, S.L. 2014. Green Technologies: For a Better Future. Mc-Graw Hill Publications.
3. Baker, S. 2006. Sustainable Development. Routledge Press.
4. Hrubovcak, J., Vasavada, U. & Aldy, J. E. 1999. Green technologies for a more sustainable
agriculture (No. 33721). United States Department of Agriculture, Economic Research Service.
5. Thangavel, P. & Sridevi, G. 2015. Environmental Sustainability: Role of Green Technologies.
Springer Publications.
6. Woolley, T. & Kimmins, S. 2002. Green Building Handbook (Volume 1 and 2). Spon Press.
35
CORE COURSE 11: BIODIVERSITY AND CONSERVATION
Preamble: This course is aimed at helping students to understand and appreciate various concepts and
issues concerning biodiversity and conservation at local, regional and global levels. The course will
attempt at encouraging students to appreciate the paradigm “think globally, act locally” for a
sustainable common future of humankind.
Unit 1: Levels of organization in living world (8 lectures)
From genes to ecosystems; tree of life; history of character transformation; organic evolution through
geographic time scale; species concept – what’s in a name?; how many species are there on earth?;
concept and types of speciation.
Unit 2: Biodiversity patterns (4 lectures)
Spatial patterns: latitudinal and elevational trends in biodiversity; temporal patterns: seasonal
fluctuations in biodiversity patterns; importance of biodiversity patterns in conservation.
Unit 3: Biodiversity estimation (10 lectures)
Sampling strategies and surveys: floristic, faunal, and aquatic; qualitative and quantitative methods:
scoring, habitat assessment, richness, density, frequency, abundance, evenness, diversity, biomass
estimation; community diversity estimation: alpha, beta and gamma diversity; molecular techniques:
RAPD, RFLP, AFLP; NCBI database, BLAST analyses.
Unit 4: Importance of biodiversity (8 lectures)
Economic values – medicinal plants, drugs, fisheries and livelihoods; ecological services – primary
productivity, role in hydrological cycle, biogeochemical cycling; ecosystem services – purification of
water and air, nutrient cycling, climate control, pest control, pollination, and formation and protection
of soil; social, aesthetic, consumptive, and ethical values of biodiversity.
Unit 6: Threats to biodiversity (10 lectures)
Natural and anthropogenic disturbances; habitat loss, habitat degradation, and habitat fragmentation;
climate change; pollution; hunting; over-exploitation; deforestation; hydropower development;
invasive species; land use changes; overgrazing; man wildlife conflicts; consequences of biodiversity
loss; Intermediate Disturbance Hypothesis.
36
Unit 7: Conservation of biodiversity (10 lectures)
In-situ conservation (Biosphere Reserves, National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries); Ex-situ conservation
(botanical gardens, zoological gardens, gene banks, seed and seedling banks, pollen culture, tissue
culture and DNA banks), role of local communities and traditional knowledge in conservation;
biodiversity hotspots; IUCN Red List categorization – guidelines, practice and application; Red Data
book; ecological restoration; afforestation; social forestry; agro forestry; joint forest management; role
of remote sensing in management of natural resources.
Unit 8: Biodiversity in India (10 lectures)
India as a mega diversity nation; phytogeographic and zoogeographic zones of the country; forest
types and forest cover in India; fish and fisheries of India; impact of hydropower development on
biological diversity; status of protected areas and biosphere reserves in the country; National
Biodiversity Action Plan.
Suggested Readings
1. Gaston, K J. & Spicer, J.I. 1998. Biodiversity: An Introduction. Blackwell Science, London,
UK.
2. Krishnamurthy, K.V. 2004. An Advanced Text Book of Biodiversity - Principles and
Practices. Oxford and IBH Publications Co. Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi.
3. Pandit, M.K. & Grumbine R.E. 2012. Ongoing and proposed hydropower development in the
Himalaya and its impact on terrestrial biodiversity. Conservation Biology 26:1061-1071.
rd
4. Primack, R.B. 2002. Essentials of Conservation Biology (3 edition). Sinauer Associates,
Sunderland, USA.
5. Singh, J. S. & Singh, S. P. 1987. Forest vegetation of the Himalaya. The Botanical Review 53:
80-192.
6. Singh, J. S., Singh, S.P. & Gupta, S. 2006. Ecology, Environment and Resource Conservation.
Anamaya Publications, New Delhi.
7. Sodhi, N.S. & Ehrlich, P.R. (Eds). 2010. Conservation Biology for All. Oxford University
Press.
8. Sodhi, N.S., Gibson, L. & Raven, P.H. 2013. Conservation Biology: Voices from the Tropics.
Wiley-Blackwell, Oxford, UK.
37
CORE COURSE 12: ORGANISMAL AND EVOLUTIONARY BIOLOGY
Preamble: This paper introduces students to the fundamentals of ecology and evolutionary biology.
Each unit covers vast range of topics, which will help the students to develop basic concepts of
ecology and evolutionary biology.
Unit 1: History of life on Earth (10 lectures)
Paleontology and evolutionary History; evolutionary time scale; eras, periods and epoch; major events
in the evolutionary time scale; origins of unicellular and multi cellular organisms; major groups of
plants and animals; stages in primate evolution including Homo.
Lamarck’s concept of evolution; Darwin’s Evolutionary Theory: variation, adaptation, struggle, fitness
and natural selection; Mendelism; spontaneity of mutations; The Evolutionary Synthesis.
Unit 3: Evolution of unicellular life (10 lectures)
Origin of cells and unicellular evolution and basic biological molecules; abiotic synthesis of organic
monomers and polymers; Oparin-Haldane hypothesis; study of Miller; the first cell; evolution of
prokaryotes; origin of eukaryotic cells; evolution of unicellular eukaryotes; anaerobic metabolism,
photosynthesis and aerobic metabolism.
Unit 4: Geography of evolution (5 lectures)
Biogeographic evidence of evolution; patterns of distribution; historical factors affecting geographic

distribution; evolution of geographic patterns of diversity.
Unit 5: Molecular evolution (10 lectures)
Neutral evolution; molecular divergence and molecular clocks; molecular tools in phylogeny,
classification and identification; protein and nucleotide sequence analysis; origin of new genes and
proteins; gene duplication and divergence.
Unit 6: Fundamentals of population genetics (15 lectures)
Concepts of populations, gene pool, gene frequency; concepts and rate of change in gene frequency
through natural selection, migration and genetic drift; adaptive radiation; isolating mechanisms;
38
speciation (allopatric, sympatric, peripatric and parapatric); convergent evolution; sexual selection; co-
evolution; Hardy-Weinberg Law.
Suggested Readings
nd
1. Futuyma, D.J. 2009. Evolution (2 edition). Sinauer Associates.
2. Gillespie, J. H. 1991. The Causes of Molecular Evolution. Oxford University Press.
nd
3. Graur, D. & Li, W.H. 1999. Fundamentals of Molecular Evolution (2 edition). Sinauer
Associates.
4. Kimura, M. 1984. The Neutral Theory of Molecular Evolution. Cambridge University Press.
5. Minkoff, E.C. 1983. Evolutionary Biology. Addison Wesley. Publishing Company.
6. Nei, M. & Kumar, S. 2000. Molecular Evolution and Phylogenetics. Oxford University Press.
7. Nei, M. 1975. Molecular Population Genetics and Evolution. North-Holland Publishing
Company.
8. Nei, M. 1987. Molecular Evolutionary Genetics. Columbia university press.
9. Thorne, J. L., Kishino, H., & Painter, I. S. 1998. Estimating the rate of evolution of the rate of
molecular evolution. Molecular Biology and Evolution 15: 1647-1657.
39
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE 1: ENERGY AND ENVIRONMENT
Preamble: This course aims to provide students with a broad understanding of the existing energy
resources, issues related to energy and the environment, challenges and possible paths to sustainable
energy generation and use.
Defining energy; forms and importance; energy use from a historical perspective: discovery of fire,
discovery of locomotive engine and fossil fuels, electrification of cities, oil wars in the Middle East,
advent of nuclear energy; sources and sinks of energy; energy over-consumption in urban setting
Unit 2: Energy resources (8 lectures)
Global energy resources; renewable and non-renewable resources: distribution and availability; past,
present, and future technologies for capturing and integrating these resources into our energy
infrastructure; energy-use scenarios in rural and urban setups; energy conservation.
Unit 3: Energy demand (10 lectures)
Global energy demand: historical and current perspective; energy demand and use in domestic,
industrial, agriculture and transportation sector; generation and utilization in rural and urban
environments; changes in demand in major world economies; energy subsidies and environmental
costs.
Unit 4: Energy, environment and society (10 lectures)
Nature, scope and analysis of local and global impacts of energy use on the environment; fossil fuel
burning and related issues of air pollution, greenhouse effect, global warming and, urban heat island
effect; nuclear energy and related issues such as radioactive waste, spent fuel; social inequalities
related to energy production, distribution, and use.
Unit 5: Energy, ecology and the environment (6 lectures)
Energy production as driver of environmental change; energy production, transformation and

utilization associated environmental impacts (Chernobyl and Fukushima nuclear accidents,
construction of dams, environmental pollution); energy over-consumption and its impact on the
environment, economy, and global change.
40
Unit 7: Politics of energy policy (8 lectures)
Political choices in energy policy globally and in the Indian context (historical and contemporary case
studies); domestic and international energy policy; energy diplomacy and bilateral ties of India with
her neighbors.
Unit 8: Our energy future (10 lectures)
Current and future energy use patterns in the world and in India; evolution of energy use over time;
alternative sources as green energy (biofuels, wind energy, solar energy, geothermal energy; ocean
energy; nuclear energy); need for energy efficiency; energy conservation and sustainability; action
strategies for sustainable energy mix and management from a future perspective.
Practicals: Tutorial-based.
Suggested Readings
1. McKibben, B. 2012. Global Warming’s Terrifying New Math, Rolling Stone Magazine.
2. Craig. J.R., Vaughan, D.J., Skinner. B.J. 1996. Resources of the Earth: Origin, use, and
nd
environmental impact (2 edition). Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
3. Elliott, D. 1997. Sustainable Technology. Energy, Society and Environment (Chapter 3). New
York, Routledge Press.
4. Rowlands, I.H. 2009. Renewable Electricity: The Prospects for Innovation and Integration in
Provincial Policies in Debora L. Van Nijnatten and Robert Boardman (eds), Canadian
Environmental Policy and Politics: Prospects for Leadership and Innovation, Third Edition.
5. Oliver, J. 2013. Dispelling the Myths about Canada’s Energy Future, Policy: Canadian Politics
and Public Policy, June-July.
6. Mallon, K. 2006. Myths, Pitfalls and Oversights, Renewable Energy Policy and Politics: A
Handbook for Decision-Making. EarthScan.
41
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE 2: ENVIRONMENTAL ECONOMICS
Preamble: This paper introduces students to the fundamentals of environmental economics. It covers
some basic concepts of economics to familiarize students with absence of market, demand and supply
in nature. Each unit covers a range of topics, which will help students develop modern concepts of
environmental economics and its importance in conservation of biodiversity and ecosystems through
understanding of economic costs associated with these.
Unit1: Introduction to microeconomics (15 lectures)
Definition and scope of environmental economics; environmental economics versus traditional

economics; brief introduction to major components of economy: consumer, firm and their interaction
in the market, producer and consumer surplus, market failure, law of demand and supply, tangible and
non tangible goods; utilitariasm; Pareto optimality; compensation principle.
Unit 2: Environmental economics (15 lectures)
Main characteristics of environmental goods; marginal analysis; markets and market failure; social
benefit, costs and welfare functions; meaning and types of environmental values; measures of
economic values; tangible and intangible benefits; Pareto principle or criterion; Hardin’s Thesis of
‘The Tragedy of Commons’; prisoner’s dilemma game; methods of abatement of externalities; social
cost benefit analysis; cost-effectiveness analysis.
Unit 3: Economic solutions to environmental problems (15 lectures)
Social costs and benefits of environmental programmes: marginal social benefit of abatement,
marginal social cost of abatement; pollution control: policies for controlling air and water pollution,
disposal of toxic and hazardous waste- standards vs. emissions charges, environmental subsidies,
modelling and emission charges; polluter pay principles; pollution permit trading system.
Unit 4: Natural resource economics (5 lectures)
Economics of non-renewable resources; economics of fuels and minerals; Hotelling’s rule and
extensions; taxation; economics of renewable resources; economics of water use, management of
fisheries and forests; introduction to natural resource accounting.
42
Unit 5: Tools for environmental economic policy (10 lectures)
Growth and environment; environmental audit and accounting, Kuznets curve, environmental risk
analysis, assessing benefits and cost for environmental decision making; cost benefit analysis and
valuation: discounting, principles of Cost-Benefit Analysis, estimation ofcosts and benefits, techniques
of valuation, adjusting and comparing environmental benefits and costs.
Practicals: Tutorials, analysis and exercise based.
Suggested Readings
1. Arrow, K., Bolin, B., Costanza, R., Dasgupta, P., Folke, C., Holling, C.S., Jansson, B.O., Levin,
S., Maler, K.G., Perrings, C., Pimentel, D. 1995. Economic growth, carrying capacity, and the
environment. Ecological Economics 15: 91-95.
2. Hanley, N., Shogren, J. F., & White, B. 2007. Environmental Economics: In Theory and
Practice. Palgrave Macmillan.
3. Kolstad, C.D. 2010. Environmental Economics. Oxford University Press.
4. Perman, R. 2003. Natural Resource and Environmental Economics. Pearson Education.
5. Singh, K. & Shishodia, A. 2007. Environmental Economics: Theory and Applications. Sage
Publications.
6. Thomas, J.M. & Callan, S.J. 2007.Environmental Economics. Thomson Learning Inc.
th
7. Tietenberg, T. 2004. Environmental and Natural Resource Economics (6 Edition). Pearson
Education Pvt. Ltd.
8. Tietenberg, T. H. & Lewis, L. 2010. Environmental Economics and Policy. Addison-Wesley.
9. Turner, R. K., Pearce, D., & Bateman, I. 1994. Environmental Economics: An Elementary
Introduction. Harvester Wheatsheaf.
43
CORE COURSE 13: ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION AND HUMAN HEALTH
Preamble: This paper deals with different aspects of environmental contamination, which have
adverse effects on human health. It will lay emphasis on understanding mechanisms of pollutants
impacting human health by developing an understanding of different types of pollutants, their sources
and mitigation measures. The students will also be introduced to the concept of permissible limits.
Definition of pollution; pollutants; classification of pollutants.
Unit 2: Air pollution (8 lectures)
Ambient air quality: monitoring and standards (National Ambient Air Quality Standards of India); air
quality index; sources and types of pollutants (primary and secondary); smog (case study); effects of
different pollutants on human health (NOx, SOx, PM, CO, CO2, hydrocarbons and VOCs) and control
measures; indoor air pollution: sources and effects on human health.
Unit 3: Water pollution (10 lectures)
Sources of surface and ground water pollution; water quality parameters and standards; organic waste
and water pollution; eutrophication; COD, BOD, DO; effect of water contaminants on human health
(nitrate, fluoride, arsenic, chlorine, cadmium, mercury, pesticides); water borne diseases; concept and
working of effluent treatment plants (ETPs).
Unit 4: Soil pollution (5 lectures)
Causes of soil pollution and degradation; effect of soil pollution on environment, vegetation and other
life forms; control strategies.
Unit 5: Noise pollution (5 lectures)
Noise pollution – sources; frequency, intensity and permissible ambient noise levels; effect on
communication, impacts on life forms and humans - working efficiency, physical and mental health;
control measures.
44
Unit 6: Radioactive and thermal pollution (5 lectures)
Radioactive material and sources of radioactive pollution; effect of radiation on human health (somatic
and genetic effects); thermal pollution and its effects.
Unit 7: Marine pollution (5 lectures)
Marine resources and their importance; sources of marine pollution; oil spill and its effects; coral reefs
and their demise; coastal area management; existing challenges and management techniques (planning,
construction, environmental monitoring of coastal zones).
Unit 8: Chemistry of environmental pollutants (10 lectures)
Solubility of pollutants (hydrophilic and lipophilic pollutants), transfer of pollutants within different
mediums, role of chelating agents in transferring pollutants, concept of biotransformation and
bioaccumulation, concept of radioactivity, radioactive decay and half-life of pollutants, organometallic
compounds, acid mine drainage.
Unit 9: Pollution control (10 lectures)
Activated Sludge Process (ASP) – Trickling Filters – oxidation ponds, fluidized bed reactors,
membrane bioreactor neutralization, ETP sludge management; digesters, up flow anaerobic sludge
blanket reactor, fixed film reactors, sequencing batch reactors, hybrid reactors, bioscrubbers,
biotrickling filters; regulatory framework for pollution monitoring and control; case study: Ganga
Action Plan; Yamuna Action Plan; implementation of CNG in NCT of Delhi.
Suggested Readings
1. Gurjar, B.R., Molina, L.T. & Ojha C.S.P. 2010. Air Pollution: Health and Environmental
Impacts. CRC Press, Taylor & Francis.
2. Hester, R.E. & Harrison, R.M. 1998. Air Pollution and Health. The Royal Society of
Chemistry, UK.
rd
3. Park, K. 2015. Park’s Textbook of Preventive and Social Medicine (23 edition). Banarsidas
Bhanot Publishers.
4. Pepper, I.L., Gerba, C.P. & Brusseau, M.L. 2006. Environmental and Pollution Science.
Elsevier Academic Press.
5. Purohit, S.S. & Ranjan, R. 2007. Ecology, Environment & Pollution. Agrobios Publications.
6. Vesilind, P.J., Peirce, J.J., & Weiner R.F. 1990. Environmental Pollution and Control.
Butterworth-Heinemann, USA.
45
CORE COURSE 14: NATURAL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND SUSTAINABILITY
Preamble: This paper takes an objective view of the nature of Earth’s resources, their generation,
extraction and impact of human activities on earth’s environment. The students are expected to
understand effective management strategies. It aims to provide an idea of effective management
strategies and a critical insight of the major sustainability issues.
Resource and reserves; classification of natural resources; renewable and non-renewable resources;
resource degradation; resource conservation; resource availability and factors influencing its
availability; land resources; water resources; fisheries and other marine resources; energy resources;
mineral resources; human impact on natural resources; ecological, social and economic dimension of
resource management.
Unit 2: Natural resources and conservation (10 lectures)
Forest resources: economic and ecological importance of forests, forest management strategies,
sustainable forestry; water resources: supply, renewal, and use of water resources, freshwater
shortages, strategies of water conservation; soil resources: importance of soil, soil conservation
strategies; food resources: world food problem, techniques to increase world food production, green
revolution.
Unit 3: Mineral resources (10 lectures)
Mineral resources and the rock cycle; identified resources; undiscovered resources; reserves; types of
mining: surface, subsurface, open-pit, dredging, strip; reserve-to-production ratio; global consumption
patterns of mineral resources techniques to increase mineral resource supplies; ocean mining for
mineral resources; environmental effects of extracting and using mineral resources.
Unit 4: Non-renewable energy resources (10 lectures)
Oil: formation, exploration, extraction and processing, oil shale, tar sands; natural gas: exploration,
liquefied petroleum gas, liquefied natural gas; coal: reserves, classification, formation, extraction,
processing, coal gasification; environmental impacts of non renewable energy consumption; impact of
energy consumption on global economy; application of green technology; future energy options and
challenges.
46
Unit 5: Renewable energy resources (10 lectures)
Energy efficiency; life cycle cost; cogeneration; solar energy: technology, advantages, passive and
active solar heating system, solar thermal systems, solar cells, JNN solar mission; hydropower:
technology, potential, operational costs, benefits of hydropower development; nuclear power: nuclear
fission, fusion, reactors, pros and cons of nuclear power, storage of radioactive waste, radioactive
contamination; tidal energy; wave energy; ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC); geothermal
energy; energy from biomass; bio-diesel.
Unit 6: Resource management (10 lectures)
Approaches in resource management: ecological approach; economic approach; ethnological

approach; implications of the approaches; integrated resource management strategies; concept of
sustainability science: different approach towards sustainable development and its different
constituents; sustainability of society, resources and framework; sustainable energy strategy; principles
of energy conservation; Indian renewable energy programme.
Suggested Readings
1. Craig, J.R., Vaughan. D.J. & Skinner. B.J. 1996. Resources of the Earth: Origin, Use, and
nd
Environmental Impacts (2 edition). Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
2. Freeman, A.M. 2001. Measures of value and Resources: Resources for the Future. Washington
DC.
3. Freeman, A.M. 2003. Millennium Ecosystem Assessment: Conceptual Framework. Island
Press.
4. Ginley, D.S. & Cahen, D. 2011. Fundamentals of Materials for Energy and Environmental
Sustainability. Cambridge University Press.
5. Klee, G.A. 1991. Conservation of Natural Resources. Prentice Hall Publication.
6. Miller, T.G. 2012. Environmental Science. Wadsworth Publishing Co.
7. Owen, O.S, Chiras, D.D, & Reganold, J.P. 1998. Natural Resource Conservation –
th
Management for Sustainable Future (7 edition). Prentice Hall.
8. Ramade, F. 1984. Ecology of Natural Resources. John Wiley & Sons Ltd.
9. Tiwari, G.N. & Ghosal. M. K. 2005. Renewable Energy Resources: Basic Principles and
Application. Narosa Publishing House.
47
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE 3: NATURAL HAZARDS AND DISASTER
MANAGEMENT
Preamble: This paper introduces the students to various aspects of environmental hazards, their
causes, classifications, and impacts. It also focuses on the management strategies and governmental
action plan to mitigate and prepare for such hazards.
Definition of hazard; natural, technological, and context hazards; concept of risk and vulnerability;
reasons of vulnerability - rapid population growth, urban expansion, environmental pollution,
epidemics, industrial accidents, inadequate government policies.
Unit 2: Natural hazards (15 lectures)
Natural hazards: hydrological, atmospheric & geological hazards; earthquake: seismic waves,
epicenter; volcanoes: causes of volcanism, geographic distribution; floods: types and nature, frequency
of flooding; landslides: causes and types of landslides, landslide analysis; drought: types of drought -
meteorological, agricultural, hydrological, and famine; Glacial Lake Outburst Floods (GLOF);
tornadoes, cyclone & hurricanes; tsunamis: causes and location of tsunamis; coastal erosion, sea level
changes and its impact on coastal areas and coastal zone management.
Unit 3: Anthropogenic hazards (15 lectures)
Impacts of anthropogenic activities such as rapid urbanization, injudicious ground water extraction,
sand mining from river bank, deforestation, mangroves destruction; role of construction along river
banks in elevating flood hazard; disturbing flood plains. deforestation and landslide hazards associated
with it; large scale developmental projects, like dams and nuclear reactors in hazard prone zones;
nature and impact of accidents, wildfires and biophysical hazards. Case studies of Bhopal, Minamata
and Chernobyl disaster.
Unit 4: Risk and vulnerability assessment (5 lectures)
Two components of risk: likelihood and consequences, qualitative likelihood measurement index;
categories of consequences (direct losses, indirect losses, tangible losses, and intangible losses);
application of geoinformatics in hazard, risk & vulnerability assessment.
48
Unit 5: Mitigation and preparedness (10 lectures)
Concept of mitigation; types of mitigation: structural and non-structural mitigation, use of technologies
in mitigations such as barrier, deflection and retention systems; concept of preparedness; importance of
planning, exercise, and training in preparedness; role of public, education and media in hazard
preparedness.
Unit 6: Disaster management in India (10 lectures)
Lessons from the past considering the examples of Bhuj earthquake, tsunami disaster, and Bhopal
tragedy; National Disaster Management Framework, national response mechanism, role of government
bodies such as NDMC and IMD; role of armed forces and media in disaster management; role of space
technology in disaster management; case study of efficient disaster management during cyclone
‘Phailin’ in 2013.
Suggested Readings
1. Coppola D. P. 2007. Introduction to International Disaster Management. Butterworth

Heinemann.
2. Cutter, S.L. 2012. Hazards Vulnerability and Environmental Justice. EarthScan, Routledge
Press.
3. Keller, E. A. 1996. Introduction to Environmental Geology. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River,
New Jersey.
4. Pine, J.C. 2009. Natural Hazards Analysis: Reducing the Impact of Disasters. CRC Press,
Taylor and Francis Group.
5. Schneid, T.D. & Collins, L. 2001. Disaster Management and Preparedness. Lewis Publishers,
New York, NY.
6. Smith, K. 2001. Environmental Hazards: Assessing Risk and Reducing Disaster. Routledge
Press.
7. Wallace, J.M. & Hobbs, P.V. 1977. Atmospheric Science: An Introductory Survey. Academic
Press, New York.
8. Wasson, R.J., Sundriyal, Y.P., Chaudhary, S., Jaiswal, M.K., Morthekai, P., Sati, S.P.&Juyal, N.
2013. A 1000-year history of large floods in the upper Ganga catchment, central Himalaya,
India. Quaternary Science Reviews 77: 156–166.
49
DISCIPLINE SPECIFIC ELECTIVE 4: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT
Preamble: Every human activity ends up in the generation of unwanted waste product. This paper
throws light on the current scenario of solid waste generation and problem in its handling and
management. It also deals with the different governmental policies that explain proper transportation,
handling and disposal of solid waste to minimize its effect on environment.
Sources and generation of solid waste, their classification and chemical composition; characterization
of municipal solid waste; hazardous waste and biomedical waste.
Unit 2: Effect of solid waste disposal on environment (8 lectures)
Impact of solid waste on environment, human and plant health; effect of solid waste and industrial
effluent discharge on water quality and aquatic life; mining waste and land degradation; effect of land
fill leachate on soil characteristics and ground water pollution.
Unit 3: Solid waste Management (14 lectures)
Different techniques used in collection, storage, transportation and disposal of solid waste (municipal,
hazardous and biomedical waste); landfill (traditional and sanitary landfill design); thermal treatment
(pyrolysis and incineration) of waste material; drawbacks in waste management techniques.
Unit 4: Industrial waste management (6 lectures)
Types of industrial waste: hazardous and non-hazardous; effect of industrial waste on air, water and
soil; industrial waste management and its importance; stack emission control and emission monitoring;
effluent treatment plant and sewage treatment plant.
Unit 5: Resource Recovery (8 lectures)
4R- reduce, reuse, recycle and recover; biological processing - composting, anaerobic digestion,
aerobic treatment; reductive dehalogenation; mechanical biological treatment; green techniques for
waste treatment.
50
Unit 6: Waste- to- energy (WTE) (4 lectures)
Concept of energy recovery from waste; refuse derived fuel (RDF); different WTE processes:
combustion, pyrolysis, landfill gas (LFG) recovery; anaerobic digestion; gasification.
Unit 7: Integrated waste management (4 lectures)
Concept of Integrated waste management; waste management hierarchy; methods and importance of
Integrated waste management.
Unit 8: Life cycle assessment (LCA) (5 lectures)
Cradle to grave approach; lifecycle inventory of solid waste; role of LCA in waste management;
advantage and limitation of LCA; case study on LCA of a product.
Unit 9: Policies for solid waste management (8 lectures)
Municipal Solid Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules 2000; Hazardous Wastes Management and
Handling Rules 1989; Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules 1998; Ecofriendly or
green products.
Practicals: Based on the theory and field-based.
Suggested Readings
1. Asnani, P. U. 2006. Solid waste management. India Infrastructure Report 570.

2. Bagchi, A. 2004. Design of Landfills and Integrated Solid Waste Management. John Wiley &
Sons.
3. Blackman, W.C. 2001. Basic Hazardous Waste Management. CRC Press.
4. McDougall, F. R., White, P. R., Franke, M., & Hindle, P. 2008. Integrated Solid Waste
Management: A Life Cycle Inventory. John Wiley & Sons.
5. US EPA. 1999. Guide for Industrial Waste Management. Washington D.C.
6. White, P.R., Franke, M. &Hindle P. 1995. Integrated Solid waste Management: A Lifecycle
Inventory. Blackie Academic & Professionals.
7. Zhu, D., Asnani, P.U., Zurbrugg, C., Anapolsky, S. & Mani, S. 2008. Improving Municipal Solid
waste Management in India. The World Bank, Washington D.C.
51
Core Papers (Credit: 6 each) (14 papers)
STAT-C-101 Descriptive Statistics (Theory+ Practical)
STAT C-102 Calculus
STAT-C-201 Probability and Probability Distributions (Theory+ Practical)
STAT C-202 Algebra
STAT-C-301 Sampling Distributions (Theory+ Practical)
STAT-C-302 Survey Sampling and Indian Official Statistics (Theory+ Practical)
STAT C-303 Mathematical Analysis
STAT-C-401 Statistical Inference (Theory+ Practical)
STAT-C-402 Linear Models (Theory+ Practical)
STAT-C-403 Statistical Quality Control (Theory+ Practical)
STAT-C-501 Stochastic Processes and Queuing Theory (Theory+ Practical)
STAT-C-502 Statistical Computing Using C/C++ Programming (Theory+ Practical)
STAT-C-601 Design of Experiments (Theory+ Practical)
STAT-C-602 Multivariate Analysis and Nonparametric Methods (Theory+ Practical)
Discipline Specific Elective Papers (Credit: 6 each) (4 papers to be selected)
STAT-DSE-1 (Choose any one)

1. Operations Research(Theory+ Practical)
2. Time Series Analysis(Theory+ Practical)
1. Econometrics(Theory+ Practical)
2. Demography and Vital Statistics (Theory+ Practical)
1. Financial Statistics(Theory+ Practical)
2. Survival Analysis and Biostatistics(Theory+ Practical)
STAT-DSE-4 (Compulsory)
Project Work (Sixth Semester)
Skill Enhancement Electives (Credit: 2 each) (2 papers to be selected)

STAT-SEE-1 (Choose any one)
1. Statistical-Data Analysis Using Software Packages
2. Data Base Management Systems
STAT-SEE-2 (Choose any one)
1. Statistical Techniques for Research Methods
2. Statistical Data Analysis Using R
Generic Elective Papers (GE) (Credit: 6 each) (4 papers of any discipline to be selected
from other Departments/Disciplines)
Generic Elective Papers (GE) (Credit: 6 each)
STAT-GE-1. Introductory Probability

STAT-GE-2. Statistical Methods
STAT-GE-3. Basics of Statistical Inference
STAT-GE-4. Introduction to Operations Research
Core Papers in Statistics

1
STAT-C-101 Descriptive Statistics (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Statistical Methods: Definition and scope of Statistics, concepts of statistical population and
Sample, Data: primary, secondary, tertiary. quantitative and qualitative, attributes, variables, scales of
measurementnominal,
ordinal, interval and ratio. Presentation: tabular and graphical, including histogram
and ogives, consistency and independence of data with special reference to attributes.
UNIT II
Measures of Central Tendency: mathematical and positional. Measures of Dispersion: range,
quartile deviation, mean deviation, standard deviation, coefficient of variation, Moments,
absolute moments, factorial moments, skewness and kurtosis, Sheppard’s corrections.
UNIT III
Bivariate data: Definition, scatter diagram, simple, partial and multiple correlation with properties
(3 variables only), rank correlation. Simple linear regression, principle of least squares and
fitting of polynomials and exponential curves.
UNIT IV
Index Numbers: Definition, construction of index numbers and problems thereof for weighted
and unweighted index numbers including Laspeyre’s, Paasche’s, Edgeworth-Marshall and
Fisher’s. Chain index numbers, conversion of fixed based to chain based index numbers and
vice-versa. Consumer price index numbers, Various tests of index numbers.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Goon A.M., Gupta M.K. and Dasgupta B. (2002): Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. I
& II, 8th Edn. The World Press, Kolkata.
2. Miller, Irwin and Miller, Marylees (2006): John E. Freund’s Mathematical Statistics
with Applications, (7th Edn.), Pearson Education, Asia.
3. Mood, A.M. Graybill, F.A. and Boes, D.C. (2007): Introduction to the Theory of
Statistics, 3rd Edn., (Reprint), Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co. Ltd.
PRACTICAL/LAB. WORK:
List of Practical
1. Graphical representation of data.
2. Problems based on measures of central tendency.
3. Problems based on measures of dispersion.
4. Problems based on combined mean and variance and coefficient of variation.
5. Problems based on moments, skewness and kurtosis.
6. Fitting of polynomials, exponential curves.
7. Karl Pearson correlation coefficient.
8. Correlation coefficient for a bivariate frequency distribution.
9. Lines of regression, angle between lines and estimated values of variables.
10. Spearman rank correlation with and without ties.
11. Partial and multiple correlations.
12. Planes of regression and variances of residuals for given simple correlations.
13. Planes of regression and variances of residuals for raw data.
14. Calculate price and quantity index numbers using simple and weighted average of
price relatives.
15. To calculate the Chain Base index numbers.
16. To calculate consumer price index number.

STAT C-102 – Calculus (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Differential Calculus: Limits of function, continuous functions, properties of continuous
2
functions, partial differentiation and total differentiation. Indeterminate forms:
L-Hospital’s rule, Leibnitz rule for successive differentiation. Euler’s theorem on
homogeneous functions. Maxima and minima of functions of one and two variables,
constrained optimization techniques (with Lagrange multiplier) along with some problems.
Jacobian, concavity and convexity, points of inflexion of function, singular points.
UNIT II
Integral Calculus: Review of integration and definite integral. Differentiation under integral
sign, double integral, change of order of integration, transformation of variables. Beta and
Gamma functions: properties and relationship between them.
UNIT III
Differential Equations: Exact differential equations, Integrating factors, change of variables,
Total differential equations, Differential equations of first order and first degree, Differential
equations of first order but not of first degree, Equations solvable for x, y, q, Equations of the
first degree in x and y, Clairaut’s equations. Higher Order Differential Equations: Linear
differential equations of order n, Homogeneous and non-homogeneous linear differential
equations of order n with constant coefficients, Different forms of particular integrals, Linear
differential equations with non-constant coefficients, Reduction of order method, The
Cauchy-Euler’s equation of order n, Legendre’s linear equation.
UNIT IV:
Formation and solution of a partial differential equations. Equations easily integrable. Linear
partial differential equations of first order. Non-linear partial differential equation of first
order and their different forms. Charpit’s method. Homogeneous linear partial differential
equations with constant coefficients. Different cases for complimentary functions and
particular integrals. Non-homogeneous partial differential equations with constant
coefficients .Classification of second order linear partial differential equations.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Gorakh Prasad: Differential Calculus, Pothishala Pvt. Ltd., Allahabad (14 th Edition -
1997).
2. Gorakh Prasad: Integral Calculus, PothishalaPvt. Ltd., Allahabad (14 th Edition -2000).
3. Zafar Ahsan: Differential Equations and their Applications, Prentice-Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., New Delhi (2nd Edition -2004).
4. Piskunov, N: Differential and Integral Calculus, Peace Publishers, Moscow.
STAT-C-201 Probability and Probability Distributions (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Probability: Introduction, random experiments, sample space, events and algebra of events.
Definitions of Probability – classical, statistical, and axiomatic. Conditional Probability, laws
of addition and multiplication, independent events, theorem of total probability, Bayes’
theorem and its applications, Interpretations of probability.
UNIT II
Random variables: discrete and continuous random variables, p.m.f., p.d.f. and c.d.f.,
illustrations and properties of random variables, univariate transformations with illustrations.
Two dimensional random variables: discrete and continuous type, joint, marginal and
conditional p.m.f, p.d.f., and c.d.f., independence of variables, bivariate transformations with
illustrations.
UNIT III
Mathematical Expectation and Generating Functions: Expectation of single and bivariate
random variables and its properties. Moments and Cumulants, moment generating function,
cumulant generating function and characteristic function. Probability generating function, Measures
of central tendency and dispersion interms of expectation.sUniqueness and inversion theorems
(without proof) along with applications. Conditional expectations.
3
UNIT IV
Standard probability distributions: Binomial, Poisson, geometric, negative binomial,
hypergeometric, uniform, normal, exponential, Cauchy, beta and gamma along with their
properties and limiting/approximation cases.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Hogg, R.V., Tanis, E.A. and Rao J.M. (2009): Probability and Statistical Inference,
Seventh Ed, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
3. Myer, P.L. (1970): Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications, Oxford &
IBH Publishing, New Delhi
List of Practical
1. Fitting of binomial distributions for n and p = q = ½.
2. Fitting of binomial distributions for given n and p.
3. Fitting of binomial distributions after computing mean and variance.

4. Fitting of Poisson distributions for given value of lambda.
5. Fitting of Poisson distributions after computing mean.
6. Fitting of negative binomial.
7. Fitting of suitable distribution.
8. Application problems based on binomial distribution.
9. Application problems based on Poisson distribution.
10. Application problems based on negative binomial distribution.
11. Problems based on area property of normal distribution.
12. To find the ordinate for a given area for normal distribution.
13. Application based problems using normal distribution.
14. Fitting of normal distribution when parameters are given.
15. Fitting of normal distribution when parameters are not given.
STAT C- 202- Algebra (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Theory of equations, statement of the fundamental theorem of algebra and its consequences.
Relation between roots and coefficients or any polynomial equations. Solutions of cubic and
biquadratic equations when some conditions on roots of equations are given. Evaluation of
the symmetric polynomials and roots of cubic and biquadratic equations. Vector spaces,
Subspaces, sum of subspaces, Span of a set, Linear dependence and independence, dimension
and basis, dimension theorem.
UNIT II
Algebra of matrices - A review, theorems related to triangular, symmetric and skew
symmetric matrices, idempotent matrices, Hermitian and skew Hermitian matrices,
orthogonal matrices, singular and non-singular matrices and their properties. Trace of a
matrix, unitary, involutory and nilpotent matrices. Adjoint and inverse of a matrix and related
properties.
UNIT III
Determinants of Matrices: Definition, properties and applications of determinants for 3 rd and
higher orders, evaluation of determinants of order 3 and more using transformations.
Symmetric and Skew symmetric determinants, Circulant determinants and Vandermonde
determinants for nth order, Jacobi’s Theorem, product of determinants. Use of determinants in
solution to the system of linear equations, row reduction and echelon forms, the matrix
equations AX=B, solution sets of linear equations, linear independence, Applications of
4
linear equations, inverse of a matrix.
UNIT IV
Rank of a matrix, row-rank, column-rank, standard theorems on ranks, rank of the sum and
the product of two matrices. Generalized inverse (concept with illustrations).Partitioning of
matrices and simple properties. Characteristic roots and Characteristic vector, Properties of
characteristic roots, Cayley Hamilton theorem, Quadratic forms, Linear orthogonal
transformation and their digitalization
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Lay David C.: Linear Algebra and its Applications, Addison Wesley, 2000.
2. Schaum’s Outlines : Linear Algebra, Tata McGraw-Hill Edition, 3 rdEdition, 2006.
3. Krishnamurthy V., Mainra V.P. and Arora J.L.: An Introduction to Linear Algebra (II,
III, IV, V).
4. Jain P.K. and Khalil Ahmad: Metric Spaces, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi,
1973
5. Biswas, S. (1997): A Textbook of Matrix Algebra, New Age International, 1997.
6. Gupta S.C.: An Introduction to Matrices (Reprint). Sultan Chand & Sons, 2008.
7. Artin M.: Algebra. Prentice Hall of India, 1994.
8. Datta K.B.: Matrix and Linear Algebra. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., 2002.
9. Hadley G.: Linear Algrbra. Narosa Publishing House (Reprint), 2002.
10. Searle S.R.: Matrix Algebra Useful for Statistics. John Wiley &Sons., 1982.
STAT-C-301 Sampling Distributions (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Limit laws: convergence in probability, almost sure convergence, convergence in mean
square and convergence in distribution and their inter relations, Chebyshev’s inequality,
W.L.L.N., S.L.L.N. and their applications, De-Moivre Laplace theorem, Central Limit
Theorem (C.L.T.) for i.i.d. variates, applications of C.L.T. and Liapunov Theorem (without
proof).
Order Statistics: Introduction, distribution of the rth order statistic, smallest and largest order
statistics. Joint distribution of rth and sth order statistics, distribution of sample median and
sample range.
UNIT II
Definitions of sampling, sample and random sample, parameter and statistic, sampling distribution of
a statistic,
sampling distribution of sample mean, standard errors of sample mean, sample variance and
sample proportion. Null and alternative hypotheses, level of significance, Type I and Type II
errors, their probabilities and critical region. Large sample tests, use of CLT for testing single
proportion, difference of two proportions, single mean, difference of two means, standard
deviation and difference of standard deviations by classical and p-value approaches.
UNIT III
Exact sampling distribution: Definition and derivation of p.d.f. of χ2 with n degrees of
freedom (d.f.) using m.g.f., nature of p.d.f. curve for different degrees of freedom, mean,
variance, m.g.f., cumulant generating function, mode, additive property and limiting form of
χ2 distribution. Tests of significance and confidence intervals based on distribution.
UNIT IV
Exact sampling distributions: Student’s and Fishers t-distribution, Derivation of its p.d.f.,
nature of probability curve with different degrees of freedom, mean, variance, moments and
limiting form of t distribution.
Snedecore's F-distribution: Derivation of p.d.f., nature of p.d.f. curve with different degrees
of freedom, mean, variance and mode. Distribution of 1/F(n 1,n2). Relationship between t, F
and χ2 distributions. Test of significance and confidence Intervals based on t and F
5
distributions.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Goon, A.M., Gupta, M.K. and Dasgupta, B. (2003): An Outline of Statistical Theory,
Vol. I, 4th Edn. World Press, Kolkata.
2. Rohatgi V. K. and Saleh, A.K. Md. E. (2009): An Introduction to Probability and
Statistics. 2ndEdn. (Reprint) John Wiley and Sons.
3. Hogg, R.V. and Tanis, E.A. (2009): A Brief Course in Mathematical Statistics.
Pearson Education.
4. Johnson, R.A. and Bhattacharya, G.K. (2001): Statistics-Principles and Methods, 4th
Edn. John Wiley and Sons.
5. Mood, A.M., Graybill, F.A. and Boes, D.C. (2007): Introduction to the Theory of
Statistics, 3rd Edn. (Reprint).Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co. Ltd.
List of Practical
1. Testing of significance and confidence intervals for single proportion and difference
of two proportions
2. Testing of significance and confidence intervals for single mean and difference of two
means and paired tests.
3. Testing of significance and confidence intervals for difference of two standard
deviations.
4. Exact Sample Tests based on Chi-Square Distribution.
5. Testing if the population variance has a specific value and its confidence intervals.
6. Testing of goodness of fit.
7. Testing of independence of attributes.
8. Testing based on 2 X 2 contingency table without and with Yates’ corrections.
9. Testing of significance and confidence intervals of an observed sample correlation
coefficient.
10. Testing and confidence intervals of equality of two population variances
STAT-C-302 Sample Survey and Indian Official Statistics (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Concept of population and sample, complete enumeration versus sampling, sampling and
non-sampling errors. Types of sampling: non-probability and probability sampling, basic
principle of sample survey, simple random sampling with and without replacement, definition
and procedure of selecting a sample, estimates of: population mean, total and proportion,
variances of these estimates, estimates of their variances and sample size determination.
UNIT II
Stratified random sampling: Technique, estimates of population mean and total, variances of
these estimates, proportional and optimum allocations and their comparison with
SRS.Practical difficulties in allocation, estimation of gain in precision, post stratification and
its performance. Systematic Sampling: Technique, estimates of population mean and total,
variances of these estimates (N=nxk). Comparison of systematic sampling with SRS and
stratified sampling in the presence of linear trend and corrections.
UNIT III
Introduction to Ratio and regression methods of estimation, first approximation to the
population mean and total (for SRS of large size), variances of these estimates and estimates
of these variances, variances in terms of correlation coefficient for regression method of
estimation and their comparison with SRS. Cluster sampling (equal clusters only) estimation
of population mean and its variance, comparison (with and without randomly formed
clusters). Relative efficiency of cluster sampling with SRS in terms of intra class correlation.
6
Concept of sub sampling, Idea and methods of Multistage sampling, Multiphase sampling and
Double sampling.
UNIT IV
Present official statistical system in India, Methods of collection of official statistics, their
reliability and limitations. Role of Ministry of Statistics & Program Implementation (MoSPI),
Central Statistical Office (CSO), National Sample Survey Office (NSSO), and National
Statistical Commission. Government of India’s Principal publications containing data on the
topics such as population, industry and finance.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Cochran W.G. (1984):Sampling Techniques( 3 rd Ed.), Wiley Eastern.
2. Sukhatme,P.V., Sukhatme,B.V. Sukhatme,S. Asok,C.(1984). Sampling Theories of
Survey With Application, IOWA State University Press and Indian Society of
Agricultural Statistics
3. Murthy M.N. (1977): Sampling Theory & Statistical Methods, Statistical Pub.
Society, Calcutta.
4. Des Raj and Chandhok P. (1998): Sample Survey Theory, Narosa Publishing House.
5. Goon A.M., Gupta M.K. and Dasgupta B. (2001): Fundamentals of Statistics (Vol.2),
World Press.
6. Guide to current Indian Official Statistics, Central Statistical Office, GOI, New Delhi.
7. http://mospi.nic.in/
List of Practical
1. To select a SRS with and without replacement.
2. For a population of size 5, estimate population mean, population mean square and
population variance. Enumerate all possible samples of size 2 by WR and WOR and
establish all properties relative to SRS.
3. For SRSWOR, estimate mean, standard error, the sample size
4. Stratified Sampling: allocation of sample to strata by proportional and Neyman’s
methods Compare the efficiencies of above two methods relative to SRS
5. Estimation of gain in precision in stratified sampling.
6. Comparison of systematic sampling with stratified sampling and SRS in the presence
of a linear trend.
7. Ratio and Regression estimation: Calculate the population mean or total of the
population. Calculate mean squares. Compare the efficiencies of ratio and regression
estimators relative to SRS.
8. Cluster sampling: estimation of mean or total, variance of the estimate, estimate of
intra-class correlation coefficient, efficiency as compared to SRS.
STAT C- 303- Mathematical Analysis (Credit 6)
UNIT-I
Real Analysis: Representation of real numbers as points on the line and the set of real
numbers as complete ordered field. Bounded and unbounded sets, neighborhoods and limit
points, Superimum and infimum, derived sets, open and closed sets, sequences and their
convergence, limits of some special sequences such as and Cauchy’s
general principle of convergence, Cauchy’s first theorem on limits, monotonic sequences,
limit superior and limit inferior of a bounded sequence.
UNIT-II
Infinite series, positive termed series and their convergence, Comparison test, D’Alembert’s
ratio test, Cauchy’s nth root test, Raabe’s test. Gauss test, Cauchy’s condensation test and
integral test (Statements and Examples only). Absolute convergence of series, Leibnitz’s test
for the convergence of alternating series, Conditional convergence. Indeterminate form, L’
7
Hospital’s rule.
UNIT-III
Review of limit, continuity and differentiability, uniform Continuity and boundedness of a
function. Rolle’s and Lagrange’s Mean Value theorems. Taylor’s theorem with lagrange’s
and Cauchy’s form of remainder(without proof). Taylor’s and Maclaurin’s series expansions
of sinx, cosx, log (1+x).
UNIT-IV
Numerical Analysis: Factorial, finite differences and interpolation. Operators, E and divided
difference. Newton’s forward, backward and divided differences interpolation formulae.
Lagrange’s interpolation formulae. Central differences, Gauss and Stirling interpolation
formulae. Numerical integration. Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s one-third rule, three-eights
rule, Weddle’s rule with error terms. Stirling’s approximation to factorial n. Solution of
difference equations of first order. Numerical differentiation:Method with examples. Different
methods of inversion of Matrix. Numerical solution of equation.
SUGGESTED READINGS
1. Malik S.C. and Savita Arora: Mathematical Analysis, Second Edition, Wiley Eastern
Limited, New Age International Limited, New Delhi, 1994.
2. Somasundram D. and Chaudhary B.: A First Course in Mathematical Analysis,
Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi, 1987.
3. Gupta S.L. and Nisha Rani: Principles of Real Analysis, Vikas Publ. House Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 1995.
4. Appostol T.M.: Mathematical Analysis, Second Edition, Narosa Publishing House,
NewDelhi, 1987.
5. Shanti Narayan: A course of Mathematical Analysis, 12 th revised Edition, S. Chand &
Co. (Pvt.) Ltd., New Delhi, 1987.
6. Singal M.K. and Singal A.R.: A First Course in Real Analysis, 24 th Edition, R. Chand
& Co., New Delhi, 2003.
7. Bartle, R. G. and Sherbert, D. R. (2002): Introduction to Real Analysis(3rd Edition),
John Wiley and Sons (Asia) Pte. Ltd., Singapore.
8. Ghorpade, Sudhir R. and Limaye, Balmohan V. (2006): A Course in Calculus and
Real Analysis,Undergraduate Texts in Mathematics, Springer (SIE), Indian reprint.
9. Jain,M. K., Iyengar, S. R. K. and Jain, R. K. (2003): Numerical methods for scientific
and engineering computation, New age International Publisher, India.
10. Mukherjee, Kr. Kalyan (1990): Numerical Analysis. New Central Book Agency.
11. Sastry, S.S. (2000): Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, 3rd edition,
Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Del
STAT-C-401 Statistical Inference (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Estimation: Concepts of estimation, unbiasedness, sufficiency, consistency and efficiency.
Factorization theorem. Complete statistic, Minimum variance unbiased estimator (MVUE),
Rao-Blackwell and Lehmann-Scheffe theorems and their applications. Cramer-Rao inequality
and MVB estimators(statement and applications).
UNIT II
Estimation: Definition point estimation, interval estimation, estimator, Minimum variation unbiased
estimation, Method of interval estimation, confidence interval. Methods of Estimation: Method of
moments, method of maximum likelihood estimation, method of minimum Chi-square, basic idea of
Bayes estimators.
UNIT III
Principles of test of significance: Null and alternative hypotheses (simple and composite),
Type-I and Type-II errors, critical region, level of significance, size and power, best critical
8
region, most powerful test, uniformly most powerful test, Neyman Pearson Lemma
(statement and applications to construct most powerful test). Likelihood ratio test, properties
of likelihood ratio tests (without proof).
UNIT IV
Sequential Analysis: Sequential probability ratio test (SPRT) for simple vs simple
hypotheses. Fundamental relations among α, β, A and B, determination of A and B in
practice. Wald’s fundamental identity and the derivation of operating characteristics (OC) and
average sample number (ASN) functions, examples based on normal, Poisson, binomial and
exponential distributions.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Goon A.M., Gupta M.K.: Das Gupta.B. (2005), Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. I,
World Press, Calcutta.
2. Rohatgi V. K. and Saleh, A.K. Md. E. (2009): An Introduction to Probability and
Statistics. 2ndEdn. (Reprint) John Wiley and Sons.
3. Miller, I. and Miller, M. (2002) : John E. Freund’s Mathematical Statistics (6th
addition, low price edition), Prentice Hall of India.
4. Dudewicz, E. J., and Mishra, S. N. (1988): Modern Mathematical Statistics. John
Wiley & Sons.
5. Mood A.M, Graybill F.A. and Boes D.C,: Introduction to the Theory of Statistics,
McGraw Hill.
6. Bhat B.R, Srivenkatramana T and Rao Madhava K.S. (1997) Statistics: A Beginner’s
Text, Vol. I, New Age International (P) Ltd.
7. Snedecor G.W and Cochran W.G.(1967) Statistical Methods. lowa State University
Press.
PRACTICAL/LABWORK:
List of Practical
1. Unbiased estimators (including unbiased but absurd estimators)
2. Consistent estimators, efficient estimators and relative efficiency of estimators.
3. Cramer-Rao inequality and MVB estimators
4. Sufficient Estimators – Factorization Theorem, Rao-Blackwell theorem, Complete
Sufficient estimators
5. Lehman-Scheffe theorem and UMVUE
6. Maximum Likelihood Estimation
7. Asymptotic distribution of maximum likelihood estimators
8. Estimation by the method of moments, minimum Chi-square
9. Type I and Type II errors
10. Most powerful critical region (NP Lemma)
11. Uniformly most powerful critical region
12. Unbiased critical region
13. Power curves
14. Likelihood ratio tests for simple null hypothesis against simple alternative
hypothesis
15. Likelihood ratio tests for simple null hypothesis against composite alternative
hypothesis
16. Asymptotic properties of LR tests
17. SPRT procedure
18. OC function and OC curve
19. ASN function and ASN curve
STAT-C-402 Linear Models (Credit 6)
UNIT I
9
Gauss-Markov set-up: Theory of linear estimation, Estimability of linear parametric
functions, Method of least squares, Gauss-Markov theorem, Estimation of error variance.
UNIT II
Regression analysis: Simple regression analysis, Estimation and hypothesis testing in case of
simple and multiple regression models, Concept of model matrix and its use in estimation.
UNIT III
Analysis of variance: Definitions of fixed, random and mixed effect models, analysis of
variance and covariance in one-way classified data for fixed effect models, analysis of
variance and covariance in two-way classified data with one observation per cell for fixed
effect models
UNIT IV
Model checking: Prediction from a fitted model, Violation of usual assumptions concerning
normality, Homoscedasticity and collinearity, Diagnostics using quantile-quantile plots
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Weisberg, S. (2005). Applied Linear Regression (Third edition). Wiley.
2. Wu, C. F. J. And Hamada, M. (2009). Experiments, Analysis, and Parameter Design
Optimization (Second edition), John Wiley.
3. Renchner, A. C. And Schaalje, G. B. (2008). Linear Models in Statistics (Second
edition), John Wiley and Sons.
List of Practical
1. Estimability when X is a full rank matrix and not a full rank matrix
2. Distribution of Quadratic forms
3. Simple Linear Regression
4. Multiple Regression
5. Tests for Linear Hypothesis
6. Bias in regression estimates
7. Lack of fit
8. Orthogonal Polynomials
9. Analysis of Variance of a one way classified data
10. Analysis of Variance of a two way classified data with one observation per cell
11. Analysis of Covariance of a one way classified data
12. Analysis of Covariance of a two way classified data
STAT-C-403 Statistical Quality Control (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Quality: Definition, dimensions of quality, historical perspective of quality control and
improvements starting from World War II, historical perspective of Quality Gurus and
Quality Hall of Fame. Quality system and standards: Introduction to ISO quality standards,
Quality registration. Statistical Process Control - Seven tools of SPC, chance and assignable
Causes of quality variation. Statistical Control Charts- Construction and Statistical basis of
3-σ Control charts, Rational Sub-grouping.
UNIT II
Control charts for variables: X-bar & R-chart, X-bar & s-chart. Control charts for attributes:
np-chart, p-chart, c-chart and u-chart. Comparison between control charts for variables and
control charts for attributes. Analysis of patterns on control chart, estimation of process
capability.
UNIT III
Acceptance sampling plan: Principle of acceptance sampling plans. Single and Double
sampling plan their OC, AQL, LTPD, AOQ, AOQL, ASN, ATI functions with graphical
interpretation, use and interpretation of Dodge and Romig’s sampling inspection plan tables.
10
UNIT IV
Introduction to Six-Sigma: Overview of Six Sigma, Lean Manufacturing and Total Quality
Management (TQM). Organizational Structure and Six Sigma training plans- Selection
Criteria for Six-Sigma roles and training plans. Voice of customers (VOC): Importance and
VOC data collection. Critical to Quality (CTQ).Introduction to DMAIC using one case study:
Define Phase, Measure Phase, Analyse Phase, Improve Phase and Control Phase.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Montogomery, D. C. (2009): Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, 6 th Edition,
Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
3. Mukhopadhyay, P (2011):Applied Statistics, 2nd edition revised reprint, Books and
Allied(P) Ltd.
4. Montogomery, D. C. and Runger, G.C. (2008): Applied Statistics and Probability for
Engineers, 3rd Edition reprint, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.
5. Ehrlich, B. Harris (2002): Transactional Six Sigma and Lean Servicing, 2 nd Edition,
St. Lucie Press.
6. Hoyle, David (1995): ISO Quality Systems Handbook, 2 nd Edition, Butterworth
Heinemann Publication.
List of Practical
1. Construction and interpretation of statistical control charts
--X-bar & R-chart
--X-bar & s-chart
-- np-chart
--p-chart
--c-chart
--u-chart
2. Single sample inspection plan: Construction and interpretation of OC, AQL, LTPD,
ASN, ATI, AOQ, AOQL curves
3. Calculation of process capability and comparison of 3-sigma control limits with
specification limits.
4. Use a case study to apply the concept of six sigma application in DMAIC: practical
application.
STAT-C-501 Stochastic Processes and Queuing Theory (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Probability Distributions: Generating functions, Bivariate probability generating function.
Stochastic Process: Introduction, Stationary Process.
UNIT II
Markov Chains: Definition of Markov Chain, transition probability matrix, order of Markov
chain, Markov chain as graphs, higher transition probabilities. Generalization of independent
Bernoulli trials, classification of states and chains, stability of Markov system, graph
theoretic approach.
UNIT III
Poisson Process: postulates of Poisson process, properties of Poisson process, inter-arrival
time, pure birth process, Yule Furry process, birth and death process, pure death process.
UNIT IV
Queuing System: General concept, steady state distribution, queuing model, M/M/1 with
finite and infinite system capacity, waiting time distribution (without proof). Gambler’s Ruin
Problem: Classical ruin problem, expected duration of the game.
11
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Medhi, J. (2009): Stochastic Processes, New Age International Publishers.
2. Basu, A.K. (2005): Introduction to Stochastic Processes, Narosa Publishing.
3. Bhat,B.R.(2000): Stochastic Models: Analysis and Applications, New Age
International Publishers.
4. Taha, H. (1995): Operations Research: An Introduction, Prentice- Hall India.
5. Feller, William (1968): Introduction to probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol I,
3rd Edition, Wiley International.
PRACTICAL/LAB. WORK
List of Practical
1. Calculation of transition probability matrix
2. Identification of characteristics of reducible and irreducible chains.
3. Identification of types of classes
4. Identification of ergodic transition probability matrix
5. Stationarity of Markov chain and graphical representation of Markov chain
6. Computation of probabilities in case of generalizations of independent Bernoulli trials
7. Calculation of probabilities for given birth and death rates and vice versa
8. Calculation of probabilities for Birth and Death Process
9. Calculation of probabilities for Yule Furry Process
10. Computation of inter-arrival time for a Poisson process.
11. Calculation of Probability and parameters for (M/M/1) model and change in behaviour
of queue as N tends to infinity.
12. Calculation of generating function and expected duration for different amounts of
stake.
13. Computation of probabilities and expected duration between players.
STAT-C-502 Statistical Computing Using C/C++ Programming (Credit 6)
UNIT I
History and importance of C/C++. Components, basic structure programming, character set,
C/C++ tokens, Keywords and Identifiers and execution of a C/C++ program. Data types:
Basic data types, Enumerated data types, derived data types. Constants and variables:
declaration and assignment of variables, Symbolic Constants, overflow and underflow of
data.
Operators and Expressions: Arithmetic, relational, logical, assignment, increment/decrement,
operators, precedence of operators in arithmetic, relational and logical expression. Implicit
and explicit type conversions in expressions, library functions. Managing input and output
operations: reading and printing formatted and unformatted data
UNIT II
Decision making and branching - if…else, nesting of if…else, else if ladder, switch,
conditional (?) operator. Looping in C/C++: for, nested for, while, do…while, jumps in and
out of loops.
Arrays: Declaration and initialization of one-dim and two-dim arrays. Character arrays and
strings: Declaring and initializing string variables, reading and writing strings from Terminal
(using scanf and printf only).
UNIT III
User- defined functions: A multi-function program using user-defined functions, definition of
functions, return values and their types, function prototypes and calls. Category of Functions :
no arguments and no return values, arguments but no return values , arguments with return
values, no arguments but returns a value, functions that return multiple values. Recursion
function. Passing arrays to functions, Storage class of Variables.
UNIT IV
12
Pointers: Declaration and initialization of pointer variables, accessing the address of a
variable, accessing a variable through its pointer, pointer expressions, pointer
increments/decrement and scale factor. Pointers and arrays, arrays of pointers, pointers as
function arguments, functions returning pointers
Structure: Definition and declaring, initialization, accessing structure members, copying and
comparison of structure variables, array of structures, structure pointers. Dynamic memory
allocation functions :malloc, calloc and free.
Pre processors: Macro substitution, macro with argument
File inclusion in C/C++: Defining and opening a file (only r, w and a modes), closing a file,
I/O operations on files-fscanf and fprintf functions.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Kernighan, B.W. and Ritchie, D. (1988): C Programming Language,
2ndEdition,Prentice Hall.
2. Balagurusamy, E. (2011): Programming in ANSI C, 6th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
3. Gottfried, B.S. (1998): Schaum’s Outlines: Programming with C, 2 nd Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill
PRACTICAL/ LAB WORK(Using C/C++ Programming Language)
List of Practical
1. Plot of a graph y = f(x)
2. Roots of a quadratic equation (with imaginary roots also)
3. Sorting of an array and hence finding median
4. Mean, Median and Mode of a Grouped Frequency Data
5. Variance and coefficient of variation of a Grouped Frequency Data
6. Preparing a frequency table
7. Value of n! using recursion
8. Random number generation from uniform, exponential, normal(using CLT) and gamma
distribution, calculate sample mean and variance and compare with population
parameters.
9. Matrix addition, subtraction, multiplication Transpose and Trace
10. Fitting of Binomial, Poisson distribution and apply Chi-square test for goodness of fit
11. Chi-square contingency table
12. t-test for difference of means
13. Paired t-test
14. F-ratio test
15. Multiple and Partial correlation.
16. Compute ranks and then calculate rank correlation(without tied ranks)
17. Fitting of lines of regression
STAT-C-601 Design of Experiments (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Experimental designs: Role, historical perspective, terminology, experimental error, basic
principles, uniformity trials, fertility contour maps, choice of size and shape of plots and
blocks.
Basic designs: Completely Randomized Design (CRD), Randomized Block Design (RBD),
Latin Square Design (LSD) – layout, model and statistical analysis, relative efficiency,
analysis with missing observations.
UNIT II
Factorial experiments: advantages, notations and concepts, 2 2, 23…2n and 32 factorial
experiments, design and analysis, Total and Partial confounding for 2 n (n≤5), 32 and 33.
Factorial experiments in a single replicate.
UNIT III
13
Fractional factorial experiments: Construction of one-half and one-quarter fractions of 2 n
(n≤5) factorial experiments, Alias structure, Resolution of a design.
UNIT IV
Incomplete Block Designs: Balanced Incomplete Block Design (BIBD) – parameters,
relationships among its parameters, incidence matrix and its properties, Symmetric BIBD,
Resolvable BIBD, Affine Resolvable BIBD, Intra Block analysis, complimentary BIBD,
Residual BIBD, Dual BIBD, Derived BIBD.
SUGGESTED READINGS:
1. Cochran, W.G. and Cox, G.M. (1959): Experimental Design. Asia Publishing House.
2. Das, M.N. and Giri, N.C. (1986): Design and Analysis of Experiments. Wiley Eastern
Ltd.
3. Goon, A.M., Gupta, M.K. and Dasgupta, B. (2005): Fundamentals of Statistics. Vol.
II, 8thEdn. World Press, Kolkata.
4. Kempthorne, O. (1965): The Design and Analysis of Experiments. John Wiley.
5. Montgomery, D. C. (2008): Design and Analysis of Experiments, John Wiley.
List of Practical
1. Analysis of a CRD
2. Analysis of an RBD
3. Analysis of an LSD0
4. Analysis of an RBD with one missing observation
5. Analysis of an LSD with one missing observation
6. Intra Block analysis of a BIBD
7. Analysis of 22 and23 factorial in CRD and RBD
8. Analysis of 22 and23 factorial in LSD
9. Analysis of a completely confounded two level factorial design in 2 blocks
10. Analysis of a completely confounded two level factorial design in 4 blocks
11. Analysis of a partially confounded two level factorial design
12. Analysis of a single replicate of a 2n design
13. Analysis of a fraction of 2n factorial design
STAT-C-602 Multivariate Analysis and Nonparametric Methods (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Bivariate Normal Distribution (BVN): p.d.f. of BVN, properties of BVN, marginal and
conditional p.d.f. of BVN.
Multivariate Data: Random Vector: Probability density functions, Distribution
function, Mean vector & Dispersion matrix, Marginal & Conditional distributions.
UNIT II
Multivariate Normal distribution and its properties. Sampling distribution for mean vector
and variance- covariance matrix. Multiple and partial correlation coefficient and their
properties.
UNIT III
Idea and Applications of Multivariate Analysis, Discriminant Analysis, Principal Components
Analysis and Factor Analysis.
UNIT IV
Nonparametric Tests: Introduction and Concept, Test for randomness based runs, Empirical
distribution function, Kolmogrov Smirnov test for one sample,
Sign tests one sample and two samples cases, Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney test, Kruskal-Wallis
test.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Anderson, T.W. (2003): An Introduction to Multivariate Statistical Analysis, 3 rdEdn.,
14
John Wiley
2. Muirhead, R.J. (1982): Aspects of Multivariate Statistical Theory, John Wiley.
3. Kshirsagar, A.M. (1972) :Multivariate Analysis, 1 stEdn. Marcel Dekker.
4. Johnson, R.A. and Wichern, D.W. (2007): Applied Multivariate Analysis, 6 thEdn.,
Pearson & Prentice Hall
5. Mukhopadhyay, P. :Mathematical Statistics.
6. Gibbons, J. D. and Chakraborty, S (2003): Nonparametric Statistical Inference. 4 th
Edition. Marcel Dekker, CRC.
PRACTICALS/ LAB WORK:
List of Practical
1. Multiple Correlation
2. Partial Correlation
3. Bivariate Normal Distribution,
4. Multivariate Normal Distribution
5. Discriminant Analysis32
6. Principal Components Analysis
7. Factor Analysis
8. Test for randomness based on total number of runs,
9. Kolmogrov Smirnov test for one sample.
10. Sign test: one sample, two samples, large samples.
11. Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney U-test
12. Kruskal-Wallis test
DSE Papers in Statistics
STAT-DSE-1 Operations Research (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Introduction to Operations Research, phases of O.R., model building, various types of O.R.
problems. Linear Programming Problem, Mathematical formulation of the L.P.P, graphical
solutions of a L.P.P. Simplex method for solving L.P.P. Charne’s M-technique for solving
L.P.P. involving artificial variables. Special cases of L.P.P. Concept of Duality in L.P.P: Dual
simplex method. Post-optimality analysis
UNIT II
Transportation Problem: Initial solution by North West corner rule, Least cost method and
Vogel’s approximation method (VAM), MODI’s method to find the optimal solution, special
cases of transportation problem. Assignment problem: Hungarian method to find optimal
assignment, special cases of assignment problem.
UNIT III
Game theory: Rectangular game, minimax-maximin principle, solution to rectangular game
using graphical method, dominance and modified dominance property to reduce the game
matrix
and solution to rectangular game with mixed strategy. Networking: Shortest route and
minimal spanning tree problem.
UNIT IV
Inventory Management: ABC inventory system, characteristics of inventory system. EOQ
Model and its variations, with and without shortages, Quantity Discount Model with price
Breaks, Replacement problem, Network analysis-PERT and CPM method.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Taha, H. A. (2007): Operations Research: An Introduction, 8 th Edition, Prentice
Hall of India.
2. KantiSwarup, Gupta, P.K. and Manmohan (2007): Operations Research, 13 th Edition,
Sultan Chand and Sons.
3. Hadley, G: (2002) : Linear Programming, Narosa Publications
15
4. Hillier, F.A and Lieberman, G.J. (2010): Introduction to Operations Research-
Concepts and cases, 9th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
PRACTICAL/ LAB WORK (Using TORA/WINQSB/LINGO)
List of Practical
1. Mathematical formulation of L.P.P and solving the problem using graphical method,
Simplex technique and Charne’s Big M method involving artificial variables.
2. Identifying Special cases by Graphical and Simplex method and interpretation
a. Degenerate solution
b. Unbounded solution
c. Alternate solution
d. Infeasible solution
3. Post-optimality
a. Addition of constraint
b. Change in requirement vector
c. Addition of new activity
d. Change in cost vector
4. Allocation problem using Transportation model
5. Allocation problem using Assignment model
6. Networking problem
a. Minimal spanning tree problem
b. Shortest route problem
7. Problems based on game matrix
a. Graphical solution to mx2 / 2xn rectangular game
b. Mixed strategy
8. To find optimal inventory policy for EOQ modelsand its variations
9. To solve all-units quantity discounts model
STAT-DSE-1 Time Series Analysis (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Introduction to times series data, application of time series from various fields, Components
of a times series, Decomposition of time series. Trend: Estimation of trend by free hand curve
method, method of semi averages, fitting a various mathematical curve, and growth curves.
UNIT II
Trend Cont.: Method of moving averages. Detrending. Effect of elimination of trend on other
components of the time series. Seasonal Component: Estimation of seasonal component by
Method of simple averages, Ratio to Trend,
UNIT III
Seasonal Component cont: Ratio to Moving Averages and Link Relative method,
Deseasonalization. Cyclic Component: Harmonic Analysis. Some Special Processes:
Moving-average (MA) process and Autoregressive (AR) process of orders one and two,
Estimation of the parameters of AR (1) and AR (2) – Yule-Walker equations.
UNIT IV
Random Component: Variate component method. Forecasting: Exponential smoothing
methods, Short term forecasting methods: Brown’s discounted regression, Box-Jenkins
method and Bayesian forecasting. Stationary Time series: Weak stationarity, autocorrelation
function and correlogram of moving average.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Kendall M.G. (1976): Time Series, Charles Griffin.
2. Chatfield C. (1980): The Analysis of Time Series –An Introduction, Chapman & Hall.
3. Mukhopadhyay P. (2011): Applied Statistics, 2nd ed. Revised reprint, Books and Allied
PRACTICAL / LAB WORK
16
List of Practical
1. Fitting and plotting of modified exponential curve
2. Fitting and plotting of Gompertz curve
3. Fitting and plotting of logistic curve
4. Fitting of trend by Moving Average Method
5. Measurement of Seasonal indices Ratio-to-Trend method
6. Measurement of Seasonal indices Ratio-to-Moving Average method
7. Measurement of seasonal indices Link Relative method
8. Calculation of variance of random component by variate difference method
9. Forecasting by exponential smoothing
10. Forecasting by short term forecasting methods. 36
STAT-DSE-2 Econometrics (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Introduction: Objective behind building econometric models, nature of econometrics, model
building, role of econometrics, structural and reduced forms. General linear model
(GLM).Estimation under linear restrictions.
UNIT II
Multicollinearity: Introduction and concepts, detection of multicollinearity, consequences,
tests and solutions of multicollinearity, specification error.
UNIT III
Generalized least squares estimation, Aitken estimators. Autocorrelation: concept,
consequences of autocorrelated disturbances, detection and solution of autocorrelation.
UNIT IV
Heteroscedastic disturbances: Concepts and efficiency of Aitken estimator with OLS
estimator under heteroscedasticity. Consequences of heteroscedasticity. Tests and solutions
of heteroscedasticity. Autoregressive and Lag models, Dummy variables, Qualitative data.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Gujarati, D. and Sangeetha, S. (2007): Basic Econometrics, 4 th Edition, McGraw Hill
Companies.
2. Johnston, J. (1972): Econometric Methods, 2 nd Edition, McGraw Hill International.
3. Koutsoyiannis, A. (2004): Theory of Econometrics, 2 nd Edition, Palgrave Macmillan
Limited,
4. Maddala, G.S. and Lahiri, K. (2009): Introduction to Econometrics, 4 th Edition, John
Wiley & Sons.
PRACTICAL /LAB WORK
List of Practical
1. Problems based on estimation of General linear model
2. Testing of parameters of General linear model
3. Forecasting of General linear model
4. Problems concerning specification errors
5. Problems related to consequences of Multicollinearity
6. Diagnostics of Multicollinearity
7. Problems related to consequences of Autocorrelation (AR(I))
8. Diagnostics of Autocorrelation7
9. Estimation of problems of General linear model under Autocorrelation
10. Problems related to consequences Heteroscedasticity
11. Diagnostics of Heteroscedasticity
12. Estimation of problems of General linear model under Heteroscedastic distance terms
13. Problems related to General linear model under (Aitken Estimation )
14. Problems on Autoregressive and Lag models. 38
17
STAT-DSE-2 Demography and Vital Statistics (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Population Theories: Coverage and content errors in demographic data, use of balancing
equations and Chandrasekharan-Deming formula to check completeness of registration data.
Adjustment of age data, use of Myer and UN indices, Population composition, dependency
ratio.
UNIT II
Introduction and sources of collecting data on vital statistics, errors in census and registration
data. Measurement of population, rate and ratio of vital events. Measurements of Mortality:
Crude Death Rate (CDR), Specific Death Rate (SDR), Infant Mortality, Rate (IMR) and
Standardized Death Rates, Birth Rates, Fertility Rates, Reproduction Rates.
UNIT III
Stationary and Stable population, Central Mortality Rates and Force of Mortality.
Life(Mortality) Tables: Assumption, description, construction of Life Tables and Uses of Life
Tables.
UNIT IV
Abridged Life Tables; Concept and construction of abridged life tables by Reed-Merrell
method, Greville’s method and King’s Method. Measurements of Fertility: Crude Birth Rate
(CBR), General Fertility Rate (GFR), Specific Fertility Rate (SFR) and Total Fertility Rate
(TFR). Measurement of Population Growth: Crude rates of natural increase, Pearl’s Vital
Index, Gross Reproduction Rate (GRR) and Net Reproduction Rate (NRR).
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Mukhopadhyay P. (1999): Applied Statistics, Books and Allied (P) Ltd.
2. Gun, A.M., Gupta, M.K. and Dasgupta, B. (2008): Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. II, 9 th
Edition, World Press.
3. Biswas, S. (1988): Stochastic Processes in Demography & Application, Wiley Eastern
Ltd.
4. Croxton, Fredrick E., Cowden, Dudley J. and Klein, S. (1973): Applied General
Statistics, 3rd Edition. Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
5. Keyfitz N., Beckman John A.: Demogrphy through Problems S-Verlag New york.
List of Practical
1. To calculate CDR and Age Specific death rate for a given set of data
2. To find Standardized death rate by:- (i) Direct method (ii) Indirect method
3. To construct a complete life table
4. To fill in the missing entries in a life table
5. To calculate probabilities of death at pivotal ages and use it construct abridged life
table using (i) Reed-Merrell Method, (ii) Greville’s Method and (iii) King’s
Method
6. To calculate CBR, GFR, SFR, TFR for a given set of data
7. To calculate Crude rate of Natural Increase and Pearle’s Vital Index for a given set of
data
8. Calculate GRR and NRR for a given set of data and compare them
STAT-DSE-3 Financial Statistics (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Probability review: Real valued random variables, expectation and variance, skewness and
kurtosis, conditional probabilities and expectations. Discrete Stochastic Processes, Binomial
processes, General random walks, Geometric random walks, Binomial models with state
dependent increments.
18
UNIT II
Tools Needed For Option Pricing: Wiener process, stochastic integration, and stochastic
differential equations. Introduction to derivatives: Forward contracts, spot price, forward
price, future price. Call and put options, zero-coupon bonds and discount bonds
UNIT III
Pricing Derivatives: Arbitrage relations and perfect financial markets, pricing futures, put-call
parity for European options, relationship between strike price and option price. Stochastic
Models in Finance: Discrete time process- binomial model with period one.
UNIT IV
Stochastic Models in Finance: Continuous time process- geometric Brownian motion. Ito’s
lemma, Black-Scholes differential equation, Black-Scholes formula for European options,
Hedging portfolios: Delta, Gamma and Theta hedging. Binomial Model for European
options: Cox-Ross-Rubinstein approach to option pricing. Discrete dividends
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Franke, J., Hardle, W.K. And Hafner, C.M. (2011): Statistics of Financial Markets: An
Introduction, 3rdEdition, Springer Publications.
2. Stanley L. S. (2012): A Course on Statistics for Finance, Chapman and Hall/CRC.
PRACTICAL / LAB WORK (Using spreadsheet/ R)
List of Practical
1. To verify “no arbitrage” principle
2. To verify relationship between spot price, forward price, future price
3. To price future contracts
4. To verify put-call parity for European options
5. To construct binomial trees and to evaluate options using these trees
6. To price options using black – Scholes formula
7. To hedge portfolios using delta and gamma hedging 1
8. To hedge portfolios theta hedging
9. Pricing of call options using binomial model
10. Computation of dividends on call options as a percentage of stock price.
11. Computation of dividends on call options as a fixed amount of money.
12. Pricing of put options using binomial model
13. Call-put parity for options following binomial models.
14. Effect of dividends on put options.
STAT-DSE-3 Survival Analysis and Biostatistics (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Survival Analysis: Functions of survival times, survival distributions and their
applicationsexponential,
gamma, Weibull, Rayleigh, lognormal, death density function for a distribution
having bath-tub shaped hazard function.
Censoring Schemes: Type I, Type II and progressive or random censoring with biological
examples. Estimation of mean survival time and variance of the estimator for Type I and
Type II censored data with numerical examples. Non-parametric methods: Actuarial and
Kaplan-Meier methods for estimating survival function and variance of the Estimator.
UNIT II
Competing Risk Theory: Indices for measurement of probability of death under competing
risks and their inter-relations. Estimation of probabilities of death using maximum likelihood
principle and modified minimum Chi-square methods. Theory of independent and dependent
risks. Bivariate normal dependent risk model.
UNIT III
Stochastic Epidemic Models: Simple epidemic models, general epidemic model definition
19
and concept (without derivation). Duration of an epidemic.
UNIT IV
Statistical Genetics: Introduction, concepts-Genotype, Phenotype, Dominance,
Recessiveness, Linkage and Recombination, Coupling and Repulsion. Mendelian laws of
Heredity, Random mating, Gametic Array .relation between genotypic array and gametic
array under random mating. Distribution of genotypes under random mating. Clinical Trials:
Planning and design of clinical trials, Phase I, II and III trials. Single Blinding
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Lee, E.T. and Wang, J.W. (2003): Statistical Methods for Survival data Analysis, 3 rd
Edition, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Biswas, S. (2007): Applied Stochastic Processes: A Biostatistical and Population
Oriented Approach, Reprinted 2ndCentral Edition, New Central Book Agency.
3. Kleinbaum, D.G. (1996): Survival Analysis, Springer.
4. Chiang, C.L. (1968): Introduction to Stochastic Processes in Bio Statistics, John
Wiley and Sons.
5. Indrayan, A. (2008): Medical Biostatistics, 2nd Edition Chapman and Hall/CRC.
PRACTICAL / LAB WORK
List of Practical
1. To estimate survival function
2. To determine death density function and hazard function
3. To identify type of censoring and to estimate survival time for type I censored data
4. To identify type of censoring and to estimate survival time for type II censored data
5. To identify type of censoring and to estimate survival time for progressively type I
censored data
6. Estimation of mean survival time and variance of the estimator for type I censored data
7. Estimation of mean survival time and variance of the estimator for type II censored data
8. Estimation of mean survival time and variance of the estimator for progressively type I
censored data
9. To estimate the survival function and variance of the estimator using Non-parametric
methods with Actuarial methods
10. To estimate the survival function and variance of the estimator using Non-parametric
methods with Kaplan-Meier method
11. To estimate Crude probability of death
12. To estimate Net-type I probability of death
13. To estimate Net-type II probability of death
14. To estimate partially crude probability of death
15. To estimate gene frequencies
STAT-DSE-4 Project Work (Credit 6)
Objective: The aim of the course is to initiate students to write and present a statistical report,
under the supervision of a faculty, on some area of human interest. The project work will
provide hands on training to the students to deal with data emanating from some real life
situation and propel them to dwell on some theory or relate it to some theoretical concepts. 46
Skill Enhancement Elective
STAT-SEE-1 Statistical-Data Analysis Using Software Packages (Credit 2)
This course will review and expand upon core topics in statistics and probability,
particularly by initiating the beneficiaries of the course to at least one of the software
packages viz., SPSS, Minitab, Matlab, for statistical computing.
UNIT I
Learn how to load data, plot a graph viz. histograms (equal class intervals and unequal class
intervals), box plot, stem-leaf, frequency polygon, pie chart, ogives with graphical summaries
20
of data
UNIT II
Generate automated reports giving detailed descriptive statistics, correlation and lines of
regression.
UNIT III
Random number generation and sampling procedures. Fitting of polynomials and exponential
curves. Application Problems based on fitting of suitable distribution, Normal probability
plot.
UNIT IV
Simple analysis and create and manage statistical analysis projects, import data, code editing,
Basics of statistical inference in order to understand hypothesis testing and compute p-values
and confidence intervals.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Moore, D.S. and McCabe, G.P. and Craig, B.A. (2014): Introduction to the Practice of
Statistics, W.H. Freeman
2. Cunningham, B.J (2012):Using SPSS: An Interactive Hands‐on approach
3. Cho, M,J., Martinez, W.L. (2014) Statistics in MATLAB: A Primer, Chapman and
Hall/CRC56
STAT-SEE-2 Statistical Data Analysis Using R (Credit 2)
This course will review and expand upon core topics in probability and statistics through the
study and practice of data analysis and graphical interpretation using `R’.
UNIT I
Learn how to load data, plot a graph viz. histograms (equal class intervals and unequal class
intervals), box plot, stem-leaf, frequency polygon, pie chart, ogives with graphical summaries
of data
UNIT II
Generate automated reports giving detailed descriptive statistics, correlation and lines of
regression.
UNIT III
Random number generation and sampling procedures. Fitting of polynomials and exponential
curves.Application Problems based on fitting of suitable distribution, Normal probability
plot.
UNIT IV
Simple analysis and create and manage statistical analysis projects, import data, code editing,
Basics of statistical inference in order to understand hypothesis testing and compute p-values
and confidence intervals.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Gardener, M (2012) Beginning R: The Statistical Programming Language, Wiley
Publications.
2. Braun W J, Murdoch D J (2007): A First Course in Statistical Programming with R.
Cambridge University Press. New York
STAT-SEE-3 Statistical Techniques for Research Methods (Credit 2)
Statistical Techniques provide scientific approaches to develop the domain of human
knowledge largely through empirical studies. The course aims at enabling students
understand basic concepts and aspects related to research, data collection, analyses and
interpretation.
UNIT I
Introduction: Meaning, objection and motivation in research, types of research, research
approach, significance of research. Research problems: definition, selection and necessity of
21
research problems.
UNIT II
Survey Methodology and Data Collection, inference and error in surveys, the target
populations, sampling frames and coverage error, methods of data collection, non-response,
questions and answers in surveys.
UNIT III
Processing, Data Analysis and Interpretation: Review of various techniques for data analysis
covered in core statistics papers, techniques of interpretation, precaution in interpretation.
UNIT IV
Develop a questionnaire, collect survey data pertaining to a research problem (such as gender
discriminations in private v/s government sector, unemployment rates, removal of subsidy,
impact on service class v/s unorganized sectors), interpret the results and draw inferences.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Kothari, C.R. (2009): Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques, 2 nd Revised
Edition reprint, New Age International Publishers.
2. Kumar, R (2011): Research Methodology: A Step - by - Step Guide for Beginners,
SAGE publications.
STAT-SEE-4 Data Base Management Systems (Credit 2)
This skill based course is structured to enhance database handling, data manipulation and
data processing skills through SQL. The course will enable its beneficiaries develop data
centric computer applications.
UNIT I
Introduction: Overview of Database Management System, Introduction to Database Languages,
advantages
of DBMS over file processing systems.
UNIT II
Relational Database Management System: The Relational Model, Introduction to SQL: Basic
Data Types, Working with relations of RDBMS: Creating relations e.g. Bank, College
Database (create table statement)
UNIT III
Modifying relations (alter table statement), Integrity constraints over the relation like Primary
Key , Foreign key, NOT NULL to the tables, advantages and disadvantages of relational
Database System
UNIT IV
Database Structure: Introduction, Levels of abstraction in DBMS, View of data, Role of
Database users and administrators, Database Structure: DDL, DML, Data Manager (Database
Control System).Types of Data Models Hierarchical databases, Network databases,
Relational databases, Object oriented databases
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Gruber, M(1990): Understanding SQL, BPB publication
2. Silberschatz, A, Korth, H and Sudarshan,S(2011) “Database System and Concepts”,
6th Edition McGraw-Hill.
3. Desai, B. (1991): Introduction to Database Management system, Galgotia Publications.
Generic Elective
STAT-GE-1 Introductory Probability (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Probability: Introduction, random experiments, sample space, events and algebra of events.
Definitions of Probability – classical, statistical, and axiomatic. Conditional Probability, laws
of addition and multiplication, independent events, theorem of total probability, Bayes’
theorem and its applications.
22
UNIT II
Random Variables: Discrete and continuous random variables, p.m.f., p.d.f. ,c.d.f.
Illustrations of random variables and its properties. Expectation, variance, moments and
moment generating function.
UNIT III
Convergence in probability, almost sure convergence, Chebyshev’s inequality, weak law of
large numbers, De-Moivre Laplace and Lindeberg-Levy Central Limit Theorem (C.L.T.).
UNIT IV
Standard probability distributions: Binomial, Poisson, geometric, negative binomial,
hypergeometric, uniform, normal, exponential, beta, gamma.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Hogg, R.V., Tanis, E.A. and Rao J.M. (2009): Probability and Statistical Inference,
Seventh Ed, Pearson Education, New Delhi.
3. Myer, P.L. (1970): Introductory Probability and Statistical Applications, Oxford &
IBH Publishing, New Delhi
List of Practical
1. Fitting of binomial distributions for n and p = q = ½ given
2. Fitting of binomial distributions for n and p given
3. Fitting of binomial distributions computing mean and variance
4. Fitting of Poisson distributions for given value of lambda
5. Fitting of Poisson distributions after computing mean
6. Application problems based on binomial distribution
7. Application problems based on Poisson distribution
8. Problems based on area property of normal distribution
9. To find the ordinate for a given area for normal distribution 8
10. Application based problems using normal distribution
11. Fitting of normal distribution when parameters are given
12. Fitting of normal distribution when parameters are not given 49
STAT-GE-2 Statistical Methods (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Introduction: Definition and scope of Statistics, concepts of statistical population and sample.
Data: quantitative and qualitative, attributes, variables, scales of measurement - nominal,
ordinal, interval and ratio. Presentation: tabular and graphic, including histogram and ogives.
UNIT II
Measures of Central Tendency: mathematical and positional. Measures of Dispersion: range,
quartile deviation, mean deviation, standard deviation, coefficient of variation, moments,
skewness and kurtosis.
UNIT III
Bivariate data: Definition, scatter diagram, simple, partial and multiple correlation
(3 variables only), rank correlation. Simple linear regression, principle of least squares and
fitting of polynomials and exponential curves.
UNIT IV
Theory of attributes, consistency of data, independence and association of attributes,
measures of association and contingency.
SUGGESTED READING:
23
3. Mood, A.M. Graybill, F.A. and Boes, D.C. (2007): Introduction to the Theory of
Statistics, 3rd Edn., (Reprint), Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co. Ltd.
PRACTICAL/ LAB WORK
List of Practical
1. Graphical representation of data
2. Problems based on measures of central tendency
3. Problems based on measures of dispersion
4. Problems based on combined mean and variance and coefficient of variation
5. Problems based on moments, skewness and kurtosis
6. Fitting of polynomials, exponential curves
7. Karl Pearson correlation coefficient
8. Partial and multiple correlations
9. Spearman rank correlation with and without ties.
10. Correlation coefficient for a bivariate frequency distribution
11. Lines of regression, angle between lines and estimated values of variables.
12. Checking consistency of data and finding association among attributes.
Generic Elective
STAT-GE-3 Basics of Statistical Inference (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Estimation of population mean, confidence intervals for the parameters of a normal
distribution (one sample and two sample problems).
The basic idea of significance test. Null and alternative hypothesis. Type I & Type II errors,
level of significance, concept of p-value. Tests of hypotheses for the parameters of a normal
distribution (one sample and two sample problems).
UNIT II
Categorical data: Tests of proportions, tests of association and goodness-of-fit using Chisquare
test, Yates’ correction.
UNIT III
Tests for the significance of correlation coefficient. Sign test for median, Sign test for
symmetry, Wilcoxon two-sample test.
UNIT IV
Analysis of variance, one-way and two-way classification. Brief exposure of three basic
principles of design of experiments, treatment, plot and block. Analysis of completely
randomized design, randomized complete block design. Bioassay.
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Daniel, Wayne W., Bio-statistics: A Foundation for Analysis in the Health Sciences.
John Wiley (2005).
2. Goon, A.M., Gupta M.K. & Das Gupta, Fundamentals of statistics, Vol.-I & II
(2005).
3. Dass, M. N. &Giri, N. C.: Design and analysis of experiments. John Wiley.
4. Dunn, O.J Basic Statistics: A primer for the Biomedical Sciences .(1964, 1977) by
John Wiley.
5. Bancroft, Holdon Introduction to Bio-Statistics (1962) P.B. Hoebar New York.
6. Goldstein, A Biostatistics-An introductory text (1971). The Macmillion New York.
PRACTICAL/LAB WORK
List of Practical
1. Estimators of population mean.
2. Confidence interval for the parameters of a normal distribution (one sample and two
sample problems).
24
3. Tests of hypotheses for the parameters of a normal distribution (one sample and two
sample problems).
4. Chi-square test of proportions.50
5. Chi-square tests of association.
6. Chi-square test of goodness-of-fit.
7. Test for correlation coefficient.
8. Sign test for median.
9. Sign test for symmetry.
10. Wilcoxon two-sample test.
11. Analysis of Variance of a one way classified data
12. Analysis of Variance of a two way classified data.
13. Analysis of a CRD.
14. Analysis of an RBD.1
Generic Elective
STAT-GE-4 Introduction to Operations Research (Credit 6)
UNIT I
Introduction to Operations Research, phases of O.R., model building, various types of O.R.
problems. Linear Programming Problem, Mathematical formulation of the L.P.P, graphical
solutions of a L.P.P.
UNIT II
Optimum solution to a L.P.P: Simplex method, concept of artificial variables and Charne’s
big M-technique. Graphically identifying special cases of L.P.P. Concept of duality in L.P.P.
UNIT III
Transportation Problem: Initial solution by North West corner rule, Least cost method and
Vogel’s approximation method (VAM), MODI’s method to find the optimal solution.
Assignment problem: Hungarian method to find optimal assignment.
UNIT IV
Game theory: Rectangular game, minimax-maximin principle, solution to rectangular game
using graphical method, dominance property to reduce the game matrix
and solution to rectangular game with mixed strategy. Networking: Shortest route problem
SUGGESTED READING:
1. Taha, H. A. (2007): Operations Research: An Introduction, 8 th Edition, Prentice
Hall of India.
2. SwarupKanti, Gupta, P.K. and Manmohan (2007): Operations Research, 13 th Edition,
Sultan Chand and Sons.
3. Ravindran, A, Phillips, D.T., Solberg,J.J.(2005): Operations Research- Principles and
Practice, John Wiley & Sons.
PRACTICAL/LAB WORK: Using TORA/WINQSB/LINGO
List of Practical
1. Mathematical formulation of L.P.P and solving the problem using graphical method
2. Simplex technique to solve L.P.P and reading dual solution from the optimal table
3. Charne’s Big M method involving artificial variables.
4. Identifying Special cases: Degenerate solution, Unbounded solution, Alternate
solution and Infeasible solution by Graphical method and interpretation
5. Allocation problem using Transportation model
6. Allocation problem using Assignment model
7. Networking : Shortest route problem
8. Problems based on game matrix: mx2 / 2xn rectangular and Mixed strategy
25
Core 1.1: Differential Calculus
Limit and Continuity (ε and δ definition), Types of discontinuities, Differentiability of functions,
representation of curves and tracing of parametric curves, Polar coordinates and tracing of curves
Rolle’s theorem, Mean Value theorems, Taylor’s theorem with Lagrange’s and Cauchy’s forms
x m
of remainder, Taylor’s series, Maclaurin’s series of sinx ,cos x , e , log (l+ x) ,(1+ x) , Maxima
and
Minima, Indeterminate forms.
Books Recommended
Core 1.2: Descriptive Statistics and Probability Theory
Concepts of a statistical population and sample from a population, quantitative and qualitative
data, nominal, ordinal and time-series data, discrete and continuous data. Presentation of data by
tables and by diagrams, frequency distributions for discrete and continuous data, graphical
representation of a frequency distribution by histogram and frequency polygon, cumulative
frequency distributions (inclusive and exclusive methods).
Measures of location (or central tendency) and dispersion, moments, measures of skewness and
kurtosis, cumulants. Bivariate data: Scatter diagram, principle of least-square and fitting of
polynomials and exponential curves. Correlation and regression. Karl Pearson coefficient of
correlation, Lines of regression, Spearman's rank correlation coefficient, multiple and partial
correlations (for 3 variates only).
Random experiment, sample point and sample space, event, algebra of events, Definition of
Probability - classical, relative frequency and axiomatic approaches to probability, merits and
demerits of these approaches (only general ideas to be given). Addition theorem, Theorem on
conditional probability, independent events. Baye’s theorem and its applications.
Books Recommended
1. J.E. Freund, Mathematical Statistics with Applications, 7th Ed., Pearson Education, 2009.
2. A.M. Goon, M.K. Gupta and B. Dasgupta, Fundamentals of Statistics, Vol. I, 8th Ed., World
Press, Kolkatta, 2005.
3. S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, 11th Ed., Sultan
Chand and Sons, 2007.
4. R.V. Hogg, A.T. Craig and J.W. Mckean, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, 6th Ed.,
Pearson Education, 2005.
5. A.M. Mood, F.A. Graybill and D.C. Boes, Introduction to the Theory of Statistics, 3rd Ed.,
Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2007.
Core 1.3: Linear Programming
Introduction to Operational Research and overview of O.R. modeling. Linear independence and
dependence. Convex sets. Extreme points. Hyperplanes and Polyhedral sets. Solution of a
System of Linear Equations, Concept of Basis, Basis Feasible Solutions.
Introduction to Linear Programming Problem. Problem formulations. Graphical solution.
Theory of Simplex method. Two Phase Simplex method. M-charne’s simplex method. Duality
in Linear Programming, Economic interpretation of duality.
Assignment problem. Transportation problem and its mathematical formulation, northwestcorner
1
method least cost method and Vogel approximation method for determination of starting
basic solution, algorithm for solving transportation problem, assignment problem and its
mathematical formulation, Hungarian method for solving assignment problem.
Books Recommended
1. G. Hadley, Linear Programming, Narosa, 2002.
2. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research- An Introduction, Prentice Hall, 8th edition, 2007.
3. F.S. Hillier, G.J. Lieberman, Introduction to operations research- Concepts and Cases, 9th
Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
Core 2.1: Differential Equations
differential equations. Basic theory of linear differential equations, Wronskian, and its properties.
Classification of second order partial differential equations into elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic
Books Recommended
2. I. Sneddon, Elements of Partial Differential Equations, McGraw-Hill, International Edition,
1967.
Core 2.2: Statistical Methods
Random variables: Discrete and continuous random variables, p.m.f., p.d.f. and c.d.f.,
illustrations of random variables and its properties, expectation of random variable and its
properties. Moments and cumulants, moment generating function, cumulants generating function
and characteristic function. Probabilty generating function, Transformation in univariate and
bivariate distributions. Bivariate
probability distributions; marginal and conditional distributions; independence of variates (only
general idea to be given).
Point (or degenerate), binomial, Poisson, Geometric, negative binomial, Hypergeometric
Normal, Uniform, Exponential, Beta and Gama distributions.
Statement and application of Chebychev's inequality, WLLN and SLLN, Central limit theorem
(CLT) for I.i.d. variates, and its applications. De Moivere's Laplace Theorem.
Books Recommended
1. A.M. Goon, M.K. Gupta and B. Dasgupta, An outline of Statistical Theory (Vol. I), 4th Ed.,
World Press, Kolkata, 2003.
3. R.V. Hogg, A.T. Craig, and J.W. Mckean, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, 6th Ed.
4. A.M. Mood, F.A. Graybill and D.C. Boes, Introduction to the Theory of Statistics, 3rd Ed.,
Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2007.
5. V.K. Rohtagi and A.K. Md. E. Saleh, An Introduction to Probablity and Statistics, 2nd Edition,
John Wiley and Sons, 2009.
2
6. S.A. Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, 9th Ed., Academic Press, 2007.
Core 2.3: Mathematical Programming
Unconstrained and constrained optimization problems. Types of extrema and their necessary and
sufficient conditions.
Convex functions and their properties. Kuhn-Tucker optimality conditions. Quadratic
Programming. Wolfe’s Method.
Books Recommended
1. Hamdy A. Taha, Operation research-An Introduction, Prentice Hall, 8th Ed., 2007.
2. Wayne L. Winston and M. Venkataramanana, Introduction to Mathematical Programming:
Applications and Algorithm, 4th Ed., Duxbury Press, 2002.
3. S. Chandra, Jayadeva, Aparna Mehra, Numerical Optimization with Applications, Narosa
Publication House, 2009.
4. A. Ravindran, D.T. Phillips and James J. Solberg, Operations Research-Principles and
Practice, John Wiley and Sons, 2005.
Core 3.1: Real Analysis
Finite and infinite sets, examples of countable and uncountable sets. Real line, bounded sets,
suprema and infima, completeness property of R, Archimedean property of R, intervals. Concept
of cluster points and statement of Bolzano-Weierstrass theorem.
Real Sequence, Bounded sequence, Cauchy convergence criterion for sequences. Cauchy’s
theorem on limits, order preservation and squeeze theorem, monotone sequences and their
convergence (monotone convergence theorem without proof).
Infinite series. Cauchy convergence criterion for series, positive term series, geometric series,
comparison test, convergence of p-series, Root test, Ratio test, alternating series, Leibnitz’s test
(Tests of Convergence without proof). Definition and examples of absolute and conditional
convergence.
Sequences and series of functions, Pointwise and uniform convergence. Mn-test, M-test,
Statements of the results about uniform convergence and integrability and differentiability of
functions, Power series and radius of convergence.
Books Recommended
1. T.M. Apostol, Calculus (Vol. I), John Wiley and Sons (Asia) P. Ltd., 2002.
2. R.G. Bartle and D. R Sherbert, Introduction to Real Analysis, John Wiley and Sons (Asia) P.
Ltd., 2000.
3. E. Fischer, Intermediate Real Analysis, Springer Verlag, 1983.
4. K.A. Ross, Elementary Analysis- The Theory of Calculus Series- Undergraduate Texts in
Mathematics, Springer Verlag, 2003.
Core 3.2: Statistical Inference
Estimation: Parameter space, sample space, point estimation, requirement of a good estimator,
consistency, unbiasedness, efficiency, sufficiency, Minimum variance unbiased estimators.
Cramer-Rao inequality (Statement only). Methods of estimation: maximum likelihood, least
squares and minimum variance, moments, statement of Rao-Blackwell theorem and lehmann-
Scheffe
theorem. Properties of maximum likelihood estimators (illustration). Interval Estimation:
confidence intervals for the parameters of normal distribution, confidence intervals for difference
of mean and for ratio of variances.
Testing of Hypothesis: Statistical Hypothesis, simple and composite hypotheses. Test of
statistical hypothesis, null and alternative hypotheses. Critical region. Two kinds of errors, Level
of significance and power of a test. MP test and region. Neyman-Pearson lemma (statement
only). Likelihood ratio test, UMP test, UMPU test, Critical regions for simple hypothesis for one
3
parameter.
Non-Parametric Tests: One sample and two sample sign test, Wald-Wolfowitz run test, run test
for randomness, Median test and Wilcoxon-Mann-Whitney test (derivation not required, give
stress on examples).
Books Recommended
1. G. Casella and R.L. Berger, Statistical Inference, 2nd Ed., Thomson Duxbury, 2002.
2. E.J. Dudewicz and S.N. Mishra, Modern Mathematical Statistics, John Wiley and Sons,
1988.
3. J.D. Gibbons and S. Chakraborty, Non Parametric Statistical Inference, 4th Ed., Marcel
Dekkar, CRC, 2003.
4. A.M. Goon, M.K. Gupta and B. Dasgupta, An Outline of Statistical Theory (Vol. I), 4th
Ed., World Press, Kolkata, 2003.
6. M.G. Kendall and A. Stuart, The Advanced Theory of Statistics (Vol. III), Macmillan
Publishing Co., Inc., 1977.
7. R.V. Hogg, A.T. Craig and J.W. Mckean, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, 6th Ed.
8. V.K. Rohtagi and A.K. Md. E. Saleh, An Introduction to Probablity and Statistics, 2nd
Ed., John Wiley and Sons, 2009.
Core 3.3: Inventory Systems and Marketing Management
Concepts and problems in Inventory Systems, classification of Inventory Systems, different costs
in Inventory Systems and method of their estimation. Deterministic Inventory models with and
without lead time and with and without shortages. Inventory models with all units Quality
Discounts. Single period stochastic inventory models. Production scheduling problems.
Concept of marketing and its role in organization. Marketing decisions, scientific marketing
analysis. Uses and limitations of mathematical models in marketing , classification of market
structure in competitive conditions. Demand elasticity, joint optimization of price, quality and
promotional efforts. Pricing decisions, media allocation for advertisement. Brand switching
analysis.
Books Recommended
1. G. Hadley, T.M. Whitin, Analysis of Inventory Systems, D.B. Taraporevala and Sons,
Published by arrangement with Prentice Hall Inc., 1979.
2. Zipkin, Foundations of Inventory Management, McGraw Hall Inc., 2000.
3. Donald Waters, Inventory Control, John Wiley, 2003.
4. Philip Kotler, Marketing Management, 13th Ed., Prentice Hall of India, 2008.
5. Tony Curtis, Marketing for Engineers, Scientists and Technologists, John Wiley & Sons Inc.,
2008.
6. Graham J. Hooley and Michael K. Hassey, Quantitative Methods in Marketing, 2nd Ed.,
International Thomson Business Press, 1999.
7. Grahame R. Dowling, The Art and Science of Marketing –Marketing for Marketing Managers,
Oxford University press, 2005.
8. Gary L. Lilien, Philip Kotler, K. Sridhar Moorthy, Marketing Models, Prentice Hall of India,
2003.
Core 4.1: Algebra
Definition and examples of groups, examples of abelian and non-abelian groups, the group Zn of
integers under addition modulo n and the group U(n) of units under multiplication modulo n.
Cyclic groups from number systems, complex roots of unity, circle group, the general linear
4
group GLn (n,R), groups of symmetries of (i) an isosceles triangle, (ii) an equilateral triangle,
(iii) a rectangle, and (iv) a square, the permutation group Sym (n), Group of quaternions.
Subgroups, cyclic subgroups, the concept of a subgroup generated by a subset and the
commutator subgroup of group, examples of subgroups including the center of a group. Cosets,
Index of subgroup, Lagrange’s theorem, order of an element, Normal subgroups: their definition,
examples, and characterizations, Quotient groups.
Definition and examples of rings, examples of commutative and non-commutative rings: rings
from number systems, Zn the ring of integers modulo n, ring of real quaternions, rings of
matrices, polynomial rings, and rings of continuous functions. Subrings and ideals, Integral
domains and fields, examples of fields: Zp, Q, R, and C. Field of rational functions.
Books Recommended
1. John B. Fraleigh, A First Course in Abstract Algebra, 7th Ed., Pearson, 2002.
2. M. Artin, Abstract Algebra, 2nd Ed., Pearson, 2011.
3. Joseph A Gallian, Contemporary Abstract Algebra, Narosa, 1999.
4. George E Andrews, Number Theory, Hindustan Publishing Corporation, 1984.
Core 4.2: Sample Surveys and Design of Experiments
Sample Surveys: Concepts of population and sample. Complete enumeration vs. sampling. Need
for sampling. Principal and organizational aspects in the conduct of a sample survey. Properties
of a good estimator, Sampling and non-sampling errors.
SRSWR & SRSWOR, determination of sample size. Stratified random sampling and different
allocations. Systematic sampling, comparison of known sampling strategies under linear trend.
Ratio and Regression estimators and their comparison with SRSWOR estimator.
Indian Official Statistics: Present Official Statistical System in India relating to census of
population, agriculture, industrial production, and prices; methods of collection of official
statistics, their reliability and limitation and the principal publications containing such statistics.
Also the various agencies responsible for the data collection- C.S.O., N.S.S.O., Office of
Registrar General, their historical development, main functions and important publications.
Analysis of variance and covariance: Analysis of variance and covariance (with one concomitant
variable) in one-way and two-way classified data with equal number of observations per cell.
Design of experiments: Principles of experimentation, uniformity trails, completely randomized,
2 3
Randomized block and Latin square designs. Missing plot technique, 2 and 2 Factorial
experiments: construction and analysis.
Regression Analysis: Two variables linear model; estimation, testing and problems of
predication. Predication of the estimated regression equation, interval estimation, estimation of
variance.
Books Recommended
1. W.G. Cochran, Sampling Techniques, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1997.
2. A.M. Goon, M.K. Gupta, and B. Dasgupta, Fundamentals of Statistics (Vol. II), 8th Ed.,
3. A.M. Goon, M.K. Gupta and B. Dasgupta, An Outline of Statistical Theory (Vol. II), 3rd
Ed., World Press, Kolkata, 2005.
4. S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, 4th Ed., Sultan Chand
and Sons, 2008.
5. A.M. Kshirsagar, A Course in Linear Models, Marcel Dekker, Inc., N.Y., 1983.
6. D.C. Montgomery, Designs and Analysis of Experiments, John Wiley and Sons, New
York, 2001.
7. D.C. Montgomery, E.A. Peak and G.G. Vinning, Introduction to Linear Regression
Analysis, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, 2006.
5
8. P. Mukhopadhyay, Theory and Methods of Surveys Sampling, Prentice Hall of India,
1998.
9. D. Singh and F.S. Chaudhary, Theory and Analysis of Sample Survey Designs, New Age
International (P) Ltd., 1995.
10. P.V. Sukhatme, B.V. Sukhatme, S. Sukhatme and C. Ashok, Sampling Theory of Surveys
with Applications, Lowa State University Press, Lowa, USA, 1984.
Core 4.3: Network Analysis and Theory of Sequencing
Flows in networks. Maximal flow. Shortest path and travelling salesman problem. Construction
of minimal spanning tree and its applications. Project management through PERT/CPM,
Updating of PERT Charts. Project Crashing, Sequencing Problems. Processing n jobs through
two/three machines. General n/m job-shop problem.
Books Recommended
1. G. Hadley, Nonlinear and Dynamic Programming, Addison-Wesley, 1964.
2. A. Ravindran, D.T. Phillips and James J. Solberg, Operations Research-Principles and
Practice, John Wiley and Sons, 2005.
3. R.K. Ahuja T. L. Magnanti, B. Orlin, Network Flows-Theory, Algorithm and Applications,
Prentice Hall, NJ, 1993.
4. J.D. Wist, F.K. Levy, A Management Guide to PERT/CPM, 2nd Ed., PHI, 1967 (Reprint 2007).
DSE 1A.1: Matrices
2 3
R,R , R as vector spaces over R. Standard basis for each of them. Concept of Linear
Independence and examples of different bases.
2 3
Subspaces of R , R . Translation, Dilation, Rotation, Reflection in a point, line and plane.
Matrix
form of basic geometric transformations. Interpretation of eigen values and eigenvectors for such
transformations and eigen spaces as invariant subspaces. Matrices in diagonal form. Reduction to
diagonal form upto matrices of order 3.
Computation of matrix inverses using elementary row operations. Rank of matrix. Solutions of a
system of linear equations using matrices. Illustrative examples of above concepts from
Geometry, Physics, Chemistry, Combinatorics and Statistics.
Books Recommended
1. A.I. Kostrikin, Introduction to Algebra, Springer Verlag, 1984.
2. S. H. Friedberg, A. L. Insel and L.E. Spence, Linear Algebra, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.,
New Delhi, 2004.
3. Richard Bronson, Theory and Problems of Matrix Operations, Tata McGraw Hill, 1989.
DSE 1A.2: Vector Calculus and Analytical Geometry
Algebra of vectors, Differentiation and partial differentiation of a vector function. Derivative of
sum, dot product and cross product of two vectors. Gradient, divergence and curl.
ellipse and hyperbola. Classification of quadratic equations representing lines, parabola, ellipse
and hyperbola. Spheres, Cylindrical surfaces. Illustrations of graphing standard quadric surfaces
Books Recommended
6
India Ltd., 1994.
DSE 2A.1: Advanced Statistical Methods
Theory of attributes: Consistency of data, conditions of Consistency, independence and
association of attributes, measure of association and contingency
Sampling Distributions: Definition of random sample, parameter and statistic, Sampling
distribution of a statistic, standard errors of sample mean, sample proportion and sample
moments. Sampling distribution of sample mean and sample variance for normal distribution.
Sampling distributions of Chi-square, t and F statistics. distribution of sample correlation
coefficient r when ρ=0
Tests of significance: Null and alternative hypotheses, level of significance and probabilities of
Type I and Type II errors, critical region and power of test. Large sample test, use of CLT for
testing single proportion and difference of two proportions, single mean and difference of two
means. Standard deviation and difference of Standard deviations. Tests of significance based of
Chi-square, t and F distributions.
Order Statistics: Distribution of r-th order statistic, smallest and largest order statistics.
Books Recommended
1. A.M. Goon, M.K. Gupta and B. Dasgupta, An Outline of Statistical Theory (Vol. I), 4th Ed.,
3. R.V. Hogg, A.T. Craig and J.W. Mckean, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, 6th Ed.,
4. P. Mukhopadhyay, Mathematical Statistics, 2nd Ed., Books and Allied (P) Ltd., 2000.
5. V.K. Rohtagi and A.K. Md. E. Saleh, An Introduction to Probability and Statistics, 2nd Ed.,
John Wiley and Sons, 2009.
DSE 2A.2: Statistical Methodology
Bivariate Data: Scatter diagram, Principal of least squares and fitting of polynomial and
exponential curves, Correlation and regression: Karl Pearson coefficient of correlation, lines of
regression, Spearman’s rank correlation coefficient, multiple and partial correlations (for 3
variates only).
Limit theorems: Markov’s inequality, Chebyshev’s inequality, weak and strong laws of large
numbers, central limit theorems (Lindeberg-Levy).
Order Statistics: Distribution of r-th order statistic, smallest and largest order statistics.
Sampling Distribution: Concept of random sample, parameter and statistic, sampling distribution
of a statistic, standard errors of sample mean and sample proportion, sampling distribution of
sample mean and sample variance for a normal population.
Hypothesis Testing: Simple, composite, null and alternative hypothesis, level of significance,
two types of errors. Critical region and power of test, large sample test. Tests of significance
based on chi-square, t and F Statistics.
Books Recommended:
1. J.E. Freund, Mathematical Statistics with Applications, 7th Ed., Pearson Education, 2009.
2. A.M. Goon, M.K. Gupta and B. Dasgupta, Fundamentals of Statistics (Vol. I), 8th Ed.,
3. A.M. Goon, M.K. Gupta and B. Dasgupta, Fundamentals of Statistics (Vol. II), 8th Ed.
5. R.V. Hogg, A.T. Craig and J.W. Mckean, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, 6th Ed.
7
6. A.M. Mood, F.A. Grabill and D.C. Boes, Introduction to the Theory of Statistics, 3rd Ed.,
Tata McGraw-Hill Pub. Co. Ltd., 2007.
7. S.M. Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, 9th Ed., Academic Press, 2007.
DSE 3A.1: Queueing and Reliability Theory
General concepts of queueing system, Measures of performance, Arrival and Service Processes,
Single server and multi server models, channels in parallel with limited and unlimited queues-
M/M/1/K, M/M/C. Queues with unlimited service. Finite source queues. Application of simple
queueing decision model’s, Design and control models.
Basics of reliability. Classes of life distributions. Series, parallel, configurations. Reliability
models, Reliability, Mean Time before failure and Hazard rate of Exponential and Weibull
distributions. Concepts and definitions of preventive maintenance, corrective maintenance and
age replacement.
Books Recommended
1. R.B. Cooper, Introduction to Queueing Theory, 2nd Ed., North Holland, 1981.
2. D. Gross, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 3rd Ed., John Wiley and Sons Inc.
P. Ltd., 2002.
3. U.N. Bhat, An Introduction to Queueing Theory: Modelling and Analysis in Applications
(Statistics for Industry and Technology), Birkhauser Boston, 2008.
4. U.N. Prabhu, Foundations of Queueing Theory, International Series in Operations Research &
Management Science, Kluwer Academic Publishers, 2nd Ed., 2002.
5. John G. Rau, Optimization and Probability in Systems Engineering, V.N. Reinhold Co., 1970.
6. Riccardo Manzini, Alberto Regattieri, Hoang Pham, Emilio Ferrai, Maintenance for Industrial
Systems, Springer-Verlag, London Limited, 2010.
7. P.K. Kapur, R.B. Garg, S. Kumar, Contributions to Hardware and Software Reliability, World
Scientific, Singapore, 1999.
DSE 3A.2: Optimization Techniques
Dynamic Programming: Multistage decision processes, Recursive nature of computations,
Forward and Backward recursion, Bellman’s principle of optimality, Selective dynamic
programming applications involving additive and multiplicative separable returns for objective
as well as constraint functions, Problem of dimensionality.
Goal Programming: Weighted and pre-emptive goal programming, graphical solution
Decision Analysis: Decision making under risk – Decision tree analysis, Posterior (Baye’s)
probabilities, Decision under uncertainty‐ criterion of pessimism, criterion of optimism, Laplace
criterion, criterion of realism, criterion of regret.
Books Recommended
1. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research ‐ An Introduction, Prentice Hall, 8th Ed., 2008.
2. S. Chandra, Jayadeva, Aparna Mehra, Numerical Optimization with Application, Narosa
DSE 1B.1: Complex Analysis
Limits, Limits involving the point at infinity, continuity. Properties of complex numbers, regions
in the complex plane, functions of complex variable, mappings. Derivatives, differentiation
formulas, Cauchy-Riemann equations, sufficient conditions for differentiability.
Analytic functions, examples of analytic functions, exponential function, Logarithmic function,
trigonometric function, derivatives of functions, definite integrals of functions. Contours,
Contour integrals and its examples, upper bounds for moduli of contour integrals. Cauchy-
Goursat theorem, Cauchy integral formula.
Liouville’s theorem and the fundamental theorem of algebra. Convergence of sequences and
8
series, Taylor series and its examples.
Laurent series and its examples, absolute and uniform convergence of power series.
Books Recommended
1. James Ward Brown and Ruel V. Churchill, Complex Variables and Applications, 8th Ed.,
McGraw – Hill International Edition, 2009.
2. Joseph Bak and Donald J. Newman, Complex analysis, 2nd Ed., Undergraduate Texts in
Mathematics, Springer-Verlag New York, Inc., New York, 1997.
DSE 1B.2: Linear Algebra
Vector spaces, subspaces, algebra of subspaces, quotient spaces, linear combination of vectors,
linear span, linear independence, basis and dimension, dimension of subspaces.
Linear transformations, null space, range, rank and nullity of a linear transformation, matrix
representation of a linear transformation, algebra of linear transformations.
Isomorphisms, Isomorphism theorems, invertibility and isomorphisms, change of coordinate
matrix.
Books Recommended
1. Stephen H. Friedberg, Arnold J. Insel, Lawrence E. Spence, Linear Algebra, 4th Ed., Prentice-
Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2004.
2. David C. Lay, Linear Algebra and its Applications, 3rd Ed., Pearson Education Asia, Indian
Reprint, 2007.
3. S. Lang, Introduction to Linear Algebra, 2nd Ed., Springer, 2005.
4. Gilbert Strang, Linear Algebra and its Applications, Thomson, 2007.
DSE 2B.1: Econometrics
Nature and Scope of Econometrics.
Statistical Concepts Normal distribution; chi-square, t and F-distributions; estimation of
parameters; properties of estimators; testing of hypotheses: defining statistical hypotheses;
distributions of test statistics; testing hypotheses related to population parameters; Type I and
Type II errors; level of significance,power of a test; tests for comparing parameters from two
samples.
Simple Linear Regression Model: Two Variable Case Estimation of model by method of
ordinary least squares; properties of estimators; goodness of fit; tests of hypotheses; scaling and
units of measurement; confidence intervals; Gauss-Markov theorem; forecasting.
Multiple Linear Regression Model Estimation of parameters; properties of OLS estimators;
goodness of fit - R2 and adjusted R2 ; partial regression coefficients; testing hypotheses –
individual and joint; functional forms of regression models; qualitative (dummy) independent
variables.
Violations of Classical Assumptions: Consequences, Detection and Remedies Multicollinearity;
heteroscedasticity; serial correlation.
Specification Analysis Omission of a relevant variable; inclusion of irrelevant variable; tests of
specification errors.
Books Recommended
1. Jay L. Devore, Probability and Statistics for Engineers, Cengage Learning, 2010.
3. Richard J. Larsen and Morris L. Marx, An Introduction to Mathematical Statistics and its
4. D.N. Gujarati and D.C. Porter, Essentials of Econometrics, 4th Ed., McGraw Hill,
International Edition, 2009.
5. Christopher Dougherty, Introduction to Econometrics, 3rd Ed., Oxford University Press, 2007.
6. Jan Kmenta, Elements of Econometrics, 2nd Ed., Khosla Publishing House, 2008.
9
DSE 2B.2: Applied Statistics
Economics Statistics: Time Series Analysis-economic time series, different components,
Illustrations, additive and multiplicative models, determination of trend, analysis of seasonal
fluctuations. Index numbers-criteria for a good index number. Different types of index numbers,
Construction of index numbers of prices and qualities. Cost of living index number. Uses and
limitations of index numbers.
Statistical Quality Control: Importance of statistical methods in industrial research and practice,
determination of tolerance limits, general theory of control charts, process and product control,
causes of variation in quality, control limits, summary of out of control criteria, charts for
attributes-p-chart, np-chart, c-chart; charts for variables- X́ , R and s-charts, principles of
acceptance sampling, problem of lot acceptance, producer’s and consumer’s risks, single
sampling instruction plan and its OC and ASN functions, concepts of AQL, LTPD, AOQL, ATI
functions; Dodge and Romig Tables.
Demographic Methods: Sources of demographic data-census, register, ad hoc surveys, hospital
records, demographic profiles of Indian census, questionnaire, errors in these data and their
adjustment. Measurements of Mortality-CDR, SDR (w.r.t. age and sex), IMR, standardized death
rate, complete life table, its main features and uses. Measurements of fertility and reproduction-
CBR, General, Age-specific and total fertility rates, GRR, NRR.
Books Recommended
1. A.M. Goon, M.K. Gupta and B. Dasgupta, An Outline of Statistical Theory (Vol. I), 4th Ed.,
3. P. Mukhopadhyay, Mathematical Statistics, 2nd Ed. Books and Allied (P) Ltd., 2000.
4. F.E. Croxton and D.J. Cowden, Applied General Statistics, Prentice Hall of India, 1969.
5. M.G. Kendall and A. Stuart, The Advanced Theory of Statistics (Vol. III), Macmillan
Publishing Co. Inc., 1977.
6. D.C. Montgomery, Introduction to Statistical Quality Control, John Wiley and Sons, New
York, 1996.
DSE 3B.1: Integer Programming and Theory of Games

Integer Linear Programming. Modeling using pure and mixed integer programming, Branch and
Bound Technique, Gomory’s Cutting Plane Algorithm.
Game theory: formulation of two person zero sum games, solving two person zero sum games,
games with mixed strategies, graphical solution procedure, linear programming solution of
games.
Books Recommended
1. Mokhtar S. Bazaraa, John J. Jarvis and Hanif D. Sherali, Linear Programming and Network
Flows, 2nd Ed., John Wiley and Sons, India, 2004.
2. F. S. Hillier and G. J. Lieberman, Introduction to Operations Research, 9th Ed., Tata McGraw
Hill, Singapore, 2009.
3. Hamdy A. Taha, Operations Research, An Introduction, 8th Ed., Prentice‐Hall India, 2006.
DSE 3B.2: Forecasting
Introduction to forecasting, Types of forecast, Basic forecasting tools. Time Series and its
Components. Linear and Nonlinear Trend, seasonal Variations and Irregular Variations and their
10
Measurements. Moving Averages. Single and Double exponential smoothing.
Books Recommended:
1. John E. Hanke, Dean Wichern and Arthur G. Reitch, Business Forecasting, 7th Ed., Pearson,
2008.
2. J. Holton, Wilson and Barry Keating, Business Forecasting Wforecast, 6th Ed., Tata McGraw
Hill, 2009.
3. S.C. Gupta and V.K. Kapoor, Fundamentals of Applied Statistics, Sultan Chand and Sons,
2009.
4. G. Hadley, T.M. Whitin, Analysis of Inventory Systems, D.B. Taraporevala and Sons,
Published by arrangement with Prentice Hall Inc., 1979.
SEC 1.1: Logic and Sets
Introduction, propositions, truth table, negation, conjunction and disjunction. Implications,
biconditional propositions, converse, contra positive and inverse propositions and precedence of
logical operators. Propositional equivalence: Logical equivalences. Predicates and quantifiers:
Introduction, Quantifiers, Binding variables and Negations.
Sets, subsets, Set operations, the laws of set theory and Venn diagrams. Examples of finite and
infinite sets. Finite sets and counting principle. Empty set, properties of empty set. Standard set
operations. Classes of sets. Power set of a set.
Difference and Symmetric difference of two sets. Set identities, Generalized union and
intersections. Relation: Product set, Composition of relations, Types of relations, Partitions,
Equivalence Relations with example of congruence modulo relation.
Book Recommended
1. R.P. Grimaldi, Discrete Mathematics and Combinatorial Mathematics, Pearson Education,
1998.
2. P.R. Halmos, Naive Set Theory, Springer, 1974.
3. E. Kamke, Theory of Sets, Dover Publishers, 1950.
SEC 1.2: Integral Calculus

Integration by Partial fractions, integration of rational and irrational functions. Properties of
definite integrals. Reduction formulae for integrals of rational, trigonometric, exponential and
logarithmic functions and of their combinations.
Evaluation of areas and lengths of curves in the plane, valuation of volumes and surfaces of
solids of revolution. Double and Triple integrals.
Books Recommended
SEC 2.1: Portfolio Optimization
Financial markets. Investment objectives. Measures of return and risk. Types of risks. Portfolio
of assets. Expected risk and return of portfolio. Diversification. Mean-variance portfolio
optimization- the Markowitz model and the two-fund theorem, risk-free assets and one fund
theorem, efficient frontier. Portfolio performance evaluation measures.
Books Recommended
1. F.K. Reilly, Keith C. Brown, Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, 10th Ed.,
South-Western Publishers, 2011.
2. H.M. Markowitz, Mean-Variance Analysis in Portfolio Choice and Capital Markets,
11
Blackwell, New York, 1987.
3. D.G. Luenberger, Investment Science, 2nd Ed., Oxford University Press, 2013.
SEC 2.2: Bio-Mathematics
Mathematical Biology and the modeling process: an overview. Continuous models: Malthus
model, logistic growth, Allee effect, Gompertz growth, Michaelis-Menten Kinetics, Holling type
growth, Bacterial growth in a Chemostat, Harvesting a single natural population, Prey predator
systems and Lotka-Volterra equations, Populations in competitions, Epidemic Models (SI, SIR,
SIRS, SIC), Activator-Inhibitor system, Insect Outbreak Model: Spruce Budworm, Numerical
solution of the models and its graphical representation. Qualitative analysis of continuous
models: Steady state solutions, stability and linearization, multiple species communities and
Routh-Hurwitz Criteria.
Spatial Models: One species model with diffusion. Discrete Models: Overview of difference
equations, steady state solution and linear stability analysis, Introduction to Discrete Models,
Linear Models, Growth models, Decay models.
Case Studies: Optimal Exploitation models, Models in Genetics.
Books Recommended
1. L.E. Keshet, Mathematical Models in Biology, SIAM, 1988.
2. J.D. Murray, Mathematical Biology, Springer, 1993.
3. Y.C. Fung, Biomechanics, Springer-Verlag, 1990.
4. F. Brauer, P.V.D. Driessche and J. Wu, Mathematical Epidemiology, Springer, 2008.
5 M. Kot, Elements of Mathematical Ecology, Cambridge University Press, 2001.
SEC 3.1: Number Theory
Division algorithm, Lame’s theorem, linear Diophantine equation, fundamental theorem of
arithmetic, prime counting function, statement of prime number theorem. Goldbach conjecture,
binary and decimal representation of integers, linear congruences, complete set of residues.
Number theoretic functions, sum and number of divisors, totally multiplicative functions,
definition and properties of the Dirichlet product, the Möbius inversion formula, the greatest
integer function, Euler’s phi-function.
Books Recommended
1. David M. Burton, Elementary Number Theory, 6th Ed., Tata McGraw-Hill Edition,
Indian reprint, 2007.
2. Richard E. Klima, Neil Sigmon, Ernest Stitzinger, Applications of Abstract Algebra with
Maple, CRC Press, Boca Raton, 2000.
3. Neville Robinns, Beginning Number Theory, 2nd Ed., Narosa Publishing House Pvt.
Limited, Delhi, 2007.
SEC 3.2: Theory of Equations
General properties of polynomials, Graphical representation of a polynomials, maximum and
minimum values of a polynomial, General properties of equations, Descarte’s rule of signs
positive and negative rule, Relation between the roots and the coefficients of equations.
Symmetric functions, Applications of symmetric function of the roots, Transformation of
equations. Solutions of reciprocal and binomial equations. Algebraic solutions of the cubic and
biquadratic equations.
Properties of the derived functions.
Books Recommended
1. W.S. Burnside and A.W. Panton, The Theory of Equations, Dublin University Press, 1954.
2. C. C. MacDuffee, Theory of Equations, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1954.
SEC 4.1: Mathematical Finance
Basic principles: Comparison, arbitrage and risk aversion, Interest (simple and compound,
12
discrete and continuous), time value of money, inflation, net present value, internal rate of return
(calculation by bisection and Newton-Raphson methods), comparison of NPV and IRR. Bonds,
bond prices and yields. floating-rate bonds, immunization.
Asset return, short selling, portfolio return, (brief introduction to expectation, variance,
covariance and correlation), random returns, portfolio mean return and variance, diversification,
portfolio diagram, feasible set, Markowitz model (review of Lagrange multipliers for 1 and 2
constraints).
Books Recommended:
1. David G. Luenberger, Investment Science, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 1998.
2. John C. Hull, Options, Futures and Other Derivatives, 6th Ed., Prentice-Hall India, Indian
reprint, 2006.
3. Sheldon Ross, An Elementary Introduction to Mathematical Finance, 2nd Ed., Cambridge
University Press, USA, 2003.
SEC 4.2: Understanding Probability and Statistics through Practicals
Practical/ Lab work to be performed on a computer using Excel.
Practicals should broadly cover the following areas:
(i) Fitting of Binomial, Poisson, Negative Binomial, Normal Distributions.
(ii) Applications of Chi-square, t and F Distributions.
(iii) Calculation of correlation coefficient, Rank Correlation, etc.
(iv) Fitting of polynomials and regression curves.
(v) Methods of estimation (MLE and method of Moments)
(vi) Selecting a simple random sample using random number tables.
Books Recommended:
1. Robert V. Hogg, Joseph W. McKean and Allen T. Craig, Introduction to Mathematical
Statistics, Pearson Education, Asia, 2007.
2. Irwin Miller and Marylees Miller, John E. Freunds, Mathematical Statistics with Applications,
7th Ed., Pearson Education, Asia, 2006.
3. Sheldon Ross, Introduction to Probability Models, 9th Ed., Academic Press, Indian Reprint,
2007.
13
Bodoland University
CBCS Curriculum Structures for UG syllabus (BA Honours

in Hindi ), No. of papers = 14+12=26,Total Credits= 140,
Total Marks = 2400
SEM -I
Paper Course Credit Credit End Int Total
Code Distributi Sem Marks Marks
on Marks
(L+T+P)
Hin- C-1 हहहिंददी ससाहहत्य कसा इहतिहसास (रदीहतिकसाल 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
101H तिक )
Hin- C-2 आहदकसालदीन एवहिं मध्यकसालदीन हहहिंददी 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
102H कहवतिसा
103- कलसा और ससाहहत्य 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
GE1
COMM- AEC:AECC1: हहहिंददी भसाषसा और सहिंपरप रेषण 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
104HR English/Hindi/MIL(Communica
tion)
Total- 20 17+3+0 290 60 350
=20
SEM - II
Course on Marks
(L+T+P)
Hin- C-4 हहहिंददी ससाहहत्य कसा इहतिहसास 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
201H (आधधहनक कसाल)
Hin- C4-आधधहनक हहहिंददी कहवतिसा (छसायसावसाद 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
202H तिक )
Hin- पसाश्चसात्य दसारर्शहनक हचहिंतिन एवहिं हहहिंददी 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
203GE-2 ससाहहत्य
ENV- AEC: AECC2Enviromental 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
204HR Science
17+3+0 290 60 350
Total- =20
SEM - III
Paper Course Credit Credit End Sem Int Total
Code Distributio Marks Marks Marks
n
(L+T+P)
Hin-301H C-5 छसायसावसाददोत्तर हहहिंददी 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
कहवतिसा
Hin302H C-6 भसारतिदीय कसाव्य 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
रसास्तिपर
HIin303H C-7 भसाषसाहवजसान और 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
हहहिंददी भसाषसा
Hin- AEC:SEC1 भसाषसा 2 2+0+0 50 -
304HR हरक्षण 50
Hin 305H GE-3 सरर्शनसात्मक लरेखन 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
करे हवहवध क्षरेतिरप
Total- 26 22+4+0= 370 80 450
26
SEM - IV
Code Distributio Marks Marks Marks
n
(L+T+P)
Hin401H C-8 पसाश्चसात्य कसाव्य 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
रसास्तिपर
Hin402H C-9 हहहिंददी उपन्यसास 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Hin403H C-10 हहहिंददी कहसानदी 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Hin404H AEC:SEC2- अनधवसाद: 2 2+0+0 50 50

हवजसान -
Hin405H GE:-4 हहहिंददी कदी 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
ससाहिंस्ककहतिक पतिपरकसाहरतिसा
Total- 26 22+4+0= 370 80 450
26
SEM - V
Code Distribution Marks Marks Marks
(L+T+P)
Hin501 C-11 हहहिंददी नसाटक एवहिं 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
H एकसाहिंकदी
Hin502 C-12 हहहिंददी हनबहिंध एवहिं 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
H अन्य गद्द्य हवधसाएहिं
Hin503 DSE1 हहहिंददी कदी 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
H रसाष्टप रदीय कसाव्यधसारसा
Hin504 DSE2 छसायसावसाद 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
H
Total- 24 20+4+0=2 320 80 400
4
SEM -V I
Code Distribution Marks Marks Marks
(L+T+P)
Hin601 C-13 हहहिंददी कदी 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
H ससाहहहत्यक पतिपरकसाहरतिसा
Hin602 C-14 पपरयदोरनममलक 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
H हहहिंददी
Hin603 DSE-3 हहहिंददी सहिंति 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
H कसाव्य
Hin604 DSE-4 पपररेमचहिंद 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
H Project/Dissertat
ion)
Total- 24 20+4+0=2 320 80 400
4
Bodoland University
CBCS Curriculum Structures for UG syllabus (BA Regular

Course with Hindi ), No. of papers = 12+12=24,Total
Credits= 120, Total Marks = 2100
Table 1: For SEM - I

Code Distributio Sem Marks Marks
n Marks
(L+T+P)
ENG- English-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
101R
Hin-102R Dsc-1A हहहिंददी ससाहहत्य 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
कसा इहतिहसास
Paper DSC-2A 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
103R
COMM- AEC:AECC-1:हहहिंददी 2 2+0+0 50 - 50

104HR भसाषसा और सहिंपरप रेषण
English /Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
Total- 20 17+3+0=2 290 60 350

0
Table 1: For SEM –II

on Marks
(L+T+P)
Hin- MIL 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
201R
Hin- DSC-1B मध्यकसालदीन हहहिंददी 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
202R कहवितिसा
Paper- DSC-2B 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
203R
ENV- AEC:AECC2: 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
204HR EnvironmentalScien
ce
Total- 20 17+3+0 290 60 350
=20
Table 1: For SEM – III

Paper Course Credit Credit End Sem Int Marks Total Marks
Code Distributi Marks
on
(L+T+P)
ENG-301R English-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Hin- 302R DSC-1C 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
आधधहनक हहहिंददी
कहवितिसा
Paper- DSC-2C 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
303R
Hin- AEC: SEC- 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
304HR 1 भसाषसा हशिक्षण
Total- 20 17+3+0= 290 60 350
20
Table 1: For SEM – IV
Paper Course Credit Credit End Sem Int Marks Total

Code Distributi Marks Marks
on
(L+T+P)
Hin-401R MIL-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Hin-402R DSC-1D हहहिंददी 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
गद्द्य ससाहहत्य
Paper- DSC-2D 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
403R
Hin- AEC:SEC- 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
404HR 2 अनधविसादहविजसान
Total- 20 17+3+0= 290 60 350
20
Table 1: For SEM – V

Code Distributi Marks Marks Marks
on
(L+T+P)
Hin-501R DSE-1A 1.ससयर्यकसाहिंति 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
हतिपरपसाठदी ‘हनरसालसा’ कदी
कहवितिसाएए
2.छसायसाविसाददोत्तर हहहिंददी कहवितिसा
Paper DSE-2A 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

502R
Hin- GE-1 सरर्यनसात्मक लरेखन 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
503HR करे हविहविध क्षरेतिरप
Hin-504 AEC:SEC-3 कसायसार्यलयदी 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
हहहिंददी
Total- 20 17+3+0= 290 60 350
20
Table 1: For SEM -
Paper Course Credit Credit End Sem Int Marks Total

Code Distrib Marks Marks
ution
(L+T+
P)
Hin-601 DSE1B 1.हहहिंददी कदी 6 5+1+ 80 20 100
रसाष्टप रदीय कसाव्यधसारसा 2.हहहिंददी 0
हनबहिंध
Paper DSE2B 6 5+1+ 80 20 100
602R 0
Hin603HR GE-2 हहहिंददी कदी 6 5+1+ 80 20 100
ससाहिंस्ककहतिक पतिपरकसाहरतिसा 0
Hin-604R AEC:SEC-4 रहिंग आलरेख 2 2+0+ 50 - 50
एविहिं रहिंग महिंच 0
Total- 20 17+3 290 60 350
+0=2
0
CBCS- DEGREE COURSE IN BACHELOR OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
Paper
Code
Semester 1
101 Business Communication ( English ) Ability Enhancement-
Compulsory
102 Fundamentals of Management & Core Discipline
Organisational Behavior
103 Statistics for Business Decisions Core Discipline
104 Entrepreneurship Development Elective Course-Generic
/ Interdisciplinary
Paper
Code
Semester 2
201 Environmental Science Ability Enhancement-
Compulsory
202 Managerial Economics Core Discipline
203 Business Accounting Core Discipline
204 Ethics and Corporate Social Responsibility Elective Course-Generic
/ Interdisciplinary
Paper
Code
Semester 3
301 Macroeconomics Core Discipline
302 Principles of Marketing Core Discipline
303 Management Accounting Core Discipline
304 Production & Operations Management Elective Course-Generic
/ Interdisciplinary
305 305.I IT Tools for Business/305.II E- Skill Enhancement
Commerce/ 305.III Personality Course
Development
Paper
Code
Semester 4
401 Business Research Core Discipline
402 Human Resource Mangement Core Discipline
403 Financial Management Core Discipline
404 Tax Planning Elective Course-Generic
/ Interdisciplinary
405 Summer Internship Program ( A student Skill Enhancement
will submit report of Summer Internship Course
of six to eight weeks which will be
internally evaluated)
Paper
Code
Semester 5
501 Quantitative Techniques for Management Core Discipline
502 Legal Aspects of Business Core Discipline
503 503. I Marketing Specialisation Discipline Specific
503. I .a Personal Selling & Sales Force Elective
Management/ 503. I .b Consumer
Behavior
503.II Finance Specialisation
503.II .a Investment Banking & Financial

Services/ 503.II .b Business Analysis &
Valuation
503.III Human Resource
Specialisation
503.III .a Training & Development/
503.III .b Talent & Knowledge
Management
503.IV Management of Global
Business
International Trade Policy & Strategy/
Global Business Environment
504 504.I Marketing Specialisation Discipline Specific
Elective
503.IV .a Advertising & Brand
Management/ 503.IV .b Distribution &
Supply Chain Management
504.II .a Investment Analysis & Portfolio

Management/ 504.II .b Financial
Modelling & Derivatives
Specialisation
504.III .a Management of Industrial
Relations/ 504.III .b Performanc e &
Compensation Management
Business
504.IV .a International Accounting &
Reporting System/504.IV.b International
joint Ventures, Mergers & Acquisitions
Paper
Code
Semester 6
601 Business Policy & Strategy Core Discipline
602 Financial Institutions & Markets Core Discipline
603 603.I Marketing Specialisation Discipline Specific
Elective
603.I .a Retail Management/ 603.I .b
Distribution & Supply Chain Management
603.II .a Project Appraisal/ 603.II .b

Strategic Corporate Finance
Specialisation
603.III .a Management of Industrial
Relations/ 603.III .b Cross Cultural HRM
Business Specialisation
603.IV .a Transnational and Cross
Cultural Management / 603.IV .b
International Distribution & Supply Chain
Management
604 Research Project Discipline Specific
DSE-I Marketing Elective
604.I.a. Research Project on Marketing/
604.I.b. International Marketing
DSE- II Finance
604.II.b Research Project on

Finance/604.II.b International Finance
DSE- III Human Resource

604.III.a Research Project on Human
Resource/ 604.III.b Counseling &
Negotiation Skills for Managers
DSE- IV Management of Global

Business
604.IV.a Research Project on Global

Business/604.IV.b Multinational Business
Finance
UG SYLLABUS FOR REGULAR COURSE IN NEPALI
Sl.No Core Course (12) Ability Skill Discipline Generic
. Enhancement Enhanceme Specific Elective GE-
Compulsory nt Course Elective(DSE) (2)
Course (AECC) (2) (SEC) (2) (4)
I English-I AECC-1:
DSC-1 A: History of Nepali English/Hindi/MIL
Language and Script Communication
DSC-2(A) Other subject

II Nepali (MIL-1):Modern Nepali AECC-2:
Poetry and Drama(Selected pieces Environmental
to be studied)
DSC-1 B: Study of Early Nepali

Poetry and Modern Drama
DSC-2B: Other subject

III English-II SEC-1:Art
DSC-2 C: of
Study of Nepali Novel and Compositio
Short Stories n, Editing
DSC-2 C Other subject and Proof-
Reading
IV Nepali (MIL-2): Nepali SEC-
NovelEssayGrammar and 2:News
Composition Collection
DSC-1D: and
Literary Criticism and History Of Reporting
North- Eastern Nepali Literature
DSC-2D: Other subject
V SEC-3: Eco DSE-1 A: GE-
-Tourism Nepali Folk 1:Comparative
and Literature and Study of
Managemen Culture Nepali and
t 502R Assamese
DSE-2 A Literature
Other Subject
VI SEC- 4 DSE-1B GE-2:
Computer Eastern and Theoretical
Literacy and Western Perspective of
Skill Literary Language and
Enhanceme Theory and Linguistics
nt Philosophy
DSE-2 B
Other Subject
ABBREVIATIONS
NEP=Nepali
GE=Generic Elective
SEMESTER-1
Paper Code: NEP1.02R- DSC-1(A) History of Nepali Language and Script
Paper Code: 1.03R-DSC-2(A) Other Subject
Paper Code: NEP 1.04R-AECC-1: Functional Nepali (Communicative)
SEMESTER-2
Paper Code: NEP 2.01R-MIL-1: Modern Nepali Poetry and Drama
Paper Code: NEP 2.02R-DSC-1(B): Study of Early Poetry and Modern Nepali Drama
Paper Code: 2.03P-DSC-2(B) Other Subject
Paper Code: 2.04P-AECC-2: Environmental Science
SEMESTER-3
Paper Code: 3.01P English-2
Paper Code: NEP 3.02R DSC-2C: Study of Nepali Novel and Short Stories
Paper Code: 3.03P DSC-2©Other Subject
Paper Code: NEP 3.04R SEC-1: Art of Composition Editing, and Proof Reading
SEMESTER-4
Paper Code:NEP 4.01R MIL-2: Nepali Novel,Essay, Grammar and Composition
Paper Code: 4.02R DSC-1(D): Literary Criticism and History of North- Eastern Nepali literature
Paper Code 4.03P DSC-2(D)Other Subject
Paper Code: NEP 4.04R SEC-2: News Collection and Reporting.
SEMESTER-5
Paper Code: NEP 5.01RDSE-1(A) Nepali Folk literature and Culture
Paper Code: 5.02P DSE -2(A) Other Subject
Paper Code: NEP 5.03R GE-1: Comparative Study of Nepali and Assamese literature
Paper Code: NEP 5.04R SEC-3: Eco-Tourism and Management.
SEMESTER-6
Paper Code: NEP 6.01R DSE-1(B): Eastern and Western Literary Theory and Philosophy
Paper Code 6.02P DSE-2(B)-Other Subject
Paper Code: NEP 6.03R-GE-2: Theoretical Perspective of Language and Linguistics
Paper Code: NEP 6.04R SEC-4: Computer Literacy and Skill Enhancement.
SYLLABUS IN DETAIL
SEMESTER-1
Paper Code: NEP 1.02R, DSC-1A

Paper Title: History of Nepali Language and script
External Marks: 80, Internal Marks: 20
Credit: Lecture=5, Tutorial=1
Unit-1: Language: Meaning, Defination, Charactaristics, verities of language =20 marks
Unit-2: Origin and Development of Nepali Script , =20 marks

Features of Debanagari Scripts
Unit-3: Difference between Language and Dialects, Dialect of Nepali Language = 20 Marks
Unit-4: Semantic Changes in Nepali Language =20 Marks
Suggested Readings:
1 Nepali Bhasako Utpatti Ra Bikash : Chudamani Bandhhu

2 Bhasa Bigyan Ra Nepali Bhasa : Mohanraj Sharma, Krisnahari Baral
3 Samanya Ra Prayogik Bhasa Bigyan : Netraprasad Poudel
4 Nepali Bhasa Parichaya : Deviprasad Goutam
5 Bhasa Bigyan Abam Bhasa Sastra : Dr. Kapildev Dwibed
6 Bhasa Pradip : Tarapati Upadhyaya
Paper Code: NEP 1.04R - AECC-1

Paper Title: Functional Nepali (Communicative)
Credit -2
Total Marks:50
Unit-1: Introduction to Phonology: 20 Marks
Introduction to Alphabets and Phonemes, Exercise of Articulation, Special Phonological and Morphological
Features of the Language
Unit-2: Introduction to Morphology: 10 Marks
Introduction to Vocabulary and Word-Typology: Pragmatics in Interactions
Introduction to Personal Pronouns, Kinship Terms, Numeral Classifiers: Pragmatics
Application of Case-marker and Tense-marker: Pragmatics
Unit-3: Introduction to Syntax: 10 Marks
Introduction to Sentence Construction and Pragmatics in Social Contexts
Unit-4: Practice of Translation and Composition: 10 Marks
Translation From Source Language to Target Language
Practice of Composition and Writing Skill.
Suggested Readings:
1. Adarsha Nepali Vyakaran : Tarapati and Drona Upadhyaya
2. Madhyamik Nepali Vyakaran : Ghanashyam Nepal and Kavita Lama
3. Nepali Suddha Lekhan : : Edt.Abikeshar Sharma
4. Nepali Bhasa Sikshyan : Dr. Hemangaraj Adhikari
5. Prayogik Bhasa Bigyan : Dr. Yadabprakas Pokhrel
SEMESTER-2
Paper Code: NEP 2.01R-MIL-1
Paper Title: Modern Nepali Poetry and Drama
Credit: Lecture-5, Tutorial-1
External Marks:80, Internal Marks:20
Unit-1: Study of the following Poets and their PoetryText.=20 Marks.
1. Patima Dhakreko Pasaro : Lekhnath Poudel
2 Yatri : Laxmiprasad Devkota
3 Baisakh : Madhav Ghimire
4 Yo Jindagi Khoi Key Jindagi : Haribhakta Katuwal
5 Assam Ra Hamra Purkha : Puspalal Upadhyaya
Unit- 2: Study of the following Poets and Poetry Text = 20 Marks

1 Sirja Auta kagaj ko Itihas Timra Yi Purkhako : Naba Sapkota
2. Ahaban : : Yudhabir Rana
3. Bhikshya : Bhabilal Lamichaney
4. Mero Desh : Chabilal Upadhyaya
5. Kamya (3 No Saga’s 1 to 7 Stanza only) : Bidyapati Dahal
Unit -3 : Study of the ‘NistejTasbir’( One Act Play) : Sherman Thapa = 10 Marks
Unit-4: Textual Study of ‘MutukoVyatha’ :Balakrishna Sama = 30 Marks

.Suggested Readings
1 . Sahitya Manjari : Ed.Dr.L.PParajuli, K.N.sarma and K.P Sarma

2. Lalitya (Bhag-1) : Lekhnath Poudel
3. Bhikhari Kabita Sangraha : Laxmiprasad Devkota
4. Chhabi Kabita Sangraha : Chabilal Upadhyaya
5. Usha Manjari : Puspalal Upadhyaya
6 Yo JIndagi Khoi Key Jindagi : Haribhakta Katuwal
7 Kamya (KhandaKabya) : Bidyapati Dahal
8. Panch Paatey : Sherman Thapa
9. Samka Dukhanta Natya Chetana : Balakrishna Sama
Paper Code: NEP 2.02R-DSC-1(B)

Paper Title: Study of Early Nepali Poetry and Modern Nepali Drama
Credit: Lecture-5, Tutorial-1
Unit-1: Textual analysis of following poets and their poetry = 20 Marks
Prithwinarayan : Subananda Das

Krishna Charitra : Basanta Sharma
Prasnottari : Bhanubhakta Acharya
TungnaBhajan : Gyandil Das.
Unit-2 : Study of Early Nepali Poets and their Poetry from North-East India = 20 Marks
Achhamko Sabai : Krishnabahadur Udas

Hanuman RavanSambad : Padmaprasad Dhungana
Geetmala : Harinarayan Upadhyaya‘Bidyabhusan’
Matribhasa : Ramprasad Upadhyaya
Unit-4: BalakrisnaSama and his Drama “Prahlad”= 40Marks
Suggested Readings:
1. Sahitya Manjari : Ed.L.P.Parjuli, K. N. Sarma, K.PSarma

2 Nepali Sahityako Itihas (PrathamKhanda) : Ed.Chudamani Bandhu
4 Prathamik KalinKavi Ra Kabita : Keshavprasad Upadhyaya
4 Sabai Ra LahariKavya Sangraha : Ed.Bhimkanta Upadhyaya
5. Samko Dukhanta Natya Chetana : Keshavprasad Upadhyaya
6. Sama Ra SamakaKriti : Taranath Sarma
7 Asameli Nepali KabitaYatra : Ed.Naba Sapkota
SEMESTER- 3
Paper Code: NEP 3.02R, DSC-2C
Paper Title: Study of Nepali Novel and Short Stories
External Marks: 80, Tutorial:20
Unit-1: Nepali Novel =20 Marks
Comprehensive Study on Lainasing Wangdel and his Novel “LangadakoSathi”
Unit- 2 : Nepali Novel =20 Marks
Comprehensive Study on Lilbahadur Chhetry and his Novel

“Brahmaputrako chhew chhaw”
Unit-3 : Short Stories =20 Marks
A Bida : Guruprasad Mainali.

B Machha ko Mol : Shivakumar Rai
C Gorkhako Model : Hariprasad Gorkha Rai
D Manchhey Fagat Manchhey : Arjun Niroula.
Unit-4 : Short Stories =20 Marks
A. Raatbhari Huri Chalyo : Indrabahadur Rai

B. Chhata : Shivakumar Rai
C. Pabitra : B.P. Koirala
D. Bishou Satabdiki Monalisa : Bikrambir Thapa
Suggested Readings:
1. Hariprasad Rai ka Kathaharu : Hariprasad Gorkha Rai

2. Jhyalbata : Iswar Baral
3. Nepali Sahitya Manjari : Ed. L.P.Parajuli, K.N.sarma,K.P.sarma
4. Naso : Guruprasad Mainali
5 Upanyaska Adharharu: : Indrabahadur Rai
6 Darjeelingka Nepali Upanyas : Dr.Mohan p. Dahal
Parampara Ra Prabritti
Paper Code: NEP 3.04R, SEC-1
Paper Title: Art of Composition, Editing and Proof-reading
Credit: Lecture-2
Total Marks: 50
Unit-1: Definition of Composition and Editing, Writing Process and Art of Writing, What is
Editing? Purpose of Editing, Benefits of Editing, Drafting in Writing, Difference between
Editing and Proof-reading, Difference between Writing and Editing, Ways to Edit,
Importance of Copy Editing (Theoretical Perspectives)=25Marks
Unit-2: What is Proof-reading? Why Proof-reading? Importance of Proof-reading, Proof-

reading Symbols, Proof reader, the Proof-reading process (on the basis of practical and
exercise)=25 Marks
Suggested Readings:
1. Uchchatar Madhyamik Nepali Vyakaran : Ghanashyam Nepal and Kabita Lama
2. Nepali BhasaShikshyan : Dr.Hemangaraj Adhikari
3. Comprehend and Compose, Part-1 &II : Geetha Nagarjun
4. Effective Writing : Christopher Turk & John Kirkman
5. Doing Creative Writing : Steve May
SEMESTER-4
Paper Code: NEP 4.01R MIL-2
Paper Title: Nepali Novel,Essay,Grammar and Composition
Unit-I:Novel= 30 Marks
A. Introduction of the Nepali Novelist Rupnarayan Sing and

his Contribution to the Nepali Novel
B. Textual Study of his Novel “Bhramar”
Unit-2: Essay =30Marks.
1 Panchota Chahiney Kura : Laxmiprasad Devkota

2. Jiban Ra Sahitya : Ramkrishna Sarma
3. Mahapurus Ko Sangat : Bhairab Aryal
4. Hamro Shabda Bhandar Ek Bichar : Dr. Kumar Pradhan
5. Tagaro : Chandrakumar Sharma
6. Pipalko Chhahari : Krishnaprasad Gyawali
Unit-3 : Grammar =10 Marks
(Kriya,Linga, Sandhi,Samas,Karak,Abyaya)
Unit-4: Essay Writing = 10 Marks

(On Present Socio-Political Issue, Environmental and Bio-diversity)
Suggested Readings:
Jay Bhudi : Bhairab Aryal

Sahitya Manjari : Ed. Dr..L.P. Parajuli, K.Sarma ,K.P.Sarma
Adhunik Nepali Upanyas : Mohan P. Dahal
4 Madhyamik Nepali Vyakaran : Ghanasyam Nepal and Kabita Lama
5 Sama Ra Samaka Kriti : Kesab Pd. Upadhyaya
6 Nepali Adarsha Vyakaran : Tarapati Upadhyayaand Drona Upadhyaya
Paper Code: NEP 4.02R DSC-1(D)

Paper Title: Literary Criticism and History of North –Eastern Nepali
Literature
External Marks: 80, Internal Marks: 20
Unit-1: What is Short Story, Characteristics, Elements of Short Story =20 Marks.
Unit-2:Define Drama, Aristotelian Concept, Elements of Drama, Tragedy, Comedy, Humor

=20Marks.
Unit-3: Define Poetry and Novel, Elements of Poetry and Novel =20Marks
.
Unit-4: Historical Study of North-Eastern Nepali Literature = 20 Marks
.
Suggested Readings:
1. An Introduction To The Study of Literature : H. Hudson

2. Paschatya Samalochanako Saidhantik Parichaya (vol. 1 and 2 ) : BasudevTripathi
3. Paschatya Kavya Sidhanta : AbhiSubedi
4. Paschatya Samalochana Sidhanta : Bidyapati Dahal
5. Bharatiya Nepali Katha : Ed. Abinash Shrestha
6. Asameli Nepali Kabita Yatra : Ed.Naba Sapkota
7. Sarsarti Padda : Bhimkanta Upadhyaya

PaperTitle:News Collection and Reporting
Credit: Lecture-2
Total Marks:50
Unit-1:Concept of News, Definition of News, Elements of News Structure of News Value of News
=25Marks.
Unit-2: Role of Reporter, Qualification, Sources of News and Varieties of News = 25Marks.
Suggested Readings:
1 Patra karitaki Kaljayi Parampara Kamaleswar
2. SamacharLekhan P.K.Arya
3 SamacharAbamPrarupLekhan Dr.Ram Prkash, Dr.Dinesh Kr. Gupta

SEMESTER-5
PaperCode : NEP 5.01R, DSE-1(A)
Paper Title: Nepali Folk Literature and Nepali Culture
Credit: 6 (Lecture-5, Tutorial-
External Marks: 80, Internal Marks:20
Unit-1: Folklore – Meaning, Definition, Scope, its Structure and Origin = 20 Marks
Unit-2: Nepali Folklore, Classification, Relationship between Creative Writing and Folklore
= 20Marks
Unit-3: Folk Song, its Definition, Nepali Folk Songs and its Varieties = 20Marks
Unit-4: Nepali Folk Culture and Nepali Festival and Traditional Costumes = 20 Marks
Suggested Readings:
1 Nepali Jana Sahitya : Kajiman Kandangwa

2 Nepali Loksahityako Bibechana : Dharmaraj Thapa ,Hangsapure Subedi
3 Nepali LokaSahitya : Chudamani Bandhu
4 Nepali Sanskriti :Hamro Astwitwa : Yudhabir Rana
5 Nepali Loka Sanskritiko Ruparekha : Khemraj Nepal
6. Nirman (Sanskriti Bisesanka) : Ed. Paban chamling“Kiran”
7. Nepali Sanskritisudha : Ed. Hiranya Ghimire
Paper Code: NEP 5.03R, GE-1

Paper Title: Study of Comparative Nepali and Assamese Literature
Credit:6 (Lecture-5, Toturial-1)
External Marks:80, Internal Marks-20
Unit-1: Theoretical Introduction, Origin of Comparative Literature, Development of Comparative

Literature, Types of Comparative Study =20 Marks
Unit-2: Problems of Comparative Study, Role of Translation in Comparative Study = 20 Marks

.
Unit-3: Comparative Study of Nepali Bhaktikaland Assamese Baishnav Sahitya = 20 Marks.
Unit-4: Comparative Study between Assamese Short Story writer Laxmi Nath Bezbaruaand Modern
Nepali Essay writer Laxmiprasad Devkoata = 20Marks
Suggested Reading
1 Tulanatmak Sahitya : Dr.Indrabilas Adhikari
2. Tulanatmak Bharatiya Pariprekshya : Dr.Indranath Choudhary
3 Asamiya Sahityako Parichayatmak Itihas : Badri Guragain
4 Purani Asamiya Sahitya : Banikanta Kakati
5 Asamiya Sahityar Itihas : Ramesh Pathak
6 Asamiya Aru Nepali Bhasa-SahityaSanskriti : Ed.Rudra Baral
7 Nepali Sahityat Alokpat : Ed. Rudra Baral
Paper Title: Eco –Tourism and Management
Credit: 2
External Marks: 50
Unit-1: Meaning and Aims of Eco-Tourism, Types of Eco-Tourism, Nature Friendly Tourism, Activities of
Eco-Tourism, Scope of Self-Employability, Advantages, Management and Eco-Tourism Guide, Sustainable
Eco-Tourism, Principle of Eco-Tourism (Theoretical Perspectives)= 25 Marks
Unit-2: Practical and Field Report Submission = 25 Marks
SEMESTER-6
Paper Code: 6.01R, DSE-1(B)
Paper Title: Eastern and Western Literary Theory and Philosophy
Unit-1: Eastern Literary Theory : = 20 Marks
A. Kabya Hetu and Kabya Prayojan

B. Meaning, Definition of Alangkar and its Types
Unit-2: = 20 Marks
A. Introduction of Rasa and Nava Rasa

B. Introduction of Shabda Shakti
Unit-3: Western Philosophy: = 20 Marks

Classicism , Romanticism, Realism, Existentialism
Unit-4: Marxism, Modernism, Feminism, Imagination and Coleridge = 20 Marks
Suggested Readings:
1. Purbiya Ra Paschatya Sahitya Sidhanta : DR. Khagendraprasad Luitel

2. Sahitya Prakash : Keshabprasad Upadhyaya
3. Paschatya Samalochana Ra Pramukh Bad : Bidyapati Dahal
4. Paschatya Kehi Pramukh Bad : Kumerbahadur Joshi
5. Uchcha Madyamik Nepali Vyakaran Ra Rachana : Ghanshyam Nepal, Kabita Lama
6. Purbiya Abam Paschatya Sahitya Samalochana:
Pramukh Manyata, Bad Ra Pranali : Iswarkumar Shrestha
Paper Code: NEP 6.03R,-GE-2

Paper: Theoretical Perspective of Language and Linguistics
Credit 6 (Lecture-5, Tutorial-1)
External Marks-80, Internal Marks-20
Unit-1: Linguistics as a science, Scope of Linguistics, Branches of linguistics, Importance of Linguistics

= 20 Marks
Unit-2:Indo-European Language and Origin of Nepali Language = 20 Marks

Unit- 3 : What is Phonology, Phone, Phonem, Allophone, Stress, Syllable Juncture Pitch
= 20 Marks
Unit-4: What is Morphology, Morpheme, Morph and Allomorph, Division of Morpheme,

Bound Base and Root Compound =20 Marks
Suggested Readings:
1. A Course in Modern Linguistics : C.F. Hackett

2. An Introductory Text Book of Linguistics and Phonetics : R.L. Varshney
3 Nepali Bhasako Utpatti : Chudamani Bandhu
3 Bhasa Pradip : Tarapati Upadhyaya
5 Dhwani Bigyan Ra Nepali Bhasa ko Dhwani Paricha : Dr. Madhav Pokhrel
6 Nepali Bhasa Ra Sahitya : Balakrishna Pokhrel
7 Bhasa Bigyan Ra Nepali Bhasa : Mohanraj Sarma ,K. H. Baral
Paper Code: NEP 6.04R, SEC -4

Paper Title: Computer Literacy and Skill Enhancement
Credit-2
Total Marks:50
Unit-1: Concept of Computation of Language, Process of Documentation, Processing of Natural Language,
Digitations and Animation, Choreography and Photo Editing (Theory and practical)
=25 Marks
Unit-2: Typing in UCS (Unicode) Font like Hindi, Nepali, Assamese and Bengali or Ramdhenu Font,
Page Setting Editing, Formatting, Layout (Practical) =25Marks.
BODOLAND UNIVERSITY, KOKRAJHAR
UG LEVEL SYLLABUS FOR HONOURS COURSE IN BENGALI
Under CBCS (Choice Based Credit System) and Continuous Assessment & Grading Pattern (CAGP)
COURSE CODE AND TITLE
SEMESTER – 1
BEN 1. 01C : History of Bengali Literature (Old & Medieval period)
BEN 1. 02C : Text (Manasamangal, Vaishnava Padavali, Krittivasi Ramayana/ Chaitanya Bhagavat)
BEN 1. 03GE-1 : Bangalir Itihas (Selected topic)
BEN 1.04AECC-1 : Pad Parivartan, Bakya Parivartan, Idioms, Commercial Terminology, Letter writing.
SEMESTER – 2
BEN 2. 01C : History of Bengali Literature (Modern period)1
BEN 2. 02C : History of Bengali Literature (Modern period)2
BEN 2. 03GE-2 : Ganagyapan.
SEMESTER – 3
BEN 3. 01C : 19th Century selected text (Neeldarpan-Dinobandhu Mitra, Meghnadbadh Kavya-
Madhusudan Dutta Anandamath-Bankimchandra Chattopadhyay, )
BEN 3. 02C : Bhasar itibritto O Bhashatatta.
BEN 3. 03C : Unit-1 Chanda,Unit-2 Alankar, Unit-3 Literary Term (Gitikovita, Novel, Short Story,
Drama, Essay),
BEN 3. 04SEC-1 : Applied Bengali. Proof reading, News Writing,Report writing, Book & Drama Review.
BEN 3. 05GE-3 : Abyakta -Jagadishchandra Basu(Selected) , Professor Sanku -Satyajit Ray (Selected)
SEMESTER – 4
BEN 4. 01C : Rabindra literature-1.Unit-1, Sanchayita (Selected), Unit-2, Muktadhara, Unit-3, Ghore-
Baire.
BEN 4. 02C : Rabindra literature-2. Unit-1, Galpoguccha (Selected), Unit-2, Jeevansmriti (Selected)
Unit-3, Sishu Bholanath (Selected)
BEN 4. 03C : World Literature. Unit-1, Abhigyan Sakuntalam / Macbeth, Unit-2, Bharatjora Golpokatha
(Selected), Unit-3, Brief history of Axomiya / Bodo literature.
BEN 4. 04SEC-2 : Translation. Unit-1, Translation Theory, Unit-2, Practical Translation.
BEN 4. 05GE-4 : Essay writing.
SEMESTER – 5
BEN 5. 01C : Literary criticism. Unit-1, Kavyajigyasha (Dhwani, Ras), Unit-2, Poetics (Tragedy, Epic),
Unit-3, Contemporary literary trends (Marxian literary criticism, Readers-response criticism, Feminism,
Post colonialism.
BEN 5. 02C : : Bengali literature of N.E India. Unit-1Uttar Purber Bangla Kabita (Selected), Unit-2 Uttar
Purber Bangla Golpo (Selected), Unit-3 Sukhranjaner Nathipatra- Prodyut Chakraborty.
BEN 5. 03DSE-1 : Children Literature. Unit-1, Dakshinaranjan Mitra Majumdar- Thakurmar Jhuli
(Selected), Unit-2, Sukumar Roy- Ha ja ba ra la, Unit-3, Ananindranath Thakur – Buro Angla.
BEN 5. 04DSE-2 : Folk Literature. Unit-1: Lokosahitya(Defination, Nature & Characteristics), Unit-2:
Chara, Geeti, Prabad, Unit-3: Maimansingha Geetika (Selected)
SEMESTER – 6
BEN 6. 01C : Rabindra paraborti Bangla Sahitya. Unit-1, Buddhadeb Bose- Adhunik bangle Kabita
(Selected), Unit-2, Nirbachita Bangla Galpo (Selected) / Salil Sen- Natun Ihudi.
BEN 6. 02C : Bangla Probondho. Unit-1, Jibanananda Das- Kobitar Katha (Selected), Unit-2, Dusho
Bochorer Bangla Probondho (Vol -1) (Selected)
BEN 6. 03DSE-3 : Autobiography & Biography. Unit-1, Rassundari Devi – Amar Jeevan, Unit-2, Sibnath
Shastri – Ramtanu Lahiri O Tatkalin Bongosamaj (Selected) / Sujit Chaudhury – Harano din Harano
manush (Selected)
BEN 6. 04DSE-4 : Project/Dissertation work.

UG LEVEL SYLLABUS FOR REGULAR COURSE IN BENGALI
SEMESTER – 1
BEN 1. DSC-1 A : History of Bengali Literature (Old & Medieval period)
BEN 1.04AECC-1 : Pad Parivartan, Bakya Parivartan, Idioms, Commercial Terminology, Letter
writing.
SEMESTER – 2
BEN 2. DSC-1 B : History of Bengali Literature (Modern period)
BEN 2. MIL-1 : Unit-1, Alaler Ghorer Dulal – Payarichand Mitra, Unit-2, Sishu Bholanath –
Rabindranath Tagore (Selected)
SEMESTER – 3
BEN 3. DSC-1 C : Selected Readings Unit-1, Anandamath – Bankimchandra Chattopadhyay, Unit-2,
Adhunik Bangla Kobita – Buddhadeb Basu. (Selected)
BEN 3. SEC-1 : Ganagyapon-1
SEMESTER – 4
BEN 4. 01C DSC-1 D : Selected Readings (Tagore’s Literature). Unit-1, Sancahyita
(Selected)Unit-2, Muktadhara. Unit-3,Galpoguccha (Selected)
BEN 4. MIL-2 : Unit-1, Padmanadir Majhi – Manik Bandapadhyay. Unit-2, Nirbachita Bangla
Galpo. (Selected)
SEMESTER – 5
BEN 5. SEC-3 : Applied Bengali. Unit-1, Proof reading, News Writing. Unit-2, Report writing,
Book & Drama Review.
BEN 5. DSE-1: Children Literature Unit-1, Dakshinaranjan Mitra Majumdar- Thakurmar Jhuli
(Selected) Unit-2, Sukumar Roy- Ha ja ba ra la
BEN 5. GE-1 : Bangalir Itihas (Selected topic)
SEMESTER – 6
BEN 6. SEC-4 : Translation. Unit-1, Translation Theory, Unit-2, Practical Translation.
BEN 6. DSE-3: Autobiography & Biography. Unit-1, Rassundari Devi – Amar Jeevan.
Unit-2, Sibnath Shastri – Ramtanu Lahiri O Tatkalin Bongosamaj (Selected)
BEN 6. GE-2 : Project/Dissertation work.

UG LEVEL SYLLABUS FOR REGULAR COURSE IN BENGALI
SEMESTER – 1
BEN 1. DSC-1 A : History of Bengali Literature (Old & Medieval period)
BEN 1.04AECC-1 : Pad Parivartan, Bakya Parivartan, Idioms, Commercial Terminology, Letter
writing.
SEMESTER – 2
BEN 2. DSC-1 B : History of Bengali Literature (Modern period)
BEN 2. MIL-1 : Unit-1, Alaler Ghorer Dulal – Payarichand Mitra, Unit-2, Sishu Bholanath –
Rabindranath Tagore (Selected)
SEMESTER – 3
BEN 3. DSC-1 C : Selected Readings Unit-1, Anandamath – Bankimchandra Chattopadhyay, Unit-2,
Adhunik Bangla Kobita – Buddhadeb Basu. (Selected)
1/2
SEMESTER – 4
BEN 4. 01C DSC-1 D : Selected Readings (Tagore’s Literature). Unit-1, Sancahyita
(Selected)Unit-2, Muktadhara. Unit-3,Galpoguccha (Selected)
BEN 4. MIL-2 : Unit-1, Padmanadir Majhi – Manik Bandapadhyay. Unit-2, Nirbachita Bangla
Galpo. (Selected)
SEMESTER – 5
BEN 5. SEC-3 : Applied Bengali. Unit-1, Proof reading, News Writing. Unit-2, Report writing,
Book & Drama Review.
BEN 5. DSE-1: Children Literature Unit-1, Dakshinaranjan Mitra Majumdar- Thakurmar Jhuli
(Selected) Unit-2, Sukumar Roy- Ha ja ba ra la
BEN 5. GE-1 : Bangalir Itihas (Selected topic)
SEMESTER – 6
BEN 6. SEC-4 : Translation. Unit-1, Translation Theory, Unit-2, Practical Translation.
BEN 6. DSE-3: Autobiography & Biography. Unit-1, Rassundari Devi – Amar Jeevan.
Unit-2, Sibnath Shastri – Ramtanu Lahiri O Tatkalin Bongosamaj (Selected)
BEN 6. GE-2 : Project/Dissertation work.
2/2
ANTHROPOLOGY
UNDER GRADUATE
CURRICULUM
UNDER
2015
OVERVIEW OF CURRICULUM
I. Core course
Year Semester Paper No. Title of Paper
I ANTH-101 Introduction to Biological Anthropology
First ANTH-102 Introduction to Socio-cultural Anthropology
II ANTH-201 Archaeological Anthropology
ANTH-202 Fundamentals of Human Origin & Evolution
III ANTH-301 Tribes and Peasants in India
ANTH-302 Human Ecology: Biological & Cultural dimensions
Second ANTH-303 Biological Diversity in Human Populations
IV ANTH-401 Theories of Culture and Society
ANTH-402 Human Growth and Development
ANTH-403 Research Methods
V ANTH-501 Human Population Genetics
Third ANTH-502 Anthropology in Practice
VI ANTH-601 Forensic Anthropology
ANTH-602 Anthropology of India
II. Elective Course

A. Discipline Specific B. Generic Elective/Interdisciplinary
Two each in Semester V and VI. To be chosen from the One each in Semester I, II, III and IV. To be
following. chosen from the following.
DSE-1: Physiological Anthropology GE-1: Health science
DSE-2: Sports and Nutritional Anthropology GE-2: Home science
DSE-3: Human Genetics GE-3: Biotechnology
DSE-4: Neuro Anthropology GE-4: Psychology
DSE-5: Forensic Dermatoglyphics GE-5: Animation and Visual Graphics
DSE-6: Paleoanthropology GE-6: Interior Design
DSE-7: Anthropology of Religion, Politics and economy GE-7: Economics
DSE-8: Tribal Cultures of India GE-8: Environmental Science
DSE-9: Indian Archaeology GE-9: Fashion Design
DSE-10: Visual Anthropology GE-10: Food Technology
DSE-11: Fashion Anthropology GE-11: Forestry
DSE-12: Demographic Anthropology GE-12: Neuro Science
DSE-13: Urban Anthropology GE-13: Physical Education
DSE-14: Anthropology of Health GE-14: Tourism Administration
DSE-15: Dissertation (in Semester VI only) GE-15: Insurance and Banking
GE-16: Journalism and Mass Communication
GE-17: BCA
GE-18: BBA
GE-19: Hotel Management
GE-20: BBA (Health Care Management)
GE-21: Marine Science
III. Ability Enhancement Course
1.Ability Enhancement Compulsory 2. Ability Enhancement Elective (Skill Based)
One each in Semester I and II. One each in Semester III and IV. To be chosen
AECC-1:Enviornmental Science from the following.
AECC-2: English/MIL Communication AEEC-1: Public Health and Epidemiology
The college will have an option to take AEEC-2:Business and Corporate Anthropology
either of the two papers in a particular AEEC-3:Media Anthropology
Semester (I or II), while the students have AEEC-4:Tourism Anthropology
to appear in both the papers.
CORE PAPRES
Credits: Papers X (Theory +Practical) = 14 X (4+2) = 84
ANTH-101: Introduction to Biological Anthropology
Theory Credit- 4
Unit I: History and development of understanding human variation and evolutionary

thought. Theories of evolution.
1. Human variation and evolution in ancient times pre-19th and post-19th Century.
2. Theories of evolution. Lamarckism, Neo Lamarckism, Darwinism, Synthetic
theory, Mutation and Neo-Mutation theory.
Unit II: History of Physical Anthropology and development of Modern Biological
anthropology, aim, scope and its relationship with allied disciplines.
1. Difference in the approaches of modern and traditional Biological Anthropology,
with emphasis on human evolution.
Unit III: Non human primates in relation to human evolution
1. Classification and characteristics of living primates.
2. Comparative anatomy and behaviour of human and non-human primates.
3. Significance of non-human primate study in Biological Anthropology.
Unit IV: Great divisions of humanity
1. A comparative account of various racial classifications (Hooton, Deniker, Risley and
Guha)
2. UNESCO Statement on Race.
3. Recent understanding of human biological categories in the context of human genome
research.
Practical Credit-2
Somatometry
1. Maximum head length 9. Physiognomic facial height
2. Maximum head breadth 10. Morphological facial height
3. Minimum frontal breadth 11. Physiognomic upper facial height
4. Maximum bizygomatic breadth 12. Morphological upper facial height
5. Bigonial breadth 13. Head circumference
6. Nasal height 14. Stature
7. Nasal length 15. Sitting height
8. Nasal breadth 16. Body weight
Somatoscopy
1. Head form 2. Hair form 3. Facial form 4. Eye form
5. Nose form 6. Hair colour 7. Eye colour 8. Skin colour
Suggested Readings
1. Jurmain R., Kilgore L., Trevathan W., Ciochon R.L. (2012). Introduction to Physical
Anthropology. Wadsworth Publ., USA
2. Krober A. L. (1948). Anthropology. Oxford & IBH Publishing Co., New Delhi.
3. Stanford C., Allen J.S. and Anton S.C. (2010). Exploring Biological Anthropology. The
Essentials. Prentice Hall Publ, USA.
4. Statement on Race: Annotated Elaboration and Exposition of the Four Statements on
Race (1972). Issued by UNESCO. Oxford University Press.
ANTH-102 Introduction to Socio-cultural Anthropology
Theory Credit- 4
Unit I:
Anthropological perspective and orientation; Scope and relevance of Social Anthropology;
Relationship of Social Anthropology with other disciplines
Unit II:
Concepts of society and culture; status and role; groups and institution, social stratification,
and civil society
Unit III:
Social fact; social action; social conflict; social system
Unit IV:
Theory and practice of ethnographic fieldwork; survey research; comparative and historical
methods
Practical Credit- 2
Methods and Techniques of Social Anthropology: The practical will include the following
techniques and methods in collection of data in Social Anthropology.
1. Observation
2. Interview
3. Questionnaire and Schedule
4. Case study
5. Life history
Suggested Readings
1. Beattie J. (1964). Other Cultures. London: Cohen & West Limited.

2. Bernard H.R. (1940). Research Methods in Cultural Anthropology. Newbury Park: Sage
Publications.
3. Davis K. (1981). Human Society. New Delhi: Surjeet Publications.
4. Delaney C. (2004). ‘Orientation and disorientation’ In Investigating Culture: An
Experiential Introduction to Anthropology. Wiley-Blackwell.
5. Ember C. R. et al. (2011). Anthropology. New Delhi: Dorling Kindersley.
6. Ferraro G. and Andreatta S. (2008). In Cultural Anthropology: An Applied Perspective.
Belmont: Wadsworth.
7. Karen O’reilly. (2012). ‘Practical Issues in Interviewing’ Ethnographic Methods.
Abingdon: Routledge
8. Lang G. (1956). ‘Concept of Status and Role in Anthropology: Their Definitions and
Use. The American Catholic Sociological Review.17(3): 206-218
9. O’reilly K. (2012). Ethnographic Methods. Abingdon: Routledge.
10. Parsons T. (1968). The Structure of Social Action. New York: Free Press
11. Rapport N. and Overing J. (2004). Key Concepts in Social and Cultural Anthropology.
London: Routledge.
12. Royal Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland (1971). ‘Methods’ In Notes
and Queries on Anthropology. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul Ltd.
ANTH-201 Archaeological Anthropology
Theory Credit- 4
Unit I: Introduction
 Definition and scope of archaeological anthropology
 Relation with other disciplines
 Methods of studying archaeological anthropology
Unit II: Methods of Estimation of Time and Reconstruction of the Past
 Absolute dating methods
 Relative dating methods
 Methods of climatic reconstruction: palynology, paleontology, soil pH estimation.
Unit III: Geochronology of Pleistocene Epoch
 Glacial and Interglacial
 Pluviation and Inter Pluviation
 Different types of geoclimatic events
Unit IV: Understanding Culture
 Technique of tool manufacture and estimation of their relative efficiency
 Classification of tools: primary and combination fabrication techniques
 Typology and cultural nomenclature
Unit V: Earliest Evidence of Culture in the World
 Konso, Olorgesailie, Olduvai Gorge
 Pirro Nord, Dmanisi
 Attirampakkam, Isampur
Practical Credit- 2
Typo-technological Analysis of Prehistoric Tools: Identification, Interpretation and

Drawings of the tool Types
1. Core Tool Types
2. Flake Tool Types
3. Blade Tool Types
4. Microlithic Tool Type
5. Neolithic Tool Type
Suggested Readings
1. Allchin and Allchin (1993). The Rise of Civilization of India and Pakistan. Cambridge
University Press
2. Bhattacharya D.K. (1978). Emergence of Culture in Europe, Delhi, B.R. Publication.
3. Bhattacharya D.K. (1979). Old Stone Age Tools and Techniques. Calcutta, K.P. Bagchi
Company
4. Bhattacharya D.K. (1996). Palaeolithic Europe. Netherlands, Humanities Press.
5. Champion et al. (1984). Prehistoric Europe. New York, Academic Press.
6. Fagan B.M. (1983). People of Earth: An Introduction. Boston, Little, Brown & Company.
7. Phillipson D. W. (2005). African Archaeology. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.
8. Sankalia H.D. (1964). Stone Age Tools. Poona Deccan College
ANTH-202 Fundamentals of Human Origin & Evolution
Theory Credit- 4
Unit-I:
Primate origins and radiation with special reference to Miocene hominoids: Ramapithecus,
distribution, features and their phylogenetic relationships.
Unit-II:
1. Australopithecines: distribution, features and their phylogenetic relationships.
2. Appearance of genus Homo (Homo habilis) and related finds.
Unit-III:
Homo erectus from Asia, Europe and Africa: Distribution, features and their phylogenetic
status.
Unit-IV:
The origin of Homo sapiens: Fossil evidences of Neanderthals and Archaic Homo sapiens
sapiens
Unit-V:
Origin of modern humans (Homo sapiens sapiens): Distribution and features
Unit-VI:
Hominisation process
Practical Credit- 2
1. Craniometry: Maximum cranial length Maximum cranial breadth
Maximum bizygomatic breadth Maximum frontal breadth
Minimum frontal breadth Nasal height
Nasal breadth Bi-mastoid breadth
Greatest occipital breadth Upper facial height
Cranial index Nasal index
2. Osteometry: Measurements of long bones: lengths, minimum/least circumference and
caliber index
3. Identification of casts of fossils of family hominidae: Drawing and comparison of
characteristics.
Suggested Readings
1. Buettner-Janusch, J. (1966). Origins of Man: Physical Anthropology. John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., New York, London, Sydney.
2. Conroy, G.C. (1997). Reconstructing Human Origins: A Modern Synthesis. W. W.
Norton & Company, New York, London.
3. Howell F.C. (1977). Horizons of Anthropology. Eds. S. Tax and L.G. Freeman, Aldine
Publishing House, Chicago.
4. Nystrom P. and Ashmore P. (2011). The Life of Primates. PHI Learning Private Limited,
New Delhi.
5. Seth P. K. and Seth S. (1986). The Primates. Northern Book Centre, New Delhi,
Allahabad.
6. Singh I. P. and Bhasin M.K. (1989). Anthropometry: A Laboratory Manual on Biological
Anthropology. Kamla-Raj Enterprises, Chawri Bazar, Delhi.
7. Standford C.; Allen J.S. and Anton S.C. (2012). Biological Anthropology: The Natural
History of Mankind. PHI Learning Private Limited, New Delhi.
8. Swindler D. R. (2009). Introduction to the Primates. Overseas Press India Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi.
ANTH-301 Tribes and Peasants in India

Theory Credit- 4
Unit I: Anthropological Concept of Tribe
1. Problems of nomenclature, definition and classification.
2. Features of tribes in India.
Unit II: Tribes and Wider world.
1. The history of tribal administration; Constitutional safeguards
2. Draft National Tribal Policy, Issues of acculturation assimilation and integration. Impact
of development schemes and programme on tribal life
Unit III: Anthropological Concept of Village
1. The concept of peasantry.
2. Approaches to the study of peasants – economic, political and cultural.
3. Characteristics of Indian village: social organization; economy and changes.
4. Caste system and changes.
Unit IV
Ethnicity Issues: Tribal and peasant, movements; Identity issues
Practical Credit- 2
Reading of Ethnography: Students are required to read and analyze any two of the
ethnographies (as listed below) and prepare a report based upon it. The report should clearly
link up the study with the concept of tribe and peasantry and delineate clearly the concept
used in the text.
1. Research questions/objectives of the study and their relevance.
2. Theoretical schema.
3. Methods and techniques used in the study.
4. Key findings and their significance in the context of the objectives of the study.
5. Critical analysis of the finding on the basis of contemporary available resources.
List of Ethnographies:
 Walker A. (1986). The Todas. Delhi : Hindustan Publishing Corporation Verrier Elwin
(1992). The Muria and their Ghotul. USA: Oxford University Press.
 Malinowski M. (1922). Argonauts of the Western Pacific. London: Routledge and Kegan
Paul Ltd.
 Furer-Haimendorf C.V. (1939). The Naked Nagas. London: Methuen and Co.
 Evans-Pritchard E.E. (1940). The Nuer: A Description of the Modes of Livelihood and
Political Institutions of a Nilotic People. Oxford : Clarendon Press.
 Majumdar D. N. (1950). Affairs of tribes. Lucknow: Universal Publishers Ltd.
 Dube S.C. (1955). Indian Village. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul Ltd.
 Berreman G.D. (1963). Hindus of the Himalayas. Berkeley: California University Press.
Suggested Readings
1. Gupta D. (1991). Social Stratification. Oxford University Press: Delhi.
2. Madan V. (2002). The Village in India. Oxford University Press: Delhi.
3. Nathan D. (1998). Tribe-Caste Question. Simla: IIAS.
4. National Tribal Policy (draft). (2006). Ministry of Tribal Affairs. Government of India.
5. Patnaik S.M. (1996). Displacement, Rehabilitation and Social change. Inter India
Publication, Delhi.
6. Shah G. (2002). Social Movement and the State. Delhi: Sage.
7. Shanin T. (1987). Peasants and Peasantry. New York, Blackwell.
8. Vidyarthi L.P. and Rai B.K. (1985) Tribal Culture in India, New Delhi, Concept
Publishing Company.
9. Wolf E. (1966). Peasants. NJ, Prentice Hall.
ANTH-302 Human Ecology: Biological & Cultural dimensions
Theory Credit- 4
Biological Dimensions
Unit 1: Concepts in Ecology: Definition, ecosensitivity adaptation, acclimation,
acclimatization, biotic and abiotic component.
Unit II: Methods of studying human ecology.
Unit III: Adaptation to various ecological stresses; Ecological rules and their applicability
to human populations.
Unit IV: Impact of urbanization and industrialization on Man.
Cultural Dimensions
Unit V: Culture as a tool of adaptation; Various modes of human adaptation in pre-state
societies.
i. Hunting and food gathering
ii. Pastoralism
iii. Shifting cultivation
Unit VI: Ecological themes of state formation: i. Neolithic revolution, ii. Hydraulic
civilization
Unit VII: Agriculture and peasantry; Industrial civilization and growth of urban societies
Practical Credit- 2
Biological Dimensions
Size and Shape Measurements
1. Stature 5. Total Lower Extremity Length
2. Sitting Height 6. Nasal Breadth
3. Body Weight 7. Nasal Height
4. Total Upper Extremity Length
Size and Shape Indices
1. Body Mass Index 4. Relative Upper Extremity Length
2. Ponderal Index 5. Relative Total Lower Extremity Length
3. Relative Sitting Height 6. Nasal Index
Cultural Dimensions
1. Make a research design pertaining to any environmental problem and do a project based
on it.
Suggested Reading
1. Human ecology: biocultural adaptation in human communities. (2006) Schutkowski, H.
Berlin. Springer Verlag.
2. Human ecology and cognitive style: comparative studies in cultural and physical
adaptation. (1976).Berry, J.B. New York: John Wiley.
3. Human ecology. (1964) Stapledon. Faber & Faber.
4. Studies in Human Ecology. (1961) Theodorson, G.A. Row, Peterson & Company
Elmsford, New York.
5. Human ecology: (1973) Problems and Solutions. Paul R. Ehrlich, Anne H. Ehrlich and
John P. Holdress.W.H. Freeman & Company, San Francisco.
6. Cohen, Yehudi A. 1968. Man in adaptation; the cultural present. Chicago: Aldine Pub.
Co.
7. Redfield, Robert. (1965). Peasent society and culture an anthropological approach to
civilization. Chicago [u.a.]: Univ. of Chicago Press.
8. Symposium on Man the Hunter, Richard B. Lee, and Irven DeVore. 1969. Man the
hunter. Chicago:Aldine Pub. Co.
ANTH-303 Biological Diversity in Human Populations
Theory Credit- 4
Unit I: Concept of Biological Variability; Race; Hardy-Weinberg Law; Sources of Genetic
Variation; Structuring Genetic Variation; Interpretation of Human Variation,
Genetic Polymorphism (Serological, Biochemical and DNA Markers); Human
Adaptability –Adaptive Mechanisms determining the types of adaptation.
Unit II: A critical appraisal of contribution of Risley, Guha, Rickstett and Sarkar towards
understanding ethnic elements in the Indian populations.
Unit III: Pre and Proto historic racial elements in India. Linguistic classification of Indian
population.
Unit IV: Role of Bio-cultural Factors
Cultural Biology; Bio-cultural factors influencing the diseases and nutritional
status. Evolution of Human diet, biological perspectives of ageing process among
different populations.
Unit V: Demographic Perspective
Demographic Anthropology; Sources of Demographic Data, Demographic
Processes, Demographic profile of Indian populations and its growth structure;
Inbreeding and Consanguinity – Biological consequences of inbreeding, frequency
of inbreeding in world populations; Methods of counselling.
Unit VI: Genetic diversity among Indian Population
Practical Credit- 2
1. Craniometric Measurements (Skull & Mandible)
2. Determination of A1, A2, B, O; M N; and Rh (Test with five Anti-Rh sera) blood groups
of ten subjects.
3. Analysis and interpretation of finger ball pattern types, palmar main lines and pattern
index; Finger print classification and development of chance prints and statistical
treatment of the data collected (Ten Subjects)
4. Collection of demographic data from secondary sources.
Suggested readings:
1. Baker P.T. and J.S. Weiner (ed.) (1996) The Biology of Human Adaptability. Oxford &
New York, Oxford University Press.
2. Bhende A. and T. Kantikar (2006) Principles of Population Studies. Himalayan
Publishing House, Mumbai
3. Bogin B. (1999). Pattern of Human Growth. 2nd edition CUP.
4. Cameron Noel and Barry Bogin (2012) Human Growth and development. Second
edition, Academic Press Elsevier.
5. Eckhardt R.B.(1979) The Study of Human Evolution. McGrand Hill Book Company,
USA.
6. Frisancho R. (1993) Human Adaptation and Accommodation. University of Michigan
press
7. Harrison G.A., Tanner, J.M., Pilbeam, D.R., Baker, P.T. (1988) Human Biology. Oxford
University Press.
8. Jurmain Robert Lynn kilgore Wenda Trevathan and Ciochon (2010). Introduction to
Physical Anthropology. Wadsworth Publishing, USA.
9. Kapoor A.K. and Satwanti Kapoor (ed) (1995). Biology of Highlanders. Jammu, Vinod
10. Kapoor A.K. and Satwanti Kapoor (eds) (2004) India’s Elderly-A Multidisciplinary
Dimension. Mittal Publication, New Delhi.
11. Klepinge L.L. (2006). Fundamentals of Forensic Anthropology. John Willey &
Sons.,New Jersey.
12. Malhotra K.C. and B. Balakrishnan(1996) Human Population Genetics in India
13. Malina Robert M., Claude. Bouchard, Oded. Bar-Or. (2004) Growth, and Physical
Activity. Human Kinetics.
14. Stanford C., Allen, S.J. and Anton, C.S. (2013): Biological Anthropology. 3rd edition,
Pearson, USA.
ANTH-401 Theories of Culture and Society
Theory Credit- 4
Unit I: Emergence of Anthropology: Interface with evolutionary theory and colonialism,
changing perspectives on Evolutionism, Diffusionism and Culture area theories
Unit II: Emergence of fieldwork tradition, Historical Particularism, American Cultural
Tradition
Unit III: Durkheim and social integration, Functionalism and Structural-functionalism and
British Social Anthropology
Unit IV: Structuralism: Claude Levi-Strauss and Edmund Leach
Unit V: Symbolic and Interpretative approach
Practical Credit- 2
As a part of the practical following exercises will be undertaken by the students so as to
enable them to connect the theories they learn with things of everyday living.
1. To identify a topic relating to contemporary issue and formulate research questions and
clearly identify the theoretical perspectives from which they are derived.
2. Identification of variables of a study.
3. Various types of hypotheses.
4. Formulation of hypothesis.
5. Distinction between hypothesis testing and exploratory research.
6. Identification of universe and unit of study with justifications.
7. Choice of appropriate research technique and method in the context of theoretical
framework.
8. Data collection and analysis
Suggested Readings
1. Applebaum H.A. (1987) Perspectives in Cultural Anthropology. Albany: State University
of New York.
2. Barnard A. (2000). History and Theory in Anthropology. Cambridge: Cambridge
University.
3. McGee R.J. and Warms R.L. (1996) Anthropological Theories: An Introductory History.
4. Moore M. and Sanders T. (2006). Anthropology in Theory: Issues in Epistemology,
Malden, MA: Blackwell Publishing.
ANTH-402 Human Growth and Development
Theory Credit- 4
Unit I: Concept of human growth, development, differentiation and maturation.
Evolutionary perspective on human growth (including living primates and fossil
human ancestors)
Unit II: Prenatal (conception till birth) and postnatal (birth till senescence) period of
growth, pattern of normal growth curves, variation from normal growth
(canalization, catch-up growth and catch-down growth), ethnic and gender
differences in growth curves, secular trend
Unit III: Bio-cultural factors (genetic, social, and ecological factors) influencing patterns of
growth and variation, methods and techniques to study growth, significance/
applicability of growth studies
Unit IV: Nutritional epidemiology-concept of balanced diet, impact of malnutrition (over
and under) with special reference to obesity, Kwashiorkor and Marasmus.
Assessment of nutritional status.
Unit V: Human physique and body composition – models and techniques; gender and
ethnic differences
Unit VI: Somatotyping and human physique with reference to Sheldon, Parnell, Heath and
Carter methods
Unit VII: Bio-cultural adaptation to environmental stresses- heat, cold and altitude.
Homeostasis and thermoregulation, ecological rules and their applicability among
human beings
Practical Credit- 2
1. Growth status: Somatometry (stature, body weight, mid upper arm circumference etc),
assessment of chronological age, percentile, z-score, height for age, weight for age, BMI
for age
2. Obesity assessment: General (BMI, body fat %, Conicity index, body adiposity indices)
and regional adiposity indices (WC, WHR, WHtR)
3. Estimation of body composition (fat percentage and muscle mass) with skinfold
thickness and bioelectric impedance
4. Nutritional assessment through dietary pattern and anthropometric indices
Suggested Readings
1. Bogin B. (1999) Patterns of human growth. Cambridge University Press.
2. Frisancho R. (1993) Human Adaptation and Accommodation. University of Michigan
Press.
3. Cameron N and Bogin B. (2012) Human Growth and Development. Second edition,
Academic press Elsevier.
4. Harrison GA and Howard M. (1998). Human Adaptation. Oxford University Press.
5. Harrison GA, Tanner JM, Pibeam DR, Baker PT. (1988). Human Biology. Oxford
University Press.
6. Jurmain R, Kilgore L, Trevathan W. Essentials of physical anthropology. Wadsworth
publishing.
7. Kapoor AK and Kapoor S. (1995) Biology of Highlanders. Vinod Publisher and
Distributor.
8. Kathleen K. (2008). Encyclopedia of Obesity. Sage.
9. Malina RM, Bouchard C, Oded B. (2004) Growth, Maturation, and Physical Activity.
Human Kinetics.
10. McArdle WD, Katch FI, Katch VL. (2001) Exercise Physiology: Energy, Nutrition,
and Human Performance.
11. Singh I, Kapoor AK, Kapoor S. (1989). Morpho-Physiological and demographic status
of the Western Himalyan population. In Basu and Gupta (eds.). Human Biology of Asian
Highland Populations in the global context.
12. Sinha R and Kapoor S. (2009). Obesity: A multidimensional approach to contemporary
global issue. Dhanraj Publishers. Delhi.
ANTH-403 Research Methods
Theory Credit- 4
Unit I: Research Design
Review of literature, conceptual framework, formulation of research problem, formulation
of hypothesis, sampling, tools and techniques of data collection, data analysis and reporting,
guiding ideals and critical evaluation of major approaches in research methods, basic tenets
of qualitative research and its relationship with quantitative research.
Unit II: Field work tradition in Anthropology
Ethnographic approach, contribution of Malinowski, Boas and other pioneers; cultural
relativism, ethnocentrism, etic and emic perspectives, comparative and historical methods,
techniques of rapport establishment identification of representative categories of informants,
maintenance of field diary and logbook
Unit III: Tools and techniques of data collection
Concept of survey, relationship of survey method with ethnographic method, construction of
questionnaire and interview schedule, validation and internal consistency of questionnaire
Observation - Direct, Indirect, Participant, Non-participant, Controlled
Interview - Structured and unstructured, Focussed Group Discussion, key informant
interview
Case Study and life history
Genealogy - Technique and application
Unit III: Ethics and Politics of Research
1. Identify, define, and analyze ethical issues in the context of human subject research.
2. Reasons for conducting ethical review of research, theories and concepts related to
ethical decision-making including consequentialism, deontology, respect, dignity,
discourse ethics, communitarianism, liberalism and the four principles approach.
3. Ethical importance of consent, privacy and confidentiality in research
4. Issues of academic fraud and plagiarism, conflicts of interest, authorship and publication
Unit IV: Analysis and Writing Up
1. Chapterization, preparing a text for submission and publication, concepts of preface,
notes (end and footnotes), glossary, prologue and epilogue, appendix, bibliography
(annotated) and references cited, review and index.
2. Similarities and differences between qualitative and quantitative data analysis;
introduction of software for data analysis.
Unit V: Bio-Statistics
1. Types of variables, presentation and summarization of data (tabulation and illustration).
2. Descriptive statistics- Measurers of Central Tendency, Measure of Variation, Skewness
and Kurtosis, Variance and standard deviation, Normal and binomial distribution.
3. Tests of Inference- Variance ratio test, Student’s ‘t’ tests, Chi-square test and measures
of association, Analysis of variance, Estimation of confidence interval, Correlation,
Regression Analysis, Study design issues: Sample size and Power,
4. Pedigree Analysis- Importance and implication.
Practical Credit- 2
1. Construction of Genealogy.
2. Observation: Direct, Indirect, Participant, Non-participant, Controlled
3. Questionnaire and Schedule, Interview- Unstructured, Structured, Key informant
interview, Focussed Group Discussion, and Free listing, pile sorting
4. Case study and life history
5. Project report writing- preparation of research problem, study design, data collection
techniques, analysis and report writing based on somatometric, dermatoglyphic and
serological data or social problem.
Suggested Readings
 Garrard E and Dawson A. What is the role of the research ethics committee? Paternalism,
inducements, and harm in research ethics. Journal of Medical Ethics 2005; 31: 419-23.
 Bernard H.R. Research Methods in Anthropology, Qualitative and Quantitative
Approaches. Jaipur: Rawat Publications. 2006.
 Madrigal L. Statistics for Anthropology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 2012.
 Zar JH. Biostatistical Analysis. Prentice Hall. 2010.
 Michael A. The Professional Stranger. Emerald Publishing. 1996.
 Bernard R. Research Methods in Anthropology: Qualitative and Quantitative
Approaches. AltaMira Press. 2011.
 Emerson RM, Fretz RI and Shaw L. Writing Ethnographic Fieldnotes. Chicago,
University of Chicago Press. 1995.
 Lawrence NW. Social Research Methods, Qualitative and Quantitative Approaches.
Boston: Allyn and Bacon. 2000.
 O’reilly K. Ethnographic Methods. London and New York: Routledge. 2005.
 Patnaik S.M. Culture, Identity and Development: An Account of Team Ethnography
among the Bhil of Jhabua. Jaipur: Rawat Publications. 2011.
 Pelto PJ and Pelto GH. Anthropological Research, The Structure of Inquiry. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press. 1978.
 Sarantakos S. Social Research. London: Macmillan Press. 1998.
ANTH-501 Human Population Genetics
Theory Credit- 4
Unit I. Essentials of Genetics
Landmarks in the history of genetics, principles in human genetics, single locus
(Mendelian) versus multilocus (quantitative/complex) inheritance, chromosome
theory of inheritance (segregation and independent assortment) Mendelian
inheritance (single factor and multifactorial inheritance, polygenic inheritance), Non-
Mendelian inheritance (multiple allelism, Co-dominance; sex linked, epistasis;
penetrance and expressivity; Cytoplasmic inheritance).
Unit II. Ecological Genetics and Polymorphism
phenotypic & genotypic polymorphisms, transient polymorphism, balanced
polymorphisms, models explaining the maintenance of genetic polymorphism
(Relationship between sickle cell and malaria, X-linked polymorphism, selection due
to infectious diseases and its association with blood groups and other)
Unit III: Hardy-Weinberg principle
Genotypic and allelic frequencies, assumptions of Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium, its
applications and exceptions
Unit IV: Mechanism for dynamics in Gene Frequency
mutation, selection (pattern and mechanism), Genetic drift (bottle neck and founder
effect), Gene flow/migration, inbreeding (inbreeding co-efficient and its genetic
consequences)
Unit V: Population structure and admixture in human populations
random & non-random mating (positive and negative assortative mating),
heritability, linkage disequilibrium, genetic markers utility of genetic markers in
forensic, population and disease association studies.
Unit VI: Human evolutionary genetics
From Mendel to molecules: A brief history of evolutionary genetics, Epistasis and
the conversion of genetic variances, Human-Ape comparisons.
Practical Credit- 2
1. Blood group typing-A1, A2, B, O, MN and Rh (D) blood groups
2. Color Blindness
3. Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase deficiency(G6PD)
4. PTC tasting ability
5. Biochemical markers-DNA isolation and polymerase chain reaction (PCR)
Suggested Readings
1. Brooker R.J. (2012). Genetics: analysis & principles. The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc
4th ed.
2. Cavalli-Sforza, L.L. and Bodmer, W.F (1971). The Genetics of Human Population. San
Francisco: Freeman
3. Cooper DN and Kehrer-Sawatzki H. (2008). Handbook of Human Molecular Evolution.
John Wiley & Sons, volume-2.
4. Crawford MH (2007). Anthropological Genetics Theory, Methods and Applications.
5. Cummings M.R. (2011). Human Heredity: Principles and Issues. Ninth Edition.
Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning
6. Jobling, M.A. Hurls M. and Tyler-Smith C. (2004). Human Evolutionary Genetics:
Origins, Peoples & Disease. GS. NY
7. Lewis R. (2009). Human Genetics: Concepts and Applications 9th Edition. The
McGraw−Hill Companies, Inc.
8. Patch C. (2005). Applied Genetics in Healthcare. Taylor & Francis Group
9. Relethford J.H. (2012). Human Population Genetics. Wiley-Blackwell, USA
10. Snustad .D.P. and Simmons M.J. (2006). Principles of Genetics, Fourth Edition, John
Wiley & Sons USA, Hoboken NJ
11. Strachan T, Read A.P. (2004). Human Molecular Genetics. Garland Science/Taylor &
Francis Group.
12. Vogel F. and Motulsky A.G. (1996). Human Genetics. Springer, 3rd revised edition.
ANTH-502 Anthropology in Practice
Theory Credit- 4
Unit I: Academic Anthropology
Academics and Practitioners: Differences, Structure, Activities, Controversies and
Issues: Applied Anthropology, Action Anthropology and Development
Anthropology.
Unit II: Role of Anthropology in Development
Anthropology and Public Policy, Need Assessment and Community Development,
Anthropology of NGO’s, Management Anthropology, Environment and Community
Health, Social and economic sustainability, Cultural resource management
Unit III: Future Dynamics in Anthropology
Trends in Anthropology: Anthropology of Tourism, Anthropology In Census;
Designing And
Fashion, Visual Anthropology
Unit IV: Constitutional Perspective and Human Rights
Constitutional Provisions, Evaluation, Planning and Development of Indian
Populations; Human Rights, Interrelationships of rights and duties: Harmony and
Conflict, Protection and enforcement of human rights and duties, National and State
Human Rights Commission and other grievance redressal mechanism, Human rights
of special category and marginal groups, Emerging trends of human rights respective
to terrorism, environment and globalization
Unit V: Biosocial anthropology in practice
Bio-social elements of human development at national and international level,
application of conceptual framework of Forensic Anthropology in judicial settings
both criminal and civil, Population Dynamics and relationship between population
growth and various aspects of culture such as means of subsistence, kinship, social
complexity, social stratification and political organization, Bio-social counselling of
an individual or population
Practical Credit- 2
1. The students will visit a NGO or corporate office or census office in Delhi and its
adjoining areas and write principal observations on the same.
2. Write a project on constitutional provisions or evaluation of any development
project/report.
3. Draw a scene of crime and identify the various evidences in a portrayed crime scene.
4. Write a project on Religious Tourism / Tribal Tourism / Health Tourism / Fashion /
Human Rights / Ecotourism.
5. Write a project on the demographic profile from secondary data.
6. Collect data on bio-social problem and design counselling and give the analysis and
interpretation.
Suggested Readings
1. Arya A and Kapoor AK. (2012). Gender and Health Management in Afro-Indians.
Global Vision Publishing House, New Delhi.
2. Kertzer DI and Fricke T. (1997). Anthropological Demography. University of Chicago
Press.
3. Basu, A. and P. Aaby (1998). The Methods and the Uses of Anthropological
Demography. 329 pp. Oxford, Clarendon Press
4. Carter A. (1998). Cultural Models and Demographic Behavior. In The Methods and the
Uses of Anthropological Demography edited by Basu A and Aaby P. Oxford: Clarendon
Press. pp 246-268.
5. Census of India (2001, 2011) and National Family Health Survey (2006,2010).
6. Ervic, Alxander M., (2000). Applied Anthropology: Tools and Prespectives for
Contemporary Practise, Boston, MA: Allyn and Bacon.
7. Erwin A. (2004). Applied Anthropology Tools and Practice, Allyn and Bacon.
8. Gupta S and Kapoor AK. (2009). Human Rights among Indian Populations: Knowledge,
Awareness and Practice. Gyan Publishing House, New Delhi.
9. Willen SS. (2012). Anthropology and Human Rights: Theoretical Reconsiderations and
Phenomenological Explorations. Journal of Human Rights. 11:150–159.
10. Goodale M. (2009). Human Rights: An Anthropological Reader. Wiley Blackwell.
11. Gupta S and Kapoor AK. (2007). Human Rights, Development and Tribe. In : Genes,
Environment and Health – Anthropological Prespectives. K. Sharma, R.K. Pathak, S.
Mehra and Talwar I (eds.). Serials Publications, New Delhi.
12. Margaret AG. (2003). Applied Anthropology: A Career-Oriented Approach, Boston,
MA: Allyn and Bacon.
13. Halbar BG and Khan CGH. (1991). Relevance of Anthropology – The Indian Scenario.
Rawat Publications, Jaipur.
14. Kapoor AK (1998). Role of NGO’s in Human Development : A Domain of
Anthropology. J Ind Anthrop Soc; 33:283-300.
15. Kapoor AK and Singh D. (1997). Rural Development through NGO’s. Rawat
Publications, Jaipur.
16. Klepinger LL (2006). Fundamentals of Forensic Anthropology. Wiley-Liss Publications
17. Kumar RK and Kapoor AK. (2009). Management of a Primitive Tribe: Role of
Development Dynamics. Academic Excellence, Delhi.
18. Mehrotra N and Patnaik SM. (2008). Culture versus Coercion: The Other Side of
Nirmal Gram Yojna, Economic and Political weekly. pp 25-27.
19. Mishra RC (2005). Human Rights in a Developing Society, Mittal Publications, Delhi.
20. Noaln RW. (2002). Anthropology in Practice: Building a Career outside the Academy.
Publishing Lynne Reinner.
21. Patnaik SM (1996). Displacement, Rehabilitation & Social Change. Inter India
Publications, New Delhi.
22. Patnaik SM (2007). Anthropology of Tourism: Insights from Nagaland. The Eastern
Anthropologist. 60(3&4):455-470
23. Srivastav OS (1996). Demographic and Population Studies. Vikas Publishing House,
India
24. Vidyarthi LP and BN Sahay (2001). Applied Anthropology and Development in India,
National Publishing House, New Delhi.
25. Vidyarthi LP. (1990). Applied Anthropology in India – Principles, Problems and Case
Studies. Kitab Mahal, U.P.
26. Vidyarthi V (1981). Tribal Development and its Administration. Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi.
ANTH-601 Forensic Anthropology
Theory Credit- 4
Unit-I
Introduction to Forensic Anthropology: Definition, Brief History, Scope, Applications and
Integration of Forensic Anthropology.
Unit-II
Basic Human Skeletal Biology, Identification of Human and Non-Human Skeletal Remains,
Ancestry, age, sex and stature estimation from bones, Discovery and Techniques for
recovering skeletonized Human Remains.
Unit-III
Personal Identification, Complete and Partial Identification, Methods of Identification in
Living Persons: Somatometry, Somatoscopy, Occupational Marks, Scars, Bite Marks,
Tattoo Marks, Fingerprints, Footprints, Lip Prints, Nails, Handwriting, Deformities and
Others.
Unit-IV
Serology: Identification and Individualization of bloodstain, urine, semen and saliva.
Patterns of Bloodstains.
Unit-V
Individualization: Forensic Odontology-Tooth Structure and Growth, Bite Marks, Facial
Reconstruction, DNA Profiling.
Practical Credit- 2
1. Study of Human Long Bones. Estimation of age, sex and stature from bones.
2. Somatometric and Somatoscopic Observation on living persons.
3. Identification of bloodstain, urine, semen and saliva.
4. Examination of Fingerprints and Handwriting.
Suggested Readings:
1. Bass W.M. (1971). Human Osteology: A Laboratory and Field manual of the Human
Skeleton. Columbia: Special Publications Missouri Archaeological Society.
2. Black S. and Ferguson E. (2011). Forensic Anthropology 2000 to 2010. CRC Press,
London.
3. Byers, S. N. (2008). Forensic Anthropology. Boston: Pearson Education LTD.
4. Gunn A. (2009) Essential Forensic Biology (2nd ed). Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell
5. Modi, R. B. J. P. (2013). A Textbook of Medical Jurisprudence and Toxicology. Elsevier.
6. Reddy V. R. (1985). Dental Anthropology, Inter-India Publication, New Delhi.
7. Spencer, C. (2004). Genetic Testimony: A Guide to Forensic DNA Profiling, Pearson,
New Delhi.
8. Vats Y., Dhall J.K. and Kapoor A.K. (2011). Gender Variation in Morphological Patterns
of Lip Prints among some North Indian Population. J. Forensic Odontology, 4: 11-15.
9. Wilkinson, C. (2004). Forensic facial reconstruction. Cambridge University Press.
ANTH-602 Anthropology of India
Theory Credit- 4
Unit I:
1. Origin, history and development of Anthropology in India, approaches to study Indian
society and culture- traditional and contemporary
2. Racial and linguistic elements in Indian population
3. Understanding the diversity of Indian social structure - concept of Varna, Jati, Caste,
Ashram or purusharatha, gender hierarchies - their economic and cultural impact, origin
and evolution of social structures and their underlying philosophies.
Unit II:
1. Critical appraisal of contribution of Risley, Guha, Rickstett and Sarkar towards
understanding ethnic distinctness in the Indian populations
2. Contribution of conetemporary biological, social and archaeological anthropologists in
India.
Unit III:
1. Aspects of Indian Village –social organisation, agriculture and impact of market
economy on villages
2. Tribal situation in India- biogenetic variability, linguistic and socio-economic
characteristics; Problems of tribal peoples, land-alienation, indebtedness, lack of
educational facilities, shifting-cultivation, migration, forests and tribal unemployment,
health and nutrition, tribal movement and quest for identity
3. Developmental projects- tribal displacements and rehabilitation problem
4. Impact of culture-contact, urbanization and industrialization on tribal and rural
population
5. Basic concepts -Great tradition and little tradition, sacred complex, Universalization and
parochialization, Sanskritization and Westernization, Dominant caste, Tribe-caste
continuum, Nature-Man-Spirit complex, pseudotribalism,
Unit IV:
1. Problems of exploitation and deprivation of scheduled caste/ tribe and Other Backward
Classes.
2. Constitutional safeguards for the Scheduled caste and scheduled tribes.
Practical ` Credit- 2
1. Identify various traits/variables which can be used in racial classification and comment
on its relevance.
3. Review a book/edited volume on Indian social structure such as caste, religion, tribe or
rural population and give its salient features.
2. Explore the biological diversity of any population group considering a minimum of five
genetic traits.
3. Highlight the contributions of any two contemporary Indian anthropologists.
Suggested Reading
1. Nicholas D. (2001). Castes of Mind: Colonialism and the Making of Modern India.
Princeton University Press.
2. Bernard CS. (2000). India: The Social Anthropology of Civilization. Delhi: Oxford
University Press.
3. Bhasin MK, Watter H and Danker-Hopfe H. (1994). People of India – An Investigation
of Biological variability in Ecological, Ethno-economic and Linguistic Groups. Kamla
Raj Enterprises, Delhi
4. Lopez DS. (1995). Religions of India in Practice. Princeton University Press
5. Gupta D. Social Stratification. Delhi: Oxford University Press.
6. Karve I. (1961). Hindu Society: An Interpretation. Poona : Deccan College
7. Guha BS. (1931). The racial attributes of people of India. In: Census of India, 1931, vol
I, Part III (BPO, Simla)
8. Trautmann TR (2011). India: Brief history of Civilization. Oxford University Press :
Delhi
9. Vidyarthi LP and Rai BK. (1976). The tribal culture of India. Concept Publishing Co,
Delhi.
10. Haddon AC. (1929). Races of man. Cambridge University, London.
11. Kapoor A.K. (1992). Genetic Diversity among Himalayan Human Populations. M/S
Vinod Publishers, Jammu
12. Majumdar DN. (1901). Races and Culture of India. Asia Publishing House, Bombay
13. Dube SC. (1992). Indian Society. National Book Trust, India : New Delhi.
14. Dumont L. (1980). Homo Hierachicus. University of Chicagon Press.
15. Guha B.S. (1931). The racial attributes of people of India. In : Census of India, 1931,
vol I, Part III (BPO, Simla)
16. Malhotra K.C. (1978). Morphological Composition of people of India. J. Human
Evolution.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Credits: Any four papers = Theory +Practical = (4+2)*4 = 24
DSE-1: Physiological Anthropology
Theory
Unit I: Fundamentals of work physiology- homeostasis; metabolism and energy and
systems; exercise, respiratory system and haemodynamics (blood pressure, pulse
rate, heart rate and oxygen- transporting system, blood flow ,Hb, heamatocrit etc)
Unit II: Acute physiological adjustments during transition from resting homeostasis to
sub‐maximal and maximal exercise; chronic physiological adaptations to exercise
training; age, sex and population variation in the physiological characteristics
Unit III: Cardio-vascular and respiratory endurance, physical working capacity and
physical fitness- evaluation of response and assessment; relationship of body
measurements with cardio-vascular and respiratory functions, aerobic and
anaerobic exercise training, health related fitness in gender and ethnic group.
Principles of effective physical conditioning techniques
Unit III: Impact of smoking, alcohol, drug, pollution and occupation on cardio-respiratory
functions; physical performance and environmental stress, chronic diseases,
malnutrition, lifestyle disease
Unit IV: Factors affecting physical performance and capacity, relation between physique,
body composition, nutrition and performance.
Unit V: Ageing and health related aspects of exercise
Practical
1. Cardiovascular function (Blood pressure, heart rate, pulse rate)
2. Respiratory function (Tidal volume, vital capacity, forced vital capacity, minute
ventilation etc.)
3. Haemoglobin estimation
4. Step-test
5. Treadmill test
Suggested Readings:
1. McArdle WD, Katch FI and Katch VL. (2010). Exercise Physiology: Nutrition,
Energy, and Human Performance. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
2. Powers SK and Howley ET. (2007). Exercise Physiology: Theory and Application to
Fitness and Performance. McGraw-Hill.
3. Sherwood L. (2008). Human Physiology: From Cells to Systems. Brooks Cole.
4. Case RM. (1985). Variations in Human Physiology. Manchester University Press.
5. Vander AJ, Sherman JH ad Dorothys L. (1978). Human Physiology: The
Mechanisms of Body Functions. Mc Graw-Hill Education.
6. Nageswari KS and Sharma S. (2006).Practical workbook of Human Physiology.
Jaypee Brothers, Medical Publisher.
7. Wildmaier EP, Raff H, Strang KT. (2014). Vander's Human Physiology: The
Mechanisms of Body. Mc Graw Hill Education.
8. Hale T. (2003). Exercise Physiology. England :John Wiley & Sons Inc.
DSE-2. Sports and Nutritional Anthropology
Theory
Unit I: Anthropology of sports- Physical fitness, component of physical fitness
Unit II: Physical conditioning, training-techniques and physiological effects,
environmental effects on physical performance: effect of heat stress, cold stress and high
altitude on physiological response and performance.
Unit III: Body composition and Athletes, sports selection and monitoring
Unit IV: Human biological variability, health and nutrition; doping and performance;
cultural constructions and physiologic implications of food across time, space and society;
an integrated bio-behavioural perspective towards food preference.
Practical
1. Assessment of daily nutrient intake
2. Evaluate association of nutritional status and physical performance
3. Demonstrate cultural perspective for preference of specific food of a population
Suggested Readings
1. Stinson S. (1992). Nutritional Adaptation. Annual Review of Anthropology 21:143-
170.
2. Brughart R. (1990). The Cultural Context of Diet, Disease and the Body. In Diet
and Disease in Traditional and Developing Societies. GA Harrison and JC
Waterlow, eds. P. 307-325. Cambridge University Press. Cambridge.
3. Rozin P. (1987). Psychobiological Perspectives on Food Preferences. In Food and
Evolution: Toward a Theory of Food Habits. M. Harris and EB Ross (eds.). Temple
University Press. Philadelphia, pp. 181-205.
4. Quandt SA. (1987). Methods for Determining Dietary Intake. In Nutritional
Anthropology. FE Johnston, ed. Pp. 67-84. Liss. NY.
5. Ulijasek SJ and Strickland SS. (1993). Introduction. In Nutritional Anthropology:
Prospects and Perspectives. Pp. 1-5. Smith Gordon. London.
DSE-3. Human Genetics
Theory
Unit I: Structure, Function and Inheritance of the human genome- gene, DNA structure and
replication, DNA repair and recombination, gene expression, coding and non-coding region
Unit II: Expression of genetic information: from Transcription to Translation – the
relationship between genes and protein, transcriptions; transcription and RNA processing,
encoding genetic information, decoding the codons: the role of transfer RNAs
Unit III: Genomic Variation: Genomic Polymorphisms (SNPs, VNTR, CNVs, etc);
haplotypes and haplogroups; genotype-phenotype correlations, epigenetics
Unit IV: Methods of Genetic Study in Human: Pedigree analysis and expressivity;
Chromosomal Basis of Genetic Disorders (Karyotypes and identification of chromosome
variation; Nucleic Acid Hybridization Assays, cytogenetic mapping), Genetic mapping
(Microsatellite and other DNA polymorphisms), LOD score; sequencing strategies (PCR
based Sanger sequencing to Exome sequencing), concept of non-mendelian inheritance and
complex diseases
Unit V: Genomic Diversity & Human Evolution
1. Peopling of the Indian Subcontinent: Evidence from mtDNA and Y-chromosome;
evolutionary genetics; Molecular evolution; DNA sequence variation and human origins
Practical
1. Blood Collection, transportation and storage in field
2. DNA Extraction from whole blood
3. DNA Quantification, Aliquoting and sample preparation
4. PCR and electrophoresis
5. Gel Documentation
Suggested Readings:
1. Strachan T and Read AP. (2004). Human Molecular Genetics. Garland Science
2. Brown TA. (2007). Genomes. Garland Science.
3. Griffiths AJF. (2002). Modern Genetic Analysis: Integrating Genes and Genomes. WH
Freeman Press.
4. Griffiths AJF, Wessler SR, Carroll SB, Doebley J. (2011). An Introduction to Genetic
Analysis. Macmillan Higher Education.
5. Cavalli-sforza LL, Menozzi P, Piazza A (1994). History and Geography of Human
Genes. Princeton University.
6. Giblett, ER. (1969). Genetic Markers in Human Blood. Blackwell Scietific, Oxford.
7. Cummings MR (2011). Human Heredity: Principles and Issues. Brooks/Cole, Cengage
Learning
8. Jobling M, Hurls M and Tyler-Smith C. (2004). Human Evolutionary Genetics: Origins,
Peoples & Disease. New York: Garland Science.
9. Lewis R. (2009). Human Genetics: Concepts and Application. The McGraw−Hill
Companies, Inc.
10. Patch C. (2005). Applied Genetics in Healthcare. Taylor & Francis Group
11. Vogel F. and Motulsky A.G. (1996). Human Genetics. Springer, 3rd revised edition.
12. Snustad .D.P. and Simmons M.J. (2006). Principles of Genetics, Fourth Edition, John
Wiley & Sons USA
DSE-4. Neuro Anthropology

Theory
Unit 1: Encultured Brain
The Basics of Neuroanthropology
The Nature of Variation
Evolution by Natural Selection
Unit 2: Overview of Neural Systems & Their Interconnections
Niche construction
Primate Social Cognition, Human Evolution
Evolution and the Brain
Unit 3: Memory & Medicine; Balancing Between Cultures
Balancing between Cultures: Equilibrium in Capoeira
Human Capacities, Skills and Variation
Stone Age Body Image :Male embodiment in subsistence societies
Unit 4: Overcoming Mind/Body Dualism
Addiction and Neuroanthropology
Ritual and Emotion
War and Dislocation: Neuroanthropological model of trauma
Autism,theory of mind and religious development
Cultural consonance, consciousness and depression
Unit 5: Neuroconstructivism and Embodied Learning
Human Development: A Biocultural Process
Enculturation and Memory
The Neuroanthropology of Stress
The Neuroanthropology of PTSD(Post traumatic stress disorder)
Psychiatry in Neuroanthropological Perspective
Unit 6: Neurological and Anthropological Methods
Neuroanthropology Applied
Critical Neuroscience
The Social and Personal Uses of Neuroscience
Practical:
 Case Studies on Human behavior, Capacities, Skills, and Variation
 Prepare a report on socio-cultural and biological perspective of human behavior and
inter-individual variation.
 Somatometric measurements of human skull and relation with neural activity.
 Class blog participation :Once every week, each student will be responsible for finding
one source in the popular/lay press that’s related to the topic for that week (e.g., from
newspapers, news magazines, science magazines), and introducing a brief online
discussion about what it says and why it’s relevant
Suggested Reading:
 Downey,(2008) Balancing between Cultures, in The Encultured Brain.J.of

Neuroanthropology
 Downey,(2010) ‘Practice without Theory’: A Neuroanthropological Perspective on
Embodied Learning.JRAI
 Miller & Kinsbourne,(2011) Culture and Neuroscience in Development Psychology:
Contributions and Challenges.Child Development
perspectives.http://onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1111/j.1750-8606.2011.00188.x/abstract
 Worthman,(2010) The Ecology of Human Development: Evolving Models for Cultural
Psychology [Required for 500 level, optional for 400 level]
 http://jcc.sagepub.com/content/41/4/546.abstract
 Davidson & McEwen,(2012) Social Influences in Neuroplasticity: Stress and
Interventions to Promote Well-Being.J.of Nature Neuroscience
 http://www.nature.com/neuro/journal/v15/n5/full/nn.3093.html
 Bonanno et al.,(2011) Weighing the Costs of Disaster: Consequences, Risks, and
Resilience in Individuals, Families, and Communities. Association for psychological science
 Luhrmann,(2012) Beyond the Brain
http://www.wilsonquarterly.com/article.cfm?AID=2196
 Kirmayer & Gold,(2012). Re-Socializing Psychiatry: Critical Neuroscience and the
Limits of Reductionism, in Critical Neuroscience. Blackwell Reference online.
 Lende and Downey,(2012)The Encultured Brain: An introduction to
Neuroanthropology.Cambridge:Massachusetts Institute of Technology Press.
 Goldin&Merrick,(2012)Neuroscience or Neurobabble,
http://www.stats.org/stories/2012/Neuroscience_Or_Neurobabble_jul16_12.html
 Margulies,(2011) The Salmon of Doubt, in Critical Neuroscience.
 Lende, (2012)Neuroanthropology, Applied Research, and Developing
Interventions.http://blogs.plos.org/neuroanthropology/2012/05/10/neuroanthropology-
applied-research-and-developing-interventions/
 Buchowski et al.,(2011) Aerobic Exercise Training Reduces Cannabis Craving and Use
in Non-Treatment Seeking Cannabis-Dependent Adults
http://www.plosone.org/article/info%3Adoi%2F10.1371%2Fjournal.pone.0017465
 http://www.mc.vanderbilt.edu/news/releases.php?release=2044
 Xue et al.,(2012) A Memory Retrieval-Extinction Procedure to Prevent
DrugCravingandRelaps.http://www.sciencemag.org/content/336/6078/241.full
DSE-5. Forensic Dermatoglyphics
Theory
Unit-I: Introduction to Dermatoglyphics: History and Development, scope and Applications.
Unit-II: Formation of fingerprint ridges, pattern types and patterns area. Classification of
Fingerprints- Henry Classification, Vucetich System, Single-Digit Classification.
Unit-III: Types of Fingerprints: Plastic, Visible and Latent Prints. Conventional and Modern
methods for development of latent fingerprints- Silver Nitrate, Ninhydrin, Iodine Fuming,
Powder Methods, Metal Deposition Method, Small Particle Reagent and Laser Techniques.
Unit-IV: Basis of Fingerprint Comparison: Class Characteristics and Individual
Characteristics, Determination of Identity.
Unit-V: Other Dermatoglyphic Patterns: Palm Print, Sole Prints and Toe Prints.
Unit-VI: Recent advances: Fingerprint and Palmprint Recognition, Automated Fingerprint
Identification System.
Practical
1. Recording and Study of Finger and Palm Prints
2. Determination of palmar main line formula, Ridge count and indices
3. Comparison of Fingerprints and Palmprints on the basis of class and individual ridge
Characteristics
4. Development of latent fingerprints using different chemical and powder methods.
Suggested Readings:
Cowger, J. F. (1992). Friction ridge skin: comparison and identification of fingerprints
(Vol. 8) CRC Press.
Cummins, H., & Midlo, C. (1961). Finger prints, palms and soles: An introduction to
dermatoglyphics (Vol. 319). New York: Dover Publications.
Jain, A. K., Flynn, P., & Ross, A. A. (2007). Handbook of biometrics. Springer Science &
Business Media.
Lee, H. C., Ramotowski, R., & Gaensslen, R. E. (Eds.). (2001). Advances in fingerprint
technology. CRC press.
Berry, J., & Stoney, D. A. (2001). The history and development of fingerprinting. Advances
in fingerprint Technology, 2, 13-52.
Mehta, M. K. (1980). Identification of thumb impression and cross examination of
fingerprints. N. M. Tripathi Publication, Bombay.
DSE-6. Paleoanthropology
Unit I: Dating methods, geological time scale, taphonomy and interpretation of the
paleontological and archaeological records, taxonomic and chronological problems of
fossils records.
Unit II: Primate speciation and extinctions: a geological perspective, adaptive primate
radiation, differential rate of somatic evolution.
Unit III: Evolutionary biology: Origins and evolution of stone age technology (Human
origins: Development, distribution and fossilized evidence of Australopithecines,
Paranthropus (Zinjanthropus), Homo habilis, Homo erectus, Archaic H. sapiens, prehistoric
hunter-gatherers, modern pastoral communities, emergence of prehistoric people in Africa).
Unit IV: Primate and Non-Primate Models for Early Hominid Behaviour; hominization
process- Evolution of hominid-human bipedalism
Unit V: Palaeodemography- reconstruction of population patterns from skeletal analysis,
determination of demographic variables in prehistoric populations and post-neolithic
population growth, theory and techniques in paleodemography, methodological issues for
reconstructing demographic structure, demographic models of mortality and their
interpretation
Unit VI. Palaeopathology- bioarchaeological approach of disease; effects of agriculture,
urbanization and slavery on health and disease; colonization and disease with special
emphasis on the New World; dispersion of modern humans - molecular and morphological
patterns of relationship
Practical
1. Comparative primate osteology
2. Description and identification of the disarticulated skeleton of non-human primates
3. Identification and description of fossil casts
4. Excursion to a site for seven days for collection of fossil material and its report
Suggested readings
1. Napier JR and Napier PH. (1985). The Natural History of the Primates. Cambridge, MA:
The MIT Press
2. Boyd R and Silk JB. (2009). How Humans Evolved. London: WW Norton.
3. Tattersall I. (2009). The Fossil Trail: How We Know What We Think We Know about
Human Evolution. New York: Oxford University Press.
4. Waldron T. (2008): Palaeopathology. Cambridge University Press.
5. Cela-conde CJ and Frisancho J. (2007). Human Evolution: Trails from the past. Ayala
6. Barnes E. Diseases and Human Evolution. (2005). University of New Mexico Press.
7. Pinhasi R and Mays S (2008). Advances in Human Palaeopathology. Chichester: John
Wiley & Sons, Inc. (PM).
8. Hoppa RD and Vaupel JW. (2002). Paleodemography: Age Distributions from Skeletal
Samples. Cambridge University Press.
9. Lansen CS, Matter RM and Gebo DL. (1998). Human Origin: The fossil Record.
Waveland Press.
10. Cameron DW and Colin P. Groves CP. (2004). Bone, Stones and Molecules: “Out of
Africa” and Human Origins. Elsevier Inc.
11. Stringer C. (2011). The Origin of Our Species. London: Allen Lane.
12. Conroy GC. (2005). Reconstructing Human Origins. WW Norton and Company.
DSE-7. Anthropology of Religion, Politics and Economy

Unit I:
Anthropological approaches to understand religion- magic, animism, animatism,
totemism, naturism; witchcraft and sorcery; Religious specialists: shaman, priests,
mystics; Overview of Anthropological Theories of Religion; Religion as the sacrality
of ecological adaptation and socialness
Unit II:
Economic institutions: principles of production, distribution, and consumption in
simple and complex societies; critical examination of relationship between economy
and society through neo-classical, substantivist, and neo-marxist approaches, various
forms of exchange: barter, trade and market; Forms of currencies; reciprocities:
generalized, balanced and negative.
Unit III:
Political institutions: concepts of power and authority; types of authority; state and
stateless
societies; law and justice in simple and complex societies; the prospects for
democracy and tolerance among and within the world’s diverse civilizations; the
meaning and sources of identity in complex contemporary societies; the origins of
modern politics, its institutions, and cultures, both Western and non-Western
Unit IV:
Interrelationship between religion, politics and economy; religious conversion and
movements, emergence of new religious sects in the global order.
Practical
1. Case study of any of the social institute (religion, economic, political) with respect to
culture perspective
Suggested Readings:
2. Durkheim E. (1986). The elementary forms of the religious life, a study in religious
sociology. New York:Macmillan.
3. Benedict A. (2006). Imagined Communities: Reflections on the Origin and Spread of
Nationalism. Verso
4. Gledhill J. (2000). Power and Its Disguises: Anthropological Perspectives on Politics.
2nd ed. London: Pluto Press.
5. Ellis F. (2000). A framework for livelihood analysis. In Rural Livelihoods and
Diversity in Developing Countries . Oxford: Oxford University Press.
6. Henrich J, Boyd R, Bowles S, Camerer C, Fehr E, Gintis H, McElreath R, Alvard M
et al. (2005). ‘Economic Man’ in cross-cultural perspective: Behavioral experiments
in 15 small-scale societies. Behavior and Brain Science. 28(6):795-815;
7. Henrich J. (2002). Decision-making, cultural transmission, and adaptation in
economic anthropology. In: J. Ensminger (Ed.), Theory in Economic Anthropology
(pp. 251-295). Walnut Creek, CA: Altamira Press.
8. Lambek. M. (2008) A Reader in the Anthropology of Religion.
9. Eller JD. (2007). Introducing Anthropology of Religion. New York: Routledge.
10. Glazier SD. (1997). Anthropology of Religion: A Handbook. Westport, CT:
Greenwood Press.
11. Frick GD and Langer R. (2010). Transfer and Spaces. Harrassowitz (Germany).
12. Evans-Pritchard EE. (1937). Witchcraft, Oracles and Magic among the Azande,
Oxford: Clarendon Press.
13. Frazer JG. (1978). The Illustrated Golden Bough, London: Macmillan.
14. Barbara M. (2011). Cultural Anthropology. New Jersey: Pearson Education.
15. Ember CR. (2011). Anthropology. New Delhi: Dorling Kinderslay.
16. Herskovits MJ. (1952). Economic Anthropology: A Study in Comparative
Economics. New York: Alfred A Knopf Inc.
17. Malinowski B. (1922) Argonauts of the Western Pacific. London: Routledge.
18. Polyani K. et al (1957), Trade and Market in the Early Empires. Chicago: Henry
Regnery Company.
19. Balandier G. (1972). Political Anthropology. Middlesex: Penguine.
DSE-8. Tribal cultures of India
Unit I: Concept of tribes and its problematic nature, General and specific characteristics of
tribes, Tribes in India: Antiquity, historical, academic, administrative and anthropological
importance, Denotified tribes.
Unit II: Tribe- caste continuum, Constitutional safeguard/provisions, Gender and Tribe,
Distribution of tribes in India
Unit III: Tribes: Nomenclature- emic and etic differences, Classification of tribes based on
their economy, occupation and religion, Racial elements among the tribes, Scheduled and
non-scheduled categories of tribes
Unit IV: Tribal movements, Tribal monographs, Problems of tribal development
Unit V: Forest policies and tribes, Migration and occupational shift, Tribal arts and
aesthetics Displacement, rehabilitation and social change Globalization among Indian
tribes.
Practical
Distribution of Indian Tribes: PTG, ST
Location of different tribes on the map of India
Write an annotated bibliography on any one tribe
Write the social structure of any one tribe of India
Suggested Readings:
1. Behera, D.K and Georg pfeffer. Contemporary Society Tribal Studies, Volume I to VII.
New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company
2. Georg Pfeffer. Hunters, Tribes and Peasant: Cultural Crisis and Comparison.
Bhubaneswar: Niswas.
3. Vidarthy, L.P. and Rai. Applied Anthropology in India.
4. Vidarrthy.L.P. and B.N. Sahay . Applied Anthropology and Development in India. New
Delhi: National Publishing House
DSE-9. Indian Archaeology
Unit I: Understanding culture

a. Technique of tool manufacture and estimation of their relative efficiency;
b. Classification of tools: primary and combination fabrication techniques;
c. Typology and cultural nomenclature.
Unit II: Methods of climatic reconstruction: palynology, paleontology, soil pH estimation.
Unit III: Prehistoric India
Pleistocene chronology of India: A critical assessment
Unit IV: Character, distribution and interpretation of habitat and economy of :
i Lower palaeolithic
ii Middle palaeolithic
iii Upper palaeolithic
iv Mesolithic culture
v Art, ritual and belief
Practical
1. Identification of tools:
(a) Handaxe varieties, chopper/chopping tools (f) End scrapers
(b) Cleaver varieties (g) Borers
(c) Side scraper varieties (h) Microlithic tools
(d) Knives (i) Bone tools
(e) Burins
2. Identification of lithic technology.
Suggested reading:
1. D. K. Bhattacharya (1996) An Outline of Indian Prehistory. Delhi, Palika Prakashan.
2. H. D. Sankalia (1974) Prehistory and Protohistory of India and Pakistan.
Poona, Deccan College.
3. H. D. Sankalia (1982) Stone Tool Type and Technology. Delhi, B.R.Publication.
DSE-10. Visual Anthropology
Theory
UNIT 1: Introduction to Visual Anthropology. Visual Culture. Photographic and Digital

Media: Still, Interactive and Moving.
UNIT 2: Theory and Representation. Anthropology and Images: Ethnophotography and
ethnographic films and mass media. Theories of representation, modern media and political
advocacy.
UNIT 3: Early Ethnographic Photography: Contexts and Trends. Anthropology of Art and
Aesthetics: Critical reflection on the relation of images, objects and persons. Objects and
images from other societies valued as 'art'.
UNIT 4: Ethnographic Photography: Conventions and Methodologies. Paradigms and
Debates.
UNIT 5: Ethnographic Films: Theoretical issues concerning ethnographic film, ethical
dimensions of ethnographic film, Interdependency of technology and culture.
UNIT 6: Cinema Studies with emphasis on key feature, documentary and ethnographic
films with a focal theme - the examination of the ‘language of film'.
Practical:
This paper deals with analysis of visuals such as photographs and films pertaining to
cultural practices dealing with institutions of religion, economy and politics.
Theory and Representation: Anthropology and Images: Ethnophotography and
ethnographic films and mass media. Theories of representation, modern media and political
advocacy.
Anthropology of Art and Aesthetics: Critical reflection on the relation of images, objects
and persons. Objects and images from other societies valued as 'art'.
Ethnographic Film and Cinema Studies: This unit consists of screenings followed by
seminars. The emphasis will be on key feature, documentary and ethnographic films with a
focal theme- the examination of the ‘language of film'.
Practical Implications: Explore traditional and experimental means of using visual and
audiovisual media to research, represent and produce anthropological knowledge. Critical
engagement with policy and the use of audio-visual and internet based media in advocacy
and activism. The students are required to do the following exercises:
1. Basic principles of producing ethnographic films: text and its focus, camera angles,
lighting and decision making behind the camera.
2. Analyze the visual data from classical ethnographies signifying how ‘otherness’ is
constituted.
3. A gendered analysis of visuals produced during colonial and postcolonial times.
4. Hypertext and multimedia as analytic end points.
5. Collection, reporting and analysis of photo-ethnographic data.
6. Digital mirror: computer assisted exercises leading to production of ethnographic text.
Suggested Readings
1. Marcus Banks and Howard Morphy, 1998, Rethinking Visual Anthropology

2. David MacDougall Transcultural Cinema, (Princeton, 1999)
3. Ruby, Jay. 1996. “Visual Anthropology.” In Encyclopedia of Cultural Anthropology, David
Levinson and Melvin Ember, editors. New York: Henry Holt and Company, vol. 4: 1345-
1351.
4. Ch. 1, “Reading Pictures,” pp. 1-12 [From: Banks, Marcus. 2001. Visual Methods in Social
Research. London: Sage.]
5. Ember C.R. et al (2011). Anthropology. New Delhi: Dorling Kinderslay. [Unit II, III, IV
(Page: 282-321, 430-438, 464, 469-471)]
6. Banks M. and Ruby J. (2011). Made do Be Seen. Perspecitves on the History of Visual
Anthropology.University of Chicago Press [Practical]
7. Schneider A. and Wright C. (2010) Between Art and Anthropology: Contemporary
Ethnographic Practice.Berg Publishers[Practical]
8. Henley P. (2010). The Adventure of the Real. Jean Rouch and the Craft of ethnographic
Cinema.Chiacago University Press [Practical]
9. Pink S. (2010). Doing Sensory Ethnography. Sage Publications [Practical]
10. Grimshaw A. and Ravetz A. (2009). Observational Cinema. Anthropology, Film, and the
Exploration of Social Life.Indiana University Press [Practical]
DSE-11. Fashion Anthropology
Theory
Unit-I. Introduction: Fashion, Consumption, and Anthropology: From Evolution to
Compassionate Consumption, the Rise and Fall of Evolution in Dress
Unit II: Theoretical and Ethnographic Approaches to Understanding Fashion and Consumer
Society
Unit III Colonialism, Dress, and Identity
Colonialism, Consumption, and Civilizing Fashion
Anti-colonial Dress, Clothing Debates in Burma and Africa
Unit IV: Race and Fashion: The 1980s "Japanese Invasion" and 1990s "Asian Chic"
Alternative Approaches to Consumerism
Unit V:Gender,Fashion and Consumption in different Human societies, application of
fashion in traditional andmodern societies, role of religion in fashion.
Unit VI: Globalization and Dress, leather cosmetic relationships, relationship of tribal clans
with reference to embroidery color and designs in ethnic group of India.
Practical:
1.Identification of Pattern making Garment construction and color dynamics.
2.Sewing and Clothing manufacture practical.
3.Surface ornamentation, Textile crafts and Accessories Design in different ethnic group
4. A comparison of Computer aided design versus traditional designs
Suggested Readings
1. Allman, Jean. Fashioning Power: Clothing, Politics and African Identities. Bloomington:
Indiana University Press, 2004.
2. Aronson, Lisa. “Body Modification and Art”, in the Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress
and Fashion, Volume 1, Africa. Berg Fashion Library, 2010.
3. Bachu, Parmindar. Dangerous Designs: Asian Women Fashion the Diaspora Economies.
New York: Routledge, 2004.
4. Bradley Foster, Helen, and Johnson, Donald Clay. Wedding Dress Across Cultures. Berg
Fashion Library, 2003.
4. Eicher, Joanne B., and Roach-Higgins, Mary Ellen. “Definition and Classification of
Dress: Implications for Analysis of Gender Roles.” In Dress and Gender: Making and
Meaning. Oxford: Berg, 1992, 8–28.
5. Eicher, Joanne B., and Sumberg, Barbara. “World Fashion, Ethnic and National Dress”,
in Dress and Ethnicity: Change Across Space and Time. Berg Fashion Library, 1995.
6. El Guindi, Fadwa. Veil: Modesty, Privacy and Resistance. Berg Fashion Library, 2003
[1999].
7. Fair, Laura. “Veiling, Fashion, and Social Mobility: A Century of Change in Zamzibar”,
in Veiling in Africa. Bloomington: Indiana University Press, 2013, 15–33.
8. Fee, Sarah. “Anthropology and Materiality.” In The Handbook of Fashion Studies.
London: Bloomsbury, 2013, 301–324.
9. Gott, Suzanne, and Loughran, Kristyne. Contemporary African Fashion. Bloomington:
Indiana University Press, 2010.
10. Hansen, Karen Tranberg. “The World in Dress: Anthropological Perspectives on
Clothing, Fashion, and Culture” in Annual Review of Anthropology, 34 (2004): 369–392.
11. Hebdige, Dick. Subculture: The Meaning of Style. Routledge, 1979. ISBN: 0415039495
12. Hansen, Karen Tranberg. Salaula: The World of Secondhand Clothing and Zambia.
Chicago, 2000. ISBN: 0226315819
13. Rooks, Noliwe. Hair Raising: Beauty, Culture, and African American Women. Rutgers,
1996. ISBN: 9780813523125
14. Miller, Daniel and Sophie Woodward, eds. Global Denim. Berg, 2011. ISBN:
9781847886316
15. Mangieri, Tina. “Fashion, Transnationality, and Swahili Men”, in African Dress:
Fashion, Agency, Performance. London: Bloomsbury, 2013, 153–167.
16. Schneider, Jane. “The Anthropology of Cloth”, in Annual Review of Anthropology, 16
(1987): 409–448.
17. Smith, Fred T. “Archaeological Evidence”, in the Berg Encyclopedia of World Dress
and Fashion, Volume 1, Africa. Berg Fashion Library, 2010.
18. Tarlo, Emma, and Moors, Annelies. Islamic Fashion and Anti-Fashion: New
Perspectives from Europe and America. London: Bloomsbury, 2013.
19. Tarlo, Emma. Clothing Matters: Dress and Identity in India. Chicago: University of
Chicago Press, 1996.
20. Tarlo, Emma. Visibly Muslim: Fashion, Politics, Faith. Berg Fashion Library, 2010.
DSE-12. Demographic Anthropology
Theory
Unit I: Demographic Anthropology
1. Introduction, definition and basic concepts
2. Relationship between demography, population studies and anthropology
3. Importance of population studies in Anthropology
Unit II: Population Theories
1. John Graunt
2. Thomas R. Malthus
3. Biological theory of population
4. Theory of demographic transition
Unit III: Tools of Demographic Data
1. Measures of population composition, distribution and growth
2. Measures of fertility
3. Measures of mortality
4. Measures of migration
Unit IV: Population of India
1. Sources of demographic data in India
2. Growth of Indian population
3. Demography of Indian tribal and non-tribal groups
4. Anthropological determinants of population growth
5. Impact of urbanization on the migration of tribal groups
Unit V: National policies
1. National Population Policy
2. National Health Policy
3. National Policy on Reproductive Health Care
Practical
A student will collect and compile demographic data from different secondary sources on
any given topic by the concerned teacher and a project report will be submitted for its
evaluation.
Suggested Readings
1. Bhende A. and Kaniikar, T. (2006) Principles of Population Studies. Himalaya
Publishing House. Mumbai (All Units, It covers most topics)
2. Caldwell J.C. (2006). Demographic Transition Theory. Springer.
3. Census of India (2001,2011), SRS bulletin (2013), NFHS (2006 ), CRS, NSSO ( Can be
seen from browsing net)
4. Gautam R.K., Kshatriya, G.K. and Kapoor A.K. (2010) Population Ecology and Family
Planning. Serials publications. New Delhi.
5. Howell N. (1986) Demographic Anthropology. Ann. Rev. Anthropol. 15: 219-246
6. Kshatriya G.K. (2000). Ecology and health with special reference to Indian tribes. Human
Ecology special volume 9:229-245.
7. Kshatriya G.K., Rajesh,G. and Kapoor , A.K. (2010) Population Characteristics of Desert
Ecology.VDM Verlag Dr. Muller Gmbh and Co., Germany.
8. Misra BD (1982). An introduction to the study of population. South Asia publ. ltd. New
Delhi.
9. National Population Policy http://populationcommission.nic.in/npp.htm
10. Park K. (2000) Text book of Preventive and Social Medicine. Banarsidas Bhanot,
Jabalpur.
11. Patra P.K. and Kapoor, A.K. (2009) Demography And Development Dynamics in a
Primitive Tribe of Himalayas. International Book Distributors, Dehradun
12. Riley N.E. and Mc Carthy, J. (2003) Demography in the Age of the Postmodern.
Cambridge University press. UK. Pages 1-13 and 32-98
13. Sharma A.K. (1979) Demographic transition: A Determinant of Urbanization. Social
Change 9: 13-17.
14. Srivastava O.S. (1996) Demographic and Population Studies. Vikas Publishing House,
India
15. Zubrow E.B.W. (1976) Demographic anthropology. Quantitative approaches.
University of New Mexico Press, Albuquerque.
16. http://human-nature.com/dm/chap3.html
17. http://biography.yourdictionary.com/john-graunt
18. http://www.marathon.uwc.edu/geography/demotrans/demtran.htm
DSE-13. Urban Anthropology
Theory
Unit 1: Emergence of urban anthropology
Introduction, Extension of the anthropological interest in peasants and rural areas, Origins of
Cities and Early Sociological Approaches, Urban planning and design
Unit 2: Political economy
Rural-urban migration, kinship in the city, problems that arise from urbanism, poverty
and social stratification
Unit 3: Class approach
Culture of Poverty and the Underclass Approach, Comparison between relations function in
an urban setting versus function in a rural setting, Race and Class in Urban Ethnography,
Urban Dystopia
Unit 4: Urban Inequality and Disasters
Poverty, extended family for urban natives versus migrants , Global Cities and the
Production of Space, Community study and urban ecology, Urban Space, Postmodern and
Hypermodern City
Unit 5: Global Urban Developments
Urban ethnography research and methodology, Contemporary urban issues: Suburbs,
Exurbs and Urban Decline, disciplinary perspectives
Practical
(i) Visit city life among business community and appreciate the role of culture with politics
and economics.
(ii) Media-popular culture behaviour
(iii) Photo shoot in any city life, Creating captions and texts relating to urban anthropology
findings.
Suggested readings
1. http://www.oxfordbibliographies.com/
2. Cities, classes and the social order. Anthony Leeds, Roger Sanjek
3. Childe, V. Gordon. 1950. “ Urban Revolution.” Town Planning Review
4. Low Reader Part V: “The Postmodern City” in Low pp. 317-377; Dear and Flusty .
5. “Anthropological Fieldwork in Cities”, “The anthropology of Cities: Some
Methodological Issues”.
DSE-14. Anthropology of Health
Unit-1: Introduction and Overview of the Field of Anthropology & Health.

A. Health Anthropology within the Context of Anthropology.
 Anthropology and its subfields
 The unique place of Health anthropology in anthropology
 Competing perspectives on the study of anthropology of health.
B. Defining Health and Illness in Cross-Cultural Perspective.
Looking at “health,” “illness,” and related concepts in Western culture, including
sociological “sick role” models, Some important variations in the process of seeking
health care.
Unit – 2: Measuring Health: Morbidity, Mortality, and Epidemiology
Morbidity, Mortality, Epidemiology: Meaning, scope and methods. Epidemiology of
common communicable diseases: Malaria, Tuberculosis, Leprosy, Diabetes,
Cardiovascular disease and Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STDs), HIV/AIDS,
Unit – 3: Women’s Health, Sex, Family Planning, and Maternal-Infant Health.
Reproductive life, child Birth, Family planning adoption, male dominance, Nursing
and early nurture, hyper-menstruation and its corollaries. Population variation and its
relation to health and disease.
Unit – 4: Chronic Disease, Injury, Stress, and Mental Health
Effect of Chronic Disease in Health, Relationship between mental health, chronic
disease, and injury, Understanding Stress and Its Effects Cross-Culturally, Mental
Disorders and Related Phenomena, diseases associated with specific sociocultural
and environmental contexts: Kuru, osteomalacia, sickle cell anaemia. Adaptations to
Health Threats: Genetic Vulnerability and Resistance & Environment,
Developmental and Cultural Adaptations to adverse Conditions.
Unit – 5: Variations in Health Care Systems: A Comparative Perspective.
Health promotion and health care delivery programmes. Family welfare
programmes. Child health and nutrition programmes. Reproductive health
awareness.
Unit – 6: Healing and Healers in Cross-Cultural Perspectives.
A. Shamanism, Magic, and Healing.
Shaman, Magic, Witchcraft and Sorcery,
B. Folk Healers and “Alternative Medicine.”
Types of healers and healing, Problems in evaluating efficacy, Sources of
dissatisfaction with mainstream medicine.
Unit – 7: Health and Human Rights
Introduction to Human rights, Development of a Human Rights Impact Assessment for the
Formulation and Evaluation of Public Health Policies.
Unit – 8: Legal Aspects & Future Prospects for Health
Rules and regulations of international health policy, Medico- Legal Problems in relation to
health administration, International health organization / NGOs, Medical Ethics, Critical
issues in global health.
Practical
1. Make a Schedule on Health and Demography.

2. Calculation of Infant Sex ratio, Fertility rate, Total fertility rate, Mortality rate, Birth rate,
crude birth rate, crude death rate, Mortality rate, life expectancy, immigration rate,
population growth rate.
3. Identification and Characteristics of Various diseases.
4. Case Studies of Traditional and Modern healers.
Suggested Readings
 Rajesh Khanna and A.K. Kapoor. 2007. Ethnic Groups and Health Dimensions.
Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi.
 Chin, James, M.D., M.P.H. (ed.) 2000. Control of Communicable Diseases Manual.
17th Edition. American Public Health Association. Anyone interested in field work in
less developed areas should own this book for reference.
 Helman, Cecil G. 2001. Culture, Health, and Illness. 4th ed. London: Arnold. This book
is written for health care practitioners and clearly explains the relevance of culture to
health.
 Mann, Jonathon M.,et al. (eds.) 1999. Health and Human Rights. New York:
Routledge.
 Albrecht, Gary L., Ray Fitzparick, and Susan C. Scrimshaw (eds.) 2000. The
Handbook of Social Studies in Health and Medicine, SAGE.Publications.
 Bannerman, Robert, J. Burton, and Ch'en Wen-Chieh (eds.) 1983. Traditional Medicine
and Health Care Coverage. Geneva: World Health Organization.
 Chen, Lincoln C. Arthur Kleinman, and Norma C. Ware 1994. Health and Social
Change in International Perspective. Harvard University Press.
 Coreil, Jeannine and J. Dennis Mull (eds.) 1990. Anthropology and Primary Health
Care, Boulder: Westview Press.
 Hahn, Robert A. 1999. Anthropology in Public Health. Bridging Differences in Culture
and Society. New York: Oxford University Press.
 Helman, Cecil G. 1994. Culture, Health, and Illness. 3rd ed. Oxford: Butterworth-
Heinemann.
 Inhorn, Marcia C. and Peter J. Brown 1997. The Anthropology of Infectious Disease.
International health Perspectives. Gordon and Breach Publishers.
 Koop, C. Everett, Clarence E. Pearson, and M. Roy Schwartz (eds.) 2001. Critical
Issues in Global Health. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. A Wiley Company.
 Mayer, Kenneth H. and H.F. Pizer (eds.) 2000. The Emergence of AIDS. The Impact
on Immunology, Microbiology, and Public Health. Washington, D.C.: American Public
Health Association.
 Nichter, Mark and Mimi Nichter 1996. Anthropology and International Health. Asian
Case Studies. Gordon and Breach Publishers.
 Paul, Benjamin D. (ed.) 1955. Health, Culture, and Community. Case Studies of Public
Reactions to Health Programs.
 Williams, Cicely D., Naomi Baumslag, and Derrick B. Jelliffe 1994. Mother and Child
Health. Delivering the Services. 3rd Edition. New York: Oxford University Press
Basch, Paul F. Textbook of International Health 1999. New York: Oxford University
Press.
 Tsui, Amy O., Judith N. Wasserheit, and John G. Haaga (eds.) 1997. Reproductive
Health in Developing Countries. Washington, D.C.: National Academy Press.
DSE-15 Dissertation
Student will opt either dissertation or project work or one paper from the elective discipline
course in 6th Semester. He/she will be attached with one supervisor or guide.
Interdisciplinary/Generic elective Course
Credits: Any four papers = Theory +Practical = (4+2)*4 = 24
GE-1 Health science GE-12 Neuro Science

GE-2 Home science GE-13 Physical Education
GE-3 Biotechnology GE-14 Tourism Administration
GE-4 Psychology GE-15 Insurance and Banking
GE-5 Animation and Visual Graphics GE-16 Journalism and Mass Communication
GE-6 Interior Design GE-17 BCA
GE-7 Economics GE-18 BBA
GE-8 Environmental Science GE-19 Hotel Management
GE-9 Fashion Design GE-20 BBA (Health Care Management)
GE-10 Food Technology GE-21 Marine Science
GE-11 Forestry
Ability enhancement Compulsory Course
Credits: Two Papers = 2*2=4
AECC-1:Enviornmental Science
AECC-2: English/MIL Communication
The college will have an option to take either of the two papers in a particular Semester (I
or II), while the students have to appear in both the papers.
Ability enhancement elective (skill based) Course
Credits: Any two papers = 2*2= 4
AEEC-1. Public health and epidemiology

Unit I: Principles of Epidemiology in Public Health:
Overview of epidemiology methods used in research studies to address disease patterns in
community and clinic-based populations, distribution and determinants of health-related
states or events in specific populations, and strategies to control health problems
Unit II: Statistical Methods for Health Science
Analysis and interpretation of data including data cleaning, data file construction and
management; implementation of analytic strategies appropriate for the type of data, study
design and research hypothesis; parametric and nonparametric methods, measures of
association, Linear and Logistic regression, Generalized Linear Modeling, and Survival
analysis
Unit III: Environmental Health
Effects of biological, chemical, and physical agents in environment on health (water, air,
food and land resources); ecological model of population health; current legal framework,
policies, and practices associated with environmental health and intended to improve
public health
Unit IV: Psychological, Behavioural, and Social Issues in Public Health
Cultural, social, behavioural, psychological and economic factors that influence health and
illness; behavioural science theory and methods to understanding and resolving public
health problems; assess knowledge, attitudes, behaviours towards disease and patient
compliance to treatment.
Unit V: Management of Health Care Program and Service Organizations
Techniques and procedures for monitoring achievement of a program’s objectives,
generating evidence of program effectiveness, assessing impacts in public health settings;
evaluate framework that leads to evidence-based decision-making in public health.
Organizational principles and practices including organizational theory, managerial role,
managing groups, work design, and organization design at primary, secondary, and tertiary
levels of care
Unit VI: Epidemiology of disease
Contemporary methods for surveillance, assessment, prevention, and control of infectious
and chronic diseases, disabilities, HIV/AIDS; understanding etiology; determining change
in trend over time; implementation of control measures
Suggested reading
1. Gordis L. (2004). Epidemiology. Third edition. Philadelphia: Elsevier Saunders.
2. Remington PL, Brownson RC, and Wegner MV. (2010). Chronic Disease
Epidemiology and Control. American Public Health Association.
3. Pagano M and Gauvreau K. (2000). Principles of Biostatistics. Belmont, CA:
Wadsworth.
4. Turnock B. (2011). Public health. Jones & Bartlett Publishers.
5. Edberg M. (2013). Essentials of Health Behavior. Social and Behavioral Theory in
Public Health. Second Edition, Jones and Bartlett Publishers.
6. Griffith JR and White KR. (2010). The Well-Managed Healthcare Organization.
Health Administration Press: Chicago, IL.
7. Kovner AR, McAlearney AS, Neuhauser D. (2013). Health Services Management:
Cases, Readings, and Commentary. 10th Ed. Chicago, IL: Health Administration
Press.
8. Lee LM. (2010). Principles and Practice of Public Health Surveillance. Oxford
University Press
9. Turnock B. (2011). Essentials of Public Health. Jones & Bartlett Publishers
10. Merson M, Black RE, Mills A. (2006). International Public Health: Diseases,
Programs, Systems and Policies. Jones & Bartlett Learning.
11. Aschengrau A and Seage GR. (2008). Essentials of Epidemiology in Public Health.
Boston, Massachusetts.
AEEC-2. Business and Corporate Anthropology
1. Business and corporate Anthropology: History and subject matter

2. Applied anthropology in industry, application of the ethnography in business
management
3. Anthropology and consumer behaviour,
4. Globalization, international trade and anthropology
5. Techniques for Conducting Fieldwork for Business Organizations
Suggested Readings:
1. Jordan, Ann T. Business Anthropology. Waveland Press, Long Grove, Illinois.

2. Whyte, W.F. 1948 Incentives for Productivity: The Case of the Bundy Tubing
Company Applied Anthropology 7(2):1-16
3. Gardner, Burleigh B. 1978 Doing Business with Management. In Applied
Anthropology in America, Elizabeth M. Eddy and William Partridge (Eds.).New
York: Columbia University Press. Pp.245- 260.
4. Handbook of Anthropology in Business by Rita M Denny.
5. Advanced reading in Business Anthropology edited by Robert Guang Tian, Daming
Zhu, Alfons van Marrewijk.
AEEC-3. Media Anthropology
Unit 1: Theoretical Foundations: Introduction to Media Anthropology; Intellectual
Antecedents
Unit 2: Audiences, Consumption and Identity Formation: The Social and Material Life of
Cinema; Television and the Cultural Politics of Nation; Gender and Subjectivity; the Nation
and Temporality; Media as Material Objects.
Unit 3: The Cultural Work of Mass Media Production: Producing “Bollywood”.
Unit 4: The Social Sites of Film and TV Production; the Exigencies of Commercial
Filmmaking; the Constraints of Public Television Production.
Unit 5: Producing Reality – Journalism and Advertising; News as Social Practice; the Local
and the Global in Advertising.
Unit 6: Small Media: Materiality, Circulation, Everyday Life & Social Transformations;
Indigenous Media and Cultural Activism; The Social and Material Lives of Cell Phones;
Media as Social Infrastructure – The Case of Facebook; Learning from New Media; The
Possibilities & Constraints of YouTube
Suggested readings
Rothenbuhler, Eric W; Coman, Mihai. Media anthropology. 2005. California, Sage.
AEEC-4. Tourism Anthropology

Unit I: Tourism- aspects and prospects, anthropological issues and theoretical concerns,
tourist as ethnographer; pilgrimage and Authenticity Issues
Unit II: Interconnections between tourism history and the rise of the socio-cultural study of
tourism including temporary migration, colonial exploration, pilgrimage, visiting relatives,
imagined and remembered journeys, and tourism
Unit III: understand the implications of tourism as a major mechanism of cross-cultural
interaction; role of symbolism, semiotics, and the imagination in tourism; tourism and the
commodification of culture or cultural degradation
Unit IV: understand the global and local political economy of contemporary tourism,
particularly in relation to international development; explore dynamic relationships between
heritage-making enterprises, revival and preservation projects, the international flow of
capital; role of museums and other branches of the cultural industries" (including music, art,
and food) in tourism economies; tourism and global mobility; Ecotourism and sustainable
development
Unit V: New Directions in the Anthropology of Tourism: Globalization, Tourism and
Terrorism; applied aspects of anthropology in tourism development and planning.
Suggested Readings
1. Chambers E. (2000). Native Tours: The Anthropology of Travel and Tourism. Prospect
Heights: Waveland.
2. Crick M. (1995). The Anthropologist as Tourist: An Identity in Question. In Lanfant MF,
Allcock JB, Bruner EM (eds.)International Tourism: Identity and Change. London:
Sage. pp. 205-223.
3. Dann GMS, Nash D and Pearce PL. (1988). Methodology in Tourism Research. Annals
of Tourism Research. 15:1-28.
4. Gmelch SB. (2004). Tourists and Tourism: A Reader. Long Grove: Waveland.
5. Graburn NHH. (1977). Tourism: The Sacred Journey. Hosts and Guests: The
Anthropology of Tourism. Valene L. Smith, ed. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania
Press. Pp. 33-47.
6. Dann G. (2002). The Tourist as a Metaphor of the Social World. Wallingford: CAB
International.
7. Nash D. (1996). Anthropology of Tourism. New York: Pergamon.
8. Kirshenblatt-Gimblett B.(1998). Destination Culture: Tourism, Museums, and Heritage.
University of California Press.
9. Lippard LR. (1999). On the Beaten Track: Tourism, Art and Place. New Press.
10. Picard M and Wood R. (1997). Tourism, Ethnicity, and the State in Asian and Pacific
Societies.University of Hawai Press.
11. Crick M. (1994). Anthropology and the Study of Tourism: Theoretical and Personal
Reflections. In Crick M (eds.). Resplendent Sites, Discordant Voices: Sri Lankans and
International Tourism. Chur, Switzerland: Harwood Publishers.
12. Wood R. (1997). Tourism and the State: Ethnic Options and the Construction of
Otherness. In Picard and Wood Tourism, Ethnicity and the State in Asian and Pacific
Societies. University of Hawai Press.
13. Richard B. (1992). Alternative Tourism: The Thin Edge of the Wedge. In Valene Smith
and Eadington Tourism (eds.). Alternatives: Potentials and Problems in the Development
of Tourism. University of Pennsylvania Press.
14. Hitchcock. (1997). Cultural, Economic and Environmental Impacts of Tourism among
the Kalahari. In Chambers E (eds.) Tourism and Culture: An Applied
Perspective. SUNY Press.
Œ¬ı±ÀÎ¬ˇ±˘…±`¬ ø¬ıù´ø¬ı√…±˘˚˛
¬ı±—˘± ˆ¬±¯∏± › ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¶ß±Ó¬fl¡ ¬Û±Í¬…¸”ø‰¬ [CBCS]
Œ˜±È¬ Œfl¡±¸« ¸—‡…± [Œfl¡±¬ı˛] 14
[˝◊√À˘fl¡øÈ¬ˆ¬] 04
õ∂øÓ¬øÈ¬ Œfl¡±À¸«¬ı˛ ˜±Ú . 100
¯∏±∞√¨±ø¸fl¡ ˜”˘…±˚˛Ú . 80 Ã ’±ˆ¬…ôLø¬ı˛fl¡ ˜”˘…±˚˛Ú . 20
õ∂Ô˜ ¯∏±∞√¨±ø¸fl¡
BNGL C 1 Ã õ∂±‰¬œÚ › ˜Ò…˚≈À·¬ı˛ ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘¬6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . õ∂±‰¬œÚ › õ∂±flƒ¡-∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… ¸˜˚˛
‰¬˚«±¬Û√ . ’±ø¬ı©®±¬ı˛ › õ∂fl¡±˙, Ú±˜fl¡¬ı˛Ì, fl¡±¬ı…-∆¬ıø˙©Ü… › ¬Û√fl¡Ó«¬±¬ı˛ ¸˜…fl¡ ¬Ûø¬ı˛‰¬˚˛ , ¿fl‘¡¯ûfl¡œÓ«¬Ú . ¬ı˛‰¬Ú±fl¡±˘, ’±ø¬ı©®±¬ı˛ ›
õ∂fl¡±˙, fl¡ø¬ı-¬Ûø¬ı˛‰¬˚˛, fl¡±¬ı…-∆¬ıø˙©Ü… , ∆¬ı¯û¬ı ¬Û√±¬ı˘œ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . ø¬ı√…±¬ÛøÓ¬, ‰¬Gœ√±¸ , ¬’Ú≈¬ı±√ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . fl‘¡øM√√¬ı±¸œ ¬ı˛±˜±˚˛Ì .
fl¡ø¬ı-¬Ûø¬ı˛‰¬˚˛, fl¡±¬ı…-fl¡Ô±, fl¡±¬ı…-∆¬ıø˙©Ü… , È¬œfl¡± . Ê√˚˛À√¬ı, fl¡¬ıœf¬ı‰¬Ú¸˜≈2‰¬˚˛, ¸≈√øMê√√fl¡Ì«±˜‘Ó¬, Ó≈¬øfl«¡ ’±Sê˜Ì, UÀ¸Ú ˙±˝√√,
˜±˘±Ò¬ı˛ ¬ı¸≈, fl¡¬ıœf ¬Û¬ı˛À˜ù´¬ı˛, Ú±¬ı˛±˚˛Ì Œ√¬ı, ø¬ıÊ√˚˛ &5 Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… › ∆‰¬Ó¬ÀÚ…±M√√¬ı˛ ¸˜˚˛
¿Õ‰¬Ó¬Ú…À√¬ı . ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… › ¸˜fl¡±˘œÚ ¬ı±—˘±¬ı˛ ¸±˜±øÊ√fl¡-¬ı˛±Ê√ÕÚøÓ¬fl¡-¸±—¶‘®øÓ¬fl¡ õ∂¸e , ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… Ê√œ¬ıÚœfl¡±¬ı… . ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú…
ˆ¬±·¬ıÓ¬, ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… ‰¬ø¬ı˛Ó¬±˜‘Ó¬ , ∆¬ı¯û¬ı ¬Û√±¬ı˘œ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . :±Ú√±¸, Œ·±ø¬ıµ√±¸ , ˜e˘fl¡±¬ı… . fl¡ø¬ıfl¡ÇÌ ˜≈fl≈¡µ, ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬‰¬f
¬ı˛±˚˛&Ì±fl¡¬ı˛ , ’Ú≈¬ı±√ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . fl¡±˙œ¬ı˛±˜ √±¸, ∆¸˚˛√ ’±˘±›˘ , È¬œfl¡± . ¯∏Î¬ˇ Œ·±¶§±˜œ, ¬ı˘¬ı˛±˜ √±¸, Œ‡Ó≈¬¬ı˛œ ˜À˝√√±»¸¬ı,
Œfl¡Ó¬fl¡±√±¸ Œé¬˜±Úµ, ¬ı˛+¬Û¬ı˛±˜ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ, ‰¬f±¬ıÓ¬œ, Œ√Ã˘Ó¬ fl¡±Ê√œ, ¬ı˛±˜õ∂¸±√, fl¡˜˘±fl¡±ôL, ø˙¬ı±˚˛Ú, Œ·±¬ı˛é¬ø¬ıÊ√˚˛ Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¸≈fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ Œ¸Ú, ¬ı±e±˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸, õ∂Ô˜ › ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ‡G [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’±Úµ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«√, 2004˚ 2005]
2. ’ø¸Ó¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬¬ı‘M√, õ∂Ô˜, ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ › Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ‡G [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ˜Î¬±Ì« ¬ı≈fl¡ ¤ÀÊ√øk√]
3. ññ, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¸•Û”Ì« ˝◊√øÓ¬¬ı‘M√, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ˜Î¬±Ì« ¬ı≈fl¡ ¤ÀÊ√øk√]
4. Œ·±¬Û±˘ ˝√√±˘√±¬ı˛, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¬ı˛+¬ÛÀ¬ı˛‡±, õ∂Ô˜ ‡G [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¤ ˜≈‡±øÊ«√ ’…±`¬ Œfl¡±•Û±øÚ, 1973]
5. Œé¬S &5, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¸˜¢∂ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¢∂Lö˜, 2012]
BNGL C 2 Ã õ∂±‰¬œÚ › ˜Ò…˚≈À·¬ı˛ ¬ı±—˘± ¬Û±Í¬ Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘6¬

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
˜e˘fl¡±¬ı… . Œfl¡Ó¬fl¡±√±¸ Œé¬˜±Úµ ø¬ı¬ı˛ø‰¬Ó¬ ˜Ú¸±˜e˘ Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
∆¬ı¯û¬ı ¬Û√±¬ı˘œ . Œ·Ã¬ı˛‰¬øffl¡±, ¬Û”¬ı«¬ı˛±·, ’øˆ¬¸±¬ı˛ › ˜±Ô≈¬ı˛ Ã
Ó¬‘Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
’Ú≈¬ı±√ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . fl‘¡øM√√¬ı±¸œ ¬ı˛±˜±˚˛Ì [’±ø√fl¡±G › Î¬◊M√¬ı˛fl¡±G] ’Ô¬ı±
Ê√œ¬ıÚœ fl¡±¬ı… . ı‘µ±¬ıÚ √±¸-ø¬ı¬ı˛ø‰¬Ó¬ ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… ˆ¬±·¬ıÓ¬ [√’±ø√‡G] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ø¬ıÊ√Úø¬ı˝√√±¬ı˛œ ˆ¬A±‰¬±˚« ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, Œfl¡Ó¬fl¡±√±À¸¬ı˛ ˜Ú¸±˜e˘, [ÚÓ≈¬Ú ø√ø~ . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ’fl¡±À√ø˜]
2. ’±qÀÓ¬±¯∏ ˆ¬A±‰¬±˚«, ¬ı±—˘± ˜e˘fl¡±À¬ı…¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¤ ˜≈‡±øÊ«√ ’…±`¬ Œfl¡±, 2000]
2. ˝√√À¬ı˛fl‘¡¯û ˜≈À‡±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ∆¬ı¯û¬ı ¬Û√±¬ı˘œ, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¸—¸√, 1999]
3. ˝√√À¬ı˛fl‘¡¯û ˜≈À‡±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, fl‘¡øM√√¬ı±¸œ ¬ı˛±˜±˚˛Ì, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬±, ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¸—¸√,]
4. ¸≈À¬ı±Ò‰¬f ˜Ê≈√˜√±¬ı˛ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, fl‘¡øM√√¬ı±¸œ ¬ı˛±˜±˚˛Ì, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√¬ı ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… fl≈¡øÈ¬¬ı˛, 2011]
5. ¬ı˛ø¬ı¬ı˛?Ú ‰¬ÀA¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú…ˆ¬±·¬ıÓ¬, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…¸eœ, 2005]
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¯∏±∞√¨±ø¸∏fl¡
BNGL C 3 Ã ’±Ò≈øÚfl¡ ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . 1 Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ·√… ¸±ø˝√Ó¬…
¬ı±—˘± ·√… ¸±ø˝√Ó¬… . ŒÙ¬±È«¬ Î¬◊˝◊√ø˘˚˛±˜ fl¡À˘Ê√, ¬ı˛±˜À˜±˝√√Ú ¬ı˛±˚˛, ÷ù´¬ı˛‰¬f ø¬ı√…±¸±·¬ı˛, ¬ıøÇ˜‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô
Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛ , È¬œfl¡± . ¿¬ı˛±˜¬Û≈¬ı˛ ø˜˙Ú, ˆ¬¬ı±Úœ‰¬¬ı˛Ì ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ’é¬˚˛fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ √M√, Œ√À¬ıfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, fl¡±˘œõ∂¸iß ø¸—˝√√, ¬Û…±¬ı˛œ‰“¬±√
ø˜S, ¶§±˜œ ø¬ıÀ¬ıfl¡±Úµ, õ∂˜Ô Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛œ, ’¬ıÚœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, ¸˜±‰¬±¬ı˛‰¬øffl¡±, ¸˜±‰¬±¬ı˛√¬Û«Ì, ¸—¬ı±√ õ∂ˆ¬±fl¡¬ı˛, Ó¬NÀ¬ı±øÒÚœ,
¬ıe√˙«Ú, ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ, õ∂¬ı±¸œ, ¸¬ı≈Ê√¬ÛS, fl¡À~±˘, ¬Ûø¬ı˛‰¬˚˛ Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . fl¡±¬ı…-¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…
fl¡±¬ı…-fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬± . ÷ù´¬ı˛‰¬f &5, ˜±˝◊√Àfl¡˘ ˜Ò≈¸”√Ú √M√, ø¬ı˝√√±¬ı˛œ˘±˘ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ, ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, Ê√œ¬ıÚ±Úµ √±˙ , È¬œfl¡± .
fl¡ø¬ı·±Ú, ¬ı˛e˘±˘ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, Œ˝√√˜‰¬f ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, Ú¬ıœÚ‰¬f Œ¸Ú, ˜±Úfl≈¡˜±¬ı˛œ ¬ı¸≈, fl¡±ø˜Úœ ¬ı˛±˚˛, ’é¬˚˛fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛
¬ıÎ¬ˇ±˘, ÚÊ√è˘ ˝◊√¸˘±˜, ¸ÀÓ¬…fÚ±Ô √M√, ’ø˜˚˛ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ, ø¬ı¯≈û Œ√, ¸≈ÒœfÚ±Ô √M√, ¬ı≈XÀ√¬ı ¬ı¸≈, ¸˜¬ı˛ Œ¸Ú, ˙øMê√
‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ˙∫ Œ‚±¯∏ Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¸≈fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ Œ¸Ú, ¬ı±e±˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸, ‡G 3-5, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’±Úµ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«, 1994˚ 1998˚ 1999]
2. ’ø¸Ó¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬¬ı‘M√, ‡G 4-9, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ˜Î¬±Ì« ¬ı≈fl¡ ¤ÀÊ√øk, 1985˚ 2000˚ 2002˚ 2006]
3. Œ·±¬Û±˘ ˝√√±˘√±¬ı˛, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¬ı˛+¬ÛÀ¬ı˛‡±, ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ‡G [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¤ ˜≈‡±øÊ«√ ’…±`¬ Œfl¡±•Û±øÚ, 1974]
4. ø˙ø˙¬ı˛fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ √±˙, ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…¸eœ, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¸—¸√, 2003]
BNGL C 4 Ã ’±Ò≈øÚfl¡ ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . 2 Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
Ú±È¬fl¡ › õ∂˝√√¸Ú . ˜±˝◊√Àfl¡˘ ˜Ò≈¸”√Ú √M√, √œÚ¬ıg≈ ø˜S, ø·ø¬ı˛˙‰¬f Œ‚±¯∏, ø¡ZÀÊ√f˘±˘ ¬ı˛±˚˛, ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛ , È¬œfl¡± .
Œ·¬ı˛±ø¸˜ ø˘À˚˛À¬ıÀ√Ù¬, Ê√±Ó¬œ˚˛ Ú±È¬…˙±˘±, ø˙ø˙¬ı˛fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ˆ¬±≈√Î¬ˇœ, ˜ijÔ ¬ı˛±˚˛, Ú¬ıÚ±È¬…, ·ÌÚ±È¬…, ø¬ıÊ√Ú ˆ¬A±‰¬±˚«, Î¬◊»¬Û˘
√M√, ¬ı±√˘ ¸¬ı˛fl¡±¬ı˛, ˙y≈ ø˜S Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
Î¬◊¬ÛÚ…±¸ . ¬¬ıøÇ˜‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, ˙¬ı˛»‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ø¬ıˆ¬”øÓ¬ˆ¬”¯∏Ì ¬ıÀµ…±¬ÛÒ…±˚˛, Ó¬±¬ı˛±˙Ç¬ı˛
¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ˜±øÚfl¡ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ˜˝√√±Àù´Ó¬± Œ√¬ıœ È¬œfl¡± . ¸?œ¬ı‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı˛À˜˙‰¬f √M√, ¶§Ì«fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛œ Œ√¬ıœ,
ø¬ı¯∏±√-ø¸g≈, fl¡˚˛˘±fl≈¡øÍ¬, ¸Ó¬œÚ±Ô ˆ¬±≈√Î¬ˇœ, ’ôLÊ«√˘œ ˚±S±, ’±‡Ó¬±è7¡¡¡±˜±Ú ˝◊√ø˘˚˛±¸, ¸≈Úœ˘ ·Àe±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
ŒÂ√±È¬·ä . ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, ˙¬ı˛»‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ø¬ıˆ¬”øÓ¬ˆ¬”¯∏Ì ¬ıÀµ…±¬ÛÒ…±˚˛, Ó¬±¬ı˛±˙Ç¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ˜±øÚfl¡ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛,
Œõ∂À˜f ø˜S, ¬ıÚÙ≈¬˘ , È¬œfl¡± . õ∂ˆ¬±Ó¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ˜≈À‡±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬Û¬ı˛q¬ı˛±˜, ¸≈À¬ı±Ò Œ‚±¯∏, Ê√·√œ˙ &5, Ú±¬ı˛±˚˛Ì ·Àe±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛,
’±˙±¬Û”Ì«± Œ√¬ıœ, ¸µœ¬ÛÚ ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ’øÊ√Ó¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ Œ‚±¯∏, ¬ı±—˘± Ú±È¬Àfl¡¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—, 1985]
2. |œfl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ıe¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬… Î¬◊¬ÛÚ…±À¸¬ı˛ Ò±¬ı˛±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—√, 2006]
3. ˆ¬”À√¬ı Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛œ∏, ¬ı±—˘± ŒÂ√±È¬·ä › ·äfl¡±¬ı˛, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—]
4. ’èÌfl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ˜≈À‡±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, fl¡±À˘¬ı˛ ¬Û≈M√ø˘fl¡±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√, 2011]
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¯∏±∞√¨±ø¸∏fl¡
BNGL C 5 Ã Î¬◊øÚ˙ ˙Ó¬fl¡ . øÚ¬ı«±ø‰¬Ó¬ ¬Û±Í¬ Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
√œÚ¬ıg≈ ø˜S√√ . Úœ˘√¬Û«Ì Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
˜±˝◊√Àfl¡˘ ˜Ò≈¸”√Ú √M√ . Œ˜‚Ú±√¬ıÒ fl¡±¬ı… [’øˆ¬À¯∏fl¡, ’À˙±fl¡¬ıÚ, ¸—ø©ç¡˚˛±] Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
¬ıøÇ˜‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛√ . ’±Úµ˜Í¬ Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬ıËÀÊ√fÚ±Ô ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ › ¸Ê√Úœfl¡±ôL √±¸ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬ √œÚ¬ıg≈ ¢∂Lö±¬ı˘œ, Úœ˘√¬Û«Ì, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬ıeœ˚˛ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¬Ûø¬ı˛¯∏»]
2. ’ø˜S¸”√Ú ˆ¬A±‰¬±˚« ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, Œ˜‚Ú±√¬ıÒ fl¡±¬ı…, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—]
3. ¬ıËÀÊ√fÚ±Ô ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ › ¸Ê√Úœfl¡±ôL √±¸ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ¬ıøÇ˜ ¬ı˛‰¬Ú±¬ı˘œ, ’±Úµ˜Í¬, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬ıeœ˚˛ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¬Ûø¬ı˛¯∏»√]
BNGL C 6 Ã ˆ¬±¯∏±¬ı˛ ˝◊√ øÓ¬¬ı‘M√ Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ˆ¬±¯∏± . ˜±Ú≈À¯∏¬ı˛ ˆ¬±¯∏±, ¬Û‘øÔ¬ıœ¬ı˛ ˆ¬±¯∏±¬ı—˙ [˝◊√Àµ±-˝◊√Î¬◊À¬ı˛±¬Ûœ˚˛, Œˆ¬±È¬-‰¬œÚœ˚˛] , ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ˚˛ ’±˚« ˆ¬±¯∏± Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¬ı±—˘± ˆ¬±¯∏± . ¬ı±—˘± ˆ¬±¯∏±¬ı˛ Î¬◊æ√¬ı › Sê˜ø¬ıfl¡±˙ [Î¬◊¬Ûˆ¬±¯∏±, ˙sˆ¬±G±¬ı˛, ¸±Ò≈ › ‰¬ø˘Ó¬ ˆ¬±¯∏±] , øÓ¬Ú ô¶À¬ı˛¬ı˛
¬ı±—˘± ˆ¬±¯∏±¬ı˛ ∆¬ıø˙©Ü… › ˘é¬Ì Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ˆ¬±¯∏±¬ı˛ Ú±Ú± Ó¬N . ˙s±Ô«Ó¬N [¸—:±, ˙s±Ô« ¬Ûø¬ı˛¬ıÓ«¬ÀÚ¬ı˛ fl¡±¬ı˛Ì, ˙s±Ô« ¬Ûø¬ı˛¬ıÓ«¬ÀÚ¬ı˛ Ò±¬ı˛±] , Ò√ıøÚ
¬Ûø¬ı˛¬ıÓ«¬Ú [¶§¬ı˛ˆ¬øMê√, ¶§¬ı˛¸eøÓ¬, ’ø¬ÛøÚø˝√√øÓ¬, ’øˆ¬|n∏øÓ¬, ¸˜œˆ¬¬ıÚ] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¸≈ÚœøÓ¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı±e±˘± ˆ¬±¯∏±Ó¬ÀN¬ı˛ ˆ¬”ø˜fl¡±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . fl¡ø˘fl¡±Ó¬± ø¬ıù´ø¬ı√…±˘˚˛, 1973]
2. ¸≈fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ Œ¸Ú, ˆ¬±¯∏±¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬¬ı‘M√, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’±Úµ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«, 1998]
2. ¬ı˛±À˜ù´¬ı˛ ˙í, ¸±Ò±¬ı˛Ì ˆ¬±¯∏±ø¬ı:±Ú › ¬ı±—˘± ˆ¬±¯∏±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬Û≈ô¶fl¡ ø¬ı¬ÛøÌ, 1992]
3. ’À˙±fl¡ ˜≈À‡±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¸—¸√ ¬ı…±fl¡¬ı˛Ì ’øˆ¬Ò±Ú, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¸—¸√, 1995]
BNGL C 7 Ã Â√µ › ’˘—fl¡±¬ı˛ Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . Â√µ [¸—:± › ¶§¬ı˛+¬Û , Â√Àµ¬ı˛ Î¬◊¬Ûfl¡¬ı˛Ì . Ò√ıøÚ, ’é¬¬ı˛ ¬ı± √˘, ˜±S±, ŒÂ√√, ¬Û¬ı«, ¬Û¬ı«±e, ô¶¬ıfl¡, ¬Û„ƒ√øMê√, ‰¬¬ı˛Ì ,
¬ı±—˘± Â√Àµ¬ı˛ øÓ¬Ú-¬ı˛œøÓ¬ , Â√Àµ±ø˘ø¬Û] Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ’˘—fl¡±¬ı˛ [¸—:± › ¶§¬ı˛+¬Û øÚÌ«˚˛ , ˙s±˘—fl¡±¬ı˛ . ’Ú≈õ∂±¸, ˚˜fl¡, Œù≠¯∏, ¬ıÀSê±øMê√, ¬Û≈ÚèMê√ ¬ı√±ˆ¬±¸ ,
’Ô«±˘—fl¡±¬ı˛ . ¸±‘√˙…˜”˘fl¡ ’˘—fl¡±¬ı˛, Î¬◊¬Û˜±, ¬ı˛+¬Ûfl¡, Î¬◊»Àõ∂é¬±, ¸Àµ˝√√, ’¬Û˝≈êøÓ¬, øÚ(˚˛, ¸˜±¸øMê, ’øÓ¬˙À˚˛±øMê√,
ø¬ıÀ¬ı˛±Ò˜”˘fl¡ ’˘—fl¡±¬ı˛ , ’˘—fl¡±¬ı˛ øÚÌ«˚˛] Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¬Ûø¬ı˛ˆ¬±¯∏± . ·œøÓ¬fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬±, ˜˝√√±fl¡±¬ı…, Î¬◊¬ÛÚ…±¸, ŒÂ√±È¬·ä, Ú±È¬fl¡, õ∂¬ıg Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, Â√µ, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·, 1962]
2. õ∂À¬ı±Ò‰¬f Œ¸Ú, Â√µ¬Ûø¬ı˛Sê˜±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . 1965]
2. ’˜”˘…ÒÚ ˜≈À‡±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı±—˘± Â√Àµ¬ı˛ ˜”˘¸”S, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . fl¡ø˘fl¡±Ó¬± ø¬ıù´ø¬ı√…±˘˚˛, 2011]
3. ÒËn∏¬ıfl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ˜≈À‡±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı±—˘± Â√µ . ø¬ıfl¡±˙, ¬ı˛+¬Û › ¬ı˛œøÓ¬, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬ı˛P±¬ı˘œ, 2003]
4. ˙…±˜±¬Û√ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ, ’˘Ç±¬ı˛ ‰¬øffl¡±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . fl‘¡Ó¬±?ø˘, 2015]
5. √œø5 øS¬Û±øÍ¬, ’˘—fl¡±¬ı˛-’±ˆ¬±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’±Úµ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«, 1998]
6. ¿˙‰¬f √±˙, ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…-¸µ˙«Ú, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬ı±˜± ¬Û≈ô¶fl¡±˘˚˛]
7. ’À˘±fl¡ ¬ı˛±˚˛ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…Àfl¡±¯∏,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…À˘±fl¡, 2015]
8. M H Abrams, A Glossary of Literary Terms (Bangalore: Prism Books Pvt. Ltd., 1993)
‰¬Ó≈¬Ô« ¯∏±∞√¨±ø¸∏fl¡
BNGL C 8 Ã ¬ı˛¬ıœf¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . 1 Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0 ‘ 6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¸=ø˚˛Ó¬± [øÚÁ«¡À¬ı˛¬ı˛ ¶§õüˆ¬e, Œ¸±Ú±¬ı˛ Ó¬¬ı˛œ, ø‰¬S±, Œ˚ÀÓ¬ Ú±ø˝√√ ø√¬ı, ≈√–¸˜˚˛, ˙±-Ê√±˝√√±Ú] Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¬˜≈Mê√Ò±¬ı˛± Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ‚À¬ı˛-¬ı±˝◊√À¬ı˛ Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, ¸=ø˚˛Ó¬±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·]
2. ññ, ˜≈Mê√Ò±¬ı˛±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·]
3. ññ ‚À¬ı˛-¬ı±˝◊√À¬ı˛, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·]
BNGL C 9 Ã ¬ı˛¬ıœf¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . 2 Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ·ä&26√ [Œ√Ú±¬Û±›Ú±, Œ¬Û±¶Ü˜±¶Ü±¬ı˛, fl¡Ç±˘, ¤fl¡¬ı˛±øS, ¸≈ˆ¬±, ¸˜±ø5] Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . Ê√œ¬ıÚ¶ú‘øÓ¬ [ëø˙é¬±¬ı˛yí ŒÔÀfl¡ ë¶§±À√ø˙fl¡Ó¬±í] Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ø˙q Œˆ¬±˘±Ú±Ô [ø˙q Œˆ¬±˘±Ú±Ô, ˜ÀÚ ¬ÛÎ¬ˇ±, ¸±Ó¬ ¸˜≈^ ¬Û±À¬ı˛, ¬ı±Î¬◊˘, ≈√À˚˛±¬ı˛±Úœ, ¬ı˛±Ê√ø˜¶aœ] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, ·ä&26√, õ∂Ô˜ ‡G, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·, ∆¬ı˙±‡ 1398˚ 1991]
2. ññ, Ê√œ¬ıÚ¶ú‘øÓ¬, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·, 1417˚ 2010]
3. ññ ¬ı˛¬ıœf ¬ı˛‰¬Ú±¬ı˘œ, ¸5˜ ‡G, ¸≈˘ˆ¬, ø˙q Œˆ¬±˘±Ú±Ô, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·, 1395˚ 1988]
BNGL C 10 Ã Œ√˙-ø¬ıÀ√À˙¬ı˛ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . fl¡±ø˘√±¸ . ’øˆ¬:±Ú ˙fl≈¡ôL˘˜ƒ ’Ô¬ı± Î¬◊˝◊√ø˘˚˛±˜ Œ¸'ø¬ÛÀ˚˛¬ı˛ . ˜…±fl¡À¬ıÔ
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ˚˛ ·ä [˜ø˝√√˜ ¬ı¬ı˛± . ˜±Â√ › ˜±Ú≈¯∏, ¸’±√Ó¬ Œ˝√√±À¸Ú ˜ÀKI◊± . ŒÈ¬±¬ı± ŒÈ¬fl¡ ø¸—, ’˜‘Ó¬± õ∂œÓ¬˜ . ≈√˝◊√ Ú±¬ı˛œ,
˜≈˘fl¡¬ı˛±Ê√ ’±Úµ . Ú±ø¬ÛÀÓ¬¬ı˛ Œ¬∏CÎ¬ ˝◊√Î¬◊øÚ˚˛Ú, Œõ∂˜‰¬µ . fl¡Ù¬Ú] Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . õ∂øÓ¬À¬ı˙œ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . ’¸ø˜˚˛± ¸±ø˝√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¸—øé¬5 ¬ı˛+¬ÛÀ¬ı˛‡± [¿˜ôL ˙Ç¬ı˛À√¬ı, ˘ÑœÚ±Ô Œ¬ıÊ√¬ıè˚˛±,
ŒÊ√…±øÓ¬õ∂¸±√ ’±·¬ı˛›˚˛±˘±, ¬ıœÀ¬ı˛ffl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ˆ¬A±‰¬±˚«] ’Ô¬ı±
Œ¬ı±ÀÎ¬ˇ± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¸—øé¬5 ¬ı˛+¬ÛÀ¬ı˛‡± [Œ˘±fl¡¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…, fl¡±¬ı…¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…, fl¡Ô±¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…, õ∂¬ıg¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ŒÊ√…±øÓ¬ˆ¬”¯∏Ì ‰¬±øfl¡ ’Ú”ø√Ó¬, fl¡±ø˘√±¸ ¸˜¢∂,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Ú¬ı¬ÛS õ∂fl¡±˙Ú]
2. Î¬◊»¬Û˘ √M√ ’Ú”ø√Ó¬, Î¬◊˝◊√ø˘˚˛±˜ Œ¸'ø¬ÛÀ˚˛¬ı˛ . ˜…±fl¡À¬ıÔ, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . øÔ˜±, 2006]
3. ¬ı˛±˜fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ˜≈À‡±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬ÀÊ√±Î¬ˇ± ·äfl¡Ô±,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø˜S › Œ‚±¯∏√, 1415˚2008]
4. ˜À˝√√ù´¬ı˛ ŒÚ›·, ’¸˜œ˚˛± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…¬ı˛ ¬ı˛+¬ÛÀ¬ı˛‡±, [&˚˛±˝√√±øÈ¬ . ‰¬f õ∂fl¡±˙, 2010]
5. øÎ¬À•§ù´¬ı˛ ŒÚ›·, ÚÓ≈¬Ú Œ¬Û±˝√√¬ı˛Ó¬ ’¸˜œ˚˛± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…¬ı˛ ¬ı≈¬ı˛?œ, [&˚˛±˝√√±øÈ¬ . q˚˛Úœ õ∂fl¡±˙, 1997]
6. ¬ı˛±Ê√œ¬ı±é¬ ¬ı˛øé¬Ó¬ ’Ú”ø√Ó¬, ø¬ı˜˘ Ù≈¬fl¡Ú . ∆¬ı¯û¬ı ¸ôL ¿˜ôL˙Ç¬ı˛À√¬ı, [&˚˛±˝√√±øÈ¬ . øˆ¬øfl¡ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«]
7. ¬ı±Ìœõ∂¸iß ø˜| ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬ Î¬◊À˜˙‰¬f ø¬ı¬ı˛ø‰¬Ó¬ ˙Ç¬ı˛À√¬ı, [&˚˛±˝√√±øÈ¬ . ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…-¸—¶‘®øÓ¬ ¸˜±Ê√, &˚˛±˝√√±øÈ¬, 2017]
8. Anil Kumar Boro, A History of Bodo Literature, (New Delhi: Sahitya Akademi, 2010)
¬Û=˜ ¯∏±∞√¨±ø¸∏fl¡
BNGL C 11 Ã ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…-¸˜±À˘±‰¬Ú±Ó¬N Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . fl¡±¬ı…øÊ√:±¸± [Ò√ıøÚ › ¬ı˛¸]
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . Œ¬Û±À˚˛øÈ¬fl¡¸ [¬∏C…±ÀÊ√øÎ¬ › ¤ø¬Ûfl¡]
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…Ó¬N [˜±fl«¡¸œ˚˛ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…Ó¬N, ¬Û±Í¬õ∂øÓ¬øSê˚˛±, Ú±¬ı˛œÀ‰¬Ó¬Ú±¬ı±√, Î¬◊¬ÛøÚÀ¬ıÀ˙±M√√¬ı˛ Œ‰¬Ó¬Ú±¬ı±√] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ’Ó≈¬˘‰¬f &5, fl¡±¬ı…øÊ√:±¸±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·, 1991]
2. ’ø¸Ó¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¸˜±À˘±‰¬Ú±¬ı˛ fl¡Ô±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ˜Î¬±Ì« ¬ı≈fl¡ ¤ÀÊ√øk, 1995]
3. ø˙ø˙¬ı˛fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ √±˙, ’±ø¬ı˛¶ÜÈ¬À˘¬ı˛ fl¡±¬ı…Ó¬N,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬Û…±ø¬Û¬ı˛±¸, 1999]
4. Ê√œÀ¬ıf ø¸—˝√√ ¬ı˛±˚˛, fl¡±¬ı…Ó¬N,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√, 1999]
5. ÚÀ¬ıµ≈ Œ¸Ú ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ¬Û±(±ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…Ó¬N › ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…ˆ¬±¬ıÚ±,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬ı˛P±¬ı˘œ, 2009]
6. Ó¬À¬Û±Òœ¬ı˛ ˆ¬A±‰¬±˚«, õ∂Ó¬œÀ‰¬…¬ı˛ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…Ó¬N,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—, 2011]
BNGL C 12 Ã Î¬◊M√ ¬ı˛-¬Û”¬ı« ˆ¬±¬ı˛ÀÓ¬¬ı˛ ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . Î¬◊M√¬ı˛-¬Û”À¬ı«¬ı˛ ¬ı±—˘± fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬± [Œ˝√√˜±e ø¬ıù´±¸ . ˜± Ó≈¬ø˜ ø˙·ƒø·¬ı˛ øÙ¬À¬ı˛ ¤À¸±, ’˜À˘µ≈ &˝√√ . ˘≈˝◊√Ó¬ ¬Û±À¬ı˛¬ı˛
·±Ô±, ˙øMê√¬Û√ ¬ıËp¡‰¬±¬ı˛œ . Î¬◊¡Z±d¬ı˛ Î¬±À˚˛ø¬ı˛, ø√˘œ¬Ûfl¡±øôL ˘¶®¬ı˛ . ’¬ı¶ö±Ú, Œ√¬ı±ø˙¸ Ó¬¬ı˛Ù¬√±¬ı˛ . Œ√˙, ¸?˚˛ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ .
’±ø˜ ¤fl¡± øÚÊ«√Ú ‚À¬ı˛] Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . Î¬◊M√¬ı˛-¬Û”À¬ı«¬ı˛ ¬ı±—˘± ·ä [Œ√¬ıœõ∂¸±√ ø¸—˝√√ . ¸œ˜±Ú±¬ı˛ ›¬ÛÀ¬ı˛ Ô˜Àfl¡ Ô±fl¡± ¬Û±, Œ√¬ı¬ıËÓ¬ Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛œ . ’±¬ıı±Ê√±ÀÚ¬ı˛
˝√√±Î¬ˇñ ¤fl¡øÈ¬ õ∂±˜±Ì… √ø˘˘, √œ¬Û—fl¡¬ı˛ fl¡¬ı˛ . U˜øfl¡¬ı˛ ¬Û¬ı˛ ˚± ‚ÀÈ¬, ˜‘≈√˘fl¡±øôL Œ√ . Œ¬Û±˙±fl¡, Œ√¬ı¬ıËÓ¬ Œ√¬ı . ø¬ÛÓ‘¬Ÿ¬Ì,
’ø˜Ó¬±ˆ¬ Œ√¬ı Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛œ . ‚≈˜ˆ¬±„√√±øÚ˚˛±¬] Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . õ∂À√…±Ó¬ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ . ¸≈‡¬ı˛?ÀÚ¬ı˛ ÚøÔ¬ÛS Ã
¢∂Lö
1. õ∂¸”Ú ¬ı˜«Ú, õ∂¬ı≈X¸≈µ¬ı˛ fl¡¬ı˛, ’ø˜Ó¬±ˆ¬ Œ√¬ı Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛œ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, Î¬◊M√¬ı˛-¬Û”À¬ı«¬ı˛ ¬ı±—˘± fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬±, [&˚˛±˝√√±øÈ¬ . øˆ¬øfl¡ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«, 2015]
2. ø˜Ó¬± ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ, Œ¸ÃÀ˜Ú ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ˚˛±, √œ¬Û—fl¡¬ı˛ fl¡¬ı˛ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, øÚ¬ı«±ø‰¬Ó¬ ¬ı±—˘± ŒÂ√±È¬·ä . Î¬◊M√¬ı˛-¬Û”¬ı«, [&˚˛±˝√√±øÈ¬ . øˆ¬øfl¡ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«, 2016]
3. õ∂À√…±Ó¬ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ, ¸≈‡¬ı˛?ÀÚ¬ı˛ ÚøÔ¬ÛS, [&˚˛±˝√√±øÈ¬ . ’±ÚµÒ±¬ı˛± ¸±—¶‘®øÓ¬fl¡ ¸—‚, 2017]
¯∏á¬ ¯∏±∞√¨±ø¸∏fl¡
BNGL C 13 Ã ¬ı˛¬ıœf-¬Û¬ı˛¬ıÓ«¬œ ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ’±Ò≈øÚfl¡ ¬ı±—˘± fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬± [Ê√œ¬ıÚ±Úµ √±˙ . ¬’±È¬ ¬ıÂ√¬ı˛ ’±À·¬ı˛ ¤fl¡ø√Ú, ø¬ı¯≈û Œ√ . Œ‚±Î¬ˇ¸›˚˛±¬ı˛, ¸≈ÒœfÚ±Ô
√M√ . Î¬◊È¬¬Û±ø‡, ’ø˜˚˛ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ . ¸—·øÓ¬, ’iß√±˙Ç¬ı˛ ¬ı˛±˚˛ . ‡≈fl≈¡ › Œ‡±fl¡±, ˙øMê√ ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ . ’¬ıÚœ ¬ı±øÎ¬ˇ ’±ÀÂ√±, ˙∫
Œ‚±¯∏ . ¬Û≈Ú¬ı«±¸Ú] Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . øÚ¬ı«±ø‰¬Ó¬ ¬ı±—˘± ·ä [Ó¬±¬ı˛±˙Ç¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ . õ∂øÓ¬˜±, Œõ∂À˜f ø˜S . ŒÓ¬À˘Ú±À¬Û±Ó¬± ’±ø¬ı©®±¬ı˛, ˜±øÚfl¡
¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ . ¤fl¡±iß¬ıÓ«¬œ, ¬ıÚÙ≈¬˘ . øÚ˜·±Â√, ˜˝√√±Àù´Ó¬± Œ√¬ıœ . fl≈¡ôLœ › øÚ¯∏±√œ] Ã
’Ô¬ı± ¸ø˘˘ Œ¸Ú . ÚÓ≈¬Ú ˝◊√U√œ Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬ı≈XÀ√¬ı ¬ı¸≈ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ’±Ò≈øÚfl¡ ¬ı±—˘± fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¤˜ ø¸ ¸¬ı˛fl¡±¬ı˛ ’…±`¬ ¸k, 2007]
2. ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ¬ı±—˘± ·ä,¬[ÚÓ≈¬Ú ø√ø~ . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ’fl¡±À√ø˜, 1999]
3. ¸ø˘˘ Œ¸Ú . ÚÓ≈¬Ú ˝◊√Uœ,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—, 1999]
4. ’|n∏fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ø¸fl¡√±¬ı˛, ’±Ò≈øÚfl¡ fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬±¬ı˛ ø√¢´˘˚˛, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’èÌ± õ∂fl¡±˙Úœ√, 1392]
5. ø˙ø˙¬ı˛fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ √±˙, ¬ı±—˘± ŒÂ√±È¬·ä,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—¡, 2007]
BNGL C 14 Ã ¬¬ı±—˘± õ∂¬ıg Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . Ê√œ¬ıÚ±Úµ √±˙ . fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬±¬ı˛ fl¡Ô± [õ∂Ô˜ ‰¬±¬ı˛øÈ¬ õ∂¬ıg] Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¬ı±—˘± ¬õ∂¬ıg [¬ıøÇ˜‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ . ¸±˜…, ø¬ıø¬ÛÚ‰¬f ¬Û±˘ . Ò˜« › ’±È«¬, Ê√·√œ˙‰¬f ¬ı¸≈ . ø¬ı:±ÀÚ
¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…, ˙¬ı˛»fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛œ Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛±Ìœ . ¤-fl¡±˘ › ¤-fl¡±À˘¬ı˛ Œ˜À˚˛, ¶§±˜œ ø¬ıÀ¬ıfl¡±Úµ . Œ√¬ıÓ¬± › ’¸≈¬ı˛, ¬ı˛±À˜f¸≈µ¬ı˛ øSÀ¬ı√œ .
Ù¬ø˘Ó¬ ŒÊ√…±øÓ¬¯∏, ø‰¬M√√¬ı˛?Ú √±˙ . ¬ı±—˘±¬ı˛ fl¡Ô±, ’¬ıÚœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛ . ø˙ä › ˆ¬±¯∏±] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. Ê√œ¬ıÚ±Úµ √±˙, fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬±¬ı˛ fl¡Ô±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¸·ÀÚÈ¬ Œõ∂¸, 1956]
2. ’À˘±fl¡ ¬ı˛±˚˛, ¬Ûø¬ıS ¸¬ı˛fl¡±¬ı˛ › ’w Œ‚±¯∏ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ¬≈√À˙± ¬ıÂ√À¬ı˛¬ı˛ ¬ı±—˘± õ∂¬ıg,¬ õ∂Ô˜ ‡G, [ÚÓ≈¬Ú ø√ø~ . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ’fl¡±À√ø˜, 2004]
BNGL AECC 1 Ã ¬ı…¬ı˝√√±ø¬ı˛fl¡ ¬ı±—˘± Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 2Ÿ¬0‘ 2

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¬Û√ ¬Ûø¬ı˛¬ıÓ«¬Ú, ¬ı±fl¡… ¬Ûø¬ı˛¬ıÓ«¬Ú, ø¬ıø˙©Ü±Ô«fl¡ ¬ı±fl¡…±—˙ › õ∂¬ı±√-õ∂¬ı‰¬Ú, ¬ı±øÌøÊ√…fl¡ ¬Ûø¬ı˛ˆ¬±¯∏± Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¬ÛS¬ı˛‰¬Ú± [¬Û±ø¬ı˛¬ı±ø¬ı˛fl¡ ¬ÛS, ¬ı±øÌøÊ√…fl¡ ¬ÛS, fl¡˜«õ∂±Ô«œ¬ı˛ ’±À¬ı√Ú ¬ÛS, ’±˜LaÌ ¬ÛS] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬Ûœ˚”¯∏ Œ√, ¬¬ı±Ìœ ø¬ıø‰¬S±, [&˚˛±˝√√±øÈ¬ . ¬ı±Ìœ õ∂fl¡±˙Úœ, 2016]
2. ¸≈ˆ¬±¯∏ ˆ¬A±‰¬±˚«, ¸—¸√ ¬ı±·ƒÒ±¬ı˛± ’øˆ¬Ò±Ú, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¸—¸√, 2005]
BNGL SEC 1 Ã õ∂±À˚˛±ø·fl¡ ¬ı±—˘± Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 2Ÿ¬0‘ 2

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¬ı±Ú±Úø¬ıøÒ, õ∂n∏Ù¬-¸—À˙±ÒÚ › ø˙À¬ı˛±Ú±˜¸˝√√ ¸—¬ı±√ø˘‡Ú
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . õ∂øÓ¬À¬ı√Úø˘‡Ú , ¢∂Lö › Ú±È¬fl¡ ¸˜±À˘±‰¬Ú± Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬ÛÀ¬ı˛˙‰¬f ˜Ê≈√˜√±¬ı˛, ¬ı±—˘± ¬ı±Ú±Ú, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—, 1993]
2. ¸Ú»fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ › ’Ú…±Ú…, ¬ı±—˘± ¬ı±Ú±Úø¬ıøÒ,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬Ûø(˜¬ıe ¬ı±—˘± ’±fl¡±À√ø˜, 1998]
3. ÚœÀ¬ı˛fÚ±Ô ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ, ¬ı±—˘± ¬fl¡œ ø˘‡¬ı, Œfl¡Ú ø˘‡À¬ıÚ,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’±Úµ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«, 2005]√
BNGL SEC 2 Ã ’Ú≈¬ı±√Ó¬N Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 2Ÿ¬0‘ 2

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ’Ú≈¬ı±√Ó¬N . ’Ú≈¬ı±√ fl¡œ, ’Ú≈¬ı±À√¬ı˛ Ò˜« › ¶§¬ı˛+¬Û Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ˝◊√—À¬ı˛øÊ√ › ’¸ø˜˚˛± ŒÔÀfl¡ ¬ı±—˘±˚˛ ’Ú≈¬ı± Ã
¢∂Lö
1. Sukanta Chaudhuri, Translation and Understanding, (New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 1999)
2. Sujit Mukherji, Translation as Discovery, (New Delhi: Orient Longman, 1994)
BNGL DSE 1 Ã ø˙q ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . √øé¬Ì±¬ı˛?Ú ø˜S ˜Ê≈√˜√±¬ı˛ ¸—fl¡ø˘Ó¬ . Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛˜±¬ı˛ Á≈¡ø˘ [¸±Ó¬ ˆ¬±˝◊√ ‰¬•Û±, ˙œÓ¬-¬ı¸ôL, øfl¡¬ı˛Ì˜±˘±, ¸±Ó¬ ˆ¬±˝◊√
‰¬•Û±, ¸≈‡≈ ’±¬ı˛ ≈√‡≈, Úœ˘fl¡˜˘ ’±¬ı˛ ˘±˘fl¡˜˘] Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¸≈fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ı˛±˚˛ . ˝˚¬ı¬ı˛˘ Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ’¬ıÚœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛ . ¬ı≈ÀÎ¬ˇ± ’±—˘± Ã
¢∂Lö
1. √øé¬Ì±¬ı˛?Ú ø˜S ˜Ê≈√˜√±¬ı˛ ¸—fl¡ø˘Ó¬, Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛˜±¬ı˛ Á≈¡ø˘, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø˜S › Œ‚±¯∏, 1421]
2. ¸≈fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ı˛±˚˛, ¸≈fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…¸˜¢∂, ˝√√˚¬ı¬ı˛˘,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’±Úµ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«, 1987]
3. ’¬ıÚœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, ¬ı≈ÀÎ¬ˇ± ’±—˘±,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’±Úµ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«]
BNGL DSE 2 Ã Œ˘±fl¡¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . Œ˘±fl¡¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . ¸—:±, ∆¬ıø˙©Ü… › õ∂fl‘¡øÓ¬ Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . Œ|øÌÕ¬ıø‰¬S… . Â√Î¬ˇ±, ·œøÓ¬, õ∂¬ı±√ Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ∆˜˜Úø¸—˝√√ ·œøÓ¬fl¡± [˜U˚˛±¬Û±˘±, ‰¬f±¬ıÓ¬œ, fl¡Ç › ˘œ˘± › fl¡±Ê√˘À¬ı˛‡±] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ’±qÀÓ¬±¯∏ ˆ¬A±‰¬±˚«, ¬ı±—˘±¬ı˛ Œ˘±fl¡-¸—¶‘®øÓ¬, [ÚÓ≈¬Ú ø√ø~ . Ú…±˙Ú±˘ ¬ı≈fl¡ ¬∏C±¶Ü, 1993]
2. ¬ıèÌfl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ¬ıeœ˚˛ Œ˘±fl¡¸—·œÓ¬ Œfl¡±¯∏,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬Û≈ô¶fl¡ ø¬ı¬ÛøÌ]
3. ≈√˘±˘ Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛œ › ¬Û~¬ı Œ¸Ú&5 ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, Œ˘±fl¡¸—¶‘®øÓ¬¬ı˛ ø¬ıù´Àfl¡±¯∏,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√ ¬ı≈fl¡ Œ¶Ü±¬ı˛]
4. √œÀÚ˙‰¬f Œ¸Ú ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ¬Û”¬ı«¬ıe√√ ·œøÓ¬fl¡±, ‡G 1, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—, 2011]
BNGL DSE 3 Ã Ê√œ¬ıÚœ › ’±RÊ√œ¬ıÚœ Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¬ı˛±¸¸≈µ¬ı˛œ Œ√¬ıœ . ’±˜±¬ı˛ Ê√œ¬ıÚ Ã
’Ô¬ı±
ø˙¬ıÚ±Ô ˙±¶aœ . ¬ı˛±˜Ó¬Ú≈ ˘±ø˝√√Î¬ˇœ › Ó¬»fl¡±˘œÚ ¬ıe¸˜±Ê√ [‰¬Ó≈¬Ô« ¬Ûø¬ı˛À26√√ ŒÔÀfl¡ ’©Ü˜ ¬Ûø¬ı˛À26√√] Ã
’Ô¬ı±
¸≈øÊ√» Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛œ . ˝√√±¬ı˛±ÀÚ± ø√Ú ˝√√±¬ı˛±ÀÚ± ˜±Ú≈¯∏ [¤fl¡-√˙ ¬Ûø¬ı˛À26√√] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬ı˛±¸¸≈µ¬ı˛œ Œ√¬ıœ, ’±˜±¬ı˛ Ê√œ¬ıÚ, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬±]
2. ¬ı±ø¬ı˛√¬ı¬ı˛Ì Œ‚±¯∏ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ø˙¬ıÚ±Ô ˙±¶aœ, ¬ı˛±˜Ó¬Ú≈ ˘±ø˝√√Î¬ˇœ › Ó¬»fl¡±˘œÚ ¬ıe¸˜±Ê√, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . øÚÎ¬◊ ¤Ê√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸« õ∂±. ø˘., 2007]
3. ¸≈øÊ√» Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛œ, ˝√√±¬ı˛±ÀÚ± ø√Ú ˝√√±¬ı˛±ÀÚ± ˜±Ú≈¯∏, ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¬Û¬ı«,¬[ø˙˘‰¬¬ı˛ . ŒÊ√…±øÓ¬ õ∂fl¡±˙Úœ, 2010]
BNGL GE 1 Ã ¬ı±„√√±ø˘¬ı˛ ˝◊√ øÓ¬˝√√±¸ Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¬ı±„√√±ø˘¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸ [¤fl¡±√˙ ’Ò…±˚˛ . ∆√ÚøµÚ Ê√œ¬ıÚ, ‰¬Ó≈¬«√˙ ’Ò…±˚˛ . ø˙äfl¡˘±, 1-3, 6 ’Ò…±˚˛] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. Úœ˝√√±¬ı˛¬ı˛?Ú ¬ı˛±˚˛, ¬ı±e±˘œ¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸ [’±ø√¬Û¬ı«], [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—, 1402˚ 1995]
BNGL GE 2 Ã ·Ì:±¬ÛÚ Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ·Ì:±¬ÛÚ Ó¬N › õ∂À˚˛±· Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¸•x‰¬±À¬ı˛¬ı˛ ˆ¬±¯∏± › ˆ¬øe Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬Û±Ô« ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬·Ì:±¬ÛÚ Ó¬N › õ∂À˚˛±·, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—, 2012]
2. ˆ¬À¬ı˙ √±˙ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ¬¸•x‰¬±À¬ı˛¬ı˛ ˆ¬±¯∏± › ˆ¬øe,¬[fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ·±„√√ø‰¬˘, 2010]
BNGL GE 3 Ã ø¬ı:±Ú › fl¡äø¬ı:±Ú Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . Ê√·√œ˙‰¬f ¬ı¸≈ . ’¬ı…Mê√ [·±ÀÂ√¬ı˛ fl¡Ô±, Î¬◊øæ√À√¬ı˛ Ê√ij › ˜‘Ó≈¬…, ˆ¬±·œ¬ı˛Ó¬œ¬ı˛ Î¬◊»¸ ¸g±ÀÚ, ø¬ı:±ÀÚ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…] Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¸Ó¬…øÊ√» ¬ı˛±˚˛ . Œ¬ı…±˜˚±Sœ¬ı˛ Î¬±˚˛ø¬ı˛ Ã
¢∂Lö
1. Ê√·√œ˙‰¬f ¬ı¸≈, ’¬ı…Mê√, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—, 2007]
2. ¸Ó¬…øÊ√» ¬ı˛±˚˛,¬˙Ç≈¸˜¢∂, Œ¬ı…±˜˚±Sœ¬ı˛ Î¬±˚˛ø¬ı˛, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’±Úµ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«]
BNGL GE 4 Ã ¬ı˛‰¬Ú± › õ∂¬ıg Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

¬ı˛‰¬Ú± › õ∂¬ıgø˘‡Ú√ Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬Ûœ˚”¯∏ Œ√, ¬¬ı±Ìœ ø¬ıø‰¬S±, [&˚˛±˝√√±øÈ¬ . ¬ı±Ìœ õ∂fl¡±˙Úœ, 2016]
õ∂Ô˜ ¯∏±∞√¨±ø¸fl¡
BNGL DSC 1 A Ã õ∂±‰¬œÚ › ˜Ò…˚≈À·¬ı˛ ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘¬6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . õ∂±‰¬œÚ › õ∂±flƒ¡-∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… ¸˜˚˛
‰¬˚«±¬Û√ . ’±ø¬ı©®±¬ı˛ › õ∂fl¡±˙, Ú±˜fl¡¬ı˛Ì, fl¡±¬ı…-∆¬ıø˙©Ü… › ¬Û√fl¡Ó«¬±¬ı˛ ¸˜…fl¡ ¬Ûø¬ı˛‰¬˚˛ , ¿fl‘¡¯ûfl¡œÓ«¬Ú . ¬ı˛‰¬Ú±fl¡±˘, ’±ø¬ı©®±¬ı˛ ›
õ∂fl¡±˙, fl¡ø¬ı-¬Ûø¬ı˛‰¬˚˛, fl¡±¬ı…-∆¬ıø˙©Ü… , ∆¬ı¯û¬ı ¬Û√±¬ı˘œ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . ø¬ı√…±¬ÛøÓ¬, ‰¬Gœ√±¸ , ¬’Ú≈¬ı±√ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . fl‘¡øM√√¬ı±¸œ ¬ı˛±˜±˚˛Ì .
fl¡ø¬ı-¬Ûø¬ı˛‰¬˚˛, fl¡±¬ı…-fl¡Ô±, fl¡±¬ı…-∆¬ıø˙©Ü… , È¬œfl¡± . Ê√˚˛À√¬ı, fl¡¬ıœf¬ı‰¬Ú¸˜≈2‰¬˚˛, ¸≈√øMê√√fl¡Ì«±˜‘Ó¬, Ó≈¬øfl«¡ ’±Sê˜Ì, UÀ¸Ú ˙±˝√√,
˜±˘±Ò¬ı˛ ¬ı¸≈, fl¡¬ıœf ¬Û¬ı˛À˜ù´¬ı˛, Ú±¬ı˛±˚˛Ì Œ√¬ı, ø¬ıÊ√˚˛ &5 Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… › ∆‰¬Ó¬ÀÚ…±M√√¬ı˛ ¸˜˚˛
¿Õ‰¬Ó¬Ú…À√¬ı . ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… › ¸˜fl¡±˘œÚ ¬ı±—˘±¬ı˛ ¸±˜±øÊ√fl¡-¬ı˛±Ê√ÕÚøÓ¬fl¡-¸±—¶‘®øÓ¬fl¡ õ∂¸e , ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… Ê√œ¬ıÚœfl¡±¬ı… . ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú…
ˆ¬±·¬ıÓ¬, ∆‰¬Ó¬Ú… ‰¬ø¬ı˛Ó¬±˜‘Ó¬ , ∆¬ı¯û¬ı ¬Û√±¬ı˘œ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . :±Ú√±¸, Œ·±ø¬ıµ√±¸ , ˜e˘fl¡±¬ı… . fl¡ø¬ıfl¡ÇÌ ˜≈fl≈¡µ, ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬‰¬f
¬ı˛±˚˛&Ì±fl¡¬ı˛ , ’Ú≈¬ı±√ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . fl¡±˙œ¬ı˛±˜ √±¸, ∆¸˚˛√ ’±˘±›˘ , È¬œfl¡± . ¯∏Î¬ˇ Œ·±¶§±˜œ, ¬ı˘¬ı˛±˜ √±¸, Œ‡Ó≈¬¬ı˛œ ˜À˝√√±»¸¬ı,
Œfl¡Ó¬fl¡±√±¸ Œé¬˜±Úµ, ¬ı˛+¬Û¬ı˛±˜ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ, ‰¬f±¬ıÓ¬œ, Œ√Ã˘Ó¬ fl¡±Ê√œ, ¬ı˛±˜õ∂¸±√, fl¡˜˘±fl¡±ôL, ø˙¬ı±˚˛Ú, Œ·±¬ı˛é¬ø¬ıÊ√˚˛ Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¸≈fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ Œ¸Ú, ¬ı±e±˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸, õ∂Ô˜ › ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ‡G [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’±Úµ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«√, 2004˚ 2005]
2. ’ø¸Ó¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬¬ı‘M√, õ∂Ô˜, ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ › Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ‡G [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ˜Î¬±Ì« ¬ı≈fl¡ ¤ÀÊ√øk√]
3. ññ, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¸•Û”Ì« ˝◊√øÓ¬¬ı‘M√, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ˜Î¬±Ì« ¬ı≈fl¡ ¤ÀÊ√øk√]
4. Œ·±¬Û±˘ ˝√√±˘√±¬ı˛, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¬ı˛+¬ÛÀ¬ı˛‡±, õ∂Ô˜ ‡G [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¤ ˜≈‡±øÊ«√ ’…±`¬ Œfl¡±•Û±øÚ, 1973]
5. Œé¬S &5, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¸˜¢∂ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¢∂Lö˜, 2012]
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¯∏±∞√¨±ø¸fl¡
BNGL DSC 1 B Ã ’±Ò≈øÚfl¡ ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ·√… ¸±ø˝√Ó¬…
¬ı±—˘± ·√… ¸±ø˝√Ó¬… . ŒÙ¬±È«¬ Î¬◊˝◊√ø˘˚˛±˜ fl¡À˘Ê√, ¬ı˛±˜À˜±˝√√Ú ¬ı˛±˚˛, ÷ù´¬ı˛‰¬f ø¬ı√…±¸±·¬ı˛, ¬ıøÇ˜‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô
Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛ , È¬œfl¡± . ¿¬ı˛±˜¬Û≈¬ı˛ ø˜˙Ú, ’é¬˚˛fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ √M√, fl¡±˘œõ∂¸iß ø¸—˝√√, ¬Û…±¬ı˛œ‰“¬±√ ø˜S, õ∂˜Ô Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛œ Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . fl¡±¬ı…-¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…
fl¡±¬ı…-fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬± . ˜±˝◊√Àfl¡˘ ˜Ò≈¸”√Ú √M√, ø¬ı˝√√±¬ı˛œ˘±˘ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ, ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, Ê√œ¬ıÚ±Úµ √±˙ , È¬œfl¡± . ÷ù´¬ı˛‰¬f &5,
ÚÊ√è˘ ˝◊√¸˘±˜, ¸ÀÓ¬…fÚ±Ô √M√, ’ø˜˚˛ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ, ø¬ı¯≈û Œ√, ¸≈ÒœfÚ±Ô √M√, ¬ı≈XÀ√¬ı ¬ı¸≈, ¸˜¬ı˛ Œ¸Ú, ˙øMê√ ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛,
˙∫ Œ‚±¯∏ Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
Ú±È¬fl¡ › õ∂˝√√¸Ú . ˜±˝◊√Àfl¡˘ ˜Ò≈¸”√Ú √M√, √œÚ¬ıg≈ ø˜S, ø·ø¬ı˛˙‰¬f Œ‚±¯∏, ø¡ZÀÊ√f˘±˘ ¬ı˛±˚˛, ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛ , È¬œfl¡± .
Œ·¬ı˛±ø¸˜ ø˘À˚˛À¬ıÀ√Ù¬, Ê√±Ó¬œ˚˛ Ú±È¬…˙±˘±, ø˙ø˙¬ı˛fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ˆ¬±≈√Î¬ˇœ, Ú¬ıÚ±È¬…, ·ÌÚ±È¬…, ø¬ıÊ√Ú ˆ¬A±‰¬±˚«, ¬ı±√˘ ¸¬ı˛fl¡±¬ı˛ Ã
‰¬Ó≈¬Ô« ¤fl¡fl¡ .
Î¬◊¬ÛÚ…±¸ › ŒÂ√±È¬·ä . ¬ıøÇ˜‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, ˙¬ı˛»‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ø¬ıˆ¬”øÓ¬ˆ¬”¯∏Ì ¬ıÀµ…±¬ÛÒ…±˚˛, Ó¬±¬ı˛±˙Ç¬ı˛
¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ˜±øÚfl¡ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ˜˝√√±Àù´Ó¬± Œ√¬ıœ È¬œfl¡± . ¶§Ì«fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛œ Œ√¬ıœ, ¸Ó¬œÚ±Ô ˆ¬±≈√Î¬ˇœ, ¬Û¬ı˛q¬ı˛±˜, Ê√·√œ˙ &5,
’±˙±¬Û”Ì«± Œ√¬ı, ’ôLÊ«√˘œ ˚±S±, ’±‡Ó¬±è7¡¡¡±˜±Ú ˝◊√ø˘˚˛±¸, ¸≈Úœ˘ ·Àe±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¸≈fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ Œ¸Ú, ¬ı±e±˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸, ‡G 3-5, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ’±Úµ ¬Û±¬ıø˘˙±¸«, 1994˚ 1998˚ 1999]
2. ’ø¸Ó¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬¬ı‘M√, ‡G 4-9, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ˜Î¬±Ì« ¬ı≈fl¡ ¤ÀÊ√øk, 1985˚ 2000˚ 2002˚ 2006]
3. Œ·±¬Û±˘ ˝√√±˘√±¬ı˛, ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬…¬ı˛ ¬ı˛+¬ÛÀ¬ı˛‡±, ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ‡G [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¤ ˜≈‡±øÊ«√ ’…±`¬ Œfl¡±•Û±øÚ, 1974]
4. ø˙ø˙¬ı˛fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ √±˙, ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬…¸eœ, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¸—¸√, 2003]
5. ’øÊ√Ó¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ Œ‚±¯∏, ¬ı±—˘± Ú±È¬Àfl¡¬ı˛ ˝◊√øÓ¬˝√√±¸, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—]
6. |œfl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ıe¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬… Î¬◊¬ÛÚ…±À¸¬ı˛ Ò±¬ı˛±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—, 2006]
8. |œfl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ıe¸±ø˝√√ÀÓ¬… Î¬◊¬ÛÚ…±À¸¬ı˛ Ò±¬ı˛±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—√, 2006]
7. ˆ¬”À√¬ı Œ‰¬ÃÒ≈¬ı˛œ∏, ¬ı±—˘± ŒÂ√±È¬·ä › ·äfl¡±¬ı˛, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . Œ√íÊ√ ¬Û±¬ıø˘ø˙—]
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¯∏±∞√¨±ø¸fl¡
BNGL DSC 1 C Ã ¬ı±—˘± ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… . øÚ¬ı«±ø‰¬Ó¬ ¬Û±Í¬ Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
¬ıøÇ˜‰¬f ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛√ . ’±Úµ˜Í¬ Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ .
’±Ò≈øÚfl¡ ¬ı±—˘± fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬± [Ê√œ¬ıÚ±Úµ √±˙ . Œ¬ı±Ò, ø¬ı¯≈û Œ√ . Œ‚±Î¬ˇ¸›˚˛±¬ı˛, ’ø˜˚˛ ‰¬Sê¬ıÓ«¬œ . ¸—·øÓ¬, ’iß√±˙Ç¬ı˛ ¬ı˛±˚˛ . ‡≈fl≈¡
› Œ‡±fl¡±, ˙øMê√ ‰¬ÀA±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ . ’¬ıÚœ ¬ı±øÎ¬ˇ ’±ÀÂ√±] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬ıËÀÊ√fÚ±Ô ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ › ¸Ê√Úœfl¡±ôL √±¸ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ¬ıøÇ˜ ¬ı˛‰¬Ú±¬ı˘œ, ’±Úµ˜Í¬, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬ıeœ˚˛ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¬Ûø¬ı˛¯∏»√]
2. ¬ı≈XÀ√¬ı ¬ı¸≈ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ’±Ò≈øÚfl¡ ¬ı±—˘± fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¤˜ ø¸ ¸¬ı˛fl¡±¬ı˛ ’…±`¬ ¸k, 2007]
BNGL DSC 1 D Ã ¬ı˛¬ıœf¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6
õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¸=ø˚˛Ó¬± [øÚÁ«¡À¬ı˛¬ı˛ ¶§õüˆ¬e, Œ¸±Ú±¬ı˛ Ó¬¬ı˛œ, ø‰¬S±, Œ˚ÀÓ¬ Ú±ø˝√√ ø√¬ı, ≈√–¸˜˚˛, ˙±-Ê√±˝√√±Ú] Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¬˜≈Mê√Ò±¬ı˛± Ã
Ó‘¬Ó¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ·ä&26√ [Œ√Ú±¬Û±›Ú±, Œ¬Û±¶Ü˜±¶Ü±¬ı˛, fl¡Ç±˘, ¤fl¡¬ı˛±øS, ¸≈ˆ¬±, ¸˜±ø5] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬ı˛¬ıœfÚ±Ô Í¬±fl≈¡¬ı˛, ¸=ø˚˛Ó¬±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·]
2. ññ, ˜≈Mê√Ò±¬ı˛±, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·]
3. ññ, ·ä&26√, õ∂Ô˜ ‡G, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·, ∆¬ı˙±‡ 1398]
BNGL MIL 1 Ã ·√… › fl¡ø¬ıÓ¬± . øÚ¬ı«±ø‰¬Ó¬ ¬Û±Í¬ Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ¬Û…±¬ı˛œ‰“¬±√ ø˜S . ’±˘±À˘¬ı˛ ‚À¬ı˛¬ı˛ ≈√˘±˘
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ø˙q Œˆ¬±˘±Ú±Ô [ø˙q Œˆ¬±˘±Ú±Ô, ˜ÀÚ ¬ÛÎ¬ˇ±, ¸±Ó¬ ¸˜≈^ ¬Û±À¬ı˛, ¬ı±Î¬◊˘, ≈√À˚˛±¬ı˛±Úœ, ¬ı˛±Ê√ø˜¶aœ] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ¬Û…±¬ı˛œ‰“¬±√ ø˜S, ’±˘±À˘¬ı˛ ‚À¬ı˛¬ı˛ ≈√˘±˘, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ¬ıeœ˚˛ ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ¬Ûø¬ı˛¯∏»]
2. ññ, ¬ı˛¬ıœf ¬ı˛‰¬Ú±¬ı˘œ, ¸5˜ ‡G, ¸≈˘ˆ¬, ø˙q Œˆ¬±˘±Ú±Ô, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬± . ø¬ıù´ˆ¬±¬ı˛Ó¬œ ¢∂LöÚø¬ıˆ¬±·, 1395]
BNGL MIL 2 Ã fl¡Ô±¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… Ã ŒSêøÎ¬È¬ 5Ÿ¬1Ÿ¬0‘ 6

õ∂Ô˜ ¤fl¡fl¡ . ˜±øÚfl¡ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ . ¬ÛΩ± Úœ¬ı˛ ˜±øÁ¡ Ã
ø¡ZÓ¬œ˚˛ ¤fl¡fl¡ . øÚ¬ı«±ø‰¬Ó¬ ¬ı±—˘± ·ä [Ó¬±¬ı˛±˙Ç¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ . õ∂øÓ¬˜±, Œõ∂À˜f ø˜S . ŒÓ¬À˘Ú±À¬Û±Ó¬± ’±ø¬ı©®±¬ı˛, ˜±øÚfl¡ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ . ¤fl¡±iß¬ıÓ«¬œ,
¬ıÚÙ≈¬˘ . øÚ˜·±Â√, ˜˝√√±Àù´Ó¬± Œ√¬ıœ . fl≈¡ôLœ › øÚ¯∏±√œ] Ã
¢∂Lö
1. ˜±øÚfl¡ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛, ¬ÛΩ± Ú√œ¬ı˛ ˜±øÁ¡, [fl¡˘fl¡±Ó¬±]
2. ’ø¸Ó¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ ¬ıÀµ…±¬Û±Ò…±˚˛ › ’øÊ√Ó¬fl≈¡˜±¬ı˛ Œ‚±¯∏ ¸•Û±ø√Ó¬, ¬ı±—˘± ·ä ¸—fl¡˘Ú, [ÚÓ≈¬Ú ø√ø~ . ¸±ø˝√√Ó¬… ’fl¡±À√ø˜, 2008]
UG LEVEL SYLLABUS FOR HONOURS COURSE IN BENGALI
Sem Core Course (14) Ability Enhancement Skill Enhancement Course (SEC) Elective Discipline Specific DSE Elective Generic (GE)
Compulsory Course (AECC)
1st C-1: History of Bengali Literature (Old & Unit-1. Pad Parivartan, Bakya GE-1. Bangalir Itihas (Selected
Sem Medieval period) Parivartan, Idioms, topic)
C-2: Text (Manasamangal, Vaishnava Padavali, Commercial Terminology.
Krittivasi Ramayana/ Chaitanya Bhagavat) Unit-2. Letter writing.
2nd C-3: History of Bengali Literature (Modern GE-2. Ganagyapan

Sem period)1
C-4: History of Bengali Literature (Modern
period)2
3rd C-5: 19th Century selected text (Neeldarpan- SEC-1, Applied Bengali GE-3: Unit-1, Abyakta -
Sem Dinobandhu Mitra, Meghnadbadh Kavya- Unit-1, Proof reading, News Writing. Jagadishchandra Basu(Selected
Madhusudan Dutta, Anandamath- Bankimchandra Unit-2, Report writing, Book & Text) Unit-2 , Professor Sanku -
Chattopadhyay) Drama Review. Satyajit Ray (Selected Text)
C-6: Bhasar itibritto O Bhasatatta
C-7: Unit-1 Chanda, Unit-2 Alankar Unit-3
Literary Term (Gitikovita, Novel, Short Story,
Drama, Essay)
Sem Core Course (14) Ability Enhancement Skill Enhancement Course (SEC) Elective Discipline Specific DSE Elective Generic (GE)
Compulsory Course (AECC)
4th C-8: Rabindra literature-1 SEC-2: Translation

Sem Unit-1, Sanchayita (Selected) Unit-1, Translation Theory GE- 4: Essay writing
Unit-2, Muktadhara Unit-2, Practical Translation.
Unit-3, Ghore-Baire
C-9: Rabindra literature-2
Unit-1, Galpoguccha (Selected)
Unit-2, Jeevansmriti (Selected)
Unit-3, Sishu Bholanath (Selected)
C-10: World Literature
Unit-1, Abhigyan Sakuntalam / Macbeth
Unit-2, Bharatjora Golpokatha (Selected)
Unit-3, Brief history of Axomiya / Bodo
literature.
5th C-11: Literary criticism DSE-1: Children Literature
Sem Unit-1, Kavyajigyasha (Dhwani, Ras) Unit-1, Dakshinaranjan Mitra Majumdar-
Unit-2, Poetics (Tragedy, Epic) Thakurmar Jhuli (Selected)
Unit-4, Contemporary literary trends Unit-2, Sukumar Roy- Ha ja ba ra la
(Marxian literary criticism, Readers-response Unit-3, Ananindranath Thakur – Buro
criticism, Feminism, Post colonialism. Angla.
DSE-2: Folk Literature
C-12: Bengali literature of N.E India. Unit-1: Lokosahitya(Defination, Nature &
Unit-1Uttar Purber Bangla Kabita (Selected) Characteristics)
Unit-2Uttar Purber Bangla Golpo (Selected) Unit-2: Chara, Geeti, Prabad.
Unit-3 Sukhranjaner Nathipatra- Prodyut Unit-3: Maimansingha Geetika (Selected)
Chakraborty.
Sem Core Course (14) Ability Enhancement Skill Enhancement Course (SEC) Elective Discipline Specific DSE Elective
Compulsory Course (AECC) Generic (GE)
6th C-13: Rabindra paraborti Bangla Sahitya. DSE-3: Autobiography & Biography.
Sem Unit-1, Buddhadeb Bose- Adhunik bangle Unit-1, Rassundari Devi – Amar Jeevan
Kabita (Selected) Unit-2, Sibnath Shastri – Ramtanu Lahiri O
Unit-2, Nirbachita Bangla Galpo (Selected)/ Tatkalin Bongosamaj (Selected) / Sujit
Salil Sen- Natun Ihudi. Chaudhury – Harano din Harano manush
(Selected)
C-14: Bangla Probondho DSE-4: Project/Dissertation work.

Unit-1, Jibanananda Das- Kobitar Katha
(Selected)
Unit-2, Dusho Bochorer Bangla Probondho
(Vol -1) (Selected)
B.Com. CBCS (Regular Course)
SEM-I
(L+T+P) Marks
BC-101 Financial Accounting DSC-1 A 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-102 Business organization and DSC-2 A 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

BC-103 Business Communication AECC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
(language-English/Hindi/MIL)
BC-104 English-I Language 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P) Marks
BC-201 Business Law DSC-1 B 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-202 Business Mathematics and DSC-2 B 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

Statistics
BC-203 Environmental Studies AECC-2 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
BC-204 MIL-1 Language 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-III
(L+T+P) Marks
BC-301 Principles of Management DSC-1C 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-302 Corporate Accounting DSC-2 C 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-303 English-II language 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-304 Computer Application in Business SEC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50

Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-IV
(L+T+P) Marks
BC-401 MIL-2 language 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-402 Marketing Management DSC-1D 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BC-403 Income Tax DSC-2 D 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

BC-404 E-Commerce SEC-2 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEM-V
(L+T+P) Marks
a. Financial Management
b. Cost Accounting
c. Financial Markets and Institutions

a. Auditing & Corporate Governance
b. Human Resource Management
c. International Business
BC-503 Management of Small Business SEC-3 2 2+0+0 50 -- 50
BC-504 Principle of Micro economics GE-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350

SEM-VI
(L+T+P) Marks
a. Modern Banking Practices
c. International Banking
a. Computerized Accounting System
c. Management Accounting
BC-603 Personal Selling & Salesmanship SEC-4 2 2+0+0 50 -- 50
BC-604 Indian Economics GE-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350

B.Com (Hons.) CBCS
SEMESTER - I

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-101 Financial Accounting C-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-102 Business Organization and C-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

BCH-103 Business Communication AECC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
(language – English/Hindi/MIL)
BCH-104 Principle of Micro Economics GE-1 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350
SEMESTER - II

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-201 Business Law C-3 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-202 Indian Financial System C-4 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-203 Environmental Studies AECC-2 2 2+0+0 50 - 50

BCH-204 Indian Economics GE-2 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 20 17+3+0=20 290 60 350

SEMESTER - III

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-301 Principles of Management C-5 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-302 Corporate Accounting C-6 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-303 Company Law C-7 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

BCH-304 Computer Application in Business SEC-1 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
BCH-305 Business Statistics GE-3 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 26 22+4+0=26 370 80 450
SEMESTER - IV

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-401 Financial Services C-8 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-402 Marketing Management C-9 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-403 Income Tax C-10 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

BCH-404 E-Commerce SEC-2 2 2+0+0 50 - 50
BCH-405 Business Mathematics GE-4 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
Total 26 22+4+0=26 370 80 450

SEMESTER - V

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-501 Financial Management C-11 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-502 Auditing and Corporate C-12 6 5+1+0 80 20 100

Governance
Total 24 20+4+0=24 320 80 400
Group A- Accounts
DSE-1: Advance Financial Accounting
2. Cost Accounting
Group B- Management
DSE- 1: Human Resource Management
DSE-2: Cost and Management Accounting
Group C- Finance
DSE-1: Financial Markets and Institutions
DSE-2: International Business
Note: Students must select Course DSE-1 and DSE-2 from the same group. It is therefore not permitted to select
Course DSE-1 from one group and DSE-2 from another Group.
SEMESTER - VI

(L+T+P) Marks
BCH-601 Modern Banking Practices C-13 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-602 Computerized Accounting System C-14 6 5+1+0 80 20 100
BCH-604 Business Research & Project work DSE-4 6 5+1+0 50 50 100

Total 26 20+4+0=24 290 110 400
Group A- Accounts
DSE-3: (Any One)
a. Corporate Tax Planning
Group B- Management
DSE-3: (Any One)
a. Consumer Affairs & Customer Care
Group C- Finance
DSC-3 : (Any One)
a. Micro finance
b. International Banking
Note: Students have to select one subject from the same group (A or B or C) he/she has chosen for 5th
Semester.
Note:
1. Paper-604 : Theory exam. Will be conducted on Business Research topic for 50 marks and Project
work will carried 50 marks (Project report 40 marks and Viva-voce 10 marks)
2. A college or institution can call anyone as external while conducting Viva-voce, from nearby colleges.
3. A student should conduct project work in the area of his/her concerned group.
B.A/B.SC GEOGRAPHY (MAJOR COURSE) SYLLABUS
SEM-I
Paper Code Course Credit Credit End Semester Internal Total
Distribution Marks Marks Marks
(L+T+P)
GGY-101H C1:Understanding 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Geography
GGY-102H C-2: Geomorphology 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
GGY-103R GE-1:Disaster 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(R) 20 100

Management
COMM-104HR AECC-1: 2 2+0+0 40 10 50
English/Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 280 70 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P)
GGY-201H C-3:Human 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Geography
GGY-202H C-4:Basics of 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Cartography
GGY-203R GE-2: Sustainable 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(R) 20 100
Development
COMM-204HR AECC-2: 2 2+0+0 40 10 50
Environmental
Studies
Total 20 20 280 70 350
SEM-III
(L+T+P)
GGY-301H C-5: Climatology 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
GGY-302H C-6: Evolution of 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Geographical
Thought
GGY-303H C-7: Population and 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Settlement
Geography
GGY-304R GE-3: 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(R) 20 100
Development Studies
GGY-305HR SEC-1: Statistical 2 2+0+0 40 10 50
Methods in
Geography
Total 26 26 360 90 450
SEM-IV
(L+T+P)
GGY-401H C-8: Economic 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Geography
GGY-402H C-9: Geography of 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
India
GGY-403H C-10: Advance 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Cartography
GGY-404R GE-4: 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(R) 20 100
Environmental
Geography
GGY-405HR SEC-2: Research 2 2+0+0 40 10 50
Methodology
Total 26 26 360 90 450
SEM-V
(L+T+P)
GGY-501H C-11: Regional 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Planning and
Development
GGY-502H C-12: Remote 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Sensing
and Geographic
Information System
GGY-503H DSE-1: Urban and 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Cultural Geography
GGY-504H DSE-2:Soil and 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Bio-Geography
Total 24 24 320 80 400
SEM-VI
(L+T+P)
GGY-601H C-13: Regional 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Geography of the
World
GGY-602H C-14: Dissertation 6 6+0+0 80 20 100
GGY-603H DSE-3: Social and 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Political Geography
GGY-604H DSE-4: 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Geography of North
East India
Total 24 24 320 80 400
B.A/B.SC GEOGRAPHY (MAJOR COURSE) SYLLABUS
Semester Core Course (14) Ability Skill Discipline Generic

Compulsory Course Elective (GE)(4)
Course (AECC) (2) (SEC)(2) (DSE)(4)
I C-1: Understanding AECC-1: GE-1: Disaster
Geography(4+2) English/Hindi/MIL Management
C-2: Geomorphology (Communication)
(4+2)
II C-3: Human AECC-2: GE-2:
Geography(4+2) Environmental Sustainable
C-4: Basics of Studies Development
Cartography(4+2)
III C-5: SEC-1: GE-3:
Climatology(4+2) Statistical Development
C-6: Evolution of Methods in Studies
Geographical Geography
Thought(4+2)
C-7: Population and
Settlement
Geography(4+2)
IV C-8: Economic SEC-2: GE-4:
Geography(4+2) Research Environmental
C-9: Geography of Methodology Geography
India(4+2)
C-10: Advance
Cartography(4+2)
V C-11: Regional DSE-1: Soil
Planning and and Bio-
Development(4+2) Geography
C-12: Remote DSE-2:
Sensing and Urban and
Geographic Cultural
Information Geography
System(4+2)
VI C-13: Regional DSE-3:
Geography of the Social and
World (4+2) Political
Geography
C-14: Dissertation(6) DSE-4:
Geography of
North East
India
FIRST SEMESTER
Core Course: C-1: Understanding Geography

Total Marks: 100
60(Th) + 20(P) + 20(IA)
Total Credit: 6 (Total Number of Class: 60)
Unit 1: Field of Geography (20 class)

 Nature and scope of Geography: Geography as a spatial science, present day relevance of
Geography, Geography as interdisciplinary and integrated discipline.
 Physical Geography and Human Geography: Nature, Contents and Interrelationship,
Branches of Physical and Human Geography,
Unit 2: Fundamental Concepts in Geography (15 class)

 Relation of Geography with natural, social and earth sciences.
 Spatial and temporal variation, spatial association, spatial interaction, spatial diffusion,
spatial organization, human ecology, system concept, Man-Environment Relationship.
Unit 3: Map and Geography (10 class)

 Importance of map in Geography, Types of map
 Representation of interrelationship among the physical and cultural features from
Topographical Maps and Interpretation.
Unit 4: Practical (15 class)

 Elements of map reading and Interpretation of toposheet
 Drawing of a representative part from topographical map, such as - Mountain, Plateau, Hills and
Ridges, Piedmont, Floodplain, Valley (U-shaped and V-shaped), spurs and their characteristics.
Books Suggested:
1. Hussain, M., 1989: Evolution of Geographic Thought, Rawat Publications, Jaipur
2. Dikshit, R.D., 1997: Geographical Thoughts: A Contextual History of Ideas, Printice Hall of
India, New Delhi
3. Adhikari, S., 1992: Geographical Thought, Chaitanya Pustak Allahabad
4. Abler, R., Adams, J. and Gould, P.P., 1971: Spatial Organization: the Geographers’ View of
the World, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliff
5. Hussain, M.: Human Geography, Rawat Publications, Jaipur 3
6. Brunhes, J., 1920: Human Geography, edited by Isaisah Bowman
7. Hartshorne, R., 1939: The Nature of Geography, Rand Mckully, Chicago
8. Knox, P.L., 1975: Social Well-being: A Spatial Perspective, Oxford University
9. Smith, David M., 1977: Human Geography: A Welfare Approach, Edward Arnold, London
10. Chorley, R.J. and Hagget, P. (eds.) 1967: Models in Geography, Methuen, London
11. Hartshorne, R., 1959: Perspective on the Nature of Geography, Indians edition, Scientific
Publishers, Jodhpur
12. Johnston, R.J. (ed): The Dictionary of Human Geography, Oxford, Basil, Blackwell
13. Harvey, D., 1969: Explanation in Geography, St. Martin Press, New York
14. Dikshit, R.D., 1994: The Art and Science of Geography, Printice Hall of India, New Delhi
Core Course: C-2: Geomorphology
Total Marks: 100
60(Th) + 20(P) + 20(IA)
Unit 1: Basics of Geomorphology (12 class)

 Geomorphology: Definition, Nature and Scope, Evolution of Geomorphological
Thoughts
 Theories of origin and Evolution of Earth (Nebular hypothesis, Big Bang theory)
 Earth: Chemical Composition and Interior Structure of the Earth, Geological Time scale;
Era, period and epoch.
Unit I1: Earth Movements (20 class)

 Continental Drift Theory, Sea Floor Spreading, Isostasy, Plate Tectonics, Mountain
building (Orogeny) L. Kober and Arthur Holmes and Epeirogenic movements.
 Types of Fold and Fault Landforms, Earthquakes, Volcanoes and its location
Unit III: Geomorphic Processes (18 class)

 Weathering, Mass Wasting, Cycle of Erosion (Davis and Penck).
 Evolution of Landforms (Erosional and Depositional): Fluvial, Aeolian, Glacial, Karst
and Coastal.
 Coral reefs and atolls formation
Unit IV: Practical (10 class)

 Relief representation through serial profiles, superimposed profiles, composite profiles
and Projected profiles,
 Demarcation of basin and representation of basin relief through profiles, interpretation,
 Mapping of the major crustal plates of the earth, Rock types and Characteristics
 Preparation of Relative Relief Map using Smith’s Method from Topographical Maps
 Drawing and analysis of Average Slope Map by Wentworth’s Method
Books Suggested:
Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi
Ed.,Macmillan Publishing Company
4. Kale V. S. and Gupta A., 2001: Introduction to Geomorphology, Orient Longman, Hyderabad.
physical Geology, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons
10. Gautam, A (2010): Bhautik Bhugol, Rastogi Punlications, Meerut
Generic Elective Paper
Generic Elective: GE-1: Disaster Management
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20(R) + 20(IA)
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Disaster Management (12 class)

 Definition and Concepts: Hazards, Disasters; Risk and Vulnerability; Classification of
Disaster;
 Concept of Disaster Resilience, Do’s and Don’ts During and Post Disasters
 Indigenous Knowledge and Community based Disaster Management.
Unit II: Natural Factors (18 class)
 Disasters in India: (a) Flood: Causes, Impact and Distribution; Landslide: Causes, Impact,
and Distribution; Drought: Causes, Impact and Distribution
 Disasters in India: (b) Earthquake and Tsunami: Causes, Impact and Distribution
 Cyclone: Causes, Impact and Distribution
 Major Earthquake, flood and landslide with special reference to North East India
Unit III: Anthropogenic Factors (18 class)
 Manmade disasters: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping
 Urban Flooding, forest fire; Issues, problems and mitigation with special reference to
India
 Response and Mitigation to Disasters: Mitigation and Preparedness, National Disaster
Management Authority (NDMA) and National Institute of Disaster Management (NIDM)
Unit IV: Project Report (12 class)
 A report on risk and response of Flood, Drought, Forest Fire, Cyclone, Landslide,
Earthquake etc.
Book Suggested:
1. Government of India. (1997): Vulnerability Atlas of India, New Delhi, Building Materials
& Technology Promotion Council, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India.
2. Kapur, A. (2010) Vulnerable India: A Geographical Study of Disasters, Sage Publication, New Delhi.
Macmillan, Delhi.
4. Singh, R. B. (ed.), (2006) Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: Vulnerability and Mitigation,
5. Sinha, A. (2001). Disaster Management: Lessons Drawn and Strategies for Future, New United Press,
New Delhi.
7. Singh Jagbir (2007) “Disaster Management Future Challenges and Oppurtunities”, Publisher- I.K.
International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India
(www.ikbooks.com).
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course (AECC)
AECC-1: (English/ Hindi/MIL/Communication)

Total Marks: 50
40 (Th) + 10(IA)
Total Credit: 2
SECOND SEMESTER
Core Course: C-3: Human Geography
Total Marks: 100
60(Th) +20(P) +20(IA)
Unit 1: Nature, Scope and Development of Human Geography (15 Class)

 Meaning, Scope, Branches and Approaches of Human Geography;
 Development of Human Geography; Contributions of German and French Geographers;
 Schools of Human Geography: ecology, landscape, locational, welfare and humanistic.
Unit 2: Man and Environment Relationship (20 Class)

 Elements of environment; physical and human environment; constraints and opportunities of the
environment;
 Impact of environment on man; Human adaptation to environment: Eskimo, Masai and Bushman;
Mode of living and emerging problems in different environments: cold desert, mountain, plain,
hot desert, coastal and riverine lands.
Unit 3: Major Races (10 Class)

 Evolution of man; Classification of races; Physical Characteristics of major racial (Caucasoid,
Mongoloid and Negroid),
 Diffusion of Major racial groups in the world; Primitive people of India: Naga and Bhil.
.
Unit 4: Practical (15 Class)
 Mapping of major racial groups in the world.
 Mapping of major racial groups of India.
 Mapping of linguistic and religious regions in the world.
 Mapping of linguistic regions of India.
Books Suggested:
1. Huntington, E., 1951: Principles of Human Geography, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, New York
2. Hussain, M., 1994: Human Geography, Rawat Publication, New Delhi.
3. Johnston, R.J. et al (eds.): The Dictionary of Human Geography, Basil Blackwell, Oxford.
4. Leong, G.C. and Morgan, G.C., 1992: Human and Economic Geography, Oxford University
Press, Oxford
5. Chandna, R.C., 1986: A Geography of Population, Kalyani Publisher, New Delhi
6. Hagget, P., 1972: Geography: A Modern Synthesis, Harper & Row, New York
7. Strahler, A.N. & A.H. Strahler, 1976: Geography and Man’s Environment, John Willey, New
York
8. Park, C., 1997: The Environment, Routledge, London
9. Singh, S., 1991: Environmental Geography, Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad
10. Chhokas, K.B., Understanding Environment, Sage Publication.
Core Course: C-4: Basics of Cartography
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20 (P) +20 (IA)
Unit 1: Field of Cartography (20 class)

 Nature and scope of Cartography, trend of development and present day relevance of
Cartography in Geography, traditional and digital cartography.
 The concept of shape, size, coordinate system, latitude and longitude, direction and
distance of earth.
Unit 2: Fundamental Concepts in Cartography (20 class)
 Concept of Scale and Application, Map Scale and Types, Scale factor, Conversion of
scale, Concept of least count in Vernier Scale.
 Concept of map, map Classification and Types, Thematic maps and their classification,
Base map, Principles of Map Design and layout.
 Mapping techniques and generalization principles
Unit 3: Cartography and Data Representation (10 class)
 Concept of Geographical data representation through Chorochromatic, Choroschematic,
Isopleths and Choropleth maps.
 Concept of spot heights, Bench Mark, Triangulation stations, Contours and their use in
Topographical Maps of India.
 Cartogram and Diagrammatic Data Presentation by Line, Bar and Circle
 Point, Line and Areal Data representation through Cartographic Overlays.
Unit 4: Practical: (10 class)
 Graphical Construction of Plain, Comparative and Diagonal Scale.
 Construction of Thematic Maps with the help of physical and socio-economic
geographical data.
 Geographical data representation with the help of Bar diagram, pie chart and Block
diagram
 Preparation of Isopleth and Choropleth maps with the help of Geographical Data
Note:
 Practical Include 15 Marks Practical Assignments and 5 Marks Viva Voce and
practical copy.
 Minimum 10 numbers of practical exercises.
 Th: Theory, P: Practical, IA: Internal Assessment
Books Suggested:
Young Books
Prentice-Hall.
Geovisualization (3rd Edition), Prentice Hall.
Ltd., New Delhi
Allahabad
Allahabad.
Generic Elective: GE-2: Sustainable Development
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20(R) + 20(IA)
Unit I: Fundamentals of Sustainable Development (12 class)

 Sustainable Development: Definition, Concept, Components, Limitations and
Historical Background.
 Sustainable development and Environment conservation
 The Millennium Development Goals: National Strategies and International
Experiences
Unit II: Regional Development (20 class)
 Sustainable Regional Development: Need and examples from different Ecosystems.
 Inclusive Development: Education, Health and Environment in developed and
developing countries
 The human right to health; Poverty and disease; The Challenges of Universal Health
Coverage; Policies and Global Cooperation for Climate Change
Unit III: Sustainable Development Policies and Programme (18 class)
 Sustainable Development Policies and Programme: The proposal for SDGs at Rio
2012;
 Sustainable Development Goals; Goal-Based Development; Financing for Sustainable
Development;
 Principles of Good Governance; National Environmental Policy, Clean Development
Mechanism (CDM);
 A report on the use of modern techniques in agricultural practice and awareness on
sustainability.
 A report on Awareness on Solid Waste management and sustainability in nearby area.
Book Suggested:
1. Agyeman, Julian, Robert D. Bullard and Bob Evans (Eds.) (2003) Just Sustainability: Development in
an Unequal World. London: Earthscan. (Introduction and conclusion).
2. Ayers, Jessica and David Dodman (2010) “Climate change adaptation and development I: the state of
the debate”. Progress in Development Studies 10 (2): 161-168.
3. Baker, Susan (2006) Sustainable Development. Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon; New York.
4. Brosius, Peter (1997) “Endangered forest, endangered people: Environmentalist representations of
6. Martínez-Alier, Joan et al (2010) “Sustainable de-growth: Mapping the context, criticisms and future
7. Merchant, Carolyn (Ed.) (1994) Ecology. Atlantic Highlands, N.J: Humanities Press, pp 1-25.
9. Singh, R.B. (Eds.) (2001) Urban Sustainability in the Context of Global Change, Science Pub.,
Inc.,Enfield (NH), USA and Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi.
Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course (AECC)
AECC-2: (Environmental Studies)

Total Marks: 50
40 (Th) + 10(IA)
Total Credit: 2
THIRD SEMESTER
Core Course: C-5: Climatology

Total Marks: 100
60(Th) +20(P)+20(IA)
Unit 1: Atmospheric Layer and Thermal Variation (10 Class)

 Nature, Composition and Structure of Atmosphere,
 Factors Controlling insolation, Heat Budget of Atmosphere, Distribution and processes of
heating and cooling of the atmosphere;
 Factors controlling Horizontal and Vertical Distribution of Temperature.
Unit 2: Atmospheric Pressure, Air Circulation and Precipitation (20 Class)

 Global atmospheric pressure belts and their oscillation;
 Planetary Wind System, Forces affecting Movement of Air, Monsoon, JetStreams and
index cycle;
 Processes and forms of condensation; Mechanism, forms and types of precipitation; Air
Masses: Origin, classification and characteristics;
 Fronts: source regions, types and associated weather.
Unit 3: Weather Disturbances and Climatic Classification (10 Class)

 Cyclones: Tropical and Temperate, Effects of ElNino and La Nina;
 Climatic classification after Koppen, Climatic Classification after Thornthwaite: 1931
and 1948

 Construction of a schematic diagram of the vertical layers of earth’s atmosphere and
tabulation of compositional characteristics.
 Drawing and interpretation of rainfall-temperature-humidity graph of tropical, sub-
tropical and temperate regions/stations.
 Study of weather condition depicted by Indian Weather maps and prediction of weather
conditions for next 48 hours.
 Calculation of average annual rainfall and variability of annual rainfall, and mapping and
interpretation thereof.
Book Suggested:
2. Barry R. G. and Corley R. J., 1998: Atmosphere, Weather and Climate, Routledge, New York.
Meteorology, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
5. Oliver J. E. and Hidore J. J., 2002: Climatology: An Atmospheric Science, Pearson Education,
New Delhi.
8. Lal, D. S. (2006): JalvayuVigyan, Prayag Pustak Bhavan, Allahabad
Core Course: C-6: Evolution of Geographical Thought
Total Marks: 100
60(Th) +20(P) +20(IA)
Unit 1: Foundation of Geography (20 Class)

 Pre-Modern - Early Origins of Geographical Thinking with reference to the Classical
(Greek, Roman, Indian, Arab) and Medieval Philosophies (Varenius and Immanuel Kant).
 Modern - Evolution of Geographical Thinking and Disciplinary Trends in Germany,
France, Britain, United States of America.
Unit 2:Dichotomies in Geography (10 Class)

 Environmental Determinism and Possibilism, Systematic and Regional, Ideographic and
Nomothetic
Unit 3: Explanation in Geography (20 Class)

 Quantitative Revolution and its Impact, Systems Approach Morphology of landscape,
Areal differentiation, locational school;
 Humanism, Behaviouralism, Marxism and Radicalism, Feminism, Post-modernism.

 Outline of the world map of Hecataeus, Anaximander, Eratosthenese, Ptolemy;
 Dwipas of the world as known to the Indians and during Mahabharata times;
 Outline of the world map of Mercator
Books Suggested:
1. Arentsen M., Stam R. and Thuijis R., 2000: Post-modern Approaches to Space, ebook.
2. Bhat, L.S. (2009) Geography in India (Selected Themes). Pearson
3. Bonnett A., 2008: What is Geography? Sage.
4. Dikshit R. D., 1997: Geographical Thought: A Contextual History of Ideas, Prentice– Hall
India.
5. Hartshone R., 1959: Perspectives of Nature of Geography, Rand MacNally and Co.
6. Holt-Jensen A., 2011: Geography: History and Its Concepts: A Students Guide, SAGE.
7. Johnston R. J., (Ed.): Dictionary of Human Geography, Routledge.
8. Johnston R. J., 1997: Geography and Geographers, Anglo-American Human Geography since
1945, Arnold, London.
9. Kapur A., 2001: Indian Geography Voice of Concern, Concept Publications.
10. Martin Geoffrey J., 2005: All Possible Worlds: A History of Geographical Ideas, Oxford.
11. Soja, Edward 1989. Post-modern Geographies, Verso, London. Reprinted 1997: Rawat
Publication, Jaipur and New Delhi.
Core Course: C-7: Population and Settlement Geography
Total Marks: 100
60(Th) +20(P) +20(IA)
Unit 1: Field of Population Geography (20 class)
 Meaning and scope of population geography; sources of population data.
 Malthus theory of population growth; and Demographic Transition Model.
 Components of population growth; factors influencing distribution and density of
population;
 Definition, types, and causes and consequences of migration.
Unit 2: Population Characteristics and Population-Resource Relationship (10 class)

 Age-Sex composition; literacy and education; and work participation and occupational
composition;
 Concept of population-resource relationship with reference to optimum population, over
population and under population
Unit 3: Field of Settlement Geography (15 class)

 Meaning and scope of settlement geography;
 Concept of hierarchy of settlements and Christaller’s Central Place Theory; concept of
dichotomy and continuum.
 Factors influencing origin and growth of rural and urban settlements;
 Morphology and functional characteristics of rural and urban settlements.

 Determination of Spatial Mean and Median Centres of Settlements and Standard Distance
 Weighted Mean Centre of Population or any other attribute
 Construction of population growth model and the distance decay model from the given
datasets
 Trend of world population growth, major population density zones in the world
 Age-Sex pyramid
 Mapping Settlement Types and Pattern
Books Suggested:
Press, Oxford
2. Chandna, R.C., 1986: A Geography of Population, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi 18
3. Clarke, J.I., 1972: Population Geography, Pargamon Press, Oxford
4. Singh, R.L. and Sing, K.N. (eds), 1975: Readings in Rural Settlement Geography, BHU,
Varanasi
5. Singh., R.Y., 1994: Geography of Settlement, Rawat Publication, Jaipur & Delhi
6. Zelinsky, W., 1966: A Prologue to Population Geography, Printice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs.
8. Money, D.C., 1972: Patterns of Settlement, Evan Brothers, London
Generic Elective: GE-3: Development Studies
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20(R) + 20(IA)
Unit 1: Defining Development (15 class)

 Introduction: Changing Concept of Development, Efficiency-Equity Debate, Measuring
development: Indicators (Economic, Social and Environmental),
 Concept of Under development,
 Theories of Development: Myrdal, Hirschman, Rostow and Friedmann
Unit 2: Global Pattern of Development (15 class)
 Inter-regional variations, Human development: International, interstate comparison of
India.
 Inter-Dependence of Urban and Rural Sectors of the Economy
Unit 3: Rural Development (15 class)
 Need for Rural Development, Gandhian Concept of Rural Development, Rural Economic
Base: Agriculture and Allied Sectors,
 Seasonality and Need for Expanding Non-Farm Activities; Area Based Approach to
Rural Development: Green Revolution, Drought Prone Area Programmes, PMGSY
Unit 4: Project Report (15 class)
 A Report on Physical and Socio-Economic Access to Elementary Education, Primary
Health Care and Micro credit in nearby area.
Book Suggested:
1. Abler R., Adams J. S., and Gould P. R., 1971: Spatial Organization: A Geographer’s View of
the World, Englewood Cliffs, Prentice-Hall.
3. ClavalP.l, 1998: An Introduction to Regional Geography, Blackwell Publishers, Oxford and
Massachusetts.
MIT Press, Massachusetts.
Methuen, London.
6. Krishnamurthy, J. 2000: Rural Development - Problems and Prospects, Rawat Publs., Jaipur
7. Lee D. A. and Chaudhri D. P. (eds.), 1983: Rural Development and State, Methuen, London.
8. Misra R. P. and Sundaram, K. V. (eds.), 1979: Rural Area Development: Perspectives and
Approaches, Sterling, New Delhi.
9. Misra, R. P. (ed.), 1985: Rural Development: Capitalist and Socialist Paths, Vol. 1, Concept,
New Delhi.
10. Palione M., 1984: Rural Geography, Harper and Row, London.
11. Ramachandran H. and Guimaraes J.P.C., 1991: Integrated Rural Development in Asia –
Leaning from Recent Experience, Concept Publishing, New Delhi.
Skill Enhancement Course: SEC-1: Statistical Methods in Geography
Total Marks: 50
40 (Th) + 10 (IA)
Unit 1: Nature of Geographic Data (20 class)

 Use of Data in Geography, Geographical Data Matrix, Significance of Statistical
Methods in Geography; Sources of Data, Scales of Measurement (Nominal, Ordinal,
Interval, Ratio).
 Tabulation and Descriptive Statistics their use in Geography: Frequencies, Cross
Tabulation, Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median and Mode) Measures of
Dispersion (Range, Quartile deviation, Deciles and Percentile, Mean Deviation, Standard
Deviation and Relative Dispersion)
Unit 2: Quantitative Expression of Geographic Data (10 class)
 Use of Sampling Technique in Geography, Method of Sampling (Purposive, Random,
Systematic and Stratified)
 Probability and Normal Distribution of Geographic Data
 Correlation and Regression analysis (Karl Pearson and Spearman’s Rank method),
Regression line and Regression Residuals.
Books Suggested:
3. Hammond P. and McCullagh P. S., 1978: Quantitative Techniques in Geography: An Introduction,
7. Sarkar, A. (2013) Quantitative geography: techniques and presentations. Orient Black Swan Private
Ltd., New Delhi
10. Yeates M., 1974: An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Human Geography, McGraw Hill,
NewYork.
11. Shinha, I. (2007) Sankhyikibhugol. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi
FOURTH SEMESTER
Core Course: C-8: Economic Geography
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20 (P) + 20 (IA)
Unit 1: Introduction to Economic Geography (20 class)
 Meaning and scope of economic geography, Approaches in economic geography:
regional, systematic and sectoral.
 Concept and classification of economic activity, Primary Activities: Subsistence and
Commercial agriculture, forestry, fishing and mining; Secondary Activities:
Manufacturing (Cotton Textile, Iron and Steel), Tertiary Activities: Transport, Trade and
Services; role of tertiary activity in economic development of a country.
Unit 2: Geography of Resource (15 class)
 Concept of resources and resource classification; Distribution of renewable and non
renewable resources in global context: Forests, Water, Coal, Iron ore; Conservation of
resources.
 Factors Affecting location of Economic Activity with special reference to Agriculture
(Von Thunen theory), Industry (Weber’s theory and Losch theory).
Unit 3: Geography of Economic Activity (15 class)
 Agriculture: physical and socio-economic factors influencing agricultural practice; types
of agriculture; major food and cash crops, their distribution and production (Rice, wheat,
Sugarcane, Tea, Cotton)
 Industry: Factors of industrial location, classification of industries, distribution and
production of iron and steel, textile, petro-chemicals.
 Concept of Manufacturing Regions, Special Economic Zones and Technology Parks.
 Cartographic representation of economic data of India/N.E. India in spatio-temporal
contexts : pie-graph, line graph, bar graph and choropleth mapping
 Trend analysis of production, etc. of India/N.E. India using moving average method
 Transport network analysis using connectivity indices (alpha, beta & gamma).
 Traffic Flow Cartogram, crop combination analysis
Books Suggested:
1. Guha, J.L. and Chattoraj, P.R.: A New Approach to Economic Geography, The World Press
Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata.
3. Leong, G.C. and Morgan, G.C.: Human and Economic Geography, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi.
4. Roy, P. and Mukherjee, S.: Economic Geography – An Appraisal of Resources, Central
Educational Enterprise, Kolkata.
5. Thoman, R.S. and Corbin, P.B.: The Geography of Economic Activity, McGraw Hill
6. Memoria, C.B.: Economic and Commercial Geography, Shivlal Agarwala and Company
Educational Publishers, Agra-3
Core Course: C-9: Geography of India
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20 (P) + 20 (IA)
Unit 1: Regional Basis of India (20 class)
 Locational entity of India, Strategic location of India,
 Physiographic division of India, Drainage system, Climate, Soil, Natural Vegetation
Unit 2: Social Basis of India (15 class)
 Population distribution, growth and Density of India
 Distribution of population by race, caste, religion, language, tribes and their correlates
Unit 3: Economic Basis of India (15 class)
 Agriculture: Problems of Indian Agriculture, Agricultural modernization and
development in India and Agro-climatic regions of India.
 Industry: Development of major industrial sectors in India, industrial backward regions of
India and regionalization of Industries throughout the country.
 Distribution and production pattern of major Industries (Iron and steel, cotton textile,
petrochemicals, sugar, paper and cement industries), Industrial policies and industrial
trade.
 Transport: Roads and railways, air transport, water and pipe transport
 Mapping of Physiographic, climatic regions and Agricultural regions of India,
 Mapping of major drainage system of India
 Trend of population growth, population density and religious composition of India
 Preparation of Age-Sex pyramid of population data of India
 Distribution pattern of major industries of India.
Book Suggested:
6. Singh, Jagdish 2003: India - A Comprehensive & Systematic Geography,
Gyanodaya Prakashan, Gorakhpur.
Science Assoc., Kolkata.
10. Sharma, T.C. (2013) Economic Geography of India. Rawat Publication, Jaipur.
Core Course: C-10: Advance Cartography
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20 (P) + 20 (IA)
Unit 1: Map Projection (20 class)
 Definition, need of Map Projection, Principles, Function and Classification of map
projection, Choice of Map Projection;
 Graphical Construction of Zenithal group of projection both polar and equatorial case,
cylindrical group of projection, conical group of projection and conventional group of
projection, their properties and uses.
Unit 2: Surveying (15 class)
 Concept and Principles of Geodetic and Plane Surveying, Principles of triangulation
 Principles and techniques of surveying by Plane Table (Radiation and Intersection
Method), Prismatic Compass (Closed Traverse and Open Traverse), Dumpy Level
(Profile) and Theodolite (Traversing).
Unit 3: Data Representation Techniques (5 class)
 Principle of Enlargement and Reduction of Maps by Graphical and Instrumental
Methods.
 Importance, scope and purpose of Digital Planimeter, principles of working and
application of the instrument; Measurement of area of a part of topographical map /
drainage basin with the help of Digital Planimeter.
 Construction of graticules based on Mathematical derivation and calculation ;
(a) Zenithal group (polar cases): Gnomonic, Stereographic, Orthographic, and Equal-area
(b) Cylindrical group: Cylindrical equal area and Mercator’s projection
(c) Conical Group: Simple Conical Projection, Conical Projection with two standard parallels.
(d) Conventional Group: Sinusoidal
 Principles of Surveying
(a) Plane table surveying (Radiation & Intersection methods)
(b) Prismatic Compass and Theodolite Surveying (Open and Closed Traverse)
(c) Dumpy Level (Profile) and Theodolite (Traversing and Profile);
Books Suggested:
1. Campbell, J., 1984: Introductory Cartography, Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliff
2. Misra, R.P. and Ramesh, A., 1995: Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi
3. Robinson, A.H., et al: Elements of Cartography, John Wiley & Sons, New York
4. Raisz, E. : Principles of Cartography, McGraw Hills, London
5. Kenetkar, T.P. and Kulkarni, S.U.: Surveying and Levelling, Vol. I & II,
VidyarthiGrithaPrakashan, Pune
6. Kellaway, G.P.: Map Projection, Methuen & Co., London
7. Steers, J.A., 1965: An Introduction to the Study of Map Projection, University of London,
London
8. Bygott, J., An Introduction to Map work and Practical Geography 17
9. Talukder, S., 2008: Introduction to Map Projections, Eastern Book House, Guwahati.
10. Mahmood, A., 1999: Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publications, New
Delhi.
11. Hammond, R. and McCullagh, P. (1965): Quantitative Techniques in Geography, Clarendon
Press, Oxford Sarkar, Ashis, Practical Geography: A Systematic Approach, Orient Longman Pvt.
Ltd., Kolkata.
12. Elhance, D.N., 1972: Fundamentals of Statistics, KitabMahal, Allahabad
13. Monkhouse, F.J. & Wilkinson, H.R., 1989: Maps & Diagrams, B.I. Publications, New Delhi
14. Gregory, S., 1963: Statistical Methods and Geographers, Longman, London
15. Singh, R. & Singh, R.: Map Work & Practical Geography, Central Book Depot, Allahabad.
16. Sarkar, Ashis, Practical Geography: A Systematic Approach, Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd.,
Kolkata.
Generic Elective: GE-4: Environmental Geography
Total Marks: 100
60(Th) +20(R) +20(IA)
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Environmental Geography (15 class)

 Definition, Concept and Scope of Environmental Geography, Environmental
Geography and related Science
 Man Environment relationships, Biosphere as an Ecosystem
 Environmental Change: Ecology and Social Condition, Vulnerability
and resilience concept.
Unit 2: Environment Development (20 class)
 Concept of Environment and Development: Ethical, Ecological and Socio-Economic
Issues
 Concept of Sustainable Development and Environmental Management, Forest
depletion and management
 Environmental Impact Assessment, Remote Sensing and Earth Observation,
 Environmental Governance: Global, National and Local levels.
Unit 3: Major Environmental Problems and Issues (15 class)

 Meaning of Environmental Degradation, Cause and factor for Environmental
degradation:
 Human Population, Urbanisation, Deforestation, Agricultural Practice.
 Environmental Pollution: Soil, Air and Water (River), Sound.
 Climate Change, Green House Gas, Global Warming, Ozone layer Depletion,
Desertification,
 Urbanisation and Climate: Heat island and weather phenomenon.
Unit 4: Project Report (10 class)
 A Project report on Environmental Problem/Issue (Pollution Level, Urban Flooding,
Land Degradation etc.)
Book Suggested:
1. Chandna R. C., 2002: Environmental Geography, Kalyani, Ludhiana.
2. Cunninghum W. P. and Cunninghum M. A., 2004: Principals of Environmental Science:
Inquiry and Applications, Tata Macgraw Hill, New Delhi.
3. Goudie A., 2001: The Nature of the Environment, Blackwell, Oxford.
4. Singh, R.B. (Eds.) (2009) Biogeography and Biodiversity. Rawat Publication, Jaipur
5. Miller G. T., 2004: Environmental Science: Working with the Earth, Thomson Brooks Cole,
Singapore.
6. MoEF, 2006: National Environmental Policy-2006, Ministry of Environment andForests,
Government of India.
7. Singh, R.B. and Hietala, R. (Eds.) (2014) Livelihood security in Northwestern Himalaya: Case
studies from changing socio-economic environments in Himachal Pradesh, India. Advances in
Skill Enhancement Course: SEC-2: Research Methodology
Total Marks: 50
40 (Th) + 10 (IA)
.Unit 1: Fundamentals of Research (15 class)

 Concept of Research Definition of research, identification of research problem – major
criteria and considerations, Essentials of formulating research questions and hypothesis
 Key methods and skills in Geography - Literacy (Descriptive /Qualitative), Numeracy
(Quantitative) and Graphicacy (Cartographic): Their significance, need and limitations
 Sources of geographic data, data processing, analysis and presentation
Unit 2: Field Work in Geographical Studies (15 class)
 Literature Review and Referencing Systems in research - its needs, functions,
significance and limitations;
 Introductory idea on use of theory and model in Geography
 Research and field report writing - Guiding principles, reporting components, techniques
Books Suggested:
1. Burrough, P. A. (1998): Principles of Geographical Information Systems for Land Resources
Assessment, Oxford University Press.
2. Burrough P. A. and McDonnell R. A., (2000): Principles of Geographical Information Systems–Spatial
Information Systems and Geostatistics, Oxford University Press.
3. Chorley, R. J., Hagget, P. (1979): Integrated Models in Geography, Methuen & Co. Ltd., London.
4. Gonjalez, R. C., Woods, R.E. (2000): Digital Image Processing, Addiso- Wesley Longman
(Singapore), Pvt. Ltd, Delhi-92.
5. Hammond, R. and McCullagh, P. (1965): Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Oxford
University Press.
6. Jensen J. R., 2004: Introductory Digital Image Processing: A Remote Sensing Perspective, Prentice
Hall.
7. Jensen, John R. (2011): Remote Sensing of Environment: An Earth Resource Perspective, Pearson
Education India, Noida
8. King, L. J., (1969): Statistical Analysis in Geography, Prentice-Hall.
9. Mahmood, A.: Quantitative Methods in Geography, Rajesh Publications., New Delhi.
10. Mathew, J. A., David, H.J., (2008): Geography: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford, New York
11. Pal S. K., (1998): Statistics for Geoscientists, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
FIFTH SEMESTER
Core Course: C-11: Regional Planning and Development
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20 (P) + 20 (IA)
Unit 1: Fundamentals (15 class)
 Definition of Region, Evolution and Types of Regional planning (Formal and
Functional), Need for Regional Planning; Regionalism and Types of regional Planning.
 Concept of Development, Sectoral Development and Regional Development, and
development indicators.
Unit 2: Models for Development (15 class)
 Choice of a Region for Planning, Characteristics of an Ideal Planning Region;
Delineation of Planning Region; Regionalization of India for Planning (Agro Ecological
Zones)
 Theories and Models for Regional Planning: Growth Pole Model of Perroux; Growth
Centre Model in Indian Context; Myrdal, Hirschman, Rostow and Friedmann; Village
Cluster.
Unit 3: Developmental Strategies (15 class)
 Regional Disparities, Global Pattern of Development, Inter-regional variations.
 Changing Concept of Development, Concept of underdevelopment; Efficiency-Equity
Debate
 Regional Planning in India, Regional Approach to Planning in India’s Five Year Plans
Decentralization and Multi-Level Planning - State, District and Block level planning in
India.
 Planning regions of India; Case Studies of a River Valley Development Plan – Damodar
Valley and National Capital Region Plan
 Measures of Disparity Calculation for Indicators of Development
 Measures of level of development with the help of Z-Scores and PCA techniques.
 Delineation of Industrially backward regions of India with choropleth mapping.
 Regional mapping of developmental activities in India with special reference to Assam.
Book Suggested:
2. ClavalP.l, 1998: An Introduction to Regional Geography, Blackwell Publishers, Oxford and
Massachusetts.
MIT Press, Massachusetts.
Methuen, London.
5. Gore C. G., Köhler G., Reich U-P. andZiesemer T., 1996: Questioning Development; Essays
on the Theory, Policies and Practice of Development Intervention, Metropolis- Verlag,
Marburg.
6. Haynes J., 2008: Development Studies, Polity Short Introduction Series.
7. Johnson E. A. J., 1970: The Organization of Space in Developing Countries, MIT Press,
Massachusetts.
8. Peet R., 1999: Theories of Development, The Guilford Press, New York.
10. World Bank 2001-05: World Development Report, Oxford University Press, New
Core Course: C-12: Remote Sensing and Geographic Information System
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20 (P) + 20 (IA)
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Remote Sensing and GIS (18 class)
 Remote Sensing and GIS: Definition, Components and Principles, Electro
Magnetic Radiation, Interaction with Atmosphere and Earth Surface
 Remote Sensing, Platforms and Types, Global Positioning System (GPS ) Principles
and application
 Aerial Photography: Types and Geometry of Aerial Photograph, Satellites
(Landsat and IRS) and Sensors, Type of resolution.
Unit 2: Geographic Information System (16 class)
 GIS Data Structures: Types (spatial and Non-spatial), Raster and Vector Data
Structure
 Image Processing (Digital and Manual) and Data Analysis: Pre-processing
(Radiometric and Geometric Correction), Enhancement (Filtering); Classification
(Supervised and Un-supervised), Geo-Referencing; Editing and Output.
 Overlay Operations and its advantages
Unit 3: Application of Remote Sensing and GIS (10 class)
 Elements of Image interpretation and application of Remote Sensing and GIS:
Land use/ Land Cover, Urban Sprawl Analysis; Forests Monitoring, Watershed
management, Disaster management, Environmental management, Planning,
Engineering, Health and Decision making,
 Geo-Referencing the map/Toposheet, Drawing base map from Satellite
imagery/Toposheet,
 Mapping point, line and polygon features, Land use/ Land Cover mapping
(Supervised and Un- supervised), Isopleths, Choropleth and Chorochrometic
mapping, Proportional mapping,
 Relief analysis from DEM. Data collection from GPS and mapping.
Books Suggested:
Hall.
Interpretation,Wiley. (Wiley Student Edition).
7. Singh R. B. and Murai S., 1998: Space-informatics for Sustainable Development, Oxford and IBH Pub.
Discipline Specific Elective
Discipline Specific Elective: DSE-1: Soil and Biogeography Geography
Total Marks: 100
60(Th)+20(P)+20(IA)
Unit 1: Nature and Scope of Soil Geography (15 class)

 Definition and Scope of Soil Geography, Soil Formation, Characteristics and Properties,
Soil as life supporting system;
 Soil profile (Soil horizon) – their characteristics and significance; Processes and factors
of soil formation;
Unit 2: Soil and Land Management (15 class)
 Physical and Chemical properties of soil: Soil texture, Structure and Moiture, Soil colour,
pH value, Organic Matter and NPK.
 Processes and Controlling factors of soil erosion, Various measures of soil conservation,
 Principles of soil classification: Genetic School and USDA
Unit 3: Concepts of Biogeography (15 class)
 Definition and scope of biogeography, Concept and Components of Biosphere, vertical
and horizontal limits of biosphere;
 Concept of Ecology and Ecosystem, Types of Ecosystem, Trophic Structure, Food Chain
and Food Web, Energy flow in Ecosystem.
 Ecological Aspects of Biogeography: Bio-geo-chemical cycles, concepts of biomes,
Ecotone and Community.
 Concept of biodiversity, its types and conservational issues, Nature and distribution of
biodiversity in N.E. India and Assam; Man as an agent of environmental/ecological
change
 Construction and interpretation of soil profile with the data derived from the field
(college campus/ river site/ foot hill, etc.)
 Drawing and interpretation of soil map of India/North East India
 Mapping of vegetation of India/north east India, Representation of soil-vegetation
relationship along selected cross-section of India and North-East India Biogeographic
regions of the world
 Mapping of the national parks and sanctuaries of India with the major species therein.
 Showing location of the megalopolis, and metropolitan and port cities of the world
Book Suggested:
3. GovindaRajan, S. V. and Gopala Rao, H. G., 1978: Studies on Soils of India, Vikas, New
Delhi.
Discipline Specific Elective: DSE-2: Urban and Cultural Geography
Total Marks: 100
60(Th)+20(P)+20(IA)
Unit 1: Urban Geography (15 class)

 Introduction, nature and scope, Patterns of Urbanization in developed and developing
countries, Urban Morphology, Satellite towns,
 Functional classification of cities: Quantitative and Qualitative Methods
Unit 2: Urban Issues (15 class)
 Problems of housing, slums, civic amenities (water and transport),
 Case studies of Delhi, Mumbai, Kolkata, Chennai Chandigarhand Guwahati with
reference to Land use and Urbanization, Urban sprawl, Sustainable development of cities.
Unit 3: Cultural Geography (20 class)
 Introduction, Nature and Scope of Cultural Geography,
 Concept of Society, Culture, Race, Ethnicity and different facets of culture,
 Historical perspective of Indian societies; racial, linguistic and ethnic diversity,
 Major Tribes of India and their problems
 Sphere of Urban Influence
 Major Tribal area of India
 Linguistic Region of India
 Cultural Region of the world
Books Suggested:
1. Fyfe N. R. and Kenny J. T., 2005: The Urban Geography Reader, Routledge.
2. Graham S. and Marvin S., 2001: Splintering Urbanism: Networked
Infrastructures,Technological Mobilities and the Urban Condition, Routledge.
3. Hall T., 2006: Urban Geography, Taylor and Francis.
4. Kaplan D. H., Wheeler J. O. and Holloway S. R., 2008: Urban Geography, John Wiley.
5. Knox P. L. and McCarthy L., 2005: Urbanization: An Introduction to Urban Geography,
Pearson Prentice Hall New York.
6. Knox P. L. and Pinch S., 2006: Urban Social Geography: An Introduction, Prentice-Hall.
7. Pacione M., 2009: Urban Geography: A Global Perspective, Taylor and Francis.
8. Sassen S., 2001: The Global City: New York, London and Tokyo, Princeton University Press.
9. Ramachandran R (1989): Urbanisation and Urban Systems of India, Oxford University Press,
New Delhi
10. Ramachandran, R., 1992: The Study of Urbanisation, Oxford University Press, Delhi
Pub., Inc., Enfield (NH), USA and Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi.
12. Singh, R.B. (Ed.) (2015) Urban development, challenges, risks andresilience in Asian
megacities. Advances in Geographical and Environmental Studies, Springer
SIXTH SEMESTER
Core Course: C-13: World Regional Geography
Total Marks: 100
60(Th)+20(P)+20(IA)
Unit 1: The World Geography in regional context (10 class)

 An overview Brief regional account of the continents: Physiography, Climate, Natural
Vegetation,
 Population growth, Density and distribution, major population density zones.
Unit 2: Profile of developed and developing nations (25 class)
 Developed (Canada, U.S.A., Western Europe, Russia, Japan, Australia and New Zealand)
and developing (S.E. Asia, S.W. Asia, China, Southern Africa and Brazil) nations:
Demographic, Social and Economic Profile.
Unit 3: Regional Geography of Asia (15 class)
 Regional Geography of Asia: Location, Physiography, Climate, Population growth and
distribution, agriculture and industries.
Unit 3: Practical on World Regional Geography (10 class)
 Mapping major mountain ranges of the world
 Mapping major river system of the world
 Showing trend of world population growth by line/bar graph
 Mapping and interpretation of world population density
 Demarcation of developed, developing and underdeveloped countries on a world map
based onappropriate social and economic indicators
 Showing the distribution of major rivers and lakes on a map of Asia
Books Suggested:
1. Manku Darshan Singh: A Regional Geography of the World 7
2. Khullar, D.R.: India: A Comprehensive Geography
3. Singh, R.L. (ed): India – A Regional Geography, National Geographical Society, India
4. Cole, J. A Geography of the World’s Major Regions, Routledge, London
5. Israel, S. Johnson, D.I. and Wood, D.: World Geography Today
6. Jackson, R.H. and Hudman, L.E.: Regional Geography: Issues for Today.
7. An Introduction to Regional Geography, Paul claval, Rawat Publication, Jaipur & Delhi
8. Wheeler, J.H. Jr. and Kostbade, J.T., 1990: World Regional Geography, Holt Rinshort and
Winston, Inc
9. Israel, S., Johnson, D.I. & Wood, D., 1976: World Geography Today, Holt Renehart and
Winston Publishers
10. Holier, G.P., 1988: Regional Development in Michael Pacione (ed), The Geography of the
3rd World: Progress & Prospects, Rutledge, London, New York.
DISSERTATION
Core Course: C-14: Dissertation

Total Marks: 100
80(C) + 20(IA)
Total Credit: 6
Discipline Specific Elective: DSE-3: Social and Political Geography
Total Marks: 100
60(Th) +20(P)+20(IA)
Unit 1: Situating Social Geography (20 Class)

 Origin, Nature and Scope of Social Geography,
 Concept of Social Space: First, Second and third Space,
 Social Categories: Defining Caste, Class, Religion, Ethnicity and Gender and their
Spatial Underpinnings;
 Concepts of Social differentiation and integration and social change.
Unit 2: Political Geography and Geopolitics (20 Class)
 Definition and Scope of Political Geography, Geopolitics;
 State, Nation and Nation State – Concept of Nation, State and Nation State, Attributes of
State –Frontiers, Borders, Shape, Size, Territory and Sovereignty, Nation Building,
Concepts of Lebensraum, Heartland and Rimland, Colonialism, desalinization and
Neocolonialism,
Unit 3: Geography of Welfare and Well-being (10 Class)
 Social Geographies of Inclusion and Exclusion, Slums, Gated Communities, Communal
Conflicts and Crime.
 Political Geography of Resource Conflicts – Water Sharing Disputes, Disputes and
Conflicts Related to Forest Rights and Minerals, issues of land locked states in Asia and
Africa.
 Mapping Frontiers, buffer zone, boundaries and border zones; boundary problems with
reference to India and North East India
 Showing distribution of displaced people of India by using cartograms (with reference to
Dams) and Special Economic Zones.
Books Suggested:
1. Ahmed A., 1999: Social Geography, Rawat Publications.
2. Casino V. J. D., Jr., 2009) Social Geography: A Critical Introduction, Wiley Blackwell.
3. Panelli R., 2004: Social Geographies: From Difference to Action, Sage.
4. Rachel P., Burke M., Fuller D., Gough J., Macfarlane R. and Mowl G., 2001:
Introducing Social Geographies, Oxford University Press.
5. Sen, Jyotirmoy : A text book of Social and Cultural Geography
6. Taher, M 1994 : An Introduction to Social Geography, NEIGS
7. Ahmed, A : 1999 Social Geography, Rawat Publications Jaipur & New Delhi
8. Dikshit , R.D.1982 : Political Geography – A Contemporary Perspective, Tata
9. McGraw Hill Publishing Co.Ltd,NewDelhi
10. Carlson: Geography and World Politics
11. Taylor, P. J., 1989: Political Geography, Longman, London
12. Sukhuwal, B.J., 1979: Modern Political Geography of India, Sterling, New Delhi
13. De Blij, H.J. 1972: Systematic Political Geography, John Wiley, New York
14. Adhikari 1996: Political Geography, Rawat Publications Jaipur & New Delhi
Elective Discipline Specific: DHE-4: Geography of North East India
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20 (P) + 20 (IA)
Unit 1: North East India and Assam (15 class)
 Locational significance of North East India and Assam
 Physical characteristics: Physiography, drainage, climate, soil and natural vegetation of
North East India with special reference to Assam
Unit 2: Economic Traits and Development (15 class)
 Agriculture and Industries of North East India
 Agriculture and industrial characteristics (Brahmaputra valley, the Barak Valley, Hill
region)
 Transport and communication system
 Disparity in socio-economic development; socio-economic problems
Unit 3: Population Dynamics and Associated Correlates (15 class)
 Population characteristics: peopling ,growth, distribution and density, age sex
composition, rural-urban composition and religious composition
 Regions of Assam and their population
 Tourism and its potentiality in Assam
 Biodiversity and its conservation issues
 Look-East Policy and North East India
 Mapping of Physical Features of North East India
 Locating of Major and Minor Industries of North East India
 Mapping of Biodiversity region of North East India
 Preparation of Tourist Potentiality map of North East India
Books Suggested:
1. Bhagabati, A.K., Bora, A. K. and Kar, B.K.: Geography of Assam, Rajesh Publications, New
Delhi.
2. Taher, M and Ahmed, P.: Geography of North East India, Mani Manik Prakash, Guwahati.
3. Das, M. M.: Peasant Agriculture in Assam, Inter – India Publications, New Delhi.
4. Govt. of India: National Atlas of India, NATMO Publication, Kolkata
5. North Eastern Geographer, NEIGS Publications, Guwahati
6. Gopal Krishnan, R: Geography of North East India
7. Bhattacharya, P.2006: Trend in Tourism Potentiality, BaniMandir, Guwahati
8. Bhagabati, A.K. (ed): Biodiversity of Assam, Eastern Book House, Guwahati
9. Bhattacharyya, N.N.: North East India, Rajesh Publication, New Delhi
Abbreviation
CC: Core Course
DSE: Discipline Specific Elective
AECC: Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course
SEC: Skill Enhancement Course
GE: Generic Elective
Th: Theory
P: Practical
IA: Internal Assessment
R: Report
L: Lecture
T: Teaching
Mark Distribution
1. Discipline Specific Core Paper (DSC) Total: 100
Th (60) + P (20) + IA (20)
2. Discipline Specific Elective paper (DSE) Total: 100

Th (60) + P (20) + IA (20)
3. Generic Elective Paper (GE) Total: 100

Th (60) + R (20) + IA (20)
4. Skill Enhancement Course Paper (SEC) Total: 50

Th (40) + IA (10)
B.A/B.SC GEOGRAPHY (Regular Course) Syllabus
SEM-I
(L+T+P)
GGY-101R DSC-1A: Physical 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Geography
Paper-102R DSC-2A 6 4+0+2 80 20 100
Paper-103R DSC-3A 6 4+0+2 80 20 100
COMM-104HR AECC-1: 2 2+0+0 40 10 50
English/Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
Total 20 20 280 70 350
SEM-II
(L+T+P)
GGY-201R DSC-1B: General 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Cartography
Paper-202R DSC-2B 6 4+0+2 80 20 100
Paper-203R DSC-3B 6 4+0+2 80 20 100
COMM-204HR AECC-2: 2 2+0+0 40 10 50
Environmental
Studies
Total 20 20 280 70 350
SEM-III
(L+T+P)
GGY-301R DSC-1C: Human 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Geography
Paper-302R DSC-2C 6 4+0+2 80 20 100
Paper-303R DSC-3C 6 4+0+2 80 20 100
GGY-304HR SEC-1: Statistical 2 2+0+0 40 10 50
Methods in
Geography
Total 20 20 280 70 350
SEM-IV
(L+T+P)
GGY-401R DSC-1D: Geography 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
of India
Paper-402R DSC-2D 6 4+0+2 80 20 100
Paper-403R DSC-3D 6 4+0+2 80 20 100
GGY-404HR SEC-2: Research 2 2+0+0 40 10 50
Methodology
Total 20 20 280 70 350
SEM-V
(L+T+P)
GGY-501R DSE-1A: Soil and 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Bio-Geography
GGY-502R DSE-2A: 6 4+0+2 80 20 100
GGY-503R GE-1:Disaster 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+ 20 (R) 20 100
Management
GGY-504R SEC-3: Basics of 2 2+0+0 30(Th) + 10(P) 10 50
Remote Sensing and
GIS (Practical Base)
Total 20 20 280 70 350
SEM-VI
(L+T+P)
GGY-601R DSE-1B: Social and 6 4+0+2 60(Th)+20(P) 20 100
Political Geography
GGY-602R DSE-2B: 6 4+0+2 80 20 100
GGY-603R GE-2: Sustainable 6 4+0+2 60 (Th)+20(R) 20 100
Development
GGY-604R SEC-4: Field 2 0+0+2 20(P) + 20 (R) 10 50
Techniques and
Surveying (Practical
Base)
Total 20 20 280 70 350
B.A/B.SC GEOGRAPHY (Regular Course) Syllabus
Semester Core Course (12) Ability Skill Discipline Generic

Compulsory Course Elective (GE)(4)
Course (AECC) (SEC)(2) (DSE)(4)
(2)
I DSC-1A: Physical AECC-1:
Geography English/Hindi/MIL
DSC-2A (Communication)
DSC-3A
II DSC-1B: General AECC-2:
Cartography Environmental
DSC- 2B Studies
DSC-3B
III DSC -1C: Human SEC-1:
Geography Statistical
DSC-2C: Methods in
DSC-3C: Geography
IV DSC-1D: SEC-2:
Geography of India Research
DSC-2D: Methodology
DSC-3D:
V SEC-3: Basics DSE-1A GE-1:
of Remote :Soil and Disaster
Sensing and Bio- Management
GIS (Practical Geography
Base) DSE-2A:
VI SEC-4: Field DSE-1B: GE-2:

Techniques Social and Sustainable
and Surveying Political Development
(Practical Geography
Base) DSE-2B:
FIRST SEMESTER
Core Course: DSC-1A: Physical Geography

Total Marks: 100
60(Th) + 20(P) + 20(IA)
Total Credit: 6 (Total Number of Classes: 60)
Unit 1: Field of Geography (10 class)

 Nature and scope of Geography, Physical Geography and Human Geography: Nature,
Contents and Interrelationship.
 Earth: Chemical Composition and Interior Structure of the Earth, Geological Time scale;
Era, period and epoch.
Unit 2: Basics of Geomorphology (20 class)
 Types of landform – First order, second order and third order, Forces for landform
development - endogenetic and exogenetic, Landform development processes-
weathering, erosion, transportation and deposition
 Landform development under different conditions – fluvial, arid and glacial
 Cycle concepts in geomorphology Weathering, Mass Wasting, Cycle of Erosion (Davis
and Penck).
 Evolution of Landforms (Erosional and Depositional): Fluvial, Aeolian, Glacial, Karst
and Coastal.
Unit 3: Climatology and Oceanography (15class)
 Atmosphere: Composition, Structure and Functions
 Elements of Weather: Temperature, Pressure, Wind and Humidity
 Heat Zones, Atmospheric Pressure Belt and Atmospheric Circulation; Mechanism of
Monsoon, Jet-stream, El-Nino; Cyclones: Tropical and subtropical
 Koppen’s Climatic Classification
 Ocean Basin: Major features of the ocean floor; Coral reefs and atolls: types and factors,
coral and volcanic islands;
 Ocean Current and Tides; Ocean currents and their influence.

 Drawing of a representative part from topographical map, such as - Mountain, Plateau,
Hills and Ridges, Piedmont, Floodplain, Valley (U-shaped and V-shaped), spurs and their
characteristics.
 Relief representation through serial profiles, superimposed profiles, composite profiles
and Projected profiles.
 Demarcation of basin and representation of basin relief through profiles, interpretation.
 Drawing and analysis of Average Slope Map by Wentworth’s Method
 Drawing and interpretation of rainfall-temperature-humidity graph of tropical, sub-
tropical and temperate regions/stations.
 Study of weather condition depicted by Indian Weather maps and prediction of weather
conditions for next 48 hours.
 Calculation of average annual rainfall and variability of annual rainfall, and mapping and
interpretation thereof.
Books Suggested:
1. Hussain, M., 1989: Evolution of Geographic Thought, Rawat Publications, Jaipur
2. Dikshit, R.D., 1997: Geographical Thoughts: A Contextual History of Ideas, Printice Hall of
India, New Delhi
3. Adhikari, S., 1992: Geographical Thought, Chaitanya Pustak Allahabad
4. Abler, R., Adams, J. and Gould, P.P., 1971: Spatial Organization: the Geographers’ View of
the World, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliff
5. Hussain, M.: Human Geography, Rawat Publications, Jaipur 3
6. Brunhes, J., 1920: Human Geography, edited by Isaisah Bowman
7. Hartshorne, R., 1939: The Nature of Geography, Rand Mckully, Chicago
8. Knox, P.L., 1975: Social Well-being: A Spatial Perspective, Oxford University
9. Smith, David M., 1977: Human Geography: A Welfare Approach, Edward Arnold, London
10. Chorley, R.J. and Hagget, P. (eds.) 1967: Models in Geography, Methuen, London
11. Hartshorne, R., 1959: Perspective on the Nature of Geography, Indians edition, Scientific
Publishers, Jodhpur
12. Johnston, R.J. (ed): The Dictionary of Human Geography, Oxford, Basil, Blackwell
13. Harvey, D., 1969: Explanation in Geography, St. Martin Press, New York
14. Dikshit, R.D., 1994: The Art and Science of Geography, Printice Hall of India, New Delhi
16. Barry R. G. and Corley R. J., 1998: Atmosphere, Weather and Climate, Routledge, New
York.
Meteorology, Prentice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
19. Oliver J. E. and Hidore J. J., 2002: Climatology: An Atmospheric Science, Pearson
Education, New Delhi.
21. Lal, D. S. (2006): JalvayuVigyan, Prayag Pustak Bhavan, Allahabad
Prentice-Hall of India, New Delhi
Ed.,Macmillan Publishing Company
25. Kale V. S. and Gupta A., 2001: Introduction to Geomorphology, Orient Longman,
Hyderabad.
physical Geology, 4th Edition, John Wiley and Sons
31. Gautam, A (2010): Bhautik Bhugol, Rastogi Punlications, Meerut
DSC-2A
DSC-3A
AECC-1: English/Hindi/MIL
(Communication)
SECOND SEMESTER
Core Course: DSC-1B: General Cartography

Total Marks: 100
60(Th) + 20(P) + 20(IA)
Unit 1: Field of Cartography (20 class)
 Nature and scope of Cartography, trend of development and present day relevance of
Cartography in Geography, traditional and digital cartography.
 The concept of shape, size, coordinate system, latitude and longitude, direction and
distance of earth.
Unit 2: Fundamental Concepts in Cartography (20 class)
 Concept of Scale and Application, Map Scale and Types, Scale factor, Conversion of
scale, Concept of least count in Vernier Scale.
 Concept of map, map Classification and Types, Thematic maps and their classification,
Base map, Principles of Map Design and layout.
 Mapping techniques and generalization principles
Unit 3: Cartography and Data Representation (10 class)
 Concept of Geographical data representation through Chorochromatic, Choroschematic,
Isopleths and Choropleth maps.
 Concept of spot heights, Bench Mark, Triangulation stations, Contours and their use in
Topographical Maps of India.
 Cartogram and Diagrammatic Data Presentation by Line, Bar and Circle
 Point, Line and Areal Data representation through Cartographic Overlays.
 Graphical Construction of Plain, Comparative and Diagonal Scale.
 Construction of Thematic Maps with the help of physical and socio-economic
geographical data.
 Geographical data representation with the help of Bar diagram, pie chart and Block
diagram
 Preparation of Isopleth and Choropleth maps with the help of Geographical Data
Books Suggested:
Young Books
Prentice-Hall.
Geovisualization (3rd Edition), Prentice Hall.
Ltd., New Delhi
Allahabad
Allahabad.
DSC-2B
DSC-3B
AECC-2: Environmental Studies

THIRD SEMESTER
Core Course: DSC-1C: Human Cartography

Total Marks: 100
60(Th) + 20(P) + 20(IA)
Unit 1: Nature, Scope and Development of Human Geography (15 Class)
 Meaning, Scope, Branches and Approaches of Human Geography;
 Impact of environment on man; Human adaptation to environment: Eskimo, Masai and Bushman;
Mode of living and emerging problems in different environments: cold desert, mountain, plain,
hot desert, coastal and riverine lands.
 Evolution of man; Classification of races; Physical Characteristics of major racial (Caucasoid,
Mongoloid and Negroid)
Unit 2: Population Geography (20 Class)

 Components of population growth; factors influencing distribution and density of
population; Concept of population-resource relationship with reference to optimum
population, over population and under population
 Definition, types, and causes and consequences of migration
 Malthus theory of population growth; and Demographic Transition Model.
Unit 3: Settlement Geography (10 Class)

 Meaning and scope of settlement geography.
 Factors influencing origin and growth of rural and urban settlements.
 Morphology and functional characteristics of rural and urban settlements.

 Mapping of major racial groups in the world.
 Mapping of linguistic and religious regions in the world.
 Trend of world population growth, major population density zones in the world
 Age-Sex pyramid
 Mapping Settlement Types and Pattern
 Determination of Spatial Mean and Median Centres of Settlements
Books Suggested:
1. Huntington, E., 1951: Principles of Human Geography, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, New York
2. Hussain, M., 1994: Human Geography, Rawat Publication, New Delhi.
3. Johnston, R.J. et al (eds.): The Dictionary of Human Geography, Basil Blackwell, Oxford.
Press, Oxford
5. Chandna, R.C., 1986: A Geography of Population, Kalyani Publisher, New Delhi
7. Strahler, A.N. & A.H. Strahler, 1976: Geography and Man’s Environment, John Willey, New
York
8. Park, C., 1997: The Environment, Routledge, London
9. Singh, S., 1991: Environmental Geography, Pustak Bhawan, Allahabad
10. Chhokas, K.B., Understanding Environment, Sage Publication.
Press, Oxford
12. Chandna, R.C., 1986: A Geography of Population, Kalyani Publishers, New Delhi 18
13. Clarke, J.I., 1972: Population Geography, Pargamon Press, Oxford
14. Singh, R.L. and Sing, K.N. (eds), 1975: Readings in Rural Settlement Geography, BHU,
Varanasi
15. Singh., R.Y., 1994: Geography of Settlement, Rawat Publication, Jaipur & Delhi
16. Zelinsky, W., 1966: A Prologue to Population Geography, Printice-Hall, Englewood Cliffs.
18. Money, D.C., 1972: Patterns of Settlement, Evan Brothers, London
DSC-2C
DSC-3C
Skill Enhancement Course: SEC-1: Statistical Methods in Geography
Total Marks: 50
40 (Th) + 10 (IA)
Unit 1: Nature of Geographic Data (20 class)

 Use of Data in Geography, Geographical Data Matrix, Significance of Statistical
Methods in Geography; Sources of Data, Scales of Measurement (Nominal, Ordinal,
Interval, Ratio).
 Tabulation and Descriptive Statistics their use in Geography: Frequencies, Cross
Tabulation, Measures of Central Tendency (Mean, Median and Mode) Measures of
Dispersion (Range, Quartile deviation, Deciles and Percentile, Mean Deviation, Standard
Deviation and Relative Dispersion)
Unit 2: Quantitative Expression of Geographic Data (10 class)
 Use of Sampling Technique in Geography, Method of Sampling (Purposive, Random,
Systematic and Stratified)
 Probability and Normal Distribution of Geographic Data
 Correlation and Regression analysis (Karl Pearson and Spearman’s Rank method),
Regression line and Regression Residuals.
Books Suggested:
3. Hammond P. and McCullagh P. S., 1978: Quantitative Techniques in Geography: An Introduction,
7. Sarkar, A. (2013) Quantitative geography: techniques and presentations. Orient Black Swan Private
Ltd., New Delhi
10. Yeates M., 1974: An Introduction to Quantitative Analysis in Human Geography, McGraw Hill,
NewYork.
11. Shinha, I. (2007) Sankhyikibhugol. Discovery Publishing House, New Delhi
FOURTH SEMESTER
Core Course: DSC-1D: Geography of India

Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20 (P) + 20 (IA)
Unit 1: Regional Basis of India (20 class)
 Locational entity of India, Strategic location of India,
 Physiographic division of India, Drainage system, Climate, Soil, Natural Vegetation
Unit 2: Social Basis of India (15 class)
 Population distribution, growth and Density of India
 Distribution of population by race, caste, religion, language, tribes and their correlates
Unit 3: Economic Basis of India (15 class)
 Agriculture: Problems of Indian Agriculture, Agricultural modernization and
development in India and Agro-climatic regions of India.
 Industry: Development of major industrial sectors in India, industrial backward regions of
India and regionalization of Industries throughout the country.
 Distribution and production pattern of major Industries (Iron and steel, cotton textile,
petrochemicals, sugar, paper and cement industries), Industrial policies and industrial
trade.
 Transport: Roads and railways, air transport, water and pipe transport
 Mapping of Physiographic, climatic regions and Agricultural regions of India,
 Mapping of major drainage system of India
 Trend of population growth, population density and religious composition of India
 Preparation of Age-Sex pyramid of population data of India
 Distribution pattern of major industries of India.
Book Suggested:
6. Singh, Jagdish 2003: India - A Comprehensive & Systematic Geography,
Gyanodaya Prakashan, Gorakhpur.
Science Assoc., Kolkata.
10. Sharma, T.C. (2013) Economic Geography of India. Rawat Publication, Jaipur.
DSC-2D
DSC-3D
Skill Enhancement Course: SEC-2: Research Methodology
Total Marks: 50
40 (Th) + 10 (IA)
.Unit 1: Fundamentals of Research (15 class)

 Concept of Research Definition of research, identification of research problem – major
criteria and considerations, Essentials of formulating research questions and hypothesis
 Key methods and skills in Geography - Literacy (Descriptive /Qualitative), Numeracy
(Quantitative) and Graphicacy (Cartographic): Their significance, need and limitations
 Sources of geographic data, data processing, analysis and presentation
Unit 2: Field Work in Geographical Studies (15 class)
 Literature Review and Referencing Systems in research - its needs, functions,
significance and limitations;
 Introductory idea on use of theory and model in Geography
 Research and field report writing - Guiding principles, reporting components, techniques
Books Suggested:
1. Burrough, P. A. (1998): Principles of Geographical Information Systems for Land Resources
Assessment, Oxford University Press.
2. Burrough P. A. and McDonnell R. A., (2000): Principles of Geographical Information Systems–Spatial
Information Systems and Geostatistics, Oxford University Press.
3. Chorley, R. J., Hagget, P. (1979): Integrated Models in Geography, Methuen & Co. Ltd., London.
4. Gonjalez, R. C., Woods, R.E. (2000): Digital Image Processing, Addiso- Wesley Longman
(Singapore), Pvt. Ltd, Delhi-92.
5. Hammond, R. and McCullagh, P. (1965): Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Oxford
University Press.
Hall.
7. Jensen, John R. (2011): Remote Sensing of Environment: An Earth Resource Perspective, Pearson
Education India, Noida
8. King, L. J., (1969): Statistical Analysis in Geography, Prentice-Hall.
9. Mahmood, A.: Quantitative Methods in Geography, Rajesh Publications., New Delhi.
10. Mathew, J. A., David, H.J., (2008): Geography: A Very Short Introduction, Oxford, New York
11. Pal S. K., (1998): Statistics for Geoscientists, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
FIFTH SEMESTER
Discipline Specific Elective: DSE-1A: Soil and Biogeography
Total Marks: 100
60(Th)+20(P)+20(IA)
Unit 1: Nature and Scope of Soil Geography (15 class)
 Definition and Scope of Soil Geography, Soil Formation, Characteristics and Properties,
Soil as life supporting system;
 Soil profile (Soil horizon) – their characteristics and significance; Processes and factors
of soil formation;
Unit 2: Soil and Land Management (15 class)
 Physical and Chemical properties of soil: Soil texture, Structure and Moiture, Soil colour,
pH value, Organic Matter and NPK.
 Processes and Controlling factors of soil erosion, Various measures of soil conservation,
 Principles of soil classification: Genetic School and USDA
Unit 3: Concepts of Biogeography (15 class)
 Definition and scope of biogeography, Concept and Components of Biosphere, vertical
and horizontal limits of biosphere;
 Concept of Ecology and Ecosystem, Types of Ecosystem, Trophic Structure, Food Chain
and Food Web, Energy flow in Ecosystem.
 Ecological Aspects of Biogeography: Bio-geo-chemical cycles, concepts of biomes,
Ecotone and Community.
 Concept of biodiversity, its types and conservational issues, Nature and distribution of
biodiversity in N.E. India and Assam; Man as an agent of environmental/ecological
change
 Construction and interpretation of soil profile with the data derived from the field
(college campus/ river site/ foot hill, etc.)
 Drawing and interpretation of soil map of India/North East India
 Mapping of vegetation of India/north east India, Representation of soil-vegetation
relationship along selected cross-section of India and North-East India Biogeographic
regions of the world
 Mapping of the national parks and sanctuaries of India with the major species therein.
 Showing location of the megalopolis, and metropolitan and port cities of the world
Book Suggested:
3. GovindaRajan, S. V. and Gopala Rao, H. G., 1978: Studies on Soils of India, Vikas, New
Delhi.
DSE-2A
Generic Elective: GE-1: Disaster Management
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20(R) + 20(IA)
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Disaster Management (12 class)

 Definition and Concepts: Hazards, Disasters; Risk and Vulnerability; Classification of
Disaster.
 Concept of Disaster Resilience, Do’s and Don’ts During and Post Disasters
 Indigenous Knowledge and Community based Disaster Management.
Unit II: Natural Factors (18 class)
 Disasters in India: (a) Flood: Causes, Impact and Distribution; Landslide: Causes, Impact,
and Distribution; Drought: Causes, Impact and Distribution
 Disasters in India: (b) Earthquake and Tsunami: Causes, Impact and Distribution
 Cyclone: Causes, Impact and Distribution
 Major Earthquake, flood and landslide with special reference to North East India
Unit III: Anthropogenic Factors (20 class)
 Manmade disasters: Causes, Impact, Distribution and Mapping
 Urban Flooding, forest fire; Issues, problems and mitigation with special reference to
India
 Response and Mitigation to Disasters: Mitigation and Preparedness, National Disaster
Management Authority (NDMA) and National Institute of Disaster Management (NIDM)
 A report on risk and response of Flood, Drought, Forest Fire, Cyclone, Landslide,
Earthquake etc.
Book Suggested:
1. Government of India. (1997): Vulnerability Atlas of India, New Delhi, Building Materials
& Technology Promotion Council, Ministry of Urban Development, Government of India.
2. Kapur, A. (2010) Vulnerable India: A Geographical Study of Disasters, Sage Publication, New Delhi.
Macmillan, Delhi.
4. Singh, R. B. (ed.), (2006) Natural Hazards and Disaster Management: Vulnerability and Mitigation,
5. Sinha, A. (2001). Disaster Management: Lessons Drawn and Strategies for Future, New United Press,
New Delhi.
7. Singh Jagbir (2007) “Disaster Management Future Challenges and Oppurtunities”, Publisher- I.K.
International Pvt. Ltd. S-25, Green Park Extension, Uphaar Cinema Market, New Delhi, India
(www.ikbooks.com).
Skill Enhancement Course: SEC-3: Basics of Remote Sensing (RS) and
Geographic Information System (GIS)
Total Marks: 50
30 (Th) + 10 (Pr) +10 (IA)
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Remote Sensing and GIS (12 class)

 Remote Sensing and GIS: Definition, Components and Principles, Electro
Magnetic Radiation, Interaction with Atmosphere and Earth Surface
 Remote Sensing, Platforms and Types, Global Positioning System (GPS ) Principles
and application
 Aerial Photography: Types and Geometry of Aerial Photograph, Satellites
(Landsat and IRS) and Sensors, Type of resolution.
Unit 2: Geographic Information System (10 class)
 GIS Data Structures: Types (spatial and Non-spatial), Raster and Vector Data
Structure
 Elements of Image interpretation and application of Remote Sensing and GIS:
Land use/ Land Cover, Urban Sprawl Analysis; Forests Monitoring.
 Geo-Referencing the map/Toposheet, Drawing base map from Satellite
imagery/Toposheet,
 Mapping point, line and polygon features, Land use/ Land Cover mapping
(Supervised and Un- supervised), Isopleths, Choropleth and Chorochrometic
mapping, Proportional mapping,
Books Suggested:
Hall.
Interpretation,Wiley. (Wiley Student Edition).
7. Singh R. B. and Murai S., 1998: Space-informatics for Sustainable Development, Oxford and IBH Pub.
SIXTH SEMESTER
Discipline Specific Elective: DSE-1B: Social and Political Geography
Total Marks: 100
60(Th)+20(P)+20(IA)
Unit 1: Situating Social Geography (20 Class)
 Origin, Nature and Scope of Social Geography,
 Concept of Social Space: First, Second and third Space,
 Social Categories: Defining Caste, Class, Religion, Ethnicity and Gender and their
Spatial Underpinnings.
 Concepts of Social differentiation and integration and social change.
Unit 2: Political Geography and Geopolitics (20 Class)
 Definition and Scope of Political Geography, Geopolitics;
 State, Nation and Nation State – Concept of Nation, State and Nation State, Attributes of
State –Frontiers, Borders, Shape, Size, Territory and Sovereignty, Nation Building,
Concepts of Lebensraum, Heartland and Rimland, Colonialism, desalinization and
Neocolonialism,
Unit 3: Geography of Welfare and Well-being (10 Class)
 Social Geographies of Inclusion and Exclusion, Slums, Gated Communities, Communal
Conflicts and Crime.
 Political Geography of Resource Conflicts – Water Sharing Disputes, Disputes and
Conflicts Related to Forest Rights and Minerals, issues of land locked states in Asia and
Africa.
 Mapping Frontiers, buffer zone, boundaries and border zones; boundary problems with
reference to India and North East India
 Showing distribution of displaced people of India by using cartograms (with reference to
Dams) and Special Economic Zones.
Books Suggested:
1. Ahmed A., 1999: Social Geography, Rawat Publications.
2. Casino V. J. D., Jr., 2009) Social Geography: A Critical Introduction, Wiley Blackwell.
3. Panelli R., 2004: Social Geographies: From Difference to Action, Sage.
4. Sen, Jyotirmoy: A text book of Social and Cultural Geography
5. Taher, M 1994: An Introduction to Social Geography, NEIGS
6. Ahmed, A: 1999 Social Geography, Rawat Publications Jaipur & New Delhi
7. Dikshit, R.D.1982: Political Geography – A Contemporary Perspective, Tata McGraw Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd, NewDelhi
8. Carlson: Geography and World Politics
9. Taylor, P. J., 1989: Political Geography, Longman, London
10. Sukhuwal, B.J., 1979: Modern Political Geography of India, Sterling, New Delhi
11. Adhikari 1996: Political Geography, Rawat Publications Jaipur & New Delhi
DSE-2B
Generic Elective: GE-2: Sustainable Development
Total Marks: 100
60 (Th) +20(R) + 20(IA)
Unit I: Fundamentals of Sustainable Development. (12 class)

 Sustainable Development: Definition, Concept, Components, Limitations and
Historical Background.
 Sustainable development and Environment conservation
 The Millennium Development Goals: National Strategies and International
Experiences
Unit II: Regional Development (20 class)
 Sustainable Regional Development: Need and examples from different Ecosystems.
 Inclusive Development: Education, Health and Environment in developed and
developing countries
 The human right to health; Poverty and disease; The Challenges of Universal Health
Coverage; Policies and Global Cooperation for Climate Change
Unit III: Sustainable Development Policies and Programme (18 class)
 Sustainable Development Policies and Programme: The proposal for SDGs at Rio
2012;
 Sustainable Development Goals; Goal-Based Development; Financing for Sustainable
Development;
 Principles of Good Governance; National Environmental Policy, Clean Development
Mechanism (CDM);
 A report on the use of modern techniques in agricultural practice and awareness on
sustainability.
 A report on Awareness on Solid Waste management and sustainability in nearby area.
Book Suggested:
1. Agyeman, Julian, Robert D. Bullard and Bob Evans (Eds.) (2003) Just Sustainability: Development in
an Unequal World. London: Earthscan. (Introduction and conclusion).
2. Ayers, Jessica and David Dodman (2010) “Climate change adaptation and development I: the state of
the debate”. Progress in Development Studies 10 (2): 161-168.
3. Baker, Susan (2006) Sustainable Development. Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon; New York.
4. Brosius, Peter (1997) “Endangered forest, endangered people: Environmentalist representations of
6. Martínez-Alier, Joan et al (2010) “Sustainable de-growth: Mapping the context, criticisms and future
7. Merchant, Carolyn (Ed.) (1994) Ecology. Atlantic Highlands, N.J: Humanities Press, pp 1-25.
9. Singh, R.B. (Eds.) (2001) Urban Sustainability in the Context of Global Change, Science Pub.,
Inc.,Enfield (NH), USA and Oxford & IBH Pub., New Delhi.
Skill Enhancement Course: SEC-4: Field Techniques and Surveying
Total Marks: 50
20 (P) + 20 (R) +10 (IA)
Unit 1: Map Projection (30 class)
 Definition, need of Map Projection, Principles, Function and Classification of map
projection, Choice of Map Projection.
 Graphical Construction of Zenithal group of projection both polar and equatorial case.
 Concept and Principles of Geodetic and Plane Surveying, Principles of triangulation
 Principles and techniques of surveying by Plane Table (Radiation and Intersection
Method), Prismatic Compass (Closed Traverse and Open Traverse).
 Principle of Enlargement and Reduction of Maps by Graphical and Instrumental
Methods.
Unit 2: Dissertation
 Report on Physical characteristics of the nearby Physiographic features or Socio-
Economic characteristics of population groups.
Books Suggested:
1. Campbell, J., 1984: Introductory Cartography, Prentice Hall Inc., Englewood Cliff
2. Misra, R.P. and Ramesh, A., 1995: Fundamentals of Cartography, Concept Publishing
Company, New Delhi
3. Robinson, A.H., et al: Elements of Cartography, John Wiley & Sons, New York
4. Raisz, E. : Principles of Cartography, McGraw Hills, London
5. Kenetkar, T.P. and Kulkarni, S.U.: Surveying and Levelling, Vol. I & II,
VidyarthiGrithaPrakashan, Pune
6. Kellaway, G.P.: Map Projection, Methuen & Co., London
7. Steers, J.A., 1965: An Introduction to the Study of Map Projection, University of London,
London
8. Bygott, J., An Introduction to Map work and Practical Geography 17
9. Talukder, S., 2008: Introduction to Map Projections, Eastern Book House, Guwahati.
10. Mahmood, A., 1999: Statistical Methods in Geographical Studies, Rajesh Publications, New
Delhi.
11. Hammond, R. and McCullagh, P. (1965): Quantitative Techniques in Geography, Clarendon
Press, Oxford Sarkar, Ashis, Practical Geography: A Systematic Approach, Orient Longman
Pvt. Ltd., Kolkata.
12. Elhance, D.N., 1972: Fundamentals of Statistics, KitabMahal, Allahabad
13. Monkhouse, F.J. & Wilkinson, H.R., 1989: Maps & Diagrams, B.I. Publications, New Delhi
14. Gregory, S., 1963: Statistical Methods and Geographers, Longman, London
15. Singh, R. & Singh, R.: Map Work & Practical Geography, Central Book Depot, Allahabad.
16. Sarkar, Ashis, Practical Geography: A Systematic Approach, Orient Longman Pvt. Ltd.,
Kolkata.
Abbreviation
DSC: Discipline Specific Core
DSE: Discipline Specific Elective
AECC: Ability Enhancement Compulsory Course
SEC: Skill Enhancement Course
GE: Generic Elective
Th: Theory
P: Practical
IA: Internal Assessment
R: Report
L: Lecture
T: Teaching
Mark Distribution
1. Discipline Specific Core Paper (DSC) Total: 100
Th (60) + P (20) + IA (20)
2. Discipline Specific Elective paper (DSE) Total: 100

Th (60) + P (20) + IA (20)
3. Generic Elective Paper (GE) Total: 100

Th (60) + R (20) + IA (20)
4. Skill Enhancement Course Paper (SEC) Total: 50

i. SEC-1 and SEC-2: Th (40) + IA (10)
ii. SEC-3: Th (30) + P(10) + IA (10)
iii.SEC-4: P (30) + R (10) + IA (10)

Syllabus

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Syllabus

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

General Guideline

Under Graduate Syllabus under Bodoland University

II C-3- Cultural behavior of Environmental GE-2- Introduction to

C-9- Language Varieties

VI C-13- Introduction to DSE-3-

Unit- IV: Cultural Issues :

Paper Code: ASH 3

Unit I : Introduction, Definition and Classification of Folk Literature Mark-16

Prafulla Dutta Goswami : Bihu: Spring Time Festival of Assam

C-7: Introduction to Assamese Prose and Criticism

Unit I : Sankardeva : Srikrishnar Purvarag

Unit II : Nathan Brawn :Sri jut Brawn Chahabar Patra

Unit III :Hem Barua : Bharatiya Sanskriti

Unit IV : History of Assamese Criticism.

Unit V : Selected Critical pieces-

SEC-1: Folklore and Tourism of Assam

Paper Code: ASH 3.05 GE 3

C-8: Study on Literary Criticism (East and West)

Unit I : Definition and Importance of Criticism Mark-16

C-9: Language Varieties

C-10: Study on Assamese Language

Unit I : Brief introduction to Indo-European Language Mark-16

Unit III : Relation between Assamese and Pali-Prakrit-Apabhramsa Mark-16

Unit I : Brief introduction to Indo-European Language Mark-16

Unit II :Brief introduction to Tibeto- Barman Languages of Assam Mark-16

Unit V : Major Dialect of Assamese Language and Characteristics Mark-16

Banikanta Kakati: Assamese ; Its Formation and Development

Unit I : Introduction to Linguistics-

Unit II : Phonetics-General Introduction Mark-16

Unit IV : Semantics and Syntax- General Introduction Mark-16

Unit V : Dialectology and Sociolinguistics- General Introduction Mark-16

C-12: Introduction to Literary Trends

Unit II : Romanticism- Introduction, Characteristics, and Brief History Mark-16

Unit IV : Realism- Introduction, Characteristics, and Brief History Mark-16

Unit V : Post-Modernism- Introduction, Characteristics, and Brief History. Mark-16

DSE-1: Introduction to Assamese Romantic and Modern Poetry

Unit I : Laxminath Bejbarua : Bin Baragi

Unit II : Ambikagiri Raychaudhury : Biswadolan

Unit IV : Nimal Prabha Bardaloi : Draupadi

Maheswar Neog(Ed.) : Sanchayan

Bhabendra Dutta : Asamiya Kabitar Kahini

DSE-2: Introduction to Assamese Grammar

Unit I : Introduction to Grammar, Classification of Grammar, History of Grammar Mark-16

Unit II : Elements of Assamese Grammar-Phonetics Mark-16

Unit III : Elements of Assamese Grammar-Morphology Mark-16

Unit IV : Elements of Assamese Grammar-Syntax Mark-16

Unit V : Elements of Assamese Grammar-Formation of Vocabulary Mark-16

C-13: Introduction to Assamese Biography and Auto-Biography

Unit II : Introduction, Definition, and Characteristics of Auto-Biography and Assamese Auto-Biography

Literature (Bengali and Hindi)

Unit II : Theory of Comparative Literature- Methods and Schools Mark-16

Unit III : Poetry- Mark-16

Unit IV : Short Story- Mark-16

Unit V : Novel- Mark-16

K.M George(Ed.) : Modern Indian Literature

DSE-3: Assamese Short Story and Novel

Unit III : Short Story- Mark-16

Laxminath Bejbaruah : Patmugi

Unit IV : Novel- Mark-16

Unit V : Novel- Mark-16

Unit I : Life and works of the Author Mark-16

Unit II : Literary Contribution of the Author Mark-16

Unit III : Narrative Style of the Author Mark-16

Unit IV : Significance of the Author in present day of Assam Mark-16